From 4da38599c2b3c2397582838a9ac715897af7b1a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Hagen Date: Tue, 28 Oct 1997 00:00:00 +0100 Subject: stable 1997.10.28 --- tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex | 1423 ++++ tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex | 365 + tex/context/base/cont-de.tex | 22 + tex/context/base/cont-en.tex | 22 + tex/context/base/cont-log.tex | 108 + tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex | 22 + tex/context/base/cont-usr.tex | 51 + tex/context/base/context.rme | 48 + tex/context/base/context.tex | 150 + tex/context/base/core-01a.tex | 15745 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ tex/context/base/core-01b.tex | 1380 ++++ tex/context/base/core-01c.tex | 1121 +++ tex/context/base/core-01d.tex | 3148 ++++++++ tex/context/base/core-01e.tex | 423 ++ tex/context/base/core-02a.tex | 190 + tex/context/base/core-02b.tex | 172 + tex/context/base/core-02d.tex | 50 + tex/context/base/core-con.tex | 505 ++ tex/context/base/core-fil.tex | 48 + tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex | 301 + tex/context/base/core-gen.tex | 179 + tex/context/base/core-mak.tex | 62 + tex/context/base/core-not.tex | 557 ++ tex/context/base/core-rul.tex | 2280 ++++++ tex/context/base/core-tab.tex | 2037 ++++++ tex/context/base/core-ver.tex | 594 ++ tex/context/base/core-vis.tex | 311 + tex/context/base/docs-ini.tex | 41 + tex/context/base/font-ams.tex | 497 ++ tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex | 502 ++ tex/context/base/font-con.tex | 62 + tex/context/base/font-eul.tex | 174 + tex/context/base/font-ini.tex | 2548 +++++++ tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex | 339 + tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex | 40 + tex/context/base/font-phv.tex | 53 + tex/context/base/font-pos.tex | 18 + tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex | 53 + tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex | 87 + tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex | 21 + tex/context/base/lang-art.tex | 23 + tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex | 23 + tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex | 23 + tex/context/base/lang-da.pat | 1154 +++ tex/context/base/lang-de.pat | 2581 +++++++ tex/context/base/lang-en.pat | 4468 ++++++++++++ tex/context/base/lang-fr.pat | 511 ++ tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex | 527 ++ tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex | 23 + tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex | 33 + tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex | 23 + tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex | 509 ++ tex/context/base/lang-it.pat | 519 ++ tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex | 282 + tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex | 179 + tex/context/base/lang-nl.hyp | 5 + tex/context/base/lang-nl.pat | 7947 ++++++++++++++++++++ tex/context/base/lang-nlx.pat | 8031 ++++++++++++++++++++ tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex | 87 + tex/context/base/lang-sp.pat | 151 + tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex | 85 + tex/context/base/list-ini.tex | 40 + tex/context/base/mult-com.tex | 1184 +++ tex/context/base/mult-con.tex | 778 ++ tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex | 1150 +++ tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex | 553 ++ tex/context/base/plain.tex | 1236 ++++ tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex | 869 +++ tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex | 132 + tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex | 456 ++ tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex | 160 + tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex | 525 ++ tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex | 44 + tex/context/base/spec-win.tex | 98 + tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex | 73 + tex/context/base/supp-box.tex | 1228 ++++ tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex | 351 + tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex | 171 + tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex | 19 + tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex | 687 ++ tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex | 484 ++ tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex | 299 + tex/context/base/supp-mul.tex | 1162 +++ tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex | 1164 +++ tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex | 166 + tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex | 339 + tex/context/base/supp-ver.tex | 1406 ++++ tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex | 1900 +++++ tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex | 2345 ++++++ tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex | 2682 +++++++ tex/context/base/syst-new.tex | 95 + tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex | 149 + tex/context/base/table.tex | 1960 +++++ tex/context/base/texutil.exe | Bin 0 -> 107082 bytes 94 files changed, 86838 insertions(+) create mode 100644 tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/cont-de.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/cont-en.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/cont-log.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/cont-usr.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/context.rme create mode 100644 tex/context/base/context.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-01a.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-01b.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-01c.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-01d.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-01e.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-02a.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-02b.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-02d.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-con.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-fil.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-gen.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-mak.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-not.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-rul.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-tab.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-ver.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-vis.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/docs-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-ams.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-con.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-eul.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-phv.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-pos.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-art.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-da.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-de.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-en.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-fr.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-it.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-nl.hyp create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-nl.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-nlx.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-sp.pat create mode 100644 tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/list-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/mult-com.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/mult-con.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/plain.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-win.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-box.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-mul.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-ver.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/syst-new.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/table.tex create mode 100644 tex/context/base/texutil.exe (limited to 'tex') diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f051a5d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1423 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=colo-ini, +%D version=1997.4.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Color Macros, +%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Color Macros} + +\unprotect + +%D Color support is not present in \TEX. Colorful output can +%D however be accomplished by using specials. This also means +%D that this support depends on the \DVI\ driver used. At the +%D moment this module was written, still no decent standard on +%D color specials has been agreed upon. We therefore decided to +%D implement a mechanism that is as independant as possible of +%D drivers. +%D +%D Color support shares with fonts that is must be implemented +%D in a way that permits processing of individual \DVI\ pages. +%D Furthermore it should honour grouping. The first condition +%D forces us to use a scheme that keeps track of colors at +%D page boundaries. This can be done by means of \TEX's +%D marking mechanism (\type{\mark}). +%D +%D When building pages, \TEX\ periodically looks at the +%D accumulated typeset contents and breaks the page when +%D suitable. At that moment, control is transfered to the +%D output routine. This routine takes care of building the +%D pagebody and for instance adds headers and footers. The page +%D can be broken in the middle of some colored text, but +%D headers and footers are often in black upon white or +%D background. If colors are applied there, they definitely +%D are used local, which means that they don't cross page +%D borders. +%D +%D Boxes are handled as a whole, which means that when we +%D apply colors inside a box, those colors don't cross page +%D boundaries, unless of course boxes are split or unboxed. +%D Especially in interactive texts, colors are often used in +%D such a local way: in boxes (buttons and navigational tools) +%D or in the pagebody (backgrounds). +%D +%D So we can distinguish local colors, that don't cross +%D pages from global colors, of which we can end many pages +%D later. The color macros will treat both types in a different +%D way, thus gaining some speed. +%D +%D This module also deals with gray scales. Because similar +%D colors can end up in the same gray scale when printed in +%D black and white, we also implement a palet system that deals +%D with these matters. Because of fundamental differences +%D between color and gray scale printing, in \CONTEXT\ we also +%D differ between these. For historic reasons |<|we first +%D implemented gray scales using patterns of tiny periods|>| +%D and therefore called them {\em rasters}. So don't be +%D surprised if this term shows up. + +\startmessages dutch library: colors + title: kleur + 1: systeem -- is globaal actief + 2: systeem -- is lokaal actief + 3: -- is niet gedefinieerd + 4: systeem -- wordt geladen + 5: onbekend systeem -- + 6: palet -- is beschikbaar + 7: palet -- is niet beschikbaar + 8: (verkeerde) specificatie -- bij -- wordt zwart + 9: -- kleurruimte wordt niet ondersteund + 10: -- kleurruimte wordt ondersteund + 11: kleur wordt vertaald in grijs +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: colors + title: color + 1: system -- is global activated + 2: system -- is local activated + 3: -- is not defined + 4: system -- is loaded + 5: unknown system -- + 6: palette -- is available + 7: palette -- is not available + 8: (invalid) specification -- at color -- becomes black + 9: -- color space is not supported + 10: -- color space is supported + 11: color is converted to gray +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: colors + title: farbe + 1: system -- ist global aktiviert + 2: system -- ist lokal aktiviert + 3: -- ist undefiniert + 4: system -- ist geladen + 5: unbekanntes System -- + 6: palette -- ist verfuegbar + 7: palette -- ist nicht verfuegbar + 8: (ungueltige) Spezifikation -- bei Farbe -- wird schwarz + 9: -- Farbraum wird nicht unterstuetzt + 10: -- Farbraum wird unterstuetzt + 11: Farbe wird in Grau umgewandelt +\stopmessages + +%D \macros +%D {definecolor} +%D {} +%D +%D We will enable users to specify colors in \kap{RGB} and +%D \kap{CMYK} color spaces or gray scales using +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definecolor} +%D +%D For example: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecolor [SomeKindOfRed] [r=.8,g=.05,b=.05] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such color specifications are saved in a macro in the +%D following way: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setvalue{\??cr name}{R:r:g:b} +%D \setvalue{\??cr name}{C:c:m:y:k} +%D \setvalue{\??cr name}{K:k} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Gray scales are specified with the \type{k} parameter, +%D the same as used in \kap{CMYK} specifications. + +\def\colorlist{} + +\def\@@cl@@z{0} +\def\@@cl@@o{1} + +\def\definecolor% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinecolor} + +\def\dodefinecolor[#1][#2]% + {\redoglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\colorlist + \doifassignmentelse{#2} + {\let\@@cl@@r=\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@g=\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@b=\@@cl@@z + \let\@@cl@@c=\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@m=\@@cl@@z\let\@@cl@@y=\@@cl@@z + \let\@@cl@@k=\@@cl@@z + \getparameters[\??cl @@][#2]% + \doifelse{\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b}{\@@cl@@z\@@cl@@z\@@cl@@z} + {\doifelse{\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y}{\@@cl@@z\@@cl@@z\@@cl@@z} + {\doifelse{\@@cl@@k}{\@@cl@@z} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{8}{{[#2]},#1}% + \redoglobal\setevalue{\??cr#1}{K:\@@cl@@z}} + {\redoglobal\setevalue{\??cr#1}{K:\@@cl@@k}}} + {\redoglobal\setevalue{\??cr#1}{C:\@@cl@@c:\@@cl@@m:\@@cl@@y:\@@cl@@k}}} + {\redoglobal\setevalue{\??cr#1}{R:\@@cl@@r:\@@cl@@g:\@@cl@@b}}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\??cr#2} + {\redoglobal\setevalue{\??cr#1}{\getvalue{\??cr#2}}} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{3}{#1}}}% + \dodoglobal\setvalue{#1}{\color[#1]}} + +%D The names of colors are stored in a comma separated list +%D only for the purpose of showing them with \type{\showcolor}. +%D +%D Colors can be defined global by using \type{\doglobal}, +%D like in +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \doglobal\definecolor [SomeKindOfRed] [r=.8,g=.05,b=.05] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D This color shows up as \color[SomeKindOfRed]{some kind +%D of red}. + +%D \macros +%D {setupcolor} +%D {} +%D +%D Color definitions can be grouped in files with the name: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \f!colorprefix-identifier.tex +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\f!colorprefix} is {\tttf \f!colorprefix}. Loading +%D such a file is done by +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupcolor} +%D +%D Some default colors are specified in \type{colo-rgb.tex}, +%D which is loaded into the format by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupcolor[rgb] +%D \stoptypen + +\def\colorstyle{} + +\def\setupcolor% + {\dosingleargument\dosetupcolor} + +\def\dosetupcolor[#1]% + {\doifnot{#1}{\colorstyle} + {\def\colorstyle{#1}% + \def\dodosetupcolor##1% + {\readsysfile{\f!colorprefix##1}% + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{4}{\colorstyle}} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{5}{\colorstyle}}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\dodosetupcolor}} + +%D When typesetting for paper, we prefer using the \kap{CMYK} +%D color space, but for on||screen viewing we prefer \kap{RGB} +%D (the previous implementation supported only this scheme). +%D Independant of such specifications, we support some automatic +%D conversions: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som convert all colors to \kap{RGB} +%D \som convert all colors to \kap{CMYK} +%D \som convert all colors to gray scales +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D We also support optimization of colors to gray scales. +%D +%D \startopsomming[verder] +%D \som reduce gray colors to gray scales +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D These options are communicated by means of: + +\newif\ifRGBsupported +\newif\ifCMYKsupported +\newif\ifconverttoGRAY +\newif\ifpreferGRAY +\newif\ifGRAYprefered +\newif\ifreduceCMYK + +%D The last boolean controls reduction of \kap{CMYK} to +%D \kap{CMY} colors. When set to true, the black component +%D is added to the other ones. + +%D Color modes are entered using the next set of commands. +%D The \type{\stop} alternatives are implemented in a way +%D that permits non||grouped use. + +\def\dostartcolormodeR#1:#2:#3\od% + {\bgroup + \def\@@cl@@r{#1}\def\@@cl@@g{#2}\def\@@cl@@b{#3}% + \ifpreferGRAY\ifx\@@cl@@r\@@cr@@g\ifx\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@b + \GRAYpreferedtrue + \fi\fi\fi + \ifGRAYprefered + \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@r + \else\ifRGBsupported + \dostartrgbcolormode\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b + \else\ifCMYKsupported + \convertRGBtoCMYK\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b + \dostartcmykcolormode\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \else + \convertRGBtoGRAY\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b + \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@k + \fi\fi\fi + \egroup} + +\def\dostartcolormodeC#1:#2:#3:#4\od% + {\bgroup + \def\@@cl@@c{#1}\def\@@cl@@m{#2}\def\@@cl@@y{#3}\def\@@cl@@k{#4}% + \ifpreferGRAY\ifx\@@cl@@k\@@cl@@z\ifx\@@cl@@c\@@cr@@m\ifx\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@y + \GRAYpreferedtrue + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifGRAYprefered + \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@c + \else\ifCMYKsupported + \ifreduceCMYK + \convertCMYKtoCMY\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \dostartcmykcolormode\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \else + \dostartcmykcolormode\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \fi + \else\ifRGBsupported + \convertCMYKtoRGB\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \dostartrgbcolormode\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b + \else + \convertCMYKtoGRAY\@@cl@@c\@@cl@@m\@@cl@@y\@@cl@@k + \dostartgraycolormode\@@cl@@k + \fi\fi\fi + \egroup} + +\def\dostartcolormodeK#1\od% + {\dostartgraycolormode{#1}} + +%D Prefering gray is not the same as converting to gray. Conversion treats +%D each color components in a different way, while prefering is just a +%D reduction and thus a space||saving option. + +%D \macros +%D {startcolormode,stopcolormode} +%D +%D We use \type{\stopcolormode} to reset the color in +%D whatever color space and do so by calling the corresponding +%D special. Both commands can be used for fast color +%D switching, like in colored verbatim, + +\def\dostartcolormode#1:% + {\getvalue{dostartcolormode#1}} + +\def\startcolormode#1% + {\doifcolorelse{#1} + {\getcurrentcolorspecs{#1}% + \expandafter\dostartcolormode\currentcolorspecs\od} + {\dostopcolormode}} + +\def\stopcolormode% + {\dostopcolormode} + +%D We use some reserved names for local color components. +%D Consistent use of these scratch variables saves us +%D unneccessary hash entries. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \@@cl@@r \@@cl@@g \@@cl@@b +%D \@@cl@@c \@@cl@@m \@@cl@@y \@@cl@@k +%D \@@cl@@k +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We implement several conversion routines. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertRGBtoCMYK {r} {g} {b} +%D \convertRGBtoGRAY {r} {g} {b} +%D \convertCMYKtoRGB {c} {m} {y} {k} +%D \convertCMYKtoGRAY {c} {m} {y} {k} +%D \convertCMYKtoCMY {c} {m} {y} {k} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The relation between \kap{Gray}, \kap{RGB} and \kap{CMYK} +%D is: +%D +%D \plaatsformule[-] +%D \startformule +%D G = .30r + .59g + .11b +%D = 1.0 - \min(1.0,\ .30c + .59m + .11y + k) +%D \stopformule +%D +%D When converting from \kap{CMYK} to \kap{RGB} we use the +%D formula: +%D +%D \plaatsformule[-] +%D \startformule +%D \eqalign +%D {r &= 1.0 - \min(1.0,\ c+k) \cr +%D g &= 1.0 - \min(1.0,\ m+k) \cr +%D b &= 1.0 - \min(1.0,\ y+k)} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D In the conversion routine the color components are calculated +%D in three digits precision. + +\def\realcolorvalue#1% + {\ifnum #1<10 0.00\the#1% + \else\ifnum#1<100 0.0\the#1% + \else\ifnum#1<1000 0.\the#1% + \else 1\fi\fi\fi} + +\def\doconvertCMYKtoRGB#1\k#2\to#3% + {\scratchdimen=#1\s!pt + \advance\scratchdimen by #2\s!pt\relax + \ifdim\scratchdimen>1\s!pt + \scratchdimen=-1\s!pt + \else + \scratchdimen=-\scratchdimen + \fi + \advance\scratchdimen by 1\s!pt + \multiply\scratchdimen by 1000 + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard + \edef#3{\realcolorvalue\scratchcounter}} + +\def\convertCMYKtoRGB#1#2#3#4% + {\doconvertCMYKtoRGB#1\k#4\to\@@cl@@r + \doconvertCMYKtoRGB#2\k#4\to\@@cl@@g + \doconvertCMYKtoRGB#3\k#4\to\@@cl@@b} + +\def\doconvertRGBtoCMYK#1\to#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1\s!pt + \multiply\scratchdimen by 1000 + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard + \scratchcounter=-\scratchcounter + \advance\scratchcounter by 1000 + \edef#2{\realcolorvalue\scratchcounter}} + +\def\convertRGBtoCMYKvalue#1#2#3% + {\doconvertRGBtoCMYK#1\to\@@cl@@c + \doconvertRGBtoCMYK#2\to\@@cl@@m + \doconvertRGBtoCMYK#3\to\@@cl@@y + \let\@@cl@@k=\@@cl@@z} + +\def\convertRGBtoGRAY#1#2#3% + {\scratchdimen=#1\s!pt + \scratchdimen=300\scratchdimen + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=#2\s!pt + \scratchdimen=590\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=#3\s!pt + \scratchdimen=110\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard + \edef\@@cl@@k{\realcolorvalue\scratchcounter}} + +\def\convertCMYKtoGRAY#1#2#3#4% + {\convertCMYKtoRGB{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \convertRGBtoGRAY\@@cl@@r\@@cl@@g\@@cl@@b} + +\def\doconvertCMYKtoCMY#1\k#2\to#3% + {\scratchdimen=#1\s!pt + \advance\scratchdimen by #2\s!pt\relax + \ifdim\scratchdimen>1\s!pt + \scratchdimen=1\s!pt + \else + \scratchdimen=\scratchdimen + \fi + \multiply\scratchdimen by 1000 + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard + \edef#3{\realcolorvalue\scratchcounter}} + +\def\convertCMYKtoCMY#1#2#3#4% + {\doconvertCMYKtoCMY#1\k#4\to\@@cl@@c + \doconvertCMYKtoCMY#2\k#4\to\@@cl@@m + \doconvertCMYKtoCMY#3\k#4\to\@@cl@@y + \let\@@cl@@k=\@@cl@@z} + +%D We already mentioned that colors interfere with building +%D the pagebody. This means that when the page is composed, +%D the colors temporary have to be reset. After the page is +%D shipped out, we have to revive the current color. +%D +%D We use \type{\marks} to keep track of colors across page +%D boundaries. Unfortunately standard \TEX\ supports only one mark, +%D and using this one for color support only would be a waste. +%D We therefore use an adapted version of J.~Fox's multiple mark +%D mechanism as (re|)|implemented in \module{supp-mrk}. + +\doifdefinedelse{newmark} + {\newmark\colormark} + {\def\colormark#1{}} + +%D Using this mark mechanism with lots of colors has one +%D major drawback: \TEX's memory tends to overflow when +%D very colorful text is stored in a global box. Even worse is that +%D the processing time grows considerably. We therefore support +%D local as well as global color switching. +%D +%D Of the next macros, \type{\popcolor} is to be used after +%D the actual \type{\shipout} and \type{\startcolorpage} and +%D \type{\stopcolorpage} are called when entering and leaving +%D the \type{\pagebody} builder. In case of emergencies +%D \type{\pushcolor} can be used to undo the current color, +%D for instance when insertions are appended to the page. + +%D Before we present the color macros, we first define the +%D setup command. This command takes care of setting up the +%D booleans that control local and global behavior and +%D conversion to other color spaces. + +\newif\ifincolor +\newif\iflocalcolor + +\def\setupcolors% + {\dosingleargument\dosetupcolors} + +\def\dosetupcolors[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??cl][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@clconversie}{\v!ja} + {\preferGRAYtrue} + {\preferGRAYfalse}% + \doifelse{\@@clrgb}{\v!nee} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{9}{\v!rgb}\RGBsupportedfalse} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{10}{\v!rgb}\RGBsupportedtrue}% + \doifelse{\@@clcmyk}{\v!nee} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{9}{\v!cmyk}\CMYKsupportedfalse} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{10}{\v!cmyk}\CMYKsupportedtrue}% + \ifRGBsupported + \converttoGRAYfalse + \else\ifCMYKsupported + \converttoGRAYfalse + \else + \converttoGRAYtrue + \showmessage{\m!colors}{11}{}% + \fi\fi + \processaction + [\@@clstatus] + [\v!globaal=>\incolortrue\localcolorfalse + \showmessage{\m!colors}{1}{\colorstyle}, + \v!lokaal=>\incolortrue\localcolortrue + \showmessage{\m!colors}{2}{\colorstyle}, + \v!start=>\let\@@clstatus=\v!globaal + \incolortrue\localcolorfalse + \showmessage{\m!colors}{1}{\colorstyle}, + \v!stop=>\incolorfalse\localcolorfalse]} + +%D \macros +%D {doifcolorelse} +%D {} +%D +%D Switching to a color is done by means of the following +%D command. Later on we will explain the use of palets. We +%D define ourselves a color conditional first. + +\def\currentpalet{} + +\def\doifcolorelse#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\??cr\currentpalet#1}} + +\def\getcurrentcolorspecs#1% + {\edef\currentcolorspecs{\getvalue{\??cr\currentpalet#1}}} + +%D \macros +%D {localstartcolor,localstopcolor} +%D {} +%D +%D Simple color support, that is without nesting, is provided +%D by: + +\def\localstartcolor[#1]% + {\ifincolor + \localcolortrue + \doglobalstartcolor[#1]% + \fi} + +\def\localstopcolor% + {\ifincolor + \doglobalstopcolor + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {startcolor,stopcolor} +%D {} +%D +%D The more save method, the one that saves the current color +%D state and returns to this state afterward, is activated by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!startcolor} + +\def\startcolor[#1]% + {\ifincolor + \doglobalstartcolor[#1]% + \fi} + +\def\stopcolor% + {\ifincolor + \doglobalstopcolor + \fi} + +%D This macros call the global color switching ones. Starting +%D a global, i.e. a possible page boundary crossing, color +%D mode also sets a \type{\mark} in \TEX's internal list. + +\newcount\colorlevel + +\setvalue{\??cl0C}{} % saved color +\setvalue{\??cl0S}{} % stop command + +\def\dodoglobalstartcolor[#1]% + {\xdef\currentcolor{\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}}% + \global\advance\colorlevel by 1 + \setxvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}{#1}% + \debuggerinfo{\m!colors} + {start #1 at level \the\colorlevel}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\setxvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}{\currentcolor}% + \setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{\donoglobalstopcolor}} + {\doifelse{#1}{\currentcolor} + {\setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{\donoglobalstopcolor}} + {\doifcolorelse{#1} + {\docolormark{#1}% + \setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{\dodoglobalstopcolor}% + \startcolormode{#1}} + {\setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{\donoglobalstopcolor}% + \showmessage{\m!colors}{3}{#1}}}}} + +\def\doglobalstartcolor[#1]% + {\ifnum\colorlevel=0 + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{}} + {\dodoglobalstartcolor[#1]}% + \else + \dodoglobalstartcolor[#1]% + \fi + \ignorespaces} + +\def\donoglobalstopcolor% + {\ifnum\colorlevel>0 + \xdef\currentcolor{\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}}% + \debuggerinfo{\m!colors} + {stop \currentcolor\normalspace at level \the\colorlevel}% + \global\advance\colorlevel by -1 + \fi} + +\def\dodoglobalstopcolor% + {\ifnum\colorlevel>0 + \donoglobalstopcolor + \xdef\previouscolor{\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}}% + \ifnum\colorlevel=0 + \docolormark{}% + \stopcolormode + \else % let's do a bit redundant testing here + \docolormark{\previouscolor}% + \doifelsenothing{\previouscolor} + {\dostopcolormode} + {\doifcolorelse{\previouscolor} + {\doifnot{\currentcolor}{\previouscolor} + {\startcolormode{\previouscolor}}} + {\dostopcolormode}}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\doglobalstopcolor% + {\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}} + +%D We don't use grouping and save each stop alternative. This +%D permits be especially useful in for instance local color +%D support in verbatim. Using \type{\bgroup}||\type{\egroup} +%D pairs could interfere with calling commands + +%D This color mechanism takes care of nested colors, like in: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[rood]{rood}} groen} +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[]{groen \kleur[rood]{rood}} groen} +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[rood]{rood \kleur[rood]{rood}} groen} +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[]{groen}} groen} +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[rood]{rood} groen} +%D \kleur[groen]{groen \kleur[]{groen} groen} +%D \kleur[]{zwart \kleur[rood]{rood} zwart} +%D \kleur[]{zwart} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Crossing page boundaries is of course also handled. +%D Undefined or empty color specifications are treated as +%D efficient as possible. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startkleur[groen] +%D [groen] \input tufte [groen] \par +%D \startkleur[] +%D [groen] \input knuth [groen] \par +%D \startkleur[rood] +%D [rood] \input tufte [rood] \par +%D \startkleur[geel] +%D [geel] \input knuth [geel] \par +%D \stopkleur +%D [rood] \input tufte [rood] \par +%D \stopkleur +%D [groen] \input knuth [groen] \par +%D \stopkleur +%D [groen] \input tufte [groen] \par +%D \stopkleur +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D These quotes are typeset by saying: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Out of efficiency we only use marks when needed. The next +%D macro tries to find out if indeed a mark should be set. +%D This macro uses the boolean \type{\ifinpagebody}, which can +%D be defined and set in the module that handles the pagebody. + +\ifx\ifinpagebody\undefined \newif\ifinpagebodytrue \fi + +\def\docolormark#1% + {\ifinpagebody \else + \iflocalcolor \else + \dodocolormark{#1}% + \fi + \fi} + +\let\lastcolormark=\empty + +\def\dodocolormark#1% + {\doifnot{#1}{\lastcolormark} + {\colormark{#1}% + \xdef\lastcolormark{#1}}} + +%D \macros +%D {pushcolor, popcolor} +%D {} +%D +%D Pushing the current state in the output routine simply comes +%D to resetting the color to black, while popping restores the +%D color state to that of before the break. + +\def\pushcolor% + {\stopcolormode} + +\def\popcolor% + {\doifsomething{\botcolormark} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{popping \botcolormark}% + \startcolormode{\botcolormark}}} + +\def\popsplitcolor% + {\getsplitmarks\colormark % hier wel + \doifsomething{\botcolormark} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{split popping \botcolormark}% + \startcolormode{\botcolormark}}} + +%D \macros +%D {startcolorpage, stopcolorpage} +%D {} +%D +%D Local use can be forced with the next two macros. Nesting +%D is still supported but colors are no longer marked. + +\def\startcolorpage% + {\bgroup + \def\docolormark##1{}% + \edef\savedcolorlevel{\the\colorlevel}% + \ifnum\colorlevel>0 + \stopcolormode + \fi + \global\colorlevel=0\relax} + +\def\stopcolorpage% + {\global\colorlevel=\savedcolorlevel\relax + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {color,gray} +%D {} +%D +%D This leaves the simple color command: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!color} +%D \showsetup{\y!gray} +%D +%D Which can be used straightforward: \color[groen]{green as gras}. +%D We want color support to be similar to font support and +%D therefore implement \type{\color} as: + +\unexpanded\def\color[#1]% + {\groupedcommand + {\startcolor[#1]} + {\stopcolor}} + +\unexpanded\def\gray[#1]% + {\groupedcommand + {\RGBsupportedfalse\CMYKsupportedfalse\startcolor[#1]} + {\stopcolor}} + +%D This implementation enables use of defined colors like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D Look at the {\brightgreen bright} side of life and get +%D yourself no \red{red} head! +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {colorvalue, grayvalue} +%D {} +%D +%D We can typeset the color components using \type{\colorvalue} and +%D \type{\grayvalue}. The commands: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D color value of SomeKindOfRed: \colorvalue{SomeKindOfRed} \crlf +%D gray value of SomeKindOfRed: \grayvalue{SomeKindOfRed} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D show us: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld + +\def\realcolorformat#1% + {\ifnum#1<10 0.00\the#1% + \else\ifnum#1<100 0.0\the#1% + \else\ifnum#1<1000 0.\the#1% + \else 1.000\fi\fi\fi} + +\def\colorformatseparator{ } + +\def\dodoformatcolor#1% + {\scratchdimen=#1\s!pt\relax + \ifdim\scratchdimen>1\s!pt + \scratchdimen=1\s!pt + \fi + \multiply\scratchdimen by 1000 + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard \relax + \realcolorformat\scratchcounter} + +\def\doformatcolorR#1:#2:#3\od% + {\dodoformatcolor{#1}\colorformatseparator + \dodoformatcolor{#2}\colorformatseparator + \dodoformatcolor{#3}} + +\def\doformatcolorC#1:#2:#3:#4\od% + {\dodoformatcolor{#1}\colorformatseparator + \dodoformatcolor{#2}\colorformatseparator + \dodoformatcolor{#3}\colorformatseparator + \dodoformatcolor{#4}} + +\def\doformatcolorK#1\od% + {\dodoformatcolor{#1}} + +\def\doformatcolor#1:% + {\getvalue{doformatcolor#1}} + +\def\colorvalue#1% + {\doifcolorelse{#1} + {\getcurrentcolorspecs{#1}% + \expandafter\doformatcolor\currentcolorspecs\od} + {}} + +\def\doformatgrayR#1:#2:#3\od% + {\convertRGBtoGRAY{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \dodoformatcolor\@@cl@@k} + +\def\doformatgrayC#1:#2:#3:#4\od% + {\convertCMYKtoGRAY{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \dodoformatcolor\@@cl@@k} + +\def\doformatgrayK#1\od% + {\dodoformatcolor{#1}} + +\def\doformatgray#1:% + {\getvalue{doformatgray#1}} + +\def\grayvalue#1% + {\doifcolorelse{#1} + {\getcurrentcolorspecs{#1}% + \expandafter\doformatgray\currentcolorspecs\od} + {}} + +%D \macros +%D {locatstartraster,localstopraster, +%D startraster,stopraster} +%D {} +%D +%D The previous conversions are not linear and treat each color +%D component according to human perception curves. Pure gray +%D (we call them rasters) has equal color components. In +%D \CONTEXT\ rasters are only used as backgrounds and these +%D don't cross page boundaries in the way color does. Therefore +%D we don't need stacks and marks. Just to be compatible with +%D color support we offer both 'global' and 'local' commands. + +\def\localstartraster[#1]% + {\doifinstringelse{.}{#1} + {\dostartgraymode{#1}} + {\dostartgraymode{\@@rsraster}}} + +\def\localstopraster% + {\dostopgraymode} + +\def\startraster% + {\localstartraster} + +\def\stopraster% + {\localstopraster} + +%D In this documentation we will not go into too much details +%D on palets. Curious users can find more information on this +%D topic in \uit[use of color]. +%D +%D At the moment we implemented color in \CONTEXT\ color +%D printing was not yet on the desktop. In spite of this lack our +%D graphics designer made colorfull illustrations. When printed +%D on a black and white printer, distinctive colors can come +%D out equally gray. We therefore decided to use only colors +%D that were distinctive in colors as well as in black and +%D white print. +%D +%D Although none of the graphic packages we used supported +%D logical colors and global color redefition, we build this +%D support into \CONTEXT. This enabled us to experiment and +%D also prepared us for the future. + +%D \macros +%D {definepalet} +%D {} +%D +%D Colors are grouped in palets. The colors in such a palet can +%D have colorful names, but best is to use names that specify +%D their use, like {\em important} or {\em danger}. As a sort +%D of example \CONTEXT\ has some palets predefined, +%D like:\voetnoot{At the time I wrote the palet support, I was +%D reading 'A hort history of time' of S.~Hawkins, so that's +%D why we stuck to quarks.} +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definepalet +%D [alfa] +%D [ top=rood:7, +%D bottom=groen:6, +%D up=blauw:5, +%D down=cyaan:4, +%D strange=magenta:3, +%D charm=geel:2] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D It's formal definition is: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definepalet} +%D +%D Visualized, such a palet looks like: +%D +%D \startbuffer[palet] +%D \showpalet [alfa] [horizontaal,naam,nummer,waarde] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \haalbuffer[palet] +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D This bar shows both the color and gray alternatives of the +%D palet components (not visible in black and white print). + +\def\definepalet% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinepalet} + +\def\dodefinepalet[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\??pa#1}{}% + \showmessage{\m!colors}{6}{#1}% + \def\dodododefinepalet[##1=##2]% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??pa#1} + {\setevalue{\??pa#1}{\getvalue{\??pa#1},}}% + \setevalue{\??pa#1}{\getvalue{\??pa#1}##1}% + \doifdefinedelse{\??cr##2} + {\setevalue{\??cr#1:##1}{\getvalue{\??cr##2}}} + {\setevalue{\??cr#1:##1}{G:0}}}% + \def\dododefinepalet##1% + {\dodododefinepalet[##1]}% + \processcommalist[#2]\dododefinepalet} + +%D \macros +%D {setuppalet} +%D {} +%D +%D Colors are taken from the current palet, if defined. +%D Setting the current palet is done by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setuppalet} + +\def\currentpalet{} + +\def\setuppalet% + {\dosingleempty\dosetuppalet} + +\def\dosetuppalet[#1]% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\currentpalet{}} + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??pa#1} + {\showmessage{\m!colors}{7}{#1}% + \def\currentpalet{}} + {\def\currentpalet{#1:}}}} + +%D \macros +%D {showpalet} +%D {} +%D +%D The previous visualization was typeset with: +%D +%D \typebuffer[palet] +%D +%D This commands is defined as: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!showpalet} + +\def\showpalet% + {\dodoubleargument\doshowpalet} + +\def\doshowpalet[#1][#2]% + {\doifdefined{\??pa#1} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!vertikaal}{#2} + {\showverticalpalet[#1][#2]} + {\showhorizontalpalet[#1][#2]}}} + +\def\showhorizontalpalet[#1][#2]% + {\localvbox + {\offinterlineskip + \!!widtha=\hsize + \doifinsetelse{\v!naam}{#2} + {\!!widthb=5em} + {\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint} + \advance\!!widtha by -\!!widthb + \getcommacommandsize[\getvalue{\??pa#1}] + \divide\!!widtha by \commalistsize + \setuppalet[#1] + \doifinset{\v!nummer}{#2}% + {\def\doshowpalet##1% + {\hbox to \!!widtha{\hss\strut##1\hss}} + \hbox{\hskip\!!widthb\processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet} + \endgraf} + \def\doshowpalet##1% + {\color[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\ht\strutbox}} + \hbox + {\ifdim\!!widthb>\!!zeropoint\relax + \hbox to \!!widthb{\hss#1\hskip.75em}% + \fi + \processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet} + \endgraf + \def\doshowpalet##1% + {\gray[##1]{\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!depth\dp\strutbox}} + \hbox{\hskip\!!widthb\processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet} + \endgraf + \doifinset{\v!waarde}{#2} + {\def\doshowpalet##1% + {\vbox + {\hsize\!!widtha + \vskip.25ex + \everypar{\strut} + \veryraggedcenter + \let\colorformatseparator=\endgraf + \colorvalue{##1}}} + \hbox{\hskip\!!widthb\processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet}}}} + +\def\showverticalpalet[#1][#2]% + {\localvbox + {\offinterlineskip + \setuppalet[#1] + \def\rule% + {\vrule\!!width3em\!!height\ht\strutbox\!!depth\dp\strutbox} + \doifinsetelse{\v!nummer}{#2} + {\!!widthb=5em} + {\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint} + \advance\!!widtha by \!!widthb + \doifinset{\v!naam}{#2} + {\hbox{\hskip\!!widthb\hbox to 6em{\hss\strut#1\hss}} + \endgraf} + \def\doshowpalet##1% + {\hbox + {\ifdim\!!widthb>\!!zeropoint + \hbox to \!!widthb{\hss##1\hskip.75em}% + \fi + \color[##1]{\rule}% + \gray[##1]{\rule}% + \doifinset{\v!waarde}{#2}% + {\hbox to 7em{\hskip.75em\colorvalue{##1}\hss}}} + \endgraf} + \processpalet[#1]\doshowpalet}} + +\def\processpalet[#1]% + {\processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??pa#1}]} + +%D \macros +%D {definecolorgroup} +%D {} +%D +%D The naming of the colors in this palet suggests some +%D ordening, which in turn is suported by color grouping. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecolorgroup +%D [rood] +%D [1.00:0.90:0.90, +%D 1.00:0.80:0.80, +%D 1.00:0.70:0.70, +%D 1.00:0.55:0.55, +%D 1.00:0.40:0.40, +%D 1.00:0.25:0.25, +%D 1.00:0.15:0.15, +%D 0.90:0.00:0.00] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In such a color group colors are numbered from~$1$ to~$n$. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definecolorgroup} +%D +%D This kind of specification is not only more compact than +%D defining each color separate, it also loads faster and takes +%D less bytes. + +\def\definecolorgroup% + {\dotripleempty\dodefinecolorgroup} + +\def\dodefinecolorgroup[#1][#2][#3]% + {\ifthirdargument + \processaction + [#2] + [ \v!cmyk=>\edef\currentcolorspace{C}, + \v!rgb=>\edef\currentcolorspace{R}, + \v!gray=>\edef\currentcolorspace{K}, + \s!unknown=>\edef\currentcolorspace{R}]% + \scratchcounter=0 + \def\dododefinecolorgroup##1% + {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \setevalue{\??cr#1:\the\scratchcounter}{\currentcolorspace:##1}}% + \processcommalist[#3]\dododefinecolorgroup + \else + \doifinstringelse{:}{#2} + {\definecolorgroup[#1][\v!rgb][#2]} + {\doloop + {\doifdefinedelse{\??cr#2:\recurselevel} + {\setevalue{\??cr#1:\recurselevel}% + {\getvalue{\??cr#2:\recurselevel}}} + {\exitloop}}}% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {showcolorgroup} +%D {} +%D +%D We can show the group by: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \showcolorgroup [blauw] [horizontaal,naam,nummer,waarde] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or in color: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D which uses: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!showcolorgroup} + +\def\showcolorgroup% + {\dodoubleargument\doshowcolorgroup} + +\def\doshowcolorgroup[#1][#2]% + {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:1} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!vertikaal}{#2} + {\showverticalcolorgroup[#1][#2]} + {\showhorizontalcolorgroup[#1][#2]}}} + +\def\showhorizontalcolorgroup[#1][#2]% + {\localvbox + {\offinterlineskip + \!!widtha=\hsize + \setuppalet + \!!counta=0 + \dorecurse{15} + {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:\recurselevel}{\advance\!!counta by 1}} + \doifinsetelse{\v!naam}{#2} + {\!!widthb=5em} + {\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint} + \advance\!!widtha by -\!!widthb + \divide\!!widtha by \!!counta + \doifinset{\v!nummer}{#2} + {\hbox + {\hskip\!!widthb + \dorecurse{\!!counta} + {\hbox to \!!widtha{\hss\strut\recurselevel\hss}}} + \endgraf} + \hbox + {\ifdim\!!widthb>\!!zeropoint + \hbox to \!!widthb{\hss#1\hskip.75em}% + \fi + \dorecurse{\!!counta} + {\vbox + {\hsize\!!widtha + \color[#1:\recurselevel] + {\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!height\ht\strutbox} + \endgraf + \gray[#1:\recurselevel] + {\vrule\!!width\!!widtha\!!depth\dp\strutbox}}}}% + \endgraf + \doifinset{\v!waarde}{#2} + {\hbox + {\hskip\!!widthb + \dorecurse{\!!counta} + {\vbox + {\hsize\!!widtha + \vskip.25ex + \everypar{\strut} + \veryraggedcenter + \let\colorformatseparator=\endgraf + \colorvalue{#1:\recurselevel}}}}}}} + +\def\showverticalcolorgroup[#1][#2]% + {\localvbox + {\offinterlineskip + \setuppalet + \def\rule% + {\vrule\!!width2.5em\!!height\ht\strutbox\!!depth\dp\strutbox} + \doifinsetelse{\v!nummer}{#2} + {\!!widthb=2em} + {\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint} + \doifinset{\v!naam}{#2} + {\hbox{\hskip\!!widthb\hbox to 5em{\hss\strut#1\hss}} + \endgraf} + \dorecurse{15} + {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:\recurselevel} + {\hbox + {\ifdim\!!widthb>\!!zeropoint + \hbox to \!!widthb{\hss\recurselevel\hskip.75em}% + \fi + \color[#1:\recurselevel]{\rule}% + \gray[#1:\recurselevel]{\rule}% + \doifinset{\v!waarde}{#2}% + {\hbox to 7em{\hskip.75em\colorvalue{#1:\recurselevel}\hss}}} + \endgraf}}}} + +%D There are ten predefined color groups, like +%D \color[groen]{\em groen}, \color[rood]{\em rood}, +%D \color[blauw]{\em blauw}, \color[cyaan]{\em cyaan}, +%D \color[magenta]{\em magenta} and \color[geel]{\em geel}. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox to \hsize +%D {\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [rood] [vertikaal,naam,nummer]\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [groen] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [blauw] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [cyaan] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [magenta] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showcolorgroup [geel] [vertikaal,naam]\hss} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D These groups are used to define palets {\em alfa} upto {\em +%D zeta}. As long as we don't use colors from the same row, we +%D get ourselves distinctive palets. By activating such a palet +%D one gains access to its members {\em top} to {\em charm} (of +%D course one should use more suitable names than these). +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox to \hsize +%D {\showpalet [alfa] [vertikaal,naam,nummer]\hss +%D \showpalet [beta] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showpalet [gamma] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showpalet [delta] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showpalet [epsilon] [vertikaal,naam]\hss +%D \showpalet [zeta] [vertikaal,naam]} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D By using the keyword \type{\v!waarde} the individual color +%D components are shown too. When printed in color, these +%D showcases show both the colors and the gray value. + +%D \macros +%D {comparepalet} +%D {} +%D +%D There are some more testing macros available: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \comparepalet [alfa] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D shows the palet colors against a background: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The formal definition is: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!comparepalet} + +\def\comparepalet% + {\dosingleargument\docomparepalet} + +\def\docomparepalet[#1]% + {\doifdefined{\??pa#1} + {\hbox + {\dodocomparepalet\color[#1]% + \quad + \dodocomparepalet\gray[#1]}}} + +\def\dodocomparepalet#1[#2]% + {\localvbox + {\offinterlineskip + \setuppalet[#2] + \getcommacommandsize[\getvalue{\??pa#2}] + \!!widtha=2em\relax + \hsize=\commalistsize\!!widtha + \def\rule% + {\vrule\!!width.5\!!widtha\!!height2.25ex\!!depth-.75ex} + \def\dododocomparepalet##1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\hbox + {#1[##1]{\vrule\!!width\hsize\!!height3ex}}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint\box0 + \hbox to \hsize + {\def\dododocomparepalet####1% + {\hbox to \!!widtha + {\hss#1[####1]{\rule}\hss}}% + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??pa#2}]\dododocomparepalet}} + \endgraf} + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??pa#2}]\dododocomparepalet}} + +%D \macros +%D {comparecolorgroup} +%D {} +%D +%D The similar command: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \comparecolorgroup [blauw] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D shows color groups: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D this commands are defined as: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!comparecolorgroup} + +\def\comparecolorgroup% + {\dosingleargument\docomparecolorgroup} + +\def\docomparecolorgroup[#1]% + {\doifdefined{\??cr#1:1} + {\hbox + {\dodocomparecolorgroup\color[#1]% + \quad + \dodocomparecolorgroup\gray[#1]}}} + +\def\dodocomparecolorgroup#1[#2]% + {\localvbox + {\!!counta=0 + \dorecurse{15} + {\doifdefined{\??cr#2:\recurselevel}{\advance\!!counta by 1}} + \!!widtha=2em\relax + \hsize=\!!counta\!!widtha + \def\rule% + {\vrule\!!width.5\!!widtha\!!height2.25ex\!!depth-.75ex} + \def\dododocomparecolorgroup##1% + {\hbox to \hsize + {\setbox0=\hbox + {#1[#2:##1]{\vrule\!!width\hsize\!!height3ex}}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint\box0 + \hbox to \hsize + {\hss\dorecurse{\!!counta}{#1[#2:\recurselevel]{\rule}\hss}}} + \endgraf} + \dorecurse{\!!counta}{\dododocomparecolorgroup\recurselevel}}} + +%D \macros +%D {showcolor} +%D {} +%D +%D But let's not forget that we also have the more traditional +%D non||related colors. These show up after: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showcolor [name] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Where \type{name} for instance can be \type{rgb}. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!showcolor} + +\def\showcolor[#1]% + {\bgroup + \setupcolor[#1] + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen] + \def\rule% + {\vrule\!!width4em\!!height\ht\strutbox\!!depth\dp\strutbox} + \def\docommand##1% + {\hbox + {\gray[##1]{\rule}\quad + \color[##1]{\rule}\quad + \grayvalue{##1}\quad + \hbox to 12em{\colorvalue{##1}\hss}% + \strut##1} + \endgraf} + \processcommacommand[\colorlist]\docommand + \egroup} + +%D We default to the colors defined in \module{colo-rgb} and +%D support both \kap{RGB} and \kap{CMYK} output. + +\setupcolor + [\v!rgb] + +\setupcolors + [\c!status=\v!stop, + \c!conversie=\v!ja, + \c!rgb=\v!ja, + \c!cmyk=\v!ja] + +%D As we can see, color support is turned off by default. +%D Reduction of gray colors to gray scales is turned on. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ea42994e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex @@ -0,0 +1,365 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=colo-rgb, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Color Macros, +%D subtitle=RGB, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Just to give users a start we define some colors. While +%D switching fonts is as international as can be, thanks to the +%D mnemonics, naming colors is very interface dependant. To +%D support international setups, we define both english and +%D interface dependant colors. We use the color inheritance +%D mechanisms to implement the interface dependant ones. + +%D First we define some simple primary \kap{RGB} and \kap{CMYK} +%D colors. All colors are defined in \kap{RGB} color space. + +\definecolor [red] [r=1, g=0, b=0] +\definecolor [green] [r=0, g=1, b=0] +\definecolor [blue] [r=0, g=0, b=1] + +\definecolor [cyan] [r=0, g=1, b=1] +\definecolor [magenta] [r=1, g=0, b=1] +\definecolor [yellow] [r=1, g=1, b=0] + +\definecolor [white] [r=1, g=1, b=1] +\definecolor [black] [r=0, g=0, b=0] + +\definecolor [darkred] [r=.8, g=0, b=0] +\definecolor [middlered] [r=.9, g=0, b=0] +\definecolor [lightred] [r=1, g=0, b=0] + +\definecolor [darkgreen] [r=0, g=.6, b=0] +\definecolor [middlegreen] [r=0, g=.8, b=0] +\definecolor [lightgreen] [r=0, g=1, b=0] + +\definecolor [darkblue] [r=0, g=0, b=.8] +\definecolor [middleblue] [r=0, g=0, b=.9] +\definecolor [lightblue] [r=0, g=0, b=1] + +\definecolor [darkcyan] [r=.6, g=.8, b=.8] +\definecolor [middlecyan] [r=0, g=.8, b=.8] + +\definecolor [darkmagenta] [r=.8, g=.6, b=.8] +\definecolor [middlemagenta] [r=1, g=0, b=.6] + +\definecolor [darkyellow] [r=.8, g=.8, b=.6] +\definecolor [middleyellow] [r=1, g=1, b=.2] + +\definecolor [darkgray] [r=.5, g=.5, b=.5] +\definecolor [middlegray] [r=.7, g=.7, b=.7] +\definecolor [lightgray] [r=.9, g=.9, b=.9] + +%D These colors are mapped to interface dependant colornames. + +\startinterface dutch + + \definecolor [rood] [red] + \definecolor [groen] [green] + \definecolor [blauw] [blue] + + \definecolor [cyaan] [cyan] + \definecolor [magenta] [magenta] + \definecolor [geel] [yellow] + + \definecolor [wit] [white] + \definecolor [zwart] [black] + + \definecolor [donkerrood] [darkred] + \definecolor [middelrood] [middlered] + \definecolor [lichtrood] [lightred] + + \definecolor [donkergroen] [darkgreen] + \definecolor [middelgroen] [middlegreen] + \definecolor [lichtgroen] [lightgreen] + + \definecolor [donkerblauw] [darkblue] + \definecolor [middelblauw] [middleblue] + \definecolor [lichtblauw] [lightblue] + + \definecolor [donkercyaan] [darkcyan] + \definecolor [middelcyaan] [middlecyan] + + \definecolor [donkermagenta] [darkmagenta] + \definecolor [middelmagenta] [middlemagenta] + + \definecolor [donkergeel] [darkyellow] + \definecolor [middelgeel] [middleyellow] + + \definecolor [donkergrijs] [darkgray] + \definecolor [middengrijs] [middlegray] + \definecolor [lichtgrijs] [lightgray] + +\stopinterface + +\startinterface german + + \definecolor [rot] [red] + \definecolor [gruen] [green] + \definecolor [blau] [blue] + + \definecolor [cyan] [cyan] + \definecolor [magenta] [magenta] + \definecolor [gelb] [yellow] + + \definecolor [weiss] [white] + \definecolor [schwarz] [black] + + \definecolor [dunkelrot] [darkred] + \definecolor [mittelrot] [middlered] + \definecolor [hellrot] [lightred] + + \definecolor [dunkelgruen] [darkgreen] + \definecolor [mittelgruen] [middlegreen] + \definecolor [hellgruen] [lightgreen] + + \definecolor [dunkelblau] [darkblue] + \definecolor [mittelblau] [middleblue] + \definecolor [hellblau] [lightblue] + + \definecolor [dunkelcyan] [darkcyan] + \definecolor [mittelcyan] [middlecyan] + + \definecolor [dunkelmagenta] [darkmagenta] + \definecolor [mittelmagenta] [middlemagenta] + + \definecolor [dunkelgelb] [darkyellow] + \definecolor [mittelgelb] [middleyellow] + + \definecolor [dunkelgrau] [darkgray] + \definecolor [mittelgrau] [middlegray] + \definecolor [hellgrau] [lightgray] + +\stopinterface + +%D Like colors, we first define the english colorgroups. These +%D colorgroups are tuned for distinctive gray scale printing. + +\definecolorgroup + [gray] + [0.95:0.95:0.95, + 0.90:0.90:0.90, + 0.80:0.80:0.80, + 0.70:0.70:0.70, + 0.60:0.60:0.60, + 0.50:0.50:0.50, + 0.40:0.40:0.40, + 0.30:0.30:0.30, + 0.20:0.20:0.20, + 0.10:0.10:0.10, + 0.00:0.00:0.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [red] + [1.00:0.90:0.90, + 1.00:0.80:0.80, + 1.00:0.70:0.70, + 1.00:0.55:0.55, + 1.00:0.40:0.40, + 1.00:0.25:0.25, + 1.00:0.15:0.15, + 0.90:0.00:0.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [green] + [0.90:1.00:0.90, + 0.70:1.00:0.70, + 0.50:1.00:0.50, + 0.30:1.00:0.30, + 0.15:0.90:0.15, + 0.00:0.80:0.00, + 0.00:0.65:0.00, + 0.00:0.50:0.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [blue] + [0.90:0.95:1.00, + 0.80:0.90:1.00, + 0.55:0.85:1.00, + 0.30:0.80:1.00, + 0.15:0.75:1.00, + 0.00:0.70:1.00, + 0.00:0.55:1.00, + 0.00:0.40:1.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [cyan] + [0.80:1.00:1.00, + 0.60:1.00:1.00, + 0.30:1.00:1.00, + 0.00:0.95:0.95, + 0.00:0.85:0.85, + 0.00:0.75:0.75, + 0.00:0.60:0.60, + 0.00:0.50:0.50] + +\definecolorgroup + [magenta] + [1.00:0.90:1.00, + 1.00:0.80:1.00, + 1.00:0.65:1.00, + 1.00:0.50:1.00, + 1.00:0.35:1.00, + 1.00:0.15:1.00, + 0.90:0.05:0.90, + 0.80:0.00:0.80] + +\definecolorgroup + [yellow] + [1.00:1.00:0.70, + 1.00:1.00:0.00, + 1.00:0.85:0.05, + 1.00:0.70:0.00, + 1.00:0.55:0.00, + 0.95:0.40:0.00, + 0.80:0.30:0.00, + 0.60:0.30:0.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [red*] + [1.00:0.95:0.95, + 1.00:0.90:0.90, + 1.00:0.80:0.80, + 1.00:0.70:0.70, + 1.00:0.60:0.60, + 1.00:0.50:0.50, + 1.00:0.40:0.40, + 1.00:0.30:0.30] + +\definecolorgroup + [green*] + [0.95:1.00:0.95, + 0.90:1.00:0.90, + 0.80:1.00:0.80, + 0.70:1.00:0.70, + 0.60:1.00:0.60, + 0.50:1.00:0.50, + 0.40:1.00:0.40, + 0.30:1.00:0.30] + +\definecolorgroup + [blue*] + [0.95:0.95:1.00, + 0.90:0.90:1.00, + 0.80:0.80:1.00, + 0.70:0.70:1.00, + 0.60:0.60:1.00, + 0.50:0.50:1.00, + 0.40:0.40:1.00, + 0.30:0.30:1.00] + +\definecolorgroup + [yellow*] + [1.00:1.00:0.10, + 1.00:1.00:0.00, + 0.90:0.90:0.00, + 0.80:0.80:0.00, + 0.70:0.70:0.00, + 0.60:0.60:0.00, + 0.50:0.50:0.00, + 0.40:0.40:0.00] + +%D For the sake of implementing interface dependant color +%D groups we support colorgroup duplication. + +\startinterface dutch + \definecolorgroup [grijs] [gray] + \definecolorgroup [rood] [red] + \definecolorgroup [groen] [green] + \definecolorgroup [blauw] [blue] + \definecolorgroup [cyaan] [cyan] + \definecolorgroup [magenta] [magenta] + \definecolorgroup [geel] [yellow] + \definecolorgroup [rood*] [red*] + \definecolorgroup [groen*] [green*] + \definecolorgroup [blauw*] [blue*] + \definecolorgroup [geel*] [yellow*] +\stopinterface + +\startinterface german + \definecolorgroup [grau] [gray] + \definecolorgroup [rot] [red] + \definecolorgroup [gruen] [green] + \definecolorgroup [blau] [blue] + \definecolorgroup [cyan] [cyan] + \definecolorgroup [magenta] [magenta] + \definecolorgroup [gelb] [yellow] + \definecolorgroup [rot*] [red*] + \definecolorgroup [gruen*] [green*] + \definecolorgroup [blau*] [blue*] + \definecolorgroup [gelb*] [yellow*] +\stopinterface + +%D The next set of color palets is quite language independant. +%D These palets are meant as examples. + +\definepalet + [alfa] + [ top=red:7, + bottom=green:6, + up=blue:5, + down=cyan:4, + strange=magenta:3, + charm=yellow:2] + +\definepalet + [beta] + [ top=red:7, + bottom=green:5, + up=blue:3, + down=cyan:6, + strange=magenta:2, + charm=yellow:1] + +\definepalet + [gamma] + [ top=red:2, + bottom=green:5, + up=blue:3, + down=cyan:6, + strange=magenta:7, + charm=yellow:4] + +\definepalet + [delta] + [ top=yellow*:5, + bottom=yellow*:3, + up=yellow*:2, + down=magenta:6, + strange=blue:4, + charm=blue:1] + +\definepalet + [epsilon] + [ top=cyan:7, + bottom=cyan:5, + up=blue:3, + down=yellow:6, + strange=yellow:4, + charm=yellow:2] + +\definepalet + [zeta] + [ top=red:6, + bottom=green:5, + up=blue:7, + down=cyan:4, + strange=magenta:3, + charm=yellow:2] + +%D The next four colors are used for typesetting verbatim \TEX\ +%D in color. + +\definecolor [texcolorone] [middlered] +\definecolor [texcolortwo] [middlegreen] +\definecolor [texcolorthree] [middleblue] +\definecolor [texcolorfour] [darkyellow] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df2896b08 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-en, +%D version=1997.08.19, +%D title=\CONTEXT, +%D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ German Format Generation, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\catcode`\{=1 +\catcode`\}=2 + +\def\defaultinterface{german} + +\input context.tex + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5720142a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-en, +%D version=1997.08.19, +%D title=\CONTEXT, +%D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ English Format Generation, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\catcode`\{=1 +\catcode`\}=2 + +\def\defaultinterface{english} + +\input context.tex + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..355cd14a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-log, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Miscellaneous Macros, +%D subtitle=\TEX\ Logos, +%D author=J. Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=J. Hagen] + +\writestatus{loading}{Context TeX Logos} + +%D The system that is used to typeset this text is called \TEX, +%D typeset with an lowered~E. From te beginning of \TEX, +%D authors of macro packages adapted this raising and lowering +%D style. In this module we define some of those logos. + +\unprotect + +\def\TeX% + {T% + \kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}% + \kern-.125emX} + +\def\ConTeXt% + {C\kern-.0333emO\kern-.0333emN\kern-.0333em\TeX\kern-.0333emT} + +\def\PPCHTeX% + {PPCH\TeX} + +\def\LaTeX% + {{L% + \kern-.30em\raise.3ex\hbox{\tfxx A}% + \kern-.18em\TeX}} + +\def\TaBlE% + {T% + \kern-.27em\lower.5ex\hbox{A}% + \kern-.18em B% + \kern-.1em\lower.5ex\hbox{L}% + \kern-.075em E} + +\def\PiCTeX% + {P% + \kern-.12em\lower.5ex\hbox{I}% + \kern-.075em C% + \kern-.11em\TeX} + +\def\AMSswitch#1% + {$\fam2\ifdim\korpsgrootte>1.1em\scriptstyle\fi#1$} + +\def\AmSTeX% + {\AMSswitch A% + \kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{\AMSswitch M}% + \kern-.125em\AMSswitch S% + -\TeX} + +\def\LamSTeX% + {L% + \kern-.4em\raise.3ex\hbox{\AMSswitch A}% + \kern-.25em\lower.4ex\hbox{\AMSswitch M}% + \kern-.1em{\AMSswitch S}% + -\TeX} + +\def\MetaFont% \hbox prevents missing - warning in YandYTEX + {\hbox{\font\logofont=logo10 at \korpsgrootte\logofont METAFONT}} + +\def\MetaPost% \hbox prevents missing - warning in YandYTEX + {\hbox{\font\logofont=cmss10 at \korpsgrootte\logofont METAPOST}} + +%D \macros +%D {TEX, METAFONT, METAPOST, +%D PICTEX, TABLE, +%D CONTEXT, PPCHTEX, +%D AMSTEX, LATEX, LAMSTEX} +%D {} +%D +%D We define the funny written ones as well as th eless +%D error prone upper case names (in \CONTEXT\ we tend to +%D write all user defined commands, like abbreviations, in +%D uppercase.) + +\def\METAFONT {\MetaFont} +\def\METAPOST {\MetaPost} +\def\PPCHTEX {\PPCHTeX} +\def\CONTEXT {\ConTeXt} + +\def\TEX {\TeX} +\def\LATEX {\LaTeX} +\def\PICTEX {\PiCTeX} +\def\TABLE {\TaBlE} +\def\AMSTEX {\AmSTeX} +\def\LAMSTEX {\LamSTeX} + +%D And this is how they show up: \TeX, \MetaFont, \MetaPost, +%D \PiCTeX, \TaBlE, \ConTeXt, \PPCHTeX, \AmSTeX, \LaTeX, +%D \LamSTeX. We also define some logos for the programs that +%D we wrote and use at \PRAGMA: \TeX EDIT, \TeX FORM, \TeX +%D ADRES, \TeX SPELL, \TeX UTIL. + +\def\TEXEDIT {\TeX EDIT} +\def\TEXFORM {\TeX FORM} +\def\TEXADRES {\TeX ADRES} +\def\TEXSPELL {\TeX SPELL} +\def\TEXUTIL {\TeX UTIL} + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8a2a602e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-en, +%D version=1997.08.19, +%D title=\CONTEXT, +%D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ Dutch Format Generation, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\catcode`\{=1 +\catcode`\}=2 + +\def\defaultinterface{dutch} + +\input context.tex + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cb6d7a11 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-usr, +%D version=1997.10.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ User Format Specifications, +%D subtitle=System Specific Setups, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns +%D they want to load into the format file. + +\unprotect + +% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans +% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish + \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german + \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english +% \installlanguage [\s!fi] [\c!status=\v!start] % finnish + \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french +% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian + \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch +% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian +% \installlanguage [\s!pl] [\c!status=\v!start] % polish +% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese +% \installlanguage [\s!sp] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish +% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish +% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish + +% \appendtoks \language[\s!nl]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!en]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!de]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!fr]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!sp]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!it]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!da]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!pt]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!sv]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!pl]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!fi]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!af]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!no]\to \everyjob +% \appendtoks \language[\s!tr]\to \everyjob + +\appendtoks \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] \to \everyjob + + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.rme b/tex/context/base/context.rme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..553088fdc --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/context.rme @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +There are currently three interfaces available: + + cont-en the english version + cont-de the german version + cont-nl the dutch version + +One should compile one of these (or all) into a fmt file. +When one uses the main file, + + context the undefined version + +TeX ask for an interface language as well as a message +language. Here one has to specify the full name (english, +german, dutch) or use the default (enter). + +By default only the english hyphenation patterns are loaded, +unless more are enabled in: + + cont-usr the typesetting language specifications + +Furthermore, users can preset commands etc in the file + + cont-sys a system file loaded at runtime + +For questions and remarks on ConTeXt, one can subscribe to +the list: + + ntg-context@ntg.nl + +by sending the message + + subscribe ntg-context + +to the list server: + + majordomo@ntg.nl + +One can find more info at: + + www.ntg.nl/context + +or on CTAN in the ConTeXt directory. + +Don't hesitate to ask questions. ConTeXt can do a lot, and +the manuals are always way behind and incomplete. + +Hans Hagen +pragma@pi.net diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.tex b/tex/context/base/context.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b36a02f78 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/context.tex @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=context, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT, +%D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ Format Generation, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Welcome to the main module. When this module is ran through +%D \type{initex} or \type{tex -i} or \type{whatevertex} using +%D \type{whatever switch}, the \CONTEXT\ format file is +%D generated. During this process the user is asked for an +%D interface language. Supplying \type{dutch} will generate a +%D dutch version of \CONTEXT, supplying \type{english} will of +%D course end op in a english version. +%D +%D First we load the system modules. These implement a lot of +%D manipulation macros. The first one loads \PLAIN\ \TEX, as +%D minimal as possible. + +\input syst-tex.tex +\input syst-gen.tex +\input syst-ext.tex +\input syst-new.tex + +%D After this we're ready for the multi||lingual interface +%D modules. + +\input mult-ini.tex +\input mult-sys.tex +\input mult-con.tex +\input mult-com.tex + +%D Now we're ready for some general support modules. These +%D modules implement some basic typesetting functionality. + +\input supp-ini.tex +\input supp-fil.tex +\input supp-ver.tex +\input supp-box.tex +\input supp-mrk.tex +\input supp-vis.tex +\input supp-mul.tex +\input supp-fun.tex +\input supp-pdf.tex +\input supp-spe.tex +\input supp-mps.tex +\input supp-tpi.tex + +%D \CONTEXT\ does not implement its own table handling. We +%D just go for the best there is and load \TABLE. Just to be +%D sure we do it here, before we redefine \type{|}. + +\doinputonce{table} + +%D Here comes the last support module. + +\input supp-lan.tex + +%D The next three modules do what their names state. They +%D load additional definition modules when needed. + +\input lang-ini.tex +\input spec-ini.tex +\input colo-ini.tex + +%D For the moment we load a lot of languages. In the future +%D we'll have to be more space conservative. + +\input lang-lab.tex + +\input lang-alt.tex +\input lang-ana.tex +\input lang-art.tex +\input lang-bal.tex +\input lang-cel.tex +\input lang-ger.tex +\input lang-grk.tex +\input lang-hnl.tex +\input lang-ind.tex +\input lang-ita.tex +\input lang-sla.tex +\input lang-ura.tex + +%D The special modules need some additional macro's: + +\input spec-mis.tex + +%D Next we load some core macro's. These implement the +%D macros' that are seen by the users. + +\input core-gen.tex +\input core-mak.tex +\input core-fil.tex +\input core-ver.tex +\input core-vis.tex +\input core-con.tex +\input core-rul.tex +\input core-tab.tex +\input core-fil.tex +\input core-01a.tex + +%D Of course we do need fonts. There are no \TFM\ files +%D loaded yet, so the format file is independant of their +%D content. Here we also redefine \type{\it} as {\it italic} +%D instead of italian. + +\input font-ini.tex + +%D Now we're ready for more core modules. + +\input core-fnt.tex +\input core-not.tex + +\input core-01b.tex +\input core-01c.tex +\input core-01d.tex +\input core-01e.tex + +\input core-02a.tex +\input core-02b.tex +% core-02c.tex +\input core-02d.tex + +%D Except from english, no hyphenation pattersn are loaded +%D yet. Users can specify their needs in the next module: + +\input cont-usr.tex + +%D The next two modules implement some additional +%D functionality concenring classes of documents and output. +%D These modules probably will be replaced some day. + +\input docs-ini.tex +\input list-ini.tex + +%D \TEX\ related logo's are always typeset in a special way. +%D Here they come: + +\input cont-log.tex + +%D Dumping the format is all that's left to be done. + +\dump + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..263c6d982 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,15745 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-01a, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=1A (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% \ifinfloat \ifinpagebody \ifintable \ifincolumns etc naar +% core-sta(tus) + +% nieuw/nb: +% +% in handleiding: eerste in set float [hier..] telt! +% [hier,altijd] en niet [altijd,hier] +% +% \switchnaarkorps[globaal] voor bv grote figuren in klein +% \interactiebuttons[][] +% lijstalternatieven: e, f,g +% \lastreference + +% kopletter: letter=,tekstletter=\bfa,nummerletter=\bf (anders ook \bfa) + +% in handleiding vermelden dat \definieerinteractiemenu 3 args behoeft! +% in handleiding: \steloffsetin vervangen door \stellayoutin +% in handleiding: \stellayoutin optie [markering=aan] +% in handleiding: \stellayoutin schaalt naar paginamaten +% in handleiding: \stellayoutin optie [plaats=midden|..zijdig] +% in handleiding: \stelinteractieschermin optie [..wit=, ..=passend] +% in handleiding: \stelinteractieschermin optie [..offset=, ..=passend] +% in handleiding: \definieerpapierformaat [A3,S3456][..] +% in handleiding: \stellayoutin optie [breedte|hoogte=passend] +% in handleiding: meer achtergrond opties +% in handleiding: \stelregelsin[inspringen=ja,nee,even,oneven] +% in handleiding: \stelkolommenin[optie=achtergrond] +% in handleiding: \omlijnd[breedte=passend,uitlijnen=midden] (auto mode) +% in handleiding: \omlijnd[achtergrondcommando ...] +% in handleiding: \stelhoofdin[status=hoog] +% in handleiding: \stellijstin[koppeling=aan] % interactieve optie, was standaard aan, nu uit +% in handleiding: \stelvoetin[voor=,na=,strut=] +% in handleiding: \stelmenuin[][links=,rechts=,midden=,voor=,...] + +% in handleiding: \definecolorgroup[a][b] +% \stelinteractiebalkin[symbool=ja|nee] +% \stelinteractiemenuin[zelfdepagina|onbekendeverwijzing=ja|nee|leeg|geen] +% \definieerconversie[aa][*,**,***] +% \stelkopin[eigennummer=ja] + +% in handleiding: \definieeroverlay[naam]{commando} +% in handleiding: \plaatsonderelkaar +% +% in handleiding preview bij figuren + +% nb: als subpage: dan ook op eerste pag nummer ophogen (i.g.v. \standaardopmaak) +% execute command interactive commands + +% \stelsubpaginanummerin[reset] +% \bepaallijstkenmerken +% \bepaalregisterkenmerken + +% in handleiding cmyk/rgb/k +% in handleiding: \raggedright etc fontswitch afhankelijk (em) + +\newevery \everycorps \EveryCorps % just to be sure + +\appendtoks \setnormalbaselines \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \setstrut \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \setmaxdepth \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \stelinspringenin \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \stelblankoin \to \everycorps +\appendtoks \stelwitruimtein \to \everycorps + +% \appendtoks .. \to \everypar +% \appendtoks .. \to \everypar +% \appendtoks .. \to \everypar + +% kan elders ook worden gebruikt i.i.g ongeveer +% \v!tekst EN \c!tekst etc checken + +\unprotect + +\def\gobbleassigndimen#1\\{} + +\def\assigndimen#1#2% + {\afterassignment\gobbleassigndimen#1=#2\!!zeropoint\\} + +\protect + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (a)} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: systems + title: systeem + 1: laden hulpfile uitgesteld (typemode) + 2: -- geladen + 3: probeer LaTeX eens + 4: commando -- is al gedefinieerd + 5: macro's uit -- geladen + 6: geen macro's in -- gevonden + 7: macro's uit -- reeds geladen + 8: nieuwe versie hulpfile, tweede run nodig + 9: -- niet gevonden/geplaatst + 10: gebruik geen em in -- + 11: aanmaken basale hulpfile + 12: de hulpfile is niet gesorteerd, gebruik texutil + 13: markering -- gedefinieerd -- + 14: geforceerde paginaovergang in lijst voor -- + 15: wegschrijven buffer -- + 16: inlezen buffer -- + 17: verbatim inlezen buffer -- + 18: synoniem -- -- bestaat niet + 19: betekenissen (synoniemen) van -- geladen + 20: betekenissen (sorteren) van -- geladen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: systems + title: system + 1: loading utility-file postponed (typemode) + 2: -- loaded + 3: try LaTeX + 4: command -- is already defined + 5: macros of -- loaded + 6: no macros found in -- + 7: macros of -- already loaded + 8: new version of utility file, second pass needed + 9: -- not found/processed + 10: don't use em in -- + 11: building simple utility-file + 12: the utility-file is not sorted, use texutil + 13: mark -- defined -- + 14: forced newpage in list at -- + 15: saving buffer -- + 16: typesetting buffer -- + 17: typesetting verbatim buffer -- + 18: synonym -- -- does not exist + 19: meaning (synonyms) of -- loaded + 20: meaning (sorts) of -- loaded +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: systems + title: system + 1: Laden der Hilfsdatei verschoben (tippenmodus) + 2: -- geladen + 3: Versuche LaTeX + 4: Befehl -- ist bereits definiert + 5: Makros in -- geladen + 6: Keine Makros in -- gefunden + 7: Makros in -- bereits geladen + 8: Neue Version der Hilfsdatei, zweiter Durchlauf benoetigt + 9: -- nicht gefunden/verarbeitet + 10: Benutzte kein em in -- + 11: Erstelle einfache Hilfdatei + 12: Die Hilfdatei ist nicht sortiert, verwende texutil + 13: Beschriftung -- definiert -- + 14: Erzwungendes Seitenumbruch in Liste bei -- + 15: Speichere Buffer -- + 16: Setzte Buffer -- + 17: Setzte tippen-Buffer -- + 18: Synonym -- -- existiert nicht + 19: Bedeutung (synonyme) von -- geladen + 20: Bedeutung (sortieren) von -- geladen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: references + title: verwijzingen + 1: verwijzing -- onbekend + 2: dubbele verwijzing -- op pagina -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: references + title: references + 1: unknown reference -- + 2: duplicate reference -- on page -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: references + title: referenzen + 1: unbekannte Referenz -- + 2: doppelte Referenz -- auf Seite -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: textblocks + title: tekstblokken + 1: nieuwe versie, tweede run nodig + 2: wegschrijven blokken naar -- + 3: inlezen blokken uit -- + 4: er is een tweede run nodig + 5: -- niet verborgen + 6: -- verborgen en verwerkt + 7: -- verborgen + 8: -- gehandhaafd + 9: -- niet gehandhaafd + 10: -- geladen en verwerkt + 11: -- geladen en geplaatst + 12: -- overgeslagen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: textblocks + title: textblocks + 1: new version, second pass needed + 2: writing blocks to -- + 3: reading blocks from -- + 4: second pass needed + 5: -- not hidden + 6: -- hidden and processed + 7: -- hidden + 8: -- typeset + 9: -- not typeset + 10: -- loaded and processed + 11: -- loaded and typeset + 12: -- skipped +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: textblocks + title: textblock + 1: neue Version, zweiter Durchlauf benoetigt + 2: schreibe Bloecke zu -- + 3: lese Bloecke von -- + 4: zweiter Durchlauf benoetigt + 5: -- nicht verborgen + 6: -- verborgen und verarbeitet + 7: -- verborgen + 8: -- gesetzt + 9: -- nicht gesetzt + 10: -- geladen und verarbeitet + 11: -- geladen und gesetzt + 12: -- ausgelassen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: floatblocks + title: plaatsblokken + 1: -- hernummerd / -- => -- + 2: -- bewaard + 3: -- verplaatst + 4: -- geplaatst + 5: volgorde aangepast + 6: maximaal -- boven + 7: maximaal -- onder + 8: minder dan -- regels + 9: volgorde verstoord + 10: -- begrensd + 11: geen blok opgegeven + 12: niet gedefinieerd +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: floatblocks + title: floatblocks + 1: -- renumbered / -- => -- + 2: -- saved + 3: -- moved + 4: -- placed + 5: order adapted + 6: n of top floats limited to -- + 7: n of bottom floats limited to -- + 8: less than -- lines + 9: order disturbed + 10: -- limited + 11: no block given + 12: undefined +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: floatblocks + title: Gleitobjektbloecke + 1: -- neu nummeriert / -- => -- + 2: -- gespeichert + 3: -- verschoben + 4: -- plaziert + 5: Reihenfolge angepasst + 6: Anz. der oberen Gleitobjekte beschraengt auf -- + 7: Anz. der unteren Gleitobjekte beschraengt auf -- + 8: weniger als -- zeilen + 9: Reigenfolge gestoert + 10: -- begrenzt + 11: kein Block gegeben + 12: undefiniert +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: layouts + title: layout + 1: teksthoogte aangepast met -- op pagina -- + 2: -- maal uitgestelde tekst tussengevoegd + 3: -- maal tekst plaatsen uitstellen + 4: margeblokken actief + 5: margeblokken inactief + 6: subpagina reeks -- verwerkt (aantal --) + 7: beeldmerken berekenen + 8: achtergronden berekenen + 9: momenteen maximaal -- niveaus in opsommingen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: layouts + title: layout + 1: textheight adapted with -- at page -- + 2: -- times postponed text placed + 3: -- times text postponed + 4: marginblocks active + 5: marginblocks inactive + 6: subpage set -- processed (size --) + 7: calculating logospace + 8: calculating backgrounds + 9: currently no more than -- levels in itimezations +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: layouts + title: Layout + 1: Texthoehe angepasst mit -- auf Seite -- + 2: -- mal verschobener Text plaziert + 3: -- mal Text verschoben + 4: marginalbloecke aktiv + 5: marginalbloecke inaktiv + 6: Unterseitenfolge -- verarbeitet (Groesse --) + 7: berechne Platz des Logo + 8: berechne Hintergrund + 9: z.Z. nicht mehr als -- Niveaus in Posten +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: structures + title: structuur + 1: begin van sectieblok -- + 2: eind van sectieblok -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: structures + title: structure + 1: begin of sectionblock -- + 2: end of sectionblock -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: structures + title: struktur + 1: Begin des Abschnittsblock -- + 2: Ende des Abschnittsblock -- +\stopmessages + +\CONTEXTtrue % Now we know that we can use ConTeXt commands. + +% \def\teststatus{stop} +% +% \def\doiftrue {\iftrue} +% \def\doiffalse {\iffalse} +% +% \def\setstatus#1#2% +% {\doifelse{\getvalue{#1\c!status}}{\v!start} +% {\let#2=\doiftrue} +% {\let#2=\doiffalse}} +% +% \setstatus{test}\iftest +% +% \iftest +% \message{JA} +% \else +% \message{NEE} +% \fi + +% om problemen te voorkomen: +% +% \ascii => \@@ascii@@ +% \asciiA => \@@ascii@@A +% \asciiB => \@@ascii@@B + +% Nodig i.v.m. inspringen eerste alineas + +\def\explicithmode% + {\unhbox\voidb@x} + +% Nodig voor gebruikers + +\def\geentest{\donottest} + +% Dit moet nog ergens een plaats krijgen: + +\def\stelfactorenin% + {\stelwitruimtein + \stelblankoin + \settopskip + \setmaxdepth} + +% Nog doen: +% +% \goodbreak -> \allowbreak en \dosomebreak{..} in koppen +% +% bij koppen zowieso: \blanko[reset] + +% Nog in commando verwerken: +% +% \voorkeur … la \blanko +% +% Om ongewenste witruimte te voorkomen kan met \dosomebreak{\break} +% een \penalty v¢¢r witruimte worden geplaatst. + +\def\dosomebreak#1% + {\skip0=\lastskip + \removelastskip + %\type{#1}% + #1\relax + \ifdim\skip0=\!!zeropoint + \else + \vskip\skip0 + \fi} + +% beter, vooral in \vbox; nog in \pagina toepassen s! + +\def\doifoutervmode#1% + {\ifvmode\ifinner\else#1\fi\fi} + +\def\dosomebreak#1% + {\doifoutervmode + {\skip0=\lastskip + \removelastskip + %\leavevmode\type{#1}% + #1\relax + \ifdim\skip0=\!!zeropoint % else interference with footnotes + \else + \vskip\skip0 + \fi}} + +% Idem: +% +% \springin + +%\def\noindentation% vervallen +% {\EveryPar +% {\ifdim\parindent=\!!zeropoint +% \else +% \bgroup +% \setbox0=\lastbox +% \egroup +% \fi +% \EveryPar{}}} + +\newif\ifindentation \indentationtrue % documenteren, naar buiten + +\let\checkindentation=\relax + +\def\donoindentation% + {\ifdim\parindent=\!!zeropoint + \else + \bgroup + \setbox0=\lastbox + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\noindentation% + {\indentationfalse + \def\checkindentation% + {\donoindentation + \let\checkindentation=\indentationtrue}} + +\def\indentation% + {\ifvmode + \ifdim\parindent=\!!zeropoint + \else + \hskip\parindent + \fi + \fi} + +% vergeten + +% \def\forgetall% +% {\everypar{}% % i.v.m. sidefloats +% \let\par=\endgraf % i.v.m. getpar etc +% \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% +% \stelinspringenin[\v!geen]% +% \leftskip\!!zeropoint +% \rightskip\!!zeropoint +% \relax} +% +% \def\forgetparindent% +% {\everypar{}% +% \voorwit\!!zeropoint % toegevoegd +% \parindent\!!zeropoint} + +\def\forgeteverypar% + {\everypar{}} + +\def\forgeteverypar% + {\everypar{\the\neverypar}} + +\def\forgetparindent% + {\forgeteverypar + \stelinspringenin[\v!geen]} + +\def\forgetparskip% + {\stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]} + +\def\forgetbothskips% + {\leftskip\!!zeropoint + \rightskip\!!zeropoint\relax} + +\def\forgetspacing% + {\emergencystretch\!!zeropoint\relax} + +\def\forgetall% + {\let\par=\endgraf % i.v.m. getpar etc + \forgetparskip + \forgetparindent + \forgetbothskips + \forgetspacing} % i.v.m. funny spacing in pagebody + +\def\localvbox#1#% + {\vbox#1\bgroup + \forgetparskip + \setlocalhsize + \hsize=\localhsize + \forgetparindent + \forgetbothskips + \forgeteverypar + \let\next=} + +% ach ja + +\unexpanded\def\dostartattributes#1% + {\begingroup % geen \bgroup, anders in mathmode lege \hbox + \doifdefinedelse{#1\c!kleur} + {\def\colorattribute{\getvalue{#1\c!kleur}}} + {\let\colorattribute=\empty}% + \doifdefinedelse{#1\c!letter} + {\def\fontattribute{\getvalue{#1\c!letter}}} + {\let\fontattribute=\empty}% + \startcolor[\colorattribute]% + \doconvertfont{\fontattribute}} + +\unexpanded\def\dostopattributes% + {\stopcolor + \endgroup} + +\unexpanded\def\doattributes#1#2% + {\dostartattributes{#1}{#2}\dostopattributes} + +% \dotextprefix{tekst} +% +% als {tekst} niet leeg is: tekst~ + +\def\dotextprefix#1% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{}{#1~}} + +\def\herhaal {\dorepeat} +\def\herhaler {\repeater} +\def\herhaalmetcommando {\dorepeatwithcommand} + +% This permits things like ^\index{hans}^, where hans is +% duplicated in the text. + +\newif\ifduplicate + +\bgroup +\gdef\checkduplication% in line with Knuth + {\ifmmode + \def\next{^}% + \else + \let\next=\startduplication + \fi + \next} +\gdef\insideduplication% + {\ifmmode + \def\next{^}% + \else + \let\next=\egroup + \fi + \next} +\catcode`\^=\@@active +\gdef\enableduplication% + {\catcode`\^=\@@active + \let^=\checkduplication} +\gdef\disableduplication% + {\catcode`\^=\@@superscript} +\gdef\startduplication% + {\bgroup + \duplicatetrue + \let^=\insideduplication} +\egroup + +\def\verbatim#1% + {\convertargument#1\to\ascii\ascii} + +% mogelijke optimalisaties: +% +% \ifx ...\else ...\fi +% \ifvisible ... \fi + +% De opbouw van deze file +% +% Deze file bevat naast de verschillende Pragma-Macro's ook +% helpinformatie bij deze macro's en templates. Een blok +% helpinformatie wordt gekenmerkt door een %I. +% +% Een blok kan zijn opgedeeld in pagina's. In dat geval is +% %I vervangen door %P. De eerste regel van een blok bevat +% de titel van de informatie. +% +% Een template (voorgedefinieerde structuur) wordt gekenmerkt +% door %T. Ook hier bevat de eerste regel een titel, +% eventueel gevolgd door een mnemonic. +% +% Zowel de helpinformatie als de templates zijn in het +% programma TeXEdit oproepbaar. +% +% Het programma TeXEdit kan t.z.t. worden ingesteld met +% behulp van de onderstaande, door %S voorafgegane, +% setupcommando's. Vooralsnog is een en ander 'hard' in het +% programma geprogrammeerd. + +%S InputFile \input +%S InputFile \omgeving \environment +%S InputFile \projekt \project +%S InputFile \produkt \product +%S InputFile \onderdeel \component +%S +%S CheckStrings \start \stop +%S CheckStrings \begin \end +%S CheckStrings \begin \eind +%S +%S CheckChars { } +%S CheckChars [ ] +%S CheckChars ( ) +%S +%S CheckChar $ + +% Het -karakter (FormFeed), wordt omgezet in \par + +\edef\oldlinefeed{\the\catcode`\^^L} + +\catcode`\^^L=\oldlinefeed + +\catcode`\^^L=\@@endofline + +%I n=Struts +%I c=\strut,\setnostrut,\setstrut,\toonstruts +%I +%I Struts zijn onzichtbare 'karakters' met alleen een hoogte +%I en diepte. De volgende commando's hebben betrekking op +%I struts +%I +%I \strut +%I \setstrut +%I \setnostrut +%I \toonstruts + +\def\toonstruts% + {\setteststrut} + +% Hieronder volgen enkele instellingen en macro's ten behoeve +% van de interlinie en \strut. De waarden 2.8, 0.07, 0.72 en +% 0.28 zijn ooit eens ontleend aan INRS-TEX en moeten wellicht +% nog eens instelbaar worden. +% +% \lineheight : de hoogte van een regel +% \spacing{getal} : instellen interlinie +% \normalbaselines : instellen regelafstend +% +% \setstrut : instellen \strut +% \setnostrut : resetten \strut, \endstrut, \begstrut +% +% \setteststrut : instellen zichtbare struts +% \resetteststrut : instellen onzichtbare struts +% +% \setfontparameters : instellen na fontset +% +% De hoogte van een regel (\lineheight) is gelijk aan de +% som van de hoogte (\ht) en diepte (\dp) van \strutbox. +% +% \strut : denkbeeldig blokje met hoogte en diepte +% +% Een \hbox kan als deze aan het begin van een regel staat +% een breedte \hsize krijgen. Dit is soms te voorkomen met het +% commando \leavevmode. Binnen een \vbox geeft dit echter +% niet altijd het gewenste resultaat, vandaar het commando +% +% \leaveoutervmode + +% Pas op: niet zomaar \topskip en \baselineskip aanpassen +% en zeker niet \widowpenalty. Dit kan ernstige gevolgen +% hebben voor kolommen. +% +% Enige glue kan op zich geen kwaad, echter als blanko=vast, +% dan moet ook de rek 0 zijn. Binnen kolommen is rek ook +% niet bepaald mooi. Een hele kleine waarde (0.025) voldoet, +% omdat een positieve glue eindeloos rekbaar is. + +\newdimen\strutdimen +\newdimen\lineheight +\newdimen\openlineheight + +\def\strutheightfactor {.72} +\def\strutdepthfactor {.28} + +\def\baselinefactor {2.8} +\def\baselinegluefactor {0} + +\def\normallineheight {\baselinefactor ex} + +\def\strutheight {0pt} +\def\strutdepth {0pt} +\def\strutwidth {0pt} + +\def\spacingfactor {1} + +\def\topskipfactor {1.0} +\def\maxdepthfactor {0.4} + +\let\systemtopskipfactor = \topskipfactor +\let\systemmaxdepthfactor = \maxdepthfactor + +% De onderstaande definitie wordt in de font-module overruled + +\ifx\globalcorpssize\undefined + \newdimen\globalcorpssize \globalcorpssize=12pt +\fi + +% door een \dimen. Dit is geen probleem omdat (1) de default +% korpsgrootte 12pt is en (2) de fonts nog niet geladen zijn +% en de instellingen bij het laden nogmaals plaatsvinden. + +\def\settopskip% + {\topskip= + \systemtopskipfactor\globalcorpssize + \ifr@ggedbottom\!!plus5\globalcorpssize\fi + \relax} + +\def\setmaxdepth% + {\maxdepth=\systemmaxdepthfactor\globalcorpssize} + +\def\normalbaselines% + {\baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \lineskip\normallineskip + \lineskiplimit\normallineskiplimit} + +\def\setnormalbaselines% + {\lineheight=\normallineheight + \openlineheight=\spacingfactor\lineheight + \normalbaselineskip= + \openlineheight + \!!plus\baselinegluefactor\openlineheight + \!!minus\baselinegluefactor\openlineheight + \normallineskip\!!onepoint\relax + \normallineskiplimit\!!zeropoint\relax + \normalbaselines} + +\def\setspacingfactor#1\to#2\by#3\\% + {\strutdimen=#2pt\relax + \strutdimen=#3\strutdimen + \edef#1{\withoutpt{\the\strutdimen}}} + +\def\spacing#1% + {\edef\spacingfactor{#1}% + \setspacingfactor\systemtopskipfactor\to\topskipfactor\by#1\\% + \setspacingfactor\systemmaxdepthfactor\to\maxdepthfactor\by#1\\% + \setnormalbaselines + \setstrut} + +\def\setstrutdimen#1#2#3% % een strut is n.m maal ex + {\strutdimen=\normallineheight % wat niet per se \lineheight + \strutdimen=#2\strutdimen % is omdat een strut lokaal + \strutdimen=#3\strutdimen % kan afwijken van de globale + \edef#1{\the\strutdimen}} % strut + +\let\normalstrut=\strut + +% The double \hbox construction enables us to \backtrack +% boxes. + +\def\setstrut% + {\setstrutdimen\strutheight\strutheightfactor\spacingfactor + \setstrutdimen\strutdepth\strutdepthfactor\spacingfactor + \let\strut=\normalstrut + \setbox\strutbox=\normalhbox + {\normalhbox + {\vrule + \!!width \strutwidth + \!!height \strutheight + \!!depth \strutdepth + \kern-\strutwidth}}} + +\def\setteststrut% + {\def\strutwidth{.8pt}% + \setstrut} + +\def\begstrut% + {\ifdim\ht\strutbox=\!!zeropoint\relax\else + \strut + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \normalhskip\!!zeropoint + \ignorespaces + \fi} + +\def\endstrut% + {\ifdim\ht\strutbox=\!!zeropoint\relax\else + \unskip + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \normalhskip\!!zeropoint + \strut + \fi} + +\def\setnostrut% + {\setbox\strutbox=\normalhbox{\normalhbox{}}% + \def\strut{}% + \def\endstrut{}% + \def\begstrut{}} + +\def\resetteststrut% + {\let\strutwidth=\!!zeropoint + \setstrut} + +\def\setfontparameters% + {\the\everycorps} + +% \setnormalbaselines +% \setstrut +% \settopskip +% \setmaxdepth +% \the\EveryFontSwitch + +\newskip\oldbaselineskip +\newskip\oldlineskip +\newskip\oldlineskiplimit + +\newif\ifinterlineskipoff + +\def\offinterlineskip% + {\ifinterlineskipoff\else + \interlineskipofftrue + \oldbaselineskip=\baselineskip + \oldlineskip=\lineskip + \oldlineskiplimit=\lineskiplimit + \fi + \baselineskip-1000\p@ % knuth's value + \lineskip\z@ % knuth's value + \lineskiplimit\maxdimen} % knuth's value + +\def\oninterlineskip% + {\ifinterlineskipoff + \baselineskip=\oldbaselineskip + \lineskip=\oldlineskip + \lineskiplimit=\oldlineskiplimit + \fi} + +\def\leaveoutervmode% + {\ifvmode\ifinner\else + \leavevmode + \fi\fi} + +%D \macros +%D {getnoflines} +%D {} +%D +%D Het commando \type{\getnoflines} converteert een hoogte +%D (dimensie) in een aantal regels en kent dit toe aan +%D \type{\noflines}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getnoflines{dimensie} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Er wordt gedeeld door \type{\openlineheight} en een hoogte +%D van~0pt komt overeen met 0~regels. + +\newcount\noflines + +\def\getnoflines#1% + {\dimen0=#1\relax + \ifdim\dimen0=\!!zeropoint\relax + \noflines=0\relax + \else + \divide\dimen0 by \openlineheight + \noflines=\dimen0 + \advance\noflines by 1\relax + \fi} + + +% We passen ook de \displayskip's wat aan (nog eens uitzoeken): + +\def\displayskipsize#1#2% + {#1\lineheight\!!plus#2\lineheight\!!minus#2\lineheight} + +\def\displayskipfactor {1.0} +\def\displayshortskipfactor {0.8} + +\def\displayskipgluefactor {0.3} +\def\displayshortskipgluefactor {0.2} + +\def\abovedisplayskipsize% doet niets ? + {\displayskipsize\displayskipfactor\displayskipgluefactor} + +\def\belowdisplayskipsize% doet niets ? + {\displayskipsize\displayskipfactor\displayskipgluefactor} + +\def\abovedisplayshortskipsize% + {\displayskipsize\displayshortskipfactor\displayshortskipgluefactor} + +\def\belowdisplayshortskipsize% + {\displayskipsize\displayshortskipfactor\displayshortskipgluefactor} + +\def\setdisplayskip#1#2#3% + {#1=#2\relax + \advance#1 by -\parskip + \advance#1 by -#3\relax} + +\def\setdisplayskips% + {\setdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip\abovedisplayskipsize\baselineskip + \setdisplayskip\belowdisplayskip\belowdisplayskipsize\!!zeropoint + \setdisplayskip\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayshortskipsize\baselineskip + \setdisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip\belowdisplayshortskipsize\!!zeropoint} + +% We stellen enkele penalties anders in dan Plain TEX: + +\widowpenalty=2000 % was: 1000 +\clubpenalty=2000 % was: 800 + +% Bovendien definieren we enkele extra \fill's: + +\def\hfilll% + {\hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus1filll} + +\def\vfilll% + {\vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus1filll} + +% De onderstaande hulpmacro's moeten nog eens instelbaar worden +% gemaakt. + +\def\tfskipsize{1em\relax} + +\def\tfkernsize{1ex\relax} + +\def\tfskip% + {{\tf\hskip\tfskipsize}} + +\def\tfkern% + {{\tf\kern\tfkernsize}} + +% Dit hoort eigenlijk thuis onder het kopje boodschappen cq, +% meldingen. + +\def\mindermeldingen% + {\hbadness=10000 + \hfuzz=\maxdimen + \vbadness=10000 + \vfuzz=\maxdimen} + +% Utility-file +% +% De onderstaande macro's ondersteunen het gebruik van de +% zogeheten utility-file. Alle extern onder te brengen +% informatie wordt opgeslagen in de file \jobname.tui, tenzij +% er selectief pagina's worden gezet. In dat geval wordt de +% file \jobname.tmp gebruikt. Informatie wordt ingelezen uit +% de file \jobname.tuo, welke door TeXUtil wordt aangemaakt. + +% Bepaalde commando's worden als string weggeschreven. Deze +% zijn aan het eind van deze file gedefinieerd. + +% Om een opbouw van spaties te voorkomen (???) moet ^^M een +% andere betekenis krijgen: +% +% \catcode`\^^M=14 (comment) +% +% read file +% +% \catcode`\^^M=5 (end of line) + +\newwrite\uti +\newif\ifutilitydone + +\def\@@utilityerrormessage% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{8}{}% + \global\let\@@utilityerrormessage=\relax} + +\def\thisisutilityversion#1% + {\doifnot{\utilityversion}{#1}% + {\@@utilityerrormessage + \resetutilities + \endinput}} + +\def\writeutilitycommand#1% + {\write\uti{c \string#1}} + +\def\openutilities% + {\immediate\openout\uti=\jobname + \ifselecteren + .\f!temporaryextension + \else + .\f!inputextension + \fi + \immediate\writeutilitycommand% + {\thisisutilityversion{\utilityversion}}} + +\def\closeutilities% + {\savenofsubpages + \savenofpages + \immediate\closeout\uti} + +\def\utilityresetlist{} + +\def\addutilityreset#1% + {\addtocommalist{\s!reset#1}\utilityresetlist} + +\def\resetutilities% + {\processcommacommand[\utilityresetlist]\getvalue} + +% #1=type +% #2=file +% #3=melding + +% #4=voor +% #5=na + +% Er wordt gegroepeerd. Als binnen een lijst (bijvoorbeeld) de +% \leftskip is aangepast, maar nog geen \par is gegeven, dan +% geldt buiten de groep de oude \leftskip. Aan #5 kan dan +% ook \par worden meegegeven om de paragraaf af te sluiten. + +\newif\ifdoinpututilities +\newif\ifunprotectutilities % voor't geval er \v!xxxxxx's zijn + +\def\utilitycheckmessage% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{12}{}% + \global\let\utilitycheckmessage=\relax} + +\def\saveutilityline#1 #2\txen% tricky maar ok, want achter \command + {\if #1c% commands % in \ascii staat een spatie; #1 kan + \write\scratchwrite{#2}% % \par in stringvorm zijn (eof)! + \else\if#1s% synoniems + \utilitycheckmessage + \else\if#1r% registers + \utilitycheckmessage + \fi\fi\fi} + +\def\checkutilityfile% + {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!outputextension} + {} + {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!inputextension} + {\bgroup + \showmessage{\m!systems}{11}{}% + \openout\scratchwrite=\jobname.\f!outputextension + \openlocin\scratchread{\jobname.\f!inputextension}% + \def\doprocessline% + {\ifeof\scratchread + \def\doprocessline{\closein\scratchread}% + \else + \read\scratchread to \ascii + \convertcommand\ascii\to\ascii + \expandafter\saveutilityline\ascii\txen + \fi + \doprocessline}% + \doprocessline + \closeout\scratchwrite + \egroup} + {}}} + +\long\def\doutilities#1#2#3#4#5% % introduceren in utility file + {%\ifprocessingverbatim + % \showmessage{\m!systems}{1}{}% + %\else +\restorecatcodes + \resetutilities + \def\docommando##1% % zo kunnen meerdere dingen + {\getvalue{\s!set##1}}% % in een pass worden gedaan, + \processcommacommand[#1]\docommando % zie bijvoorbeeld lijsten + \begingroup + \footnotesenabledfalse + \doinpututilitiestrue + \global\utilitydonefalse + \catcode`\%=\@@comment\relax + \pushendofline % geeft problemen zodra andere file wordt ingelezen + \ifunprotectutilities % nog nodig ? + \unprotect + \fi + \ifnum\catcode`\@=\@@active \else + \catcode`\@=\@@letter % permits expanded commands with \@'s + \fi + \ifnum\catcode`\!=\@@active \else + \catcode`\!=\@@letter % permits multilingual constants + \fi + #4\readjobfile{#2.\f!outputextension}{}{}#5% + \relax + \ifunprotectutilities + \protect + \fi + \popendofline + \ifutilitydone\else + \doifnot{#3}{} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{9}{{#3}}% + \ifvoorlopig + \blanko + \type{[\currentmessagetext]}% + \blanko + \fi}% + \fi + \endgroup + }%\fi} + +% Commando's ten behoeve van two-pass lists. In principe +% kan alles in een keer worden ingelezen. Omdat de macro's +% groeien is de kans groot dat het (main) geheugen door +% (de)allocatie volloopt. Vandaar dat we het toch maar niet +% doen. +% +% \definetwopasslist{\s!xxx} +% +% \gettwopassdata{\s!xxx} +% \getfrompassdata{\s!xxx}{n} n=index (getal) +% \findtwopassdata{\s!xxx}{tag} bijvoorbeeld {label:} +% \iftwopassdatafound +% \twopassdata +% +% \twopassentry{\s!xxx}{nr}{data} nr alleen voor testdoeleinden + +\def\alltwopasslists{} + +\newif\iftwopassdatafound + +\def\twopassentry#1% + {\executeifdefined{@@#1\s!pass}\gobbletwoarguments} + +\def\definetwopasslist#1% + {\doifundefined{#1:\s!list} + {\addtocommalist{#1}\alltwopasslists + \doglobal\addutilityreset{#1\s!pass}% + \setgvalue{\s!set#1\s!pass}% + {\setgvalue{@@#1\s!pass}####1####2% + {\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass data #1 - ####1 = ####2}% + \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}####2,}}}% + \setgvalue{\s!reset#1\s!pass}% + {\setgvalue{@@#1\s!pass}####1####2{}}% + \getvalue{\s!reset#1\s!pass}}} + +\def\doloadtwopassdata#1% + {\doifundefined{#1:\s!list} + {\setgvalue{#1:\s!list}{}% + \doutilities{#1\s!pass}{\jobname}{}{}{}% + \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}0,0}}} + +\def\loadtwopassdata% + {\processcommacommand[\alltwopasslists]\doloadtwopassdata} + +\def\twopassdata{} + +\def\dogettwopassdata[#1,#2]#3% + {\doifelse{#1}{0} + {\twopassdatafoundfalse} + {\twopassdatafoundtrue + \setxvalue{#3:\s!list}{#2}% + \edef\twopassdata{#1}}} + +\def\gettwopassdata#1% + {\edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% + \debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass get #1 - \!!stringa}% + \expandafter\dogettwopassdata\expandafter[\!!stringa]{#1}} + +\def\dofindtwopassdata#1#2% + {\edef\!!stringa{,\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% + \debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass find #2 - \!!stringa}% + \def\dodofindtwopassdata[##1,##2#2##3,##4]% + {\def\twopassdata{##3}% + \doifelse{##3}{} + {\twopassdatafoundfalse} + {\twopassdatafoundtrue}}% + \@EA\dodofindtwopassdata\@EA[\!!stringa,#2,#2,]} + +\def\findtwopassdata% + {\ExpandBothAfter\dofindtwopassdata} + +\def\dogetfirsttwopassdata[#1,#2]#3% + {\doifelse{#1}{0} + {\twopassdatafoundfalse} + {\twopassdatafoundtrue + \edef\twopassdata{#1}}} + +\def\getfirsttwopassdata#1% + {\edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% + \expandafter\dogetfirsttwopassdata\expandafter[\!!stringa]{#1}} + +\def\getlasttwopassdata#1% + {\edef\twopassdata{0}\twopassdatafoundfalse + \newcounter\noftwopassitems + \def\docommando##1% + {\doifnot{##1}{0} + {\increment\noftwopassitems + \edef\twopassdata{##1}\twopassdatafoundtrue}}% + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{#1:\s!list}]\docommando} + +\def\getfromtwopassdata#1#2% + {\getfromcommacommand[\getvalue{#1:\s!list}][#2]% + \doifelsenothing{\commalistelement} + {\twopassdatafoundfalse} + {\twopassdatafoundtrue + \let\twopassdata=\commalistelement}} + +% Maten +% +% De onderstaande instellingen worden gebruikt voor het +% vastleggen van de zetspiegel en marges. + +\voffset=0pt % setting this to -1in let's go metapost crazy +\hoffset=0pt % setting this to -1in let's go metapost crazy + +\newdimen\papierhoogte +\newdimen\papierbreedte + +\newdimen\printpapierhoogte +\newdimen\printpapierbreedte + +\newdimen\zethoogte +\newdimen\zetbreedte + +\newdimen\teksthoogte +\newdimen\tekstbreedte + +\newdimen\kopwit \kopwit=2cm +\newdimen\rugwit \rugwit=2cm + +\newdimen\hoofdhoogte \hoofdhoogte=2cm +\newdimen\voethoogte \voethoogte=2cm + +\newdimen\kopkopwit \kopkopwit=0cm + +\newdimen\kopoffset \kopoffset=\!!zeropoint +\newdimen\rugoffset \rugoffset=\!!zeropoint + +\newdimen\linkermargebreedte \linkermargebreedte=3cm +\newdimen\rechtermargebreedte \rechtermargebreedte=\linkermargebreedte + +\newdimen\linkerrandbreedte \linkerrandbreedte=3cm +\newdimen\rechterrandbreedte \rechterrandbreedte=\linkerrandbreedte + +\newdimen\bovenhoogte \bovenhoogte=1cm +\newdimen\onderhoogte \onderhoogte=\bovenhoogte + +\def\margeafstand% + {\@@lymargeafstand} + +\def\randafstand% + {\@@lyrandafstand} + +\def\margebreedte% + {\@@lymarge} + +\def\randbreedte% + {\@@lyrand} + +\def\linkerrandafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\linkerrandbreedte + \@@lylinkerrandafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\rechterrandafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\rechterrandbreedte + \@@lyrechterrandafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\linkermargeafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\linkermargebreedte + \@@lylinkermargeafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\rechtermargeafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\rechtermargebreedte + \@@lyrechtermargeafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\bovenafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\bovenhoogte + \@@lybovenafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\hoofdafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\hoofdhoogte + \@@lyhoofdafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\voetafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\voethoogte + \@@lyvoetafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\def\onderafstand% + {\ifdim\!!zeropoint<\onderhoogte + \@@lyonderafstand + \else + \!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\newif\ifdubbelzijdig +\dubbelzijdigfalse + +\newif\ifenkelzijdig +\enkelzijdigtrue + +\def\doifsometextlineelse#1#2#3% ! omgekeerd ! + {\doifinsetelse{\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}}{\v!geen,\v!hoog}{#3}{#2}} + +\def\calculatevsizes% global needed in \resetlayoutregel + {\redoglobal\teksthoogte=\zethoogte + \redoglobal\kopkopwit=\kopwit + \redoglobal\advance\kopkopwit by \hoofdhoogte + \redoglobal\advance\kopkopwit by \hoofdafstand + \doifsometextlineelse{\v!hoofd} + {\redoglobal\advance\teksthoogte by -\hoofdhoogte + \redoglobal\advance\teksthoogte by -\hoofdafstand} + {}% + \doifsometextlineelse{\v!voet} + {\redoglobal\advance\teksthoogte by -\voethoogte + \redoglobal\advance\teksthoogte by -\voetafstand} + {}% + \resetglobal + \setvsize} + +\def\calculatereducedvsizes% + {\teksthoogte=\zethoogte + \doifsometextlineelse{\v!hoofd} + {\advance\teksthoogte by -\hoofdhoogte + \advance\teksthoogte by -\hoofdafstand} + {\hoofdhoogte=\!!zeropoint}% + \doifsometextlineelse{\v!voet} + {\advance\teksthoogte by -\voethoogte + \advance\teksthoogte by -\voetafstand} + {\voethoogte=\!!zeropoint}} + +\def\calculatehsizes% + {\tekstbreedte=\zetbreedte + \sethsize} + +\def\sethsize% + {\global\hsize=\tekstbreedte} + +\def\setvsize% + {\ifdim\vsize=\teksthoogte + \else + \bgroup + \dimen0=-\vsize + \advance\dimen0 by \teksthoogte + \global\advance\vsize by \dimen0 + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \advance\dimen0 by \pagegoal + \global\pagegoal=\dimen0 + \fi + \egroup + \fi} + +% Algemeen +% +% De Pragma-macros zijn samengesteld met behulp van de +% commandos van PlainTeX- en enkele TugBoat routines. +% +% Voor de volledigheid zijn in de definitie steeds de +% {}-haakjes vermeld. Deze haakjes zijn niet altijd +% nodig, Als bijvoorbeeld een paragraaf bewerkt wordt, +% kunnen ze achterwege blijven. +% +% Instellingen worden opgegeven tussen []-haakjes, +% meestal direct na het commando. Instellingen mogen +% soms achterwege blijven. +% +% Een aantal veelgebruikte macro's zijn in TeXEdit op +% naam en/of door middel van een mnemonic oproepbaar. + +% %I n=Offset +% %I c=\steloffsetin +% %I +% %I De totale bladzijde kan verschoven worden ten opzichte +% %I van de linkerbovenhoek met: +% %I +% %I \steloffsetin[rug=,kop=] +% %I +% %I Dit commando moet worden gegeven aan het begin van de +% %I pagina waarvoor het moet gelden. Er kunnen positieve +% %I en negatieve waarden worden ingevuld: -10pt, 1.5cm. +% +% \def\dosteloffsetin[#1]% +% {\getparameters +% [\??os] +% [\c!rug=\rugoffset, +% \c!kop=\kopoffset, +% #1]% +% \rugoffset=\@@osrug +% \kopoffset=\@@oskop} +% +% \def\steloffsetin% +% {\dosingleargument\dosteloffsetin} + +% De onderstaande macro voert commando's uit, afhankelijk van +% het karakter van het paginanummer. +% +% \doifonevenpaginaelse{then-commando}{else-commando} + +\def\doifonevenpaginaelse#1#2% + {\ifodd\userpageno#1\else#2\fi} + +\def\doifbothsidesoverruled#1\orsideone#2\orsidetwo#3\od% + {\ifdubbelzijdig + \ifodd\userpageno#2\relax\else#3\relax\fi + \else + #1\relax + \fi} + +\def\doifbothsides#1\orsideone#2\orsidetwo#3\od% + {\ifdubbelzijdig + \ifenkelzijdig + #1\relax + \else + \ifodd\userpageno#2\relax\else#3\relax\fi + \fi + \else + #1\relax + \fi} + +%I n=Lokaliteit +%I c=\startlokaal +%I +%I Een aantal instellingen hebben een globaal karakter, +%I bijvoorbeeld die met betrekking tot de zetspiegel. +%I Dergelijke instellingen kunnen eventueel lokaal worden +%I gehouden door ze tussen de volgende commando's te +%I instellingen plaatsen: +%I +%I \startlokaal +%I \stoplokaal + +\def\dostartglobaldefs#1#2% + {\edef\!!stringa{\the\globaldefs}% + \ifnum\globaldefs#10 + \globaldefs=-\globaldefs + \fi + \advance\globaldefs by #21 + \setevalue{@gd@\the\globaldefs}{\!!stringa}} + +\def\dostopglobaldefs% + {\doifdefinedelse{@gd@\the\globaldefs} + {\globaldefs=\getvalue{@gd@\the\globaldefs}\relax} + {\globaldefs=0\relax}} + +\def\startlokaal {\dostartglobaldefs>-} +\def\stoplokaal {\dostopglobaldefs} +\def\startglobaal {\dostartglobaldefs<+} +\def\stopglobaal {\dostopglobaldefs} + +%I n=Zetspiegel +%I c=\stellayoutin,\definieerpapierformaat,\stelpapierformaatin +%I c=\paslayoutaan +%I +%I De zetspiegel is het door de tekst gevormde vlak. +%I Hiertoe behoren ¢¢k de hoofd- en voetmarge. De zetspiegel +%I wordt ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stellayoutin[breedte=,hoogte=,rugwit=,kopwit=] +%I +%I Er dienen maten te worden ingevuld, waarbij de eenheid +%I direkt achter het getal staat: 10pt, 100mm, 5cm, 3.5in. +%I +%I De parameters hebben de volgende betekenis: +%I +%I breedte breedte van het tekstvlak, inclusief marges +%I hoogte hoogte van het tekstvlak, inclusief marges +%I rugwit witruimte aan de binnenzijde, zonder marge +%I kopwit witruimte aan de bovenzijde, zonder marge +%P +%I Rond de zetspiegel vinden we marges, randen, het hoofd en +%I de voet. Ook deze worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stellayoutin[breedte=,hoogte=,rugwit=,kopwit=] +%I +%I hoofd hoogte van de bovenmarge binnen de zetspiegel +%I voet hoogte van de ondermarge binnen de zetspiegel +%I marge breedte van de marge naast de zetspiegel +%I +%I en +%I +%I rand breedte van de rand naast de marge +%I boven hoogte van de rand boven het hoofd +%I onder hoogte van de rand onder de voet +%I +%I Alleen het hoofd en de voet hangen dus samen met de +%I zetspiegel. +%P +%I Eventueel kunnen de linker- en rechtermarge en apart +%I worden ingesteld: +%I +%I \stellayoutin[linkermarge=,rechtermarge=] +%I +%I Het zelfde geldt voor de randen. In dat geval wordt bij +%I dubbelzijdig zetten gespiegeld. Oppassen dus! +%I +%I De afstanden tussen marges, randen enz. kunnen worden +%I ingesteld met: +%I +%I bovenafstand, onderafstand +%I hoofdafstand,voetafstand +%I linkermargeafstand,rechtermargeafstand, +%I linkerrandafstand,rechterrandafstand +%P +%I De zetspiegel kan (tijdelijk) worden aangepast met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \paslayoutaan[hoogte=] +%I +%I Men dient een positieve (+) of negatieve (-) maat op te +%I geven. De zethoogte blijft gelijk, maar de teksthoogte +%I wordt aangepast ten koste van de voethoogte. Eventueel +%I kan 'max' worden opgegeven. +%I +%I Er kan een reeks aanpassingen worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \paslayoutaan[nr,nr,nr,...][hoogte=] +%I +%I Hierbij is staat nr voor het paginanummer, dat wil +%I zeggen: het volgnummer in de tekst. +%I +%I Bij voorlopige versies wordt onderaan de pagina de +%I aanpassing weergegeven. +%P +%I Beeldmerken en achtergronden worden uit oogpunt van +%I verwerkingssnelheid niet vaker berekend dan nodig. Mocht +%I om een of andere reden een beeldmerk of achtergrond niet +%I overeenkomen komen met de wensen, dan kan herberekenen +%I worden geforceerd met: +%I +%I \stellayoutin[reset] +%P +%I Het papierformaat is in te stellen met het commando +%I +%I \stelpapierformaatin[DIN-formaat] +%I +%I Mogelijke DIN-formaten zijn A4 tot en met A9. De +%I afmetingen van een A4 zijn: +%I +%I breedte : 21.0cm = 8.18in = 589pt +%I hoogte : 29.7cm = 11.58in = 834pt +%I +%I Optioneel kan men het printer papierformaat instellen door +%I een tweede argument mee te geven. Standaard wordt +%I uitgegaan van A4. +%I +%I \stelpapierformaatin[A5][A4] +%I +%P Men kan zelf een papierformaat definieren met +%I +%I \definieerpapierformaat [naam] [hoogte=,breedte=] +%I +%I waarbij de offset betrekking heeft op dubbelzijdig zetten. + +\def\dodefinieerpapierformaat[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??pp#1] + [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte,#2]} + +\def\definieerpapierformaat% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerpapierformaat} + +\definieerpapierformaat[][\c!breedte=210mm,\c!hoogte=297mm] + +\def\dostelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% + {\doifdefined{\??pp#1\c!breedte} + {\gdef\papierformaat{#1}% + \global\papierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!breedte}% + \global\papierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!hoogte}% + \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#2\c!breedte} + {\global\printpapierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp#2\c!breedte}% + \global\printpapierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp#2\c!hoogte}} + {\global\printpapierbreedte=\papierbreedte + \global\printpapierhoogte=\papierhoogte}% +\ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte + \global\printpapierhoogte=\papierhoogte +\fi +\ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte + \global\printpapierbreedte=\papierbreedte +\fi + \calculatehsizes + \calculatevsizes + \global\newlogostrue + \global\newbackgroundtrue}% + \resetlayout} + +\def\stelpapierformaatin% + {\dodoubleempty\dostelpapierformaatin} + +\def\checkforems[#1]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\beforesplitstring##1\at em\to\asciia + \doifnot{\asciia}{##1} + {\aftersplitstring\asciia\at=\to\asciia + \doifsomething{\asciia} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{10}{##1}}}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\resetlayout% + {\global\linkermargebreedte=\@@lylinkermarge + \global\rechtermargebreedte=\@@lyrechtermarge + \global\linkerrandbreedte=\@@lylinkerrand + \global\rechterrandbreedte=\@@lyrechterrand + \global\hoofdhoogte=\@@lyhoofd + \global\voethoogte=\@@lyvoet + \global\onderhoogte=\@@lyonder + \global\bovenhoogte=\@@lyboven + %\global\zetbreedte=\@@lybreedte + %\global\zethoogte=\@@lyhoogte + \global\rugwit=\@@lyrugwit + \global\kopwit=\@@lykopwit + \doifelse{\@@lybreedte}{\v!passend} + {\global\zetbreedte=\papierbreedte + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\rugwit + \scratchdimen=\rugwit + \advance\scratchdimen by -\linkerrandbreedte + \advance\scratchdimen by -\linkerrandafstand + \advance\scratchdimen by -\paginascheiding + \advance\scratchdimen by -\linkermargebreedte + \advance\scratchdimen by -\linkermargeafstand + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\!!zeropoint + \scratchdimen=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\rechtermargeafstand + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\rechtermargebreedte + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\paginascheiding + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\rechterrandafstand + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\rechterrandbreedte + \global\advance\zetbreedte by -\scratchdimen} + {\global\zetbreedte=\@@lybreedte}% + \doifelse{\@@lyhoogte}{\v!passend} + {\global\zethoogte=\papierhoogte + \global\advance\zethoogte by -\kopwit + \scratchdimen=\kopwit + \advance\scratchdimen by -\bovenhoogte + \advance\scratchdimen by -\bovenafstand + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\!!zeropoint + \scratchdimen=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \global\advance\zethoogte by -\onderafstand + \global\advance\zethoogte by -\onderhoogte + \global\advance\zethoogte by -\scratchdimen} + {\global\zethoogte=\@@lyhoogte}% + \rugoffset=\@@lyrugoffset + \kopoffset=\@@lykopoffset + \calculatehsizes + \calculatevsizes + \global\newlogostrue + \global\newbackgroundtrue} + +\def\dostellayoutin[#1]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{\v!reset} + {\getparameters[\??ly][#1]% + \checkforems[#1]}% + \resetlayout} + +\def\stellayoutin% + {\dosingleargument\dostellayoutin} + +\let\@@zahoogte=\!!zeropoint + +\def\dopushpagedimensions% + {\xdef\oldteksthoogte{\the\teksthoogte}% + \xdef\oldvoethoogte{\the\voethoogte}% + \global\let\@@zahoogte=\@@zahoogte} + +\def\dopoppagedimensions% + {\global\teksthoogte=\oldteksthoogte + \global\voethoogte=\oldvoethoogte + \calculatevsizes + \global\let\pushpagedimensions=\dopushpagedimensions + \global\let\poppagedimensions=\relax} + +\let\poppagedimensions=\relax +\let\pushpagedimensions=\dopushpagedimensions + +% Elke \csname ... \endcsname wordt ook aangemaakt, dus ook +% in een test met \doifdefined. Bij veel bladzijden kan dit +% te veel macro's kosten. Vandaar de set \adaptedpages. Het +% kost tijd, maar scheelt macro's. + +\def\adaptedpages{} + +\def\adaptpagedimensions% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{\realfolio}{\adaptedpages} + {\getvalue{\??za\realfolio}% + \letvalue{\??za\realfolio}=\relax} + {}} + +\def\checkpagedimensions% + {\poppagedimensions + \adaptpagedimensions} + +\def\reportpagedimensions% + {\ifx\poppagedimensions\relax + \else + \spatie\@@zahoogte\spatie- + \fi + \realfolio} + +\def\dodopaslayoutaan[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??za][#1]% + \pushpagedimensions + \doifelse{\@@zahoogte}{\v!max} + {\balancedimensions{\teksthoogte}{\voethoogte}{\voethoogte}} + {\balancedimensions{\teksthoogte}{\voethoogte}{\@@zahoogte}}% + \ifdim\voethoogte<\!!zeropoint + \global\advance\teksthoogte by \voethoogte + \global\voethoogte=\!!zeropoint + \global\xdef\@@zahoogte{\@@lyvoet\spatie(\v!max)}% + \fi + \setvsize + \global\pagegoal=\vsize % nog corrigeren voor insertions ? + \global\newlogostrue + \global\newbackgroundtrue + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{1}{\@@zahoogte,\realfolio}% + \global\let\pushpagedimensions=\relax + \global\let\poppagedimensions=\dopoppagedimensions} + +\def\dopaslayoutaan[#1][#2]% + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\dodopaslayoutaan[#1]} + {\def\docommando##1% + {\addtocommalist{##1}\adaptedpages + \setgvalue{\??za##1}{\dodopaslayoutaan[#2]}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \adaptpagedimensions}} + +\def\paslayoutaan% + {\dodoubleempty\dopaslayoutaan} + +%I n=Margeblokken +%I c=\startmargeblok,\stelmargeblokkenin +%I +%I voorlopig: +%I +%I \stelmargeblokkenin +%I [plaats=,breedte,letter=,uitlijnen=, +%I voor=,na=,links=,rechts=,boven=,onder=,tussen=] +%I +%I plaats = inmarge, links, rechts, midden +%I links, rechts, voor, na = rule +%I boven, onder, tussen = skip +%I status= +%I +%I \startmargeblok +%I \stopmargeblok + +\newif\ifmargeblokken + +\def\dostelmargeblokkenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??mb][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@mbstatus}{\v!start}% + {\showmessage{\m!layouts}{4}{}% + \margeblokkentrue + \let\somenextfloat=\dosomenextfloat + \let\startmargeblok=\dostartmargeblok + \let\stopmargeblok=\dostopmargeblok}% + {\showmessage{\m!layouts}{5}{}% + \margeblokkenfalse + \def\somenextfloat[##1]% + {\someelsefloat[##1,\v!hier]}% + \let\startmargeblok=\dontstartmargeblok + \let\stopmargeblok=\dontstopmargeblok}} + +\def\stelmargeblokkenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelmargeblokkenin} + +\newbox\marginbox + +\def\dosomenextfloat[#1]% + {\global\setbox\marginbox=\vbox + {\hsize\@@mbbreedte + \unvbox\marginbox + \ifvoid\marginbox\else + \@@mbtussen + \fi + \box\floatbox\filbreak}% + \ifdim\ht\marginbox>\teksthoogte + \dosavefloatinfo + \else + \doinsertfloatinfo + \fi} + +\newbox\preparedmarginbox + +\def\reshapemargin% + {\beginofshapebox + \unvbox\preparedmarginbox + \endofshapebox + \reshapebox + {\box\shapebox}% + \setbox\preparedmarginbox=\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\@@mbboven + \flushshapebox + \@@mbonder}} + +\def\plaatsrechtermargeblok% + {\hskip\rechtermargebreedte} + +\def\plaatslinkermargeblok% + {\hskip\linkermargebreedte} + +\def\checkmargeblokken% + {\setbox\preparedmarginbox=\vbox + {\forgetall + \splittopskip\topskip + \ifvoid\marginbox\else + \ifdim\ht\marginbox>\teksthoogte + \vsplit\marginbox to \teksthoogte + \else + \unvbox\marginbox + \fi + \fi}% + \reshapemargin + \setbox\preparedmarginbox=\vbox + {\@@mbvoor\box\preparedmarginbox\@@mbna}% + \def\rightmarginbox% + {\def\plaatsrechtermargeblok% + {\setbox\preparedmarginbox=\hbox to \rechtermargebreedte + {\@@mblinks\box\preparedmarginbox\@@mbrechts}% + \vsmashbox\preparedmarginbox + \box\preparedmarginbox}}% + \def\leftmarginbox% + {\def\plaatslinkermargeblok% + {\setbox\preparedmarginbox=\hbox to \linkermargebreedte + {\@@mbrechts\box\preparedmarginbox\@@mblinks}% + \vsmashbox\preparedmarginbox + \box\preparedmarginbox}}% + \processaction + [\@@mbplaats] + [ \v!inmarge=>\doifbothsidesoverruled + \rightmarginbox + \orsideone + \rightmarginbox + \orsidetwo + \leftmarginbox + \od, + \v!midden=>\doifbothsidesoverruled + \rightmarginbox + \orsideone + \leftmarginbox + \orsidetwo + \rightmarginbox + \od, + \v!links=>\leftmarginbox, + \v!rechts=>\rightmarginbox, + \s!unknown=>\setbox\preparedmarginbox=\hbox{}]} + +\def\dostartmargeblok% % 2 maal \vbox ivm \unvbox elders + {\global\setbox\marginbox=\vtop\bgroup\vbox\bgroup + \hsize\@@mbbreedte + \ifvoid\marginbox\else + \unvbox\marginbox + \@@mbtussen + \fi + \steluitlijnenin[\@@mbuitlijnen]% + \dostartattributes{\??mb}{}% + \begstrut\ignorespaces} + +\def\dostopmargeblok% + {\unskip\endstrut + \dostopattributes + \egroup + \egroup} + +\def\dontstartmargeblok% + {\@@mbvoor + \bgroup + \dostartattributes{\??mb}{}} + +\def\dontstopmargeblok% + {\dostopattributes + \egroup + \@@mbna} + +%I n=Uitstellen +%I c=\steluit,\startuitstellen +%I +%I Zetcommando's kunnen in een wachtrij worden gezet en na +%I een pagina worden uitgevoerd. Dit gebeurt met het commando: +%I +%I \startuitstellen +%I ... +%I \stopuitstellen +%I +%I of +%I +%I \steluit{...} +%I +%I Dit kan handig zijn bij bijvoorbeeld grote tussen te voegen +%I figuren, tabellen, formulieren enz. +%I +%I \startuitstellen +%I \plaatsfiguur[pagina][]{...}{...} +%I \stopuitstellen +%I +%I Er kunnen meerdere commando's in de wachtrij worden +%I geplaatst. +%P +%I Het mechanisme werkt nog niet vlekkeloos. Zo wordt +%I nog gerekend met waarden van de vorige pagina. Dit heeft +%I bijvoorbeeld als gevolg dat figuren kunnen worden +%I opgespaard. +%I +%I Het kan gebeuren dat een (te) groot figuur er voor zorgt +%I dat ook andere figuren worden verplaatst. De volgorde +%I blijft immers gehandhaafd. In dat geval kan zo'n groot +%I figuur worden verplaatst naar de eerstvolgende voor de +%I handliggende pagina: +%I +%I \startuitstellen +%I \plaatsfiguur[pagina][]{...}{...} +%I \pagina +%I \stopuitstellen + +\newcounter\nofpostponedblocks + +\newbox\postponedblocks + +\def\douitstellen% + {\ifnum\nofpostponedblocks>0 + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{2}{\nofpostponedblocks}% + \unvbox\postponedblocks + \doglobal\newcounter\nofpostponedblocks + \fi} + +\def\startuitstellen% + {\doglobal\increment\nofpostponedblocks + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{3}{\nofpostponedblocks}% + \global\setbox\postponedblocks=\vbox + \bgroup + \unvbox\postponedblocks + \let\stopuitstellen=\egroup} + +\def\steluit% + {\startuitstellen\let\next=} + +%I n=Nummeren +%I c=\stelnummerenin +%I +%I Automatische nummering kan worden ingesteld met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \stelnummerenin[wijze=,blok=,status=] +%I +%I Mogelijke wijzen van nummeren zijn: 'pertekst', +%I 'perhoofdstuk' en 'perparagraaf'. Als status kan worden +%I meegegeven 'start' of 'stop'. Met blok wordt aangegeven +%I of moet worden uitgegaan van het huidige hoofdstuk ('nee') +%I of het blokhoofdstuk ('ja'). + +% Commando's ten behoeve van nummeren: +% +% \definieernummer[naam] +% \stelnummerin[naam][wijze=,blok=,tekst=plaats=,conversie=,start=] +% \setnummer[naam]{waarde} +% \resetnummer[naam] +% \verhoognummer[naam] +% \verlaagnummer[naam] +% \volgendenummer[naam][tag][referentie] +% \nummer[naam] +% \huidigenummer[naam] +% \innummer[naam][referentie] +% \opnummer[naam][referentie] +% \savenumber[naam] +% \restorenumber[naam] + +\newif\ifnummeren + +\def\dostelnummerenin[#1]% globaal + {\getparameters[\??nr][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@nrstatus}{\v!start} + {\global\nummerentrue} + {\global\nummerenfalse}}% + +\def\stelnummerenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelnummerenin} + +\def\dostelnummerin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\s!number#1][#2]} + +\def\stelnummerin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelnummerin} + +\def\dodefinieernummer[#1][#2]% ook overal class als localframed + {\makecounter{\s!number#1}% + \getparameters + [\s!number#1] + [\s!check=, + \c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, + \c!wijze\c!lokaal=\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}, + \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, + \c!tekst=, + \c!plaats=, % was: \c!zetwijze + \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, + \c!start=0, + #2]% + \setcounter{\s!number#1}{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!start}}} + +\def\definieernummer% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieernummer} + +\def\setnummer[#1]#2% + {\setcounter{\s!number#1}{#2}} + +\def\resetnummer[#1]% + {\setcounter{\s!number#1}{0\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!start}}} + +\def\dodoreset#1% + {\getvalue{\s!reset#1}}% + +\def\doreset[#1]% + {\processcommalist[#1]\dodoreset} + +\def\reset% + {\dosingleargument\doreset} + +\def\verhoognummer[#1]% + {\checknummer{#1}% + \ifnummeren + \else + \resetcounter{\s!number#1}% + \fi + \pluscounter{\s!number#1}} + +\def\savenumber[#1]% + {\savecounter{\s!number#1}} + +\def\restorenumber[#1]% + {\restorecounter{\s!number#1}} + +% nieuw, maar kan dit (i.v.m. (sub)page?) + +\def\verhoognummer[#1]% + {\checknummer{#1}% + \ifnummeren + \pluscounter{\s!number#1}% + \else + \setcounter{\s!number#1}{0\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!start}}% + \fi} + +\def\verlaagnummer[#1]% + {\minuscounter{\s!number#1}} + +\def\dodochecknummer#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \doifinstringelse{.0}{.#2} % waarom \instring en \@koscheider + {\doifnot{#3}{\v!per} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{number #1 #3 becomes \getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}}% + \setevalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}% geen \xdef, gaat mis met \subpage + {#3}% + \dochecknummer{#1}}} % tricky and ugly + {\doifnotvalue{\s!number#1\s!check}{#2} + {\setcounter{\s!number#1}{0\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!start}}% + \setxvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze\c!lokaal}% + {\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}}% + \setxvalue{\s!number#1\s!check}% + {#2}}}% + \egroup} + +\def\dochecknummer#1% + {\edef\currentsection{\getvalue{\??by\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}}}% + \doifsomething{\currentsection} + {\dodochecknummer + {#1} + {\getvalue{\currentsection\c!nummer}} + {\v!per\previoussection{\currentsection}}}} + +\def\checknummer#1% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\blocklevel>0 + \doifelsevalue{\s!number#1\c!blokwijze}{\v!nee} + {\dochecknummer{#1}} + {\setblockcounters % dit kan sneller omdat de waarden + \dochecknummer{#1}}% % en het type bekend zijn + \else + \dochecknummer{#1}% + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + {\gdef\voorafgaandenummer{}% + \ifsectienummer + \doifvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!nummer}{\v!ja} % toegevoegd + {\doifvalue{\s!number#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja} + {\edef\currentsection% + {\getvalue{\??by\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze\c!lokaal}}}% + \doifnot{\currentsection}{\zerosection} + {\doifnot{\@@sectionvalue{\currentsection}}{0} + {\xdef\voorafgaandenummer% + {\getvalue{\currentsection\c!nummer}.}}}}}% + \fi} + +\def\maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\blocklevel>0 + \doifelsevalue{\s!number#1\c!blokwijze}{\v!nee} + {\domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]}% + {\setblockcounters % dit kan sneller omdat de waarden + \domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]}% % en het type bekend zijn + \else + \domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\nummer[#1]% + {\convertnumber + {\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!conversie}} + {\countervalue{\s!number#1}}} + +\def\ruwenummer[#1]% + {\countervalue{\s!number#1}} + +\def\maakhetnummer[#1]% + {\maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \global\edef\hetnummer% + {\voorafgaandenummer\nummer[#1]}}% + +\def\lossenummer[#1]% + {\maakhetnummer[#1]% + \hetnummer} + +\def\huidigenummer[#1]% + {%\getvalue{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!zetwijze}}% + \getvalue{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!plaats}}% + {\dotextprefix{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!tekst}}\lossenummer[#1]}} + +\def\volgendenummer[#1][#2][#3]% + {\verhoognummer[#1]% + \huidigenummer[#1]% + \rawreference{#2}{#3}{\hetnummer}} + +\def\innummer[#1][#2]% + {\c!in \in{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!tekst}}[#2]}% + +\def\opnummer[#1][#2]% + {\c!op \op{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!tekst}}[#2]}% + +% \gotonextsubpage : voor de pagebody +% \subpaginanummer : alleen in de voet/kopregels +% \aantalsubpaginas : alleen in de voet/kopregels + +% \firstsubpage : eerste \realpageno, voor interne doeleinden +% \prevsubpage : vorige \realpageno, voor interne doeleinden +% \nextsubpage : volgende \realpageno, voor interne doeleinden +% \lastsubpage : laatste \realpageno, voor interne doeleinden +% \nofsubpages : laatste subpage (in berekeningen) +% \subpageno : huidige subpage (in berekeningen) + +\countdef\subpageno = 2 \subpageno = 0 % !! + +\newif\ifsubpaging +\newif\ifshowingsubpage + +\definieernummer + [\s!subpage] + +\stelnummerin + [\s!subpage] + [\c!wijze=\@@snwijze] + +\def\resetsubpaginanummer% + {\resetnummer[\s!subpage]% + \global\subpageno=\ruwenummer[\s!subpage]} + +\def\dostelsubpaginanummerin[#1]% + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!reset} + {\resetnummer[\s!subpage]} + {\getparameters[\??sn][#1]% + \processaction + [\@@snstatus] + [ \v!stop=>\ifsubpaging + \else + \subpagingfalse + \fi + \showingsubpagefalse, + \v!start=>\subpagingtrue + \showingsubpagetrue, + \v!geen=>\subpagingtrue + \showingsubpagefalse]}} + +\def\aantalsubpaginas% + {\ifshowingsubpage + \nofsubpages + \else + 0% + \fi} + +\def\subpaginanummer% + {\ifshowingsubpage + \the\subpageno + \else + 0% + \fi} + +\def\stelsubpaginanummerin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelsubpaginanummerin} + +\def\newnofsubpages {0} +\def\nofsubpages {0} +\def\firstsubpage {1} +\def\prevsubpage {1} +\def\nextsubpage {1} +\def\lastsubpage {1} + +\def\nextpage {1} +\def\prevpage {1} + +\definetwopasslist{\s!subpage} + +\def\savenofsubpages% + {\ifsubpaging + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{6}{\newnofsubpages,\the\subpageno}% + \immediate\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!subpage}% + {\newnofsubpages}% + {\the\subpageno}}% + \fi} + +\def\setsubpagenumbers% + {\iftwopassdatafound + \bgroup + \xdef\nofsubpages{\twopassdata}% + \xdef\firstsubpage{\realfolio}% + \advance\realpageno by \nofsubpages + \advance\realpageno by -1 + \xdef\lastsubpage{\realfolio}% + \egroup + \else + \xdef\nofsubpages{0}% + \fi} + +\def\gotonextsubpage% + {\global\let\checksubpages=\relax + \ifsubpaging + \edef\oldsubpage{\the\subpageno}% + \verhoognummer[\s!subpage]% + \global\subpageno=\ruwenummer[\s!subpage]\relax + \ifnum\subpageno=1 + \gettwopassdata{\s!subpage}% + \setsubpagenumbers + \ifnum\oldsubpage>0 + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{6}{\newnofsubpages,\oldsubpage}% + \edef\next% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!subpage}% + {\newnofsubpages}% + {\oldsubpage}}}% + \next + \fi + \doglobal\increment\newnofsubpages\relax + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!eerste\v!sub\v!pagina}\firstsubpage + \setdummypagereference{\v!laatste\v!sub\v!pagina}\lastsubpage + \bgroup + \ifnum\realpageno=\firstsubpage\relax + \global\let\prevsubpage=\firstsubpage + \else + \xdef\prevsubpage{\realfolio}% + \doglobal\decrement\prevsubpage + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!vorige\v!sub\v!pagina}\prevsubpage + \ifnum\realpageno=\lastsubpage\relax + \global\let\nextsubpage=\lastsubpage + \else + \xdef\nextsubpage{\realfolio}% + \doglobal\increment\nextsubpage + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!volgende\v!sub\v!pagina}\nextsubpage + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\checksubpages% + {\getfromtwopassdata{\s!subpage}{1}% + \setsubpagenumbers + \global\let\checksubpages=\relax} + +% Omdat \gotonextrealpage gebruik maakt van de hulpfile, +% moet het initialiseren van \realpageno plaatsvinden in +% een later stadium, namelijk zodra referenties worden +% gebruikt (anders gaat het mis op nog niet gedefinieerde +% lijstcommando's e.d.). De eerst aanroep vindt dan ook +% plaats vlak nadat de hulpfile voor de eerste maal is +% ingelezen. + +% we don't want conflicts when \pageno is used by other +% packages, like CWEB, so we redefine \pageno + +\countdef\realpageno = 0 \realpageno = 1 +\countdef\userpageno = 1 \userpageno = 1 +\newcount\pageno \pageno = 1 + +\def\setuserpageno#1% + {\global\userpageno=#1\relax + \global\pageno=\userpageno} + +\def\realfolio {\the\realpageno} +\def\folio {\the\userpageno} +\def\firstpage {1} +\def\lastpage {1} +\def\currentpage {\the\realpageno} + +\newif\ifrealpagechecked \realpagecheckedfalse + +\def\setdummypagereference#1#2% + {\setreference{#1}{}{#2}{\r!page}} + +\def\gotonextrealpage% + {\global\advance\realpageno by 1 + \ifnum\realpageno>\lastpage + \gdef\lastpage{\realfolio}% + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!eerste\v!pagina}\firstpage + \setdummypagereference{\v!laatste\v!pagina}\lastpage + \bgroup + \ifnum\realpageno>1 + \advance\realpageno by -1 + \xdef\prevpage{\realfolio}% + \else + \global\let\prevpage=\firstpage + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!vorige\v!pagina}\realfolio + \egroup + \bgroup + \ifnum\realpageno<\lastpage\relax + \advance\realpageno by 1 + \xdef\nextpage{\realfolio}% + \else + \global\let\nextpage=\lastpage + \fi + \setdummypagereference{\v!volgende\v!pagina}\realfolio + \egroup} + +\def\checkrealpage% + {\ifrealpagechecked\else + \global\realpageno=0 + \gotonextrealpage + \global\realpagecheckedtrue + \fi} + +\def\realnumberofpages#1% meteen laden, voor andere files (met refs) + {\gdef\lastpage{#1}% + \global\let\realnumberofpages=\gobbleoneargument} + +\def\savenofpages% + {\advance\realpageno by -1 + \immediate\writeutilitycommand{\realnumberofpages{\realfolio}}}% + +\def\totaalaantalpaginas% + {\lastpage} + +\def\myshipout#1% + {\voorpagina + \dontshowcomposition + \dosetuppaper{\papierformaat}{\the\papierbreedte}{\the\papierhoogte}% +\dolocationstartup + \shipout\vbox + {\forgetall % needed ! + \offinterlineskip + \vskip\kopoffset\vskip-1in + \hskip\rugoffset\hskip-1in + \mindermeldingen + \thisisrealpage{\realfolio}#1}% + \gotonextrealpage + \napagina} + +\def\noshipout#1% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\dopagebody{#1}}% + \deadcycles=0% + \gotonextrealpage} + +\def\goleftonpage% + {\hskip-\linkermargeafstand + \hskip-\linkermargebreedte + \hskip-\paginascheiding + \hskip-\linkerrandafstand + \hskip-\linkerrandbreedte} + +\def\doswapmargins% + {\let\doswapmargins=\relax % to prevent local swapping + \swapmacros\@@lylinkermargeafstand\@@lyrechtermargeafstand + \swapmacros\@@lylinkerrandafstand\@@lyrechterrandafstand + \swapdimens\linkermargebreedte\rechtermargebreedte + \swapdimens\linkerrandbreedte\rechterrandbreedte} + +\def\doifmarginswapelse#1#2% + {\doifbothsides#1\orsideone#1\orsidetwo#2\od} + +\def\swapmargins% + {\doifmarginswapelse{}{\doswapmargins}} + +% Output routines +% +% \dopagecontents#1 : tekst, floats en footnotes +% \dopagebody#1 : hoofd, \pagecontents, voet +% \dooutput : outputroutine +% +% \ifinpagebody + +\def\doejectpage#1% + {\bgroup % de \ifdim is nodig omdat + \par % anders een eventuele + \ifdim\pagetotal>\pagegoal\else % laatste regel boven de + %\normalvfill % baseline te staan terwijl + \normalvfil % baseline te staan terwijl + \fi % de vorige bladzijden op + #1% % de baseline staan + \egroup} + +% ^^ NOG NETTER MAKEN, TEGELIJK MET MULTI COLUMNS EN ACHTERGRONDEN! + +\def\ejectpage% + {\doejectpage\eject} + +\def\superejectpage% + {\doejectpage\supereject} + +\def\ejectinsert% + {\flushfootnotes + \bgroup + \noftopfloats=\!!thousand + \doflushfloats + \egroup} + +% De volgende macro's worden gedefinieerd in de module +% colo-ini. Om resetten bij twee maal laden te voorkomen +% checken we wel even. Anders krijgen we een mark-build-up. + +\newif\ifinpagebody + +\doifundefined{pushcolor} {\def\pushcolor{}} +\doifundefined{popcolor} {\def\popcolor{}} +\doifundefined{startcolorpage} {\def\startcolorpage{}} +\doifundefined{stopcolorpage} {\def\stopcolorpage{}} + +\def\dopagecontents#1% + {\dotopinsertions + \bgroup + \forgetall + \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth + \dimen0=\dp255 % #1 komt dus nog te vervallen + \bgroup + #1\relax + \pushcolor + \dobotinsertions + \egroup + \ifr@ggedbottom + \kern-\dimen0 + \vfil + \fi + \ifb@selinebottom + \kern-\dimen0 + \kern\maxdepth + \fi + \egroup + \placefootnotes} + +\def\dodummypageskip#1% + {\getvalue{\s!dummy\c!commando#1}} + +\setvalue{\s!dummy\c!commando\v!links}% + {\hskip\linkerrandbreedte} + +\setvalue{\s!dummy\c!commando\v!rechts}% + {\hskip\rechterrandbreedte} + +\setvalue{\s!dummy\c!commando\v!boven}% + {} % \vbox to \bovenhoogte{\vss}} + +\setvalue{\s!dummy\c!commando\v!onder}% + {} % \vbox to \onderhoogte{\vss}} + +\def\plaatslinkerrandblok {\dodummypageskip\v!links} +\def\plaatsrechterrandblok {\dodummypageskip\v!rechts} + +\newtoks\afterpage \newtoks\aftereverypage +\newtoks\beforepage \newtoks\beforeeverypage + +\def\plaatstekstblok#1% + {\hbox to \zetbreedte + {\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\offinterlineskip + \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth + \dopagecontents{#1}}% + \hss}} + +\def\getmainbox#1% + {\setbox0=\vbox + {\offinterlineskip % na \paginaletter ! + \calculatereducedvsizes + \calculatehsizes + \swapmargins + \vskip\hoofdhoogte + \vskip\hoofdafstand + \hbox + {\bgroup + \swapmargins + \goleftonpage + \plaatslinkerrandblok + \hskip\linkerrandafstand + \showpageseparation + \plaatslinkermargeblok + \hskip\linkermargeafstand + \egroup + \plaatstekstblok{#1}% + \bgroup + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \plaatstestinfo + \plaatsrechtermargeblok + \showpageseparation + \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \plaatsrechterrandblok + \egroup}% + \vfill} + \smashbox0 + \box0} + +%\def\setpagedisplacement% +% {\global\voffset=\kopoffset +% \global\hoffset=\rugoffset +% \global\advance\voffset by -1in +% \global\advance\hoffset by -1in} + +\def\centerpagebox#1% + {\processaction + [\@@lyplaats] + [ \v!midden=>\setbox#1=\vbox to \printpapierhoogte + {\vss + \hbox to \printpapierbreedte{\hss\box#1\hss}% + \vss}, + \v!dubbelzijdig=>\setbox#1=\vbox + {\doifbothsides + \orsideone + \orsidetwo + \hskip\printpapierbreedte + \hskip-\papierbreedte + \hskip-2\rugoffset + \od + \box#1}]} + +\def\buildpagebox#1% + {\setbox#1=\vbox to \papierhoogte + {\hsize\papierbreedte + \vskip\kopwit + \doifbothsides + \hskip\rugwit + \orsideone + \hskip\rugwit + \orsidetwo + \hskip\papierbreedte + \hskip-\rugwit + \hskip-\zetbreedte + \od + \box#1} + \dp#1=\!!zeropoint} + +\def\addpagecutmarks#1% + {\doif{\@@lymarkering}{\v!aan} + {\makecutbox#1}} + +\def\buildpagebody#1% + {%\setpagedisplacement + \vbox + {\forgetall + \mindermeldingen + \setbox0=\vbox + {%\paginaletter + \doconvertfont{\@@lyletter}{}% + \offinterlineskip + \getbackgroundbox + \getlogobox + \gettextboxes + \getgridbox + \getmainbox{#1}}% + \buildpagebox0 + \addpagecutmarks0 + \addpagebackground0 + \centerpagebox0 + \box0}} + +\def\toongrid% + {\let\getgridbox=\dogetgridbox} + +\let\getgridbox=\relax + +\def\dogetgridbox% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox + {\vskip\hoofdhoogte + \vskip\hoofdafstand + \setbox0=\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\forgetall + \scratchdimen\teksthoogte + \divide\scratchdimen by \lineheight + \offinterlineskip + \vskip\topskip + \vskip-\ht\strutbox + \dorecurse{\number\scratchdimen} + {\strut\vrule + \!!height \testrulewidth + \!!depth \testrulewidth + \!!width \tekstbreedte + \par} + \vfill}% + \setbox2=\hbox to \tekstbreedte + {\leaders + \hbox + {\vrule + \!!height \teksthoogte + \!!width 2\testrulewidth + \kern1em} + \hfill}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint + \startoverlay + \box0 \box2 + \stopoverlay}% + \smashbox0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\dopagebody#1% + {\getallmarks + \restoreglobalcorps + \startcolorpage + \gotonextsubpage + \dontshowboxes + \naastpagina + \checkreferences + \checkmargeblokken + \dotoks\beforeeverypage + \flushtoks\beforepage + \inpagebodytrue + \buildpagebody{#1}% + \flushtoks\afterpage + \dotoks\aftereverypage + \resetpagina + \updatelistreferences + \resetlayoutregels % mischien in shipout + \stopcolorpage} + +\def\beforefinaloutput% + {} + +\def\afterfinaloutput% + {\forgetall + \vskip\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifvoid255 + \else + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty + \fi + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM\relax + \else + \dosupereject + \fi + \dosetbothinserts + \setvsize} % this is needed for interacting components, like floats and multicolumns + +\def\setpagecounters% + {\setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}% + \doifelse{\@@snstatus}{\v!stop} + {\global\subpageno=0} + {\global\subpageno=\ruwenummer[\s!subpage]}} + +\def\dofinaloutput#1% + {\beforefinaloutput + \myshipout{\hbox{\dopagebody{#1}\setpagecounters}}% + \afterfinaloutput + \douitstellen + \popcolor} % ... and here ... + +\def\donofinaloutput#1% + {\beforefinaloutput + \setpagecounters + \message{[-\the\realpageno]}% + \noshipout{#1}% + \douitstellen + \afterfinaloutput + \popcolor} % ... and here + +\let\checkpageversion=\relax + +\def\finaloutput#1% + {\checkpageversion + \ifverwerken + \ifgeselecteerd + \dofinaloutput{#1}% + \else + \donofinaloutput{#1}% + \fi + \else + \ifgeselecteerd + \donofinaloutput{#1}% + \else + \dofinaloutput{#1}% + \fi + \fi + \resetselectiepagina + \verhoogpaginanummer + \checkpagedimensions + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM\relax + \else + \dosupereject + \fi} + +\def\dooutput% + {\finaloutput{\unvbox255}} + +\output={\dooutput} + +%I n=Beeldmerken +%I c=\definieerbeeldmerk,\plaatsbeeldmerken +%I +%I In het hoofd of in de voet kan een logo worden gezet met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \plaatsbeeldmerken[naam] +%I +%I Plaatsen kan dan ook pas nadat een beeldmerk is gedefinieerd: +%I +%I \definieerbeeldmerk[naam][lokatie][plaats][commando=,status=] +%I +%I waarbij status 'start' of 'stop' kan zijn. In geval van +%I 'start' wordt op elke bladzijde het logo geplaatst. +%I +%I Mogelijke lokaties zijn 'boven', 'hoofd', 'voet' en 'onder' en +%I als plaats kan worden opgegeven 'linkerrand', 'linkermarge', +%I 'links', 'midden', 'rechts', 'rechtermarge' en 'rechterrand'. +%I +%I Logo's worden boven, onder of in de hoofd- of voetregel gezet, +%I zo hoog of laag mogelijk. Verdere positionering zal dus in +%I het commando moeten plaatsvinden! + +\newbox\leftlogos +\newbox\rightlogos + +\newif\ifnewlogos + +% \logostatus +% +% 0 = niet plaatsen > 0 +% 1 = direkt plaatsen > 1 +% 2 = berekenen en plaatsen > 1 +% 3 = een pagina berekenen en plaatsen > 2 + +\def\logostatus{0} + +\def\gedefinieerdebeeldmerken{} +\def\teplaatsenbeeldmerken{} + +\def\dodefinieerbeeldmerk[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\addtocommalist{#1}\gedefinieerdebeeldmerken + \setvalue{\??lo#2#3}{#1}% + \getparameters[\??lo#2#3][#4]% + \gdef\logostatus{2}} + +\def\definieerbeeldmerk% + {\doquadrupleargument\dodefinieerbeeldmerk} + +\def\complexplaatsbeeldmerken[#1]% + {\xdef\teplaatsenbeeldmerken{#1}% + \gdef\logostatus{3}} + +\def\simpleplaatsbeeldmerken% + {\global\let\teplaatsenbeeldmerken=\gedefinieerdebeeldmerken + \gdef\logostatus{3}} + +\definecomplexorsimple\plaatsbeeldmerken + +\def\doplaatsbeeldmerken#1#2% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox + {\hbox + {\ifnum\logostatus=3 + \def\docommando##1% + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinset{\getvalue{\??lo#1##1}}{\teplaatsenbeeldmerken} + {#2{\hbox{\getvalue{\??lo#1##1\c!commando}}}}}% + \else + \def\docommando##1% + {\doifvalue{\??lo#1##1\c!status}{\v!start} + {#2{\hbox{\getvalue{\??lo#1##1\c!commando}}}}}% + \fi + \def\dodocommando##1##2##3##4##5##6% + {\hskip\linkerrandafstand + \hskip\pageseparation + \hbox to \linkermargebreedte{\docommando{##2}\hss}% + \hskip\linkermargeafstand + \hbox to \zetbreedte{\docommando{##3}\hss\docommando{##4}}% + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \hbox to \rechtermargebreedte{\hss\docommando{##5}}% + \hskip\pageseparation + \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \hbox to \rechterrandbreedte{\hss\docommando{##6}}}% + \normalbaselines + \hsmash + {\hbox to \zetbreedte{\hss\docommando\c!midden\hss}}% + \hsmash + {\doifbothsides + \hskip-\rugwit + \orsideone + \hskip-\rugwit + \orsidetwo + \hskip-\papierbreedte + \hskip+\rugwit + \hskip+\zetbreedte + \od + \hbox to \papierbreedte{\docommando\v!pagina\hss}}% + \swapmargins + \goleftonpage + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \dodocommando + {\v!linkerrand}{\v!linkermarge}{\v!links} + {\v!rechts}{\v!rechtermarge}{\v!rechterrand}% + \orsideone + \dodocommando + {\v!linkerrand}{\v!linkermarge}{\v!links} + {\v!rechts}{\v!rechtermarge}{\v!rechterrand}% + \orsidetwo + \dodocommando + {\v!rechterrand}{\v!rechtermarge}{\v!rechts} + {\v!links}{\v!linkermarge}{\v!linkerrand}% + \od}}% + \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0\relax + \vskip-\dimen0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\setlogobox#1#2% + {\global\setbox#1=\vbox to \papierhoogte + {\offinterlineskip + \mindermeldingen + \calculatereducedvsizes + #2\relax + \vskip-\kopwit + \doplaatsbeeldmerken\v!boven\vsmash + \vskip\kopwit + \doplaatsbeeldmerken\v!hoofd\vsmash + \vskip\hoofdhoogte + \vskip\hoofdafstand + \doplaatsbeeldmerken\v!tekst\vsmash % evt \vbox + \vskip\teksthoogte + \vskip\voetafstand + \vskip\voethoogte + \doplaatsbeeldmerken\v!voet\vbox + \vfilll + \doplaatsbeeldmerken\v!onder\vbox% + \vskip\kopwit} + \smashbox#1} + +\def\setlogoboxes% + {\showmessage{\m!layouts}{7}{}% + \setlogobox\leftlogos\relax + \ifdubbelzijdig + \setlogobox\rightlogos\doswapmargins + \fi} + +\def\getlogobox% + {\ifnum\logostatus>0 + \ifnum\logostatus=3 + \setlogoboxes + \gdef\logostatus{2}% + \else\ifnum\logostatus=2 + \setlogoboxes + \gdef\logostatus{1}% + \else\ifnewlogos + \gdef\logostatus{2}% + \setlogoboxes + \gdef\logostatus{1}% + \global\newlogosfalse + \fi\fi\fi + \doifmarginswapelse + {\copy\leftlogos} + {\copy\rightlogos}% + \fi} + +%I n=Spatiering +%I c=\stelspatieringin +%I c=\omlaag,\opelkaar,\spatie,\vastespaties +%I +%I De ruimte na interpunctie worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelspatieringin[instelling] +%I +%I waarbij de volgende instellingen mogelijk zijn: +%I +%I ruim flexibele ruimte na interpunctie +%I opelkaar een spatie na interpunctie +%I +%I Bij een smalle layout levert de instelling 'ruim' minder +%I in de marge uitstekende (niet af te breken) woorden op. +%I +%P +%I Andere commando's zijn: +%I +%I \omlaag[afstand] een vaste afstand omlaag +%I \opelkaar ruimte tussen regels weghalen +%I +%I \spatie een (harde) spatie +%I \geenspatie geen vorige/volgende spatie +%I +%I \hfil \hfill \hfilll opvullen met horizontaal wit +%I \vfil \vfill \vfilll opvullen met vertikaal wit +%I +%I \strut karakter-box zonder breedte +%I +%I \vastespaties geeft ~ de breedte van een cijfer + +% \frenchspacing leidt soms tot afbreken tussen -, vandaar +% de variant \newfrenchspacing. + +\def\dofrenchspacing#1% + {\sfcode`\.#1 \sfcode`\,#1\relax + \sfcode`\?#1 \sfcode`\!#1\relax + \sfcode`\:#1 \sfcode`\;#1\relax} + +\def\frenchspacing% + {\dofrenchspacing{1000}} % \@m + +\def\newfrenchspacing% + {\dofrenchspacing{1050}} % \@ml + +\def\dostelspatieringin[#1]% + {\processaction + [#1] + [\v!opelkaar=>\newfrenchspacing, + \v!ruim=>\nonfrenchspacing]} + +\def\stelspatieringin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelspatieringin} + +\def\space% + { } + +\def\spatie% kan tzt vervallen, eerst overal in zetten + { } + +\def\hardespatie% + {~} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\~=\@@active % eigenlijk is ~ al actief +\gdef\fixedspaces% % in Plain \TeX, maar we weten + {\catcode`\~=\@@active % nooit wat er inmiddels is + \def~{\hskip.5em}} % gebeurd, vandaar. +\egroup + +\def\nospace% + {\unskip\ignorespaces} + +\def\geenspatie% % kan tzt vervallen, eerst overal in zetten + {\unskip\ignorespaces} + +\def\geenspaties{\geenspaties} % kan weg + +\def\opelkaar% + {\nointerlineskip} + +\def\omlaag[#1]% + {\nointerlineskip% + \vskip#1 } + +%I n=Witruimte +%I c=\stelwitruimtein,\witruimte,\geenwitruimte +%I c=\startopelkaar,\startvanelkaar +%I c=\startregelcorrectie,\corrigeerwitruimte +%I +%I De afstand tussen paragrafen is in te stellen met: +%I +%I \stelwitruimtein[maat] +%I +%I In te vullen op de plaats van 'maat' (12pt, 1cm) of een +%I van de aanduidingen klein, middel of groot. Als niets +%I wordt meegegeven, dus alleen \stelwitruimtein, dan +%I wordt de ingestelde witruimte aangepast aan het formaat +%I letter. +%I +%I Voor elke lege regel in de ASCII-file voegt TEX de +%I ingestelde witruimte tussen. +%I +%I Het commando \witruimte dwingt witruimte af en het +%I commando \geenwitruimte maakt witruimte ongedaan. +%I +%I Behalve met de hier beschreven witruimte-commando's is de +%I witruimte tussen paragrafen te be‹nvloeden met behulp van +%I de elders beschreven blanko-commando's. +%P +%I Een stuk tekst kan zonder witruimte worden gezet door het +%I tussen de volgende commando's op te nemen: +%I +%I \startopelkaar +%I \stopopelkaar +%I +%I Waarbij een optioneel argument [blanko] mogelijk is. De +%I tegenhanger hiervan is: +%I +%I \startvanelkaar +%I \stopvanelkaar +%P +%I TeX handelt de interlinie van een (omlijnde) box of een +%I rule anders af dan van een regel tekst. In dergelijke +%I gevallen kan de volgende constructie worden gebruikt: +%I +%I \startregelcorrectie +%I \omlijnd{tekst} +%I \stopregelcorrectie + +\newskip\tussenwit +\tussenwit=\!!zeropoint + +\def\blankokleinmaat% + {\smallskipamount} + +\def\blankomiddelmaat% + {\medskipamount} + +\def\blankogrootmaat% + {\bigskipamount} + +\def\currentwitruimte% + {\!!zeropoint} + +\def\stelwitruimteopnieuwin% + {\expanded{\stelwitruimtein[\currentwitruimte]}} + +\def\dodostelwitruimtein[#1]% + {\processallactionsinset + [#1] + [\v!herstel=>\parskip=\tussenwit, + \v!regel=>\edef\currentwitruimte{#1}% + \tussenwit=\baselineskip + \parskip=\tussenwit, + \v!vast=>\tussenwit=1\tussenwit + \parskip=1\parskip, + \s!default=>\doifnot{\currentwitruimte}{\v!geen} + {\stelwitruimteopnieuwin}, + \s!unknown=>\edef\currentwitruimte{#1}% + \assigndimension{#1} + {\tussenwit}{\blankokleinmaat} + {\blankomiddelmaat}{\blankogrootmaat}% + \parskip=\tussenwit]} + +\def\dostelwitruimtein[#1]% + {\expanded{\dodostelwitruimtein[#1]}} + +\def\stelwitruimtein% + {\dosingleempty\dostelwitruimtein} + +\def\geenwitruimte% + {\ifdim\parskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\lastskip=-\parskip + \else + \vskip-\parskip + \fi + \fi} + +% deze variant is nodig binnen \startopelkaar +% steeds testen: +% +% \hoofdstuk{..} +% \plaatslijst[..] +% \hoofdstuk{..} +% \input tufte +% +% met/zonder witruimte + +\def\witruimte% + {\par + \ifdim\parskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + %\ifdim\lastskip>\parskip \else + % \removelastskip interferes with blanko blokkeer en klein + \vskip\parskip + %\fi + \fi} + + +\def\nonoblanko[#1]% + {\par} + +\def\noblanko% + {\dosingleempty\nonoblanko} + +% De onderstaande macro handelt ook de situatie dat er geen +% tekst tussen \start ... \stop is geplaatst. Daartoe wordt de +% laatste skip over de lege tekst heen gehaald. Dit komt goed +% van pas bij het plaatsen van (mogelijk lege) lijsten. + +\newif\ifopelkaar + +\def\noparskipsignal {0.00001pt} +\def\lastdoneparskip {0pt} + +\def\dostartopelkaar[#1]% + {\par + \ifvmode + \edef\lastdoneparskip{\the\lastskip}% + \ifdim\prevdepth=-1000pt % toegevoegd omdat binnen + \else % een vbox een extra skip + \witruimte % ongewenst is; dit kan + \vskip\noparskipsignal % waarschijnlijk ook in + \fi % blanko blokkeer + \bgroup + \doifelse{#1}{\v!blanko} + {\opelkaarfalse} + {\opelkaartrue}% + \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen] + \fi} + +\def\startopelkaar% + {\dosingleempty\dostartopelkaar} + +\def\stopopelkaar% + {\par +\ifvmode + \egroup + \ifdim\lastskip=\noparskipsignal\relax + \removelastskip + \geenwitruimte + \vskip-\lastdoneparskip + \vskip+\lastdoneparskip + \fi +\fi} + +\def\startvanelkaar% + {\blanko + \leavevmode + \bgroup} + +\def\stopvanelkaar% + {\egroup + \blanko} + +% De onderstaande macro's moeten nog eens nader worden uitgewerkt. +% Ze spelen een rol bij de spatiering rond omkaderde teksten +% en/of boxen zonder diepte. + +\def\toonregelcorrectie {\showbaselinecorrection} +\def\regelcorrectie {\baselinecorrection} +%\def\startregelcorrectie {\startbaselinecorrection} +%\def\stopregelcorrectie {\stopbaselinecorrection} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\startregelcorrectie + +% \prevdepth crosses pageboundaries! + +\let\dorondomregelcorrectie=\relax + +\def\complexstartregelcorrectie[#1]% + {\bgroup + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!blanko=>\let\dorondomregelcorrectie=\blanko, + \s!unknown=>{\def\dorondomregelcorrectie{\blanko[#1]}}, + \s!default=>\let\dorondomregelcorrectie=\relax]% + \dorondomregelcorrectie + \startbaselinecorrection} + +\def\stopregelcorrectie% + {\stopbaselinecorrection + \dorondomregelcorrectie + \egroup} + +\def\corrigeerwitruimte% + {\dowithnextbox + {\startbaselinecorrection + \box\nextbox + \stopbaselinecorrection}% + \vbox} + +%I n=Regelafstand +%I c=\stelinterliniein +%I +%I De regelafstand is in te stellen met het commando: +%I +%I \stelinterliniein[factor] +%I +%I Invulmogelijkheden voor 'factor' zijn: klein (1.00), +%I middel (1.25), groot (1.50) of een getal. OOk kan +%I aan of uit worden opgegeven. +%I +%I Als het commando zonder [factor] wordt gegeven, dan +%I worden de interlinie aangepast aan het formaat van het +%I actuele letterformaat. Een aan het formaat aangepaste +%I interlinie kan ook worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelinterliniein[reset,factor] +%I +%I In z'n eenvoudigste vorm \stelinterliniein wordt de +%I interlinie aangepast aan het formaat letter. + +\def\complexstelinterliniein[#1]% + {\processallactionsinset % \regelwit = dummy ! + [#1] + [ \v!aan=>\oninterlineskip, + \v!uit=>\offinterlineskip, + \v!reset=>\setfontparameters, + \s!unknown=>\assignvalue{#1}{\regelwit}{1.00}{1.25}{1.50}% + \spacing{\regelwit}]} + +\def\simplestelinterliniein% + {\setfontparameters} + +\definecomplexorsimple\stelinterliniein + +%I n=Blanko +%I c=\blanko,\geenblanko,\stelblankoin +%I c=\startregelcorrectie +%I +%I Behalve met de hier beschreven blanko-commando's is de +%I witruimte tussen paragrafen te be‹nvloeden met behulp van +%I de elders beschreven witruimte-commando's. +%I +%I Het commando +%I +%I \blanko[sprong] +%I +%I voegt witruimte tussen paragrafen toe. +%I +%I Mogelijke instellingen voor 'sprong' zijn: terug, klein, +%I middel, groot. Per blanko is elke combinatie van +%I instellingen toegestaan. Ook een veelvoud van een instelling +%I is mogelijk. Enkele voorbeelden: +%I +%I \blanko[terug,3*groot] +%I \blanko[klein,middel] +%P +%I Naast de genoemde instellingen zijn enkele bijzondere +%I instellingen mogelijk: +%I +%I wit tussenvoegen van \witruimte +%I geenwit terugspringen van \witruimte +%I blokkeer overslaan van de volgende \blanko +%I reset opheffen van \blanko[blokkeer] +%I forceer afdwingen van een blanko (bovenaan) +%I +%I Ook deze instellingen zijn in combinatie met andere te +%I gebruiken. Een voorbeeld: \blanko[forceer,wit,2*middel]. +%I +%I Het commando \blanko (zonder instelling) is gelijk aan +%I \blanko[groot]. +%I +%I Het commando \geenblanko maakt het commando \blanko +%I ongedaan. +%P +%I Met het commando's +%I +%I \stelblankoin[maat] +%I +%I is het mogelijk de spronggrootte in te stellen. De maat +%I kan worden opgegeven in getallen en eenheden (12pt, 1cm). +%I De standaard instellingen krijgt met met 'normaal', +%I regelafstanden met 'regel'. +%I +%I Het commando \stelblankoin (zonder argument) past de sprong +%I aan het formaat letter aan. +%P +%I Rond omlijnde tekst, of algemener: rond lijnen, wordt +%I geen witruimte gegenereerd. Wil men dit wel, dan dient men +%I de betreffende tekst te omringen met: +%I +%I \startregelcorrectie +%I \stopregelcorrectie + +% In earlier versions \type{\bigskipamount} was +% \type{\ht\strutbox} and the stretch was plus or minus +% \type{.4\dp\strutbox}. Don't ask me why. The most recent +% implementation is based on a user supplied distance, which +% is by default \type{.75\normalskipamount} where +% \type{\normalskipamount} equals the current baseline +% distance. + +\newif\ifblankoreset \blankoresetfalse +\newif\ifblankoblokkeer \blankoblokkeerfalse +\newif\ifblankogeenwit \blankogeenwitfalse +\newif\ifdoeblanko \doeblankofalse +\newif\ifblankoflexibel \blankoflexibeltrue +\newif\ifblankobuiten + +\newskip\blankoskip \blankoskip=\bigskipamount +\newskip\blankoskipamount + +\def\skipfactor {.75} +\def\skipgluefactor {.25} + +\def\normalskipamount% + {\openlineheight + \ifblankoflexibel + \!!plus\skipgluefactor\openlineheight + \!!minus\skipgluefactor\openlineheight + \fi + \relax} + +\def\regelafstand{\normalskipamount} + +\def\deblankoskip{\skipfactor\regelafstand} + +\def\laatsteblankoskip% + {\blankoskip} + +\def\geenblanko% + {\removelastskip} + +\def\dosingleblanko#1% + {\assigndimension{#1}{\blankoskipamount}% + {\smallskipamount}{\medskipamount}{\bigskipamount}% + \global\advance\blankoskip by \blankoskipamount} + +\def\doblanko#1% + {\processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!groot=>\dosingleblanko\v!groot, % happens often + \v!buiten=>\ifvmode\ifinner\blankobuitentrue\fi\fi, + \v!reset=>\global\blankoresettrue, + \v!terug=>\geenblanko, + \v!wit=>\global\advance\blankoskip by \parskip, + \v!formule=>\global\advance\blankoskip by \medskipamount, + \v!geenwit=>\global\blankogeenwittrue, + -\v!wit=>\global\advance\blankoskip by -\parskip, + \v!blokkeer=>\global\blankoblokkeertrue, + \v!forceer=>\endgraf\hrule \!!height \!!zeropoint\relax, + \v!regel=>\global\advance\blankoskip by \lineheight, + \s!unknown=>{\herhaalmetcommando[#1]\dosingleblanko}]} + +\def\oldprevdepth{\prevdepth}% +\def\newprevdepth{-1001pt} + +\def\mindimen{0.00002pt} + +\def\docomplexdoblanko[#1]% + {\global\blankoresetfalse + \global\blankoblokkeerfalse + \global\blankogeenwitfalse + \global\blankoskip=\!!zeropoint\relax + \blankobuitenfalse + \processcommalist[#1]\doblanko + \ifblankobuiten + \else + \par + \ifvmode + \ifblankoblokkeer + \global\doeblankofalse + \edef\oldprevdepth{\the\prevdepth}% + \prevdepth=\newprevdepth + \else + \global\doeblankotrue + \fi + \ifblankoreset + \global\doeblankotrue + \ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth + \prevdepth=\oldprevdepth + \fi + \fi + \ifdoeblanko + \ifdim\lastskip<\blankoskip\relax + % else when \blanko[2*groot] + \blanko[3*groot] with parskip + % equaling 1*groot, gives a groot=\parskip so adding a small + % value makes it distinguishable; can also be done at parskip + % setting time (better) + \global\advance\blankoskip by \mindimen\relax % = skip + % test this on 2* + 3* and parskip groot + \ifblankogeenwit + \global\advance\blankoskip by -\parskip + \else + \ifdim\lastskip=\parskip + \else % force this due to previous comment + \ifdim\parskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\blankoskip<\parskip\relax + \global\blankoskip=\!!zeropoint + \else + \global\advance\blankoskip by -\parskip + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \ifdim\prevdepth=\newprevdepth + \else + \removelastskip + \vskip\blankoskip + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} + +\def\complexdoblanko[#1]% + {\flushfootnotes + \ifopelkaar + \ifinpagebody + \expanded{\docomplexdoblanko[#1]}% \expanded=nieuw + \else + \par + \fi + \else + \expanded{\docomplexdoblanko[#1]}% \expanded = nieuw + \fi} + +\def\currentblanko% + {\v!groot} + +\def\simpledoblanko% + {\doifelse{\currentwitruimte}{\v!geen} + {\blanko[\currentblanko]} + {\blanko[\currentwitruimte]}} + +\def\blanko% + {\complexorsimple{doblanko}} + +\def\dostelblankoin#1% + {\bgroup + \skip0=#1\relax + \xdef\globalblanko{\the\skip0}% + \egroup + \bigskipamount=\globalblanko + \smallskipamount=\globalblanko + \medskipamount=\globalblanko + \divide\medskipamount by 2\relax + \divide\smallskipamount by 4\relax}% + +\def\complexstelblankoin[#1]% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!flexibel=>\blankoflexibeltrue, + \v!vast=>\blankoflexibelfalse]% + \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!flexibel=>\dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}, + \v!vast=>\dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}, + \v!regel=>\edef\deblankoskip{\regelafstand}% + \dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot, + \v!groot=>\def\currentblanko{\v!groot}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot, + \v!middel=>\def\currentblanko{\v!middel}% + \let\deblanko=\v!middel, + \v!klein=>\def\currentblanko{\v!klein}% + \let\deblanko=\v!klein, + \v!normaal=>\dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot, + \v!standaard=>\edef\deblankoskip{\skipfactor\regelafstand}% + \dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot, + \s!default=>\dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot, + \s!unknown=>\let\deblankoskip=\commalistelement + \dostelblankoin{\deblankoskip}% + \let\deblanko=\v!groot]% + \stelwitruimtein} + +\def\stelblankoin% + {\complexorsimpleempty{stelblankoin}} + +%I n=Inspringen +%I c=\inspringen,\nietinspringen,\welinspringen +%I c=\stelinspringenin +%I +%I Het inspringen van de eerste regel van een paragraaf +%I wordt ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \inspringen[parameter] +%I +%I waarbij als parameter kan worden meegegeven: +%I +%I niet de volgende paragraaf niet inspringen +%I nooit de volgende paragrafen niet inspringen +%I altijd de volgende paragrafen inspringen +%I +%I De mate van inspringen wordt ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelinspringenin[maat] +%I +%I waarbij maat staat voor een TeX-maat of het woord klein, +%I middel, groot of geen. + +\def\currentvoorwit{} + +\newdimen\voorwit + +\def\dostelinspringenin[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1}{\def\currentvoorwit{#1}}% + \assigndimension{\currentvoorwit}{\voorwit}{1em}{1.5em}{2em}% + \parindent=\voorwit\relax} + +\def\stelinspringenin% + {\dosingleempty\dostelinspringenin} + +\def\doinspringen[#1]% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!nee=>\parindent=\voorwit\relax\noindent, + \v!niet=>\parindent=\voorwit\relax\noindent, + \v!ja=>\parindent=\voorwit\relax, % geen \indent ! + \v!altijd=>\parindent=\voorwit\relax, % geen \indent ! + \v!nooit=>\parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax]} + +\def\inspringen% + {\dosingleargument\doinspringen} + +\def\nietinspringen{\inspringen[\v!nee]} +\def\welinspringen{\inspringen[\v!ja]} + +%I n=Verhogen,Verlagen +%I c=\laag,\hoog,\laho +%I +%I Met de volgende commando's kunnen letters en woorden +%I worden verhoogd en verlaagd. +%I +%I \laag{tekst} +%I \hoog{tekst} +%I \laho{lage tekst}{hoge tekst} + +\def\holatextfont{\tx} +\def\holamathfont{\the\scriptfont\fam} + +\def\dodohooglaag#1% + {\doifelsenothing{\fontsize} + {\ifnum\fam<0 \holatextfont\else\holamathfont\fi#1} + {\holatextfont#1}} + +\def\dohooglaag#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \ifdim\fontdimen5\textfont2=1ex + \dimen0=\fontdimen#1\textfont2 + \else + \dimen0=#2ex + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by #3\relax + \kern.1ex + \setbox0=\hbox{#4\dimen0\hbox{\dodohooglaag{#5}}}% + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \box0 + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\hoog% + {\dohooglaag{14}{.86}\!!zeropoint\raise} + +\unexpanded\def\laag% + {\dohooglaag{16}{.48}\!!zeropoint\lower} + +\unexpanded\def\laho#1#2% + {\hbox% + {\setbox4=\hbox{\dohooglaag{16}{.48}{.1ex}{\lower}{#1}}% + \setbox6=\hbox{\dohooglaag{14}{.86}{.1ex}{\raise}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd4<\wd6\relax + \wd4=\!!zeropoint\box4\box6\relax + \else + \wd6=\!!zeropoint\box6\box4\relax + \fi}} + +%I n=Kapitalen +%I c=\kap,\Kap,\KAP,\Kaps,\Woord,\Woorden,\opgerekt +%I +%I Kapitalen kunnen in een kleiner letterformaat worden +%I weergegeven met de commando's: +%I +%I \kap{tekst} +%I \Kap{tekst} +%I \KAP{tekst} +%I +%I Bij het eerste commando wordt de hele tekst in kapitalen +%I gezet, bij het tweede alleen de eerste letter en bij het +%I laatste commando de letters die worden voorafgegaan door +%I \\, bijvoorbeeld \KAP{\\Commissie \\Ziezo}. +%I +%I Als de tekst van het laatste commando uit woorden bestaat, +%I kan ook het volgende commando worden gebruikt: +%I +%I \Kaps{tekst tekst tekst} +%I +%I In dat geval zijn geen \\ nodig. +%P +%I Binnen \kap kan \nokap worden gebruikt om een kleine +%I letter af te dwingen: \kap{AM\nokap{v}B}. +%I +%I Een eerste letter(s) van een of meer woorden kunnen worden +%I omgezet in een hoofdletter met het commando +%I +%I \Woord{woord} +%I \Woorden{woord woord woord ...} +%I +%I Een heel woord kan in hoofdletters worden omgezet met: +%I +%I \WOORD{tekst} +%P +%I Woorden kunnen worden uitgerekt over de actuele breedte +%I met: +%I +%I \opgerekt{tekst} +%I +%I bijvoorbeeld: +%I +%I \hbox to 20em{\opgerekt{abcdef\\ghijk}} +%I +%I met \\ of {} wordt een spatie afgedwongen. + +%T n=kap +%T m=kap +%T a=k +%T +%T \kap{?} + +%I n=Afbreken +%I c=\stelkoppeltekenin +%I +%I Met streepjes (-, --, ---) verbonden worden alleen afgebroken +%I op de plaats van het streepje. Wil men kunnen afbreken op +%I andere plaatsen, dan moet men de volgende constructie +%I gebruiken: +%I +%I ditiseen|---|heellangwoord|--|hoeweleigenlijkis|-|heteenzin +%I +%I Het is ook mogelijk geen teken mee te geven: +%I +%I ditiseen||heellangwoord +%I +%I In dat geval wordt het ingestelde teken tussengevoegd. Het +%I teken kan worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelkoppeltekenin[teken=] +%I +%I Betekenisvolle waarden zijn: - en --, eventueel kan ~ +%I worden meegegeven. In dat geval wordt een \thinspace +%I geplaatst. +%P +%I Een |~| levert midden in de zin een spatie en aan het +%I eind van de zin een streepje, || is standaard equivalent +%I met |--|. +%I +%I Het koppelteken zelf kan worden opgeroepen met |=|, +%I bijvoorbeeld in alfa|=| en beta||deeltjes. Dit levert +%I dus alfa- en beta-deeltjes of alfa-- en beta--deeltjes. +%I Andere instellingen worden afgevangen. +%I +%I Ook ( en ) worden afgevangen. Hierbij wordt bij het +%I afbreken van voor(na) op de volgende regel (-na) +%I geplaatst. En wat te denken van |<| en |>|. + +% we use module supp-lan.tex + +\installdiscretionaries || \@@kpteken + +\newsignal\subsentencesignal +\newcounter\subsentencelevel +\def\subsentenceskip{.25em} + +\def\stelkoppeltekenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kp]} + +\def\beginofsubsentence% + {\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal \else + \unskip + \fi + \ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal + \unskip + \hskip\subsentenceskip + \else + \normalspace + \fi + \doglobal\increment\subsentencelevel + \ifnum\subsentencelevel=1 + \leaveoutervmode + \fi + \ifodd\subsentencelevel + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsentence}% + \else + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsubsentence}% + \fi + \ignorespaces} + +\def\beginofsubsentencespacing% + {\kern\subsentencesignal} + +\def\endofsubsentence% + {\ifodd\subsentencelevel + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsentence}% + \else + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsubsentence}% + \fi + \doglobal\decrement\subsentencelevel + \kern\subsentencesignal + \normalspace} + +\def\endofsubsentencespacing% + {\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal \else + \unskip + \fi + \ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal + \unskip + \hskip\subsentenceskip + \fi} + +\enableactivediscretionaries + +%I n=Positioneren +%I c=\startpositioneren,\stelpositionerenin +%I +%I Er kan (binnen zekere grenzen) gepositioneerd worden met +%I de commando's: +%I +%I \startpositioneren +%I \stoppositioneren +%I +%I met daartussen +%I +%I \positioneer(x,y){...} +%I +%I waarbij x en y alleen getallen worden ingevuld. Ongewenste +%I spaties moeten zonodig met worden voorkomen met een %-teken. +%P +%I Een en ander kan worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelpositionerenin[eenheid=,factor=,schaal=,xstap=, +%I ystap=,xoffset=,yoffset=,offset=] +%I +%I Standaard is de eenheid cm en de factor 1. Mogelijke +%I stapaanduidingen zijn 'absoluut' en 'relatief'. Deze +%I instellingen kunnen \resetpositioneren worden hersteld. +%I +%I Als men negatieve coordinaten (of een negatieve offset) +%I gebruikt, dan kan het soms wenselijk zijn het nulpunt te +%I laten samenvallen met de linkerbovenhoek van de omringende +%I box. In dat geval kan met offset=nee instellen. De negatieve +%I posities vallen in dat geval buiten de box. + +% Het gebruik van \skip's spaart \dimen's. + +\newskip\xpositie +\newskip\ypositie + +\newskip\xafmeting +\newskip\yafmeting + +\newskip\xoffset +\newskip\yoffset + +\newbox\positiebox + +\def\startpositioneren% + {\bgroup + \xpositie=\!!zeropoint + \ypositie=\!!zeropoint + \xafmeting=\!!zeropoint + \yafmeting=\!!zeropoint + \xoffset=\!!zeropoint + \yoffset=\!!zeropoint + \hfuzz=30cm + \vfuzz=30cm + \setbox\positiebox=\hbox\bgroup} + +\def\stoppositioneren% + {\doifnot{\@@psoffset}{\v!ja} + {\global\xoffset=\!!zeropoint + \global\yoffset=\!!zeropoint}% + \global\advance\xafmeting by \xoffset + \global\advance\yafmeting by \yoffset + \egroup + \vbox to \yafmeting + {\vskip\yoffset + \hbox to \xafmeting + {\hskip\xoffset + \box\positiebox + \hfill}% + \vfill}% + \egroup} + +\def\resetpositioneren% + {\getparameters[\??ps] + [\c!eenheid=\s!cm, + \c!factor=1, + \c!xfactor=\@@psfactor, + \c!yfactor=\@@psfactor, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!xschaal=\@@psschaal, + \c!yschaal=\@@psschaal, + \c!xstap=\v!absoluut, + \c!ystap=\v!absoluut, + \c!xoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!yoffset=\!!zeropoint]} + +\resetpositioneren + +\def\stelpositionerenin% + {\resetpositioneren% + \dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ps]}% + +\def\positioneer(#1,#2)#3% \nextbox + {\setbox0=\hbox{#3}% + \def\berekenpositioneren##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9% + {\skip0=##1\@@pseenheid\relax + \skip0=##8\skip0\relax + \skip0=##9\skip0\relax + \doifelse{##2}{\v!relatief}% + {\advance\skip0 by ##3\relax + \advance\skip0 by ##4\relax + \def##4{\!!zeropoint}}% + {\advance\skip0 by ##4\relax}% + ##3=\skip0\relax + \ifdim##3<-##7\relax + \global##7=-##3\relax + \fi + \skip2=##5\relax + \advance\skip2 by ##3\relax + \ifdim\skip2>##6\relax + \global##6=\skip2\relax + \fi}% + \berekenpositioneren{#1}{\@@psxstap}{\xpositie} + {\@@psxoffset}{\wd0}{\xafmeting}{\xoffset} + {\@@psxschaal}{\@@psxfactor}% + \skip4=\ht0 \advance\skip4 by \dp0 + \berekenpositioneren{#2}{\@@psystap}{\ypositie} + {\@@psyoffset}{\skip4}{\yafmeting}{\yoffset} + {\@@psyschaal}{\@@psyfactor}% + \vbox to \!!zeropoint + {\vskip\ypositie + \hbox to \!!zeropoint + {\hskip\xpositie + \box0 + \hskip-\xpositie}% + \vskip-\ypositie}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\dorooster[#1]% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??rt] + [\c!nx=10,\c!ny=10, + \c!dx=.5,\c!dy=.5, + \c!xstap=0,\c!ystap=0, + \c!eenheid=\s!cm, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!factor=1, + \c!offset=\v!ja, + #1]% + \startpositioneren + \dimen0=\@@rtdx\@@rteenheid + \dimen0=\@@rtschaal\dimen0 + \dimen0=\@@rtfactor\dimen0 + \multiply\dimen0 by \@@rtnx + \dimen2=\@@rtdy\@@rteenheid + \dimen2=\@@rtschaal\dimen2 + \dimen2=\@@rtfactor\dimen2 + \multiply\dimen2 by \@@rtny + \def\horline + {\vbox + {\hrule + \!!width \dimen0 + \!!height \lijndikte + \!!depth \!!zeropoint}}% + \def\verline% + {\vrule + \!!width \lijndikte + \!!height \dimen2 + \!!depth \!!zeropoint}% + \def\setlegend##1##2% + {\global\!!countc=0 + \dimen0=2em + \dimen2=##2\@@rteenheid + \dimen2=\@@rtschaal\dimen2 + \dimen2=\@@rtfactor\dimen2 + \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2 + \global\!!counte=\dimen0 + \ifnum\!!counte>50 + \global\!!counte=100 + \else\ifnum\!!counte>10 + \global\!!counte=50 + \else\ifnum\!!counte>5 + \global\!!counte=10 + \else\ifnum\!!counte>1 + \global\!!counte=5 + \else + \global\!!counte=1 + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \global\!!countd=0 + \def\legend% + {\ifnum\!!countd=0 + \vbox + {\hbox to 2em{\hss\the\!!countc\hss}}% + \global\!!countd=\!!counte + \fi + \global\advance\!!countd by -1 + \global\advance\!!countc by ##1}}% + \def\draw##1##2##3##4##5##6##7% + {\stelpositionerenin + [\c!xstap=\v!absoluut, + \c!ystap=\v!absoluut, + \c!eenheid=\@@rteenheid, + \c!schaal=\@@rtschaal, + \c!factor=\@@rtfactor, + \c!offset=\@@rtoffset, + \c!xoffset=##6, + \c!yoffset=##7]% + \positioneer(0,0){##1}% + \stelpositionerenin + [\c!xstap=\v!relatief, + \c!ystap=\v!relatief, + \c!schaal=\@@rtschaal, + \c!factor=\@@rtfactor, + \c!offset=\@@rtoffset, + \c!eenheid=\@@rteenheid]% + \dorecurse{##2}{\positioneer(##3,##4){##5}}}% + \draw{\verline}{\@@rtnx}{\@@rtdx}{0}{\verline}{\!!zeropoint}{\!!zeropoint}% + \draw{\horline}{\@@rtny}{0}{\@@rtdy}{\horline}{\!!zeropoint}{\!!zeropoint}% + \tfx + \doifnot{\@@rtxstap}{0} + {\setlegend{\@@rtxstap}{\@@rtdx}% + \draw{\legend}{\@@rtnx}{\@@rtdx}{0}{\legend}{-1em}{-1.5em}}% + \doifnot{\@@rtystap}{0} + {\setlegend{\@@rtystap}{\@@rtdy}% + \draw{\legend}{\@@rtny}{0}{\@@rtdy}{\legend}{-2em}{-.75ex}}% + \stoppositioneren + \egroup} + +\def\rooster% + {\dosingleempty\dorooster} + +%I n=Kolommen +%I c=\stelkolommenin,\startkolommen,\kolom +%I +%I Tekst kan in kolommen worden gezet. Het aantal kolommen +%I en het al dan niet opnemen van een vertikale lijn kan +%I worden ingesteld. +%I +%I \stelkolommenin[n=,lijn=,tolerantie=,afstand=, +%I balanceren=,uitlijnen=,hoogte=] +%I +%I Hierin staat n voor het aantal kolommen. Aan lijn +%I kan aan of uit worden toegekend. Aan voor en na kan +%I een commando worden toegekend, bijvoorbeeld ~~. +%I +%I Mogelijke waarden voor de tolerantie zijn: zeerstreng, +%I streng, soepel en zeersoepel. +%P +%I De in kolommen te zetten tekst moet worden opgenomen +%I tussen de commando's: +%I +%I \startkolommen +%I \stopkolommen +%I +%I Er wordt naar een nieuwe kolom gesprongen met: +%I +%I \kolom + +\newif\ifbinnenkolommen +\newif\if@@klbalanceren +\newif\if@@kluitlijnen + +\binnenkolommenfalse + +\def\stelkolommenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kl]} + +\def\linebetweencolumns% + {\bgroup + \startcolorpage + \ifdim\@@klafstand>\!!zeropoint + \dimen0=\@@klafstand + \else + \dimen0=\linewidth + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by -\linewidth + \hskip.5\dimen0 + \vrule + \!!width\linewidth + \ifb@selinebottom\!!depth\strutdepth\fi + \hskip.5\dimen0\relax + \stopcolorpage + \egroup} + +\def\spacebetweencolumns% + {\hskip\@@klafstand} + +\presetlocalframed[\??kl] + +\def\backgroundfinishcolumnbox% + {\dimen0=\@@kloffset + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@kllijndikte + \localframed + [\??kl] + [\c!offset=\dimen0, + \c!strut=\v!nee, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!uitlijnen=]} + +\def\backgroundsetcolumntextheight% + {\dimen0=-\@@kloffset + \multiply\dimen0 by 2 + \advance\dimen0 by \teksthoogte + \edef\columntextheight{\the\dimen0}} + +\def\backgroundsetcolumntextwidth% + {\dimen0=-\@@kloffset + \multiply\dimen0 by \nofcolumns + \multiply\dimen0 by 2 + \advance\dimen0 by \tekstbreedte + \edef\columntextwidth{\the\dimen0}} + +\def\complexstartkolommen[#1]% %% \startkolommen + {\bgroup + \let\stopkolommen=\egroup + \ifbinnenkolommen + \else + \stelkolommenin[#1]% + \ifnum\@@kln>1\relax + \witruimte + \begingroup + \doif{\@@kloptie}{\v!achtergrond} + {\let\finishcolumnbox = \backgroundfinishcolumnbox + \let\setcolumntextheight = \backgroundsetcolumntextheight + \let\setcolumntextwidth = \backgroundsetcolumntextwidth}% +% \doifelse{\@@kllijn}{\v!aan} +% {\let\betweencolumns=\linebetweencolumns} +% {\let\betweencolumns=\spacebetweencolumns}% + \processaction + [\@@kllijn] + [ \v!aan=>\let\betweencolumns=\linebetweencolumns, + \v!uit=>\let\betweencolumns=\spacebetweencolumns, + \s!default=>\let\betweencolumns=\spacebetweencolumns, + \s!unknown=>\let\betweencolumns=\@@kllijn]% + \doifelsenothing{\@@klhoogte} + {\heightencolumnsfalse} + {\heightencolumnstrue}% + \doifelse{\@@klbalanceren}{\v!ja} + {\balancecolumnstrue} + {\balancecolumnsfalse}% + \processaction % ook nog: laatsteuitlijnen + [\@@kluitlijnen] + [ \v!ja=>\stretchcolumnstrue + \inheritcolumnsfalse, + \v!nee=>\stretchcolumnsfalse + \inheritcolumnsfalse, + \v!tekst=>\stretchcolumnsfalse + \inheritcolumnstrue]% + \nofcolumns=\@@kln + \edef\fixedcolumnheight{\@@klhoogte}% + \steltolerantiein[\@@kltolerantie]% %% \startkolommen + \stelblankoin[\@@klblanko]% + \ifdim\tussenwit>\!!zeropoint + \stelwitruimtein[\@@klblanko]% + \fi + \def\stopkolommen% + {\endmulticolumns + \global\binnenkolommenfalse + \endgroup + \egroup}% + \global\binnenkolommentrue + \beginmulticolumns + \fi + \fi} + +\def\startkolommen% + {\complexorsimpleempty{startkolommen}} + +\def\kolom% + {\ifbinnenkolommen + \ejectcolumn + \fi} + +%I n=Kader +%I c=\toonkader,\tooninstellingen,\toonlayout +%I +%I Met behulp van de drie commando's: +%I +%I \toonkader +%I \tooninstellingen +%I +%I kan de zetspiegel zichtbaar worden gemaakt, of eventueel +%I met: +%I +%I \toonkader [rand,tekst,marge] +%I +%I Het commando: +%I +%I \toonlayout +%I +%I genereert enkele (linker en rechter) pagina's. + +\def\complextoonkader[#1]% + {\stelachtergrondenin + [\v!hoofd,\v!tekst,\v!voet] + [#1] + [\c!achtergrond=, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!kaderoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!kaderdiepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!kaderkleur=] + \let\pageseparation=\!!zeropoint} + +\def\simpletoonkader% + {\complextoonkader + [\v!linkerrand,\v!linkermarge, + \v!tekst, + \v!rechtermarge,\v!rechterrand]} + +\definecomplexorsimple\toonkader + +\def\tooninstelling#1#2% + {\hbox + {\doifelse{#2}{\??ly} + {\dimen0=\getvalue{#2#1}} + {\dimen0=#2}% + \hbox to 9em{\strut#1\hfill}% + \hbox to 5em{\hfill\PtToCm{\the\dimen0}}% + \hbox to 6em{\hfill\the\dimen0}% + \doifnot{#2}{\??ly} + {\hskip 1em{\tttf\string#2}}}% + \par} + +\def\tooninstellingen% % engels maken + {\noindent + \vbox + {\forgetall + \mindermeldingen + \tooninstelling{papierhoogte}\papierhoogte + \tooninstelling{papierbreedte}\papierbreedte + \tooninstelling{printpapierhoogte}\printpapierhoogte + \tooninstelling{printpapierbreedte}\printpapierbreedte + \tooninstelling{kopwit}\kopwit + \tooninstelling{rugwit}\rugwit + \tooninstelling{hoogte}\zethoogte + \tooninstelling{breedte}\zetbreedte + \tooninstelling{teksthoogte}\teksthoogte + \tooninstelling{tekstbreedte}\tekstbreedte + \tooninstelling{bovenafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{hoofd}\hoofdhoogte + \tooninstelling{hoofdafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{boven}\bovenhoogte + \tooninstelling{voetafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{voet}\voethoogte + \tooninstelling{onderafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{onder}\onderhoogte + \tooninstelling{linkerrand}\linkerrandbreedte + \tooninstelling{linkerrandafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{linkermarge}\linkermargebreedte + \tooninstelling{linkermargeafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{rechtermargeafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{rechtermarge}\rechtermargebreedte + \tooninstelling{rechterrandafstand}\??ly + \tooninstelling{rechterrand}\rechterrandbreedte}} + +\def\toonlayout + {\bgroup + \pagina + \toonkader + \stellayoutin[\c!markering=\v!aan] + \herhaal[4*\tooninstellingen\pagina] + \egroup} + +% - meerdere niveaus (moet niet moeilijk zijn) +% - instellingen in macro + +%I n=Opsomming +%I c=\startopsomming,\som,\sub,\kop,\sym,\mar,\but +%I c=\stelopsommingin +%I +%I Opsommingen kunnen tot op vier niveaus automatisch worden +%I aangemaakt met het commando: +%I +%I \startopsomming[aanduiding][instellingen] +%I +%I \som ........ +%I \som ........ +%I \som[referentie] ........ +%I \som ........ +%I +%I \stopopsomming +%I +%I Eventueel kan direct achter \som een [referentie] worden +%I opgegeven, zodat men bijvoorbeeld kan verwijzen naar +%I 'punt \in[referentie]' (hier punt 3). +%P +%I De volgende genummerde aanduidingen zijn mogelijk: +%I +%I wijze van 'nummeren' instelling +%I +%I 1, 2, 3, 4 n (normaal) / o (oldstyle) +%I a, b, c, d a +%I A, B, C, D A (normaal) / KA (kap) +%I i, ii, iii, iv r +%I I, II, III, IV R (normaal) / KR (kap) +%I +%I doornummeren verder +%P +%I De volgende niet-genummerde aanduidingen zijn mogelijk +%I (de aanduiding kan eventueel achterwege blijven): +%I +%I wijze van 'markeren' instelling +%I +%I dot 1 +%I streepje 2 +%I sterretje 3 +%I driehoekje 4 +%I bolletje 5 +%I groter bolletje 6 +%I nog groter bolletje 7 +%I +%I alleen inspringen leeg laten +%P +%I Het al dan niet inspringen en de eventuele ruimte tussen +%I de onderdelen wordt globaal of lokaal ingesteld met de +%I commando's: +%I +%I \stelopsommingin[niveau][instelling] +%I +%I waarbij de volgende instellingen mogelijk zijn: +%I +%I standaard standaard instellingen +%I opelkaar geen witruimte tussen onderdelen +%I aanelkaar weinig witruimte na het symbool +%I aansluitend geen wit voor en na de opsomming +%I ruim meer witruimte na het symbool (n*ruim) +%I inmarge markering in de kantlijn +%I opmarge markering op de 'kantlijn' +%I afsluiter afsluiter achter markering +%I kolommen in twee kolommen zetten +%I intro aansluiten op vorige regel(s) +%P +%I In plaats van een cijfer bij niveau kan ook het woord +%I 'elk' worden gegeven. De instellingen mogen ook direkt +%I achter de aanduiding worden meegegeven: [1,opelkaar]. +%I +%I Als alternatief voor \som is \kop beschikbaar. In dat geval +%I wordt de eerste alinea (of een eerste woord) afwijkend gezet. +%I +%I Met \sym{symbool} kan een eigen symbool worden geplaatst. +%I Als dit symbool breed is (bijvoorbeeld ++), kan men de +%I breedte aanpassen, bijvoorbeeld: \startopsomming[2*ruim]. +%I +%I Een ander alternatief is \mar{tekst}. De tekst wordt in +%I dat geval in de marge geplaatst. +%I +%I Een leeg item (dus zonder aanduiding) kan worden +%I opgeroepen met \nop. Op deze manier kunnen opsommingen in +%I kolommen worden uitgelijnd (gemanipuleerd). Het commando +%I \nop komt overeen met \sym{\strut} \strut. +%P +%I Met \som[aanduiding] (zonder \start... \stop...) kan snel een +%I opsomming met ‚‚n item worden gezet. In dat geval wordt er +%I geen referentie aangemaakt. +%I +%I Als men een item tussenvoegt maar (vooralsnog) de nummering +%I niet wil verhogen, dan kan men \sub gebruiken. Het oude nummer +%I wordt dan in het zetwerk voorafgegaan door een +. +%I +%I Interactieve items kunnen worden gemaakt met \but, waarbij +%I de bestemming tussen [] moet worden meegegeven. +%P +%I Een nauwkeuriger (globale) instelling is eveneens mogelijk met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \stelopsommingin[niveau][breedte=,voor=,tussen=,na=, +%I kopvoor=,kopna=,kopletter=,marletter=,symlettter=, +%I afsluiter=,n=,factor=,afstand=] +%I +%I Standaard gelden voor de letters de volgende instellingen: +%I +%I kopletter normaal +%I marletter type +%I symletter vet +%I +%I De commando's \sym{symbool} en \som zijn ook buiten +%I opsommingen beschikbaar. + +%T n=opsomming +%T m=ops +%T a=o +%T +%T \startopsomming +%T +%T \som ? +%T +%T \stopopsomming + +%T n=som +%T m=som +%T a=s +%T +%T \som ? + +% +% NOG [0] voor start op 0 +% + +\newif\ifsomkolommen \somkolommenfalse +\newif\ifsubsom \subsomfalse +\newif\ifsymsom \symsomfalse +\newif\ifkopsom \kopsomfalse +\newif\ifsomintro \somintrofalse +\newif\ifsomautointro \somautointrofalse +\newif\ifpackeditems \packeditemsfalse +\newif\iffirstlist \firstlistfalse + +\definetwopasslist{\s!list} + +\newcounter\noflists +\newcounter\itemlevel + +\def\dolistreference% + {\immediate\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!list}% + {\currentlist}% + {\currentlist:\noflistelements}}} + +\def\setnextitemlevel#1% + {\doifundefined{\??op#1\c!breedte} + {\edef\itemreferences{\itemreferences,#1}% + \copyparameters + [\??op#1][\??oo] + [\c!breedte,\c!factor,\c!afstand, + \c!marletter,\c!symletter,\c!kopletter, + \c!markleur,\c!symkleur,\c!kopkleur, + \c!kopvoor,\c!kopna,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, + \c!afsluiter,\c!plaatsafsluiter, + \c!n,\c!binnen,\c!symbool,\c!marge]% + \makecounter{\s!itemcount#1}% + \setvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global#1}{#1}}} + +\def\maxitemlevel{0} +\def\itemreferences{0} + +\def\dostelopsommingenin[#1]% % still undocumented + {\getparameters[\??oo][\c!niveaus=4,#1]% + \ifnum\@@ooniveaus>\maxitemlevel + \edef\maxitemlevel{\@@ooniveaus}% + \herhaal[\maxitemlevel*\setnextitemlevel{\herhaler}]% + \fi} + +\def\stelopsommingenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelopsommingenin} + +\def\doitemreference#1,#2,#3\\% + {\ifnum\itemlevel>#1 + \ifnum#1>0 + \tempsymbool + \fi + \getvalue{\??op\c!symbool#2}% + \doitemreference#2,#3\\% + \fi} + +\def\itemreference% + {\expandafter\doitemreference\itemreferences,,\\} + +\def\itemuse#1% + {\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel#1}}% + +\def\packitems% + {\ifnum\itemlevel=0 \else\packeditemstrue\fi} + +\def\dostelopsomminginvariable[#1][#2]% niveau instellingen + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\getparameters[\??op\itemlevel][#2]}% + {\getparameters[\??op#1][#2]}} + +\def\dododostelopsomminginconstant[#1][#2#3]% + {\processaction + [#2#3] + [ \v!opelkaar=>\packitems, + \v!intro=>\somintrotrue, + \v!autointro=>\somautointrotrue, + \v!ruim=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!factor=1]}, + #2*\v!ruim=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!factor=#2]}, + \v!marge=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!breedte=-2em]}, % signal + \v!inmarge=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!breedte=-2em]}, % signal + \v!opmarge=>\doifnot{#1}{1}{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!breedte=0em]}, % signal + \v!kolommen=>\packitems, + \v!aansluitend=>{\getparameters[\??op#1] + [\c!kopvoor=,\c!kopna=, + \c!voor=,\c!tussen=,\c!na=]% + \packitems}, + \v!aanelkaar=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!factor=-1]}, + #2*\v!aanelkaar=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!factor=-#2]}, + \v!afsluiter=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!plaatsafsluiter=\v!ja]}, + \v!standaard=>{\getparameters[\??op#1] + [\c!breedte=1.5em, + \c!factor=0, + \c!afstand=.5em, + \c!kopvoor=, + \c!kopna=\blanko, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!binnen=]}]} + +\def\dostelopsomminginconstant[#1][#2]% + {\def\dodostelopsomminginconstant##1% + {\dododostelopsomminginconstant[#1][##1]}% + \processcommalist[#2]\dodostelopsomminginconstant} + +\def\dodododostelopsommingin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\dostelopsomminginvariable[#1][#2]} + {\setvalue{\??op#1}{\dostelopsomminginconstant[#1][#2]}}}% + +\def\dododostelopsommingin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#2}{} + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!elk} + {\herhaal[\maxitemlevel*{\ExpandFirstAfter\dodododostelopsommingin[\herhaler][#2]}]} + {\ExpandFirstAfter\dodododostelopsommingin[#1][#2]}}} + +\def\dodostelopsommingin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#2}{} + {\ifnum\itemlevel=0\relax + \dododostelopsommingin[\v!elk][#1]% + \else + \dododostelopsommingin[\itemlevel][#1]% + \fi} + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\dododostelopsommingin[\itemlevel][#2]} + {\dododostelopsommingin[#1][#2]}}} + +\def\dostelopsommingin[#1][#2][#3]% + {\dodostelopsommingin[#1][#2]% + \ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#3}{} % anders wordt #2 overruled + {\dodostelopsommingin[#1][#3]}} + +\def\stelopsommingin% + {\dotripleempty\dostelopsommingin} + +\def\doadvanceitem% + {\ifsubsom\else\ifsymsom\else + \pluscounter{\s!itemcount\itemlevel}% + \fi\fi} + +\def\setitemlevel#1% + {\ifnum\itemlevel>0\relax + \firstlisttrue + \doifnotinset{\v!verder}{#1} + {\resetcounter{\s!itemcount\itemlevel}}% + \def\tempnumber% + {\countervalue{\s!itemcount\itemlevel}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!plaatsafsluiter}{\v!ja} + {\def\tempsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!afsluiter}}} + {\def\tempsymbool{}}% + \fi} + +\def\setitemmark#1% % maakt gebruik van \??ss en \??cv + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ss#1} % en pas op: resets \docommando + {\setxvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}% + {#1}% + \setgvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}% + {?}% + \def\listitem% + {\symbol[#1]}% + \def\docommando##1{}} + {\doifdefined{\??cv#1} + {\setxvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}% + {#1}% + \setgvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}% + {\convertnumber{#1}{\countervalue{\s!itemcount\itemlevel}}}% + \def\listitem% + {\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}\tempsymbool}% + \def\docommando##1{}}}} + +\def\calculatelistwidth#1#2% + {#2=\getvalue{\??op#1\c!afstand}\relax + \multiply#2 by \getvalue{\??op#1\c!factor}\relax + \advance#2 by \getvalue{\??op#1\c!breedte}\relax} + +\def\dodostartopsomming[#1][#2]% + {\ifhmode + \par + \fi + \ifnum\itemlevel=\maxitemlevel\relax + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{9}{\maxitemlevel}% + \def\itemincrement{0}% + \else + \def\itemincrement{1}% + \fi + \doglobal\increment(\itemlevel,\itemincrement)% + \begingroup + \ifnum\itemlevel=1 % NIEUW + \doifelsevalue{\??op1\c!marge}{\v!standaard} + {\ifdim\voorwit=\!!zeropoint + \advance\leftskip by \@@sllinks + \else + \advance\leftskip by \voorwit + \fi} + {\advance\leftskip by \getvalue{\??op1\c!marge}}% + \fi + \doifinset{\v!kolommen}{#1}% + {\ifbinnenkolommen\else + \global\somkolommentrue + \getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!voor}% + \processfirstactioninset + [#1] + [ \v!een=>\!!counta=1\relax, + \v!twee=>\!!counta=2\relax, + \v!drie=>\!!counta=3\relax, + \v!vier=>\!!counta=4\relax, + \v!vijf=>\!!counta=5\relax, + \s!unknown=>\@EA\!!counta\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!n}]% + \startkolommen + [\c!n=\!!counta, + \c!hoogte=, + \c!lijn=\v!uit, + \c!balanceren=\v!ja, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee]% + \fi}% + \doifinsetelse{\v!intro}{#1} + {\somintrotrue} + {\somintrofalse}% + \doglobal\increment\noflists + \let\currentlist=\noflists + \newcounter\noflistelements + \kopsomfalse + \subsomfalse + \symsomfalse + \let\marsymbol=\relax + \let\somdestination=\empty + \def\symsymbol{}% + \def\som% + {\dosom}% + \def\but[##1]% + {\def\somdestination{##1}% + \dosom}% + \def\nop% + {\sym{\strut}\strut}% + \definecomplexorsimple\its + \setvalue{\v!mar}##1% + {\def\marsymbol% + {\llap + {\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel\v!mar}{##1}% + \hskip\leftskip\hskip\linkermargeafstand}}% + \dosom}% + \setvalue{\v!kop}% + {\kopsomtrue\dokop}% + \setvalue{\v!sub}% + {\subsomtrue\dosom}% + \setvalue{\v!sym}##1% + {\def\symsymbol% + {\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel\v!sym}{##1}}% + \symsomtrue + \dosom}% + \setvalue{\v!its}% + {\getvalue{\v!sym}% + {\calculatelistwidth{\itemlevel}{\dimen0}% + \hbox to \dimen0 + {\dorecurse{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!items}}{\listitem\hss}% + \unskip + \hskip\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!afstand}}}}% + \setitemlevel{#1}% + \getvalue{\??op\itemlevel}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} % iffirstargument + {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!symbool}}% + \setgvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}{}% + \setgvalue{\??op\v!verder\itemlevel}{}% + \setitemmark{\@@opsymbool}% + \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]} + {\dostelopsomminginconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% + \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]% + \doifinsetelse{\v!verder}{#1}% + {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}}% + \getvalue{\??op\v!verder\itemlevel}} + {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!symbool}}% + \setgvalue{\??op\v!verder\itemlevel}% + {\dostelopsomminginconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% + \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]}}% + \def\docommando{\setitemmark}% \setitemmark resets \docommando + \processcommalist[#1,\@@opsymbool]\docommando}% + \ifsomautointro\ifnum\prevgraf<3 + \somintrotrue + \fi\fi + \ifpackeditems + \doassign[\??op\itemlevel][\c!tussen=]% + \fi + \calculatelistwidth{\itemlevel}{\dimen0}% + \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax + \advance\leftskip by \dimen0\relax + \fi} + +\def\dostartopsomming[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \dodostartopsomming[#1][#2]% + \else + \doifassignmentelse{#1} + {\dodostartopsomming[][#1]} + {\dodostartopsomming[#1][]}% + \fi} + +\def\startopsomming% + {\bgroup + \dodoubleempty\dostartopsomming} + +\def\stopopsomming% + {\par + \dolistreference + \endgroup + \ifsomkolommen + \global\somkolommenfalse + \stopkolommen + \getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!na}% + \else + \ifnum\itemlevel=1\relax + \dosomebreak\allowbreak % toegevoegd + \getvalue{\??op1\c!na}% + \fi + \fi + \endgroup + \doglobal\decrement(\itemlevel,\itemincrement)% + \egroup} + +\def\sombreak% + {\flushfootnotes\penalty-5\relax} % -10 + +\def\somnobreak% + {\flushfootnotes\penalty+5\relax} % \nobreak + +\def\dolistitem% + {\par + \ignorespaces + \increment\noflistelements + \ifnum\noflistelements=1\relax % als gevolg van nesting + \findtwopassdata{\s!list}{\noflists:}% % van wordt soms de volgorde + \fi % verstoord, vandaar \find + \ifsomkolommen\else + \iftwopassdatafound + \ifnum\twopassdata=3\relax + \ifnum\noflistelements>1\relax + \dosomebreak\somnobreak + \fi + \else\ifnum\twopassdata>3\relax + \ifnum\noflistelements=2\relax + \ifsomkolommen\else + \ifsomintro + \dosomebreak\nobreak + \else + \dosomebreak\somnobreak + \fi + \fi + \else\ifnum\twopassdata=\noflistelements\relax + \dosomebreak\somnobreak + \else\ifnum\noflistelements>2\relax + \dosomebreak\sombreak + \else + \ifsomintro\else\dosomebreak\sombreak\fi + \fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi + \fi + \fi + \noindent + \ifkopsom + \setbox8=\hbox{\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel\v!kop}{\listitem}}% + \else\ifsymsom + \setbox8=\hbox{\symsymbol}% + \else + \setbox8=\hbox{\listitem}% + \fi\fi + \doifsomething{\somdestination} + {\setbox8=\hbox{\naar{\copy8}[\somdestination]}}% + \dimen2=\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!breedte}\relax + \ifdim\dimen2<\!!zeropoint\relax + \llap{\ifsubsom\llap{+}\fi\box8\hskip\linkermargeafstand}% + \else + \ifdim\dimen2=\!!zeropoint\relax + \calculatelistwidth{1}{\dimen0}% + \else + \calculatelistwidth{\itemlevel}{\dimen0}% + \fi + \llap{\hbox to \dimen0{\ifsubsom\llap{+}\fi\box8\hfill}}% + \fi + \setevalue{\??op\c!symbool\itemlevel}% + {\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}}% + \kopsomfalse + \subsomfalse + \symsomfalse + \EveryPar{\ignorespaces}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\complexdosom[#1]% + {\par + \ignorespaces + \doadvanceitem + \ifsomkolommen\else + \ifnum\noflistelements>0\relax\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi + \fi + \iffirstlist + \firstlistfalse + \begingroup + \ifcase\itemlevel + \or % 1 + \ifsomkolommen\else + \ifsomintro\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi + \getvalue{\??op1\c!voor}% + \ifsomintro\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi + \fi + \else % 2 en hoger + \let\previtemlevel=\itemlevel + \decrement\previtemlevel + \getvalue{\??op\previtemlevel\c!tussen}% = itemlevel-1 + \fi + \else + \itemuse{\c!tussen}% + \fi + \ignorespaces + \dolistitem + \ifpackeditems + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \fi + \itemuse{\c!binnen}% + \marsymbol + \let\marsymbol=\relax + \doifsomething{#1} + {\bgroup + \protectconversion + \rawreference{\s!lst}{#1}{\itemreference}% + \egroup}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\complexsom[#1]#2\par% + {\startopsomming[#1] + \complexdosom[]\ignorespaces#2\par + \stopopsomming} + +\def\som% + {\complexorsimpleempty{som}} + +\def\dosom% + {\complexorsimpleempty{dosom}} + +\def\complexdokop[#1]#2\par% + {\ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopvoor}\fi% + \dosomebreak{\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}% geen \goodbreak ! \allowbreak testen + \complexdosom[#1]{\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel\v!kop}{\ignorespaces#2}}\par% + \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopna}\fi% + \dosomebreak\nobreak} + +\def\complexkop[#1]#2\par#3\par% + {\startopsomming[#1]% + \complexdokop[]\ignorespaces#2\par#3\par% + \stopopsomming} + +\setvalue{\v!kop}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{kop}} + +\def\dokop% + {\complexorsimpleempty{dokop}} + +\def\sym#1% + {\noindent + \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd0<1em\relax + \setbox0=\hbox to 1.5em{#1\hfil}% + \else + \setbox0=\hbox spread 1em{#1\hfil}% + \fi + \hangindent=\wd0\relax + \box0 + \ignorespaces} + +%I n=Doordefinieren +%I c=\doordefinieren,\steldoordefinierenin +%I +%I Er kunnen (eenvoudige) definitie-lijsten worden +%I gemaakt met behulp van het commando: +%I +%I \doordefinieren[naam][plaats=,breedte=,uitlijnen=, +%I monster=,letter=,kopletter=,voor=,tussen=,na=,hang=, +%I inspringen=,tekst=] +%I +%I Een definitie is vervolgens op naam op te roepen: +%I +%I \naam{begrip} definitie +%P +%I Een definitie heeft de vorm: +%I +%I links Dit is een linker tekst. Een tekst wordt +%I links geplaatst als 'links' wordt meegegeven. +%I +%I Dit is een rechter tekst. Een tekst wordt rechts +%I rechts geplaatst als 'rechts' wordt meegegeven. +%I +%I boven +%I +%I Dit is een tekst waarbij het woord erboven staat. Voor +%I dit soort teksten wordt 'boven' meegegeven. +%I +%I Tot slot is het mogelijk de tekst in de marge of +%I aansluitend te plaatsen, in dat geval wordt 'inmarge', +%I 'inlinker', 'inrechter' of 'aanelkaar' meegegeven. +%P +%I Aan 'voor', 'tussen' of 'na' kan een commando worden +%I toegekend, bijvoorbeeld \blanko[groot]. Als letter kan +%I normaal, vet, kapitaal, type, schuin, klein en kleinvet +%I worden meegegeven. +%I +%I Als 'breedte' kan een maat worden meegegeven of een van de +%I instellingen 'passend' en 'ruim'. In dat geval wordt de +%I aan 'monster' toegekende tekst als uitgangspunt genomen. +%P +%I Met 'hang' kan men aangeven hoe lang er links of rechts +%I moet worden ingesprongen. Er kan een aantal regels worden +%I meegegeven maar ook 'passend' of 'ruim'. Een overgang naar +%I een nieuwe regel binnen een linker- of rechtertekst wordt +%I afgedwongen met \\ (vergelijk \margeteksten). +%I +%I Defaultwaarden kunnen worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \steldoordefinierenin[instellingen] +%I +%I Het tussentijds bijstellen van de instellingen is mogelijk +%I met: +%I +%I \steldoordefinieren[naam][instellingen] + +% Dit kan en moet dus anders: +% +% \start... : \vbox\bgroup +% \stop... : \egroup +% llap enz. +% geen indent! +% +% enz. enz. +% +% Op die manier is meer mogelijk en worden \par's geskipt. + +% De macro's \??dd#1\c!lokaal en \??dd#1\c!commando leveren +% de koppeling tussen \doornummeren en \doordefinieren. Deze +% constructie is nodig omdat doornummeren geen argument +% heeft en omdat subnummers niet worden genest binnen +% het hogere niveau. Het commando \??dd#1\s!do\c!commando +% moet in dat geval \v!ja zijn. + +% herimplementeren met \nextbox en \unhbox\unvbox + +\newbox\@@definitiebox + +\setvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord\v!links}#1% + {\hbox to \!!widtha{#1\hss}} +\setvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord\v!rechts}#1% + {\hbox to \!!widtha{\hss#1}} +\setvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord\v!midden}#1% + {\hbox to \!!widtha{\hss#1\hss}} +\setvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord}#1% + {#1} + +\def\@@definitiewoord#1% + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}{#1}} + +\def\normal@@definitiewoord#1[#2]#3% + {\bgroup + \getvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!uitlijnen}} + {\doattributes{\??dd#1\v!kop}{\strut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}#3}}% + \rawreference{\s!def}{#2}{#3}% + \egroup} + +\def\@@definitielinks#1[#2]#3% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!hang} + {\@@definitielinkspure{#1}[#2]{#3}} + {\@@definitielinkshang{#1}[#2]{#3}}} + +\def\@@definitierechts#1[#2]#3% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!hang} + {\@@definitierechtspure{#1}[#2]{#3}} + {\@@definitierechtshang{#1}[#2]{#3}}} + +\def\@@definitielinkspure#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \advance\leftskip by \!!widtha + \llap + {\hbox to \!!widtha{\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \hss}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitierechtspure#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \advance\rightskip by \!!widtha + \rlap + {\hskip\hsize + \hskip-\leftskip + \hskip-\rightskip + \hbox to \!!widtha{\hss\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@makedefinitiebox#1[#2]#3#4% + {\setbox\@@definitiebox=\vtop % \vbox gaat fout in hang + {\forgetall + \hsize\!!widtha + #4% + \def\\{\endgraf}% + \@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{\begstrut#3\endstrut}}% + \ht\@@definitiebox=\ht\strutbox + \dp\@@definitiebox=\dp\strutbox + \doifinsetelse{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!hang}}{\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\dimen0=\ht\@@definitiebox + \advance\dimen0 by \dp\@@definitiebox + \doifvalue{\??dd#1\c!hang}{\v!ruim} + {\advance\dimen0 by .5\ht\strutbox}% + \getnoflines{\dimen0}% + \hangafter=-\noflines} + {\hangafter=-\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!hang}}}% + +\def\@@definitielinkshang#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \mindermeldingen + \hangindent=\!!widtha\relax + \@@makedefinitiebox{#1}[#2]{#3}{}% + \llap + {\dontshowcomposition + \vtop to \!!zeropoint{\box\@@definitiebox}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}}% + +\def\@@definitierechtshang#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \mindermeldingen + \hangindent=-\!!widtha\relax + \@@makedefinitiebox{#1}[#2]{#3}{\raggedleft}% + \rlap + {\dontshowcomposition + \dimen0=\hsize + \advance\dimen0 by -\leftskip + \advance\dimen0 by -\rightskip + \hbox to \dimen0 + {\hss + \vtop to \!!zeropoint{\box\@@definitiebox}}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieboven#1[#2]#3% + {%\pagina[\v!voorkeur]% % Weg ermee! + \dosomebreak{\goodbreak}% % Dit is beter en nodig! + \@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \nobreak + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tussen}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieinmarge#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \inmarge{\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieinlinker#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \inlinker{\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieinrechter#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \inrechter{\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}}% + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieaanelkaarpassend#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \tfskip % nog afstand implementeren + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieaanelkaarbreed#1[#2]#3% + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}{#3}% + \ignorespaces + \hbox to \!!widtha + {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \tfskip + \hss}% % nog afstand implementeren + \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + +\def\@@definitieaanelkaar#1[#2]#3% + {\doifinsetelse{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!breedte}}{\v!passend,\v!ruim}% + {\@@definitieaanelkaarpassend{#1}[#2]{#3}}% + {\@@definitieaanelkaarbreed{#1}[#2]{#3}}} + +\def\@@dostartdefinitie#1#2% + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!voor}% + \begingroup + %\showcomposition + \assignwidth + {\!!widtha} + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!breedte}} + {\doattributes + {\??dd#1\v!kop} + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}% + \doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!monster} + {#2} + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!monster}}}}% + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!lokaal}% + \parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax + \noindent + \ignorespaces} + +\def\@@stopdefinitie#1% + {\par + \dostopattributes + \endgroup + \egroup % temporary hack + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!na}% + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]} % toegevoegd maar heroverwegen + +\def\@@dodefinitie#1% + {\dostartattributes + {\??dd#1} + {}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\@@somedefinitie#1[#2]#3% + {\bgroup % temporary hack + \BeforePar{\getvalue{\??dd#1}[#2]{#3}}% + \AfterPar{\@@stopdefinitie{#1}}% + \GetPar} + +\def\@@startdefinitie#1[#2]#3% + {\bgroup % temporary hack + \BeforePar{\getvalue{\??dd#1}[#2]{#3}}% + \GotoPar} + +\def\dodosteldoordefinierenin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??dd#1][#2]} + +\def\dosteldoordefinierenin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#2}{} + {\dodosteldoordefinierenin[][#1]} + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodosteldoordefinierenin[#1][#2]}} + +\def\steldoordefinierenin% + {\dodoubleempty\dosteldoordefinierenin} + +% kan zonder \interfaced wanneer \setvalue{...\v!...} + +\def\executedoordefinitie#1[#2]% + {\ExpandAfter\doifundefined{@@definitie\interfaced{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}}} + {\setvalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!links}}% + \getvalue{@@definitie\interfaced{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}}}{#1}[#2]} + +\def\dodoordefinieren[#1][#2]% + {\copyparameters[\??dd#1][\??dd] + [\c!plaats,\c!kopletter,\c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!kopkleur, + \c!breedte,\c!hang,\c!monster,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, + \c!uitlijnen,\c!inspringen,\c!tekst]% + \getparameters[\??dd#1] + [\s!do\c!commando=\v!nee, + \c!commando=\normal@@definitiewoord, + \c!lokaal=, + #2]% + \doifvalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!boven}% + {\doassign[\??dd#1][\c!tussen={\blanko}]}% + \setvalue{\??dd#1}[##1]% + {\executedoordefinitie{#1}[##1]}% + \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\s!do\c!commando}{\v!ja} + {\setvalue{\s!complex\??dd#1}[##1]% + {\@@somedefinitie{#1}[##1]{}}% + \setvalue{\s!complex\??dd\s!start#1}[##1]% + {\@@startdefinitie{#1}[##1]{}}}% + {\setvalue{\s!complex\??dd#1}[##1]% + {\dowithwargument{\@@somedefinitie{#1}[##1]}}% + \setvalue{\s!complex\??dd\s!start#1}[##1]% + {\dowithwargument{\@@startdefinitie{#1}[##1]}}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{\??dd#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{\??dd\s!start#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}% + {\@@stopdefinitie{#1}}}% + +\def\doordefinieren% + {\dodoubleemptywithset\dodoordefinieren} + +%I n=Doornummeren +%I c=\doornummeren,\steldoornummerenin +%I c=\reset,\volgende,\vorige +%I +%I Het is mogelijk door een tekst heen genummerde opsommingen +%I te gebruiken. Het beschikbare commando is: +%I +%I \doornummeren[naam][plaats=,niveaus=,conversie=, +%I kopletter=,letter=,breedte=,monster=,tekst=,voor=,tussen=, +%I na=,wijze=,blok=,scheider=,afsluiter=,hang=,links=,rechts=, +%I sectienummer=,nummer=,koppeling=,uitlijnen=,inspringen] +%I +%I De naam bestaat uit letters. +%I +%I Na het commando 'doornummeren' zijn de volgende commando's +%I beschikbaar: +%I +%I \naam +%I \subnaam +%I \subsubnaam +%I +%I waarbij naam staat voor de opgegeven naam. +%P +%I Dit commando komt in grote lijnen overeen met het +%I commando \doordefinieren. Als de plaats 'links' is +%I en de tekst is 'vraag', dan krijgen we na het +%I geven van \vraag Wat ... was?: +%I +%I vraag 1 Wat zouden we krijgen als de plaats 'rechts' +%I en de tekst 'antwoord' was? +%I +%I We kunnen een referentie meegeven, dus \vraag[ref]. Als +%I we geen nummer willen, maar wel de tekst, dan is de +%I aanroep \vraag[-]. Er wordt in dat geval niet opgehoogd. +%I Hetzelfde kan worden bereikt door 'nummer' de waarde +%I nee te geven. +%P +%I De wijze waarop het laatste niveau wordt weergegeven kan +%I worden ingesteld met conversie: cijfers, letters, Letters, +%I romeins en Romeins). Conversie heeft pas effect als ook +%I niveaus is ingesteld (2 of 3, standaard 3). +%I +%I Voor of na de te nummeren tekst op te nemen commando's +%I kunnen worden ingesteld. Ook kan een voor het nummer op te +%I nemen tekst worden meegegeven en kan de plaats van de tekst +%I en het nummer worden ingesteld (… la \doordefinieren!). +%I +%I Er kan een koppeling worden gelegd met een ander item. Zo +%I kunnen bijvoorbeeld vragen worden gekoppeld aan antwoorden. +%I Dergelijke koppelingen hebben pas betekenis bij +%I interactieve teksten. +%I +%I Defaultwaarden kunnen worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \steldoornummerenin[instellingen] +%P +%I Het is mogelijk het nummeren opnieuw te starten met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \reset +%I +%I en een (sub)nummer op te hogen met: +%I +%I \volgende +%I \volgendesub +%I +%I Het tussentijds bijstellen van de instellingen is mogelijk +%I met: +%I +%I \steldoornummerenin[naam][instellingen] + +\def\showdnpuretext#1% + {\strut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst} } + +\def\showdntext#1% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!tekst} + {\ignorespaces} + {\strut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}\fixedspace}} + +\def\showdnnummer#1% + {\voorafgaandenummer% + \nummer[\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]} + +\def\showdnsubnummer#1% + {\showdnnummer{#1}% + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!scheider}% + \nummer[\v!sub\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]} + +\def\showdnsubsubnummer#1% + {\showdnsubnummer{#1}% + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!scheider}% + \nummer[\v!sub\v!sub\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]} + +\def\showdnsubsubsubnummer#1% + {\showdnsubsubnummer{#1}% + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!scheider}% + \nummer[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]} + +\def\domakednnummer#1#2% + {\getvalue{\??dd#2\c!links}% + \strut#1{#2}% + \getvalue{\??dd#2\c!rechts}} + +% #1=name #2=level #3=\show #4[#5]#6=#1[#2]#3 van definitie + +% alternatief zonder check en ietwat verwarrend +% +% \bgroup +% \setvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja}% +% \protectconversion +% \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% +% \xdef\internaldoornummer{#3{#1}}% +% \thisissomeinternal{#1}{\internaldoornummer}% +% \doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!koppeling} % checken +% {\gotosomeinternal +% {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!koppeling}} +% {\internaldoornummer} +% {\copy0} +% {}} +% {\box0}% +% \egroup +% \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{#3{#1}}% + +\def\special@@definitiewoord#1#2#3#4[#5]#6% + {\getvalue{@@dodefinitiewoord\getvalue{\??dd#2#1\c!uitlijnen}} + {\strut + \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!nummer}{\v!nee} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifelse{#5}{-} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \if!!donea + \getvalue{\e!volgende#2#1}% + \iflocation + \bgroup + \setvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja}% + \protectconversion + \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \xdef\internaldoornummer{#3{#1}}% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#1:\internaldoornummer}{}% + \egroup + \fi + \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \hbox + {\def\kap##1{##1}% \domakednnumer gaat hier fout binnen kap + \doattributes + {\??dd#1\v!kop} + {\strut + \showdntext{#2#1}% + \domakednnummer#3{#1}% + \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!afsluiter}}% + \iflocation + \edef\localconnection{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!koppeling}:\internaldoornummer}% + \doifreferencefoundelse{\localconnection} + {\in[\localconnection]} % genereert > of < + {}% + \fi}% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{#3{#1}}% + \else + \strut\ExpandBothAfter\doattributes + {\??dd#1\v!kop} + {\showdnpuretext{#2#1}}% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{}% + \fi}} + +% De macro's \??dd#1\c!lokaal en \??dd#1\c!commando leveren +% de koppeling tussen \doornummeren en \doordefinieren. Deze +% constructie is nodig omdat doornummeren geen argument +% heeft en omdat subnummers niet worden genest binnen +% het hogere niveau. Het commando \??dd#1\s!do\c!commando +% moet in dat geval \v!ja zijn. + +\def\@@ddleftskip#1#2% + {\do@@ddleftskip{#1}{#2}{}} + +\def\do@@ddleftskip#1#2#3% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{\??dd#2#1\c!inspringen}] + [ \v!nee=>, + \v!ja=>\dodo@@ddleftskip{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \doifnot{#2}{\v!sub#3} + {\do@@ddleftskip{#1}{#2}{\v!sub#3}}, + \s!unknown=>\advance\leftskip by \getvalue{\??dd#2#1\c!inspringen}]} + +\def\dodo@@ddleftskip#1#2#3% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{\??dd#3\v!sub#1\c!inspringen}] + [ \v!nee=>, + \v!ja=>\ExpandFirstAfter\doifnotinset + {\getvalue{\??dd#3#1\c!breedte}}{\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\advance\leftskip by \getvalue{\??dd#3#1\c!breedte}}, + \s!unknown=>\advance\leftskip by \commalistelement]} + +\def\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer#1% + {\edef\doornummer{\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}}% + \resetnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + +\def\@@ddresetsubsubnummer#1% + {\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer{#1}% + \resetnummer[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]} + +\def\@@ddresetsubnummer#1% + {\@@ddresetsubsubnummer{#1}% + \resetnummer[\v!sub\doornummer]} + +\def\@@ddresetnummer#1% + {\@@ddresetsubnummer{#1}% + \resetnummer[\doornummer]} + +\def\@@ddvolgendesubsubsubnummer#1[#2]% + {\edef\doornummer{\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}}% + \verhoognummer[\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#2}{\showdnsubsubsubnummer{\doornummer}}}% + +\def\@@ddvolgendesubsubnummer#1[#2]% + {\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer{#1}% + \verhoognummer[\v!sub\v!sub\doornummer]% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#2}{\showdnsubsubnummer{\doornummer}}} + +\def\@@ddvolgendesubnummer#1[#2]% + {\@@ddresetsubsubnummer{#1}% + \verhoognummer[\v!sub\doornummer]% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#2}{\showdnsubnummer{\doornummer}}} + +\def\@@ddvolgendenummer#1[#2]% + {\@@ddresetsubnummer{#1}% + \verhoognummer[\doornummer]% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#2}{\showdnnummer{\doornummer}}} + +\def\dodosteldoornummerenin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??dd#1][#2]% + \stelnummerin[#1][\c!conversie=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!conversie}]} % see below + +\def\dosteldoornummerenin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#2}{} + {\getparameters[\??dn][#1]} + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodosteldoornummerenin[#1][#2]}} + +\def\steldoornummerenin% + {\dodoubleempty\dosteldoornummerenin} + +\def\dododoornummeren#1#2#3[#4][#5]#6% + {\dodoordefinieren[#3#1]% + [\s!do\c!commando=\v!ja, + \c!lokaal=\@@ddleftskip{#1}{#3}, + \c!commando=\special@@definitiewoord{#1}{#3}{#6}]% + \copyparameters[\??dd#3#1][\??dn] + [\c!plaats,\c!kopletter,\c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!kopkleur, + \c!breedte,\c!nummer, + \c!monster,\c!hang,\c!uitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, + \c!niveaus,\c!wijze,\c!blokwijze,\c!scheider, % \c!conversie + \c!afsluiter,\c!sectienummer,\c!nummer,\c!inspringen]% + \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#4} + {\getparameters[\??dd#3#1]% + [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#1,\c!conversie=, + \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,#4]}% + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\getparameters[\??dd#3#1]% + [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#1,\c!conversie=, + \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,#4]}% + {\copyparameters[\??dd#3#1][\??dd#3#4] + [\c!plaats,\c!kopletter,\c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!kopkleur, + \c!breedte,\c!nummer, + \c!monster,\c!hang,\c!uitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, + \c!links,\c!rechts,\c!koppeling,\c!inspringen]% + \getparameters[\??dd#3#1] + [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#4,\c!conversie=,#5]}}% + \ExpandBothAfter\doif{\getvalue{\??dd#3#1\??dd\c!nummer}}{#1} + {\definieernummer + [#3#1] + [\c!wijze=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!wijze}, + \c!blokwijze=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!blokwijze}, + \c!sectienummer=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}]% + \doifvalue{\??dd#1\c!niveaus}{#2}% % for + {\doifsomething{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!conversie}}% % old + {\stelnummerin[#3#1] % times + [\c!conversie=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!conversie}]}}}% % sake + \setvalue{\s!reset#3#1}% + {\getvalue{\??dd\s!reset#3\c!nummer}{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!complex\e!volgende#3#1}% + {\getvalue{\??dd\c!volgende#3\c!nummer}{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!volgende#3#1}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{\e!volgende#3#1}}} + +\def\dodoornummeren[#1][#2][#3]% + {\dododoornummeren{#1}{1}{}[#2][#3]\showdnnummer + \dododoornummeren{#1}{2}{\v!sub}[#2][#3]\showdnsubnummer + \dododoornummeren{#1}{3}{\v!sub\v!sub}[#2][#3]\showdnsubsubnummer + \dododoornummeren{#1}{4}{\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub}[#2][#3]\showdnsubsubsubnummer} + +\def\doornummeren% + {\dotripleemptywithset\dodoornummeren} + +%I n=Doorspringen +%I c=\doorspringen,\steldoorspringenin +%I +%I Inspringende opsommingen (bijvoorbeeld dialogen) kunnen +%I worden gezet met: +%I +%I \doorspringen[naam][tekst=,scheider=,breedte=,letter=, +%I kopletter=,voor=,na=] +%I +%I Na dit commando zijn de commando's \naam, \subnaam en +%I \subsubnaam beschikbaar. +%I +%I Er kunnen standaardwaarden worden ingesteld met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \steldoorspringenin[instellingen] +%I +%I Een aantal commando's kan worden omringt met de volgende +%I commando's (wel lege regels ertussen!). +%I +%I \startdoorspringen +%I \stopdoorspringen +%P +%I Het tussentijds bijstellen van de instellingen is mogelijk +%I met: +%I +%I \steldoorspringenin[naam][instellingen] + +% Het default-mechanisme kan mooier: leegtest, enz. +% +% Werkprocedure buiten definitie + +\def\dodosteldoorspringenin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??ds#1][#2]} + +\def\dosteldoorspringenin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#2}{} + {\dodosteldoorspringenin[][#1]} + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodosteldoorspringenin[#1][#2]}} + +\def\steldoorspringenin% + {\dodoubleempty\dosteldoorspringenin} + +\def\startdoorspringen% + {\witruimte + \@@dsvoor + \pagina[\v!voorkeur] + \begingroup + \parskip=\!!zeropoint\relax} + +\def\stopdoorspringen% + {\endgroup + \@@dsna} + +\def\dododoorspringen#1#2#3% + {\par + \getvalue{\??ds#1\c!voor}% + \begingroup + \doifvaluenothing{\??ds#1\c!monster} + {\setvalue{\??ds#1\c!monster}% + {\getvalue{\??ds#1\c!tekst}}}% + \assignwidth + {\!!widtha} + {\getvalue{\??ds#1\c!breedte}} + {\doattributes + {\??ds#1\v!kop} + {\getvalue{\??ds#1\c!monster}\getvalue{\??ds#1\c!scheider}}}% + \advance\!!widtha by \tfskipsize + \setbox2=\hbox to \!!widtha + {\doattributes + {\??ds#1\v!kop} + {\strut + \getvalue{\??ds#1\c!tekst}% + \hss + \getvalue{\??ds#1\c!scheider}% + \tfskip}}% + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \hskip#2\!!widtha\indent\box2% + \hangindent#3\!!widtha + \doattributes{\??ds#1}{}% #4}% + \AfterPar% + {\endgroup + \getvalue{\??ds#1\c!na}}% + \GetPar} + +\def\dodoorspringen[#1][#2]% + {\copyparameters[\??ds#1][\??ds] + [\c!tekst,\c!scheider,\c!breedte,\c!letter,\c!kleur, + \c!kopletter,\c!monster,\c!voor,\c!na]% + \getparameters[\??ds#1][#2]% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dododoorspringen{#1}{0}{1}}% + \setvalue{\v!sub#1}% + {\dododoorspringen{#1}{1}{2}}% + \setvalue{\v!sub\v!sub#1}% + {\dododoorspringen{#1}{2}{3}}} + +\def\doorspringen% + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodoorspringen} + +%I n=Doorlabelen +%I c=\doorlabelen,\verhoog,\huidige +%I +%I Het is mogelijk genummerde verwijzingen (bijvoorbeeld +%I naar sheets of video's) in de tekst op te nemen met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \doorlabelen[naam][tekst=,plaats=,voor=,na=,kopletter=] +%I +%I Na dit commando zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \reset +%I \verhoog +%I \volgende[referentie] +%I \huidige +%I \in[referentie] +%P +%I Er kan een 'kopje' worden opgeropeen met het commando: +%I +%I \naam +%I +%I In dat geval worden de onder 'voor' en 'na' opgegeven +%I commando's uitgevoerd. +%I +%I Als we voor naam 'sheet' invullen en voor tekst +%I 'transparant' dan leidt het commando \huidigesheet tot +%I de tekst 'transparant 1' en een volgende aanroep tot de +%I tekst 'transparant 2'. + +\def\dodoorlabel[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!voor}% + \bgroup + %\ExpandFirstAfter\doifinset{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!plaats}}{\v!marge,\v!inmarge} + % {\setvalue{\s!number#1\c!zetwijze}{\v!inmarge}}% + \doif{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!plaats}}{\v!marge} + {\setvalue{\s!number#1\c!plaats}{\v!inmarge}}% + \doattributes{\s!number#1\v!kop}{\getvalue{\e!volgende#1}[#2]}% + \egroup + \getvalue{\s!number#1\c!na}}% + +\def\dovolgendedoorlabel[#1][#2]% + {\volgendenummer[#1][\s!lab][#2]} + +\def\dodoorlabelen[#1][#2]% + {\definieernummer + [#1] + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!kopletter=, + \c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, + #2]% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dodoubleempty\dodoorlabel[#1]}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\resetnummer[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!verhoog#1}% + {\verhoognummer[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!volgende#1}% + {\dodoubleempty\dovolgendedoorlabel[#1]}% + \setvalue{\c!huidige#1}% + {\huidigenummer[#1]}% + \setvalue{\c!in#1}[##1]% % weghalen + {\innummer[#1][##1]}% % weghalen + \setvalue{\c!op#1}[##1]% % weghalen + {\opnummer[#1][##1]}} % weghalen + +\def\doorlabelen% + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodoorlabelen} + +%I n=Uitlijnen +%I c=\startuitlijnen,\steluitlijnenin,\steltolerantiein +%I c=\regellinks,\regelrechts,\regelmidden, +%I c=\woordrechts +%I +%I De regelval kan worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \steluitlijnenin[instelling] +%I +%I waarbij de volgende instellingen mogelijk zijn: +%I +%I links links niet uitvullen +%I midden links/rechts niet uitvullen = centreren +%I rechts rechts niet uitvullen +%I breedte uitvullen over breedte (default) +%I beide wisselend (afhankelijk bladzijde) +%I onder onderkant niet uitgelijnd (default) +%I hoogte uitvullen over hoogte (op baseline) +%I regel uitvullen over hoogte (binnen kader) +%I reset uitvullen over breedte en hoogte +%I +%I In combinatie met links, midden en rechts kan 'ruim' +%I worden opgegeven. +%P +%I Aanvullend zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \startuitlijnen[instelling] +%I \stopuitlijnen +%I +%I Een regel kan op verschillende manieren worden uitgelijnd +%I met behulp van de commando's: +%I +%I \regellinks{tekst} +%I \regelrechts{tekst} +%I \regelmidden{tekst} +%I +%I Aan het eind van een paragraaf kan een stukje tekst +%I worden geplaatst met: \woordrechts{ziezo} +%P +%I De tolerantie waarbinnen het uitlijnen plaatsvindt kan +%I worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \steltolerantiein[instelling] +%I +%I Mogelijke waarden zijn: zeerstreng, streng, soepel en +%I zeersoepel. +%I +%I Standaard heeft de tolerantie betrekking op horizontaal +%I uitlijnen. Vertikaal kan het uitlijnen worden beinvloed +%I door het trefwoord 'vertikaal' mee te geven. Standaard +%I geldt [vertikaal,streng] en [horizontaal,zeerstreng]. + +\definetwopasslist{\s!paragraph} + +\newcounter\nofraggedparagraphs + +\def\doparagraphreference% looks very much like domarginreference + {\doglobal\increment\nofraggedparagraphs\relax + \edef\writeparref% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!paragraph}% + {\nofraggedparagraphs}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \writeparref} + +\def\setraggedparagraphmode#1#2% + {\ifinner + \ifdubbelzijdig + \gettwopassdata{\s!paragraph}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \ifodd\twopassdata#1\else#2\fi + \else + \ifodd\realfolio#1\else#2\fi + \fi + \doparagraphreference + \else + #2\relax + \fi + \else + #2\relax + \fi} + +% De onderstaande macro's zijn opgenomen in Plain TeX. +% +% \def\raggedright% +% {\rightskip\z@ plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax} +% +% \def\ttraggedright% +% {\tttf\rightskip\z@ plus2em\relax} +% +% \newif\ifr@ggedbottom +% +% \def\raggedbottom% +% {\topskip 10\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue} +% +% \def\normalbottom% +% {\topskip 10\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse} +% +% en worden hieronder wat aangepast. + +\newif\ifn@rmalbottom +\newif\ifr@ggedbottom +\newif\ifb@selinebottom + +\def\normalbottom% + {\n@rmalbottomtrue + \r@ggedbottomfalse + \b@selinebottomfalse + \settopskip} + +\def\raggedbottom% + {\n@rmalbottomfalse + \r@ggedbottomtrue + \b@selinebottomfalse + \settopskip} + +\def\baselinebottom% + {\n@rmalbottomfalse + \r@ggedbottomfalse + \b@selinebottomtrue + \settopskip} + +% \hyphenpenalty = ( 2.5 * \hsize ) / \raggedness +% \tolerance >= 200 +% \raggedness = 2 .. 6\korpsgrootte + +\def\leftraggedness {2\korpsgrootte} +\def\rightraggedness {2\korpsgrootte} +\def\middleraggedness {6\korpsgrootte} + +\def\setraggedness#1% + {\ifnum\tolerance<200\relax % kleinere waarden + \tolerance=200\relax % geven ongewenste + \fi % effecten + \spaceskip=2.5\hsize % voorkomt conflict + \xspaceskip=#1\relax % met \dimen0/2 en + \divide\spaceskip by \xspaceskip % deze skips worden + \hyphenpenalty=\spaceskip} % toch al aangepast + +\def\setraggedskips#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\leftskip=1\leftskip\!!plus#1\relax % zie: Tex By Topic 8.1.3 + \rightskip=1\rightskip\!!plus#2\relax % zie: Tex By Topic 8.1.3 + \spaceskip#3\relax + \xspaceskip#4\relax + \parfillskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus#5\relax + \parindent#6\relax} + +\def\notragged% + {\setraggedskips{0em}{0em}{0em}{0em}{1fil}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + +\def\raggedleft% + {\setraggedness\leftraggedness + \setraggedskips{\leftraggedness}{0em}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} + +\def\raggedcenter% + {\setraggedness\middleraggedness + \setraggedskips{\middleraggedness}{\middleraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} + +\def\raggedright% + {\setraggedness\rightraggedness + \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + +\def\veryraggedleft% + {\setraggedskips{1fil}{0em}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} + +\def\veryraggedcenter% + {\setraggedskips{1fil}{1fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} + +\def\veryraggedright% + {\setraggedskips{0em}{1fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + +\def\ttraggedright% + {\tttf + \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{0em}{0em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + +\def\dosteluitlijnenin[#1]% + {\doifinsetelse{\v!ruim}{#1}{\!!doneatrue}{\!!doneafalse}% + \processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!regel=>\baselinebottom, + \v!onder=>\raggedbottom, + \v!hoogte=>\normalbottom, + \v!breedte=>\notragged, + \v!binnen=>\setraggedparagraphmode\raggedleft\raggedright, + \v!buiten=>\setraggedparagraphmode\raggedright\raggedleft, + \v!links=>\if!!donea\veryraggedleft\else\raggedleft\fi, + \v!rechts=>\if!!donea\veryraggedright\else\raggedright\fi, + \v!midden=>\if!!donea\veryraggedcenter\else\raggedcenter\fi, + \v!reset=>\notragged + \normalbottom]} + +\def\steluitlijnenin% + {\dosingleargument\dosteluitlijnenin} + +\def\startuitlijnen% + {\bgroup + \steluitlijnenin} + +\def\stopuitlijnen + {\par + \egroup} + +\def\regellinks#1% + {\noindent\leftline{{\strut#1}}} + +\def\regelrechts#1% + {\noindent\rightline{{#1\strut}}} + +\def\regelmidden#1% + {\noindent\centerline{{\strut#1}}} + +\def\doregelplaats#1% + {\getvalue{regel\interfaced{#1}}} + +\def\dosteltolerantiein[#1]% + {\doifinsetelse{\v!vertikaal}{#1}% + {\processfirstactioninset + [#1] + [\v!zeerstreng=>\def\bottomtolerance{}, + \v!streng=>\def\bottomtolerance{.050}, + \v!soepel=>\def\bottomtolerance{.075}, + \v!zeersoepel=>\def\bottomtolerance{.100}]}% + {\processfirstactioninset + [#1] + [\v!zeerstreng=>\tolerance=200, + \v!streng=>\tolerance=1500, + \v!soepel=>\tolerance=3000, + \v!zeersoepel=>\tolerance=4500]}} + +\def\steltolerantiein% + {\dosingleargument\dosteltolerantiein} + +\def\woordrechts% + {\groupedcommand{\hfill\hbox}{\parfillskip\!!zeropoint}} + +%I n=Margeteksten +%I c=\inmarge,\inlinker,\inrechter,\stelinmargein +%I c=\margetitel,\figuurinmarge +%I c=\oplinker +%I +%I Een paragraaf kan worden ingeluid met een tekst in +%I de marge: +%I +%I \inmarge{tekst} +%I \inlinker{tekst} +%I \inrechter{tekst} +%I +%I Met \\ kan binnen een margetekst naar een volgende regel +%I worden gesprongen. +%P +%I Het onderstaande commando kan gebruikt worden om een +%I paragraafaanduiding in de marge te plaatsen. Het commando +%I moet aan het begin van de paragraaf staan. Er wordt +%I gecontroleerd of een en ander nog op de bladzijde past. +%I +%I \margetitel{tekst} +%I +%I Tussen \margetitel{tekst} en de volgende alinea mag, +%I omwille van de overzichtelijkheid, een lege regels staan. +%I Als dit commando wordt gebruikt na een commando als +%I \paragraaf, kan het controlemechanisme leiden tot een +%I ongewenste overgang naar een nieuwe bladzijde. In dat +%I geval kan beter het volgende commando worden gebruikt. +%I +%I \margewoord{tekst} +%I +%I Dit commando komt overeen met \inmarge, alleen is bij +%I \margewoord de lege regel toegestaan. +%P +%I Er kan eventueel voor {tekst} een [referentie] worden +%I meegegeven. In dat geval kan worden verwezen naar het +%I paginanummer waarop het margewoord staat. +%I +%I Als TeX twijfelt in welke marge het woord moet staan, is +%I een tweede verwerkingsslag nodig. Als een margewoord bij +%I herhaling verkeerd wordt geplaatst, dan kan het +%I automatisme worden verstoord door [+] mee te geven. Een +%I margewoord kan lager worden gezet met [laag]. Combinaties +%I kunnen ook: +%I +%I \margewoord[+,laag][referentie]{woord} +%P +%I De wijze van weergeven kan worden ingesteld met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \stelinmargein[letter=,plaats=,voor=,na=,uitlijnen=] +%I +%I Als plaats kan links, rechts of beide worden meegegeven. In +%I het laatste geval hangt de plaats af van het +%I enkel/dubbelzijdig zetten. +%I +%I Uitlijnen kent twee instellingen: 'ja' en 'nee'. Inhet +%I eerste geval (default) worden de margewoorden tegen de +%I kantlijn geplaatst. +%P +%I Vooruitlopend op meer commando's is er al vast het +%I commando: +%I +%I \oplinker{tekst} +%I +%I Dit commando kan bijvoorbeeld worden gebruikt binnen +%I een midden-uitgelijnde tekst. Het commando is nog niet +%I definitief en robuust. + +% %P +% %I Aanvullend zijn commando's beschikbaar om figuren in +% %I de marge te plaatsen: +% %I +% %I \figuurinmarge{figuur} +% %I \figuurinlinker{figuur} +% %I \figuurinrechter{figuur} + +%T n=margetitel +%T m=mar +%T a=m +%T +%T \margetitel{?} +%T + +\newif\iflowinmargin + +\def\stelinmargein% + {\dodoubleempty\dostelinmargein} + +\def\dostelinmargein[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \doifundefinedelse{\??im#1\c!offset} + {\presetlocalframed + [\??im#1]% + \getparameters + [\??im#1] + [\c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!offset=\v!overlay, + \c!regel=1, + \c!scheider=, + \c!breedte=\v!ruim, + \c!afstand=\!!zeropoint, + \c!letter=\@@imletter, + \c!kleur=\@@imkleur, + \c!plaats=\@@implaats, + \c!uitlijnen=\@@imuitlijnen, + \c!voor=\@@imvoor, + \c!na=\@@imna, + #2]} + {\getparameters[\??im#1][#2]}% + \else + \getparameters[\??im][#1]% + \fi} + +\let\margetekstafstand = \!!zeropoint +\def\margetekstregels {1} +\def\margetekstnummer {0} +\let\margetekstscheider = \empty + +\def\maakmargetekstblok#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {#4\relax + \bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \hsize#1\relax + \ifnum\margetekstnummer=0 + \def\margetekstnummer{#2}% + \fi + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??im\margetekstnummer\c!uitlijnen}] + [ \v!ja=>\setvalue{\??im\margetekstnummer\c!uitlijnen}{#2}, + \v!binnen=>\setvalue{\??im\margetekstnummer\c!uitlijnen}{#2}, + \v!buiten=>\setvalue{\??im\margetekstnummer\c!uitlijnen}{#3}, + \s!default=>\setvalue{\??im\margetekstnummer\c!uitlijnen}{#2}]% + \setbox0=\vbox\localframed + [\??im\margetekstnummer] + [\c!strut=\v!nee] + {\decrement\margetekstregels + \@@imvoor + \doattributes{\??im\margetekstnummer} + {\dorecurse{\margetekstregels}{\strut\\}% + \begstrut#6\endstrut\endgraf}% + \@@imna}% + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \box0 + \egroup + #5\relax} + +\def\plaatsmargetekstscheider% + {\ifnum\margincontent>0 + \bgroup + \dimen0=\margetekstregels\lineheight + \advance\dimen0 by -\lineheight + \lower\dimen0\hbox{\margetekstscheider}% + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\linkermargetekstblok#1% + {\maakmargetekstblok + {\linkermargebreedte} + {\v!links}{\v!rechts} + {\llap{\plaatsmargetekstscheider}}{\hskip\margetekstafstand} + {#1}} + +\def\rechtermargetekstblok#1% + {\maakmargetekstblok + {\rechtermargebreedte} + {\v!rechts}{\v!links} + {\hskip\margetekstafstand}{\rlap{\plaatsmargetekstscheider}} + {#1}} + +\def\doplacemargintext#1#2#3% + {\strut + \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0 by \dp0 + \ifdim\dimen0>\marginheight + \global\marginheight=\dimen0 + \fi + \setbox0=\hbox + {#2{\hskip#3\strut\iflowinmargin\else\raise\dp\strutbox\fi\box0}}% + \ht0=\!!zeropoint + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \vadjust{\box0}} + +\def\doinlinker#1% + {\doplacemargintext + {\linkermargetekstblok{#1}\hskip\linkermargeafstand} + \llap\!!zeropoint} + +\def\doinrechter#1% + {\doplacemargintext + {\hskip\rechtermargeafstand\rechtermargetekstblok{#1}} + \rlap\hsize} + +\newcounter \nofmarginnotes +\newif \iftrackingmarginnotes +\newif \ifrightmargin % documenteren + +\definetwopasslist{\s!margin} + +\def\domarginreference% + {\doglobal\increment\nofmarginnotes\relax + \edef\writemarref% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!margin}% + {\nofmarginnotes}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \writemarref} + +\def\dodoinmargenormal#1#2#3#4% + {\iffirstsidefloatparagraph\geenwitruimte\fi % zo laat mogelijk + \ifodd#1\relax + \rightmargintrue + #3{#4}% + \else + \rightmarginfalse + #2{#4}% + \fi} + +\def\doinmargenormal#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \iftrackingmarginnotes + \gettwopassdata{\s!margin}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \dodoinmargenormal\twopassdata#1#2{#3}% + \else + \dodoinmargenormal\realfolio#1#2{#3}% + \fi + \domarginreference + \else + \dodoinmargenormal\realfolio#1#2{#3}% + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\doinmargereverse#1#2#3% + {\dodoinmargenormal\realfolio#2#1{#3}} + +\def\doinmarge[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]#6% + {\doifcommonelse{+,-,\v!laag}{#4} + {\dodoinmarge[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]{#6}} + {\dodoinmarge[#1][#2][#3][][#4]{#6}}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\dodoinmarge[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5]#6% + {\ignorespaces + \doifinsetelse{\v!laag}{#4} + {\lowinmargintrue} + {\lowinmarginfalse}% + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!links=>#2{#6}, + \v!rechts=>#3{#6}, + \s!unknown=>\ifdubbelzijdig + \doifcommonelse{+,-}{#4} + {\doinmargereverse#2#3{#6}} + {\doinmargenormal#2#3{#6}}% + \else + #2{#6}% + \fi]% + \rawpagereference{\s!mar}{#5}% + \ignorespaces} + +\def\inlinker% + {\indentation\doquintupleempty\doinmarge + [\c!links][\doinlinker][\doinrechter]} + +\def\inrechter% + {\indentation\doquintupleempty\doinmarge + [\c!rechts][\doinlinker][\doinrechter]} + +\def\inmarge% + {\doquintupleempty\doinmarge + [\@@implaats][\doinlinker][\doinrechter]} + +\def\inanderemarge% + {\doquintupleempty\doinmarge + [\@@implaats][\doinrechter][\doinlinker]} + +\newcounter\margincontent + +\def\flushmargincontent% [#1][#2]#3% hier plaats 'globaal' (geen 1,2 enz) + {\doinmarge[\@@implaats][\doinlinker][\doinrechter]} % [#1][#2]{#3}} + +\newdimen\marginheight + +\let\restoreinterlinepenalty=\relax + +\def\flushmargincontents% % links + rechts + {\restoreinterlinepenalty + \ifnum\margincontent>0 + \bgroup + \forgetall + \global\marginheight\!!zeropoint + \dorecurse{\margincontent} + {\bgroup + \edef\margetekstafstand {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!afstand}}% + \edef\margetekstregels {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!regel}}% + \edef\margetekstscheider{\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!scheider}}% + \let\margetekstnummer=\recurselevel + \getvalue{\??im\recurselevel}% + \global\setvalue{\??im\recurselevel}{}% + \egroup}% + \ifdim\marginheight>\lineheight % This is something real dirty! + \advance\marginheight by \pagetotal + \advance\marginheight by \lineheight % a sort of bonus + \ifdim\marginheight>\pagegoal + \xdef\restoreinterlinepenalty% + {\global\let\restoreinterlinepenalty\relax + \global\interlinepenalty=\the\interlinepenalty}% + \global\interlinepenalty=10000 + \fi + \else % We need the above because interlinepenalties overrule vadjusted \nobreaks. + %\vadjust + % {\forgetall + % \global\advance\marginheight by \lineheight + % \global\divide\marginheight by \lineheight + % \dorecurse{\number\marginheight} + % {\nobreak\vskip\lineheight}% + % \kern-\number\marginheight\lineheight}% + \vadjust{\nobreak}% + \fi + \doglobal\newcounter\margincontent + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\complexmargewoord[#1][#2]#3% + {\doglobal\increment\margincontent + \stelinmargein[\margincontent][]% + \global\setvalue{\??im\margincontent}% + {\flushmargincontent[#1][#2]{#3}}} + +\def\margewoord% + {\dodoubleempty\complexmargewoord} + +\def\margetitel% + {\margewoord} + +\def\margetekst% + {\margewoord} + +\def\margewoordpositie[#1]#2% + {\ifnum#1>\margincontent + \xdef\margincontent{#1}% + \fi + \stelinmargein[#1][]% + \global\setvalue{\??im#1}% + {\flushmargincontent[][]{#2}}} + +\def\oplinker#1% + {\strut + \vadjust + {\mindermeldingen + \setbox0=\vtop{\forgetall\strut#1}% + \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0 + \vskip-\dimen0\ + \box0}} + +%D \macros +%D {inleftside,inleftmargin,inrightmargin,inrightside} +%D {} +%D +%D The fast and clean way of putting things in the margin is +%D using \type{\rlap} or \type{\llap}. Unfortunately these +%D macro's don't handle indentation, left and right skips. We +%D therefore embed them in some macro's that (force and) +%D remove the indentation and restore it afterwards. + +\def\inleftmargin#1% + {\pushindentation + \llap{#1\hskip\leftskip\hskip\linkermargeafstand}% + \popindentation + \ignorespaces} + +\def\inrightmargin#1% + {\pushindentation + \rlap{\hskip\hsize\hskip-\rightskip\hskip\rechtermargeafstand#1}% + \popindentation + \ignorespaces} + +\def\inleftside#1% + {\inleftmargin + {#1\relax + \hskip\linkermargebreedte + \hskip\pageseparation + \hskip\linkerrandafstand}} + +\def\inrightside#1% + {\inrightmargin + {\hskip\rechtermargebreedte + \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \hskip\pageseparation + #1}} + +%D We want to keep things efficient and therefore only handle +%D situations like: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \inleftside {fine} some text \par +%D \strut \inleftmargin {fine} some text \par +%D \noindent \inrightmargin {fine} some text \par +%D \noindent \strut \inrightside {fine} some text \par +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D which looks like: +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \haalbuffer +%D \parindent 30pt +%D \haalbuffer +%D \egroup + +%D \macros +%D {pushindentation,popindentation} +%D +%D The pushing and popping is done by: + +\newbox\indentationboxA +\newbox\indentationboxB + +\def\pushindentation% + {\bgroup + \ifhmode + \unskip + \setbox\indentationboxA=\lastbox % get \strut if present + \unskip + \setbox\indentationboxB=\lastbox % get \indent generated box + \unskip + \else + \hskip\!!zeropoint % switch to horizontal mode + \unskip + \setbox\indentationboxA=\lastbox % get \indent generated box + \setbox\indentationboxB=\box\voidb@x + \fi} + +\def\popindentation% + {\box\indentationboxB\box\indentationboxA % put back the boxes + \egroup} + +%D The only complication lays in \type{\strut}. In \PLAIN\ +%D \TEX\ a \type{\strut} is defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\strut% +%D {\relax\ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But what is a \type{\strut}? Normally it's a rule of width +%D zero, but when made visual, it's a rule and a negative skip. +%D The mechanism for putting things in the margins described +%D here cannot handle this situation very well. One +%D characteristic of \type{\strut} is that the \type{\unhcopy} +%D results in entering horizontal mode, which in return leads +%D to some indentation. +%D +%D To serve our purpose a bit better, the macro \type{\strut} +%D can be redefined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\strut% +%D {\relax\ifmmode\else\hskip0pt\fi\copy\strutbox} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Or more compatible: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\strut% +%D {\relax\ifmmode +%D \copy\strutbox +%D \else +%D \bgroup\setbox\strutbox=\normalhbox{\box\strutbox}\unhcopy\strutbox\egroup +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ however we save some processing time by putting +%D an extra \type{\hbox} around the \type{\strutbox}. + +% dit zijn voorlopig lokale commando's + +\def\woordinlinker {\inlinkermarge} +\def\woordinrechter{\inrechtermarge} + +\def\woordinmarge% + {\doquintupleempty\doinmarge + [\@@implaats][\woordinlinker][\woordinrechter]} + +%I n=Paginanummer +%I c=\stelpaginanummerin,\stelsubpaginanummerin +%I +%I Het paginanummer kan worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelpaginanummerin[nummer=,status=] +%I +%I Het nummeren kan gedurende een of meerdere pagina's worden +%I stilgezet door in plaats van een nummer start, stop of +%I handhaaf mee te geven. +%I +%I Het paginanummer is oproepbaar met: +%I +%I \paginanummer +%I +%I en het totaal aantal paginanummers met: +%I +%I \totaalaantalpaginas +%P +%I Er zijn subnummers beschikbaar. De wijze van nummeren +%I wordt ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelsubpaginanummerin[wijze=,status=] +%I +%I De status kan 'stop', 'start' of 'geen' zijn. In het +%I laatste geval wordt gewoon doorgenummerd, maar wordt het +%I nummer niet geplaatst. +%I +%I Standaard wordt 'perdeel' genummerd. De subnummers zijn +%I oproepbaar met: +%I +%I \subpaginanummer +%I \aantalsubpaginas + +% Standaard is \count0 in Plain TeX de paginateller. Omwille +% van de afhandeling van lokaal nummeren, definieren we +% echter een eigen nummer. + +\definieernummer + [\s!page] + [\c!conversie=\@@nmconversie, + \c!wijze=\@@nmwijze, + \c!status=\@@nmstatus, + \c!start=1] + +\def\dostelpaginanummerin[#1]% + {\getparameters + [\??pn] + [\c!status=\v!start, + #1]% + \doifinstringelse{\c!nummer}{#1} + {\setnummer[\s!page]{\@@pnnummer}% + \setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}}% + {}} + +\def\stelpaginanummerin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelpaginanummerin} + +\def\verlaagpaginanummer% + {\doif{\@@pnstatus}{\v!start} + {\verlaagnummer[\s!page]% + \setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}}} + +\def\verhoogpaginanummer% + {\processaction + [\@@pnstatus] + [ \v!start=>{\verhoognummer[\s!page]% + \setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}}, + \v!handhaaf=>{\doassign[\??pn][\c!status=\v!start]}]} + +\def\checkpagecounter% + {\checknummer{\s!page}} + +%I n=Pagina +%I c=\pagina +%I +%I Het volgende commando kan worden gebruikt om pagina's af +%I te dwingen of blokkeren: +%I +%I \pagina[instelling] +%I +%I Waarbij als instelling kan worden gegeven: +%I +%I ja een geforceerde paginaovergang met \vfill +%I opmaak een geforceerde paginaovergang zonder \vfill +%I nee bij voorkeur geen paginaovergang +%I voorkeur bij voorkeur de paginaovergang hier (3) +%I grotevoorkeur bij voorkeur de paginaovergang hier (7) +%I links ga naar een linker pagina +%I rechts ga naar een rechter pagina +%I leeg een lege pagina +%I blokkeer blokkeer ja ... grotevoorkeur (1 pagina) +%I reset het blokkering ja ... grotevoorkeur op +%I +%I Als geen instelling wordt meegegeven (\pagina), wordt een +%I overgang geforceerd. Als een nummer wordt meegegeven, wordt +%I naar de opgegeven pagina gegaan. + +\newif\ifpaginageblokkeerd +\paginageblokkeerdfalse + +\def\testpagina[#1][#2]% + {\global\!!doneafalse + \ifpaginageblokkeerd + \else + \ifdim\pagetotal<\pagegoal + \dimen0=\lineheight + \multiply\dimen0 by #1\relax + \advance\dimen0 by \pagetotal + \ifdim\lastskip<\parskip + \advance\dimen0 by \parskip + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by #2\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>.99\pagegoal + \penalty-\!!tenthousand\relax + \global\!!doneatrue + \fi + \else + \goodbreak + \fi + \fi} + +\let\resetcurrentsectionmarks=\relax + +% was: \resetsectionmarks[\firstsection], zie \handelpaginaaf + +\def\complexpagina[#1]% + {\flushfootnotes + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!reset=>\global\paginageblokkeerdfalse, + \v!blokkeer=>\global\paginageblokkeerdtrue, + \v!ja=>\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else + \ejectinsert + \ejectpage + \ifbinnenkolommen + \ejectpage % anders soms geen overgang + \fi + \fi, + \v!opmaak=>\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else + \eject + \fi, + \v!nee=>\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else + \nobreak + \fi, + \v!voorkeur=>{\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else + \ifbinnenkolommen + \goodbreak + \else + \testpagina[3][\!!zeropoint]% + \fi + \fi}, + \v!grotevoorkeur=>{\ifpaginageblokkeerd\else + \ifbinnenkolommen + \goodbreak + \else + \testpagina[5][\!!zeropoint]% + \fi + \fi}, + \v!leeg=>{\ejectinsert + \ejectpage + \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!stop} + {\stelhoofdin[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% + \doifnotvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!stop} + {\stelvoetin[\c!status=\v!leeg]}% + \hardespatie + \vfill + \ejectpage}, + \v!links=>{\ejectinsert + \superejectpage + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \orsideone + \resetcurrentsectionmarks + \hardespatie + \vfill + \ejectpage + \orsidetwo + \od}, + \v!rechts=>{\ejectinsert + \superejectpage + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \orsideone + \orsidetwo + \resetcurrentsectionmarks + \hardespatie + \vfill + \ejectpage + \od}, + \v!viertal=>{\ifdubbelzijdig + \!!counta=\realpageno + \!!countb=\realpageno + \divide\!!counta by 4\relax + \divide\!!countb by 2\relax + \ifnum\!!counta=\!!countb\relax + \else + \pagina + \pagina[\v!leeg]% + \pagina[\v!leeg]% + \fi + \fi}, + \v!laatste=>{\ejectinsert + \superejectpage + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \naastpagina + \orsideone + \orsidetwo + \stelvoetin[\c!status=\v!leeg]% + \stelhoofdin[\c!status=\v!leeg]% + \hardespatie + \vfill + \ejectpage + \od}, + \s!unknown=>\doifnumberelse{#1} + {\ejectinsert + \ejectpage + \loop + \ifnum\userpageno<#1\relax + \hardespatie + \vfill + \ejectinsert + \ejectpage + \repeat} + {}]} + +\def\simplepagina% + {\complexpagina[\v!ja]} + +\def\pagina% + {\complexorsimple{pagina}} + +\def\resetpagina% + {\global\paginageblokkeerdfalse} + +% \getpagestatus +% \ifrightpage als odd/enkelzijdig + +\newif\ifrightpage \rightpagetrue + +\newcounter \nofpagesets + +\definetwopasslist{\s!page} + +\def\dopagesetreference% + {\doglobal\increment\nofpagesets\relax + \edef\writepagref% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!page}% + {\nofpagesets}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \writepagref} + +\def\getpagestatus% hierboven gebruiken + {\ifdubbelzijdig + \gettwopassdata{\s!page}% + \iftwopassdatafound \else + \let\twopassdata=\realpageno + \fi + \ifodd\twopassdata + \global\rightpagetrue + \else + \global\rightpagefalse + \fi + \dopagesetreference + \else + \global\rightpagetrue + \fi} + +%I n=Hoofdteksten +%I c=\stelnummeringin +%I c=\stelhoofdtekstenin,\stelvoettekstenin,\stelhoofdin,\stelvoetin +%I c=\stelboventekstenin,\stelondertekstenin,\stelbovenin,\stelonderin +%I +%I Zogeheten hoofd- en/of voetteksten kan men instellen +%I met: +%I +%I \stelhoofdtekstenin [linker tekst] [rechter tekst] +%I \stelvoettekstenin [linker tekst] [rechter tekst] +%I +%I Bij dubbelzijdig zetten worden de linker en rechter +%I teksten gespiegeld. +%I +%I In plaats van een tekst kunnen de woorden 'hoofdstuk', +%I 'paragraaf' en 'deel' worden meegegeven. Ook kan het +%I woord 'datum' worden meegegeven. +%P +%I Als men op de even en oneven pagina's een andere tekst +%I wil hebben, dan kan men een tweede paar meegeven. In dat +%I geval zijn er dus vier argumenten: [][][][]. +%I +%I Als men in de marge of randen teksten wil, kan men dat +%I direct achter het commando aangeven: +%I +%I \stelhoofdtekstenin [lokatie] [links] [rechts] +%I \stelvoettekstenin [lokatie] [links] [rechts] +%I +%I Mogelijke lokaties zijn: tekst, marge en rand. +%P +%I In de tekst opgenomen commando's kunnen soms voor +%I problemen zorgen. Commando's kan men daarom laten +%I voorafgaan \geentest, bijvoorbeeld: +%I +%I \stelvoettekstenin[\geentest\lastigcommando][] +%I +%I Meestal geven commando's geen problemen. Wel moet men +%I oppassen met []. Accolades zijn hiervoor de oplossing: +%I +%I \stelvoettekstenin[{{\huidigedatum[mm,/,jj]}}][] +%I +%I of +%I +%I \stelvoettekstenin[\geentest{\huidigedatum[mm,/,jj]}][] +%P +%I De wijze van nummeren wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \stelnummeringin[variant=,plaats=,conversie=, +%I links=,rechts=,tekst=,tekstscheider=,nummerscheider, +%I wijze=,blok=,status=,letter=,nummer=,commando=] +%I +%I De plaats van het nummer hangt af van het eerste +%I meegegeven argument: +%I +%I enkelzijdig dubbelzijdig +%I +%I links, rechts kantlijn (links of rechts) +%I marge marge (links of rechts) +%I midden midden +%I inlinker, inrechter inlinker, inrechter +%P +%I Met plaats geeft men tevens aan of het nummer in het hoofd +%I of in de voet komt {hoofd,midden}. Met 'nummerscheider' geeft +%I men aan wat er binnen een (eventueel) samengestelde nummer +%I als scheider wordt gezet, standaard: 2-3. Met 'tekstscheider' +%I geeft men aan wat er tussen het paginanummer en een hoofd- of +%I voettekst wordt gezet (in geval van plaatsen op de marge). +%I +%I Liefhebbers kunnen aan 'commando' een eigen commando om het +%I nummer te zetten meegeven. Dit eigen commando krijgt als +%I argument het paginanummer mee. +%I +%I Het is mogelijk een dubbelzijdige tekst met enkelzijdige +%I marges te zetten: +%I +%I \stelnummeringin[variant={enkelzijdig,dubbelzijdig}] +%I +%I In dit geval worden de hoofd- en voetregels dus wel +%I gespiegeld en hebben commando's als \pagina[rechts] betekenis. +%P +%I Als 'conversie' is mogelijk: cijfers, letters, Letters, +%I romeins en Romeins. Als 'status' kan 'start' of 'stop' +%I worden meegegeven. Op deze manier kan het aangeven van +%I een paginanummer worden aan- en uitgezet. +%I +%I Er kan per sectienummer (deelnummer, hoofdstuknummer enz.) +%I worden ingesteld of het zichtbaar is ('ja' of 'nee'). +%I +%I Mogelijke wijzen van nummeren zijn: perdeel of perhoofdstuk. +%P +%I Hoofd- en voetregels blijven achterwege of juist niet na het +%I commando: +%I +%I \geenhoofdenvoetregels +%I \welhoofdenvoetregels +%I +%I of na: +%I +%I \stelhoofdin[lokatie][linkerletter=,rechterletter=, +%I letter=,linkerbreedte=,rechterbreedte=,voor=,na=] +%I \stelvoetin[locatie][linkerletter=,rechterletter=, +%I letter=,linkerbreedte=,rechterbreedte=,voor=,na=] +%I +%I mogelijke lokaties zijn: tekst, marge en rand. Als [lokatie] +%I wordt wegelaten, dan wordt tekst verondersteld. +%I +%I Als de breedte wordt ingesteld, dan wordt de weergegeven +%I tekst zonodig ingekort en gevolgd door ... +%P +%I Het is mogelijk het plaatsen van hoofd- en voetregels +%I stop te zetten: +%I +%I \stelhoofdin[status=] +%I \stelvoetin[status=] +%I +%I Aan status kunnen de olgende aarden worden toegekend: +%I +%I geen de kop/voet vervalt (de tekst schuift omhoog) +%I leeg de kop/voet blijft 1 pagina leeg +%I hoog de kop/voet vervalt 1 pagina leeg (idem) +%I normaal de kop/voet wordt gezet +%I stop de kop/voet blijft vanaf nu leeg +%I start de kop/voet wordt vanaf nu weer gevuld +%I +%I Het is ook mogelijk bij \stelhoofdin en \stelvoetin als +%I parameters [voor=] en [na=] mee te geven. De toegekende +%I commando's worden in dat geval voor en na het hoofd en de +%I de voet uitgevoerd. +%P +%I Boven het hoofd en onder de voet is ook ruimte. Deze kan +%I worden gedefinieerd met vergelijkbare commando's: +%I +%I \stelboventekstenin[...][...][...] +%I \stelondertekstenin[...][...][...] +%I +%I \stelbovenin[...] +%I \stelonderin[...] +%I +%I \geenbovenenonderregels +%I \welbovenenonderregels + +% De onderstaande macro's lijken op het eerste gezicht vrij +% ingewikkeld en omslachtig. Dit is het gevolg van een +% dubbel optioneel zijn van argumenten: zowel het eerste als +% de twee laatste argumenten zijn optioneel. Dit is mede het +% gevolg van een uitbreiding naar marges en randen, waarbij +% upward-compatibiliteit zwaar heeft gewogen. + +\def\dostellayouttekstin[#1][#2][#3]% + {\ifthirdargument + \getparameters[\??tk#1#2][#3]% + \else + \getparameters[\??tk#1\v!tekst][#2]% + \fi + \calculatevsizes} + +\def\stelbovenin {\dotripleempty\dostellayouttekstin[\v!boven]} +\def\stelhoofdin {\dotripleempty\dostellayouttekstin[\v!hoofd]} +\def\steltekstin {\dotripleempty\dostellayouttekstin[\v!tekst]} +\def\stelvoetin {\dotripleempty\dostellayouttekstin[\v!voet]} +\def\stelonderin {\dotripleempty\dostellayouttekstin[\v!onder]} + +\letvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!tekst\c!status}=\v!normaal +\letvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!status}=\v!normaal +\letvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!status}=\v!normaal +\letvalue{\??tk\v!voet \v!tekst\c!status}=\v!normaal +\letvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!tekst\c!status}=\v!normaal + +\def\geenhoofdenvoetregels% + {\stelhoofdin[\c!status=\v!leeg]% + \stelvoetin[\c!status=\v!leeg]} + +\def\geenbovenenonderregels% + {\stelbovenin[\c!status=\v!leeg]% + \stelonderin[\c!status=\v!leeg]} + +\def\dolimitateteksten#1#2% + {\limitatetext{#2}{\getvalue{#1\c!breedte}}{}} + +\def\doteksten#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + \convertargument#4\to\ascii + \doifsomething{\ascii} + {\doattributes{#1#2#3} + {\doifvalue{#1\v!tekst\c!strut}{\v!ja}{\setstrut\strut}% hier! + \doifdefinedelse{\??mk\ascii\c!koppeling} % brrr + {\dolimitateteksten{#1#2#3}{\haalmarkering[\ascii][\v!eerste]}} + {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{\v!paginanummer}{#4} + {\@@plaatspaginanummer} + {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{\v!datum}{#4} + {\currentdate[\v!dag,\v!maand,\v!jaar]} + {\opeenregel\dolimitateteksten{#1#2#3}{#4}}}}}}% + \egroup} + +\def\dodoteksten#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\doifonevenpaginaelse + {\doteksten{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} + {\doteksten{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\dodododoteksten[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% + {\ifsixthargument + \setvalue{\??tk#1#2\c!linkertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{#2}{\c!linker}{#3}{\c!rechter}{#6}}% + \setvalue{\??tk#1#2\c!rechtertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{#2}{\c!rechter}{#4}{\c!linker}{#5}}% + \else\iffifthargument + \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!linkertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{\v!tekst}{\c!linker}{#2}{\c!rechter}{#5}}% + \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!rechtertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{\v!tekst}{\c!rechter}{#3}{\c!linker}{#4}}% + \else\iffourthargument + \setvalue{\??tk#1#2\c!linkertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{#2}{\c!linker}{#3}{\c!linker}{#3}}% + \setvalue{\??tk#1#2\c!rechtertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{#2}{\c!rechter}{#4}{\c!rechter}{#4}}% + \else + \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!linkertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{\v!tekst}{\c!linker}{#2}{\c!linker}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!rechtertekst}% + {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{\v!tekst}{\c!rechter}{#3}{\c!rechter}{#3}}% + \fi\fi\fi} + +\def\stelboventekstenin {\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[\v!boven]} +\def\stelhoofdtekstenin {\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[\v!hoofd]} +\def\stelteksttekstenin {\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[\v!tekst]} +\def\stelvoettekstenin {\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[\v!voet]} +\def\stelondertekstenin {\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[\v!onder]} + +\def\@@plaatspaginanummer% + {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% + {{\@@nmcommando{\doattributes{\??nm}{\volledigepaginanummer}}}}} + +\def\@@nmpre#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint\else\unhbox0\tfskip\fi} +\def\@@nmpos#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}\ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint\else\tfskip\unhbox0\fi} + +\def\dodoplaatsteksten#1#2#3#4#5#6% \hsize toegevoegd + {\hbox + {\hbox to \linkerrandbreedte + {\hsize\linkerrandbreedte + \hss\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!rand#2}}% + \hskip\linkerrandafstand + \hskip\pageseparation + \hbox to \linkermargebreedte + {\hsize\linkermargebreedte + \hsmash{\hbox to \linkermargebreedte + {\hss\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge#2}}}% + \hsmash{\hbox to \linkermargebreedte + {\hss#5{\??tk#1\v!marge\c!margetekst}}}% + \hss}% let op: \smashed + \hskip\linkermargeafstand + \hbox to \zetbreedte + {\hsize\zetbreedte + \hsmash{\hbox to \zetbreedte + {\@@nmpre{#5{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}}% + \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst#2}\hss}}% + \hsmash{\hbox to \zetbreedte + {\hss\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst#3}\hss}}% + \hsmash{\hbox to \zetbreedte + {\hss\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst#4}% + \@@nmpos{#6{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}}}}% + \hss}% + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \hbox to \rechtermargebreedte + {\hsize\rechtermargebreedte + \hsmash{\hbox to \rechtermargebreedte + {\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge#4}\hss}}% + \hsmash{\hbox to \rechtermargebreedte + {#6{\??tk#1\v!marge\c!margetekst}\hss}}% + \hss}% let op: \smashed + \hskip\pageseparation + \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \hbox to \rechterrandbreedte + {\hsize\rechterrandbreedte + \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!rand#4}\hss}}} + +\def\doplaatslayoutregel#1#2% + {\ifdim#2>\!!zeropoint\relax % prevents pagenumbers when zero height + \goleftonpage + \hbox + {\setbox0=\vbox to #2 + {\forgetall + \vsize#2 + \normalbaselines + \def\\{ \ignorespaces}% + \def\crlf{ \ignorespaces}% + \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!voor}% + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \dodoplaatsteksten#1\c!linkertekst\c!middentekst\c!rechtertekst + \gobbleoneargument\getvalue + \orsideone + \dodoplaatsteksten#1\c!linkertekst\c!middentekst\c!rechtertekst + \gobbleoneargument\getvalue + \orsidetwo + \dodoplaatsteksten#1\c!rechtertekst\c!middentekst\c!linkertekst + \getvalue\gobbleoneargument + \od + \getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!na}% + \kern\!!zeropoint}% keep the \dp, beware of \vtops, never change this! + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0}% + \fi} + +% \stelhoofdin[status=normaal] \titel{NORMAAL} \dorecurse{8}{\input tufte} \pagina +% \stelhoofdin[status=hoog] \titel{HOOG} \dorecurse{8}{\input tufte} \pagina +% \stelhoofdin[status=leeg] \titel{LEEG} \dorecurse{8}{\input tufte} \pagina +% \stelhoofdin[status=geen] \titel{GEEN} \dorecurse{8}{\input tufte} \pagina +% \stelhoofdin[status=stop] \titel{STOP} \dorecurse{8}{\input tufte} \pagina + +\def\plaatslayoutregel#1#2% % handelt o.b.v. tekst + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}] + [ \v!geen=>, + \v!hoog=>, % is reset later on + \v!start=>\setgvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!normaal}% + \doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}, + \v!stop=>\vskip#2\relax, + \v!leeg=>\setgvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!normaal}% + \vskip#2\relax, + \v!normaal=>\doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}, + \s!default=>\doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}, + \s!unknown=>\doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}]} + +\def\resetlayoutregel#1% + {\doifvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!hoog} + {\setgvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!normaal}% ! global + \doglobal\calculatevsizes + \global\newlogostrue + \global\newbackgroundtrue}} + +\def\resetlayoutregels% + {\resetlayoutregel\v!boven + \resetlayoutregel\v!hoofd + \resetlayoutregel\v!tekst + \resetlayoutregel\v!voet + \resetlayoutregel\v!onder} + +\def\plaatsbovenregel {\plaatslayoutregel\v!boven\bovenhoogte} +\def\plaatshoofdregel {\plaatslayoutregel\v!hoofd\hoofdhoogte} +\def\plaatstekstregel {\plaatslayoutregel\v!tekst\teksthoogte} +\def\plaatsvoetregel {\plaatslayoutregel\v!voet\voethoogte} +\def\plaatsonderregel {\plaatslayoutregel\v!onder\onderhoogte} + +\def\gettextboxes% elders weghalen + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox + {\mindermeldingen + \calculatereducedvsizes + \swapmargins + \forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \vskip-\bovenhoogte + \vskip-\bovenafstand + \plaatsbovenregel + \vskip\bovenafstand + \plaatshoofdregel + \vskip\hoofdafstand + \plaatstekstregel + \vskip\voetafstand + \plaatsvoetregel + \vskip\onderafstand + \plaatsonderregel + \plaatsversieaanduiding + \vfilll}% + \smashbox0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\@@plaatspaginascheider% + {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% + {\@@nmtekstscheider}} + +% ook rand ondersteunen + +\def\dodosetpagenumberlocation#1#2% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [\@@nmplaats] + [ \v!links=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!linkertekst}{#2}, + \v!rechts=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!rechtertekst}{#2}, + \v!midden=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!middentekst}{#2}, + \v!inlinker=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge\c!linkertekst}{#2}, + \v!inrechter=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge\c!rechtertekst}{#2}, + \v!inmarge=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge\ifdubbelzijdig\c!margetekst\else\c!rechtertekst\fi}{#2}, + \v!marge=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!marge\ifdubbelzijdig\c!margetekst\else\c!rechtertekst\fi}{#2}, + \v!opmarge=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}{#2}, + \v!kantlijn=>\setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}{#2}]} + +\def\dosetpagenumberlocation#1% + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\v!hoofd}{\@@nmplaats,\@@nmin} + {\dodosetpagenumberlocation{\v!hoofd}{#1}} + {\dodosetpagenumberlocation{\v!voet}{#1}}} + +\def\@@nmin {} % kan vervallen (upward compatibility) +\def\@@nmplaats {} % mag {plaats, in} zijn + +\def\dostelnummeringin[#1]% + {\dosetpagenumberlocation\relax + \getparameters[\??nm][#1]% + \preparepaginaprefix{\??nm}% + \enkelzijdigfalse + \dubbelzijdigfalse + \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [\@@nmvariant] + [ \v!enkelzijdig=>\enkelzijdigtrue, + \v!dubbelzijdig=>\dubbelzijdigtrue]% + \ifdubbelzijdig + \trackingmarginnotestrue + \else + \trackingmarginnotesfalse + \fi + \dosetpagenumberlocation\@@plaatspaginanummer + \global\newbackgroundtrue + \global\newlogostrue} + +\def\stelnummeringin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelnummeringin} + +\def\preparepaginaprefix#1% + {\def\dopreparepaginaprefix##1% + {\doifvalue{#1##1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\c!nummer}{\v!ja}}}% + \processcommacommand[\@@kolijst]\dopreparepaginaprefix} + +\def\dopaginaprefix#1#2% + {\doifelsevalue{#1#2\c!nummer}{\v!ja}% + {\@EA\beforesplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\preprefix + \@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix + \doifsomething{\preprefix} + {\doifnot{\preprefix}{0}{\preprefix\@@nmnummerscheider}}}% + {\@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix}} + +\def\paginaprefix#1[#2::#3::#4]% kan wat sneller ####1:0: + {\bgroup + \edef\postprefix{#3}% + \def\donexttrackcommando##1% + {\dopaginaprefix{#1}{##1}% + \donexttracklevel{##1}}% + \donexttrackcommando\firstsection + \egroup} + +\def\@@plaatspaginanummer% + {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% + {{\@@nmcommando{\doconvertfont{\@@nmletter}{\volledigepaginanummer}}}}} + +\def\@@plaatspaginascheider% + {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% + {\@@nmtekstscheider}} + +\def\userfolio% naast realfolio + {\nummer[\s!page]} + +\def\paginanummer% + {\userfolio} + +\def\volledigepaginanummer% alleen voor paginanummers !! + {\@@nmlinks + \def\donexttrackcommando##1% + {\doifvalue{\??nm##1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se##1}>0\relax + \getvalue{##1\c!nummer}\@@nmnummerscheider + \fi}% + \doifsomething{\@@nmtekst} + {\@@nmtekst\@@nmnummerscheider}% + \donexttracklevel{##1}}% + \donexttrackcommando{\firstsection}% + \paginanummer + \@@nmrechts} + +\def\translatednumber[#1::#2::#3]% + {#3} + +%I n=Markeringen +%I c=\markeer,\haalmarkering +%I c=\definieermarkering,\stelmarkeringin,\resetmarkering +%I +%I Men kan in een tekst markeringen aanbrengen. Een markering +%I kan bijvoorbeeld worden opgehaald in een kopregel. +%I +%I \definieermarkering[categorie] +%I +%I Een markering wordt aangebracht met het commando: +%I +%I \markeer[categorie]{tekst} +%I +%I Er kunnen drie markeringen worden opgevraagd met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \haalmarkering[categorie][plaats] +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn: eerste, laatste, vorige. Vorige +%I staat voor de laatste markering op de vorige bladzijde en +%I eerste en laatste hebben betrekking op de huidige bladzijde. +%P +%I Markeringen worden ge(de)blokkeerd met het commando: +%I +%I \stelmarkeringin[categorie][status=,expansie=] +%I +%I waarbij als instellingen mogelijk zijn: start en stop. +%I Standaard wordt een markering niet ge‰xpandeerd. Wil met +%I wel expanderen (wat bij tellers nodig is), dan kan dat +%I worden ingesteld: expansie=ja. +%I +%I Markeringen kunnen worden geinitialiseerd met: +%I +%I \resetmarkering[categorie] +%I +%I Standaard worden de markeringen 'deel', 'hoofdstuk', 'paragraaf', +%I 'subparagraaf' en 'subsubparagraaf bijgehouden. +%P +%I Soms wordt een argument voor meerdere doeleinden gebruikt, +%I bijvoorbeeld in \hoofdstuk{tekst}. Hierbij is {tekst} +%I zowel de kop van het hoofdstuk als de eventueel te plaatsen +%I markering in de hoofd- of voetregel. Als zo'n tekst te lang +%I wordt, kan ze als volgt worden beperkt: +%I +%I {eerste tweede \geenmarkering{derde vierde} vijfde} +%I +%I De woorden 'derde' en 'vierde' worden in dit geval in de +%I markering vervangen door punten. + +% Het commando \newmark\markering genereert +% +% \markering +% +% en het commando \getmarks\markering genereert +% +% \topmarkering +% \botmarkering +% \firstmarkering +% +% voor 'interne' doeleinden zijn beschikbaar: +% +% \prefetchmark[naam] +% \fetchmark[naam][plaats] + +% nog expansie in hoofdmarkering + +\def\hoofdmarkering#1% + {\getvalue{\??mk#1\c!koppeling}} + +\def\dodoresetmarkering#1% + {\expandafter\newmark\csname\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\endcsname} + +\def\doresetmarkering[#1]% + {\processcommalist[#1]\dodoresetmarkering} + +\def\resetmarkering% + {\dosingleargument\doresetmarkering} + +\def\dostelmarkeringin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??mk#1][#2]} + +\def\stelmarkeringin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelmarkeringin} + +\setvalue{\??mk\v!vorige}{top} +\setvalue{\??mk\v!eerste}{first} +\setvalue{\??mk\v!laatste}{bot} + +\def\dododefinieermarkering[#1][#2]% + {\stelmarkeringin[#1] + [% \c!expansie=\v!nee, scheelt weer een macro + \c!status=\v!start]% + \ontkoppelmarkering[#1]% d.w.z. geen koppeling met secties + \setevalue{\??mk#1\c!koppeling}{#2}% + \expandafter\newmark\csname\??mk#2\endcsname + %\setgvalue{\??mk#2\s!check}{0}% + \showmessage{\m!systems}{13}{#1,[#2]}} + +\def\dodefinieermarkering[#1][#2]% + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\dododefinieermarkering[#1][#1]} + {\dododefinieermarkering[#1][#2]}} + +\def\definieermarkering% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieermarkering} + +\let\geenmarkering=\relax + +\def\prefetchmark[#1]% + {%\ifnum\getvalue{\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\s!check}<\realpageno + % \setxvalue{\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\s!check}{\the\realpageno}% + % \expandafter\getmarks\csname\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\endcsname % mag maar eenmaal per pagina + }%\fi} + +\def\fetchmark[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\getvalue{\??mk#2}\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}}} + +\def\dohaalmarkering[#1][#2]% + {\doifvalue{\??mk#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\bgroup + %\prefetchmark[#1]% + \def\geenmarkering##1{\onbekend\ }% + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\fetchmark[#1][\v!eerste]} + {\fetchmark[#1][#2]}% + \egroup}} + +\def\haalmarkering% + {\dodoubleargument\dohaalmarkering} + +\def\domarkeer[#1]#2% + {\bgroup + \doifelsevalue{\??mk#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} + {\expandmarkstrue} + {\expandmarksfalse}% + \getvalue{\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}}{#2}% + \egroup} + +\def\markeer% + {\dosingleargument\domarkeer} + +%I n=Tekstonderdelen +%I c=\hoofdstuk,\paragraaf,\subparagraaf,\subsubparagraaf +%I c=\titel,\onderwerp,\subonderwerp,\subsubonderwerp,\alinea +%I c=\stelkopin,\stelkoppenin,\stelkopnummerin +%I c=\startbijlagen,\bijlage +%I c=\startinleidingen,\startuitleidingen +%I +%I Een tekst wordt gestructureerd met de commando's: +%I +%I \titel [referentie] {titel} +%I \onderwerp [referentie] {onderwerp} +%I \subonderwerp [referentie] {onderwerp} +%I \subsubonderwerp [referentie] {onderwerp} +%I +%I \hoofdstuk [referentie] {titel} +%I \paragraaf [referentie] {titel} +%I \subparagraaf [referentie] {titel} +%I \subsubparagraaf [referentie] {titel} +%I +%I In een {titel} kan het commando \\ worden gebruikt om naar +%I een volgende regel te gaan. Wil men ook in de inhoudsopgave +%I naar een nieuwe regel gaan, dan dient \crlf te worden +%I gebruikt. +%P +%I Op een hoger niveau kunnen delen worden gedefinieerd. In +%I dat geval wordt standaard geen kop geplaatst (het kan +%I wel). +%I +%I \deel [referentie] {titel} +%I +%I In totaal zijn er 7 niveaus voorgedefinieerd. Meer +%I niveaus zijn mogelijk. Het hoogste niveau is op dit +%I moment dus \deel en het laagste \subsubsubsubparagraaf. +%P +%I Naar een hoofdstuk en een paragraaf kan worden +%I terugverwezen met: +%I +%I \inhoofdstuk[referentie] +%I \inparagraaf[referentie] +%I +%I Zodat verwijzingen als 'zie ook hoofdstuk 2' mogelijk +%I zijn (zie ook \inhoofdstuk[alfa]). +%I +%I Ook kunnen de elders besproken commando's worden +%I gebruikt. Een referentie kan eventueel worden weggelaten, +%I bijvoorbeeld \hoofdstuk{titel}. +%P +%I Een overgang naar een nieuwe alinea kan worden afgedwongen +%I met het commando: +%I +%I \alinea +%I +%I Dit commando komt overeen met het commando \par. +%P +%I Aanvullend zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar. Deze +%I commando's onderdrukken cq. wijzigen de nummering. +%I +%I \startbijlagen hoofdstukken nummeren met a, b, ... +%I \stopbijlagen hoofdstukken nummeren met 1, 2, ... +%I +%I \startinleidingen hoofdstukken niet nummeren +%I \stopinleidingen hoofdstukken wel nummeren +%I \startuitleidingen hoofdstukken niet nummeren +%I \stopuitleidingen hoofdstukken wel nummeren +%I +%I Als men bijlagen apart wil nummeren, dan gebruikt men in +%I plaats van \hoofdstuk het commando: +%I +%I \bijlage[referentie]{titel} +%I +%I waarna de eigenlijke tekst komt of wordt ingelezen uit +%I een file. +%P +%I De wijze waarop hoofdstukken en paragrafen worden genummerd +%I en gezet, kan worden ingesteld met de commando's: +%I +%I \stelkoppenin[variant=,scheider=] +%I +%I Hierbij zijn als varianten mogelijk normaal en inmarge. +%I +%I Daarnaast is het volgende commando beschikbaar: +%I +%I \stelkopin[element][letter=,nummerletter=,tekstletter=, +%I voor=,na=,pagina=,uitlijnen=,hoofd=] +%I +%I Mogelijke elementen zijn: hoofdstuk, paragraaf, +%I subparagraaf, subsubparagraaf en indien gewenst: titel en +%I onderwerp. +%P +%I Aan de parameters voor en na kunnen commando's worden +%I toegekend; 'nummer', 'tekst' en 'letter' staan voor de +%I lettertypen. Standaard zijn 'nummer' en 'tekst' gelijk +%I aan 'letter'. In de regel kan men volstaan met het +%I instellen van hoofdstuk en paragraaf, omdat de andere +%I instellingen hiervan worden afgeleid. Voorbeelden van +%I instellingen zijn 'letter=vet', 'voor={\blanko[groot]}' +%I en 'nummer=\tfa'. +%I +%I Aan 'pagina' kan de waarde 'links', 'rechts' of 'ja' worden +%I toegekend. Er wordt alleen naar een nieuwe pagina gegaan als +%I het nummer van de (sub)(sub)paragraaf groter is dan 1. +%I Wil men altijd overgaan op een nieuwe bladzijde, dan kan +%I men dit aangeven door aan 'doorgaan' de waarde 'nee' toe +%I te kennen. +%P +%I Een hoofdstuk kan worden voorafgegaan door een woord, +%I bijvoorbeeld 'Hoofdstuk'. Dit woord kan worden ingesteld +%I met \stellabeltekstin. +%I +%I Als men aan 'hoofd' de waarde 'geen' toekent, dan wordt +%I geen hoofdregel geplaatst op de bladzijde waarop de kop +%I wordt geplaatst. +%I +%I Het is mogelijk varianten van koppen te definieren met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \definieerkop[dochter][moeder] +%I +%I Na \definieerkop[rubriek][onderwerp] is het commando \rubriek +%I beschikbaar met dezelfde kenmerken als \onderwerp. Deze +%I kenmerken kunnen worden aangepast met \stelkopin. Als de +%I moeder een genummerde kop is, wordt de dochter ook genummerd. +%P +%I Nummers van koppen kunnen worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelkopnummerin[niveau][nummer] +%I +%I Als het nummer wordt vooraf gegaan door + of -, dan is +%I sprake van een verhoging of verlaging: [hoofdstuk][+2]. + +%T n=hoofdstuk +%T m=hfd +%T a=h +%T +%T \hoofdstuk{?} + +%T n=paragraaf +%T m=par +%T a=p +%T +%T \paragraaf{?} + +\newcount\nofsections + +\def\zerosection{\v!tekst} +\def\firstsection{} +\def\lastsection{} + +\makecounter{\??se\v!tekst} +\setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!voor}{} +\setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!na}{} +\setevalue{\v!tekst\c!nummer}{0} +\setevalue{\v!tekst\s!format}{} + +\setevalue{\??sk\v!tekst}{} +\setevalue{\??sk}{} + +\setvalue{\??by}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!tekst}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!alles}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!tekst}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!alles}{\v!tekst} + +\def\dostelsectiein[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??se#1][#2] + \doifelsevalue{\??se#1\c!vorige\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\setvalue{#1\c!nummer}{\@@longsectionnumber{#1}}}% + {\setvalue{#1\c!nummer}{\@@shortsectionnumber{#1}}}} + +\def\stelsectiein% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelsectiein} + +\def\dokoppelmarkering[#1][#2]% + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ko#2\c!sectie} + {\dokoppelmarkering[#1][\getvalue{\??ko#2\c!sectie}]} + {\def\donexttrackcommando##1% + {\edef\gekoppeldemarkeringen{\getvalue{\??se##1\c!markering}}% + \doifelse{##1}{#2} + {\addtocommalist{#1}\gekoppeldemarkeringen} + {\removefromcommalist{#1}\gekoppeldemarkeringen}% + \setevalue{\??se##1\c!markering}{\gekoppeldemarkeringen}% + \donexttracklevel{##1}}% + \donexttracklevel{\firstsection}}} + +\def\koppelmarkering% + {\dodoubleargument\dokoppelmarkering} + +\def\ontkoppelmarkering[#1]% + {\koppelmarkering[#1][]} + +\def\definieersectie[#1]% + {\doifundefined{\??se#1} + {\doifelsenothing{\firstsection} + {\def\firstsection{#1}% + \setevalue{\??se#1\c!voor}{\v!tekst}% + \setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!na}{#1}}% + {\setevalue{\??se\commalistelement\c!na}{#1}% + \setevalue{\??se#1\c!voor}{\lastsection}% + \setevalue{\??se\lastsection\c!na}{#1}}% + \advance\nofsections by 1 + \setevalue{\??se#1\c!niveau}% + {\the\nofsections}% + \setevalue{\??se#1\c!na}% + {}% + \setvalue{\e!volgende#1}% + {\@@nextsectionnumber{#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\c!nummer}% + {\@@longsectionnumber{#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!format}% + {\@@longformatnumber{#1}}% + \setevalue{\??by#1}{#1}% + \setevalue{\??by\v!per#1}{#1}% + \makecounter{\??se#1}% + \def\lastsection{#1}% + \setvalue{\??sk#1}% + {#1}% + \setvalue{\??se#1\c!markering}% + {}% + \stelsectiein[#1] + [\c!vorige\c!nummer=\v!ja]}}% + +\def\previoussection#1% + {\getvalue{\??se#1\c!voor}} + +\def\nextsection#1% + {\getvalue{\??se#1\c!na}} + +\def\@@setsectionnumber#1#2% + {\setgvalue{\??se#1\s!start}{}% % signal i.p.v. boolean + \setcounter{\??se#1}{#2}% + \resetsectioncounters[#1]% + \checkpagecounter} + +\def\@@nextsectionnumber#1% + {\setgvalue{\??se#1\s!start}{}% % signal i.p.v. boolean + \pluscounter{\??se#1}% + \resetsectioncounters[#1]% + \checkpagecounter} + +\def\@@sectionvalue#1% % nog niet overal doorgevoerd + {\countervalue{\??se#1}} % zoeken op \??se + +\def\@@sectionconversion#1% + {\getvalue{\??cv\getvalue{\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie}}} + +% Omdat een markering kan worden herdefinieerd moeten we +% eerst testen of er wel een keten||afhankelijkheid is. + +\def\resetsectionmarks[#1]% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\doifdefinedelse{\??se#1} + {\def\donexttrackcommando##1% + {\def\docommando####1% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\resetmarkering[####1]}% + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??se##1\c!markering}]\docommando + \donexttracklevel{##1}}% + \donexttracklevel{#1}}% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\resetmarkering[\hoofdmarkering{#1}]}} + +\def\resetsectioncounters[#1]% + {\def\donexttrackcommando##1% + {\resetcounter{\??se##1}% + \donexttracklevel{##1}}% + \donexttracklevel{#1}} + +% bij checken kan geen prefix worden bekeken, anders vallen +% er titels buiten de inhoudsopgave + +\def\makesectionformat% + {\@EA\edef\@EA\sectionformat\@EA% + {\@@sectiontype:\getvalue{\lastsection\s!format}}} + +\def\dobacktracklevel#1% + {\doifnot{\previoussection{#1}}{\zerosection} + {\dobacktrackcommando{\previoussection{#1}}}} + +\def\donexttracklevel#1% + {\doifnot{#1}{\lastsection} + {\donexttrackcommando{\nextsection{#1}}}} + +\newif\ifalllevels + +\def\dosetlevel#1% + {\bgroup + \doifelse{#1}{\v!vorige} + {\global\alllevelstrue + \xdef\currentlevel{}% + \def\dobacktrackcommando##1% + {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se##1}>0 + \global\alllevelsfalse + \xdef\currentlevel{\getvalue{\previoussection{##1}\s!format}}% + \else + \dobacktracklevel{##1}% + \fi}% + \dobacktrackcommando\lastsection}% + {\doifelse{\getvalue{\??by#1}}{\v!tekst} + {\global\alllevelstrue + \xdef\currentlevel{}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ko#1\c!sectie} % beter alteratief: ook + {\edef\@@sectie{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}} % hoofdstuk\c!format + {\edef\@@sectie{#1}}% + \doifdefinedelse{\??se\@@sectie} + {\global\alllevelsfalse + \xdef\currentlevel{\getvalue{\@@sectie\s!format}}} + {\global\alllevelstrue + \xdef\currentlevel{}% + \def\dobacktrackcommando##1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??se##1\c!start\endcsname\relax + \dobacktracklevel{##1}% + \else + \ifnum\countervalue{\??se##1}>0 + \global\alllevelsfalse + \xdef\currentlevel{\getvalue{##1\s!format}}% + \else + \dobacktracklevel{##1}% + \fi + \fi}% + \dobacktrackcommando\lastsection}}}% + \egroup} + +\def\doifnextlevelelse[#1::#2]#3#4% + {\ifalllevels + #3% + \else + \doifelse{\@@sectiontype}{#1} % \@EA kunnen denk ik weg + {\@EA\doifinstringelse\@EA{\@EA=\currentlevel:}{=:#2:} + {\@EA\doifinstringelse\@EA{\@EA=\currentlevel:0}{=:#2:}{#4}{#3}} + {#4}} + {#4}% + \fi} + +\def\doifprevlevelelse[#1::#2]#3#4% + {\ifalllevels + #3% + \else + \doifelse{\@@sectiontype}{#1} + {\@EA\doifinstringelse\@EA{\@EA=\currentlevel:}{=:#2:} + {#3} + {#4}} + {#4}% + \fi} + +\def\dosettoclevel{\dosetlevel} +\def\dosetreglevel{\dosetlevel} +\def\dosetblklevel{\dosetlevel} + +\def\doiftoclevelelse{\doifnextlevelelse} +\def\doifreglevelelse{\doifprevlevelelse} +\def\doifblklevelelse{\doifprevlevelelse} + +\def\@@longformatnumber#1% + {\getvalue{\previoussection{#1}\s!format}:\@@shortsectionnumber{#1}} + +\def\@@longsectionnumber#1% + {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se\previoussection{#1}}>0 + \getvalue{\previoussection{#1}\c!nummer}\@@koscheider + \fi + \@@shortsectionnumber{#1}} + +\def\@@shortsectionnumber#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie\endcsname\relax + \@@sectionvalue{#1}% + \else + \@@sectionconversion{#1}{\@@sectionvalue{#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\dodosetlocalsectieblok[#1#2][#3]% + {\def\@@sectiontype{#1}% + \def\@@sectieblok{#1#2}% + \def\@@sectieblokken{#3}} + +\def\dosetlocalsectieblok#1#2% + {\@EA\dodosetlocalsectieblok\@EA[#1][#2]} + +\def\doaroundsectieblok#1% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??sb#1\c!pagina} + {\ExpandFirstAfter\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb#1\c!pagina}]}% + \resetsectioncounters[\firstsection]% + \resetsectionmarks[\firstsection]} + +\def\dostartsectieblok#1#2% + {\begingroup + \doaroundsectieblok{#1}% + \dosetlocalsectieblok{#1}{#2}% + \expandafter\csname#2true\endcsname +\getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!voor}% don't move + \showmessage{\m!structures}{1}{\@@sectieblokken}} + +\def\dostopsectieblok% + {\showmessage{\m!structures}{2}{\@@sectieblokken}% +\getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!na}% don't move + \doaroundsectieblok{\@@sectieblok}% + \endgroup} + +\def\dostelsectieblokin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??sb#1][#2]} + +\def\stelsectieblokin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelsectieblokin} + +\def\dodefinieersectieblok[#1][#2][#3]% + {\getparameters + [\??sb#1] + [\c!nummer=\v!ja, + \c!pagina=\v!rechts, % anders worden marks te vroeg gereset ! + %\c!voor=, + %\c!na=, + #3]% + \expandafter\newif\csname if#2\endcsname + \setvalue{\??sb#1}% + {\dosetlocalsectieblok{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\e!start#2}% + {\dostartsectieblok{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#2}% + {\dostopsectieblok}} + +\def\definieersectieblok% + {\dotripleargument\dodefinieersectieblok} + +\def\sectiebloklabel#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname#1\@@sectieblok\c!label\endcsname\relax + \else + \labeltext{\getvalue{#1\@@sectieblok\c!label}}% + \fi} + +% BETER: + +\def\sectiebloklabel#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ko#1\@@sectieblok\c!label\endcsname\relax + \labeltext{#1}% + \else + \labeltext{\getvalue{\??ko#1\@@sectieblok\c!label}}% + \fi} + +\dosetlocalsectieblok{\v!hoofdtekst}{\v!hoofdteksten} + +\def\setsectiontype[#1]% + {\getvalue{\??sb#1}} + +\def\writesection#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \convertargument#3\to\ascii + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \@EA\writestatus\@EA + {\!!stringa} + {\ifsectienummer#2\else(#2)\fi\normalspace\ascii}% + \egroup} + +\def\@@koniveau{1} \def\kopniveau{\@@koniveau} + +% \def\dohandelpaginaafA#1% +% {\ifnum\lastpenalty>0 +% \global\paginageblokkeerdtrue +% \fi +% \witruimte +% \flushsidefloats +% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voor}% +% \ifpaginageblokkeerd +% \global\paginageblokkeerdfalse +% \else +% \!!countb=\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}\relax +% \ifnum\!!countb>\@@koniveau\relax +% \!!counta=20000 +% \multiply\!!countb by 500 +% \advance\!!counta by \!!countb +% \dosomebreak{\penalty\!!counta}% +% \else +% \dosomebreak{\allowbreak}% +% \fi +% \fi +% \xdef\@@koniveau{\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}}} +% +% \def\dohandelpaginaafB#1% +% {\doifinset{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!pagina}}{\v!ja,\v!rechts,\v!links} +% {\def\resetcurrentsectionmarks% toegevoegd, zie \pagina +% {\resetsectionmarks[\previoussection{\@@sectie}]}% +% \pagina[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!pagina}]% +% \doifinset{\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!status}}{\v!normaal,\v!start} +% {\doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!hoofd} +% {\stelhoofdin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!hoofd}]}}}} +% +% \def\handelpaginaaf#1% +% {\dohandelpaginaafA{#1}% +% \ifnum\countervalue{\??se\previoussection{\@@sectie}}>0 +% \ifnum\countervalue{\??se\@@sectie}>0 +% \dohandelpaginaafB{#1}% +% \else +% \doifnotvalue{\??ko#1\c!doorgaan}{\v!ja} +% {\dohandelpaginaafB{#1}}% +% \fi +% \else +% \dohandelpaginaafB{#1}% +% \fi} + +\def\dohandelpaginaafAA#1% + {\ifnum\lastpenalty>0 + \global\paginageblokkeerdtrue + \fi} + +\def\dohandelpaginaafAB#1% + {\witruimte + \flushsidefloats + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voor}% + \ifpaginageblokkeerd + \global\paginageblokkeerdfalse + \else + \!!countb=\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}\relax + \ifnum\!!countb>\@@koniveau\relax + \!!counta=20000 + \multiply\!!countb by 500 + \advance\!!counta by \!!countb + \dosomebreak{\penalty\!!counta}% + \else + \dosomebreak{\allowbreak}% + \fi + \fi + \xdef\@@koniveau{\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}}} + +\def\dohandelpaginaafB#1% + {\doifinset{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!pagina}}{\v!ja,\v!rechts,\v!links} + {\def\resetcurrentsectionmarks% toegevoegd, zie \pagina + {\resetsectionmarks[\previoussection{\@@sectie}]}% + \pagina[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!pagina}]% + \doifinset{\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!status}}{\v!normaal,\v!start} + {\doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!hoofd} + {\stelhoofdin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!hoofd}]}}}} + +\def\handelpaginaaf#1% + {\dohandelpaginaafAA{#1}% + \ifnum\countervalue{\??se\previoussection{\@@sectie}}>0 + \ifnum\countervalue{\??se\@@sectie}>0 + \dohandelpaginaafB{#1}% + \else + \doifnotvalue{\??ko#1\c!doorgaan}{\v!ja} + {\dohandelpaginaafB{#1}}% + \fi + \else + \dohandelpaginaafB{#1}% + \fi + \dohandelpaginaafAB{#1}} + +% + +\def\dolocalkopsetup#1% koppeling met standaard kopcommando + {\forgetall + \ExpandFirstAfter\steluitlijnenin[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen}]% + \def\\{\crlf\strut}} + +\newif\ifplaatskop +\newif\ifverhoognummer +\newif\ifkopnummer + +\def\setsectieenkoppeling#1% + {\edef\@@koppeling{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!koppeling}}% + \edef\@@sectie{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}% + \doif{\@@koppeling}{} + {\edef\@@koppeling{#1}}% + \doif{\@@sectie}{} + {\edef\@@sectie{\getvalue{\??ko\@@koppeling\c!sectie}}}} + +\newif\ifkopprefix + +% \handelpaginaaf komt het eerst omdat eventueel +% subpaginanummers moeten worden afgehandeld. Vervolgens +% worden de nummers opgehoogd en referenties geset, dan +% volgt de kop en tot slot de worden de marks en de prefix +% geset. + +% \hoofdstuk {tekst} +% \hoofdstuk tekst +% \hoofdstuk + +\def\dosomekop#1[#2]#3% + {\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} + {\def\next{\doquadruplegroupempty\dodosomekop{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + {\def\next{\fourthargumentfalse\dodosomekop{#1}{#2}{#3}{}}}% + \next} + +\def\dodosomekop#1#2#3#4% + {\iffourthargument + \dododosomekop{#1}[#2]{\sectiebloklabel{#1}}{#3}{#4}% + \else + \dododosomekop{#1}[#2]{\sectiebloklabel{#1}}{\getvalue{\@@sectie\c!nummer}}{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\dododosomekop#1[#2]#3#4#5% % pas met \ExpandFirstAfter op bij twee||taligheid + {\setsectieenkoppeling{#1}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!prefix}{} + {\kopprefixfalse} + {\kopprefixtrue}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!plaatskop}{\v!ja} + {\plaatskoptrue} + {\plaatskopfalse}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!verhoognummer}{\v!ja} + {\verhoognummertrue} + {\verhoognummerfalse}% + \ifsectienummer + \doifelsevalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\kopnummertrue} + {\kopnummerfalse}} + {\kopnummerfalse}% + \else + \kopnummerfalse + \fi + \ifverhoognummer + \ifplaatskop + \handelpaginaaf{#1}% + \ifkopprefix + \stelrefererenin[\c!prefix=-]% + \fi + \getvalue{\e!volgende\@@sectie}% + \ifkopnummer + \doplaatskopnummertekst + {#1} + {\setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{#4}% + \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% + \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{#4}{#5}{\v!kop}}% + {#3#4} + {#5} + {\markeer[#1]{#5}}% + \writesection{#1}{#4}{#5}% + \else + \doplaatskoptekst + {#1} + {\setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% + \rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}% + \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% + \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{}{#5}{\v!kop}} + {#5} + {\markeer[#1]{#5}}% + \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% + \fi + \ifkopprefix + \ExpandFirstAfter\stelrefererenin[\c!prefix=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!prefix}]% + \fi + \dosomebreak\nobreak + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!na}% + \else +\dohandelpaginaafB{#1}% toegevoegd ivm subpaginanr / tug sheets + \ifkopprefix + \stelrefererenin[\c!prefix=-]% + \fi + \getvalue{\e!volgende\@@sectie}% + \setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% + \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% + \markeer[#1]{#5}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% + \ifkopnummer + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{#4}% + \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{#4}{#5}{\v!kop}% + \writesection{#1}{#4}{#5}% + \else + \rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}% + \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{}{#5}{\v!kop}% + \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% + \fi + \ifkopprefix + \ExpandFirstAfter\stelrefererenin[\c!prefix=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!prefix}]% + \fi + \fi + \else + \ifplaatskop + \handelpaginaaf{#1}% + \doplaatskoptekst + {#1} + {\rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}} + {#5} + {}% + \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% + \dosomebreak\nobreak + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!na}% + \else + % do nothing + \fi + \fi} + +\def\doplaatskoptekst#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + %\showcomposition + \mindermeldingen + \postponefootnotes + \def\localkopsetup% + {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% + \startsynchronisatie + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando} + {} % no number + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}{\doattributes{\??ko#1\c!tekst} + {\dontconvertfont + \stelinterliniein + #2% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% + \endgraf}}}% + \endgraf + \nointerlineskip + \dosomebreak\nobreak + #4% + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox + \stopsynchronisatie + \egroup + \noindentation} + +% \prevdepth\dp\strutbox is belangrijk, vergelijk naast elkaar: +% +% \onderwerp{test} \input tufte +% \onderwerp{test} \strut \input tufte +% \onderwerp{test} \plaatslijst[...] + +\def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + %\showcomposition + \mindermeldingen + \postponefootnotes + \def\localkopsetup% + {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% + \startsynchronisatie + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando}% + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}{\doattributes{\??ko#1\c!nummer} + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nummercommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut}}}} + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}{\doattributes{\??ko#1\c!tekst} + {\dontconvertfont + \stelinterliniein + #2% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#4\endstrut}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% + \endgraf}}}% + \endgraf + \nointerlineskip + \dosomebreak\nobreak + #5% + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox + \stopsynchronisatie + \egroup + \noindentation} + +\def\dostelkopnummerin[#1][#2#3]% + {\bgroup + \setsectieenkoppeling{#1}% + \doifinstringelse{#2}{+-} + {\doifelse{#3}{} + {\@@nextsectionnumber{\@@sectie}} + {\!!counta=#2#3\relax + \advance\!!counta by \@@sectionvalue{\@@sectie}% + \@@setsectionnumber{\@@sectie}{\!!counta}}} + {\@@setsectionnumber{\@@sectie}{#2#3}}% + \egroup} + +\def\stelkopnummerin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelkopnummerin} + +\def\dokopnummer[#1]% + {\bgroup + \setsectieenkoppeling{#1}% + \doifnot{\getvalue{\@@sectie\c!nummer}}{0} % kan effienter + {\getvalue{\@@sectie\c!nummer}}% + \egroup} + +\def\kopnummer% + {\dosingleargument\dokopnummer} + +\def\alinea% + {\par} + +\def\plaatskopnormaal#1#2% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\vbox + {\localkopsetup + \noindent + #2}}% + {\setbox0=\hbox{{#1}\hskip0.75em}% + \vbox + {\localkopsetup + \hangindent 1\wd0 + \hangafter 1 + \noindent + \unhbox0 % don't use \strut's here! + #2}}} + +\def\plaatskopinmarge#1#2% + {\vbox + {\localkopsetup + \begstrut % but use one \strut here! + \doifsomething{#1} + {\llap{\hbox to 5em{\hfill{#1}\hskip\linkermargeafstand}}}% + {#2}}} + +\def\plaatsgeenkop#1#2% + {} + +% default == instellingen +% koppeling == koppen, breaks, marks, enz. +% sectie == nummering + +\def\@@kolijst{} + +\def\dodefinieerkop[#1][#2]% % don't preset prefix to much + {\presetlabeltext[#1=]% + \getparameters + [\??ko#1] + [\c!nummerletter=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!letter}, + \c!tekstletter=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!letter}, + \c!nummerkleur=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!kleur}, + \c!tekstkleur=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!kleur}]% + \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\getparameters + [\??ko#1] + [\c!sectie=\getvalue{\??ko\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!koppeling}\c!sectie}, + \c!default=, + \c!koppeling=, + \c!prefix=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!pagina=, + \c!hoofd=, + \c!letter=, + \c!nummercommando=, + \c!tekstcommando=, + \c!eigennummer=\v!nee, + \c!nummer=\v!ja, + \c!kleur=, + \c!doorgaan=\v!ja, + \c!plaatskop=\v!ja, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!ja, + \c!commando=\plaatskop, + #2]% + \ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}} + {\doifsomething{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}} + {%\presetlabeltext[#1=\labeltext{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}}]% + \copyparameters + [\??ko#1][\??ko\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}] + [\c!voor,\c!na,\c!commando,\c!pagina,\c!doorgaan,\c!hoofd, + \c!nummer,\c!eigennummer,\c!plaatskop,\c!verhoognummer,\c!letter,\c!kleur, + \c!nummerletter,\c!tekstletter,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]}}% + \getparameters[\??ko#1][#2]% + \doifsomething{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}} + {\doifundefined{\??mk#1} + {\definieermarkering[#1]% + \koppelmarkering[#1][\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}]}}% + \doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1]}} + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#1}{#2} + {\doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1]}} + {%\presetlabeltext[#1=\labeltext{#2}]% + \copyparameters + [\??ko#1][\??ko#2] + [\c!niveau,\c!sectie,\c!koppeling,\c!prefix, + \c!voor,\c!na,\c!commando,\c!pagina,\c!doorgaan,\c!hoofd, + \c!nummer,\c!eigennummer,\c!plaatskop,\c!verhoognummer,\c!letter,\c!kleur, + \c!nummerletter,\c!tekstletter,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]% + \definieermarkering[#1][#2]% + \doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1][#2]}}}% + \addtocommalist{#1}\@@kolijst + \setevalue{\??sk#1}% + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!koppeling}}% + \setevalue{\??by#1}% + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}% + \setevalue{\??by\v!per#1}% + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!complex#1}[##1]% + {\dowithpargument{\dosomekop{#1}[##1]}}} + +\def\definieerkop% + {\dodoubleemptywithset\dodefinieerkop} + +\def\dostelkopin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??ko#1][#2]% + % The next check prevents hard to trace problems. I once + % set \c!commando to nothing and (quite natural) got the + % wrong references etc. The whole bunch should be boxed! + \expandafter\convertcommand\csname\??ko#1\c!commando\endcsname\to\ascii + \doifnothing{\ascii} + {\setvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando}{\plaatskop}}} + +\def\stelkopin% + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dostelkopin} + +\newif\ifsectienummer \sectienummertrue + +\def\dostelkoppenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ko][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@kosectienummer}{\v!ja} + {\sectienummertrue} + {\sectienummerfalse}% + \processaction + [\@@kovariant] + [ \v!normaal=>\def\plaatskop{\plaatskopnormaal}, + \v!marge=>\def\plaatskop{\plaatskopinmarge}, + \v!inmarge=>\def\plaatskop{\plaatskopinmarge}]} + +\def\stelkoppenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelkoppenin} + +\def\systemsuppliedchapter {\getvalue{\v!hoofdstuk}} +\def\systemsuppliedtitle {\getvalue{\v!titel}} + +\def\complexbijlage[#1]#2% + {\pagina[\v!rechts] + \stelnummeringin[\c!status=\v!stop] + \systemsuppliedchapter[#1]{#2} + \pagina[\v!rechts] + \stelnummeringin[\c!status=\v!start] + \stelpaginanummerin[\c!nummer=1]} + +\setvalue{\v!bijlage}% + {\complexorsimpleempty{bijlage}} + +%I n=Selecteren +%I c=\soortpagina,\verwerkpagina,\koppelpagina +%I +%I Het is mogelijk pagina's te markeren en selectief te +%I verwerken. Markering vindt plaats met het commando: +%I +%I \soortpagina[aanduiding] +%I +%I en selecteren vindt plaats met: +%I +%I \verwerkpagina[aanduiding,...][instelling] +%I +%I waarbij de instelling 'ja' of 'nee' is en meerdere +%I aanduidingen worden gescheiden door een comma. +%P +%I Er kunnen commando's worden gekoppeld aan pagina's: +%I +%I \koppelpagina[aanduiding,...][voor=,na=,optie=] +%I +%I De opgegeven commando's worden voor respectievelijk na het +%I vrijgeven van de pagina uitgevoerd. + +\newif\ifgeselecteerd +\geselecteerdtrue + +\newif\ifselecteren +\selecterenfalse + +\newif\ifverwerken +\verwerkentrue + +\def\selectie{} +\def\paginasoort{} + +\let\naastpagina=\relax +\let\napagina=\relax +\let\voorpagina=\relax + +\def\dovoorpagina% + {\doifsomething{\paginasoort} + {\def\dododopagina##1% + {\global\let\voorpagina=\relax + \getvalue{\??pg##1\c!voor}}% + \processcommacommand[\paginasoort]\dododopagina}} + +\def\dododonapagina#1% + {\global\let\napagina=\relax + \gdef\paginasoort{}% + \getvalue{\??pg#1\c!na}} + +\def\donapagina% + {\doifsomething{\paginasoort} + {\def\dodopagina##1% + {\doifelsevalue{\??pg##1\c!optie}{\v!dubbelzijdig} + {\doifbothsidesoverruled + \dododonapagina{##1}% + \orsideone + \dododonapagina{##1}% + \orsidetwo + \od}% + {\dododonapagina{##1}}}% + \processcommacommand[\paginasoort]\dodopagina}} + +\def\dosoortpagina[#1]% + {\doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}{\paginasoort}% + \ifselecteren + \ExpandBothAfter\doifcommon{#1}{\selectie} + {\global\geselecteerdtrue}% + \fi + \gdef\voorpagina{\dovoorpagina}% + \gdef\napagina{\donapagina}} + +\def\soortpagina% + {\dosingleargument\dosoortpagina} + +\def\dokoppelpagina[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??pg] + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!optie=, + #2]% + \def\docommando##1% + {\getparameters + [\??pg##1] + [\c!voor=\@@pgvoor, + \c!na=\@@pgna, + \c!optie=\@@pgoptie]}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando}% + +\def\koppelpagina% + {\dodoubleargument\dokoppelpagina} + +\def\doverwerkpagina[#1][#2]% + {\processaction + [#2] + [ \v!ja=>\global\verwerkentrue, + \v!nee=>\global\verwerkenfalse]% + \gdef\selectie{#1}% + \global\selecterentrue + \global\geselecteerdfalse} + +\def\verwerkpagina% + {\dodoubleargument\doverwerkpagina} + +\def\resetselectiepagina% + {\ifselecteren + \doifbothsidesoverruled + \global\geselecteerdfalse + \orsideone + \orsidetwo + \global\geselecteerdfalse + \od + \fi} + +%I n=Verwijzingen +%I c=\in,\op,\referentie,\stelrefererenin,\gebruikreferenties +%I +%I In elders gedefinieerde commando's opgegeven referenties +%I kunnen worden opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \in[referentie] +%I \op[referentie] +%I +%I Soms kunnen ook commando's als \infiguur[referentie] en +%I \inhoofdstuk[referentie] worden gebruikt. Bovendien is +%I het commando \oppagina[referentie] beschikbaar. +%I +%I Een verwijzing naar een pagina kan worden aangemaakt met: +%I +%I \tekstreferentie[referentie]{nummer of tekst} +%I \paginareferentie[referentie] +%I \referentie[referentie]{nummer of tekst} +%P +%I Er kunnen tegelijk meerdere referenties worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \tekstreferentie[ref1,ref2,ref3]{nummer of tekst} +%I +%I Dit kan overigens overal waar een [referentie] kan worden +%I meegegeven, bijvoorbeeld bij hoofdstukken. +%P +%I Het refereren kan (tijdelijk) worden stopgezet met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \stelrefererenin[status=,nummer=,prefix=] +%I +%I waarbij 'start' en 'stop' mogelijke waarden zijn voor +%I status. Een sectienummer (deelnummer, hoofdstuknummer +%I enz.) kan 'ja of 'nee' zijn. +%I +%I Om verwarring te voorkomen kunnen binnen subdocumenten die +%I niet naar elkaar verwijzen de referenties lokaal worden +%I gehouden door een 'prefix' in te stellen. Eventueel kan een +%I '+' wordt gebruikt om automatisch een nieuwe prefix in te +%I stellen. Met '-' wordt de prefix gereset. +%P +%I Referenties van andere teksten kunnen worden geladen met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \gebruikreferenties[filenaam] + +% hypertext-commando's + +% \gotoexternal {external reference} {text} +% \gotointernal {internal reference} {text} {real pagenumber} +% \gotorealpage {real pagenumber} {text} +% +% \thisisexternal {external reference} +% \thisisinternal {internal reference} +% \thisisrealpage {real pagenumber} +% +% \executecommand {command} {text} + +\def\gotoexternal #1#2{#2} +\def\gotointernal #1#2#3{#2} +\def\gotorealpage #1#2{#2} + +\def\thisisexternal #1{} +\def\thisisinternal #1{} +\def\thisisrealpage #1{} + +\def\executecommand #1#2{#2} + +% Het onderstaande commando zoekt zelf uit of sprake is van +% interne verwijzing, een externe verwijzing of een +% paginaverwijzing. +% +% \gotolocation {reference} {text} +% +% Beter is: \setreference{tag}{type}{page}{realpage}{text} +% standaard extref, intref, pagref of nog anders nu +% \crossref:... + +\newif\iflocation + +\def\ifinteractief{\iflocation} + +% alternatief 1: externe verwijzingen + +\def\gotolocation#1#2% + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1} + {\gettextreference{#1}% + \doifelse{\currenttextreference}{\r!page} + {\getrealreference{#1}% + \gotorealpage{\currentrealreference}{#2}} + {\gotoexternal{#1}{#2}}} + {\gotointernal{#1}{#2}{}}} + +\def\previoussectionformat{} +\def\currentsectionformat{} + +\let\updatelistreferences=\relax +\def\updatedlistreferences{} + +\def\setsectionlistreference#1#2% + {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se\previoussection{#1}}>0\relax + \xdef\previoussectionformat{\@@longformatnumber{\previoussection{#1}}}% + \else + \xdef\previoussectionformat{}% + \fi + \xdef\currentsectionformat{\@@longformatnumber{#1}}} + +\def\startlistreferences#1% + {\paginareferentie[\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat]% + \getrealreference{\s!lst:#1\previoussectionformat}% + \doifnothing{\currentrealreference}{\edef\currentrealreference{\realfolio}} + \setxvalue{\v!vorige\c!lokale#1}{\currentrealreference}% + \getrealreference{\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat}% + \doifnothing{\currentrealreference}{\edef\currentrealreference{\realfolio}} + \setxvalue{\c!huidige\c!lokale#1}{\currentrealreference}% + \setreference{\v!vorige#1}{}{\getvalue{\v!vorige\c!lokale#1}}{\r!page}% + \def\stoplistreferences{\dostoplistreferences}} + +\def\dostoplistreferences#1% + {\iflijstgeplaatst + \addtocommalist{#1}\updatedlistreferences % nog global (\doglobal) + \global\let\updatedlistreferences=\updatedlistreferences % een noodverbandje + \gdef\updatelistreferences% + {\def\docommando####1% + {\setreference + {\v!vorige####1}{} + {\getvalue{\c!huidige\c!lokale####1}}{\r!page}}% + \processcommacommand[\updatedlistreferences]\docommando + \global\let\updatelistreferences=\relax + \gdef\updatedlistreferences{}}% + \fi} + +\def\stoplistreferences% + {\gobbleoneargument} + +% alternatief 2: interne verwijzingen + +\def\gotolocation#1#2% + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1} + {\gettextreference{#1}% + \doifelse{\currenttextreference}{\r!page} + {\getrealreference{#1}% + \gotorealpage{\currentrealreference}{#2}} + {\doifelse{\currenttextreference}{\r!exec} + {\getrealreference{#1}% + \executecommand{\currentrealreference}{#2}} + {\doifelse{\currenttextreference}{\r!list} % speciaal + {\getrealreference{#1}% % voor + \gotointernal{\currentrealreference}{#2}{}} % lijsten + {\gotoexternal{#1}{#2}}}}} + {\gotointernal{#1}{#2}{}}} + +\let\gotoinnerlocation=\gotolocation + +\def\previoussectionformat{} +\def\currentsectionformat{} + +\let\updatelistreferences=\relax +\def\updatedlistreferences{} + +\def\setsectionlistreference#1#2% + {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se\previoussection{#1}}>0\relax + \xdef\previoussectionformat{\@@longformatnumber{\previoussection{#1}}}% + \else + \xdef\previoussectionformat{}% + \fi + \xdef\currentsectionformat{\@@longformatnumber{#1}}} + +\def\startlistreferences#1% + {\thisisinternal{\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat}% + \setxvalue{\v!vorige\c!lokale#1}{\s!lst:#1\previoussectionformat}% + \setxvalue{\c!huidige\c!lokale#1}{\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat}% + \doifelse{\currentsectionformat}{} + {\setreference + {\v!vorige#1}{}{\realfolio}{}} + {\setreference + {\v!vorige#1}{}{\getvalue{\v!vorige\c!lokale#1}}{\r!list}}% + \def\stoplistreferences{\dostoplistreferences}} + +\def\dostoplistreferences#1% + {\iflijstgeplaatst + \addtocommalist{#1}\updatedlistreferences % nog global (\doglobal) + \global\let\updatedlistreferences=\updatedlistreferences % een noodverbandje + \gdef\updatelistreferences% + {\def\docommando####1% + {\setreference + {\v!vorige####1}{} + {\getvalue{\c!huidige\c!lokale####1}}{\r!list}}% + \processcommacommand[\updatedlistreferences]\docommando + \global\let\updatelistreferences=\relax + \gdef\updatedlistreferences{}}% + \fi} + +\def\stoplistreferences% + {\gobbleoneargument} + +% de rest + +\newcount\prefixteller + +\def\referenceprefix{} + +\def\showlocation #1{#1} +\def\showcontrastlocation#1#2#3{#3} +\def\showcoloredlocation #1#2{#2} + +% Interne verwijzingen worden automatisch gegenereerd met +% +% \thisisnextinternal {tag} + +\newcount\locationcount +\locationcount=0 + +\def\nextinternalreference% + {\the\locationcount} + +\def\thisisnextinternal#1% + {\global\advance\locationcount by 1 +% \thisisinternal{\s!aut:#1:\nextinternalreference}} debugging + \thisisinternal{\s!aut:\nextinternalreference}} + +\def\gotonextinternal#1#2#3#4% +% {\gotointernal{\s!aut:#1:#2}{#3}{#4}} debugging + {\gotointernal{\s!aut:#2}{#3}{#4}} + +% Als een interne verwijzing ook vanuit elders toegankelijk +% moet zij, gebruiken we: +% +% \thisissomeinternal {tag} {data} +% \gotosomeinternal {tag} {data} {} {} +% +% let op: geen commalist + +\def\thisissomeinternal#1#2% tag data + {\doifsomething{#2} + {\thisisinternal{#1:#2}}} + +\def\gotosomeinternal#1#2#3#4% + {\gotointernal{#1:#2}{#3}{#4}} + +% Om historische redenen en omdat nog niet duidelijk is welke +% interactieprogramma's zich nog zullen aandienen, worden +% referenties zowel op naam als op paginanummer afgehandeld. +% +% Verwijzingen en ingangen in een inhoudsopgave en index +% dienen daarom beide mechanismen te ondersteunen. +% +% Het wellicht op het eerste gezicht redundante referentie-format +% ziet er als volgt uit: +% +% [formatted page"realpage"text"] + +\newif\ifrefereren + +\def\referencepagenumber[#1]% + {\geentest % nodig i.v.m. scannen {tekst} bij [referentie] in \op + {\paginaprefix\??rf[#1]% + \translatednumber[#1]}} + +\def\getsomereference#1#2% + {\edef\somereference{\getvalue{\r!cross\referenceprefix#2}}% + \expandafter#1\expandafter[\somereference""""]} + +\def\currentpagereference{} +\def\currentrealreference{} +\def\currenttextreference{} + +\def\dogetpagereference[#1"#2"#3"#4]% + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\def\currentpagereference{}} + {\def\currentpagereference{\referencepagenumber[#1]}}} + +\def\dogetrealreference[#1"#2"#3"#4]% + {\edef\currentrealreference{#2}} + +\def\dogettextreference[#1"#2"#3"#4]% + {\def\currenttextreference{#3}} + +\def\getpagereference{\getsomereference\dogetpagereference} +\def\getrealreference{\getsomereference\dogetrealreference} +\def\gettextreference{\getsomereference\dogettextreference} + +\def\fileprefix{} + +\def\setlocalreference#1#2#3#4% + {\setevalue{\r!cross\fileprefix#1}{#2"#3"#4}} + +\def\setreference% + {\global\setlocalreference} + +\def\setreferences% + {\def\mainreference##1##2##3##4##5% + {\doifundefinedelse{\r!cross\fileprefix##1##2} + {\setxvalue{\r!cross\fileprefix##1##2}{##3"##4"##5}} + {\showmessage{\m!references}{2}{[##1][##2],##4}}}} + +\def\resetreferences% + {\def\mainreference##1##2##3##4##5{}} + +\resetreferences + +% beetje vreemde plaats, maar ja + +\def\setdummycommandreference#1#2% + {\setreference{#1}{}{#2}{\r!exec}} + +% nog anders + +\setdummycommandreference {\v!FirstPage} {first} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!PreviousPage} {previous} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!NextPage} {next} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!LastPage} {last} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!PreviousJump} {backward} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!NextJump} {forward} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!SwapViewer} {swap} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!ExitViewer} {exit} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!CloseDocument} {close} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!ViewerHelp} {help} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!PrintDocument} {print} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!SearchDocument} {search} +\setdummycommandreference {\v!SearchAgain} {searchagain} + +%\def\writereference#1#2#3#4% +% {\ifrefereren% +% \doifsomething{#1} +% {\bgroup +% \reassignreferenceprefix{#1}% +% \ExpandFirstAfter\thisisexternal{\referencevalues}% +% \edef\dowritereference% +% {\writeutilitycommand% +% {\mainreference% +% {\referenceprefix}% +% {\referencevalues}% +% {#2}% +% {#3}% +% {#4}}}% +% \dowritereference +% \egroup +% \@EA\referentieinfo\@EA>\@EA{#1}}% +% \fi} + +\def\writereference#1#2#3#4% + {\ifrefereren + \doifsomething{#1} + {\bgroup + \def\dowritereference##1% + {\doifinstringelse{-:}{##1} + {\removesubstring-:\from##1\to\referencevalues + \def\referenceprefix{}} + {\def\referencevalues{##1}}% + \doifsomething{\referencevalues} + {\thisisexternal{\referenceprefix\referencevalues}% + \edef\dodowritereference% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\mainreference% + {\referenceprefix}{\referencevalues}% + {#2}{#3}{#4}}}% + \dodowritereference}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\dowritereference + \egroup + \@EA\referentieinfo\@EA>\@EA{#1}}% + \fi} + +\let\lastreference=\empty + +\def\rawpagereference#1#2% #1 kan weg + {\def\lastreference{#2}% + \makesectionformat + \writereference + {#2}% + {\sectionformat::\noexpand\paginanummer}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}% + {}} + +\def\rawtextreference#1#2#3% #1 kan weg + {\def\lastreference{#2}% + \writereference + {#2}% + {}% + {}% + {#3}}% + +\def\rawreference#1#2#3% #1 kan weg + {\def\lastreference{#2}% + \makesectionformat + \writereference + {#2}% + {\sectionformat::\noexpand\paginanummer}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}% + {#3}} + +\def\referenceprefix {} +\def\unharmedreferenceprefix {\referenceprefix} + +\newif\ifreferencefound + +\def\doifreferencefoundelse#1#2#3% + {\checkreferences + \bgroup + \let\unharmedreferenceprefix=\referenceprefix + \bgroup + \doifinstringelse{::}{#1} + {\referencefoundtrue} + {\doifdefinedelse{\r!cross\referenceprefix#1} + {\referencefoundtrue} + {\def\referenceprefix{}% + \doifdefinedelse{\r!cross#1} + {\referencefoundtrue} + {\referencefoundfalse}}}% + \doifvalue{\r!cross\referenceprefix#1}{""} + {\referencefoundfalse}% + \ifreferencefound + #2% + \egroup + \else + #3% + \egroup + \setreference{\referenceprefix#1}{}{}{}% message only once, uses prefix + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dowithreferenceprefix#1#2% + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1}{#2}{}} + +\def\gebruikreferenties[#1]% + {\doifundefined{\??rf:#1} + {\setgvalue{\??rf:#1}{}% signal, nog eens '\v!done' + \doutilities{references}{#1}{}{}{}}} + +\def\dostelrefererenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??rf][#1]% + \preparepaginaprefix{\??rf#1}% + \processaction + [\@@rfstatus] + [ \v!stop=>\refererenfalse, + \v!start=>\refererentrue]% + \processaction % should be in cont-01d + [\@@rfinteractie] + [ \v!alles=>\let\dowantedreference=\docompletereference, + \v!label=>\let\dowantedreference=\dolabelonlyreference, + \v!tekst=>\let\dowantedreference=\dotextonlyreference, + \v!symbool=>\let\dowantedreference=\dosymbolreference]% + \doifinstringelse{\@@rfprefix}{#1} % yeah + {\doifelsenothing{\@@rfprefix} + {\edef\referenceprefix{}} + {\processaction + [\@@rfprefix] + [ +=>\advance\prefixteller by 1 % + \edef\referenceprefix{\the\prefixteller:}, + -=>\edef\referenceprefix{}, + \s!unknown=>\edef\referenceprefix{\@@rfprefix:}]% + \def\@@rfprefix{}}} + {}} + +%\def\reassignreferenceprefix#1% +% {\doifinsetelse{-:}{#1}% +% {\def\referenceprefix{}% +% \aftersplitstring#1\at-:\to\referencevalues} +% {\def\referencevalues{#1}}} + +\def\stelrefererenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelrefererenin} + +\def\doreferentie[#1]#2% + {\rawreference{\s!ref}{#1}{#2}} + +\def\referentie% + {\dosingleargument\doreferentie} + +\def\dotekstreferentie[#1]#2% + {\rawtextreference{\s!txt}{#1}{#2}} + +\def\tekstreferentie% + {\dosingleargument\dotekstreferentie} + +\def\dopaginareferentie[#1]% + {\rawpagereference{\s!pag}{#1}} + +\def\paginareferentie% + {\dosingleargument\dopaginareferentie} + +% \def\doreferentie[#1]#2% +% {\bgroup +% \convertargument#2\to\ascii +% \rawreference{\s!ref}{#1}{\ascii}% +% \egroup} +% +% \def\referentie% +% {\dosingleargument\doreferentie} +% +% \def\dotekstreferentie[#1]#2% +% {\bgroup +% \convertargument#2\to\ascii +% \rawtextreference{\s!txt}{#1}{\ascii}% +% \egroup} +% +% \def\tekstreferentie% +% {\dosingleargument\dotekstreferentie} + +% \newif\ifreferencesloaded +% \referencesloadedfalse +% +% \def\checkreferences% +% {\ifreferencesloaded\else +% \global\referencesloadedtrue +% {\setbox0=\hbox{\gebruikreferenties[\jobname]}}% get rid of spaces +% \checkrealpage +% \fi} +% +% efficienter: (scheelt 3 if-macro's) + +\def\checkreferences% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{\gebruikreferenties[\jobname]}% get rid of spaces + \checkrealpage + \global\let\checkreferences=\relax + \egroup} + +% Het referentie-mechanisme zal nog worden aangepast: +% +% +% +% De gebruikte macros krijgen dan de vorm: {}{}{} + +\def\unknownreference#1% + {\ifvoorlopig + \doifsomething{#1} + {\inlinker + {\infofont + \dimen0=\linkermargebreedte + \advance\dimen0 by -2em + \doboundtext{#1}{\dimen0}{..}->}}% + \fi + \doifnotvalue{\r!cross#1}{""} + {\showmessage{\m!references}{1}{[\unharmedreferenceprefix][#1]}}} + +\def\dummyreference% + {{\tttf ??}} + +\let\domathmodein=\in + +\def\dotextmodein#1[#2]% + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#2} + {\gettextreference{#2}% + \gotolocation + {#2} + {\dotextprefix{#1}\currenttextreference}} + {\unknownreference{#1}% + \dotextprefix{#1}\dummyreference}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#2}} + +\def\in% + {\ifmmode % hier nog eens een macro + \let\next=\domathmodein % voor maken; zie | + \else + \let\next=\dotextmodein + \fi + \next} + +\def\op#1[#2]% er is een probleempje met spaties, zie ook pragma11.tex + {\ignorespaces + \bgroup % !! tijdelijk + \let\ignorespaces=\relax % !! tijdelijk + \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} + {\getpagereference{#2}% + \gotolocation + {#2} + {\dotextprefix{#1}\currentpagereference}} + {\unknownreference{#1}% + \dotextprefix{#1}\dummyreference}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#2}% + \egroup} % !! tijdelijk + +\def\oppagina[#1]% kan uit de pas lopen, checken e!! + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1} + {\getrealreference{#1}% + \doifelse{\realfolio}{\currentrealreference} + {\v!hier\v!boven} + {\c!op\ \op{\v!pagina}[#1]}}% + {\unknownreference{#1}% + \v!pagina~\dummyreference}}% + +%I n=Regels +%I c=\startregels,\stelregelsin +%I c=\startregelnummeren,\stelregelnummerenin +%I c=\crlf +%I c=\startregel,\stopregel,\eenregel,\inregel +%I +%I Het is mogelijk de indeling in regels zoals die in de ruwe +%I tekst wordt gehanteerd af te dwingen. Er wordt in dit +%I geval niet ingesprongen. De regels worden gezet tussen de +%I twee commando's: +%I +%I \startregels +%I +%I ................................................... +%I +%I \stopregels +%P +%I Er kan met betrekking tot regels een en ander worden +%I ingesteld: +%I +%I \stelregelsin[voor=,na=,inspringen=] +%I +%I Aan 'inspringen' kan men 'ja', 'nee', 'even' of 'oneven' +%I toekennen. +%P +%I Het is mogelijk regels te nummeren door ze tussen de +%I volgende commando's te plaatsen: +%I +%I \startregelnummeren +%I \stopregelnummeren +%I +%I Als de regelovergangen moeten worden gehandhaafd, dan moet +%I \startregels voor \startregelnummeren worden gegeven. +%I +%I Het nummeren begint steeds opnieuw bij 1. Als verder moet +%I worden genummeren, dan kan achter \startregelnummeren +%I [verder] worden meegegeven. +%I +%I Standaard worden regels alinea-gewijs genummerd. Als men +%I over een paginagrens wil nummeren, dan moet [opelkaar] +%I worden meegegeven. +%P +%I De wijze van nummeren kan worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelregelnummerenin[conversie=,start=,stap=,letter=, +%I plaats=,breedte=,letter=] +%I +%I Als 'conversie' kan worden meegegeven: cijfers, letters, +%I Letters, romeins of Romeins. Aan 'start' en 'stap' kan +%I een getal worden toegekend, aan 'letter' een trefwoord, +%I aan 'breedte' een maat (bij voorkeur in ex) en aan +%I 'plaats' het trefwoord 'inmarge' of 'intekst'. +%P +%I Er kan worden overgegaan naar een nieuwe regel met: +%I +%I \crlf +%P +%I .... testfase ... +%I +%I \startregel[tag] ... \stopregel[tag] +%I \eenregel[tag] +%I +%I \inregel[tag] + +\newif\ifinregels +\newif\ifregelnummersinmarge + +\def\stelregelsin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??rg]} + +%\def\startregels% +% {\@@rgvoor +% \pagina[\v!voorkeur]% +% \begingroup +% \inregelstrue +% \stelinspringenin[\v!geen]% +% \ignorespaces +% \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% +% \obeylines +% \GotoPar} + +\def\startregels% + {\@@rgvoor + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]% + \witruimte + \begingroup + \def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% + \def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% + \edef\@@rgparindent{\the\parindent}% + \def\@@rglinesteptoggle{1}% + \processaction + [\@@rginspringen] + [ \v!ja=>\def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\@@rgparindent}% + \def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\@@rgparindent}, + \v!oneven=>\def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% + \def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\@@rgparindent}, + \v!even=>\def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% + \def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\@@rgparindent}]% + \inregelstrue + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \obeylines + \ignorespaces + \def\obeyedline% + {\par + \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint + \def\@@rglinesteptoggle{0}% + \else + \increment\@@rglinesteptoggle + \fi + \ifodd\@@rglinesteptoggle\relax + \@@rgstepyes + \else + \@@rgstepno + \fi}% + \GotoPar} + +\def\stopregels% + {\endgroup + \@@rgna} + +\newcount\linenumber +\newcount\linestepper + +% het gebruik van \setlocalreference scheelt een hash entry + +\def\regelweergave% + {\convertnumber\@@rnconversie\linenumber}% + +\def\dostelregelnummerenin[#1]% + {\getparameters + [\??rn] + [\c!start=1, + \c!stap=1, + #1]% + \global\linenumber=1\relax} + +\def\stelregelnummerenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelregelnummerenin} + +\def\dostartnummerenLINE% % !! \everypar !! + {\EveryPar{\schrijfregelnummer}} + +\def\dostopnummerenLINE% + {\egroup} + +\def\dodoschrijfregelnummer% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\regelweergave}% + \vsmashbox0 + \ifregelnummersinmarge + \llap{\hbox{\box0\hskip\linkermargeafstand}}% + \else + \hsmash{\hbox to \@@rnbreedte{\box0\hss}}% + \fi} + +\def\complexstartregelnummeren[#1]% + {\doifnotinset{\v!verder}{#1} + {\global\linenumber=1\relax}% + \doifinsetelse{\@@rnplaats}{\v!inmarge,\v!marge} + {\regelnummersinmargetrue} + {\regelnummersinmargefalse}% + \ifregelnummersinmarge\else + \advance\leftskip by \@@rnbreedte\relax + \fi + \ifinregels + \let\dostartnummeren=\dostartnummerenLINE + \let\stopregelnummeren=\dostopnummerenLINE + \def\schrijfregelnummer% + {\doschrijfregelnummer + \global\advance\linenumber by 1\relax}% + \else + \let\dostartnummeren=\dostartnummerenPAR + \let\stopregelnummeren=\dostopnummerenPAR + \def\schrijfregelnummer% + {\global\advance\linenumber by -1\relax + \doschrijfregelnummer}% + \fi + \dostartnummeren} + +\def\startregelnummeren% + {\bgroup + \complexorsimpleempty{startregelnummeren}} + +\def\doschrijfregelnummer% + {\ifnum\linenumber<\@@rnstart\relax + \else + \!!counta=\linenumber + \divide\!!counta by \@@rnstap\relax + \multiply\!!counta by \@@rnstap\relax + \ifnum\!!counta=\linenumber + \doattributes{\??rn}{\dodoschrijfregelnummer}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\regelreferentie#1[#2]% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=\dp\strutbox + \doif{\@@rnrefereren}{\v!aan} + {\doglobal\increment\linereference + \setxvalue{lrf:n:\linereference}{\@@rnprefix#2}% + \setxvalue{lrf:l:\linereference}{0}% + \setxvalue{lrf:p:\linereference}{#1}% + \advance\dimen0 by \linereference sp}% + \prewordbreak + \vrule \!!width \!!zeropoint \!!depth \dimen0 + \prewordbreak + \egroup} + +\def\eenregel[#1]% + {\regelreferentie0[#1]\ignorespaces} + +\def\startregel[#1]% + {\regelreferentie1[#1]\ignorespaces} + +\def\stopregel[#1]% + {\unskip\regelreferentie2[#1]} + +\def\inregel#1[#2]% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\gettextreference{\@@rnprefix#2}% + \doifinstringelse{--}{\currenttextreference} + {\in{\labeltext{\v!regels}}[\@@rnprefix#2]} + {\in{\labeltext{\v!regel}}[\@@rnprefix#2]}} + {\in{#1}[\@@rnprefix#2]}} + +\def\dostartnummerenPAR% + {\beginofshapebox + \doglobal\newcounter\linereference} + +\def\dostopnummerenPAR% + {\endofshapebox + \linestepper=0 + \reshapebox{\global\advance\linestepper by 1\relax}% + \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper + \doifelse{\@@rnrefereren}{\v!aan} + {\reshapebox % We are going back! + {\global\advance\linenumber by -1 + \dimen0=\dp\shapebox + \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax + \dostepwiserecurse{1}{\number\dimen0}{1} + {\setxvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}{\the\linenumber}}% + \fi}% + \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper + \ifnum\linereference>0 % anders vreemde loop in paragraphs+recurse + \dorecurse{\linereference} + {\edef\linereferenceplus{\getvalue{lrf:p:\recurselevel}}% + \ifnum\linereferenceplus=2 + \edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% + \edef\linereferenceline{\getvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}}% + \setlocalreference{\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{\linereferenceline}% + \fi}% + \dorecurse{\linereference} + {\edef\linereferenceplus{\getvalue{lrf:p:\recurselevel}}% + \ifnum\linereferenceplus<2 + \edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% + \edef\linereferenceline{\getvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}}% + \ifnum\linereferenceplus=1 + \gettextreference{\linereferencename}% + \ifnum\linereferenceline<0\currenttextreference\relax % 0 prevents error + \edef\linereferenceline{\linereferenceline--\currenttextreference}% + \fi + \fi + \setlocalreference{\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{\linereferenceline}% + \fi}% + \global\let\scratchline=\linenumber % We are going back! + \reshapebox + {\doglobal\decrement\scratchline + \hbox + {\dorecurse{\linereference} + {\edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% + \gettextreference{\linereferencename}% + \beforesplitstring\currenttextreference--\at--\to\firstline + \ifnum\firstline=\scratchline\relax + \tekstreferentie[\linereferencename]{\currenttextreference}% + \setlocalreference{\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{0}% ==done + \fi}% + \dimen0=\dp\shapebox + \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax + \dp\shapebox=\dp\strutbox + \fi + \schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% + \else + \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% + \fi} + {\reshapebox{\global\advance\linenumber by -1}% + \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper + \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}}% + \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper + \flushshapebox + \egroup} + +\def\crlf% + {\unskip\hfil\break} + +\def\opeenregel% + {\def\crlf{}% + \def\\{}} + +%I n=Opmaak +%I c=\definieeropmaak,\testopmaak,\startstandaardopmaak +%I +%I Het is mogelijk een lege pagina op te maken. Hiertoe wordt +%I een blok gereserveerd met het commando: +%I +%I \definieeropmaak[naam][breedte=,hoogte=,voffset=, +%I hoffset=,pagina=,commandos=,voor=,na=,dubbelzijdig=] +%I +%I Hierbij wordt bij de eerste vier parameters een getal +%I meegegeven (5cm, 24pt, enz.). Met 'pagina' geeft men aan +%I of naar een nieuwe pagina wordt gesprongen (standaard +%I 'rechts'). Aan de 'commandos' kunnen commando's worden +%I toekend die tijdens de opmaak gelden. Aan de laatste twee +%I parameters toegekende commando's worden voor en na het +%I opmaken van de pagina uitgevoerd. De opgemaakte pagina +%I kan worden geselecteerd op naam. Met 'dubbelzijdig' geeft +%I men aan of er een lege achterkant moet worden opgemaakt +%I (standaard: ja). Dit geldt aleen bij dubbelzijdig zetten. +%I +%I Naast het bovenstaande commando is er het commando: +%I +%I \stelopmaakin[naam][instellingen] +%P +%I Na het geven van dit commando zijn twee commando's +%I beschikbaar: \startnaamopmaak en \stopnaamopmaak. Tussen +%I deze twee commando's kunnen zetopdrachten en teksten +%I worden opgenomen. Een en ander wordt op een lege bladzijde +%I gezet. +%I +%I Met het commando \testopmaak kunnen hulplijnen worden +%I opgeroepen. +%I +%I De commando's \startstandaardopmaak en \stopstandaardopmaak +%I maken het opmaken binnen de standaard-layout mogelijk. +%P +%I Eventueel kunnen de volgende twee commando's worden gebruikt +%I om een pagina op te maken met hoofd- en voetregels. +%I +%I \startopmaak +%I ..... +%I \stopopmaak + +\newbox\opmaak + +\def\setopmaaklayout[#1]% + {\stelvoetin [\c!status=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!voetstatus}]% + \stelhoofdin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!hoofdstatus}]% + \steltekstin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!tekststatus}]% + \stelonderin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!onderstatus}]% + \stelbovenin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!bovenstatus}]} + +\def\dododostartopmaak[#1]% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??do#1\c!pagina} + {\ExpandFirstAfter\pagina[\getvalue{\??do#1\c!pagina}]}% + \soortpagina[#1]% + \setopmaaklayout[#1]% + \getvalue{\??do#1\c!commandos}% + \global\setbox\opmaak=\vbox to \getvalue{\??do#1\c!hoogte}% + \bgroup + \hsize=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!breedte}% + \parskip=\!!zeropoint\relax + \parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax + \getvalue{\??do#1\c!boven}} + +\def\dododostopopmaak[#1]% + {\getvalue{\??do#1\c!onder}% + \egroup} + +\def\doshipoutopmaak[#1]% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!voffset}% + \dimen2=\getvalue{\??do#1\c!hoffset}% + \dimen4=\dimen0\advance\dimen4 by \dimen2 + \ifdim\dimen4=\!!zeropoint\relax + \getvalue{\??do#1\c!voor}% + \box\opmaak + \setopmaaklayout[#1]% + \pagina + \getvalue{\??do#1\c!na}% + \ifdubbelzijdig + \doifvalue{\??do#1\c!dubbelzijdig}{\v!ja} + {\ifodd\realpageno\else + \null + \pagina + \verlaagpaginanummer + \fi}% + \fi + \verlaagpaginanummer + \else + \kopoffset=\dimen0 + \rugoffset=\dimen2 + %\setpagedisplacement + \myshipout{\box\opmaak} + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\doflushopmaak[#1]% + {\ifverwerken + \ifgeselecteerd + \doshipoutopmaak[#1]% + \fi + \else + \ifgeselecteerd + \else + \doshipoutopmaak[#1]% + \fi + \fi + \ifselecteren + \global\geselecteerdfalse + \fi} + +\def\dodostartopmaak[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \stelopmaakin[#1][#2]% + \dododostartopmaak[#1]} + +\def\dodostopopmaak[#1]% + {\dododostopopmaak[#1]% + \doflushopmaak[#1]% + \endgroup} + +\def\dostartopmaak[#1][#2]% + {\iffirstargument + \dodostartopmaak[#1][#2]% + \def\stopopmaak% + {\dodostopopmaak[#1]}% + \else + \pagina + \stelhoofdin[\c!status=\v!leeg] + \stelvoetin[\c!status=\v!leeg] + \vbox to \teksthoogte % nog een topskip optie + \bgroup + \def\stopopmaak% + {\egroup + \eject}% + \fi} + +\def\startopmaak% + {\dodoubleempty\dostartopmaak} + +\def\dodefinieeropmaak[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??do#1]% + [\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, + \c!voffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!commandos=, + \c!pagina=\v!rechts, + \c!dubbelzijdig=\v!ja, + \c!voor=, + \c!boven=\vss, + \c!onder=\vss, + \c!na=, + \c!onderstatus=\v!normaal, + \c!bovenstatus=\v!normaal, + \c!tekststatus=\v!normaal, + \c!hoofdstatus=\v!stop, + \c!voetstatus=\v!stop, + #2]% + \setvalue{\e!start#1\e!opmaak}% + {\dodoubleempty\dodostartopmaak[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1\e!opmaak}% + {\dodostopopmaak[#1]}} + +\def\definieeropmaak% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieeropmaak} + +\def\dostelopmaakin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??do#1]} + +\def\stelopmaakin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelopmaakin} + +%I n=Smaller +%I c=\startsmaller,\stelsmallerin +%I +%I Een paragraaf kan smaller gezet worden met behulp van de +%I commando's: +%I +%I \startsmaller[afstand] +%I \stopsmaller +%I +%I Als maat wordt links, rechts, midden of een combinatie +%I hiervan meegegeven. Eventueel wordt geen afstand meegegeven. +%I +%I De linker, rechter of dubbele inspringing kan worden +%I ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelsmallerin[links=,rechts=,midden=] +%I +%I Enkele voorbeelden van smelelr zetten zijn: +%I +%I \startsmaller[2*links,rechts] +%I \stopsmaller +%I +%I \startsmaller[midden,rechts] +%I \stopsmaller + +\newskip\linkssmaller +\newskip\rechtssmaller +\newskip\middensmaller + +\def\dosinglesmaller#1% + {\dosmaller[#1]} + +\def\dosmaller[#1]% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!links=>\global\advance\linkssmaller by \@@sllinks, + \v!midden=>\global\advance\middensmaller by \@@slmidden, + \v!rechts=>\global\advance\rechtssmaller by \@@slrechts, + \s!unknown=>{\herhaalmetcommando[#1]\dosinglesmaller}]} + +\def\complexstartsmaller[#1]% + {\par + \bgroup + \global\linkssmaller=\!!zeropoint + \global\rechtssmaller=\!!zeropoint + \global\middensmaller=\!!zeropoint + \processcommalistwithparameters[#1]\dosmaller + \advance\leftskip by \linkssmaller + \advance\rightskip by \rechtssmaller + \advance\leftskip by \middensmaller + \advance\rightskip by \middensmaller} + +\def\simplestartsmaller% + {\startsmaller[\v!midden]} + +\def\startsmaller% + {\complexorsimple{startsmaller}} + +\def\stopsmaller% + {\par % else skips forgotten + \egroup} + +\def\stelsmallerin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??sl]} + +%I n=Boxen +%I c=\definieerhbox,\cbox,\lbox,\rbox,\sbox +%I +%I Het is mogelijk een tekst in een blok met een vaste +%I omvang te zetten. Dit is vergelijkbaar met het opmaken +%I van een tabel. +%I +%I \hbox?{tekst} (horizontaal blok) +%I +%I De box wordt eerst gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \definieerhbox[?][maat] +%I +%I Er kan een links, rechts of midden uitgelijnde \vbox worden +%I gezet met de commando: +%I +%I \lbox{tekst\\tekst\\tekst} of \lbox to {...} +%I \rbox{tekst\\tekst\\tekst} of \rbox to {...} +%I \cbox{tekst\\tekst\\tekst} of \cbox to {...} +%I +%I Het commando \\ forceert een overgang naar een nieuwe regel. +%I +%I Een (hoge) box kan een gedwongen hoogte gelijk aan die +%I van een strut krijgen met: +%I +%I \sbox{box} + +\def\dodefinieerhbox[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{hbox#1}##1% + {\hbox to #2{\begstrut##1\endstrut\hss}}} + +\def\definieerhbox% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerhbox} + +\def\lrcbox#1#2#% + {\vbox#2\bgroup + \let\\=\endgraf + \forgetall#1\let\next=} + +\def\lbox% + {\lrcbox\raggedleft} + +\def\rbox% + {\lrcbox\raggedright} + +\def\cbox% + {\lrcbox\raggedcenter} + +\def\dosetraggedbox#1% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!links=>\def\raggedbox{\lbox}, + \v!rechts=>\def\raggedbox{\rbox}, + \v!midden=>\def\raggedbox{\cbox}, + \v!nee=>\def\raggedbox{\vbox\bgroup\raggedright\let\next=}, + \s!default=>\def\raggedbox{\vbox}, + \s!unknown=>\def\raggedbox{\vbox}]} + +\def\dosetraggedcommand#1% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!links=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedleft}, + \v!rechts=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedright}, + \v!midden=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedcenter}, + \v!nee=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedright}, + \s!default=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedcenter}, + \s!unknown=>\def\raggedcommand{}]} + +%I n=Blokken +%I c=\stelplaatsblokkenin,\stelblokkopjesin +%I c=\definieerplaatsblok,\stelplaatsblokin +%I c=\reserveer,\leeg,\plaats,\volledigelijstmet,\plaatslijstmet +%I +%I Figuren, tabellen, grafieken enz. kunnen in de tekst +%I worden geplaatst met het commando: +%I +%I \plaats[voorkeur][referentie]{titel}{blok} +%I +%I Als voorkeur kan worden opgegeven: +%I +%I hier bij voorkeur op deze plaats in de tekst +%I forceer per se op deze plaats in de tekst +%I pagina op een nieuwe pagina +%I boven bovenaan de huidige pagina +%I onder onderaan de huidige pagina +%I +%I links links in de paragraaf +%I rechts rechts in de paragraaf +%I +%I inlinker in linker marge (gelijke hoogte) +%I inrechter in rechter marge (gelijke hoogte) +%I inmarge in linker/rechter marge (gelijke hoogte) +%I marge in de marge +%P +%I Als er op de huidige bladzijde geen plaats is, dan wordt +%I standaard de figuur verplaatst (eerste vier opties) en/of +%I wordt overgegaan naar een nieuwe bladzijde (laatste twee +%I opties. +%I +%I Men kan plaatsen afdwingen door het trefwoord altijd +%I mee te geven: \plaats[hier,altijd][]{}{}. Er zijn dan +%I twee runs nodig, omdat de nummering van de blokken moet +%I worden aangepast. +%I +%I Als in plaats van een titel 'geen' wordt meegegeven, wordt +%I geen titel geplaatst. +%I +%I Als het blok nog onbekend is, kan in plaats van het blok +%I een van de volgende commando's worden meegegeven: +%I +%I \leeg +%I \lege +%P +%I Het is mogelijk ruimte voor een blok te reserveren: +%I +%I \reserveer[hoogte=,breedte=,kader=][voorkeur] +%I [referentie]{titel} +%I +%I Beide commando's kunnen ook gegeven worden zonder [], +%I dus in de vorm +%I +%I \plaats{titel}{blok} +%I \reserveer{titel} +%I +%I Ten behoeve van een consistente verwijzing wordt het +%I commando: +%I +%I \in[referentie] +%I +%I gedefinieerd. Dit levert in de tekst op: +%I +%I 'in ' +%P +%I Blokken kunnen worden gedefinieerd met het commando: +%I +%I \definieerplaatsblok[blok][blokken] +%I +%I Hierna zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \plaatsblok[plaats][referentie]{titel}{blok} +%I \reserveerblok[afmetingen][plaats][referentie]{titel} +%I \leegblok +%I +%I Het is mogelijk een en ander in te stellen met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \stelplaatsblokin[blok][hoogte=,breedte=,kader=, +%I bovenkader=,onderkader=,linkerkader=,rechterkader=, +%I paginaovergangen=] +%I +%I De hoogte en breedte hebben betrekking op de te reserveren +%I ruimte. +%P +%I Naast de eerder genoemde commando's zijn nog beschikbaar: +%I +%I \plaatslijstmetblokken +%I \volledigelijstmetblokken +%I +%I en een (extra) commando om tekst naast een blok (hier met +%I de naam 'blok') te plaatsen: +%I +%I \startbloktekst[plaats][referentie]{kop}{blok} +%I ... +%I \stopbloktekst +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn 'links', 'rechts', 'hoog', 'laag' en +%I 'midden'. Ook is een combinatie van deze instellingen +%I mogelijk, bijvoorbeeld [links,hoog]. De instelling 'offset' +%I resulteert in een verschuiving van 1 regel. +%P +%I Blokken die tussen de tekst staan kunnen links, rechts of in +%I het midden worden uitgelijnd. De plaats wordt ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelplaatsblokkenin[plaats=,breedte=,kader=,bovenkader=, +%I onderkader=,linkerkader=,rechterkader=,offset=,voorwit=, +%I nawit=,marge=] +%I +%I De genummerde kopjes bij blokken kunnen worden ingesteld +%I met: +%I +%I \stelblokkopjesin[plaats=,voor=,tussen=,na=,letter=, +%I kopletter=,breedte=,nummer=,uitlijnen=] +%I +%I waarbij als plaats kan worden meegegeven: 'boven', 'onder', +%I 'geen', 'hoog', 'laag' of 'midden'. Als breedte kan 'passend' +%I of 'max' worden meegegeven. De parameter nummer kan 'ja' of +%I 'nee' zijn. Als breedte=max, dan wordt het kopje over de +%I hele breedte geplaatst. In dat geval kan uitlijnen worden +%I ingesteld: 'links', 'midden' of 'rechts'. +%P +%I Als er geen plaats is, worden plaatsblokken tijdelijk +%I achtergehouden. De opgespaarde blokken worden op de +%I volgende bladzijde(n) geplaatst. Dit plaatsen is te +%I beinvloeden met: +%I +%I \stelplaatsblokkenin[nboven=,nonder=,nregels=] +%I +%I Standaard worden maximaal 2 blokken bovenaan de +%I bladzijde geplaatst en 0 blokken onder. Er wordt overgegaan +%I op een nieuwe bladzijde als het aantal regels groter is +%I dan 4. Deze waarden kunnen worden ingesteld. +%P +%I Kopjes boven lijsten en labels voor nummers kunnen worden +%I ingesteld met de elders beschreven commando's: +%I +%I \stellabeltekstin[label=...] +%I \stelkoptekstin[tekst=...] +%I +%I Standaard zijn deze ingesteld op de opgegeven namen. + +\def\stelplaatsblokkenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??bk]} + +\def\stelblokkopjesin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kj]}% + +\def\dostelplaatsblokin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??fl#1][#2]} + +\def\stelplaatsblokin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelplaatsblokin} + +\def\dostelblokkopjein[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??kj#1][#2]} + +\def\stelblokkopjein% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelblokkopjein} + +\def\doleegblok#1% + {\localframed + [\??fl#1][\c!kader=\v!aan]% + {\getmessage{\m!floatblocks}{12}}} + +\def\docomplexplaatsblok[#1][#2][#3]#4% + {\ifmargeblokken + \doifinset{\v!marge}{#2} + {\bgroup + \everypar{\egroup\the\everypar}% + \hsize=\@@mbbreedte}% + \fi + \global\insidefloattrue + \dowithnextbox + {\docompletefloat + {#1}{#3}{#1}{#2}{\labeltext{#1}}{#4} + {\box\nextbox}}% + \vbox} + +\def\docomplexstarttekstblok[#1][#2][#3]% + {\flushsidefloats % hoort eigenlijk niet hier + \docomplexplaatsblok[#1][\v!tekst,#2,\v!links][#3]} + +\def\docomplexreserveerblok[#1][#2][#3][#4]#5% + {\getvalue{\e!plaats#1}[#3][#4]{#5}{\localframed[\??fl#1][#2]{#1}}} + +\def\docomplexstartreserveertekstblok[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\flushsidefloats % hoort eigenlijk niet hier + \docomplexreserveerblok[#1][#2][\v!tekst,#3,\v!links][#4]} + +\def\dodefinieerplaatsblok[#1][#2]% #1=naam #2=meervoud + {\presetlocalframed[\??fl#1]% + \stelplaatsblokin + [#1] + [\c!breedte=15\korpsgrootte, + \c!hoogte=10\korpsgrootte, + \c!kader=\@@bkkader, + \c!straal=\@@bkstraal, + \c!hoek=\@@bkhoek, + \c!achtergrond=\@@bkachtergrond, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@bkachtergrondraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@bkachtergrondkleur, + \c!bovenkader=\@@bkbovenkader, + \c!onderkader=\@@bkonderkader, + \c!linkerkader=\@@bklinkerkader, + \c!rechterkader=\@@bkrechterkader, + \c!paginaovergangen=]% + \stelblokkopjein + [#1] + [\c!plaats=\@@kjplaats, + %\c!voor=\@@kjvoor, + \c!tussen=\@@kjtussen, + %\c!na=\@@kjna, + \c!breedte=\@@kjbreedte, + \c!kopletter=\@@kjkopletter, + \c!letter=\@@kjletter, + \c!kleur=\@@kjkleur, + \c!uitlijnen=\@@kjuitlijnen, + \c!nummer=\@@kjnummer, + \c!wijze=\@@kjwijze, + \c!blokwijze=\@@kjblokwijze, + \c!sectienummer=\@@kjsectienummer, + \c!conversie=\@@kjconversie]% + \doorlabelen + [#1] + [\c!tekst=#1, + \c!plaats=\v!intekst, + \c!wijze=\getvalue{\??kj#1\c!wijze}, + \c!blokwijze=\getvalue{\??kj#1\c!blokwijze}, + \c!sectienummer=\getvalue{\??kj#1\c!sectienummer}, + \c!conversie=\getvalue{\??kj#1\c!conversie}]% + \presetlabeltext[#1=\Woord{#1}~]% + \presetheadtext[#2=\Woord{#2}]% + \definieerlijst[#1]% + \setvalue{\e!plaats\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\dodoubleempty\doplaatslijst[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\dotripleempty\dodovolledigelijst[#1][#2]}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexplaatsblok[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!reserveer#1}% + {\doquadrupleempty\docomplexreserveerblok[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!start#1\e!tekst}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexstarttekstblok[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1\e!tekst}% + {\stoptextfloat{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!start\e!reserveer#1\e!tekst}% + {\doquadrupleempty\docomplexstartreserveertekstblok[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stop\e!reserveer#1\e!tekst}% + {\stoptextfloat{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!lege#1}% + {\doleegblok{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!leeg#1}% + {\doleegblok{#1}}} + +%\setvalue{\c!in#1}[##1]% +% {\c!in\normalspace\in{\labeltext{#1}}[##1]}} + +\def\definieerplaatsblok% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerplaatsblok} + +% De onderstaande macro's ondersteunen het zetten van tekst +% rond figuren. De macro's zijn ontworpen door Daniel Comenetz +% en gepubliceerd in TUGBoat Volume 14 (1993), No. 1: Anchored +% Figures at Either Margin. De macro's zijn slechts op enkele +% punten door mij aangepast. + +% afhankelijke variabelen +% +% \overgap vervangen door \floatsidetopskip +% \sidegap vervangen door \floatsideskip +% \undergap vervangen door \floatsidebottomskip +% +% \prskp vervangen door \tussenwit + +% toegevoegde macro's/aanroepen +% +% \logsidefloat : loginformatie +% \flushsidefloats : nodig voor koppen + +% recente wijzigingen: +% +% namen aangepast: \float... enz. i.p.v. \pic + +% Pas op: \EveryPar{\EveryPar{}\margetitel{whatever}} +% \plaatsfiguur[links]{}{} moet goed gaan. In dat geval +% begint de tekst terecht wat lager. + +\newdimen\sidefloatheight % includes the topskip +\newdimen\sidefloatwidth +\newdimen\sidefloathsize +\newdimen\sidefloatvsize \def\nofloatvsize{-1pt } + +\newbox\floatbottom + +\newif\ifrightfloat +\newif\ifmarginfloat +\newif\ifroomforfloat +\newif\iffloatshort +\newif\iffloatflag +\newif\iffloatrighteqo +\newif\iffloatlefteqo + +\let\floatrighteqo=\eqno +\let\floatleftleqo=\leqno + +% Watch it! + +\everypar ={\flushfootnotes\checksidefloat\checkindentation} + +% Watch it even more! In inner, gaat't mis omdat daar +% pagetotal enz niet zijn aangepast. Inner kan overigens niet +% betrouwbaar worden getest! + +\everypar ={\flushfootnotes\ifinner\else\checksidefloat\fi\flushmargincontents\checkindentation} +\neverypar ={}%\autopostponefootnotes} +\everydisplay={\flushfootnotes\adjustsidefloatdisplaylines} + +\def\flushsidefloats% + {\par + \!!heighta=\sidefloatvsize + \advance\!!heighta by -\pagetotal + \ifdim\!!heighta>\!!zeropoint\relax + \witruimte % nog cheken op interferentie + \kern\!!heighta\relax + \fi + \global\sidefloatvsize=\nofloatvsize + \floatflagfalse} + +\def\flushsidefloatsafterpar% + {\xdef\oldpagetotal{\the\pagetotal}% + \gdef\checksidefloat% + {\dochecksidefloat + \ifdim\oldpagetotal=\pagetotal \else + \xdef\checksidefloat{\dochecksidefloat}% + \flushsidefloats + \fi}} + +\let\logsidefloat=\relax + +\def\pushpenalties% + {\let\oldwidowpenalty=\widowpenalty + \let\oldclubpenalty=\clubpenalty + \let\oldbrokenpenalty=\brokenpenalty + \widowpenalty=1 + \clubpenalty=2 + \brokenpenalty=1 + \let\pushpenalties=\relax + \def\poppenalties% + {\widowpenalty=\oldwidowpenalty + \clubpenalty=\oldclubpenalty + \brokenpenalty=\oldbrokenpenalty}} + +\let\poppenalties=\relax + +\def\restorepenalties% + {\ifnum\outputpenalty=\!!tenthousand\relax + \else + \penalty\outputpenalty + \fi} + +\def\sidefloatoutput% + {\iffloatshort + \unvbox255\relax + \setbox\floatbottom=\lastbox + \ifdim\wd\floatbottom>\sidefloathsize + \penalty-201\relax + \box\floatbottom + \else + \ifvoid\floatbottom + \else + \restoreleftindent + \ifdim\wd\floatbottom<\sidefloathsize + \parskip=\!!zeropoint + %\noindent + \vadjust{\penalty-1}% + \iffloatlefteqo + \global\floatlefteqofalse + \else + \advance\sidefloathsize by -\wd\floatbottom + \iffloatrighteqo + \global\floatrighteqofalse + \else + \divide\sidefloathsize by 2\relax + \fi + \hskip\sidefloathsize + \fi + \fi + \box\floatbottom + \restorepenalties + \fi + \fi + \global\holdinginserts=0\relax + \global\floatshortfalse + \else + \finaloutput{\unvbox255}% + \global\sidefloatvsize=\nofloatvsize + \poppenalties + \fi} + +\def\restoreleftindent% + {\ifrightfloat + \else + \parskip=\!!zeropoint + \noindent + \vadjust{\penalty-1}% + \hskip\sidefloatwidth + \fi} + +\def\eqno% + {\iffloatshort + \global\floatrighteqotrue + \fi + \floatrighteqo} + +\def\leftmarginfloat#1% + {\rightfloatfalse\marginfloattrue\putsidefloat{#1}} + +\def\rightmarginfloat#1% + {\rightfloattrue\marginfloattrue\putsidefloat{#1}} + +\def\leftfloat#1% + {\rightfloatfalse\marginfloatfalse\putsidefloat{#1}} + +\def\rightfloat#1% + {\rightfloattrue\marginfloatfalse\putsidefloat{#1}} + +\def\putsidefloat#1% + {\par + \witruimte + \previoussidefloat + \stallsidefloat + \setbox\floatbox=\hbox{\vbox{\vskip\sidefloattopoffset#1}} + \measuresidefloat + \ifroomforfloat + \setsidefloat + \else + \tosssidefloat + \measuresidefloat + \stallsidefloat + \setsidefloat + \fi} + +\def\progresssidefloat% + {\!!heighta=\sidefloatvsize + \iffloatflag + \advance\!!heighta by -\dimen3\relax + \floatflagfalse + \else + \advance\!!heighta by -\pagetotal + \fi} + +\def\tosssidefloat% + {\vfill\eject} + +\def\measuresidefloat% + {\floatflagtrue + \dimen3=\pagetotal + \ifmarginfloat + \sidefloatwidth=\!!zeropoint + \else + \sidefloatwidth=\wd\floatbox + \advance\sidefloatwidth by \floatsideskip + \fi + \sidefloathsize=\hsize + \advance\sidefloathsize by -\sidefloatwidth + \sidefloatheight=\ht\floatbox + %\advance\sidefloatheight by \dp\floatbox % NJET + \advance\sidefloatheight by \sidefloattopskip + \global\sidefloatvsize=\sidefloatheight + \global\advance\sidefloatvsize by \dimen3\relax + \dimen0=\sidefloatvsize + \advance\dimen0 by -\baselineskip + \ifdim\dimen0>.99\pagegoal + \roomforfloatfalse + \else + \dimen0=\pagegoal + \advance\dimen0 by -\sidefloatvsize + \ifdim\dimen0<\sidefloatbottomskip + \global\advance\sidefloatvsize by \dimen0\relax + \floatshorttrue + \pushpenalties + \holdinginserts=1\relax + \else + \global\advance\sidefloatvsize\sidefloatbottomskip + \floatshortfalse + \fi + \roomforfloattrue + \fi} + +\def\setsidefloat% + {\kern\sidefloattopskip + \oldprevdepth=\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \bgroup + \everypar={}\relax + \parskip=\!!zeropoint + \logsidefloat + \ifrightfloat + \hfill + \ifmarginfloat + \rlap{\hskip\rechtermargeafstand\unhbox\floatbox}% + \else + \unhbox\floatbox + \fi + \else + \noindent + \ifmarginfloat + \llap{\unhbox\floatbox\hskip\linkermargeafstand}% + \else + \unhbox\floatbox + \fi + \hfill + \fi + \egroup + \par + \kern-\sidefloatheight + \penalty10001\relax + \normalbaselines + \prevdepth=\oldprevdepth + %\noindent + \resetsidefloatparagraph + \ignorespaces} + +\newcount\sidefloatparagraph + +\def\iffirstsidefloatparagraph% + {\ifnum\sidefloatparagraph=1\relax} + +\def\setsidefloatparagraph% + {\global\advance\sidefloatparagraph by 1\relax} + +\def\resetsidefloatparagraph% + {\global\sidefloatparagraph=0\relax} + +\def\dochecksidefloat% + {\progresssidefloat + \ifdim\!!heighta>\!!zeropoint\relax + \advance\!!heighta by \sidefloatbottomskip + \!!counta=\!!heighta\relax + \divide\!!counta by \baselineskip + \ifnum\!!counta>0\relax + \ifrightfloat + \hangindent=-\sidefloatwidth + \else + \hangindent=\sidefloatwidth + \fi + \hangafter=-\!!counta + \fi + \setsidefloatparagraph + \else + \resetsidefloatparagraph + \fi + \parskip=\tussenwit} + +\def\checksidefloat% + {\dochecksidefloat} + +\def\doadjustsidefloatdisplaylines% + {\par + \vskip-\parskip + \noindent + \ignorespaces} + +\def\adjustsidefloatdisplaylines% + {\aftergroup\doadjustsidefloatdisplaylines} + +\def\previoussidefloat% + {\progresssidefloat + \ifdim\!!heighta>\!!zeropoint\relax + \iffloatshort + \floatshortfalse + \tosssidefloat + \else + \kern\!!heighta\relax + \fi + \fi} + +\def\stallsidefloat% + {\!!counta=\pageshrink + \divide\!!counta by \baselineskip + \advance\!!counta by 1\relax + \parskip=\!!zeropoint + \dorecurse{\!!counta}{\line{}} + \kern-\!!counta\baselineskip + \penalty0\relax} + +% De onderstaande macro's zijn verantwoordelijk voor het plaatsen +% van floats. De macro's moeten nog worden aangepast en +% uitgebreid: +% +% - nofloatpermitted : top, bot en mid counters en geen topins +% als reeds midfloat of botfloat +% +% - links, rechts, midden als niet hangend + +\newif\ifsomefloatwaiting \somefloatwaitingfalse +\newif\ifroomforfloat \roomforfloattrue +\newif\ifnofloatpermitted \nofloatpermittedfalse +\newif\iffloatsonpage \floatsonpagefalse + +\newcount\totalnoffloats \totalnoffloats=0 +\newcount\savednoffloats \savednoffloats=0 +\newcount\noffloatinserts \noffloatinserts=0 + +\newbox\floatlist + +\newinsert\botins + +\skip\botins=\!!zeropoint +\count\botins=\!!thousand +\dimen\botins=\maxdimen + +\newdimen\topinserted +\topinserted=\!!zeropoint + +\newdimen\botinserted +\botinserted=\!!zeropoint + +\newif\ifflushingfloats +\flushingfloatsfalse + +\newbox\floattext + +\newdimen\floattextwidth +\newdimen\floattextheight + +\newbox\floatbox + +\newdimen\floatwidth +\newdimen\floatheight + +% Er wordt bij \v!altijd als dat nodig is hernummerd. +% Daarbij wordt gebruik gemaakt van de opgeslagen nummers en +% volgorde. + +\definetwopasslist{\s!float} + +\def\dofloatreference% + {\doglobal\increment\numberedfloat + \edef\dodofloatreference% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!float}% + {\numberedfloat}% + {\hetnummer}}}% + \dodofloatreference} + +\def\redofloatorder#1% + {\doglobal\increment\nofplacedfloats\relax + \gettwopassdata{\s!float}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \doifnot{\hetnummer}{\twopassdata} + {\edef\oldhetnummer{\hetnummer}% + \xdef\hetnummer{\twopassdata}% + \showmessage + {\m!floatblocks}{1} + {\nofplacedfloats,#1 \oldhetnummer,\hetnummer}}% + \fi} + +% In \dofloatinfomessage wordt {{ }} gebruikt omdat anders +% binnen \startuitstellen...\stopuitstellen geen goede +% melding in de marge volgt: \ifinner is dan namelijk true. + +\def\dofloatinfomessage#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{#2}{#3}% + \@EA\floatinfo\@EA#1\@EA{\currentmessagetext}% + \egroup} + +\def\dosavefloatinfo% + {\dofloatinfomessage{>}{2}{\the\totalnoffloats}} + +\def\dofloatflushedinfo% + {\!!counta=\totalnoffloats\relax + \advance\!!counta by -\savednoffloats\relax% + \dofloatinfomessage{<}{3}{\the\!!counta}} + +\def\doinsertfloatinfo% + {\dofloatinfomessage{<}{4}{\the\totalnoffloats}} + +% ook voetnoten saven + +\def\dosavefloat% + {\global\setbox\floatlist=\vbox + {\nointerlineskip + \box\floatbox\relax + \unvbox\floatlist}% + \global\advance\savednoffloats by 1\relax + \global\somefloatwaitingtrue + \dosavefloatinfo} + +\def\doresavefloat% + {\global\setbox\floatlist=\vbox + {\nointerlineskip + \unvbox\floatlist + \box\floatbox}% + \global\advance\savednoffloats by 1\relax + \global\somefloatwaitingtrue} + +\def\doreversesavefloat% + {\global\setbox\floatlist=\vbox + {\nointerlineskip + \unvbox\floatlist + \box\floatbox}% + \global\advance\savednoffloats by 1\relax + \global\somefloatwaitingtrue + \dosavefloatinfo} + +\def\checkwaitingfloats#1% + {\ifsomefloatwaiting + \doifinsetelse{\v!altijd}{#1} + {\showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{5}{}} + {\doflushfloats}% + \fi} + +\def\doflushfloats% + {\global\floatsonpagefalse + \global\flushingfloatstrue + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \par + \ifvmode\prevdepth=\maxdimen\fi % prevents whitespace + \dodoflushfloats + \fi + \global\savednoffloats=0 + \global\somefloatwaitingfalse + \global\flushingfloatsfalse} + +\def\dodoflushfloats% moet nog beter: als precies passend, niet onder baseline + {\ifsomefloatwaiting + \bgroup % \box\floatbox can be in use! + \dogetfloat + %\forgetall % NJET! + \witruimte + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] + \flushfloatbox + %\ifnum\savednoffloats>1 % REMOVED + %\else + \blanko[\@@bknawit] + %\fi + \egroup + \dofloatflushedinfo + \expandafter\dodoflushfloats + \fi} + +\newbox\globalscratchbox + +\def\dogetfloat% + {\ifsomefloatwaiting + \global\setbox\floatlist=\vbox + {\unvbox\floatlist + \global\setbox\globalscratchbox=\lastbox}% + \setbox\floatbox=\box\globalscratchbox % local ! + \global\advance\savednoffloats by -1\relax + \ifnum\savednoffloats=0\relax + \global\somefloatwaitingfalse + \fi + \else + \global\savednoffloats=0\relax + \global\setboxfloatbox=\box\voidb@x + \fi} + +\def\dotopfloat% + {\ifdim\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \topofinserttrue + \else + \topofinsertfalse + \fi + \global\advance\topinserted by \ht\floatbox + \global\advance\topinserted by \dp\floatbox + \global\advance\topinserted by \floatbottomskip + \insert\topins + {\forgetall + \iftopofinsert + \kern-\lineskip\par\prevdepth=\maxdimen + \else + %\blanko[-\@@bknawit,\@@bkvoorwit]% inserts can't look back + \betweenfloatblanko + \fi + \flushfloatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% + \doinsertfloatinfo} + +% \loop ...\repeat doesn't work here, but why? +% +% \def\dosettopinserts% +% {\ifsomefloatwaiting +% \noffloatinserts=0\relax +% \loop +% \ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats +% .... +% \repeat +% \fi} +% +% so: + +\def\dodosettopinserts% + {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats + \dogetfloat + \ifdim\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \topofinserttrue + \else + \topofinsertfalse + \fi + \global\advance\topinserted by \ht\floatbox + \global\advance\topinserted by \dp\floatbox + \global\advance\topinserted by \floatbottomskip\relax + \ifdim\topinserted<\teksthoogte\relax + \xdef\totaltopinserted{\the\topinserted}% + \insert\topins + {\forgetall + \iftopofinsert + \kern-\lineskip\par\prevdepth=\maxdimen + \else + %\blanko[-\@@bknawit,\@@bkvoorwit]% inserts can't look back + \betweenfloatblanko + \fi + \flushfloatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \advance\noffloatinserts by 1 + \else + \noffloatinserts=\noftopfloats\relax + \fi + \dofloatflushedinfo + \else + \doresavefloat + \noffloatinserts=\noftopfloats\relax + \fi + \else + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{6}{\the\noftopfloats}% + \fi + \let\dodosettopinserts=\relax + \fi + \dodosettopinserts} + +\def\dosettopinserts% + {\bgroup + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \noffloatinserts=0\relax + \let\totaltopinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \dodosettopinserts + \ifnum\@@bknonder=0\relax + \ifnum\@@bknregels>0\relax + \ifdim\totaltopinserted>\!!zeropoint\relax + \dimen0=\lineheight + \dimen0=\@@bknregels\dimen0\relax + \advance\dimen0 by \totaltopinserted\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>\teksthoogte + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{8}{\@@bknregels}% + \null\vfilll\eject + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dodosetbotinserts% + {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\nofbotfloats\relax + \dogetfloat + \global\advance\botinserted by \ht\floatbox\relax + \global\advance\botinserted by \dp\floatbox\relax + \global\advance\botinserted by \floattopskip\relax + \ifdim\botinserted<\pagegoal\relax + \insert\botins + {\forgetall + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit]% + \flushfloatbox}% + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \advance\noffloatinserts by 1 + \else + \noffloatinserts=\nofbotfloats + \fi + \dofloatflushedinfo + \else + \doresavefloat + \noffloatinserts=\nofbotfloats\relax + \fi + \global\nofloatpermittedtrue % vgl topfloats s! + \else + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{7}{\the\nofbotfloats}% + \fi + \let\dodosetbotinserts=\relax + \fi + \dodosetbotinserts} + +\def\dosetbotinserts% + {\bgroup + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \noffloatinserts=0\relax + \dodosetbotinserts + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dobotfloat% + {\global\advance\botinserted by \ht\floatbox + \global\advance\botinserted by \dp\floatbox + \global\advance\botinserted by \floattopskip + \insert\botins + {\forgetall + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit]% + \flushfloatbox}% + %\global\nofloatpermittedtrue + \doinsertfloatinfo} + +\def\dosetbothinserts% + {\ifflushingfloats + \global\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \global\botinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \else + \global\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \dosettopinserts + \global\botinserted=\topinserted\relax + \dosetbotinserts + \fi} + +\def\dotopinsertions% + {\ifvoid\topins\else + \unvbox\topins + \fi + \global\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax} + +\def\dobotinsertions% + {\ifvoid\botins\else + \ifr@ggedbottom % \vfill is nieuw + \unvbox\botins\vfill + \else + \vfill\unvbox\botins + \fi + \fi + \global\botinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \global\nofloatpermittedfalse} + +\newif\iftopofinsert +\newif\iftestfloatbox %\testfloatboxtrue + +\def\flushfloatbox% nog verder doorvoeren en meer info in marge + {\iftestfloatbox + \ruledhbox{\box\floatbox}% + \else + \box\floatbox + \fi} + +% beter de laatste skip buiten de \insert uitvoeren, +% bovendien bij volle flush onder baseline. + +\def\betweenfloatblanko% assumes that \@@bknawit is present + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox{\strut\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit]\strut}% + \setbox2=\vbox{\strut\blanko[\@@bknawit]\strut}% + \ifdim\ht0>\ht2 + \blanko[-\@@bknawit,\@@bkvoorwit] + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\doroomfloat% + {\ifnofloatpermitted + \global\roomforfloatfalse + \else + \dimen0=\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0 by \ht\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \dp\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \floattopskip + \advance\dimen0 by -\pageshrink % toegevoegd + \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal + \global\roomforfloatfalse + \else + \global\roomforfloattrue + \fi + \fi} + +\def\doexecfloat% spacing between two successive must be better + {\baselinecorrection + \witruimte + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit]% + \flushfloatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit]% + \doinsertfloatinfo} + +\def\somefixdfloat[#1]% + {\doroomfloat + \ifroomforfloat\else + \goodbreak + \fi + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{9}{}% + \doexecfloat} + +\def\somesidefloat[#1]% links, rechts NOG TESTEN EN AANPASSEN + {\checkwaitingfloats{#1}% + \def\logsidefloat% + {\doinsertfloatinfo}% + \setbox\floatbox=\vbox{\box\floatbox}% + \wd\floatbox=\floatwidth + \processfirstactioninset + [#1] + [ \v!links=>\leftfloat{\box\floatbox}, + \v!rechts=>\rightfloat{\box\floatbox}, + \v!inlinker=>\leftmarginfloat{\box\floatbox}, + \v!inrechter=>\rightmarginfloat{\box\floatbox}, + \v!inmarge=>{\doinmargenormal\leftmarginfloat\rightmarginfloat[]{\box\floatbox}}]% + \doifinset{\v!lang}{#1} + {\flushsidefloatsafterpar}} + +\def\sometextfloat[#1]% lang, links, rechts, hoog, midden, laag, offset + {\checkwaitingfloats{#1}% + \global\floattextwidth=\hsize + \global\floatwidth=\wd\floatbox + \global\floatheight=\ht\floatbox + \global\advance\floattextwidth by -\floatwidth + \global\advance\floattextwidth by -\@@bkmarge\relax % was \tfskipsize + \doifinsetelse{\v!lang}{#1} + {\floattextheight=\pagegoal + \advance\floattextheight by -\pagetotal + \advance\floattextheight by -\bigskipamount % lelijk + \ifdim\floattextheight>\teksthoogte + \floattextheight=\teksthoogte + \fi + \boxmaxdepth=\!!zeropoint\relax % toegevoegd + \ifdim\floattextheight<\floatheight + \floattextheight=\floatheight + \fi + \setbox\floattext=\vbox to \floattextheight} + {\setbox\floattext=\vbox}% + \bgroup + \blanko[\v!blokkeer] + \hsize\floattextwidth + \ignorespaces} + +\def\stoptextfloat#1% + {\egroup + \doifnotinset{\v!lang}{#1}% + {\ifdim\ht\floattext<\floatheight + \floattextheight=\floatheight + \else + \floattextheight=\ht\floattext + \fi}% + \setbox\floatbox=\vbox to \floattextheight + {\hsize\floatwidth + \box\floatbox + \vfill}% + \setbox\floattext=\vbox to \floattextheight + {\hsize\floattextwidth + \doifinsetelse{\v!laag}{#1} + {\vfill + \box\floattext + \doifinset{\c!offset}{#1}{\witruimte\blanko}} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!midden}{#1} + {\vfill + \box\floattext + \vfill} + {\doifinset{\c!offset}{#1}{\witruimte\blanko}% + \box\floattext + \vfill}}}% + \doifinsetelse{\c!rechts}{#1}% + {\setbox\floatbox=\hbox to \hsize + {\box\floattext + \hfill + \box\floatbox}} + {\setbox\floatbox=\hbox to \hsize + {\box\floatbox + \hfill + \box\floattext}}% + \baselinecorrection + \witruimte + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit]% + \doifnotinset{\v!lang}{#1}% + {\dp\floatbox=\dp\strutbox}% % toegevoegd + \box\floatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit]% + \doinsertfloatinfo} + +\def\somefacefloat[#1]% links, rechts, midden, hoog, midden, laag + {\checkwaitingfloats{#1}% + \startnaast\box\floatbox\stopnaast + \doinsertfloatinfo} + +\def\somepagefloat[#1]% links, rechts, midden, hoog, midden, laag + {\checkwaitingfloats{#1}% + \vbox to \teksthoogte + {\doifnotinset{\v!hoog}{#1}{\vfill}% + \box\floatbox + \doifnotinset{\v!laag}{#1}{\vfill}}% + \doinsertfloatinfo + \pagina} % toegevoegd + +\def\someelsefloat[#1]% + {\doifinsetelse{\v!hier}{#1} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!altijd}{#1} + {\pagina[\v!voorkeur]% + \doroomfloat + \ifroomforfloat + \doexecfloat + \else + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{9}{}% + \doreversesavefloat + \fi} + {\ifsomefloatwaiting + \dosavefloat + \else + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]% + \doroomfloat + \ifroomforfloat + \doexecfloat + \else + \dosavefloat + \fi + \fi}} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!altijd}{#1} + {\doroomfloat + \ifroomforfloat + \processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!boven=>\dotopfloat, + \v!onder=>\dobotfloat, + \s!default=>\doexecfloat]% + \else + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{9}{}% + \doreversesavefloat + \fi} + {%\ifsomefloatwaiting % from before the renumbering time + % \doflushfloats + %\fi + \doroomfloat + \ifroomforfloat + \processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!boven=>%%\ifdim\topinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + %\iffloatsonpage + % \dosavefloat + %\else + \dotopfloat + %\fi + %%\else + %% \dosavefloat + %%\fi + , + \v!onder=>%\ifdim\botinserted=\!!zeropoint\relax + \dobotfloat + %\else + % \dosavefloat + %\fi + , + \s!default=>\doexecfloat]% + \else + \dosavefloat + \fi}}} + +% De onderstaande macro wordt gebruikt bij de macros +% voor het plaatsen van tabellen en figuren (klopt niet +% meer). +% +% \dofloat {plaats} {label1} {label2} {kader} +% +% \docompletefloat {nummer} {referentie} {lijst} +% {plaats} {label1} {label2} {inhoud} +% +% \box\floatbox inhoud+referentie +% +% \do???float#1 #1 = boxnummer +% +% \ifinsidefloat wordt \true gezet voor \docompletefloat en \false +% na float plaatsen; kan worden gebruikt om in +% andere commando's witruimte te onderdrukken + +\newdimen\floattopskip \floattopskip=12pt +\newdimen\floatbottomskip \floatbottomskip=12pt +\newdimen\floatsideskip \floatsideskip=12pt + +\newdimen\sidefloattopskip \sidefloattopskip=\floattopskip +\newdimen\sidefloatbottomskip \sidefloatbottomskip=\floatbottomskip +\def\sidefloattopoffset {\dp\strutbox} + +\newcount\noftopfloats \noftopfloats=2 +\newcount\nofbotfloats \nofbotfloats=0 + +\def\calculatefloatskips% + {{\def\calculatefloatskips##1##2% + {\doifelsenothing{##2} + {\global##1=\!!zeropoint} + {\doifelse{##2}{\v!geen} + {\global##1=\!!zeropoint} + {\setbox0=\vbox{\witruimte\@EA\blanko\@EA[##2]}% + \global##1=\ht0}}}% + \calculatefloatskips\floattopskip\@@bkvoorwit + \calculatefloatskips\floatbottomskip\@@bknawit + \calculatefloatskips\sidefloattopskip\@@bkzijvoorwit + \calculatefloatskips\sidefloatbottomskip\@@bkzijnawit + \def\sidefloattopoffset{\dp\strutbox}% + \global\floatsideskip=\@@bkmarge\relax + \global\noftopfloats=\@@bknboven\relax + \global\nofbotfloats=\@@bknonder\relax}} + +\newif\ifinsidefloat +\insidefloatfalse + +\def\floatcaptionsuffix{} % an optional suffix +\def\floatcaptionnumber{} % a logical counter + +\def\dosetfloatcaption#1#2#3% + {\def\dofloattekst% + {{\doattributes{\??kj#1}{#3}}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??kj#1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\def\dofloatnummer% + {{\xdef\floatcaptionnumber{#1}% + \hbox{\doattributes{\??kj#1\v!kop}{\strut#2\floatcaptionsuffix}}}% + \ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#3}{} + {\tfskip + \emergencystretch=.5em}}} + {\def\dofloatnummer% + {}}} + +\def\putborderedfloat#1\in#2\\% + {\setbox#2=\vbox + {\localframed + [\??fl#1] + [\c!breedte=\@@bkbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\@@bkhoogte, + \c!offset=\@@bkoffset]% + {\box\floatbox}}} + +\newbox\captionbox + +\def\putcompletecaption% + {\mindermeldingen + \begstrut\dofloatnummer\dofloattekst\endstrut} + +\def\dosetpagfloat#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + %\showcomposition + \putborderedfloat#4\in4\\% + \def\locatefloat% + {\doregelplaats\@@bkplaats}% + \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen} + {\global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\locatefloat{\box4}}} + {\dosetfloatcaption{#4}{#2}{#3}% +% at another level, prevents reprocessing of footnotes +\setbox\captionbox=\hbox{\putcompletecaption}% +\def\putcompletecaption{\unhcopy\captionbox}% +% + \setbox2=\hbox + {\forgetall + \putcompletecaption}% + \doifinsetelse{\@@kjkjplaats}{\v!hoog,\v!midden,\v!laag} + {\dimen0=\hsize + \advance\dimen0 by -\wd4\relax + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@bkmarge\relax % \was tfskipsize\relax + \ifdim\wd2>\dimen0\relax + \dimen2=1.3\dimen0\relax + \ifdim\wd2<\dimen2\relax + \dimen0=0.8\dimen0\relax + \fi + \fi + \setbox2=\vbox + {\forgetall + \hsize=\dimen0\relax + \raggedright + \begstrut\dofloatnummer + \ifx\@@kjkjtussen\empty \else + \unskip\@@kjkjtussen + \fi + \dofloattekst + \endstrut}} + {\doifelse{\@@kjkjbreedte}{\v!max} + {\dosetraggedbox{\@@kjkjuitlijnen}% + \setbox2=\raggedbox + {\hsize\wd4\relax + \putcompletecaption}} + {\ifdim\wd2>\wd4\relax + \doifelse{\@@kjkjbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\ifdim\wd4<15\korpsgrootte\relax + \dimen0=15\korpsgrootte\relax + \else + \dimen0=\wd4\relax + \fi + \ifdim\wd4>\hsize + \setbox0=\vbox + {\forgetall + \hsize=1.0\wd4 + \putcompletecaption}% + \ifdim\ht0>\lineheight\relax + \setbox2=\vbox + {\forgetall + \hsize=0.9\wd4 + \putcompletecaption}% + \fi + \else + \setbox0=\vbox + {\forgetall + \dimen2=1.5\dimen0\relax + \ifdim\dimen2<\hsize + \hsize=\dimen2\relax + \fi + \putcompletecaption}% + \ifdim\ht0>\lineheight\relax + \setbox2=\vbox + {\forgetall + \dimen2=1.2\dimen0\relax + \ifdim\dimen2<\hsize + \hsize=\dimen2\relax + \fi + \putcompletecaption}% + \fi + \fi} + {\dosetraggedbox{\@@kjkjuitlijnen}% + \setbox2=\raggedbox + {\hsize\@@kjkjbreedte + \putcompletecaption}}% + \fi}}% + \global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\processaction + [\@@kjkjplaats] + [ \v!boven=>\locatefloat{\copy2}% + \@@kjkjtussen + \locatefloat{\copy4}, + \v!onder=>\locatefloat{\copy4}% + \@@kjkjtussen + \locatefloat{\copy2}, + \v!hoog=>\locatefloat + {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\copy4 + \tfskip + \vbox to\ht4{\@@kjkjtussen\copy2\vfill}} + {\vbox to\ht4{\@@kjkjtussen\copy2\vfill}% + \tfskip + \copy4}}, + \v!laag=>\locatefloat + {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\copy4 + \tfskip + \vbox to\ht4 + {\vfill\copy2\@@kjkjtussen}} + {\vbox to\ht4 + {\vfill\copy2\@@kjkjtussen}% + \tfskip + \copy4}}, + \v!midden=>\locatefloat + {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\copy4 + \tfskip + \vbox to\ht4{\vfill\copy2\vfill}} + {\vbox to\ht4{\vfill\copy2\vfill}% + \tfskip + \copy4}}, + \v!geen=>\locatefloat{\copy4}]}}% + \ifdim\wd2>\wd4 + \global\wd\floatbox=\wd2 + \else + \global\wd\floatbox=\wd4 + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dosetparfloat#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + %\showcomposition + \forgetall + \putborderedfloat#4\in4\\ + \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen} + {\global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox{\box4}} + {\dosetfloatcaption{#4}{#2}{#3}% + \setbox2=\hbox + {\forgetall + \putcompletecaption}% + \doifelse{\@@kjkjbreedte}{\v!max} + {\dosetraggedbox{\@@kjkjuitlijnen}% + \setbox2=\raggedbox + {\hsize\wd4 + \putcompletecaption}} + {\doifelse{\@@kjkjbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\ifdim\wd2>\wd4\relax + \setbox2=\vbox + {\forgetall + \hsize\wd4 + \putcompletecaption}% + \else + \setbox2=\hbox to \wd4 + {\hss\box2\hss}% + \fi} + {\dosetraggedbox{\@@kjkjuitlijnen}% + \setbox2=\raggedbox + {\hsize\wd4 + \putcompletecaption}}}% + \global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\processaction + [\@@kjkjplaats] + [ \v!boven=>\box2 + \@@kjkjtussen + \box4, + \v!onder=>\box4 + \@@kjkjtussen + \box2, + \v!geen=>\box4]}}% + \egroup} + +\newif\ifparfloat + +\long\def\dosetfloatbox#1#2#3#4% + {\ifvisible + \par + \doifcommonelse + {#1}{\v!links,\v!rechts,\v!inlinker,\v!inrechter,\v!inmarge} + {\global\parfloattrue} + {\global\parfloatfalse}% + \edef\@@kjkjbreedte {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!breedte}}% + \def\@@kjkjtussen {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!tussen}}% geen \edef + \edef\@@kjkjplaats {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!plaats}}% + \edef\@@kjkjuitlijnen {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!uitlijnen}}% + \ifparfloat + \dosetparfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \else + \dosetpagfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \global\floatheight=\ht\floatbox + \global\advance\floatheight by \dp\floatbox + \global\floatwidth=\wd\floatbox + \global\advance\totalnoffloats by 1\relax + \doifnotinset{\v!marge}{#1} % gaat namelijk nog fout + {\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\parindent\!!zeropoint + \ifvoorlopig + \inlinker{\framed{\infofont\the\totalnoffloats}}% + \fi + \box\floatbox}}% + \wd\floatbox=\floatwidth + \dimen0=\floatheight + \advance\dimen0 by \lineheight + \ifdim\dimen0<\teksthoogte + \else + \global\floatheight=\teksthoogte + \global\advance\floatheight by -\lineheight + \ht\floatbox=\floatheight + \dp\floatbox=\!!zeropoint + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{10}{\the\totalnoffloats}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\dogetfloatbox#1% + {\ifvisible + \def\next##1{\global\floatsonpagetrue\def\next{##1}}% + \processfirstactioninset + [#1] + [ \v!hier=>\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, + \v!forceer=>\next{\somefixdfloat[#1]}, + \v!links=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, + \v!rechts=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, + \v!tekst=>\next{\sometextfloat[#1]}, + \v!boven=>\def\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, % ! + \v!onder=>\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, + \v!marge=>\def\next{\somenextfloat[#1]}, % ! + \v!pagina=>\next{\somepagefloat[#1]}, + \v!naast=>\next{\somefacefloat[#1]}, + \v!inmarge=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, + \v!inlinker=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, + \v!inrechter=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, + \s!default=>\next{\someelsefloat[\v!hier,#1]}, + \s!unknown=>\next{\someelsefloat[\v!hier,#1]}]% + \next + \fi} + +\long\def\dofloat#1#2#3#4% + {\dosetfloatbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \dogetfloatbox{#1}}% + +\long\def\docompletefloat#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\flushsidefloats + \calculatefloatskips + \setbox\floatbox=\vbox{#7}% + \dimen0=\ht\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \dp\floatbox + \ifdim\dimen0=\!!zeropoint\relax + \showmessage{\m!floatblocks}{11}{}% + \setbox\floatbox=\vbox{\getvalue{\e!lege#3}}% + \fi + \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#6}{\v!geen} + {\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\unvbox\floatbox + \rawpagereference{\s!flt}{#2}}% + \dofloat{#4}{}{#6}{#1}} + {\doifelsevalue{\??kj#1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\verhoognummer[#1]% + \maakhetnummer[#1]% + \setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\unvbox\floatbox + \dofloatreference + \redofloatorder{#1}% + \rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{\hetnummer}% + \doschrijfnaarlijst{#3}{\hetnummer}{#6}{#3}}% + \dofloat{#4}{#5\hetnummer}{#6}{#1}} + {\setbox\floatbox=\vbox + {\unvbox\floatbox + \rawpagereference{\s!flt}{#2}}% + \dofloat{#4}{}{#6}{#1}}}% + \global\insidefloatfalse} + +\def\plaatsvolledig#1#2#3#4% kop, ref, tit, do + {#1[#2]{#3}% + #4% + \pagina[\v!ja]} + +%I n=Figuren +%I c=\plaatsfiguur,\reserveerfiguur,\startfiguurtekst +%I c=\leegfiguur,\volledigelijstmetfiguren +%I c=\plaatstabel,\reserveertabel,\starttabeltekst +%I c=\legetabel,\volledigelijstmettabellen +%I +%I Figuren en tabellen (gebruik ..tabel.. in plaats van +%I ..figuur..) kunnen in de tekst worden geplaatst met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \plaatsfiguur[plaats][referentie]{titel}{figuur} +%I +%I Als voorkeur kan worden opgegeven 'hier', 'forceer', +%I 'pagina', 'boven', 'onder', 'links' en 'rechts'. In plaats +%I van een titel kan 'geen' worden meegegeven, in dat geval +%I wordt geen titel geplaatst. Eventueel kan in combinatie +%I met links en rechts 'lang' worden opgegeven. +%I +%I De volgorde kan worden afgedwongen met 'altijd', +%I bijvoorbeeld [hier,altijd]. In dat geval wordt bij een +%I volgende run zonodig de nummering aangepast. +%I +%I In plaats van een titel kan {geen} worden ingevuld. In +%I dat geval blijft de titel achterwege. +%P +%I Het is mogelijk ruimte voor een figuur te reserveren: +%I +%I \reserveerfiguur[hoogte=,breedte=,kader=][voorkeur] +%I [referentie]{titel} +%P +%I Een lijst met figuren kan worden opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \plaatslijstmetfiguren +%I \volledigelijstmetfiguren +%I +%I Men kan een tekst naast een figuur zetten met: +%I +%I \startfiguurtekst[plaats][referentie]{kop}{figuur} +%I ... +%I \stopfiguurtekst +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn (combinaties van) 'links', 'rechts', +%I 'hoog', 'laag' en 'midden'. Met 'offset' dwingt men een +%I verschuiving omlaag van van 1 regel af. +%I +%I Zie verder onder plaatsblokken. + +%I n=Tabellen +%I +%I Zie figuren. + +%I n=Intermezzo +%I +%I Zie figuren. + +%I n=Grafieken +%I +%I Zie figuren. + +%T n=figuur +%T m=fig +%T a=f +%T +%T \plaatsfiguur +%T [hier] +%T [fig:] +%T {} +%T {\naam{?}} +%T + +\definieernummer + [\??si] + [\c!wijze=\v!per\v!tekst, + \c!conversie=\@@siconversie] + +\def\stelplaatsbloksplitsenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??si]} + +\def\dosplitsplaatsblok[#1]#2% nog dubbele refs + {\ifbinnenkolommen % tzt ook nog figuren splitten + % not yet supported + \else + \bgroup + \insidefloattrue + \getparameters[\??si][#1]% + \resetnummer[\??si]% + \def\floatcaptionsuffix{\nummer[\??si]}% + \TableCaptionHeight=\@@siregels\lineheight + \dowithnextbox + {\forgetall + \mindermeldingen + \doloop + {\setbox2\vsplit\nextbox to \lineheight + \setbox2=\vbox{\unvbox2} + \ifdim\ht2>\lineheight + \verhoognummer[\??si]% + \bgroup + #2{\unvbox2} + \egroup + \pagina + \ifdim\ht\nextbox>\!!zeropoint + \verlaagnummer[\floatcaptionnumber]% + \fi + \fi + \ifdim\ht\nextbox>\!!zeropoint\else + \expandafter\exitloop + \fi}% + \egroup} + \vbox + \fi} + +\def\splitsplaatsblok% + {\dosingleempty\dosplitsplaatsblok} + +%I n=Formules +%I c=\plaatsformule,\plaatssubformule,\stelformulesin +%I +%I Formules kunnen in de tekst worden geplaatst met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \plaatsformule[referentie]subnummer$$formule$$ +%I +%I Dit commando handelt de witruimtes om de formules af en +%I plaatst nummers. Als geen nummer nodig is, en dus ook +%I geen referentie, dan moet met het commando als volgt +%I gebruiken: +%I +%I \plaatsformule-$$...$$ of \plaatsformule[-]$$...$$ +%I +%I Als het nummer niet moet worden opgehoogd, gebruikt men +%I +%I \plaatssubformule[referentie]subnummer$$formule$$ +%P +%I PAS OP: +%I +%I Binnen een aantal wiskundige commando's, zoals +%I \displaylines, moet men het nummer zelf plaatsen. Dit +%I kan gebeuren met: \formulenummer of \subformulenummer. +%I Ook hier kan een [referentie] en een {subnummer} worden +%I meegegeven. +%I +%I \plaatsformule +%I $$\displaylines +%I {x \hfill\formulenummer[eerste]{}\cr +%I y \hfill\cr +%I z \hfill\formulenummer[derde]{}\cr} +%I $$ +%P +%I De wijze waarop formules worden genummerd kan worden +%I be‹nvloed door het commando: +%I +%I \stelformulesin[links=,rechts=,plaats=] +%I +%I De nummers kunnen links en rechts worden gezet. Standaard +%I worden de symbolen ( en ) gebruikt. +%I +%I Tussen twee formules kan witruimte worden geforceerd met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \blanko[formule] + +\abovedisplayskip = \!!zeropoint\relax +\abovedisplayshortskip = \!!zeropoint\relax % evt. 0pt minus 3pt +\belowdisplayskip = \!!zeropoint\relax +\belowdisplayshortskip = \!!zeropoint\relax % evt. 0pt minus 3pt + +\predisplaypenalty = 0 +\postdisplaypenalty = 0 % -5000 gaat mis, zie penalty bij \paragraaf + +\doorlabelen + [\v!formule] + [\c!tekst=\v!formule, + \c!wijze=\@@fmwijze, + \c!blokwijze=\@@fmblokwijze, + \c!plaats=\v!intekst] + +\def\stelformulesin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??fm]} + +\def\dodoplaatsformule#1[#2]#3$$#4$$% + {\begingroup + \setdisplayskips + \!!doneafalse + \doif{#2}{-}{\!!doneatrue}% + \doif{#3}{-}{\!!doneatrue}% + \if!!donea % no number + \def\complexformulenummer[##1]##2% + {}% + \def\formulenummer% + {\complexorsimpleempty{formulenummer}}% + \def\subformulenummer% + {\formulenummer}% + $$#4$$ + \else + \doifelse{#1}{\v!ja} + {\def\verhoogformulenummer{\verhoognummer[\v!formule]}} + {\let\verhoogformulenummer=\relax}% + \def\simpleformulenummer% + {\gdef\doeqno{}% + \gdef\doleqno{}% + \gdef\formulenummer{\doformulenummer}% + \doformulenummer[#2]{#3}}% + \def\complexformulenummer% + {\gdef\doeqno{}% + \gdef\doleqno{}% + \gdef\formulenummer{\doformulenummer}% + \doformulenummer}% + \def\formulenummer% + {\complexorsimple{formulenummer}}% + \def\subformulenummer% + {\let\verhoogformulenummer=\relax + \complexorsimple{formulenummer}}% + \gdef\doleqno{\leqno{\formulenummer}}% + \gdef\doeqno{\eqno{\formulenummer}}% + \doifelse{\@@fmplaats}{\v!links} + {$$#4\doleqno$$} + {$$#4\doeqno$$} + \fi + \par + \ignorespaces + \endgroup} + +\def\complexdoformulenummer[#1]#2% + {\verhoogformulenummer + \doifelse{#2}{ } + {\def\hetsubnummer{}} + {\def\hetsubnummer{#2}}% + {\rm\strut\@@fmlinks\lossenummer[\v!formule]\hetsubnummer\@@fmrechts}% + \rawreference{\s!for}{#1}{\hetnummer\hetsubnummer}} + +\letvalue{\e!start\e!formule}=\undefined +\letvalue{\e!stop \e!formule}=\undefined + +%\def\dodoplaatsstartformule#1[#2]#3\startformule#4\stopformule% +% {\dodoplaatsformule#1[#2]#3$$#4$$} + +\expanded + {\def\noexpand\dodoplaatsstartformule##1[##2]##3\csname\e!start\e!formule\endcsname##4\csname\e!stop\e!formule\endcsname% + {\noexpand\dodoplaatsformule##1[##2]##3$$##4$$}} + +\setvalue{\e!start\e!formule}{$$} +\setvalue{\e!stop \e!formule}{$$} + +\def\doplaatsformule#1[#2]#3% % #3 gobbles spaces between [] and $$ or \startformule + {\def\redoplaatsformule% % we can't lose {} after $$ + {\expandafter\ifx\csname\e!start\e!formule\endcsname\next + \let\next=\dodoplaatsstartformule + \else + \let\next=\dodoplaatsformule + \fi + \next#1[#2]}% + \futurelet\next\redoplaatsformule#3} + +\def\complexplaatsformule% + {\doplaatsformule{\v!ja}} + +\def\complexplaatssubformule% + {\doplaatsformule{\v!nee}} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\doformulenummer +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\plaatsformule +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\plaatssubformule + +%I n=Naast +%I c=\startnaast,\stelnaastplaatsenin +%I +%I Experiment: +%I +%I \startnaast +%I ... +%I \stopnaast +%I +%I \stelnaastplaatsenin[status=] +%I + +\newbox\facingbox +\newbox\facingpage + +\newdimen\facingboxsize +\newdimen\facingpagetotal + +\facingpagetotal=\!!zeropoint + +\newif\iffacingpages \facingpagesfalse +\newif\iffirstpagedone \firstpagedonefalse + +\def\shipoutfacingpage% + {\iffacingpages + \iffirstpagedone + \setbox\facingpage=\vbox to \zethoogte + {\kern\hoofdhoogte + \kern\ht\topins % ? + \kern\dp\topins % ? + \kern\dp\strutbox % checken + \box\facingpage + \vfill}% + \myshipout{\box\facingpage}% + \fi + \fi + \global\setbox\facingpage=\box\voidb@x + \global\firstpagedonetrue + \global\facingpagetotal=\!!zeropoint\relax} + +\def\flushfacingpage% + {\penalty-\!!tenthousand + \global\facingpagetotal=\facingboxsize + \setbox\facingpage=\vbox{\box\facingbox}} + +\def\startnaast#1\stopnaast% + {\iffacingpages + \setbox\facingbox=\vbox + {\hsize=\zetbreedte\relax + #1}% + \global\facingboxsize=\ht\facingbox + \global\advance\facingboxsize by \dp\facingbox + \ifdim\pagetotal<\facingpagetotal + \dimen2=\facingpagetotal + \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + \vskip\dimen2\relax + \else + \dimen2=\!!zeropoint\relax + \fi + \dimen0=\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0 by \facingboxsize + \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal + \flushfacingpage + \else + \global\advance\facingpagetotal by \facingboxsize + \ifdim\facingpagetotal>\pagegoal + \flushfacingpage + \else + \setbox\facingpage=\vbox + {\offinterlineskip + \mindermeldingen + \ht\facingpage=\!!zeropoint + \ifdim\pagetotal=\topskip + \vskip-\topskip + \fi + \box\facingpage + \advance\dimen2 by \pagetotal + \vskip\dimen2\relax + \ifdim\facingpagetotal>\facingboxsize + \vskip\tussenwit + \fi + \box\facingbox}% + \fi + \fi + \fi} + +\def\dostelnaastplaatsenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??np][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@npstatus}{\v!start} + {\global\facingpagestrue} + {\global\facingpagesfalse}} + +\def\stelnaastplaatsenin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelnaastplaatsenin} + +\def\naastpagina% + {\shipoutfacingpage} + +\def\facefloat% redefined + {\startnaast\box\floatbox\stopnaast} + +%I n=Lijsten +%I c=\definieerlijst,\stellijstin,\plaatslijst +%I +%I Er kunnen lijsten worden aangemaakt en opgeroepen. Een +%I lijst wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \definieerlijst[naam] +%I +%I en zonodig ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stellijstin[naam][status=,variant=,marge=,breedte=, +%I scheider=,afstand=,paginanummer=,deelnummer=, +%I titeluitlijnen=,label=,letter=,tekstletter=,nummerletter=, +%I paginaletter=,paginaovergangen=,voor=,na=,niveau=, +%I criterium=,symbool=,prefix=,links=,rechts=] +%I +%I De instellingen mogen ook direkt worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \definieerlijst[naam][instellingen] +%I +%I Ook kunnen kenmerken van andere lijsten worden overgenomen: +%I +%I \definieerlijst[naam][andere naam] +%P +%I De vorm van de lijst wordt onder meer bepaald door de variant +%I (a,b,c). In grote lijnen ziet een lijst er als volgt uit: +%I +%I +%I +%I Mogelijke varianten zijn: +%I +%I variant a : nummer - titel - pagina +%I variant b : nummer - titel - spaties - pagina +%I variant c : nummer - titel - punten - pagina +%I variant d : nummer - titel - pagina (doorlopend) +%P +%I Een of meer lijsten kunnen wordt opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \plaatslijst[naam,naam,...] +%I +%I Standaard zijn lijsten gedefinieerd voor deel, hoofdstuk, +%I paragraaf, subparagraaf en subsubparagraaf. Deze lijsten +%I zijn dus afzonderlijk in te stellen. Deze lijsten zijn +%I gegroepeerd tot een samengestelde lijst (zie elders). +%I +%I De layout van een lijst kan worden beinvloed door +%I commando's tussen te voegen met: +%I +%I \schrijftussenlijst[naam]{commandos} +%I +%I Voor eigen gebruik is \iflijstgeplaatst beschikbaar. +%P +%I Gevorderde gebruikers kunnen eigen lijstcommando's maken. +%I Deze commando's kunnen worden toegekend met: +%I +%I [...,nummercommando=,tekstcommando=,paginacommando=,...] +%I +%I en hebben de vorm +%I +%I \commando{argument} +%I +%I bijvoorbeeld +%I +%i nummercommando=\omlijnd +%I +%I Volledige vrijheid krijgt men met de instelling +%I +%I variant=geen + +% \getlistlevel[hoofdstuk]\test{0} \test + +\def\getlistlevel[#1]#2#3% [list] \variable \default + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ko#1\c!sectie} + {\edef#2{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}% + \doifdefinedelse{\??se#2\c!niveau} + {\edef#2{\getvalue{\??se#2\c!niveau}}} + {\edef#2{#3}}} + {\edef#2{#3}}} + +\def\doschrijfnaarlijst#1#2#3#4% + {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\begingroup + \thisisnextinternal{#1}% + % + % Dit gaat goed als #2 geen commando's bevat. Dit is + % bij interactieve teksten echter soms wel het geval. + % Vandaar dat we dit optioneel moeten maken, bijvoorbeeld + % met \stellijstin[referentie=ja]. + % + \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{\??li#1\c!expansie}] + [ \v!ja=>{\edef\ascii{#3}}, + \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#3\to\ascii}, + \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#3\to\ascii}]% + \makesectionformat + \doifelse{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start} + {\def\dopaginanummer{\noexpand\paginanummer}} + {\def\dopaginanummer{0}}% + \edef\schrijfwegnaarlijst% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\listentry% + {#1}% + {\nextinternalreference}% + {#2}% + {\ascii}% + {\sectionformat::\dopaginanummer}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarlijst + \endgroup}} + +\def\doschrijftussenlijst#1#2% + {\doif{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!status}}{\v!start} + {\begingroup + \convertargument#2\to\ascii + \makesectionformat + \doifelse{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start} + {\def\dopaginanummer{\noexpand\paginanummer}} + {\def\dopaginanummer{0}}% + \edef\schrijfwegnaarlijst% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\listbetween% + {#1}% + {\ascii}% + {\sectionformat::\dopaginanummer}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarlijst + \endgroup}} + +\def\listentry#1% + {\executeifdefined{#1\c!lijst}\gobblefivearguments} + +\def\listbetween#1% + {\executeifdefined{#1\c!tussen}\gobblethreearguments} + +\def\@@livarianta% nr - tit - pag + {\def\lijstfill{\hskip 1.25em}% + \def\lijstskip{0em}} + +\def\@@livariantb% nr - tit - fill - pag + {\def\lijstfill{\hfill}% + \def\lijstskip{5em}} + +\def\@@livariantc% nr - tit - dots - pag + {\def\lijstfill{\leaders\hbox to .5em{\hss.\hss}\hfill\hskip.5em}% + \def\lijstskip{5em}} + +\def\@@livariant% + {\lijstvariantb} + +\@@livariantb + +\def\dostellijstin[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\getparameters[\??li##1][#2] + \preparepaginaprefix{\??li##1}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\stellijstin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostellijstin} + +\def\dodosetlijst#1% + {\setvalue{#1\c!tussen}{\dotussenlijst{#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\c!lijst}{\dolijstelement{#1}}} + +\def\dodoresetlijst#1% + {\setvalue{#1\c!tussen}{\gobblefourarguments{#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\c!lijst}{\gobblesixarguments{#1}}} + +%\def\dodoresetlijst#1% +% {\setvalue{#1\c!tussen}{\gobblethreearguments}% +% \setvalue{#1\c!lijst}{\gobblefivearguments}} + +\def\dodefinieerlijst[#1][#2][#3]% + {\presetlocalframed[\??li#1]% + \getparameters + [\??li#1] + [\c!hoogte=\v!ruim, + \c!diepte=\v!ruim, + \c!offset=0.25em, + % + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!koppeling=\v!uit, + \c!criterium=\v!lokaal, + \c!breedte=3em, + \c!variant=\c!b, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!tekstletter=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!letter}, + \c!nummerletter=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!letter}, + \c!paginaletter=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!letter}, + \c!kleur=, + \c!tekstkleur=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!kleur}, + \c!nummerkleur=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!kleur}, + \c!paginakleur=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!kleur}, + \c!nummercommando=\lijstnummercommando, + \c!tekstcommando=\lijsttekstcommando, + \c!paginacommando=\lijstpaginacommando, + \c!paginanummer=\v!ja, + \c!paginaovergangen=, + \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!titeluitlijnen=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!symbool=, + \c!interactie=\v!sectienummer, + \v!deel\c!nummer=\v!ja, % nodig ? + \c!label=\v!nee, + \c!afstand=\!!zeropoint, + \c!scheider=]% + \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\getparameters[\??li#1][#2]} + {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#2}{} + {\copyparameters + [\??li#1][\??li#2] + [\c!status,\c!breedte,\c!variant,\c!letter,\c!kleur, + \c!tekstletter,\c!tekstkleur,\c!tekstcommando, + \c!paginaletter,\c!paginacommando,\c!paginakleur, + \c!nummerletter,\c!nummerkleur,\c!nummercommando, + \c!paginanummer,\c!paginaovergangen,\c!marge,\c!symbool, + \c!titeluitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!na,\v!deel\c!nummer,\c!label]% + \getparameters[\??li#1][#3]}}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dodosetlijst{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\dodoresetlijst{#1}}} + +\def\definieerlijst% + {\dotripleempty\dodefinieerlijst} + +\def\iflijstgeplaatst{\ifutilitydone} + +\def\doplaatslijst[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% + \getfromcommalist[#1][1]% + \let\firstlistelement=\commalistelement + \dostellijstin[#1][#2]% + \doifvalue{\??li\firstlistelement\c!koppeling}{\v!aan} + {\startlistreferences{#1}}% + \dosettoclevel{\getvalue{\??li\firstlistelement\c!criterium}}% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{\par}% + \stoplistreferences{#1}% + \stopopelkaar + \endgroup} + +\def\plaatslijst% + {\dodoubleempty\doplaatslijst} + +\def\dodovolledigelijst[#1][#2][#3]% enkelvoud, meervoud, instellingen + {\systemsuppliedtitle[#2]{\headtext{#2}} + \doplaatslijst[#1][#3]} + +\def\dovolledigelijst[#1][#2]% + {\dodovolledigelijst[#1][#1][#2]} + +\def\volledigelijst% + {\dodoubleempty\dovolledigelijst} + +\def\lijstelementen{} % bevat lijst met paginaovergangen +\def\lijstnummercommando#1{#1} % geen strut i.v.m. intractieve versie +\def\lijsttekstcommando#1{\begstrut#1\endstrut} +\def\lijstpaginacommando#1{\strut#1} + +\def\doassigndimen#1#2#3% + {\doifinsetelse{#2}{\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {#1=#3\relax} + {#1=#2\relax}} + +\def\dosetlistsymbol#1#2% + {\processaction + [\getvalue{\??li#1\c!symbool}] + [ \v!geen=>\def\listsymbol% + {\doassigndimen{\dimen0}{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}{1.5em}% + \hbox to \dimen0{}}, + 1=>\def\listsymbol% + {\strut$\bullet$}, + 2=>\def\listsymbol% + {\vrule\!!width1em\!!height1ex\!!depth\!!zeropoint}, + 3=>\def\listsymbol% very slow + {{\doassigndimen{\dimen0}{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}{1.5em}% + \doassigndimen{\dimen2}{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!hoogte}}{1ex}% + \doassigndimen{\dimen4}{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!diepte}}{0pt}% + \vrule\!!width\dimen0\!!height\dimen2\!!depth\dimen4}}, + \s!unknown=>\def\listsymbol{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!symbool}}, + \s!default=>\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!prefix}{\v!nee} + {\aftersplitstring#2\at.\to\splitlistsymbol} + {\def\splitlistsymbol{#2}}% geen \edef ivm enz + \def\listsymbol% + {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!label}{\v!ja}{\labeltext{#1}}% + \strut\splitlistsymbol + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!scheider}}]} + +\def\dosomelijstelement#1#2#3{#1 #2 \translatednumber[#3]} + +\def\dodolijstelementa{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementABC} +\def\dodolijstelementb{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementABC} +\def\dodolijstelementc{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementABC} +\def\dodolijstelementd{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementD} +\def\dodolijstelemente{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementE} +\def\dodolijstelementf{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementF} +\def\dodolijstelementg{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementG} + +\setvalue{dodolijstelement\v!geen}{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofreelijstelement} + +% Here I learned something new: \leftskip can be changed +% within a paragraph and the last one counts. Therefore we +% cannot use \bgroup's! The placement of the \leftskip +% assignment and the \endgraf's may not be changed. We have to +% end the preceding paragraph before changing \leftskip. This is +% because every listelement sets the \leftskip. + +% \strippedcsname\dodolijstelement + +\def\dolijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% pas op: wordt ook elders gedefinieerd + {\doiftoclevelelse[#5] + {\getvalue{dodolijstelement\getvalue{\??li#1\c!variant}}% + %\showcomposition + \let\@@iabreedte=\!!zeropoint % moet boolean worden + \bgroup + \edef\lijstelementen% + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!paginaovergangen}}% + \ExpandSecondAfter\doifinset{#3}{\lijstelementen}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{14}{#3}% + \pagina}% + \egroup + \mindermeldingen + \dosetlistsymbol{#1}{#3}% + \dosomelijstelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% + \global\utilitydonetrue} + {}} + +\def\dolistattributes#1#2#3% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??li#1#2} + {\stelinteractiein[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=]}% + \doattributes + {\??li#1#3}} + +\def\dodofreelijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\def\makelijstelement##1##2% + {\hbox + {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} + {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% + \gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{\copy0}{#6}} + {##2}}}% + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!voor}% can be \hskip + \doifdefinedelse{\??li#1\c!commando} + {\makelijstelement{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}}% this forces all + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!commando}% + {#3}% geen conversies etc + {#4}% geen conversies etc + {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% + \translatednumber[#5]}}} + {\ifvmode\nointerlineskip\fi % recently added + \vbox + {\forgetall + \makelijstelement\v!alles + {\makelijstelement\v!sectienummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!nummerkleur\c!nummer + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!nummercommando}{\listsymbol}}}% + \makelijstelement\v!tekst + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstkleur\c!tekst + {\def\\{ }% + \dontconvertfont + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}}% + \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} + {\doifsomething{#5} + {\makelijstelement\v!paginanummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!paginakleur\c!pagina + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!paginacommando} + {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% + \translatednumber[#5]}}}}}}}% +\nointerlineskip % anders verkeerde spatiering bij multi-line + \endgraf}% + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!na}} + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementABC#1#2#3#4#5#6% weeden + {\endgraf + \leftskip=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% na de \endgraf ! + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!voor}% + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!titeluitlijnen}{\v!ja} + {\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint} + {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}} + {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}% + \getvalue{\??li\c!variant\getvalue{\??li#1\c!variant}}% + \endgraf + \def\makelijstelement##1##2% + {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} + {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% + \gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{\copy0}{#6}} + {\hbox{##2}}}% + \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} % not supported + {\doassign[\??li#1][\c!interactie=\v!alles]}% + \makelijstelement\v!alles + {\hbox to \hsize + {\!!widthb=\hsize + \setbox2=\hbox \ifdim\!!widtha>\!!zeropoint to \!!widtha \fi + {\makelijstelement\v!sectienummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!nummerkleur\c!nummer + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!nummercommando}{\listsymbol}}% + \hfill}}% + \setbox4=\hbox + {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} + {\doifsomething{#5} + {\hbox to 2em + {\hfill + \makelijstelement\v!paginanummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!paginakleur\c!pagina + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!paginacommando} + {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% + \translatednumber[#5]}}}}}}}% + \vbox + {\hsize\!!widthb + \ifdim\!!widtha<\hsize + \hangindent=\wd2 + \dimen2=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!afstand}% + \advance\hangindent by \dimen2 + \hangafter=1 + \ifvoid4 + % we kunnen gewoon afbreken aan het eind + \else + \ifdim\lijstskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + \rightskip=\lijstskip\!!plus10em\relax + \parfillskip=-\rightskip + \fi + \fi + \else + \dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax + \leavevmode + \box2\relax + \hskip\dimen2 + \bgroup + \dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstkleur\c!tekst + {\def\\{ }% + \dontconvertfont + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}% + \egroup + \ifvoid4 + \ifdim\!!widtha<\hsize + \hfill\strut + \fi + \else + \nobreak\hskip.5em\lijstfill + \box4\relax + \relax + \fi}% + \hss}}% +\nointerlineskip % anders verkeerde spatiering bij multi-line + \endgraf + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!na}} + +% overrulen interactie kan sneller, bv door hulpconstanten +% te gebruiken en die te letten + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementD#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\leftskip=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% + \bgroup + \ifvmode + \noindent\leavevmode + \fi + \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} % not supported + {\doassign[\??li#1][\c!interactie=\v!sectienummer]}% + \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{\v!alles} % not supported + {\doassign[\??li#1][\c!interactie=\v!sectienummer]}% + \def\makelijstelement##1##2% + {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} + {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% + \gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{\copy0}{#6}} + {\hbox{##2}}}% + \setbox4=\hbox + {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} + {\doifsomething{#5} + {\makelijstelement\v!paginanummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!paginakleur\c!pagina + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!paginacommando} + {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% + \translatednumber[#5]}}}}}}% + \hbox + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!links}% + \makelijstelement\v!sectienummer + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!nummerkleur\c!nummer + {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!nummercommando}{\listsymbol}}}% + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!rechts}% + \hskip.5em}% + \nobreak + \tolerance3500 + \dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstkleur\c!tekst + {\def\\{ }% + \dontconvertfont + \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}% + \ifvoid4\else + \nobreak + \hskip.75em\relax + \nobreak + \box4 + \fi + \dimen0=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!afstand}\relax + \ifdim\dimen0<1em\relax + \hskip1em\!!plus1em\!!minus.25em\relax + \else + \hskip\dimen0\!!plus.5\dimen0\!!minus.25\dimen0\relax + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementE#1% + {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG{\localframed[\??li#1][\c!kleur=]}{#1}} + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementF% + {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG\relax} + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementG#1% + {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG\regelmidden{#1}} + +\def\dodofixdlijstelementEFG#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\hbox + {\let\\=\relax + \dontconvertfont + \setbox0=\hbox + {#1{\dolocationattributes{\??li#2} + {\ignorespaces\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#7}{#5}}}}% + \gotonextinternal{#2}{#3}{\copy0}{#7}}} + +\def\schrijfnaarlijst[#1]#2#3% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\convertargument#2\to\firstlistelement + \@EA\doschrijfnaarlijst\@EA{#1}{\firstlistelement}{#3}{\v!kop}}} + +\def\dotussenlijst#1#2#3#4% pas op: wordt ook elders gedefinieerd + {\doiftoclevelelse[#3] + {#2} + {}} + +\def\schrijftussenlijst[#1]#2% + {\@EA\doschrijftussenlijst\@EA{#1}{#2}} % #2 weg en \expanded + +% NOG ENGELS MAKEN + +\def\lijstlengte {\utilitylistlength} +\def\lijstbreedte {\utilitylistwidth} +\def\lijsthoogte {\utilitylistheight} + +\def\utilitylistlength {0} +\def\utilitylistwidth {0pt} +\def\utilitylistheight {0pt} + +\def\dobepaallijstkenmerken[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \doglobal\newcounter\utilitylistlength + \def\dolijstelement##1##2##3##4##5##6% + {\doiftoclevelelse[##5] + {\doglobal\increment\utilitylistlength + \hbox + {\doattributes + {\??li##1\c!tekst} + {\def\\{ }% + \dontconvertfont + \getvalue{\??li##1\c!tekstcommando}{##4}}}% + \global\utilitydonetrue} + {}}% + \dostellijstin[#1][#2]% + \getfromcommalist[#1][1]% + \dosettoclevel{\getvalue{\??li\commalistelement\c!criterium}}% + \setbox0=\vbox + {\doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{\par}}% + \xdef\utilitylistheight {\the\ht0}% + \xdef\utilitylistwidth {\the\wd0}% + \endgroup} + +\def\bepaallijstkenmerken% + {\dodoubleempty\dobepaallijstkenmerken} + +% \definieerreferentielijst +% [externalfigure] +% [commando=\toongrootfiguur, +% voor=\pagina, +% na=\pagina] +% +% \definieerreferentielijst +% [externaltable] +% [commando=\toongrotetabel, +% voor=\pagina, +% na=\pagina] +% +% \def\toongrootfiguur#1% +% {\externfiguur[#1][kader=aan,factor=max]} +% +% \def\toongrotetabel#1% +% {\switchtocorps[12pt]\haalbuffer[#1]} +% +% \schrijfnaarreferentielijst[externalfigure]{koe}{\externfiguur[koe][breedte=3cm,kader=aan]} +% \schrijfnaarreferentielijst[externalfigure]{paard}{\externfiguur[paard][breedte=3cm,kader=aan]} +% +% \startbuffer[kanweg] +% \starttabel[|||] +% \HL +% \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +% \HL +% \VL test \VL test \VL\FR +% \VL test \VL test \VL\MR +% \VL test \VL test \VL\LR +% \HL +% \stoptabel +% \stopbuffer +% +% \schrijfnaarreferentielijst[externaltable]{kanweg}{\switchtcorps[5pt]\haalbuffer[kanweg]} +% +% \plaatsreferentielijst +% [externalfigure,externaltable] + +% algemeen + +\def\referentiebutton#1[#2]% + {\bgroup + \def\referenceprefix{}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\ignorespaces#1}% + \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} + {\hbox{\gotolocation{#2}{\copy0}}} + {\unknownreference{#2}% + \hbox{\copy0}}% + \egroup} + +\newcounter\referencecounter + +\def\doreferentielijstelement#1#2#3#4#5% + {\doiftoclevelelse[#4] + {\getvalue{\??rl#1\c!voor}% + \referentiebutton% + {\getvalue{\??rl#1\c!commando}{#3}% + \paginareferentie[\r!to#2]}% + [\r!from#2]% + \global\utilitydonetrue + \getvalue{\??rl#1\c!na}} + {}} + +\def\doplaatsreferentielijst[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup +% \let\doschrijfnaarreferentielijst=\gobblethreearguments + \stelreferentielijstin[#1][#2,\c!status=\v!stop]% + \getfromcommalist[#1][1]% + \dosettoclevel{\getvalue{\??rl\commalistelement\c!criterium}}% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{\par}% + \endgroup} + +\def\plaatsreferentielijst% + {\dodoubleempty\doplaatsreferentielijst} + +\def\doschrijfnaarreferentielijst#1#2#3% + {\doifvalue{\??rl#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\begingroup + \makesectionformat + \doifelse{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start} + {\def\dopaginanummer{\noexpand\paginanummer}} + {\def\dopaginanummer{0}}% + \edef\schrijfwegnaarlijst% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\referencelistentry% + {#1}% tag + {#2}% number + {#3}% data + {\sectionformat::\dopaginanummer}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarlijst + \endgroup}} + +\def\schrijfnaarreferentielijst[#1]#2#3% #1=class #2=data #3=visualization + {\doifelsevalue{\??rl#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\referentiebutton% + {#3% + \doglobal\increment\referencecounter + \paginareferentie[\r!from\referencecounter]% + \doschrijfnaarreferentielijst{#1}{\referencecounter}{#2}}% + [\r!to\referencecounter]} + {#3}} + +\def\referencelistentry#1% + {\executeifdefined{#1\c!lijst}\gobblefourarguments} + +\def\dodosetreferentielijst#1% + {\setvalue{#1\c!lijst}{\doreferentielijstelement{#1}}} + +\def\dodoresetreferentielijst#1% + {\setvalue{#1\c!lijst}{\gobblefourarguments}} + +\def\dodefinieerreferentielijst[#1][#2]% + {\stelreferentielijstin[#1] + [\c!commando=, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!criterium=\v!alles, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + #2] + \setcounter{#1}{0}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dodosetreferentielijst{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\dodoresetreferentielijst{#1}}} + +\def\definieerreferentielijst% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieerreferentielijst} + +\def\dostelreferentielijstin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??rl#1][#2]} + +\def\stelreferentielijstin% + {\dodoubleempty\dostelreferentielijstin} + +%I n=Inhoudsopgave +%I c=\volledigeinhoud,\plaatsinhoud +%I c=\stelinhoudin +%I +%I Er kan een inhoudsopgave worden opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \plaatsinhoud +%I \volledigeinhoud +%I +%I De wijze waarop de inhoudsopgave wordt aangemaakt wordt +%I ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelinhoudin[instellingen] +%I +%I De instellingen komen overeen met de van lijsten. +%P +%I Een inhoudsopgave is een zogenaamde samengestelde lijst. +%I Op termijn komt het mechanisme van samengestelde lijsten +%I ook voor de gebruiker beschikbaar. Vooralsnog werkt het +%I achter de schermen. +%I +%I De commando's zijn slim genoeg om meestal automatisch de +%I juiste lijsten te genereren. Men kan echter met 'criterium' +%I het niveau specificeren. Met 'niveau' geeft men aan tot welk +%I niveau de inhoudsopgave moet worden weergegeven. + +\def\dostelsamengesteldelijstin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??ih#1][#2]% + \ExpandFirstAfter\stellijstin[\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!lijst}][#2]} + +\def\stelsamengesteldelijstin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelsamengesteldelijstin} + +\def\doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \getparameters[\??ih#1][#2]% + \dosettoclevel{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!criterium}}% + \edef\samengesteldelijst{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!lijst}}% om voorlopig nog + \stripspaces\from\samengesteldelijst\to\samengesteldelijst % compatible te + \ExpandFirstAfter\doifnumberelse{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}}% blijven + {\!!counta=\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}% met de vorige implementatie + \advance\!!counta by 1\relax% accepteren we ook nummers (0==deel) + \getfromcommacommand[\samengesteldelijst][\!!counta]% + \edef\maximumlijst{\commalistelement}}% + {\edef\maximumlijst{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}}}% + \!!counta=\getvalue{\??se\getvalue{\??ko\maximumlijst \c!sectie}\c!niveau}% + \let\!!stringa=\samengesteldelijst + \let\samengesteldelijst=\empty + \def\docommando##1% + {\ifnum\getvalue{\??se\getvalue{\??ko##1\c!sectie}\c!niveau}>\!!counta + \else + \addtocommalist{##1}\samengesteldelijst + \fi}% + \processcommacommand[\!!stringa]\docommando + \doifvalue{\??ih#1\c!koppeling}{\v!aan} + {\startlistreferences{#1}}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\dodoplaatssamengesteldelijst[\samengesteldelijst][#2]% + \stoplistreferences{#1}% + \endgroup} + +\def\dodoplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]% + {\startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% + \dostellijstin[#1][#2]% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{\par}% + \stopopelkaar} + +\def\dovolledigesamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]% + {\systemsuppliedtitle[#1]{\headtext{#1}}% + \doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1][#2]} + +\def\dodefinieersamengesteldelijst[#1][#2][#3]% + {\setvalue{\??ih#1\c!lijst}{#2}% + \getcommalistsize[#2]% + \getfromcommalist[#2][\commalistsize]% + \doeassign[\??ih#1][\c!niveau=\commalistelement]% + \getparameters + [\??ih#1] + [\c!criterium=\v!lokaal, + #3]% + \setvalue{\e!stel#1\e!in}% + {\dodoubleempty\dostelsamengesteldelijstin[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}% + {\dodoubleempty\doplaatssamengesteldelijst[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige#1}% + {\dodoubleempty\dovolledigesamengesteldelijst[#1]}} + +\def\definieersamengesteldelijst% + {\dotripleempty\dodefinieersamengesteldelijst} + +%I n=Synoniemen +%I c=\definieersynoniemen,\stelsynoniemenin +%I +%I Er kunnen meerdere lijsten worden gedefinieerd door middel +%I van het commando: +%I +%I \definieersynoniemen[naam][namen][commando] +%I +%I Na dit commando zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \naam{tekst}{synoniem} +%I \commando{tekst} +%I \volledigelijstmetnamen +%I \plaatslijstmetnamen +%P +%I De commando's rond de lijst met afkortingen zijn gedefinieerd +%I met de waarden: [afkorting][afkortingen][\voluit]. Beschikbare +%I commando's zijn dus: +%I +%I \afkorting{afkorting}{betekenis} +%I \voluit{afkorting} +%I \volledigelijstmetafkortingen +%I \plaatslijstmetafkortingen +%I +%I De betekenis kan worden opgeroepen met \voluit{afkorting}. +%P +%I De wijze van zetten kan worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelsynoniemenin[naam][synoniemletter=,tekstletter=, +%I status=,plaats=,breedte=,criterium=,conversie=, +%I expansie=] +%I +%I Als de status 'stop' is, dan worden geen synoniemen naar +%I de lijst weggeschreven. Als het criterium 'alles' is, +%I dan worden alle synoniemen in het overzicht opgenomen, zoniet, +%I dan worden alleen gebruikte synoniemen opgenomen. Omdat +%I standaard 'conversie' op 'nee' staat, worden afkortingen +%I getoond. +%P +%I In principe is een synoniem pas beschikbaar als het is +%I gedefinieerd. Het is echter mogelijk synoniemen te laden, +%I mits de tekst tenminste eenmaal is verwerkt. Het is dus +%I mogelijk synoniemen op te roepen die pas later worden +%I gedefinieerd. Alleen de omschrijvingen zijn beschikbaar, +%I dus niet de commando's (doordenkertje). Het laden vindt +%I plaats met: +%I +%I \laadnamen +%I +%I of, zoals bij afkortingen: +%I +%I \laadafkortingen + +% Formaat tex-utility-input-file : +% +% synonym entry {tag} {pure} {text} {synonym} +% +% Deze file wordt met het programma TeXUtil omgezet in een +% in te lezen TeXFile met de commando's: +% +% \synonymentry {tag} {pure} {text} {synonym} + +\newif\ifsynonymmeaning + +\def\dostelsynoniemenin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??sm#1][#2]} + +\def\stelsynoniemenin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelsynoniemenin} + +\def\doresetsynonym#1% + {\letvalue{#1\s!entry}=\gobblethreearguments} + +\def\dohandlesynonymentry#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \syndef + {\doattributes{\??sm#1\c!tekst}{#2}} + \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{}{\onbekend}{#3} + \par + \egroup} + +\def\synonymentry#1% + {\executeifdefined{#1\s!entry}\gobblethreearguments} + +\def\dosetsynonym#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\??sm#1\c!commando} + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}{\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!commando}}} + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}{\dohandlesynonymentry}}% + \doordefinieren + [syndef] + [\c!plaats=\synplaats, + \c!breedte=\synbreedte, + \c!kopletter=, + \c!voor=, + \c!tussen=, + \c!na=]} + +\def\doplaatslijstmetsynoniemen#1#2% + {\witruimte + \begingroup + \def\currentsynonym{#1}% + \def\synplaats{\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!plaats}}% + \def\synbreedte{\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!breedte}}% + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#2}{}{\par}% + \endgroup + \ifutilitydone\else\geenwitruimte\fi} + +\def\dovolledigelijstmetsynoniemen#1#2% + {\plaatsvolledig + {\systemsuppliedchapter}{#1}{\headtext{#2}}% + {\doplaatslijstmetsynoniemen{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\processsynonym#1#2#3% + {\begingroup % anders in mathmode lege \hbox, zie eenheden + \ifsynonymmeaning + \doattributes{\??sm#1\c!synoniem}{\synonymmeaningfalse#3}% + \else + \explicithmode + \doattributes{\??sm#1\c!tekst}{#2}% + \fi + \endgroup} + +\def\getsynonymmeaning#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{#2} + {{\synonymmeaningtrue\getvalue{#2}}} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{18}{#1,#2}}} + +\def\dowritesynonym#1#2#3#4% + {\begingroup % anders in mathmode lege \hbox + \doifelsevalue{\??sm#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} + {\immediate\write\uti{s e {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}}} + {\convertargument#3\to\asciia + \convertargument#4\to\asciib + \immediate\write\uti{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciia} {\asciib}}}% + \endgroup} + +\def\preexecutesynonym#1#2#3#4% + {\ifdoinpututilities \else + \dowritesynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\processsynonym{#1}{#3}{#4}}% + \fi} + +\def\executesynonym#1#2#3#4% + {\preexecutesynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \processsynonym{#1}{#3}{#4}} + +\def\expandsynonym#1#2#3#4% + {{\synonymmeaningtrue + \processsynonym{#1}{#3}{#4}}} + +\def\dodoloadsynonym#1#2#3#4% + {\setgvalue{#2}{\executesynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}} + +\def\doloadsynonym#1% + {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1##2##3% + {\doifelsenothing{##1} + {\dodoloadsynonym{#1}{##2}{##2}{##3}} + {\dodoloadsynonym{#1}{##1}{##2}{##3}}% + \global\utilitydonetrue}} + +\def\dolaadsynoniemen#1#2% + {\bgroup + \let\dosetsynonym=\doloadsynonym + \showmessage{\m!systems}{19}{#2}% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{}{}{}% + \egroup + \setvalue{\s!check#1}##1{}} + +\def\dodocomplexsynonym[#1][#2]#3#4% + {\getvalue{\s!check#1}{#2}% + \doifelsevalue{\??sm#1\c!conversie}{\v!ja} + {\setgvalue{#2}{\geentest\expandsynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}} + {\doifelsevalue{\??sm#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\doifelsevalue{\??sm#1\c!criterium}{\v!alles} + {\preexecutesynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}} + {\setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\executesynonym{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}} + {\setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\processsynonym{#1}{#3}{#4}}}}} + +\def\docomplexsynonym[#1][#2][#3]#4#5% + {\ifthirdargument + \dodocomplexsynonym[#2][#1#3]{#4}{#5}% + \else + \dodocomplexsynonym[#2][#1#4]{#4}{#5}% + \fi} + +\def\dodefinieersynoniemen[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\stelsynoniemenin + [#1] + [\c!synoniemletter=, + \c!tekstletter=, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!criterium=, + \c!breedte=5em]% + \presetheadtext + [#2=\Woord{#2}]% + \setvalue{\e!stel#2\e!in}% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??sm#1]}% + \iffourthargument + \def#4##1% + {\geentest\getsynonymmeaning{#1}{\??sm:#1:##1}}% + \def#3##1% + {\geentest\getvalue{\??sm:#1:##1}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexsynonym[\??sm:#1:][#1]}% + \else + \def#3##1% + {\geentest\getsynonymmeaning{#1}{##1}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexsynonym[][#1]}% + \fi + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dosetsynonym{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\doresetsynonym{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!check#1}##1% + {\checkdefined{synoniemen}{#1}{##1}}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\e!laad#2}% + {\dolaadsynoniemen{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\doplaatslijstmetsynoniemen{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\dovolledigelijstmetsynoniemen{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\definieersynoniemen% + {\doquadrupleempty\dodefinieersynoniemen} + +%I n=Sorteren +%I c=\definieersorteren,\stelsorterenin +%I +%I Sorteren is een vereenvoudigde variant van 'synoniemen': +%I +%I \definieersorteren[naam][namen] +%I +%I Na dit commando zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \naam{tekst} +%I \volledigelijstmetnamen +%I \plaatslijstmetnamen +%P +%I De wijze van zetten kan worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelsorterenin[naam][status=,commando=,voor=,na=, +%I letter=,criterium=,expansie=] +%I +%I Met 'commando' kan met een bewerking uitvoeren op de +%I onderdelen van een lijst. +%I +%I Als de status 'stop' is, dan worden geen sorteringen naar +%I de lijst weggeschreven. Als het criterium 'alles' is, +%I dan worden alle sorteringen in het overzicht opgenomen, +%I zoniet, dan worden alleen gebruikte opgenomen. +%P +%I In principe is een item pas beschikbaar als het is +%I gedefinieerd. Het is echter mogelijk items te laden, +%I mits de tekst tenminste eenmaal is verwerkt. Het is dus +%I mogelijk items op te roepen die pas later worden +%I gedefinieerd. +%I +%I \laadnamen +%I +%I of, zoals bij logo's: +%I +%I \laadlogos +%I +%I Bij een eerste run zijn de commando's nog niet +%I beschikbaar. Een logo kan dus het best worden opgeroepen +%I met: \naam{...}, bijvoorbeeld \naam{PRAGMA} in plaats van +%I \PRAGMA. + +% Formaat tex-utility-input-file : +% +% synonym entry {tag} {pure} {text} {} +% +% Deze file wordt met het programma TeXUtil omgezet in een +% in te lezen TeXFile met de commando's: +% +% \synonymentry {tag} {pure} {text} {} + +\def\dostelsorterenin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??so#1][#2]} + +\def\stelsorterenin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelsorterenin} + +\def\doresetsorteren#1% + {\letvalue{#1\s!entry}=\gobblethreearguments} + +\def\dosetsorteren#1% + {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1##2##3% + {\def\dowritesort####1####2####3{}% + \global\utilitydonetrue + \bgroup + \doifdefinedelse{\??so#1\c!commando} + {\getvalue{\??so#1\c!commando}{##2}} + {\getvalue{\??so#1\c!voor}% + \doattributes{\??so#1}{##2}% + \getvalue{\??so#1\c!na}}% + \egroup}} + +\def\doplaatslijstmetsorteren#1% NOG EEN RUWE VERSIE MAKEN + {\witruimte % ZONDER WITRUIMTE ETC ETC + \begingroup + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{\par}% + \endgroup + \ifutilitydone\else\geenwitruimte\fi} + +\def\dovolledigelijstmetsorteren#1#2% + {\plaatsvolledig + {\systemsuppliedchapter}{#1}{\headtext{#2}} + {\doplaatslijstmetsorteren{#1}}} + +\def\processsort#1#2#3% + {\explicithmode + \bgroup + \doattributes{\??so#1}{#2}% + \egroup} + +\def\dowritesort#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \doifelsevalue{\??so#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} + {\immediate\write\uti{s e {#1} {#2} {#3} {}}} + {\convertargument#3\to\asciia + \immediate\write\uti{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciia} {}}}% + \egroup} + +\def\synonymentry#1% + {\executeifdefined{#1\s!entry}\gobblethreearguments} + +\def\preexecutesort#1#2#3% + {\ifdoinpututilities \else + \dowritesort{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}}% + \fi} + +\def\executesort#1#2#3% + {\preexecutesort{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}} + +\def\doloadsort#1% + {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1##2##3% + {\setgvalue{##1}{##2}% + \global\utilitydonetrue}} + +\def\dolaadsorteren#1#2% + {\bgroup + \let\dosetsorteren=\doloadsort + \showmessage{\m!systems}{20}{#2}% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{}{}{}% + \egroup + \setvalue{\s!check#1}##1{}} + +\def\dodocomplexsort[#1][#2]#3% + {\getvalue{\s!check#1}{#2}% + \doifelsevalue{\??so#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\doifelsevalue{\??so#1\c!criterium}{\v!alles} + {\preexecutesort{#1}{#2}{#3}} + {\setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\executesort{#1}{#2}{#3}}}} + {\setgvalue{#2}{\donottest\processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}}}} + +\def\docomplexsort[#1][#2][#3]#4% + {\ifthirdargument + \dodocomplexsort[#2][#1#3]{#4} + \else + \dowritesort{#2}{#4}{#4}% + \fi} + +\def\dodefinieersorteren[#1][#2][#3]% + {\getparameters[\??so#1] + [\c!commando=, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!criterium=, + \c!letter=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=\endgraf]% + \presetheadtext[#2=\Woord{#2}]% + \setvalue{\e!stel#2\e!in}[##1]% + {\getparameters[\??so#1][##1]}% + \ifthirdargument + \def#3##1% + {\getvalue{\??so:#1:##1}} + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexsort[\??so:#1:][#1]}% + \else + \setvalue{#1}% + {\dotripleempty\docomplexsort[][#1]}% + \fi + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dosetsorteren{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\doresetsorteren{#1}}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\e!laad#2}% + {\dolaadsorteren{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{\s!check#1}##1% + {\checkdefined{sorteren}{#1}{##1}}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\doplaatslijstmetsorteren{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige\e!lijstmet#2}% + {\dovolledigelijstmetsorteren{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\definieersorteren% + {\dotripleempty\dodefinieersorteren} + +%I n=Afkortingen +%I c=\afkorting,\volledigelijstmetafkortingen +%I +%I Een afkorting wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \afkorting{afkorting}{betekenis} +%I +%I en opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \voluit{afkorting} +%I +%I Een lijst met afkortingen wordt gegenereerd met: +%I +%I \plaatslijstmetafkortingen +%I \volledigelijstmetafkortingen + +%T n=afkorting +%T m=afk +%T a=a +%T +%T \afkorting {?} {} + +%I n=Eenheden +%I c=\eenheid,\betekenis,\wiskunde +%I +%I Een afkorting wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \eenheid [eenheid] {dimensie} {betekenis} +%I +%I en opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \betekenis {eenheid} +%I +%I Een voorbeeld van een definitie is: +%I +%I \eenheid [KUUB] {m^3} {inhoud} +%I +%I Een lijst met eenheden wordt gegenereerd met: +%I +%I \plaatslijstmeteenheden +%I \volledigelijstmeteenheden +%P +%I Aanvullend zijn twee commando's beschikbaar die worden +%I gebruikt bij het zetten van eenheden: +%I +%I \wiskunde{wiskundige commando's} +%I \dimensie{wiskundige eenheid} +%I +%I Het eerste commando maakt $ binnen $ mogelijk, het +%I laatste commando handelt ook de spatiering af. +%I +%I Een teveel aan spatiering kan ongedaan worden voorkomen +%I met: +%I +%I \geendimensie{wiskundige eenheid} + +% documenteren \bmath ..\emath + +\def\bmath% + {\begingroup + \ifmmode + \let\emath=\endgroup + \else + $\def\emath{$\endgroup}% + \fi} + +\def\mathematics#1% % \bmath ...\emath kan ook maar + {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % dit alternatief scheelt grouping + +\def\dimensionsignal{0.000058pt} + +\def\dimension#1% + {\def\dodimensionsignal{\kern\dimensionsignal}% + \ifdim\lastskip=\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\lastkern=\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifmmode + \mathematics{\,\,\tf#1}% + \else + \mathematics{\tf#1}% + \fi + \else\ifdim\lastkern=\dimensionsignal + \mathematics{\,\tf#1}% + \else + \unkern\mathematics{\,\,\tf#1}% + \fi\fi + \else + \unskip\mathematics{\,\,\tf#1}% + \fi + \dodimensionsignal} + +\def\nodimension#1% + {\unskip#1\gdef\dodimensionsignal{}} + +%I n=Registers +%I c=\definieerregister,\stelregisterin +%I c=\volledigregister,\plaatsregister +%I +%I Er kunnen registers worden gedefinieerd met het commando: +%I +%I \definieerregister[naam][namen] +%I +%I Vanaf dat moment zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \naam[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} +%I \zienaam[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang}{andere ingang} +%I \plaatsnaam +%I \volledigenaam +%I +%I of +%I +%I \plaatsregister[naam] +%I \volledigregister[naam] +%I +%I De commando's rond de standaard index zijn gedefinieerd +%I met de waarden: [index][indices] +%P +%I In de tekst dient een registerverwijzing voor het woord +%I te staan, dus: we verwijzen naar \index{woord}woord. +%I +%I Bij koppen daarentegen plaatsen we \index na de kop: +%I +%I \subparagraaf{dat is dat} +%I \index{ziezo} +%I +%I ........... tekst ..... +%I +%I of +%I +%I \margewoord{ziezo} +%I \index{ziezo} +%I +%I ........... tekst ..... +%I +%I Ongewenste spaties na \index worden verwijderd! Wil men +%I dus een spatie, dan moet dit worden afgedwongen met \ . +%P +%I Mocht het hierboven beschreven mechanisme interfereren +%I met andere mechanismen, dan kan ook het volgende commando +%I worden gebruikt: +%I +%I \schrijfnaarregister[naam][ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} +%I +%I waarbij [ascii] optioneel is. +%P +%I De registers kunnen worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelregisterin[naam][letter=,aanduiding=,n=, +%I balanceren=,uitlijnen=,criterium=,afstand=,symbool=, +%I expansie=] +%I +%I waarbij 'aanduiding' betrekking heeft op het al dan niet +%I plaatsen van een letter ('ja' of 'nee') en 'letter' op de +%I weergave van de letter. +%I +%I Met 'criterium' kan een subindex worden opgeroepen, +%I bijvoorbeeld 'deel' of 'hoofdstuk', of als het niveau +%I onbekend is: 'lokaal'. Standaard wordt een volledige index +%I gegenereerd ('alles'). +%I +%I In plaats van een paginanummer kan een symbool worden +%I gezet: n (1,2,3,..), a (a,b,c,..), 1 (bolletjes) en +%I 2 (rechthoekjes). Een symbool heeft alleen zin bij +%I interactieve teksten. +%I +%I Voor eigen gebruik is \ifregistergeplaatst beschikbaar. +%P +%I In plaats van een + als scheider kan ook & worden +%I gebruikt. Bovendien kan als eerste karakter worden opgegeven +%I wat de scheider is: +%I +%I \index[abcformule]{&formule&$ax^2+bx+c$} +%I +%I Overigens gaat de & voor de +, zodat hier de specificatie +%I niet per se nodig is. Let wel: dit is een kenmerk van +%I texutil, en niet zozeer van ConTeXt. + +% Formaat tex-utility-input-file : +% +% i e {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {p:c:p:sp:ssp=>page} {realpage} +% i s {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {other entry} +% +% In plaats van + kan een & worden gebruikt. Ook kan als +% eerste karakter worden opgegeven wat de scheider is. +% +% Deze file wordt met het programma TeXUtil omgezet in +% een in te lezen TeXFile met de commando's: +% +% \registerentrya {tag} {ingang} +% \registerentryb {tag} {subingang} +% \registerentryc {tag} {subsubingang} +% +% \registerpage {tag} {volgnummer} {paginanummer} {volgnummer} +% +% \registersee {tag} {andere ingang} +% +% \registerentry {tag} {letter} + +\def\dostelregisterin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??id#1][#2]% + \preparepaginaprefix{\??id#1}} + +\def\stelregisterin% + {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dostelregisterin} + +\def\getlastregisterentry#1% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\def\!!stringa{##1}}% + \processconcanatedlist[#1][+]\docommando + \!!stringa} + +\def\doprocessregister[#1]#2% + {\begingroup + \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% + \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi + \doifelsevalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}{\v!ja} + {\edef\ascii{#2}} + {\convertargument#2\to\ascii}% + \makesectionformat + \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% + {\write\uti% + {r e % + {\currentregister} % + {\nextinternalreference} % + {#1} % + {\ascii} % + {\sectionformat::\noexpand\paginanummer} % + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarregister + \getfirstcharacter\currentregister + \registerinfo{> \firstcharacter}{#2}% + \endgroup} + +\def\complexdoregister[#1]#2% + {\doprocessregister[#1]{#2}% + \ifvmode\nobreak\fi + \GotoPar} + +\def\doregister#1% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty{doregister}} + +\def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% + {\begingroup + \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% + \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi + \doifelsevalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}{\v!ja} + {\edef\ascii{#2}} + {\convertargument#2\to\ascii}% + \makesectionformat + \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% + {\write\uti% + {r s % + {\currentregister} % + {\nextinternalreference} % + {#1} % + {\ascii} % + {#3} % + {\sectionformat}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarregister + \endgroup + \registerinfo{> zie}{#2}% + \GotoPar} + +\def\dozieregister#1% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty{dozieregister}} + +\def\doschrijfnaarregister[#1]% % de twee-traps-aanroep is nodig + {\edef\currentregister{#1}% % om gebruik van \ExpandBothAfter + \doprocessregister} % mogelijk te maken + +\def\schrijfnaarregister% + {\dodoubleempty\doschrijfnaarregister} + +\def\ifregistergeplaatst{\ifutilitydone} + +\newif\iffirstregisterpage + +\def\c!entrya{} +\def\c!entryb{} +\def\c!entryc{} + +\def\nextregisterpage% + {\iffirstregisterpage + \doglobal\newcounter\registerpagenumber + \fi + \doglobal\increment\registerpagenumber} + +\def\doregisterpagelocation#1% + {\nextregisterpage + \hbox to 1em{\hss#1\hss}} + +\def\setregisterpage#1% + {\let\registerpageseparator=\relax + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}] + [ \c!n=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{\sl\registerpagenumber}\/}}, + \c!a=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{\sl\character{\registerpagenumber}\/}}}, + 1=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{$\bullet$}}}, + 2=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{\vrule\!!width1em\!!height1ex\!!depth\!!zeropoint}}}, + \s!unknown=>{\def\registerpagesymbol{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}}% + \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{\registerpagesymbol}}}, + \s!default=>{\def\registerpageseparator% + {{\sl,}}% + \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {{\strut\sl\paginaprefix{\??id##1}[##2]\translatednumber[##2]}}}]} + +\def\doresetregister#1% + {\letvalue{#1\s!entrya}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue{#1\s!entryb}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue{#1\s!entryc}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue{#1\s!see}=\gobbletwoarguments + \letvalue{#1\s!page}=\gobblethreearguments + \letvalue{#1\s!entry}=\gobbleoneargument} + +\def\registerentrya#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entrya}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registerentryb#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryb}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registerentryc#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryc}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registersee #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!see}\gobbletwoarguments} +\def\registerpage #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!page}\gobblethreearguments} +\def\registerentry #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entry}\gobbleoneargument} + +\newif\iffirstsubentry +\newif\iffirstsubsubentry + +\newcounter\currententrylevel + +\def\dosetpageregister#1% + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\edef\currententrylevel{1}% + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \gdef\c!entrya% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \endgraf + \hangindent1em\noindent + \dohandleregisterentry{##1}% + \global\firstsubentrytrue + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entryb}##1% + {\edef\currententrylevel{2}% + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \global\def\c!entryb% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \endgraf + \iffirstsubentry\nobreak\fi + \hangindent2em\noindent\hskip1em\relax + \dohandleregisterentry{##1}% + \global\firstsubentryfalse + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entryc}##1% + {\edef\currententrylevel{3}% + \gdef\c!entryc% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \endgraf + \iffirstsubsubentry\nobreak\fi + \hangindent3em\noindent\hskip2em\relax + \dohandleregisterentry{(##1)}% + \global\firstsubsubentryfalse}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3% + {\doifreglevelelse[##2] + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \c!entryletter + \def\dohandleregisterentry####1% + {\bgroup + \if!!donea + \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{####1}}}% + \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{\copy0}{##3}% + \else + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{####1}% + \fi + \egroup + \!!doneafalse}% + \!!doneafalse + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} + {\ifcase\currententrylevel + \or + \!!doneatrue\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc + \or + \c!entrya\!!doneatrue\c!entryb\c!entryc + \or + \c!entrya\c!entryb\!!doneatrue\c!entryc + \fi} + {\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc}% + \global\let\c!entrya=\relax + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \iffirstregisterpage + \expandafter\hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}\relax + \else + \registerpageseparator % || Moet anders + |\spatie|\relax % \relax needed because | looks ahead + \fi + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!paginanummer} + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\doregisterpage{#1}[##2]}}% + \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{\copy0}{##3}% + \egroup} + {\hbox{\doregisterpage{#1}[##2]}}% + \ignorespaces + \global\firstregisterpagefalse} + {}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!see}##1##2% + {\doifreglevelelse[##2::0] + {{\global\utilitydonetrue + \endgraf + \noindent\hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}% + \sl\e!zie: ##1}} + {}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% + {\gdef\c!entryletter% + {\global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \global\utilitydonetrue + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% + %\vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight\goodbreak + \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} + {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed + {\doattributes{\??id#1} + {\doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} + {\paginareferentie[#1:##1]}% + \strut\ignorespaces##1}}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% + \par\nobreak} % don't use \string##1, other hack + {\goodbreak % needed ##1 can be \string... + \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} + {\paginareferentie[#1:##1]}}}}} + +\def\getalllistreferences#1#2% + {\convertargument#2\to\currentregisterentry + \doifdefinedelse{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry} + {\edef\alllistreferences% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}}% + \beforesplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\internallistreference + \aftersplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\alllistreferences} + {\let\alllistreferences=\empty + \def\internallistreference{0}}} + +\def\dosetlinkregister#1% + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \c!entryletter + \iflocation + \getalllistreferences{#1}{##1}% + \endgraf\hangindent1em\noindent + % + %\thisisinternal{\s!lin:\internallistreference}% + % + \paginareferentie[\s!lin:\internallistreference]% + % + \getcommacommandsize[\alllistreferences]% + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][1]% + \ifnum\commalistsize=1 + \let\firstlistreference=\empty + \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement + \let\lastlistreference=\empty + \else + \let\firstlistreference=\commalistelement + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\commalistsize]% + \let\lastlistreference=\commalistelement + \ifnum\commalistsize=2 + \let\midlistreference=\empty + \else + \!!counta=\commalistsize + \divide\!!counta by 2 + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\!!counta]% + \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement + \fi + \fi + \hskip-.25em\relax + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{##1}% + \hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}% + \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% + {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{####1}{\copy0}{####2}}% + \def\docommando####1####2% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\hbox to 1em{\hss####2\hss}}}% + \ifx####1\empty + % \hskip\wd0 % (optioneel maken) + \else + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[####1]% + \fi}% + {\docommando\firstlistreference\gobackwardcharacter}% + {\docommando\midlistreference\gotosomewherecharacter}% + {\docommando\lastlistreference\goforwardcharacter}% + \else + ##1% + \fi}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% hetzelfde dus gemeenschappelijk + {\gdef\c!entryletter% + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% + %\vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight\goodbreak + \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} + {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed + {\doattributes{\??id#1} + {\doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} + {\paginareferentie[#1:##1]}% + \strut##1}}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% + \par\nobreak} % don't use \string##1, other hack + {\goodbreak % needed ##1 can be \string... + \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} + {\paginareferentie[#1:##1]}}}}} + +\def\dosetregister#1% + {\doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} + {\dosetlinkregister{#1}} + {\dosetpageregister{#1}}} + +\newcounter\internallistreference + +\def\doloadregisterlinks#1% + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \doglobal\convertargument##1\to\currentregisterentry % \doglobal nodig? + \doglobal\increment\internallistreference}% + \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3% + {\doifreglevelelse[##2] + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \iffirstregisterpage + \global\firstregisterpagefalse + \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\internallistreference::##1-##3}% + \else + \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry},##1-##3}% + \fi} + {}}} + +\def\dokoppelregister[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \begingroup + \let\dosetregister=\doloadregisterlinks + \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}% + \endgroup + \fi} + +\def\koppelregister% + {\dodoubleempty\dokoppelregister} + +\def\doprocesslinkedregister[#1][#2]#3% + {\hbox + {\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}% + \let\firstlistreference=\empty + \let\lastlistreference=\empty + \let\selflistreference=\empty + \let\prevlistreference=\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\empty + \getalllistreferences{#1}{#3}% + \doifnot{\alllistreferences}{} + {\def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% + {\ifx\firstlistreference\empty + \def\firstlistreference{##1-##2}% + \fi + \def\lastlistreference{##1-##2}% + \ifnum##1<\nextinternalreference\relax + \def\prevlistreference{##1-##2}% + \else\ifnum##1>\nextinternalreference\relax + \def\nextlistreference{##1-##2}% + \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% + {\def\lastlistreference{####1-####2}}% + \else + \def\selflistreference{##1-##2}% + \fi\fi}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\dodocommando[##1]}% + \processcommacommand[\alllistreferences]\docommando}% + \ifx\prevlistreference\empty + \let\prevlistreference=\lastlistreference + %\let\gobackwardcharacter=\gotoendcharacter + \fi + \ifx\nextlistreference\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\firstlistreference + %\let\goforwardcharacter=\gotobegincharacter + \fi + \ifx\prevlistreference\selflistreference + \let\prevlistreference=\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\empty + \fi + \def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% + {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{\copy0}{##2}}% + \def\docommando##1##2% + {\setbox0=\hbox to 1em{\hss\showlocation{##2}\hss}% + \ifx##1\empty + \hskip\wd0 % (optioneel maken) + \else + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[##1]% + \fi}% + \bgroup + \docommando\prevlistreference{\gobackwardcharacter}% + \egroup + \bgroup + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!lin:\internallistreference} + {\getrealreference{\s!lin:\internallistreference}% + \gotointernal + {\s!lin:\internallistreference} + {\showlocation{#3}} + {\currentrealreference}} + {\hbox{#3}}% + \egroup + \bgroup + \docommando\nextlistreference{\goforwardcharacter}% + \egroup}} + +\def\dodolinkedregister[#1][#2]#3% + {\bgroup + \def\currentregister{#1}% + \iflocation + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} + {\def\next{\doprocesslinkedregister[#1][#2]{#3}}} + {\def\next{\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}}}% ook hier [#1] + \else + \def\next{\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}}% + \fi + \next + \egroup + \ifvmode\nobreak\fi + \GotoPar} + +\def\dolinkedregister#1% + {\dodoubleempty\dodolinkedregister[#1]} + +\def\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]% + {\begingroup + \stelregisterin[\currentregister][#1]% + \raggedright + \startkolommen + [\c!n=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!n}, + \c!balanceren=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!balanceren}, + \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!uitlijnen}]% + \mindermeldingen + \startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% + \doutilities{\currentregister}{\jobname}{\currentregister}{}{\par}% + \stopopelkaar + \stopkolommen + \endgroup} + +\def\doplaatsregister[#1]% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty{doplaatsregister}} + +\def\plaatsregister% + {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} + +\def\complexdovolledigregister[#1]% \@EA's kunnen weg + {\@EA\plaatsvolledig\@EA{\@EA\systemsuppliedchapter\@EA}% + \@EA{\@EA\currentregister\@EA}% + \@EA{\@EA\headtext\@EA{\currentregister}}% + {\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]}} + +\def\dovolledigregister[#1]% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty{dovolledigregister}} + +\def\volledigregister% + {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} + +\def\dodefinieerregister[#1][#2]% + {\stelregisterin[#1]% + [\c!n=2, + \c!balanceren=\v!ja, % \v!nee komt niet zo vaak voor + \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee, + \c!voor=\blanko, % binnen kolommen: \blanko[\v!regel] + \c!na=, + \c!symbool=, + \c!interactie=\v!paginanummer, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!aanduiding=\v!ja, + \v!deel\c!nummer=\v!ja, + \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, + \c!criterium=\v!alles, + \c!commando=, + \c!refereren=\v!aan]% + \presetheadtext[#1=\Woord{#1}]% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\doregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!gekoppelde#1}% + {\dolinkedregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dosetregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\doresetregister{#1}}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\e!zie#1}% + {\dozieregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}% + {\doplaatsregister[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige#1}% + {\dovolledigregister[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stel#1\e!in}[##1]% + {\getparameters[\??id#1][##1]}} + +\def\definieerregister% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerregister} + +\def\registerlengte {\utilityregisterlength} + +\def\utilityregisterlength {0} + +\def\dobepaalregisterkenmerken[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% + \dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3% + {\doifreglevelelse[##2] + {\doglobal\increment\utilitylistlength + \global\utilitydonetrue} + {}}% + \doglobal\newcounter\utilityregisterlength + \setbox0=\vbox + {\doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}}% + \endgroup} + +\def\bepaalregisterkenmerken% + {\dodoubleempty\dobepaalregisterkenmerken} + +%I n=Index +%I c=\index,\zieindex,\volledigeindex +%I +%I Een ingang naar de index wordt gecreeerd met: +%I +%I \index[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} +%I +%I Een verwijzing wordt gecreerd met: +%I +%I \zieindex[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang}{andere ingang} +%I +%I Een index kan (vooralsnog) alleen een eenvoudig +%I zetcommando afhandelen, bijvoorbeeld: \index{\bf{test}} of +%I \index{\kap{anwb}}. Meer is vaak niet nodig. +%I +%I Als een ingang niet goed gesorteerd wordt, dient [ascii] +%I te worden meegegeven: \index[anwb]{\kap{anwb}}. +%I +%I Een index wordt gegenereerd met: +%I +%I \plaatsindex +%I \volledigeindex + +%T n=index +%T m=ind +%T a=i +%T +%T \index{?} + +%I n=Buffers +%I c=\startbuffer,\haalbuffer,\typebuffer +%I +%I Een stuk tekst kan in een buffer worden opgeslagen en +%I later worden opgeroepen. Dit kan de opbouw van de +%I ruwe ASCII-file ten goede komen. +%I +%I \startbuffer[naam] +%I \stopbuffer +%I +%I Een buffer is eigenlijk een tijdelijke file. Deze file +%I heeft de extensie 'tmp' en overschrijft dus een file met +%I dezelfde naam! +%I +%I Een buffer kan worden opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \haalbuffer[naam] +%I \typebuffer[naam] +%I +%I In alle gevallen is de naam optioneel en mag dus worden +%I weggelaten. +%P +%I Voor en na het wegschrijven kunnen commando's worden +%I uitgevoerd. Deze worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelbufferin[voor=,na=] +%P +%I Omdat het argument optioneel is, wat moet worden getest, +%I worden alle spaties tot het eerste woord onderdrukt. Dit +%I betekent dat als er moet worden getypt (\typebuffer) en +%I terwijl voor het eerste woord spaties moeten staan, er +%I bewust wel (!) een naam moet worden opgegeven. + +% nog \definieerbuffer[naam] +% +% \startnaam == \startbuffer[#1][naam] + +% \EveryPar% +% {\doglobal\newcounter\NOfLines} +% +% \EveryLine% +% {\doglobal\increment\NOfLines% +% \hskip-3em% +% \hbox to 3em{\hss\NOfLines\hskip1em}} + +\def\dostartbuffer[#1][#2]% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{15}{#1}% + \doifelse{#2}{} + {\let\stopbuffer=\relax % \undefined + \convertargument\stopbuffer\to\endofblock} + {\letvalue{#2}=\relax % \undefined + \@EA\convertargument\csname#2\endcsname\to\endofblock}% + \def\closeblock% + {\immediate\closeout\tmpblocks + \egroup + \getvalue{#2}}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\jobname.\f!temporaryextension} + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=#1.\f!temporaryextension}% + \setupcopyblock + \def\writeoutblocks##1{}% + \copyblockline} + +\def\startbuffer% + {\bgroup + \obeylines % nodig, anders gaat 't fout als direct \starttabel (bv) + \dodoubleempty\dostartbuffer} + +\def\dobuffer[#1]#2% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {#2{\jobname.\f!temporaryextension}{}{}} + {#2{#1.\f!temporaryextension}{}{}}} + +\def\dohaalbuffer[#1]% + {\@@buvoor +\beginrestorecatcodes + \showmessage{\m!systems}{16}{#1}% + \dobuffer[#1]\readjobfile +\endrestorecatcodes + \@@buna} + +\def\haalbuffer% + {\dosingleempty\dohaalbuffer} + +\def\dotypebuffer[#1]% + {\bgroup + % no, just like \starttyping % \setuptyping[\c!voor=\@@buvoor,\c!na=\@@buna]% + \showmessage{\m!systems}{17}{#1}% + \dobuffer[#1]\typefile + \egroup} + +\def\typebuffer% + {\dosingleempty\dotypebuffer} + +\def\stelbufferin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??bu]} + +%I n=Tekstblokken +%I c=\definieerblok,\verbergblokken,\handhaafblokken +%I c=\gebruikblokken,\selecteerblokken,\stelblokin +%I +%I Het is mogelijk blokken tekst te verbergen en op andere +%I plaatsen in de tekst op te roepen. Voorbeelden hiervan +%I zijn vragen en antwoorden. De antwoorden kunnen onder de +%I vragen worden ingetypt en bijvoorbeeld in een apart +%I hoofdstuk worden opgenomen. +%I +%I Een tekstblok wordt gedefinieerd met het commando +%I +%I \definieerblok[naam] +%I +%I en wordt vervolgens steeds omringd door de commando's +%I +%I \beginvannaam +%I tekst +%I \eindvannaam +%P +%I Het zetten van blokken kan worden onderdrukt met het +%I commando +%I +%I \verbergblokken[naam,naam,...] +%I +%I wat weer ongedaan gemaakt kan worden met: +%I +%I \handhaafblokken[naam,naam,...] +%I +%I Blokken kunnen worden opgeroepen met de commando's +%I +%I \gebruikblokken[naam,naam,...] +%I \selecteerblokken[naam,naam,...][criterium=] +%I +%I Als criterium kan worden opgegeven: alles of hoofdstuk. In het +%I laatste geval worden alleen de bij het actulele hoofdstuk horende +%I blokken tussengevoegd. +%P +%I Men moet zonodig eerst het (opnieuw) aanmaken van referenties +%I onderdrukken met het commando \stelrefererenin[status=stop]. +%I +%I Genummerde tekstonderdelen (b.v. \doornummeren[vraag]) moeten +%I desgewenst worden gereset (b.v.\resetvraag) +%P +%I De met het volgende commando in te stellen parameters hebben +%I betrekking op het gebruiken van blokken: +%I +%I \stelblokin[naam][voor=,na=,binnen=,letter=] +%I +%I Een blok wordt altijd binnen een groep uitgevoerd ({ }). +%I Zowel 'voor' als 'na' worden buiten deze groep +%I uitgevoerd, en 'binnen' binnen de groep. +%P +%I Soms is het wenselijk tijdens \gebruikblokken sommige blokken +%I wel 'uit te voeren' maar niet (nogmaals) in de tekst op te +%I nemen. Als een blok wordt definieerd met: +%I +%I \beginvannaam[-] +%I tekst +%I \eindvannaam +%I +%I dan wordt het ter plaatse al dan niet gezet en bij het later +%I oproepen wel verwerkt maar niet gezet. +%I +%I Als in de tekst een blok wel moet worden verwerkt, maar niet +%I gezet, dan kan [+] worden opgegeven. +%P +%I Het handhaven, verbergen en gebruiken van blokken kan door +%I de hele tekst plaatsvinden. Binnen ieder hoofdstuk kunnen +%I bijvoorbeeld blokken worden gedefinieerd die aan het eind van +%I het hoofdstuk worden opgeroepen. Dit mechanisme noodzaakt +%I tenminste twee maal verwerken van de file met TeX. +%I +%I Een tweede pass is echter niet nodig als na het gebruik geen +%I nieuwe blokken meer worden gedefinieerd. In dat geval kan +%I vlak voordat de blokken worden opgeroepen, het commando +%I +%I \geenblokkenmeer +%I +%I worden gegeven. Dit scheelt tijd. + +% In eerste instantie is gebruik gemaakt van een utilityfile. Dit +% is echter niet perse noodzakelijk. Wellicht dat als er blokken +% moeten worden gesorteerd, toch weer texutil moet worden +% gebruikt. + +% In de block-move variant hieronder wordt gebruik gemaakt van +% de in de \answer-macro van Knuth gebruikte copieermethode. +% Blokken kunnen worden +% +% \gehandhaafd : in de tekst worden opgenomen ‚n gecopieerd +% \verborgen : alleen worden gecopieerd +% \gebruikt : later in de tekst worden opgenomen +% \geselecteerd : later selectief in de tekst worden opgenomen +% +% Ieder blok wordt gecopieerd naar de file 'jobname.tmp'. +% Daarnaast wordt een blok tijdelijk opgeslagen in de file +% 'texutil.tmp'. Handhaven kom tneer op het opnieuw inlezen van +% deze file. +% +% De file 'jobname.tmp' wordt later gecopieerd naar de file +% 'jobname.tum'. Dit is nodig om in een eerdere run verzamelde +% blokken te kunnen verwerken. + +% Werken met \copie gaat fout. Bovendien zijn de spaties +% belangrijk! +% +% \def\c!copie{copie} % vervalt, verkeerde catcodes + +% The use of \string prevents spaces kreeping in when +% converting the string. Although we can use \meaning in a +% more direct way, we prfer to use \convertargument, because +% this way the macro's are more readible. + +\def\blockversion {1996.03.10} + +\def\@@blockerrormessage% + {\showmessage{\m!textblocks}{1}{}% + \global\let\@@blockerrormessage=\relax} + +\def\thisisblockversion#1% + {\doifnot{\blockversion}{#1}% + {\@@blockerrormessage + \endinput}} + +\def\stopcopyingblocks% + {\ifcopyingblocks + \immediate\closeout\outblocks + \copyblockfile + \global\copyingblocksfalse + \fi} + +\def\dodosetblockcounters[#1:#2]#3% + {\setvalue{\??se\s!old#3}{#1}% + \doifnot{#3}{\lastsection} + {\dodosetblockcounters[#2:0]{\getvalue{\??se#3\c!na}}}} + +\def\dosetblockcounters[#1#2::#3]% + {\ifblockpermitted + \dodosetblockcounters[#3:0]\firstsection + \setsectiontype[#1]% + \def\@@sectionvalue##1{\getvalue{\??se\s!old##1}}% + \def\@@sectionconversion##1##2{##2}% to get rid of {##2} + \fi} + +\def\setblockcounters% + {\@EA\dosetblockcounters\@EA[\blockstatus]} + +\def\getblockstatus#1% + {\dosetblklevel{\getvalue{\??by\@@bscriterium}}% + \doifblklevelelse[#1] + {\global\blockpermittedtrue} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse}% + \def\blockstatus{#1}} + +\newwrite\outblocks +\newread\inpblocks +\newwrite\tmpblocks + +\newif\ifcopyingblocks + +\newbox\blockbox + +\newif\ifvisible +\visibletrue + +\newif\ifblockpermitted + +\newcount\blocklevel +\blocklevel=0 + +\newif\ifoldinbijlagen + +\def\opentmpblock% + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension} + +\def\closetmpblock% + {\immediate\write\tmpblocks{}% een lege regel is handig voor \par commando's + \immediate\closeout\tmpblocks} + +\newif\iftmpblockstarted + +\def\writetmpblock#1% + {\iftmpblockstarted + \immediate\write\tmpblocks{#1}% + \else + \doifsomething{#1} + {\tmpblockstartedtrue + \immediate\write\tmpblocks{\string#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\startcopyingblocks% + {\global\copyingblocksfalse} + +\def\checkcopyingblocks% + {\ifcopyingblocks + \else + \immediate\openout\outblocks\f!utilityfilename.\f!blockextension + \immediate\write\outblocks{\string\thisisblockversion{\blockversion}}% + \global\copyingblockstrue + \fi} + +\def\stopcopyingblocks% + {\ifcopyingblocks + \immediate\closeout\outblocks + \copyblockfile + \global\copyingblocksfalse + \fi} + +\def\geenblokkenmeer% + {\stopcopyingblocks} + +\def\copyblockfile + {\ifcopyingblocks + \begingroup + \showmessage{\m!textblocks}{2}{\jobname.\f!blockextension}% + \openlocin{\inpblocks}{\f!utilityfilename.\f!blockextension}% + \immediate\openout\outblocks\jobname.\f!blockextension + \setupcopyblock + \catcode`\^^M=\@@ignore\relax + \def\copynextline + {\read\inpblocks to \!!stringa + \immediate\write\outblocks{\!!stringa}% + \ifeof\inpblocks + \def\copynextline{}% + \fi + \copynextline}% + \copynextline + \immediate\closein\inpblocks + \immediate\closeout\outblocks + \immediate\openout\tmpblocks\f!utilityfilename.\f!blockextension + \immediate\closeout\tmpblocks + \endgroup + \fi} + +\def\loadallblocks#1% + {\beginrestorecatcodes +\catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline\relax + \readjobfile{#1.\f!blockextension} + {\showmessage{\m!textblocks}{3}{#1.\f!blockextension}} + {\showmessage{\m!textblocks}{4}{}}% + \endrestorecatcodes} + +\def\setupcopyblock% + {\!!counta=1\relax + \loop + \catcode\!!counta=\@@other + \advance\!!counta by 1\relax + \ifnum\!!counta<255\relax + \repeat + \obeylines} + +\def\writeoutblocks% + {\immediate\write\outblocks} + +\def\processnextblocklineAB#1#2#3% + {\convertargument#1 \to\next + \doifinstringelse{\endofblockA}{\next} + {\def\next{#2}} + {\doifinstringelse{\endofblockB}{\next} + {\def\next{#2}} + {\def\next{#3}}}% + \next} + +\bgroup +\obeylines +\gdef\copyblocklineAB#1 + {\processnextblocklineAB{#1}% + {\closeblock}% + {\writeoutblocks{#1}% + \writetmpblock{#1}% + \copyblocklineAB}} +\gdef\skipblocklineAB#1 + {\processnextblocklineAB{#1}% + {\closeblock}% + {\skipblocklineAB}} +\egroup + +\def\processnextblockline#1#2#3% + {\convertargument#1 \to\next + \doifinstringelse{\endofblock}{\next} + {\def\next{#2}} + {\def\next{#3}}% + \next} + +\bgroup +\obeylines +\gdef\copyblockline#1 + {\processnextblockline{#1}% + {\closeblock}% + {\writeoutblocks{#1}% + \writetmpblock{#1}% + \copyblockline}} +\gdef\skipblockline#1 + {\processnextblockline{#1}% + {\closeblock}% + {\skipblockline}} +\egroup + +\def\skipblock#1% + {\checkcopyingblocks + \@EA\convertargument\string\thiswasblock{#1}\to\endofblock +%testen : \expanded{\convertargument\string\thiswasblock{#1}\noexpand\to\noexpand\endofblock}% + \let\openblock=\begingroup + \let\closeblock=\endgroup + \openblock + \setupcopyblock + \skipblockline} + +\def\doafterblock#1#2{} +\def\dobeforeblock#1#2{} + +\def\thisisblock#1% + {\executeifdefined{\s!thisisblock#1}{\skipblock{#1}}} + +\def\thiswasblock#1% + {\getvalue{\s!thiswasblock#1}} + +\def\saveblock#1#2% + {\checkcopyingblocks + \obeylines + %\@EA\convertargument\string\eindvan#1\to\endofblockA + \@EA\@EA\@EA\convertargument\@EA\string\csname\e!eindvan#1\endcsname\to\endofblockA +%testen: \expanded{\convertargument\string\csname\e!eindvan#1\endcsname\to\endofblockA}% + \@EA\convertargument\string\eindvanblok[#1]\to\endofblockB % MULTI LINGUAL MAKEN + \def\openblock% + {\dobeforeblock{#1}{#2}% + \opentmpblock + \begingroup + \makesectionformat + \immediate\write\outblocks{}% + \immediate\write\outblocks{\string\thisisblock{#1}{\sectionformat}[#2]}}% + \def\closeblock% + {\immediate\write\outblocks{}% handig voor \par commando's + \immediate\write\outblocks{\string\thiswasblock{#1}}% + \endgroup + \closetmpblock + \doafterblock{#1}{#2}% + \egroup}% + \openblock + \setupcopyblock + \copyblocklineAB} + +\def\copyblock% + {\def\opentmpblock{}% + \def\closetmpblock{}% + \def\writetmpblock##1{}% + \saveblock} + +\def\loadoneblock% + {\readjobfile{\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension}{}{}} + +\def\dodefinieerblok[#1]% + {\passeerblok[#1]% + \handhaafblokken[#1]% + \stelblokin + [#1] + [\c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!binnen=, + \c!letter=, + \c!file=\jobname]} + +\def\definieerblok% + {\dosingleargument\dodefinieerblok} + +\def\dostelblokin[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??tb#1][#2]} + +\def\stelblokin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelblokin} + +\def\passeerblok[#1]% + {\setvalue{\s!thisisblock#1}##1[##2]% + {\skipblock{#1}}} + +\def\doverbergblok[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse + \edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\doifelsenothing{#3} + {\global\blockpermittedtrue + \edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\doifcommonelse{#2}{#3} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse + \edef\bloktitel{#1:#2}} + {\global\blockpermittedtrue + \edef\bloktitel{#1:#3}}}}% + \ifblockpermitted + \showwarning{\m!textblocks}{5}{\bloktitel}% + \def\next% + {\def\dobeforeblock####1####2% + {\begingroup}% + \def\doafterblock####1####2% + {\endgroup + \doexecuteloadedblock{#1}}% + \saveblock{#1}{#3}}% + \else + \doifinsetelse{+}{#3} + {\showwarning{\m!textblocks}{6}{\bloktitel}% + \def\next% + {\def\dobeforeblock####1####2% + {\begingroup + \global\visiblefalse}% + \def\doafterblock####1####2% + {{\setbox0=\vbox + {\catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline\relax + \loadoneblock + \par}}% + \endgroup}% + \saveblock{#1}{#3}}}% + {\showwarning{\m!textblocks}{7}{\bloktitel}% + \def\next% + {\def\dobeforeblock####1####2% + {\begingroup + \globaldefs=-1\relax}% + \def\doafterblock####1####2% + {\endgroup}% + \copyblock{#1}{#3}}}% + \fi + \next} + +\def\doverbergblokken[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{\e!beginvan##1}% + {\bgroup\obeylines\dotripleempty\doverbergblok[##1][#2]}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\verbergblokken% + {\dodoubleempty\doverbergblokken} + +\def\doexecuteloadedblock#1% + {\blockpermittedtrue % ? + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!voor}% + \bgroup + \doattributes{\??tb#1}{}% + \visibletrue + \catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline\relax + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!binnen}% + \loadoneblock + \par + \egroup + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!na}} + +\def\dohandhaafblok[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\global\blockpermittedtrue + \edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\doifcommonelse{#2}{#3} + {\global\blockpermittedtrue + \edef\bloktitel{#1:#2}} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!alles}{#2} + {\doifelse{#3}{} + {\global\blockpermittedtrue + \edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse + \edef\bloktitel{#1:#3}}} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse + \doifelse{#3}{} + {\edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\edef\bloktitel{#1:#3}}}}}% + \ifblockpermitted + \showwarning{\m!textblocks}{8}{\bloktitel}% + \def\dobeforeblock##1##2% + {\begingroup}% + \def\doafterblock##1##2% + {\endgroup + \doexecuteloadedblock{#1}}% + \else + \showwarning{\m!textblocks}{9}{\bloktitel}% + \fi + \saveblock{#1}{#3}} + +\def\dohandhaafblokken[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{\e!beginvan##1}% + {\bgroup\obeylines\dotripleempty\dohandhaafblok[##1][#2]}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\handhaafblokken% + {\dodoubleempty\dohandhaafblokken} + +\def\dodogebruikblok#1#2#3#4% + {\getblockstatus{#2}% + \ifblockpermitted% + \doifelsenothing{#4} + {\edef\bloktitel{#1}} + {\doifnotcommon{#3}{#4} + {\global\blockpermittedfalse}% + \edef\bloktitel{#1:#3}}% + \else + \edef\bloktitel{#1}% + \fi + \ifblockpermitted + \def\next% + {\global\advance\blocklevel by 1\relax + \doifinsetelse{-}{#3} + {\showwarning{\m!textblocks}{10}{\bloktitel}% + \setvalue{\s!thiswasblock#1}% + {\par\egroup}% + \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup} + {\showwarning{\m!textblocks}{11}{\bloktitel}% + \setvalue{\s!thiswasblock#1}% + {\par + \egroup + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!na}% + \global\advance\blocklevel by -1\relax}% + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!voor}% + \bgroup + \doattributes{\??tb#1}{}% + \visibletrue + \getvalue{\??tb#1\c!binnen}}}% + \else + \def\next% + {\showwarning{\m!textblocks}{12}{\bloktitel}% + \skipblock{#1}}% + \fi + \next} + +\def\dogebruikblok[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\s!thisisblock#1}##1[##2]% + {\dodogebruikblok{#1}{##1}{##2}{#2}}} + +\def\dogebruikblokken[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\dogebruikblok[##1][#2]}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \getfromcommalist[#1][1]% + \doifdefined{\??tb\commalistelement\c!file} + {\loadallblocks{\getvalue{\??tb\commalistelement\c!file}}}% + \endgroup} + +\def\gebruikblokken% + {\begingroup + \doassign[\??bs][\c!criterium=\v!alles]% + \dodoubleempty\dogebruikblokken} + +\def\doselecteerblokken[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifelsenothing{#3} + {\getparameters[\??bs][#2]% + \dogebruikblokken[#1][]} + {\getparameters[\??bs][#3]% + \dogebruikblokken[#1][#2]}}% + +\def\selecteerblokken% + {\begingroup + \doassign[\??bs][\c!criterium=\v!alles]% + \dotripleempty\doselecteerblokken} + +\def\beginvanblok[#1]% % er wordt ook gechecked op \eindvanblok[..] + {\getvalue{\e!beginvan#1}} + +%I n=Achtergronden +%I c=\stelachtergrondenin +%I +%I Achter de tekst kan een achtergrond worden geplaatst. +%I Voor de afzonderlijke elementen van een tekst wordt een +%I achtergrond gedefinieerd met het commando: +%I +%I \stelachtergrondenin +%I [boven,hoofd,tekst,voet,onder] +%I [linkerrand,rechterrand,linkermarge,reachtermarge,tekst] +%I [achtergrond=,kleur=,raster=] +%I +%I Voor de hele bladzijde gebruiken we: +%I +%I \stelachtergrondenin +%I [pagina] +%I [achtergrond=,kleur=,raster=] +%P +%I Het is mogelijk elk blok iets ruimer om de tekst te +%I plaatsen met: +%I +%I \stelachtergrondenin +%I [pagina] +%I [offset=,diepte=] +%I +%I Een offset van .25\korpsgrootte en een diepte van +%I .5\korpsgrootte voldoen aardig. +%I +%I Er kunnen ronde hoeken worden gezet met: +%I +%I \stelachtergrondenin +%I [pagina] +%I [hoek=,straal=] +%I +%I Hierbij kan voor hoek de instelling rond of recht worden +%I meegegeven en voor straal een dimensie. + +% Don't use \@@mawhatevercommand directly, use \getvalue instead. + +\newif\ifnewbackground +\newif\ifsomebackground + +\newbox\leftbackground +\newbox\rightbackground + +\def\addpagebackground#1% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??ma\v!pagina\c!achtergrond} + {\setbox2=\vbox + {\offinterlineskip + \localframed + [\??ma\v!pagina] + [\c!breedte=\papierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\papierhoogte]%, \c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!commando}}}% + \wd2=\!!zeropoint + \dp2=\!!zeropoint + \setbox#1=\vbox + {\hbox{\box2\box#1}}}} + +\let\pagebackgroundhoffset = \!!zeropoint +\let\pagebackgroundvoffset = \!!zeropoint +\let\pagebackgrounddepth = \!!zeropoint + +% #1 = breedte +% #2 = hoogte +% #3 = pos +% #4 = pos + +\def\dododopagebodybackground#1#2#3#4% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma#3#4\c!achtergrond} + {\doifelsevalue{\??ma#3#4\c!kader}{\v!aan} % niet waterdicht, ook deelkaders + {\!!doneatrue} + {\!!doneafalse}} + {\!!doneatrue}% + \if!!donea + \localframed + [\??ma#3#4] + [\c!breedte=#1,\c!hoogte=#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\getvalue{\??ma#3#4\c!commando}}% + \else + \hskip#1% + \fi} + +\def\dodopagebodybackground#1#2% + {\setbox0=\vbox to #2 + \bgroup\hbox\bgroup + \swapmargins + \goleftonpage + \dododopagebodybackground\linkerrandbreedte#2#1\v!linkerrand + \hskip\linkerrandafstand + \hskip\pageseparation + \dododopagebodybackground\linkermargebreedte#2#1\v!linkermarge + \hskip\linkermargeafstand + \dododopagebodybackground\zetbreedte#2#1\v!tekst + \hskip\rechtermargeafstand + \dododopagebodybackground\rechtermargebreedte#2#1\v!rechtermarge + \hskip\pageseparation + \hskip\rechterrandafstand + \dododopagebodybackground\rechterrandbreedte#2#1\v!rechterrand + \egroup\egroup + \wd0=\!!zeropoint\relax + \box0\relax} + +\def\setbackgroundbox#1#2% + {\global\setbox#1=\vbox + {\offinterlineskip + \mindermeldingen + \calculatereducedvsizes + #2\relax + \vskip-\bovenhoogte + \vskip-\bovenafstand + \dodopagebodybackground\v!boven\bovenhoogte + \vskip\bovenafstand + \dodopagebodybackground\v!hoofd\hoofdhoogte + \vskip\hoofdafstand + \dodopagebodybackground\v!tekst\teksthoogte + \vskip\voetafstand + \dodopagebodybackground\v!voet\voethoogte + \vskip\onderafstand + \dodopagebodybackground\v!onder\onderhoogte + \vfilll}% + \smashbox#1} + +\def\setbackgroundboxes% + {\ifsomebackground\ifnewbackground + \showmessage{\m!layouts}{8}{}% + \docheckbackgrounddefinitions + \setbackgroundbox\leftbackground\relax + \ifdubbelzijdig + \setbackgroundbox\rightbackground\doswapmargins + \fi + \global\newbackgroundfalse + \doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!achtergrond} + {\global\let\pagebackgroundhoffset=\!!zeropoint + \global\let\pagebackgroundvoffset=\!!zeropoint + \global\let\pagebackgrounddepth=\!!zeropoint} + {\bgroup + \dimen0=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!offset}% + \doifnothing + {\getvalue{\??ma\v!boven\v!tekst\c!achtergrond}% + \getvalue{\??ma\v!onder\v!tekst\c!achtergrond}} + {\xdef\pagebackgroundhoffset{\the\dimen0}}% + \doifnothing + {\getvalue{\??ma\v!tekst\v!rechterrand\c!achtergrond}% + \getvalue{\??ma\v!tekst\v!linkerrand\c!achtergrond}} + {\xdef\pagebackgroundvoffset{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!diepte}% + \xdef\pagebackgrounddepth{\the\dimen0}}% + \egroup}% + \fi\fi} + +\def\getbackgroundbox% + {\ifsomebackground + \setbackgroundboxes + \startinteractie + \doifmarginswapelse + {\copy\leftbackground} + {\copy\rightbackground}% + \stopinteractie + \fi} + +% saves us hundreds of unused hash entries if not needed + +\def\docheckbackgrounddefinitions% allocates about 1000 hash-entries + {\doifdefined{\??ma\v!pagina\c!achtergrond}% skip first pass + {\def\dodocommando##1##2% + {\copylocalframed[\??ma##1##2][\??ma\v!pagina]% + \getparameters[\??ma##1##2] + [\c!achtergrond=,\c!kader=,\c!kleur=,\c!raster=]% + \copyparameters + [\??ma##1##2\c!kader][\??ma##1##2] + [\c!kleur,\c!raster]% + \copyparameters + [\??ma##1##2\c!achtergrond][\??ma##1##2] + [\c!kleur,\c!raster]}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\dodocommando##1\v!linkerrand \dodocommando##1\v!linkermarge + \dodocommando##1\v!tekst + \dodocommando##1\v!rechtermarge \dodocommando##1\v!rechterrand}% + \docommando\v!boven \docommando\v!hoofd + \docommando\v!tekst + \docommando \v!voet \docommando\v!onder + \def\docheckbackgrounddefinitions% + {\global\somebackgroundtrue}}} + +\def\dostelachtergrondenin[#1][#2][#3]% + {\docheckbackgrounddefinitions + \global\newbackgroundtrue + \iffirstargument % \dostelachtergrondenin zonder arg mag + \ifthirdargument + \def\docommando##1% + {\doifelse{##1}{\v!pagina} + {\getparameters[\??ma\v!pagina][#3]% + \dosetpageseparation} + {\def\dodocommando####1% + {\getparameters[\??ma##1####1][#3]} + \processcommalist[#2]\dodocommando}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \else + \doifelse{#1}{\v!pagina} + {\getparameters[\??ma\v!pagina][#2]% + \dosetpageseparation} + {\dostelachtergrondenin + [#1] + [\v!linkerrand,\v!linkermarge,\v!tekst,\v!rechtermarge,\v!rechterrand] + [#2]}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\stelachtergrondenin% + {\dotripleempty\dostelachtergrondenin} + +% a lot of setups, including short ones + +\presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!pagina] + +\copyparameters + [\??ma\v!pagina\c!kader][\??ma\v!pagina] + [\c!offset,\c!diepte,\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!kleur,\c!raster] + +\copyparameters + [\??ma\v!pagina\c!achtergrond][\??ma\v!pagina] + [\c!offset,\c!diepte,\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!kleur,\c!raster] + +\def\@@pageseparation {6pt} +\def\pageseparation {0pt} + +\def\paginascheiding {\pageseparation} + +\def\dosetpageseparation% + {\let\pageseparation=\!!zeropoint + \let\showpageseparation=\relax + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!scheider}] + [ \v!ruim=>\let\pageseparation=\@@pageseparation + \let\showpageseparation=\showloosepageseparation, + \v!passend=>\let\pageseparation=\@@pageseparation + \let\showpageseparation=\showtightpageseparation]} + +\def\showloosepageseparation% + {\ifdim\pageseparation>\!!zeropoint\relax + \bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!width\pageseparation + \!!depth\papierhoogte + \!!height\papierhoogte}% + \ht0=\!!zeropoint + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\showtightpageseparation% + {\ifdim\pageseparation>\!!zeropoint\relax + \bgroup + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \advance\dimen0 by \kopwit + \doifsometextlineelse{\v!hoofd} + {\advance\dimen0 by \hoofdhoogte + \advance\dimen0 by \hoofdafstand} + {}% + \dimen2=\papierhoogte + \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 +%\advance\dimen0 by -1cm % nog eens optie +%\advance\dimen2 by -1cm % nog eens optie + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!width\pageseparation + \!!depth\dimen2 + \!!height\dimen0}% + \ht0=\!!zeropoint + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \egroup + \fi} + +%I n=File-management +%I c=\starttekst,\startprojekt,\startonderdeel,\startprodukt +%I c=\startomgeving,\startdeelomgeving +%I +%I Een eenvoudige tekst wordt gestart en gestopt met de +%I commando's: +%I +%I \starttekst +%I \stoptekst +%P +%I Het is mogelijk een projektstructuur op te zetten. Per +%I projekt wordt een file aangemaakt waarin de volgende +%I commando's voorkomen: +%I +%I \startprojekt naam +%I \stopprojekt +%I +%I Als deze file in TeX wordt geladen, dan worden alle +%I produkten achter elkaar gezet. +%I +%I Een produkt wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \startprodukt naam +%I \stopprodukt +%I +%I Deze file kan zelfstandig door TeX worden gehaald. +%P +%I Een omgeving wordt gedefinieerd door: +%I +%I \startomgeving naam +%I \stopomgeving +%I +%I Een onderdeel wordt gedefinieerd door: +%I +%I \startonderdeel naam +%I \stoponderdeel +%I +%I Files worden eerst gezocht op het actuele gebied. Als een +%I file niet aanwezig is wordt op de 'roots' gezocht. +%I +%I Een onderdeel kan zelfstandig door TeX worden gehaald. +%P +%I Binnen een projekt, produkt, omgeving of onderdeel komen +%I de volgende instellingen voor (tussen haakjes=facultatief): +%I +%I projekt omgeving produkt onderdeel +%I +%I \projekt naam * * +%I \omgeving naam (*) (*) (*) (*) +%I \produkt naam * +%I \onderdeel naam (*) (*) +%I +%I Binnen een omgeving kunnen deelomgevingen worden gedefinieerd +%I die alleen voor bepaalde produkten, onderdelen enz. gelden. +%I +%I \startdeelomgeving[naam,...,naam] +%I commando's +%I \stopdeelomgeving +%P +%I Het programma TeXEdit doorzoekt bij het aanmaken van een +%I file-menu de hele tekst op de genoemde commando's. Bij een +%I lange tekst kan dit misschien 'te' lang duren. Met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \geenfilesmeer +%I +%I kan worden aangegeven dat er geen structuurcommando's meer +%I volgen. +%I +%I Ten behoeve van TeXUtil moet in plaats van het commando +%I \input het commando \verwerkfile{naam} worden gebruikt. +%P +%I Als men standaard een en ander wil instellen, dan kan men +%I dit doen in de file 'cont-sys.tex'. Deze file wordt direkt +%I na het opstarten geladen cq. uitgevoerd. Daarnaast wordt, +%I indien aanwezig, de file 'cont-new.tex' geladen. + +%T n=starttekst +%T m=sta +%T a=x +%T +%T \starttekst +%T +%T ? +%T +%T \stoptekst + +\def\currentproject {} +\def\currentproduct {} +\def\currentenvironment {} +\def\currentcomponent {} + +\def\loadedfiles {} +\def\processedfiles {} + +\let\geenfilesmeer=\relax + +\newcounter\textlevel +\newcounter\fileprocesslevel + +\setvalue{\c!file::0}{\jobname} + +\def\processedfile% + {\getvalue{\c!file::\fileprocesslevel}} + +\def\processfile#1% + {\doglobal\increment\fileprocesslevel + \setxvalue{\c!file::\fileprocesslevel}{#1}% + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\addtocommalist\@EA{#1}\processedfiles + \readlocfile{#1}{}{} + \doglobal\decrement\fileprocesslevel} + +\def\registreerfileinfo#1#2% + {\immediate\write\uti{f #1 {#2}}} + +\doifundefined{preloadfonts} {\let\preloadfonts=\relax} +\doifundefined{preloadspecials} {\let\preloadspecials=\relax} + +\def\loadsystemfiles% + {\readsysfile{\f!newfilename} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!newfilename}}{}% + \readsysfile{\f!oldfilename} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!oldfilename}}{}% + \readsysfile{\f!systemfilename} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!systemfilename}}{}} + +% \newevery \everyjob \EveryJob +% \appendtoks ... \to \everyjob + +\appendtoks \meldaanmaakdatum \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \loadsystemfiles \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \preloadfonts \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \preloadspecials \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \openspecialfile \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \checkutilityfile \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \openutilities \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \loadtwopassdata \to \everyjob + +\def\starttekst% + {\ifnum\textlevel=0\relax + \registreerfileinfo{b}{\jobname}% + \startcopyingblocks + \fi + \doglobal\increment\textlevel\relax} + +\let\normalend=\end +\newevery \everybye \EveryBye + +\def\end% + {\the\everybye + \normalend} + +\appendtoks \pagina[\v!laatste] \to \everybye +\appendtoks \pagina \to \everybye % nodig voor \startuitstellen...\stopuitstellen +\appendtoks \registreerfileinfo{e}{\jobname} \to \everybye +\appendtoks \stopcopyingblocks \to \everybye +\appendtoks \closeutilities \to \everybye +\appendtoks \closespecialfile \to \everybye + +\def\stoptekst% + {\doglobal\decrement\textlevel\relax + \ifnum\textlevel>0\relax + \let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\end + \fi + \next} + +\def\doexecutefileonce#1% + {\beforesplitstring#1\at.\to\currentfile + \ExpandBothAfter\doifnotinset{\currentfile}{\loadedfiles}% + {\ExpandFirstAfter\addtocommalist{\currentfile}\loadedfiles + \doexecutefile{#1}}} + +\def\doexecutefile#1% + {\registreerfileinfo{b}{#1} + \processfile{#1}% + \registreerfileinfo{e}{#1}} + +\def\donotexecutefile#1% + {} + +\def\verwerkfile#1 % + {\doexecutefile{#1}} + +\def\omgeving #1 % at outermost level only + {\def\startomgeving ##1 {}% + \let\stopomgeving=\relax + \readlocfile{#1}{}{}} + +\newcounter\filelevel + +\def\!!donextlevel#1#2#3#4#5#6\\% + {\beforesplitstring#6\at.\to#1 + \ifnum\filelevel=0\relax + \starttekst + \def\projekt ##1 {#2{##1}}% + \def\omgeving ##1 {#3{##1}}% + \def\produkt ##1 {#4{##1}}% + \def\onderdeel ##1 {#5{##1}}% + \fi + \increment\filelevel\relax + \ExpandFirstAfter\addtocommalist{#1}\loadedfiles} + +\def\doprevlevel% + {\ifnum\filelevel=1\relax + \let\next=\stoptekst + \else + \decrement\filelevel\relax + \let\next=\endinput + \fi + \next} + +\def\startprojekt #1 % + {\!!donextlevel\currentproject + \donotexecutefile\doexecutefileonce + \doexecutefileonce\doexecutefile#1\\} + +\def\stopprojekt% + {\doprevlevel} + +\def\startprodukt #1 % + {\!!donextlevel\currentproduct + \doexecutefileonce\doexecutefileonce + \donotexecutefile\doexecutefile#1\\} + +\def\stopprodukt% + {\doprevlevel} + +\def\startonderdeel #1 % + {\!!donextlevel\currentcomponent + \doexecutefileonce\doexecutefileonce + \donotexecutefile\doexecutefile#1\\} + +\def\stoponderdeel% + {\doprevlevel} + +\def\startomgeving #1 % + {\!!donextlevel\currentenvironment + \donotexecutefile\doexecutefileonce + \donotexecutefile\donotexecutefile#1\\} + +\def\stopomgeving% + {\doprevlevel} + +\long\def\skipdeelomgeving#1\stopdeelomgeving% + {} + +\def\startdeelomgeving[#1]% + {\def\partialenvironments{}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\beforesplitstring##1\at.\to\someevironment + \ExpandFirstAfter\addtocommalist{\someevironment}\partialenvironments}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \ExpandBothAfter\doifcommonelse + {\currentproject,\currentproduct, + \currentcomponent,\currentenvironment} + {\partialenvironments} + {\let\stopdeelomgeving=\relax + \let\next=\relax} + {\let\next=\skipdeelomgeving}% + \next} + +\def\startproduct{\startproduct} +\def\stopproduct {\stopproduct} +\def\startproject{\startprojekt} +\def\stopproject {\stopprojekt} + +\def\project{\projekt} +\def\product{\produkt} + +\def\deelomgeving #1 % + {\doexecutefileonce{#1}} + +%I n=Macrofiles +%I c=\gebruikmodules +%I +%I Extra modules kunnen worden geladen met het commando: +%I +%I \gebruikmodules[file,file,...] + +% Why does all tex's handle 8+3 different. + +\def\makeshortmodulename[#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9]% + {\def\modulename{#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8.}% + \expandafter\beforesplitstring\modulename\at.\to\modulename} + +\def\dodousemodules#1% + {\makeshortmodulename[m-#1........]% + \doifundefinedelse{\modulename\v!aan} + {\setgvalue{\modulename\v!aan}{}% + \readsysfile{\modulename}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{5}{#1}}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{6}{#1}}} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{7}{#1}}} + +\def\dousemodules[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\processcommalist[#1]\dodousemodules}} + +\def\usemodules% + {\dosingleargument\dousemodules} + +\let\usemodule=\usemodules + +\newif\ifvoorlopig +\voorlopigfalse + +\newif\ifconcept +\conceptfalse + +\def\infofont% + {\getvalue{7pttttf}} + +%\def\mathinfofont% +% {\eightpoint\tt} + +\edef\utilityversion {1996.03.15} +\edef\contextversion {\the\normalyear.\the\normalmonth.\the\normalday\normalspace} +\edef\copyrightversion {Copyright 1990-\the\normalyear\normalspace / PRAGMA / J. Hagen - A.F. Otten} + +\def\meldaanmaakdatum% + {\writeline + \writestring{This is CONTEXT version <\contextversion> + interface <\currentinterface> + responses <\currentresponses>}% + \writeline + \writestring{This package is based on Plain TeX. It uses an adapted version of the}% + \writestring{extended mark mechanism of J. Fox (1987) and a few parts of the sidefloat}% + \writestring{mechanism of D. Comenetz (1993). Most of D.E. Knuth's Plain TeX}% + \writestring{(\fmtversion) is available and can be used without problems. This package}% + \writestring{uses TaBlE, a package designed and copyrighted by M.J. Wichura (1988).}% + \writestring{Only a few auxiliary files are generated, of which some must be processed}% + \writestring{by TeXUtil (\utilityversion). The current blockversion is \blockversion.}% + \writeline + \writestring{\copyrightversion}% + \writeline} + +\startinterface dutch + +\def\meldaanmaakdatum% + {\writeline + \writestring{Dit is CONTEXT versie <\contextversion> + interface <\currentinterface> + meldingen <\currentresponses>}% + \writeline + \writestring{Dit pakket is gebaseerd op Plain TeX. Er wordt gebruik gemaakt van een}% + \writestring{aangepaste versie van het mark mechanisme van J. Fox (1987) en onderdelen}% + \writestring{van het sidefloat mechanisme van D. Comenetz (1993). De functionaliteit}% + \writestring{van D.E. Knuth's Plain TeX (\fmtversion) is grotendeels beschikbaar en kan}% + \writestring{zonder problemen worden gebruikt. Dit pakket gebruikt TaBlE, ontworpen door}% + \writestring{M.J. Wichura (1988), die ook het auteursrecht bezit. Er worden slechts een}% + \writestring{paar hulpfiles gegenereerd, waarvan er enkele moeten worden bewerkt door}% + \writestring{TeXUtil (\utilityversion). Het blokmechanisme heeft versienummer \blockversion.}% + \writeline + \writestring{\copyrightversion}% + \writeline} + +\stopinterface + +\startinterface german + +\def\meldaanmaakdatum% + {\writeline + \writestring{Dies ist CONTEXT Version <\contextversion> + Interface <\currentinterface> + Meldungen <\currentresponses>}% + \writeline + \writestring{Dieses Paket basiert auf Plain-TeX und benutzt eine angepasste Version}% + \writestring{des erweiterten mark-Mechanismus von J. Fox (1987) und einige Teile des}% + \writestring{sidefloat-Mechanismus von D. Comenetz (1993). Ein Grossteil D.E. Knuths}% + \writestring{Plain-TeX (\fmtversion) ist verfuegbar und kann ohne Probleme benutzt werden.}% + \writestring{Dieses Paket benutzt TaBlE, ein von M.J. Wichura (1988) erstelltes und}% + \writestring{geschuetztes Paket. Nur einige Hilfsdateien werden erstellt; einige davon}% + \writestring{muessen von TeXUtil (\utilityversion) bearbeitet werden. Die aktuelle Block-}% + \writestring{version ist \blockversion.}% + \writeline + \writestring{\copyrightversion}% + \writeline} + +\stopinterface + +\def\doplaatsversieaanduiding#1#2% + {\doifsomething{#2} + {\@EA\convertargument#2\to\ascii + \ #1: \ascii\ + \!!doneatrue}} + +\def\plaatsversieaanduiding% + {\ifvoorlopig + \vskip\!!sixpoint + \hbox to \zetbreedte + {\infofont + Versie: \currentdate\ + \doplaatsversieaanduiding{Project}\currentproject + \doplaatsversieaanduiding{Produkt}\currentproduct + \doplaatsversieaanduiding{Onderdeel}\currentcomponent + \if!!donea\else\ File: \jobname\fi + \hss\reportpagedimensions}% + \fi + \ifconcept + \vskip\!!sixpoint + \hbox to \zetbreedte + {\infofont + Concept: \currentdate + \hss\reportpagedimensions}% + \fi} + +% tot hier + +\def\doversie[#1]% + {\voorlopigfalse + \conceptfalse + \overfullrule=\!!zeropoint + \processaction + [#1] + [\v!voorlopig=>\voorlopigtrue + \overfullrule=5pt, + \v!concept=>\concepttrue]} + +\def\versie% + {\dosingleargument\doversie} + +\newbox\referentieinfobox +\newbox\registerinfobox +\newbox\floatinfobox + +\def\dotestinfo#1#2#3% + {\ifvoorlopig + \begingroup + \convertargument#3\to\ascii + \xdef\extratestinfo% + {#2 \ascii}% + \gdef\totaltestinfo% + {\global\setbox#1=\vbox + {\unvbox#1\relax + \hbox + {\infofont + \strut + \expandafter\doboundtext\expandafter + {\extratestinfo} + {\rechtermargebreedte} + {..}% + \quad}}}% + \endgroup + \ifinner + \aftergroup\totaltestinfo + \else + \totaltestinfo + \fi + \fi} + +\def\referentieinfo% + {\dotestinfo\referentieinfobox} + +\def\registerinfo% + {\dotestinfo\registerinfobox} + +\def\floatinfo% + {\dotestinfo\floatinfobox} + +\def\plaatstestinfo% + {\setbox0=\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\forgetall + \hsize\rechtermargebreedte + \ifvoid\floatinfobox\else + \infofont\strut Plaatsblokken + \vskip\!!sixpoint + \unvbox\floatinfobox + \vskip\!!twelvepoint + \fi + \ifvoid\referentieinfobox\else + \infofont\strut Verwijzingen + \vskip\!!sixpoint + \unvbox\referentieinfobox + \vskip\!!twelvepoint + \fi + \ifvoid\registerinfobox\else + \infofont\strut Registers + \vskip\!!sixpoint + \unvbox\registerinfobox + \fi + \vss}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint + \box0\relax} + +%I n=Commando's +%I c=\definieer,\naam +%I c=\gebruikcommandos +%I +%I Het is mogelijk eigen commando's te definieren met behulp +%I van het commando: +%I +%I \definieer[aantal argumenten]\commando{betekenis} +%I +%I Een argument kan worden opgeroepen door een # gevolgd +%I een nummer, bijvoorbeeld #2. +%I +%I \definieer\test{ziezo} \ziezo +%I \definieer[1]\test{ziezo #1} \ziezo{} +%I \definieer[2]\test{ziezo #1 en #2} \ziezo{}{} +%P +%I In commandonamen mogen alleen karakters voorkomen. Mocht +%I onverhoopt een cijfer nodig zijn, dan kunnen dergelijke +%I commando's worden opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \naam{} +%I +%I In een aantal gevallen, bijvoorbeeld bij het wegschrijven +%I naar lijsten, worden commando's \noexpand-ed. Dit is +%I bijvoorbeeld het geval bij synoniemen en sorteren, als +%I het criterium ongelijk is aan 'alles'. Dergelijke (zelf) +%I gedefinieerde commando's dienen eerst te worden +%I geactiveerd met : +%I +%I \gebruikcommandos{\commando} +%I +%I Er mogen meerdere commando's tegelijk worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \gebruikcommandos{\alfa,\beta,gamma} +%I +%I waarbij de \ facultatief is. Er wordt niets gezet! + +% \docommando kan niet worden gebruikt omdat deze macro +% soms lokaal wordt gebruikt + +% te zijner tijd: +% +% \definevariable {pc} % ProtectedCommand +% +% \def\executeprotected#1% +% {\csname\??pc\string#1\endcsname} +% +% \def\defineprotected#1#2% +% {\expandafter\def\csname\??pc\string#2\endcsname} +% +% \def\defineunprotected#1% +% {\def#1} +% +% \def\doprotected% +% {\ifx\next\define +% \let\next=\defineprotected +% \else +% \let\next=\executeprotected +% \fi +% \next} +% +% \def\unexpanded% +% {\futurelet\next\doprotected} +% +% \unexpanded\define\ziezo{ziezo} +% +% \unexpanded\ziezo + +\def\complexdodefinieer[#1]#2#3% + {\ifx#2\undefined + \else + \showmessage{\m!systems}{4}{\string#2}% + \fi + \ifcase0#1\def#2{#3}% + \or\def#2##1{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4##5{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4##5##6{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4##5##6##7{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8{#3}% + \or\def#2##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9{#3}% + \else\def#2{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\definieer% + {\complexorsimpleempty{dodefinieer}} + +\def\naam#1% + {\geentest\getvalue{#1}} + +\def\gebruikcommandos#1% + {\bgroup + \def\docommando##1% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\getvalue{\string##1}##1}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \egroup} + +%I n=Groeperen +%I c=\start,\definieerstartstop +%I +%I Met behulp van de volgende commando's kan de werking van +%I andere commando's worden beperkt: +%I +%I \start[label] +%I \stop[label] +%I +%I Men is vrij in de keuze van het commentaar. Het gebruik +%I van deze commando's komt overeen met het gebruiken van {}. +%P +%I Er kunnen \start-\stop-paren worden gedefinieerd en +%I ingesteld met: +%I +%I \definieerstartstop[label][voor=,na=,commandos=, +%I letter=] +%I +%I De aan 'voor' en 'na' toegekende commando's worden voor +%I \start en na \stop uitgevoerd; de aan 'commando' +%I toegekende commando's direct na \start. +%I +%I Naast het \start-\stop-paar is ook het verkorte commando +%I beschikbaar: +%I +%I \label{tekst} + +\def\complexstart[#1]% % bgroup toegevoegd + {\bgroup\getvalue{\e!start#1}} + +\def\simplestart% + {\bgroup} + +\def\complexstop[#1]% + {\getvalue{\e!stop#1}\egroup} % egroup toegevoegd + +\def\simplestop% + {\egroup} + +\def\start% + {\complexorsimple{\e!start}} + +\def\stop% + {\complexorsimple{\e!stop}} + +\def\dodefinieerstartstop[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??be#1] + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!commandos=, + \c!letter=, + #2]% + \setvalue{#1}##1% + {\bgroup + \getvalue{\??be#1\c!commandos}% + \doattributes{\??be#1}{##1}% + \egroup}% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}% + {\getvalue{\??be#1\c!voor}% + \bgroup + \getvalue{\??be#1\c!commandos}% + \dostartattributes{\??be#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}% + {\dostopattributes + \egroup + \getvalue{\??be#1\c!na}}} + +\def\definieerstartstop% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerstartstop} + +%I n=Verbergen +%I c=\startverbergen +%I +%I Een deel van de tekst kan (tijdelijk) worden +%I overgeslagen door deze te omhullen met de commando's: +%I +%I \startverbergen +%I \stopverbergen + +\long\def\startverbergen#1\stopverbergen{} + +% gejat van Knuth (zie \copyright, p356) + +\def\omcirkeld#1% + {{\ooalign{\hfil\raise0.07ex\hbox{{\tfx#1}}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}} + +\def\copyright + {\omcirkeld{c}} + +%I n=Systeem +%I c=\stelsysteemin +%I +%I Systeemvariabelen kunnen worden ingesteld met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \stelsysteemin[resolutie=,korps=] +%I +%I Aan 'resolutie' dient het aantal dpi (300). + +\def\dostelsysteemin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??sv][#1]% + \beforesplitstring\@@svresolutie\at dpi\to\@@svresolutie + \let\outputresolution=\@@svresolutie} + +\def\stelsysteemin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelsysteemin} + +% Default-instellingen (verborgen) + +\resetutilities + +% Uitgestelde instellingen + +\def\dooutput{\sidefloatoutput} % redefinition of \dooutput + +% Default-instellingen (zichtbaar) + +\stelsysteemin + [\c!resolutie=300dpi, + \c!korps=\normalizedlocalcorpssize] % of iets anders + +% Pas op: +% +% Omdat er geen fonts geladen zijn kunnen we bij de maten geen +% em's gebruiken. Bij afstanden is dit geen probleem, omdat +% deze pas een rol spelen als er al een font geladen is. + +\stellayoutin + [ \c!kopwit=.08417508418\papierhoogte, % .08333 2.5cm + %\c!boven=.03367003367\papierhoogte, % .03331 1.0cm + \c!boven=\!!zeropoint, + \c!bovenafstand=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoofd=.06734006734\papierhoogte, % .06667 2.0cm + \c!hoofdafstand=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoogte=.84175084175\papierhoogte, % .83333 25.0cm + \c!voetafstand=\@@lyhoofdafstand, + \c!voet=.06734006734\papierhoogte, % .06667 2.0cm + \c!onderafstand=\@@lybovenafstand, + \c!onder=\!!zeropoint, + \c!rugwit=.11904761905\papierbreedte, % 2.5cm + %\c!rand=.14285714286\papierbreedte, % 3.0cm + \c!rand=\!!zeropoint, + \c!randafstand=\@@lymargeafstand, + %\c!marge=\@@lyrugwit, + %\c!marge=.07888078409\papierbreedte, % rugwit-2*afstand + \c!marge=.12649983170\papierbreedte, % snijwit-2*afstand + \c!margeafstand=.02008341748\papierbreedte, % 12.0pt + \c!linkerrand=\@@lyrand, + \c!linkerrandafstand=\@@lyrandafstand, + \c!linkermarge=\@@lymarge, + \c!linkermargeafstand=\@@lymargeafstand, + \c!breedte=.71428571429\papierbreedte, % 15.0cm + \c!rechtermargeafstand=\@@lymargeafstand, + \c!rechtermarge=\@@lymarge, + \c!rechterrandafstand=\@@lyrandafstand, + \c!rechterrand=\@@lyrand, + \c!kopoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!rugoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!letter=, + \c!markering=\v!uit, + \c!plaats=\v!enkelzijdig] + +% instellingen hierop terugvallen, bijvoorbeeld de volgende: + +\definieerpapierformaat [A0] [\c!breedte=841mm, \c!hoogte=1189mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A1] [\c!breedte=594mm, \c!hoogte=841mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A2] [\c!breedte=420mm, \c!hoogte=594mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A3] [\c!breedte=297mm, \c!hoogte=420mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A4] [\c!breedte=210mm, \c!hoogte=297mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A5] [\c!breedte=148mm, \c!hoogte=210mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A6] [\c!breedte=105mm, \c!hoogte=148mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A7] [\c!breedte=74mm, \c!hoogte=105mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A8] [\c!breedte=52mm, \c!hoogte=74mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [A9] [\c!breedte=37mm, \c!hoogte=52mm] + +\definieerpapierformaat [B0] [\c!breedte=1000mm,\c!hoogte=1414mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B1] [\c!breedte=707mm, \c!hoogte=1000mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B2] [\c!breedte=500mm, \c!hoogte=707mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B3] [\c!breedte=354mm, \c!hoogte=500mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B4] [\c!breedte=250mm, \c!hoogte=354mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B5] [\c!breedte=177mm, \c!hoogte=250mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B6] [\c!breedte=125mm, \c!hoogte=177mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B7] [\c!breedte=88mm, \c!hoogte=125mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B8] [\c!breedte=63mm, \c!hoogte=88mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [B9] [\c!breedte=44mm, \c!hoogte=63mm] + +\definieerpapierformaat [C0] [\c!breedte=917mm, \c!hoogte=1297mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C1] [\c!breedte=649mm, \c!hoogte=917mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C2] [\c!breedte=459mm, \c!hoogte=649mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C3] [\c!breedte=324mm, \c!hoogte=459mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C4] [\c!breedte=229mm, \c!hoogte=324mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C5] [\c!breedte=162mm, \c!hoogte=229mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C6] [\c!breedte=115mm, \c!hoogte=162mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C7] [\c!breedte=81mm, \c!hoogte=115mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C8] [\c!breedte=57mm, \c!hoogte=81mm] +\definieerpapierformaat [C9] [\c!breedte=40mm, \c!hoogte=57mm] + +\definieerpapierformaat [S3] [\c!breedte=300pt, \c!hoogte=225pt] +\definieerpapierformaat [S4] [\c!breedte=400pt, \c!hoogte=300pt] +\definieerpapierformaat [S5] [\c!breedte=500pt, \c!hoogte=375pt] +\definieerpapierformaat [S6] [\c!breedte=600pt, \c!hoogte=450pt] + +\definieerpapierformaat [CD] [\c!breedte=120mm, \c!hoogte=120mm] + +\definieerpapierformaat [letter] [\c!breedte=8.5in, \c!hoogte=11in] +\definieerpapierformaat [legal] [\c!breedte=8.5in, \c!hoogte=14in] +\definieerpapierformaat [folio] [\c!breedte=8.5in, \c!hoogte=13in] +\definieerpapierformaat [executive] [\c!breedte=7.25in, \c!hoogte=10.5in] + +\definieerpapierformaat [envelope 9] [\c!breedte=8.88in, \c!hoogte=3.88in] +\definieerpapierformaat [envelope 10] [\c!breedte=9.5in, \c!hoogte=4.13in] +\definieerpapierformaat [envelope 11] [\c!breedte=10.38in,\c!hoogte=4.5in] +\definieerpapierformaat [envelope 12] [\c!breedte=11.0in, \c!hoogte=4.75in] +\definieerpapierformaat [envelope 14] [\c!breedte=11.5in, \c!hoogte=5.0in] +\definieerpapierformaat [monarch] [\c!breedte=7.5in, \c!hoogte=3.88in] +\definieerpapierformaat [check] [\c!breedte=8.58in, \c!hoogte=3.88in] +\definieerpapierformaat [DL] [\c!breedte=220mm, \c!hoogte=110mm] + +% Let op: na \stellayoutin (omdat dit wordt aangeroepen). + +\stelpapierformaatin + [A4][A4] + +\stelkolommenin + [\c!n=2, + \c!lijn=\v!uit, + \c!tolerantie=\v!soepel, + \c!afstand=1.5\korpsgrootte, % influenced by switching + \c!hoogte=, + \c!balanceren=\v!ja, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!tekst, + \c!blanko={\v!regel,\v!vast}, + \c!optie=, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, + \c!offset=.5\korpsgrootte] + +\stelhoofdtekstenin [\v!tekst] [] [] +\stelhoofdtekstenin [\v!marge] [] [] +\stelhoofdtekstenin [\v!rand] [] [] + +\stelvoettekstenin [\v!tekst] [] [] +\stelvoettekstenin [\v!marge] [] [] +\stelvoettekstenin [\v!rand] [] [] + +\stelteksttekstenin [\v!tekst] [] [] +\stelteksttekstenin [\v!marge] [] [] +\stelteksttekstenin [\v!rand] [] [] + +\stelondertekstenin [\v!tekst] [] [] +\stelondertekstenin [\v!marge] [] [] +\stelondertekstenin [\v!rand] [] [] + +\stelboventekstenin [\v!tekst] [] [] +\stelboventekstenin [\v!marge] [] [] +\stelboventekstenin [\v!rand] [] [] + +\stelhoofdin [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=,\c!na=] +\stelvoetin [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=,\c!na=] +\steltekstin [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=,\c!na=] +\stelbovenin [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=,\c!na=] +\stelonderin [\c!status=\v!normaal,\c!voor=,\c!na=] + +\stelhoofdin [\c!na=\vss] +\steltekstin [\c!voor=\vss,\c!na=\vss] +\stelvoetin [\c!voor=\vss] + +\stelbovenin [\c!voor=\vss,\c!na=\vss] +\stelonderin [\c!voor=\vss,\c!na=\vss] + +\stelhoofdin + [\v!tekst] + [\c!strut=\v!ja, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelhoofdin + [\v!marge] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelhoofdin + [\v!rand] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!hoofd\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelvoetin + [\v!tekst] + [\c!strut=\v!ja, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelvoetin + [\v!marge] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelvoetin + [\v!rand] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelbovenin + [\v!tekst] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelbovenin + [\v!marge] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelbovenin + [\v!rand] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelonderin + [\v!tekst] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!boven\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelonderin + [\v!marge] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelonderin + [\v!rand] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!onder\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\steltekstin + [\v!tekst] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\steltekstin + [\v!marge] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!marge\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!marge\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\steltekstin + [\v!rand] + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!linkertekst=, + \c!middentekst=, + \c!rechtertekst=, + \c!kantlijntekst=, + \c!margetekst=, + \c!linkerletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!rechterletter=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!letter}, + \c!linkerkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!rechterkleur=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!kleur}, + \c!linkerbreedte=, + \c!rechterbreedte=] + +\stelnummeringin + [\c!variant=\v!enkelzijdig, + \c!plaats={\v!hoofd,\v!midden}, + \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, + \c!links=, + \c!rechts=, + \c!wijze=\v!per\v!deel, + \c!tekst=, + \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, + \v!deel\c!nummer=\v!ja, + \c!nummerscheider=--, + \c!tekstscheider=\tfskip, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!commando=, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=] + +\stelblankoin + [\v!standaard, + \v!groot] + +\stelkoppenin + [\c!variant=\v!normaal, + \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, + \c!scheider=., + \c!commando=] + +\definieersectieblok [\v!hoofdtekst] [\v!hoofdteksten] [\c!nummer=\v!ja] +\definieersectieblok [\v!bijlage] [\v!bijlagen] [\c!nummer=\v!ja] +\definieersectieblok [\v!inleiding] [\v!inleidingen] [\c!nummer=\v!nee] +\definieersectieblok [\v!uitleiding] [\v!uitleidingen] [\c!nummer=\v!nee] + +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-1] % deel +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-2] % hoofdstuk +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-3] % paragraaf +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-4] % subparagraaf +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-5] % subsubparagraaf +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-6] % subsubsubparagraaf +\definieersectie[\v!sectie-7] % subsubsubsubparagraaf + +% \c!eigennummer ook hier? + +\definieerkop + [\v!deel] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-1] + +\definieerkop + [\v!hoofdstuk] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-2] + +\definieerkop + [\v!paragraaf] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-3] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-4, + \c!default=\v!paragraaf] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-5, + \c!default=\v!paragraaf] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-6, + \c!default=\v!paragraaf] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!sectie=\v!sectie-7, + \c!default=\v!paragraaf] + +\definieerkop + [\v!titel] + [\c!koppeling=\v!hoofdstuk, + \c!default=\v!hoofdstuk, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\definieerkop + [\v!onderwerp] + [\c!koppeling=\v!paragraaf, + \c!default=\v!paragraaf, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!onderwerp] + [\c!koppeling=\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!default=\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!onderwerp] + [\c!koppeling=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!onderwerp] + [\c!koppeling=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\definieerkop + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!onderwerp] + [\c!koppeling=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!verhoognummer=\v!nee] + +\stelsectiein + [\v!sectie-2] + [\v!bijlage\c!conversie=\v!Letter, + \c!vorigenummer=\v!nee] + +\stelkopin + [\v!deel] + [\c!plaatskop=\v!nee] + +\stelkopin + [\v!hoofdstuk] + [\v!bijlage\c!label=\v!bijlage, + \v!hoofdtekst\c!label=\v!hoofdstuk] % bijlageconversie=\Character + +\stelkopin + [\v!paragraaf] + [\v!bijlage\c!label=\v!paragraaf, + \v!hoofdtekst\c!label=\v!paragraaf] % bijlageconversie=\Character + +\stelkopin + [\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\v!bijlage\c!label=\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \v!hoofdtekst\c!label=\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % bijlageconversie=\Character + +\stelkopin + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\v!bijlage\c!label=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \v!hoofdtekst\c!label=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % bijlageconversie=\Character + +\stelkopin + [\v!deel,\v!hoofdstuk] + [\c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, + \c!doorgaan=\v!nee, + \c!pagina=\v!rechts, + \c!hoofd=, + \c!letter=\tfc, + \c!voor={\blanko[2*\v!groot]}, + \c!na={\blanko[2*\v!groot]}] + +\stelkopin + [\v!paragraaf] + [\c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, + \c!letter=\tfa, + \c!voor={\blanko[2*\v!groot]}, + \c!na=\blanko] + +\definieersamengesteldelijst + [\v!inhoud] + [\v!deel, + \v!hoofdstuk, + \v!paragraaf, + \v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!niveau=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf, + \c!criterium=\v!lokaal] + +\stelblokkopjesin + [\c!plaats=\v!onder, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen={\blanko[\v!middel]}, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!kopletter=\v!vet, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!nummer=\v!ja, + \c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, + \c!blokwijze=\@@nrblokwijze, + \c!sectienummer=\@@nrsectienummer, + \c!conversie=\v!cijfers] + +\stelplaatsblokkenin + [\c!plaats=\v!midden, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!offset=\v!overlay, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!bovenkader=, + \c!onderkader=, + \c!linkerkader=, + \c!rechterkader=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!voor\c!wit=\v!groot, + \c!na\c!wit=\v!groot, + \c!zij\c!voor\c!wit=\@@bkvoorwit, + \c!zij\c!na\c!wit=\@@bknawit, + \c!marge=1em, + \c!nboven=2, + \c!nonder=0, + \c!nregels=4] + +\stelplaatsbloksplitsenin + [\c!conversie=\v!letter, % \v!romeins + \c!regels=3] + +\stelwitruimtein + [\v!geen] + +\inspringen + [\v!nooit] + +\stelinspringenin + [\v!geen] + +\stelopsommingenin % undocumented + [\c!niveaus=6, + \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!breedte=1.5em, + \c!factor=0, + \c!afstand=.5em, + \c!marletter=\c!type, + \c!symletter=, + \c!kopletter=, + \c!markleur=, + \c!symkleur=, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!kopvoor=, + \c!kopna=\blanko, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!afsluiter=., + \c!plaatsafsluiter=\v!ja, + \c!binnen=, + \c!n=2, + \c!items=4, + \c!symbool=\itemlevel] + +\steldoorspringenin + [\c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kopletter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!tekst=..., + \c!monster=, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!scheider={ :}] + +\stelnummerenin + [\c!wijze=\v!per\v!hoofdstuk, + \c!blokwijze=, + \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, + \c!status=\v!start] + +\stelformulesin + [\c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, + \c!blokwijze=, + \c!sectienummer=\@@nrsectienummer, + \c!plaats=\v!rechts, + \c!links=(, + \c!rechts=)] + +\stelreferentielijstin + [\c!letter=\v!normaal] + +\stelinmargein + [\c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!kleur=, + \c!plaats=\v!beide, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!binnen, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=] + +\stelinmargein + [\v!links] + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!links] + +\stelinmargein + [\v!rechts] + [\c!plaats=\v!rechts, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts] + +\versie + [\v!definitief] + +\stelpaginanummerin + [\c!nummer=1] + +\stelsubpaginanummerin + [\c!wijze=\v!per\v!deel, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\stelsmallerin + [\c!links=1.5em, + \c!rechts=1.5em, + \c!midden=1.5em] + +\stelrefererenin + [\c!status=\v!start, + \v!deel\c!nummer=\v!ja, + \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, + \c!interactie=\v!alles, + \c!prefix=] + +\stelregelnummerenin + [\c!conversie=\v!cijfers, + \c!start=1, + \c!stap=1, + \c!plaats=\v!inmarge, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!breedte=2em, + \c!prefix=, + \c!refereren=\v!aan] + +\definieeropmaak + [\v!standaard] + [\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, + \c!voffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!pagina=\v!rechts, + \c!dubbelzijdig=\v!ja] + +\stelpositionerenin + [\c!eenheid=\s!cm, + \c!factor=1, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!xstap=\v!absoluut, + \c!ystap=\v!absoluut, + \c!offset=\v!ja, + \c!xoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!yoffset=\!!zeropoint] + +\stelregelsin + [\c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!inspringen=\v!nee] + +\steldoordefinierenin + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!kopletter=\v!vet, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!breedte=8em, + \c!hang=, + \c!monster=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!inspringen=\v!nee, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!commando=] + +\steldoornummerenin + [\c!plaats=\v!boven, + \c!kopletter=\v!vet, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=, + \c!breedte=8em, + \c!hang=, + \c!monster=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!inspringen=\v!nee, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!tekst=, + \c!niveaus=3, % to be upward compatible + \c!conversie=, % to be upward compatible + \c!wijze=\v!per\v!tekst, + \c!sectienummer=\v!ja, + \c!scheider=., + \c!afsluiter=, + \c!nummer=] + +\stelkoppeltekenin + [\c!teken=\compoundhyphen] + +\stelnaastplaatsenin + [\c!status=\v!stop] + +\steltolerantiein + [\v!horizontaal,\v!zeerstreng] + +\steltolerantiein + [\v!vertikaal,\v!streng] + +\steluitlijnenin + [\v!onder, + \v!breedte] + +\stelspatieringin + [\v!opelkaar] + +\definieerregister + [\v!index] + [\v!indices] + +\definieerplaatsblok + [\v!figuur] + [\v!figuren] + +\definieerplaatsblok + [\v!tabel] + [\v!tabellen] + +\stelplaatsblokin + [\v!tabel] + [\c!kader=\v!uit] + +\definieerplaatsblok + [\v!intermezzo] + [\v!intermezzos] + +\definieerplaatsblok + [\v!grafiek] + [\v!grafieken] + +\definieersynoniemen + [\v!afkorting] + [\v!afkortingen] + [\voluit] + +\stelsynoniemenin + [\v!afkorting] + [\c!tekstletter=\v!kapitaal, + \c!synoniemletter=, + \c!tekstkleur=, + \c!synoniemkleur=, + \c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!breedte=5em, + \c!status=\v!start] + +\definieersorteren + [\v!logo] + [\v!logos] + +\definieersynoniemen + [\v!eenheid] + [\v!eenheden] + [\betekenis] + +\stelsynoniemenin + [\v!eenheid] + [\c!tekstletter=\geentest\dimension] + +\stelmargeblokkenin + [\c!status=\v!start, + \c!plaats=\v!inmarge, + \c!breedte=\rechtermargebreedte, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!links=, + \c!rechts=, + \c!boven=, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!onder=\vfill, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=] + +\stelachtergrondenin + [\v!pagina] + [\c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!raster=\@@rsraster, + \c!kleur=, + \c!kaderoffset=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!offset}, + \c!achtergrondoffset=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!offset}, + \c!offset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!scheider=\v!nee] + +\stelbufferin + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=] + +\stellijstin + [\v!deel] + [\c!breedte=0em, + \c!voor={\blanko\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!label=\v!ja, + \c!scheider=:, + \c!afstand=1em] + +\stellijstin + [\v!hoofdstuk] + [\c!breedte=2em, + \c!voor={\blanko\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}, + \c!na=] + +\stellijstin + [\v!paragraaf] + [\c!breedte=3em] + +\stellijstin + [\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!breedte=4em] + +\stellijstin + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!breedte=5em] + +\stellijstin + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!breedte=6em] + +\stellijstin + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!breedte=7em] + +\def\documentstyle% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{3}{} + \stoptekst} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac3328f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1380 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-01b, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=1B (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (b)} + +\unprotect + +%I n=Items +%I c=\items,\stelitemsin +%I +%I Met het commando \items kunnen invullijsten worden +%I gegenereerd: +%I +%I \items{alternatief1,alternatief2,...,alternatiefN} +%I +%I Als in plaats van een alternatief een - wordt gegeven, +%I dan wordt ruimte opengelaten. +%I +%I De wijze waarop items worden weergegeven wordt ingesteld +%I met het commando: +%I +%I \stelitemsin[plaats=,symbool=,breedte=,n=,voor=, +%I tussen=,na=,uitlijnen=] +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn links, rechts, onder, boven en +%I inmarge. Als breedte wordt de breedte van de totale tekst +%I opgegeven. Het aantal is facultatief, eventueel kan er +%I 'onbekend' worden meegegeven. Uitlijnen is 'ja' of 'nee'. +%P +%I Indien gewenst, kan de instelling direkt achter \item worden +%I geplaatst: +%I +%I \items[plaats=,symbool=,...]{alternatief1,...} +%I +%I In plaats van een symbool kan ook een van de volgende +%I aanduidingen worden meegegeven: +%I +%I a a, b, c, d, ... +%I A A, B, C, D, ... +%I n 1, 2, 3, 4, ... +%I r i, ii, iii, ... +%I R I, II, III, ... +%I +%I Eventueel kan een nummer worden meegegeven. In dat +%I geval wordt het overeenkomstige symbool van de +%I opsomming gebruikt (1--n). + +%\def\checkinterlineskip% +% {\ifvmode +% \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax +% \nointerlineskip +% \else\ifdim\lastkern>\!!zeropoint\relax +% \nointerlineskip +% \fi\fi +% \fi} + +\def\horitems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos + {\dimen0=#1\relax + \divide\dimen0 by \nofitems + \!!counta=0\relax + \def\docommando##1% + {\advance\!!counta by 1\relax + \processaction + [\@@isuitlijnen] + [ \v!links=>\hbox to \dimen0{\strut##1\hss}, + \v!rechts=>\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\strut##1}, + \v!midden=>\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\strut##1\hss}, + \v!marge=>\ifnum\!!counta=1\hss\else\hfill\fi + \strut##1% + \ifnum\!!counta=\nofitems\hss\else\hfill\fi, + \s!default=>\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\strut##1\hss}, % midden + \s!unknown=>\hbox to \dimen0{\strut##1\hss}]}% % links + \hbox to #1{\hss#2\hss}} + +\def\veritems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos + {\dimen0=#1\relax + \def\docommando##1% + {\ifdim\dimen0<\!!zeropoint\relax % the - was a signal + \hbox to -\dimen0{\hss\strut##1}% + \else\ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax + \hbox to \dimen0{\strut##1\hss}% + \else + \hbox{\strut##1}% + \fi\fi}% + \vbox{#2}} + +\def\dostelitemsin[#1]% maakt direkt gebruik van \??ss en \??cv + {\getparameters[\??is][#1]% + \doif{\@@isbreedte}{\v!onbekend} + {\def\@@isbreedte{\hsize}}% + \doifdefinedelse{\??cv\@@issymbool} + {\def\doitembullet##1{\convertnumber{\@@issymbool}{##1}}} + {\doifdefined{\??ss\@@issymbool} + {\def\doitembullet##1{\symbol[\@@issymbool]}}}} + +\def\makeitemsandbullets#1% + {\doifelse{\@@isn}{\v!onbekend} + {\getcommalistsize[#1]% + \edef\nofitems{\commalistsize}} + {\edef\nofitems{\@@isn}}% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\doitems + {\@@isbreedte} + {\processcommalist[#1]\docommando}}% + \setbox2=\hbox + {\doitems + {\@@isbulletbreedte} + {\herhaal[\nofitems*\docommando{\strut\doitembullet{\herhaler}}]}}} + +\def\dostartitems#1#2#3% + {\let\doitems=#2 + \def\@@isbulletbreedte{#3}% + \makeitemsandbullets{#1}% + \@@isvoor} + +\def\dostopitems% + {\@@isna + \egroup} + +\def\doitemsboven#1% + {\dostartitems{#1}\horitems\@@isbreedte + \noindent\vbox + {\forgetall + \doifsomething{\@@issymbool} + {\doifnot{\@@issymbool}{\v!geen} + {\box2 + \@@istussen + \nointerlineskip}}% + \box0}% + \dostopitems} + +\def\doitemsonder#1% + {\dostartitems{#1}\horitems\@@isbreedte + \noindent\vbox + {\forgetall + \box0 + \doifsomething{\@@issymbool} + {\@@istussen + \nointerlineskip + \box2}}% + \dostopitems} + +\def\doitemsinmarge#1% + {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{-1.5em}% - is a signal + \noindent\hbox{\llap{\box2\hskip\linkermargeafstand}\box0}% + \dostopitems} + +\def\doitemslinks#1% + {\advance\hsize by -1.5em\relax + \dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{1.5em}% + \noindent\hbox{\box2\box0}% + \dostopitems} + +\def\doitemsrechts#1% + {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{0em}% + \noindent\hbox{\box0\hskip-\wd2\box2}% + \dostopitems} + +\def\stelitemsin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelitemsin} + +\def\complexitems[#1]% + {\bgroup + \stelitemsin[#1]% + \parindent=\!!zeropoint + \setlocalhsize + \hsize=\localhsize + \mindermeldingen + \getvalue{doitems\@@isplaats}} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\items + +%I n=Tabulatie (1) +%I c=\definieeralineas,\stelalineasin +%I +%I Er kunnen paragrafen in meerdere kolommen worden gezet na +%I het commando: +%I +%I \definieeralineas[naam][n=,voor=,na=,afstand=, +%I hoogte=,lijn=,binnen=] +%I +%I Kolommen worden vervolgens gezet met: +%I +%I \startnaam .... \naam .... \naam .... \stopnaam +%I +%I of (soms verwarrend): +%I +%I \naam .... \naam .... \naam .... \naam +%I +%I of (lekker kort): +%I +%I \naam .... \\ .... \\ .... \\ +%I +%I waarbij het aantal malen .... \naam of \\ gelijk is +%I aan n. Naast \naam en \\ is ook \volgendenaam toegestaan. +%P +%I Het is mogelijk per kolom een en ander in te stellen met +%I het commando: +%I +%I \stelalineasin[naam][kolomnummer][afstand=,breedte=, +%I hoogte=,boven=,onder=,letter=,binnen=,lijn=, +%I uitlijnen=,tolerantie=] +%I +%I Standaard is \tabulatie gedefinieerd. + +% Te zijner tijd [plaats=boven,onder,midden] implementeren, +% in dat geval moet eerst de maximale hoogte worden bepaald. +% +% Overigens kan een en ander mooier met \halign. + +\def\dodefinieeralineas[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\s!do\s!next#1}% + {\def\\{\getvalue{#1}}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\getvalue{\s!do\s!next#1}% + \dostartalineas{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!volgende#1}% + {\getvalue{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}% + {\bgroup + \setvalue{\s!do\s!next#1}{}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}% + {\getvalue{#1}% + \egroup}% + \getvalue{#1}}% + \getparameters[\??al#1]% + [\c!n=3, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!lijn=\v!uit, + \c!commando=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!tolerantie=\v!soepel, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!boven=, + \c!boven=\vss, + \c!onder=\vfill, + #2]% + \setvalue{\e!stel#1\e!in}% + {\stelalineasin[#1]}% + \dorecurse + {\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}} + {\stelalineasin[#1][\recurselevel] + [\c!breedte=, + \c!onder=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!onder}, + \c!boven=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!boven}, + \c!hoogte=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!hoogte}, + \c!letter=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!letter}, + \c!kleur=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!kleur}, + \c!lijn=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!lijn}, + \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!uitlijnen}, + \c!tolerantie=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!tolerantie}, + \c!afstand=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!afstand}]}% + \stelalineasin[#1][1][\c!afstand=0em]} + +\def\definieeralineas% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieeralineas} + +\def\dostelalineasin[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifelse{#2}{\v!elk} + {\dorecurse + {\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}} + {\getparameters[\??al#1\herhaler][#3]}} + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{} + {\getparameters[\??al#1][#2]} + {\def\docommando##1% + {\getparameters[\??al#1##1][#3]}% + \processcommalist[#2]\docommando}}} + +\def\stelalineasin% + {\dotripleempty\dostelalineasin} + +\newcount\alteller +\newcount\alnsize +\newdimen\alhsize + +\def\doalinealijn#1#2% + {\doifelsevalue{\??al#2\the\alteller\c!lijn}{\v!aan} + {\expandafter\dimen2=#1\relax + \hskip.5\dimen2 + \hskip-\linewidth + \vrule\!!width\linewidth + \hskip.5\dimen2} + {\hskip#1}} + +\def\dostartalinea#1% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!breedte} + {\!!widtha=\alhsize\relax + \divide\!!widtha by \alnsize} + {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!breedte}\relax}% + \dostartattributes{\??al#1\the\alteller}{}% + \doifelsevalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!hoogte}{\v!passend} + {\setbox0=\vtop} + {\setbox0=\vtop to \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!hoogte}}% + \bgroup + \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% + \forgetall + \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!boven}% + \getvalue{\??al#1\c!binnen}% + \hsize=\!!widtha % setting \wd afterwards removed + \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!binnen}% + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!uitlijnen}}% nodig? + \expandafter\steluitlijnenin\expandafter[\!!stringa]% + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!tolerantie}}% nodig? + \expandafter\steltolerantiein\expandafter[\!!stringa]% + \ignorespaces + \endgraf + \ignorespaces + % + % Nadeel van de onderstaande constructie is dat \everypar + % binnen een groep kan staan en zo steeds \begstruts + % worden geplaatst. Mooi is anders dus moet het anders! + % + % Hier is \Everypar niet nodig. + % + \everypar{\begstrut\everypar{}}% + % + \ignorespaces\geenspatie % dubbel: \ignorespaces + \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!commando}} + +\def\dostopalinea#1% + {\ifvmode + \removelastskip + \else + \unskip\endstrut\endgraf + \fi + \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!onder}% + \egroup + \ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint % no data + \wd0=\!!widtha + \fi + \box0 + \dostopattributes + \ifnum\alteller<\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}\relax + \def\next{\doalinea{#1}}% + \else + \def\next{\dostopalineas{#1}}% + \fi + \next} + +\def\doalinea#1% + {\global\advance\alteller by 1\relax + \doifelsevaluenothing{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!afstand} + {\doifnot{\the\alteller}{1} + {\hskip\getvalue{\??al#1\c!afstand}}} + {\doifelse{\the\alteller}{1}% + {\hskip\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!afstand}} + {\doalinealijn{\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!afstand}}{#1}}}% + \setvalue{#1}{\dostopalinea{#1}}% + \dostartalinea{#1}} + +\def\dostartalineas#1% + {\global\alteller=0\relax + \parindent=\!!zeropoint + \setlocalhsize + \alhsize=\localhsize + \alnsize=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}\relax + \dorecurse + {\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}} + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??al#1\recurselevel\c!afstand} + {\doifnot{\recurselevel}{1} + {\global\advance\alhsize by -\getvalue{\??al#1\c!afstand}\relax}} + {\global\advance\alhsize by -\getvalue{\??al#1\recurselevel\c!afstand}\relax}% + \doifvaluesomething{\??al#1\recurselevel\c!breedte} + {\global\advance\alnsize by -1\relax + \global\advance\alhsize by -\getvalue{\??al#1\recurselevel\c!breedte}\relax}}% + %\witruimte % gaat fout bij \framed + \getvalue{\??al#1\c!voor}% + \leavevmode % gaat wel goed bij \framed + \vbox\bgroup\hbox\bgroup + \doalinea{#1}} + +\def\dostopalineas#1% + {\egroup + \egroup + \par + \getvalue{\??al#1\c!na}}% + +%I n=Tabulatie (2) +%I c=\steltabin,\tab +%I +%I Eenvoudige tabulatie is mogelijk met het commando: +%I +%I \tab{tekst} tekst tekst tekst ..... +%I +%I Instelling vindt plaats met het commando: +%I +%I \steltabin[monster=,breedte=,kopletter=,voor, +%I na=] +%I +%I Dit commando is een vereenvoudigde variant van het +%I commando \doordefinieren. In de regel kan volstaan +%I worden met het opgeven van een monster. Dit is het +%I woord dat de breedte bepaalt. + +\def\dosteltabin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ta] + [\c!kopletter=\v!normaal, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=, + \c!breedte=\v!ruim, + \c!monster={\hskip4em}, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + #1]% + \doordefinieren + [tab] + [\c!kopletter=\@@takopletter, + \c!kopkleur=\@@takleur, + \c!monster=\@@tamonster, + \c!breedte=\@@tabreedte, + \c!voor=\@@tavoor, + \c!na=\@@tana]} + +\def\steltabin% + {\dosingleargument\dosteltabin} + +%I n=Diversen +%I c=\celsius,\bedrag,\breuk +%I c=\procent,\promille +%I +%I De volgende commando's vatten (vooral mathematische) +%I zetcommando's samen: +%I +%I \chem{symbool}{onder}{boven} chemische symbolen +%I \celsius{graden} graden Celsius (..~øC) +%I \breuk{boven}{onder} breuken («) +%I \bedrag{getal} geldbedragen (Ÿ~..) +%I \punten[n] puntjes (. . .) +%I \ongeveer plus-minus (ñ) +%I \inch inch ('') +%I \doorsnede \circ doorsneden met / +%I \graden ø (^\circ) +%I \procent percentage (vgl promille) +%I \promille promilage +%I \dollar dollar teken +%I \sterling pound sterling teken +%I \florijn gulden teken + +% The following macro's are derived from PPCHTEX and +% therefore take some LaTeX font-switching into account. + +\newif\ifloweredsubscripts + +% Due to some upward incompatibality of LaTeX to LaTeX2.09 +% and/or LaTeX2e we had to force \@@chemieletter. Otherwise +% some weird \nullfont error comes up. + +\doifundefined{@@chemieletter}{\def\@@chemieletter{\rm}} + +\def\beginlatexmathmodehack% + {\ifmmode + \let\endlatexmathmodehack=\relax + \else + \def\endlatexmathmodehack{$}$\@@chemieletter + \fi} + +\def\setsubscripts% + {\beginlatexmathmodehack + \def\dosetsubscript##1##2##3% + {\dimen0=##3\fontdimen5##2% + \setxvalue{@@\string##1\string##2}{\the##1##2\relax}% + ##1##2=\dimen0\relax}% + \def\dodosetsubscript##1##2% + {\dosetsubscript{##1}{\textfont2}{##2}% + \dosetsubscript{##1}{\scriptfont2}{##2}% + \dosetsubscript{##1}{\scriptscriptfont2}{##2}}% + %\dodosetsubscript{\fontdimen14}{?}% + \dodosetsubscript{\fontdimen16}{.7}% + \dodosetsubscript{\fontdimen17}{.7}% + \global\loweredsubscriptstrue + \endlatexmathmodehack} + +\def\resetsubscripts% + {\ifloweredsubscripts + \beginlatexmathmodehack + \def\doresetsubscript##1##2% + {\dimen0=\getvalue{@@\string##1\string##2}\relax + ##1##2=\dimen0}% + \def\dodoresetsubscript##1% + {\doresetsubscript{##1}{\textfont2}% + \doresetsubscript{##1}{\scriptfont2}% + \doresetsubscript{##1}{\scriptscriptfont2}}% + %\dodoresetsubscript{\fontdimen14}% + \dodoresetsubscript{\fontdimen16}% + \dodoresetsubscript{\fontdimen17}% + \global\loweredsubscriptsfalse + \endlatexmathmodehack + \fi} + +\let\beginlatexmathmodehack = \relax +\let\endlatexmathmodehack = \relax + +\def\chem#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \setsubscripts + \mathematics{\hbox{#1}_{#2}^{#3}}% + \resetsubscripts + \egroup} + +\def\celsius#1% + {#1\mathematics{^\circ}C} + +\def\graden% + {\mathematics{^\circ}} + +\def\inch% + {\hbox{\rm\char125\relax}} + +\def\breuk#1#2% + {\mathematics{#1\over#2}} + +\def\bedrag#1% + {\mathematics{f~}\hbox{#1}} + +\def\doorsnede% + {\hbox{\rlap/$\circ$} } + +\def\complexpunten[#1]% + {\dimen0=.5em\relax + \multiply\dimen0 by #1\relax + \hbox to \dimen0 + {\leaders\hbox to .5em{\hss.\hss}\hss}} + +\def\simplepunten% + {\complexpunten[5]} + +\def\punten% + {\complexorsimple{punten}} + +\def\ongeveer% + {\mathematics{\pm}} + +\def\permille% + {\mathematics{^{\scriptscriptstyle0}\kern-.25em/\kern-.2em_{\scriptscriptstyle00}}} + +\def\percent% + {\mathematics{^{\scriptscriptstyle0}\kern-.25em/\kern-.2em_{\scriptscriptstyle0}}} + +\let\promille=\permille +\let\procent =\percent + +% for compatibility + +\def\onbekend% + {\mathematics{\ldots}} + +% currency + +\def\dollar% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\fam=\itfam + \sl + \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam + \bs + \fi\fi + \$% + \egroup} + +\def\sterling% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\fam=\bffam + \bi + \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam + \bi + \else\ifnum\fam=\bsfam + \bi + \else + \it + \fi\fi\fi + \$% + \egroup} + +\def\florijn% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\fam=\bffam + \bi + \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam + \bi + \else\ifnum\fam=\bsfam + \bi + \else + \it + \fi\fi\fi + f% + \egroup} + +%I n=Citaten +%I c=\startcitaat,\citaat,\stelcitatenin +%I c=\citeer,\stelciterenin +%I +%I Als variant op \startsmaller is het volgende commando +%I beschikbaar: +%I +%I \startcitaat +%I tekst +%I \stopcitaat +%I +%I Rond de tekst worden in de marge dubbele quotes +%I geplaatst. Ook bij dit commando kunnen tussen [] maten +%I worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \startcitaat[2*links,rechts] +%I +%I In de lopende tekst kan gebruik worden gemaakt van: +%I +%I \citaat{tekst} +%I \citeer{tekst} +%I +%I Het eerste commando levert dubbele quotes en het tweede +%I enkele quotes. +%P +%I Er zijn twee varianten (1 en 2) beschikbaar die kunnen +%I worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelciterenin +%I [variant=,letter=] +%I +%I Variant 1 levert 'ziezo' of ''ziezo'' en variant 2 +%I levert `ziezo' of ``ziezo''. + +\newsignal\quotationsignal +\def\quotationskip{.125em} + +\def\stelciterenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ci]} + +\def\stelcitatenin% + {\stelciterenin} + +\def\dostartcitaat% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftquotation}}% + \hskip-\wd0 + \box0\relax + \ignorespaces} + +\def\complexstartcitaat[#1]% + {\startsmaller[#1]% + \dostartcitaat} + +\def\simplestartcitaat% + {\startsmaller + \dostartcitaat} + +\def\stopcitaat% + {\unskip\hsmash{\getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightquotation}}% + \stopsmaller} + +\def\startcitaat% + {\complexorsimple{startcitaat}}% + +\def\handlequotation#1% + {\ifdim\lastkern=\quotationsignal + \unskip + \hskip\quotationskip + \fi + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage#1}% + \kern\quotationsignal} + +\def\citaat% + {\groupedcommand + {\handlequotation\c!leftquotation} + {\handlequotation\c!rightquotation}} + +\def\citeer% + {\doifelse{\@@ciletter}{\v!normaal} + {\let\next=\doquotedcite} + {\let\next=\doattributedcite}% + \next} + +\def\doquotedcite% + {\groupedcommand + {\handlequotation\c!leftquote} + {\handlequotation\c!rightquote}} + +\def\doattributedcite% + {\groupedcommand + {\dostartattributes\??ci} + {\dostopattributes}} + +% Tijden horen hier niet thuis en zullen in een aparte +% module worden ondergebracht. voorlopig handhaven we ze nog +% even. Een implementatie met \doordefinieren zou beter voldoen +% omdat een en ander dan instelbaar wordt. Het is trouwens +% zowieso beter het commando \tijd te reserveren voor de +% systeemtijd. + +% %I n=Tijden +% %I c=\tijd,\tijdspan,\activiteit +% %I +% %I De volgende commando's kunnen worden gebruikt om +% %I tijden en activiteiten in overzichten weer te geven: +% %I +% %I uu.mm +% %I +% %I \tijd{uur.min} +% %I +% %I uu.mm --- uu.mm +% %I +% %I \tijdspan{uur.min}{uur.min} +% %I +% %I uu.mm --- uu.mm activiteit +% %I +% %I \activiteit{uur.min}{uur.min} ... (\par) + +\def\tijd#1% + {\setbox0=\hbox{00.00}% + \hbox to \wd0{\hfill#1}} + +\def\tijdspan#1#2% + {\hbox{\tijd{#1}~---~\tijd{#2}}} + +\def\activiteit#1#2% + {\activity{\tijdspan{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\activiteit#1#2% + {\sym{\tijdspan{#1}{#2}}} + +%I n=Toevoegen +%I c=\toevoegen +%I +%I Er kan witruimte worden gemarkeerd met het commando: +%I +%I \toevoegen[instelling]{korte tekst} +%I +%I waarbij als instellingen mogelijk zijn: klein, middel of +%I groot. + +\def\dotoevoegen#1% + {\def\next{#1}% + \herhaal[#1*{\inlinker{\next~+}\def\next{}\crlf}]} + +\def\complextoevoegen[#1]% + {\blanko + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!klein=>\dotoevoegen{3}, + \v!middel=>\dotoevoegen{6}, + \v!groot=>\dotoevoegen{9}, + \s!default=>\dotoevoegen{6}, + \s!unknown=>\dotoevoegen{#1}] + \blanko} + +\def\toevoegen% + {\complexorsimpleempty{toevoegen}} + +%I n=Tekstlijn +%I c=\tekstlijn,\starttekstlijn,\steltekstlijnenin +%I +%I Een stuk tekst kan worden omgeven door horizontale lijnen, +%I waarin al dan niet een tekst is opgenomen. +%I +%I \tekstlijn[plaats]{tekst} +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn boven en onder. De onderstaande twee +%I commando's zijn equivalent: +%I +%I \tekstlijn +%I \tekstlijn[onder]{} +%I +%I Daarnaast zijn beschikbaar: +%I +%I \starttekstlijn{tekst} +%I \stoptekstlijn +%I +%I waarbij de plaats dus boven is. +%P +%I Een en ander kan worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \steltekstlijnenin[voor=,na=,tussen=,letter=,breedte=, +%I plaats=] +%I +%I De breedte heeft betrekking op de lengte van de lijn voor +%I de tekst. Mogelijke plaatsen zijn links en inmarge. + +% nog eens \definieertekstlijn + +\def\steltekstlijnenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??tl]} + +\def\docomplextekstlijn#1% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize + {\dimen4=0.5ex\relax + \dimen6=-0.5ex\relax + \advance\dimen4 by .5\linewidth + \advance\dimen6 by .5\linewidth + \doifsomething{#1} + {\doifelse{\@@tlplaats}{\v!inmarge}% + {\llap{\doattributes{\??tl}{#1}\hskip\linkermargeafstand}} + {\vrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\!!width\@@tlbreedte + \hbox spread 1em{\hss\doattributes{\??tl}{\strut#1}\hss}}}% + \leaders\hrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\hfill} + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\dotoptekstlijn#1% + {\pagina[\v!voorkeur] + \witruimte + \@@tlvoor + \docomplextekstlijn{#1}% + \geenwitruimte + \@@tltussen + \endgraf} + +\def\dobottomtekstlijn#1% + {\ifhmode + \endgraf + \fi + \dimen0=\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth<\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint + \advance\dimen0 by -\prevdepth + \fi + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by .5ex + \vskip\dimen0 + \@@tltussen + \doifelse{#1}{} + {\hrule\!!depth\linewidth\!!height\!!zeropoint} + {\docomplextekstlijn{#1}}% + \@@tlna + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]} + +\def\complextekstlijn[#1]#2% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!boven=>\dotoptekstlijn{#2}, + \v!onder=>\dobottomtekstlijn{#2}, + \s!default=>\dobottomtekstlijn{#2}]} + +\def\simpletekstlijn% + {\dobottomtekstlijn{}} + +\def\tekstlijn% + {\complexorsimple{tekstlijn}} + +\def\starttekstlijn#1% + {\bgroup + \dotoptekstlijn{#1}} + +\def\stoptekstlijn% + {\dobottomtekstlijn{}% + \egroup} + +%I n=Invullijnen +%I c=\invullijnen,\stelinvullijnenin,\invultekst +%I +%I Ten behoeve van invullijsten is het volgende commando +%I beschikbaar: +%I +%I \invullijnen[n=,breedte=]{tekst} +%I +%I Dit levert: +%I +%I tekst _____________________________________________ +%I _____________________________________________ +%I +%I De instellingen kunnen desgewenst achterwege blijven: +%I +%I \invullijnen{tekst} +%I \invullijnen{tekst}{optionele eindtekst} +%I +%I In dat geval worden de standaard-instellingen gebruikt. +%P +%I De standaardinstellingen vinden plaats met: +%I +%I \stelinvullijnenin[n=,breedte=,afstand=,letter=,voor=, +%I na=,scheider=] +%I +%I De afstand heeft betrekking op de afstand tussen de +%I scheider en de lijnen. +%I +%I Het volgende commando plaatst een tekst op een zelfde +%I wijze als de invullijnen. +%I +%I \invultekst{tekst} tekst \par + +\def\stelinvullijnenin% + {\dosingleargument\getparameters[\??il]} + +\def\dodocomplexinvullijnen[#1]#2#3#4% + {\endgraf + \@@ilvoor + \begingroup + \stelinvullijnenin[#1]% + \noindent + \doifelse{\@@ilbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\setbox0=\hbox} + {\setbox0=\hbox to \@@ilbreedte} + {\doattributes + {\??il} + {\strut#3\hfill + \doifsomething{\@@ilscheider} + {\hbox spread \@@ilafstand{\@@ilscheider\hss}}}}% + \hangindent=\wd0\relax + \parindent=\hangindent + \box0\relax + \stelwitruimtein[\v!groot]% + \ignorespaces + #2#4% + \endgroup + \endgraf + \@@ilna} + +\def\complexinvullijnen[#1]% + {\def\docomplexinvullijnen% + {\dodocomplexinvullijnen[#1]{\thinrules[\c!n=\@@iln]}}% + \dodoublegroupempty\docomplexinvullijnen} + +\def\invullijnen% + {\complexorsimpleempty{invullijnen}} + +\def\complexinvultekst[#1]#2#3\par% + {\dodocomplexinvullijnen[#1]{\ignorespaces#3\endgraf}{#2}{}} + +\def\invultekst% + {\complexorsimpleempty{invultekst}} + +%I n=Invulregels +%I c=\invulregel,\stelinvulregelin,\invultekst +%I +%I Ten behoeve van invullijsten is het volgende commando +%I beschikbaar: +%I +%I \invulregel[breedte=,afstand=]{tekst} +%I +%I tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst +%I tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst tekst __________ +%I +%I De instellingen kunnen desgewenst achterwege blijven: +%I +%I \invulregel tekst +%I +%I In dat geval worden de standaard-instellingen gebruikt. +%I +%I De standaardinstellingen vinden plaats met: +%I +%I \stelinvulregelsin[n=,breedte=,afstand=,voor=,na=] +%I +%I De lengte van de lijn is gelijk aan breedte-afstand. + +\def\stelinvulregelsin% + {\dosingleargument\getparameters[\??iv]} + +\def\complexinvulregel[#1]#2\par% + {%\endgraf % interferes with \doordefinieren alikes + \@@ivvoor + \begingroup + \stelinvulregelsin[#1]% + \advance\rightskip by \@@ivbreedte + \parfillskip\!!zeropoint + #2\hfill + \dimen0=\@@ivbreedte + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@ivafstand + \rlap + {\hskip\@@ivafstand + \vrule\!!width\dimen0\!!height\linewidth}% + \par % ! + \endgroup + \par % ! + \@@ilna} + +\def\invulregel% + {\complexorsimpleempty{invulregel}} + +%I n=Roosters +%I c=\rooster +%I +%I Er kunnen roosters (te vergelijken met ruitjespapier) +%I worden gemaakt met: +%I +%I \rooster[nx=,ny=,dx=,dy=,eenheid=,xstap=,ystap=, +%I offset=,schaal=,factor=] +%I +%I De instelling [nx=20,ny=20,dx=.5,dy=.5,eenheid=cm] levert +%I een patroon van 10cm bij 10cm van hokjes van 0.5cm op. +%I +%I Met '.stap' kunnen getallen langs de assen worden gezet. +%I als 0 wordt ingevuld (default), dan worden geen getallen +%I gezet. Met offset (ja of nee) kan men aangeven of de +%I getallen langs de assen binnen of buiten de box rond +%I het rooster vallen (vergelijk \stelpositionerenin). +%I +%I !! Dit commando wordt nog aangepast/uitgebreid. !! + +\def\dorooster[#1]% + {\begingroup + \getparameters[\??rt] + [\c!nx=10,\c!ny=10, + \c!dx=.5,\c!dy=.5, + \c!xstap=0,\c!ystap=0, + \c!eenheid=\s!cm, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!factor=1, + \c!offset=\v!ja, + #1]% + \startpositioneren + \dimen0=\@@rtdx\@@rteenheid\relax + \dimen0=\@@rtschaal\dimen0\relax + \dimen0=\@@rtfactor\dimen0\relax + \multiply\dimen0 by \@@rtnx\relax + \dimen2=\@@rtdy\@@rteenheid\relax + \dimen2=\@@rtschaal\dimen2\relax + \dimen2=\@@rtfactor\dimen2\relax + \multiply\dimen2 by \@@rtny\relax + \def\horline + {\vbox + {\hrule + \!!width \dimen0 + \!!height \linewidth + \!!depth \!!zeropoint}}% + \def\verline% + {\vrule + \!!width \linewidth + \!!height \dimen2 + \!!depth \!!zeropoint}% + \def\setlegend##1##2% + {\global\!!countc=0\relax + \dimen0=2em\relax + \dimen2=##2\@@rteenheid\relax + \dimen2=\@@rtschaal\dimen2\relax + \dimen2=\@@rtfactor\dimen2\relax + \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2\relax + \global\!!counte=\dimen0\relax + \ifnum\!!counte>50\relax + \global\!!counte=100\relax + \else\ifnum\!!counte>10\relax + \global\!!counte=50\relax + \else\ifnum\!!counte>5\relax + \global\!!counte=10\relax + \else\ifnum\!!counte>1\relax + \global\!!counte=5\relax + \else + \global\!!counte=1\relax + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \global\!!countd=0\relax + \def\legend% + {\ifnum\!!countd=0\relax + \vbox + {\hbox to 2em{\hss\the\!!countc\hss}}% + \global\!!countd=\!!counte + \fi + \global\advance\!!countd by -1\relax + \global\advance\!!countc by ##1\relax}}% + \def\draw##1##2##3##4##5##6##7% + {\stelpositionerenin + [\c!xstap=\v!absoluut, + \c!ystap=\v!absoluut, + \c!eenheid=\@@rteenheid, + \c!schaal=\@@rtschaal, + \c!factor=\@@rtfactor, + \c!offset=\@@rtoffset, + \c!xoffset=##6, + \c!yoffset=##7]% + \positioneer(0,0){##1}% + \stelpositionerenin + [\c!xstap=\v!relatief, + \c!ystap=\v!relatief, + \c!schaal=\@@rtschaal, + \c!factor=\@@rtfactor, + \c!offset=\@@rtoffset, + \c!eenheid=\@@rteenheid]% + \herhaal[##2*{\positioneer(##3,##4){##5}}]}% + \draw{\verline}{\@@rtnx}{\@@rtdx}{0}{\verline}{\!!zeropoint}{\!!zeropoint}% + \draw{\horline}{\@@rtny}{0}{\@@rtdy}{\horline}{\!!zeropoint}{\!!zeropoint}% + \tfx + \doifnot{\@@rtxstap}{0} + {\setlegend{\@@rtxstap}{\@@rtdx}% + \draw{\legend}{\@@rtnx}{\@@rtdx}{0}{\legend}{-1em}{-1.5em}}% + \doifnot{\@@rtystap}{0} + {\setlegend{\@@rtystap}{\@@rtdy}% + \draw{\legend}{\@@rtny}{0}{\@@rtdy}{\legend}{-2em}{-.75ex}}% + \stoppositioneren + \endgroup} + +\def\rooster% + {\dosingleargument\dorooster} + +%I n=Literatuurlijsten +%I c=\stelpublicatiesin,\startpublicatie,\publicatie +%I +%I Literatuurlijsten kunnen worden opgemaakt met het commando: +%I +%I \startpublicatie[referentie] +%I \naam .... +%I \titel .... +%I \jaar .... +%I \plaats .... +%I \uitgever .... +%I \stoppublicatie +%I +%I Een publicatie wordt opgeroepen met: +%I +%I \publicatie[referentie] +%P +%I Het formaat kan worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelpublicatiesin[variant=,voor=,na=,nummeren=, +%I breedte=,kopletter=,links=,rechts=] +%I +%I waarbij mogelijke varianten zijn: normaal apa en normaal. +%I Nummeren kan 'ja' of 'nee' zijn; links en rechts +%I hebben betrekking op de weergave in de tekst en zijn +%I standaard [ en ]. + +% Dit wordt: +% +% \doorverwijzen[naam][instellingen] enz. +% +% waarbij bijvoorbeeld publicatie is. Dit levert: +% +% \start +% \stop +% +% \beginvan +% \eindvan +% +% \publicatie +% +% \volledigelijstmetpublicaties +% +% eigenlijk kan ook door... zo worden uitgebreid! + +\doornummeren + [@publicatie] + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!breedte=\@@pbbreedte,\c!hang=,\c!monster=, + \c!voor=\@@pbvoor,\c!na=\@@pbna,\c!tussen=, + \c!kopletter=\@@pbkopletter,\c!letter=, + \c!kopkleur=\@@pbkopkleur,\c!kleur=, + \c!wijze=\@@pbwijze,\c!blokwijze=\@@pbblokwijze, + \c!tekst=,\c!links=\@@pblinks,\c!rechts=\@@pbrechts] + +\def\dostelpublicatiesin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??pb][#1]} + +\def\stelpublicatiesin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelpublicatiesin} + +\def\apa@publicatie% + {\doifsomething{\@@pb@naam}{\@@pb@naam,\spatie}% + \doifsomething{\@@pb@titel}{{\sl\@@pb@titel}.\spatie}% + \doifsomething{\@@pb@jaar}{(\@@pb@jaar).\spatie}% + \doifsomething{\@@pb@plaats}{\@@pb@plaats\doifelsenothing{\@@pb@uitgever}{.}{:\spatie}}% + \doifsomething{\@@pb@uitgever}{\@@pb@uitgever.}} + +\def\normaal@publicatie% + {\@@pb@naam, \@@pb@titel, \@@pb@jaar, \@@pb@pagina, \@@pb@plaats, \@@pb@uitgever.} + +\def\complexstartpublicatie[#1]#2\stoppublicatie% + {\bgroup% + \def\dosetpublicatie% + {\processcommalist + [naam,titel,jaar,plaats,pagina,uitgever] + \setpublicatie + \ignorespaces}% + \def\setpublicatie##1% + {\setvalue{\??pb @##1}{}% + \setvalue{##1}####1{\setvalue{\??pb @##1}{####1}\ignorespaces}}% + \def\getpublicatie% + {\doifsomething{\@@pbvariant}{\getvalue{\@@pbvariant @publicatie}}}% + \doifelse{\@@pbnummeren}{\v!ja}% + {\@publicatie[#1]\dosetpublicatie#2\getpublicatie\par}% + {\@@pbvoor + \dosetpublicatie\ignorespaces#2\getpublicatie + \@@pbna}% + \egroup} + +\def\startpublicatie% + {\complexorsimpleempty{startpublicatie}} + +\def\publicatie#1[#2]% + {\@@pblinks\in{#1}[#2]\@@pbrechts} + +%I n=Kenmerken +%I c=\kenmerk,\kenmerkdatum +%I +%I Er kan een kenmerk worden gezet met het commando: +%I +%I \kenmerk[bet=,ken=,dat=,van=,aan=,ref=] +%I +%I waarbij de verplichte parameters staan voor 'betreft', +%I 'kenmerk' en 'datum' en de optionele voor 'van', 'aan' en +%I 'referentie'. +%I +%I Een kenmerk-datum kan worden gezet met het commando: +%I +%I \kenmerkdatum +%I +%I zodat een kenmerk er bijvoorbeeld uitziet als: +%I +%I \kenmerk +%I [bet=rekening eerste termijn, +%I ken=\kenmerkdatum.sork.gvk / afo, +%I dat=\currentdate] + +\def\kenmerkdatum% + {\currentdate[\v!kenmerk]} + +\def\dokenmerk[#1]% + {\geenhoofdenvoetregels + \getparameters + [\??km] + [\c!bet=\onbekend, + \c!dat=\onbekend, + \c!ken=\onbekend, + \c!van=, + \c!aan=, + \c!ref=, + #1]% + \bgroup % moet anders, hoort niet in 01b + \assigntranslation[nl=referentie,en=reference,du=Referenz,sp=referencia]\to\@@@kmref + \assigntranslation[nl=van,en=from,du=Von,sp=de]\to\@@@kmvan + \assigntranslation[nl=aan,en=to,du=An,sp=a]\to\@@@kmaan + \assigntranslation[nl=betreft,en=concerns,du=Betreff,sp=]\to\@@@kmbet + \assigntranslation[nl=datum,en=date,du=Datum,sp=fecha]\to\@@@kmdat + \assigntranslation[nl=kenmerk,en=mark,du=Kennzeichen,sp=]\to\@@@kmken + \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan\@@kmaan} + {\def\@@dokmvanaan{}} + {\def\@@dokmvanaan{&\omit\cr}}% + \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan} + {\def\@@dokmvan{}} + {\def\@@dokmvan{\@@@kmvan&\@@kmvan\cr}}% + \doifelsenothing{\@@kmaan} + {\def\@@dokmaan{}} + {\def\@@dokmaan{\@@@kmaan&\@@kmaan\cr}}% + \doifelsenothing{\@@kmref} + {\def\@@dokmref{}} + {\def\@@dokmref{&\omit\cr\@@@kmref&\@@kmref\cr}}% + \witruimte + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint + \noindent\halign + \bgroup + ##~&:~##\hfil\cr + \@@@kmbet&\@@kmbet\cr + \@@@kmdat&\@@kmdat\cr + \@@@kmken&\kap{\@@kmken}\cr + \@@dokmvanaan + \@@dokmvan + \@@dokmaan + \@@dokmref + \egroup + \egroup} + +\def\kenmerk% + {\dosingleargument\dokenmerk} + +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW + +\def\??ri{@@ri} + +\def\stelrijenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ri]} + +\def\complexstartrijen[#1]% + {\bgroup + \stelrijenin[#1]% + \let\do@@rionder=\relax + \def\rij% + {\do@@rionder + \egroup + \dimen0=\vsize + \divide\dimen0 by \@@rin + \advance\dimen0 by -\lineskip + \vbox to \dimen0 + \bgroup + \@@riboven + \let\do@@rionder=\@@rionder + \ignorespaces}% + \bgroup + \rij} + +\def\startrijen% + {\complexorsimpleempty{startrijen}} + +\def\stoprijen% + {\do@@rionder + \egroup + \egroup} + +\stelrijenin + [n=2, + boven=, + onder=\vfill] + +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW + +% Standaardinstellingen + +\stelitemsin + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!symbool=5, + \c!breedte=\hsize, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!midden, + \c!n=\v!onbekend, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen={\blanko[\v!middel]}, + \c!na=\blanko] + +\steltekstlijnenin + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!tussen=, + \c!breedte=2em, + \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!kleur=] + +\stelinvullijnenin + [\c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!n=1, + \c!scheider=, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=] + +\stelinvulregelsin + [\c!breedte=3cm, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko] + +\steltabin + [\c!plaats=\v!links] + +\definieeralineas + [tabulatie] + [\c!n=3, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!afstand=1em] + +\stelpublicatiesin + [\c!nummeren=\v!ja, + \c!variant=\c!apa, + \c!breedte=2em, + \c!hang=, + \c!monster=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + \c!tussen=, + \c!kopletter=, + \c!kopkleur=, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!blokwijze=\v!per\v!tekst, + \c!wijze=\v!per\v!tekst, + \c!tekst=, + \c!links={[}, + \c!rechts={]}] + +\stelciterenin + [\c!variant=1, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=] + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6acfb174 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1121 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-01c, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=1C (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (c)} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: figures + title: figuren + 1: maten van -- geladen uit locale figuurfile + 2: maten van -- geladen uit globale figuurfile + 3: maten van -- geladen uit figuurfile zelf + 4: figuur -- is niet te vinden + 5: er moet een nieuwe figuurfile worden aangemaakt +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: figures + title: figures + 1: dimensions of -- loaded from local figurefile + 2: dimensions of -- loaded from global figurefile + 3: dimensions of -- loaded from figurefile itself + 4: figure -- can not be found + 5: you have to regenerate a new figure file +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: figures + title: figures + 1: Dimensionen von -- geladen von lokaler Abbildungsdatei + 2: Dimensionen von -- geladen von globaler Abbildungsdatei + 3: Dimensionen von -- geladen von Abbildungsdatei selbst + 4: Abbildung -- kann nicht gefunden werden + 5: Sie haben eine neu Abbildungsdatei erstellt +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: systems + 41: externe file -- in groep -- bestaat niet +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: systems + 41: external file -- in group -- does not exist +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: systems + 41: Externe Datei -- in Gruppe -- existiert nicht +\stopmessages + +% Een verdere 'besparing' kan worden gerealiseerd als de +% variabelen (ef#1...) lokaal blijven als een figuur wordt +% geladen. Ook kunnen in texutil.tuf \c!variabelen worden +% gebruikt. + +%I n=Figuren+ +%I c=\gebruikexternfiguur,\gebruikexternefiguren,\externfiguur +%I c=\figuurintekst +%I +%I Extern aangemaakte (postscript)-figuren kunnen in +%I de tekst worden opgenomen. De afmetingen van deze +%I figuren kunnen op verschillende manieren worden +%I ingesteld: +%I +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][schaal=,kader=] +%I +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][hfactor=,kader=] +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][bfactor=,kader=] +%I +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][hoogte=,kader=] +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][breedte=,kader=] +%I +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[eerste naam][file][....] +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[tweede naam][file][eerste naam] +%I +%I Externe figuren kunnen vervolgens worden opgeroepen op +%I naam: +%I +%I \naam +%P +%I De schaal wordt opgegeven in tienden procenten. Dat +%I betekent dat 12.5 procent wordt opgegeven als 125. +%I +%I In plaats van een schaal kan ook een schaalfactor worden +%I opgegeven. Een factor 15 resulteert in een figuur met een +%I hoogte van 1.5 maal de korpsgrootte. In plaats van een +%I getal kan ook 'max', 'passend' of 'ruim' worden opgegeven. +%I +%I De breedte en hoogte worden opgegeven in de gebruikelijke +%I TeX-maten. +%I +%I Als men automatisch wil laten bepalen wat de maximale +%I hoogte of breedte is, dan kan men 'factor=max' meegeven. +%P +%I Externe figuren moeten worden voorgedefinieerd. Dit doet +%I men met het commando: +%I +%I \presetfigure[file][type=,breedte=,hoogte=, +%I omvang=,bron=,titel=] +%I +%I Met behulp van texutil kan een file 'texutil.tuf' +%I worden aangemaakt waarin de op het werkgebied beschikbare +%I figuren worden voorgedefinieerd. In dat geval kan het +%I commando \presetfigure achterwege blijven. +%I +%I De voorinstellingen worden geladen met het commando: +%I +%I \gebruikexternefiguren[optie=,korps=,lokatie=] +%I +%I waarbij als opties kader en leeg mogelijk zijn. In +%I het eerste geval wordt een kader om de figuren +%I geplaatst, in het tweede geval worden alleen kenmerken +%I van de figuur weergegeven. Lokatie kan lokaal, globaal +%I of {lokaal,globaal} (default) zijn. +%P +%I Figuren kunnen op het actuele gebied staan, op een root +%I van het actuele gebied of op een nader in te stellen gebied. +%I Dit instellen gebeurt door aan 'gebied' een naam toe te +%I kennen. +%I +%I De in de file 'system.tex' opgenomen standaardinstelling +%I is (let op het gebruik van /): +%I +%I \stelexternefigurenin[gebied=c:/figuren/eps,file=] +%P +%I Het eerder genoemde commando \gebruikexternfiguur ziet +%I er als volgt uit: +%I +%I \gebruikexternfiguur[naam][file][instellingen] +%I +%I De naam is facultatief en is standaard gelijk aan de +%I filenaam. Als een (file)naam cijfers bevat, moet het +%I commando \naam{naam} worden gebruikt. +%I +%I Het is mogelijk in \plaatsfiguur direkt een externe +%I figuur op te roepen: +%I +%I \plaatsfiguur{commentaar}{\naam} +%I +%I Ook is het mogelijk een figuur in de tekst op te nemen +%I met het commando: +%I +%I \figuurintekst{\naam} + +%T n=extern +%T m=ext +%T a=e +%T +%T \gebruikexternfiguur [] [?] [bfactor=] + +%D The following macro's are derived from Thomas Rockicky's +%D macro's. They are rewritten to a more compact form, made a +%D bit more robust and also handle the \type{HiResBoundingBox} +%D or \type{ExactBoundingBox} that sometimes is present. +%D +%D A bounding box has the form: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D %%BoundingBox: llx lly urx ury +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Before we scan the file, we have to reset special +%D characters and set some others. The percentage symbol also +%D needs special treatment. When a bounding box is +%D encountered, we keep on scanning until no more directives are +%D found, i.e. a line is found that does not start with a +%D percentage symbol. We also abort scanning after finding a +%D high resolution bounding box. +%D +%D This method also works inside verbatim mode (like when we +%D are typesettinmg sources and putting eps coded logos into +%D a heading. Temporary restoring the \CATCODES\ is done in +%D the calling routine. + +\def\dogetfiguresizeeps#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \openjobin{\scratchread}{#1}% + \ifeof\scratchread + \doifsomething{\@@exgebied} + {\closein\scratchread + \openfixin{\scratchread}{\@@exgebied}{#1}}% + \fi + \global\chardef\epsffound=0 + \ifeof\scratchread + \else + \uncatcodespecials + \def\next% + {\read\scratchread to \epsffileline + \ifeof\scratchread + \let\next=\relax + \else + \expandafter\epsfaux\epsffileline:. \\% + \fi + \next}% + \next + \fi + \closein\scratchread + \egroup + \ifnum\epsffound>0 + \dimen0=1bp\relax + #2=\epsfllx\dimen0 + #4=\epsfurx\dimen0 + \advance#4 by -\epsfllx\dimen0 + #3=\epsflly\dimen0 + #5=\epsfury\dimen0 + \advance#5 by -\epsflly\dimen0 + \else + #2=\!!zeropoint + #3=\!!zeropoint + #4=\!!zeropoint + #5=\!!zeropoint + \fi} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=\@@other +\global\let\epsfpercent=% +\gdef\epsfboundingbox {%BoundingBox} +\gdef\epsfhiresboundingbox{%HiResBoundingBox} +\gdef\epsfexactboundingbox{%ExactBoundingBox} +\egroup + +\long\def\epsfaux#1#2:#3\\% + {\ifx#1\epsfpercent + \def\!!stringa{#2}% + \ifx\!!stringa\epsfboundingbox + \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\% + \global\chardef\epsffound=1 + \else\ifx\!!stringa\epsfhiresboundingbox + \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\% + \global\chardef\epsffound=2 + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\!!stringa\epsfexactboundingbox + \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\% + \global\chardef\epsffound=2 + \let\next=\relax + \fi\fi\fi + \else\ifnum\epsffound>0 + \let\next=\relax + \fi\fi} + +\def\epsfgrab #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\\% + {\gdef\epsfllx{#1}% + \ifx\epsfllx\empty + \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\% + \else + \gdef\epsflly{#2}% + \gdef\epsfurx{#3}% + \gdef\epsfury{#4}% + \fi} + +\edef\figureversion {1996.06.01} + +\def\@@figureerrormessage% + {\showmessage{\m!figures}{5}{}% + \global\let\@@figureerrormessage=\relax} + +\def\thisisfigureversion#1% + {\doifnot{\figureversion}{#1}% + {\@@figureerrormessage + \endinput}} + +\newcount \figxsca +\newcount \figysca + +\newdimen \fighei +\newdimen \figwid + +\newif \iffigurefound +\newif \iflocalfigures +\newif \ifglobalfigures + +\def\doreadlocalfigurefile% + {\iflocalfigures + \pushendofline + \readlocfile{\@@exfile}{}{}% + \popendofline + \fi} + +\def\doreadglobalfigurefile% + {\ifglobalfigures + \doifsomething{\@@exgebied} + {\pushendofline + \readfixfile{\@@exgebied}{\@@exfile}{}{}% + \popendofline}% + \fi} + +\def\complexgebruikexternefiguren[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ex][#1]% + \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [\@@exlokatie] + [ \v!geen=>, + \v!globaal=>\globalfigurestrue, + \v!lokaal=>\localfigurestrue, + \s!default=>\globalfigurestrue + \localfigurestrue]% + \doifnothing{\@@exfile} + {\globalfiguresfalse + \localfiguresfalse}} + +\def\gebruikexternefiguren% + {\complexorsimpleempty{gebruikexternefiguren}} + +\def\stelexternefigurenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ex]} + +\presetlocalframed[\??ef] + +\def\docalculatenorm#1#2#3#4#5% + {\processaction + [#2] + [ \v!max=>#1=#4\relax, + \v!passend=>#1=#5\relax, + \v!ruim=>#1=#5\relax + \advance #1 by -4\@@exkorps\relax, + \s!default=>\doifsomething{#3}{#1=#3\relax}, + \s!unknown=>#1=\@@exkorps\relax + \divide#1 by \!!ten\relax + \multiply#1 by #2\relax]} + +\def\docalculatescales#1#2#3#4% + {\dimen0=#1\relax % #1 = new 1-value + \dimen2=#2\relax % #2 = old 1-value + \divide\dimen2 by \!!thousand\relax + \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2\relax + \figxsca=\dimen0\relax % x scale + \figysca=\dimen0\relax % y scale + \dimen2=#4\relax % #4 = old 2-value + \divide\dimen2 by \!!thousand\relax + \multiply\dimen2 by \dimen0\relax + #3=\dimen2\relax} % #3 = new 2-value + +\def\docalculatescale#1#2#3% + {\dimen0=#1\relax % #1 = new value + \dimen2=#2\relax % #2 = old value + \divide\dimen2 by \!!thousand\relax + \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2\relax + #3=\dimen0\relax} % #3 = schaal + +\def\doapplyscale#1#2#3% + {#1=#2\relax + #3=\@@efschaal\relax + \divide#1 by \!!thousand\relax + \multiply#1 by #3\relax} + +\def\dosetefsize% + {\ifinner + \teksthoogte=\vsize + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \else + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \ifdim\pagetotal<\pagegoal + \dimen0=\pagegoal + \advance\dimen0 by -\pagetotal + \else + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \fi + \else + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \fi + \fi + \doifelsenothing{\@@efhoogte} + {\edef\@@efvsize{\the\dimen0}} + {\let\@@efvsize=\@@efhoogte}% + \doifelsenothing{\@@efbreedte} + {\edef\@@efhsize{\the\hsize}} + {\let\@@efhsize=\@@efbreedte}} + +\def\berekenexternfiguur[#1][#2]% + {\mindermeldingen + \restorecatcodes % recently added; we presume local use + \beforesplitstring#2\at.\to\@@effilename + \aftersplitstring #2\at.\to\@@efextension + \getparameters + [\??ep] + [\c!e=\s!unknown, + \c!w=15\korpsgrootte, + \c!h=10\korpsgrootte, + \c!x=\!!zeropoint, + \c!y=\!!zeropoint, + \c!t=, + \c!s=, + \c!a=, + \c!f=\@@effilename]% + \getparameters + [\??ef] + [\c!type=\s!unknown, + \c!methode=\@@eftype, + \c!preset=\v!ja, + \c!preview=\v!nee, + \c!schaal=\!!thousand, + \c!factor=, + \c!hfactor=, + \c!bfactor=, + \c!breedte=, + \c!hoogte=, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!hoek=, + \c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte, + \c!kader=\v!uit]% + \getvalue{\??ef#1}% + \def\@@effullname{#2.\@@eftype}% waarom per se nodig? + \doifelse{\@@efpreset}{\v!nee} % iets anders + {\figurefoundtrue} + {\doifelse{#1}{\s!figurepreset} + {\figurefoundtrue + \let\@@eftype=\@@epe} + {\figurefoundfalse + \def\presetfigure[##1][##2]% + {\iffigurefound + \endinput + \else + \DOIF{#2}{##1} + {\getparameters[\??ep][##2]% + \doifelse{\@@eftype}{\s!unknown} + {\let\@@eftype=\@@epe + \figurefoundtrue} + {\doif{\@@epe}{\@@eftype} + {\figurefoundtrue}}}% + \fi}% + \doreadlocalfigurefile + \iffigurefound + \showmessage{\m!figures}{1}{#2.\@@eftype}% + \else + \doreadglobalfigurefile + \iffigurefound + \showmessage{\m!figures}{2}{#2.\@@eftype}% + \else + \doif{\@@eftype}{\s!unknown} + {\let\@@eftype=\c!eps}% + \doifelse{\@@efextension}{} + {\edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\@@eftype}} + {\edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\@@efextension}}% + \doiffileelse{\@@effullname} + {\executeifdefined{dogetfiguresize\@@eftype}\gobblefivearguments + {\@@effullname} + {\!!widtha} + {\!!heighta} + {\!!widthb} + {\!!heightb}% + \ifdim\!!widthb>\!!zeropoint\relax + \figurefoundtrue + \geteparameters % e ! + [\??ep] + [\c!x=\the\!!widtha, + \c!y=\the\!!heighta, + \c!w=\the\!!widthb, + \c!h=\the\!!heightb]% + \fi} + {\figurefoundfalse}% + \iffigurefound + \showmessage{\m!figures}{3}{\@@effullname}% + \else + \showmessage{\m!figures}{4}{\@@effullname}% + \def\@@efkader{\v!aan}% + \fi + \fi + \fi}}% + \let\@@epe=\@@eftype + \doif{\@@exoptie}{\v!kader} + {\doassign[\??ef][\c!kader=\v!aan]}% + \figwid=\!!zeropoint + \fighei=\!!zeropoint + \doifinsetelse{\@@effactor}{\v!max,\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\dosetefsize + \ifdim\@@epw>\@@eph\relax + \docalculatenorm\figwid\@@effactor\@@efbreedte\hsize\@@efhsize + \docalculatescales\figwid\@@epw\fighei\@@eph + \else + \docalculatenorm\fighei\@@effactor\@@efhoogte\teksthoogte\@@efvsize + \docalculatescales\fighei\@@eph\figwid\@@epw + \fi + \!!doneatrue} + {\doifinsetelse{\@@efhfactor}{\v!max,\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\dosetefsize + \docalculatenorm\fighei\@@efhfactor\@@efhoogte\teksthoogte\@@efvsize + \docalculatescales\fighei\@@eph\figwid\@@epw + \!!doneatrue} + {\doifinsetelse{\@@efbfactor}{\v!max,\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\dosetefsize + \docalculatenorm\figwid\@@efbfactor\@@efbreedte\hsize\@@efhsize + \docalculatescales\figwid\@@epw\fighei\@@eph + \!!doneatrue} + {\docalculatenorm\fighei\@@effactor\@@efhoogte\teksthoogte\@@efvsize + \docalculatenorm\fighei\@@efhfactor\@@efhoogte\teksthoogte\@@efvsize + \docalculatenorm\figwid\@@efbfactor\@@efbreedte\hsize\hsize + \!!doneafalse}}}% + \if!!donea + \ifdim\figwid>\@@efhsize\relax + \fighei=\!!zeropoint\relax + \figwid=\@@efhsize\relax + \else\ifdim\fighei>\@@efvsize\relax + \fighei=\@@efvsize\relax + \figwid=\!!zeropoint\relax + \fi\fi + \fi + \ifdim\figwid>\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\fighei>\!!zeropoint\relax + \docalculatescale\fighei\@@eph\figysca + \docalculatescale\figwid\@@epw\figxsca + \else + \docalculatescales\figwid\@@epw\fighei\@@eph + \fi + \else + \ifdim\fighei>\!!zeropoint\relax + \docalculatescales\fighei\@@eph\figwid\@@epw + \else + \doapplyscale\figwid\@@epw\figxsca + \doapplyscale\fighei\@@eph\figysca + \fi + \fi + \doif{\@@exoptie}{\v!leeg} + {\getparameters + [\??ef] + [\c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!file=\v!leeg]}} + +\def\convertinsertscale#1#2#3#4% + {\dimen0=#1\relax + %\advance\dimen0 by .0005pt\relax + \divide\dimen0 by \!!thousand + \multiply\dimen0 by #3\relax + \dimen0=-\dimen0 % beter hier - dan in driver + \edef#2{\number\dimen0}% + \dimen0=#3pt\divide\dimen0 by \!!ten\relax + \edef#4{\@EA\withoutpt\@EA{\the\dimen0}}} + +\def\doplaatsexternfiguur[#1][#2]% + {\gebruikexternefiguren + \berekenexternfiguur[#1][#2]% + \iffigurefound + \localframed + [\??ef] + [\c!breedte=\figwid, + \c!hoogte=\fighei, + \c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\vfilll + \convertinsertscale\@@epx\figx\figxsca\scax + \convertinsertscale\@@epy\figy\figysca\scay + \doifelse{\@@efpreview}{\v!ja} + {\def\@@efpreview{1}} + {\def\@@efpreview{0}}% + \doinsertfile + {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname} %{\@@epf.\@@epe} + {\scax}{\scay} + {\figx}{\figy} + {\number\figwid}{\number\fighei} + {\@@efpreview}}% + \else + \localframed + [\??ef] + [\c!breedte=\figwid, + \c!hoogte=\fighei, + \c!kader=\v!aan] + {#1 / #2}% + \fi} + +\def\dopresetfigure[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??ef][#1]% + \getparameters[\??ep][#2]} + +\def\doprecopfigure[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\??ef#1}% + \getparameters[\??ep][#2]} + +\def\dosetgebruikexternfiguur[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\doifsomething{#3} + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#3} + {\setvalue{\??ef#1}{\dopresetfigure[#3][#4]}} + {\setvalue{\??ef#1}{\doprecopfigure[#3][#4]}}}% + \setvalue{#1}{\doplaatsexternfiguur[#1][#2]}} + +\def\dogebruikexternfiguur[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\doifsomething{#2} + {\dosetgebruikexternfiguur[#2][#2][#3][#4]}} + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\dosetgebruikexternfiguur[#1][#1][#3][#4]} + {\dosetgebruikexternfiguur[#1][#2][#3][#4]}}} + +\def\gebruikexternfiguur% + {\doquadrupleempty\dogebruikexternfiguur} + +\def\doexternalfigure[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \gebruikexternfiguur[#1][#1][#2]% + \getvalue{#1}% + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\externalfigure% + {\dodoubleempty\doexternalfigure} + +\def\toonexternefiguren% + {\bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \def\presetfigure[##1][##2]% + {\gebruikexternfiguur + [\s!figurepreset][##1] + [\c!kader=\v!aan,\c!breedte=6cm][##2]% + \startfiguurtekst[\v!links][] + {\v!geen} + {\hbox + {\getvalue{\s!figurepreset}% + \tfskip + \framed[\c!breedte=\figwid,\c!hoogte=\fighei]{}}}% + {\tfa ##1}% + \blanko + \tfx + \def\docommando####1% + {\beforesplitstring####1\at=\to\asciia + \aftersplitstring####1\at=\to\asciib + \doifsomething{\asciib} + {\hsmash{\hbox to .75em{\asciia\hss}: \asciib}% + \endgraf}}% + \processcommalist[##2]\docommando + \strut + \endgraf + \stopfiguurtekst}% + \localfigurestrue + \doreadlocalfigurefile + \egroup} + +%I n=Formules+ +%I c=\startlegenda,\startgegeven +%I +%I Ten behoeve van een consistente toelichting op een +%I formule zijn er de volgende commando's: +%I +%I \startlegenda +%I \leg symbool \\ betekenis \\ dimensie \\ +%I \leg symbool \\ betekenis \\ dimensie \\ +%I \stoplegenda +%I +%I \startgegeven +%I \geg betekenis \\ symbool \\ waarde \\ +%I \geg betekenis \\ symbool \\ waarde \\ +%I \stopgegeven +%I +%I Ten behoeve van het zetten van ub- en superscripts zijn +%I er, naast \hbox, de commando's \xbox en \xxbox. +%P +%I Het onderstaande mag ook: +%I +%I \startlegenda[twee] +%I \leg symbool \\ symbool \\ betekenis \\ dimensie \\ +%I \leg symbool \\ symbool \\ betekenis \\ dimensie \\ +%I \stoplegenda + +\newif\ifdoublelegends + +\def\dostartlegenda[#1]% + {\witruimte + \blanko + \bgroup + \doifelse{#1}{\v!twee} + {\doublelegendstrue + \let\leg=\doubleleg} + {\doublelegendsfalse + \let\leg=\singleleg}% + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint + \halign + \bgroup + \hskip\leftskip + $##$\hfil&\hfil~##~\hfil& + \ifdoublelegends$##$\hfil\fi&\ifdoublelegends\hfil~##~\hfil\fi& + ##\unskip\hfil~~& + $\rm##$\hfill\cr} + +\def\singleleg#1\\#2\\#3\\% + {#1&\doifsomething{#1}{=}& + && + #2\unskip& + #3\cr} + +\def\doubleleg#1\\#2\\#3\\#4\\% + {#1&\doifsomething{#1}{\doifnot{#1}{ }{=}}& + #2&\doifsomething{#2}{\doifnot{#2}{ }{=}}& + #3\unskip& + #4\cr} + +\def\startlegenda% + {\dosingleempty\dostartlegenda} + +\def\stoplegenda% + {\egroup + \egroup + \blanko} + +% tzt: \crlf == \\ \\ \leg \\ afh kolom + +\def\startgegeven% + {\witruimte + \blanko + \bgroup + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint + \halign + \bgroup + \hskip\leftskip##\unskip\hfil& + ~\hfil$##$&\hfil~##~\hfil& + $\rm##$\hfil\cr} + +\def\stopgegeven% + {\egroup + \egroup + \blanko} + +\def\geg#1\\#2\\#3\\% + {#1& + #2&=& + #3\cr} + +\unexpanded\def\xbox% + {\bgroup\aftergroup\egroup\hbox\bgroup\tx\let\next=} + +\unexpanded\def\xxbox% + {\bgroup\aftergroup\egroup\hbox\bgroup\txx\let\next=} + +% \def\mrm#1% +% {$\rm#1$} + +%I n=Combinaties +%I c=\startcombinatie,\stelcombinatiesin +%I +%I Er kunnen meerdere tabellen, figuren enz. worden +%I gecombineerd. Dit gebeurt met het commando: +%I +%I \startcombinatie[n*m] +%I {inhoud 1}{ondertitel 1} +%I {inhoud 2}{ondertitel 2} +%I ..... +%I \stopcombinatie +%I +%I Eventueel kan volstaan worden met [n]. Vier inhouden +%I kunnen bijvoorbeeld worden gecombineerd als: +%I +%I [4*1] of [4] vier inhouden naast elkaar +%I [1*4] vier inhouden onder elkaar +%I [2*2] inhouden twee aan twee onder elkaar +%P +%I Dit commando is goed te combineren met \plaats-commando's: +%I +%I \plaatsfiguur[][]{} +%I \startcombinatie[2] +%I {\legefiguur}{a} +%I {\legefiguur}{b} +%I \stopcombinatie +%I +%I Rond \start-\stopcombineer hoeven geen {} te worden +%I geplaatst. +%I +%I De afstanden tussen de inhouden en de titels kunnen worden +%I ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelcombinatiesin[voor=,na=,tussen=,afstand=, +%I uitlijnen=,hoogte=,breedte=] +%I +%I Waarbij de afstand betrekking heeft op de horizontale +%I afstand (een maat dus) en voor, na en tussen commando's +%I zijn (bijvoorbeeld \blanko). + +%T n=combinaties +%T m=com +%T a=c +%T +%T \startcombinatie +%T {?} {} +%T {} {} +%T \stopcombinatie + +\newcount\horcombinatie % counter +\newcount\totcombinatie + +\def\stelcombinatiesin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??co]} + +\long\def\dodostartcombinatie[#1*#2*#3]% + {\stelfractiesin + [\c!n=\v!passend, + \c!afstand=\@@coafstand]% + \global\horcombinatie=#1\relax + \global\totcombinatie=#2\relax + \multiply\totcombinatie by \horcombinatie + \long\def\docombinatie##1##2##3% % ##3 gobbles spaces. + {\vbox + {\setbox0=\vbox + {\hbox{##1}}% + \doifemptyelse{##2} % Dit moet per se + {\setbox2=\box\voidb@x} % \doifempty zijn! + {\setbox2=\vtop + {\hsize\wd0 + \forgetall + \steluitlijnenin[\@@couitlijnen]% % \raggedcenter + \begstrut##2\endstrut}}% + \vbox + {\forgetall % \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \box0\relax + \ifvoid2\relax + \else + \@@cotussen + \nointerlineskip % recently added + \box2\relax + \fi}}% + \ifnum\totcombinatie>1\relax + \global\advance\totcombinatie by -1\relax + \global\advance\horcombinatie by -1\relax + \ifnum\horcombinatie=0\relax + \def\next% + {\cr + \noalign + {\forgetall %\stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% + \nointerlineskip + \@@cona + \@@covoor + \vss + \nointerlineskip}% + \global\horcombinatie=#1\relax + \docombinatie{##3}}% + \else + \def\next% + {&&&\hskip\@@coafstand + &\docombinatie{##3}}% + \fi + \else + \def\next% + {\cr + \egroup + ##3}% + \fi + \next}% + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint + \doifelse{\@@cobreedte}{\v!passend} + {\halign} + {\halign to \@@cobreedte}% + \bgroup&\hfil##\hfil&\tabskip\!!zeropoint \!!plus 1fill##\cr + \docombinatie} + +\def\complexdostartcombinatie[#1]% + {\dodostartcombinatie[#1*1*]} + +\def\simpledostartcombinatie% + {\complexdostartcombinatie[2]} + +\def\startcombinatie% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + \doifelse{\@@cohoogte}{\v!passend} + {\vbox} + {\vbox to \@@cohoogte}% + \bgroup + \complexorsimple{dostartcombinatie}} + +\def\stopcombinatie% + {\egroup + \egroup} + +\def\plaatsonderelkaar% + {\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\setbox0=\box\nextbox + \dowithnextbox + {\mindermeldingen + \halign{\hss########\hss\cr\box0\cr\box\nextbox\cr}% + \egroup} + \hbox} + \hbox} + +\def\plaatsnaastelkaar% + {\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\dowithnextbox + {\valign{\vss########\vss\cr\box0\cr\box\nextbox\cr}% + \egroup} + \vbox} + \vbox} + +%I n=Overlay +%I c=\startoverlay +%I +%I De onderstaande commando's zijn beschikbaar, maar nog in +%I ontwikkeling. +%I +%I \startoverlay +%I {} {} {} +%I \stopoverlay + +\def\startoverlay% + {\hbox\bgroup\futurelet\next\dogetoverlay} + +\def\stopoverlay% + {\unskip\egroup} + +\def\dogetoverlay% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \let\next=\dodogetoverlay + \else + \let\next=\relax + \fi + \next} + +\def\dodogetoverlay% + {\dowithnextbox{\unskip\copy\nextbox\hskip-\wd\nextbox}\hbox} + +%I n=Files +%I c=\definieerfile +%I +%I De onderstaande commando's zijn beschikbaar, maar nog in +%I ontwikkeling. +%I +%I \gebruikexternefile [groep] [naam] [file] [instellingen] +%I +%I \gebruikexternefiles [groep] [korps=,file=] +%I \stelexternefilesin [groep] [korps=,file=] +%I +%I \naam{naam} of \naam +%I +%I Standaard zijn gedefinieerd: +%I +%I \gebruikexternefiles[pictex][korps=klein,file=pictex] +%I \gebruikexternefiles[table][file=table] + +\def\dogebruikexternefiles[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??fi#1] + [\c!file=, + \c!korps=, + \c!optie=, + #2]} + +\def\gebruikexternefiles% + {\dodoubleargument\dogebruikexternefiles} + +\def\dostelexternefilesin[#1][#2]% + {\doifundefinedelse{\??fi#1\c!file} + {\gebruikexternefiles[#1][#2]} + {\getparameters[\??fi#1][#2]}} + +\def\stelexternefilesin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelexternefilesin} + +\def\verwerkexternefile#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??fi#1][\c!file=,#3]% + \doinputonce{\getvalue{\??fi#1\c!file}}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\switchtocorps[\getvalue{\??fi#1\c!korps}]% + \readsysfile{#2} % beter: loc of fix gebied + {} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{41}{#2,#1}}% + \egroup} + +\def\dogebruikexternefile[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\stelexternefilesin[#1][]% + \doinputonce{\getvalue{\??fi#1\c!file}}% + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\setvalue{#3}{\verwerkexternefile{#1}{#3}{#4}}} + {\setvalue{#2}{\verwerkexternefile{#1}{#3}{#4}}}} + +\def\gebruikexternefile% + {\doquadrupleargument\dogebruikexternefile} + +%I n=Roteren +%I c=\roteer +%I +%I Er is een rotatiecommando beschikbaar: +%I +%I \roteer[rotatie=]{} +%I +%I Waarbij als rotatie 0, 90, 180 of 270 kan worden opgegeven. +%I Als extra instellingen kunnen de instellingen van +%I \omlijnd worden meegegeven. Er wordt gebruik gemaakt van +%I het \special commando en het rotatiemechanisme van +%I PostScript. Dit betekent dat in de previewer de tekst +%I niet (!) geroteerd wordt. Overigens draagt TeX zorg voor +%I de exacte plaatsing, uitlijnen enz. De afhankelijkheid +%I van PostScript is dus tot een minimum beperkt. +%I +%I Verder zijn dezelfde instellingen mogelijk als bij +%I \omlijnd. + +\presetlocalframed[\??ro] + +\def\stelroterenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ro]} + +% \ht, \vfillvoor, \vfillna, \wd, \hfillvoor, \hfillna + +\def\dodostoproteer#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\vbox to #1\framebox + {#2\relax + \hbox to #4\framebox + {#5\relax + \doif{\@@rorotatie}{}% + {\def\@@rorotatie{90}}% + \dostartrotation{\@@rorotatie}% + \wd\framebox=\!!zeropoint + \ht\framebox=\!!zeropoint + \box\framebox\relax + \dostoprotation + #6}% + #3}} + +\def\dostoproteer% + {\egroup + \!!counta=\@@rorotatie\relax + \divide\!!counta by 90\relax + \ifcase\!!counta + \dodostoproteer\ht\relax\vfill\wd\relax\hfill + \or + \dodostoproteer\wd\vfill\relax\ht\relax\hfill + \or + \dodostoproteer\ht\vfill\relax\wd\hfill\relax + \or + \dodostoproteer\wd\relax\vfill\ht\hfill\relax + \else + \dodostoproteer\ht\relax\vfill\wd\relax\hfill + \fi + \egroup + \egroup} + +\def\complexroteer[#1]% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??ro][#1]% + \setbox\framebox=\vbox + \bgroup + \localframed[\??ro][#1]% + \bgroup + \aftergroup\dostoproteer + \let\next=} + +\def\roteer% + {\bgroup % \roteer kan argument zijn + \complexorsimpleempty{roteer}} + +% verdelen \hsize in fracties +% +% \fractie[n/m,elementen,afstand] +% +% \fractie[2/5,3,1em] +% \fractie[2/5,3,1em] +% \fractie[1/5,3,1em] +% +% \stelfractiesin[afstand=,aantal=] (passend,passend) + +\def\??fr{@@fr} + +\def\stelfractiesin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??fr]} + +\def\dodofractie[#1/#2,#3,#4,#5]% + {\doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelse{\@@frn}{\v!passend} + {\!!counta=#2\relax} + {\!!counta=\@@frn\relax}} + {\!!counta=#3\relax}% + \doifelsenothing{#4} + {\doifelse{\@@frafstand}{\v!passend} + {\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint} + {\!!widtha=\@@frafstand}} + {\!!widtha=#4}% + \advance\!!counta by -1\relax + \multiply\!!widtha by \!!counta + \advance\hsize by -\!!widtha + \divide\hsize by #2\relax + \hsize=#1\hsize} + +\def\dofractie[#1]% + {\dodofractie[#1,,,,,,]} + +\def\fractie% + {\dosingleargument\dofractie} + +\stelfractiesin + [\c!afstand=\tfskipsize, + \c!n=\v!passend] + +% Standaardinstellingen + +\stelexternefigurenin + [\c!optie=, + \c!korps=\korpsgrootte, + \c!gebied=, + \c!file=\f!utilityfilename.\f!figureextension, + \c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!lokatie=] + +\stelroterenin + [\c!rotatie=90, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!offset=\v!geen, + \c!kader=\v!uit] + +\stelcombinatiesin + [\c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!tussen={\blanko[\v!middel]}, + \c!na=, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!midden] + +\gebruikexternefiles + [pictex] + [\c!korps=\v!klein, + \c!file=pictex] + +\gebruikexternefiles + [table] + [\c!file=table] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..138d0cc4b --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex @@ -0,0 +1,3148 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-01d, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=1D (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (d)} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: references + 21: document -- geladen + 22: document -- is niet interactief + 23: onduidelijke verwijzing -- (prefix=--) +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: references + 21: document -- loaded + 22: document -- is not interactive + 23: obscure reference -- (prefix=--) +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: references + 21: Dokument -- geladen + 22: Dokument -- ist nicht aktiv + 23: Obskure Referenz -- (Prefix=--) +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: interactions + title: interactie + 1: aspect ratio -- x -- (b x h) + 2: actief + 3: niet actief + 4: geen paginasynchronisatie (--) in hmode +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: interactions + title: interaction + 1: aspect ratio -- x -- (b x h) + 2: active + 3: inactive + 4: no pagesynchronisation (--) in hmode +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: interactions + title: Interaktion + 1: Aspekt des Verhaeltnis -- x -- (B x H) + 2: aktiv + 3: inaktiv + 4: keine Seitensynchronisation (--) im hmode +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: versions + title: versie + 1: er mankeert een @+ + 2: markeren pagina's + 3: geselecteerde pagina's: -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: versions + title: version + 1: missing @+ + 2: marking pages + 3: selected pages: -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: versions + title: Version + 1: fehlendes @+ + 2: Erstelle Seiten + 3: Ausgewaehlte Seiten: -- +\stopmessages + +% \setobject{name}=\somebox{} +% \getobject{name} + +% BEWARE: we have to set the page dimensions first because +% else pdftex goes wild. + +\def\setobject#1% + {\dosetuppaper{\papierformaat}{\the\papierbreedte}{\the\papierhoogte}% + \dowithnextbox + {\setxvalue{object:#1}% + {\noexpand\dogetobject{#1} + {\ifhbox\nextbox\hbox\else\vbox\fi} + {\the\wd\nextbox}{\the\ht\nextbox}{\the\dp\nextbox}}% + \dostartobject{#1}% + {\number\wd\nextbox}{\number\ht\nextbox}{\number\dp\nextbox}% + \box\nextbox + \dostopobject}} + +\def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5% + {\dosetuppaper{\papierformaat}{\the\papierbreedte}{\the\papierhoogte}% + \bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox to #4 + {\vfill\doinsertobject{#1}}% + \setbox0=#2{\box0}% + \wd0=#3\ht0=#4\dp0=#5\relax + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\getobject#1% + {\getvalue{object:#1}} + +\def\locationcolor#1% + {\iflocation#1\fi} + +\unprotected\def\dolocationattributes#1#2% + {\bgroup + \iflocation + \doifdefinedelse{#1\c!kleur} + {\def\colorattribute{\getvalue{#1\c!kleur}}} + {\def\colorattribute{}}% + \else + \def\colorattribute{}% + \fi + \doifdefinedelse{#1\c!letter} + {\def\fontattribute{\getvalue{#1\c!letter}}} + {\def\fontattribute{}}% + \startcolor[\colorattribute]% + \doconvertfont{\fontattribute}{#2}% + \stopcolor + \egroup} + +\def\dogotocharacter#1#2#3% + {\ifx#1\undefined#2\else#3\fi} + +\def\gotobegincharacter% + {\hbox + {\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleleft + {\setbox0=\hbox{$\triangleleft$}% + \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0 + \kern-.11ex\box0} + {\setbox0=\hbox{$\blacktriangleleft$}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% + \hbox{\lower.03ex\box2\kern-.35ex\box0}}}} + +\def\gotoendcharacter% + {\hbox + {\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleright + {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\triangleright}}% + \copy0\kern-.11ex + \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0} + {\setbox0=\hbox{$\blacktriangleright$}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% + \hbox{\box0\kern-.35ex\lower.03ex\box2}}}} + +\def\gobackwardcharacter% + {\mathematics{\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleright\triangleleft\blacktriangleleft}} + +\def\goforwardcharacter% + {\mathematics{\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleleft\triangleright\blacktriangleright}} + +\def\gotosomewherecharacter% {} permits ^\... + {{\hbox{\hsmash{\gobackwardcharacter}\goforwardcharacter}}} + +\unexpanded\def\closecharacter% + {\dogotocharacter\boxtimes + {\ruledhbox{\mathematics{\times}}} + {\mathematics{\boxtimes}}} + +\def\goforjumpcharacter% + {\hbox{\goforwardcharacter \kern-.5em\goforwardcharacter}} + +\def\gobackjumpcharacter% + {\hbox{\gobackwardcharacter\kern-.5em\gobackwardcharacter}} + +%I n=Interacteren +%I c=\stelinteractiein,\stelinteractiemenuin +%I c=\definieerinteractiemenu,\startinteractiemenu +%I c=\blokkeerinteractiemenu,\geefinteractiemenuvrij +%I c=\stelinteractieschermin,\scherm +%I +%I Overzichten en verwijzingen kunnen worden voorzien van +%I voor DVIWINDO en Acrobat betekenisvolle codes. De volgende +%I commando's zijn (voorlopig) beschikbaar: +%I +%I \stelinteractiein[status=,menu=,letter=,kleur=,strut=, +%I breedte=,hoogte=,diepte=,pagina=] +%I +%I Hierbij hebben 'letter' en 'kleur' betrekking op in de tekst +%I gemarkeerde woorden waar een verwijzing achter zit. Status +%I kan 'start' of 'stop' zijn en het 'menu' kan 'aan' of 'uit' +%I staan. Met 'pagina=ja' dwingen we pagina verwijzingen af. +%I +%I Zonodig kunnen een 'titel', 'subtitel', 'auteur' en 'datum' +%I worden ingesteld. +%P +%I Een menu wordt gedefinieerd met het commando: +%I +%I \definieerinteractiemenu[naam][plaats][instellingen] +%I +%I waarbij in plaats van de instellingen de naam van een +%I reeds gedefinieerd menu kan worden opgegeven. +%I +%I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn 'boven', 'onder', 'links' en +%I 'rechts'. +%P +%I De inhoud van een menu wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \definieerinteractiemenu[naam][inhoud] +%I +%I Een voorbeeld van zo'n definitie is: +%I +%I \definieerinteractiemenu +%I [links] +%I [{inhoud[inhoud]}, +%I {formules[formules]}, +%I {index[index]}] +%I +%I De accolades zijn essentieel! De verwijzingen dienen met de +%I daarvoor gebruikelijke commando's te worden aangemaakt. +%I Verwijzingen zoals [inhoud] en [index] zijn automatisch +%I beschikbaar. +%P +%I Naast [inhoud], [index] en andere voor de hand liggende +%I verwijzingen zijn beschikbaar: +%I +%I [eerstepagina] +%I [vorigepagina] +%I [volgendepagina] +%I [laatstepagina] +%P +%I Een alternatieve manier om menu's te definieren levert +%I het commando +%I +%I \startinteractiemenu +%I \stopinteractiemenu +%I +%I Hierbinnen zijn de volgende commando's mogelijk: +%I +%I \raw tekst \\ : ongeformatteerde tekst +%I \but[ref] tekst \\ : interactief menu item +%I \nop \\ : dummy menu item +%I \txt tekst \\ : niet interactief menu item (omlijnd) +%I \rul tekst \\ : niet interactief menu item +%I \com commandos \\ : commando's +%P +%I Instellingen kunnen ook apart plaatsvinden met: +%I +%I \stelinteractiemenuin[naam][voor=,na=,tussen=,breedte=, +%I kader=,letter=,status=,achtergrond=,achtergrondkleur=, +%I achtergrondraster=] +%I +%I Aan 'voor', 'na' en 'tussen' kunnen commando's worden +%I toegekend, zoals: \hfill, \blanko en \hskip1em. Bij +%I 'breedte' kan een maat, 'passend' of 'ruim' worden +%I meegegeven. Het kader kan 'aan' of 'uit' staan. +%I +%I De status kan 'start', 'stop', 'leeg' of 'geen' zijn. De +%I instelling 'leeg' geldt slechts een pagina. De instelling +%I 'geen' heeft alleen zin bij meerdere menus naast cq. boven +%I elkaar. +%P +%I Het is mogelijk een menu te (de)blokkeren. Dit gebeurt met +%I behulp van het referentie-mechanisme. Het commando luidt: +%I +%I \blokkeerinteractiemenu[plaats][verwijzingen] +%I \geefinteractiemenuvrij[plaats][verwijzingen] +%I +%I De verwijzingen moeten worden gescheiden door comma's. +%I Wanneer geen verwijzingen worden meegegeven, wordt de +%I blokkade opgeheven. +%P +%I Eventueel kunnen tussen menuitems commando's worden +%I opgenomen, +%I +%I \definieerinteractiemenu +%I [links] +%I [{alfa[eerste]}, +%I {beta[tweede]}, +%I {{\blanko[forceer,3*groot]}}, +%I {gamma[derde]}, +%I {{\vfil}}, +%I {omega[laatste]}] +%I +%I De extra {} zijn nodig, omdat anders onduidelijkheid is +%I of het commando's zijn of verwijzingen. +%P +%I De afmetingen van het interactiescherm kunnen worden +%I ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \stelinteractieschermin[breedte=,hoogte=,rugwit=, +%I kopwit=,optie=] +%I +%I Dit is alleen nodig als men het interactieprogramma wil +%I dwingen de tekst op een afwijkend papierformaat weer te +%I geven. Als hoogte en breedte kan 'passend' worden +%I opgegeven, in dat geval wordt uitgegaan van de +%I instellingen bij \stellayoutin. +%I +%I Er kan (in acrobat) met een vol scherm worden opgestart +%I met optie=max. +%P +%I Er zijn meerdere menu's naast elkaar mogelijk. Eerst +%I wordt een menu gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \definieerinteractiemenu[naam][plaats][instellingen] +%I +%I De afstand tussen menus wordt ingesteld met 'afstand'. +%I Als afstand=overlay dan vallen menus over elkaar. + +\def\setupinteractionscreens% + {} + +\def\complexstelinteractieschermin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??sc][#1]% + \def\setupinteractionscreens% met a, b en \number + {\bgroup + \doifelse{\@@scbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\!!widtha=\linkerrandbreedte + \advance\!!widtha by \linkerrandafstand + \advance\!!widtha by \paginascheiding + \advance\!!widtha by \linkermargebreedte + \advance\!!widtha by \linkermargeafstand + \ifdim\rugwit>\!!widtha\ifdim\rugwit>\!!zeropoint\relax + \advance\rugwit by -\!!widtha + \fi\fi + \advance\!!widtha by \zetbreedte + \advance\!!widtha by \rechtermargeafstand + \advance\!!widtha by \rechtermargebreedte + \advance\!!widtha by \paginascheiding + \advance\!!widtha by \rechterrandafstand + \advance\!!widtha by \rechterrandbreedte + \scratchdimen=\@@scrugwit + \advance\scratchdimen by \@@scrugoffset + \advance\!!widtha by 2\scratchdimen} + {\!!widtha=\@@scbreedte}% + \doifelse{\@@schoogte}{\v!passend} + {\!!heighta=\bovenhoogte + \advance\!!heighta by \bovenafstand + \ifdim\kopwit>\!!heighta\ifdim\kopwit>\!!zeropoint\relax + \advance\kopwit by -\!!heighta + \fi\fi + \advance\!!heighta by \zethoogte + \advance\!!heighta by \onderafstand + \advance\!!heighta by \onderhoogte + \scratchdimen=\@@sckopwit + \advance\scratchdimen by \@@sckopoffset + \advance\!!heighta by 2\scratchdimen} + {\!!heighta=\@@schoogte}% + \doifelse{\@@scoptie}{\v!max} + {\doif{\@@lyplaats}{\v!midden} + {\scratchdimen=\printpapierhoogte + \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierhoogte + \divide\scratchdimen by 2 + \advance\kopoffset by \scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=\printpapierbreedte + \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierbreedte + \divide\scratchdimen by 2 + \advance\rugoffset by \scratchdimen}% + \!!counte=1} + {\!!counte=0}% + \showmessage{\m!interactions}{1} + {\@EA\withoutpt\the\!!widtha,\@EA\withoutpt\the\!!heighta}% + \dosetupscreen + {\number\rugoffset}{\number\kopoffset} + {\number\!!widtha}{\number\!!heighta} + {\the\!!counte}% + \dosetupidentity + {\@@iatitel} + {\@@iasubtitel} + {\@@iaauteur} + {CONTEXT / PRAGMA / ZWOLLE NL / \jobname.tex} + {\@@iadatum} + \egroup}} + +\def\simplestelinteractieschermin% + {\setupinteractionscreens} + +\def\stelinteractieschermin% + {\complexorsimple{stelinteractieschermin}} + +% Bookmarks zijn eigenlijk niet nodig omdat \TeX uitstekend +% zelf inhoudsopgaven kan genereren. +% +% \acrobatacrobatbookmark[verwijzing]{tekst} +% +% \def\acrobatbookmark[#1]#2% +% {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1} +% {\bgroup +% \getrealreference{#1}% +% \special +% {postscript +% [/Page \currentrealreference\normalspace +% /View [ /Fit ] +% /Title (#2) +% /OUT +% pdfmark}% +% \egroup}% +% {\unknownreference{#1}}} + +%D Due to requests I finally decided to support bookmarks, a +%D driver dependant way of showing tables of content. The most +%D simple way of support is hooking bookmark generation into +%D the existing list mechanisms. That way users can generate +%D bookmarks automatically, although its entirely valid to add +%D bookmarks by defining alternative ones. These will be added +%D at the appropriate place in the list. + +% \hoofdstuk{het eerste hoofdstuk} +% +% \bookmark {de eerste bookmark} % optional overuled hoofdstuk +% +% .... text .... +% +% \placebookmarks [hoofdstuk,paragraaf,subparagraaf,subsubparagraaf,mylist] +% [open list] +% +% \bookmark[mylist]{whatever} + +\def\@@bookmark {bm::} +\def\@@booklevel{bl::} +\def\@@bookcount{bc::} + +\definieerlijst[\@@bookmark] + +\appendtoks\flushpostponedbookmark\to\everypar +\appendtoks\flushpostponedbookmark\to\neverypar + +\let\flushpostponedbookmark\relax + +\def\simplebookmark#1% + {\ifx\flushpostponedbookmark\relax \else + \bgroup + \convertargument#1\to\ascii + \writestatus{system}{clashing bookmarks: \ascii}% ECHTE MESSAGE MAKEN + \egroup + \fi + \gdef\flushpostponedbookmark% + {\global\let\flushpostponedbookmark\relax + \schrijfnaarlijst[\@@bookmark]{}{#1}}} + +\def\complexbookmark[#1]#2% + {\schrijfnaarlijst[#1]{}{#2}} + +\definecomplexorsimple\bookmark + +%\def\insertbookmark[#1]#2% +% {\bgroup +% \doifreferencefoundelse{#1} +% {\getrealreference{#1}% +% \doinsertbookmark{0}{0}{#2}{\currentrealreference}}{1} +% {\unknownreference{#1}}% +% \egroup} + +\newif\iftracebookmarks \tracebookmarksfalse + +\def\placebookmarks% + {\dodoubleempty\doplacebookmarks} + +\def\doplacebookmarks[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \iffirstargument + \bgroup + \ifsecondargument + \edef\openbookmarklist{#2}% + \else + \let\openbookmarklist=\empty + \fi + \global\let\bookmarklevellist=\empty + \def\bookmarklevelcount{0}% + \doprocessbookmarks[#1]\dogetbookmarkelement + \dolijstelement{}{}{}{}{}{}% needed to finish the first pass + \doprocessbookmarks[#1]\doputbookmarkelement + \flushbookmark + \egroup + \else + \expanded{\placebookmarks\@EA[\getvalue{\??ih\v!inhoud\c!lijst}]}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\doprocessbookmarks[#1]#2% + {\let\dolijstelement=#2\relax + \scratchcounter=0 + \def\docommando##1% + {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \getlistlevel[##1]\listlevel{\the\scratchcounter}% + \setxvalue{\@@bookcount\the\scratchcounter}{1}% + \setxvalue{\@@booklevel##1}{\listlevel}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando + \setxvalue{\@@bookcount0}{1}% + \global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=0 + \global\chardef\previousbookmarklevel=0 + \doutilities{#1,\@@bookmark}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}} + +\def\dodogetbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {%\doifsomething{#1} + % {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=\getvalue{\@@booklevel#1}\relax}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=0\relax} + {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=\getvalue{\@@booklevel#1}\relax}% + \ifnum\currentbookmarklevel>\previousbookmarklevel + \setxvalue{\@@bookcount\the\currentbookmarklevel}{1}\relax + \else\ifnum\currentbookmarklevel<\previousbookmarklevel + \bgroup + \!!counta=\previousbookmarklevel + \doloop + {\let\bookmarktag=\empty + \!!countb=\!!counta + \advance\!!countb by -1 + \dorecurse{\!!countb} + {\edef\bookmarktag% + {\bookmarktag\getvalue{\@@bookcount\recurselevel}:}}% + \edef\bookmarklevelcount% + {\getvalue{\@@bookcount\the\!!counta}}% + \xdef\bookmarklevellist% + {\bookmarklevellist/\bookmarktag:\bookmarklevelcount/}% + \advance\!!counta by -1 + \ifnum\!!counta=\currentbookmarklevel + \exitloop + \fi}% + \egroup + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname \@@bookcount\the\currentbookmarklevel\endcsname\relax + \else + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname \@@bookcount\the\previousbookmarklevel\endcsname\relax + \fi\fi + \global\chardef\previousbookmarklevel=\currentbookmarklevel} + +\def\getbookmarklevelcount% + {\@EA\def\@EA\docommando\@EA[\@EA##\@EA1\@EA/\bookmarktag:##2/##3]% + {\def\bookmarklevelcount{##2}}% + \@EA\@EA\@EA\docommando\@EA\@EA\@EA[\@EA\bookmarklevellist\@EA/\bookmarktag:0/]} + +\def\dodoputbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {%\doifsomething{#1} + % {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=\getvalue{\@@booklevel#1}\relax}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=0\relax} + {\global\chardef\currentbookmarklevel=\getvalue{\@@booklevel#1}\relax}% + \ifnum\currentbookmarklevel>\previousbookmarklevel + \setxvalue{\@@bookcount\the\currentbookmarklevel}{1}\relax + \else\ifnum\currentbookmarklevel<\previousbookmarklevel + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname \@@bookcount\the\currentbookmarklevel\endcsname\relax + \else + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname \@@bookcount\the\previousbookmarklevel\endcsname\relax + \fi\fi + \let\bookmarktag=\empty + \!!countb\currentbookmarklevel + \dorecurse{\!!countb} + {\edef\bookmarktag% + {\bookmarktag\getvalue{\@@bookcount\recurselevel}:}}% + \getbookmarklevelcount + \iftracebookmarks + \bgroup + \par + \bookmarktag\quad + \dorecurse{\currentbookmarklevel}{\quad}\unskip#1\quad + (\bookmarklevelcount)\quad + \egroup + \fi + \global\chardef\previousbookmarklevel=\currentbookmarklevel + \insertsomebookmark{#1}{\the\currentbookmarklevel}{\bookmarklevelcount}{#4}{#6}} + +\def\dogetbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\doifnot{#1}{\@@bookmark} + {\dodogetbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\doputbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\doifelse{#1}{\@@bookmark} + {\localbookmark{#4}} + {\flushbookmark + \dodoputbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\let\flushbookmark=\relax +\let\localbookmark=\gobbleoneargument + +\def\insertsomebookmark#1#2#3#4#5% + {\gdef\flushbookmark% + {\doinsertsomebookmark{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{g}}% + \gdef\localbookmark##1% + {\doinsertsomebookmark{#1}{#2}{#3}{##1}{#5}{l}}} + +\def\doinsertsomebookmark#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \global\let\localbookmark=\gobbleoneargument + \global\let\flushbookmark=\relax + \doifinstringelse{#1}{\openbookmarklist} + {\chardef\openbookmark=1} + {\chardef\openbookmark=0}% + \iftracebookmarks(#6: #4)\quad(\the\openbookmark)\par\fi + \doinsertbookmark{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{\openbookmark}} + +% \newif\iflocation % reeds gedefinieerd +\newif\iflocationmenu +\newif\iflocationmenupermitted + +\newbox\locationbox + +\newdimen\buttonheight +\newdimen\buttonwidth + +% \def\dopregoto#1\start#2\stop#3\doposgoto% +% {\hbox +% {\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% +% \lower\dp0\hbox +% {\ifdim\wd0<\@@iabreedte\relax +% \wd0=\@@iabreedte\relax +% \fi +% \buttonwidth=\wd0\relax +% \buttonheight=\ht0\relax +% \advance\buttonheight by \dp0% +% #2#3}% +% \box0}} +% +% \def\dopregoto#1\start#2\stop#3\doposgoto% recently updated +% {\hbox +% {\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% +% \lower\dp0\hbox +% {\mindermeldingen +% \ifdim\wd0<\@@iabreedte\relax +% \buttonwidth=\@@iabreedte\relax +% \else +% \buttonwidth=\wd0\relax +% \fi +% \buttonheight=\ht0\relax +% \advance\buttonheight by \dp0\relax +% \dimen0=.5\wd0 % oogt mooier dan 2 maal +% \advance\dimen0 by -.5\buttonwidth % \skip bij \ruledhskip +% \hbox to \!!zeropoint +% {\hskip\dimen0#2#3}}% +% \box0}} + +\let\@@ia@@hoogte=\!!zeropoint +\let\@@ia@@diepte=\!!zeropoint + +\def\presetgoto% wordt al in core-01a gebruikt ipv strut + {\doifelse{\@@iastrut}{\v!ja} + {\setstrut + \xdef\@@ia@@hoogte{\the\ht\strutbox}% + \xdef\@@ia@@diepte{\the\dp\strutbox}} + {\xdef\@@ia@@hoogte{\@@iahoogte}% + \xdef\@@ia@@diepte{\@@iadiepte}}} + +\def\dopregoto#1\start#2\stop#3\doposgoto% recently updated again + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd0<\@@iabreedte\relax + \buttonwidth=\@@iabreedte\relax + \else + \buttonwidth=\wd0\relax + \fi + \ifdim\ht0<\@@ia@@hoogte\relax + \buttonheight=\@@ia@@hoogte\relax + \else + \buttonheight=\ht0 + \fi + \ifdim\dp0<\@@ia@@diepte\relax + \dimen0=\@@ia@@diepte\relax + \else + \dimen0=\dp0\relax + \fi + \advance\buttonheight by \dimen0 + \setbox2=\hbox + {\lower\dimen0\hbox + {\mindermeldingen + \dimen0=.5\wd0 + \advance\dimen0 by -.5\buttonwidth + \hskip\dimen0#2#3}}% + \smashbox2\box2\box0 + \global\let\@@ia@@hoogte=\!!zeropoint + \global\let\@@ia@@diepte=\!!zeropoint}} + +\def\gotoexternal#1#2% + {\iflocation + \dowithreferenceprefix{\otherprefix#1}% \otherprefix toegevoegd + {\getrealreference{\otherprefix#1}% + \dopregoto + {#2}% + \start + \dostartgotolocation + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {\otherURL}{\otherfile} + {\referenceprefix#1}{\currentrealreference}% + \stop + \dostopgotolocation + \doposgoto}% + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +\def\gotointernal#1#2#3% + {\iflocation + \dopregoto + {#2}% + \start + \dostartgotolocation + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {}{\otherfile} + {#1}{#3}% + \stop + \dostopgotolocation + \doposgoto + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +\def\gotorealpage#1#2% + {\iflocation + \dopregoto + {#2}% + \start + \dostartgotorealpage + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {\otherURL}{\otherfile}{#1}% + \stop + \dostopgotorealpage + \doposgoto + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +\def\executecommand#1#2% + {\iflocation + \dopregoto + {#2}% + \start + \dostartexecutecommand + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {#1}{}% + \stop + \dostopexecutecommand + \doposgoto + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +%\def\thisisoneexternal#1% +% {\dostartthisislocation{\referenceprefix#1}} +% +%\def\thisisexternal#1% +% {\iflocation +% \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#1]\thisisoneexternal +% \dostopthisislocation +% \fi} +% +%\def\thisisinternal#1% +% {\iflocation +% \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#1]\dostartthisislocation +% \dostopthisislocation +% \fi} + +\def\thisisexternal#1% + {\iflocation + \dostartthisislocation{#1}% + \dostopthisislocation + \fi} + +\def\thisisinternal#1% + {\iflocation + \dostartthisislocation{#1}% + \dostopthisislocation + \fi} + +\def\thisisrealpage#1% + {\iflocation + \dostartthisisrealpage{#1}% + \dostopthisisrealpage + \fi} + +\def\dostelinteractiein[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ia][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@iapagina}{\v!ja} + {\global\usepagedestinationstrue} + {\global\usepagedestinationsfalse}% + \doifelse{\@@iastatus}{\v!start} + {\iflocation\else + \showmessage{\m!interactions}{2}{\ifusepagedestinations\space(PAGE)\fi}% + \global\locationtrue + %\dolocationstartup + \fi + \doifelse{\@@iamenu}{\v!aan} + {\global\locationmenutrue} + {\global\locationmenufalse}} + {\iflocation + \showmessage{\m!interactions}{3}{\ifusepagedestinations\space(PAGE)\fi}% + \global\locationfalse + \global\locationmenufalse + \fi}} + +\def\stelinteractiein% + {\dosingleargument\dostelinteractiein} + +\newif\iflocationstartedup \locationstartedupfalse + +\def\c!interactivedocument% + {ThisIsAnInteractiveDocument} + +\def\dolocationstartup% + {\iflocation + \iflocationstartedup + \else + \dosetupinteraction + \setupinteractionscreens + \global\locationstarteduptrue + \fi + \fi} + +\def\showlocation#1% + {\iflocation\color[\@@iakleur]{#1\presetgoto}\else#1\fi} + +\def\showcontrastlocation#1#2#3% + {\iflocation + \ifnum#2=\realpageno\relax + \doifelsevaluenothing{#1\c!kleur} + {#3\presetgoto} + {\color[\getvalue{#1\c!contrastkleur}]{#3\presetgoto}}% + \else + \color[\getvalue{#1\c!kleur}]{#3\presetgoto}% + \fi + \else + #3% + \fi} + +\def\showcoloredlocation#1#2% + {\iflocation + \color[\getvalue{#1\c!kleur}]{#2\presetgoto}% + \else + #2% + \fi} + +% \startinteractiemenu[rechts] +% \but [eerste] eerste \\ +% \txt hello world \\ +% \but [tweede] tweede \\ +% \nop \\ +% \but [tweede] tweede \\ +% \rul whow \\ +% \but [tweede] tweede \\ +% \raw hello world \\ +% \but [tweede] tweede \\ +% \com \vfill \\ +% \but [derde] derde \\ +% \stopinteractiemenu + +\def\testinteractiemenu#1% + {\iflocationmenu + \doifelsevalue{\??am#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\global\locationmenupermittedtrue} + {\global\locationmenupermittedfalse}% + \else + \global\locationmenupermittedfalse + \fi} + +\def\doblokkeerinteractiemenu[#1][#2][#3]% + {\def\dodoblokkeerinteractiemenu##1% + {\doifelse{#3}{} + {\setevalue{\??am##1\c!blokkade}{}} + {\edef\interactieblokkade{\getvalue{\??am##1\c!blokkade}} + \def\docommando####1% + {#1{####1}{\interactieblokkade}}% #1 = \remove or \add + \processcommalist[#3]\docommando + \setevalue{\??am##1\c!blokkade}{\interactieblokkade}}}% + \processcommalist[#2]\dodoblokkeerinteractiemenu} + +\def\blokkeerinteractiemenu% + {\dotripleempty\doblokkeerinteractiemenu[\addtocommalist]} + +\def\geefinteractiemenuvrij% + {\dotripleempty\doblokkeerinteractiemenu[\removefromcommalist]} + +% ja : kader/achtergrond met tekst +% leeg : kader/achtergrond maar geen tekst +% nee : alleen ruimte reserveren +% geen : helemaal weglaten + +\newif\iflocationdummy +\newif\ifskippedmenuitem + +\def\dosetlocationbox#1[#2]#3#4% + {\global\skippedmenuitemfalse + \setbox\locationbox=\hbox + {% anders cyclische aanroep ! + \iflocationdummy + \edef\locationboxborder{\getvalue{#1\c!kader}}% + \edef\locationboxbackground{\getvalue{#1\c!achtergrond}}% + \else + \edef\locationboxborder{\v!uit}% + \edef\locationboxbackground{}% + \fi + \localframed[#1] + [\c!kader=\locationboxborder,\c!achtergrond=\locationboxbackground,#2] + {\dolocationattributes{#1}{#3}}}% + \hbox{#4{\copy\locationbox}}} + +\def\setlocationboxyes#1[#2]#3[#4]% + {\doifinstringelse{::}{#4} + {\def\currentrealreference{}} + {\getrealreference{#4}}% + \doifelse{\currentrealreference}{\realfolio}% + {\ifcase\getvalue{#1\c!zelfdepagina} + \bgroup + \locationdummytrue + \setvalue{#1\c!kleur}{}% + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!nee]{#3}{\gotolocation{#4}}% + \egroup + \or + \locationdummytrue + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!ja]{#3}{\gotolocation{#4}}% + \or + \locationdummyfalse + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!ja]{#3}{\gotolocation{#4}}% + \or + \locationdummyfalse + \global\skippedmenuitemtrue + \fi} + {\locationdummytrue + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!nee]{#3}{\gotolocation{#4}}}} + +\def\setlocationboxnop#1[#2]#3[#4]% + {\ifcase\getvalue{#1\c!onbekendeverwijzing} + \locationdummytrue + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!nee]{#3}{}% + \or + \locationdummytrue + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!ja]{#3}{}% + \or + \locationdummyfalse + \dosetlocationbox{#1}[#2,\c!dummy=\v!ja]{#3}{}% + \or + \locationdummyfalse + \global\skippedmenuitemtrue + \fi} + +\def\setlocationbox#1[#2]#3[#4]% + {\doifinstringelse{#4}{\getvalue{#1\c!blokkade}} + {\setlocationboxnop{#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]} + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#4} + {\setlocationboxyes{#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]} + {\setlocationboxnop{#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]% + \unknownreference{#4}}}} + +\def\dodosetlocationcommanditem#1#2#3[#4]#5\\% + {\bgroup + \leavevmode + \doifelse{#5}{[]} + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#4} + {#3} + {\setlocationbox{\??am#1}[]{#3}[#4]}} + {#3}% + \ifskippedmenuitem \else + \getvalue{\??am#1#2}% + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\dosetlocationcommanditem#1#2#3% + {\dodosetlocationcommanditem{#1}{#2}#3[]\\} + +\def\setlocationnop#1[#2]#3% + {\localframed[#1][#2]{#3}} + +\def\executeamboxcommands#1#2#3#4#5% + {\processaction + [\getvalue{\??am#1\c!dummy}] + [ \v!ja=>\chardef\handleunknownmenuitem=0\relax, + \v!leeg=>\chardef\handleunknownmenuitem=1\relax, + \v!nee=>\chardef\handleunknownmenuitem=2\relax]% + \getvalue{\??am#1#3}% + \ifextendedmenu + \setamboxcommands{#1}{#4}% + #2% + \else + \def\dolocationcommand##1% + {\dosetlocationcommanditem{#1}{#4}{##1}}% + \processcommalist[#2]\dolocationcommand + \fi + \unskip + \getvalue{\??am#1#5}} + +\def\setamboxcommands#1#2% + {\def\raw##1\\% + {\bgroup + \leavevmode + ##1% + \ifskippedmenuitem \else + \getvalue{\??am#1#2}% + \fi + \egroup}% + \def\but[##1]##2\\% + {\raw\setlocationbox{\??am#1}[]{##2}[##1]\\}% + \def\nop##1\\% + {\raw\phantom{\localframed[\??am#1][]{}}\\}% + \def\txt##1\\% + {\raw\localframed[\??am#1][\c!kader=\v!uit]{##1\unskip}\\}% + \def\rul##1\\% + {\raw\localframed[\??am#1][]{##1\unskip}\\}% + \def\com##1\\% + {##1}} + +\def\@@amhbox#1#2#3#4% + {\testinteractiemenu{#3}% + \iflocationmenupermitted + \bgroup + \def\dolocationcommand##1% + {\dosetlocationcommanditem{#3}{##1}}% + \dimen0=\zetbreedte + \advance\dimen0 by \pagebackgroundhoffset + \advance\dimen0 by \pagebackgroundhoffset +\advance\dimen0 by -\getvalue{\??am#3\c!linkeroffset}% +\advance\dimen0 by -\getvalue{\??am#3\c!rechteroffset}% + \setbox0=\hbox to \dimen0 + {\forgetall + \executeamboxcommands{#3}{#4}\c!links\c!midden\c!rechts}% + \wd0=\zetbreedte +% geen \ht=#2 setting (yet) + \hskip-\pagebackgroundhoffset +\hskip \getvalue{\??am#3\c!linkeroffset}% + \box0\relax + \egroup + \else + #1\relax + \fi} + +\def\@@amvbox#1#2#3#4% don't change skipping, this one works! + {\testinteractiemenu{#3}% + \iflocationmenupermitted + \bgroup + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \advance\dimen0 by \pagebackgroundvoffset + \advance\dimen0 by \pagebackgroundvoffset + \advance\dimen0 by \pagebackgrounddepth +\advance\dimen0 by -\getvalue{\??am#3\c!bovenoffset}% +\advance\dimen0 by -\getvalue{\??am#3\c!onderoffset}% + \setbox0=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\forgetall % Voor't geval de afstand + \stelblankoin[\v!standaard]% % (tijdelijk) is aangepast. + \hsize#2\relax + \executeamboxcommands{#3}{#4}\c!voor\c!tussen\c!na}% + \setbox0=\vbox + {\vskip-\pagebackgroundvoffset +\vskip\getvalue{\??am#3\c!bovenoffset}% + \ht0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \vskip\pagebackgroundvoffset}% overbodig + \ht0=\teksthoogte + \wd0=#2\relax + \box0 + \egroup + \else + #1\relax + \fi} + +\setvalue{\??am\s!do\v!rechts}% + {\@@amvbox{\dodummypageskip\v!rechts}\rechterrandbreedte} + +\setvalue{\??am\s!do\v!links}% + {\@@amvbox{\dodummypageskip\v!links}\linkerrandbreedte} + +\setvalue{\??am\s!do\v!boven}% + {\@@amhbox{\dodummypageskip\v!boven}\bovenhoogte} + +\setvalue{\??am\s!do\v!onder}% + {\@@amhbox{\dodummypageskip\v!onder}\onderhoogte} + +\def\dointeractiemenu#1#2% + {\getvalue{\??am\s!do\getvalue{\??am#1\c!plaats}}{#1}{#2}} + +\def\interactiemenu[#1]% + {\geentest\getvalue{\??am\c!menu#1}} + +\def\horizontaalinteractiemenu#1#2#3#4% + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\hbox + {\def\docommando##1% + {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} + {\hskip\dimen2 + \setbox2=\hbox to #2 + {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \wd2=\!!zeropoint}% + {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% + \box2}}% + \startinteractie + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando + \stopinteractie}% + \wd0=#2\relax + \box0\relax} + +\def\vertikaalinteractiemenu#1#2#3#4% + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\vbox + {\def\docommando##1% + {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} + {\vskip\dimen2 + \setbox2=\vbox to #2 + {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \offinterlineskip + \dp2=\!!zeropoint + \ht2=\!!zeropoint}% + {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% + \box2}}% + \startinteractie + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando + \stopinteractie}% + \ht0=#2\relax + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0\relax} + +\def\interactiemenus[#1]% + {\iflocation + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!links=>\horizontaalinteractiemenu\v!links\linkerrandbreedte\c!links\c!rechts, + \v!rechts=>\horizontaalinteractiemenu\v!rechts\rechterrandbreedte\c!links\c!rechts, + \v!boven=>\vertikaalinteractiemenu\v!boven\bovenhoogte\c!voor\c!na, + \v!onder=>\vertikaalinteractiemenu\v!onder\onderhoogte\c!voor\c!na]% + \else + \dodummypageskip{#1}% + \fi} + +\setvalue{\??am\v!links}{} +\setvalue{\??am\v!rechts}{} +\setvalue{\??am\v!boven}{} +\setvalue{\??am\v!onder}{} + +\newif\ifextendedmenu + +\def\dodefinieerinteractiemenu[#1][#2][#3]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{} + {\setvalue{\??am\c!menu#1}% + {\extendedmenufalse\dointeractiemenu{#1}{#2}}} + {\setvalue{\??am\c!menu#1}% + {\extendedmenufalse\dointeractiemenu{#1}{}}% + \presetlocalframed[\??am#1]% + \setvalue{\??am#1\c!blokkade}{}% + \edef\!!stringe{\getvalue{\??am#2}}% + \addtocommalist{#1}\!!stringe + \letvalue{\??am#2}=\!!stringe + \doifnot{#1}{#2} + {\copyparameters[\??am#1][\??am#2] + [\c!links,\c!midden,\c!rechts,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!tussen, + \c!breedte,\c!hoogte,\c!afstand,\c!offset,\c!kader, + \c!achtergrond,\c!achtergrondkleur,\c!achtergrondraster, + \c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!zelfdepagina,\c!onbekendeverwijzing, + \c!linkeroffset,\c!rechteroffset,\c!bovenoffset,\c!onderoffset]}% + \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#3} + {\getparameters[\??am#1][\c!plaats=#2,#3]}% + {\doifnot{#2}{#3} + {\copyparameters[\??am#1][\??am#3] + [\c!links,\c!midden,\c!rechts,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!tussen, + \c!breedte,\c!hoogte,\c!afstand,\c!offset,\c!kader, + \c!achtergrond,\c!achtergrondkleur,\c!achtergrondraster, + \c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!zelfdepagina,\c!onbekendeverwijzing, + \c!linkeroffset,\c!rechteroffset,\c!bovenoffset,\c!onderoffset]}% + \getparameters[\??am#1][\c!plaats=#2]}}} + +\def\definieerinteractiemenu% + {\dotripleempty\dodefinieerinteractiemenu} + +\def\startinteractiemenu[#1]#2\stopinteractiemenu% + {\setvalue{\??am\c!menu#1}% + {\extendedmenutrue\dointeractiemenu{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\dododostelinteractiemenuin#1% + {\processaction + [\getvalue{#1}] + [ \v!ja=>\setvalue{#1}{0}, + \v!leeg=>\setvalue{#1}{1}, + \v!nee=>\setvalue{#1}{2}, + \v!geen=>\setvalue{#1}{3}, + \s!default=>\setvalue{#1}{1}]} + +\def\dodostelinteractiemenuin[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\getparameters[\??am##1][#2] + \dododostelinteractiemenuin{\??am##1\c!onbekendeverwijzing}% + \dododostelinteractiemenuin{\??am##1\c!zelfdepagina}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\dostelinteractiemenuin[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\dodostelinteractiemenuin[#1][#2]} + {\dodefinieerinteractiemenu[#1][#2][]}} + +\def\stelinteractiemenuin% + {\dodoubleargument\dostelinteractiemenuin} + +% \scherm moet worden als \pagina + +\def\simplescherm% zou niet nodig moeten zijn + {\iflocation + \pagina[\v!ja]% + \fi} + +\def\complexscherm[#1]% + {\iflocation + \pagina[#1]% + \fi} + +\def\scherm% + {\complexorsimple{scherm}} + +%I n=Figuren++ +%I c=\startfiguur,\refereer,\markeer,\toelichting +%I +%I Het is mogelijk naar een plaats in een figuur te verwijzen. +%I Het commando \gebruikfiguur[][][] wordt in dat geval vervangen +%I door het commando: +%I +%I \startfiguur[naam][file][factor=]% +%I ... +%I \refereer(x1,y1)(h1,b1)[referentie1]% +%I ... +%I \markeer(xn,yn)(hn,bn)[referentien]% +%I ... +%I \stopfiguur +%P +%I Wanneer als optie bij \gebruikexternefiguren 'test' wordt +%I meegegegeven, wordt een testpagina met een rasterverdeling +%I gegenereerd. Met x en y wordt de linkerbovenhoek ingesteld, +%I met h en b de hoogte en de breedte van het te markeren deel +%I van de figuur. +%I +%I Standaard is de hoogte verdeeld in 24 stukken. Wil men een +%I andere indeling, dan kan men met \gebruikexternefiguren +%I de 'xmax' of 'ymax' instellen (aanbevolen: 10 - 50). +%I +%I De hokjes waarop geklikt kan worden kunnen zichtbaar worden +%I gemaakt met 'hokjes=aan'. +%P +%I Om duidelijk te kunnen maken achter welke delen van een +%I figuur iets zit, kan een kleurenbalk worden opgenomen. +%I +%I ... +%I \kleurenbalk[...,...,...] +%I ... +%I +%I (deze tekst moet nog worden aangevuld) +%P +%I Het is mogelijk in een tekst toelichtingen op te nemen. +%I +%I ... +%I \toelichting(x1,y1)(h1,b1)[instellingen]{tekst} +%I ... +%I +%I De instellingen zijn optioneel en komen overeen met die van +%I het commando \omlijnd. + +\newcount\efreference +\newdimen\efxsteps +\newdimen\efysteps + +\def\calculateefsteps% + {\ifnum0\@@exxmax=0 + \ifnum0\@@exymax=0 + \def\@@exymax{24}% + \fi + \efysteps=\fighei \divide\efysteps by \@@exymax + \efxsteps=\efysteps + \dimen0=\figwid + \advance\dimen0 by \efysteps + \divide\dimen0 by \efysteps + \edef\@@exxmax{\number\dimen0}% + \else + \efxsteps=\figwid \divide\efxsteps by \@@exxmax + \efysteps=\fighei \divide\efysteps by \@@exymax + \fi} + +\def\efcomment#1(#2,#3)#4(#5,#6)% {kader}(x,y)(h,b)[...]{tekst} + {\def\complexefdocomment[##1]##2% + {\positioneer(#2,#3)% + {\setnostrut + \framed + [\c!breedte=#5\efxsteps, + \c!hoogte=#6\exysteps, + \c!offset=\v!geen, + \c!kader=#1, + ##1]% + {##2}}}% + \complexorsimpleempty{efdocomment}} + +\def\efnocomment(#1,#2)#3(#4,#5)% (x,y)(h,b)[...]{tekst} + {\def\complexefdonocomment[##1]##2{}% + \complexorsimpleempty{efdonocomment}} + +\def\efdomarker(#1,#2)#3#4% (h,b){kader}{tekst} + {\framed + [\c!breedte=#1\efxsteps, + \c!hoogte=#2\efysteps, + \c!offset=\v!geen, + \c!kader=#3]% + {#4}} + +\def\efmark(#1,#2)#3(#4,#5)#6[#7]% + {\advance\efreference by 1 + \positioneer(#1,#2) + {\hbox{\the\efreference}}% + \positioneer(#1,#2) + {\gotolocation + {\r!viewb#7} + {\efdomarker(#4,#5){\v!aan}{\thisisinternal{\r!viewa#7}}}}} + +\def\effiguur#1% + {\positioneer(0,0){\naam{#1}}} + +\def\eftext#1(#2,#3)#4(#5,#6)#7[#8]% + {\advance\efreference by 1 + \hbox + {\thisisinternal{\r!viewb#8}% + \gotolocation + {\r!viewa#8} + {\hbox to 1.5em{\the\efreference\presetgoto\hfill}}% + ~#1 (#2,#3) (#5,#6) [#8]\hfill}% + \endgraf} + +\def\efdoarea(#1,#2)#3#4% (h,b){kader}{tekst} + {\start + \setnostrut + \framed + [\c!breedte=#1\efxsteps, + \c!hoogte=#2\efysteps, + \c!offset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!kader=#3] + {#4}% + \stop} + +\def\efgoto(#1,#2)#3[#4]% (h,b)kader[ref] + {\setbox0=\vbox{\efdoarea(#1,#2)#3{}}% + \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} + {\gotolocation{#4}{\copy0}} + {\unknownreference{#4}\box0}} + +\def\efthisis(#1,#2)#3[#4]% + {\paginareferentie[#4]% + \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} + {\efdoarea(#1,#2){#3}{\thisisinternal{#4}}} + {\unknownreference{#4}}} + +\newbox\colorbarbox + +\def\makecolorbar[#1]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\color[##1] + {\blackrule + [\c!breedte=2em, + \c!hoogte=1ex, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint]}% + \endgraf}% + \global\setbox\colorbarbox=\vbox + {\forgetall + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando}% + \global\setbox\colorbarbox=\vbox + {\hskip2em\box\colorbarbox}% + \global\wd\colorbarbox=\!!zeropoint} + +\def\plaatsstartfiguur[#1][#2][#3]#4\plaatsstopfiguur% + {\hbox + {\gebruikexternfiguur[#1][#2][#3]% + \berekenexternfiguur[#1][#2]% + \calculateefsteps + \startpositioneren + \def\refereer(##1,##2)##3(##4,##5)##6[##7]% + {\positioneer(##1,##2) + {\efgoto(##4,##5){\@@exhokjes}[##7]}}% + \def\markeer(##1,##2)##3(##4,##5)##6[##7]% + {\positioneer(##1,##2) + {\efthisis(##4,##5){\@@exhokjes}[##7]}}% + \def\toelichting% + {\efnocomment}% + \def\kleurenbalk##1[##2]% + {}% + \positioneer(0,0){\effiguur{#1}}% + \linewidth=1pt + \stelpositionerenin + [\c!eenheid=pt, + \c!xschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, + \c!yschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, + \c!factor=1]% + \ignorespaces#4% + \def\refereer(##1,##2)##3(##4,##5)##6[##7]% + {}% + \let\markeer=\refereer + \def\toelichting% + {\efcomment\v!nee}% + \def\kleurenbalk##1[##2]% + {\makecolorbar[##2]}% + \ignorespaces#4% + \stoppositioneren + \box\colorbarbox}} + +% De onderstaande macro mag niet zondermeer worden aangepast +% en is afgestemd op gebruik in de handleiding. + +\def\teststartfiguur[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfiguur% + {\begingroup + \gebruikexternfiguur[#1][#2][\c!bfactor=\v!max]% + \def\refereer% + {\efmark}% + \def\markeer% + {\efmark}% + \def\toelichting% + {\efcomment\v!ja}% + \def\kleurenbalk##1[##2]% + {}% + \efreference=0 + \setbox0=\vbox + {\hsize240pt + \startpositioneren + \berekenexternfiguur[#1][#2]% + \calculateefsteps + \positioneer(0,0) + {\effiguur{#1}}% + \positioneer(0,0) + {\rooster + [\c!nx=\@@exxmax, + \c!dx=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, + \c!ny=\@@exymax, + \c!dy=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, + \c!xstap=1, + \c!ystap=1, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!offset=\v!nee, + \c!eenheid=pt]}% + \stelpositionerenin% + [\c!eenheid=pt, + \c!xschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, + \c!yschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, + \c!factor=1]% + \linewidth=1pt + \ignorespaces#4\relax + \stoppositioneren + \vfill}% + \efreference=0 + \def\refereer% + {\eftext{$\rightarrow$}}% + \def\markeer% + {\eftext{$\leftarrow$}}% + \def\toelichting% + {\efnocomment}% + \def\kleurenbalk##1[##2]% + {}% + \setbox2=\vbox + {{\tfa\doifelsenothing{#1}{#2}{#1}} + \blanko + \tfxx#4 + \vfilll}% + \ifdim\ht0>\ht2 + \ht2=\ht0 + \else + \ht0=\ht2 + \fi + \hbox + {\hskip3em + \vtop{\vskip12pt\box0\vskip6pt}% + \vtop{\vskip12pt\box2\vskip6pt}}% + \endgroup} + +\def\dostartfiguur[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfiguur% + {\doifelse{\@@exoptie}{\v!test} + {\teststartfiguur[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfiguur% + \def\@@exhokjes{\v!aan}} + {\def\@@exhokjes{\v!uit}}% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\plaatsstartfiguur[#1][#2][#3]#4\plaatsstopfiguur}} + +\def\startfiguur% + {\dotripleargument\dostartfiguur} + +%I n=Springen +%I c=\naar,\button,\menubutton,\stelbuttonsin +%I +%I Een woord kan woren gemarkeerd met: +%I +%I \naar{woord}[referentie] +%I +%I Voorlopig zijn daarnaast beschikbaar: +%I +%I \button[instellingen]{woord}[referentie] +%I \menubutton[plaats][instellingen]{woord}[referentie] +%I +%I waarbij de [instellingen] facultatief zijn en {geen} in +%I plaats van {woord} kan worden opgegeven. De instellingen komen, +%I voor zover relevant, overeen met die van \omlijnd. Vaste +%I instellingen vinden plaats met: +%I +%I \stelbuttonsin[breedte=,hoogte=,offset=,kader=, +%I achtergrond=,achtergrondkleur=,achtergrondraster=, +%I kleur=] +%P +%I De elders reeds beschreven commando's \op en \in zijn in +%I geval van interactie ook als volgt te gebruiken: +%I +%I \in{woord}[referentie] +%I \op{woord}[referentie] +%I +%I In dat geval wordt 'tekst~referentie' net zo weergegeven +%I als +%I +%I \naar{woord}[referentie] % woorden +%I \naarbox{woord}[referentie] % robuust +%I +%I opgeroepen verwijzing. + +% Wanneer \naar aan het begin van een regel staat, wordt na +% \naar op een nieuwe regel overgegaan, ook als de regel nog +% niet vol is, vandaar \leaveoutervmode. + +\def\dodonaar#1[#2]% + {\hbox{\gotolocation{#2}{\doattributes{\??ia}{#1\presetgoto}}}} + +\def\donaarspace#1[#2]% + {{\iflocation + \def\processword##1% + {\dodonaar{##1}[#2]}% + \processwords{#1}% + \else + #1\relax % \relax prevents #1's next macros from gobbling \fi + \fi}} + +% much better: +% +% hallo \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat +% is dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] hallo +% \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat is +% dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] hallo +% \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat is +% dat}[hallo] hallo \naar{ziezo dat is dat}[hallo] + +\def\donaarspace#1[#2]% + {{\iflocation + \def\processisolatedword##1% + {\dodonaar{##1}[#2]}% + \processisolatedwords{#1}\processisolatedword + \else + #1\relax % \relax prevents #1's next macros from gobbling \fi + \fi}} + +\def\donaarfixed#1[#2]% + {{\iflocation + \dodonaar{#1}[#2]% + \else + #1% + \fi}} + +\def\donaar#1#2[#3]% + {\leaveoutervmode + \doifreferencefoundelse{#3} + {#1{#2}[#3]} + {\unknownreference{#3}#2}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#3}} + +% beter: + +\def\donaar#1#2[#3]% + {\leaveoutervmode + \doifreferencefoundelse{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\dosymbolreference{}{}{}[#3]} + {#1{#2}[#3]}} + {\unknownreference{#3}#2}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#3}} + +\unexpanded\def\naar% + {\donaar\donaarspace} + +\unexpanded\def\naarbox#1[#2]% nog in handleiding + {\bgroup + \let\@@iastrut=\v!nee + \leaveoutervmode + \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} + {\donaarfixed{#1}[#2]} + {\unknownreference{#2}#1}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#2}% + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\donaarpage#1#2% + {#1% + \hbox + {\gotorealpage{\currentrealreference}{\dolocationattributes{\??ia}{#2}}}} + +%\def\donaarreference#1#2#3[#4]% +% {\leaveoutervmode +% \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} +% {#1{#4}% +% \doifelsenothing{#2} +% {\getrealreference{#4}% +% \ifnum\currentrealreference>\realpageno +% {\let\@@iabreedte=\!!zeropoint +% \donaarpage{#3}{\strut$^\goforwardcharacter$}}% +% \else\ifnum\currentrealreference<\realpageno +% {\let\@@iabreedte=\!!zeropoint +% \donaarpage{#3}{\strut$^\gobackwardcharacter$}}% +% \else\ifhmode +% \unskip +% \fi\fi\fi} +% {\doifsomespaceelse{#3} +% {\doifsomething{#3}{\donaarspace{#3}[#4]~}\donaarfixed{#2}[#4]} +% {\donaarfixed{\dotextprefix{#3}#2}[#4]}}} +% {\unknownreference{#4}\dotextprefix{#3}\dummyreference}% +% \referentieinfo{<}{#4}} + +\def\dosymbolreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\bgroup + \ifhmode\unskip\fi + \doifinstringelse{::}{#4} + {\gotoouterlocation[#4]{\showlocation{$^\gotosomewherecharacter$}}} + {\getrealreference{#4}% + \ifnum\currentrealreference>\realpageno + \donaarpage{#3}{$^\goforwardcharacter$}% + \else\ifnum\currentrealreference<\realpageno + \donaarpage{#3}{$^\gobackwardcharacter$}% + \else\ifhmode + \strut$^\bullet$% NOG DOEN: optioneel weglaten + \fi\fi\fi}% + \egroup} + +\def\dounknownreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\unknownreference{#4}\dotextprefix{#3}\dummyreference}% + +\def\docompletereference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\doifsomespaceelse{#3} + {\doifsomething{#3}{\donaarspace{#3}[#4]~}\donaarfixed{#2}[#4]} + {\donaarfixed{\dotextprefix{#3}#2}[#4]}} + +\def\dolabelonlyreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\doifsomespaceelse{#3} + {\doifsomething{#3}{\donaarspace{#3}[#4]}} + {\donaarfixed{\dotextprefix{#3}}[#4]}} + +\def\dotextonlyreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\dotextprefix{#3}\donaarfixed{#2}[#4]} + +\let\dowantedreference=\docompletereference + +% \def\donaarreference#1#2#3[#4]% +% {\bgroup +% \leaveoutervmode +% \forgetall +% \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} +% {#1{#4}% +% \doifelsenothing{#2} +% {\do\symbolreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]} +% {\dowantedreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]}} +% {\dounknownreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]}% +% \referentieinfo{<}{#4}% +% \egroup} +% +% % accepts \in{eerste}{a}[ref] +% +% \def\donaarreference#1#2#3#4[#5]% +% {\bgroup +% \leaveoutervmode +% \forgetall +% \doifreferencefoundelse{#5} +% {#1{#5}% +% \doifelsenothing{#2} % #2#4 +% {\dosymbolreference{#1}{#2#4}{#3}[#5]} +% {\dowantedreference{#1}{#2#4}{#3}[#5]}} +% {\dounknownreference{#1}{#2#4}{#3}[#5]}% +% \referentieinfo{<}{#5}% +% \egroup} + +% accepts \in{eerste}{a}[ref] and \in eerste a[ref] + +\def\xxxxdonaarreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + \leaveoutervmode + \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} + {#1{#4}% + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\dosymbolreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]} + {\dowantedreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]}} + {\dounknownreference{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#4}% + \egroup} + +\def\xxxdonaarreference#1#2#3#4[#5]% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \xxxxdonaarreference{#1}{#2#4}{#3}[#5]% + \else + \xxxxdonaarreference{#1}{#2}{#3#4}[#5]% + \fi} + +\def\xdonaarreference#1#2% + {\def\xxdonaarreference{\xxxdonaarreference{#1}{#2}}% + \futurelet\next\xxdonaarreference} + +\def\donaarreference#1#2% + {\doifnextcharelse{[} + {\xdonaarreference{#1}{#2}{}} + {\xdonaarreference{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\dotextmodein% + {\donaarreference\gettextreference\currenttextreference} + +\def\op% + {\donaarreference\getpagereference\currentpagereference} + +% tot hier + +\def\dostelbuttonsin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??bt][#1]% + \dododostelinteractiemenuin{\??bt\c!onbekendeverwijzing}% + \dododostelinteractiemenuin{\??bt\c!zelfdepagina}} + +\def\stelbuttonsin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelbuttonsin} + +\presetlocalframed[\??bt] + +\def\complexbutton[#1]#2[#3]% + {\doifelse{#2}{\v!geen} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}% + \doifreferencefoundelse{#3} + {\setbox0=\if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi + {\localframed[\??bt][#1] + {\doifelsenothing{#3} % ??? zie eerdere test + {\doattributes{\??bt}{\ignorespaces#2}} + {\dolocationattributes{\??bt}{\ignorespaces#2}}}}% + \startinteractie + \hbox{\gotolocation{#3}{\copy0}}% + \stopinteractie} + {\unknownreference{#3}% + \if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi + {\localframed[\??bt][#1] + {\ignorespaces#2}}}} + +\unexpanded\def\button% + {\complexorsimpleempty{button}} + +\def\domenubutton[#1][#2]#3[#4]% + {\bgroup + \locationdummytrue + \iffirstargument + \ifsecondargument + \setlocationbox{\??am#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]% + \else + \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#1} + {\setlocationbox{\??bt}[#1]{#3}[#4]} + {\setlocationbox{\??am#1}[]{#3}[#4]}% + \fi + \else + \setlocationbox{\??bt}[]{#3}[#4]% + \fi + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\menubutton% + {\dodoubleempty\domenubutton} + +\def\domenubox[#1][#2]#3% + {\bgroup + \def\setlocationbox##1[##2]##3[##4]% + {\localframed[##1][##2]{\dolocationattributes{##1}{##3}}}% + \domenubutton[#1][#2]#3[]% + \egroup} + +\def\menubox% + {\dodoubleempty\domenubox} + +%I n=Externe files +%I c=\gebruikexterndocument,\uit +%I c=\startsynchroniseer,\stopsynchronisatie,\synchroniseer, +%I c=\stelsynchronisatiein,\stelsynchronisatiebalkin,\synchronisatiebalk +%I +%I Mits ondersteund door het interactieprogramma, kan naar +%I een andere file worden gesprongen. Zo'n file moet eerst +%I worden gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \gebruikexterndocument [naam] [file] [omschrijving] +%I +%I Een verwijzing naar een andere file ziet er als volgt +%I uit: +%I +%I \in{tekst}[naam::verwijzing] +%I \op{tekst}[naam::verwijzing] +%I \naar{tekst}[naam::verwijzing] +%I +%I De naam van het andere document kan worden opgeroepen met +%I +%I \uit[naam] +%I +%I terwijl \uit zonder [naam] de bij \in, \op of \naar +%I behorende omschrijving oproept. +%P +%I Documenten kunnen worden gesynchroniseerd. Dat wil zeggen +%I dat gesprongen kan worden naar hetzelfde punt in een anders +%I vormgegeven tekst. Een synchronisatiepunt wordt aangegeven +%I met: +%I +%I \sychroniseer +%I +%I Een synchronisatie kan uit de pas lopen, bijvoorbeeld als +%I we in een kop een synchronisatiebalk oproepen. Wanneer vindt +%I immers precies de synchronisatie plaats? Vandaar de wat +%I meer betrouwbare menier van aangeven: +%I +%I \startsynchronisatie % voor de kop (nu mag balk) +%I \stopsynchronisatie % eind van de kop (fixeert plaats) +%P +%I Synchronisatie kan worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelsynchronisatiein[status=] +%I +%I Het synchronisatiemechanisme is in geval van interactieve +%I teksten standaard niet actief. +%P +%I Er kan een synchronisatiebalk worden opgeroepen waarmee +%I naar een ander document kan worden gesprongen. +%I +%I \synchronisatiebalk[naam][instellingen] +%I +%I De instellingen kunnen ook apart worden opgegeven: +%I +%I \stelsynchronisatiebalkin[variant=,breedte=, +%I letter=,kleur=,achtergrond=,achtergrondraster=, +%I achtergrondkleur=] +%I +%I Mogelijke varianten zijn 'lokaal' en 'pagina'. In het +%I eerste geval wordt slechts een mogelijkheid geboden, in het +%I tweede geval zijn tot drie mogelijkheden mogelijk. Deze +%I zijn te vergelijken met markeringen. + +% De commando's \setreference en \gotolocation zijn reeds +% gedefinieerd in pragma1.tex. De aanpassing hieronder heeft +% betrekking op het springen naar andere documenten. + +\let\otherlabel = \empty +\let\fileprefix = \empty +\def\otherfile {\jobname} +\let\otherURL = \empty +\let\otherprefix = \empty +\let\dowithdocdes = \empty + +\def\dogebruikexterndocument[#1][#2][#3]% + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\dogebruikexterndocument[#2][#2][#3]} + {\doifelsenothing{#3} + {\dogebruikexterndocument[#1][#2][#2]} + {\doifsomething{#2} + {\setgvalue{doc:url:#1}{}% + \setgvalue{doc:fil:#1}{#2}% + \setgvalue{doc:des:#1}{\dowithdocdes{#3}}% + \doifparentfileelse{#2} + {\showmessage{\m!references}{21}{#2}} + {\bgroup % prevents wrong loading of \jobname + \def\fileprefix{#1::}% % generates #1:: + \setreference{}{}{1}{}% % generates #1:: + \gebruikreferenties[#2]% % loads #1::references + \egroup % within \doifreferenceload (brrrrr) + % evt: \let\checkrerefences=\relax + \doifreferencefoundelse{#1::\c!interactivedocument:#2}% + {\showmessage{\m!references}{21}{#2}}% + {\showmessage{\m!references}{22}{#2}}}}}}% + \egroup} + +\def\gebruikexterndocument% + {\dotripleargument\dogebruikexterndocument} + +\def\dogebruikURL[#1][#2][#3][#4]% + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\dogebruikexterndocument[#1][#2][#3][#3]} + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\setgvalue{doc:url:#1}{#2}% + \setgvalue{doc:fil:#1}{#3}% + \setgvalue{doc:des:#1}{\dowithdocdes{#4}}}}} + +\def\gebruikURL% + {\doquadrupleargument\dogebruikURL} + +\let\gotoinnerlocation=\gotolocation + +\def\gotoouterlocation[#1::#2]#3% + {\bgroup + \def\referenceprefix{}% + \setouterlocation{#1}% + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\gotorealpage{1}{#3}} + {\gotoexternal{#2}{#3}}% + \egroup} + +\def\setouterlocation#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{doc:fil:#1} + {\edef\otherURL{\getvalue{doc:url:#1}}% + \edef\otherfile{\getvalue{doc:fil:#1}}} + {\let\otherURL=\empty + \edef\otherfile{#1}}% + \doifparentfileelse{\otherfile} + {\let\otherURL=\empty + \let\otherfile=\empty + \global\let\otherlabel=\empty + \let\otherprefix=\empty} + {\gdef\otherlabel{#1}% + \def\otherprefix{#1::}}} + +\def\gotolocation#1#2% predefined in Pragma1.tex + {\doifinstringelse{::}{#1}% + {\gotoouterlocation[#1]{#2}}% + {\gotoinnerlocation{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\docomplexuit[#1::#2]% + {{\def\dowithdocdes{\naar}% + \doifdefinedelse{doc:des:#1} + {\getvalue{doc:des:#1}[#1::#2]} + {{\tttf[#1]}}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#1::#2}}} + +\def\simpleuit% + {\getvalue{doc:des:\otherlabel}} + +\def\complexuit[#1]% + {\doifinstringelse{::}{#1}% + {\docomplexuit[#1]}% + {\docomplexuit[#1::]}} + +\def\simpleuit% + {{\def\docommando{}\getvalue{doc:des:\otherlabel}}} + +\def\uit% + {\complexorsimple{uit}} + +% Hier volgen de synchronisatiemacro's: + +\def\syncprefix{sync} +\def\syncmarker{syncmark} + +\definieermarkering[\syncmarker] +\stelmarkeringin[\syncmarker][\c!expansie=\v!ja] + +\newcounter\synccounter + +\newif\ifsynchronisation + +\def\startsynchronisatie% + {\iflocation\ifsynchronisation + \doglobal\increment\synccounter + \fi\fi} + +\def\stopsynchronisatie% + {\iflocation\ifsynchronisation + \thisisinternal{\syncprefix:\synccounter}% + \ifvmode + \markeer[\syncmarker]{\synccounter}% + \else + \showmessage{\m!interactions}{4}{\synccounter}% + \fi + \fi\fi} + +\def\synchroniseer% + {\startsynchronisatie + \stopsynchronisatie} + +\def\dostelsynchronisatiein[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??sy][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@systatus}{\v!start} + {\synchronisationtrue} + {\synchronisationfalse}} + +\def\stelsynchronisatiein% + {\dosingleargument\dostelsynchronisatiein} + +\def\definieersynchronisatie% + {\dosingleargument\dodefinieersynchronisatie} + +\def\stelsynchronisatiebalkin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ba]} + +\presetlocalframed[\??ba] + +\setvalue{synchronisatie\v!pagina}[#1]% + {\bgroup + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\localframed[\??ba][]% + {\dolocationattributes{\??ba}{\strut\@@batekst}}}% + \mindermeldingen + \def\onder% + {\leaders\hrule\!!depth1ex\!!height-.5ex\hfil}% + \def\boven##1##2##3% + {\dimen0=\wd0\relax + \divide\dimen0 by 3\relax + \multiply\dimen0 by ##2\relax + \dimen2=.25em\relax + \advance\dimen0 by -##3\dimen2\relax + \gotoouterlocation + [#1::\syncprefix:##1]% + {\hbox to \dimen0{\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\onder}}}}% + \hbox + {\prefetchmark[\syncmarker]% + \def\check##1##2% + {\edef##2{\fetchmark[\syncmarker][##1]}% + \ifnum0##2=0 \def##2{1}\fi}% + \check\v!vorige\top + \check\v!eerste\first + \check\v!laatste\bot + \setbox2=\hbox to \wd0 + {\ifnum\top=\first\relax + \ifnum\first=\bot\relax + \boven\first30\relax + \else + \boven\first21\hss\boven\bot11\relax + \fi + \else + \ifnum\first=\bot\relax + \boven\top11\hss\boven\first21\relax + \else + \boven\top11\hss\boven\first11\hss\boven\bot11\relax + \fi + \fi}% + \wd2=\!!zeropoint\box2 + \box0\relax}% + \egroup} + +\setvalue{synchronisatie\v!lokaal}[#1]% + {\bgroup + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \def\blackrule{\hbox{\vrule\!!height.5em\!!width.5em}}% + \gotoouterlocation + [#1::\syncprefix:\synccounter]% + {\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\blackrule}}% + \egroup} + +\def\synchronisatiebalk[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation\ifsynchronisation + \bgroup + \stelsynchronisatiebalkin + [\c!tekst=\getvalue{doc:des:#1},#2]% + \getvalue{synchronisatie\@@bavariant}[#1]% + \egroup + \fi\fi} + +% Bepaalde delen van een tekst kunnen (provisorisch) worden +% afgeschermd. Ze zijn dan wel zichtbaar op het scherm, maar +% niet als ze geprint worden. (Dit commando is in +% ontwikkeling.) + +\def\dostartinteractie% + {\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup + \def\stopinteractie% + {\egroup\dostarthide\box0\dostophide}} + +% eerst boolean invoeren bij menu, achtergrond, balk, button +% enz; verder startinteractie een argument meegeven {#1} -> +% \getvalue{#1\c!print}=={\v!ja} enz. Consequent menubutton +% gebruiken! + +\let\startinteractie = \relax +\let\stopinteractie = \relax + +%I n=Programmas +%I c=\definieerprogramma,\programma,\stelprogrammasin +%I +%I Het is, bij wijze van experiment, mogelijk programma's +%I op te starten. Een programma wordt gedefinieerd met: +%I +%I \definieerprogramma[naam][programma][omschrijving] +%I +%I Rond programma's kan een en ander worden ingesteld met: +%I +%I \stelprogrammasin[gebied=] +%I +%I terwijl daadwerkelijk wordt gesprongen met: +%I +%I \programma[naam] + +\def\stelprogrammasin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??pr]} + +\def\dodefinieerprogramma[#1][#2][#3]% + {\setgvalue{pro:fil:#1}{#2}% + \setgvalue{pro:des:#1}{#3}} + +\def\definieerprogramma% + {\dotripleargument\dodefinieerprogramma} + +\def\doprogramma[#1]% + {\iflocation + \hbox + {\setbox0=\hbox + {\dolocationattributes{\??ia}{\getvalue{pro:des:#1}\presetgoto}}% + \dopregoto + {\copy0}% + \start + \dostartrunprogram + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {\@@prgebied\getvalue{pro:fil:#1}}% + \stop + \dostoprunprogram + \doposgoto}% + \else + {\getvalue{pro:des:#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\programma% + {\dosingleargument\doprogramma} + +% Er kan naar een pagina worden gesprongen. Let wel: het +% betreft het volgnummer. Dit kan afwijken van het gezette +% nummer. +% +% ook file::nr mogelijk +% +% \ganaarpagina[eerste(sub),vorige(sub),volgende(sub),laatste(sub),nummer] + +\def\dodoganaareenpagina#1#2#3% + {\checkreferences % nodig ?? + \iflocation + \ifnum#3=\realpageno + {#2} + \else + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\hbox{\gotorealpage{#3}{#2}}} + {\hbox{\gotorealpage{#3}{\dolocationattributes{#1}{#2}}}}% + \fi + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +\def\dodoganaareenfilepagina#1#2#3% tzt: \ifouterlocation en + {\checkreferences % nodig ?? % combineren met vorige + \iflocation + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\hbox{\gotorealpage{#3}{#2}}} + {\hbox{\gotorealpage{#3}{\dolocationattributes{#1}{#2}}}}% + \else + {#2}% + \fi} + +\def\doganaareenpagina#1#2[#3]% + {\bgroup + \beforesplitstring#3\at::\to\eenfile + \doifelsenothing{\eenfile} + {\processaction + [#3] + [ \v!eerste\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\firstpage, + \v!vorige\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\prevpage, + \v!volgende\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\nextpage, + \v!laatste\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\lastpage, + \v!eerste\v!sub\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\firstsubpage, + \v!vorige\v!sub\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\prevsubpage, + \v!volgende\v!sub\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\nextsubpage, + \v!laatste\v!sub\v!pagina=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\lastsubpage, + \v!eerste=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\firstpage, + \v!vorige=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\prevpage, + \v!volgende=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\nextpage, + \v!laatste=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\lastpage, + \v!eerste\v!sub=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\firstsubpage, + \v!vorige\v!sub=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\prevsubpage, + \v!volgende\v!sub=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\nextsubpage, + \v!laatste\v!sub=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}\lastsubpage, + \s!unknown=>\dodoganaareenpagina{#1}{#2}{#3}]} + {\setouterlocation\eenfile + \aftersplitstring#3\at::\to\eenpagina + \doifelsenothing{\eenpagina} + {\def\eenpagina{1}} + {\doifnumberelse{\eenpagina} + {} + {\def\eenpagina{1}}}% + \dodoganaareenfilepagina{#1}{#2}\eenpagina} + \egroup} + +\def\ganaarpagina#1% + {\doganaareenpagina\??ia{#1\presetgoto}} + +%I n=Interactiebalk +%I c=\interactiebalk,\stelinteractiebalkin +%I +%I Het volgende commando genereert een interactiebalk. Pas op: +%I de waarde van \realpageno staat niet echt vast. +%I +%I \interactiebalk[variant=,breedte=,hoogte=,diepte=, +%I achtergrond=,achtergrondkleur=,achtergrondraster=, +%I kader=,stap=] +%I +%I \interactiebalk[reset] +%I +%I \stelinteractiebalkin[...] +%I +%I Mogelijke stappen zijn 'klein', 'middel', 'groot' en 'n'; +%I beschikbare varianten zijn: +%I +%I a meter (scrollbar) +%I b jumper (symbool: begin terug vooruit eind) +%I c jumper (balk: begin terug vooruit eind) +%I d pagina (subpaginas vast formaat) +%I e pagina (subpaginas vrij formaat) +%I f pagina (subpaginas grote aantallen) +%I g pagina (subpaginas jumper) + +% Dit is leuke toepassing van glue! + +\newbox\meterbox + +\newif\ifbalksymbool + +\def\interactiebalka% + {\iflocation + \bgroup + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupblackrules[\c!hoogte=\v!max,\c!diepte=\v!max]% + \!!widthb=\@@ibbreedte\relax + \advance\!!widthb by -2.75em\relax + \!!widtha=\!!widthb\relax + \divide\!!widtha by \lastpage\relax + \bgroup + \advance\realpageno by -1\relax + \ifvoid\meterbox + \bgroup + \processaction + [\@@ibstap] + [ \v!klein=>\dimen0=.25em\relax, + \v!middel=>\dimen0=.5em\relax, + \v!groot=>\dimen0=1em\relax, + \s!unknown=>\dimen0=\!!widtha]% + \ifdim\!!widtha<\dimen0\relax + \!!counta=\dimen0\relax + \!!countb=\!!widtha + \divide\!!counta by \!!countb + \else + \!!counta=\@@ibstap\relax + \fi + \!!widtha=\!!counta\!!widtha + \setbox0=\hbox{\blackrule[\c!breedte=\!!widtha]}% + \global\setbox\meterbox=\hbox to \!!widthb + {\hss + \for \teller=1 \to \lastpage \step \!!counta \do + {\gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy0}}% + \hss}% + \global\wd\meterbox=\!!zeropoint\relax + \egroup + \fi + \egroup + \noindent + \strut + \hbox to \@@ibbreedte + {\mindermeldingen + \setupblackrules[\c!breedte=1em]% + \doganaareenpagina{\??ib}{\blackrule}[\v!eerste]% + \hss + \color[middlegray]{\copy\meterbox}% + \hbox to \!!widthb + {\ifdim\!!widtha<1em\relax + \!!widtha=1em\relax + \fi + \setupblackrules[\c!breedte=\!!widtha]% + \ifnum\realpageno>1\relax + \!!counta=\realpageno + \advance\!!counta by -2\relax + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus\!!counta sp\relax % cm gives overflow + \doganaareenpagina{\??ib}{\blackrule}[\v!vorige]% + \fi + \color[\@@ibcontrastkleur]{\blackrule[\c!breedte=.5em]}% + \ifnum\realpageno<\lastpage\relax + \doganaareenpagina{\??ib}{\blackrule}[\v!volgende]% + \!!counta=\lastpage\relax + \advance\!!counta by -\realpageno + \advance\!!counta by -1\relax + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus\!!counta sp\relax % cm gives overflow + \fi}% + \hss + \doganaareenpagina{\??ib}{\blackrule}[\v!laatste]}% + \egroup + \fi} + +\presetlocalframed[\??ib] + +\def\interactiebalkc% + {\iflocation + \ifnum\lastpage>1\relax + \hbox to \@@ibbreedte + {\setupblackrules[\c!hoogte=\v!max,\c!diepte=\v!max]% + \def\goto##1[##2]% + {\doganaareenpagina{}{\blackrule[\c!breedte=##1]}[##2]}% + \dimen0=\@@ibbreedte\relax + \advance\dimen0 by -4em\relax + \!!counta=\lastpage + \advance\!!counta by -1 + \divide\dimen0 by \!!counta + \!!counta=\realpageno + \advance\!!counta by -1\relax + \!!widtha=\!!counta\dimen0\relax + \!!countb=\lastpage + \advance\!!countb by -\realpageno + \!!widthb=\!!countb\dimen0\relax + \startcolor[\locationcolor\@@ibkleur]% + \goto{1em}[\v!eerste]% + \hss + \goto{\!!widtha}[\v!vorige]% + \color[\@@ibcontrastkleur]{\blackrule[\c!breedte=1em]}% + \goto{\!!widthb}[\v!volgende]% + \hss + \goto{1em}[\v!laatste]% + \stopcolor}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\interactiebalkd% + {\iflocation\ifshowingsubpage + \ifnum\nofsubpages>1\relax + \hbox + \bgroup + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \ifbalksymbool % beter: 3 chars assign en 3*box + \setbox0=\hbox{\gobackwardcharacter}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\gotosomewherecharacter}% + \setbox4=\hbox{\goforwardcharacter}% + \else + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!height\@@ibhoogte + \!!depth\@@ibdiepte + \!!width\@@ibbreedte}% + \setbox2=\copy0 + \setbox4=\copy0 + \fi + \startcolor[\locationcolor\@@ibkleur]% + \for\teller=1\to\nofsubpages\step1\do + {\bgroup + \increment(\teller,\firstsubpage)\relax + \decrement\teller\relax + \ifnum\teller<\realpageno\relax + \gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy0}\relax + \else\ifnum\teller=\realpageno\relax + \color + [\@@ibcontrastkleur] + {\gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy2}}% + \else + \gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy4}\relax + \fi\fi + \egroup + \hskip\@@ibafstand}% + \unskip + \stopcolor + \egroup + \fi + \fi\fi} + +\def\interactiebalke% KAN WORDEN GECOMBINEERD MET D + {\iflocation\ifshowingsubpage + \ifnum\nofsubpages>1\relax + \bgroup + \!!widthb=\@@ibafstand + \multiply\!!widthb by \nofsubpages + \advance\!!widthb by -\@@ibafstand % (n-1) + \!!widtha=\@@ibbreedte + \advance\!!widtha by -\!!widthb + \divide\!!widtha by \nofsubpages\relax + \ifdim\!!widtha<\@@ibafstand\relax + \interactiebalkf + \else + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \noindent + \hbox to \@@ibbreedte + \bgroup + \ifbalksymbool + \setbox0=\hbox{\gobackwardcharacter}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\gotosomewherecharacter}% + \setbox4=\hbox{\goforwardcharacter}% + \else + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!height\@@ibhoogte + \!!depth\@@ibdiepte + \!!width\!!widtha}% + \setbox2=\copy0 + \setbox4=\copy0 + \fi + \startcolor[\locationcolor\@@ibkleur]% + \for\teller=1\to\nofsubpages\step1\do + {\bgroup + \increment(\teller,\firstsubpage)\relax + \decrement\teller\relax + \ifnum\teller<\realpageno\relax + \gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy0}\relax + \else\ifnum\teller=\realpageno\relax + \color + [\@@ibcontrastkleur] + {\gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy2}}% + \else + \gotorealpage{\teller}{\copy4}\relax + \fi\fi + \egroup + \hss}% + \unskip + \stopcolor + \egroup + \fi + \egroup + \fi + \fi\fi} + +\def\interactiebalkf% !! KAN WORDEN GECOMBINEERD MET D !! + {\iflocation\ifshowingsubpage + \ifnum\nofsubpages>1\relax + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \noindent + \hbox to \@@ibbreedte + \bgroup + \!!countb=0 + \loop + \advance\!!countb by 1\relax + \!!countc=\nofsubpages + \divide\!!countc by \!!countb + \advance\!!countc by 1 + \!!widthb=\@@ibafstand + \multiply\!!widthb by \!!countc + \advance\!!widthb by -\@@ibafstand + \!!widtha=\@@ibbreedte + \advance\!!widtha by -\!!widthb + \divide\!!widtha by \!!countc + \ifdim\!!widtha<\@@ibafstand\relax + \repeat + \ifbalksymbool + \setbox0=\hbox{\gobackwardcharacter}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\gotosomewherecharacter}% + \setbox4=\hbox{\goforwardcharacter}% + \else + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!height\@@ibhoogte + \!!depth\@@ibdiepte + \!!width\!!widtha}% + \setbox2=\hbox + {\dimen0=\@@ibhoogte + \dimen2=\@@ibdiepte + \vrule + \!!height.5\dimen0 + \!!depth.5\dimen2 + \!!width\!!widtha}% + \ht2=\ht0 + \dp2=\dp0 + \setbox4=\copy0 + \fi + \def\goto##1##2% + {\ifnum##1=\realpageno\relax + \color + [\@@ibcontrastkleur] + {\gotorealpage{##1}{##2}}% + \else + \gotorealpage{##1}{##2}\relax + \fi}% + \startcolor[\locationcolor\@@ibkleur]% + \!!countc=\realpageno \advance\!!countc by -2\relax + \!!countd=\realpageno \advance\!!countd by 2\relax + \for\teller=\firstsubpage\to\lastsubpage\step1\do + {\!!doneafalse + \!!donebfalse + \ifnum\teller=\firstsubpage\relax \!!doneatrue \fi + \ifnum\teller=\lastsubpage\relax \!!doneatrue \fi + \ifnum\teller>\!!countc \ifnum\teller<\!!countd \!!doneatrue \fi\fi + \advance\!!countf by 1\relax + \ifnum\!!countf=\!!countb\relax \!!donebtrue \fi + \if!!donea % nog eens checken + \!!countf=0 + \goto\teller{\copy2}% + \hss + \else\if!!doneb + \!!countf=0 + \ifnum\teller<\realpageno\relax + \goto\teller{\copy0}% + \else\ifnum\teller>\realpageno\relax + \goto\teller{\copy2}% + \else + \goto\teller{\copy4}% + \fi\fi + \hss + \fi\fi}% + \unskip + \stopcolor + \egroup + \fi + \fi\fi} + +\def\interactiebalkb% + {\ifnum\lastpage>\firstpage\relax + \interactiebuttons + [\v!eerste \v!pagina, + \v!vorige \v!pagina, + \v!volgende\v!pagina, + \v!laatste \v!pagina]% + \fi} + +\def\interactiebalkg% + {\ifnum\lastsubpage>\firstsubpage\relax + \interactiebuttons + [\v!eerste \v!sub\v!pagina, + \v!vorige \v!sub\v!pagina, + \v!volgende\v!sub\v!pagina, + \v!laatste \v!sub\v!pagina]% + \fi} + +\def\complexinteractiebalk[#1]% + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!reset}% + {\global\setbox\meterbox=\box\voidb@x}% + {\bgroup + \iflocation + \checksubpages % goes wrong / loads \numberofpages too + \getparameters[\??ib][#1]% + \doif{\@@ibstatus}{\v!start} + {\startinteractie + \processaction + [\@@ibvariant] + [d=>{\getparameters[\??ib][\c!breedte=.5em,\c!hoogte=.5em,#1]}, + e=>{\getparameters[\??ib][\c!hoogte=.5em,\c!afstand=.2em,#1]}, + f=>{\getparameters[\??ib][\c!hoogte=.5em,\c!afstand=.2em,#1]}]% + \doifelse{\@@ibsymbool}{\v!ja} + {\balksymbooltrue} + {\balksymboolfalse}% + \getvalue{interactiebalk\@@ibvariant}% + \stopinteractie}% + \fi + \egroup}} + +\unexpanded\def\interactiebalk% + {\complexorsimpleempty{interactiebalk}} + +\def\stelinteractiebalkin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ib]} + +%I n=Interactiebuttons +%I c=\interactiebuttons +%I +%I Men kan zelf interactiebalken samenstellen met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \interactiebuttons[logische referenties] +%I +%I bijvoorbeeld: +%I +%I \interactiebuttons[vorigepagina,SluitDocument,...] +%I +%I optioneel kunnen instellingen worden meegegeven: +%I +%I \interactiebuttons[instellingen][logische referenties] + +\def\dointeractiebuttons[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \ifsecondargument + \bgroup + \setbox2=\hbox + {\localframed[\??ib][]{\gobackwardcharacter}}% + \!!heighta=\ht2 + \stelinteractiebalkin[#1,\c!strut=\v!nee]% + \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \!!widtha=\@@ibbreedte\relax + \getcommalistsize[#2]% + \increment\commalistsize + \divide\!!widtha by \commalistsize + \def\goto##1##2% + {\setnostrut + \gotorealpage + {##2} + {\localframed + [\??ib][\c!hoogte=\!!heighta,\c!breedte=\!!widtha] + {\showcontrastlocation{\??ib}{##2}{$##1$}}}% + \hss}% + \def\exec##1##2% + {\setnostrut + \gotolocation + {##2} + {\localframed + [\??ib][\c!hoogte=\!!heighta,\c!breedte=\!!widtha] + {\showcoloredlocation{\??ib}{$##1$}}}% + \hss}% + \hbox to \@@ibbreedte + {\processallactionsinset + [#2] + [ \v!pagina=>\goto\gotobegincharacter \firstpage + \goto\gobackwardcharacter\prevpage + \goto\goforwardcharacter \nextpage + \goto\gotoendcharacter \lastpage, + \v!sub\v!pagina=>\goto\gotobegincharacter \firstsubpage + \goto\gobackwardcharacter\prevsubpage + \goto\goforwardcharacter \nextsubpage + \goto\gotoendcharacter \lastsubpage, + \v!eerste\v!pagina=>\goto\gotobegincharacter \firstpage, + \v!vorige\v!pagina=>\goto\gobackwardcharacter\prevpage, + \v!volgende\v!pagina=>\goto\goforwardcharacter \nextpage, + \v!laatste\v!pagina=>\goto\gotoendcharacter \lastpage, + \v!eerste\v!sub\v!pagina=>\goto\gotobegincharacter \firstsubpage, + \v!vorige\v!sub\v!pagina=>\goto\gobackwardcharacter\prevsubpage, +\v!volgende\v!sub\v!pagina=>\goto\goforwardcharacter \nextsubpage, + \v!laatste\v!sub\v!pagina=>\goto\gotoendcharacter \lastsubpage, + \v!PreviousJump=>\exec\gobackjumpcharacter\v!PreviousJump, + \v!NextJump=>\exec\goforjumpcharacter \v!NextJump, + \v!CloseDocument=>\exec\closecharacter \v!CloseDocument, + \s!unknown=>\commalistelement]% + \unskip}% + \egroup + \else + \interactiebuttons[][#1]% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\interactiebuttons% + {\dodoubleempty\dointeractiebuttons} + +%I n=Profielen +%I c=\definieerprofiel,\startprofiel,\volgprofiel +%I +%I Er kunnen een gericht leesprofiel worden gedefinieerd. +%I Daartoe worden delen van de tekst gemerkt met commando: +%I +%I \startprofiel[label,label,...] +%I \stopprofiel +%I +%I Een profiel wordt vervolgens samengesteld uit gemerkte +%I teksten: +%I +%I \definieerprofiel[naam,naam][label,label,...] +%I +%I en kan worden gevolgd met: +%I +%I \volgprofiel{tekst}[naam] +%I +%I Dit laatste commando is te vergelijken met \naar, met dat +%I verschil dat naar een serie teksten wordt gesprongen. +%P +%I Profielen kunnen worden getest. In dat geval worden de +%I begin- en eindpunten in de tekst aangegeven. De labels +%I zijn actief, zodat snel heen en weer gesprongen kan worden. +%I +%I \stelprofielenin[optie=] +%I +%I Hierbij kan optie de waarde 'test' hebben. + +% Er wordt vooralsnog uitgegaan van een symmetrische +% start-stop situatie. + +\def\c!profiel!! {profiel:} % brrr +\def\c!versie!! {versie:} + +\def\dodefinieerprofiel[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \def\dododefinieerprofiel##1% + {\def\dodododefinieerprofiel####1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\c!profiel!!####1}% + {\edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\c!profiel!!####1}}% + \setevalue{\c!profiel!!####1}{\!!stringa,##1}}% + {\setevalue{\c!profiel!!####1}{##1}}}% + \processcommalist[#2]\dodododefinieerprofiel}% + \processcommalist[#1]\dododefinieerprofiel + \fi} + +\def\definieerprofiel% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerprofiel} + +% Als met \getpar wordt gewerkt, dan moet \next worden toegepast. + +\def\profilepage{} + +\let\dosetprofilepage=\relax +\let\dogetprofilepage=\relax + +\def\processprofile[#1]#2#3% + {\iflocation + \par % needed for pdftex + \bgroup + \dosetprofilepage + \dogetprofilepage + \def\processoneprofile##1##2% + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{##2}{\processedprofiles}% + {\doifsomething{##1}{(##1)}}% + {\addtocommalist{##2}\processedprofiles + ##1\relax + #3{##2}{\hsize}{\profilepage}}}% + \def\processedprofiles{}% + \def\doprocessprofile##1% + {\doifelse{\@@pfoptie}{\v!test}% + {\goodbreak\blanko\nobreak\tt[\spatie + #2 profiel\spatie ##1:\spatie + \doifdefinedelse{\c!profiel!!##1}% + {\def\dodoprocessprofile####1% + {\processoneprofile + {\naar{####1}[\c!profiel!!####1]}% + {####1}% + \spatie}% + \processcommacommand + [\getvalue{\c!profiel!!##1}]\dodoprocessprofile}% + {- }% + ]\nobreak\blanko}% + {\doifdefined{\c!profiel!!##1}% + {\def\dodoprocessprofile####1% + {\processoneprofile{}{####1}}% + \processcommacommand + [\getvalue{\c!profiel!!##1}]\dodoprocessprofile}}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\doprocessprofile + \egroup + \par % needed for pdftex + \fi} + +\def\startprofiel[#1]% + {\iflocation + \bgroup + \addtocommalist{#1}\actualprofile + \def\stopprofiel% + {\processprofile[#1]\v!stop\doendofprofile + \egroup}% + \DoAfterFi\processprofile[#1]\v!start\dobeginofprofile + \fi} + +\let\stopprofiel=\relax + +\def\dovolgprofiel#1[#2]% + {\iflocation + \hbox + {\dopregoto + {\dolocationattributes{\??ia}{#1\presetgoto}}% + \start + \dostartgotoprofile + {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} + {#2}% + \stop + \dostopgotoprofile + \doposgoto}% + \else + {#1}% + \fi} + +\def\volgprofiel#1[#2]% + {\iflocation + \doif{\@@pfoptie}{\v!test}{\paginareferentie[\c!profiel!!#2]}% + \dovolgprofiel{#1}[#2]% + \fi} + +\def\stelprofielenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??pf]} + +% Als er nog geen tekst op de pagina staat, dan heeft het +% profiel betrekking op het bovenstaande, dus soms een vorige +% pagina! Vreemd, omdat PDF paginagewijs werkt. Gelukkig +% biedt /page een oplossing. Echter: expansie van een +% \special kan niet worden uitgesteld, zodat alleen een +% two-pass een oplossing vormt. Het onderstaande kan komen +% te vervallen als Acrobat dit ondervangt. Het scheelt een +% pass en een lijst. +% +% Er kunnen eventueel twee lijsten worden gebruikt. Een voor +% het begin (start) en een voor het eind (stop). Nu staat +% alles in een lijst. + +\definetwopasslist{\s!profile} + +\newcounter\currentprofile + +\def\dosetprofilepage% + {\doglobal\increment\currentprofile + \edef\docommando% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!profile}% + {\currentprofile}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \docommando} + +\def\dogetprofilepage% + {\gettwopassdata{\s!profile}% + \let\profilepage=\twopassdata} + +%I n=Versies +%I c=\definieerversie,\stelversiesin,\startversie +%I c=\selecteerversie,\markeerversie,\volgversie +%I +%I Het mechanisme om wijzigingen in een tekst te markeren en +%I selecteren sluit aan op dat van profielen. +%I +%I Een deel van de tekst kan worden gemarkeerd met ofwel +%I +%I \startversie[nr,nr,...] +%I \stopversie +%I +%I of tussen @+ ...... @-. Eventueel mogen achter @+ nummers +%I worden opgenomen: @+nr,nr,... ...... @-. +%I +%I Aldus gemerkte tekst kan in een afwijkende letter worden +%I weergegeven, bijvoorbeeld \ss. Daarbij wordt de laagste +%I nog te mrkeren versie opgegeven: +%I +%I \stelversiesin[nummer=,letter=] +%I +%I Een versienummer mag punten (.) bevatten. Deze worden +%I voor het vergelijken niet meegenomen. Oppassen dus: 1.10 +%I wordt 110 en 2.2 wordt 22 en moet dus 2.02 zijn. +%P +%I Het is mogelijk alleen de 'recente' wijzigingen te +%I verwerken. Dit gaat in twee slagen: +%I +%I \markeerversie (eerste slag) +%I \selecteerversie (tweede slag) +%I +%I Er is gekozen voor het bewust markeren, omdat het +%I markeren gaat ten koste van de omvang van de hulpfile. +%P +%I Evenals profielen, kunnen ook versie worden gevolgd. Ook +%I hier dient eerst een definitie plaats te vinden: +%I +%I \definieerversie[naam][nummer,nummer,nummer] +%I +%I waarna gebruik kan worden gemaakt van: +%I +%I \volgversie{tekst}[naam] +%I +%I Er is ook een combinatie (doorsnede) mogelijk van +%I profielen en versies: +%I +%I \volgprofielversie{tekst}[naam profiel][naam versie] + +\newcounter\versionlevel +\newcounter\versionorder + +\newif\ifrecentversion + +\let\oldatcharacter=@ + +\def\minimumversion{0} +\def\actualversion{0} + +\def\dostelversiesin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ve][#1] + \stripcharacter.\from\@@venummer\to\minimumversion + \setversion} + +\def\stelversiesin% + {\dosingleargument\dostelversiesin} + +\definetwopasslist{\s!versionbegin} +\definetwopasslist{\s!versionend} + +\def\actualprofile{} + +\def\doresetpageversion% + {\edef\docommando% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!versionend}% + {\versionorder}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \docommando} + +\def\dosetpageversion#1% + {\recentversiontrue + \doglobal\increment\versionorder\relax + \edef\docommando% + {\writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!versionbegin}% + {\versionorder}% + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \docommando + \let\resetpageversion=\doresetpageversion} + +\def\recentcontributions{} + +\def\checkrecentcontributions% + {\gettwopassdata{\s!versionbegin}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \!!counta=\twopassdata\relax + \gettwopassdata{\s!versionend}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \!!countb=\twopassdata\relax + \doglobal\increment\versionorder\relax + \writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!versionbegin}% + {\versionorder}% + {\the\!!counta}}% + \writeutilitycommand% + {\twopassentry% + {\s!versionend}% + {\versionorder}% + {\the\!!countb}}% + \for\teller=\!!counta\to\!!countb\step1\do% + {\@EA\doglobal\@EA\addtocommalist\@EA{\teller}{\recentcontributions}}% + \let\next=\checkrecentcontributions + \else + \let\next=\relax + \fi + \else + \let\next=\relax + \fi + \next} + +\def\docheckpageversion% + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\realfolio}{\recentcontributions} + {\geselecteerdtrue}% + {\geselecteerdfalse}} + +\let\setpageversion = \gobbleoneargument +\let\resetpageversion = \relax +\let\checkpageversion = \relax + +\def\complexstartversie[#1]% + {\bgroup + \doifelse{\actualprofile}{}% + {\startprofiel[#1]}% + {\startprofiel[#1,\actualprofile]}% + \def\docomplexstartversie##1% + {\stripcharacter.\from##1\to\actualversion + \ifnum\versionlevel>0\relax + \ifnum\actualversion=0\relax + \setpageversion\actualversion % unknown version + \else + \ifnum\actualversion<\minimumversion\relax + \relax % old version + \else + \setpageversion\actualversion % new version + \fi + \fi + \fi}% + \doglobal\increment\versionlevel\relax + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\docomplexstartversie{0}}% + {\processcommalist[#1]\docomplexstartversie}} + +\def\startversie% + {\complexorsimpleempty{startversie}} + +\def\stopversie% + {\stopprofiel + \doglobal\decrement\versionlevel + \ifnum\versionlevel<0\relax + \showmessage{\m!versions}{1}{}% + \else + \resetpageversion + \egroup + \fi} + +\bgroup +\catcode`@=\active +\gdef\setversion% + {\catcode`@=\active % we can't use \@@active here + \long\def@##1##2 % + {\ifx##1+% + \startversie[##2]% + \else\ifx##1-% + \stopversie + \else + \oldatcharacter##1##2 % + \fi\fi}} +\egroup + +\def\markeerversie% + {\showmessage{\m!versions}{2}{}% + \let\setpageversion=\dosetpageversion + \let\resetpageversion=\relax + \let\checkpageversion=\relax} + +\def\selecteerversie% + {\checkrecentcontributions + \showmessage{\m!versions}{3}{\recentcontributions}% + \let\setpageversion=\gobbleoneargument + \let\resetpageversion=\relax + \let\checkpageversion=\docheckpageversion + \setversion} + +\def\dodefinieerversie[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\c!versie!!#1}{#2}% + \definieerprofiel[#1][#2]} + +\def\definieerversie% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerversie} + +\def\volgversie% + {\volgprofiel} + +\def\volgprofielversie#1[#2][#3]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\definieerprofiel[#2#3][##1]}% + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\c!versie!!#3}]\docommando + \volgprofiel#1[#2#3]} + +% Standaard instellingen + +\definecolor [interactioncontrastcolor] [r=.8, g=0, b=0] +\definecolor [interactioncolor] [r=0, g=.6, b=0] + +\definecolor [interactiekleur] [interactioncolor] +\definecolor [interactiecontrastkleur] [interactioncontrastcolor] + +% andere talen ook + +\stelinteractiein + [\c!status=\v!stop, + \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!menu=\v!uit, + \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!strut=\v!ja, + \c!kleur=interactioncolor, + \c!contrastkleur=interactioncontrastcolor, + \c!breedte=1em, + \c!hoogte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!titel=, + \c!subtitel=, + \c!auteur=, + \c!datum=\the\normalyear + \ifnum\normalmonth<10 0\fi\the\normalmonth + \ifnum\normalday<10 0\fi\the\normalday] + +\definieerinteractiemenu + [\v!rechts] + [\v!rechts] + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=\vfil, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!afstand=12pt, + \c!links=\hss, + \c!rechts=\hss, + \c!breedte=\rechterrandbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] + +\definieerinteractiemenu + [\v!links] + [\v!links] + [\c!voor=, + \c!na=\vfil, + \c!tussen=\blanko, + \c!afstand=12pt, + \c!links=\hss, + \c!rechts=\hss, + \c!breedte=\linkerrandbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] + +\definieerinteractiemenu + [\v!onder] + [\v!onder] + [\c!voor=\vss, + \c!na=\vss, + \c!midden=\hfil, + \c!afstand=12pt, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] + +\definieerinteractiemenu + [\v!boven] + [\v!boven] + [\c!voor=\vss, + \c!na=\vss, + \c!midden=\hfil, + \c!afstand=12pt, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] + +\stelinteractiemenuin + [\v!links,\v!rechts,\v!boven,\v!onder] + [\c!offset=.25em, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!letter=\@@ialetter, + \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja, + \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg, + \c!bovenoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!onderoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!linkeroffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!rechteroffset=\!!zeropoint] + +\stelbovenin [\v!tekst] [\c!middentekst={\interactiemenus[\v!boven]}] +\stelonderin [\v!tekst] [\c!middentekst={\interactiemenus[\v!onder]}] + +\def\plaatsrechterrandblok {\interactiemenus[\v!rechts]} +\def\plaatslinkerrandblok {\interactiemenus[\v!links]} + +\stelinteractieschermin + [\c!breedte=\printpapierbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\printpapierhoogte, + \c!rugoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!kopoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!rugwit=\rugwit, + \c!kopwit=\kopwit, + \c!optie=\c!min] + +\stelexternefigurenin + [\c!hokjes=\v!uit, + \c!ymax=24, + \c!xmax=] + +\stelbuttonsin + [\c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim, + \c!offset=0.25em, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!letter=\@@ialetter, + \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja, + \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg] + +\stelinteractiebalkin + [\c!status=\v!start, + \c!variant=a, + \c!symbool=\v!nee, + \c!breedte=\rechterrandbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!stap=1, + \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!contrastkleur=\@@iacontrastkleur, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=] + +\stelsynchronisatiebalkin + [\c!variant=\v!pagina, + \c!breedte=\rechterrandbreedte, + \c!letter=\@@ialetter, + \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=] + +\stelsynchronisatiein + [\c!status=\v!stop] + +\stelversiesin + [\c!nummer=1, + \c!letter=\ss, + \c!kleur=] + +\stelprofielenin + [\c!optie=] + +\stelprogrammasin + [\c!gebied=] + +\protect + +\endinput + +% Verwijzingen: +% +% - eerst lokaal kijken (prefix) +% - dan globaal kijken (zonder prefix) +% - en tot slot sequentieel lokaal kijken (alle prefixen doorlopen) +% (van globaal naar lokaal) +% +% PAS OP: aangepast en dus niet meer ok + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70487ec8b --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex @@ -0,0 +1,423 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-01e, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=1E (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (e)} + +\unprotect + +% \ifprocesspreviousparagraphs +% +% \nofskippedparagraphs +% \paragraphnumber +% \nofparagraphs +% +% \dosetparagraph +% \doresetparagraph +% \dobeforeparagraph +% \doafterparagraph +% \dobeforeskipparagraph +% \doafterskipparagraph +% +% \pushparagraphs\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden +% \pushmoreparagraphs\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand toevoegen +% \popparagraphs alle alineas oproepen +% \popparagraphs[a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen [geen] +% +% tzt een optionele prefix: +% +% \pushparagraphs[xxx]\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden +% \popparagraphs[xxx] alle alineas oproepen +% \popparagraphs[xxx][a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen +% +% \numberparagraphs +% \numberparagraphlines +% \resetparagraphlines + +\newif\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % public +\newif\ifprocessallparagraphs % private + +\newcounter\totalnofparagraphs % private +\newcounter\globalparagraphnumber % private +\newcounter\discardedparagraphs % private +\newcounter\mostrecentparagraphtotal % public + +\let\dosetparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doresetparagraph = \relax % public +\let\dobeforeparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doafterparagraph = \relax % public +\let\dobeforeskipparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doafterskipparagraph = \relax % public + +\def\paragraphnumber {} % public +\def\nofparagraphs {} % public +\def\nofskippedparagraphs {} % public + +\def\paragraphprefix {paragraph} % private + +% voorlopig, wordt nog class + +\def\resetparagraphlines% + {\global\linenumber=1\relax} + +\def\numberparagraphs% + {\processpreviousparagraphstrue + \def\dosetparagraph% + {\bgroup + \resetparagraphlines + \EveryPar + {\strut\inlinkermarge{\tx\paragraphnumber\kern2em}% + \ignorespaces}} + \def\doresetparagraph% + {\resetparagraphlines + \egroup}} + +\def\numberparagraphlines% + {\processpreviousparagraphstrue + \def\dosetparagraph% + {\resetparagraphlines} + \def\doresetparagraph% + {\resetparagraphlines} + \def\dobeforeparagraph% + {\startregelnummeren[\v!verder]} + \def\doafterparagraph% + {\stopregelnummeren} + \def\dobeforeskipparagraph% + {\stopregelnummeren + \let\paragraphnumber=\relax} + \def\doafterskipparagraph% + {\startregelnummeren[\v!verder]}} + +\def\dopushparagraphs#1% + {\global\let\mostrecentparagraphtotal=\totalnofparagraphs + \ifx#1\undefined + \let#1=\relax + \fi + \convertargument#1\to\asciiA + \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel + \def\dopushparagraph##1\par% + {\convertargument##1\to\asciiC + \doifelse{\asciiC}{\asciiA} + {\let\next=#1} + {\doifnot{\asciiC}{} % lege paragraaf + {\doifnot{\asciiC}{\asciiB} + {\doglobal\increment\totalnofparagraphs + \ifnum\totalnofparagraphs>0\nofskippedparagraphs\relax + \setgvalue{\paragraphprefix\totalnofparagraphs}% + {##1}% + \else + \setgvalue{\paragraphprefix\totalnofparagraphs}% + {\skipparagraph##1\par}% + \fi}}% + \let\next=\dopushparagraph} + \next}% + \dopushparagraph} + +\def\pushparagraphs% + {\doglobal\newcounter\totalnofparagraphs + \dopushparagraphs} + +\def\pushmoreparagraphs% + {\dopushparagraphs} + +\def\dododopopparagraph#1% no grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats + {\ifnum#1>\totalnofparagraphs\relax + \else + \let\paragraphnumber=\globalparagraphnumber + \decrement(\paragraphnumber,\discardedparagraphs)% + \dobeforeparagraph + \ifhmode\indentation\fi\getvalue{\paragraphprefix#1}\par + \doafterparagraph + \fi} + +\long\def\skipparagraph#1\par% + {\doglobal\increment\discardedparagraphs + \ifprocessallparagraphs + \dobeforeskipparagraph + \ifhmode\indentation\fi#1\par + \doafterskipparagraph + \fi} + +\def\dodopopparagraph% + {\dododopopparagraph} + +\def\dodoprocessparagraph#1% + {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs + \bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox{\dododopopparagraph{#1}}% + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\processpreviousparagraphs[#1]% process previous ones + {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs + \bgroup + \getfromcommacommand[#1][1]% + \let\totalnofparagraphs=\commalistelement + \decrement\totalnofparagraphs + \let\dodopopparagraph=\dodoprocessparagraph + \popparagraphs + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\dopopparagraphs[#1]% + {\doifnotinset{#1}{\v!geen,0} + {\dosetparagraph + \doglobal\newcounter\globalparagraphnumber + \doglobal\newcounter\discardedparagraphs + \doifelse{#1}{} + {\processallparagraphstrue} + {\processallparagraphsfalse}% + \def\dopopparagraph% + {\doglobal\increment\globalparagraphnumber + \ifnum\globalparagraphnumber>\totalnofparagraphs\relax + \let\dopopparagraph=\relax + \else\ifprocessallparagraphs + \ifnum\globalparagraphnumber>\mostrecentparagraphtotal\relax + \dodopopparagraph\globalparagraphnumber + \else + \dodoprocessparagraph\globalparagraphnumber + \fi + \else + \let\paragraphnumber=\globalparagraphnumber + \decrement(\paragraphnumber,\discardedparagraphs)% + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\paragraphnumber}{#1} + {\dodopopparagraph\globalparagraphnumber} + {\dodoprocessparagraph\globalparagraphnumber}% + \fi\fi + \dopopparagraph}% + \dopopparagraph + \doresetparagraph}} + +\def\popparagraphs% + {\dosingleempty\dopopparagraphs} + +\def\countparagraphs% + {\popparagraphs[\!!maxcard]% + \global\let\nofparagraphs=\totalnofparagraphs + \doglobal\decrement(\nofparagraphs,\discardedparagraphs)} + +% \steluitlijnenin[onder] +% \stelwitruimtein[groot] +% +% \toonkader +% +% \numberparagraphlines +% \numberparagraphs +% +% \def\nofskippedparagraphs{1} +% +% \pushparagraphs\ThatsIt +% +% \ruledbaseline eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% +% \ruledbaseline eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% +% \ruledbaseline tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% +% \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped +% +% \ruledbaseline derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% +% \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped +% +% \ruledbaseline vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde +% vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde +% vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde +% vierde vierde vierde vierde +% +% \ruledbaseline vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde +% vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde +% vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde +% vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde +% vijfde vijfde vijfde +% +% \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped +% skipped skipped skipped +% +% \ThatsIt +% +% \popparagraphs +% +% \countparagraphs +% +% \blanko[2*groot] +% +% nofparagraphs:~\nofparagraphs +% +% \pagina +% +% \popparagraphs[1] +% \popparagraphs[2] +% \popparagraphs[3] +% \popparagraphs[4] +% \popparagraphs[5] +% +% \pagina +% +% \ruledvbox{\popparagraphs[1,2,3,4,5]} +% +% \pagina + +% PAS OP: VERVALLEN +% +% \newif\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs +% \newif\ifprocessallparagraphs +% +% \newcounter\nofskippedparagraphs +% \newcounter\nofmidskippedparagraphs +% +% \def\alineanummer {} +% +% \newcounter\nofalineas +% +% \def\laadalineas#1% alinea = class +% {\doglobal\newcounter\nofalineas +% \doglobal\decrement(\nofalineas,\nofskippedparagraphs)% +% \ifx#1\undefined +% \let#1=\relax +% \fi +% \convertargument#1\to\asciiA +% \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel +% \def\dolaadalinea##1\par% +% {\convertargument##1\to\asciiC +% \doifelse{\asciiC}{\asciiA} +% {\let\next=#1} +% {\doifnot{\asciiC}{} % lege paragraaf +% {\doifnot{\asciiC}{\asciiB} +% {\doglobal\increment\nofalineas +% \setgvalue{alinea\nofalineas}{##1}}}% +% \let\next=\dolaadalinea} +% \next}% +% \dolaadalinea} +% +% % De constructie \edef\alineanummer{#1} is nodig voor +% % bijvoorbeeld: +% % +% % \EveryPar{\strut\inlinker{\alineanummer}} +% % +% % Laten we dit weg, dan wordt het vorige nummer gebruikt. +% +% \def\dododohaalalinea#1% geen grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats +% {\edef\localalineanummer{#1}% +% \ifnum\localalineanummer>\nofalineas\relax +% \else +% \ifnum\localalineanummer>0\relax +% \let\alineanummer=\localalineanummer +% \decrement(\alineanummer,\nofmidskippedparagraphs)% +% \else +% \let\alineanummer=\empty +% \fi +% \dopreparagraph +% \doeveryparagraph\getvalue{alinea\localalineanummer}\par +% \dopostparagraph +% \fi} +% +% \long\def\geenalinea#1\par% +% {\ifprocessallparagraphs +% \let\alineanummer=\relax +% \dopostparagraph % fool around a bit +% #1\par +% \dopreparagraph % ugly but effective +% \fi +% \doglobal\increment\nofmidskippedparagraphs} +% +% \def\dodohaalalinea% +% {\dododohaalalinea} +% +% \def\dodoverwerkalinea#1% +% {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs +% \bgroup +% \setbox0=\vbox{\dododohaalalinea{#1}}% +% \egroup +% \fi} +% +% \def\verwerkvorigealineas[#1]% process previous ones +% {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs +% \bgroup +% \getfromcommacommand[#1][1]% +% \let\nofalineas=\commalistelement +% \decrement\nofalineas +% \let\dodohaalalinea=\dodoverwerkalinea +% \haalalineas +% \egroup +% \fi} +% +% \let \dosetparagraph = \relax +% \let \doresetparagraph = \relax +% \let \dopreparagraph = \relax +% \let \dopostparagraph = \relax +% \let \doeveryparagraph = \relax +% +% \def\dohaalalineas[#1]% +% {\doifnotinset{#1}{\v!geen,0} +% {\dosetparagraph +% \doglobal\newcounter\globalalineanummer +% \doglobal\newcounter\nofmidskippedparagraphs +% \doifelse{#1}{} +% {\processallparagraphstrue +% \doglobal\decrement(\globalalineanummer,\nofskippedparagraphs)} +% {\processallparagraphsfalse}% +% \def\dohaalalinea% +% {\doglobal\increment\globalalineanummer +% \ifnum\globalalineanummer>\nofalineas\relax +% \let\dohaalalinea=\relax +% \else +% \ifprocessallparagraphs +% \dodohaalalinea\globalalineanummer +% \else +% \let\localalineanummer=\globalalineanummer +% \decrement(\localalineanummer,\nofmidskippedparagraphs)% +% \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\localalineanummer}{#1} +% {\dodohaalalinea\globalalineanummer} +% {\dodoverwerkalinea\globalalineanummer}% +% \fi +% \fi +% \dohaalalinea}% +% \dohaalalinea +% \doresetparagraph}} +% +% \def\haalalineas% +% {\dosingleempty\dohaalalineas} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c90f51713 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-02a, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=2A (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (a)} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: addresses + title: adressen + 1: -- + 2: hoofdbestand -- + 3: nevenbestand -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: addresses + title: addresses + 1: -- + 2: primary base -- + 3: secondary base -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: addresses + title: Adressen + 1: -- + 2: Haupbestand -- + 3: Nebenbestand -- +\stopmessages + +%I n=Kontakten +%I c=\laadkontakten +%I +%I De onderstaande commando's werken samen met het programma +%I TeXAdres. +%I +%I \laadkontakten[naam,groep,...] +%I +%I Dit commando doorzoekt eerst de file 'texadres.tao' en +%I vervolgens de file 'texadres.tae' op naam en groep. Bij +%I elk gevonden adres (naam of groepslid) wordt het commando +%I \doemetkontakt{logisch} aangeroepen. +%I +%I De waarden van de verschillende velden zijn op te roepen met +%I het commando \kontaktwaarde{veldnaam}. Let op: het in +%I bijvoorbeeld een adres opgenomen commando \\ moet men zelf +%I definieren, bijvoorbeeld: \def\\{\endgraf}. +%P +%I TeXAdres zet alle files op een gebied met de extensie 'tai' +%I om in een file met de extensie 'tao' of 'tae'. Een invoerfile +%I is als volgt opgebouwd: +%I +%I Een adres in de uitvoerfile ziet er als volgt uit: +%I +%I \beginvankontakt{...} +%I \lidvangroep{...,...,...} +%I \naam{...} +%I \letters{...} +%I \...{...} +%I \postadres{...} +%I \eindvankontakt{...} +%P +%I De invoerfile bevat zowel definities van kontakten als van +%I groepen. +%I +%I Een kontakt wordt als volgt gedefinieerd: +%I +%I < kontakt > +%I +%I [ logisch ] hagenj +%I [ naam ] Hagen +%I [ letters ] J. +%I [ voornaam ] Hans +%I [ titel ] heer +%I [ telefoon ] 053 - 336934 +%I [ telefax ] +%I [ postadres ] J. Hagen \\ Ridderstraat 27--29 \\ 8061 GH Hasselt +%I [ info ] ach ja +%P +%I Een groep wordt als volgt gedefinieerd: +%I +%I < groep > +%I +%I [ logisch ] werkgroep +%I [ naam ] +%I [ lid ] ottenaf +%I [ lid ] hagenj +%I [ lid ] jonkerj +%I [ lid ] marlecvan + +% In eerste instantie leek het werken met % voor te skippen +% regels mij een aardige oplossing. Echter, het opslurpen van +% een heel blok tot \eindvankontakt gaat net zo snel. +% +% Hoewel het mechanisme inmiddels uitstekend is te combineren +% met het tekstblok-mechanisme, wordt vooralsnog deze snelle +% variant gebruikt. +% +% Om conflicten te voorkomen met reeds gedefinieerde commando's, +% zoals \naam, wordt enkele malen \bgroup..\egroup gebruikt. + +\newevery \everykontakt \EveryKontakt + +\def\stelkontaktenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??kt][#1]}% + +\def\presetkontaktwaarde#1% + {\setgvalue{\??kw#1}{}% + \setvalue{#1}##1% + {\setgvalue{\??kw#1}{##1}}} + +\def\resetkontaktwaarde#1% + {\setgvalue{\??kw#1}{}% + \setvalue{#1}##1% + {\skipkontakt}} + +\def\kontaktwaarde#1% + {\getvalue{\??kw#1}} + +\def\presetkontakt% + {\rawprocesscommalist% + [naam,letters,voornaam,titel,telefoon,telefax,postadres,info]% + \presetkontaktwaarde} + +\def\resetkontakt% + {\rawprocesscommalist% + [naam,letters,voornaam,titel,telefoon,telefax,postadres,info]% + \resetkontaktwaarde} + +\def\skipkontakt% + {\long\def\next##1\eindvankontakt% + {\def\next####1{\egroup}\next}% + \next} + +\newif\ifkontaktok + +\def\laadkontakten[#1]% + {\makerawcommalist[#1]\gevraagdekontakten + \resetkontakt + \doifelsenothing{\gevraagdekontakten} + {\def\gevraagdekontakten{\v!alles}% + \kontaktoktrue} + {\kontaktokfalse}% + \def\checkkontakt##1% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{##1}{\gevraagdekontakten}{\kontaktoktrue}{}}% + \def\lidvangroep##1% + {\doifsomething{##1} + {\rawprocesscommalist[##1]\checkkontakt}% + \ifkontaktok + \let\next=\presetkontakt + \else + \let\next=\skipkontakt + \fi + \next}% + \def\beginvankontakt##1% + {\bgroup + \ifkontaktok + \def\lidvangroep####1{}% + \let\next=\presetkontakt + \else + \checkkontakt{##1}% + \ifkontaktok + \def\lidvangroep####1{}% + \let\next=\presetkontakt + \else + \let\next=\relax + \fi + \fi + \next}% + \def\eindvankontakt##1% + {\relax + \egroup + \the\everykontakt + \doemetkontakt{##1}}% + \showmessage{\m!addresses}{1}{\gevraagdekontakten}% + \readsysfile{texadres.tao}{\showmessage{\m!addresses}{2}{(tao)}}{\relax}% + \readjobfile{texadres.tae}{\showmessage{\m!addresses}{3}{(tae)}}{\relax}} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7931ae3c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-02b, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=2B (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (b)} + +\unprotect + +%I n=Karakters +%I +%I Het is mogelijk bij het definieren van tabellen gebruik +%I te maken van speciale karakters: +%I +%I \starttabel[|l|c|r|] +%I ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ +%I ³ eerste ³ tweede ³ derde ³ +%I ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ +%I ³ alfa ³ a ³ 1 ³ +%I ³ beta ³ b ³ 22 ³ +%I ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´ +%I ³ gamma ³ c ³ 333 ³ +%I ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ +%I \stoptabel +%I +%I Eventueel kunnen \starttabel en \stoptabel worden weggelaten. +%P +%I Naast \hoog en \laag kunnen (ook in de wiskunde-mode) de +%I karakters  en  worden gebruikt: m2, x{23} enz. +%P +%I De volgende hoge ascii-karakters worden vertaald: +%I +%I Ÿ bedrag geen haakjes nodig, wel spaties + +\newcount\row +\newcount\columns +\newcount\column + +\newif\iffullrow + +\def\firstrow% + {\ifintabel + \HL + \fi + \global\row=0\relax + \global\fullrowfalse} + +\def\nextrow% + {\global\advance\column by 1\relax + \ifnum\column=\columns + \global\fullrowtrue + \VL + \else + \iffullrow + \global\column=1\relax + \global\fullrowfalse + \global\advance\row by 1\relax + \ifnum\row=1 + \FR\VL + \else + \MR\VL + \fi + \else + \VL + \fi + \fi} + +\def\lastrow% + {\global\fullrowfalse + \ifnum\row=0 + \global\row=0\relax + \global\column=0\relax + \SR\HL + \else + \global\row=0\relax + \global\column=0\relax + \LR\HL + \fi} + +\def\firstcolumn% + {\global\column=0\relax + \global\columns=1} + +\def\nextcolumn% + {\global\advance\columns by 1\relax} + +\newif\iflocalintabel +\localintabelfalse + +\def\beginoftable% + {\ifintabel + \else\ifcase\columns\or + \or\starttabel[|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \or\starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|l|]\HL + \fi + \global\localintabeltrue + \fi} + +\def\endoftable% + {\iflocalintabel + \stoptabel + \global\localintabelfalse + \fi} + +% \catcode`\Ú=\@@active \defÚ{\firstrow\firstcolumn} +% \catcode`\Ã=\@@active \defÃ{\lastrow} +% \catcode`\À=\@@active \defÀ{\lastrow} +% +% \catcode`\¿=\@@active \def¿{\nextcolumn} +% \catcode`\´=\@@active \def´{} +% \catcode`\Ù=\@@active \defÙ{\endoftable} +% +% \catcode`\Â=\@@active \defÂ{\nextcolumn} +% \catcode`\Å=\@@active \defÅ{} +% \catcode`\Á=\@@active \defÁ{} +% +% \catcode`\³=\@@active \def³{\beginoftable\nextrow} +% \catcode`\Ä=\@@active \defÄ{} + +\catcode`\Ú=\@@active \defÚ{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\firstrow\firstcolumn\fi} +\catcode`\Ã=\@@active \defÃ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\lastrow\fi} +\catcode`\À=\@@active \defÀ{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\lastrow\fi} + +\catcode`\¿=\@@active \def¿{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\nextcolumn\fi} +\catcode`\´=\@@active \def´{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\fi} +\catcode`\Ù=\@@active \defÙ{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\endoftable\fi}% + +\catcode`\Â=\@@active \defÂ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\nextcolumn\fi} +\catcode`\Å=\@@active \defÅ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\fi} +\catcode`\Á=\@@active \defÁ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\fi} + +\catcode`\³=\@@active \def³{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\beginoftable\nextrow\fi} +\catcode`\Ä=\@@active \defÄ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\fi} + +\catcode`\=\@@active +\catcode`\=\@@active + +\def#1% + {\ifprocessingverbatim\char`^\relax#1\else\ifmmode^{#1}\else\hoog{#1}\fi\fi} + +\def#1% + {\ifprocessingverbatim\char`_\relax#1\ifmmode_{#1}\else\laag{#1}\fi\fi} + +\catcode`\Ÿ=\@@active + +\defŸ% + {\ifprocessingverbatim f\else\bedrag{}~\ignorespaces\fi} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31ab3d236 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-02d, +%D version=1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=2D (to be split), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (d)} + +\unprotect + +\def\definieerfilegroep% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerfilegroep} + +\def\dodefinieerfilegroep[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??fp#1] + [\c!file=#1, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, + #2]% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostartfilegroep[#1]}} + +\def\dostartfilegroep% + {\dodoubleargument\dodostartfilegroep} + +\def\dodostartfilegroep[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\??fp#1\c!voor}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}{\dostopfilegroep[#1][#2]}% + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??fp#1\c!file}-#2}% + \@EA\dolaadfilegroep\@EA[\!!stringa]% + \getvalue{\e!start#1#2}} + +\def\dolaadfilegroep[#1-#2#3#4#5]% + {\readsysfile{#1-#2#3#4}{}{}} + +\def\dostopfilegroep[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\e!stop#1#2}% + \getvalue{\??fp#1\c!na}} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-con.tex b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68b110b15 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-con, +%D version=1997.26.08, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Conversion Macros, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Conversion Macros} + +\unprotect + +%D This module deals with all kind of conversions from numbers +%D and dates. I considered splitting this module in a support +%D one and a core one, but to keep things simple as well as +%D preserve the overview, I decided against splitting. + +%D \macros +%D {numbers} +%D +%D First we deal with the dummy conversion of numbers using the +%D \TEX\ primitive \type{\number}. The uppercase alternative is +%D only there for compatibility with the other conversion +%D macros. We could do without \type{#1} but this way we get +%D rid of unwanted braces. For the savety we also define a +%D non||sence uppercase alternative. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!numbers} + +\def\numbers#1% + {\number#1} + +\def\Numbers#1% + {\number#1} + +%D \macros +%D {romannumerals,Romannumerals} +%D +%D \TEX\ the program uses a rather tricky conversion from +%D numbers to their roman counterparts. This conversion could +%D of course be programmed in \TEX\ itself, but I guess Knuth +%D found the programming trick worth presenting. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!romannumerals} +%D \showsetup{\y!Romannumerals} +%D +%D When upcasing the result, we just follow the text book rules +%D of expansion. Later on we'll see some more uppercase tricks. + +\def\romannumerals#1% + {\romannumeral#1} + +\def\Romannumerals#1% + {\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {character,Character} +%D +%D Converting a number into a character can of course only +%D be done with numbers less or equal to~26. At the cost of +%D much more macros a faster conversion is possible, using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setvalue{char1}{a} \def\character#1{\getvalue{char#1}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But we prefer a simpel \type{\case}. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!character} +%D \showsetup{\y!Character} + +\def\character#1% + {\ifcase#1% + \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or k\or l\or m% + \or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z% + \else + #1% + \fi} + +\def\Character#1% + {\ifcase#1% + \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M% + \or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z% + \else + #1% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {characters,Characters} +%D +%D Converting large numbers is supported by the next two +%D macros. This time we just count on: $\cdots$~x, y, z, aa, +%D ab, ac~$\cdots$. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!characters} +%D \showsetup{\y!Characters} + +\def\doconvertcharacters#1#2% + {\bgroup + \ifnum#2>26 + \!!counta=#2 + \ifnum\!!counta>0 + \advance\!!counta by -1 + \!!countb=\!!counta + \divide\!!counta by 26 + \!!countc=\!!counta + \multiply\!!countc by 26 + \advance\!!countb by -\!!countc + \doconvertcharacters#1{\!!counta}% + \advance\!!countb by 1 + #1{\the\!!countb}% + \fi + \else + #1{#2}% + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\characters% + {\doconvertcharacters\character} + +\def\Characters% + {\doconvertcharacters\Character} + +%D \macros +%D {protectconversion} +%D +%D The previous two commands are not robust enough to be +%D passed to \type{\write} en \type{\message}. That's why we +%D introduce: + +\def\protectconversion% + {\def\doconvertcharacters{}} + +%D \macros +%D {normaltime,normalyear,normalmonth,normalday} +%D +%D The last part of this module is dedicated to converting +%D dates. Because we want to use as meaningful commands as +%D possible, and because \TEX\ already uses up some of those, +%D we save the original meanings. + +\let\normaltime = \time +\let\normalyear = \year +\let\normalmonth = \month +\let\normalday = \day + +%D \macros +%D {month,MONTH} +%D +%D Converting the month number into a month name is done +%D using a case statement, abstact values and the label +%D mechanism. This way users can easily redefine a label from +%D for instance german into austrian. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setuplabeltext [de] [january=J\"anner] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Anyhow, the conversion looks like: + +\def\doconvertmonth#1% + {\labeltext + {\ifcase#1% + \or \v!january \or \v!february \or \v!march \or \v!april + \or \v!may \or \v!june \or \v!july \or \v!august + \or \v!september \or \v!october \or \v!november \or \v!december + \fi}} + +%D We redefine the \TEX\ primitive \type{\month} as: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!month} +%D \showsetup{\y!MONTH} + +\def\month% + {\doconvertmonth} + +\def\MONTH#1% + {{\let\labeltext=\LABELTEXT\month{#1}}} + +%D We never explicitly needed this, but Tobias Burnus pointed +%D out that it would be handy to convert to the day of the +%D week. In doing so, we have to calculate the total number of +%D days, taking leapyears into account. For those who are +%D curious: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som years that can be divided by 4 are leapyears +%D \som exept years that can be divided by 100 +%D \som unless years can be divided by 400 +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D This makes the year 1900 into a normal year and 1996 and +%D 2000 into leap years, right? Well, converting to string +%D looks familiar: + +\def\doconvertday#1% + {\labeltext + {\ifcase#1 + \or \v!sunday \or \v!monday \or \v!tuesday \or \v!wednesday + \or \v!thursday \or \v!friday \or \v!saturday \fi}} + +%D \macros +%D {dayoftheweek} +%D +%D The conversion algoritm is an old one and a translation from +%D a procedure written in MODULA~2 back in the 80's. I finaly +%D found the 4--100-400 rules in some enclopedia. Look at this +%D messy low level routine that takes the day, month and year +%D as arguments: + +\def\dayoftheweek#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \!!counta=\ifcase#2\relax + 0\or 0\or 31\or 59\or 90\or120\or151\or + 181\or212\or243\or273\or304\or334\or365\fi + \advance\!!counta by #1\relax + \ifnum\!!counta<31 + \DoMod#3by4to\!!countb + \ifnum\!!countb=0 + \!!doneafalse + \DoMod#3by100to\!!countb + \ifnum\!!countb=0 \else \!!doneatrue \fi + \DoMod#3by400to\!!countb + \ifnum\!!countb=0 \!!doneatrue \fi + \else + \!!doneafalse + \fi + \else + \!!doneafalse + \fi + \!!countb=#3\relax + \multiply\!!countb by 365 + \advance\!!counta by \!!countb + \DoDiv#3by4to\!!countb + \advance\!!counta by \!!countb + \DoDiv#3by400to\!!countb + \advance\!!counta by \!!countb + \DoDiv#3by100to\!!countb + \advance\!!counta by -\!!countb + \if!!donea + \advance\!!counta by -1 + \fi + \advance\!!counta by -1 + \DoMod\!!counta by7to\!!counta + \advance\!!counta by 1 + \doconvertday\!!counta + \egroup} + +%D Using this macro in +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D monday: \dayoftheweek {4} {5} {1992} +%D friday: \dayoftheweek {16} {6} {1995} +%D monday: \dayoftheweek {25} {8} {1997} +%D saturday: \dayoftheweek {30} {8} {1997} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {2} {1} {1996} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {7} {1} {1997} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {13} {1} {1998} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D gives +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld + +%D \macros +%D {weekday,WEEKDAY} +%D +%D The first one is sort of redundant. It takes the day +%D number argument. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!weekday} +%D \showsetup{\y!WEEKDAY} + +\def\weekday% + {\doconvertday} + +\def\WEEKDAY#1% + {{\let\labeltext=\LABELTEXT\doconvertday{#1}}} + +%D \macros +%D {weekoftheday} +%D +%D {\em not yet implemented:} +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\weekoftheday#1#2#3% +%D {} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {currentdate} +%D +%D We use these conversion macros in the date formatting +%D macro: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!currentdate} +%D +%D This macro takes care of proper spacing and delivers for +%D instance: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \currentdate[weekdag,dag,maand,jaar] % still dutch example +%D \currentdate[WEEKDAG,dag,MAAND,jaar] % still dutch example +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D depending of course on the keywords. Here we gave: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D If needed one can also add non||keywords, like in +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \currentdate[dd,--,mm,--,yy] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or typeset: \haalbuffer. +%D +%D When no argument is passed, the current date is given as +%D specified per language (using \type{\installlanguage}). + +\def\complexcurrentdate[#1]% + {\bgroup + \def\betweendates{\let\betweendates\space}% + \processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ dd=>\ifnum\normalday>9\relax\else0\fi\the\normalday, + mm=>\ifnum\normalmonth>9\relax\else0\fi\the\normalmonth, + jj=>\expandafter\gobbletwoarguments\the\normalyear, + yy=>\expandafter\gobbletwoarguments\the\normalyear, + d=>\the\normalday, + m=>\the\normalmonth, + j=>\the\normalyear, + y=>\the\normalyear, + \v!kenmerk=>{\complexcurrentdate[jj,mm,dd]}, + \v!dag=>\betweendates\the\normalday, + \v!maand=>\betweendates\month\normalmonth, + \v!MAAND=>\betweendates\MONTH\normalmonth, + \v!jaar=>\betweendates\the\normalyear, + \v!weekdag=>\betweendates\dayoftheweek\normalday\normalmonth\normalyear, + \v!WEEKDAG=>\betweendates + \bgroup + \let\labeltext=\LABELTEXT + \dayoftheweek\normalday\normalmonth\normalyear + \egroup, + \s!unknown=>\commalistelement + \def\betweendates{\let\betweendates\space}]% + \egroup} + +\def\simplecurrentdate% + {\expanded{\complexcurrentdate[\currentdatespecification]}} + +\definecomplexorsimple\currentdate + +%D \macros +%D {definesymbol, symbol} +%D +%D Converting numbers or levels into a character, romannumeral, +%D symbol or something else, is supported by many \CONTEXT\ +%D commands. Therefore we need a mechanism for linking such +%D numbers to their counterparts. +%D +%D First we take care of symbols. These are for instance used +%D in enumerations and itemizations. We have: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definesymbol} +%D \showsetup{\y!symbol} +%D +%D Symbols are symply linked to a tag. Such tags can be numbers +%D or strings. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesymbol [1] [$\bullet$] +%D \definesymbol [level 5] [$\star$] +%D \stoptypen + +\def\dodefinesymbol[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\??ss#1}{#2}}% + +\def\definesymbol% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinesymbol} + +\def\symbol[#1]% + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ss#1}{\getvalue{\??ss#1}}{#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {defineconversion, convertnumber} +%D +%D Conversion involves the macros that we implemented earlier +%D in this module. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!defineconversion} +%D \showsetup{\y!convertnumber} +%D +%D We can feed this command with conversion macros as well as +%D a set of conversion symbols. Both need a bit different +%D treatment. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineconversion [roman] [\romannumerals] +%D \defineconversion [set 1] [$\star$,$\bullet$,$\ast$] +%D \stoptypen + +\def\dodefineconversion[#1][#2]% + {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifinstringelse{,}{#2} + {\scratchcounter=0 + \def\docommando##1% + {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \setvalue{\??cv#1\the\scratchcounter}{##1}}% + \processcommalist[#2]\docommando + \setvalue{\??cv#1}##1{\getvalue{\??cv#1##1}}} + {\setvalue{\??cv#1}{#2}}} + +\def\defineconversion% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefineconversion} + +\def\convertnumber#1% + {\getvalue{\??cv#1}} + +%D As longs as symbols are linked to levels or numbers, we can +%D also use the conversion mechanism, but in for instance the +%D itemization macros, we prefer symbols because they can more +%D easier be (partially) redefined. + +%D We predefine some common symbols and conversions that will +%D be understood by many commands. + +\definesymbol [1] [$\bullet$] +\definesymbol [2] [--] +\definesymbol [3] [$\star$] +\definesymbol [4] [$\triangleright$] +\definesymbol [5] [$\circ$] +\definesymbol [6] [\hbox{\setsmallcorps\raise\!!onepoint\hbox{$\bigcirc$}}] +\definesymbol [7] [$\bigcirc$] +\definesymbol [8] [\hbox{\hsmash{$\sqcup$}$\sqcap$}] + +\defineconversion [] [\numbers] % the default conversion + +\defineconversion [a] [\characters] +\defineconversion [A] [\Characters] +\defineconversion [AK] [\kap\characters] +\defineconversion [KA] [\kap\characters] + +\defineconversion [n] [\numbers] +\defineconversion [N] [\Numbers] +\defineconversion [m] [\mediaeval] + +\defineconversion [r] [\romannumerals] +\defineconversion [R] [\Romannumerals] +\defineconversion [KR] [\kap\romannumerals] +\defineconversion [RK] [\kap\romannumerals] + +\defineconversion [\v!letter] [\character] +\defineconversion [\v!Letter] [\Character] + +\defineconversion [\v!letters] [\characters] +\defineconversion [\v!Letters] [\Characters] + +\defineconversion [\v!cijfers] [\numbers] +\defineconversion [\v!Cijfers] [\Numbers] +\defineconversion [\v!mediaeval] [\mediaeval] + +\defineconversion [\v!romeins] [\romannumerals] +\defineconversion [\v!Romeins] [\Romannumerals] + +\defineconversion + [set 1] + [$\star$,$\star\star$,$\star\star\star$, + $\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger\ddagger$, + $\ast$,$\ast\ast$,$\ast\ast\ast$] + +\defineconversion + [set 2] + [$*$,$\dag$,$\ddag$, + $**$,$\dag\dag$,$\ddag\ddag$, + $***$,$\dag\dag\dag,$\ddag\ddag\ddag$] + +\defineconversion + [set 3] + [$\star$,$\star\star$,$\star\star\star$, + $\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger$, + $\P$,$\P\P$, + $\S$,$\S\S$, + $\ast$,$\ast\ast$] + +\protect + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d687fc552 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +% NOT YET DOCUMENTED !! + +%D \module +%D [ file=core-fil, +%D version=1997.09.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=File Support, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / File Support} + +\unprotect + +% Why does all tex's handle 8+3 different. + +\def\makeshortmodulename[#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9]% + {\def\modulename{#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8.}% + \expandafter\beforesplitstring\modulename\at.\to\modulename} + +\def\dodousemodules#1% + {\makeshortmodulename[m-#1........]% + \doifundefinedelse{\modulename\v!aan} + {\setgvalue{\modulename\v!aan}{}% + \readsysfile{\modulename}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{5}{#1}}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{6}{#1}}} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{7}{#1}}} + +\def\dousemodules[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\processcommalist[#1]\dodousemodules}} + +\def\usemodules% + {\dosingleargument\dousemodules} + +\def\usemodule% + {\usemodules} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6db6a6de1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-fnt, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Font Support, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Font Support} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {kap,KAP,Kap,Kaps,nokap} +%D +%D We already introduced \type{\kap} as way to capitalize +%D words. This command comes in several versions: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \kap {let's put on a \kap{cap}} +%D \kap {let's put on a \nokap{cap}} +%D \KAP {let's put on a \\{cap}} +%D \Kap {let's put on a \\{cap}} +%D \Kaps{let's put on a cap} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Note the use of \type{\nokap}, \type{\\} and the nested +%D \type{\kap}. +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D These macros show te main reason why we introduced the +%D smaller \type{\tx} and \type{\txx}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \kap\romeins{1995} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This at first sight unusual capitilization is completely +%D legal. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!kap} +%D \showsetup{\y!Kap} +%D \showsetup{\y!KAP} +%D \showsetup{\y!Kaps} +%D \showsetup{\y!nokap} + +\unexpanded\def\kap% + {\futurelet\next\dokap} + +\def\dokap% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \def\next{\dodokap\relax}% + \else + \def\next{\dodokap}% + \fi + \next} + +\def\dodokap#1#2% + {\ifmmode\hbox\fi + \bgroup + \tx + \the\everyuppercase + \uppercase{#1{#2}}% + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\KAP#1% + {{\def\\##1{\kap{##1}}#1}} + +\unexpanded\def\Kap#1% + {\KAP{\\#1}} + +\def\nokap#1% + {\lowercase{#1}} + +\def\Kaps% + {\let\processword=\Kap + \processwords} + +%D \macros +%D {Word, Words, WORD, WORDS, doprocesswords} +%D +%D This is probably not the right place to present the next set +%D of macros. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \Word {far too many words} +%D \Words{far too many words} +%D \WORD {far too many words} +%D \WORDS{far too many words} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D This calls result in: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!Word} +%D \showsetup{\y!Words} +%D \showsetup{\y!WORD} +%D \showsetup{\y!WORDS} + +\def\doWord#1% + {\bgroup + \the\everyuppercase + \uppercase{#1}% + \egroup} + +\def\Word#1% + {\doWord#1} + +\def\doprocesswords#1 #2\od% + {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{} + {\processword{#1} % + \doprocesswords#2 \od}} + +\def\processwords#1% + {\doprocesswords#1 \od\unskip} + +\def\Words% + {\let\processwords=\Word + \processwords} + +\def\WORD#1% + {\bgroup + \def\kap#1{#1}% + \edef\next{#1}% + \the\everyuppercase + \uppercase\expandafter{\next}% + \egroup} + +\def\WORDS#1% + {\WORD{#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {stretched} +%D +%D Stretching characters in a word is a sort of typographical +%D murder. Nevertheless we support this manipulation for use in +%D for instance titles. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hbox to 5cm{\stretched{murder}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!stretched} + +\def\stretched% + {\ifvmode\hbox to \hsize\else\ifinner\else\hbox\fi\fi + \processtokens\relax\hss\relax\normalspace} + +%D \startbuffer +%D \stretched{Unknown Box} +%D \hbox to .5\hsize{\stretched{A Horizontal Box}} +%D \vbox to 2cm{\stretched{A Vertical Box}} +%D \hbox to 3cm{\stretched{sp{\'e}c{\`\i}{\"a}l}} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D The first line of this macros takes care of boxing. Normally +%D one will use an \type{\hbox} specification. The last line +%D shows how special characters should be passed. +%D +%D \typebuffer + +%D \macros +%D {underbar,underbars,overstrike,overstrikes,setupunderbar} +%D +%D In the rare case that we need undelined words, for instance +%D because all font alternatives are already in use, one can +%D use \type{\underbar} and \type{\overstrike} and their plural +%D forms. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \underbars{drawing \underbar{bars} under words is a typewriter leftover} +%D \overstrikes{striking words makes them \overstrike{unreadable}} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D The next macros are derived from the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, but +%D also supports nesting. The \type{$} keeps us in horizontal +%D mode and at the same time applies grouping. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!underbar} +%D \showsetup{\y!underbars} +%D \showsetup{\y!overstrike} +%D \showsetup{\y!overstrikes} +%D +%D Although underlining is ill advised, we permit some +%D alternatives, that can be set up by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupunderbar} +%D +%D The alternatives show up as +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=a]{alternative a}, +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=b]{alternative b}, +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=c]{alternative c} +%D and +%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=1pt]{1pt width}, +%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=2pt]{2pt width}, +%D or whatever. Because \type{\overstrike} uses the same +%D method, the settings also apply to that macro. + +\newcounter\underbarlevel + +\def\underbarmethoda#1#2#3% RULE + {\hbox to #1{\vrule\!!width#1\!!height#2\!!depth#3}} + +\def\underbarmethodb#1#2#3% DASH + {\hbox to #1 + {\hskip-.25em + \xleaders + \hbox{\hskip.25em\vrule\!!width.25em\!!height#2\!!depth#3} + \hfil}} + +\def\underbarmethodc#1#2#3% PERIOD + {\hbox to #1 + {\dimen0=#3 + \advance\dimen0 by .2ex + \hskip-.25em + \xleaders + \hbox{\hskip.25em\lower\dimen0\hbox{.}} + \hfil}} + +\def\dounderbar#1#2#3% + {\bmath + \setbox0=\hbox{#3}% + \setbox2=\getvalue{underbarmethod\@@onvariant}{\wd0}{#1}{#2}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint + \box0\box2 + \emath} + +\def\underbar#1% + {\bgroup + \increment\underbarlevel + \dimen0=1.5\normallineskip % was \dimen0=1.5\lineskip + \dimen0=\underbarlevel\dimen0 + \dimen2=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by \@@onlijndikte + \dounderbar{-\dimen0}{\dimen2}{#1}% + \egroup} + +\def\underbars% + {\let\processword=\underbar\processwords} + +\def\overstrike#1% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=2.5\lineskip + \dimen2=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by \@@onlijndikte + \dounderbar{\dimen2}{-\dimen0}{#1}% + \egroup} + +\def\overstrikes% + {\let\processword=\overstrike\processwords} + +\def\setupunderbar% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??on]} + +%D This module has only a few setups: + +\setupunderbar + [\c!variant=a, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45ffad9cc --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-gen, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=General, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / General} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {assigndimension,assignalfadimension} +%D {} +%D +%D Hieronder worden enkele commando's gedefinieerd rond +%D toekenningen. Allereerst een commando om waarden aan +%D een \DIMENSION\ toe te kennen: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assigndimension +%D {|klein|middel|groot|-klein|-middel|-groot|geen} +%D {\dimensie} +%D {waarde klein} +%D {waarde middel} +%D {waarde groot} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Hierbij krijgt de \DIMENSION\ \type{\dimensie} een waarde +%D afhankelijk van het meegegeven trefwoord. +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D \startregels +%D \type{(-)klein }\qquad (--) waarde klein +%D \type{(-)middel}\qquad (--) waarde middel +%D \type{(-)groot }\qquad (--) waarde groot +%D \type{geen }\qquad 0pt +%D \type{waarde }\qquad waarde +%D \stopregels +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D Een trefwoord mag worden voorafgegaan door een \type{-}. +%D Deze macro toont een voorbeeld van het gebruik van +%D \type{\processaction} en constanten. +%D +%D Analoog aan het bovenstaande commando kennen we een +%D commando om waarden toe te kennen aan een macro: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assignalfadimension +%D {|klein|middel|groot|geen} +%D {\macro} +%D {waarde klein} +%D {waarde middel} +%D {waarde groot} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\assigndimension#1#2#3#4#5% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!klein=>#2=#3, + \v!middel=>#2=#4, + \v!groot=>#2=#5, + \v!geen=>#2=\!!zeropoint, + -\v!klein=>#2=-#3, + -\v!middel=>#2=-#4, + -\v!groot=>#2=-#5, + \s!unknown=>#2=#1]} + +\def\assignalfadimension#1#2#3#4#5% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!klein=>\edef#2{#3}, + \v!middel=>\edef#2{#4}, + \v!groot=>\edef#2{#5}, + \v!geen=>\edef#2{0}, + \s!unknown=>\edef#2{#1}]} + +%D De onderstaande implementatie is veel sneller, maar +%D tegelijkertijd ook veel lelijker. Omdat we deze macro +%D relatief weinig aanroepen laten we deze optimalisatie maar +%D achterwege. Bovendien kunnen oplossingen als deze de +%D hash||table aardig uitputten (\type{\doifdefined}). +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \edef\@@dimension{@@dim} +%D \edef\@@negdimension{\@@dimension-} +%D +%D \def\assigndimension#1#2#3#4#5% +%D {\setvalue{\@@dimension\v!klein}{#3}% +%D \setvalue{\@@dimension\v!middel}{#4}% +%D \setvalue{\@@dimension\v!groot}{#5}% +%D \setvalue{\@@negdimension\v!klein}{-#3}% +%D \setvalue{\@@negdimension\v!middel}{-#4}% +%D \setvalue{\@@negdimension\v!groot}{-#5}% +%D \setvalue{\@@negdimension\v!geen}{\!!zeropoint}% +%D \doifdefinedelse{\@@dimension#1} +%D {#2=\getvalue{\@@dimension#1}} +%D {#2=#1}} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {assignvalue} +%D {} +%D +%D Een variant hierop is het commando: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assignvalue +%D {|klein|middel|groot} +%D {\macro} +%D {waarde klein } +%D {waarde middel} +%D {waarde groot} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Hierbij krijgt \type{\macro} een waarde afhankelijk van +%D het meegegeven trefwoord: +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D \startregels +%D \type{klein }\qquad waarde klein +%D \type{middel}\qquad waarde middel +%D \type{groot }\qquad waarde groot +%D \type{waarde}\qquad waarde +%D \stopregels +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D Hier doet \type{geen} dus niet mee. + +\def\assignvalue#1#2#3#4#5% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!klein=>\def#2{#3}, + \v!middel=>\def#2{#4}, + \v!groot=>\def#2{#5}, + \s!unknown=>\def#2{#1}]} + +%D \macros +%D {assignwidth} +%D {} +%D +%D Een breedte van een opgegeven tekst kan worden berekend en +%D toegekend aan een \DIMENSION\ met: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assignwidth +%D {\dimensie} +%D {|passend|ruim} +%D {tekst} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Dit commando sluit, evenals de bovenstaande +%D \type{\assign}||commando's, aan op de wijze waarop +%D in de andere \CONTEXT||modules toekenningen +%D plaatsvinden. Bij \type{ruim} wordt de gemeten breedte +%D met 1~em vermeerderd. + +\def\assignwidth#1#2#3% + {\doifelse{#2}{} + {\setbox0=\hbox{#3}% + #1=\wd0} + {\doifinsetelse{#2}{\v!passend,\v!ruim} + {\setbox0=\hbox{#3}% + #1=\wd0 + \doif{#2}{\v!ruim} + {\advance#1 by 1em}}% + {#1=#2}}}% + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1884b6c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-mak, +%D version=1997.10.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=General Makeup Commands, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / General Makeup Commands} + +\unprotect + +% \definieerplaats[naam][instellingen] +% \plaats[[instellingen]] +% +% - still undocumented and also not in setupb yet +% - kan ook intern/direct (scheelt duplicatie), zie \framedtext + +\def\dodefinieerplaats[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??pl#1] + [\c!links=\hss, + \c!rechts=\hss, + \c!regelcorrectie=\v!uit, + \c!dieptecorrectie=\v!uit, + %\c!voor=, + %\c!na=, + #2]% + \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}{\doplaats[\??pl#1]}} + +\def\definieerplaats% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieerplaats} + +\def\doplaats% + {\dodoubleempty\dodoplaats} + +\def\dodoplaats[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\setlocalhsize + \getparameters[#1][#2]% + \getvalue{#1\c!voor}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!regelcorrectie} {\v!aan} {\startbaselinecorrection}% + \hbox to \localhsize + {\getvalue{#1\c!links}% + \box\nextbox + \getvalue{#1\c!rechts}}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!dieptecorrectie} {\v!aan} {\baselinecorrection}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!regelcorrectie} {\v!aan} {\stopbaselinecorrection}% + \getvalue{#1\c!na}% + \egroup} + \vbox} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-not.tex b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13906abab --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-not, +%D version=1997.09.15, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Footnote Handling, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Footnote Handling} + +%D There are some (still) dutch core commands used in this +%D file. + +\unprotect + +%D Footnotes are can be characterized by three components: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som a small number \voetnoot{a footnote number} or +%D symbol {\stelvoetnotenin[conversie=set 2]\voetnoot{a +%D footnote}} +%D \som and a similar mark at the bottom of the page +%D \som followed by some additional text +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D Because footnotes are declared at the location of their +%D reference. Footnotes can be seen as a special kind of +%D floating bodies. There placement is postponed but has to be +%D taken into account in the pagebreak calculations. This kind +%D of calculations are forced by using \type{\insert}. + +\ifx\footins\undefined \newinsert\footins \fi + +%D \macros +%D {setupfootnotes} +%D +%D We can influence footnote typesetting with the setup +%D command: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupfootnotes} +%D +%D It's sort of a custom to precede footnotes by a horizontal +%D rule and although fancy rules like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hbox to 10em{\hskip-3em\dotfill} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Are quite ligitimate, we default to a simple one 20\% of the +%D text width. +%D +%D When \type{n} exceeds~1, footnotes are typeset in +%D multi||columns, using the algoritm presented on page~397 +%D of \TEX book. Footnotes can be places on a per page basis +%D or whereever suitable. When we set~\type{n} to~0, we get a +%D rearanged paragraph, typeset by the algoritms on pages 398 +%D and~389. We definitely did not reinvent that wheel. + +\newif\ifendnotes \endnotesfalse + +\def\dosetupfootnotes[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??vn][#1]% + \processaction + [\@@vnlijn] + [ \v!aan=>\def\footnoterule{\hrule \!!width .2\hsize}, + \v!uit=>\let\footnoterule=\relax, + \s!unknown=>\let\footnoterule=\@@vnlijn]% + \bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox + {\vskip\parskip % still to be tested in multi-column mode + \@@vnvoor + \footnoterule + \@@vnna}% + \global\skip\footins =\ht0 + \global\count\footins=1000 + \ifnum\@@vnn=0 \chardef\@@vnn=1 \fi % temporary (grouped) + \global\divide\count\footins by \@@vnn + \global\dimen\footins=\@@vnhoogte + \global\multiply\dimen\footins by \@@vnn + \egroup + \ifnum\@@vnn=0 + \settextfootnotes + \else + \setcolumnfootnotes + \fi + \doifelse{\@@vnplaats}{\v!pagina} + {\global\endnotesfalse} + {\global\endnotestrue + \postponefootnotes}} + +\def\setupfootnotes% + {\dosingleargument\dosetupfootnotes} + +\def\setcolumnfootnotes% + {\def\formatfootnumber##1{\indent\llap{##1\hskip\@@vnmargeafstand}}% + \def\startpushfootnote {\setrigidcolumnhsize\@@vnbreedte\@@vnkolomafstand\@@vnn}% + \def\stoppushfootnote {}% + \def\startpopfootnotes {\setbox0=\vbox\bgroup}% + \def\stoppopfootnotes {\egroup\rigidcolumnbalance0\@@vnn}} + +\def\settextfootnotes% + {\def\formatfootnumber##1{\noindent##1}% + \def\startpushfootnote {\startvboxtohbox}% + \def\stoppushfootnote {\hskip\@@vnkolomafstand % plus.5em minus.5em + \stopvboxtohbox}% + \def\startpopfootnotes {\vbox\bgroup\hsize=\@@vnbreedte}% \setvboxtohbox}% + \def\stoppopfootnotes {\convertvboxtohbox\egroup}} + +%D The numbers that accompany a footnote are generated using +%D the standard \CONTEXT\ numbering mechanism, and thereby can +%D be assigned on a per whatever sectioning basis. + +\definieernummer + [\v!voetnoot] + [\c!wijze=\@@vnwijze, + \c!sectienummer=\@@vnwijze, + \c!conversie=\@@vnconversie] + +%D Both these parameters are coupled to the setup command we +%D will implement in a moment. This means that, given a +%D suitable symbol set, symbols can be used instead of numbers, +%D by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupfootnotes[conversion=set 2] +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {footnote} +%D +%D A footnote can have a reference as optional argument and +%D therefore its formal specification looks like: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!footnote} +%D +%D This command has one optional command: the reference. By +%D saying \type{[-]} the number is omitted. The footnote +%D command is not that sensitive to spacing, so it's quite +%D legal to say: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D Users of \CONTEXT\ must keep both feet \footnote{Given they +%D have two.} on the ground and not get confused \footnote{Or +%D even crazy.} by all those obscure \footnote{But fortunately +%D readable.} parameters. +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D When setting the \type{conversion} to \type{set 2} we get +%D something like: +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \startsmaller +%D \stelvoetnotenin[conversie=set 1] +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopsmaller +%D \egroup +%D +%D Typesetting footnotes is, at least for the moment, disabled +%D when reshaping boxes. + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\footnote + +\def\complexfootnote[#1]% + {\unskip + \ifvisible + \ifreshapingbox + \let\next=\gobbletwoarguments + \else + \let\next=\dofootnote + \fi + \else + \let\next=\gobbletwoarguments + \fi + \next{#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {footnotesenabled} +%D +%D Before we come to typesetting a footnote, we first check +%D if we have to typeset a number. When a \type{-} is passed +%D instead of a reference, no number is typeset. We can +%D temporary disable footnotes by saying +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \footnotesenabledfalse +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D which can be handy while for instance typesetting tables +%D of contents. + +\newif\iffootnotesenabled \footnotesenabledtrue + +\def\dofootnote#1% + {\iffootnotesenabled + \doifelse{#1}{-} + {\let\footnotenumber=\empty} + {\verhoognummer[\v!voetnoot]% + \maakhetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% + \rawtextreference{\s!fnt}{#1}{\hetnummer}% + \def\footnotenumber{\hoog{\hetnummer}}}% + \let\next=\dostartfootnote + \else + \let\next=\gobbleoneargument + \fi + \next} + +%D The main typesetting routine is more or less the same as the +%D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, except that we only handle one type while +%D \PLAIN\ also has something \type{\v...}. In most cases +%D footnotes can be handled by a straight insert, but we do so +%D by using an indirect call to the \type{\insert} primitive. + +\let\localfootinsert=\insert + +%D Making footnote numbers active is not always that logical, +%D especially when we keep the reference and text at one page. +%D On the other hand we need interactivity when we refer to +%D previous notes or use end notes. Therefore we support +%D interactive footnote numbers in two ways \voetnoot{This +%D feature was implemented years after we were able to do so, +%D mainly because endnotes had to be supported.} that is, +%D automatically (vise versa) and by user supplied reference. + +\newcounter\internalfootreference + +\let\startpushfootnote = \relax +\let\stoppushfootnote = \relax + +\newsignal\footnotesignal + +\def\dostartfootnote% nog gobble als in pagebody + {\bgroup + \unskip\unskip + \ifdim\lastkern=\footnotesignal + \hoog{\kern\@@vnafstand}% gets the font right + \fi + \ignorespaces + \doglobal\increment\internalfootreference + \nobreak + \iflocation + \naarbox{\footnotenumber}[\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference]% + \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% + \else + \footnotenumber + \fi + \localfootinsert\footins\bgroup + \forgetall + \setfootnotecorps + \redoconvertfont % to undo \undo calls in in headings etc + \startpushfootnote + \dostartattributes\??vn\relax + \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % not actually needed here + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox % not actually needed here + \ifx\footnotenumber\empty \else + \@@vnnummercommando + {\iflocation + \naarbox{\footnotenumber}[\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference]% + \else + \footnotenumber + \fi}% + \fi + \iflocation + \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference}{}% + \fi + \bgroup + \aftergroup\dostopfootnote + \begstrut + \let\next} + +\def\dostopfootnote% + {\endstrut + \dostopattributes + \stoppushfootnote + \egroup + \egroup + \kern\footnotesignal\relax} % \relax is needed to honor spaces + +%D \macros +%D {note} +%D +%D Refering to a note is accomplished by the rather short +%D command: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!note} +%D +%D This command is implemented rather straightforward as: + +\def\note[#1]% + {\iffootnotesenabled + \bgroup + \unskip + \gettextreference{#1}% + \naarbox{\hoog{\currenttextreference}}[#1]% + \egroup + \fi} + +%D Normally footnotes are saved as inserts that are called upon +%D as soon as the pagebody is constructed. The footnote +%D insertion routine looks just like the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ one, +%D except that we check for the end note state. + +\let\startpopfootnotes = \relax +\let\stoppopfootnotes = \relax + +\def\placefootnoteinserts% + {\ifvoid\footins \else + \ifendnotes \else + \vfill + \witruimte % kan dit \vskip\parskip zijn? testen + \@@vnvoor + \footnoterule + \bgroup + \setfootnotecorps + \startpopfootnotes + \unvbox\footins + \stoppopfootnotes + \egroup + \@@vnna + \fi + \fi} + +%D Supporting end notes is surprisingly easy. Even better, we +%D can combine this feature with solving the common \TEX\ +%D problem of disappearing inserts when they're called for in +%D deeply nested boxes. The general case looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \postponefootnotes +%D \.box{whatever we want with footnotes} +%D \flushfootnotes +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This alternative can be used in headings, captions, tables +%D etc. The latter one sometimes calls for notes local to +%D the table, which can be realized by saying +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setlocalfootnotes +%D some kind of table with local footnotes +%D \placelocalfootnotes +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Postponing is accomplished by simply redefining the (local) +%D insert operation. A not too robust method uses the +%D \type{\insert} primitive when possible. This method fails in +%D situations where it's not entirely clear in what mode \TEX\ +%D is. Therefore the auto method can is to be overruled when +%D needed. + +\newbox\postponedfootnotes + +\def\autopostponefootnotes% + {\gdef\localfootinsert% + {\ifinner + %\message{[postponed footnote]}% + \global\setbox\postponedfootnotes=\vbox\bgroup + \unvbox\postponedfootnotes + \let\next=\gobbletwoarguments + \else + %\message{[inserted footnote]}% + \let\next=\insert + \fi + \next}} + +\def\postponefootnotes% + {\let\autopostponefootnotes=\postponefootnotes + \gdef\localfootinsert% + {%\message{[postponed footnote]}% + \global\setbox\postponedfootnotes=\vbox\bgroup + \unvbox\postponedfootnotes + \gobbletwoarguments}} + +\def\flushfootnotes% + {\ifinpagebody \else \ifinner \else + \ifendnotes \else \ifvoid\postponedfootnotes \else + %\ifvmode % less interference, but also less secure + \bgroup + \scratchdimen=\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen by -\pagetotal + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\ht\postponedfootnotes + \message{[moved footnote]}% + \fi + \egroup + \global\let\localfootinsert=\insert + \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\postponedfootnotes\egroup + %\fi + \fi\fi + \fi\fi} + +\def\placefootnotesintext#1% + {\bgroup + \@@vnvoor + \setfootnotecorps + \startpopfootnotes + \unvbox#1\relax + \stoppopfootnotes + \@@vnna + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {startlocalfootnotes,placelocalfootnotes} +%D +%D The next two macros can be used in for instance tables, as +%D we'll demonstrate later on. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!startlocalfootnotes} +%D \showsetup{\y!placelocalfootnotes} + +\newbox\localpostponedfootnotes + +\def\collectlocalfootnotes% + {\gdef\localfootinsert##1% + {%\message{[local footnote]}% + \global\setbox\localpostponedfootnotes=\vbox\bgroup + \unvbox\localpostponedfootnotes + \let\next}} + +\def\dostartlocalfootnotes[#1]% + {\let\autopostponefootnotes=\postponefootnotes + \let\postponefootnotes=\collectlocalfootnotes + \setupfootnotes[#1]% + \savenumber[\v!voetnoot]% + \resetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% + \collectlocalfootnotes} + +\def\startlocalfootnotes% + {\bgroup % here because we support \vbox\startlocalfootnotes + \dosingleempty\dostartlocalfootnotes} + +\def\stoplocalfootnotes% + {\restorenumber[\v!voetnoot]% + \egroup} + +\def\doplacelocalfootnotes[#1]% + {\bgroup + \setupfootnotes[#1]% + \placefootnotesintext\localpostponedfootnotes + \egroup} + +\def\placelocalfootnotes% + {\dosingleempty\doplacelocalfootnotes} + +%D These commands can be used like: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startlocalfootnotes[breedte=.3\hsize,n=0] +%D \plaatstabel +%D {Some Table} +%D \plaatsonderelkaar +%D {\starttabel[|l|r|] +%D \HL +%D \VL Nota\voetnoot{Bene} \VL Bene\voetnoot{Nota} \VL\SR +%D \VL Bene\voetnoot{Nota} \VL Nota\voetnoot{Bene} \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel} +%D {\placelocalfootnotes} +%D \stoplocalfootnotes +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Because this table placement macro expect box content, and +%D thanks to the grouping of the local footnotes, we don't need +%D additional braces. +%D +%D \haalbuffer + +%D \macros +%D {placefootnotes} +%D +%D We still have no decent command for placing footnotes +%D somewhere else than at the bottom of the page (for which no +%D user action is needed). Footnotes (endnotes) can be +%D placed by using +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!placefootnotes} + +\def\doplacefootnotes[#1]% + {\bgroup + \setupfootnotes[#1]% + \ifendnotes + \ifinpagebody \else + \placefootnotesintext\postponedfootnotes + \fi + \else + \placefootnoteinserts + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\placefootnotes% + {\dosingleempty\doplacefootnotes} + +%D Now how can this mechanims be hooked into \CONTEXT\ without +%D explictly postponing footnotes? The solution turned out to +%D be rather simple: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \everypar {...\flushfootnotes...} +%D \neverypar {...\postponefootnoes} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\ejectinsert% +%D {... +%D \flushfootnotes +%D ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can use \type{\neverypar} because in most commands +%D sensitive to footnote gobbling we disable \type{\everypar} +%D in favor for \type{\neverypar}. In fact, this footnote +%D implementation is the first to use this scheme. + +%D When typesetting footnotes, we have to return to the +%D footnote specific corps size, which is in most cases derived +%D from the global document corps size. In the previous macros +%D we already used a footnote specific font setting macro. + +\def\setfootnotecorps% + {\restoreglobalcorps + \switchtocorps[\@@vnkorps]} + +%D The footnote mechanism defaults to a traditional one +%D column way of showing them. By default we precede them by +%D a small line. + +\setupfootnotes + [\c!plaats=\v!pagina, + \c!wijze=\v!per\v!deel, + \c!sectienummer=\v!nee, + \c!conversie=, + \c!lijn=\v!aan, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!korps=\v!klein, + \c!letter=, + \c!na=, + \c!margeafstand=.5em, + \c!kolomafstand=1em, + \c!afstand=.125em, + \c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, + \c!nummercommando=\formatfootnumber, + \c!n=1] + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a67390ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2280 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-rul, +%D version=1997.09.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Ruled Stuff Handling, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Ruled Stuff Handling} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {linewidth, setuplinewidth} +%D +%D This module deals with rules (lines) in several ways. First +%D we introduce two macros that can be used to set some common +%D characteristics. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setuplinewidth} +%D +%D The linewidth is available in \type{\linewidth}. The +%D preset value of .4pt equals the default hard coded \TEX\ +%D rule width. + +\newdimen\linewidth + +\def\dosetuplinewidth[#1]% + {\assigndimension{#1}{\linewidth}{0.2pt}{0.4pt}{0.6pt}} + +\def\setuplinewidth% + {\dosingleargument\dosetuplinewidth} + +% \def\dosetuprules[#1]% +% {\getparameters[\??ln][#1]% +% \setuplinewidth[\@@lndikte]} +% +% \def\setuprules% +% {\dosingleargument\dosetuprules} + +%D \TEX\ lacks support for color and even gray scales. The next +%D macros can provide a sort of poor mans gray scales as well +%D as give access to more suitable methods of rendering. Such a +%D method looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\methodegraybox\width#1\depth#2\height#3\raster#4\radius#5\\ +%D { ... } +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The string \type{graybox} is a common element in the name, +%D so we can have for instance \type {\postscriptgraybox} or +%D \type {\texgraybox}. The first three arguments take a +%D dimension, the fourth one takes a number between~0 and~1, +%D and the last argument specifies a radius of the box when +%D rounded corners are used, so: + +%D \startbuffer +%D \periodgraybox\width.5\hsize\height1cm\depth0cm\raster.85\radius0pt\\ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D becomes: +%D +%D %\startregelcorrectie +%D % \vbox to 1cm{\haalbuffer} +%D %\stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \unprotect +%D \vbox to 1cm +%D {\getvalue{\v!punt graybox}\width.5\hsize\height1cm\depth0cm\raster.85\radius0pt\\} +%D \protect +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D There are two predefined methodes, one uses periods and the +%D other uses small rules. The second method is less +%D efficient, but sometimes give better results. The dimensions +%D of the resullting box are set to zero. + +\setvalue{\v!punt graybox}% + {\processraster\symbol\rasterdot} + +\setvalue{\v!lijn graybox}% + {\processraster\symbol\rasterbox} + +\def\rasterdot% + {\rasterfont.} + +\def\rasterbox% + {\hss\vrule\!!width.4pt\!!height.4pt\!!depth\!!zeropoint} + +%D Now of course we need: + +\ifx\rasterfont\undefined \def\rasterfont{\fivepoint} \fi + +%D We implement two pure \TEX\ based generators, that use +%D \type{\leaders} to quickly gerenate the gray pattern. One +%D should beware of \DIMENSION\ conflicts, so we use some +%D registers above~8. These macros are memory hungry and byte +%D spoiling. + +\def\processraster\symbol#1\width#2\height#3\depth#4\raster#5\corner#6\radius#7\\% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + \mindermeldingen + \dimen10=\!!onepoint + \dimen10=\@@rsfactor\dimen10 + \dimen10=#5\dimen10 + \setbox2=\hbox to #2 + {\cleaders\hbox to 2\dimen10{#1\hss}\hss}% + \dimen12=#3 + \advance\dimen12 by #4 + \setbox0=\vbox to \dimen12 + {\cleaders\vbox to 2\dimen10{\box2\vss}\vss}% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\hskip-.5\dimen10\lower0.5\dimen10\copy0 + \hskip-\wd0\hskip\dimen10\lower1.5\dimen10\box0}% + \box0 + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {setupscreens} +%D +%D The previous macro uses a predefined constant +%D \type{\@@rsfactor}. This factor can be set by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupscreens} + +\def\setupscreens% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??rs]} + +%D The most appropriate way to call for this feature is +%D using \type{\graybox}, which is defined as: + +\def\graybox{\getvalue{\@@rsmethode graybox}} + +%D This macro takes the five arguments mentioned earlier and +%D obey the user's settings. + +%D We just introduced two pure \TEX\ methods for generating +%D rasters. However, it's far more efficient and comfortable in +%D terms of speed, memory usage and file size, to use a driver +%D supported method. + +\setvalue{\v!extern graybox}\width#1\height#2\depth#3\raster#4\corner#5\radius#6\\% + {\setgraybox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\raster#4\corner#5\radius#6\\} + +%D For compatibility reasons we also define the original one: + +\setvalue{\v!postscript graybox}% + {\getvalue{\v!extern graybox}} + +%D A quite valid way of letting drivers do the job, is giving +%D a solid rule a gray texture. + +\def\setgraybox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\raster#4\corner#5\radius#6\\% + {\startraster[#4]% + \dofilledbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\corner#5\radius#6\\% + \stopraster} + +%D We don't have to stick to a \TEX\ drawn rule, but +%D also can use rounded or even fancier shapes, as we will +%D see later on. + +\def\dofilledbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\corner#4\radius#5\\% + {\bgroup + \doifelse{#4}{\v!rond} + {\dimen0=#5\relax % just in case of .x\corpssize + \ifdim\dimen0=\!!zeropoint + \dofilledlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\\% + \else + \dofilledroundbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\radius#5\\% + \fi} + {\dofilledlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\\}% + \egroup} + +\def\dofilledlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\\% + {\vrule\!!width#1\!!height#2\!!depth#3}% + +\def\dofilledroundbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\radius#4\\% + {\ovalbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{\linewidth}{#4}{\v!nee}{\v!ja}} + +\def\ovalbox#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\bgroup + \scratchdimen=#1\edef\ovalwid{\number\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=#2\edef\ovalhei{\number\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=#3\edef\ovaldep{\number\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=#4\edef\ovallin{\number\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=#5\edef\ovalrad{\number\scratchdimen}% + \doifelse{#6}{\v!ja} % will be a macro that handles + {\def\ovalstr{1}} % start, stop, ja, nee, aan, uit + {\def\ovalstr{0}}% % and something \doif + \doifelse{#7}{\v!ja} + {\def\ovalfil{1}} + {\def\ovalfil{0}}% + \doovalbox + {\ovalwid}{\ovalhei}{\ovaldep} + {\ovallin}{\ovalrad} + {\ovalstr}{\ovalfil}% + \egroup} + +%D The oval box is drawn using a special macro, depending on +%D the driver in use. + +%D It won't be a surprise that we not only provide gray boxes, +%D but also colored ones. Here it is: + +\def\setcolorbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\color#4\corner#5\radius#6\\% + {\ifincolor + \doifsomething{#4} + {\startcolor[#4]% + \dofilledbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\corner#5\radius#6\\% + \stopcolor}% + \else + \dofilledbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\corner#5\radius#6\\% + \fi} + +\def\colorbox% + {\setcolorbox} + +%D \macro +%D {defineoverlay, overlaywidth, overlayheight} +%D +%D Before we define the macro that actually takes card of the +%D backgrounds, we introduce overlays. An overlay is something +%D that contrary to its name lays {\em under} the text. An +%D example of an overlay definition is: +%D +%D \startbuffer[tmp-1] +%D \defineoverlay +%D [fancy] +%D [{\externfiguur +%D [gene-011] +%D [type=eps,methode=mps, +%D breedte=\overlaywidth, +%D hoogte=\overlayheight]}] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[tmp-1] +%D +%D That for instance can be uses in: +%D +%D \startbuffer[tmp-2] +%D \omlijnd[achtergrond=fancy]{How Fancy!} +%D \omlijnd[achtergrond=fancy,kader=uit]{Even More Fancy!} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D and looks like: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \vbox{\baselineskip24pt\haalbuffer[tmp-1]\haalbuffer[tmp-2]} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The formal definition is: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!defineoverlay} +%D +%D This macro's definition is a bit obscure, due the many +%D non||used arguments and the two step call that enable the +%D setting of the width, height and depth variables. + +\def\defineoverlay% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefineoverlay} + +\def\dodefineoverlay[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{executeoverlay##1}{\executedefinedoverlay##1\\#2\\}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\long\def\executedefinedoverlay#1\\#2\\#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \scratchdimen=#3\edef\overlaywidth {\the\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=#4\edef\overlayheight{\the\scratchdimen}% + %\message{[overlay: #1\space w: \overlaywidth\space h: \overlayheight]}% + \setbox0=\hbox{#2}% + \wd0=\overlaywidth + \ht0=\overlayheight + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \egroup} + +%D The empty case is: + +\def\executeoverlay#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {} + +%D We predefine two already familiar backgrounds: + +\setvalue{executeoverlay\v!raster}#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\graybox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\raster#5\corner#6\radius#7\\} + +\setvalue{executeoverlay\v!kleur}#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\colorbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\color#4\corner#6\radius#7\\} + +%D After all these preparations, the background macro does no +%D bring to many surprises. One has to keep in mind that this +%D macro starts up a call chain, depending on the background +%D one needs: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som a raster, color or user defined shape +%D \som square or round corners +%D \som a \TEX\ or driver based method +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D Here we go: + +\newbox\extraframebox + +\def\dobackgroundbox#1\background#2\color#3\raster#4\offset#5\corner + #6\radius#7\depth#8\\% + {\vbox + {\offinterlineskip + \dimen0=#5\relax + \dimen2=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by #8 + \dimen4=2\dimen0 + \advance\dimen4 by \wd#1 + \dimen6=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen6 by \ht#1 + \advance\dimen6 by \dp#1 + \advance\dimen6 by \dimen2 + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\executeifdefined{executeoverlay#2}\gobblesevenarguments + {\dimen4}{\dimen6}{\!!zeropoint}{#3}{#4}{#6}{#7}} + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\lower\dimen2\vbox{\moveleft\dimen0\box\extraframebox}} + \wd\extraframebox=\wd#1 + \ht\extraframebox=\ht#1 + \dp\extraframebox=\dp#1 + \vbox{\copy\extraframebox} + \vskip-\ht\extraframebox + \vbox{\box#1}}} + +%D Besides backgrounds (overlays) we also need some macros to +%D draw outlines (ruled borders). Again we have to deal with +%D square and round corners. The first category can be handled +%D by \TEX\ itself, the latter one depends on the driver. + +\def\dooutlinebox#1\color#2\offset#3\corner#4\radius#5\depth#6\toggle#7\\% + {\vbox % rules on top of box + {\offinterlineskip + \dimen0=#3\relax + \dimen2=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by #6 + \dimen4=2\dimen0 + \advance\dimen4 by \wd#1 + \dimen6=\dimen0 + \advance\dimen6 by \ht#1 + \advance\dimen6 by \dp#1 + \advance\dimen6 by \dimen2 + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\dostrokedbox\width\dimen4\height\dimen6\depth\!!zeropoint + \corner#4\radius#5\toggle#7\\} + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\lower\dimen2\vbox{\moveleft\dimen0\box\extraframebox}} + \wd\extraframebox=\wd#1 + \ht\extraframebox=\ht#1 + \dp\extraframebox=\dp#1 + \vbox{\box#1} + \vskip-\ht\extraframebox + \doifsomething{#2} + {\color[#2]{\vbox{\box\extraframebox}}} + {\vbox{\box\extraframebox}}}} + +\def\dostrokedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\corner#4\radius#5\toggle#6\\% + {\bgroup + \doifelse{#4}{\v!rond} + {\dimen0=#5\relax % just in case of .x\corpssize + \ifdim\dimen0=\!!zeropoint + \dostrokedlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\toggle#6\\% + \else + \dostrokedroundbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\radius#5\\% + \fi} + {\dostrokedlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\toggle#6\\}% + \egroup} + +%D The toggle argument in these calls concern the individual +%D rules: left, right, top and bottom. Each cna be turned on, +%D depending on the general state (\type{#4}) or the individual +%D ones (\type{#5}, \type{#6}, \type{#7} and \type{#8}). + +\def\dostrokedlinedbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\toggle + #4\left#5\right#6\top#7\bottom#8\\% + {\vbox + {\setbox0=\null\wd0=#1\ht0=#2\dp0=#3% + \vbox + {\getvalue{t\@@frame@@#4#7}% + \hbox + {\getvalue{l\@@frame@@#4#5}% + \box0 + \getvalue{r\@@frame@@#4#6}} + \getvalue{b\@@frame@@#4#8}}}} + +\def\@@frame@@{@@frame@@} + +\setvalue{t\@@frame@@\v!aan\v!aan}{\hrule\!!height\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} +\setvalue{t\@@frame@@\v!uit\v!aan}{\hrule\!!height\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} + \setvalue{t\@@frame@@\v!aan}{\hrule\!!height\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} +\setvalue{b\@@frame@@\v!aan\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\hrule\!!height\linewidth} +\setvalue{b\@@frame@@\v!uit\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\hrule\!!height\linewidth} + \setvalue{b\@@frame@@\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\hrule\!!height\linewidth} +\setvalue{l\@@frame@@\v!aan\v!aan}{\vrule\!!width\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} +\setvalue{l\@@frame@@\v!uit\v!aan}{\vrule\!!width\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} + \setvalue{l\@@frame@@\v!aan}{\vrule\!!width\linewidth\kern-\linewidth} +\setvalue{r\@@frame@@\v!aan\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\vrule\!!width\linewidth} +\setvalue{r\@@frame@@\v!uit\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\vrule\!!width\linewidth} + \setvalue{r\@@frame@@\v!aan}{\kern-\linewidth\vrule\!!width\linewidth} + +%D I condidered using the low level support command +%D \type{\ruledhbox}, but this would slow down processing by a +%D factor~3. + +%D Before we come to using these macros we yet have to define +%D the rounded corner alternative, which after all is not that +%D hard because it uses the previously defined macro \type +%D {\ovalbox}. + +\def\dostrokedroundbox\width#1\height#2\depth#3\radius#4\\% + {\ovalbox{#1}{#2}{#3}{\linewidth}{#4}{\v!ja}{\v!nee}} + +%D The next few macros are probably the most misused ones in +%D \CONTEXT. They deal with putting rules around boxes, provide +%D backgrounds, offer alignment features, and some more. We +%D start with defining some booleans. These give an impression +%D of what we are going to take into account. + +\newif\ifboxhasoffset +\newif\ifboxhaswidth +\newif\ifboxhasheight +\newif\ifboxhasformat +\newif\ifboxhasstrut +\newif\ifboxisoverlaid + +%D We also need a few \DIMENSIONS: + +\newdimen\@@localoffset +\newdimen\@@globalwidth + +%D The content of the box will be (temporary) saved in a box: + +\newbox\framebox + +%D We also need a box for outlines and backgrounds: + +\newbox\extraframebox + +%D \macros +%D {framed, setupframed} +%D +%D Ruled boxes are typeset using \type{\framed}. This command +%D is quite versatile and, although some users will probably +%D seldom use it, one cannot overlook its features. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupframed} +%D \showsetup{\y!framed} +%D +%D This general macro is a special version of an even more +%D general case, that can easily be linked into other macros +%D that need some kind of framing. The local version is called +%D with an extra parameter: the variable identifier. The reason +%D for passing this identifier between brackets lays in the +%D mere fact that this way we can use the optional argument +%D grabbers. + +\unexpanded\def\framed% + {\bgroup + \presetlocalframed[\??ol]% + \dodoubleempty\startlocalframed[\??ol]} + +\def\presetlocalframed[#1]% + {\copylocalframed[#1][\??oi]} + +\def\copylocalframed[#1]#2[#3]% + {\copyparameters[#1][#3] + [\c!breedte,\c!hoogte,\c!offset,\c!dummy, + \c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!diepte,\c!kader,\c!kaderkleur, + \c!bovenkader,\c!onderkader,\c!linkerkader,\c!rechterkader, + \c!lijndikte,\c!kaderoffset,\c!achtergrondoffset, + \c!achtergrond,\c!achtergrondraster,\c!achtergrondkleur, + \c!uitlijnen,\c!onder,\c!boven,\c!strut,\c!plaats]% + \copyparameters[#1\c!achtergrond][#1] + [\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!diepte]% + \copyparameters[#1\c!kader][#1] + [\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!diepte]} + +\def\setupframed% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??oi]} + +%D The normal case first presets all parameters and next starts +%D looking for the user supplied ones. The first step is +%D omitted in the local case, because these are preset at +%D declaration time and keep their values unless explictly +%D changed. By presetting the variables everytime the normal +%D command is called, we can use this command nested, without +%D the unwanted side effect of inheritance. + +\def\localframed% + {\bgroup + \dodoubleargument\startlocalframed} + +%D Before we go into details, we present (and implement) the +%D main framing routine. I saw no real reason for splitting the +%D next two macros into smaller pieces. The content will be +%D collected in a horizontal or vertical box with fixed or free +%D dimensions and specific settings concerning aligment and +%D offsets. + +\def\startlocalframed[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \edef\@@framed{#1}% + \getparameters[\@@framed][#2]% + \edef\localoffset{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!offset}}% + \edef\localwidth{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!breedte}}% + \edef\localheight{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!hoogte}}% + \edef\localformat{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!uitlijnen}}% + \edef\localstrut{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!strut}}% + \doifvaluesomething{\@@framed\c!lijndikte} + {\linewidth=\getvalue{\@@framed\c!lijndikte}}% + \doifelsenothing{\localformat} + {\boxhasformatfalse} + {\boxhasformattrue + \edef\beforeframedbox{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!boven}}% + \edef\afterframedbox{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!onder}}% + \dosetraggedcommand{\localformat}}% + \doifelse{\localoffset}{\v!geen} + {\boxhasoffsetfalse + \boxhasstrutfalse + \boxisoverlaidfalse + \@@localoffset=\linewidth} + {\doifelse{\localoffset}{\v!overlay} + {\boxhasoffsetfalse + \boxhasstrutfalse + \boxisoverlaidtrue + \@@localoffset=\!!zeropoint} + {\boxhasoffsettrue + \boxhasstruttrue + \boxisoverlaidfalse + \@@localoffset=\localoffset + \advance\@@localoffset by \linewidth}}% + \doifelse{\localwidth}{\v!passend} + {\ifboxhasformat + \boxhaswidthtrue + \!!widtha=\hsize + \else + \boxhaswidthfalse + \fi} + {\doifelse{\localwidth}{\v!ruim} + {\boxhaswidthtrue + \!!widtha=\hsize} + {\boxhaswidthtrue + \!!widtha=\localwidth}}% + \doifelse{\localheight}{\v!passend} + {\boxhasheightfalse} % no longer: \boxhasstrutfalse + {\doifelse{\localheight}{\v!ruim} + {\boxhasheightfalse} + {\boxhasheighttrue + \!!heighta=\localheight}}% + \ifdim\!!widtha=\hsize + \parindent=\!!zeropoint + \setlocalhsize + \!!widtha=\localhsize + \fi + \advance\!!widtha by -2\@@localoffset + \advance\!!heighta by -2\@@localoffset + \doif{\localstrut}{\v!nee} + {\boxhasstrutfalse}% + \ifboxhasstrut + \setstrut + \let\localbegstrut=\begstrut + \let\localendstrut=\endstrut + \let\localstrut =\strut + \else + \let\localbegstrut=\relax + \let\localendstrut=\relax + \let\localstrut =\relax + \fi + \ifboxhasheight + \let\\=\vboxednewline + \ifboxhaswidth + \let\hairline=\vboxedhairline + \ifboxhasformat + \let\next=\doformatboxSomeFormat + \else + \let\next=\doformatboxNoFormat + \fi + \else + \let\hairline=\hboxedhairline + \ifboxhasformat + \let\next=\doformatboxHeight + \else + \let\next=\doformatboxVSize + \fi + \fi + \else + \ifboxhaswidth + \ifboxhasformat + \let\hairline=\vboxedhairline + \let\\=\vboxednewline + \let\next=\doformatboxWidth + \else + \let\hairline=\hboxedhairline + \let\\=\hboxednewline + \let\next=\doformatboxHSize + \fi + \else + \let\hairline=\hboxedhairline + \let\\=\hboxednewline + \let\next=\doformatboxNoSize + \fi + \fi + \def\dowithframedbox{\aftergroup\stoplocalframed}% + \afterassignment\dowithframedbox + \setbox\framebox=\next} + +%D Carefull analysis of this macro will learn us that not all +%D branches in the last conditionals can be encountered, that +%D is, some assignments to \type{\next} will never occur. +%D Nevertheless we implement the whole scheme, if not for +%D future extensions. +%D +%D The last few lines tell what to do after the content of the +%D box is collected and passed to the next macro. In the case +%D of a fixed width and centered alignment, the content is +%D evaluated and used to determine the most natural width. The +%D rest of the code deals with backgrounds and frames. + +\def\stoplocalframed% + {\dontshowcomposition + \ifboxhasformat + \doif{\localwidth}{\v!passend} + {\doreshapeframedbox + \boxhaswidthfalse}% + \fi + \ifboxhaswidth + \wd\framebox=\!!widtha + \fi + \ifboxhasheight + \ht\framebox=\!!heighta + \fi + \doifvalue{\@@framed\c!dummy}{\v!ja} + {\setbox0=\null + \wd0=\wd\framebox \ht0=\ht\framebox \dp0=\dp\framebox + \setbox\framebox=\box0\relax}% + \ifboxhasoffset + \dooffsetframebox + \fi + \ifboxisoverlaid \else + \dolocateframebox + \fi + \doframedbox + \doifvaluesomething{\@@framed\c!achtergrond} + {\dobackedbox}% + \doifvalue{\@@framed\c!plaats}{\v!laag} + {\doinlineframedbox}% + \box\framebox + \egroup + \egroup} + +%D The last conditional takes care of the special situation of +%D in||line \inframed[hoogte=3cm]{framed} boxes. Such boxes have +%D to be \inframed{aligned} with the running text. + +\def\doinframed[#1]% we could omit #1] but readibility ... + {\framed[\c!plaats=\v!laag,#1]} + +\unexpanded\def\inframed% + {\dosingleempty\doinframed} + +%D When we set \type{\c!dummy} to \type{\v!ja}, we get +%D ourselves a frame and/or background, but no content, so +%D actually we have a sort of phantom framed box. + +%D This previous framing macros needs a lot of alternatives for +%D putting rules around boxes, inserting offsets and aligning +%D text. Each step is handled by separate macros. + +\def\dooffsetframebox% + {\doifinstringelse{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!offset}}{\v!geen\c!offset} + {}{\doifelsevaluenothing{\@@framed\c!offset} + {}{\edef\do{\kern\getvalue{\@@framed\c!offset}}% + \setbox\framebox=\vbox{\do\hbox{\do\box\framebox\do}\do}}}} + +\def\dolocateframebox% + {\setbox\framebox=\vbox + {\kern\linewidth + \hbox{\kern\linewidth\box\framebox\kern\linewidth} + \kern\linewidth}} + +%D Let's hope that the next few examples show us enough of +%D what needs to be done by the auxiliary macros. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \framed[hoogte=1cm,offset=.5cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[hoogte=1cm,offset=0cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[hoogte=1cm,offset=geen] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[hoogte=1cm,offset=overlay]{rule based learning} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \framed[offset=.5cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[offset=0cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[offset=geen] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[offset=overlay]{rule based learning} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \framed[strut=nee,offset=.5cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[strut=nee,offset=0cm] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[strut=nee,offset=geen] {rule based learning} +%D \framed[strut=nee,offset=overlay]{rule based learning} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \framed[breedte=3cm,uitlijnen=links] {rule\\based\\learning} +%D \framed[breedte=3cm,uitlijnen=midden] {rule\\based\\learning} +%D \framed[breedte=3cm,uitlijnen=rechts] {rule\\based\\learning} +%D \framed[breedte=passend,uitlijnen=midden] {rule\\based\\learning} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox{\mindermeldingen\haalbuffer} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D So now we're ready for the complicated stuff. We distinguish +%D between borders with straight lines and those with round +%D corners. When using the first alternative it is possible to +%D turn off one or more lines. More fancy shapes are also +%D possible by specifying dedicated backgrounds. Turning lines +%D on and off is implemented as efficient as possible and as a +%D result is interface language dependant. This next +%D implementation evolved from simpler ones. It puts for +%D instance the rules on top of the content and provides +%D additional offset capabilities. The lot of calls to other +%D macros makes this mechanism not that easy to comprehend. + +\def\doframedbox% + {\setbox\framebox=\vbox + {\dooutlinebox\framebox + \color \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderkleur}% + \offset \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderoffset}% + \corner \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderhoek}% + \radius \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderstraal}% + \depth \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderdiepte}% + \toggle \getvalue{\@@framed\c!kader}% + \left \getvalue{\@@framed\c!linkerkader}% + \right \getvalue{\@@framed\c!rechterkader}% + \top \getvalue{\@@framed\c!bovenkader}% + \bottom \getvalue{\@@framed\c!onderkader}\\}} + +%D Getting the backgrounds right takes less code. Again we +%D have to take care of additional offsets. + +\def\dobackedbox% + {\setbox\framebox=\vbox + {\dobackgroundbox\framebox + \background \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrond}% + \color \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondkleur}% + \raster \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondraster}% + \offset \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondoffset}% + \corner \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondhoek}% + \radius \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondstraal}% + \depth \getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergronddiepte}\\}} + +%D We handle left, right or middle alignment as well as fixed +%D or free widths and heights. Each combination gets its own +%D macro. + +\def\dopresetformatbox% + {\forgetall + \oninterlineskip} + +\def\doformatboxSomeFormat% + {\vbox to \!!heighta + \bgroup + \dopresetformatbox + \hsize\!!widtha + \vsize\!!heighta + \raggedcommand + \beforeframedbox + \bgroup + \localbegstrut + \aftergroup\localendstrut + \aftergroup\afterframedbox + \aftergroup\egroup + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxNoFormat% + {\vbox to \!!heighta + \bgroup + \dopresetformatbox + \hsize\!!widtha + \vsize\!!heighta + \raggedcenter + \vss + \bgroup + \localbegstrut + \aftergroup\localendstrut + \aftergroup\vss + \aftergroup\egroup + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxHeight% + {\vbox to \!!heighta + \bgroup + \dopresetformatbox + \raggedcommand + \vss + \bgroup + \aftergroup\localendstrut + \aftergroup\vss + \aftergroup\egroup + \localbegstrut + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxWidth% + {\vbox + \bgroup + \dopresetformatbox + \hsize\!!widtha + \raggedcommand + \bgroup + \localbegstrut + \aftergroup\localendstrut + \aftergroup\egroup + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxVSize% + {\vbox to \!!heighta + \bgroup + \forgetall + \vsize\!!heighta + \vss + \bgroup + \aftergroup\vss + \aftergroup\egroup + \hbox + \bgroup + \aftergroup\egroup + \localstrut + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxHSize% + {\hbox to \!!widtha + \bgroup + \forgetall + \hss + \localstrut + \bgroup + \aftergroup\hss + \aftergroup\egroup + \let\next=} + +\def\doformatboxNoSize% + {\hbox + \bgroup + \localstrut + \let\next=} + +%D On the next page we show some examples of how these macros +%D come into action. The examples show us how +%D \type{\v!passend}, \type{\v!ruim} dimensions influence the +%D formatting. Watch the visualized struts. \voetnoot {Here we +%D used \type{\toonstruts}.} +%D +%D \startuitstellen +%D \bgroup +%D \toonstruts +%D \mindermeldingen +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \halign{#\enskip&#\enskip&#\enskip&#\enskip&#\enskip&#\cr +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=] {a\par b\par c}\cr +%D \noalign{\vskip1em} +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=ja] {a\par b\par c}\cr +%D \noalign{\vskip1em} +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=rechts] {a\par b\par c}\cr +%D \noalign{\vskip1em} +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=links] {a\par b\par c}\cr +%D \noalign{\vskip1em} +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=.2\hsize, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=.2\hsize, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=ruim, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}& +%D \omlijnd[breedte=passend, hoogte=passend, uitlijnen=midden] {a\par b\par c}\cr} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D \blanko[2*groot] +%D \egroup +%D \stopuitstellen + +%D It is possible to let the frame macro calculate the width +%D of a centered box automatically (\type{\v!passend}). When +%D doing so, we need to reshape the box: + +\def\doreshapeframedbox% + {\beginofshapebox + \unvcopy\framebox + \endofshapebox + \global\@@globalwidth=\!!zeropoint + \reshapebox + {\setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox\shapebox}% + \ifdim\wd0>\@@globalwidth + \global\@@globalwidth=\wd0 + \fi}% + \dosetraggedcommand{\localformat}% + \raggedcommand + \setbox\framebox=\vbox + {\hsize\@@globalwidth + \reshapebox{\hbox to \hsize{\unhbox\shapebox}}% + \flushshapebox}% + \ifboxhasheight \else + \dp\framebox=\dp\strutbox + \fi} + +%D The examples on the next page show how one can give the +%D frame as well as the background an additional offset and +%D even a bit more depth. The blue outline is the frame, the +%D red box is the background and the small black outline is the +%D vsiualization of the resulting box, that is, we applied +%D \type{\ruledhbox} to the result. + +%D \startuitstellen +%D \bgroup +%D \unprotect +%D \mindermeldingen +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \vbox to \vsize +%D \bgroup +%D \startuitlijnen[midden] +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode\vbox to .8\vsize +%D \bgroup +%D \hsize=300pt +%D \setupframed +%D [\c!achtergrond=\v!kleur, +%D \c!achtergrondkleur=DemoRed, +%D \c!breedte=300pt, +%D \c!hoogte=60pt, +%D \c!kaderkleur=DemoBlue, +%D \c!lijndikte=2pt] +%D \def\status% +%D {\c!achtergrondoffset=\@@olachtergrondoffset\\ +%D \c!kaderoffset=\@@olkaderoffset\\ +%D \c!diepte=\@@oldiepte} +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=0pt,kaderoffset=0pt]{\status}} +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=5pt,kaderoffset=0pt]{\status}} +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=0pt,kaderoffset=5pt]{\status}} +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=2pt,kaderoffset=5pt]{\status}} +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=5pt,kaderoffset=2pt]{\status}} +%D \vss +%D \leavevmode \ruledhbox{\framed[achtergrondoffset=5pt,kaderoffset=5pt]{\status}} +%D \egroup +%D \vss +%D \stopuitlijnen +%D \egroup +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D {\setupframed[diepte=4pt]\haalbuffer} +%D +%D \protect +%D \egroup +%D \stopuitstellen + +%D When typesetting the framed box inline, we have to keep the +%D baseline intact outside as well as inside the framed box. + +\def\doinlineframedbox% + {\getboxheight\dimen2\of\box\framebox + \advance\dimen2 by -\ht\strutbox + \dimen0=.5\dimen2 + \ifboxhasoffset + \advance\dimen0 by \getvalue{\@@framed\c!offset} + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by 2\linewidth + \setbox\framebox=\hbox{\lower\dimen0\box\framebox}% + \ht\framebox\ht\strutbox + \dp\framebox\dp\strutbox + \box\framebox} + +%D We can draw lines from left to right and top to bottom by +%D using the normal \type{\hairline} command. Both directions +%D need a different treatment. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \framed[breedte=4cm] {alfa\hairline beta\hairline gamma} +%D \framed[hoogte=2cm] {alfa\hairline beta\hairline gamma} +%D \framed[breedte=4cm,hoogte=2cm]{alfa\hairline beta\hairline gamma} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D These macros try to adapt their behaviour as good as +%D possible to the circumstances and act as natural as +%D possible. + +\def\vboxedhairline% + {\bgroup + \dimen2=\ifboxhasoffset \localoffset \else \!!zeropoint \fi + \dimen4=\dimen2 + \advance\dimen4 by \linewidth + \setbox0=\vbox + {\advance\hsize by 2\dimen4 + \vskip\dimen2 + \hrule + \!!height\linewidth + \!!depth\!!zeropoint + \!!width\hsize + \vskip\dimen2}% + \endgraf\nointerlineskip\endgraf + \moveleft\dimen4\box0 + \endgraf\nointerlineskip\endgraf + \localbegstrut + \egroup} + +\def\hboxedhairline% + {\bgroup + \dimen2=\ifboxhasoffset \localoffset \else \!!zeropoint \fi + \ifboxhasheight + \dimen4=\localheight \divide\dimen4 by 2 + \dimen6=\dimen4 + \advance\dimen4 by \dp\strutbox + \advance\dimen6 by -\dp\strutbox + \advance\dimen4 by -2\linewidth + \advance\dimen6 by 2\linewidth + \else + \dimen4=\ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen4 by \dimen2 + \dimen6=\dp\strutbox + \advance\dimen6 by \dimen2 + \fi + \unskip + \setbox0=\hbox + {\hskip\dimen2 + \vrule + \!!height\dimen4 + \!!depth\dimen6 + \!!width\linewidth + \hskip\dimen2}% + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \box0 + \ignorespaces + \egroup} + +%D The argument of the frame command accepts \type{\\} as a +%D sort of newline signal. In horizontal boxes it expands to a +%D space. + +\def\vboxednewline% + {\endgraf\ignorespaces} + +\def\hboxednewline% + {\unskip\normalspace\ignorespaces} + +%D We can set each rule on or off. The default setting is +%D inherited from \type{\c!kader}. An earlier implementation +%D use a bit different approach, but the new one seems more +%D natural: +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \steltypenin[marge=0pt] +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=aan] {\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=aan,onderkader=uit]{\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=aan,onderkader=aan]{\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=uit] {\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=uit,onderkader=uit]{\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \omlijnd[offset=overlay,kader=uit,onderkader=aan]{\DemoRed\blokje} +%D \stopbuffer +%D \hbox{\haalbuffer\vbox{\typebuffer}} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D \egroup + +%D \macros +%D {setupblackrules} +%D +%D The graphic capabilities of \TEX\ do not go beyond simple +%D filled rules, except of course when using specials. Let's +%D start with a warning: using this commands is far more slower +%D than using the \TEX\ primitives \type{\hrule} and +%D \type{\vrule}, but they save us some tokens. The +%D characteristics of these rule drawing command can be set by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupblackrules} + +\def\setupblackrules% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??bj]} + +%D \macros +%D {blackrule} +%D +%D The simple command draws only one rule. Its optional +%D argument can be used to specify the dimensions. By setting +%D the width, height or depth to \type{\v!max}, one gets the +%D natural dimensions. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!blackrule} + +\def\doblackrule[#1]% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??bj][#1]% + \setstrut + \doif{\@@bjbreedte}{\v!max}{\def\@@bjbreedte{1em}}% + \doif{\@@bjhoogte} {\v!max}{\def\@@bjhoogte{\ht\strutbox}}% + \doif{\@@bjdiepte} {\v!max}{\def\@@bjdiepte{\dp\strutbox}}% + \vrule + \!!width\@@bjbreedte + \!!height\@@bjhoogte + \!!depth\@@bjdiepte + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\blackrule% + {\dosingleempty\doblackrule} + +%D \macros +%D {blackrules} +%D +%D One can call for a sequence of black rules, if needed +%D equally spaced over the given width. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!blackrules} +%D +%D The two alternative calls are therefore: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D Tell me, is this according to the \blokjes[n=6]? +%D These \blokjes[variant=b,n=10,afstand=.2em,breedte=4cm] are quite clear. +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D We could of course have implemented this macro using +%D \type{\leaders}, but this would probably have taken more +%D tokens. + +\def\doblackrules[#1]% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??bj][#1]% + \!!widtha=\@@bjbreedte + \!!widthb=\@@bjafstand + \doif{\@@bjvariant}{\c!b} + {\scratchcounter=\@@bjn + \ifnum\scratchcounter=1 + \!!widthb=\!!zeropoint + \else + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \advance\!!widtha by -\scratchcounter\!!widthb + \divide\!!widtha by \@@bjn + \fi}% + \dorecurse{\@@bjn} + {\vrule + \!!width\!!widtha + \!!height\@@bjhoogte + \!!depth\@@bjdiepte + \hskip\!!widthb}% + \unskip + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\blackrules% + {\dosingleempty\doblackrules} + +%D The next commands can be used to draw margin rules. We +%D support two methods: \marginrule{one for in||line use} and +%D one that acts on a paragraph. Drawing a margin rule is +%D rather straightforward because we can use the commands that +%D put text in the margin. + +\def\dodrawmarginrule% + {\setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!height\strutheight + \!!depth\strutdepth + \!!width\@@kadikte}% + \vsmashbox0 + \box0} + +\def\drawmarginrule% + {\strut\inlinker{\dodrawmarginrule}} + +%D \macros +%D {marginrule} +%D +%D The first method gobbles words and simply puts a bar in the +%D margin. This method is not entirely robust. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!marginrule} + +\definecomplexorsimple\marginrule + +\def\simplemarginrule% + {\let\processword=\drawmarginrule + \processwords} + +\def\complexmarginrule[#1]% + {\ifnum#1<\@@kaniveau\relax \else + \def\@@kadefaultwidth{#1}% + \expandafter\simplemarginrule + \fi} + +%D We need an auxiliary variable + +\def\@@kadefaultwidth{1} + +%D \macros +%D {setupmarginrules} +%D +%D This macro definitions show us that we can pass an optional +%D level, which is matched against the previous set one. The +%D level can be set up with +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupmarginrules} + +\def\setupmarginrules% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ka]} + +%D \macros +%D {startmarginrule} +%D +%D The second method collects text and reformats it afterwards, +%D using the shapebox macros. We prevent local margin rules. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!startmarginrule} + +\definecomplexorsimple\startmarginrule + +\def\simplestartmarginrule% + {\bgroup + \let\drawmarginrule=\relax + \let\stopmarginrule=\dostopmarginrule + \beginofshapebox} + +\def\complexstartmarginrule[#1]% + {\bgroup + \let\drawmarginrule=\relax + \ifnum#1<\@@kaniveau\relax + \let\stopmarginrule=\egroup + \else + \def\@@kadefaultwidth{#1}% + \let\stopmarginrule=\dostopmarginrule + \expandafter\beginofshapebox + \fi} + +\def\dostopmarginrule% + {\endofshapebox + \reshapebox + {\hbox{\inlinkermarge{\dodrawmarginrule}\box\shapebox}}% + \flushshapebox + \egroup} + +%D \startbuffer +%D \stelkantlijnin[niveau=5] +%D +%D \startkantlijn[1] +%D First we set the level at~5. Next we typeset this first +%D paragraph as a level~1 one. As expected no rule show up. +%D \stopkantlijn +%D +%D \startkantlijn[5] +%D The second paragraph is a level~5 one. As we can se here, +%D the marginal rule gets a width according to its level. +%D \stopkantlijn +%D +%D \startkantlijn[8] +%D It will of course be no surprise that this third paragraph +%D has a even thicker margin rule. This behavior can be +%D overruled by specifying the width explictly. +%D \stopkantlijn +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D In next example we show most features. Watch the rule +%D thickness adapting itself to the level. +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D We just said: +%D +%D \typebuffer + +%D \macros +%D {vl, hl} +%D +%D The command \type{\vl} draws a vertical rule \vl\ with strut +%D dimensions, multiplied with the factor specified in the +%D optional argument. The height and depth are clipped \vl[3] +%D to the baselinedistance. Its horizontal counterpart +%D \type{\hl} draws a horizontal rule \hl\ with a width of 1em, +%D multiplied with the optional factor. The horizontal rule is +%D drawn on top of the baseline. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!vl} +%D \showsetup{\y!hl} + +\def\complexvl[#1]% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=#1\ht\strutbox + \dimen2=#1\dp\strutbox + \setbox0=\hbox + {\vrule + \!!width\linewidth + \!!height\dimen0 + \!!depth\dimen2}% + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\complexhl[#1]% + {\hbox + {\vrule + \!!width#1em + \!!height\linewidth + \!!depth\!!zeropoint}} + +\def\simplevl% + {\complexvl[1]} + +\def\simplehl% + {\complexhl[1]} + +\definecomplexorsimple\vl +\definecomplexorsimple\hl + +% gejat van Knuth (zie \copyright, p356) + +\def\omcirkeld#1% + {{\ooalign{\hfil\raise0.07ex\hbox{{\tfx#1}}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}} + +\def\copyright + {\omcirkeld{c}} + +%D \macros +%D {hairline, thinrule, thinrules, setupthinrules} +%D +%D Drawing thin lines can of course easily be accomplished by +%D the \TEX\ primitives \type{\hrule} and \type{\vrule}. The +%D next few macros however free us from some specifications. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D some text +%D +%D \hairline +%D +%D some more text +%D +%D \thinrule +%D +%D more and more text +%D +%D hi \thinrule\ there +%D +%D and then the final text +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D becomes +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D So we've got +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!hairline} +%D \showsetup{\y!thinrule} +%D +%D Both can be set up with: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupthinrules} +%D +%D We also have +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!thinrules} +%D +%D which looks like: \thinrules[n=2] + +\def\thinrule% + {\strut + \leaders + \hrule\!!height\@@dlhoogte\!!depth\@@dlhoogte + \hfill + \strut} + +\def\hairline% + {\endgraf + \thinrule + \endgraf} + +\def\dosetupthinrules[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??dl][#1]% + \assignvalue{\@@dlafstand}{\@@dl@@afstand}{1.0}{1.5}{2.0}} + +\def\setupthinrules% + {\dosingleargument\dosetupthinrules} + +\def\dothinrules[#1]% + {\bgroup + \dosetupthinrules[#1]% + \@@dlvoor + \spacing\@@dl@@afstand + \dorecurse + {\@@dln} + {\thinrule\ifnum\recurselevel<\@@dln\endgraf\fi}% + \@@dlna + \egroup} + +\def\thinrules% + {\dosingleempty\dothinrules} + +%D \macros +%D {startframedtext, setupframedtexts, +%D defineframedtext, start<>, <>} +%D +%D The general framing command we discussed previously, is not +%D entirely suited for what we call framed texts, as for +%D instance used in intermezzo's. The next examples show what +%D we have in mind. +%D +%D \startbuffer[framed-0] +%D \stelkadertekstenin +%D [kader=uit, +%D breedte=\hsize, +%D achtergrond=raster] +%D +%D \startkadertekst +%D By default the framed text is centered \dots +%D \stopkadertekst +%D +%D \startkadertekst[rechts] +%D \dots\ but we can also align left, middle and right. +%D \stopkadertekst +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer[framed-1] +%D \definieerkadertekst +%D [Example] +%D [breedte=6cm, +%D hoogte=5cm] +%D +%D \startExample +%D \typebuffer[framed-1] +%D \stopExample +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer[framed-2] +%D \definieerkadertekst +%D [Example] +%D [breedte=6cm] +%D +%D \startExample +%D \typebuffer[framed-2] +%D \stopExample +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer[framed-3] +%D \definieerkadertekst +%D [Example] +%D [hoogte=5cm] +%D +%D \startExample +%D \typebuffer[framed-3] +%D \stopExample +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer[framed-4] +%D \definieerkadertekst +%D [Example] +%D [breedte=passend,hoogte=ruim] +%D +%D \Example{a very exciting example} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \bgroup \steltypenin[marge=0pt] \haalbuffer[framed-0] \egroup +%D \bgroup \steltypenin[marge=0pt] \haalbuffer[framed-1] \egroup +%D \bgroup \steltypenin[marge=0pt] \haalbuffer[framed-2] \egroup +%D \bgroup \steltypenin[marge=0pt] \haalbuffer[framed-3] \egroup +%D \bgroup \steltypenin[marge=0pt] \haalbuffer[framed-4] \egroup +%D +%D Here we can see that we have a predefined framed text class +%D as well as the tools for defining our own. So we have: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupframedtexts} +%D +%D as well as the definition command: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!defineframedtext} +%D +%D that generates two commands: +%D +%D \showsetup{\e!start<<\y!framedtext>>} +%D \showsetup{<<\y!framedtext>>} +%D +%D The next definition shows the defaults. + +\def\dodefineframedtext[#1][#2]% + {\presetlocalframed[\??kd#1]% + \getparameters[\??kd#1] + [\c!breedte=0.75\hsize, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!ja, + \c!boven=, + \c!onder=\vfill, + \c!offset=1em, + \c!korps=, + \c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!links=\hfill, + \c!rechts=\hfill, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!binnen=, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!bovenkader=, + \c!onderkader=, + \c!linkerkader=, + \c!rechterkader=, + \c!straal=.5\corpssize, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + #2]% + \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostartframedtext[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}{\dostopframedtext[#1]} + \setvalue{#1}{\doframedtext[#1]}} + +\def\defineframedtext% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefineframedtext} + +%D We define the general (and original) case by just saying: + +\defineframedtext[\v!framedtext] + +%D We need several steps before the actual job is done, +%D because we have to handle an optional identifier (and +%D because these commands evolved out of a single case). + +\def\dosetupframedtexts[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters[\??kd#1][#2]% + \else + \getparameters[\??kd\v!framedtext][#1]% + \fi} + +\def\setupframedtexts% + {\dodoubleempty\dosetupframedtexts} + +\def\dostartframedtext% + {\bgroup\dotripleempty\dodostartframedtext} + +\def\dodostartframedtext[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\dododostartframedtext[#1][][#2]} + {\dododostartframedtext[#1][#2][#3]}} + +\def\dododostartframedtext[#1][#2][#3]% + {\processaction + [#2] + [ \c!links=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links}=\relax, + \c!rechts=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!rechts}=\relax, + \s!default=>\letvalue{\??kd#1\c!links}=\relax, + \s!unknown=>]% + \forgetparindent + \setbox\framebox=\vbox + \bgroup + \expanded{\switchtocorps[\getvalue{\??kd#1\c!korps}]}% + \localframed[\??kd#1][\c!strut=\v!nee,#3]% + \bgroup + \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% + \let\\=\endgraf + \getvalue{\??kd#1\c!binnen}% + \dostartattributes{\??kd}{}} + +\def\dostopframedtext[#1]% + {\endgraf + \removelastskip + \dostopattributes + \baselinecorrection % new, inside box + \egroup + \egroup + \ifinsidefloat + \box\framebox + \else + \doplaats[\??kd#1][\c!regelcorrectie=\v!aan]{\box\framebox}% + \fi + \egroup} + +%D The simple brace (or group) delimited case is typeset +%D slightly different and is not aligned. + +\def\doframedtext% + {\bgroup\dodoubleempty\dodoframedtext} + +\def\dodoframedtext[#1][#2]% + {\expanded{\switchtocorps[\getvalue{\??kd#1\c!korps}]}% + \localframed[\??kd#1][\c!strut=\v!nee,#2]% + \bgroup + \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% + \let\\=\endgraf + \getvalue{\??kd#1\c!binnen}% + \dostartattributes{\??kd}{}% + \bgroup + \aftergroup\docloseframedtext + \let\next=} + +\def\docloseframedtext% + {\removelastskip + \dostopattributes + \egroup + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {textrule, starttextrule, setuptextrules} +%D +%D Putting rules before and after a paragraph is very space +%D sensitive, but the next command handles that quite well. It +%D comes in to disguises: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \textrule[boven]{fragments} +%D \input reich +%D \textrule +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \bgroup \typebuffer \haalbuffer \egroup +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \setuptextrules +%D [breedte=90pt,afstand=12pt,lijnkleur=blauw, +%D korps=klein,letter=\sc,kleur=rood] +%D +%D \starttextrule{Ship Building Tools} +%D \nl \steltolerantiein[soepel] \input materie +%D \stoptextrule +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \bgroup \typebuffer \haalbuffer \egroup +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \setuptextrules +%D [plaats=inmarge, +%D korps=klein,letter=schuinvet] +%D +%D \starttextrule{wonderful} +%D \input tufte +%D \stoptextrule +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \bgroup \typebuffer \haalbuffer \egroup +%D +%D The formal definition of these commands is: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!textrule} +%D \showsetup{\y!starttextrule} +%D \showsetup{\y!setuptextrules} +%D +%D The implementation looks a bit complicated due to the +%D optional arguments. + +\def\setuptextrules% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??tl]} + +\def\complextextrule[#1]% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ \v!boven=>\let\next=\dotoptextrule, + \v!onder=>\let\next=\dobottomtextrule, + \s!default=>\let\next=\dobottomtextrule, + \s!unknown=>\let\next=\dobottomtextrule]% + \dosinglegroupempty\next} + +\definecomplexorsimple\textrule + +\def\simpletextrule% + {\dosinglegroupempty\dounknowntextrule} + +\def\docomplextextrule#1% + {\bgroup + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize + {\dimen4=.5ex + \dimen6=-.5ex + \advance\dimen4 by .5\linewidth + \advance\dimen6 by .5\linewidth + \dimen8=\@@tlafstand + \doifnothing{#1}{\firstargumentfalse}% + \iffirstargument + \doifelse{\@@tlplaats}{\v!inmarge}% + {\llap{\doattributes{\??tl}{#1}\hskip\linkermargeafstand}} + {\color[\@@tllijnkleur] + {\vrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\!!width\@@tlbreedte}% + \hbox spread 2\dimen8{\hss\doattributes{\??tl}{\strut#1}\hss}}% + \fi + \color[\@@tllijnkleur] + {\leaders\hrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\hfill}}% + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \noindent\box0 + \egroup} + +\def\dobottomtextrule#1% + {\ifhmode + \endgraf + \fi + \dimen0=\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth<\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint + \advance\dimen0 by -\prevdepth + \fi + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by .5ex + \vskip\dimen0 + \@@tltussen + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\bgroup + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \nointerlineskip + \moveleft-\leftskip\vbox + {\color[\@@tllijnkleur] + {\hrule\!!depth\linewidth\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!width\hsize}}% + \egroup} + {\docomplextextrule{#1}}% + \prevdepth\!!zeropoint % look at this + \@@tlna + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]} + +\def\dotoptextrule#1% + {\pagina[\v!voorkeur] + \witruimte + \@@tlvoor + \docomplextextrule{#1}% + \geenwitruimte + \@@tltussen + \endgraf} + +\def\dobottomtextrule#1% + {\ifhmode + \endgraf + \fi + \dimen0=\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth<\dp\strutbox + \ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint + \advance\dimen0 by -\prevdepth + \fi + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by .5ex + \vskip\dimen0 + \@@tltussen + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\bgroup + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \nointerlineskip + \moveleft-\leftskip\vbox + {\color[\@@tllijnkleur] + {\hrule\!!depth\linewidth\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!width\hsize}}% + \egroup} + {\docomplextextrule{#1}}% + \prevdepth\!!zeropoint % look at this + \@@tlna + \pagina[\v!voorkeur]} + +\def\dounknowntextrule% + {\iffirstargument + \let\next=\dotoptextrule + \else + \def\next{\dobottomtextrule{}}% + \fi + \next} + +%D The grouped commands also supports corps switching: + +\def\starttextrule#1% + {\bgroup + \dotoptextrule{#1} + \switchtocorps[\@@tlkorps]} + +\def\stoptextrule% + {\dobottomtextrule{}% + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {fillinrules, setupfillinrules} +%D +%D The next few commands do not really deserve a place in a +%D core module, because they deal with specific typography. +%D Nevertheless I decided to make them part of the core, +%D because they permit us to make questionaires. Let's start +%D with some examples. +%D +%D \fillinrules[n=2,breedte=passend]{first} +%D \fillinrules[n=2,breedte=ruim]{first} +%D \fillinrules[n=2,breedte=3cm]{first} +%D \fillinrules[n=2,breedte=3cm,afstand=.5em,scheider=:]{first} +%D \fillinrules[n=2]{first}{last} +%D \fillintext{first}{last} \input reich \par +%D +%D The main command is \type{\fillinrules}. This command takes +%D one and an optional second argument and sets a paragraph with +%D empty visualized lines. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!fillinrules} +%D \showsetup{\y!setupfillinrules} + +\def\setupfillinrules% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??il]} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillinrules + +\def\complexfillinrules[#1]% + {\def\docomplexfillinrules##1##2% + {\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]{##1}{##2}{\thinrules[n=\@@iln]}}% + \dodoublegroupempty\docomplexfillinrules} + +\def\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]#2#3#4% + {\endgraf + \@@ilvoor + \begingroup + \setupfillinrules[#1]% + \noindent + \doifelse{\@@ilbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\let\@@ilafstand=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\hbox} + {\doifelse{\@@ilbreedte}{\v!ruim} + {\setbox0=\hbox} + {\setbox0=\hbox to \@@ilbreedte}} + \bgroup + \doattributes{\??il}{\strut#2\hfill\@@ilscheider}% + \hskip\@@ilafstand + \egroup + \hangindent=\wd0\relax + \parindent=\hangindent + \box0\relax + \stelwitruimtein[\v!groot]% + \ignorespaces + #4% + \doifsomething{#3} + {\doifnot{\@@ilbreedte}{\v!passend} + {\kern\@@ilafstand} + \doattributes{\??il}{#3\strut}}% + \endgroup + \endgraf + \@@ilna} + +%D \macros +%D {fillintext} +%D +%D To provide compatible layouts when texts and lines are +%D mixed, one can typeset a paragraph by using the command +%D \type{\fillintext}. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!fillintext} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillintext + +\def\complexfillintext[#1]% + {\def\docomplexfillintext##1##2% + {\dowithnextbox + {\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]{##1}{\hfill##2}{\unhbox\nextbox\unskip}}% + \hbox\bgroup\let\par\egroup\ignorespaces}% + \dodoublegroupempty\docomplexfillintext} + +%D \macros +%D {fillinline, setupfillinlines} +%D +%D Another member of the family takes care of putting a (often +%D small) rule after a piece of text, like +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \fillinline \input reich \par +%D \fillinline[marge=0cm] \input reich \par +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D which was typeset by saying: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D The two commands that take care of this are: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!fillinline} +%D \showsetup{\y!setupfillinlines} + +\def\setupfillinlines% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??iv]} + +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillinline + +\def\complexfillinline[#1]% + {%\endgraf % interferes with \doordefinieren cum suis + \@@ivvoor + \begingroup + \setupfillinlines[#1]% + \advance\rightskip by \@@ivmarge + \parfillskip\!!zeropoint + \def\par% + {\unskip\hfill + \dimen0=\@@ivbreedte + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@ivafstand + \ifdim\dimen0>\@@ivmarge\else\expandafter\rlap\fi + {\kern\@@ivafstand + \vrule + \!!width\dimen0 + \!!height.5\linewidth + \!!depth.5\linewidth}% + \endgraf % ! + \endgroup + \endgraf % ! + \@@ilna}} + +%D \stopdocumentation +%D \bgroup +%D +%D \stelkadertekstenin +%D [setuptext] +%D [achtergrond=kleur,achtergrondkleur=wit] +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \stelachtergrondin +%D [achtergrondoffset=4pt, +%D achtergrond=raster, +%D kader=aan, +%D kaderkleur=rood, +%D linkeroffset=2pt] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D \startachtergrond +%D +%D \macros +%D {setupbackground,startbackground,background} +%D +%D The section deals with backgrounds in the running text. This +%D means that texts is to be collected and split over pages. To +%D show what can be done, we provide this part of the +%D documentation with some gray background and a red frame. +%D Both the background and frame can have all characteristics +%D of \type{\framed}. This time we used the setting: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D The implementation is not that sophisticated, but suffices. +%D The main problem with this kind of functionality is to get +%D the spacing all right. + +%D Specifying the background is more or less the same as +%D specifying a framed box. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupbackground} + +\presetlocalframed[\??ag] + +\def\dosetupbackground[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ag][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@agstatus}{\v!start} + {\let\startbackground=\dostartbackground + \let\stopbackground =\dostopbackground + \let\background =\dobackground} + {\let\startbackground=\relax + \let\stopbackground =\relax + \let\background =\relax}} + +\def\setupbackground% + {\dosingleargument\dosetupbackground} + +%D Actually typesetting the background is implemented rather +%D straightforward. We need to handle some spacing as well as +%D the (often) a bit smaller horizontal size. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!startbackground} +%D +%D Although we could have used a scratch one, we first +%D declare a boolean. + +\newif\ifbackgroundsplit + +%D The \type{\vbox to \lineheight{}\vskip\!!zeropoint} +%D construction gives the first real line a decent height by +%D adding a dummy line. + +\def\dostartbackground% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup + \vbox to \lineheight{}\vskip\!!zeropoint + \blanko[\v!blokkeer] + \advance\hsize by -\@@aglinkeroffset + \advance\hsize by -\@@agrechteroffset} + +%D This dummy line is removed by \type{\setbox2=\vsplit0 to +%D \lineheight}. That way \type{\topskip} takes care of the +%D lineheight. I'll probably forget to apply this trick +%D elsewhere. +%D +%D {\em Beware: especially the bottom depth handling needs +%D a more advanced implementation, consistent with main +%D document features. Future versions therefore can break a +%D bit different.} + +\def\dostopbackground% + {\endgraf + \removelastskip + \egroup + \everypar{} + \splitmaxdepth=\boxmaxdepth + \splittopskip=\topskip + \setbox2=\vsplit0 to \lineheight + \loop + \ifdim\prevdepth<\dp\strutbox + \dimen8=\dp\strutbox + \else + \dimen8=\prevdepth + \fi + %\advance\dimen0 by \topskip + %\advance\dimen0 by -\baselineskip + \ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen + \dimen0=\teksthoogte + \advance\dimen0 by \topskip + \advance\dimen0 by -\baselineskip + \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox + \else + \dimen0=\pagegoal + \advance\dimen0 by -\dimen8 + \advance\dimen0 by -\parskip + \fi + \advance\dimen0 by -\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@agbovenoffset + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@agonderoffset + \ifdim\dimen0>2\lineheight + \ifdim\ht0>\dimen0 + \setbox2=\vsplit0 to \dimen0 + \backgroundsplittrue + \else + \setbox2=\box0 + \backgroundsplitfalse + \fi + \else + \setbox2=\box0 + \backgroundsplitfalse + \fi + \setbox2=\vbox \ifbackgroundsplit to \dimen0 \fi + {\vskip\@@agbovenoffset + \dimen0=\dp\strutbox + \advance\dimen0 by -\dp0 + \popsplitcolor + \ifbackgroundsplit\unvbox\else\box\fi2 + \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint + \vskip\dimen0 + \fi + \vskip\@@agonderoffset + \vss} + \vskip\dimen8 % looks better + \witruimte + \ifbackgroundsplit\ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \pagegoal=1.1\pagegoal % be a bit more tolerant + \fi\fi + \localframed[\??ag][\c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\hskip\@@aglinkeroffset\box2\hskip\@@agrechteroffset}% + \ifbackgroundsplit + \pagina + \fi + \ifdim\ht0>\!!zeropoint \repeat + \egroup} + +%D As a bonus we also have a short command, that is of not +%D much use, but kept there for historic reasons. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!background} + +\def\dobackground% + {\bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\localframed + [\??ag][\c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\box\nextbox}% + \egroup} + \vbox} + +%D \stopdocumentation +%D \stopachtergrond +%D \egroup + +% \setuprules +% [\c!dikte=\v!middel] + +\setuplinewidth + [\v!middel] + +\setupframed + [\c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!ruim, + \c!offset=0.25ex, + \c!dummy=\v!nee, + \c!kader=\v!aan, + \c!bovenkader=, + \c!onderkader=, + \c!linkerkader=, + \c!rechterkader=, + \c!straal=.5\corpssize, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!achtergrond=, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=, + \c!achtergrondoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!kaderkleur=, + \c!kaderoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!onder=\vss, + \c!boven=, + \c!strut=\v!ja, + \c!plaats=\v!normaal] + +\setupscreens + [\c!factor=1.0, + \c!methode=\v!extern, % \c!methode=\v!punt + \c!raster=0.95] + +\setupblackrules + [\c!n=1, + \c!breedte=1em, + \c!hoogte=1ex, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!variant=\c!a, + \c!afstand=.25ex] + +\setupmarginrules + [\c!niveau=0, + \c!dikte=\@@kadefaultwidth\linewidth] + +\setupthinrules + [\c!afstand=\v!klein, + \c!n=3, + \c!hoogte=.5\linewidth, + \c!diepte=\@@dlhoogte, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=] + +\setuptextrules + [\c!plaats=\v!links, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!tussen=, + \c!breedte=2em, + \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!kleur=, + \c!lijnkleur=, + \c!korps=, + \c!afstand=.5em] + +\setupfillinrules + [\c!breedte=\v!ruim, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!n=1, + \c!scheider=, + \c!letter=\v!normaal, + \c!kleur=] + +\setupfillinlines + [\c!breedte=3cm, + \c!marge=\@@ivbreedte, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko] + +\setupbackground + [\c!linkeroffset=.5\corpssize, + \c!rechteroffset=\@@aglinkeroffset, + \c!bovenoffset=\!!zeropoint, + \c!onderoffset=\@@agbovenoffset, + \c!status=\v!start, + \c!straal=.5\corpssize, + \c!hoek=\v!recht, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!achtergrond=\v!raster, + \c!kleur=, + \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@agkleur, + \c!raster=\@@rsraster] + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8558044ac --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2037 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-tab, +%D version=1997.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=\TABLE\ Embedding, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% e-tex: reverse rows or vadjust or ... in tables +% \ifalign +% \xhrule : calls for 'special' with width + +% melden als in kleur conflict, uitgestelde test op \SR\SR + +% verengelsen +% interface + +% footnotes flushen +% \......TABLE........ namen +% kolommen testen +% unbreakable kop definieren +% voetnoten +% meldingen +% als direct \use{max} dan fout +% \BREAKPOINT +% breedte lijn telt +% errors: ook gray in handle + +% \AR -> als in DL dan \DR + +% nieuw: +% +% \NL / \NL[blanko] is skip, nog default? +% geen \HL in a row +% \HL[n] +% \VL[n] + remembers +% c{colorspec} key +% \HC[color[width] +% \VC[color] +% meldingen row, column, use, advise +% \AR: UITSTELLEN / EXPERIMENTEEL + + +% WAARDELOZE ERROR HANDLER + +% THIS RENEWED MODULE WORKS OK BUT STILL LOOKS BAD + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / TaBlE Embedding} + +%D We felt no need to write our own table building macros, +%D simply because Michael Wichura made a terrific one. This +%D package is quite complete and well documented. In \CONTEXT\ +%D we provide a shell for consistent spacing as well as color +%D support. Implementing these features without adapting the +%D original macros is not trivial. One easilly gets conflicts +%D with \type{\omit}, \type{\span} and \type{\noalign}, which +%D means that we end up postponing and overloading macros, +%D mostly global. Now, let's start with loading the main +%D macros: + +\doifundefined{BeginTable}{\doinputonce{table.tex}} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {inintable, ifsplittable} +%D +%D First we declare some variables. These show a bit what we +%D are dealing with. First we introdoce some booleans that +%D enable us, inside as well as outside this module, to +%D determine in what mode we are. + +\newif\ifintable +\newif\ifsplittables + +%D \macros +%D {iftracetable} +%D +%D When I documented this module, I felt the need for tracing +%D options. After implementing this feature, I also added +%D warnings, error recovery and automatic spacing. + +\newif\iftracetables + +%D We show this feature in an eample that also shows some of +%D the basic table typesetting commands. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|||] +%D \HL +%D \VL first \VL second \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \VL alfa \VL 1 \VL\AR +%D \VL beta \VL 2 \VL\AR +%D \VL gamma \VL 3 \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startcombinatie[2] +%D {\tracetablesfalse\haalbuffer} {\type{\tracetablesfalse}} +%D {\tracetablestrue\haalbuffer} {\type{\tracetablestrue}} +%D \stopcombinatie +%D +%D This table is specified as: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D This examples shows about the minimum of commands needed to +%D typeset such a table. In this table, the \type {\AR} is +%D automatically translated into the more primitive (but more +%D verbose) commands \type {\SR}, \type {\FR}, \type {\MR} and +%D \type {\LR} commands. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabellen[|||] +%D \HL +%D \VL first \VL second \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \VL alfa \VL 1 \VL\AR +%D \VL beta \VL 2 \VL\AR +%D \VL gamma \VL 3 \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabellen +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D When we use the split table feature, we get a bit more +%D information. +%D +%D {\tracetablesfalse\haalbuffer} +%D +%D Sometimes in tables information shows up that is not typed +%D in by the user. These messages give a cue in what aspect a +%D table definition is wrong. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \VL first second \VL third \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \VL alfa \VL 1 \VL a \VL\AR +%D \VL beta \VL 2 \VL b \VL +%D \VL gamma \VL \THREE{3} c \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Those terrible table has three errors, which all show up in +%D typeset messages. Errors cannot always recovered 100\% and +%D therefore can result in two or more succesive messages, like +%D in the last row. +%D +%D \haalbuffer + +%D Bringing color into tables is complicated by the mere fact +%D that color is not part of \TEX. The main complication is +%D that we don't know in advance how wide a column will be. I +%D implemented color support in tables in the early 90's +%D because I needed it for some articles on color. I have to +%D admit that I seldom use the mechanism. +%D +%D Most color support in \CONTEXT\ makes use of colored rules. +%D At first sight, one is tempted to implement colors in tables +%D in a similar way, but as said, we don't know the dimensions +%D in advance. It turns out however that we don't have to, +%D simply because alignments take care of stretching rules to +%D the appropritate dimensions. This means that we can provide +%D backgrounds by coloring rules with the height of a row, +%D skipping upwards and finally drawing the content, like in: +%D +%D \gdef\ShowExample% +%D {\startfiguurtekst +%D {geen} +%D {\haalbuffer} +%D \typebuffer +%D \stopfiguurtekst} +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \BL[2] \SR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\FR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\MR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D Just to be complete we show how the other columns can be +%D given a background. Later we will provide more details over +%D the commands used. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \BL[3] \SR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \BC \BL[2] \SR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \BC \BC \BL \SR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \BC \BL \SR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \BL \BL \SR +%D \HL +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample + +%D In these examples we can clearly see that for being a real +%D background, the color or gray specification has to precede +%D the content. Just to keep things simple, we can recall this +%D specification later on: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \BC \BL \SR +%D \HL +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \BR\FR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\FR +%D \BR\MR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\MR +%D \BR\LR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL test \VL\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D Close study learns that we can put the specification +%D before or after the \type{\HL}, whatever suits best. Keeping +%D track of these specifications is taken care of by the next +%D variables: + +\newif \ifTABLEgrayline % executing gray line +\newif \ifTABLEgraydone % gray line executed +\newtoks \TABLEgraytoks % gray line specification + +%D A third major extension, besides spacing and color support, +%D concerns splitting tables over pages. We don't give +%D examples here, because its a waste of space. + +\newdimen\TABLEheight % These can be \newskimens +\newdimen\TABLEmaxheight % given a few \relax's when +\newdimen\TABLEheadheight % testing them with \ifdim. +\newdimen\TABLEtailheight +\newdimen\TABLEcaptionheight + +\newif\ifTABLEinbreak + +%D Nog vervangen: + +\def\c!Table {Table} + +%D We alraady saw that the table macros report errors and +%D provide automatic spacing. These features can only be +%D implemented by keeping track of the state, often the last +%D command on a row. + +\chardef\TABLEunknown = 0 + +\chardef\TABLEseparaterow = 1 +\chardef\TABLEfirstrow = 2 +\chardef\TABLEmidrow = 3 +\chardef\TABLElastrow = 4 +\chardef\TABLErule = 5 +\chardef\TABLEskip = 6 +\chardef\TABLEautorow = 7 + +\chardef\TABLEforcefirstrow = 1 +\chardef\TABLEforcelastrow = 2 + +\chardef\TABLEmissingrow = 1 +\chardef\TABLEmissingcolumn = 2 +\chardef\TABLEspanoverflow = 3 +\chardef\TABLEdivisionoverflow = 4 + +%D We store these states using efficient \type {\chardef}'s. +%D Like most variables, these are global ones. When needed, +%D especially when we flush the backgrounds, we can temporary +%D disable the assignment. + +\newif\ifsetTABLEaction + +\def\setTABLEaction#1% + {\ifsetTABLEaction\global\chardef\TABLEaction#1\fi} + +\def\setTABLEforce#1% + {\ifsetTABLEaction\global\chardef\TABLEforce#1\fi} + +\def\setTABLEerror#1% + {\global\chardef\TABLEerror#1} + +%D Before we come to using these variables, we redefine and/or +%D adapt some \TABLE\ macros. Within \TABLE's the \type{|} and +%D \type{"} have special meanings in templates and are active +%D during. Their meaning can therefore conflict with those +%D elsewhere defined. To be compatible with traditional \TABLE\ +%D as well as \CONTEXT's \type{||} and the active \type{"} +%D extensions for my german friends, we do some catcode magic. + +\newif\ifForgetTableBarAndQuote \ForgetTableBarAndQuotetrue + +\bgroup +\catcode`\|=\@@active +\catcode`\"=\@@active +\gdef\pushouterbarandquote% + {\ifForgetTableBarAndQuote + \ifnum\catcode`\|=\@@active \else + \catcode`\|=\@@active + \def|{\ifmmode\vert\else\char`\|\fi}% + \fi + \let\outertablebar=|% + \ifnum\catcode`\"=\@@active \else + \catcode`\"=\@@active + \def"{\char`\"}% + \fi + \let\outertablequote="% + \fi} +\gdef\popouterbarandquote% + {\ifForgetTableBarAndQuote + \let|=\outertablebar + \let"=\outertablequote + \else + \redefinetablebarandquote + \fi} +\gdef\ObeyTableBarAndQuote% + {\ForgetTableBarAndQuotefalse + \ifintable + \redefinetablebarandquote + \fi} +\egroup + +%D \macros +%D {ObeyTableBarAndQuote} +%D +%D As said, the \type{|} and \type{"} active characters are +%D often used for other purposes. By default, the outside +%D meanings are therefore preserved and available inside +%D tables. If for some reason one wants to use the \TABLE\ +%D primitives, one can say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ObeyTableBarAndQuote +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D To keep things verbose, as well as to show what \TABLE\ +%D commands we affect, we show some meanings. + +\def\normalTABLEshortrule {\!ttShortHrule} % \- +\def\normalTABLElongrule {\!ttLongHrule} % \= +\def\normalTABLEfullrule {\!ttFullHrule} % \_ +\def\normalTABLEendofrow {\!ttEndOfRow} % \\ +\def\normalTABLEsimplebar {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&&} % | +\def\normalTABLEcomplexbar {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit\!ttAlternateVrule} % \| +\def\normalTABLEquote {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit&} % " +\def\normalTABLElineformat {\normalTABLEendofrow+} +\def\normalTABLElineending {\normalTABLEendofrow0 } +\def\normalTABLEsinglerule {&\normalTABLElongrule&} +\def\normalTABLEmultirule#1{&\use{#1}\normalTABLElongrule&} + +%D To give an impression of what the (well documented) source +%D of \TABLE\ looks like, we first implement an alternative for +%D the numeric keys. The quantity keys (\type{q} and \type{Q}) +%D support the more european way of writing numbers: +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D 100.000.000,00 instead of 100,000,000.00 +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D The next table shows how to use these keys. We use braces +%D instead of brackets because we need brackets to specify the +%D format. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel{|q[00,000]|Q[00,00]|} +%D \HL +%D \VL -1,2 \VL 12,35 \VL\FR +%D \VL 11,203 \VL 2,4 \VL\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample +%D +%D Although a more efficient implementation is possible |<|we +%D can for instance share common macros|>| we just adapt a copy +%D of the numeric ones. To permit double loading of this +%D module, we check for the existence of one of the macros. + +\letvalue{!tk<\string q>}=\undefined +\letvalue{!tk<\string Q>}=\undefined + +%D We just copy the original {\em comments}. +%D +%D \em Key \type{q}: quantity item, non||math mode. + +\NewFormatKey q% + {\def\!tqStyle{}% + \futurelet\!tnext\!tqTestForBracket} + +%D \em Key \type{Q}: quantity item, math mode. + +\NewFormatKey Q% + {\def\!tqStyle{$}% + \futurelet\!tnext\!tqTestForBracket} + +%D \em Note: the space between a quantity entry and the +%D following \type{|}, \type{"}, or \type{\|} is mandatory. +%D empty quantity entries are not allowed: use \type{{}} or +%D \type{\omit} instead. +%D +%D \em Test for bracket: invoked by the keys \type{q} and +%D \type{Q}. + +\def\!tqTestForBracket% + {\ifx[\!tnext + \!thx\!tqGetArgument + \else + \!thx\!tqGetCode + \fi} + +%D \em Get code: e.g. \type{4}, or \type{4,0}, \type{0,4}, or +%D \type{10,2}. + +\def\!tqGetCode#1 % note the blank + {\!tqConvertCode #1,,!} + +%D \em Convert code: e.g. converts above to \type{[0000]}, +%D \type{[0000,]}, \type{[,0000]}, \type{[0000000000,00]}. + +\def\!tqConvertCode #1,#2,#3!% + {\begingroup + \aftergroup\edef + \aftergroup\!ttemp + \aftergroup{% + \aftergroup[% + \!taCountA #1 + \!thLoop + \ifnum \!taCountA>0 + \advance\!taCountA -1 + \aftergroup0 + \repeat + \def\!ttemp{#3}% + \ifx\!ttemp\empty + \else + \aftergroup, + \!taCountA #2 + \!thLoop + \ifnum\!taCountA>0 + \advance\!taCountA -1 + \aftergroup0 + \repeat + \fi + \aftergroup]\aftergroup}% + \endgroup\relax + \!thx\!tqGetArgument\!ttemp} + +%D \em Get argument: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D +%D \stoptypen + +\def\!tqGetArgument[#1]% + {\!tqMakeQuantityTemplate\!tqStyle#1,,!} + +%D \em Make quantity template. + +\def\!tqMakeQuantityTemplate#1#2,#3,#4!% #1= or $ + {\def\!ttemp{#4}% + \ifx\!ttemp\empty + \!taDimenC=0pt + \else + \setbox0=\hbox{\m@th #1,#3#1}% + \!taDimenC=\wd0 + \fi + \setbox0=\hbox{\m@th #1#2#1}% + \!thToksEdef\!taDataColumnTemplate= + {\noexpand\!tqSetQuantityItem{\the\wd0 }{\the\!taDimenC}{#1}% + \the\!taDataColumnTemplate}% + \ReadFormatKeys} + +%D \em Set numeric item. + +\def\!tqSetQuantityItem #1#2#3#4 % + {\!tqSetQuantityItemA{#1}{#2}{#3}#4,,!} + +\def\!tqSetQuantityItemA #1#2#3#4,#5,#6!% + {\def\!ttemp% + {#6}% + \hbox to #1 + {\hss\m@th#3#4#3}% + \hbox to #2 + {\ifx\!ttemp\empty + \else + \m@th#3,#5#3% + \fi + \hss}} + +%D Here ends the Q||extension. Did you watch the clever use +%D of aftergroup in \type{\!tqConvertCode}. + +% %D We also (have to) define a key for \type{\kap}: +% +% \letvalue{!tk<\string K>}=\undefined +% +% \NewFormatKey K% +% {\ReadFormatKeys b\kap} + +%D A few pages back we saw backgrounds, further on we will see +%D colored rules, and here we provide a means to color the +%D entries in a column. (We can of course always use the normal +%D color commands for individual entries.) We could not use the +%D lowercase~\type{c}, because that one is used to force {\em +%D centering}. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \starttabel[|C{red}|C{green}|C{blue}|] +%D \VL R(ed) \VL G(reen) \VL B(lue) \VL\SR +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowExample + +\letvalue{!tk<\string C>}=\undefined + +\NewFormatKey C#1% + {\ReadFormatKeys b{\localstartcolor[#1]} a{\localstopcolor}} + +%D So now we have three new keys: +%D +%D \starttabel[|||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf key \NC \bf meaning \NC\AR +%D \HL +%D \NC Q[x,y] \NC math mode formatted numbers \NC\AR +%D \NC q[x,y] \NC text mode formatted numbers \NC\AR +%D \NC C{identifier} \NC column entry color \NC\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel + +%D Later on, we're going to implement multiple page table +%D support, therefore the next \TABLE\ macro needs to be +%D slightly adapted, i.c. the penalty is removed. + +\def\!ttFullHruleA% + {\!ttGetHalfRuleThickness + \hrule\!thHeight\dimen0\!thDepth\dimen0 + %\penalty0 + \egroup} + +%D We'll see that when we want to give a vertical rule a color, +%D we have to set and reset states. After heavy testing it +%D proved most useful to extend a \TABLE\ primitive with some +%D hooks. One thing to keep in mind is that \type{&} keeps +%D assignments local. + +\let\TABLEbeforebar=\empty +\let\TABLEafterbar =\empty + +\def\!ttInsertVrule% + {\hfil + \TABLEbeforebar % added + \vrule \!thWidth + \ifnum\!tgCode=1 + \ifx\!tgValue\empty + \LineThicknessFactor + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \LineThicknessUnit + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \TABLEafterbar % added + \hfil + &} + +%D We already shows the next one, but here we slightly adapt +%D the macro by adding an \type{\expandafter}. The space after +%D \type{#1} is crucial! + +\def\normalTABLEcomplexbar#1% + {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit\expandafter\!ttAlternateVrule#1 } + +%D To get rid of interfering \type{\omit}'s when we are +%D checking the number of columns and reporting problems. The +%D extensions concern the second level check, the first +%D subbranch and advancing the column. + +\def\!ttuse#1% + {\ifnum#1>\@ne + \omit + \scratchcounter=\currentTABLEcolumn % added + \advance\scratchcounter by #1 % added + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 % added + \ifnum\scratchcounter>\maxTABLEcolumn % added + \def\next% % added + {\setTABLEerror\TABLEspanoverflow % added + \handleTABLEerror}% % added + \else % added + \def\next% % added + {\global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by #1 % added + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by -1 % added + \mscount=#1 % \mscount is in Plain + \advance\mscount by \m@ne + \advance\mscount by \mscount + \!thLoop + \ifnum\mscount>\@ne + \sp@n % from Plain (\span\omit \advance\mscount\m@ne) + \repeat + \span}% + \fi % added + \else % added + \def\next% conflicts with possible next \omit % added + {\global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 }% % added + \fi + \next} % added + +%D All commands that are executed between rows are to be put in +%D \type {\noalign}. We can however not verify if we (that is +%D \TABLE) does or did not enter this mode. A moderate dirty +%D but useful trick is using our own alternative:\voetnoot{Once +%D one has entered the stage of redefining \TEX\ primitives, +%D such hacks become a second nature. However, redefining \type +%D {\omit} and \type{\span} is not that easy.} + +\def\TABLEnoalign% + {\noalign\bgroup\let\noalign=\relax\let\next=} + +%D \macros +%D {starttable} +%D +%D The rest of this module is not easy to comprehend, mainly +%D because we have to take care of: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som \type{\startopsomming[template]} +%D \som \type{\startopsomming{template}} +%D \som \type{\startopsomming[predefined]} +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D as well as: +%D +%D \startopsomming[verder] +%D \som restart after table break +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D The official specification of the start command is: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!starttabel} + +\def\starttabel% + {\bgroup + \ifinsidefloat\else + \startbaselinecorrection + \fi + \postponefootnotes + \firststagestartTABLE} + +\def\stoptabel% + {\finishTABLE + \ifinsidefloat\else + \stopbaselinecorrection + \goodbreak % compensates all the nobreaks + \fi + \egroup} + +%D Before we can grab the argument, we have to make sure that +%D the \CATCODES\ are set. The first stage takes care of that. + +\def\firststagestartTABLE% + {\bgroup % kan-ie weg? + \global\intabletrue + \pushouterbarandquote + \catcode`\|=\@@other + \complexorsimple{secondstagestartTABLE}} + +\def\simplesecondstagestartTABLE#1% + {\complexsecondstagestartTABLE[{#1}]} + +%D \macros +%D {definetabletemplate} +%D +%D The complex (and main) start macro first takes care of the +%D predefined case. Such a predefined setup looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definetabletemplate[test][|||] +%D +%D \starttabel[test] +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\AR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\AR +%D \VL test \VL test \VL\AR +%D \stoptabel +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The implementation of the definition macro is not that +%D complicated: + +\def\dodefinetabletemplate[#1][#2]% + {\setgvalue{\c!Table#1}{\complexsecondstagestartTABLE[#2]}% + \egroup} + +\def\definetabletemplate% + {\bgroup + \catcode`\|=\@@other + \dodoubleargument\dodefinetabletemplate} + +%D Templates defined this way get protected names, that cannot +%D conflict with existing commands. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definetabletemplate} +%D +%D The second half of the next macro prepares table +%D splitting. + +\def\complexsecondstagestartTABLE#1[#2]% + {\convertargument|\to\asciiA + \convertargument#2\to\asciiB + \doifinstringelse{\asciiA}{\asciiB} + {\gdef\restartTABLE{\thirdstagestartTABLE{#2}}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\c!Table#2} + {\gdef\restartTABLE{\getvalue{\c!Table#2}}} + {\gdef\restartTABLE{\getvalue{#2}}}}% + \prepareTABLEsplitting + \restartTABLE + \TABLEhead} + +%D The third stage involves a lot of (re)sets, which we will +%D explain later. + +\def\thirdstagestartTABLE#1% + {\global\setTABLEactiontrue + \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown + \setTABLEforce\TABLEunknown + \setTABLEerror\TABLEunknown + \global\let\TABLEgrayline=\empty + \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\empty + \global\TABLEgraylinefalse + \global\TABLEgraydonefalse + \global\let\TABLEgraylineerror =\empty + \global\let\TABLEgraylinestatus=\empty + \resetVLvalues + \appendtoks\popouterbarandquote\to\EveryTable + \appendtoks\localTABLEsetup\to\EveryTable + \BeginTable[\ifsplittables u\else b\fi]% + \defineTABLEunits + \defineTABLEsteps + \defineTABLErules + \defineTABLEdivisions + \defineTABLEshorthands + \defineTABLEbackgrounds + \defineTABLEendings + \doifsomething{#1} + {\def\TABLEformat{#1}% + \expandafter\getTABLEnofcolumns\expandafter{\TABLEformat}% + \expandafter\BeginFormat\TABLEformat\EndFormat}} + +\def\finishTABLE% + {\chuckTABLEautorow + \unskip\crcr + \EndTable + \global\intablefalse + \egroup} + +%D The preparation for split columns concerns some +%D calculations. Although not explicitly needed, one can +%D predefine a tablehead as well as a tail. Each table fragment +%D is preceded by such a head and ends with a tail. This means +%D that, in order to determine the available heigth, we have to +%D take the head and tail into account. Because we want to +%D support captions too, we will also reserve some space for +%D those later on. + +\def\prepareTABLEsplitting% + {\global\TABLEheight=\!!zeropoint + \ifsplittables + \ifx\TABLEhead\empty + \global\TABLEheadheight=\!!zeropoint + \else + \setbox0=\vbox + \bgroup + \def\doEndOfTableLine##1##2##3{\normalTABLElineformat##2##3}% + \restartTABLE\TABLEhead + \finishTABLE + \global\TABLEheadheight=\ht0 + \fi + \ifx\TABLEtail\empty + \global\TABLEtailheight=\!!zeropoint + \else + \setbox0=\vbox + \bgroup + \def\doEndOfTableLine##1##2##3{\normalTABLElineformat##2##3}% + \restartTABLE\TABLEtail + \finishTABLE + \global\TABLEtailheight=\ht0 + \fi + \else + \global\TABLEheadheight=\!!zeropoint + \global\TABLEtailheight=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \global\TABLEheight=\!!zeropoint + \calculatemaxTABLEheight\docalculatemaxTABLEheight} + +%D \macros +%D {starttables} +%D +%D Split tables are specified using the plural form of the +%D start and stop commands. +%D +%D \showsetup{starttables} +%D +%D For example: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \starttabellen[|||] +%D \HL +%D \VL element \VL atom weight \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \VL ....... \VL ........... \VL\AR +%D \VL ....... \VL ........... \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabellen +%D \stoptypen + +\def\starttabellen% + {\bgroup + \ifinsidefloat\else + \baselinecorrection + \flushfootnotes + \topbaselinecorrection + \fi + \forgetall + \global\let\absmaxTABLEheight=\!!zeropoint + \splittablestrue + \global\TABLEinbreakfalse + \firststagestartTABLE} + +\def\stoptabellen% + {\TABLEtail + \finishTABLE + \ifinsidefloat\else + \flushfootnotes + \botbaselinecorrection + \fi + \egroup} + +%D When the table in the previous example is split across +%D pages, only the first gets a head. We could have said +%D something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \starttabelkop +%D \HL +%D \VL element \VL atom weight \VL\AR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabelkop +%D +%D \starttabelstaart +%D \HL +%D \stoptabelstaart +%D +%D \starttabellen[|||] +%D \VL ....... \VL ........... \VL\AR +%D \VL ....... \VL ........... \VL\AR +%D \stoptabellen +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This time each split table gets a head line and ends with +%D a rule. Keep in mind that such heads also apply to the +%D unbroken ones and should be defined local (grouped) if +%D needed. The rather complicated definition below is due to +%D the fact that the stopcondition is interface language +%D dependant. + +\let\TABLEhead =\empty +\let\TABLEtail=\empty + +\letvalue{\e!start \e!tabelkop}=\undefined +\letvalue{\e!stop \e!tabelkop}=\undefined +\letvalue{\e!start\e!tabelstaart}=\undefined +\letvalue{\e!stop \e!tabelstaart}=\undefined + +\expanded + {\def\csname\e!start\e!tabelkop\endcsname##1\csname\e!stop\e!tabelkop\endcsname% + {\noexpand\def\noexpand\TABLEhead{##1}}} + +\expanded + {\def\csname\e!start\e!tabelstaart\endcsname##1\csname\e!stop\e!tabelstaart\endcsname% + {\noexpand\def\noexpand\TABLEtail{##1}}} + +%D Redudant \type{\HL}'s are removed automatically, so +%D mid||lines can be used without problems. + +%D When calculating the available height of a split table, we +%D try to handle multi||column mode as good as possible. This +%D algoritm evolved during the development of the split option +%D and will probably be improved bit by bit. + +\def\docalculatemaxTABLEheight% + {\ifbinnenkolommen + \getcolumnstatus\column\scratchcounter\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% + \else + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \dimen0=\pagetotal + \dimen2=\pagegoal + \else + \dimen0=\!!zeropoint + \dimen2=\teksthoogte + \fi + \fi + \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 + \global\TABLEmaxheight=\dimen2 + \ifdim\prevdepth<\maxdimen\ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint + \global\advance\TABLEmaxheight by -2\dp\strutbox + \global\advance\TABLEmaxheight by -\parskip + \fi\fi} + +\def\nocalculatemaxTABLEheight% + {\ifbinnenkolommen + \getcolumnstatus\column\scratchcounter\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% + \else + \dimen0=\!!zeropoint + \dimen2=\teksthoogte + \fi + \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 + \global\TABLEmaxheight=\dimen2 + \global\advance\TABLEmaxheight by -\dp\strutbox} + +\def\calculatemaxTABLEheight#1% + {\ifsplittables + #1\relax + \ifdim\TABLEmaxheight<3\baselineskip \relax % instelbaar maken + \ifbinnenkolommen + \nobreak + \kern\dimen2 + \goodbreak + \else + \goodbreak % \pagina + \fi + \removeTABLEtopskip + \nocalculatemaxTABLEheight + \fi + \ifdim\TABLEmaxheight<\absmaxTABLEheight % forces equal columns + \global\TABLEmaxheight=\absmaxTABLEheight + \else + \xdef\absmaxTABLEheight{\the\TABLEmaxheight}% + \fi + \global\TABLEheight=\!!zeropoint + \else + \global\TABLEmaxheight=\maxdimen + \fi} + +%D When splitting tables, we have to remove the top skip when +%D we're in the main vertical list, else we remove whatever +%D skip \TEX\ adds. + +\def\removeTABLEtopskip% + {\ifinsidefloat + \hbox{\strut}\kern-\lineheight + \else + \hbox{}\kern-\topskip + \fi} + +%D We need an alternative for the normal complex or simple +%D commands, because assignments in these system commands +%D conflict with \type{\noalign}. This alternative is about +%D as efficient as possible. + +\def\complexorsimpleTable#1#2% + {\getvalue{\if[\noexpand#2\s!complex\else\s!simple\fi\c!Table#1}#2} + +%D The order of the next macros is more or less random. First +%D we implement error recovery. Errors are reported to the +%D screen and log file as well as visualized in the table in +%D teletype. + +\def\handleTABLEerror% + {\ifTABLEgrayline \else + \ifnum\TABLEerror=\TABLEunknown \else + \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown + \global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\empty + \fi + \ifcase\TABLEerror + % no error + \or + % \TABLEmissingrow + \tttf [missing row]% + \writestatus{TABLE}{missing row}% + \SR + \or + % \TABLEmissingcolumn + \fillTABLEcolumns + \tttf [missing column]% + \writestatus{TABLE}{missing column}% + \SR + \or + % \TABLEspanoverflow + \fillTABLEcolumns + \tttf [columnspan too large]% + \writestatus{TABLE}{columnspan too large}% + \SR + \or + % \TABLEdivisionoverflow + \fillTABLEcolumns + \tttf [division line too long]% + \writestatus{TABLE}{division line too long}% + \SR + \fi + \fi + \ifnum\TABLEerror=\TABLEunknown \else + \crcr + \TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown + \setTABLEerror\TABLEunknown + \global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 }% + \fi} + +\def\fillTABLEcolumns% + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn \else + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 + \normalTABLEquote + \expandafter\fillTABLEcolumns + \fi} + +%D Next we enter the more complicated area of column and row +%D switching. I won't go into much detail from now on, but just +%D mention the general principles. +%D +%D \startopsomming[3*ruim] +%D \sym{\type{\SR}} end a separate row (between rules) +%D \sym{\type{\FR}} end a first row (after a rule) +%D \sym{\type{\MR}} end a mid row (between text lines) +%D \sym{\type{\LR}} end a last row (before a rule) +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D and best of all: +%D +%D \startopsomming[verder] +%D \sym{\type{\AR}} end a row with automatic spacing +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D As far as possible, we report confusing situations. In +%D most cases one can use \type{\AR}, which transfigurates +%D itself into one of the other types. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \starttabel[||] +%D \HL +%D \VL a separate row \VL\SR +%D \HL +%D \VL a first row \VL\FR +%D \VL a mid row \VL\MR +%D \VL a last row \VL\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this example we could have used \type{\AR} without +%D problems. +%D +%D Color or gray scale backgrounds precede the content. They +%D are passed over horizontal (division) lines when needed. +%D Errors in the color template are traced elsewhere. Here we +%D only check for inconsistent spacing. Due to the way \TEX\ +%D handles alignments, we cannot automate spacing for colored +%D rows and columns. + +\chardef\TABLErowzero=0 + +\def\checkTABLErow#1% pure for message purposes + {\ifTABLEgraydone + \convertargument #1\to\asciiA + \convertcommand\TABLEendBCL\to\asciiB + \ifx\asciiA\asciiB \else + \writestatus{TABLE}{confusing \asciiA\space and \asciiB}% + \gdef\TABLEgraylineerror% + {\global\let\TABLEgraylineerror=\empty + [\asciiA\unskip<->\asciiB\unskip]}% + \fi + \global\TABLEgraydonefalse + \fi} + +\def\defineTABLEendings% + {\let\SR=\TableSR + \let\FR=\TableFR + \let\MR=\TableMR + \let\LR=\TableLR + \let\AR=\TableAR} + +\def\TableSR% + {\ifTABLEgrayline \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEfirstrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\SR\space into \string\MR/\string\LR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEmidrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\SR\space into \string\MR/\string\LR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEmidrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\SR\space into \string\MR/\string\LR}% + \fi\fi\fi + \fi + \checkTABLErow\SR + \endTABLErow\TABLEseparaterow\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowfactor} + +\def\TableFR% + {\ifTABLEgrayline \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEmidrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\FR\space into \string\MR/\string\LR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLElastrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\FR\space into \string\MR/\string\LR}% + \fi\fi + \fi + \checkTABLErow\FR + \endTABLErow\TABLEfirstrow\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowzero} + +\def\TableMR% + {\ifTABLEgrayline \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\FR/\string\SR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLElastrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\FR}% + \fi\fi + \fi + \checkTABLErow\MR + \endTABLErow\TABLEmidrow00} + +\def\TableLR% + {\ifTABLEgrayline \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\LR\space into \string\FR/\string\SR}% + \fi + \fi + \checkTABLErow\LR + \endTABLErow\TABLElastrow\TABLErowzero\TABLErowfactor} + +%D The next macros handle the actual row ending. This macro +%D also take care of space corrections due to table splitting +%D when \type{\MR} and collegues are used. When tracing is +%D enabled, the corrections as well as the values used to +%D determine the available space are shown (in color). + +\let\beforeTABLEline=\empty +\let\afterTABLEline =\empty + +\def\endTABLErow#1#2#3% + {\setTABLEaction#1% + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \handleTABLEbreak#2#3% + \beforeTABLEline + \ifcase#1\relax + % unknown + \or + \endofTABLEline[blue][\SR->\SR]\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowfactor + \or + \endofTABLEline[red][\FR->\FR]\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowzero + \or + \ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcelastrow + \endofTABLEline[red][\MR->\LR]\TABLErowzero\TABLErowfactor + \else\ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcefirstrow + \endofTABLEline[red][\MR->\FR]\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowzero + \else + \endofTABLEline[green][\MR->\MR]\TABLErowzero\TABLErowzero + \fi\fi + \or + \endofTABLEline[red][\LR->\LR]\TABLErowzero\TABLErowfactor + \fi + \TABLEnoalign + {\setTABLEforce\TABLEunknown + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 }% + \afterTABLEline + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi} + +%D Handling \type{\AR} is postponed till the next row. The +%D check takes care of the first and mid rows, the chuck macro +%D |<|how about that name|>| handles the last row. + +\def\TableAR% + {\ifTABLEgraydone + \global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\TABLEgraydonefalse + \TABLEendBCL + \else + \global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\docheckTABLEautorow + \global\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\dochuckTABLEautorow + \fi} + +\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty +\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\empty + +\def\docheckTABLEautorow% + {\global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule \FR + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEunknown \FR + \else \MR + \fi\fi} + +\def\dochuckTABLEautorow% + {\global\let\checkTABLEautorow=\empty + \global\let\chuckTABLEautorow=\empty + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule \SR + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEunknown \SR + \else \LR + \fi\fi} + +%D When a table is split, we also add a tail and when present +%D we repeat the table head. + +\def\handleTABLEbreak#1#2% + {\ifsplittables + \setbox0=\hbox{\AugmentedTableStrut{#1}{#2}}% + \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0% + \ifTABLEgrayline \else + \global\advance\TABLEheight by \dimen0 + \fi + \ifTABLEinbreak + \global\let\beforeTABLEline=\empty + \gdef\afterTABLEline{\TABLEnoalign{\nobreak}}% + \else + \dimen2=\TABLEheight + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \TABLEtailheight + \advance\dimen2 by \TABLEcaptionheight + \advance\dimen2 by \lineheight % we're ahead + \ifdim\dimen2>\TABLEmaxheight + \gdef\beforeTABLEline% + {\setTABLEforce\TABLEforcelastrow}% + \gdef\afterTABLEline% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \global\TABLEinbreaktrue}% + \TABLEtail + \TABLEnoalign + {\goodbreak + \calculatemaxTABLEheight\nocalculatemaxTABLEheight + \removeTABLEtopskip + \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown + \setTABLEforce \TABLEunknown}% + \TABLEhead + \TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \global\TABLEinbreakfalse + \setTABLEforce\TABLEforcefirstrow}}% + \else + \global\let\beforeTABLEline=\empty + \gdef\afterTABLEline{\TABLEnoalign{\nobreak}}% + \fi + \fi + \else + \global\let\beforeTABLEline=\empty + \gdef\afterTABLEline{\TABLEnoalign{\nobreak}}% + \fi} + +%D When tables are split, the spacing before and after a +%D horizontal rule is corrected according to whet we expect. + +\def\endofTABLEline[#1][#2->#3]#4#5% + {\ifx#2#3\else + \writestatus{TABLE}{\string#2\space changed into \string#3}% + \fi + \iftracetables + \bgroup + \tttf\space + \ifnum\TABLEerror=\TABLEunknown + \ifx#2#3\else\string#2->\fi + \else + ->% + \fi + \color[#1]{\string#3}% + \ifsplittables\space\the\TABLEmaxheight/\the\TABLEheight\fi + \ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty + \space\TABLEgraylinestatus + \else + \space\TABLEgraylineerror + \fi + \egroup + \else\ifx\TABLEgraylineerror\empty \else + \bgroup + \tttf\space\TABLEgraylineerror + \egroup + \fi\fi + \global\let\TABLEgraylinestatus=\empty + \global\let\TABLEgraylineerror =\empty + \expandafter\normalTABLElineformat#4#5\crcr % \crcr nodig ? + \TABLEnoalign{\nobreak\global\setTABLEactiontrue}} + +%D In order to prevent (as good as possible) alignment overflow +%D and therefore \TEX\ error messages, we check the maximum +%D number of columns. We keep track of the current column and +%D maximum column by means of two \COUNTERS. Keep in mind that +%D the number of \type{|}'s and \type{\VL}'s or alike is always +%D one more than the number of columns. + +\newcount\currentTABLEcolumn +\newcount\maxTABLEcolumn + +%D While defining this macro we change the \CATCODE\ of +%D \type{|}. When counting the bars, we use a non active +%D representation of the bar, simply because we cannot be sure +%D if the bar is active or not.\voetnoot{Normally it is, but +%D \TABLE\ changes the catcode when needed. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\|=\@@other +\gdef\getTABLEnofcolumns#1% + {\bgroup + \convertargument#1\to\ascii + \@EA\doglobal\@EA\counttoken\@EA|\@EA\in\ascii\to\maxTABLEcolumn + \global\advance\maxTABLEcolumn by -1 + \egroup} +\egroup + +%D \startopsomming[3*ruim] +%D \sym{\type{\VL}} a vertical line +%D \sym{\type{\VC}} a vertical colored line +%D \sym{\type{\HL}} a horizontal line +%D \sym{\type{\HC}} a horizontal colored line +%D \stopopsomming + +\def\defineTABLErules% + {\let\VL=\TableVL + \let\VC=\TableVC + \let\HL=\TableHL + \let\HC=\TableHC} + +\def\TableVL% + {\checkTABLEautorow + \nextTABLEgrayline + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingrow + \handleTABLEerror + \else + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 + \expandafter\doTableVL + \fi} + +\def\doTableVL% + {\complexorsimpleTable{VL}} + +\def\complexTableVL[#1]% + {\scratchcounter=0#1% + \multiply\scratchcounter by \@@tiVLwidth + \setxvalue{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}{\the\scratchcounter}% + \simpleTableVL} + +\def\simpleTableVL% + {\doifundefined{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + {\setgvalue{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}{\@@tiVLwidth}}% + \gdef\TABLEbeforebar% + {\getvalue{bVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + \global\letvalue{bVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}=\empty}% + \gdef\TABLEafterbar% + {\getvalue{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + \global\letvalue{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}=\empty}% + \edef\@@tiVLwidth{\getvalue{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% + \expanded{\normalTABLEcomplexbar{\@@tiVLwidth}}} + +\def\resetVLvalues% + {\dostepwiserecurse{0}{\maxTABLEcolumn}{1} + {\global\setvalue{wVL\recurselevel}{\@@tiVLwidth}% + \global\letvalue{bVL\recurselevel}=\empty + \global\letvalue{eVL\recurselevel}=\empty}% + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 } + +\def\TableVC% + {\checkTABLEautorow + \nextTABLEgrayline + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingrow + \handleTABLEerror + \else + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 + \expandafter\doTableVC + \fi} + +\def\doTableVC% + {\complexorsimpleTable{VC}} + +\def\complexTableVC[#1]% + {\global\setvalue{bVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + {\localstartcolor[#1]}% + \global\setvalue{eVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + {\localstopcolor}% + \simpleTableVC} + +\def\simpleTableVC% + {\global\setvalue{bVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + {\getvalue{bVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% + \global\setvalue{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% + {\getvalue{eVC\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% + \doTableVL} + +\def\TableHL% + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi\fi + \complexorsimpleTable{HL}} + +\def\complexTableHL[#1]% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\scratchcounter=0#1% + \multiply\scratchcounter by \@@tiHLheight + \edef\@@tiHLheight{\the\scratchcounter}% + \simpleTableHL}} + +\def\simpleTableHL% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule + \writestatus{TABLE}{skipping \string\HL}% \statusmessage + \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEmidrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\LR/\string\SR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEfirstrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\SR}% + \fi\fi + \startHLcommand + \expandafter\normalTABLEfullrule\@@tiHLheight + \stopHLcommand + \global\let\startHLcommand=\empty + \global\let\stopHLcommand =\empty + \accountTABLElinewidth + \fi + \setTABLEaction\TABLErule + \nobreak}} + +\let\startHLcommand=\empty +\let\stopHLcommand =\empty + +\def\TableHC% + {\complexorsimpleTable{HC}} + +\def\complexTableHC[#1]% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\gdef\startHCcommand{\localstartcolor[#1]}% + \gdef\stopHCcommand {\localstopcolor}}% + \simpleTableHC} + +\def\simpleTableHC% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\global\let\startHLcommand=\startHCcommand + \global\let\stopHLcommand =\stopHCcommand}% + \HL} + +%D \startopsomming[3*ruim] +%D \sym{\type{\NL}} a vertical skip +%D \sym{\type{\NR}} goto the next row +%D \sym{\type{\NC}} goto the next column +%D \sym{\type{\FC}} a first column +%D \sym{\type{\MC}} a mid column +%D \sym{\type{\LC}} a last column +%D \stopopsomming + +% n+1 uitleggen + +\def\defineTABLEsteps% + {\let\NL=\TableNL + \let\NR=\TableNR + \let\NC=\TableNC + \let\FC=\TableNC + \let\MC=\TableNC + \let\LC=\TableNC} + +\def\TableNL% + {\complexorsimpleTable{NL}} + +\def\complexTableNL[#1]% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\edef\@@tiNL{#1}% + \simpleTableNL}}% + +\def\simpleTableNL% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \setbox0=\vbox{\blanko[\@@tiNL]}% + \global\advance\TABLEheight by \ht0 + \vskip\ht0 + \nobreak}} + +\def\TableNR% + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \normalTABLElineending + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi + \TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \setTABLEaction\TABLEunknown}} + +\def\TableNC% + {\checkTABLEautorow + \nextTABLEgrayline + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingrow + \handleTABLEerror + \else + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 + \normalTABLEquote + \fi} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\|=\@@active +\catcode`\"=\@@active +\gdef\redefinetablebarandquote% + {\def|{\VL}% % \normalTABLEsimplebar + \def\|##1{\VL[##1]}% % \normalTABLEcomplexbar + \def"{\NC}} % \normalTABLEquote +\egroup + +%D \startopsomming[3*ruim] +%D \sym{\type{\DL}} +%D \sym{\type{\DC}} +%D \sym{\type{\DR}} +%D \stopopsomming + +\newif\ifTABLEdivision + +\def\defineTABLEdivisions% + {\global\TABLEdivisionfalse % in start + \let\DL=\TableDL + \let\DC=\TableDC + \let\DR=\TableDR} + +\def\checkTABLEdivision% + {\ifTABLEdivision \else + \chuckTABLEautorow + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \global\TABLEdivisiontrue + \fi} + +\def\TableDL% + {\checkTABLEdivision + \complexorsimpleTable{DL}} + +\def\simpleTableDL% + {\complexTableDL[1]} + +\def\complexTableDL[#1]% + {\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule + \writestatus{TABLE}{skipping \string\DL}% + \else + \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEmidrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\LR/\string\SR}% + \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLEfirstrow + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\SR}% + \fi\fi + \setTABLEaction=\TABLEunknown + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingrow + \handleTABLEerror + \fi + %\startHLcommand + \ifnum#1=1 + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 2 + \let\next=\normalTABLEsinglerule + \else + \ifnum#1<\maxTABLEcolumn + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 2 + \def\next{\normalTABLEmultirule{#1}}% + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEdivisionoverflow + \let\next=\handleTABLEerror + \fi + \fi + \next + %\stopHLcommand + %\global\let\startHLcommand=\empty + %\global\let\stopHLcommand =\empty + \fi} + +\def\TableDC% + {\checkTABLEdivision + \checkTABLEautorow + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingrow + \handleTABLEerror + \else + \global\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 + \normalTABLEquote + \fi} + +\def\TableDR% + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \normalTABLElineending + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi + \TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \global\TABLEdivisionfalse + \accountTABLElinewidth % temporary solution + \setTABLEaction\TABLErule}} + +\def\accountTABLElinewidth% + {\scratchdimen=\LineThicknessUnit + \global\advance\TABLEheight by \@@tiHLheight\scratchdimen} + +%D \startopsomming[3*ruim] +%D \sym{\type{\BC}} +%D \sym{\type{\BR}} +%D \sym{\type{\BACKGROUND}} +%D \sym{\type{\CL}} +%D \sym{\type{\RL}} +%D \sym{\type{\BL}} +%D \sym{\type{\RASTER}} +%D \sym{\type{\COLOR}} +%D \stopopsomming + +\def\defineTABLEbackgrounds% + {\let\CL =\TableCL + \let\RL =\TableRL + \let\BC =\TableBC + \let\BL =\TableBL + \let\BR =\TableBR + \let\BACKGROUND=\TableBR + \let\RASTER =\TableRASTER + \let\COLOR =\TableCOLOR} + +\def\TableCL% % much in common with \HL + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi\fi + \TABLEnoalign\bgroup\complexorsimpleTable{CL}} + +\def\simpleTableCL% + {\complexTableCL[\@@tiachtergrondkleur]}% + +\def\complexTableCL[#1]#2% + {\docomplexTableCL[#1]#2\egroup} + +\def\docomplexTableCL% + {\dodocomplexTableFullGL\CL\localstartcolor\localstopcolor} + +\def\TableRL% % much in common with \CL + {\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else\ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \chuckTABLEautorow + \else + \setTABLEerror\TABLEmissingcolumn + \handleTABLEerror + \fi\fi + \TABLEnoalign\bgroup\complexorsimpleTable{RL}} + +\def\simpleTableRL% + {\complexTableRL[\@@tiachtergrondraster]}% + +\def\complexTableRL[#1]#2% + {\docomplexTableRL[#1]#2\egroup} + +\def\docomplexTableRL% + {\dodocomplexTableFullGL\RL\localstartraster\localstopraster} + +\def\checkTABLEgrayline#1#2% + {\!!doneatrue + \ifx#1\AR + \!!doneafalse + \else\ifx#1\SR\else\ifx#1\FR\else\ifx#1\MR\else\ifx#1\LR\else + \!!doneafalse + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \if!!donea + \gdef\TABLEgraylinestatus% + {[\string#1]}% + \gdef\TABLEendBCL% + {#1}% + \else + \gdef\TABLEgraylineerror% + {[\string#2\string#1->\string#2\string\SR]}% + \gdef\TABLEendBCL% + {\SR}% + \fi} + +\def\dodocomplexTableFullGL#1#2#3[#4]#5% + {\global\let\TABLEgraylineerror =\empty + \global\let\TABLEgraylinestatus=\empty + \gdef\nextTABLEgrayline% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\let\endTABLErow=\endTABLErowGL + \checkTABLEgrayline#5#1\TABLEendBCL + #2[#4]% + \hrule\!!height\TABLEgraylineHeight + \nobreak + \vskip-\TABLEgraylineHeight + \nobreak + #3% + \doPostTableGL}}} + +\def\endTABLErowGL#1#2#3% + {\ifcase#1\relax + % unknown + \or + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowfactor + \or + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowzero + \or + \ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcelastrow + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowzero\TABLErowfactor + \else\ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcefirstrow + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowfactor\TABLErowzero + \else + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowzero\TABLErowzero + \fi\fi + \or + \doPreTableGL\TABLErowzero\TABLErowfactor + \fi} + +\def\doPreTableGL#1#2% betere namen + {\xdef\OldLineThicknessFactor{\the\LineThicknessFactor}% + \xdef\OldLineThicknessUnit{\the\LineThicknessUnit}% + \global\LineThicknessFactor=1 + \setbox0=\hbox{\AugmentedTableStrut{#1}{#2}}% + \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0\relax + \xdef\TABLEgraylineHeight{\the\dimen0}% + \global\LineThicknessUnit=\TABLEgraylineHeight} + +\def\doPostTableGL% + {\global\LineThicknessFactor=\OldLineThicknessFactor + \global\LineThicknessUnit =\OldLineThicknessUnit} + +\def\TableBACKGROUND% + {\TableBR} + +\def\simpleTableRASTER#1% + {\docomplexTableRASTER[1]#1} + +\def\complexTableRASTER[#1]% + {\docomplexTableRASTER[#1]} + +\def\simpleTableCOLOR% + {\docomplexTableCOLOR[1]} + +\def\complexTableCOLOR[#1]% + {\docomplexTableCOLOR[#1]} + +\def\TableRASTER% + {\complexorsimpleTable{RASTER}} + +\def\TableCOLOR% + {\complexorsimpleTable{COLOR}} + +\def\addtoTABLEgrayline#1% + {\TABLEgraytoks=\expandafter{\TABLEgrayline}% + \xdef\TABLEgrayline{\the\TABLEgraytoks\noexpand#1}} + +\def\setTableBCL#1#2% + {\ifx#1#2% + \gdef\TABLEgraylinestatus{[\string#1]}% + \gdef\TABLEendBCL{#1}% + \addtoTABLEgrayline{#1}% + \else + \gdef\TABLEgraylineerror{[\string#1->\string#2]}% + \gdef\TABLEendBCL{#2}% + \addtoTABLEgrayline{#2}% + \fi} + +\def\gobbleTableBCL#1% + {\ifx#1\BC \let\next=\doTableBC \else + \ifx#1\BL \let\next=\doTableBL \else + \ifx#1\SR \setTableBCL\SR\SR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\FR \setTableBCL\FR\FR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\MR \setTableBCL\MR\MR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\LR \setTableBCL\LR\LR \let\next=\egroup \else + \setTableBCL#1\SR \let\next=\egroup + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + +\def\executeTABLEgrayline% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\def\BC% + {\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by 1 }% + \def\dodocomplexTableGL##1##2[##3,##4,##5,##6]% + {\BC\advance\currentTABLEcolumn by ##3 }% + \let\endTABLErow=\endTABLEgrayrow + \currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \TABLEgrayline\TABLEendBCL % determine n of columns and height + \advance\currentTABLEcolumn by -1 + \ifnum\currentTABLEcolumn>\maxTABLEcolumn + % error message too long line + \global\let\TABLEgrayline=\empty + \else + % \message{n of color columns: \the\currentTABLEcolumn}\wait + \global\TABLEgraylinetrue % vanaf hier nog checken + \fi + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0}% + \unskip\TABLEgrayline\TABLEendBCL + \TABLEnoalign + {\nobreak + \vskip-\TABLEgraylineHeight + \nobreak + \global\setTABLEactiontrue + \global\currentTABLEcolumn=0 + \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\empty + \global\TABLEgraydonetrue + \global\TABLEgraylinefalse}} + +\def\docomplexTableCOLOR[#1]% + {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartcolor\localstopcolor + [#1,\@@tiachtergrondkleur,,]} + +\gdef\docomplexTableRASTER[#1]% + {\dodocomplexTableGL\localstartraster\localstopraster% + [#1,\@@tiachtergrondraster,,]} + +% nog \= == \- als alternatief +% nog eens + +\def\dodocomplexTableGL#1#2[#3,#4,#5,#6]% + {\doifelsenothing{#4}{#1[#5]}{#1[#4]}% + \doPreTableGL\TABLEendofrowheight\TABLEendofrowdepth + \ifnum#3=1 % else conflict with \omit in \= + \let\next=\normalTABLEsinglerule + \else + \def\next{\normalTABLEmultirule{#3}}% + \fi + \next + \doPostTableGL + #2} + +% \BC \BL +% \BL \BC + +\def\TableBC% + {\ifTABLEgrayline + \normalTABLEquote + \else + \TABLEnoalign\bgroup + \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \let\BL=\doTableBL + \let\BC=\doTableBC + \expandafter\doTableBC + \fi} + +\def\doTableBC% + {\addtoTABLEgrayline{\BC}% + \gobbleTableBCL} + +\def\TableBL% + {\TABLEnoalign\bgroup + \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \let\BL=\doTableBL + \let\BC=\doTableBC + \doTableBL} + +\def\doTableBL% + {\complexorsimpleTable{BL}} + +\def\complexTableBL[#1]#2% nodig? + {\doprocessTableBL[#1,\@@tiachtergrond,]#2} + +\def\simpleTableBL#1% nodig? + {\doprocessTableBL[1,\@@tiachtergrond,]#1} + +\def\dodoprocessTableBL[#1,#2,#3]% + {\processaction + [#2] + [ color=>{\addtoTABLEgrayline{\complexTableCOLOR[#1,#3]}}, + c=>{\addtoTABLEgrayline{\complexTableCOLOR[#1,#3]}}, + raster=>{\addtoTABLEgrayline{\complexTableRASTER[#1,#3]}}, + r=>{\addtoTABLEgrayline{\complexTableRASTER[#1,#3]}}]} + +\def\doprocessTableBL[#1]% + {\getfromcommalist[#1][1]% + \expandafter\doifnumberelse\expandafter{\commalistelement} + {\dodoprocessTableBL[#1]} + {\dodoprocessTableBL[1,#1]}% + \gobbleTableBCL} + +\def\TableBR#1% + {\TABLEnoalign + {\global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \checkTABLEgrayline#1\BR + \global\TABLEgraylinetrue}} + +\def\endTABLEgrayrow#1#2#3% + {\ifcase#1\relax + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowfactor + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowfactor + \or + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowfactor + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowfactor + \or + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowfactor + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowzero + \or + \ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcelastrow + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowzero + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowfactor + \else\ifnum\TABLEforce=\TABLEforcefirstrow + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowfactor + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowzero + \else + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowzero + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowzero + \fi\fi + \or + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowzero + \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowfactor + \fi} + +\def\defineTABLEshorthands% + {\def\TWO {\use{2}}% + \def\THREE{\use{3}}% + \def\FOUR {\use{4}}% + \def\FIVE {\use{5}}% + \def\SIX {\use{6}}% + \def\REF {\ReFormat}} + +\def\defineTABLEunits% + {\processaction + [\@@tiafstand] + [ \v!geen=>\OpenUp{0}{0}\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, + \v!klein=>\OpenUp{0}{0}\def\LOW{\Lower6 }, % == baseline + \v!middel=>\OpenUp{1}{1}\def\LOW{\Lower7 }, + \v!groot=>\OpenUp{2}{2}\def\LOW{\Lower8 }]% + \doifelse{\@@tiafstand}{\v!geen} + {\chardef\TABLErowfactor=0 } + {\chardef\TABLErowfactor=2 }} + +\def\dohandlebar% + {\ifmmode + \let\next=\domathmodebar + \else\ifintable + \let\next=\domathmodebar + \else + \let\next=\dotextmodebar + \fi\fi + \next} + +% De macro's t.b.v. instellingen. + +\def\steltabellenin% + {\dosingleargument\dosteltabellenin} + +\def\dosteltabellenin[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??ti][#1]% + \assignalfadimension{\@@tiVL}{\@@tiVLwidth} {2}{4}{6}% + \assignalfadimension{\@@tiHL}{\@@tiHLheight}{2}{4}{6}} + +\def\localTABLEsetup% + {\@@ticommandos\relax + \expanded{\switchtocorps[\@@tikorps]}% + \StrutHeightFactor =8 + \StrutDepthFactor =4 + \LineThicknessFactor=4 + \NormalTLTU ={.1pt}% + \NormalTSU ={\normalbaselineskip\divide\StrutUnit by 12 }% + \NormalTableUnits} + +\steltabellenin + [HL=\v!middel, + VL=\v!middel, + NL=\v!klein, + \c!afstand=\v!middel, + \c!korps=\the\corpssize, + \c!commandos=, + \c!achtergrond=\v!raster, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!achtergrondkleur=] + +\def\ifintabel{\ifintable} % upward compatible + +\protect \endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..634490aef --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-ver, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Verbatim, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Verbatim} + +\unprotect + +% \type{ char} geeft bagger + +%D We are going to embed the general verbatim support macros in +%D a proper environment. First we show the common setup +%D macro, so we know what features are supported. The options +%D are hooked into the support macros via the \type{\obey} +%D macros. + +\def\setupcommonverbatim#1% + {\def\verbatimfont{\tttf}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!spatie}{\v!aan} + {\def\obeyspaces{\setcontrolspaces}}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!tab}{\v!aan} + {\def\obeytabs{\settabskips}}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!pagina}{\v!nee} + {\def\obeypages{\ignorepages}}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{#1\c!optie}] + [\v!commandos=>\def\obeycharacters{\setupcommandsintype{#1}}% + \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs, + \v!schuin=>\let\obeycharacters=\setupslantedtype + \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs, + \v!normaal=>\let\obeycharacters=\setupgroupedtype, + \v!geen=>\let\obeycharacters=\relax, + \v!kleur=>\let\obeycharacters=\setupprettytextype + \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs]} + +%D The verbatim commands have a rather long and turbulent +%D history. Most users of \CONTEXT\ probably will never use +%D some of the features, but I've kept in mind that when one is +%D writing a users manual, about everything can and undoubtly +%D will be subject to a verbatim treatment. +%D +%D Verbatim command are very sensitive to argument processing, +%D which is a direct result of the \CATCODES\ being fixed at +%D reading time. With our growing understanding of \TEX, +%D especially of the mechanism that can be used for looking +%D ahead and manipulating \CATCODES, the verbatim support +%D became more and more advanced and natural. +%D +%D Typesetting inline verbatim can be accomplished by +%D \type{\type}, which in this sentence was typeset by saying +%D just \type{\type{\type}}, which in turn was typeset by +%D \onbekend. Using the normal grouping characters \type{{}} is +%D the most natural way of using this command. +%D +%D A second, more or less redundant, alternative is delimiting +%D the argument with an own character. This method was +%D implemented in the context of a publication in the \MAPS, +%D where this way of delimiting is recognized by \LATEX\ users. +%D +%D The third, more original alternative, is the one using +%D \type{<<} and \type{>>} as delimiters. This alternative can +%D be used in situations where slanted typeseting is needed. + +\def\lesscharacter {<} +\def\morecharacter {>} + +\chardef\texescape = `\\ +\chardef\leftargument = `\{ +\chardef\rightargument = `\} + +%D \macros +%D {type} +%D {} +%D +%D We define \type{\type} as a protected command. First we +%D set the catcodes of \type{<} and \type{>} and then we start +%D looking ahead. + +\unexpanded\def\type% + {\bgroup + \catcode`\<=\@@other + \catcode`\>=\@@other + \futurelet\next\dotype} + +%D Next we distinguish between the three alternatives and call +%D for the appropriate macros. + +\def\dotype% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \initializetype + \initializetypegrouping + \def\next% + {\afterassignment\protectfirsttype\let\next=}% + \else\if\next<% + \doifelse{\@@tyoptie}{\v!geen} + {\initializetype + \setupnotypegrouping + \def\next% + {\let\next=}} + {\def\next<##1% + {\initializetype + \if##1<% + \else + \setupalternativetypegrouping + ##1% + \fi}}% + \else + \def\next##1% + {\initializetype + \catcode`##1=\@@endgroup}% + \fi\fi + \next} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\[=\@@begingroup +\catcode`\]=\@@endgroup +\catcode`\{=\@@active +\catcode`\}=\@@active +\gdef\initializetypegrouping% + [\catcode`\{=\@@active + \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup % otherwise things go wrong ... + \def\activerightargument% + [\rightargument + \egroup]% + \def\activeleftargument% + [\bgroup + \leftargument %% this way TeXEdit can check: { + \catcode`\}=\@@active % ... in alignments (tables) + \let}=\activerightargument]% + \let{=\activeleftargument]% %% this way TeXEdit can check: } +\egroup + +\bgroup +\catcode`\<=\@@active +\catcode`\>=\@@active +\gdef\setupalternativetypegrouping% + {\catcode`\<=\@@active + \catcode`\>=\@@active + \def<% + {\bgroup + \switchslantedtype}% + \def>% + {\egroup}} +\egroup + +\def\setupnotypegrouping% + {\catcode`\<=\@@begingroup + \catcode`\>=\@@endgroup} + +%D When writing the manual to \CONTEXT\ and documenting this +%D source we needed to typeset \type{<<} and \type{>>}. Because +%D we wanted to do this in the natural way, we've adapted the +%D original definition a bit. We still show teh original +%D because we think it's shows a bit better what we are +%D doing. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \bgroup +%D \catcode`\<=\@@active +%D \catcode`\>=\@@active +%D \gdef\setupgroupedtype% +%D {\catcode`\<=\@@active +%D \catcode`\>=\@@active +%D \def<% +%D {\def\do% +%D {\ifx\next<% +%D \def\next{\bgroup\switchslantedtype\let\next=}% +%D \else +%D \let\next=\lesscharacter +%D \fi +%D \next}% +%D \futurelet\next\do}% +%D \def>% +%D {\def\do% +%D {\ifx\next>% +%D \def\next{\egroup\let\next=}% +%D \else +%D \let\next=\morecharacter +%D \fi +%D \next}% +%D \futurelet\next\do}} +%D \egroup +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The final implementation looks a bit further and treats the +%D lone \type{<<} and \type{>>} a bit different. + +\def\doenterdoublelesstype% + {\ifx\next\egroup + \lesscharacter\lesscharacter + \else + \bgroup\switchslantedtype + \let\doenterdoublemoretype=\egroup + \fi} + +\def\doenterdoublemoretype% + {\def\doenterdoubletype% + {\ifx\next\egroup + \morecharacter\morecharacter + \fi}} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\<=\@@active +\catcode`\>=\@@active +\gdef\setupgroupedtype% + {\catcode`\<=\@@active + \catcode`\>=\@@active + \def\doless% + {\ifx<\next + \def\next% + {\def\enterdoubletype% + {\futurelet\next\doenterdoublelesstype}% + \afterassignment\enterdoubletype + \let\next=}% + \else + \let\next=\lesscharacter + \fi + \next}% + \def\domore% + {\ifx>\next + \def\next% + {\def\enterdoubletype% + {\futurelet\next\doenterdoublemoretype}% + \afterassignment\enterdoubletype + \let\next=}% + \else + \let\next=\morecharacter + \fi + \next}% + \def<{\futurelet\next\doless}% + \def>{\futurelet\next\domore}} +\egroup + +\newif\ifslantedtypeactivated +\newif\ifslantedtypepermitted + +\def\switchslantedtype% + {\ifslantedtypepermitted + \ifslantedtypeactivated + \slantedtypeactivatedfalse\tttf + \else + \slantedtypeactivatedtrue\ttsl + \fi + \fi} + +\def\setupcommandsintype#1% + {\setupgroupedtype + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1\c!escape}}% + \@EA\catcode\@EA`\!!stringa=\@@escape} + +\def\setupslantedtype% + {\setupgroupedtype + \slantedtypepermittedtrue} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\<=\active +\catcode`\>=\active +\gdef\doprotectfirsttype% + {\ifx\next<% + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\next\bgroup + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\next\activeleftargument + \let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\string + \fi\fi\fi + \next} +\egroup + +\def\protectfirsttype% + {\futurelet\next\doprotectfirsttype} + +%D The neccessary initializations are done by calling +%D \type{\initializetype} which in return calls for the support +%D macro \type{\setupinlineverbatim}. + +\def\initializetype% + {\let\obeylines=\ignorelines + \setupcommonverbatim{\??ty}% + \setupinlineverbatim} + +%D \macros +%D {setuptype} +%D {} +%D +%D Some characteristics of \type{\type} can be set up by: + +\def\setuptype% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ty]} + +%D \macros +%D {typ} +%D {} +%D +%D Although it's not clear from the macros, one character trait +%D of this macros, which are build on top of the support +%D module, is that they don't hyphenate. We therefore offer the +%D alternative \type{\typ}. The current +%D implementation works all right, but a decent hyphenation +%D support of \type{\tt} text will be implemented soon. + +% \def\obeyhyphens% % after fontswitch +% {\def\obeyedspace% +% {\hyphenchar\font=45 +% \spaceskip.5em\!!plus.25em\!!minus.25em\relax% +% \def\obeyedspace{ }}} + +\unexpanded\def\typ% + {\bgroup + \def\obeyedspace{ }% + \tttf\hyphenchar\font=45 + \ttsl\hyphenchar\font=45 + \spaceskip.5em\!!plus.25em\!!minus.25em\relax + \futurelet\next\dotype} + +%D \macros +%D {tex,arg,mat,dis} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes, for instance when we pass verbatim text as an +%D argument, the fixed \CATCODES\ interfere with our wishes. An +%D experimental implementation of character by character +%D processing of verbatim text did overcome this limitation, +%D but we've decided not to use that slow and sometimes +%D troublesome solution. Instead we stick to some 'old' +%D \CONTEXT\ macros for typesetting typical \TEX\ characters. +%D +%D The next implementation is more clear but less versatile, +%D so we treated it for a beter one. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dospecialtype#1#2% +%D {\bgroup +%D \initializetype +%D \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup +%D \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup +%D \def\dospecialtype% +%D {\def\dospecialtype{#2\egroup}% +%D \bgroup +%D \aftergroup\dospecialtype +%D #1}% +%D \afterassignment\dospecialtype +%D \let\next=} +%D +%D \unexpanded\def\tex{\dospecialtype\texescape\relax} +%D \unexpanded\def\arg{\dospecialtype\leftargument\rightargument} +%D \unexpanded\def\mat{\dospecialtype\$\$} +%D \unexpanded\def\dis{\dospecialtype{\$\$}{\$\$}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +% %D For sometime we used the better but less readable is +% %D alternative +% %D +% %D \starttypen +% %D \def\doprocessgroup#1#2#3% +% %D {\bgroup +% %D #1% +% %D \def\doprocessgroup% +% %D {\def\doprocessgroup{#3\egroup}% +% %D \bgroup +% %D \aftergroup\doprocessgroup +% %D #2}% +% %D \afterassignment\doprocessgroup +% %D \let\next=} +% %D +% %D \def\setgroupedtype% +% %D {\initializetype +% %D \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup +% %D \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup} +% %D +% %D \unexpanded\def\tex{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\texescape\relax} +% %D \unexpanded\def\arg{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\leftargument\rightargument} +% %D \unexpanded\def\mat{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype\$\$} +% %D \unexpanded\def\dis{\doprocessgroup\setgroupedtype{\$\$}{\$\$}} +% %D \stoptypen +% %D +%D +%D But since \type{\groupedcommand} became available, we use +%D however + +\def\setgroupedtype% + {\initializetype + \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup + \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup} + +\unexpanded\def\tex{\groupedcommand{\setgroupedtype\texescape}{\relax}} +\unexpanded\def\arg{\groupedcommand{\setgroupedtype\leftargument}{\rightargument}} +\unexpanded\def\mat{\groupedcommand{\setgroupedtype\$}{\$}} +\unexpanded\def\dis{\groupedcommand{\setgroupedtype\$\$}{\$\$}} + +%D \macros +%D {starttyping} +%D {} +%D +%D Display verbatim is realized far more easy, which is mostly +%D due to the fact that we use \type{\stop...} as delimiter. +%D The implementation inherits some features, for instance the +%D support of linenumbering, which can best be studied in the +%D documented support module. + +\def\initializetyping#1% + {\doifelsevalue{\??tp#1\c!marge}{\v!standaard} + {\ifdim\voorwit=\!!zeropoint + \advance\leftskip by \@@sllinks + \else + \advance\leftskip by \voorwit + \fi} + {\advance\leftskip by \getvalue{\??tp#1\c!marge}}% + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!blanko}] + [\v!standaard=>\skip0=\tussenwit, + \v!klein=>\skip0=\blankokleinmaat, + \v!middel=>\skip0=\blankomiddelmaat, + \v!groot=>\skip0=\blankogrootmaat, + \v!regel=>\skip0=\baselineskip, + \v!geen=>\skip0=\!!zeropoint, + \s!unknown=>\skip0=\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!blanko}]% + \edef\verbatimbaselineskip{\the\skip0}% + \setupcommonverbatim{\??tp#1}} + +%D The basic display verbatim commands are defined in an +%D indirect way. As we will see, they are a specific case of a +%D more general mechanism. + +\def\dostarttyping#1% + {\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!voor}% + \startopelkaar % includes \bgroup + \initializetyping{#1}% + \expandafter\processdisplayverbatim\expandafter{\s!stop#1}} + +\def\dostoptyping#1% + {\stopopelkaar % includes \egroup + \getvalue{\??tp#1\c!na}} + +%D \macros +%D {definetyping} +%D {} +%D +%D For most users the standard \type{\start}||\type{\stop}||pair +%D will suffice, but for documentation purposes the next +%D definition command can be of use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definetyping[extratyping][margin=3em] +%D +%D \startextratyping +%D these extra ones are indented by 1 em +%D \stopextratyping +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The definitions default to the standard typing values. + +\def\presettyping[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??tp#1] + [\c!voor=\@@tpvoor, + \c!na=\@@tpna, + \c!spatie=\@@tpspatie, + \c!pagina=\@@tppagina, + \c!tab=\@@tptab, + \c!optie=\@@tpoptie, + \c!marge=\@@tpmarge, + \c!blanko=\@@tpblanko, + \c!escape=\@@tpescape, + #2]} + +\def\dodefinetyping[#1][#2]% + {\setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostarttyping{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!stop#1}{\dostoptyping{#1}}% + \presettyping[#1][#2]} + +\def\definetyping% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetyping} + +\definetyping[\v!typen] + +%D \macros +%D {setuptyping} +%D {} +%D +%D The setup of typing accepts two arguments. The optional +%D first one identifies the user defined ones. If only one +%D argument is given, the values apply to both the standard +%D command \type{\starttyping} and \type{\typefile}. + +%\indirect\def\setuptyping\dodoubleempty[#1][#2]% +% {\iffirstargument +% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% +% \else +% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% +% \fi} +% +%\doubleemptied\def\setuptyping[#1][#2]% +% {\iffirstargument +% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% +% \else +% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% +% \fi} + +\def\dosetuptyping[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% + \else + \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% + \fi} + +\def\setuptyping% + {\dodoubleempty\dosetuptyping} + +%D We use the \CONTEXT\ color system for switching to and from +%D color mode. We can always redefine these colors afterwards. + +\definecolor [texprettyone] [r=.9, g=.0, b=.0] % red +\definecolor [texprettytwo] [r=.0, g=.8, b=.0] % green +\definecolor [texprettythree] [r=.0, g=.0, b=.9] % blue +\definecolor [texprettyfour] [r=.8, g=.8, b=.6] % yellow + +%D We can use some core color commands. These are faster than +%D the standard color swithing ones and work ok on a line by +%D line basis. + +\def\texbeginofpretty[#1]{\startcolormode{#1}} +\def\texendofpretty {\stopcolormode} + +%D \macros +%D {EveryPar, EveryLine, iflinepar} +%D {} +%D +%D One of the features of these commands is the support of +%D \type{\EveryPar}, \type{\EveryLine} and \type{\iflinepar}. +%D In the documentation of the verbatim support module we give +%D some examples of line- and paragraph numerbering using these +%D macros. + +%D \macros +%D {typefile} +%D {} +%D +%D Typesetting files verbatim (for the moment) only supports +%D colorization of \TEX\ sources as valid option. The other +%D setup values are inherited from display verbatim. +%D The implementation of \type{\typefile} is straightforward: + +\presettyping[\v!file][] + +\def\typefile#1% + {\getvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!voor}% + \startopelkaar % includes \bgroup + \doifnotvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!optie}{\v!kleur} + {\setuptyping[\v!file][\c!optie=\v!geen]}% + \initializetyping\v!file + \processfileverbatim{#1}% + \stopopelkaar % includes \egroup + \getvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!na}} + +%D The setups for inline verbatim default to: + +\setuptype + [\c!spatie=\v!uit, + \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!tab=\v!nee, + \c!optie=\v!normaal] + +%D The setups for display verbatim and file verbatim are +%D shared. One can adapt the extra defined typing environments, +%D but they also default to the values below. Watch the +%D alternative escape character. + +\setuptyping + [ \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!spatie=\v!uit, + \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!tab=\v!aan, + \c!optie=\v!geen, + \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!blanko=\v!regel, + \c!escape=/] + +\permitshiftedendofverbatim + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d6e579a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-vis, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Visualization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D This module adds some more visualization cues to the ones +%D supplied in the support module. +%D +%D %\everypar dual character, \the\everypar and \everypar= +%D %\hrule cannot be grabbed in advance, switches mode +%D %\vrule cannot be grabbed in advance, switches mode +%D % +%D %\indent only explicit ones +%D %\noindent only explicit ones +%D %\par only explicit ones +%D +%D %\leftskip only if explicit one +%D %\rightskip only if explicit one + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Visualization} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {indent, noindent, +%D leavevmode, +%D par} +%D {} +%D +%D \TeX\ acts upon paragraphs. In mosts documents paragraphs +%D are separated by empty lines, which internally are handled as +%D \type{\par}. Paragraphs can be indented or not, depending on +%D the setting of \type{\parindent}, the first token of a +%D paragraph and/or user suppressed or forced indentation. +%D +%D Because the actual typesetting is based on both explicit +%D user and implicit system actions, visualization is only +%D possible for the user supplied \type{\indent}, +%D \type{\noindent}, \type{\leavevmode} and \type{\par}. Other +%D 'clever' tricks will quite certainly lead to more failures +%D than successes, so we only support these three explicit +%D primitives and one macro: + +\let\normalnoindent = \noindent +\let\normalindent = \indent +\let\normalpar = \par + +\let\normalleavevmode = \leavevmode + +\def\showparagraphcue#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \scratchdimen#1\relax + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \boxrulewidth=5\testrulewidth + #3#4\relax + \setbox0=\normalhbox to \scratchdimen + {#2{\ruledhbox to \scratchdimen + {\vrule + #5 20\testrulewidth + \!!width \!!zeropoint + \normalhss}}}% + \smashbox0 + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\ruledhanging% + {\ifdim\hangindent>\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifnum\hangafter<0 + \normalhbox + {\boxrulewidth=5\testrulewidth + \setbox0=\ruledhbox to \hangindent + {\scratchdimen=\ht\strutbox + \advance\scratchdimen by \dp\strutbox + \vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \!!height\!!zeropoint + \!!depth-\hangafter\scratchdimen}% + \normalhskip-\hangindent + \smashbox0 + \raise\ht\strutbox\box0}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\ruledparagraphcues% + {\bgroup + \dontcomplain + \normalhbox to \!!zeropoint + {\ifdim\leftskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + \showparagraphcue\leftskip\llap\relax\relax\!!depth + \normalhskip-\leftskip + \fi + \ruledhanging + \normalhskip\hsize + \ifdim\rightskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + \normalhskip-\rightskip + \showparagraphcue\rightskip\relax\relax\relax\!!depth + \fi}% + \egroup} + +\def\ruledpar% + {\relax + \ifhmode + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\relax\rightrulefalse\relax\!!height + \fi + \normalpar} + +\def\rulednoindent% + {\relax + \normalnoindent + \ruledparagraphcues + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\leftrulefalse\relax\!!height} + +\def\ruledindent% + {\relax + \normalnoindent + \ruledparagraphcues + \ifdim\parindent>\!!zeropoint\relax + \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\relax\relax\!!height + \else + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\relax\relax\!!height + \fi + \normalhskip\parindent} + +\def\ruledleavevmode% + {\relax + \normalleavevmode + \ifdim\parindent>\!!zeropoint\relax + \normalhskip-\parindent + \ruledparagraphcues + \showparagraphcue\parindent\relax\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height + \normalhskip\parindent + \else + \ruledparagraphcues + \showparagraphcue{40\testrulewidth}\llap\leftrulefalse\rightrulefalse\!!height + \fi} + +\def\dontshowimplicits% + {\let\noindent = \normalnoindent + \let\indent = \normalindent + \let\leavevmode = \normalleavevmode + \let\par = \normalpar} + +\def\showimplicits% + {\testrulewidth = \defaulttestrulewidth + \let\noindent = \rulednoindent + \let\indent = \ruledindent + \let\leavevmode = \ruledleavevmode + \let\par = \ruledpar} + +%D The next few||line examples show the four cues. Keep in +%D mind that we only see them when we explicitly open or close +%D a paragraph. +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \def\voorbeeld#1% +%D {#1Visualizing some \TeX\ primitives and Plain \TeX\ +%D macros can be very instructive, at least it is to me. +%D Here we see {\tt\string#1} and {\tt\string\ruledpar} in +%D action, while {\tt\string\parindent} equals +%D {\tt\the\parindent}.\ruledpar} +%D +%D \showimplicits +%D +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D +%D \parindent=60pt +%D +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D \voorbeeld \indent +%D \voorbeeld \noindent +%D \voorbeeld \leavevmode +%D \stopsmaller +%D \egroup +%D +%D These examples also demonstrate the visualization of +%D \type{\leftskip} and \type{\rightskip}. + +\newcounter\ruledbaselines + +\def\debuggertext#1% + {\ifx\ttxx\undefined + $\scriptscriptstyle#1$% + \else + {\ttxx#1}% + \fi} + +\def\ruledbaseline% + {\vrule \!!width \!!zeropoint + \bgroup + \dontinterfere + \doglobal\increment\ruledbaselines + \scratchdimen=3\baselineskip + \setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox to 2\scratchdimen + {\leaders + \normalhbox + {\strut + \vrule + \!!height \testrulewidth + \!!depth \testrulewidth + \!!width 120pt} + \normalvfill}% + \smashbox\scratchbox + \advance\scratchdimen by \strutheightfactor\baselineskip + \setbox\scratchbox=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip -48pt + \normalhbox to 24pt + {\normalhss\debuggertext\ruledbaselines\normalhskip6pt}% + \raise\scratchdimen\box\scratchbox}% + \smashbox\scratchbox + \box\scratchbox + \egroup} + +\def\showbaselines% + {\testrulewidth=\defaulttestrulewidth + \EveryPar{\ruledbaseline}} + +%D {\em Not yet documented!} + +\def\makecutbox#1% + {\edef\ruledheight{\the\ht#1}% + \edef\ruleddepth {\the\dp#1}% + \edef\ruledwidth {\the\wd#1}% + \setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox + {\dontcomplain + \offinterlineskip + \scratchdimen=12pt\relax + \def\verrule##1##2% + {\vrule + \!!width\boxrulewidth + \!!height##1\scratchdimen + \!!depth##2\scratchdimen}% + \def\horrule##1##2##3% + {\normalhskip##1\scratchdimen + \vrule + \!!height\boxrulewidth + \!!width##2\scratchdimen + \normalhskip##3\scratchdimen}% + \normalvskip-3\scratchdimen + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\verrule{3}{-1}\normalhss\verrule{3}{-1}}% + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\horrule{-3}{2}{1}\normalhss\horrule{1}{2}{-3}}% + \normalvskip-\boxrulewidth + \vskip\ruledheight + \ifdim\ruleddepth>\!!zeropoint\relax + \normalvskip-.5\boxrulewidth + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\horrule{-2}{1}{1}\normalhss\horrule{1}{1}{-2}}% + \normalvskip-.5\boxrulewidth + \vskip\ruleddepth + \fi + \normalvskip-\boxrulewidth + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\horrule{-3}{2}{1}\normalhss\horrule{1}{2}{-3}}% + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\verrule{-1}{3}\normalhss\verrule{-1}{3}}}% + \dp\scratchbox=\ruleddepth % This re-bounding is needed and + \ht\scratchbox=\ruledheight % surfaced while typesetting continuous + \setbox\scratchbox=\normalhbox % double culumns with pagecutmark + {\lower\ruleddepth\box\scratchbox}% + \setbox#1=\ifhbox#1\normalhbox\else\normalvbox\fi + {\normalhbox + {\wd#1=\!!zeropoint + \box#1\relax + \box\scratchbox}}% + \wd#1=\ruledwidth + \ht#1=\ruledheight + \dp#1=\ruleddepth} + +\def\cuthbox% + {\normalhbox\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makecutbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalhbox} + +\def\cutvbox% + {\normalvbox\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makecutbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalvbox} + +\def\cutvtop% + {\normalvtop\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makecutbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalvtop} + +% +% \cutvbox +% \cutvtop +% \cuthbox +% +% \cutvbox{\ruledvbox{hello\par world \par \strut ziezo}} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/docs-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/docs-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b78dfca0f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/docs-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=docs-ini, +%D versie=1995.10.10, +%D naam=\CONTEXT\ Document Macros (ini), +%D auteur=J. Hagen, +%D datum=\currentdate, +%D copyright=J. Hagen] + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Document Macros (ini)} + +\unprotect + +%I n=Documenten +%I c=\startdocument +%I +%I Ten behoeve van veel voorkomende soorten documenten +%I zijn speciale commando's beschikbaar. Bij dergelijke +%I documenten worden in plaats van de gebruikelijke +%I commando's \starttekst..\stoptekst de onderstaande +%I commando's gebruikt: +%I +%I \startdocument[soort document] +%I \stopdocument +%I +%I Documenten worden gedefinieerd in files met de naam +%I docs-xxx, waarbij xxx de eerste drie letters van het +%I soort overzicht zijn. +%I +%I Vooralsnog zijn alleen 'brief', 'sheet', 'sticker' en +%I 'lijst' beschikbaar. + +\definieerfilegroep + [document] + [file=docs, + voor=\starttekst, + na=\stoptekst] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ams.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ams.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..265b6d6d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ams.tex @@ -0,0 +1,497 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-ams, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=AMS Math Symbols, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D Here we implement the symbol fonts as provided by the +%D American Mathematical Society. The names of these symbols +%D can be found in The Joy of \TeX\ by M.~Spivak. +%D +%D First we extend the already defined font sets a bit. We make +%D use of the \type{sa} option. + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt] [mm] + [ma=msam10 sa 1, + mb=msbm10 sa 1] + +\definecorps [8pt,7pt] [mm] + [ma=msam7 sa 1, + mb=msbm7 sa 1] + +\definecorps [6pt,5pt,4pt] [mm] + [ma=msam5 sa 1, + mb=msbm5 sa 1] + +%D We already have defined some additional math families. This +%D means that do not have to do this again. It would exhaust our +%D limited pool of \type{\fam}'s anyway. + +\unprotect + +\let\msafam@=\hexmafam +\let\msbfam@=\hexmbfam + +\protect + +%D The following piece of \TEX\ is part of the distribution +%D of the \AMS\ fonts. The macros are slightly adapted to the +%D \CONTEXT\ way of font handling, which means that we have +%D commented out some sections. The comments are original. + +%D \starttypen +%D %% @texfile{ +%D %% filename="amssym.def", +%D %% version="2.1", +%D %% date="5-APR-1991", +%D %% filetype="TeX: option", +%D %% copyright="Copyright (C) American Mathematical Society, +%D %% all rights reserved. Copying of this file is +%D %% authorized only if either: +%D %% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy +%D %% including name; OR +%D %% (2) if you do make changes, you first rename it to some +%D %% other name.", +%D %% author="American Mathematical Society", +%D %% address="American Mathematical Society, +%D %% Technical Support Department, +%D %% P. O. Box 6248, +%D %% Providence, RI 02940, +%D %% USA", +%D %% telephone="401-455-4080 or (in the USA) 800-321-4AMS", +%D %% email="Internet: Tech-Support@Math.AMS.org", +%D %% codetable="ISO/ASCII", +%D %% checksumtype="line count", +%D %% checksum="108", +%D %% keywords="amsfonts, tex", +%D %% abstract="This file contains definitions that perform the same +%D %% functions as similar ones in AMS-TeX, so that the file +%D %% AMSSYM.TEX can be used outside of AMS-TeX. Instructions +%D %% for using this file and the AMS symbol fonts are +%D %% included in the AMSFonts 2.0 User's Guide." +%D %% } +%D \stoptypen + +\expandafter\ifx\csname amssym.def\endcsname\relax \else\endinput\fi + +%D Store the catcode of the @ in the csname so that it can be +%D restored later. + +\expandafter\edef\csname amssym.def\endcsname% + {\catcode`\noexpand\@=\the\catcode`\@\normalspace} + +%D Set the catcode to 11 for use in private control sequence +%D names. + +\catcode`\@=11 + +%D Include all definitions related to the fonts msam, msbm and +%D eufm, so that when this file is used by itself, the results +%D with respect to those fonts are equivalent to what they +%D would have been using \AMSTEX. Most symbols in fonts msam +%D and msbm are defined using \type{\newsymbol}; however, a few +%D symbols that replace composites defined in plain must be +%D defined with \type{\mathchardef}. + +\def\undefine#1% + {\let#1\undefined} + +\def\newsymbol#1#2#3#4#5% + {\let\next@\relax + \ifnum#2=\@ne + \let\next@\msafam@ + \else + \ifnum#2=\tw@ + \let\next@\msbfam@ + \fi + \fi + \mathchardef#1="#3\next@#4#5} + +\def\mathhexbox@#1#2#3% + {\relax + \ifmmode + \mathpalette{}{\m@th\mathchar"#1#2#3}% + \else + \leavevmode + \hbox{$\m@th\mathchar"#1#2#3$}% + \fi} + +%D \starttypen +%D \def\hexnumber@#1% +%D {\ifcase#1 +%D 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or +%D 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or +%D 8\or 9\or A\or B\or +%D C\or D\or E\or F\fi} +%D +%D \font\tenmsa=msam10 +%D \font\sevenmsa=msam7 +%D \font\fivemsa=msam5 +%D \newfam\msafam +%D \textfont\msafam=\tenmsa +%D \scriptfont\msafam=\sevenmsa +%D \scriptscriptfont\msafam=\fivemsa +%D +%D \edef\msafam@% +%D {\hexnumber@\msafam} +%D \stoptypen + +\mathchardef\dabar@"0\msafam@39 + +\def\dashrightarrow {\mathrel{\dabar@\dabar@\mathchar"0\msafam@4B}} +\def\dashleftarrow {\mathrel{\mathchar"0\msafam@4C\dabar@\dabar@}} +\let\dasharrow \dashrightarrow +\def\ulcorner {\delimiter"4\msafam@70\msafam@70 } +\def\urcorner {\delimiter"5\msafam@71\msafam@71 } +\def\llcorner {\delimiter"4\msafam@78\msafam@78 } +\def\lrcorner {\delimiter"5\msafam@79\msafam@79 } +\def\yen {{\mathhexbox@\msafam@55 }} +\def\checkmark {{\mathhexbox@\msafam@58 }} +\def\circledR {{\mathhexbox@\msafam@72 }} +\def\maltese {{\mathhexbox@\msafam@7A }} + +%D \starttypen +%D \font\tenmsb=msbm10 +%D \font\sevenmsb=msbm7 +%D \font\fivemsb=msbm5 +%D \newfam\msbfam +%D \textfont\msbfam=\tenmsb +%D \scriptfont\msbfam=\sevenmsb +%D \scriptscriptfont\msbfam=\fivemsb +%D +%D \edef\msbfam@% +%D {\hexnumber@\msbfam} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\Bbb#1% + {{\fam\msbfam\relax#1}} + +\def\widehat#1% + {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1$}% + \ifdim\wd\z@>\tw@ em% + \mathaccent"0\msbfam@5B{#1}% + \else + \mathaccent"0362{#1}% + \fi} + +\def\widetilde#1% + {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1$}% + \ifdim\wd\z@>\tw@ em% + \mathaccent"0\msbfam@5D{#1}% + \else + \mathaccent"0365{#1}% + \fi} + +%D \starttypen +%D \font\teneufm=eufm10 +%D \font\seveneufm=eufm7 +%D \font\fiveeufm=eufm5 +%D \newfam\eufmfam +%D \textfont\eufmfam=\teneufm +%D \scriptfont\eufmfam=\seveneufm +%D \scriptscriptfont\eufmfam=\fiveeufm +%D \def\frak#1{{\fam\eufmfam\relax#1}} +%D \let\goth\frak +%D \stoptypen + +%D Restore the catcode value for @ that was previously saved. + +\csname amssym.def\endcsname + +%D \starttypen +%D %% @texfile{ +%D %% filename="amssym.tex", +%D %% version="2.1a", +%D %% date="31-OCT-1991", +%D %% filetype="TeX: option", +%D %% copyright="Copyright (C) American Mathematical Society, +%D %% all rights reserved. Copying of this file is +%D %% authorized only if either: +%D %% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy +%D %% including name; OR +%D %% (2) if you do make changes, you first rename it to some +%D %% other name.", +%D %% author="American Mathematical Society", +%D %% address="American Mathematical Society, +%D %% Technical Support Department, +%D %% P. O. Box 6248, +%D %% Providence, RI 02940, +%D %% USA", +%D %% telephone="401-455-4080 or (in the USA) 800-321-4AMS", +%D %% email="Internet: Tech-Support@Math.AMS.org", +%D %% codetable="ISO/ASCII", +%D %% checksumtype="line count", +%D %% checksum="279", +%D %% keywords="amstex, ams-tex, tex, amsfonts, math symbols", +%D %% abstract="This file defines names for all the math symbols in +%D %% the math symbol fonts of the AMSFonts package (MSAM and +%D %% MSBM). If this file is not used by way of the AMS-TeX +%D %% \UseAMSsymbols command, it must be used in conjunction +%D %% with AMSSYM.DEF, which provides a definition of the +%D %% \newsymbol and \undefine commands. +%D %% Instructions for using the AMS symbol fonts are +%D %% included in: AMS-TeX 2.1 User's Guide; AMSFonts 2.1 +%D %% User's Guide; The Joy of TeX, editions dated 1990 or +%D %% later." +%D %% } +%D \stoptypen + +%D Save the current value of the @-sign catcode so that it can +%D be restored afterwards. This allows us to call amssym.tex +%D either within an \AMSTEX\ document style file or by itself, +%D in addition to providing a means of testing whether the file +%D has been previously loaded. We want to avoid inputting this +%D file twice because when \AMSTEX\ is being used +%D \type{\newsymbol} will give an error message if used to +%D define a control sequence name that is already defined. + +%D If the csname is not equal to \type{\relax}, we assume this +%D file has already been loaded and \type{\endinput} +%D immediately. + +\expandafter\ifx\csname pre amssym.tex at\endcsname\relax \else \endinput\fi + +%D Otherwise we store the catcode of the @ in the csname. + +\expandafter\chardef\csname pre amssym.tex at\endcsname=\the\catcode`\@ + +%D Set the catcode to 11 for use in private control sequence +%D names. + +\catcode`\@=11 + +%D Most symbols in fonts msam and msbm are defined using +%D \type{\newsymbol}. A few that are delimiters or otherwise +%D require special treatment have already been defined as soon +%D as the fonts were loaded. Finally, a few symbols that +%D replace composites defined in plain must be undefined first. + +\newsymbol\boxdot 1200 +\newsymbol\boxplus 1201 +\newsymbol\boxtimes 1202 +\newsymbol\square 1003 +\newsymbol\blacksquare 1004 +\newsymbol\centerdot 1205 +\newsymbol\lozenge 1006 +\newsymbol\blacklozenge 1007 +\newsymbol\circlearrowright 1308 +\newsymbol\circlearrowleft 1309 +\undefine\rightleftharpoons +\newsymbol\rightleftharpoons 130A +\newsymbol\leftrightharpoons 130B +\newsymbol\boxminus 120C +\newsymbol\Vdash 130D +\newsymbol\Vvdash 130E +\newsymbol\vDash 130F +\newsymbol\twoheadrightarrow 1310 +\newsymbol\twoheadleftarrow 1311 +\newsymbol\leftleftarrows 1312 +\newsymbol\rightrightarrows 1313 +\newsymbol\upuparrows 1314 +\newsymbol\downdownarrows 1315 +\newsymbol\upharpoonright 1316 + \let\restriction\upharpoonright +\newsymbol\downharpoonright 1317 +\newsymbol\upharpoonleft 1318 +\newsymbol\downharpoonleft 1319 +\newsymbol\rightarrowtail 131A +\newsymbol\leftarrowtail 131B +\newsymbol\leftrightarrows 131C +\newsymbol\rightleftarrows 131D +\newsymbol\Lsh 131E +\newsymbol\Rsh 131F +\newsymbol\rightsquigarrow 1320 +\newsymbol\leftrightsquigarrow 1321 +\newsymbol\looparrowleft 1322 +\newsymbol\looparrowright 1323 +\newsymbol\circeq 1324 +\newsymbol\succsim 1325 +\newsymbol\gtrsim 1326 +\newsymbol\gtrapprox 1327 +\newsymbol\multimap 1328 +\newsymbol\therefore 1329 +\newsymbol\because 132A +\newsymbol\doteqdot 132B + \let\Doteq\doteqdot +\newsymbol\triangleq 132C +\newsymbol\precsim 132D +\newsymbol\lesssim 132E +\newsymbol\lessapprox 132F +\newsymbol\eqslantless 1330 +\newsymbol\eqslantgtr 1331 +\newsymbol\curlyeqprec 1332 +\newsymbol\curlyeqsucc 1333 +\newsymbol\preccurlyeq 1334 +\newsymbol\leqq 1335 +\newsymbol\leqslant 1336 +\newsymbol\lessgtr 1337 +\newsymbol\backprime 1038 +\newsymbol\risingdotseq 133A +\newsymbol\fallingdotseq 133B +\newsymbol\succcurlyeq 133C +\newsymbol\geqq 133D +\newsymbol\geqslant 133E +\newsymbol\gtrless 133F +\newsymbol\sqsubset 1340 +\newsymbol\sqsupset 1341 +\newsymbol\vartriangleright 1342 +\newsymbol\vartriangleleft 1343 +\newsymbol\trianglerighteq 1344 +\newsymbol\trianglelefteq 1345 +\newsymbol\bigstar 1046 +\newsymbol\between 1347 +\newsymbol\blacktriangledown 1048 +\newsymbol\blacktriangleright 1349 +\newsymbol\blacktriangleleft 134A +\newsymbol\vartriangle 134D +\newsymbol\blacktriangle 104E +\newsymbol\triangledown 104F +\newsymbol\eqcirc 1350 +\newsymbol\lesseqgtr 1351 +\newsymbol\gtreqless 1352 +\newsymbol\lesseqqgtr 1353 +\newsymbol\gtreqqless 1354 +\newsymbol\Rrightarrow 1356 +\newsymbol\Lleftarrow 1357 +\newsymbol\veebar 1259 +\newsymbol\barwedge 125A +\newsymbol\doublebarwedge 125B +\undefine\angle +\newsymbol\angle 105C +\newsymbol\measuredangle 105D +\newsymbol\sphericalangle 105E +\newsymbol\varpropto 135F +\newsymbol\smallsmile 1360 +\newsymbol\smallfrown 1361 +\newsymbol\Subset 1362 +\newsymbol\Supset 1363 +\newsymbol\Cup 1264 + \let\doublecup\Cup +\newsymbol\Cap 1265 + \let\doublecap\Cap +\newsymbol\curlywedge 1266 +\newsymbol\curlyvee 1267 +\newsymbol\leftthreetimes 1268 +\newsymbol\rightthreetimes 1269 +\newsymbol\subseteqq 136A +\newsymbol\supseteqq 136B +\newsymbol\bumpeq 136C +\newsymbol\Bumpeq 136D +\newsymbol\lll 136E + \let\llless\lll +\newsymbol\ggg 136F + \let\gggtr\ggg +\newsymbol\circledS 1073 +\newsymbol\pitchfork 1374 +\newsymbol\dotplus 1275 +\newsymbol\backsim 1376 +\newsymbol\backsimeq 1377 +\newsymbol\complement 107B +\newsymbol\intercal 127C +\newsymbol\circledcirc 127D +\newsymbol\circledast 127E +\newsymbol\circleddash 127F +\newsymbol\lvertneqq 2300 +\newsymbol\gvertneqq 2301 +\newsymbol\nleq 2302 +\newsymbol\ngeq 2303 +\newsymbol\nless 2304 +\newsymbol\ngtr 2305 +\newsymbol\nprec 2306 +\newsymbol\nsucc 2307 +\newsymbol\lneqq 2308 +\newsymbol\gneqq 2309 +\newsymbol\nleqslant 230A +\newsymbol\ngeqslant 230B +\newsymbol\lneq 230C +\newsymbol\gneq 230D +\newsymbol\npreceq 230E +\newsymbol\nsucceq 230F +\newsymbol\precnsim 2310 +\newsymbol\succnsim 2311 +\newsymbol\lnsim 2312 +\newsymbol\gnsim 2313 +\newsymbol\nleqq 2314 +\newsymbol\ngeqq 2315 +\newsymbol\precneqq 2316 +\newsymbol\succneqq 2317 +\newsymbol\precnapprox 2318 +\newsymbol\succnapprox 2319 +\newsymbol\lnapprox 231A +\newsymbol\gnapprox 231B +\newsymbol\nsim 231C +\newsymbol\ncong 231D +\newsymbol\diagup 231E +\newsymbol\diagdown 231F +\newsymbol\varsubsetneq 2320 +\newsymbol\varsupsetneq 2321 +\newsymbol\nsubseteqq 2322 +\newsymbol\nsupseteqq 2323 +\newsymbol\subsetneqq 2324 +\newsymbol\supsetneqq 2325 +\newsymbol\varsubsetneqq 2326 +\newsymbol\varsupsetneqq 2327 +\newsymbol\subsetneq 2328 +\newsymbol\supsetneq 2329 +\newsymbol\nsubseteq 232A +\newsymbol\nsupseteq 232B +\newsymbol\nparallel 232C +\newsymbol\nmid 232D +\newsymbol\nshortmid 232E +\newsymbol\nshortparallel 232F +\newsymbol\nvdash 2330 +\newsymbol\nVdash 2331 +\newsymbol\nvDash 2332 +\newsymbol\nVDash 2333 +\newsymbol\ntrianglerighteq 2334 +\newsymbol\ntrianglelefteq 2335 +\newsymbol\ntriangleleft 2336 +\newsymbol\ntriangleright 2337 +\newsymbol\nleftarrow 2338 +\newsymbol\nrightarrow 2339 +\newsymbol\nLeftarrow 233A +\newsymbol\nRightarrow 233B +\newsymbol\nLeftrightarrow 233C +\newsymbol\nleftrightarrow 233D +\newsymbol\divideontimes 223E +\newsymbol\varnothing 203F +\newsymbol\nexists 2040 +\newsymbol\Finv 2060 +\newsymbol\Game 2061 +\newsymbol\mho 2066 +\newsymbol\eth 2067 +\newsymbol\eqsim 2368 +\newsymbol\beth 2069 +\newsymbol\gimel 206A +\newsymbol\daleth 206B +\newsymbol\lessdot 236C +\newsymbol\gtrdot 236D +\newsymbol\ltimes 226E +\newsymbol\rtimes 226F +\newsymbol\shortmid 2370 +\newsymbol\shortparallel 2371 +\newsymbol\smallsetminus 2272 +\newsymbol\thicksim 2373 +\newsymbol\thickapprox 2374 +\newsymbol\approxeq 2375 +\newsymbol\succapprox 2376 +\newsymbol\precapprox 2377 +\newsymbol\curvearrowleft 2378 +\newsymbol\curvearrowright 2379 +\newsymbol\digamma 207A +\newsymbol\varkappa 207B +\newsymbol\Bbbk 207C +\newsymbol\hslash 207D +\undefine\hbar +\newsymbol\hbar 207E +\newsymbol\backepsilon 237F + +%D Restore the catcode value for @ that was previously saved. + +\catcode`\@=\csname pre amssym.tex at\endcsname + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f642f5ca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,502 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-cmr, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Computer Modern, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D The Computer Modern Roman is derived from the Monotype~8a +%D Times Roman. In this module, that is loaded by default, we +%D define all relevant alternatives. + +\definecorps [12pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr12, + bf=cmbx12, + it=cmti12, + sl=cmsl12, + bi=cmbxti10 at 12pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 12pt, + tfa=cmr12 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr12 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr12 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr12 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 12pt] + +\definecorps [12pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss12, + bf=cmssbx10 at 12pt, + it=cmssi12, + sl=cmssi12, + bi=cmssbx10 at 12pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 12pt, + tfa=cmss12 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmss12 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmss12 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmss12 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmss10] + +\definecorps [12pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt12, + sl=cmsltt10 at 12pt, + it=cmitt10 at 12pt, + tfa=cmtt12 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmtt12 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmtt12 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmtt12 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [12pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 12pt, + mi=cmmi12, + sy=cmsy10 at 12pt] + +\definecorps [12pt] [hw] + [tf=cmtt12] + +\definecorps [12pt] [cg] + [tf=cmtt12] + +\definecorps [11pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr10 at 11pt, + bf=cmbx10 at 11pt, + sl=cmsl10 at 11pt, + it=cmti10 at 11pt, + bi=cmbxti10 at 11pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 11pt, + tfa=cmr9 scaled \magstep2, + tfb=cmr9 scaled \magstep3, + tfc=cmr9 scaled \magstep4, + tfd=cmr9 scaled \magstep5, + sc=cmcsc10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [11pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10 at 11pt, + bf=cmssbx10 at 11pt, + it=cmssi10 at 11pt, + sl=cmssi10 at 11pt, + bi=cmssbx10 at 11pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 11pt, + tfa=cmss9 scaled \magstep2, + tfb=cmss9 scaled \magstep3, + tfc=cmss9 scaled \magstep4, + tfd=cmss9 scaled \magstep5, + sc=cmss9] + +\definecorps [11pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10 at 11pt, + sl=cmsltt10 at 11pt, + it=cmitt10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [11pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 11pt, + mi=cmmi10 at 11pt, + sy=cmsy10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [11pt] [hw] + [tf=cmtt10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [11pt] [cg] + [tf=cmtt10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [10pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr10, + bf=cmbx10, + it=cmti10, + sl=cmsl10, + bi=cmbxti10, + bs=cmbxsl10, + tfa=cmr10 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr10 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr10 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr10 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10] + +\definecorps [10pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10, + bf=cmssbx10, + it=cmssi10, + sl=cmssi10, + bi=cmssbx10, + bs=cmssbx10, + tfa=cmss10 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmss10 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmss10 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmss10 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmss8] + +\definecorps [10pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10, + sl=cmsltt10, + it=cmitt10, + tfa=cmtt10 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmtt10 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmtt10 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmtt10 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [10pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10, + mi=cmmi10, + sy=cmsy10] + +\definecorps [10pt] [hw] + [tf=cmtt10] + +\definecorps [10pt] [cg] + [tf=cmtt10] + +\definecorps [9pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr9, + bf=cmbx9, + it=cmti9, + sl=cmsl9, + bi=cmbxti10 at 9pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 9pt, + tfa=cmr9 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr9 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr9 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr9 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 9pt] + +\definecorps [9pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss9, + bf=cmssbx10 at 9pt, + it=cmssi9, + sl=cmssi9, + bi=cmssbx10 at 9pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 9pt, + tfa=cmss9 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmss9 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmss9 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmss9 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmss10 at 7pt] + +\definecorps [9pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt9, + sl=cmsltt10 at 9pt, + it=cmitt10 at 9pt] + +\definecorps [9pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 9pt, + mi=cmmi9, + sy=cmsy9] + +\definecorps [9pt] [hw] + [tf=cmtt9] + +\definecorps [9pt] [cg] + [tf=cmtt9] + +\definecorps [8pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr8, + bf=cmbx8, + it=cmti8, + sl=cmsl8, + bi=cmbxti10 at 8pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 8pt, + tfa=cmr8 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr8 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr8 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr8 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 8pt] + +\definecorps [8pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss8, + bf=cmssbx10 at 8pt, + it=cmssi8, + sl=cmssi8, + bi=cmssbx10 at 8pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 8pt, + tfa=cmss8 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmss8 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmss8 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmss8 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmss10 at 6pt] + +\definecorps [8pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt8, + sl=cmsltt10 at 8pt, + it=cmitt10 at 8pt] + +\definecorps [8pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 8pt, + mi=cmmi8, + sy=cmsy8] + +\definecorps [8pt] [hw] + [tf=cmtt8] + +\definecorps [8pt] [cg] + [tf=cmtt8] + +\definecorps [7pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr7, + bf=cmbx7, + it=cmti10 at 7pt, + sl=cmsl10 at 7pt, + bi=cmbxti10 at 7pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 7pt, + tfa=cmr7 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr7 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr7 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr7 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 7pt] + +\definecorps [7pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10 at 7pt, + bf=cmssbx10 at 7pt, + it=cmssi10 at 7pt, + sl=cmssi10 at 7pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 7pt, + bi=cmssbx10 at 7pt, + tfa=cmss8, % scaled 1000, + tfb=cmss8 scaled \magstep1, + tfc=cmss8 scaled \magstep2, + tfd=cmss8 scaled \magstep3, + sc=cmss10 at 5pt] + +\definecorps [7pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10 at 7pt, + sl=cmsltt10 at 7pt, + it=cmitt10 at 7pt] + +\definecorps [7pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 7pt, + mi=cmmi7, + sy=cmsy7] + +\definecorps [6pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr6, + bf=cmbx6, + it=cmti10 at 6pt, + sl=cmsl10 at 6pt, + bi=cmbxti10 at 6pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 6pt, + tfa=cmr6 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr6 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr6 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr6 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 6pt] + +\definecorps [6pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10 at 6pt, + bf=cmssbx10 at 6pt, + it=cmssi10 at 6pt, + sl=cmssi10 at 6pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 6pt, + bi=cmssbx10 at 6pt, + sc=cmss10 at 4pt] + +\definecorps [6pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10 at 6pt, + sl=cmsltt10 at 6pt, + it=cmitt10 at 6pt] + +\definecorps [6pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 6pt, + mi=cmmi6, + sy=cmsy6] + +\definecorps [5pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr5, + bf=cmbx5, + it=cmti10 at 5pt, + sl=cmsl10 at 5pt, + bi=cmbxti10 at 5pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 5pt, + tfa=cmr5 scaled \magstep1, + tfb=cmr5 scaled \magstep2, + tfc=cmr5 scaled \magstep3, + tfd=cmr5 scaled \magstep4, + sc=cmcsc10 at 5pt] + +\definecorps [5pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10 at 5pt, + bf=cmssbx10 at 5pt, + it=cmssi10 at 5pt, + sl=cmssi10 at 5pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 5pt, + bi=cmssbx10 at 5pt, + sc=cmss10 at 3pt] + +\definecorps [5pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10 at 5pt, + sl=cmsltt10 at 5pt, + it=cmitt10 at 5pt] + +\definecorps [5pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 5pt, + mi=cmmi5, + sy=cmsy5] + +\definecorps [4pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr10 at 4pt, + bf=cmbx10 at 4pt, + it=cmti10 at 4pt, + sl=cmsl10 at 4pt, + bi=cmbxti10 at 4pt, + bs=cmbxsl10 at 4pt, + sc=cmr10 at 4pt] + +\definecorps [4pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss10 at 4pt, + bf=cmssbx10 at 4pt, + it=cmssi10 at 4pt, + sl=cmssi10 at 4pt, + bs=cmssbx10 at 4pt, + bi=cmssbx10 at 4pt, + sc=cmss10 at 4pt] + +\definecorps [4pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt10 at 4pt, + sl=cmsltt10 at 4pt, + it=cmitt10 at 4pt] + +\definecorps [4pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 at 4pt, + mi=cmmi10 at 4pt, + sy=cmsy10 at 4pt] + +%D We also define some large alternatives that can be used for +%D titlepages and section headings. + +\definecorps [12pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx12 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx12 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx12 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx12 scaled \magstep4, + ita=cmti12 scaled \magstep1, + itb=cmti12 scaled \magstep2, + itc=cmti12 scaled \magstep3, + itd=cmti12 scaled \magstep4, + sla=cmsl12 scaled \magstep1, + slb=cmsl12 scaled \magstep2, + slc=cmsl12 scaled \magstep3, + sld=cmsl12 scaled \magstep4, + bsa=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep2, + bsb=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep3, + bsc=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep4, + bsd=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep5, + sca=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep2, + scb=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep3, + scc=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep4, + scd=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep5] + +\definecorps [11pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx9 scaled \magstep2, + bfb=cmbx9 scaled \magstep3, + bfc=cmbx9 scaled \magstep4, + bfd=cmbx9 scaled \magstep5, + ita=cmti9 scaled \magstep2, + itb=cmti9 scaled \magstep3, + itc=cmti9 scaled \magstep4, + itd=cmsl9 scaled \magstep5, + sla=cmsl9 scaled \magstep2, + slb=cmsl9 scaled \magstep3, + slc=cmsl9 scaled \magstep4, + sld=cmsl9 scaled \magstep5, + sca=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep2, + scb=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep3, + scc=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep4, + scd=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep5] + +\definecorps [10pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx10 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx10 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx10 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx10 scaled \magstep4, + sla=cmsl10 scaled \magstep1, + slb=cmsl10 scaled \magstep2, + slc=cmsl10 scaled \magstep3, + sld=cmsl10 scaled \magstep4, + bsa=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep1, + bsb=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep2, + bsc=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep3, + bsd=cmbxsl10 scaled \magstep4, + sca=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep1, + scb=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep2, + scc=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep3, + scd=cmcsc10 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [9pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx9 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx9 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx9 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx9 scaled \magstep4, + ita=cmti9 scaled \magstep1, + itb=cmti9 scaled \magstep2, + itc=cmti9 scaled \magstep3, + itd=cmti9 scaled \magstep4, + sla=cmsl9 scaled \magstep1, + slb=cmsl9 scaled \magstep2, + slc=cmsl9 scaled \magstep3, + sld=cmsl9 scaled \magstep4, + sca=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep1, + scb=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep2, + scc=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep3, + scd=cmcsc9 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [8pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx8 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx8 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx8 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx8 scaled \magstep4, + sca=cmcsc8 scaled \magstep1, + scb=cmcsc8 scaled \magstep2, + scc=cmcsc8 scaled \magstep3, + scd=cmcsc8 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [7pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx7 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx7 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx7 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx7 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [6pt] [rm] + [bfa=cmbx6 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmbx6 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmbx6 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmbx6 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [12pt] [ss] + [bfa=cmss12 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmss12 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmss12 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmss12 scaled \magstep4, + sla=cmssi10 scaled \magstep2, + slb=cmssi10 scaled \magstep3, + slc=cmssi10 scaled \magstep4, + sld=cmssi10 scaled \magstep5, + bsa=cmssi10 scaled \magstep2, + bsb=cmssi10 scaled \magstep3, + bsc=cmssi10 scaled \magstep4, + bsd=cmssi10 scaled \magstep5] + +\definecorps [10pt] [ss] + [bfa=cmss10 scaled \magstep1, + bfb=cmss10 scaled \magstep2, + bfc=cmss10 scaled \magstep3, + bfd=cmss10 scaled \magstep4, + sla=cmssi10 scaled \magstep1, + slb=cmssi10 scaled \magstep2, + slc=cmssi10 scaled \magstep3, + sld=cmssi10 scaled \magstep4, + bsa=cmssi10 scaled \magstep1, + bsb=cmssi10 scaled \magstep2, + bsc=cmssi10 scaled \magstep3, + bsd=cmssi10 scaled \magstep4] + +\definecorps [12pt] [tt] + [sla=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep2, + slb=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep3, + slc=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep4, + sld=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep5] + +\definecorps [10pt] [tt] + [sla=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep1, + slb=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep2, + slc=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep3, + sld=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep4] + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-con.tex b/tex/context/base/font-con.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d4c7d5a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-con.tex @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-con, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Concrete Roman, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D The Concrete Modern Roman is just an alternative Computer +%D Modern Roman. + +\definecorps [12pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr10 at 12pt, % scaled \magstep1 + it=ccti10 at 12pt, % scaled \magstep1 + sl=ccsl10 at 12pt, % scaled \magstep1 + sc=cccsc10 at 12pt] % scaled \magstep1 + +\definecorps [11pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr10 at 11pt, % scaled \magstephalf + it=ccti10 at 11pt, % scaled \magstephalf + sl=ccsl10 at 11pt, % scaled \magstephalf + sc=cccsc10 at 11pt] % scaled \magstephalf + +\definecorps [10pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr10, + it=ccti10, + sl=ccsl10, + sc=cccsc10] + +\definecorps [9pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr9, + it=ccr9, + sl=ccr9, + sc=ccr9] + +\definecorps [8pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr8, + it=ccr8, + sl=ccr8, + sc=ccr8] + +\definecorps [7pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr7, + it=ccr7, + sl=ccr7, + sc=ccr7] + +\definecorps [6pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr6, + it=ccr6, + sl=ccr6, + sc=ccr6] + +\definecorps [5pt] [rm] + [tf=ccr5, + it=ccr5, + sl=ccr5, + sc=ccr5] + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex b/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a219dc4c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-eul, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Euler, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D The Euler Fonts are designed by Herman Zapf and can be +%D used with the Concrete Fonts defined elsewhere. + +\definecorps [12pt] [mm] % scaled \magstep1 + [mi=eurm10 at 12pt, + ex=euex10 at 12pt, + ma=euex10 at 12pt, + mb=eusm10 at 12pt, + mc=eufm10 at 12pt] + +\definecorps [11pt] [mm] % scaled \magstephalf + [mi=eurm10 at 11pt, + ex=euex10 at 11pt, + ma=euex10 at 11pt, + mb=eusm10 at 11pt, + mc=eufm10 at 11pt] + +\definecorps [10pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm10, + ex=euex10, + ma=euex10, + mb=eusm10, + mc=eufm10] + +\definecorps [9pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm10 at 9pt, + ex=euex10 at 9pt, + ma=euex10 at 9pt, + mb=eusm10 at 9pt, + mc=eufm10 at 9pt] + +\definecorps [8pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm7 at 8pt, + ex=euex10 at 8pt, + ma=euex10 at 8pt, + mb=eusm7 at 8pt, + mc=eufm7 at 8pt] + +\definecorps [7pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm7, + ex=euex10 at 7pt, + ma=euex10 at 7pt, + mb=eusm7, + mc=eufm7] + +\definecorps [6pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm7 at 6pt, + ex=euex10 at 6pt, + ma=euex10 at 6pt, + mb=eusm7 at 6pt, + mc=eufm7 at 6pt] + +\definecorps [5pt] [mm] + [mi=eurm5, + ex=euex10 at 5pt, + ma=euex10 at 5pt, + mb=eusm5, + mc=eufm5] + +%D Here we copy part of the files that are distributed along +%D with these fonts, but first we define some extra families. + +\let\exfam=\mafam % was A +\let\smfam=\mbfam % was 8 +\let\fmfam=\mcfam % was 9 + +\let\hexexfam=\hexmafam +\let\hexsmfam=\hexmbfam +\let\hexfmfam=\hexmcfam + +%D Now we're up to the redefinitions. + +\mathcode`0="7130 +\mathcode`1="7131 +\mathcode`2="7132 +\mathcode`3="7133 +\mathcode`4="7134 +\mathcode`5="7135 +\mathcode`6="7136 +\mathcode`7="7137 +\mathcode`8="7138 +\mathcode`9="7139 + +\mathchardef\intop ="1\hexexfam 52 +\mathchardef\ointop ="1\hexexfam 48 +\mathchardef\coprod ="1\hexexfam 60 +\mathchardef\prod ="1\hexexfam 51 +\mathchardef\sum ="1\hexexfam 50 +\mathchardef\braceld ="\hexexfam 7A +\mathchardef\bracerd ="\hexexfam 7B +\mathchardef\bracelu ="\hexexfam 7C +\mathchardef\braceru ="\hexexfam 7D +\mathchardef\infty ="0\hexexfam 31 + +\mathchardef\nearrow ="3\hexexfam 25 +\mathchardef\searrow ="3\hexexfam 26 +\mathchardef\nwarrow ="3\hexexfam 2D +\mathchardef\swarrow ="3\hexexfam 2E +\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow ="3\hexexfam 2C +\mathchardef\Leftarrow ="3\hexexfam 28 +\mathchardef\Rightarrow ="3\hexexfam 29 +\mathchardef\leftrightarrow ="3\hexexfam 24 +\mathchardef\leftarrow ="3\hexexfam 20 +\mathchardef\rightarrow ="3\hexexfam 21 + +\let\gets =\leftarrow +\let\to =\rightarrow + +\mathcode`\^^W ="3\hexexfam 24 +\mathcode`\^^X ="3\hexexfam 20 +\mathcode`\^^Y ="3\hexexfam 21 +\mathcode`\^^K ="3\hexexfam 22 +\mathcode`\^^A ="3\hexexfam 23 + +\def\uparrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 22378 } +\def\downarrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 23379 } +\def\updownarrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 6C33F } +\def\Uparrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 2A37E } +\def\Downarrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 2B37F } +\def\Updownarrow {\delimiter"3\hexexfam 6D377 } + +\mathchardef\leftharpoonup ="3\hexexfam 18 +\mathchardef\leftharpoondown ="3\hexexfam 19 +\mathchardef\rightharpoonup ="3\hexexfam 1A +\mathchardef\rightharpoondown ="3\hexexfam 1B + +\mathcode`+="2\hexfmfam 2B +\mathcode`-="2\hexfmfam 2D +\mathcode`!="0\hexfmfam 21 +\mathcode`(="4\hexfmfam 28 \delcode`(="\hexfmfam 28300 +\mathcode`)="5\hexfmfam 29 \delcode`)="\hexfmfam 29301 +\mathcode`[="4\hexfmfam 5B \delcode`[="\hexfmfam 5B302 +\mathcode`]="5\hexfmfam 5D \delcode`]="\hexfmfam 5D303 +\mathcode`=="3\hexfmfam 3D + +\mathchardef\Relbar ="303D % we need the old = to match \Arrows +\mathchardef\Gamma ="7100 +\mathchardef\Delta ="7101 +\mathchardef\Theta ="7102 +\mathchardef\Lambda ="7103 +\mathchardef\Xi ="7104 +\mathchardef\Pi ="7105 +\mathchardef\Sigma ="7106 +\mathchardef\Upsilon ="7107 +\mathchardef\Phi ="7108 +\mathchardef\Psi ="7109 +\mathchardef\Omega ="710A + +\let\varsigma =\sigma % Euler doesn't have these +\let\varrho =\rho % Euler doesn't have these +\mathchardef\aleph ="0D40 + +\def\rbrace {\delimiter"5\hexsmfam 67A09 } \let\}=\rbrace +\def\lbrace {\delimiter"4\hexsmfam 66A08 } \let\{=\lbrace + +\mathchardef\leq ="3\hexsmfam 14 \let\le=\leq +\mathchardef\geq ="3\hexsmfam 15 \let\ge=\geq +\mathchardef\Re ="0\hexsmfam 3C +\mathchardef\Im ="0\hexsmfam 3D + +\def\vert {\delimiter"\hexsmfam 6A30C } +\def\backslash {\delimiter"\hexsmfam 6E30F } + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..228fa0e39 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2548 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-ini, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros (ini)} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: fonts + title: korps + 1: codering --, groepeer zonodig + 2: variant -- wordt geladen + 3: onbekende variant -- + 4: korps -- is niet gedefinieerd + 5: stijl -- is niet gedefinieerd + 6: -- wordt geladen + 7: onbekend formaat -- + 8: stijl -- gedefinieerd +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: fonts + title: corps + 1: coding --, one could use grouping + 2: variant -- is loaded + 3: unknown variant -- + 4: corps -- is not defined + 5: style -- is not defined + 6: -- is loaded + 7: unknown format -- + 8: style -- defined +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: fonts + title: Fliesstext + 1: Kodierung --, Gruppierung moeglich + 2: Variante -- ist geladen + 3: Unbekannte Variante -- + 4: Fliesstext -- ist nicht definiert + 5: Stil -- ist nicht definiert + 6: -- ist geladen + 7: unbekanntes Format -- + 8: Stil -- definiert +\stopmessages + +%D This module is one of the oldest modules of \CONTEXT. The +%D macros below evolved out of the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ macros and +%D therefore use a similar naming scheme (\type{\rm}, +%D \type{\bf}, etc). This module grew out of our needs. We +%D started with the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ definitions, generalized the +%D underlaying macros, and extended those to a level at which +%D probably no one will ever recognize them. +%D +%D One important characteristic of the font mechanism presented +%D here is the postponing of font loading. This makes it +%D possible to distribute \type{fmt} files without bothering +%D about the specific breed of \type{tfm} files. +%D +%D Another feature implemented here is the massive switching +%D from roman to {\ss sans serif}, {\tt teletype} or else. This +%D means one doesn't have to take care of all kind of relations +%D between fonts. + +%D \macros +%D {rm,ss,tt,hw,cg} +%D +%D Fonts are defined in separate files. When we define a font, +%D we distinguish between several styles. In most cases we will +%D use: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC roman \NC \type{\rm} \NC\FR +%D \NC sansserif \NC \type{\ss} \NC\MR +%D \NC type \NC \type{\tt} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The number of styles is not limited to these three. When +%D using Lucida Bright we can for instance also define: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC handwritten \NC \type{\hw} \NC\FR +%D \NC calligraphy \NC \type{\cg} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Anyone who feels the need, can define additional ones, like +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC faxfont \NC \type{\ff} \NC\FR +%D \NC blackboard \NC \type{\bb} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Or even +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC hebrew \NC \type{\hb} \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Styles are grouped in font sets. At the moment there are +%D three main sets defined: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC Computer Modern Roman \NC Knuth \NC \type{cmr} \NC\FR +%D \NC Lucida Bright \NC Bigelow \& Holmes \NC \type{lbr} \NC\MR +%D \NC Standard Postscript Fonts \NC Adobe \NC \type{pos} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D There are also some Computer Modern Roman alternatives: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC Computer Modern Roman \NC Knuth \& Sauter \NC \type{sau} \NC\FR +%D \NC Euler fonts \NC Zapf \NC \type{eul} \NC\MR +%D \NC Computer Modern Concrete \NC Knuth \& Zapf \NC \type{con} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D All these definitions are ordered in files with names like +%D \type{font-cmr} and \type{font-pos}, where the last three +%D characters specifiy the name as known to \CONTEXT. +%D +%D Within such a font set (\type{cmr}) and style (\type{\rm}) +%D we can define a number of text font alternatives: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC typeface \NC \type{\tf} \NC\FR +%D \NC boldface \NC \type{\bf} \NC\MR +%D \NC slanted \NC \type{\sl} \NC\MR +%D \NC italic \NC \type{\it} \NC\MR +%D \NC boldslanted \NC \type{\bs} \NC\MR +%D \NC bolditalic \NC \type{\bi} \NC\MR +%D \NC smallcaps \NC \type{\sc} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie + +%D The more primitive is (still) predefined: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC oldstyle \NC \type{\os} \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The availability of these alternatives depends on the +%D completeness of a font family and of course the definitions +%D in the font files. +%D +%D But let's not forget math. In addition to the previous \TEX\ +%D families (the mysterious \type{\fam}'s) we've got some more: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l||] +%D \HL +%D \NC Math Roman \NC \type{\mr} \NC\FR +%D \NC Math Italic \NC \type{\mi} \NC\MR +%D \NC Math Symbol \NC \type{\sy} \NC\MR +%D \NC Math Extra \NC \type{\ex} \NC\MR +%D \NC Math A \NC \type{\ma} \NC\MR +%D \NC Math B \NC \type{\mb} \NC\MR +%D \NC Math C \NC \type{\mc} \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Users can call for specific fonts in many ways. Switches to +%D other typefaces, like the switch from normal to bold, are as +%D intuitive as possible, which means that all dependant fonts +%D also switch. One can imagine that this takes quite some +%D processing time. +%D +%D Internally fonts are stored as combination of size, style +%D and alternative, e.g. \type{12pt}+\type{\ss}+\type{\bf}. +%D Users are not confronted with sizes, but use the style or +%D style+alternative to activate them. +%D +%D During the definition of a corps one can also declare the +%D available larger alternatives: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \tf \tfa \tfb \tfc ... +%D \bf \bfa \bfb \bfc ... +%D \sl \sla \slb \slc ... +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The smaller ones are automatically supplied and derived from +%D the the corps environment. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \tfx \tfxx +%D \bfx \bfxx +%D \slx \slxx +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D There are only two smaller alternatives per style. The +%D larger alternatives on the other hand have no limitations. +%D +%D These larger alternatives are mostly used in chapter and +%D section titles or on title pages. When one switches to a +%D larger alternative, the bold an other ones automatically +%D adapt themselves: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \tfd Hi \bf there\sl, here \tfb I \bf am +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%S \startsmaller +%D \typebuffer +%S \stopsmaller +%D +%D therefore becomes: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Maybe this mechanism isn't always as logic, but as said +%D before, we tried to make it as intuitive as possible. +%D +%D So a specific kind of glyph can be characterized by: +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D family (cmr) + corps (12pt) + style (rm) + alternative (bf) + size (a) +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D The last component (the size) is optional. +%D +%D We introduced \type{\tf} as command to call for the current +%D normally sized typeface. This commands results in roman, +%D sans serif, teletype or whatever style is in charge. Such +%D rather massive switches of style sometimes take more +%D processing time than comfortable. Of course there is a +%D workaround for this: we can call fonts directly by means of +%D commands like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \rmtf \sssl \tttf \rmbsa +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One should realize that this fast calls have limitations, +%D they lack for instance automatic super- and subscript +%D support. +%D +%D This leaves us two more commands: \type{\tx} and +%D \type{\txx}. These activate a smaller and even more smaller +%D font than the current one and adapt themselves to the +%D current alternative, so when \type{\bf} is active, +%D \type{\tx} gives a smaller boldface, which in turn can be +%D called directly by \type{\bfx}. +%D +%D These two smaller alternatives are specified by the corps +%D environment and therefore not necessarily have similar sizes +%D as \type{\scriptsize} and \type{\scriptscriptsize}. The main +%D reason for this incompatibility (which can easily be undone) +%D lays in the fact that we often want a bit bigger characters +%D than in math mode. In \CONTEXT\ for instance the \type{\tx} +%D and \type{\txx} commands are used for surrogate +%D \kap{smallcaps} which support both nesting and alternatives, +%D like in {\bf\kap{a \kap{small} world}}, which was typeset by +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \bf\kap{a \kap{small} world} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And compare $\rm \scriptstyle THIS$ with the slightly larger +%D \kap{THIS}: \ruledhbox{$\rm \scriptstyle\ scriptstyle THIS$} +%D or \ruledhbox{\kap{THIS x style}} makes a big difference. + +%D \macros +%D {mf} +%D +%D Math fonts are a species in their own. They are tightly +%D hooked into smaller and even smaller ones of similar breed +%D to form a tight family. Let's first see how these are +%D related: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+ \bi x^2 =\rm 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+{\bi x^2}=\rm 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+ \bi x^2 =\tf 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+{\bi x^2}=\tf 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+ \bi x^2 =\bf 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+{\bi x^2}=\bf 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+ \bi x^2 =\sl 6x^2$ +%D $\tf x^2+\bf x^2+\sl x^2+\it x^2+\bs x^2+{\bi x^2}=\sl 6x^2$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Gives both an expected and unexpected result: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D We see here that the character shapes change accordingly to +%D the current family, but that the symbols are always typeset +%D in the font assigned to \type{\fam0}. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D $\tf\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D $\bf\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D $\sl\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D $\bs\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D $\it\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D $\bi\mf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = 6x^2$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D In this example we see a new command \type{\mf} surface +%D which means as much as {\em math font}. This commands +%D reactivates the last font alternative and therefore equals +%D \type{\bf}, \type{\sl} etc. but by default it equals +%D \type{\tf}: + +\def\mf{\tf} + +%D The previous example was typeset saying: +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Beware: the exact location of \type{\mf} is not that +%D important, we could as well has said +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D $\bf x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 + x^2 = \mf 6x^2$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D This is due to the way \TEX\ handles fonts in math mode. +%D +%D Of course we'll have to redefine \type{\mf} every time we +%D change the current \type{\fam}. + +%D \macros +%D {mbox,enablembox,mathop} +%D +%D Now how can we put this to use? Will the next sequence +%D give the desired result? +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D $\bf x^2 + \hbox{\mf whatever} + \sin(2x)$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D It won't! +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \let\mathop=\normalmathop \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D The reason for this is that \type{\sin} is defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\sin{\mathop{\rm sin}\nolimits} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can fix this by defining + +\let\normalmathop=\mathop + +\def\mathop% + {\normalmathop + \bgroup + \let\rm=\mf + \let\next=} + +%D Of course this can be fixed, if not by a very dirty trick: +%D redefining the \TEX\ primitive \type{\hbox}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \let\normalhbox=\hbox +%D +%D \def\hbox% +%D {\ifmmode\mbox\else\normalhbox\fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D With +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\mbox#1#% +%D {\normalhbox#1\bgroup\mf\let\next=} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or more robust, that is, also accepting \type{\hbox\bgroup}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\mbox% +%D {\normalhbox\bgroup\mf +%D \dowithnextbox{\box\nextbox\egroup}% +%D \normalhbox} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And now: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D $\bf x^2 + \hbox{whatever} + \sin(2x)$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Indeed gives: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \enablembox\haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D But, do we want this kind of trickery to be activated? No, +%D simply because we cannot be sure of incompatibilties, +%D although for instance unboxing goes ok. Therefore we +%D introduce: + +\def\normalmbox% + {\normalhbox\bgroup\mf + \dowithnextbox{\box\nextbox\egroup}\normalhbox} + +\def\mbox% + {\ifmmode\normalmbox\else\normalhbox\fi} + +\def\enablembox% + {\appendtoks + \let\normalhbox=\hbox + \let\hbox=\mbox + \to\everymath} + +%D So in fact one can enable feature if needed. I would say: +%D go along, but use grouping if needed! + +%D \macros +%D {mrfam,mifam,syfam,exfam, +%D bsfam,bifam,scfam,tffam, +%D mafam,mbfam,msfam} +%D +%D After this short mathematical excursion, we enter the world +%D of fonts and fontswitching. We start with something very +%D \TEX: \type{\fam} specified font families. \TEX\ uses +%D families for managing fonts in math mode. Such a family has +%D three members: text, script and scriptscript: $x^{y^z}$. In +%D \CONTEXT\ we take a bit different approach than \PLAIN\ +%D \TEX\ does. \PLAIN\ \TEX\ needs at least four families for +%D typesetting math. We use those but give them symbolic names. + +\def\mrfam{0} % 0 (Plain TeX) Math Roman +\def\mifam{1} % 1 (Plain TeX) Math Italic +\def\syfam{2} % 2 (Plain TeX) Math Symbol +\def\exfam{3} % 3 (Plain TeX) Math Extra + +%D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ also defines families for {\it italic}, {\sl +%D slanted} and {\bf bold} typefaces, so we don't have to +%D define them here. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \itfam % 4 (Plain TeX) Italic +%D \slfam % 5 (Plain TeX) Slanted +%D \bffam % 6 (Plain TeX) Boldface +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Family~7 in \PLAIN\ \TEX\ is not used in \CONTEXT, because +%D we do massive switches from roman to sans serif, teletype or +%D other faces. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ttfam % 7 (Plain TeX) can be reused! +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We define ourselves some more families for {\bs bold +%D slanted}, {\bi bold italic} and {\sc Small Caps}, so +%D we can use them in math mode too. Instead of separate +%D families for {\ss sans serif} and \type{teletype} we use the +%D more general \type{\tffam}, which stands for typeface. + +\newfam\bsfam % 8 (ConTeXt) BoldSlanted +\newfam\bifam % 9 (ConTeXt) BoldItalic +\newfam\scfam % A (ConTeXt) SmallCaps +\newfam\tffam % B (ConTeXt) TypeFace + +%D Normally \type{\mrfam} equals \type{\tffam}, but a more +%D distinctive alternatives are possible, for instance the +%D Euler and Concrete Typefaces. +%D +%D After having defined all those in nature non||mathematical +%D families, we define ourselves some real math ones. These are +%D needed for the \AMS\ Symbol Fonts and Extended Lucida +%D Bright. + +\newfam\mafam % C (ConTeXt) Math A Fam (AmsTeX A) +\newfam\mbfam % D (ConTeXt) Math B Fam (AmsTeX B) +\newfam\mcfam % E (ConTeXt) Math C Fam + +%D Because there are 16~families and because \type{\ttfam} +%D isn't used, at the moment we have two families left:~7 +%D and~F. +%D +%D To ease the support of font packages, we als define +%D shortcuts to these familynames. This is necessary because +%D the family names are in fact \type{\chardef}'s, which means +%D that we're dealing with numbers (one can check this by +%D applying \type{\showthe} and \type{\show}). In the +%D specification of math symbols however we need hexadecimal +%D numbers, so we have to convert the \type{\fam}'s value. + +\def\hexnumber#1% + {\ifcase#1 + 0\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or7\or8\or9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F% + \fi} + +\edef\hexmrfam {\hexnumber\mrfam} \edef\hexbsfam {\hexnumber\bsfam} +\edef\hexmifam {\hexnumber\mifam} \edef\hexbifam {\hexnumber\bifam} +\edef\hexsyfam {\hexnumber\syfam} \edef\hexscfam {\hexnumber\scfam} +\edef\hexexfam {\hexnumber\exfam} \edef\hextffam {\hexnumber\tffam} +\edef\hexitfam {\hexnumber\itfam} \edef\hexmafam {\hexnumber\mafam} +\edef\hexslfam {\hexnumber\slfam} \edef\hexmbfam {\hexnumber\mbfam} +\edef\hexbffam {\hexnumber\bffam} \edef\hexmcfam {\hexnumber\mcfam} + +%D We define some (very private) constants to improve speed, +%D memory usage and consistency. + +\def\@plain@ {@f@pl@} % plain TeX encoding vector +\def\@size@ {@f@si@} % corps size prefix (12pt etc) +\def\@style@ {@f@st@} % full style prefix (roman etc) +\def\@shortstyle@ {@f@sh@} % short style prefix (rm etc) +\def\@letter@ {@f@le@} % first alternative typeface +\def\@noletter@ {@f@no@} % second alternative typeface + +%D We also define a list of all text (i.e.\ non math symbol) +%D families. I considered using something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\familylist% +%D {\do\c!tf\do\c!sl\do\c!it\do\c!bf\do\c!bs\do\c!bi\do\c!sc} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D By assigning \type{\do} some suitable meaning one can +%D process such lists quite fast. The current implementation +%D uses the commalist processing macros and is not that +%D slow either. + +\def\familylist% + {\c!tf,\c!sl,\c!it,\c!bf,\c!bs,\c!bi,\c!sc} + +%D All used styles, like rm, ss and tt, are saved in a comma +%D separated list. Appart from practical limitations one can +%D define as many styles as needed, but first we + +\let\stylelist=\empty + +%D Further on we have to take some precautions when dealing +%D with special characters like~\type{~}, \type{_} +%D and~\type{^}, so let us define ourselve some handy macros +%D first. + +\def\protectfontcharacters% + {\catcode`\~=\@@letter + \catcode`\_=\@@letter + \catcode`\^=\@@letter\relax} + +\def\unprotectfontcharacters% + {\catcode`\~=\@@active + \catcode`\_=\@@subscript + \catcode`\^=\@@superscript\relax} + +%D The completeness of the Computer Modern Roman typefaces +%D makes clear how incomplete other faces are. To honour 7~bit +%D \ASCII, these fonts were designed using only the first 127 +%D values of the 256 ones that can be presented by one byte. +%D Nowadays 8~bit character codings are more common, mainly +%D because they permit us to predefine some composed +%D characters, which are needed in most european languages. +%D +%D Supporting more than the standard \TEX\ encoding vector +%D |<|which in itself is far from standard and differs per +%D font|>| puts a burden on the fonts mechanism. The \CONTEXT\ +%D mechanism is far from complete, but can handle several +%D schemes at once. The main problem lays in the accented +%D characters and ligatures like~ff, although handling +%D ligatures is not the responsibility of this module. +%D +%D By default, we use \PLAIN\ \TEX's approach of placing +%D accents. All other schemes sooner or later give problems +%D when we distribute \DVI||files are distributed across +%D machines and platforms. Nevertheless, we have to take care +%D of different encoding vectors, which tell us where to find +%D the characters we need. This means that all kind of +%D character placement macro's like \type{\"} and \type{\ae} +%D have to be implemented and adapted in a way that suits +%D these vectors. +%D +%D The main difference between different vector is the way +%D accents are ordered and/or the availability of prebuilt +%D accented characters. Accented characters can for instance be +%D called for by sequences like \type{\"e}. Here the \type{\"} +%D is defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\"#1{{\accent"7F #1}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro places the accent \accent"7F {} on top of an~e +%D gives \"e. Some fonts however can have prebuild accents and +%D use a more direct approach like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\"#1{\if#1e\char 235\else ... \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The latter approach is not used in \CONTEXT, because we +%D store relevant combinations of accents and characters in +%D individual macros. + +%D We define character substitutes and commands with definition +%D commands like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startcoding[texnansi] +%D +%D \defineaccent " a 228 +%D \defineaccent ^ e 234 +%D \defineaccent ' {\dotlessi} 237 +%D +%D \definecharacter ae 230 +%D \definecharacter oe 156 +%D +%D \definecommand b \newansib +%D \definecommand c \newansic +%D +%D \stopcoding +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The last argument of \type{\defineaccent} and +%D \type{\definecharacter} tells \TEX\ the position of the +%D accented character in the encoding vector. In order to +%D complish this, we tag each implementation with the character +%D coding identifier. We therefore need two auxiliary variables +%D \type{\charactercoding} and \type{\nocharactercoding}. These +%D contain the current and default encoding vectors and both +%D default to the \PLAIN\ one. + +\let\charactercoding = \@plain@ +\let\nocharactercoding = \@plain@ + +%D \macros +%D {startcoding} +%D +%D Before we can redefine accents and special characters, we +%D have to tell \CONTEXT\ what encoding is in force. The next +%D command is responsible for doing this and also takes care of +%D the definition of the recoding commands. + +\def\startcoding[#1]% + {\protectfontcharacters + \showmessage{\m!fonts}{1}{#1}% + \def\charactercoding{@#1@}} + +\def\stopcoding% + {\let\charactercoding=\@plain@ + \unprotectfontcharacters} + +%D \macros +%D {defineaccent, definecharacter, definecommand} +%D +%D The actual definition of accents, special characters and +%D commands is done with the next three commands. + +\def\defineaccent#1 #2 #3 % + {\setvalue{\charactercoding#1\string#2}{\char#3}}% + +\def\definecommand#1 #2 % + {\setvalue{\charactercoding\string#1}{#2}} + +\def\definecharacter#1 #2 % + {\setvalue{\charactercoding\string#1}{\char#2}} + +%D Here we see that redefining accents is characters is more +%D or less the same as redefining commands. We also could have +%D said: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\defineaccent#1 #2 {\definecommand#1\string#2 \char} +%D \def\definecharacter#1 {\definecommand#1 \char} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {redefineaccent} +%D +%D Telling \CONTEXT\ how to treat accents and special +%D characters is a two stage process. First we signal the +%D system which commands are to be adapted, after which we can +%D redefine their behavior when needed. We showed this in the +%D previous paragraphs. These redefinitions are grouped at the +%D end of this file, but we show some examples here. +%D +%D Accents or accent generating commands are redefined by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \redefineaccent ' % grave +%D \redefineaccent " % dieresis +%D \redefineaccent ^ % circumflex +%D \redefineaccent v % caron +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The original \PLAIN\ \TEX\ meaning of each accent generating +%D command is saved first. Next these commands are redefined to +%D do an indirect call to a macro that acts according to the +%D encoding vector in use. + +\def\redefineaccent% + {\protectfontcharacters + \doredefineaccent} + +\def\doredefineaccent#1 % + {\def\!!stringa{\nocharactercoding\string#1}% + \@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA=\csname\string#1\endcsname + \setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandleaccent#1}% + \unprotectfontcharacters} + +%D The next (in fact three) macros to take care of \type{\"e} +%D as well as \type{\"{e}} situations. The latter one is always +%D handled by \TEX's \type{\accent} primitive, but the former +%D one can put the accents on top of characters as well as use +%D \type{\char} to call for a character directly. + +\unexpanded\def\dohandleaccent#1% + {\def\dodohandleaccent% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \def\next{\getvalue{\nocharactercoding#1}}% + \else + \def\next{\dododohandleaccent#1}% + \fi + \next}% + \futurelet\next\dodohandleaccent} + +\def\dododohandleaccent#1#2% + {\bgroup + \ifundefined{\charactercoding#1\string#2}% + \def\\{\getvalue{\nocharactercoding#1}#2\egroup}% + \else + \def\\{\getvalue{\charactercoding#1\string#2}\egroup}% + \fi + \\} + +%D The trick with \type{\\} is needed to prevent spaces from +%D being gobbled after the accented character, should we have +%D \type{\next}, we should have ended up with gobbled spaces. + +%D \macros +%D {redefinecommand} +%D +%D Redefinition of encoding dependant commands like \type{\b} +%D and \type{\c} can be triggered by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \redefinecommand b % something math +%D \redefinecommand c % something math +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Handling of characters is easier than handling accents +%D because here we don't have to take care of arguments. We +%D just call for the right glyph in the right place. +%D +%D The \type{\next} construction permits handling of commands +%D that take arguments. This means that we can use this +%D command to redefine accent handling commands too. + +\def\redefinecommand#1 % + {\def\!!stringa{\nocharactercoding#1}% + \@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA=\csname#1\endcsname + \setvalue{#1}{\dohandlecommand{#1}}}% + +\unexpanded\def\dohandlecommand#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\charactercoding#1} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\charactercoding#1}}} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\nocharactercoding#1}}}% + \next} + +%D \macros +%D {redefinecharacter} +%D +%D Special characters, which differ from accented characters +%D in that they are to be presented as they are, are redefined +%D by +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \redefinecharacter ae % ae +%D \redefinecharacter cc % ccedilla +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D To keep things simple, we just copy this command: + +\let\redefinecharacter=\redefinecommand + +%D \macros +%D {magfactor,magfactorhalf} +%D +%D There are several ways to specify a font. Three of them are +%D pure \TeX\ ones, the fourth one is new: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \font\name=cmr12 +%D \font\name=cmr12 at 10pt +%D \font\name=cmr12 scaled \magstep2 +%D \font\name=cmr12 sa 1.440 +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The non||\TEX\ alternative \type{sa} stands for {\em scaled +%D at}. This means as much as: scale the corpssize with this +%D factor. The value 1.440 in this example is derived +%D from the \type{\magstep}'s as mentioned in +%D \in{table}[tab:magstep]. We therefore introduce +%D \type{\magfactor} as an alternative for \type{\magstep}. +%D +%D \plaatstabel[hier][tab:magstep] +%D {Factors to be used with \type{sa.}} +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf magstep \NC \bf equivalent \NC \bf factor \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC 1 \NC \type{\magfactor1} \NC 1.200 \NC\FR +%D \NC 2 \NC \type{\magfactor2} \NC 1.440 \NC\MR +%D \NC 3 \NC \type{\magfactor3} \NC 1.728 \NC\MR +%D \NC 4 \NC \type{\magfactor4} \NC 2.074 \NC\MR +%D \NC 5 \NC \type{\magfactor5} \NC 2.488 \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel + +\def\magfactor#1% + {\ifcase#1 1.000\or 1.200\or 1.440\or 1.728\or 2.074\or 2.488\or 1\fi} + +\def\magfactorhalf% + {1.095} + +%D These macros enable the use of definitions like \type{sa +%D \magfactor3} which saves us both (mis|)|calculations and +%D potential mistypings. +%D +%D Because \type{sa} is not a \TEX\ supported alternative, we +%D have to test for it ourselves. In doing so, we need an +%D auxiliary \DIMENSION. We cannot use \type{\scratchdimen} +%D because font loading can happen at any moment due to +%D postponed loading. We could instead have used dirty grouping +%D tricks, but this one works too. + +\newdimen\scaledfont + +\def\docalculatefont#1 sa #2sa#3*#4*#5*% The spaces are needed! + {\edef\fontscale{#2}% + \ifx\fontscale\empty + \expandafter\font\csname#4#5\endcsname=#1\relax + \else + \scaledfont=#4\relax + \expandafter\font\csname#4#5\endcsname=#1 at \fontscale\scaledfont\relax + \fi} + +%D I considered checking for mistakenly use of \PLAIN's +%D \type{\magstep}'s but although it would take only a few +%D lines of code, this would not add to consistent use. I +%D therefore removed this check. + +\def\dodoloadfont#1#2#3% + {\expanded{\docalculatefont\getvalue{\??ft#1#2} sa sa*#1*#2*}% + #3\relax + \getvalue{#1#2}} + +%D A more ugly but correct alternative for this is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\docalculatefont#1sa #2sa#3*#4*#5*% +%D {\edef\fontscale{#2}% +%D \scaledfont=#4\relax +%D \expandafter\font\csname#4#5\endcsname=#1 +%D \ifx\fontscale\empty\else at \fontscale\scaledfont\fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This one saves a few bytes of memory, but is not particular +%D faster due to the often unneeded assignment. + +%D The loading macro is used in two macros. One of them takes +%D care of fixed width teletype fonts. + +\def\doloadfont#1#2% + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded #1#2}% + \dodoloadfont{#1}{#2}{}} + +\def\doloadttfont#1#2% + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded fixed #1#2}% + \dodoloadfont{#1}{#2}{\expandafter\hyphenchar\csname#1#2\endcsname=-1}} + +%D \macros +%D {getfontname} +%D +%D The names of the fonts can be called with the rather simple +%D macro \type{\getfontname}. When for instance we pass +%D \type{12ptrmtf} as argument, we get \getfontname{12ptrmtf}. + +\def\getfontname#1% + {\getvalue{\??ft#1}} + +%D Now we enter the area of font switching. The switching +%D mechanism has to take care of several situations, like: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som changing the overal document fonts (including margins, +%D headers and footers) +%D \som changing local fonts (only the running text) +%D \som smaller and even more smaller alternatives (super- +%D and subscripts) +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D \TEX\ offers a powerfull family mechanism for super- and +%D subscripts in math mode. In text mode however, we don't use +%D families for the smaller alternatives, and therefore have +%D to take care of it otherwise. + +%D \macros +%D {definecorpsenvironment} +%D +%D The relationship between the several sizes of a font, is +%D defined by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definecorpsenvironment} +%D +%D Later on we will see how these parameters are used, so for +%D the moment we stick with an example: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecorpsenvironment +%D [12pt] +%D [ text=12pt, +%D script=9pt, +%D scriptscript=7pt, +%D x=10pt, +%D xx=8pt, +%D big=12pt, +%D small=10pt] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first argument specifies the corps size to which the +%D settings apply. All second parameters are specified in +%D dimensions and tell us more about related sizes. +%D +%D Due to the fact that \type{\c!text} and \type{\s!text} can +%D have a similar meaning, and therefore can lead to an +%D unwanted loop, we temporary redefine \type{\c!text}. For +%D the moment this in only place that some trickery is needed +%D to fool the multilingual interface. + +\def\definecorpsenvironment% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinecorpsenvironment} + +\def\dodefinecorpsenvironment[#1][#2]% + {\let\c!savedtext=\c!text + \let\c!text=\s!text + \doifundefined{\??ft#1\s!text} + {\getparameters[\??ft#1] + [\s!text=#1,\s!script=#1,\s!scriptscript=#1, + \c!x=#1,\c!xx=#1, + \c!groot=#1,\c!klein=#1]}% + \getparameters[\??ft#1][#2]% + \let\c!text=\c!savedtext + \setvalue{\@size@#1}{\docompletefontswitch[#1]}} + +%D We default all parameters to the main corps size (begin +%D \type{#1}), so the next setup is valid too: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecorpsenvironment[24pt] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D All parameters can be redefined when needed, so one does +%D not have to stick to the default ones. + +%D \macros +%D {definecorps} +%D +%D The next step in defining a corps involves the actual font +%D files, which can be recognized by their extension +%D \type{tfm}. Installing those file is often beyond the +%D scope of the user and up to the system administrator. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!definecorps} +%D +%D This commands takes three arguments, where \showparameter\ +%D takes a (series of) corps size(s) and \showparameter\ +%D the style group to which the definitions belong. +%D +%D Argument \showparameter\ accepts any suitable alternative, +%D as specified by the \TEX\ families, extended with a, b and +%D higher sizes or the normal \TEX\ mathematical families and +%D some more. +%D +%D We show two examples, that show all the alternative +%D scaling options. The \type{\tfa} alternatives can be +%D extended with \type{\bfa}, \type{\slb}, etc. or even +%D \type{e} and higher alternatives. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecorps [12pt] [rm] +%D [tf=cmr12, +%D bf=cmbx12, +%D it=cmti12, +%D sl=cmsl12, +%D bi=cmbxti10 at 12pt, +%D bs=cmbxsl10 at 12pt, +%D tfa=cmr12 scaled \magstep1, +%D tfb=cmr12 scaled \magstep2, +%D tfc=cmr12 scaled \magstep3, +%D tfd=cmr12 scaled \magstep4, +%D sc=cmcsc10 at 12pt] +%D +%D \definecorps [12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm] +%D [tf=lbr sa 1, +%D bf=lbd sa 1, +%D it=lbi sa 1, +%D sl=lbsl sa 1, +%D bi=lbdi sa 1, +%D bs=lbdi sa 1, +%D tfa=lbr sa 1.200, +%D tfb=lbr sa 1.440, +%D tfc=lbr sa 1.728, +%D tfd=lbr sa 2.074, +%D sc=lbr sa 0.833] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The second example shows that we can define more sizes at +%D once. The main difference between these examples is that the +%D Computer Modern Roman come in many design sizes. This means +%D that there we cannot define them in bulk using \type{sa}. +%D Instead of \type{rm} (roman) one can define \type{ss} (sans +%D serif), \type{tt} (teletype), \type{hw} (hand written), +%D \type{cg} (calygraphic) and whatever styles. + +\def\definecorps% + {\dotripleargument\dodefinecorps} + +%D The first argument may be a comma separated list. This, +%D combined with specifications using \type{sa} can save a lot +%D of typing. Although all arguments should be specified, we +%D treat the second argument as optional. + +\def\dodefinecorps[#1][#2][#3]% + {\ifthirdargument + \def\dododefinecorps##1% + {\dodododefinecorps[##1][#2][#3]}% + \processcommalist[#1]\dododefinecorps + \else + \definecorps[#1][\c!rm][#2]% + \fi} + +%D Defining a corps involves two actions: defining the specific +%D style related alternatives, like \type{\rma}, \type{\bfa} +%D and \type{\rmsla}, and storing the definitions of their +%D corps size related fonts. The first step is corps +%D independant but executed every time. This permits user +%D definitions like \type{\tfw} or \type{\bfq} for real large +%D alterbatives. + +\def\dodododefinecorps[#1][#2][#3]% + {\geteparameters[\??ft#1#2][#3]% We expand them! + \dodefinecorpsenvironment[#1][]% Just to be sure. + \def\doiffamily##1##2##3\\% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{##1##2}{\familylist} + {\doifsomething{##3} + {\setvalue{#2##3}% eg: \rma, \ssa + {\donottest\switchtofontstyle{#2}{##3}}% + \setvalue{##1##2##3}% eg: \tfa, \bfa + {\donottest\switchtofontalternative{##1##2}{##3}}% + \setvalue{#2##1##2##3}% eg: \rmtfa, \ssbfa + {\donottest\switchtofontstylealternative{#2}{##1##2}{##3}}}} + {}}% + \def\dodefinefont##1% + {\doifdefined{\??ft#1#2##1} + {\letvalue{@#1#2##1@}=\charactercoding + \doifelse{#2}{\c!tt} + {\setvalue{#1#2##1}{\donottest\doloadttfont{#1}{#2##1}}} + {\setvalue{#1#2##1}{\donottest\doloadfont{#1}{#2##1}}}% + \bgroup + \let\relax=\empty + \debuggerinfo + {\m!fonts}{\getvalue{\??ft#1#2##1} defined as #1 #2 ##1}% + \egroup}% + \expandafter\doiffamily##1\\}% + \processassignlist[#3]\dodefinefont} + +%D These macros show that quite some definitions take place. +%D Fonts are not loeaded yet! This means that at format +%D generation time, no font files are preloaded. +%D +%D We could have use \type{\unexpanded\setvalue} instead of +%D the \type{\donottest} prefixes. However, this would lead to +%D about 400 extra entries in the hash table. +%D +%D We can save ourselved some 400 csnames by packing the name +%D and the encoding. But ..... not done yet ..... + +%D \macros +%D {everycorps,EveryCorps} +%D +%D Every change in corps size has conseqences for the baseline +%D distance and skips between paragraphs. These are initialized +%D in other modules. Here we only provide the hooks that +%D garantees their handling. + +\newevery \everycorps \EveryCorps + +%D At the system level one can initialize thing like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \appendtoks \setupspacing \to \everycorps +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D While users can add their own non standard commands like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \EveryCorps{\message{changing to corps \the\corpssize}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Personnaly I never felt the need for such extensions, but +%D at least its possible. + +%D \macros +%D {globalcorpssize,localcorpssize} +%D +%D Next we'll do the tough job of font switching. Here we +%D have to distinguish between the global (overal) corps size +%D and the local (sometimes in the textflow) size. We store +%D these dimensions in two \DIMENSION\ registers. + +\newdimen\globalcorpssize \globalcorpssize=12pt +\newdimen\localcorpssize \localcorpssize =\globalcorpssize + +%D \macros +%D {corpssize} +%D +%D These two registers are not to be misused in calculations. +%D For this purpose we keep a copy: + +\newdimen\corpssize \corpssize=\globalcorpssize + +%D \macros +%D {outputresolution} +%D +%D Sometimes (to be honest: not in this module) we need to +%D take the system resolution into account. Therefore we also +%D define a macro: + +\def\outputresolution {300} + +%D \macros +%D {corpsfactor,corpspoints} +%D +%D For multiplication purposes we keep an auxiliary counter +%D and macro (here the expansion is not explicitly needed): + +\newcount\corpspoints \dimensiontocount\corpssize\corpspoints + +\edef\corpsfactor{\withoutpt\the\corpssize} + +%D When we assign for instance 12pt to a \DIMENSION\ register +%D the \type{\the}'d value comes out as 12.0pt, which is +%D often not the way users specifies the corps size. Therefore +%D we also store normalized value. + +\def\normalizecorpssize#1\to#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + \doifinstringelse{.0}{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen} + {\dimensiontocount\scratchdimen\scratchcounter + \edef#2{\the\scratchcounter pt}} + {\edef#2{\the\scratchdimen}}} + +\normalizecorpssize\corpssize\to\normalizedglobalcorpssize +\normalizecorpssize\corpssize\to\normalizedlocalcorpssize +\normalizecorpssize\corpssize\to\normalizedcorpssize + +%D To be internationalized: + +\def\korpsgrootte {\corpssize} +\def\korpspunten {\corpspoints} + +%D some day. + +%D \macros +%D {fontsize,fontstyle} +%D +%D Within a corps, fonts can come in different sizes. For +%D instance \type{\tf} is accompanied by \type{\tfa}, +%D \type{\tfb} etc. The third character in these sequences +%D represents the size. The actual size is saved in a macro + +\let\fontsize = \empty + +%D The style, being roman (\type{\rm}), sans serif (\type{\ss}) +%D etc. is also available in a macro in \type{rm}, \type{ss} +%D etc. form: + +\let\fontstyle = \empty + +%D All things related to fonts are grouped into files with +%D names like \expandafter\type\expandafter{\f!fontprefix cmr}. +%D These files are loaded by: + +\def\doreadfontdefinitionfile#1% + {\doifundefined{\c!file\f!fontprefix#1}% + {\setvalue{\c!file\f!fontprefix#1}{}% + \edef\saveddqcatcode{\the\catcode`"}% + \catcode`\"=\@@other + \readsysfile{\f!fontprefix#1} + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{2}{#1}} + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{3}{#1}}% + \catcode`\"=\saveddqcatcode}} + +%D Such files are only loaded once! This permits redundant +%D loading, but at the same time forced grouping when we want +%D continuously mix all kind of font, which of course is a kind +%D of typographically sin. The \type{"} is made inactibe if +%D needed to prevent problems with loading files that use this +%D character in numbers. + +\def\doswitchpoints[#1]% + {\expanded{\dodoswitchpoints{#1}}} + +\def\dodoswitchpoints#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\@size@#1} + {\getvalue{\@size@#1}% + \localcorpssize=#1\relax + \normalizecorpssize\localcorpssize\to\normalizedcorpssize + \the\everycorps} + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{4}{#1}}} + +\def\doswitchstyle[#1]% + {\doifdefinedelse{\@style@#1} + {\getvalue{\@style@#1}% + \edef\fontstyle{#1}} + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{5}{#1}}} + +%D \TEX\ loads font metric files like \type{cmr10.tfm} and +%D \type{tir.tfm} only once. In \PLAIN\ \TEX\ some font files +%D are {\em preloaded}. This means that the font files are +%D loaded, but not accessible yet by name. This is accomplished +%D by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \font\preloaded=cmr10 at 11pt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and using the name \type{\preloaded} again and again, so +%D fonts are indeed loaded, but unnamed, and therefore +%D unaccessible. In \CONTEXT\ we don't preload fonts, not even +%D the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ ones, although users can access them. Now +%D why is this done? + +%D Defining fonts using \type{\definecorps} takes time, so we +%D prefer to predefine at least the Computer Modern Roman +%D fonts. However, loading all those fonts at definition time +%D would take both time and space. But even worse, once fonts +%D are loaded into memory, their encoding vector is fixed, +%D which is a handicap when we want to distribute the compact +%D \type{fmt} files. So what we want to do is defining fonts in +%D a way that postpones the loading. We accomplish this by only +%D loading the fonts when we switch to another corps size. +%D Among the other alternatives, such as loading the font at +%D the moment of activation and redefining the activation +%D macro afterwards, this proved to be the most efficient +%D alternative. +%D +%D The next few macros take care of the one exeption on this +%D scheme. When at format generation time we load the default +%D font file, the one that defines the Computer Modern Fonts, +%D we don't want the fonts metrics to end up in the format +%D file, so we temporary prohibit loading. This means that at +%D runtime we have to load the default corps size just before +%D we start typesetting. +%D +%D Therefore we have to signal the font switching macros that +%D we are preloading fonts. As long as the next boolean is, +%D true, no loading is done. + +\newif\ifloadingfonts \loadingfontstrue + +%D \macros +%D {preloadfonts} +%D +%D Preloading is only called for once, during the startup +%D sequence of a session. After the loading job is done, the +%D macro relaxes itself and reset the signal. + +\def\preloadfonts% + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{6}{\normalizedcorpssize\normalspace\fontstyle}% + \doswitchpoints[\normalizedcorpssize]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]% + \global\let\preloadfonts=\relax + \global\loadingfontsfalse} + +%D Here comes the main font switching macros. These macros +%D handle changes in size as well as returning to the global +%D corps size. + +\def\dosetfont[#1]% + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!globaal} + {\restoreglobalcorps} + {\processcommalist[#1]\dodosetfont + \ifloadingfonts\else + \doswitchpoints[\normalizedcorpssize]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]% + \fi}} + +\def\dodosetfont#1% + {\dododosetfont{#1}{\showmessage{\m!fonts}{4}{#1}}} + +\def\dododosetfont#1#2% + {\doifnumberelse{#1} + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + \normalizecorpssize\scratchdimen\to\normalizedsetfont + \doifdefinedelse{\@size@\normalizedsetfont} + {\localcorpssize=\normalizedsetfont + \let\normalizedcorpssize=\normalizedsetfont} + {#2\dosetsubstitutefont{#1}}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\@style@#1} + {\edef\fontstyle{#1}} + {\doreadfontdefinitionfile{#1}}}} + +%D When users specify for instance a 13 point corps while no +%D such corps is defined, the system automatically tries to +%D find a best fit, that is the nearest smaller defined +%D corpszize. A smaller one is definitely better than a larger +%D one, simply because otherwise a lot of overfull box messages +%D are more probable to occur. By taking a value slightly +%D smaller than half a point, we can use the next method. + +\def\dosetsubstitutefont#1% + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + \advance\scratchdimen by .499pt + \dimensiontocount\scratchdimen\scratchcounter + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter>3 + \dododosetfont{\the\scratchcounter pt}{}% + \fi} + +%D Next we're going to implement some switching macros we +%D already used in when defining fonts. The first one takes +%D care of the style and is used by commands like \type{\rma}. + +\def\switchtofontstyle#1#2% + {\getvalue{#1}% + \getvalue{\c!tf#2}} + +%D The second one is responsible for commands like \type{\bfa} +%D and the third one handles the combined \type{\rmbfa} +%D alternatives. + +\def\switchtofontalternative#1#2% + {\def\fontsize{#2}% + \setfontstyle{\fontstyle}{\fontstyle}% + \donottest\getvalue{#1}} + +\def\switchtofontstylealternative#1#2#3% + {\getvalue{\normalizedcorpssize#1#2#3}} + +%D Setting the normal sized as well as the x and xx smaller +%D sizes is accomplished by the next set of macros. When in +%D math mode, the commands \type{\tx} and \type{\txx} are +%D just a switch to the script and double script styles, but +%D in text mode the values defined by the corpsenvironment are +%D used. + +\def\dosetsomextypeface#1% + {\doifdefinedelse{#1} + {\getvalue{#1}} + {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{7}{#1}}}% + +\def\dosetxtypeface#1% + {\ifmmode + \scriptstyle + \else + \dosetsomextypeface + {\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\c!x}% % pt + \getvalue{\@shortstyle@\fontstyle}% % rm + #1}% % tf + \unexpanded\def\tx{\dosetxxtypeface{#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\dosetxxtypeface#1% + {\ifmmode + \scriptscriptstyle + \else + \dosetsomextypeface + {\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\c!xx}% % pt + \getvalue{\@shortstyle@\fontstyle}% % rm + #1}% % tf + \let\tx=\relax + \let\txx=\relax + \fi} + +%D These macros also show us that when we call for \type{\tx}, +%D this macro is redefined to be \type{\txx}. Therefore calls +%D like: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D {small \tx is \tx beautiful} +%D {small \tx is \txx beautiful} +%D {small \txx is \tx beautiful} +%D {small \txx is \txx beautiful} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D result in: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Setting the main size involves the style list and therefore +%D takes a bit more time. Keep in mind that the fontsize is +%D represented by a character or empty. + +\def\settextfont#1% + {\def\dosettextfont##1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\textface#1##1\fontsize} + {\setvalue{#1##1}{\donottest\getvalue{\textface#1##1\fontsize}}} + {\setvalue{#1##1}{\donottest\getvalue{\textface#1##1}}}}% + \rawprocesscommalist[\familylist]\dosettextfont} + +\def\settextfonts% + {\rawprocesscommalist[\stylelist]\settextfont} + +%D All three sizes come together in the macro: + +\def\settypefaces#1#2% + {\setvalue{#2}% + {\donottest\dosettypeface{#1}{#2}}% + \setvalue{#2\c!x}% + {\donottest\dosetxtypeface{#2}}% + \setvalue{#2\c!xx}% + {\donottest\dosetxxtypeface{#2}}}% + +%D Earlier in this module we defined some \TEX\ families. Here +%D we introduce the macros that are responsible for setting +%D them. The first argument of the next macro takes the style +%D in its short form (rm, ss, etc). The second argument is the +%D alternative (tf, bf, etc). + +%D Before actually assigning the font to a family we activate +%D it. This is needed because loading of fonts is postponed +%D until the first time it's called for. This also forces us to +%D set the text family after we've set the script ones, else +%D the latter one would be in force after executing this macro. + +\def\settextfamily#1#2% + {\def\setfamily##1##2% + {\doifdefinedelse{##2#1#2} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{defined ##2#1#2}% + \getvalue{##2#1#2}\relax % activate font + \expandafter##1\getvalue{#2\s!fam}=\getvalue{##2#1#2}} + {\doifdefinedelse{##2#1\c!tf} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{##2#1#2 replaced by ##2#1\c!tf}% + \getvalue{##2#1\c!tf}\relax % activate font + \expandafter##1\getvalue{#2\s!fam}=\getvalue{##2#1\c!tf}} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{not defined ##2#1#2}}}}% + \scriptscriptfont\getvalue{#2\s!fam}=\scriptfont\getvalue{#2\s!fam}% + \setfamily\scriptscriptfont\scriptscriptface + \scriptfont\getvalue{#2\s!fam}=\textfont\getvalue{#2\s!fam}% + \setfamily\scriptfont\scriptface + \textfont\getvalue{#2\s!fam}=\textfont\tffam + \setfamily\textfont\textface} + +%D \macros +%D {defineoverallstyle} +%D +%D When setting of switching the overall style we can use the +%D short identifier like rm and ss, but when defined we can +%D also use more verbose names like roman or sansserif. Such +%D names are defined by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineoverallstyle [roman, rm] [rm] +%D \defineoverallstyle [sansserif, ss] [ss] +%D \stoptypen + +\def\dodefineoverallstyle[#1][#2]% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{#2}{\stylelist} + {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{unknown style #2}} + {\addtocommalist{#2}\stylelist + \showmessage{\m!fonts}{8}{#2}}% + \setvalue{#2\c!x}% + {\getvalue{#2}\getvalue{\c!tf\c!x}}% + \setvalue{#2\c!xx}% + {\getvalue{#2}\getvalue{\c!tf\c!xx}}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{\@shortstyle@##1}{#2}% + \setvalue{\@style@##1}{\getvalue{#2}}% + \setvalue{#2}{\donottest\setfontstyle{##1}{#2}}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\defineoverallstyle% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefineoverallstyle} + +%D CHECKEN WAT \type{\fontstyle} HIER DOET + +\def\setfontstyle#1#2% #1:name (roman, romaan) #2:style (rm) + {\edef\fontstyle{#1}% + \def\dosettextfamily##1% + {\settextfamily{#2}{##1}% + \settypefaces{#2}{##1}}% + \rawprocesscommalist[\familylist]\dosettextfamily + \fam\tffam\relax + \unexpanded\def\tx{\tfx}% + \donottest\tf} + +%D Setting the math families looks much like setting the texts\ +%D ones. This time however we use the 12 point font as a +%D default when nothing is defined. This enables us to +%D implement partial schemes. Here we also set the +%D \type{\skewchar}, which takes care of accents in math mode +%D (actually it's the largest accent). The first family needs a +%D bit different treatment because it can be set to the default +%D roman as well as a user defined font. + +\def\setmathfamilies% + {\setskewchar{\textface\c!mm\c!mi}{'177}% + \setskewchar{\textface\c!mm\c!sy}{'60}% + \setmathfamily\mrfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!mr}{\c!rm\c!tf}% + \setmathfamily\mifam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!mi}{}% + \setmathfamily\syfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!sy}{}% + \setmathfamily\exfam\textface\textface\textface + {\c!mm\c!ex}{}% + \setmathfamily\mafam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!ma}{}% + \setmathfamily\mbfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!mb}{}% + \setmathfamily\mcfam\textface\scriptface\scriptscriptface + {\c!mm\c!mc}{}} + +%D When setting the \type{\skewchar} we need to test on the +%D availability first. + +\def\setskewchar#1#2% + {\doifdefined{#1} + {\getvalue{#1}\expandafter\skewchar\getvalue{#1}=#2\relax}} + +%D First we try to set the font at the math specific one (the +%D fifth argment), next we take the alternative the last +%D argument, which of often empty, and finally we default to +%D the 12 point alternative. + +\def\setmathfamily#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\def\dosetmathfamily##1##2% + {\doifdefinedelse{##2#5} + {\getvalue{##2#5}\relax + ##1#1=\getvalue{##2#5}\relax} + {\doifdefinedelse{##2#6} + {\getvalue{##2#6}\relax + ##1#1=\getvalue{##2#6}\relax} + {\doifdefinedelse{12pt#5} + {\getvalue{12pt#5}\relax + ##1#1=\getvalue{12pt#5}\relax} + {##1#1=\nullfont}}}}% + \dosetmathfamily\scriptscriptfont{#4}% + \dosetmathfamily\scriptfont{#3}% + \dosetmathfamily\textfont{#2}} + +%D The previous macros show that it's is not always +%D neccessary to define the whole bunch of fonts, take for +%D instance the sequence: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupcorps +%D [ams] +%D +%D \definecorps [24pt] [mm] +%D [ma=msam10 at 24pt, +%D mb=msbm10 at 24pt] +%D +%D \switchtocorps +%D [24pt] +%D +%D This is a 24pt $\blacktriangleleft$ +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here we didn't define the 24 point corps environment, so +%D it's defined automatically. Of course one can always use the +%D \TEX\ primitive \type{\font} to switch to whatever font +%D needed. + +%D When asking for a complete font switch, for instance from 10 +%D to 12~points, the next macro does the job. First we +%D normalize the size, nect we define the current range of +%D text, script and scriptscript sizes, then we set the text +%D fonts and the math families and finally we activate the +%D default typeface and also set the font specific parameters +%D assigned to \type{\everycorps} + +\def\docompletefontswitch[#1]% + {\corpssize=#1\relax + \dimensiontocount\corpssize\corpspoints + \edef\corpsfactor{\withoutpt\the\corpssize}% + \normalizecorpssize\corpssize\to\normalizedcorpssize + \edef\textface{\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\s!text}}% + \edef\scriptface{\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\s!script}}% + \edef\scriptscriptface{\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\s!scriptscript}}% + \settextfonts + \setmathfamilies + \rmtf + \the\everycorps} + +%D \macros +%D {setupcorps,switchtocorps} +%D +%D The next two macros are user ones. With \type{\setupcorps} +%D one can set the document corps size, font family, style +%D and/or options defined in files, for example: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupcorps[cmr,ams,12pt,roman] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command affects the document as a whole: text, headers +%D and footers. The second macro however affects only the text: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \switchtocorps[10pt] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D So we've got: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupcorps} +%D \showsetup{\y!switchtocorps} +%D +%D Both macros look alike. The second one also has to take +%D all kind of keywords into account. + +\def\setupcorps[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\dosetfont[#1]% + \globalcorpssize=\localcorpssize + \normalizecorpssize\globalcorpssize\to\normalizedglobalcorpsize + \let\globalfontstyle=\fontstyle + \the\everycorps}} + +\unexpanded\def\switchtocorps[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\doifdefinedelse{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\interfaced{#1}} + {\doswitchpoints[\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\interfaced{#1}}]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]} + {\dosetfont[#1]}% + \the\everycorps}} + +%D Because the last macro can appear in arguments or be assigned +%D to parameters, we protect this one for unwanted expansion. + +\def\dosetmathfont#1% + {\def\rm{\fam0}% + \edef\mffam{\getvalue{#1\s!fam}}% + \textfont\mrfam=\textfont\mffam + \scriptfont\mrfam=\scriptfont\mffam + \scriptscriptfont\mrfam=\scriptscriptfont\mffam} + +\def\dosettypeface#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{@\normalizedcorpssize#1#2@} + {\edef\charactercoding{\getvalue{@\normalizedcorpssize#1#2@}}} + {\let\charactercoding=\@plain@}% + \unexpanded\def\tx% + {\dosetxtypeface{#2\fontsize}}% + \unexpanded\def\txx% + {\dosetxxtypeface{#2\fontsize}}% + \expandafter\fam\getvalue{#2\s!fam}% + \def\mf{\donottest{\dosetmathfont{#2}}}% + \donottest\getvalue{#1#2}} + +%D \macros +%D {os} +%D +%D Old style numerals can be typeset with \type{\os} and look +%D like {\os 1234567890} instead of the more common looking +%D 1234567890. +%D +%D {\em Some day this macro will be made more geneal. For the +%D moment it's behavior is tigthly coupled to the Computer +%D Modern Roman.} + +\def\os% + {\getvalue{\normalizedcorpssize\c!mm\c!mi}} + +%D \macros +%D {definecorpsswitch} +%D +%D \PLAIN\ \TEX\ defines some macro's like \type{\tenpoint} +%D to switch to a specific corpssize. Just for the sake of +%D compatibility we can define them like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecorpsswitch [twelvepoint] [12pt] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We don't support language specific synonyms here, mainly +%D because \PLAIN\ \TEX\ is english anyway. + +\def\dodefinecorpsswitch[#1][#2]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{##1}{\switchtocorps[#2]}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\definecorpsswitch% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinecorpsswitch} + +%D \macros +%D {setsmallcorps,setmaincorps,setbigcorps} +%D +%D When we're typesetting at for instance 10pt, we can call for +%D the \type{small} as well as the \type{big} alternative, +%D related to this main size, using \type{\switchtocorps[small]}. +%D The three alternatives can be activated by the next three +%D system calls and are defined by the corpsenvironment. + +\def\setsmallcorps% + {\doswitchpoints[\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\v!klein}]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]} + +\def\setmaincorps% + {\doswitchpoints[\normalizedcorpssize]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]} + +\def\setbigcorps% + {\doswitchpoints[\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedcorpssize\v!groot}]% + \doswitchstyle[\fontstyle]} + +%D \macros +%D {restoreglobalcorps} +%D +%D Users can set whatever font available while typesetting text. +%D Pagenumnbers, footers, headers etc. however must be typeset +%D in the main corps and style of the document. Returning to +%D the global state can be done with the next macro: + +\def\restoreglobalcorps% + {\let\fontsize=\empty + \doswitchpoints[\normalizedglobalcorpsize]% + \doswitchstyle[\globalfontstyle]% + \redoconvertfont % just in case a pagebreak occurs + \tf} + +%D This macro has to be called when entering the pagebody +%D handling routine as well as the footnote insert routine. +%D Users can access this feature |<|for instance when one wants +%D to typeset tables and alike in the main corps and style +%D while the running text is temporary set to a smaller one|>| +%D by saying \type{\switchtocorps[global]}. + +%D \macros +%D {rasterfont} +%D +%D There are (at the moment) two situations in which we want to +%D have fast access to a particular font. When we are using +%D \TEX\ to typeset rasters, we use small {\rasterfont.}'s +%D (a rather small period indeed), the same as \PICTEX\ uses +%D for drawing purposes. + +\def\rasterfont% + {\getvalue{\!!fivepoint\c!rm\c!tf}} + +%D \macros +%D {infofont} +%D +%D The second situation occurs when we enable the info mode, +%D and put all kind of status information in the margin. We +%D don't want huge switches to the main corps and style, so +%D here too we use a direct method. + +\def\infofont% + {\getvalue{\!!sixpoint\c!tt\c!tf}% + \the\everycorps} + +%D \macros +%D {definealternativestyle} +%D +%D In the main modules we are going to implement lots of +%D parameterized commands and one of these parameters will +%D concern the font to use. To suit consistent use of fonts we +%D here implement a mechanism for defining the keywords that +%D present a particular style or alternative. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definealternativestyle [keywords] [\style] [\nostyle] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first command is used in the normal textflow, while the +%D second command takes care of headings and alike. Consider +%D the next two definitions: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definealternativestyle [bold] [\bf] [] +%D \definealternativestyle [cap] [\kap] [\kap] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A change \type{\bf} in a heading which is to be set in +%D \type{\tfd} does not look that well, so therefore we leave +%D the second argument of \type{\definealternativestyle} empty. +%D When we capatalize characters using the pseudo small cap +%D command \type{\kap}, we want this to take effect in both +%D text and headings, which is accomplished by assigning both +%D arguments. + +\def\dodefinealternativestyle[#1][#2][#3]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\doifundefined{##1} + {\expandafter\ifx\csname##1\endcsname#2\else + \setvalue{##1}{\groupedcommand{#2}{}}% + \fi}% + \setvalue{\@letter@##1}{#2}% + \setvalue{\@noletter@##1}{#3}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +\def\definealternativestyle% + {\dotripleargument\dodefinealternativestyle} + +%D This command also defines the keyword as command. This means +%D that the example definition of \type{bold} we gave before, +%D results in a command \type{\bold} which can be used as: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D He's a \bold{man} man with a {\bold head}. +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \definealternativestyle[bold][\bf][]\haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Such definitions are of course unwanted for \type{\kap} +%D because this would result in an endless recursive call. +%D Therefore we check on the existance of both the command and +%D the substitution. The latter is needed because for instance +%D \type{\type} is an entirely diferent command. That command +%D handles verbatim, while the style command would just switch +%D to teletype font. This is just an example of a tricky +%D naming coincidence. + +%D \macros +%D {doconvertfont,noconvertfont, +%D dontconvertfont,redoconvertfont} +%D +%D After having defined such keywords, we can call for them by +%D using +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doconvertfont{keyword}{text} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We deliberately pass an argument. This enables us to +%D assign converters that handle one agrument, like +%D \type{\kap}. +%D +%D By default the first specification is used to set the style, +%D exept when we say \type{\dontconvertfont}, after which the +%D second specification is used. We can also directly call for +%D \type{\noconvertfont}. In nested calls, we can restore the +%D conversion by saying \type{\redoconvertfont}. + +\unexpanded\def\dodoconvertfont#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{\@letter@#1} + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\next{}} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\@letter@#1}}}} + {\doifdefinedelse{#1} + {\def\next{\getvalue{#1}}} + {\def\next{#1}}}% + \next{#2}} + +\let\doconvertfont=\dodoconvertfont + +\def\noconvertfont#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{\@noletter@#1} + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\next{}} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\@noletter@#1}}}} + {\def\next{#1}}% + \next{#2}} + +\unexpanded\def\dontconvertfont% + {\let\doconvertfont=\noconvertfont} + +\unexpanded\def\redoconvertfont% + {\let\doconvertfont=\dodoconvertfont} + +%D These commands are not grouped! Grouping is most probably +%D done by the calling macro's and would lead to unnecessary +%D overhead. + +%D \macros +%D {em,emphasistypeface,emphasisboldface} +%D +%D The next macro started as a copy of Donald Arseneau's +%D \type{\em} (\TUGNEWS\ Vol.~3, no.~1, 1994). His +%D implementation was a bit more sophisticated version of the +%D standard \LATEX\ one. We furter enhanced the macro, so now +%D it also adapts itself to boldface mode. Because we favor +%D {\sl slanted} type over {\it italic}, we made the emphasis +%D adaptable, for instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\emphasistypeface {\it} +%D \def\emphasisboldface {\bi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But we prefer: + +\def\emphasistypeface {\sl} +\def\emphasisboldface {\bs} + +\unexpanded\def\em% + {\ifnum\fam=\itfam + \def\emphasistypeface{\it}\tf + \else\ifnum\fam=\slfam + \def\emphasistypeface{\sl}\tf + \else\ifnum\fam=\bffam + \emphasisboldface + \else\ifnum\fam=\bsfam + \def\emphasisboldface{\bs}\bf + \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam + \def\emphasisboldface{\bi}\bf + \else + \emphasistypeface + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifdim\fontdimen1\font>\!!zeropoint + \expandafter\aftergroup + \fi + \emphasiscorrection} + +%D Donald's (adapted) macros take the next character into +%D account when placing italic correction. As a bonus we also +%D look for something that looks like a dash, in which case we +%D don't correct. + +\def\emphasiscorrection% + {\ifhmode + \expandafter\emphasislook + \fi} + +\def\emphasislook% + {\begingroup + \futurelet\next\emphasistest} + +\def\emphasistest% + {\ifcat\noexpand\next,% + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\next}% + \ifdim\ht\scratchbox<.3ex + \let\doemphasiscorrection\endgroup + \fi + \fi + \doemphasiscorrection} + +\def\doemphasiscorrection% + {\scratchskip=\lastskip + \ifdim\scratchskip=\!!zeropoint + \/\relax + \else + \unskip\/\hskip\scratchskip + \fi + \endgroup} + +%D We end with some examples which show the behavior when +%D some punctuation is met. We also show how the mechanism +%D adapts itself to bold, italic and slanted typing. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D test {test}test \par +%D test {\em test}test \par +%D test {\em test}--test \par +%D +%D test {test}, test \par +%D test {\em test}, test \par +%D +%D test {\em test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par +%D test {\bf test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par +%D test {\sl test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par +%D test {\it test {\em test {\em test} test} test} test \par +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D We get: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startopelkaar +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopopelkaar +%D \stopvoorbeeld + +%D \macros +%D {setfont} +%D +%D Every now and then we want to define a font directly, for +%D instance when we typeset title pages. The next macro saves +%D some typing: + +\def\setfont% + {\def\dosetfont% + {\nextfont\stelinterliniein}% + \afterassignment\dosetfont + \font\nextfont=} + +%D One can call this macro as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setfont cmr10 at 60pt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D After which the font is active and the baselines and +%D struts are set. + +%D \macros +%D {showcorps} +%D +%D One can call for a rather simple overview of a corps and the +%D relations between its alternative fonts. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!showcorps} +%D +%D The current corps (here we omitted the argument) looks like: +%D +%D \showcorps +%D +%D The implementation is rather straightforward in using +%D \type{\halign}. + +\def\doshowcorps[#1]% + {\startbaselinecorrection + \vbox + {\def\bigstrut##1##2% + {\hbox{\vrule + \!!height ##1\ht\strutbox + \!!depth ##2\dp\strutbox + \!!width \!!zeropoint}} + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\title{\the\korpsgrootte}} + {\switchtocorps[#1]\def\title{#1}} + \tabskip\!!zeropoint + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \def\next##1##2##3% + {&&##1&&##2\tf##3&&##2\sc##3% + &&##2\sl##3&&##2\it##3&&##2\bf##3&&##2\bs##3&&##2\bi##3% + &&##2\tfx##3&&##2\tfxx##3% + &&##2\tfa##3&&##2\tfb##3&&##2\tfc##3&&##2\tfd##3&\cr}% + \setlocalhsize + \halign to \localhsize + {\bigstrut{1.5}{2}##&\vrule## + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint \!!plus 1fill + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&##\vrule + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + &\multispan{29}{\vrule\hfil\tttf\strut[\title]\hfil\vrule}\cr + \noalign{\hrule}\next{}{\tt\string}{} + \noalign{\hrule}\next{\tt\string\rm}{\rm}{Ag} + \noalign{\hrule}\next{\tt\string\ss}{\ss}{Ag} + \noalign{\hrule}\next{\tt\string\tt}{\tt}{Ag} + \noalign{\hrule}}} + \stopbaselinecorrection} + +\def\showcorps% + {\dosingleempty\doshowcorps} + +%D \macros +%D {showcorpsenvironment} +%D +%D The current corpsenvironment is: +%D +%D \showcorpsenvironment +%D +%D This overview is generated using: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!showcorpsenvironment} + +\def\doshowcorpsenvironment[#1]% + {\startbaselinecorrection + \vbox + {\tabskip\!!zeropoint + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\title{\the\korpsgrootte}} + {\switchtocorps[#1]\def\title{#1}} + \def\do##1##2% + {\getvalue{\??ft##1##2}} + \def\next##1##2% + {&&##1{##2}{\s!text}&&##1{##2}{\s!script}&&##1{##2}{\s!scriptscript}% + &&##1{##2}{\c!x}&&##1{##2}{\c!xx}% + &&##1{##2}{\v!klein}&&##1{##2}{\v!groot}&\cr + \noalign{\hrule}} + \def\donext##1% + {\doifdefined{\??ft##1\s!text}{\next\do##1}} + \setlocalhsize + \halign to \localhsize + {##&\vrule##\strut + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint \!!plus 1fill + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##&\hfil##\hfil&\vrule## + &\hfil##\hfil&##\vrule + \tabskip=\!!zeropoint\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + &\multispan{15}{\vrule\hfil\tttf\strut[\title]\hfil}\vrule\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + \next\bf\relax + \donext\!!twelvepoint\donext\!!elevenpoint\donext\!!tenpoint + \donext\!!ninepoint \donext\!!eightpoint \donext\!!sevenpoint + \donext\!!sixpoint \donext\!!fivepoint \donext\!!fourpoint}} + \stopbaselinecorrection} + +\def\showcorpsenvironment% + {\dosingleempty\doshowcorpsenvironment} + +%D Fonts can only be used when loaded. In \CONTEXT\ we +%D postpone the loading of fonts, even when we load \PLAIN. +%D This means that we have to redefine one of the \PLAIN\ +%D macros. Let's tell that to the user first: + +\writestatus{loading}{Postponed Plain TeX Font Definitions} + +%D \macros +%D {bordermatrix} +%D +%D In \PLAIN\ \TEX\ the width of a parenthesis is stored in +%D the \DIMENSION\ \type{\p@renwd}. This value is derived from +%D the width of \type{\tenrm B}, so let's take care of it now: + +\let\normalbordermatrix=\bordermatrix + +\def\bordermatrix% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{\getvalue{\textface\c!mm\c!ex}B}% + \global\p@renwd=\wd0\relax + \egroup + \normalbordermatrix} + +%D Because we want to be as \PLAIN\ compatible as possible, we +%D make most of \PLAIN's font mechanisme available to the +%D \CONTEXT\ user. + +\def\setplainfonts#1#2% + {\setvalue{ten#1}{\getvalue{\!!tenpoint#2}}% + \setvalue{seven#1}{\getvalue{\!!sevenpoint#2}}% + \setvalue{five#1}{\getvalue{\!!fivepoint#2}}} + +\setplainfonts {\c!rm} {\c!rm\c!tf} +\setplainfonts {\c!bf} {\c!rm\c!bf} +\setplainfonts {\c!sl} {\c!rm\c!sl} +\setplainfonts {\c!it} {\c!rm\c!it} +\setplainfonts {\c!tt} {\c!rm\c!tt} +\setplainfonts {\c!sy} {\c!mm\c!sy} +\setplainfonts {\c!ex} {\c!mm\c!ex} +\setplainfonts {\c!i} {\c!mm\c!mi} + +\let\setplainfonts=\undefined + +%D \macros +%D {ss, SS} +%D +%D We are going to redefine \type{\ss} but for those wo still +%D want to have access to the german \SS, we save it's value in +%D \type{\SS}. Ok, I should have used \type{\sf} insead of +%D \type{\ss} in the first place. + +\let\SS=\ss + +%D \macros +%D {xi} +%D +%D We are going to redefine \type{\xi}, but fortunately this +%D is a math mode character, so we can just say: + +\let\normalxi=\xi + +%D \macros +%D {dotlessi,dotlessj} +%D +%D We also save both dotless~\dotlessi\ and~\dotlessj. This +%D way we still have them were we expect them, even when +%D macros of font providers redefine them. + +\let\dotlessi=\i +\let\dotlessj=\j + +%D \macros +%D {smashaccent} +%D {} +%D +%D When we let \TEX\ put an accent on top of a character, such +%D composed characters can get more height that height of a +%D standard \type{\strut}. The next macro takes care of such +%D unwanted compositions. +%D +%D We need to reach over the number that specifies the accent, +% %D and in doing so we use \type{\hyphenchar} as a placeholder +%D and in doing so we use \type{\scratchcounter} as a placeholder +%D because it accepts 8 bit numbers in octal, decimal or +%D hexadecimal format. Next we set the height of the accented +%D character to the natural height of the character. + +\let\normalaccent=\accent + +\def\dodosmashaccent#1% + {\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\normalaccent\scratchcounter#1}% + \ht2=\ht0\box2 + \egroup + \nobreak} + +\def\dosmashaccent% + {\afterassignment\dodosmashaccent\expandafter\scratchcounter} + +\def\smashaccent% + {\dontleavehmode + \bgroup + \let\accent=\dosmashaccent} + +%D For instance we can say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \smashaccent\"Uberhaupt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But normally one will use it as a prefix in definitions. + +%D \macros +%D {moveaccent} +%D +%D Exact positioning of accents cns be realized by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \moveaccent{-.1ex}\"uberhaupt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Again, this one will mostly used as a prefix in definitions. + +\def\dodomoveaccent#1% + {\dimen2=\fontdimen5\font + \dimen4=\dimen2 + \advance\dimen4 by -\dimen0 + \fontdimen5\font=\dimen4 + \normalaccent\scratchcounter#1\relax + \fontdimen5\font=\dimen2 + \egroup} + +\def\domoveaccent% + {\afterassignment\dodomoveaccent\expandafter\scratchcounter} + +\def\moveaccent#1% + {\dontleavehmode + \bgroup + \dimen0=#1\relax + \let\accent=\domoveaccent} + +%D \macros +%D {everyuppercase, EveryUppercase} +%D +%D When we want to uppercase strings of characters, we have to +%D take care of those characters that have a special meaning or +%D are only accessible by means of macros. The next hack was +%D introduced when Tobias Burnus started translating head and +%D label texts into spanish and italian. The first application +%D of this token register therefore can be found in the module +%D that deals with these texts. + +\newevery \everyuppercase \EveryUppercase + +\appendtoks \def\i{I}\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \def\j{J}\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \def\ss{SS}\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \let\l=\L\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \let\ae=\AE\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \let\aa=\AA\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \let\o=\O\to \everyuppercase +\appendtoks \let\oe=\OE\to \everyuppercase + +%D \macros +%D {everysanitize, EverySanitize} +%D +%D Whenever we are sanitizing strings, like we sometimes do +%D when we deal with specials, the next token register can be +%D called. + +\newevery \everysanitize \EverySanitize + +%D \macros +%D {obeylccodes} +%D +%D One way of manipulating characters is changing the their +%D \type{\lccode} and applying \type{\lowcase}. An example of +%D this can be found in \type{spec-mis}. + +\def\obeylccodes% + {\scratchcounter=32 + \loop + \ifnum\scratchcounter<127 + \lccode\scratchcounter=\scratchcounter + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \repeat + \ifeightbitcharacters + \scratchcounter=128 + \loop + \ifnum\scratchcounter<255 + \lccode\scratchcounter=`. + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \repeat + \fi} + +%D Here come the definitions. + +\redefineaccent ' % grave +\redefineaccent ` % acute +\redefineaccent " % dieresis +\redefineaccent ^ % circumflex +\redefineaccent ~ % tilde +\redefineaccent v % caron +\redefineaccent u % breve +\redefineaccent . % dotaccent +\redefineaccent H % hungarumlaut +\redefineaccent t % ........ + +\redefinecharacter ae % ae +\redefinecharacter AE % AE +\redefinecharacter oe % oe +\redefinecharacter OE % OE +\redefinecharacter o % oslash +\redefinecharacter O % Oslash +\redefinecharacter ss % germandbls +\redefinecharacter SS % germandbls +\redefinecharacter aa % aring +\redefinecharacter AA % Aring +\redefinecharacter cc % ccedilla +\redefinecharacter CC % Ccedilla + +\redefinecommand b +\redefinecommand c + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!fourteenpointfour] + [ \s!text=\!!fourteenpointfour, + \s!script=\!!elevenpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!ninepoint, + \c!x=\!!twelvepoint, + \c!xx=\!!tenpoint, + \c!groot=\!!fourteenpointfour, + \c!klein=\!!twelvepoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!twelvepoint] + [ \s!text=\!!twelvepoint, + \s!script=\!!ninepoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!sevenpoint, + \c!x=\!!tenpoint, + \c!xx=\!!eightpoint, + \c!groot=\!!fourteenpointfour, + \c!klein=\!!tenpoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!elevenpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!elevenpoint, + \s!script=\!!eightpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!sixpoint, + \c!x=\!!ninepoint, + \c!xx=\!!sevenpoint, + \c!groot=\!!twelvepoint, + \c!klein=\!!ninepoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!tenpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!tenpoint, + \s!script=\!!sevenpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!eightpoint, + \c!xx=\!!sixpoint, + \c!groot=\!!twelvepoint, + \c!klein=\!!eightpoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!ninepoint] + [ \s!text=\!!ninepoint, + \s!script=\!!sevenpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!sevenpoint, + \c!xx=\!!fivepoint, + \c!groot=\!!elevenpoint, + \c!klein=\!!sevenpoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!eightpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!eightpoint, + \s!script=\!!sixpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!sixpoint, + \c!xx=\!!fivepoint, + \c!groot=\!!tenpoint, + \c!klein=\!!sixpoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!sevenpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!sevenpoint, + \s!script=\!!sixpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!sixpoint, + \c!xx=\!!fivepoint, + \c!groot=\!!ninepoint, + \c!klein=\!!fivepoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!sixpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!sixpoint, + \s!script=\!!fivepoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!fivepoint, + \c!xx=\!!fivepoint, + \c!groot=\!!eightpoint, + \c!klein=\!!fivepoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!fivepoint] + [ \s!text=\!!fivepoint, + \s!script=\!!fivepoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fivepoint, + \c!x=\!!fivepoint, + \c!xx=\!!fivepoint, + \c!groot=\!!sevenpoint, + \c!klein=\!!fivepoint] + +\definecorpsenvironment + [\!!fourpoint] + [ \s!text=\!!fourpoint, + \s!script=\!!fourpoint, + \s!scriptscript=\!!fourpoint, + \c!x=\!!fourpoint, + \c!xx=\!!fourpoint, + \c!groot=\!!sixpoint, + \c!klein=\!!fourpoint] + +\definecorpsswitch [fourteenpointfour] [\!!fourteenpointfour] +\definecorpsswitch [twelvepoint] [\!!twelvepoint] +\definecorpsswitch [elevenpoint] [\!!elevenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [tenpoint] [\!!tenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [ninepoint] [\!!ninepoint] +\definecorpsswitch [eightpoint] [\!!eightpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [sevenpoint] [\!!sevenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [sixpoint] [\!!sixpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [fivepoint] [\!!fivepoint] +\definecorpsswitch [fourpoint] [\!!fourpoint] + +\definecorpsswitch [xii] [\!!twelvepoint] +\definecorpsswitch [xi] [\!!elevenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [x] [\!!tenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [ix] [\!!ninepoint] +\definecorpsswitch [viii] [\!!eightpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [vii] [\!!sevenpoint] +\definecorpsswitch [vi] [\!!sixpoint] + +\defineoverallstyle [\v!romaan, \c!rm] [\c!rm] +\defineoverallstyle [\v!schreefloos, \c!ss] [\c!ss] +\defineoverallstyle [\v!type, \c!tt] [\c!tt] +\defineoverallstyle [\v!handschrift, \c!hw] [\c!hw] +\defineoverallstyle [\v!calligrafie, \c!cg] [\c!cg] + +\definealternativestyle [\v!mediaeval] [\os] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!normaal] [\tf] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!vet] [\bf] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!type] [\tt] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!schuin] [\sl] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!vetschuin,\v!schuinvet] [\bs] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!klein,\v!kleinnormaal] [\tfx] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!kleinvet] [\bfx] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!kleintype] [\ttx] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!kleinschuin] [\slx] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!kleinvetschuin,\v!kleinschuinvet] [\bsx] [] +\definealternativestyle [\v!kap,\v!kapitaal] [\kap] [\kap] + +%D We still have to take care of \type{\xi}, so: + +\def\xi% + {\ifmmode\normalxi\else\elevenpoint\fi} + +%D By default we load the Computer Modern Roman fonts and +%D activate the 12pt roman corps. Sans serif and teletype are +%D also available and can be called for by \type{\ss} and +%D \type{\tt}. + +%D We also load the high \ASCII\ waarde as defined by the +%D standard \kap{IBM PC} codepage. Finaly we load the +%D \POSTSCRIPT\ standard predefined accented characters +%D encoding vector as provided by Y\&Y named \type{texnansi}. +%D These are for instance used when we load Lucida Bright +%D (\type{lbr}) or \POSTSCRIPT\ Times Roman (\type{ptr}), +%D Helvetica (\type{phv}) and Courier (\type{pcr}) which are +%D also available as whole (\type{\setupcorps[pos]}). + +\setupcorps [cmr, 12pt, \v!romaan, ibm, ans] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5ed56f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-lbr, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Lucida Bright, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D The Lucida Bright fonts are both good looking and and +%D complete. These fonts have prebuilt accented characters, +%D which means that we use another encoding vector: \YandY\ +%D texnansi. These fonts are a good illustration that a 12 +%D point corps is indeed never that size. The Lucida Bright +%D fonts come in one design size. + +\startcoding[texnansi] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm] + [tf=lbr sa 1, + bf=lbd sa 1, + it=lbi sa 1, + sl=lbsl sa 1, + bi=lbdi sa 1, + bs=lbdi sa 1, + tfa=lbr sa 1.200, + tfb=lbr sa 1.440, + tfc=lbr sa 1.728, + tfd=lbr sa 2.074, + sc=lbr sa 0.833] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [ss] + [tf=lsr sa 1, + bf=lsd sa 1, + it=lsi sa 1, + sl=lsi sa 1, + bi=lsdi sa 1, + bs=lsdi sa 1, + tfa=lsr sa 1.200, + tfb=lsr sa 1.440, + tfc=lsr sa 1.728, + tfd=lsr sa 2.074, + sc=lsr sa 0.833] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [tt] + [tf=lstr sa 1, + sl=lsto sa 1, + tfa=lstr sa 1.200, + tfb=lstr sa 1.440, + tfc=lstr sa 1.728, + tfd=lstr sa 2.074] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [hw] + [tf=lbh sa 1] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [cg] + [tf=lbc sa 1] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [mm] + [ex=lbme sa 1, + mi=lbmo sa 1, + sy=lbms sa 1, + ma=lbma sa 1] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [rm] + [tf=lbr sa 1, + bf=lbd sa 1, + sl=lbi sa 1, + it=lbi sa 1] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [ss] + [tf=lsr sa 1, + sl=lsd sa 1, + it=lsi sa 1, + bf=lsi sa 1] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [tt] + [tf=lstr sa 1, + sl=lsto sa 1] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [mm] + [ex=lbme sa 1, + mi=lbmo sa 1, + sy=lbms sa 1, + ma=lbma sa 1] + +%D Defining the larger alternatives takes only a few +%D commands, thanks to \type{sa}. + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm] + [bfa=lbd sa 1.200, + bfb=lbd sa 1.440, + bfc=lbd sa 1.728, + bfd=lbd sa 2.074, + sla=lbsl sa 1.200, + slb=lbsl sa 1.440, + slc=lbsl sa 1.728, + sld=lbsl sa 2.074, + bsa=lbdi sa 1.200, + bsb=lbdi sa 1.440, + bsc=lbdi sa 1.728, + bsd=lbdi sa 2.074] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [ss] + [bfa=lsr sa 1.200, + bfb=lsr sa 1.440, + bfc=lsr sa 1.728, + bfd=lsr sa 2.074, + sla=lsd sa 1.200, + slb=lsd sa 1.440, + slc=lsd sa 1.728, + sld=lsd sa 2.074, + bsa=lsi sa 1.200, + bsb=lsi sa 1.440, + bsc=lsi sa 1.728, + bsd=lsi sa 2.074] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,10pt] [tt] + [sla=lsto sa 1.220, + slb=lsto sa 1.440, + slc=lsto sa 1.728, + sld=lsto sa 2.074] + +\stopcoding + +%D Firt we implement some alternatives for \AMS\ symbols. +%D These can be overrules by loading the \AMS\ font module +%D afterwards. + +\mathchardef\blacktriangleleft ="01F0 +\mathchardef\blacktriangleright="01F1 +\mathchardef\boxtimes ="02EC + +%D Here I copied the definition file that is part of the +%D \YandY\ distribution. + +%D \framed[breedte=\hsize] +%D {Copyright (C) 1991 - 1993 \YandY, Inc. All Rights Reserved} + +%D This part of the definition is adapted bij J. Hagen. There +%D is already an extra family: \type{\mafam} (Math A ). Also, +%D the loading of fonts is done somewhere else. + +\unprotect + +\let\arfam = \mafam +\let\thearfam = \hexmafam + +%D This part is adapted to the \CONTEXT\ font||naming method. +%D Also, we use \type{\setskewchar}, which activates the not +%D yet loaded font. + +%D The next definitions are already taken care of. + +%D \starttypen +%D % \setskewchar{12ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{11ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{10ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{9ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{8ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{7ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{6ptmmmi}='177 +%D % \setskewchar{5ptmmmi}='177 +%D \stoptypen + +%D \starttypen +%D % \setskewchar{12ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{11ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{10ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{9ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{8ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{7ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{6ptmmsy}='60 +%D % \setskewchar{5ptmmsy}='60 +%D \stoptypen + +%D Adjusted for LucidaNewMath||Extension at 10pt and math axis +%D at 3.13pt Note: delimiter increments are 5.5pt (as opposed +%D to 6pt in \kap{CM}). + +\def\big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.20\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\Big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to10.80\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to13.42\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\Bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to16.03\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\biggg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to17.72\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\Biggg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to21.25\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\n@space {\nulldelimiterspace\z@ \m@th} + +%D Define some extra large sizes. It's always done using +%D extensible parts. + +\def\bigggl{\mathopen\biggg} +\def\bigggr{\mathclose\biggg} +\def\Bigggl{\mathopen\Biggg} +\def\Bigggr{\mathclose\Biggg} + +%D The following is needed if the roman text font is {\em +%D not} just \kap{LBR}. + +%D Draw the small sizes of $[$ and $]$ from \kap{LBMO} instead +%D of \kap{LBR}. + +\mathcode`\[="4186 \delcode`\[="186302 +\mathcode`\]="5187 \delcode`\]="187303 + +%D Draw the small sizes of $($ and $)$ from \kap{LBMO} instead +%D of \kap{LBR}. + +\mathcode`\(="4184 \delcode`\(="184300 +\mathcode`\)="5185 \delcode`\)="185301 + +%D The small sizes of $\{$ and $\}$ are already drawn from +%D \kap{LBMS}. + +%D Draw small $/$ from \kap{LBMO} instead of \kap{LBR}. + +\mathcode`\/="013D \delcode`\/="13D30E + +%D Draw $=$ and $+$ from \kap{LBMS} instead of \kap{LBR}. + +\mathcode`\=="3283 \mathcode`\+="2282 + +%D Make open face brackets accessible, i.e. [[ and ]]. + +\def\ldbrack{\delimiter"4182382} +\def\rdbrack{\delimiter"5183383} + +%D Provide access to surface integral signs (linked from text +%D to display size). + +\mathchardef\surfintop="1390 +\def\surfint{\surfintop\nolimits} + +%D Make medium size integrals available ({\em not} linked to +%D display size). + +\mathchardef\midintop="1392 +\def\midint{\midintop\nolimits} + +\mathchardef\midointop="1393 +\def\midoint{\midointop\nolimits} + +\mathchardef\midsurfintop="1394 +\def\midsurfint{\midsurfintop\nolimits} + +%D Extensible integral (use with \type{\bigg}, \type{\Bigg}, +%D \type{\biggg}, \type{\Biggg} etc). + +\def\largeint{\delimiter"135A395} + +%D Various types of small integrals. + +\mathchardef\dblint ="0188 +\mathchardef\trplint ="0189 +\mathchardef\contint ="018A +\mathchardef\surfint ="018B +\mathchardef\volint ="018C +\mathchardef\clwint ="018D +\mathchardef\cclwcint="018E +\mathchardef\clwcint ="018F + +%D To close up gaps in special math characters constructed +%D from pieces. + +\def\joinrel{\mathrel{\mkern-4mu}} + +%D Some characters that need construction in \kap{CM} exist +%D complete in \kap{LBMO} or \kap{LBMS}. + +\mathchardef\bowtie="31F6 +\mathchardef\models="32EE +\mathchardef\doteq ="32C9 +\mathchardef\cong ="329B +\mathchardef\angle ="028B + +%D Some more characters. + +% \mathchardef\hbar ="0\thearfam 1B +\mathchardef\hbar ="019D +\mathchardef\neq ="3\thearfam 94 +\mathchardef\rightleftharpoons="3\thearfam 7A +\mathchardef\leftrightharpoons="3\thearfam 79 +\mathchardef\hookleftarrow ="3\thearfam 3C +\mathchardef\hookrightarrow ="3\thearfam 3E +\mathchardef\mapsto ="3\thearfam 2C + +% \def\longmapsto{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} + +%D The ( is not large enough for strut in \kap{LBMO}. + +\def\mathstrut{\vphantom{f}} + +%D In $n$\hoog{th} root, don't want the $n$ to come too close +%D to the radical. + +\def\r@@t#1#2% + {\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1\sqrt{#2}$} + \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@-\dp\z@ + \mkern5mu\raise.6\dimen@\copy\rootbox \mkern-7.5mu \box\z@} + +%D Draw upper case upright greek from LucidaNewMath||Extension. + +\mathchardef\Gamma ="03D0 +\mathchardef\Delta ="03D1 +\mathchardef\Theta ="03D2 +\mathchardef\Lambda ="03D3 +\mathchardef\Xi ="03D4 +\mathchardef\Pi ="03D5 +\mathchardef\Sigma ="03D6 +\mathchardef\Upsilon="03D7 +\mathchardef\Phi ="03D8 +\mathchardef\Psi ="03D9 +\mathchardef\Omega ="03DA + +%D Draw upper case italic greek from LucidaNewMath||Italic. + +\mathchardef\varGamma ="0100 +\mathchardef\varDelta ="0101 +\mathchardef\varTheta ="0102 +\mathchardef\varLambda ="0103 +\mathchardef\varXi ="0104 +\mathchardef\varPi ="0105 +\mathchardef\varSigma ="0106 +\mathchardef\varUpsilon="0107 +\mathchardef\varPhi ="0108 +\mathchardef\varPsi ="0109 +\mathchardef\varOmega ="010A + +%D \type{\matrix} is changed because \kap{LBMO} is not at 10pt. + +\def\matrix#1% + {\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th + \ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr + \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-0.9\baselineskip} + #1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-0.9\baselineskip}}}\,} + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93839fe67 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-pcr, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Adobe Courier, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D This module defines the Standard Adobe Courier. We use +%D the \YandY\ texnansi encoding vector. + +\startcoding[texnansi] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [tt] + [tf=com sa 1, + sl=coo sa 1, + tfa=com sa 1.200, + tfb=com sa 1.440, + tfc=com sa 1.728, + tfd=com sa 2.074] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [tt] + [tf=com sa 1, + sl=coo sa 1] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] [tt] + [tf=com sa 1, + sl=coo sa 1] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,10pt] [tt] + [sla=coo sa 1.200, + slb=coo sa 1.440, + slc=coo sa 1.728, + sld=coo sa 2.074] + +\stopcoding + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex b/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..649cdb136 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-phv, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Adobe Helvetica, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D This module defines the Standard Adobe Helvetica. We use +%D the \YandY\ texnansi encoding vector. + +\startcoding [texnansi] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [ss] + [tf=hv sa 1, + bf=hvb sa 1, + it=hvo sa 1, + sl=hvo sa 1, + bs=hvbo sa 1, + bi=hvbo sa 1, + tfa=hv sa 1.200, + tfb=hv sa 1.440, + tfc=hv sa 1.728, + tfd=hv sa 2.074, + sc=hv sa 0.833] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [ss] + [tf=hv sa 1, + bf=hvb sa 1, + it=hvo sa 1, + sl=hvo sa 1, + bs=hvbo sa 1, + bi=hvbo sa 1] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [tt] + [bfa=hvb sa 1.200, + bfb=hvb sa 1.440, + bfc=hvb sa 1.728, + bfd=hvb sa 2.074, + sla=hvo sa 1.200, + slb=hvo sa 1.440, + slc=hvo sa 1.728, + sld=hvo sa 2.074, + bsa=hvbo sa 1.200, + bsb=hvbo sa 1.440, + bsc=hvbo sa 1.728, + bsd=hvbo sa 2.074] + +\stopcoding + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex b/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4783df561 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-pos, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Standard Postscript, +%D author=J. Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=J. Hagen] + +%D This file load the Adobe Times Roman, Helvetica and +%D Courier. + +\input font-ptm +\input font-phv +\input font-pcr + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ada19fa92 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-ptm, +%D version=1995.1.1, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Adobe Times Roman, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] + +%D This module defines the Standard Adobe Times Roman. We use +%D the \YandY\ texnansi encoding vector. + +\startcoding [texnansi] + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm] + [tf=tir sa 1, + bf=tib sa 1, + it=tii sa 1, + sl=tii sa 1, % tio + bi=tibi sa 1, + bs=tib sa 1, % tibio + tfa=tir sa 1.200, + tfb=tir sa 1.440, + tfc=tir sa 1.728, + tfd=tir sa 2.074, + sc=tir sa 0.833] + +\definecorps [7pt,6pt,5pt] [rm] + [tf=tir sa 1, + bf=tib sa 1, + it=tii sa 1, + sl=tii sa 1, % tio + bi=tibi sa 1, + bs=tib sa 1] % tibio + +\definecorps [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt] [rm] + [bfa=tib sa 1.200, + bfb=tib sa 1.440, + bfc=tib sa 1.728, + bfd=tib sa 2.074, + sla=tii sa 1.200, % tio + slb=tii sa 1.440, % tio + slc=tii sa 1.728, % tio + sld=tii sa 2.074, % tio + bsa=tib sa 1.200, % tibio + bsb=tib sa 1.440, % tibio + bsc=tib sa 1.728, % tibio + bsd=tib sa 2.074] % tibio + +\stopcoding + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6504ffeb --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-alt, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Altaic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Uigur, Uzbek +% Azeri/Azerbaijani, Chuvash, TURKISH, Turkmen +% Kazakh, Kazar, Kireghiz, Noghay, Talar +% Buryat, Kalmuck, Khalkha + +\writestatus{loading}{Altaic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\installlanguage + [\s!tr] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!inhoud=Fihrist] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!tabellen=Cetrel..] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!figuren=Risim..] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!grafieken=Grafik..] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!intermezzos=Entermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!index=Endeks] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!afkortingen=K\i saltma..] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!tr] [\v!eenheden=Birlik] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!tabel=Cetrel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!figuur=Risim ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!intermezzo=Entermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!grafiek=Grafik ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!deel=Fas\i l ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regel=sat\i r] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regels=sat\i r..] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!january=ocak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!february=\c{s}ubat] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!march=mart] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!april=nisan] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!may=may\i s] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!june=haziran] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!july=temmuz] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!august=a\u{g}ustos] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!september=eyl\"ul] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!october=ekim] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!november=kas\i m] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!december=aral\i k] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!sunday=pazar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!monday=pazartesi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!tuesday=sal\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!wednesday=\c{c}ar\c{s}amba] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!thursday=per\c{s}embe] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!friday=cuma] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!saturday=cumartesi] + +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!tr] [turkish] turks fruit + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..742d5f6fb --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-ana, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Anatolian Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Anatolian Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d91be59fb --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-art, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Artificial Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Esperanto + +\writestatus{loading}{Artificial Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d95f3735 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-bal, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Baltic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Lettish/Latvian, Lithuanian + +\writestatus{loading}{Baltic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f104e9e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-cel, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Celtic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Breton, Welsh, Irish, Manx, Scottish Gaelic + +\writestatus{loading}{Celtic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-da.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-da.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7259cee1d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-da.pat @@ -0,0 +1,1154 @@ +\endinput + +% dkhyphen.tex; created by Frank Jensen (fj@iesd.auc.dk) +% +% This file contains the hyphenation patterns for danish. +% +\patterns{ +.ae3 +.an3k +.an1s +.be5la +.be1t +.bi4tr +.der3i +.diagno5 +.her3 +.hoved3 +.ne4t5 +.n^^e6v5nt. +.om1 +.ove4 +.po1 +.s^^e53 +.til3 +.yd5r +.^^e6r5i +.^^f8v3r +ab5le +3abst +a3c +ade5la +5adg +a1e +5afg +5a4f1l +af3r +af4ri +5afs +a4gef +a4gi +ag5in +ag5si +3agti +a4gy +a3h +ais5t +a3j +a5ka +a3ke +a5kr +aku5 +a3la +a1le +a1li +al3k +4alkv +a1lo +al5si +a3lu +a1ly +am4pa +3analy +an4k5r +a3nu +3anv +a5o +a5pe +a3pi +a5po +a1ra +ar5af +1arb +a1re +5arg +a1ri +a3ro +a3sa +a3sc +a1si +a3sk +a3so +3a3sp +a3ste +a3sti +a1ta1 +a1te +a1ti +a4t5in +a1to +ato5v +a5tr +a1tu +a3t^^f8 +a5va +a1ve +a5v^^e6 +a5z +1ba +ba4ti +4bd +1be +be1k +be3ro +be5ru +be1s4 +be1tr +1bi +bi5sk +b1j +4b1n +1bo +bo4gr +bo3ra +bo5re +1br4 +br^^f8d3 +4bs +bs5k +b3so +b1st +b5t +3bu +bu4s5tr +b5w +1by +by5s +5b^^e6 +4c1c +1ce +ce5ro +3ch +4ch. +ci4o +ck3 +5cy +3da +4d3af +d5anta +da4s +d1b +d1d4 +1de +de5d +4de4lem +der5eri +de4rig +de5sk +d1f +d1g +d3h +1di +di1e +di5l +d3j +d1k +d1l +d1m +4d1n +3do +4dop +d5ov +d1p +4drett +5d4reve +3drif +3driv +d5ros +d5ru +5dr^^f8v +ds5an +ds5in +d1ski +d4sm +dst^^e54 +d4su +dsu5l +ds5vi +d3ta +d1te +dt5o +d5tr +dt5u +1du +dub5 +d1v +3dy +3d^^e6 +3d^^f8 +e5ad +e3af +e5ag +e3ak +e1al +ea4la +e3an +e5ap +e3at +e3bl +ebs3 +e1ci +ed5ar +edde4 +eddel5 +e4do +ed5ra +ed3re +ed3rin +ed4str +e3e +3eff +e3fr +3eft +e3gu +e1h +e3in +ei5s +e3je +e4j5el +e1ka +e3ke +e3kl +4e1ko +e5kr +ek5sa +3eksem +3eksp +e3ku +e1kv +e5ky +e3lad +el3ak +el3ar +e1las +e3le +e4lek +3elem +e1li +5elim +e3lo +el5sa +e5lu +e3ly +e3l^^e6 +e3l^^f8 +e4mad +em4p5le +em1s +en5ak +e4nan +4enn +e4no +en3so +e5nu +e5ol +e3op +e1or +e3ov +epi3 +e1pr +e3ra +er3af +e4rag +e4rak +e1re +e4ref +er5ege +5erhv +e1ri +e4rib +er1k +ero5d +er5ov +er3s +er5tr +e3rum +er5un +e5ry +e3r^^f8 +er5^^f8n +e1ta +e1te +etek4s +e1ti +e3tj +e1to +e3tr +e3tu +e1ty +e5t^^e6 +e5t^^f8 +e3um +e3un +3eur +e1va +e3ve +e4v3erf +e1vi +e1v^^e6 +e5x +e3^^e6 +e5^^e5 +1fa +fa4ce +fags3 +f1b +f1d +1fe +fej4 +fejl1 +f1f +f1g +f1h +1fi +f1k +3fl +1fo +for1en +fo4ri +f1p +f1s4 +4ft +f3ta +f1te +f1ti +f5to +f5tvi +1fu +f1v +3fy +3f^^e6 +3f^^f8 +f^^f84r5en +1ga +g3art +g1b +g1d +1ge +4g5enden +ger3in +ge3s +g3f +g1g +g1h +1gi +gi4b +gi3st +gi^^f84 +5gj +g3k +g1l +g1m +3go +4g5om +g5ov +g3p +1gr +gs1a +gsde4len +g4se +gsha4 +g5sla +gs3or +gs1p +g5s4tide +g4str +gs1v +g4s^^f8 +g5s^^e5 +g3ta +g1te +g1ti +g5to +g3tr +gt4s +g3ud +gun5 +g3v +1gy +g5yd +3g^^e6 +3g^^f81 +3g^^e5 +4ha. +heds3 +he5s +4het +hi4e +hi4n5 +hi3s +ho5ko +ho5ve +4h3t +hun4 +hund3 +hvo4 +i1a +i3b +i4ble +i1c +i3dr +ids5k +i1el +i1en +i3er +i3et. +if3r +i3gu +i3h +i5i +i5j +i1ka +i1ke +ik1l +i5ko +ik3re +ik5ri +iks5t +ik4tu +i3ku +ik3v +i3lag +il3eg +il5ej +il5el +i3li +i4l5id +il3k +i1lo +il5u +i3mu +ind3t +5inf +ings1 +in3s +in4sv +inter1 +i3nu +i3od +i3og +i5ok +i3ol +ion4 +ions1 +i5o5r +i3ot +i5pi +i3pli +i5pr +i3re +i3ri +ir5t +i3sc +i3si +i4sm +is3p +i1ster +i3sti +i5sua +i1ta +i1te +i1ti +i3to +i3tr +it5re. +i1tu +i3ty +i5t^^e6 +i1u +i1va +i1ve +i1vi +i3^^f8 +j3ag +jde4rer +jds1 +jek4to +4j5en. +j5k +j3le +j3li +jlmeld5 +jlmel4di +j3r +jre5 +ju3s +5kap +k5au +5kav +k5b +kel5s +ke3sk +ke5st +ke4t5a +k3h +ki3e +ki3st +k1k +k5lak +k1le +3klu +k4ny +5kod +1kon +ko3ra +3kort +ko3v +1kra +5kry +ks3an +k1si +ks3k +ks1p +k3ste +k5stu +ks5v +k1t +k4tar +k4terh +kti4e +kt5re +kt5s +3kur +1kus +3kut +k4vo +k4vu +3k^^f8 +3k^^e5 +5lab +lad3r +5lagd +la4g3r +5lam +1lat +l1b +ldiagnos5 +l3dr +ld3st +1le. +5led +4lele +le4mo +3len +1ler +1les +4leu +l1f +lfin4 +lfind5 +l1go1 +l3h +li4ga +lingeni^^f84 +4l5ins +4l3int +li5o +l3j +l1ke +l1ko +l3ky +l1l +l5mu +lo4du +l3op +4l5or +3lov +4l3p +l4ps +l3r +4ls +lses1 +ls5in +l5sj +l1ta +l4taf +l1te +l4t5erf +l3ti +lt3o +l3tr +l3tu +lu5l +l3ve +l3vi +l3v^^e6 +5l^^f8s +1ma +m1b +m3d +1me +4m5ej +m3f +m1g +m3h +1mi +mi3k +m5ing +mi4o +mi5sty +m3k +m1l +m1m +mmen5 +m1n +3mo +mo4da +4mop +4m5ov +m1pe +m3pi +m3pl +m1po +m3pr +m1r +mse5s +ms5in +m5sk +ms3p +m3ste +ms5v +m3ta +m3te +m3ti +m3tr +m5t^^e5 +m1ud +1mul +mu1li +3my +1m^^e6 +3m^^f8 +3m^^e5 +3na +4nak +1nal +n1b +n1c +4nd +n3dr +nd5si +nd5sk +nd5sp +1ne +ne5a +ne4da +nemen4 +nement5e +neo4 +n3erk +n5erl +ne5sl +ne5st +n1f +n4go +4n1h +1ni +4nim +ni5o +ni3st +n1ke +n1ko +n3kr +n3ku +n5kv +n3k^^e6 +4n1l +n1m +n1n +1no +n3ord +n5p +n3r +4ns +n3si +n1sku +ns3po +n1sta +n5sti +n1ta +nta4le +n1te +n1ti +ntiali4 +n3to +n1tr +nt4s5t +nt4su +n3tu +n3ty +n5t^^e6 +4n1v +3ny +n3z +3n^^e6 +4n5^^e6b +5n^^f8 +o3a +o4as +ob3li +o1c +o4din +od5ri +od5s +od5un +o1e +of5r +o4gek +o4gel +o4g5o +og5re +og5sk +o5h +o5in +oi6s5e +o1j +o3ka +o1ke +o3ku +o3la +o3le +o1li +o1lo +o3lu +o5ly +o5l^^e6 +1omr +on3k +ook5 +o3or +o5ov +o3pi +op3l +op3r +op3s +3opta +4or. +or1an +3ordn +ord5s +o3re. +o3reg +o3rek +o3rer +o3re3s +o3ret +o3ri +3orient +or5im +o4r5in +or3k +or5o +or3sl +or3st +or3^^f8 +o3si +o3so +o3t +o1te +o5un +ov4s +o5^^e5 +3pa +pa5gh +p5anl +p3d +4pec +3pen +1per +pe1ra +pe5s +pe3u +p3f +4p5h +1pla +p4lan +4ple. +4pler +4ples +p3m +p3n +5pok +4po3re +3pot +4p5p4 +p4ro +1proc +5pr^^e6 +p3sk +p5so +ps4p +p3st +p1t +1pu +pu5b +p5ule +p5v +5py3 +5p^^e6d +p^^e53 +qu4 +4raf +ra5is +4rarb +r1b +r4d5ar +r3dr +rd4s3 +4reks +1rel +re5la +r5enss +5rese +re5spo +4ress +re3st +re5s4u +5rett +r1f +r1gu +r1h +ri1e +ri5la +4rimo +r4ing +ringse4 +ringso4r +4rinp +4rint +r3ka +r1ke +r1ki +rk3so +r3ku +r5k^^e6 +r1l +rmo4 +r5mu +r1n +ro1b +ro3p +r3or +r3p +r1r +rre5s +rro4n5 +r1sa +r1si +r5skr +r4sk5v +rs4n +r3sp +r5stu +r5su +r3sv +r5tal +r1te +r4teli +r1ti +r3to +r4t5or +rt5rat +rt3re +r5tri +r5tro +rt3s +r5ty +r5t^^e6 +r5t^^f8 +r3ud +run4da +5rut +r3va +r1ve +r3vi +r3v^^e6 +ry4s +r5^^e6l +4r^^f8n +5r^^f8r +3r^^e5d +r5^^e5r +s3af +1sam +sa4ma +s3ap +s1ar +1sat +4s1b +s1d +sdy4 +1se +s4ed +5s4er +se4se +s1f +4s1g4 +4s3h +si4bl +1sig +s5int +5sis +5sit +5siu +s5ju +4sk. +1skab +1ske +s3kl +sk5s4 +5sky +s4k^^e5 +s1le +s1li +slo3 +5slu +s5ly +3sl^^e5 +s1m +s4my +4snin +s4nit +s4n^^e6 +so5k +5sol +5som. +3somm +s5oms +5somt +3son +4s1op +sp4 +3spec +4sper +3s4pi +s1pl +3sprog. +s5r4 +s1s4 +4st. +5s4tam +1stan +st5as +3stat +1stav +1ste. +1sted +3stel +5stemo +1sten +5step +3ster. +3stes +5stet +5stj +3sto +st5om +1str +5st^^f8 +1st^^e5 +s1ud +3sul +s3un +3sur +s3ve +3s4y +1sy1s +1s^^e6 +4s5^^e6n +1s^^f8 +s5^^f8k +s^^e54r5 +5ta. +1tag +tands3 +4tanv +4tb +tede4l +teds5 +3teg +5tekn +teo1 +5term +te5ro +4t1f +6t3g +t1h +tialis5t +3tid +ti4en +ti3st +ti4^^f8 +4t3k +4t1l +tli4s5 +t1m +t1n +to5ra +to1re +to1ri +tor4m +4t3p +t4ra +4tres +tro5v +1try +3tr^^e6k. +4ts +t3si +ts4pa +ts5pr +t3st +ts5ul +t4s^^f8 +t5s^^e5 +4t1t +t5uds +5tur +t5ve +t3v^^e6 +1typ +u1a +5udl +ud5r +ud3s +3udv +u1e +ue4t5 +uge4ri +ugs3 +u5gu +u3i +u5kl +uk4ta +uk4tr +u1la +u1le +u5ly +u3l^^e6 +u5pe +up5l +u5q +u3ra +u3re +u4r3eg +u1rer +u3ro +us5a +u3si +u5ska +u5so +us5v +u1te +u1ti +u1to +ut5r +ut5s4 +5u5v +va5d +3varm +1ved +ve4l5e +ve4reg +ve3s +5vet +v5h +vi4l3in +1vis +v5j +v5k +vl4 +v3le +v5li +vls1 +1vo +4v5om +v5p +v5re +v3st +v5su +v5t +3vu +3v^^e6rd +1v^^e6rk +5v^^e5 +y3a +y5dr +y3e +y3ke +y5ki +yk3li +y3ko +yk4s5 +y3kv +y5li +y5lo +y5mu +yns5 +y5o +y1pe +y3pi +y3re +yr3ek +y3ri +y3si +y3ti +y5t3r +y5ve +y5v^^e6 +zi5o +^^e6b3l +^^e63c +^^e63e +^^e6g5a +^^e64gek +^^e64g5r +^^e6gs5 +^^e65i +^^e65kv +^^e6lle4 +^^e6n1dr +^^e65o +^^e61re +^^e6r4g5r +^^e63ri +^^e6r4ma +^^e6r4mo +^^e6r5s +^^e65si +^^e63so +^^e63ste +^^e63ve +^^f8de5 +^^f83e +^^f81je +^^f83ke +^^f83le +^^f8ms5 +^^f8n3st +^^f8n4t3 +^^f81re +^^f83ri +^^f8rne3 +^^f8r5o +^^f81ve +^^e51d +^^e51e +^^e55h +^^e53l +^^e53re +^^e5rs5t +^^e55sk +^^e53t +} +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-de.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-de.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0373ee4e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-de.pat @@ -0,0 +1,2581 @@ +% These are optimized german hyphenation patterns for use with TeX +% generated at +% Rechenzentrum Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum +% Universitaetsstrasse 150 +% D-4630 Bochum 1 +% as of 1986-11-01. +% Copyright Rechenzentrum der Ruhr-Universitaet Bochum 1986 +% General permission for non-profit use is granted. +% For commercial use, contact the above address. +\patterns{% +.ab5b +.ab5l +.ab1r +.ana5c +.an3s6 +.at6h +.au2f1 +.au2s3 +.be3erb +.da6r1 +.einge3 +.en2t1 +.er5bl +.er6da +.er4d3r +.er1e +.er1i +.erwi3s +.es5c +.est5ri +.fal4sc +.fe2s +.fest3 +.for4t +.gan4 +.ge5na +.he2l +.he2r +.her3a +.herr3s +.in1 +.ingeni5 +.lab6b5r +.liie4 +.li3t +.mi2t1 +.nul4 +.or6a +.pa4s3te +.pf4 +.rap4s +.rau4m +.ro6str +.sch6 +.see1 +.spor4 +.ta5la +.tal4g +.ta6to +.tisch3 +.tor4f3 +.tu1s +.um5 +.un5sc +.ur1 +.vol4l3 +.wah4l3 +.wohl3e +.wun4s +.zi2e +aa2gr +aa3ru +aat4s3 +a5au +1abd +ab5eb +ab5eis +a4bend. +ab5erk +1abf +3abg +1abko +a1bl +5a6bon +ab1re +ab1ru +1abs +abs2p +ab3sz +3abtei +ab5ur +1abw +1abz +4ach. +ach1a +a1che +a6chent +a1chi +ach1l +ach3m +a1cho +a1chu +ach1w +a1d +a4d3ac +ade4n +2adi +adi3en +1adj +1adl +ad5ri +ad6t5 +5adv +a3e1 +ae4d +af1an +a5far +a6fent +af3ers +3afri +a4g3ei +age4n +age2s +ag1l +a1g2n +ag1re +a6gri +ag5rie +a1ha +a1he +a6h5erh +a1hi +ahl1a +ah1le +ah6ner +ah5o +ah1re +ah5ri +ah1ru +ai1e +a5ind +ai1sc +a3isch. +a5iv. +a1j +2a1ke +a5ki +5akk +ak5n +3aktu +a6kus +a3lag +a3lak +ala6n +a5lang +al3ans +al1au +al6bl +al1c +al6der +ald5r +2a1le +a4l3e4b +al5ein +a6l5eng +a6l5ins +al4lar +a1lo +alo6p +1alph +al2tr +al5tra +a1lu6 +al5um +al5ute +3a2mei +am2sc +am2ta +a1mu +3analy +a2n1au +and5arm +ande4s +an2d3r +1anfa +3anfer +3angab +an6go +6ani +ani6o +an5ion. +an2k1r +1anl +5anm +anma3c +an1om +3a2n1or +an5sd +1anst +1antr +1anw +3anzug +an6z5w +a1o +a1pa +3apfel +a1pi +3appa +a1pr +a1ra +a2r1al +a2r1au +3arbei +6arben +1ar1c +ar6da +ar6dr +a1re2 +a6rei +ar6fr +2a1ri +ar2na +a1ro +a6r5o6d +a6r5or +ar6p5f +6arrt +ar6schm +ar6tau +3artig. +a5r6tio +ar6t5ram +1arzt +1a2sia +asi2s +aso3 +as5pa +a6stes +a6st5re +a1ta +at5eig +a1th +athe5 +at5her +1athl +2a1ti +1atm +a1to +at5ort +a1t6r +at6s5e +atz1a +au3a +aude6r5 +au6dr +au2fa +au6f5enl +1aufg +5auf1l +1aufn +auf1t +au6ga +3auge. +aum5p +aun2e +1ausb +1ausf +1ausg +au4s3tr +3ausz +1auto +auwei6 +a1v +a1w +a1x +a4xio +a1z +1ba +2b1ab +b1ac +6b5af +ba6k +bak5i +bak5r +ba1la +2b1am +ba1na +b3arb +ba1ru +2b1b +b2bli +bbu6 +6b1c +4b1d +5bdg +1be +be1a +be1ch +be3en +be3erd +be1g +bei5b +4b3eigen +be5inh +bei3s +be1na +ben3d4w +be1ra +be5r6e +be1ur +4b1f6 +2b1g +2b1h +1bi +bi5on +bi6stu +4b1j +2b1k +2b1lag +b5lam +b5lein +4blich +6blich. +b4lie +b4lind +1b2lio +b4lit +4b1m +bma3c +2b1n +1bo +bo1ra +bo1re +6b1p +6braa +6brecht +3bri +5brie +bro1 +bro4n +2b1s +b5sc +b6sn +b6sof +bs6t1h +bs5tol +bs2zi +2b1t +b2t1h +1bu +5buch. +6b1v +2b1w +1by +6b5z +5ca +1ce +2ch. +ch1ah +3chari +2chei +ch3eil +ch5eis +chi5er. +6chj +ch3ler +4ch2m +chn2 +5chn. +ch2na +ch5orc +chr6 +ch5rt +2cht +6chuh +chut2 +5ci +6c2k +ck1a +ck1ei +ck5l +ck3n +ck5sp +1co +co6u +c3t +cti6 +1cu +6d5abr +6dabt +1dac +d5achs +da5la +da6lu +3damp +da5na +2danl +danla4 +6danzu +6d1ap +da2r5a6 +6d1arb +1dat +4d1aus +2d1b +2d1d +1de +de1a +de6be +de1ch +2d1ein +de6lau +de6lo +den5a +den3g +der3ab +der3an +de5re. +6d5erhi +6derneu +de3r4o +de2s1a +de4sin +6d5eul +2d1f +2d1g +2d1h +1di +di1na +6dinf +6d5inn +di5ot +di1sc +di3s4pe +di4str +di6ta +2d1j +2d1k +2d1l +2d1m +2d1n6 +1do +d2on +6dord +2d1p +6dq +dr2 +4drad +1drah +d1rec +d1ren +6d5rh +1dro +d6roh +6d5rot +1dru +2ds +d6san +dsanga6 +d1sc +d1sp +2dt +d5ti +d5to +d1tr +1du +2d1uh +6d5umk +durch3 +6d5urt +2d1v +2d1w +dwa6r +dy1 +2d1z +e1ac +ea4gent +e1ah +e1ak +e1al. +e5alg +e3als +e1am +e1an +e4ano +e1ar. +e5arb +e3arf +e3arm +eatu6 +e1b +eb6ac +e4b3ar +eb6rie +eb2se +eb2sk +e1che +e1chi +e1cho +ech6s5en +e1chu +ecke4 +e1d +ede4re +ee5a +ee5e +e1ei +eei6g +e5em. +ee5ro +ee6tat +eeu6 +e1e2x1 +e1f +efek4 +efe3ra +ef2fl +ef3ta +e6fum +ege6sp +eg1lo +eg3lu +eg3s4t +e1ha +eh1ap +e1he +ehe3ra +e1hi +eh1le +ehl6er +2ehm +eh1mu +e1ho +ehr1a +eh1re +eh1ri +ehr4s +eh1ru +eh5s +e1hu +eh1w +e1hy +ei1a +ei6ba +ei4chi +ei1e +1eign +6eil. +ei5le +1eina +ein1g +3einhal +ein5k +3einlag +3einn +ei2n1o +3eintei +ei5p +eipf6 +e1irr +ei4str +ei2t3a +eit1h +ei6t5um +e1j +e1ke +e1ki +e1k2l +e1kn +ekte4 +e1la +el3al +e4l1ar +el5aus +e1le +el1ec +el5ein +el3eisen +1elek +3elem +4elem. +ele6n +elf4 +5elf. +elg2 +e1lo +el6s5o +3eltern +elt3h +e1lu +el1um +6emi +1emp1f +e1mu +en3achs +en1am +e2n1ar +en3a6s +en5auf +en6d5ess +e4nein +en5eis +e6nel +e6n5end +3energi +en3ers +en4men +en4san +ensen6 +en5spa +6enst +3entf +3entla +3entsp +1entw +enwi2 +e1o2b +e2om +e5or. +eo5re +eor4h +e5ort +2ep +e1pa +e1pf2 +ep6p3a +e1pr +ep5to +e1q +er1ac +er5alb +er5amt +e3rand +er3ans +er5a6si +e1rat +e3raum +er3aus +er4bli +3erbs +er1c +5erdb +2e1re +er3eck +ere2h +3ereig +e4r3ein +ere2k +e5rem +er3ero +er3ers +ere2s +er3ess +2e1ri +e3rif +er3ins +e3rit +5erneu +e1ro. +er3ob +e6rof +e3rog +e1rol +er1or +ero5s +3ersatz +er5sc +ersch4 +er2th +e5rtn +2e1ru +er5uhr +er1um +e1s +esa6 +6esc +esch4l +6esi +esi3g2 +es3int +e2sk +es2ko +es5op +es2pu +e6stin +es6tr +est5ro +e1ta +e1ti +1etn +e1to +e1tr +et2t3a +et4tr +etu1s +e6ty +6etz +eu6ga +euge6n +euk2 +e3um. +eun2e +e5unt +e5us. +eu6zw +e1v +e1w +ewa1s +ewi2s +ex3a4m +5exp +e1z +fa1b +5fah +fai5 +fan5d +fa1sc +2f1b2 +4f3c +4f1d +1fe +6f5eb +fe6be +6f5eins +fe2l5a +fe6lo +fe2mi +6femp +fen5ei +2f1f +ffe5i +ff5ing +f6flo +ff2sp +2f3g2 +fge1 +fgewen4 +2f1h +1fi +fi1na +2f1k +f5leb +6f5lein +2f1m +2f1n +1fo +foh1 +f4on +2f1op +fo1re +fort5r +fo5ru +2f1p +f1q +fr4 +f6re. +f5reic +f5reis +f1ric +f5rig +1fris +2f1s +f2sk +f2sn +fspu6 +2ft +ft5ak +f6tent +ft1h +f1ti +f1tr +ft4su +ftwa6r +1fu +6f1v +2f1w +f1z +1ga +6gabz +ga6d +ga1la +gang3a +6ganl +2g1arm +g3arti +2g1b +4gd +g5da +3ge +ge1a +ge1e +6g5eff +gef2l +ge1g2l +ge4ig +ge1na +genlini6 +ge1o +ge1ra +ge1ro +ges2p +ge1ur +2g1f +2g1g +gge6bu +gg1le +2g1h +1gi +2g1k +g5leb +3gleic +g3lein +3glem +g1ler +6g5leu +g2lie +6g1los +g6ly +2g1m +g1n +6gn. +g6nin +1go +6gob +2gog +g2on +go1r +got6 +gott5 +2g1p +1gr6 +g3reic +gri2e +6groh +2gs +gsa4g +g6s1ak +g4s1an +gsan6zu +g5sat +gs1au4 +g1s6c +g2s1e +g5seil +g5set +g2s1i +g2s1o +g2s1p +g5s6pi +gs3tak +g2s3tr +g2s1u +2g1t +g2t1h +1gu +gu5a +gu2e +gu2i +6g5und +gung6 +gu2t1 +2g1v +2g1w +5g6wes +2g1z +ha5be +ha6bei +haf6e +haft4s +ha5la +hal4b3r +2hap +h6ari +h5arm. +h3arme +har6th +haufga6 +h1b +h1c +h1d +6hea +he2bl +h3echt +he6fa +h5e6he. +6helt +1hemm +h1emp +he6ni +hen4ru +hen4sta +hen6wa +6heo1 +her5bl +he5rin +her4zw +heu3s +he3xa +h1f6 +h1g +h1h +hil4fr +h3ins +h1k +hkon6z +hlaf3r +hl5anz +h1le. +h6l5ein +hl3erh +h1les +h2lif +h2lit +6hm +h2ma +h3man +h2mi +h2mo +h5nam +h2nei +hn3ein +h2nel +h6n5id +h2nip +h2nit +h2nor +h2nul +ho5be +hoch1 +hoh1l +h2on +ho1re +ho3sl +ho4s3p +h1p +h1q +h3rech +h5ref +hren6s +h1ric +h3ros +hr5st +hr6ste +hr2th +h1s +h6s5ac +hs5amt +h2san +h6sau +h6sein +h2sk +h6spu +hs5tau +hs5tie +h4s3tu +2ht +ht5ac +ht3ar +hte6b +h2t1ec +ht1e2h +h4temp +h6t5ers +ht1h +h1ti +h6tin +h3tra +ht5re +h5tro +ht6so +ht6spa +hub3l +hu6f5 +huh3 +hu6ha +h5uhr +hu2la +2husi +h1v +hwi2d1 +h1z +i1al. +i5ala +i1alb +i1ald +i5alet +i1alf +i1alk +i3all +i3alp +i1als +i3alv +i5alz +i1an +i1a6r +i1asm +i5ast. +i1at. +i6b5eis +ibe6s +i1br +ib5ren +i6b5unt +ich1a +i1che +i1chi +ich3l +ich3m +ich4sa +icht3an +i1chu +ich1w +i1d +i2dea +i6d5ei +ide5ri +id5ru +idu5a +ie2bl +ie6b5re +ieder3e +ie3e +ie6felt +ief3f6 +ie2f5l +ie6fr +iege4r3e +ie6lei +ie4lek +i1ell +ielo6b +ie2lu +i1en. +i5ens. +i5env +i1enz +ie3o +ier3a2 +ie6r5in +ie6s5c +ie6ta +ie6t5ert +iet5h +2if +i1fa +if5an +if1l +if1r +i5f6ro +i1g +ig3art +i6g5ei +i2gl +ig3le +i2gn +ig6r +i5ha +i1he +i5hi +ih1n +i1hu +i6h5um +ih1w +6i1i2 +i1j +i1k +i1la +i6lans +ild5ent +i1le +ile6h +il5ehe +i6lel +il2fl +ilf4s +illu5s +il2m5a6 +i1lo +i1lu +il6z5i +i6mel +i6m5id +im4man +i1mu +in3arb +in1au +6ind. +i6n5eh +i2n1ei +i6n5erl +i6n5erw +3infek +inge6bir +3inhab +5inj +in6pu +ins5ert +in5spe +3instr +io1c +i1o2d +i5ol. +i3om. +ion6 +i1ons1 +i1or +i5os. +i5ox +i1pa +i1pi +i1pr +i1ra +i1re +i1ri +ir2k5l +i5rol +is5amt +i6scheh +ischen4 +isch3la +isch3r +i5stra +ist3re +i1ta +i5t6ak +it5ein +it1hi +i1ti +i4tia +i6t5in +i1to +it5raf +it3rau +it1re +i1tri +it4t3r +itu3al +i1u +i1v +i1w +i1z +i6za +1ja +je2t1 +jo3r4a +1ju +ju5t +1ka +kaf5 +ka1la +ka1na +2kanl +6kapf +k5arm +ka3ru +kauf4s +4k3aus +kau5t6 +2k1b +6k1d +kehrs3 +6k5eic +2k1eig +ke6lo +ken6sta +ke1ra +6kerd +4k1f +4k1g +kgela6 +2k1h +ki1c +kie6l5 +k5im +ki5o +ki6r +kit2s +4kiz +2k1k +kl6 +1kla +k3leit +2k1ler +2klic +k2lin +kli1s +kloi6 +4klung. +2k1m +k2n2 +kni4e +1k2o +ko1i +kol3l +ko3o4 +6kop. +kop6f1 +ko1r6a +kor6der +6k5ox +2k1p6 +1kr +6krad +2k1rec +2ks +k1sc +k6so +2k1t +k6tau +k2t1h +1ku +ku1c +2k1uh5 +kuie5re +kun6s +kunst3 +6kunt +ku3ta +6k1v +6k1w +2k1z +lach5r +5lack. +1lad +lade3 +6ladv +laf5l +laf3t +la2g1a +4lal +l3amt +la1na +1land +lap6pl +l1arb +la5ru +la1sc +la6s5p +la6sta +6latm +6laug +6lav +l1b +l6b5e6b +lb2s +lbst1 +6lc +l1che +l1chi +6ld +ld5a6n +l6d5eb +ld1re +ld5rom +le4b3ri +2lec +5led +3lef +4l3eff +1leh +6lehe +lei6br +lei4fa +4leisen +2lem6e +6lemp +4lentw +5lepa +le4rer +l3erg +5leri +2l1err +4l1erz +le3sk +6l5eth +l1f +lfo6 +lf5ra +l1g +l6g5au +6l1h +1li +2lick +li1en +3lig +li5gn +2lim +li1na +li5ne +4l3inh +6linj +6linz +6lish +2lix +l1j +l1k +lk5erd +lk2l +lk2s3 +l1la +l5lad +l1le +ll5eis +l3li +l1lo +l2l1or +ll5ov +ll4spr +ll5th +l1lu +6l1m +l4m3o4d +l5na +l5o4bl +6lock +l5ohr +l2on +2l1ord +lo1re +lo5ro +1los. +3lose +lo6s5tr +6lou +lo6ve +l1p +lp2f2 +l2pt +l1q +l1r +l1s +l2s1er +l2sk +ls2p +2l1t +lt5amp +ltanla6 +lt3ans +l5te +l6t3ein +l2th +lt5ho +lt1re +lt5um +5luf +luft3a +1lun +lung4 +3lung. +6l5uni +4l3unte +2l1urg +lu4st3r +lu5the +l1v +lve5ru +l1w +1ly +lz3ar +1ma +ma2dr +ma4gna +2m1ago +ma5la +mal3d +ma6lei +ma6lut +2m1ana +mani5e +4mappa +2m1arb +3m6as +ma1sc +mau1s +2m1b +mb6r +6m1d +1me +me1ch +3meld +me5nad +men6e +me6ni +6m5enth +4mentsp +m2er +me1ra +me1ro +mer5t +3mes +me1th +2m1f4 +mfan2 +2m1g +2m1h +1mi +mi3ak +6mibe +3mig +mi5gl +mi1na +mise1 +5mitt +2m1k +2m1l6 +6m1m +m6mab +m6m5ak +m2m1ei +mme4r5a +2m1n +1m2o +mo6dr +mo2o +mo1ra +mo6st5 +m1pa +m1pi +m5pr +m1q +6m1r +2m1s +m6san +m5sche +msch4l +ms6k +2m1t +m5tam +mt1ar +m2t1h +1mun +mu1sc +5musi +mu1ta +2m1v +2m1w +my5a +2m1z +1na. +6n1ab +na2c +nach5e +nacht4s3t +na6der +1nadi +1n2ag +na5gl +1nah +1nai +1nal. +5nale +n3alt +6n5amt +4n1an. +n1and +2n1ang +6n5anr +n3anzu +n4ar. +2narc +n1arm +5n6ars +4n3art +1nat +5nat. +3nate +2natm +4nauf +n5auss +n3aust +1nav +n1b2 +n1c +nch3m +n1d +nda5ru +nde4lan +nde4s3e +n2dot +nd1ta +1ne +ne2bl +6n5ebn +2nec +n3eck. +2nee +3neei +ne2h +4neif +6neis +n2en. +n2ens +nen4tr +ne6p +n2er. +ne1ra +2n1erb +4n3erd +nerfor4 +4nerg +n3ergi +n2erh +n1erk +n1err +n2ert +6n5ertr +4n3erz +6n5ess +6n5e6tu +n1f +n5fa +nf2l +6ng +n4g3ac +ng1lo +ng6na +ng2sa +n1h +5n6he. +n5hie +nho6s +1ni +ni5ak +ni1al +ni1b +ni4d +nie4d3r +ni1el +ni1en +4n3i4gel +4n1imp +2n1ind +n6ing +n3ins +ni3ol +nir2s +n1j +n6ji +n1ke +n1ki +n1kle +n6klo +n1kn +n3l +n5lan +n6lande +nli2m +n1m +nmen2 +nmo1 +n1na +n6nau +nni1s +nn5sp +nn4tak +n5nu +1no +no5be +no1c +n5o6d +no6ke +6n5o6le +no2ma +n4on +no3ny +nor2a +n3ort +no6t5a +n1p2 +npa2t +n1q +n1r +nsa2b +n2s1ak +n6s5alt +ns3ang +n1sc +n5sche +n4schli +ns6de +n6self +n6s5ent +nsi3g4 +nsi4ons +ns3par +ns5tat. +n6stor +6nt +n1ta +n5te. +nt1eh +n3t4en +nte3na +nten4ar +nter3a +n6t5ess +nt5hie +nt1ho +n1ti +nti2d +n1to +n6t5o6d +n1tr +nt5rin +n5trop +nt1s +nt5sa +ntu1a +nt1z +1nu +2nuc +2nud +4n3uh +n3ums +n5umw +nung4 +2n1unt +2nup +2nur +nu6si +n6ut +nu5ta +n1v +n5w +nwid3r +nwi5sc +nwoh3l +n1z +n6zar +nzi4ga +o1a +oa2l +oa6m +oa6x +ob6ab +o4ber +1obj +o1bl +ob5la +ob5li +ob1r +1obs6 +ob6sta +o1che +o3chu +o1d +od5ele +od5ru +o5e6b +o1ef +o1e2l +o5er +o5e6x +o1fa1 +1o4fen +of6fin +3offiz +of2fl +of6f5r +o5fl +4o1g +o5g6h +og2n +o5ha +o1he +o1hi +ohl1a +oh3len +o1ho +oh1re +oh5ru +o1hu +oh3w +o5hy +o1id. +o5ism +o1j +o1k +o6kula +6okult +o1la +o1le +ole1r +ol6fr +ol4gl +olk5r +ol2la +ol6lei +o1lo +o1lu +o2m1ab +om6an +o6m5au +o6mene +o6m5erz +o1mu +1on. +o1na +on5a6m +o4n3arb +on5g6 +o6n5ok +6onsmel +6onsn +6onspr +o1of +o5on +o1or +o1pa +o6pau +oper6 +opf5l +o1pi +op2p3l +o1pr +1opt +or1a +or2al +o3r4ant +or4as +o3r2at +1ordn +o6r1ei +o3ren. +1orga +or2gl +o1ri +or1or +or6t5au +o1s2k +os2lo +o4sta +oste6r5 +o1ta +ot6e +otem5 +otemp6 +o5t6h +o1ti +o1to +ot1r +ot6ro +ot2tr +ou5i +o1un +3ou5t +o1v +o1w +o1x +o1z6 +4pab +pa5g6 +p6ak +pa3la +pa6no +1pap +pa4r3af +6parg +3partei +pau1 +p1b +p3c +1pe +pe5ep +2pek +pen5k +pe1ra +pere4 +pe4re. +2perr +pfa6 +pf5ade +pf3as +p4ferd +pf5t +1ph +2ph. +p5han +6phb +4p3hei +6pht +6phz +pie6la +pi1en +5pil +pi1s +pis4k +p1k +1pl6 +4p3ler +p2li +2plig +2p3lu +p1m +p1n +1p4o +po1ch +3pol +po1ra +po1re +p1pa +ppe4n1 +pp3f +p6p5ha +p1pi +p1pr +pp1s +5prei +5pres +3prod +5prog +ps5er +p1t +pt1ac +pteu6 +p2to +pt5ro +1pu +pu1b2 +puf6fr +6p5uh +2pur +pu6rei +pu1ta +p5v +6p5w +5py5 +p1z +1qu2 +6rabd +r1abt +1rad +ra4dan +6radd +ra4dr +raf1a +ra4fer +1rahm +r5ahn +ra4l5o +r4anb +r2and +r6ane +r5angr +r3anzu +3rape +1rapi +2r1ar +3rar. +rar2s +r6at. +ra6ta +ra6the +6r1auf +6r3aug +r1b +r1che +rch1l +6r1d +rd5erge +1re. +re3alt +re6b5l +5recht +2reck +re1e +3regi +4reig +6r5eime +rei6sa +reli3ef +6remp +re1pi +6repp +1rer +5r6er. +6rerb +6r5erd +6r5erf +r3erla +r4ersei +6r5erzi +5res. +2ress +r1e2w +6r5e6x +r1f +rf4lie +r1g +rge4bl +r4gn +r1h +rhe6ber. +ri5alg +ri1el +ri1en +ri3er. +ri6fa +riie6 +6r5inb +2r3ind +r4inde +1rinn +4rins +2r1ir +ri1sc +ri5sko +r2it +ri6tal +rizi5 +r1j +r1k +rkau6e +rk6lo +r1l +r1m +rmen4s +r1na +rn5ade +rna6r +rn5ari +rn3eif +r6nene +rn6er +rn3g +rn1k +r6n5or +ro5ba +ro1ch +1rohr +ro5i6 +r2on +ro1re +ro1sp +rovisi6 +r1p2 +r6p5an +rpf2 +rpro6g5n +r4p5t +r5pu +rpum6 +r1q +4rr +r5r6a +r5re +rres2 +r1ri +r1ro +r3ru +6r1s +r6sanf +r3sche +rschri6 +rs2k +r6sku +rs2n +rs2p +rswi3 +rswid4 +r1t +rt3ac +r2t1ar +r6t5erl +r6t5erm +rt1he +r2t1hi +rt4so +rt6s5ti +1ruf +2rum +6rundz +r6ung. +6r1unt +6r1u4r3 +ru1ta +r1v +r1w +ry2 +r1z +rz5ac +r6zad +r6z1ar +r2z1em +1sa +2s1ab +sab5l +s3a4der +sa1fa +sa3fl +sa3fr +sa5ik +sa1la +2s1alp +5sam. +5samk +s3anb +san2c +s6ann +2s1ap +2s1ar +3s4ar. +2s1atl +4s1aus +2s1b +2sch. +2schb +1sche +4schec +schen4b +schen4h +schen4z +2schf +4schh +1schi +2schk +sch6ne +3schof +6schp +3schri +2schs +2scht +sch5ta +5schu +6schv +2s1d +1se +se5ag +6s5ec +se4e +see5i +se6h5a +6s1eig +5s6eit +4selem +sen6e +6sersa +se5ru +se6ruh +ser6um +s1erz +2s1ex +2s1f +2s1g2 +2s1h +1si +si1b +si1en +4s3inte +si5ru +si1sc +s1j +s1k +6sk. +3skiz +s5ku +2s1l +5slav +s5li +2s1m +s1n +1so +s2on +s1ord +so1re +4sorga +sp2 +1spal +spani5e +6spap +s2pei +1spek +s2pez +s1pf2 +1spi +6spil +2s3pla +1spr +s5ps +s6pul +1spur +s1q +2s1r4 +2s5s2 +ssag6 +ssali6 +ssen6st +1s2t +2st. +st2ab +4staf +2stag +2stak +st5anb +4stanf +st3ans +4starbei +4staus +2stb +2std +ste6g5 +st4ei +ste6ne +ste5re +6sterm +6st3eur +6s5tex +2stf +2stg +2sth +st3ho +6stj +2stk +2stl +2stm +6stn +2stp +6stref +6strun +2st1s +5s6tub +5s6tun +2stv +2stw +4stz +1su +su6b3 +such4s +2s1v +2s1w +swi2d1 +1sy +2s1z +szula6 +ta4bla +2tac +3tafe +3t4ag +ta2g1a +ta6ka +6tamp +t1amt +tan6c +t5anf +tan6k5l +4tanl +6tanw +4tarb +t3arbe +t1arm +ta1sc +ta6sto +3taube. +2t1b2 +tbi6b5 +2t1c +2t1d +1te +te2a +5techn +2teh +teh5l +4teif +3teil +tei4l3a +4teinh +6t1eis +te6lau +te6lo +ten1a +ten5g +te2ni +ten3s6p +te6nu +te3ral +te4ren +te5ren. +te6r5it +3term +t5e6se +3test +te6sto +te6str +te5th +te3xa +2t1f2 +2t1g2 +6th. +2t1ha +t1heb +2t1hei +3theo +1thes +thi1s +2th1l +th3m +1thr +3thus +2t1id +ti1en +tik6 +t3ind +ti6q +ti5tr +t1j +2t1k +2t5l6 +tle4digt +tlo4b +2t1m +2t5n +to5be +to1ch +tode2 +to6del +to4d3er +toh1 +toi6r +t2on +to1ra +t1ord +to1re +5tou +2t1p +tpf2 +tr4a +6trad +3trag +tra1s +4trec +t3rech +5t6ree +5t6ref +6treg +t5reih +t5rep +3t4ret +3trib +t6rie +5trieb +5t6rigk +tri4o3 +t6rop +t3rot. +2trs +5trun +2ts +t2s1an +t2s1au +t1sc +t5sche +ts3ort +t1spa +ts3th +ts3un +t2s1ur +2t1t +t5ta. +tt5ab +tt3eif +t5t6ra +tt1re +t6tro +tt5ru +1tu +6tuh +tul4p +5tum. +tun6f +6t1unt +tu4ran +tur2m3 +2t1v +2t1w +1ty +2tz +tz1an +t6zent +tz6th +tz5wi +u6ale +u1ar. +u1br +ubs2k +6uc +uch3a +u1che +u1chi +uch1l +uch1r +u1chu +uch1w +u1d +udi3en +u6d5on +u1e +ue2n +uen1e +uer1a +u1fa +u6f3ent +uff2l +uf1la +uf1re +u1g +u6gabt +ug5am +ug2gl +u2gl +u2gn +u1ha +u1he +u1hi +u1ho +uh1re +u1ie2 +ui5em +u1ig +u3in. +u1j +u1ke +u1kl +ukle5i +u1kn +u1la +u1le +ul6lo +u1lo +ulo6i +ul6sa +u1lu +um5ak +1uml +3umschl +u1mu +u1n1a +un6al +un4d3ar +5undz +un1e +une2b +une6d +3unfal +un1gl +un5gn +un2g3r +ungs1 +ungs3ta +un1in +u4nion +un1kl +un1o +1unr +un1s2p +3unterr +u5n1u +unvol4 +unvoll3 +u1or +u5os. +u1pa +upe6 +uper3 +up6fi +u1pi +u1pr +up2ta +up6tr +up4tur +u1ra +ura6d +ur6an. +u1re +ur5eis +u1ri +1url +ur6nan +u1ro +3ursa +u1ru +ur2za +ur2z1w +usch3w +us5im +us3tau +ute5re +ut5h +ut6her +u1ti +u1to +u1tr +ut4schl +ut6s5t +u1u +u1v +u1w +u1z +va6t5a +va6tei +ve2r1 +vera6 +ver5b2 +vere2 +ve2sp +vete3 +2v1g +vi4el +vi5et +vi6la +vi3ro +vi1ru +v2o +vol4k +vo6n +vor5a +vor1c +vo4r1e +2v1t +wa4g3n +1wald +wan6dar +war5u +war2z5 +1was +w6e +wede5r +we6fl +we6ga +we6g5eng +we6g5es +weg1l +we2g3r +weib4s +1weis +wei5sc +wel4t +welt3a +welt3r +we4ra +werbe3 +werbes4 +wer6bl +wer4fl +wer6ga +wer4ka +wer4kl +wer6ta +we2sp +we6str +1wid +wil6den +wil6dr +win4d3r +wi1sc +wi6schl +wi6schn +wo1c +wo3ren +wo6r5i +wor5u +wu1s +wu2t1 +4w3w +x1ak +6x5amt +x5and +xan5t +1xe +x1emp +x5erz +6x1h +1xi +xi5c +xich6 +x1k +x6o +x1p2 +6x1t +x6ta +xti6 +1xu +6xy +x1z +y5al. +y1c +y1d +y1e6 +y1g +y5i +y1k2 +yklo3 +y1l +ym1 +yna5 +yn5e +yn1t +y5om +y1p +ype4 +yper3 +y6ps +y2p3t +y1r +yr5r6 +y1s +y6te +y1t6h +y1ti +y1z +6z5ab +z3a4der +1zah +z5al +6z5am +zanla6 +z1arb +zausga6 +2z1b +6z5c +6zd +1ze +zei6t5er +ze5m6e +zen3a +zen6za +ze5ra +zerhau6 +2z1f +2z1g +2z1h +1zi +zi3alg +zi5alr +zi5cho +zi1en +z3imp +6z5inf +6zinh +zinha6 +zin6ser +zi1sc +zi3th +zi3tr +2z1k +2z1l +2z1m +4z1n +5zo +zo5f +zo6gl +zo5re +zor4na +2z1p +2z1r +2z1s6 +2z1t +z4t3end +zte5r +zt5hi +1zu +zu1a +zu1b2 +zuch4 +zucht3 +zu1f2 +zu5i +zun2a +zun2e +6zunt +zu3o +zu1s +zu1t +2z1v +3zwan +2z1wer +zwer6k5 +z3wo +zy5 +2z5z6} +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-en.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-en.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57341a7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-en.pat @@ -0,0 +1,4468 @@ +% The Plain TeX hyphenation tables [NOT TO BE CHANGED IN ANY WAY!] +\patterns{ % just type if you're not using INITEX +.ach4 +.ad4der +.af1t +.al3t +.am5at +.an5c +.ang4 +.ani5m +.ant4 +.an3te +.anti5s +.ar5s +.ar4tie +.ar4ty +.as3c +.as1p +.as1s +.aster5 +.atom5 +.au1d +.av4i +.awn4 +.ba4g +.ba5na +.bas4e +.ber4 +.be5ra +.be3sm +.be5sto +.bri2 +.but4ti +.cam4pe +.can5c +.capa5b +.car5ol +.ca4t +.ce4la +.ch4 +.chill5i +.ci2 +.cit5r +.co3e +.co4r +.cor5ner +.de4moi +.de3o +.de3ra +.de3ri +.des4c +.dictio5 +.do4t +.du4c +.dumb5 +.earth5 +.eas3i +.eb4 +.eer4 +.eg2 +.el5d +.el3em +.enam3 +.en3g +.en3s +.eq5ui5t +.er4ri +.es3 +.eu3 +.eye5 +.fes3 +.for5mer +.ga2 +.ge2 +.gen3t4 +.ge5og +.gi5a +.gi4b +.go4r +.hand5i +.han5k +.he2 +.hero5i +.hes3 +.het3 +.hi3b +.hi3er +.hon5ey +.hon3o +.hov5 +.id4l +.idol3 +.im3m +.im5pin +.in1 +.in3ci +.ine2 +.in2k +.in3s +.ir5r +.is4i +.ju3r +.la4cy +.la4m +.lat5er +.lath5 +.le2 +.leg5e +.len4 +.lep5 +.lev1 +.li4g +.lig5a +.li2n +.li3o +.li4t +.mag5a5 +.mal5o +.man5a +.mar5ti +.me2 +.mer3c +.me5ter +.mis1 +.mist5i +.mon3e +.mo3ro +.mu5ta +.muta5b +.ni4c +.od2 +.odd5 +.of5te +.or5ato +.or3c +.or1d +.or3t +.os3 +.os4tl +.oth3 +.out3 +.ped5al +.pe5te +.pe5tit +.pi4e +.pio5n +.pi2t +.pre3m +.ra4c +.ran4t +.ratio5na +.ree2 +.re5mit +.res2 +.re5stat +.ri4g +.rit5u +.ro4q +.ros5t +.row5d +.ru4d +.sci3e +.self5 +.sell5 +.se2n +.se5rie +.sh2 +.si2 +.sing4 +.st4 +.sta5bl +.sy2 +.ta4 +.te4 +.ten5an +.th2 +.ti2 +.til4 +.tim5o5 +.ting4 +.tin5k +.ton4a +.to4p +.top5i +.tou5s +.trib5ut +.un1a +.un3ce +.under5 +.un1e +.un5k +.un5o +.un3u +.up3 +.ure3 +.us5a +.ven4de +.ve5ra +.wil5i +.ye4 +4ab. +a5bal +a5ban +abe2 +ab5erd +abi5a +ab5it5ab +ab5lat +ab5o5liz +4abr +ab5rog +ab3ul +a4car +ac5ard +ac5aro +a5ceou +ac1er +a5chet +4a2ci +a3cie +ac1in +a3cio +ac5rob +act5if +ac3ul +ac4um +a2d +ad4din +ad5er. +2adi +a3dia +ad3ica +adi4er +a3dio +a3dit +a5diu +ad4le +ad3ow +ad5ran +ad4su +4adu +a3duc +ad5um +ae4r +aeri4e +a2f +aff4 +a4gab +aga4n +ag5ell +age4o +4ageu +ag1i +4ag4l +ag1n +a2go +3agog +ag3oni +a5guer +ag5ul +a4gy +a3ha +a3he +ah4l +a3ho +ai2 +a5ia +a3ic. +ai5ly +a4i4n +ain5in +ain5o +ait5en +a1j +ak1en +al5ab +al3ad +a4lar +4aldi +2ale +al3end +a4lenti +a5le5o +al1i +al4ia. +ali4e +al5lev +4allic +4alm +a5log. +a4ly. +4alys +5a5lyst +5alyt +3alyz +4ama +am5ab +am3ag +ama5ra +am5asc +a4matis +a4m5ato +am5era +am3ic +am5if +am5ily +am1in +ami4no +a2mo +a5mon +amor5i +amp5en +a2n +an3age +3analy +a3nar +an3arc +anar4i +a3nati +4and +ande4s +an3dis +an1dl +an4dow +a5nee +a3nen +an5est. +a3neu +2ang +ang5ie +an1gl +a4n1ic +a3nies +an3i3f +an4ime +a5nimi +a5nine +an3io +a3nip +an3ish +an3it +a3niu +an4kli +5anniz +ano4 +an5ot +anoth5 +an2sa +an4sco +an4sn +an2sp +ans3po +an4st +an4sur +antal4 +an4tie +4anto +an2tr +an4tw +an3ua +an3ul +a5nur +4ao +apar4 +ap5at +ap5ero +a3pher +4aphi +a4pilla +ap5illar +ap3in +ap3ita +a3pitu +a2pl +apoc5 +ap5ola +apor5i +apos3t +aps5es +a3pu +aque5 +2a2r +ar3act +a5rade +ar5adis +ar3al +a5ramete +aran4g +ara3p +ar4at +a5ratio +ar5ativ +a5rau +ar5av4 +araw4 +arbal4 +ar4chan +ar5dine +ar4dr +ar5eas +a3ree +ar3ent +a5ress +ar4fi +ar4fl +ar1i +ar5ial +ar3ian +a3riet +ar4im +ar5inat +ar3io +ar2iz +ar2mi +ar5o5d +a5roni +a3roo +ar2p +ar3q +arre4 +ar4sa +ar2sh +4as. +as4ab +as3ant +ashi4 +a5sia. +a3sib +a3sic +5a5si4t +ask3i +as4l +a4soc +as5ph +as4sh +as3ten +as1tr +asur5a +a2ta +at3abl +at5ac +at3alo +at5ap +ate5c +at5ech +at3ego +at3en. +at3era +ater5n +a5terna +at3est +at5ev +4ath +ath5em +a5then +at4ho +ath5om +4ati. +a5tia +at5i5b +at1ic +at3if +ation5ar +at3itu +a4tog +a2tom +at5omiz +a4top +a4tos +a1tr +at5rop +at4sk +at4tag +at5te +at4th +a2tu +at5ua +at5ue +at3ul +at3ura +a2ty +au4b +augh3 +au3gu +au4l2 +aun5d +au3r +au5sib +aut5en +au1th +a2va +av3ag +a5van +ave4no +av3era +av5ern +av5ery +av1i +avi4er +av3ig +av5oc +a1vor +3away +aw3i +aw4ly +aws4 +ax4ic +ax4id +ay5al +aye4 +ays4 +azi4er +azz5i +5ba. +bad5ger +ba4ge +bal1a +ban5dag +ban4e +ban3i +barbi5 +bari4a +bas4si +1bat +ba4z +2b1b +b2be +b3ber +bbi4na +4b1d +4be. +beak4 +beat3 +4be2d +be3da +be3de +be3di +be3gi +be5gu +1bel +be1li +be3lo +4be5m +be5nig +be5nu +4bes4 +be3sp +be5str +3bet +bet5iz +be5tr +be3tw +be3w +be5yo +2bf +4b3h +bi2b +bi4d +3bie +bi5en +bi4er +2b3if +1bil +bi3liz +bina5r4 +bin4d +bi5net +bi3ogr +bi5ou +bi2t +3bi3tio +bi3tr +3bit5ua +b5itz +b1j +bk4 +b2l2 +blath5 +b4le. +blen4 +5blesp +b3lis +b4lo +blun4t +4b1m +4b3n +bne5g +3bod +bod3i +bo4e +bol3ic +bom4bi +bon4a +bon5at +3boo +5bor. +4b1ora +bor5d +5bore +5bori +5bos4 +b5ota +both5 +bo4to +bound3 +4bp +4brit +broth3 +2b5s2 +bsor4 +2bt +bt4l +b4to +b3tr +buf4fer +bu4ga +bu3li +bumi4 +bu4n +bunt4i +bu3re +bus5ie +buss4e +5bust +4buta +3butio +b5uto +b1v +4b5w +5by. +bys4 +1ca +cab3in +ca1bl +cach4 +ca5den +4cag4 +2c5ah +ca3lat +cal4la +call5in +4calo +can5d +can4e +can4ic +can5is +can3iz +can4ty +cany4 +ca5per +car5om +cast5er +cas5tig +4casy +ca4th +4cativ +cav5al +c3c +ccha5 +cci4a +ccompa5 +ccon4 +ccou3t +2ce. +4ced. +4ceden +3cei +5cel. +3cell +1cen +3cenc +2cen4e +4ceni +3cent +3cep +ce5ram +4cesa +3cessi +ces5si5b +ces5t +cet4 +c5e4ta +cew4 +2ch +4ch. +4ch3ab +5chanic +ch5a5nis +che2 +cheap3 +4ched +che5lo +3chemi +ch5ene +ch3er. +ch3ers +4ch1in +5chine. +ch5iness +5chini +5chio +3chit +chi2z +3cho2 +ch4ti +1ci +3cia +ci2a5b +cia5r +ci5c +4cier +5cific. +4cii +ci4la +3cili +2cim +2cin +c4ina +3cinat +cin3em +c1ing +c5ing. +5cino +cion4 +4cipe +ci3ph +4cipic +4cista +4cisti +2c1it +cit3iz +5ciz +ck1 +ck3i +1c4l4 +4clar +c5laratio +5clare +cle4m +4clic +clim4 +cly4 +c5n +1co +co5ag +coe2 +2cog +co4gr +coi4 +co3inc +col5i +5colo +col3or +com5er +con4a +c4one +con3g +con5t +co3pa +cop3ic +co4pl +4corb +coro3n +cos4e +cov1 +cove4 +cow5a +coz5e +co5zi +c1q +cras5t +5crat. +5cratic +cre3at +5cred +4c3reta +cre4v +cri2 +cri5f +c4rin +cris4 +5criti +cro4pl +crop5o +cros4e +cru4d +4c3s2 +2c1t +cta4b +ct5ang +c5tant +c2te +c3ter +c4ticu +ctim3i +ctu4r +c4tw +cud5 +c4uf +c4ui +cu5ity +5culi +cul4tis +3cultu +cu2ma +c3ume +cu4mi +3cun +cu3pi +cu5py +cur5a4b +cu5ria +1cus +cuss4i +3c4ut +cu4tie +4c5utiv +4cutr +1cy +cze4 +1d2a +5da. +2d3a4b +dach4 +4daf +2dag +da2m2 +dan3g +dard5 +dark5 +4dary +3dat +4dativ +4dato +5dav4 +dav5e +5day +d1b +d5c +d1d4 +2de. +deaf5 +deb5it +de4bon +decan4 +de4cil +de5com +2d1ed +4dee. +de5if +deli4e +del5i5q +de5lo +d4em +5dem. +3demic +dem5ic. +de5mil +de4mons +demor5 +1den +de4nar +de3no +denti5f +de3nu +de1p +de3pa +depi4 +de2pu +d3eq +d4erh +5derm +dern5iz +der5s +des2 +d2es. +de1sc +de2s5o +des3ti +de3str +de4su +de1t +de2to +de1v +dev3il +4dey +4d1f +d4ga +d3ge4t +dg1i +d2gy +d1h2 +5di. +1d4i3a +dia5b +di4cam +d4ice +3dict +3did +5di3en +d1if +di3ge +di4lato +d1in +1dina +3dine. +5dini +di5niz +1dio +dio5g +di4pl +dir2 +di1re +dirt5i +dis1 +5disi +d4is3t +d2iti +1di1v +d1j +d5k2 +4d5la +3dle. +3dled +3dles. +4dless +2d3lo +4d5lu +2dly +d1m +4d1n4 +1do +3do. +do5de +5doe +2d5of +d4og +do4la +doli4 +do5lor +dom5iz +do3nat +doni4 +doo3d +dop4p +d4or +3dos +4d5out +do4v +3dox +d1p +1dr +drag5on +4drai +dre4 +drea5r +5dren +dri4b +dril4 +dro4p +4drow +5drupli +4dry +2d1s2 +ds4p +d4sw +d4sy +d2th +1du +d1u1a +du2c +d1uca +duc5er +4duct. +4ducts +du5el +du4g +d3ule +dum4be +du4n +4dup +du4pe +d1v +d1w +d2y +5dyn +dy4se +dys5p +e1a4b +e3act +ead1 +ead5ie +ea4ge +ea5ger +ea4l +eal5er +eal3ou +eam3er +e5and +ear3a +ear4c +ear5es +ear4ic +ear4il +ear5k +ear2t +eart3e +ea5sp +e3ass +east3 +ea2t +eat5en +eath3i +e5atif +e4a3tu +ea2v +eav3en +eav5i +eav5o +2e1b +e4bel. +e4bels +e4ben +e4bit +e3br +e4cad +ecan5c +ecca5 +e1ce +ec5essa +ec2i +e4cib +ec5ificat +ec5ifie +ec5ify +ec3im +eci4t +e5cite +e4clam +e4clus +e2col +e4comm +e4compe +e4conc +e2cor +ec3ora +eco5ro +e1cr +e4crem +ec4tan +ec4te +e1cu +e4cul +ec3ula +2e2da +4ed3d +e4d1er +ede4s +4edi +e3dia +ed3ib +ed3ica +ed3im +ed1it +edi5z +4edo +e4dol +edon2 +e4dri +e4dul +ed5ulo +ee2c +eed3i +ee2f +eel3i +ee4ly +ee2m +ee4na +ee4p1 +ee2s4 +eest4 +ee4ty +e5ex +e1f +e4f3ere +1eff +e4fic +5efici +efil4 +e3fine +ef5i5nite +3efit +efor5es +e4fuse. +4egal +eger4 +eg5ib +eg4ic +eg5ing +e5git5 +eg5n +e4go. +e4gos +eg1ul +e5gur +5egy +e1h4 +eher4 +ei2 +e5ic +ei5d +eig2 +ei5gl +e3imb +e3inf +e1ing +e5inst +eir4d +eit3e +ei3th +e5ity +e1j +e4jud +ej5udi +eki4n +ek4la +e1la +e4la. +e4lac +elan4d +el5ativ +e4law +elaxa4 +e3lea +el5ebra +5elec +e4led +el3ega +e5len +e4l1er +e1les +el2f +el2i +e3libe +e4l5ic. +el3ica +e3lier +el5igib +e5lim +e4l3ing +e3lio +e2lis +el5ish +e3liv3 +4ella +el4lab +ello4 +e5loc +el5og +el3op. +el2sh +el4ta +e5lud +el5ug +e4mac +e4mag +e5man +em5ana +em5b +e1me +e2mel +e4met +em3ica +emi4e +em5igra +em1in2 +em5ine +em3i3ni +e4mis +em5ish +e5miss +em3iz +5emniz +emo4g +emoni5o +em3pi +e4mul +em5ula +emu3n +e3my +en5amo +e4nant +ench4er +en3dic +e5nea +e5nee +en3em +en5ero +en5esi +en5est +en3etr +e3new +en5ics +e5nie +e5nil +e3nio +en3ish +en3it +e5niu +5eniz +4enn +4eno +eno4g +e4nos +en3ov +en4sw +ent5age +4enthes +en3ua +en5uf +e3ny. +4en3z +e5of +eo2g +e4oi4 +e3ol +eop3ar +e1or +eo3re +eo5rol +eos4 +e4ot +eo4to +e5out +e5ow +e2pa +e3pai +ep5anc +e5pel +e3pent +ep5etitio +ephe4 +e4pli +e1po +e4prec +ep5reca +e4pred +ep3reh +e3pro +e4prob +ep4sh +ep5ti5b +e4put +ep5uta +e1q +equi3l +e4q3ui3s +er1a +era4b +4erand +er3ar +4erati. +2erb +er4bl +er3ch +er4che +2ere. +e3real +ere5co +ere3in +er5el. +er3emo +er5ena +er5ence +4erene +er3ent +ere4q +er5ess +er3est +eret4 +er1h +er1i +e1ria4 +5erick +e3rien +eri4er +er3ine +e1rio +4erit +er4iu +eri4v +e4riva +er3m4 +er4nis +4ernit +5erniz +er3no +2ero +er5ob +e5roc +ero4r +er1ou +er1s +er3set +ert3er +4ertl +er3tw +4eru +eru4t +5erwau +e1s4a +e4sage. +e4sages +es2c +e2sca +es5can +e3scr +es5cu +e1s2e +e2sec +es5ecr +es5enc +e4sert. +e4serts +e4serva +4esh +e3sha +esh5en +e1si +e2sic +e2sid +es5iden +es5igna +e2s5im +es4i4n +esis4te +esi4u +e5skin +es4mi +e2sol +es3olu +e2son +es5ona +e1sp +es3per +es5pira +es4pre +2ess +es4si4b +estan4 +es3tig +es5tim +4es2to +e3ston +2estr +e5stro +estruc5 +e2sur +es5urr +es4w +eta4b +eten4d +e3teo +ethod3 +et1ic +e5tide +etin4 +eti4no +e5tir +e5titio +et5itiv +4etn +et5ona +e3tra +e3tre +et3ric +et5rif +et3rog +et5ros +et3ua +et5ym +et5z +4eu +e5un +e3up +eu3ro +eus4 +eute4 +euti5l +eu5tr +eva2p5 +e2vas +ev5ast +e5vea +ev3ell +evel3o +e5veng +even4i +ev1er +e5verb +e1vi +ev3id +evi4l +e4vin +evi4v +e5voc +e5vu +e1wa +e4wag +e5wee +e3wh +ewil5 +ew3ing +e3wit +1exp +5eyc +5eye. +eys4 +1fa +fa3bl +fab3r +fa4ce +4fag +fain4 +fall5e +4fa4ma +fam5is +5far +far5th +fa3ta +fa3the +4fato +fault5 +4f5b +4fd +4fe. +feas4 +feath3 +fe4b +4feca +5fect +2fed +fe3li +fe4mo +fen2d +fend5e +fer1 +5ferr +fev4 +4f1f +f4fes +f4fie +f5fin. +f2f5is +f4fly +f2fy +4fh +1fi +fi3a +2f3ic. +4f3ical +f3ican +4ficate +f3icen +fi3cer +fic4i +5ficia +5ficie +4fics +fi3cu +fi5del +fight5 +fil5i +fill5in +4fily +2fin +5fina +fin2d5 +fi2ne +f1in3g +fin4n +fis4ti +f4l2 +f5less +flin4 +flo3re +f2ly5 +4fm +4fn +1fo +5fon +fon4de +fon4t +fo2r +fo5rat +for5ay +fore5t +for4i +fort5a +fos5 +4f5p +fra4t +f5rea +fres5c +fri2 +fril4 +frol5 +2f3s +2ft +f4to +f2ty +3fu +fu5el +4fug +fu4min +fu5ne +fu3ri +fusi4 +fus4s +4futa +1fy +1ga +gaf4 +5gal. +3gali +ga3lo +2gam +ga5met +g5amo +gan5is +ga3niz +gani5za +4gano +gar5n4 +gass4 +gath3 +4gativ +4gaz +g3b +gd4 +2ge. +2ged +geez4 +gel4in +ge5lis +ge5liz +4gely +1gen +ge4nat +ge5niz +4geno +4geny +1geo +ge3om +g4ery +5gesi +geth5 +4geto +ge4ty +ge4v +4g1g2 +g2ge +g3ger +gglu5 +ggo4 +gh3in +gh5out +gh4to +5gi. +1gi4a +gia5r +g1ic +5gicia +g4ico +gien5 +5gies. +gil4 +g3imen +3g4in. +gin5ge +5g4ins +5gio +3gir +gir4l +g3isl +gi4u +5giv +3giz +gl2 +gla4 +glad5i +5glas +1gle +gli4b +g3lig +3glo +glo3r +g1m +g4my +gn4a +g4na. +gnet4t +g1ni +g2nin +g4nio +g1no +g4non +1go +3go. +gob5 +5goe +3g4o4g +go3is +gon2 +4g3o3na +gondo5 +go3ni +5goo +go5riz +gor5ou +5gos. +gov1 +g3p +1gr +4grada +g4rai +gran2 +5graph. +g5rapher +5graphic +4graphy +4gray +gre4n +4gress. +4grit +g4ro +gruf4 +gs2 +g5ste +gth3 +gu4a +3guard +2gue +5gui5t +3gun +3gus +4gu4t +g3w +1gy +2g5y3n +gy5ra +h3ab4l +hach4 +hae4m +hae4t +h5agu +ha3la +hala3m +ha4m +han4ci +han4cy +5hand. +han4g +hang5er +hang5o +h5a5niz +han4k +han4te +hap3l +hap5t +ha3ran +ha5ras +har2d +hard3e +har4le +harp5en +har5ter +has5s +haun4 +5haz +haz3a +h1b +1head +3hear +he4can +h5ecat +h4ed +he5do5 +he3l4i +hel4lis +hel4ly +h5elo +hem4p +he2n +hena4 +hen5at +heo5r +hep5 +h4era +hera3p +her4ba +here5a +h3ern +h5erou +h3ery +h1es +he2s5p +he4t +het4ed +heu4 +h1f +h1h +hi5an +hi4co +high5 +h4il2 +himer4 +h4ina +hion4e +hi4p +hir4l +hi3ro +hir4p +hir4r +his3el +his4s +hith5er +hi2v +4hk +4h1l4 +hlan4 +h2lo +hlo3ri +4h1m +hmet4 +2h1n +h5odiz +h5ods +ho4g +hoge4 +hol5ar +3hol4e +ho4ma +home3 +hon4a +ho5ny +3hood +hoon4 +hor5at +ho5ris +hort3e +ho5ru +hos4e +ho5sen +hos1p +1hous +house3 +hov5el +4h5p +4hr4 +hree5 +hro5niz +hro3po +4h1s2 +h4sh +h4tar +ht1en +ht5es +h4ty +hu4g +hu4min +hun5ke +hun4t +hus3t4 +hu4t +h1w +h4wart +hy3pe +hy3ph +hy2s +2i1a +i2al +iam4 +iam5ete +i2an +4ianc +ian3i +4ian4t +ia5pe +iass4 +i4ativ +ia4tric +i4atu +ibe4 +ib3era +ib5ert +ib5ia +ib3in +ib5it. +ib5ite +i1bl +ib3li +i5bo +i1br +i2b5ri +i5bun +4icam +5icap +4icar +i4car. +i4cara +icas5 +i4cay +iccu4 +4iceo +4ich +2ici +i5cid +ic5ina +i2cip +ic3ipa +i4cly +i2c5oc +4i1cr +5icra +i4cry +ic4te +ictu2 +ic4t3ua +ic3ula +ic4um +ic5uo +i3cur +2id +i4dai +id5anc +id5d +ide3al +ide4s +i2di +id5ian +idi4ar +i5die +id3io +idi5ou +id1it +id5iu +i3dle +i4dom +id3ow +i4dr +i2du +id5uo +2ie4 +ied4e +5ie5ga +ield3 +ien5a4 +ien4e +i5enn +i3enti +i1er. +i3esc +i1est +i3et +4if. +if5ero +iff5en +if4fr +4ific. +i3fie +i3fl +4ift +2ig +iga5b +ig3era +ight3i +4igi +i3gib +ig3il +ig3in +ig3it +i4g4l +i2go +ig3or +ig5ot +i5gre +igu5i +ig1ur +i3h +4i5i4 +i3j +4ik +i1la +il3a4b +i4lade +i2l5am +ila5ra +i3leg +il1er +ilev4 +il5f +il1i +il3ia +il2ib +il3io +il4ist +2ilit +il2iz +ill5ab +4iln +il3oq +il4ty +il5ur +il3v +i4mag +im3age +ima5ry +imenta5r +4imet +im1i +im5ida +imi5le +i5mini +4imit +im4ni +i3mon +i2mu +im3ula +2in. +i4n3au +4inav +incel4 +in3cer +4ind +in5dling +2ine +i3nee +iner4ar +i5ness +4inga +4inge +in5gen +4ingi +in5gling +4ingo +4ingu +2ini +i5ni. +i4nia +in3io +in1is +i5nite. +5initio +in3ity +4ink +4inl +2inn +2i1no +i4no4c +ino4s +i4not +2ins +in3se +insur5a +2int. +2in4th +in1u +i5nus +4iny +2io +4io. +ioge4 +io2gr +i1ol +io4m +ion3at +ion4ery +ion3i +io5ph +ior3i +i4os +io5th +i5oti +io4to +i4our +2ip +ipe4 +iphras4 +ip3i +ip4ic +ip4re4 +ip3ul +i3qua +iq5uef +iq3uid +iq3ui3t +4ir +i1ra +ira4b +i4rac +ird5e +ire4de +i4ref +i4rel4 +i4res +ir5gi +ir1i +iri5de +ir4is +iri3tu +5i5r2iz +ir4min +iro4g +5iron. +ir5ul +2is. +is5ag +is3ar +isas5 +2is1c +is3ch +4ise +is3er +3isf +is5han +is3hon +ish5op +is3ib +isi4d +i5sis +is5itiv +4is4k +islan4 +4isms +i2so +iso5mer +is1p +is2pi +is4py +4is1s +is4sal +issen4 +is4ses +is4ta. +is1te +is1ti +ist4ly +4istral +i2su +is5us +4ita. +ita4bi +i4tag +4ita5m +i3tan +i3tat +2ite +it3era +i5teri +it4es +2ith +i1ti +4itia +4i2tic +it3ica +5i5tick +it3ig +it5ill +i2tim +2itio +4itis +i4tism +i2t5o5m +4iton +i4tram +it5ry +4itt +it3uat +i5tud +it3ul +4itz. +i1u +2iv +iv3ell +iv3en. +i4v3er. +i4vers. +iv5il. +iv5io +iv1it +i5vore +iv3o3ro +i4v3ot +4i5w +ix4o +4iy +4izar +izi4 +5izont +5ja +jac4q +ja4p +1je +jer5s +4jestie +4jesty +jew3 +jo4p +5judg +3ka. +k3ab +k5ag +kais4 +kal4 +k1b +k2ed +1kee +ke4g +ke5li +k3en4d +k1er +kes4 +k3est. +ke4ty +k3f +kh4 +k1i +5ki. +5k2ic +k4ill +kilo5 +k4im +k4in. +kin4de +k5iness +kin4g +ki4p +kis4 +k5ish +kk4 +k1l +4kley +4kly +k1m +k5nes +1k2no +ko5r +kosh4 +k3ou +kro5n +4k1s2 +k4sc +ks4l +k4sy +k5t +k1w +lab3ic +l4abo +laci4 +l4ade +la3dy +lag4n +lam3o +3land +lan4dl +lan5et +lan4te +lar4g +lar3i +las4e +la5tan +4lateli +4lativ +4lav +la4v4a +2l1b +lbin4 +4l1c2 +lce4 +l3ci +2ld +l2de +ld4ere +ld4eri +ldi4 +ld5is +l3dr +l4dri +le2a +le4bi +left5 +5leg. +5legg +le4mat +lem5atic +4len. +3lenc +5lene. +1lent +le3ph +le4pr +lera5b +ler4e +3lerg +3l4eri +l4ero +les2 +le5sco +5lesq +3less +5less. +l3eva +lev4er. +lev4era +lev4ers +3ley +4leye +2lf +l5fr +4l1g4 +l5ga +lgar3 +l4ges +lgo3 +2l3h +li4ag +li2am +liar5iz +li4as +li4ato +li5bi +5licio +li4cor +4lics +4lict. +l4icu +l3icy +l3ida +lid5er +3lidi +lif3er +l4iff +li4fl +5ligate +3ligh +li4gra +3lik +4l4i4l +lim4bl +lim3i +li4mo +l4im4p +l4ina +1l4ine +lin3ea +lin3i +link5er +li5og +4l4iq +lis4p +l1it +l2it. +5litica +l5i5tics +liv3er +l1iz +4lj +lka3 +l3kal +lka4t +l1l +l4law +l2le +l5lea +l3lec +l3leg +l3lel +l3le4n +l3le4t +ll2i +l2lin4 +l5lina +ll4o +lloqui5 +ll5out +l5low +2lm +l5met +lm3ing +l4mod +lmon4 +2l1n2 +3lo. +lob5al +lo4ci +4lof +3logic +l5ogo +3logu +lom3er +5long +lon4i +l3o3niz +lood5 +5lope. +lop3i +l3opm +lora4 +lo4rato +lo5rie +lor5ou +5los. +los5et +5losophiz +5losophy +los4t +lo4ta +loun5d +2lout +4lov +2lp +lpa5b +l3pha +l5phi +lp5ing +l3pit +l4pl +l5pr +4l1r +2l1s2 +l4sc +l2se +l4sie +4lt +lt5ag +ltane5 +l1te +lten4 +ltera4 +lth3i +l5ties. +ltis4 +l1tr +ltu2 +ltur3a +lu5a +lu3br +luch4 +lu3ci +lu3en +luf4 +lu5id +lu4ma +5lumi +l5umn. +5lumnia +lu3o +luo3r +4lup +luss4 +lus3te +1lut +l5ven +l5vet4 +2l1w +1ly +4lya +4lyb +ly5me +ly3no +2lys4 +l5yse +1ma +2mab +ma2ca +ma5chine +ma4cl +mag5in +5magn +2mah +maid5 +4mald +ma3lig +ma5lin +mal4li +mal4ty +5mania +man5is +man3iz +4map +ma5rine. +ma5riz +mar4ly +mar3v +ma5sce +mas4e +mas1t +5mate +math3 +ma3tis +4matiza +4m1b +mba4t5 +m5bil +m4b3ing +mbi4v +4m5c +4me. +2med +4med. +5media +me3die +m5e5dy +me2g +mel5on +mel4t +me2m +mem1o3 +1men +men4a +men5ac +men4de +4mene +men4i +mens4 +mensu5 +3ment +men4te +me5on +m5ersa +2mes +3mesti +me4ta +met3al +me1te +me5thi +m4etr +5metric +me5trie +me3try +me4v +4m1f +2mh +5mi. +mi3a +mid4a +mid4g +mig4 +3milia +m5i5lie +m4ill +min4a +3mind +m5inee +m4ingl +min5gli +m5ingly +min4t +m4inu +miot4 +m2is +mis4er. +mis5l +mis4ti +m5istry +4mith +m2iz +4mk +4m1l +m1m +mma5ry +4m1n +mn4a +m4nin +mn4o +1mo +4mocr +5mocratiz +mo2d1 +mo4go +mois2 +moi5se +4mok +mo5lest +mo3me +mon5et +mon5ge +moni3a +mon4ism +mon4ist +mo3niz +monol4 +mo3ny. +mo2r +4mora. +mos2 +mo5sey +mo3sp +moth3 +m5ouf +3mous +mo2v +4m1p +mpara5 +mpa5rab +mpar5i +m3pet +mphas4 +m2pi +mpi4a +mp5ies +m4p1in +m5pir +mp5is +mpo3ri +mpos5ite +m4pous +mpov5 +mp4tr +m2py +4m3r +4m1s2 +m4sh +m5si +4mt +1mu +mula5r4 +5mult +multi3 +3mum +mun2 +4mup +mu4u +4mw +1na +2n1a2b +n4abu +4nac. +na4ca +n5act +nag5er. +nak4 +na4li +na5lia +4nalt +na5mit +n2an +nanci4 +nan4it +nank4 +nar3c +4nare +nar3i +nar4l +n5arm +n4as +nas4c +nas5ti +n2at +na3tal +nato5miz +n2au +nau3se +3naut +nav4e +4n1b4 +ncar5 +n4ces. +n3cha +n5cheo +n5chil +n3chis +nc1in +nc4it +ncour5a +n1cr +n1cu +n4dai +n5dan +n1de +nd5est. +ndi4b +n5d2if +n1dit +n3diz +n5duc +ndu4r +nd2we +2ne. +n3ear +ne2b +neb3u +ne2c +5neck +2ned +ne4gat +neg5ativ +5nege +ne4la +nel5iz +ne5mi +ne4mo +1nen +4nene +3neo +ne4po +ne2q +n1er +nera5b +n4erar +n2ere +n4er5i +ner4r +1nes +2nes. +4nesp +2nest +4nesw +3netic +ne4v +n5eve +ne4w +n3f +n4gab +n3gel +nge4n4e +n5gere +n3geri +ng5ha +n3gib +ng1in +n5git +n4gla +ngov4 +ng5sh +n1gu +n4gum +n2gy +4n1h4 +nha4 +nhab3 +nhe4 +3n4ia +ni3an +ni4ap +ni3ba +ni4bl +ni4d +ni5di +ni4er +ni2fi +ni5ficat +n5igr +nik4 +n1im +ni3miz +n1in +5nine. +nin4g +ni4o +5nis. +nis4ta +n2it +n4ith +3nitio +n3itor +ni3tr +n1j +4nk2 +n5kero +n3ket +nk3in +n1kl +4n1l +n5m +nme4 +nmet4 +4n1n2 +nne4 +nni3al +nni4v +nob4l +no3ble +n5ocl +4n3o2d +3noe +4nog +noge4 +nois5i +no5l4i +5nologis +3nomic +n5o5miz +no4mo +no3my +no4n +non4ag +non5i +n5oniz +4nop +5nop5o5li +nor5ab +no4rary +4nosc +nos4e +nos5t +no5ta +1nou +3noun +nov3el3 +nowl3 +n1p4 +npi4 +npre4c +n1q +n1r +nru4 +2n1s2 +ns5ab +nsati4 +ns4c +n2se +n4s3es +nsid1 +nsig4 +n2sl +ns3m +n4soc +ns4pe +n5spi +nsta5bl +n1t +nta4b +nter3s +nt2i +n5tib +nti4er +nti2f +n3tine +n4t3ing +nti4p +ntrol5li +nt4s +ntu3me +nu1a +nu4d +nu5en +nuf4fe +n3uin +3nu3it +n4um +nu1me +n5umi +3nu4n +n3uo +nu3tr +n1v2 +n1w4 +nym4 +nyp4 +4nz +n3za +4oa +oad3 +o5a5les +oard3 +oas4e +oast5e +oat5i +ob3a3b +o5bar +obe4l +o1bi +o2bin +ob5ing +o3br +ob3ul +o1ce +och4 +o3chet +ocif3 +o4cil +o4clam +o4cod +oc3rac +oc5ratiz +ocre3 +5ocrit +octor5a +oc3ula +o5cure +od5ded +od3ic +odi3o +o2do4 +odor3 +od5uct. +od5ucts +o4el +o5eng +o3er +oe4ta +o3ev +o2fi +of5ite +ofit4t +o2g5a5r +og5ativ +o4gato +o1ge +o5gene +o5geo +o4ger +o3gie +1o1gis +og3it +o4gl +o5g2ly +3ogniz +o4gro +ogu5i +1ogy +2ogyn +o1h2 +ohab5 +oi2 +oic3es +oi3der +oiff4 +oig4 +oi5let +o3ing +oint5er +o5ism +oi5son +oist5en +oi3ter +o5j +2ok +o3ken +ok5ie +o1la +o4lan +olass4 +ol2d +old1e +ol3er +o3lesc +o3let +ol4fi +ol2i +o3lia +o3lice +ol5id. +o3li4f +o5lil +ol3ing +o5lio +o5lis. +ol3ish +o5lite +o5litio +o5liv +olli4e +ol5ogiz +olo4r +ol5pl +ol2t +ol3ub +ol3ume +ol3un +o5lus +ol2v +o2ly +om5ah +oma5l +om5atiz +om2be +om4bl +o2me +om3ena +om5erse +o4met +om5etry +o3mia +om3ic. +om3ica +o5mid +om1in +o5mini +5ommend +omo4ge +o4mon +om3pi +ompro5 +o2n +on1a +on4ac +o3nan +on1c +3oncil +2ond +on5do +o3nen +on5est +on4gu +on1ic +o3nio +on1is +o5niu +on3key +on4odi +on3omy +on3s +onspi4 +onspir5a +onsu4 +onten4 +on3t4i +ontif5 +on5um +onva5 +oo2 +ood5e +ood5i +oo4k +oop3i +o3ord +oost5 +o2pa +ope5d +op1er +3opera +4operag +2oph +o5phan +o5pher +op3ing +o3pit +o5pon +o4posi +o1pr +op1u +opy5 +o1q +o1ra +o5ra. +o4r3ag +or5aliz +or5ange +ore5a +o5real +or3ei +ore5sh +or5est. +orew4 +or4gu +4o5ria +or3ica +o5ril +or1in +o1rio +or3ity +o3riu +or2mi +orn2e +o5rof +or3oug +or5pe +3orrh +or4se +ors5en +orst4 +or3thi +or3thy +or4ty +o5rum +o1ry +os3al +os2c +os4ce +o3scop +4oscopi +o5scr +os4i4e +os5itiv +os3ito +os3ity +osi4u +os4l +o2so +os4pa +os4po +os2ta +o5stati +os5til +os5tit +o4tan +otele4g +ot3er. +ot5ers +o4tes +4oth +oth5esi +oth3i4 +ot3ic. +ot5ica +o3tice +o3tif +o3tis +oto5s +ou2 +ou3bl +ouch5i +ou5et +ou4l +ounc5er +oun2d +ou5v +ov4en +over4ne +over3s +ov4ert +o3vis +oviti4 +o5v4ol +ow3der +ow3el +ow5est +ow1i +own5i +o4wo +oy1a +1pa +pa4ca +pa4ce +pac4t +p4ad +5pagan +p3agat +p4ai +pain4 +p4al +pan4a +pan3el +pan4ty +pa3ny +pa1p +pa4pu +para5bl +par5age +par5di +3pare +par5el +p4a4ri +par4is +pa2te +pa5ter +5pathic +pa5thy +pa4tric +pav4 +3pay +4p1b +pd4 +4pe. +3pe4a +pear4l +pe2c +2p2ed +3pede +3pedi +pedia4 +ped4ic +p4ee +pee4d +pek4 +pe4la +peli4e +pe4nan +p4enc +pen4th +pe5on +p4era. +pera5bl +p4erag +p4eri +peri5st +per4mal +perme5 +p4ern +per3o +per3ti +pe5ru +per1v +pe2t +pe5ten +pe5tiz +4pf +4pg +4ph. +phar5i +phe3no +ph4er +ph4es. +ph1ic +5phie +ph5ing +5phisti +3phiz +ph2l +3phob +3phone +5phoni +pho4r +4phs +ph3t +5phu +1phy +pi3a +pian4 +pi4cie +pi4cy +p4id +p5ida +pi3de +5pidi +3piec +pi3en +pi4grap +pi3lo +pi2n +p4in. +pind4 +p4ino +3pi1o +pion4 +p3ith +pi5tha +pi2tu +2p3k2 +1p2l2 +3plan +plas5t +pli3a +pli5er +4plig +pli4n +ploi4 +plu4m +plum4b +4p1m +2p3n +po4c +5pod. +po5em +po3et5 +5po4g +poin2 +5point +poly5t +po4ni +po4p +1p4or +po4ry +1pos +pos1s +p4ot +po4ta +5poun +4p1p +ppa5ra +p2pe +p4ped +p5pel +p3pen +p3per +p3pet +ppo5site +pr2 +pray4e +5preci +pre5co +pre3em +pref5ac +pre4la +pre3r +p3rese +3press +pre5ten +pre3v +5pri4e +prin4t3 +pri4s +pris3o +p3roca +prof5it +pro3l +pros3e +pro1t +2p1s2 +p2se +ps4h +p4sib +2p1t +pt5a4b +p2te +p2th +pti3m +ptu4r +p4tw +pub3 +pue4 +puf4 +pul3c +pu4m +pu2n +pur4r +5pus +pu2t +5pute +put3er +pu3tr +put4ted +put4tin +p3w +qu2 +qua5v +2que. +3quer +3quet +2rab +ra3bi +rach4e +r5acl +raf5fi +raf4t +r2ai +ra4lo +ram3et +r2ami +rane5o +ran4ge +r4ani +ra5no +rap3er +3raphy +rar5c +rare4 +rar5ef +4raril +r2as +ration4 +rau4t +ra5vai +rav3el +ra5zie +r1b +r4bab +r4bag +rbi2 +rbi4f +r2bin +r5bine +rb5ing. +rb4o +r1c +r2ce +rcen4 +r3cha +rch4er +r4ci4b +rc4it +rcum3 +r4dal +rd2i +rdi4a +rdi4er +rdin4 +rd3ing +2re. +re1al +re3an +re5arr +5reav +re4aw +r5ebrat +rec5oll +rec5ompe +re4cre +2r2ed +re1de +re3dis +red5it +re4fac +re2fe +re5fer. +re3fi +re4fy +reg3is +re5it +re1li +re5lu +r4en4ta +ren4te +re1o +re5pin +re4posi +re1pu +r1er4 +r4eri +rero4 +re5ru +r4es. +re4spi +ress5ib +res2t +re5stal +re3str +re4ter +re4ti4z +re3tri +reu2 +re5uti +rev2 +re4val +rev3el +r5ev5er. +re5vers +re5vert +re5vil +rev5olu +re4wh +r1f +rfu4 +r4fy +rg2 +rg3er +r3get +r3gic +rgi4n +rg3ing +r5gis +r5git +r1gl +rgo4n +r3gu +rh4 +4rh. +4rhal +ri3a +ria4b +ri4ag +r4ib +rib3a +ric5as +r4ice +4rici +5ricid +ri4cie +r4ico +rid5er +ri3enc +ri3ent +ri1er +ri5et +rig5an +5rigi +ril3iz +5riman +rim5i +3rimo +rim4pe +r2ina +5rina. +rin4d +rin4e +rin4g +ri1o +5riph +riph5e +ri2pl +rip5lic +r4iq +r2is +r4is. +ris4c +r3ish +ris4p +ri3ta3b +r5ited. +rit5er. +rit5ers +rit3ic +ri2tu +rit5ur +riv5el +riv3et +riv3i +r3j +r3ket +rk4le +rk4lin +r1l +rle4 +r2led +r4lig +r4lis +rl5ish +r3lo4 +r1m +rma5c +r2me +r3men +rm5ers +rm3ing +r4ming. +r4mio +r3mit +r4my +r4nar +r3nel +r4ner +r5net +r3ney +r5nic +r1nis4 +r3nit +r3niv +rno4 +r4nou +r3nu +rob3l +r2oc +ro3cr +ro4e +ro1fe +ro5fil +rok2 +ro5ker +5role. +rom5ete +rom4i +rom4p +ron4al +ron4e +ro5n4is +ron4ta +1room +5root +ro3pel +rop3ic +ror3i +ro5ro +ros5per +ros4s +ro4the +ro4ty +ro4va +rov5el +rox5 +r1p +r4pea +r5pent +rp5er. +r3pet +rp4h4 +rp3ing +r3po +r1r4 +rre4c +rre4f +r4reo +rre4st +rri4o +rri4v +rron4 +rros4 +rrys4 +4rs2 +r1sa +rsa5ti +rs4c +r2se +r3sec +rse4cr +rs5er. +rs3es +rse5v2 +r1sh +r5sha +r1si +r4si4b +rson3 +r1sp +r5sw +rtach4 +r4tag +r3teb +rten4d +rte5o +r1ti +rt5ib +rti4d +r4tier +r3tig +rtil3i +rtil4l +r4tily +r4tist +r4tiv +r3tri +rtroph4 +rt4sh +ru3a +ru3e4l +ru3en +ru4gl +ru3in +rum3pl +ru2n +runk5 +run4ty +r5usc +ruti5n +rv4e +rvel4i +r3ven +rv5er. +r5vest +r3vey +r3vic +rvi4v +r3vo +r1w +ry4c +5rynge +ry3t +sa2 +2s1ab +5sack +sac3ri +s3act +5sai +salar4 +sal4m +sa5lo +sal4t +3sanc +san4de +s1ap +sa5ta +5sa3tio +sat3u +sau4 +sa5vor +5saw +4s5b +scan4t5 +sca4p +scav5 +s4ced +4scei +s4ces +sch2 +s4cho +3s4cie +5scin4d +scle5 +s4cli +scof4 +4scopy +scour5a +s1cu +4s5d +4se. +se4a +seas4 +sea5w +se2c3o +3sect +4s4ed +se4d4e +s5edl +se2g +seg3r +5sei +se1le +5self +5selv +4seme +se4mol +sen5at +4senc +sen4d +s5ened +sen5g +s5enin +4sentd +4sentl +sep3a3 +4s1er. +s4erl +ser4o +4servo +s1e4s +se5sh +ses5t +5se5um +5sev +sev3en +sew4i +5sex +4s3f +2s3g +s2h +2sh. +sh1er +5shev +sh1in +sh3io +3ship +shiv5 +sho4 +sh5old +shon3 +shor4 +short5 +4shw +si1b +s5icc +3side. +5sides +5sidi +si5diz +4signa +sil4e +4sily +2s1in +s2ina +5sine. +s3ing +1sio +5sion +sion5a +si2r +sir5a +1sis +3sitio +5siu +1siv +5siz +sk2 +4ske +s3ket +sk5ine +sk5ing +s1l2 +s3lat +s2le +slith5 +2s1m +s3ma +small3 +sman3 +smel4 +s5men +5smith +smol5d4 +s1n4 +1so +so4ce +soft3 +so4lab +sol3d2 +so3lic +5solv +3som +3s4on. +sona4 +son4g +s4op +5sophic +s5ophiz +s5ophy +sor5c +sor5d +4sov +so5vi +2spa +5spai +spa4n +spen4d +2s5peo +2sper +s2phe +3spher +spho5 +spil4 +sp5ing +4spio +s4ply +s4pon +spor4 +4spot +squal4l +s1r +2ss +s1sa +ssas3 +s2s5c +s3sel +s5seng +s4ses. +s5set +s1si +s4sie +ssi4er +ss5ily +s4sl +ss4li +s4sn +sspend4 +ss2t +ssur5a +ss5w +2st. +s2tag +s2tal +stam4i +5stand +s4ta4p +5stat. +s4ted +stern5i +s5tero +ste2w +stew5a +s3the +st2i +s4ti. +s5tia +s1tic +5stick +s4tie +s3tif +st3ing +5stir +s1tle +5stock +stom3a +5stone +s4top +3store +st4r +s4trad +5stratu +s4tray +s4trid +4stry +4st3w +s2ty +1su +su1al +su4b3 +su2g3 +su5is +suit3 +s4ul +su2m +sum3i +su2n +su2r +4sv +sw2 +4swo +s4y +4syc +3syl +syn5o +sy5rin +1ta +3ta. +2tab +ta5bles +5taboliz +4taci +ta5do +4taf4 +tai5lo +ta2l +ta5la +tal5en +tal3i +4talk +tal4lis +ta5log +ta5mo +tan4de +tanta3 +ta5per +ta5pl +tar4a +4tarc +4tare +ta3riz +tas4e +ta5sy +4tatic +ta4tur +taun4 +tav4 +2taw +tax4is +2t1b +4tc +t4ch +tch5et +4t1d +4te. +tead4i +4teat +tece4 +5tect +2t1ed +te5di +1tee +teg4 +te5ger +te5gi +3tel. +teli4 +5tels +te2ma2 +tem3at +3tenan +3tenc +3tend +4tenes +1tent +ten4tag +1teo +te4p +te5pe +ter3c +5ter3d +1teri +ter5ies +ter3is +teri5za +5ternit +ter5v +4tes. +4tess +t3ess. +teth5e +3teu +3tex +4tey +2t1f +4t1g +2th. +than4 +th2e +4thea +th3eas +the5at +the3is +3thet +th5ic. +th5ica +4thil +5think +4thl +th5ode +5thodic +4thoo +thor5it +tho5riz +2ths +1tia +ti4ab +ti4ato +2ti2b +4tick +t4ico +t4ic1u +5tidi +3tien +tif2 +ti5fy +2tig +5tigu +till5in +1tim +4timp +tim5ul +2t1in +t2ina +3tine. +3tini +1tio +ti5oc +tion5ee +5tiq +ti3sa +3tise +tis4m +ti5so +tis4p +5tistica +ti3tl +ti4u +1tiv +tiv4a +1tiz +ti3za +ti3zen +2tl +t5la +tlan4 +3tle. +3tled +3tles. +t5let. +t5lo +4t1m +tme4 +2t1n2 +1to +to3b +to5crat +4todo +2tof +to2gr +to5ic +to2ma +tom4b +to3my +ton4ali +to3nat +4tono +4tony +to2ra +to3rie +tor5iz +tos2 +5tour +4tout +to3war +4t1p +1tra +tra3b +tra5ch +traci4 +trac4it +trac4te +tras4 +tra5ven +trav5es5 +tre5f +tre4m +trem5i +5tria +tri5ces +5tricia +4trics +2trim +tri4v +tro5mi +tron5i +4trony +tro5phe +tro3sp +tro3v +tru5i +trus4 +4t1s2 +t4sc +tsh4 +t4sw +4t3t2 +t4tes +t5to +ttu4 +1tu +tu1a +tu3ar +tu4bi +tud2 +4tue +4tuf4 +5tu3i +3tum +tu4nis +2t3up. +3ture +5turi +tur3is +tur5o +tu5ry +3tus +4tv +tw4 +4t1wa +twis4 +4two +1ty +4tya +2tyl +type3 +ty5ph +4tz +tz4e +4uab +uac4 +ua5na +uan4i +uar5ant +uar2d +uar3i +uar3t +u1at +uav4 +ub4e +u4bel +u3ber +u4bero +u1b4i +u4b5ing +u3ble. +u3ca +uci4b +uc4it +ucle3 +u3cr +u3cu +u4cy +ud5d +ud3er +ud5est +udev4 +u1dic +ud3ied +ud3ies +ud5is +u5dit +u4don +ud4si +u4du +u4ene +uens4 +uen4te +uer4il +3ufa +u3fl +ugh3en +ug5in +2ui2 +uil5iz +ui4n +u1ing +uir4m +uita4 +uiv3 +uiv4er. +u5j +4uk +u1la +ula5b +u5lati +ulch4 +5ulche +ul3der +ul4e +u1len +ul4gi +ul2i +u5lia +ul3ing +ul5ish +ul4lar +ul4li4b +ul4lis +4ul3m +u1l4o +4uls +uls5es +ul1ti +ultra3 +4ultu +u3lu +ul5ul +ul5v +um5ab +um4bi +um4bly +u1mi +u4m3ing +umor5o +um2p +unat4 +u2ne +un4er +u1ni +un4im +u2nin +un5ish +uni3v +un3s4 +un4sw +unt3ab +un4ter. +un4tes +unu4 +un5y +un5z +u4ors +u5os +u1ou +u1pe +uper5s +u5pia +up3ing +u3pl +up3p +upport5 +upt5ib +uptu4 +u1ra +4ura. +u4rag +u4ras +ur4be +urc4 +ur1d +ure5at +ur4fer +ur4fr +u3rif +uri4fic +ur1in +u3rio +u1rit +ur3iz +ur2l +url5ing. +ur4no +uros4 +ur4pe +ur4pi +urs5er +ur5tes +ur3the +urti4 +ur4tie +u3ru +2us +u5sad +u5san +us4ap +usc2 +us3ci +use5a +u5sia +u3sic +us4lin +us1p +us5sl +us5tere +us1tr +u2su +usur4 +uta4b +u3tat +4ute. +4utel +4uten +uten4i +4u1t2i +uti5liz +u3tine +ut3ing +ution5a +u4tis +5u5tiz +u4t1l +ut5of +uto5g +uto5matic +u5ton +u4tou +uts4 +u3u +uu4m +u1v2 +uxu3 +uz4e +1va +5va. +2v1a4b +vac5il +vac3u +vag4 +va4ge +va5lie +val5o +val1u +va5mo +va5niz +va5pi +var5ied +3vat +4ve. +4ved +veg3 +v3el. +vel3li +ve4lo +v4ely +ven3om +v5enue +v4erd +5vere. +v4erel +v3eren +ver5enc +v4eres +ver3ie +vermi4n +3verse +ver3th +v4e2s +4ves. +ves4te +ve4te +vet3er +ve4ty +vi5ali +5vian +5vide. +5vided +4v3iden +5vides +5vidi +v3if +vi5gn +vik4 +2vil +5vilit +v3i3liz +v1in +4vi4na +v2inc +vin5d +4ving +vio3l +v3io4r +vi1ou +vi4p +vi5ro +vis3it +vi3so +vi3su +4viti +vit3r +4vity +3viv +5vo. +voi4 +3vok +vo4la +v5ole +5volt +3volv +vom5i +vor5ab +vori4 +vo4ry +vo4ta +4votee +4vv4 +v4y +w5abl +2wac +wa5ger +wag5o +wait5 +w5al. +wam4 +war4t +was4t +wa1te +wa5ver +w1b +wea5rie +weath3 +wed4n +weet3 +wee5v +wel4l +w1er +west3 +w3ev +whi4 +wi2 +wil2 +will5in +win4de +win4g +wir4 +3wise +with3 +wiz5 +w4k +wl4es +wl3in +w4no +1wo2 +wom1 +wo5ven +w5p +wra4 +wri4 +writa4 +w3sh +ws4l +ws4pe +w5s4t +4wt +wy4 +x1a +xac5e +x4ago +xam3 +x4ap +xas5 +x3c2 +x1e +xe4cuto +x2ed +xer4i +xe5ro +x1h +xhi2 +xhil5 +xhu4 +x3i +xi5a +xi5c +xi5di +x4ime +xi5miz +x3o +x4ob +x3p +xpan4d +xpecto5 +xpe3d +x1t2 +x3ti +x1u +xu3a +xx4 +y5ac +3yar4 +y5at +y1b +y1c +y2ce +yc5er +y3ch +ych4e +ycom4 +ycot4 +y1d +y5ee +y1er +y4erf +yes4 +ye4t +y5gi +4y3h +y1i +y3la +ylla5bl +y3lo +y5lu +ymbol5 +yme4 +ympa3 +yn3chr +yn5d +yn5g +yn5ic +5ynx +y1o4 +yo5d +y4o5g +yom4 +yo5net +y4ons +y4os +y4ped +yper5 +yp3i +y3po +y4poc +yp2ta +y5pu +yra5m +yr5ia +y3ro +yr4r +ys4c +y3s2e +ys3ica +ys3io +3ysis +y4so +yss4 +ys1t +ys3ta +ysur4 +y3thin +yt3ic +y1w +za1 +z5a2b +zar2 +4zb +2ze +ze4n +ze4p +z1er +ze3ro +zet4 +2z1i +z4il +z4is +5zl +4zm +1zo +zo4m +zo5ol +zte4 +4z1z2 +z4zy +} +\hyphenation{ % Do NOT make any alterations to this list! --- DEK +as-so-ciate +as-so-ciates +dec-li-na-tion +oblig-a-tory +phil-an-thropic +present +presents +project +projects +reci-procity +re-cog-ni-zance +ref-or-ma-tion +ret-ri-bu-tion +ta-ble +} +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-fr.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-fr.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..374822e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-fr.pat @@ -0,0 +1,511 @@ +% The FPlain TeX hyphenation tables [NOT TO BE CHANGED IN ANY WAY!] +\lccode`\'= 39 +\patterns{ % just type if you're not using INITEX +1ba +1be +1bi +1bo +1bu +1by +4bes. +1b2l +4ble. +4bles. +1b2r +4bre. +4bres. +1ca +1ce +1ci +1co +1cu +1cy +4ces. +1c2h +4che. +4ches. +2chb +2chg +2chm +2chn +2chp +2chs +2cht +2chw +.ch4 +ch2l +4chle. +4chles. +ch2r +4chre. +4chres. +1c2k +4cke +4ckes. +2ckb +2ckf +2ckg +2ck3h +2ckp +2cks +2ckt +1c2l +4cle +4cles +1c2r +4cre. +4cres. +1da +1de +1di +1do +1du +1dy +4des. +d1d2h +1d2r +4dre. +4dres. +1fa +1fe +1fi +1fo +1fu +1fy +4fes. +1f2l +4fle. +4fles. +1f2r +4fre. +4fres. +1ga +1ge +1gi +1go +1gu +1gy +4ges +4gue +4gues. +1g2ha +1g2he +1g2hi +1g2ho +1g2hy +1g2l +4gle. +4gles +1g2n +4gne. +4gnes. +1g2r +4gre. +4gres. +1ha +1he +1hi +1ho +1hu +1hy +4hes. +1j +2jk +4jes. +1ka +1ke +1ki +1ko +1ku +1ky +4kes. +1k2h +.kh4 +1k2r +1la +1le +1li +1lo +1lu +1ly +4les. +1ma +1me +1mi +1mo +1mu +1my +4mes. +1na +1ne +1ni +1no +1nu +1ny +4nes. +1pa +1pi +1po +1pu +1py +4pes. +1p2h +4phe. +4phes. +ph2l +4phles. +4phles.2phn +ph2r +4phre. +4phres. +2ohs +2pht +.ph4 +1p2l +4ple. +4ples. +1p2r +4pre. +4pres. +1q +4que. +4ques. +1ra +1re +1ri +1ro +1ru +1ry +4res. +1r2h +4rhe. +4rhes. +1sa +1se +1si +1so +1su +1sy +4ses. +1s2ch +4sch. +2schs +4sche. +4sches. +.sch4 +.sh4 +1s2h +2shm +2shr +2shs +4she. +4shes. +1ta +1te +1ti +1to +1tu +1ty +4tes. +1t2h +.th4 +4the. +4thes. +2thl +2thm +2thn +th2r +2ths +4tre. +4tres. +1va +1ve +1vi +1vo +1vu +1vy +4ves. +1v2r +4vre. +4vres. +1wa +1xe +1wi +1wo +1wu +4wes. +1w2r +1za +1ze +1zi +1zo +1zu +1zy +4zes. +'a4 +'e4 +'i4 +'o4 +'u4 +'y4 +2'2 +1d' +dis2 +fis2 +gis2 +tung2s3 +lis2t +mis2 +e2s3ch +i2s3chia +i2s3chio +1alcool +1algi +i1arthr +2t3heur +2r3heur +2t3houd +2s3hom +2r3hydr +o1ioni +3ph2tis +1p2neu +1p2sych +1s2caph +1s2cop +e2s3cop +di2s3cop +1s2lav +1s2lov +1s2patia +1s2perm +1s2por +1s2piel +1s2piros +1s2tandard +ois2tas +pro2s3tt +1i1s2tat +1s2tein +1s2tigm +ois2tim +1s2tock +1s2tomos +ois2tom +ois2trad +ois2tratu +ois2triction +1s2troph +a2s3tro +apo2s3tr +u2s3tr +1s2tructu +1s2tyle +.anti1a2 +.anti1e2 +.anti2enne +.anti1s2 +'anti1a2 +'anti1e2 +'anti2enne +'anti1s2 +.bi1a2c +.nbi1au +.bio1a2 +.bi1u2 +.bi2s1a2 +.ci2s1alp +co1acc +co1acqco1a2d +co1ar +co1assoc +co1assur +co1au +co1ax +co1ef +co1en +co1ex +.con4 +.cons4 +co2nurb +.co1o2 +.co2o3lie +.di1a2cid +.di1ald +.di1a2mi +.di1a2tomi +.di1e2n +.di2s3h +.dv2s1a2 +.dy2s1i2 +.dv2s1o2 +.dy2s1u2 +.dy2s3 +.en1a2 +'en1a2 +en1i2vr +.en1o2 +'en1o2 +.eu2ria2 +'eu2ria2 +extra1 +hypera2 +hypere2 +hyperi2 +hypero2 +hypers2 +hyperu2 +hype4d1 +hypo1a2 +hypo1e2 +hypo1i2 +hypo1o2 +hypo1u2 +hypo1s2 +.in1a2 +.in2a3nit +.in2augur +.in1e2 +.in2effab +.inept +.in2er +.in2exora +.in1i2 +.in2i3miti +.in2i3q +.in2i3t +.in1o2 +.in2o3cul +.in2ond +.in1s2tab +.in1u2 +.in2uit +.in2u3l +'in1a2 +'in2a3nit +'in2augur +'in1e2 +'in2effab +'in2ept +'in2ert +'in2exora +'in1i2 +'in2i3miti +'in2i3q +'in2i3t +'in1o2 +'in2o3cul +'in2ond +'in1s2tab +'in1u2 +'in2uit +'in2u3l +.intera2 +.intere2 +.interi2 +.intero2 +.interu2 +.inters2 +.inte4r3 +'intera2 +'intere2 +'interi2 +'intero2 +'interu2 +'inters2 +'inte4r3 +.ma2lia2dres +.ma2lia2dro +.ma2liap +.ma2lia2v +.ma2lien +.ma2l1int +.ma2lioc +.ma2lio2d +.mono1a2 +.mono1e2x +.mono1i2 +.mono1o2 +.mono1u2 +.mono1s2 +.no2n1obs +omni1s2 +oxy1a2 +.pa2n1a2f +.pa2n1a2ra +.pa2n1is +.pa2n1o2ph +.pa2n1opt +.para1s2 +.pa2ria2che +.per1a2 +.per1e2 +.per1i2 +.per1u2 +per3h +.pe4r +photo1s2 +poly1a2 +pol1ye2 +.pos2t3r +.postis2 +radio1a2 +.re1s2 +.re2s3cap +.re2s3cisi +.re2s3ciso +.re2s3cou +.re2s3cri +.re2s3pect +.re2s3pir +.re2s3plend +.re2s3pons +.re2s3quil +.re2s3s +.re2s3t +.re3s4tab +.re3s4tag +.re3s4tand +.re3s4tat +.re3s4tim +.re3s4tip +.re3s4toc +.re3s4top +.re3s4tr +.re4s5trein +.re4s5trict +.re4s5trin +.re3s4tu +.re3s4ty +sesqui1a2 +.su2b1a2 +sub1s2 +.sub1ur +supero2 +supers2 +supe4r1 +.su2r1a2 +.su3r2a3t +.su2r1e2 +.su3r2eau +.su2r1int +.su2r1if +.su2r1ox +thermo1s2 +tran2s1a2 +tran3s2act +tran3s2ats +tran2s3h +tran2s1o2 +tran2s3p +tran2s1u2 +.tri1a2c +.tri1a2n +.tri1a2t +po1astre +vol2tiamp +} +\hyphenation{ % Do NOT make any alterations to this list! --- DEK +} +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f55809e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex @@ -0,0 +1,527 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-ger, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Germanic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Danish, Faeroese, Icelandic, Norwegian, Swedish, German, Yiddish +% Afrikaans, Dutch, English, Flemush, Frisian, Plattdeutsch + +\writestatus{loading}{Germanic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\installlanguage + [\s!nl] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\lowerleftsingleninequote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\lowerleftdoubleninequote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!en] + [\c!spatiering=\v!ruim, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!start] % always preloaded! + +\installlanguage + [\s!de] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence={\hbox{--~}}, + \c!rightsentence={\hbox{~--}}, + \c!leftsubsentence={--}, + \c!rightsubsentence={--}, + \c!leftquote=\lowerleftsingleninequote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsinglesixquote, + \c!leftquotation=\lowerleftdoubleninequote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoublesixquote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,{.},\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!da] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!sv] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!af] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!no] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +%D Hey look, some experiment: + +\installlanguage + [nlx] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!default=\s!nl, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +%D For compatibility reasons we also define: + +\installlanguage [du] [\s!de] + +\let\normaldoublequote=" + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!de] + + \installcompoundcharacter "a {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"a\midworddiscretionary} + \installcompoundcharacter "e {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"e\midworddiscretionary} + \installcompoundcharacter "i {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"\i\midworddiscretionary} + \installcompoundcharacter "o {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"o\midworddiscretionary} + \installcompoundcharacter "u {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"u\midworddiscretionary} + \installcompoundcharacter "s {\SS} + \installcompoundcharacter "z {\SS} + + \installcompoundcharacter "A {\smashaccent\"A} + \installcompoundcharacter "E {\smashaccent\"E} + \installcompoundcharacter "I {\smashaccent\"I} + \installcompoundcharacter "O {\smashaccent\"O} + \installcompoundcharacter "U {\smashaccent\"U} + \installcompoundcharacter "Z {SZ} + \installcompoundcharacter "S {SS} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!de] + + \installcompoundcharacter "ck {\discretionary {k-}{k}{ck}} + \installcompoundcharacter "ff {\discretionary{ff-}{f}{ff}} + \installcompoundcharacter "ll {\discretionary{ll-}{l}{ll}} + \installcompoundcharacter "mm {\discretionary{mm-}{m}{mm}} + \installcompoundcharacter "nn {\discretionary{nn-}{n}{nn}} + \installcompoundcharacter "pp {\discretionary{pp-}{p}{pp}} + \installcompoundcharacter "rr {\discretionary{rr-}{r}{rr}} + \installcompoundcharacter "tt {\discretionary{tt-}{t}{tt}} + + \installcompoundcharacter "CK {\discretionary {K-}{K}{CK}} + \installcompoundcharacter "FF {\discretionary{FF-}{F}{FF}} + \installcompoundcharacter "LL {\discretionary{LL-}{L}{LL}} + \installcompoundcharacter "MM {\discretionary{MM-}{M}{MM}} + \installcompoundcharacter "NN {\discretionary{NN-}{N}{NN}} + \installcompoundcharacter "PP {\discretionary{PP-}{P}{PP}} + \installcompoundcharacter "RR {\discretionary{RR-}{R}{RR}} + \installcompoundcharacter "TT {\discretionary{TT-}{T}{TT}} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!de] + + \installcompoundcharacter "` {\handlequotation\c!leftquotation} + \installcompoundcharacter "' {\handlequotation\c!rightquotation} + \installcompoundcharacter ". {\kern.1em\ignorespaces} + + \def\setupDElanguage% + {\setuplanguage + [\s!de] + [\c!leftsentence=\leftguillemot, + \c!rightsentence=\rightguillemot, + \c!leftsubsentence=\leftsubguillemot, + \c!rightsubsentence=\rightsubguillemot]} + + \installcompoundcharacter "< {{\setupDElanguage|<|}} + \installcompoundcharacter "> {{\setupDElanguage|>|}} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!inhoud=Contents] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!inhoud=Inhoud] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!inhoud=Inhalt] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!inhoud=Indhold] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!inhoud=Inneh\aa l] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!inhoud=Inhoud] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!inhoud=Innhold] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!tabellen=Tables] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!tabellen=Tablen] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!figuren=Figures] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!figuren=Figuren] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!figuren=Abbildungen] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!figuren=Figuren] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!figuren=Figuren] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!figuren=Afbeeldingen] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!figuren=Avbildningen] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!grafieken=Graphics] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!grafieken=Grafieken] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!grafieken=Graphiken] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!grafieken=Grafiken] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!grafieken=Grafiskt] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!grafieken=Grafieken] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!grafieken=Grafikken] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzo's] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzot] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!index=Index] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!index=Index] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!index=Index] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!index=Indeks] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!index=Index] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!index=Indeks] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!index=Indeks] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviations] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!afkortingen=Afkortingen] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!afkortingen=Abk\"urzungen] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviations] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!afkortingen=F\"orkortningen] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!afkortingen=Afkortingen] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!afkortingen=Forkortelsen] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!logos=Logo's] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!logos=Logo] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!logos=Logos] + +\setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!eenheden=Units] +\setupheadtext [\s!nl] [\v!eenheden=Eenheden] +\setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!eenheden=Einheiten] +\setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!eenheden=Enheden] +\setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!eenheden=Enheten] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!eenheden=Eenheiden] +\setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!eenheden=Enheten] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!tabel=Table ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!tabel=Tabel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!tabel=Tabelle ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!tabel=Tabel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!tabel=Tabell ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!tabel=Tabel] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!tabel=Tabell ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!figuur=Figure ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!figuur=Figuur ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!figuur=Abbildung ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!figuur=Figur ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!figuur=Figur ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!figuur=Afbeelding ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!figuur=Avbildning ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!grafiek=Graphic ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!grafiek=Grafiek ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!grafiek=Graphik ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!grafiek=Grafik ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!grafiek=Grafisk ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!grafiek=Grafiek ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!grafiek=Grafikk ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!hoofdstuk=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!bijlage=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!deel=Part ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!deel=Deel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!deel=Teil ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!deel=Del ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!deel=Del ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!deel=Deel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!deel=Del ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regel=line] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regel=regel] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regel=Zeile] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regel=linie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regel=rad] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regel=re\"el] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regel=linje] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regels=lines] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regels=regels] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regels=Zeilen] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regels=linien] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regels=raden] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regels=re\"elen] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regels=linjen] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!january=January] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!february=February] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!march=March] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!april=April] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!may=May] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!june=June] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!july=July] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!august=August] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!september=September] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!october=October] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!november=November] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!december=December] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!january=januari] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!february=februari] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!march=maart] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!april=april] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!may=mei] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!june=juni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!july=juli] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!august=augustus] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!september=september] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!october=oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!november=november] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!december=december] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!january=Januar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!february=Februar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!march=M\"arz] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!april=April] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!may=Mai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!june=Juni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!july=Juli] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!august=August] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!september=September] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!october=Oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!november=November] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!december=Dezember] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!january=januar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!february=februar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!march=marts] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!april=april] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!may=maj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!june=juni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!july=juli] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!august=august] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!september=september] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!october=oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!november=november] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!december=december] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!january=januari] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!february=februari] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!march=mars] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!april=april] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!may=maj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!june=juni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!july=juli] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!august=augusti] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!september=september] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!october=oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!november=november] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!december=december] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!january=januarie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!february=februarie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!march=maart] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!april=april] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!may=mei] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!june=junie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!july=julie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!august=augustus] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!september=september] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!october=oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!november=november] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!december=desember] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!january=januar] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!february=februae] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!march=mars] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!april=april] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!may=mai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!june=juni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!july=juli] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!august=august] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!september=september] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!october=oktober] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!november=november] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!december=desember] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!sunday=Sunday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!monday=Monday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!tuesday=Tuesday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!wednesday=Wednesday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!thursday=Thursday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!friday=Friday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!saturday=Saturday] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!sunday=zondag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!monday=maandag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!tuesday=dinsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!wednesday=woensdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!thursday=donderdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!friday=vrijdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!saturday=zaterdag] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!sunday=Sonntag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!monday=Montag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!tuesday=Dienstag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!wednesday=Mittwoch] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!thursday=Donnerstag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!friday=Freitag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!saturday=Samstag] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!sunday=s\o ndag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!monday=mandag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!tuesday=tirsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!wednesday=onsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!thursday=torsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!friday=fredag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!saturday=l\o rdag] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!sunday=s\"ondag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!monday=m\aa ndag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!tuesday=tisdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!wednesday=onsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!thursday=torsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!friday=fredag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!saturday=l\"ordag] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!sunday=sondag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!monday=maandag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!tuesday=dinsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!wednesday=woensdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!thursday=donderdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!friday=vrydag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!saturday=saterdag] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!sunday=s\o ndag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!monday=mandag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!tuesday=tirsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!wednesday=onsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!thursday=torsdag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!friday=fredag] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!saturday=l\o rdag] + +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!en] [english] engelse humor +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!nl] [dutch] nederlandse zuinigheid +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!de] [german] duitse degelijkheid +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!da] [danish] deense ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!sv] [swedish] zweedse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!no] [norwegian] noorse ... + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51590dd06 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-grk, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Greek Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Modern Greek + +\writestatus{loading}{Greek Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32317499f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +%I n=Afbreekregels +%I c=\taal,\vertaal +%I +%I Er kunnen verschillende afbreekregels worden gehanteerd. +%I Deze worden ingesteld met het commando: +%I +%I \taal[taal] +%I +%I waarbij voor taal kan worden ingevuld: +%I +%I nl nederlands +%I en engels +%I du duits +%I fa frans +%I +%I Er zijn ook verkorte commando's beschikbaar: +%I +%I \nl \en \du \fa +%P +%I Er kan automatisch van taal gewisseld worden met het +%I commando: +%I +%I \vertaal[nl=,en=,nl=,fa=,...] +%I +%I Afhankelijk van de actuele taal, wordt de toegekende tekst +%I gezet: \en this is an \vertaal[nl=voorbeeld,en=example], +%I \nl of in goed nederlands: een \vertaal. +%I +%I Als niets wordt meegegeven, dan wordt de laatst opgegeven +%I waarde gebruikt. + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29df64cae --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-ind, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Indo||Iranian Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% 34 languages + +\writestatus{loading}{Indo-Iranian Languages} + +\unprotect + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0609e6620 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-ini, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D This module implements the (for the moment still simple) +%D multi||language support of \CONTEXT, which should not be +%D confused with the multi||lingual interface. This support +%D will be extended when needed. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Language Macros / Initialization} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: linguals + title: taal + 1: afbreekpatronen voor -- geladen + 2: geen afbreekpatronen voor -- + 3: afbreekdefinities voor -- geladen + 4: geen afbreekdefinities voor -- + 5: afbreekpatronen voor -- niet geladen + 6: taal -- is niet gedefinieerd + 7: taal specifieke opties [--] introduceren een skip van -- + 8: taal specifieke opties [--] naadloos toegevoegd +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: linguals + title: language + 1: patterns for -- loaded + 2: no patterns for -- + 3: hyphenations for -- loaded + 4: no hyphenations for -- + 5: patterns for -- not loaded + 6: language -- is undefined + 7: language specific options [--] introduce a -- skip + 8: language specific options [--] seamless appended +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: linguals + title: Sprache + 1: Trennmuster fuer -- geladen + 2: Keine Trennmuster fuer -- + 3: Trenndefinitionen fuer -- geladen + 4: Keine Trenndefinitionen fuer -- + 5: Trennmuster fuer -- nicht geladen + 6: Sprache -- ist undefiniert + 7: Sprachenspezifische Option [--] fuegt eine Luecke von -- ein + 8: Sprachenspezifische Option [--] nahtlos hinzugefuegt +\stopmessages + +% dutch : \lccode`\'=`\' +% english : \lccode`\'=0 +% german : \lccode`\'=`\' +% french : \lccode`\'=`\' + +%D When loading hyphenation patterns, \TEX\ assign a number to +%D each loaded table, starting with~0. Switching to a specific +%D table is done by assigning the relevant number to the +%D predefined \COUNTER\ \type{\language}. Unfortunately the +%D name of this command suits very well the name of the +%D language switching command we are to define, so let's save +%D this primitive under another name: + +\let\normallanguage = \language + +%D We keep track of the last loaded patterns by means of a +%D pseudo \COUNTER. This just one of those situations in which +%D we don't want to spent a real one. + +\newcounter\loadedlanguage + +%D \macros +%D {currentlanguage} +%D {} +%D +%D Instead of numbers,we are going to use symbolic names for +%D the languages. The current langage is saved in the macro +%D \type{\currentlanguage}. + +\let\currentlanguage = \empty + +%D \macros +%D {installlanguage} +%D {} +%D +%D Hyphenation patterns can only be loaded when the format file +%D is prepared. The next macro takes care of this loading. A +%D language is specified with +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!installlanguage} +%D +%D When \type{\c!status} equals \type{\v!start}, both patterns +%D and additional hyphenation specifications are loaded. These +%D files are seached for on the system path and are to be +%D named: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \f!languageprefix-identifier.\f!patternsextension +%D \f!languageprefix-identifier.\f!hyhensextension +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The \type{\c!spatiering} specifies how the spaces after +%D punctuation has to be handled. English is by tradition more +%D tolerant to inter||sentence spacing than other languages. +%D +%D This macro also defines \type{\identifier} as a shortcut +%D switch to the language. Furthermore the command defined as +%D being language specific, are executed. With +%D \type{\c!default} we can default to another language +%D (patterns) at format generation time. This default language +%D is overruled when the appropriate patterns are loaded (some +%D implementations support run time addition of patterns to a +%D preloaded format). + +\def\dodoinstalllanguage#1% + {\doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\language[#1]}}% + \expanded{\noexpand\uppercase{\noexpand\edef\noexpand\ascii{#1}}}% + \doifundefined{\ascii}{\setvalue{\ascii}{\language[#1]}}} + +\def\doinstalllanguage[#1][#2]% + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\doifdefinedelse{\??la#1\c!nummer}% + {\getparameters[\??la#1][#2]} + {\setvalue{\l!prefix!#1}{#1}% + \setevalue{\??la#1\c!nummer}{\loadedlanguage}% + \increment\loadedlanguage + \dodoinstalllanguage{#1}% + \getparameters + [\??la#1] + [\s!lefthyphenmin=2, + \s!righthyphenmin=2, + \c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!status=\v!stop, + \s!done=\v!nee, + \c!default=#1, + #2]}% + \language=\getvalue{\??la#1\c!nummer}\relax + \doifelsevalue{\??la#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\doifelsevalue{\??la#1\s!done}{\v!nee} + {\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix#1.\f!patternsextension} + {\getparameters[\??la#1][\s!done=\v!ja,\c!default=#1]% + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{1}{#1}} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{2}{#1}}% + \readsysfile{\f!languageprefix#1.\f!hyphensextension} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{3}{#1}} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{4}{#1}}} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{1}{#1}% + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{3}{#1}}} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{5}{#1}}} + {\setvalue{\l!prefix!#1}{#2}% + \dodoinstalllanguage{#1}}% + }% \language[#1]} gave unwanted side effect of loading language specifics + +\def\installlanguage% + {\dodoubleargument\doinstalllanguage} + +%D When the second argument is a language identifier, a +%D synonym is created. This feature is present because we +%D used dutch mnemonics in the dutch version, but nowadays +%D conform a standard. + +%D \macros +%D {setuplanguage} +%D +%D Quick and dirty, but useful: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setuplanguage} + +\def\setuplanguage[#1]% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??la#1]} + +%D The values \type {\c!leftsentence} and \type +%D {\c!rightsentence} can be (and are) used to implement +%D automatic subsentence boundary glyphs, like in {\fr +%D |<|french guillemots|>|} or {\de |<|german guillemots|>|} or +%D {\nl |<|dutch dashes|>|} like situations. Furthermore \type +%D {\c!leftquotation} and \type {\c!leftquote} come into view +%D \citaat {when we quote} or \citeer {quote} something. + +%D \macros +%D {currentdatespecification} +%D +%D Just to make things easy we can ask for the current date +%D specification by saying: + +\def\currentdatespecification% + {\getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!datum}} + +%D This scommand is not meant for users. + +%D Carefull reading of these macros shows that it's legal to +%D say +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installlanguage [du ] [de] +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {language,mainlanguage} +%D {} +%D +%D Switching to another language (actually another hyphenation +%D pattern) is done with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \language[identifier] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or with \type{\identifier}. Just to be compatible with +%D \PLAIN\ \TEX, we still support the original meaning, so +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \language=1 +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D is a valid operation. +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!language} +%D \showsetup{\y!mainlanguage} +%D +%D Both commands take a predefined language identifier as +%D argument. We can use \type{\mainlanguage[identifier]} for +%D setting the (indeed) main language. This is the language +%D used for translating labels like {\em figure} and {\em +%D table}. The main language defaults to the current language. +%D +%D We take care of local as well as standardized language +%D switching (fr and fa, de and du, but nl and nl). + +\def\docomplexlanguage[#1]% + {\processaction + [\getvalue{\??la#1\c!default}] + [ #1=>\normallanguage=\getvalue{\??la#1\c!nummer}, + \s!default=>\normallanguage=\getvalue{\??la#1\c!nummer}, + \s!unknown=>\expanded{\language[\getvalue{\??la#1\c!default}]}]% + \edef\currentlanguage{#1}% + \enablelanguagespecifics[#1]% + \lefthyphenmin =0\getvalue{\??la#1\s!lefthyphenmin}\relax + \righthyphenmin=0\getvalue{\??la#1\s!righthyphenmin}\relax + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??la#1\c!spatiering}] + [\v!opelkaar=>\frenchspacing, + \v!ruim=>\nonfrenchspacing, + \s!unknown=>\frenchspacing]} + +\def\complexlanguage[#1]% + {\doifdefinedelse{\l!prefix!#1} + {\expanded{\docomplexlanguage[\getvalue{\l!prefix!#1}]}} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{6}{#1}}} + +\def\simplelanguage% + {\normallanguage} + +\definecomplexorsimple\language + +\let\currentmainlanguage=\empty + +\def\mainlanguage[#1]% + {\edef\currentmainlanguage{#1}} % We expand indeed! + +%D \macros +%D {startlanguagespecifics,enablelanguagespecifics} +%D {} +%D +%D Each language has its own typographic pecularities. Some of +%D those can be influenced by parameters, others are handled by +%D the interface, but as soon as specific commands come into +%D view we need another mechanism. In the macro that activates +%D a language, we call \type{\enablelanguagespecifics}. This +%D macro in return calls for the setup of language specific +%D macros. Such specifics are defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startlanguagespecifics[de] +%D \installcompoundcharacter "a {\"a} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "e {\"e} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "s {\SS} +%D \stoplanguagespecifics +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Instead of \type{[du]} we can pass a comma separated +%D list, like \type{[du,nl]}. Next calls to this macro add the +%D specifics to the current list. +%D +%D Before we actually read the specifics, we first take some +%D precautions that will prevent spurious spaces to creep into +%D the list. + +\def\startlanguagespecifics% + {\bgroup + \catcode`\^^I=\@@ignore + \catcode`\^^M=\@@ignore + \catcode`\^^L=\@@ignore + \dostartlanguagespecifics} + +%D The main macro looks quite complicated but actually does +%D nothing special. By embedding \type{\do} we can easily +%D append to the lists and also execute them at will. Just to +%D be sure, we check on spurious spaces. + +\long\def\dostartlanguagespecifics[#1]#2\stoplanguagespecifics% + {\egroup + \long\def\docommando##1% + {\doifdefinedelse{\??la##1\??la} + {\long\def\do####1####2####3% + {\setvalue{\??la####1\??la}{\do{####1}{####2####3}}}% + \getvalue{\??la##1\??la}{#2}} + {\setvalue{\??la##1\??la}{\do{##1}{#2}}}% + \bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{\enablelanguagespecifics[##1]}% + \ifdim\wd0>\!!zeropoint + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{7}{##1,\the\wd0\space}\wait + \else + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{8}{##1}% + \fi + \egroup}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} + +%D Enabling them is rather straightforward. We only have to +%D define \type{\do} in such a way that \type{{ }} is removed +%D and the language key is gobbled. + +\def\enablelanguagespecifics[#1]% + {\long\def\do##1##2{##2}% + \getvalue{\??la#1\??la}} + +%D \macros +%D {leftguillemot,rightguillemot,leftsubguillemot,rightsubguillemot, +%D ...single...quote,...double...quote} +%D {} +%D +%D We assign logical names to all kind of quote and sentence +%D boundary characters. + +\def\lowerleftsingleninequote {\char44 } +\def\lowerleftdoubleninequote {\char44\kern-.1em\char44 } +\def\upperleftsingleninequote {\char39 } +\def\upperleftdoubleninequote {\char34\kern-.1em} +\def\upperleftsinglesixquote {\char96 } +\def\upperleftdoublesixquote {\char96\kern-.1em\char96 } + +\def\lowerrightsingleninequote {\char44 } +\def\lowerrightdoubleninequote {\char44\kern-.1em\char44 } +\def\upperrightsingleninequote {\char39 } +\def\upperrightdoubleninequote {\char34 } +\def\upperrightsinglesixquote {\char96 } +\def\upperrightdoublesixquote {\kern-.125em\char92 } + +\unexpanded\def\leftguillemot% + {\dontleavehmode\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\ll$}}} + +\unexpanded\def\rightguillemot% + {\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\gg$}}} + +\unexpanded\def\leftsubguillemot% + {\dontleavehmode\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle<$}}} + +\unexpanded\def\rightsubguillemot% + {\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle>$}}} + +%D Just like with subsentence boundary symbols, quotes +%D placement depends on the current language, therefore we show +%D the defaults here. +%D +%D \def\ShowLanguageValues [#1] [#2] #3 #4 +%D {\blanko +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \vbox\bgroup +%D \language[#1]% +%D \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize{\hss\bf#2 subsentence symbol and quotes\hss} +%D \dp0=0pt +%D \box0 +%D \vskip.5em +%D \hrule +%D \vskip.5em +%D \hbox to \hsize +%D {\hfil\citaat{#3 #4}\hfil\citeer{#2}\hfil\strut|<||<|#3|>|#4|>|\hfil} +%D \vskip.5em +%D \hrule +%D \egroup +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D \blanko} +%D +%D \ShowLanguageValues [nl] [dutch] nederlandse zuinigheid +%D \ShowLanguageValues [en] [english] engelse humor +%D \ShowLanguageValues [de] [german] duitse degelijkheid +%D \ShowLanguageValues [fr] [french] franse slag +%D \ShowLanguageValues [sp] [spanish] spaans benauwd +%D \ShowLanguageValues [it] [italian] italiaanse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [da] [danish] deense ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [pt] [portuguese] portugese ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [sv] [swedish] zweedse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [pl] [polish] poolse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [fi] [finnish] finse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [no] [norwegian] noorse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [tr] [turkish] turks fruit + +%D We support a lot of languages. These are specified and +%D loaded in separate files, according to their roots. Here +%D we only take care of (postponed) setting of the current +%D language. +%D +%D \unprotect +%D \plaatstabel{The germanic languages (\type{lang-ger})} +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf mnemonic \NC \bf language \NC \bf group \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \s!nl \NC dutch \NC germanic \NC\FR +%D \NC \s!en \NC english \NC germanic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!de \NC german \NC germanic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!da \NC danish \NC germanic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!sv \NC swedish \NC germanic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!af \NC afrikaans \NC germanic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!no \NC norwegian \NC germanic \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \protect +%D +%D \unprotect +%D \plaatstabel{The italic languages (\type{lang-ita})} +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf mnemonic \NC \bf language \NC \bf group \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \s!fr \NC french \NC italic \NC\FR +%D \NC \s!sp \NC spanish \NC italic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!it \NC italian \NC italic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!pt \NC portuguese \NC italic \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \protect +%D +%D \unprotect +%D \plaatstabel{The slavic languages (\type{lang-sla})} +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf mnemonic \NC \bf language \NC \bf group \NC \bf file \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \s!pl \NC polish \NC slavic \NC lang-sla \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \protect +%D \unprotect +%D +%D \plaatstabel{The altaic languages (\type{lang-alt})} +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf mnemonic \NC \bf language \NC \bf group \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \s!tr \NC turkish \NC altaic \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D +%D \plaatstabel{The uralic languages (\type{lang-ura})} +%D \starttabel[||||] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf mnemonic \NC \bf language \NC \bf group \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \s!fi \NC finnish \NC uralic \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \protect + +%D We default to the language belonging to the interface. This +%D is one of the few places outside the interface modules where +%D \type{\startinterface} is used. + +% \language[\s!en] \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] + +\startinterface dutch \appendtoks \language[\s!nl]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface english \appendtoks \language[\s!en]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface german \appendtoks \language[\s!de]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface french \appendtoks \language[\s!fr]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface spanish \appendtoks \language[\s!sp]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface italian \appendtoks \language[\s!it]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface danish \appendtoks \language[\s!da]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface portuguese \appendtoks \language[\s!pt]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface swedish \appendtoks \language[\s!sv]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface polish \appendtoks \language[\s!pl]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface finish \appendtoks \language[\s!fi]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface afrikaans \appendtoks \language[\s!af]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface norwegian \appendtoks \language[\s!no]\to \everyjob \stopinterface +\startinterface turkish \appendtoks \language[\s!tr]\to \everyjob \stopinterface + +\appendtoks \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] \to \everyjob + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-it.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-it.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b0ecd599 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-it.pat @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +\endinput + +% (c) IBM Corporation 1992. +% +% This is ihyphen.tex version 1.2 as of 11 May 1992. +% +% Italian language hyphenation patterns for 8-bit character set, +% using the Extended TeX Font Encoding Scheme --- Latin. +% +% Written by: +% Salvatore Filippone +% IBM ECSEC +% Viale Oceano Pacifico 171/173 +% 00144 Roma, ITALY +% +% Internet: filippon@romvmnic.vnet.ibm.com +% +\patterns{ +2a1a ^^e01a ^^e11a +a1e ^^e01e ^^e11e +a2i ^^e01i ^^e11i +a3i2a +a3i2e +a3i2o +a2j +a1o ^^e01o ^^e11o +a2u ^^e01u ^^e11u +a2y +1ba 1b^^e0 1b^^e1 +2b1b2 +1b2c2 +2b1d2 +1be 1b^^e8 1b^^e9 +1b2f2 +1b2g2 +1b2h2 +1bi 1b^^ec 1b^^ed +1bj +1b2l2 +1b2m2 +2b1n2 +1bo 1b^^f3 1b^^f2 +1b2p2 +1b2q2 +1b2r2 +2b1s2 +1b2t2 +1bu 1b^^fa 1b^^f9 +1b2v2 +1b2w2 +1b2x2 +1by +1b2z2 +1ca 1c^^e1 1c^^e0 +1c2b2 +2c1c2 +1c2d2 +1ce 1c^^e9 1c^^e8 +1c2f2 +1c2g2 +1c2h +1ci 1c^^ec 1c^^ed +1cj +1c2l2 +2c1m +2c1n +1co 1c^^f3 1c^^f2 +1c2p2 +2c1q2 +1c2r2 +1c2s2 +2c1t +1cu 1c^^fa 1c^^f9 +1c2v2 +1c2w2 +1c2x2 +1cy +2c1z2 +1da 1d^^e1 1d^^e0 +1d2b2 +1d2c2 +2d1d +1de 1d^^e9 1d^^e8 +1d2f2 +1d2g2 +1d2h2 +1di 1d^^ec 1d^^ed +1dj +1d2l2 +2d1m +2d1n +1do 1d^^f3 1d^^f2 +1d2p2 +1d2q2 +1d2r2 +2d1s2 +1d2t2 +1du 1d^^fa 1d^^f9 +2d1v2 +1d2w2 +1d2x2 +1dy +2d1z2 +e1a ^^e91a ^^e81a +2e1e 2^^e91e2 2^^e81e2 +e2i ^^e91i ^^e81i +e3i2a +e3i2e +e3i2o +e2j +e1o ^^e91o ^^e81o +e2u ^^e91u ^^e81u +e2y +1fa 1f^^e1 1f^^e0 +1f2b2 +1f2c2 +1f2d2 +1fe 1f^^e9 1f^^e8 +2f1f2 +2f1g +1f2h2 +1fi 1f^^ec 1f^^ed +1fj +1f2l +1f2m2 +1f2n2 +1fo 1f^^f3 1f^^f2 +1f2p2 +1f2q2 +1f2r2 +2f1s +2f1t +1fu 1f^^fa 1f^^f9 +1f2v2 +1f2w2 +1f2x2 +1fy +1f2z2 +1ga 1g^^e1 1g^^e0 +2g1b +2g1c +2g1d +1ge 1g^^e9 1g^^e8 +2g1f +2g1g +1g2h2 +1gi 1g^^ec 1g^^ed +1gj +1g2l2 +2g1m +1g2n2 +1go 1g^^f3 1g^^f2 +1g2p2 +1g2q2 +1g2r2 +1g2s2 +1g2t2 +1gu 1g^^fa 1g^^f9 +1g2v2 +1g2w2 +1g2x2 +1gy +1g2z2 +i2a ^^ec1a ^^ed1a +i2e ^^ec1e ^^ed1e +2i1i 2^^ec1i2 2^^ed1i2 +i2j +i2o ^^ec1o ^^ed1o +i2u ^^ec1u ^^ed1u +i2y +j2a +j2e +j2i +2j1j2 +j2o +j2u +j2y +1ka 1k^^e1 1k^^e0 +1ke 1k^^e9 1k^^e8 +1ki 1k^^ec 1k^^ed +1kj +1ko 1k^^f3 1k^^f2 +1ku 1k^^fa 1k^^f9 +1ky +1la 1l^^e1 1l^^e0 +2l1b2 +2l1c2 +2l1d2 +1le 1l^^e9 1l^^e8 +2l1f2 +2l1g2 +l1h +1li 1l^^ec 1l^^ed +1lj +2l1l2 +2l1m2 +2l1n2 +1lo 1l^^f3 1l^^f2 +2l1p2 +2l1q2 +2l1r2 +2l1s2 +2l1t2 +1lu 1l^^fa 1l^^f9 +2l1v2 +2l1w2 +2l1x2 +1ly +2l1z2 +1ma 1m^^e1 1m^^e0 +2m1b2 +2m1c2 +2m1d2 +1me 1m^^e9 1m^^e8 +2m1f2 +2m1g2 +2m1h2 +1mi 1m^^ec 1m^^ed +1mj +m1l +2m3m2 +2m1n2 +1mo 1m^^f3 1m^^f2 +2m1p2 +2m1q2 +2m1r2 +2m1s2 +2m1t2 +1mu 1m^^fa 1m^^f9 +2m1v2 +2m1w2 +2m1x2 +1my +2m1z2 +1na 1n^^e1 1n^^e0 +2n1b2 +2n1c2 +2n1d2 +1ne 1n^^e9 1n^^e8 +2n1f2 +2n1g2 +2n1h2 +1ni 1n^^ec 1n^^ed +1nj +2n1l2 +2n1m2 +2n1n2 +1no 1n^^f3 1n^^f2 +2n1p2 +2n1q2 +2n1r2 +2n1s2 +2n1t2 +1nu 1n^^fa 1n^^f9 +2n1v2 +2n1w2 +2n1x2 +1ny +2n1z2 +o1a ^^f31a ^^f21a +o1e ^^f31e ^^f21e +o2i ^^f31i ^^f21i +o3i2a +o3i2e +o3i2i +o3i2o +o2j +2o1o 2^^f31o 2^^f21o +o2u ^^f31u ^^f21u +o2y +1pa 1p^^e1 1p^^e0 +1p2b2 +1p2c2 +2p1d2 +1pe 1p^^e9 1p^^e8 +1p2f2 +1p2g2 +1p2h2 +1pi 1p^^ec 1p^^ed +1pj +1p2l2 +2p1m +1p2n2 +1po 1p^^f3 1p^^f2 +2p1p2 +1p2q2 +1p2r2 +2p1s2 +.p2s2 +2p1t2 +1pu 1p^^fa 1p^^f9 +1p2v2 +1p2w2 +1p2x2 +1py +2p1z +1qa 1q^^e1 1q^^e0 +1q2b2 +1q2c2 +1q2d2 +1qe 1q^^e9 1q^^e8 +1q2f2 +1q2g2 +1q2h2 +1qi 1q^^ec 1q^^ed +1qj +1q2l2 +1q2m2 +1q2n2 +1qo 1q^^f3 1q^^f2 +1q2p2 +2q1q2 +1q2r2 +1q2s2 +1q2t2 +1qu 1q^^fa 1q^^f9 +1q2v2 +1q2w2 +1q2x2 +1qy +q2z +1ra 1r^^e1 1r^^e0 +2r1b2 +2r1c2 +2r1d2 +1re 1r^^e9 1r^^e8 +2r1f2 +2r1g2 +2r1h2 +1ri 1r^^ec 1r^^ed +1rj +2r1l2 +2r1m2 +2r1n2 +1ro 1r^^f3 1r^^f2 +2r1p2 +2r1q2 +2r1r2 +2r1s2 +2r1t2 +1ru 1r^^fa 1r^^f9 +2r1v2 +2r1w2 +2r1x2 +1ry +2r1z +1sa 1s^^e1 1s^^e0 +1s2b2 +1s2c2 +1s2d2 +1se 1s^^e9 1s^^e8 +1s2f2 +1s2g2 +1s2h2 +1si 1s^^ec 1s^^ed +1sj +1s2l2 +1s2m2 +1s2n2 +1so 1s^^f3 1s^^f2 +1s2p2 +1s2q2 +1s2r2 +2s1s2 +1s2t2 +s2t3m +1su 1s^^fa 1s^^f9 +1s2v2 +1s2w2 +1s2x2 +1sy +2s1z2 +1ta 1t^^e1 1t^^e0 +1t2b2 +1t2c2 +1t2d2 +1te 1t^^e9 1t^^e8 +1t2f2 +1t2g2 +1t2h2 +1ti 1t^^ec 1t^^ed +1tj +1t2l2 +1t2m2 +1t2n2 +1to 1t^^f3 1t^^f2 +1t2p2 +1t2q2 +1t2r2 +1t2s2 +2t1t2 +1tu 1t^^fa 1t^^f9 +1t2v2 +1t2w2 +1t2x2 +1ty +1t2z2 +u2a ^^fa1a ^^f91a +u2e ^^fa1e ^^f91e +u2i ^^fa1i ^^f91i +u2j +u2o ^^fa1o ^^f91o +2u1u2 2^^fa1u2 2^^f91u2 +u2y +1va 1v^^e1 1v^^e0 +1v2b2 +1v2c2 +1v2d2 +1ve 1v^^e9 1v^^e8 +1v2f2 +1v2g2 +1v2h2 +1vi 1v^^ec 1v^^ed +1vj +1v2l2 +1v2m2 +1v2n2 +1vo 1v^^f3 1v^^f2 +1v2p2 +1v2q2 +1v2r2 +1v2s2 +1v2t2 +1vu 1v^^fa 1v^^f9 +2v1v2 +1v2w2 +1v2x2 +1vy +1v2z2 +1wa 1w^^e1 1w^^e0 +1w2b2 +1w2c2 +1w2d2 +1we 1w^^e9 1w^^e8 +1w2f2 +1w2g2 +1w2h2 +1wi 1w^^ec 1w^^ed +1wj +1w2l2 +1w2m2 +1w2n2 +1wo 1w^^f3 1w^^f2 +1w2p2 +1w2q2 +1w2r2 +1w2s2 +1w2t2 +1wu 1w^^fa 1w^^f9 +w2v +2w1w2 +1w2x2 +1wy +1w2z2 +1xa 1x^^e1 1x^^e0 +1x2b2 +1x2c2 +1x2d2 +1xe 1x^^e9 1x^^e8 +1x2f2 +1x2g2 +1x2h2 +1xi 1x^^ec 1x^^ed +1xj +1x2l2 +1x2m2 +1x2n2 +1xo 1x^^f3 1x^^f2 +1x2p2 +1x2q2 +1x2r2 +1x2s2 +1x2t2 +1xu 1x^^fa 1x^^f9 +1x2v2 +1x2w2 +2x1x2 +1xy +1x2z2 +y2a +y2e +y2i +y2j +y2o +y2u +y1y +1za 1z^^e1 1z^^e0 +1z2b2 +1z2c2 +1z2d2 +1ze 1z^^e9 1z^^e8 +1z2f2 +1z2g2 +1z2h2 +1zi 1z^^ec 1z^^ed +1zj +1z2l2 +1z2m2 +1z2n2 +1zo 1z^^f3 1z^^f2 +1z2p2 +1z2q2 +1z2r2 +1z2s2 +1z2t2 +1zu 1z^^fa 1z^^f9 +1z2v2 +1z2w2 +1z2x2 +1zy +2z1z +.pre3a +.pre3i +.pre3o +.pre3u +.su2b3l +.su2b3r +} + diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2fc6f204 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-ita, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Italic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Latin, Italian, Rhaeto-Romanic, Rumanian, Sardian +% Catalan, French, Ladino, Portuguese, Proven\c{c}al, Spanish + +\writestatus{loading}{Italic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\installlanguage + [\s!fr] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=\leftguillemot, + \c!rightsentence=\rightguillemot, + \c!leftsubsentence=\leftsubguillemot, + \c!rightsubsentence=\rightsubguillemot, + \c!leftquote=\leftsubguillemot, + \c!rightquote=\rightsubguillemot, + \c!leftquotation=\leftguillemot, + \c!rightquotation=\rightguillemot, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!sp] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!it] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\lowerrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\lowerrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage + [\s!pt] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +%D For compatibility reasons we also define: + +\installlanguage [fa] [\s!fr] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!inhoud=Table des mati\`eres] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!inhoud=\'Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!inhoud=Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!inhoud=Conte\'ud] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!tabellen=Tables] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!tabellen=Tablas] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!tabellen=Tabelle] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!tabellen=Tabelas] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!figuren=Figures] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!figuren=Ilustraci\'ons] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!figuren=Illustrazioni] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!figuren=Figuras] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!grafieken=Graphiques] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!grafieken=Gr\'aficos] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!grafieken=Grafice] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!grafieken=Gr\'aficos] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!intermezzos=Interm\`edes] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!intermezzos=intermedios] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!index=Index] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!index=\'Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!index=Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!index=\'Indice] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!afkortingen=Abr\'eviations] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!afkortingen=Abreviaci\'ons] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviazioni] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!afkortingen=Abreviaturas] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!logos=Logotipos] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!logos=Logotipi] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!logos=Logotipos] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!eenheden=Unit\'es] +\setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!eenheden=Unidads] +\setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!eenheden=Unit\`a] +\setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!eenheden=Unidades] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!tabel=Table ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!tabel=Tablas ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!tabel=Tabella ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!tabel=Tabela ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!figuur=Figure ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!figuur=Ilustraci\'on ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!figuur=Illustrazione ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!figuur=Figura ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!intermezzo=Interm\`ede ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!intermezzo=intermedio ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!grafiek=Illustration ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!grafiek=Gr\'afico ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!grafiek=Grafica ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!grafiek=Gr\'afico ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!hoofdstuk=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!bijlage=] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!deel=Section ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!deel=Parte ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!deel=Parte ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!deel=Parte ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regel=ligne] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regel=l\'\i nea] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regel=riga] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regel=linha] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regels=lignes] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regels=l\'\i neas] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regels=rige] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regels=linhas] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!january=janvier] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!february=f\'evrier] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!march=mars] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!april=avril] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!may=mai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!june=juin] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!july=juillet] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!august=ao\^ut] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!september=septembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!october=octobre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!november=novembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!december=d\'ecembre] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!january=jenero] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!february=febrero] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!march=marzo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!april=abril] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!may=mayo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!june=junio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!july=julio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!august=agosto] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!september=septimbre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!october=octubre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!november=noviembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!december=deciembre] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!january=gennaio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!february=febbraio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!march=marzo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!april=aprile] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!may=maggio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!june=giugno] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!july=luglio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!august=agosto] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!september=settembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!october=ottobre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!november=novembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!december=dicembre] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!january=janeiro] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!february=fevereiro] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!march=mar\c{c}o] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!april=abril] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!may=maio] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!june=junho] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!july=julho] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!august=agosto] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!september=setembro] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!october=outubro] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!november=novembro] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!december=dezembro] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sunday=dimanche] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!monday=lundi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!tuesday=mardi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!wednesday=mercredi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!thursday=jeudi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!friday=vendredi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!saturday=samedi] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sunday=domingo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!monday=lunes] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!tuesday=martes] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!wednesday=mi\'ercoles] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!thursday=jueves] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!friday=viernes] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!saturday=s\'abado] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sunday=domenica] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!monday=luned\`\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!tuesday=marted\`\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!wednesday=mercoled\`\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!thursday=gioved\`\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!friday=venerd\`\i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!saturday=sabato] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sunday=domingo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!monday=segunda-feira] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!tuesday=ter\c{c}a-feira] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!wednesday=quarta-feira] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!thursday=quinta-feira] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!friday=sexta-feira] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!saturday=s\'abado] + +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!fr] [french] franse slag +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!sp] [spanish] spaans benauwd +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!it] [italian] italiaanse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!pt] [portuguese] portugese ... + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38501603b --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-lab, +%D version=1997.08.27, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Language Head and Label Texts, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Language Head and Label Texts} + +\unprotect + +%D In this module we deal with language dependant labels and +%D prefixes, like in {\em Figure~12} and {\em Chapter 1}. In +%D this file we set the default values. Users can easily +%D overrule these. +%D +%D This module is dedicated to the grandfather of Tobias +%D Burnus, who's extensive languages oriented library helped us +%D a lot in finding the right translations. All those labels +%D are collected in files that reflect their common ancestor. + +%D \macros +%D {setupheadtext, setuplabeltext} +%D +%D First we present some macros that deal with what we will +%D call head and label texts. Such texts are defines by: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!setupheadtext} +%D \showsetup{\y!setuplabeltext} +%D +%D In a few paragraphs we'll show quite a lot of examples +%D of its use. + +\def\setupheadtext% + {\dosetupsometextprefix\v!kop} + +\def\setuplabeltext% + {\dosetupsometextprefix\c!label} + +\let\handletextprefix=\relax + +\def\dodosetupsometextprefix#1% + {\def\dododosetupsometextprefix[##1][##2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \def\docommando####1{\dodocommando[#1##1][####1]}% + \processcommalist[##2]\docommando + \else + \def\docommando####1{\dodocommando[#1\currentmainlanguage][####1]}% + \processcommalist[##1]\docommando + \fi}% + \dodoubleempty\dododosetupsometextprefix} + +\def\dosetupsometextprefix#1% + {\def\dodocommando[##1][##2=##3]% + {\setvalue{##1##2}{\handletextprefix{##3}}}% + \dodosetupsometextprefix{#1}} + +%D By setting \type{\handletextprefix} to something else than +%D \type{\relax}, like \type{\uppercase}, one can influence the +%D conversion. +%D +%D These commands accept all kind of inputs: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setuplabeltext [language] [label=text] +%D \setuplabeltext [language] [label=text,label=text,...] +%D \setuplabeltext [label=text] +%D \setuplabeltext [label=text,label=text,...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The last two cases concern the current language. + +%D \macros +%D {headtext, labeltext, LABELTEXT} +%D +%D Once defined, head and label texts can be called upon using: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!headtext} +%D \showsetup{\y!labeltext} +%D +%D The latter one has an upcased alternative \type{\LABELTEXT}. + +\def\headtext% + {\dogetupsometextprefix\v!kop} + +\def\labeltext% + {\dogetupsometextprefix\c!label} + +\def\LABELTEXT#1% + {\bgroup + \let\handletextprefix=\uppercase + \the\everyuppercase + \dogetupsometextprefix\c!label{#1}% not \labeltext (see \MONTH) + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\dogetupsometextprefix#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{#1\currentmainlanguage#2} + {\getvalue{#1\currentmainlanguage#2}} + {\doifdefinedelse{#1#2} + {\getvalue{#1#2}} + {{\tttf[#1: #2/\currentmainlanguage]~}}}} + +%D \macros +%D {presetheadtext,presetlabeltext} +%D +%D The next two macros enable us to automatically define +%D head and label texts without replacing predefined ones. +%D This are internal macros. + +\def\dopresetsometextprefix#1% + {\def\dodocommando[##1][##2=##3]% + {\doifundefined{##1##2} + {\setvalue{##1##2}{\handletextprefix{##3}}}}% + \dodosetupsometextprefix{#1}} + +\def\presetheadtext% + {\dopresetsometextprefix\v!kop} + +\def\presetlabeltext% + {\dopresetsometextprefix\c!label} + +%D \macros +%D {translate} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometismes macros contain language specific words that are to +%D be typeset. Such macros can be made (more) language +%D independant by using: +%D +%D \showsetup{\y!translate} +%D +%D like for instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \translate[en=something,nl=iets] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D which expands to {\em something} or {\em iets}, depending on +%D de current language. + +\def\dotranslate[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% + \getvalue{\??lg\currentlanguage}} + +\unexpanded\def\translate% + {\dosingleempty\dotranslate} + +%D When used without argument, the last defined values are +%D used. This enables repetitive use like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \en \translate\ means \nl \translate +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {assigntranslation} +%D {} +%D +%D This macro is a system macro, and can be used to assign a +%D translation to a macro. Its form is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assigntranslation[en=something,nl=iets]\to\command +%D \stoptypen + +\def\assigntranslation[#1]\to#2% + {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% + \edef#2{\getvalue{\??lg\currentlanguage}}} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-nl.hyp b/tex/context/base/lang-nl.hyp new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d997255d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-nl.hyp @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +% additional hyphenations + +\hyphenation{vrije-tijds-be-ste-ding} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-nl.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-nl.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bc73109c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-nl.pat @@ -0,0 +1,7947 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% These are TeX hyphenation patterns for Dutch generated at the +% Computer Science Department of Utrecht University. +% Padualaan 14, P.O. Box 80.089, 3508 TB Utrecht, The Netherlands. +% Telephone: +31-30-531454, e-mail: postmaster@cs.ruu.nl +% +% Copyright (c) 1989 by CELEX. +% CELEX, Wundtlaan 1, 6525 XD Nijmegen, The Netherlands. +% Telephone: +31-80-615751, email: celex@hnympi52.bitnet +% +% General permission for non-profit usage is granted. +% For commercial usage contact CELEX at the above address. +% Copying of this file is only permitted with inclusion of +% this copyright notice and with these same restrictions. +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\patterns{% +.aan5 +.aard5a +.aard5r +.aarts5 +.ab5l +.ad3ek +.ad3eq +.ad3op +.ad3or +.ad5ren +.ad3s +.af3ra +.al3f +.aller5 +.al5m +.al4st +.am3p +.an3d4 +.an4kl +.an5od +.an3th +.ap2n +.ar3tr +.as3p +.as1t +.as5th +.as3tr +.at5j +.at4r +.ba3ta +.be3la +.be5lo +.berg5l +.bij1 +.bit5se +.bli4 +.boot5j +.bu2s +.ca4te. +.cater5 +.ce4len +.co4ler +.culot4 +.daar5 +.da4gi +.dag3r +.da4k +.de2a +.denk5r +.de3ra +.de3ro +.des5p +.de5sta +.di4s +.dom5o +.du5et +.edel5a +.ed3w +.ek3s +.ek4w +.elo3 +.en3t +.er5aa +.er4f3l +.erop3 +.ert4 +.er3ui +.es3 +.eu5t +.exi1 +.gaat3 +.ga4me. +.ge3f +.ge3la +.ge5le +.ge5lo +.ge3n4a +.ge5ne +.ge5no +.ge3r4a +.ge5r4e +.ges4 +.ge3sk +.gram5e +.haar5s +.hand5a +.handels5 +.hand5s +.he2a +.he2r +.her3i +.her3u +.ho4les +.ho4met +.honing5 +.hy4de +.ij2s +.ij4s3l +.ijs5t +.ima4ge +.in1 +.in3d4 +.in5g +.ingeni5 +.ink4 +.innes5 +.in3s4 +.in3t +.jes2 +.ka4taa +.ka4te. +.ke5na +.ke3ra +.ker4kl +.kerk5u +.kerst5r +.klok5 +.koot5 +.kort5a +.krop5a +.lak5l +.la5th +.lead5 +.le4b +.leef5 +.le4go +.le4gr +.lek5w +.le5ni +.len4s +.lente5 +.les3 +.le3th +.lip5l +.long5a +.loot5 +.los5 +.luit4 +.mede5 +.mein3 +.me5li +.melk5o +.mer4k5l +.me3so +.miet5j +.mij4n5i +.mo4s +.mos3k +.na3fl +.na1s +.negen5 +.nes5tel +.ne4t5j +.no5t +.och3 +.oe4r +.oe4s3 +.olf4 +.olie3 +.om1a +.on1 +.on3i +.on3s +.on2t +.ont5ee +.ont5eren +.ont5ra +.ont5rol +.op5at +.op5r +.over5e +.over5s +.pa2k +.pee5tj +.peri5 +.pe4te. +.piet5j +.prik3 +.puit4 +.qua5d +.quit4 +.raat4 +.ran4ch +.read3 +.record5 +.rei4s5 +.re4mol +.re5na +.re5s4cr +.res3p +.reu5t +.rie4t5a +.rijk4s +.rij5sp +.ring5s +.ro4l +.ro4q +.ro4sk +.sa4p +.sce4ne +.seig5 +.se4st +.se2t +.sha4 +.sha5ker +.sis5t +.ski3s +.slee5tj +.sli2 +.snap3 +.so4v5 +.spoor5 +.st2 +.ste4m3 +.ster5an +.sty4 +.sul3 +.taart5j +.taat4 +.tan4da +.ta3ro +.te4f +.tek2 +.te5nor +.ten4tj +.te4ra +.ter4pa +.tes5tat +.thee3 +.tic5k +.ti4me +.ti4na +.to2s +.traat4 +.tros5 +.ts4 +.tu4ne. +.ui2 +.ui3le +.uit1 +.uit4je +.vaat5j +.van3o +.veld3 +.ven5s +.ven4t5j +.ver1 +.ve5ring +.ver5sta +.vet5r +.volg5or +.vu4l3 +.was3t +.weet5 +.we2l +.wel3o +.wet4s +.work3 +.xe1 +.ya2l +.zend5a +.zes3 +.zit3 +a4a4 +aad3a +aad3o +aad3r +aaf5a +aag1 +aag3r +aags4 +aag5so +aai1 +aak1 +aak3l +aak5n +aak3r +aak3w +aal1a +2aald +aal1e +aal3k +aal1o +4aalr +aal5sc +4aalv +aam1 +aan1 +aan3a +5aandee +aan5g +5aangi +1aanj +aan5k +5aann +5aansla +aan3sp +5aanta +5aanvr +3aanwi +aanzet5 +aap1a +aar1 +5aardapp +aar4th +aart5ro +aas3e +aas3f +aas3p +aat3a +aat3h +aat3o +aat3r +a1b +abak4s3 +aba4s +abe4la +ab5err +ab5ijz +able2 +a4ble. +a4bles +3abonn +ab3ru +4ace +a2ce. +a3cee +a3cep +a4cer. +a4cers +a4ces +5aceta +2ach. +a3cha +2a1che +4a1chi +a1cho +a3chr +4achs +a1chu +2acl +2aco +2acr +4acs +acu5e +a1d +2ad. +ad2a +ad3aa +ad3ad +ada5g +ada2r3 +a4dete +ade4tj +2adi +2adl +5admini +ad3ora +2adp +3adres +a5dri +ad5rol +ad3sla +ad5uit +4ady +2ae +aege4 +aek4 +ael4 +a4fau +af3d +af1dw +4afe +af3ei +afe4la +a2f5ep +af5ex +1afg +2afi +a4fin +af3l +2afo +afon4d +af1r +af3ric +af5rie +af3ris +af3rit +af3ru +af3s +5afsl +5aftr +a4fu +3afzet +4aga +ag1ad +agas4s +age2o +a4gins +agis5t +ag3le +ag3ord +ag3reg +ag3roo +ag3sla +ag4spr +ag5ur +a4g3uu +a1h +4ah. +ahe5ri +ah3l +ah5r +ai1e +aig4 +aik4 +ails4 +ai4lu +2ais4 +ai5sa +ai3sc +ais5k +ai1so +ai4sol +ai1t +4a1j +2ak. +5akade +ak3arb +a4ked +aker4se +a2kes +a2kez +2akh +akhou4 +ak3id +a2k1l +ak3la +ak3lo +ak3na +ak3ne +a4kog +ak3ond +4akp +2aks +4aks. +5aksij +ak5spa +ak1st +4akt. +ak5uu +ak3we +a1la +a5lal +alan4st +a4lap +5album +2ald +a2lel +a4lents +al2fe +alf3l +alf2r +4alia +alie5tj +al4kank +al4kro +al4mac +5almana +al4mol +a1lo +al3omt +alo4n +al5ou +al3ph +als3j +al2sl +als5m +als3oo +al4stem +al4sti +al3tha +al4t5ro +a1lu +5amandel +4ambe +1ambt +ame4ran +3ameu +4amm +am5pe +am2pl +ampoo5 +ams5ap +am4se +am4sm +am4sn +am2sp +am3spe +an2aa +an4af +a2na2g +a5nagen +an5alge +a4n5ame +an3arc +an4ded +2andj +and4ri +a4nec +an3emi +a3nen +an3est +an4gan +an4gap +anges4 +ange5st +ang5le +an2gr +ang5ste +a3ni +ani5t +5anjelie +4ank. +an4kaa +an4kak +an4kas +anker5k +ank5ins +an4kna +an4k5of +an2kr +ank3ro +ank5wet +annet4 +an5opt +an5ort +ano3st +an3scr +an2so +an2sp +5antenn +antes4 +ant2h +an3tha +an5to +ants5ta +anu5e +an5ui +an5ur +a4nuu +anval4s +a1o +a2ob +a4op4 +4ap. +a1pa +a2pe. +a4ped +ap3j +ap3le +a1plu +a1po +apo5p +1appa +5appels +3appr +a1pr +a4p3rij +april3 +ap2sl +ap2sp +2apu +a1py +a1q +a4ques +4ar. +a1ra +ara5ce +ara5kl +a4r5app +5archief +5arctic +ar2da +ard3ac +ard3ol +ard3op +ar2dr +ar4dran +ard3ri +ard3w +a4rew +arg3l +3argum +a1ri +ari4an. +ari4ce +ariet4 +ari5ett +arkeer5 +ar3k4l +2arl +ar4map +ar4mu +ar4nes +a1ro +2aroo +ar5s2e +ar4s1l +ars3la +ars3m +ar2sn +ar5sni +ar2so +ar4spa +ar4spr +ars5tal +ar4stek +ar4str +ar4tak +ar4tap +art5een +5artike +ar2tj +ar4top +ar2tr +art4sl +arts5le +a3rus +a1ry +4asa +asal4 +as1ap +a2sc +as4ch +as4cr +a2seb +a2sec +as4ee +a2sel +a3sem +as4en +as2hi +asi4on. +asis5t +a2sl +as3lam +as3lan +as3li +aslijs4 +as3m +as3pa +as5pect. +as5pecte +as5per +as3pi +as3pl +assi3s +3assoc +5assu +as1ta +as3tan +a5stat +a4s3te +as4th +as3ti +as5tic +as3ton +ast5red +a1t +at1ac +a4talen +ata1s +a4taz +5atelier +ate4rec +ate4rek +ateri5el +ater5ijs +4atg +at2ha +a3thar +atie5s4 +a2tj +3atlas +3atmos +2atn +a2t3re +a3trek +at2sl +at4slo +ats5lot +ats5m +at5sni +at2sp +at4stak +at4sti +at4stre +at2tu +2au +4au. +au1ch +au3e +3aug +au3kr +auli4ne +aul4le +aup2 +au5ph +aur2 +au5re +4aus +au3sa +au5so +au1t4 +3auto +au1wi +4auz +a1v +ava5ne +ava5str +aven3s +ave3re +ave3ri +aver4u +a3vi +avil4l +1avo +5avond +4avot +a1w +aw5re +4ay +ay4a +a1z +aze3s +aze5tj +5azia +1ba +baar3t +babe4 +babet4 +ba4ch +ba4da +ba4des +ba4dr +bag4h +ba4ka +bal4kla +ba3na +ban4d5r +band5s +ba4ne. +ban4kl +ban4kn +ban4k3o +ban4kr +bank3w +ban4q +ba5ru +baseli4 +bassi4 +bas3t +2b1b +bbe4lag +bbe4lee +bbe4n +2b1c +2b1d +3be +be3am +be4art +be3dw +beet1 +be3g4 +beien5 +beis4 +bei4tj +be3ke +be3kl +be4lex +bel5f +bel3k +bel3sp +be1ra +be5r2e +ber4g5af +ber4g5et +bergi4 +ber4gl +ber4gr +ber5na +be1r2o +ber5oc +be4ron +bers4k +ber4sto +be5ru +be1s4 +bes5ac +bes5k +be3sm +bes5s +bes5te. +be5stij +be5stik +be1tw +beur4s +2b1f +2bg +4b3h +1b2i +bid3s4 +bi4du +bi5enn +biet5j +bi3eu +bij5a +bij3d +bij3k +bijs2 +bij3sl +bij3sm +bin4dr +bin4tj +bio3 +bis4a +bi3se +bis4tr +bi1tr +bit4se +2b1j +2b1k +1b4l +5blan +b5led +blet5j +bleus4 +3bli +blik3o +4blish +blok3 +2b1m +b1n +1bo +bo5de2 +boe4ga +boe4kn +boeren5 +boe3s4 +bo5ko +bo4les +bo2ma +bom3aa +bo4mo +bonai4 +bond4s +bon4tj +bon4to +boos4t3 +b5orig +bor4st5a +bor4sto +bor4st5r +bos3 +bo4sp +bos4ses +bo2su +bo2th +bot3j +bo4tu +bou5ta +boven3 +boy5 +1b2r2 +braat4 +b4re +breis4 +brei5st +bri4a +bri4l +bro4n +bru2l5 +2b1s2 +b3s4c +b2sla +bsou4 +2b1t2 +bt4s3 +1bu +buit4j +bus3c +bu2su +b1v +2bw +by5la +byr4 +bys4 +2b1z +1ca +ca4chem +cae3 +cag4 +ca2k +came5r +can4nes +ca3pa +ca2pe +ca5ra +cara4t +ca4re. +ca3ro +cas3t +cat2 +ca3ta +cate4r +ca3th +2c1c +cca5 +cce4s +1ce +cee2 +cei4 +3cel +celi4n +ce4lop +4cema +ce3na +2ceni +3cent +cen4t5j +4cepa +ce3ra +5cere +ce3r4o +ce2s +ce3s2a +4cesp +ce3su +ce2tj +2ch. +chaar4s +char5t +chas5 +4chav +2chc +2che. +4cheb +2cheg +2chek +che4lee +4chemu +4cheor +4chep +3cheq +che3ri +4chero +2ches +2chev +4chg +4chh +chi4k +5chlo +4chm +4chn +cho3s +2chp +3chris +5chromo +2cht +3chum +2chw +1chy5 +3ci +ci4al. +cier4s +ci1eu +ci4le. +ci4nen +ci1p +ci4so +ci3t4 +ci5ta +c3j +2c2k +cka4 +ck1en +ck3ers +c5keten +ck5etk +ck3l +ck3n +cks4 +1c2l +cle4v +c4li +cli4q +clo4ne. +clo4se. +cly4 +2cn +cno4 +1co +3co. +3coa +co5ad +3cod +5co2k +3col +co4le. +colet4 +co2lu +3com +3con +con3g +con3s +con5t4 +cop4 +3copa +co4pe. +co3pr +coquet4 +3cor +co3ro +corp2 +corps5 +cor5s +3cos +3cot +3cou +4cout +co2v +cov5erb +cov5ers +4c1q +c4ques +1c4r2 +cra4y +2crib +3cris +5crit +cros4 +cross5en +crui4 +2c1t +ct3ad +cte2n +c2th +cti4on. +cti4ons +c2tj +ctoi4 +c2ton +ct5ond +cto4rin +c2t5re +ctu4re. +1cu +cu4ad +cuk4 +3cul +cur3s +5cy +cy4th +c3z +1da +5da. +3daag +4daam +4daanb +d3aanw +4d5aap +4d5acc +d5adel +2d1af +da3fr +da2ga +da4ged +da4g5et +da4gon +dag3op +da4gor +da2gr +da2gu +5dai +5dak. +d4a5ke +5daken +2d3akk +dak3l +da2k3r +4daks +d5aksen +4dalar +4dalm +da2l5u +d2ame +dames5 +3dan +da4nas +dan4kl +dan4sm +dans3p +2d1ap +d2ape +3dapes +5dapu +da2ra +2d1arb +3dari +dar2m +darm3a +das3t +5dati4 +dat5j +2d5atl +5daue +4d3aut +da4ve. +2d1b4 +dbou4wi +2d1c +2d3d2 +dde4lev +dde2n +dde4red +dde4ree +dder5o +dde3s +1de +de1ch +deeg5 +2deen +5deen. +dee4r +deer5i +dee3t +4deff +4deg. +2dei +de4klaa +de4klag +de4kna +4deksa +de4lac +4delas +del3dr +4delec +del5eeu +4delek +4d3elem +5delen +de4leng +de4lon +del5or +de4lov +del4sl +del4str +del5t +4demai +4demm +d5emme +d4en. +de4nab +den4ac +den4du +de4nep +4d5engt +den4kof +den4kop +den4kr +de2no +den3oo +der5aan +de3rab +de3ras +de4rei +der5ein +de4rem +de4rep +de4ret +der5fr +de4rim +de4rin. +der3k +der3na +der3of +der3on +der4sa +der5th +4derts +der5tw +der1u +de2s +desis5 +de4sk +des5kr +de3sl +des4pel +de3sta +des3ti +de5stic +de3sto +de3str +det2 +de3ta +4deten +detes5 +de3tw +4d5eu4ro +de5us. +dewin4d +2dex +3dex. +2d1f2 +2d1g +d4ge. +d4ges. +d3g4l +2d1h +d3he +dher5i +dhun4 +1di +dia3s2 +dic5k +5die +die2f +dienst5r +diep5l +die5sp +die4tra +di1eu +di2ga +dig3aa +2dijz +d5ijzer +di4ko +dik5w +2dind +d5indi +2dinf +d5ingeni5 +din5gh +2dinr +2d1ins +4dinw +4dinz +dis5co +di4sin +dis5t +dit5j +2d1j +2d1k +2d3l +dlan4de +dli2n +2d1m +dmoes4 +2d3n +1do +5do. +5doc +2doef +doe2l +5doi +d4ok +dok4r +dol5f +dolk3s +do2mo +dom2s +2d5omz +5don. +2dont +3donti +dont4l +doorn5ac +2dop +do4pe. +do4pes +3dopj +d3o4pl +5doppen +3dopt +d5oree +2d1org +do3ro +dors3m +do3sk +5dovl +2d3p2 +dpren4 +d2r2 +3dra +4drand +4drap +4dras +d4re. +d3rec +d3red +5dreef +d3rege +4d3rel +d5rem. +3dremp +d5rese +d3resu +5dreve +2dric +dri5en +dries4 +drie5t +3d4rif +d3rijd +d3rijk +3drijv +3drin +3dris +d3rit +dri2v +4droei +3drog +4drok +d5roman +d3rond +d3rood +4droos +d3rov +d4roy +4d3roz +4drug +drug4s +d3ruim +3druk +4drus +4ds +ds1a +dsa4d +ds2al +dsas3 +d3sch +ds4cor +d4sed +d2see +d4sek +dse4la +d3sen +d4ses +dsex2 +d5sfeer +d2si +dsi4ga +d2sl +d3slaa +d3slac +ds5lam +d5slang +ds3lie +d3slin +d5s4mak +ds4mee +ds3na +ds3no +d3snu +ds1o +ds2oo +d4spal +d5s4pel +d4spet +d1spi +d4spon +d3spor +ds4pre +d1st +d3sta +d4staal +d4stab +d4staf +d4stal +d3ste +d4stek +d4s5tera +ds3th +d4stit +d2su +d3sur +2d3t2 +1du +du4bl +2duil +dui4t +4duitg +du1o +dus3 +dut5j +du4wee +2d1v +2d1w +d2wa +d3waar +d3wac +4dwarm +4d3wat +d3weg +d4wei +d3wek +d3wer +d3wes3 +d3wet +1dy +4dyo +dy2s3 +2d1z +d2zj +e1a +e3aa +e3ac +e4ade. +e4ades +ea2di +ea4dor +ead5s4 +ea5fr +ea2gu +e3ai +ea2k +e2akd +e4ake +e4ako +eals4 +e2am +e3amb +e5anc +e3and +e3ant +e4anu +e5ap +ea2ri +ea2s +ea5si +e4at. +e2ath +e4atm +eatri4 +eatu4 +eau4n +eau3s4t +e1b +e5bo +ebo4k +e3br +e3cha +e1che +ech5es. +e1chi +e3cho +echte5ri +ec3le +3econo +ecor2 +ec4tin +e1d +4ed. +e3dam +edenk5r +ed3ijz +e2dov +ed5ric +e3dru +edsel3 +ed1sp +ed2w +e3dwan +e2e +ee2da +eede5r +ee5do +eed5w +ee2f +eef3l +ee4gli +ee2gr +ee2k +eek5ak +eek1e +ee5ker +eek5lo +eek3n +ee3ko +ee3kri +eek5ro +eek3ur +eek3uu +ee2l +ee3led +ee3li +eel3k +eel4si +2eem +ee2n1 +eeng4 +een5ie +een3k +een3sl +eep3ac +eer1a +ee2ri +eer5ijz +eer3in +eer3k +eer3om +eer5oom +eer4ov +eers5ag +ee2s +ee3sc +ees4ch +ee4sem +ees3li +ee3smu +ee3spr +ees3te +ee2t +eet3h +eet3oo +eetra4 +ee4tw +e5ex +e4fad +ef3da +ef5do +3effec +3effek +ef4fle +e1fl +e4fom +e1f2r +ef3sm +e1g +egas4k +e4gec +ege4las +ege4lov +ege5ner +e4gos +eg3s4 +e1h +eid4sp +ei1e +eie3s +e1ij +eil5aar +eil3d +eil3m +ei2lo +e2in +ei4nap +ein4do +eind5oo +ein4dr +ein4du +ei4ned +ei5po +ei4re. +ei2s3a +ei5sla +eis4lo +eis4p +eis4ta +eis4tel +ei5stene +ei5str +eit2 +eite5s +ei1tj +ei4too +eit4s +eit3z +5eiwit +e3j2 +e3kaa +ekaart5j +e3kam +e3kas +2eke +ek4er +ek2et +e4kez +ek3ins +e5klam +e4klast +e3kled +ek3les +e5klim +e5klin +e4koli +ek3ov +ek4ru +ek1sa +3eksam +3eksem +eks1p +e1kw +e5ky +e1la +e5laag +elaats5t +el1ac +el5adj +el1af +el5appel +el3arb +e4l5arm +e4las. +el5dak +el2dr +5electr +el5eier +5elektr +e2lel +el5elp +e3len +e3lep +e4lert +e4leta +ele4t5j +e3lev +el4faa +el4fend +elf5lo +3elfta +el3gl +elie5t +e3lig +eli5kw +e4lind +e4linga +elings5t +e5lins. +eli4p +el5isw +3elix +elk3s4 +ellings5 +e1lo +e2lob +e3lok +e2lol +el3oli +e4lom +el5omt +el5ont +eloofs5 +e5loos +el3ops +el5opt +el5opv +e2lor +e5loz +els5ag +el4sj +el5smed +els2u +e1lu +eluks5 +e1m +ement5j +e5meri +emes3 +em3ins +e4mir +5emplacem +en1ac +e2nak +en3akk +e2nal +en5als +en5alt +en5amb +en3ana +e2nap +en3app +e5nari +en5ars +e2nas +en3asi +ena4sp +e2nav +e2naz +en4ce. +en3dar +ende4ra +5enderti +en5dop +en4dur +e2nec +en3ech +en3eil +ene4n3 +e4nent +en5epo +e3ner +e4nerf +3energ +e4nerv +e3nes +enes5te +e4nete +en5eter +ene4t5j +e2nex +en3ga +enge3s +engs4 +eng5ste +e4nid +enier4t +en5inga +enings5 +e4nink +e3nis +4enkl +en4kre +en5krin +e2non +enoot3 +en1op +eno4pl +e2nor +e3nor. +en3ord +en1ov +ens5k +en2sl +en2sn +en2so +ens3on +en5ste. +enst5ijv +en4stin +ent2h +en4trol +ent4sl +ent4sp +en1ui +e2nun +en3ur +e2nuu +5envelo +e1o +eoga4 +e3on +eonti4n +e3op +eop4l +eop4r +e4or4ge +eo1ro +eo3s4 +eota4 +e1p +ep2a +e4paf +ep4ap +e4peen +3epid +ep3j +e4poge +eponde5 +ep5rei +ep2s +eps3pr +ep4tr +e1q +e3ra. +e3raad +e4raap. +e5raat4 +er1ac +er3afd +e1rai +er3aks +e4rall +e5rami +e3ranc +e5rans +e5ranti +e3rape +e1rat +e2rav +erd2a +erd4i +er3do +er3d4w +e5re. +e5reb +e3rec +erecord5 +er5eers +er3eff +eregis5 +er5eier +e4reig +er5eind +er3eks +erel2 +e4r5emm +e5rena +ere5nad +e5rend +ere4neg +eren5sl +er5en5tw +ere4se. +ere4tj +e4rets +er3gl +e1ri +erie3s +erie3t +e3rif +e3rig +erig5a +e3rij. +e3rije +e4rijs +e4rijz +er5ijzer +e5rik +e4r3ind +e5ringst +er3ins +e4r3int +erip4 +e3ris +e3riz +erkeers5t +er3ma +er5mi +er3mo +e3ro. +e1rob +e4roc +e1rod +e1roe +e4roed +er5oef +er5oev +er5ogen. +e3rok +e1rol +er3oli +er5om. +e3roma +er5omh +er3omk +er1on +e3ron. +e5roni +er3oog +e5rook +er3oor +e2r1op +ero4pi +erop5r +e4r1or +e1ros +5erosie +e3rot +er1ov +er3oxy +er5ste. +ert4h +er5ti +er5to +er3tr +e1ru +e3ruim +eruit4j +eru2m +5erupt +e2r3ur +er3uu +5erwt +4es. +es4a2m5 +e3san +e3sas +e3sch +e5sec +e3sem +es5enc +esent5j +e5sfeer +es5he +e3shop +e5sid +es3ill +e3sjo +3eskad +e1s2m +e1sn +e1so +es5ob +e3sol +e1sp +es3pek +e4spen +e5spendee +es4poo +essis5 +est5ac +e3stad +es4tak +est5akt +e5stali +es5tant +e4s3te. +e5sted +es5teli +e3s4tem +es3ten +e4s5ten. +e5stene +e5steng +es3ter +e5sterre +es4teu +e2sti +e5stich +es3tig +es3tin +e3stof +e1stu +e3sy +e1ta +e3tali +et4ana +eta4p +e4tau +e3te +etek4k +etens5u +ete3ra +eter4s5l +e1th +et2ha +et3ham +etien4 +e3til +e3ting +e1tj +et2jo +e1to +e3ton +etou5c +etour5 +e1tr +e5tran +et5rec +e5trek +e4t5rin +et3rui +et3sap +et4sla +et4sli +et2sp +ets3pr +et4stek +et3s4u +e1tu +5etui. +et2w +e3twi +4eu. +eu4ce +eudo5 +eu3e +eug4dr +eug4r +2eui +e1uit +eu4ler +e3um. +eu4na +eun3s +eun3t +eu5pe +eu4rad +eu4rat +eu4rij +eur5k +5europe +eus3t +eut2h +e5uu +2eu2w1 +euws5a +e1v +eval4s +eve5naa +5evenre +evens5e +even4st +eve3ri +evoels5 +evol4ga +e1w +e5wen +ew5er. +ew5ers +ew2h +e3wi +1exam +1exem +4exi +1exp +3extr +ey2n +eys4 +e1z +4ez. +ezen4s +ezin4s +1fa +f3aar +f4ab +face4 +facet5 +2f1ach +5faci +fa4den +f4ag +fa5go +fa2ke +fal4to +4fana +fant4 +fan4t5j +fa4re. +3fase +f2av +2f1b +f1c +2fd +f2da +f4dele +fde4s3 +fdes4m +f4dh +f2din +fd5inga +f3doe +f1dr +fd4ra +fd4ru +fd2w +1fe +fe2a +fede1 +fee4l +f3een +3fees +feest5r +fei4t5j +f5elem +fe4lov +3fem +fen3t +fe3rab +fe3ran +fe4ret +fes3 +fes4p +fe4tj +feur4 +2fex +2f1f2 +ff3s4 +f3fu +4f3g2 +fge1 +fgo4v +4f1h +1fi +fiber5 +fi3ch +3fie +fie3tj +fiets5p +fijn5sp +2f1ijz +fi4le. +film3a +5fine +fi4nel +fi4no +4fint +fis5t +fisto3 +f1j +2f1k +f2l4 +2f5laa +f3laf +fla2p5 +fle2t +f5lev +4flie +4f3lij +f4lip +f4lor +f4lot +f3loz +2f3m +fma4d +f1n +1fo +2foef +2f3of +5fok +f3oms +fon3te +f3oog +2f1o2p +2f3org +3form +fo5ro +for4tj +fo1ru +fo5t +foto5f +2f3oud +foy4 +2f3p +fr2 +1fra +f5raam +fra4m +f2ras +f2raz +f3reg +fre4t +f4rez +f2ri +f3rij +fri4te +f2rod +4frol +fru3g +2f1s +f2sa +f3sch +f3sel +f4sh +fsho4 +f3s2j +f4slap +f4sled +fs2m +f2s1o +f3ste +fste4m +fs5terr +f3s4ti +f3stof +f5stok +f3stu +2f1t +f4tene +f2th +f2tj +ft3je +f5to +f5tro +ftwa4 +1fu +f2un +2fuu +f3uur +2f1v +2f1w +1fy +4f1z +1ga +gaar3t +4gabc +gabri5 +gaby4 +2g1ac +4g5afs +4gaft +4gafw +4gah +gal2a +gal5ach +ga5lav +ga4mes +gamo4 +gan3d +gangers5 +gan5gr +g5anker +gan4st +gapo4 +4g3arb +5gare +g3arm +g3arti +ga2s +ga4se +gas5o +gas3p +gas3tr +2gaut +4gavo +gazi2 +4g5azin +2g1b +2g1c +2g1d +g3de +g4dell +g4dim +g3doe +gd2s +1ge +ge3a +ge4ari +ge5au +4geb. +2g3ebb +2gebd +4gebt +ge1c +ge5d +gedan4 +gee4 +ge3ei +g3eend +gee2r +ge5ess +geest5r +gef4 +4geff +ge5g2 +ge5h +gei4la +gei4tj +gek4l +ge3k4w +gel4da +gel4du +gel3f +ge4l5oor +gel5ore +gel3sa +gel3sn +4gemb +4gemf +4gemp +ge4ned +gen5ent +g5engt +gen3k +ge4noc +gen5och +ge4nof +ge4nog +gens4f +gen5sfe +gen4su +gen4tr +ge5p4 +ge1ra +ger5aan +ger4dr +ge4reng +ge5req +ge5rij +ge1r2o +ge5roc +ger4sp +4gerts +ge3ru +geru5m +ge1s2 +ge3s4a +ge3sc +ge5se +ge3sh +ge3sj +4ges4k +ge5s4l +ge3s4m +ge3so +ges4p +ge5sper +ge3spl +ges4te +ge5stil +ge3ta +get4i +get4j +ge5tjo +ge5tsj +ge3t4w +3gev +2g5ex +2g1f2 +4g3g4 +gge4nol +2g1h +g2het +g2hum +1gi +gier4s +gi1eu +gi2f +2gij +g5ijzer +gi4mes +gi4nes +2ginf +g5ingeni5 +gis5trer +2g1j +2g1k +2gl +g3la2m +3gla4s +3glaz +g2le +g3leg +g3lei +4g5lep +g3ler +gli2d5 +glij5ko +3glik +g2lim +gli4n +g5lio +3glob +3glom +4g3lon +g1loo +g1lop +5glos +3g2ly +2g1m +2g1n +g3na +gneet3 +g4ners +gne4tj +g2no +g5nol +g3non +1go +5go. +go2a +2goc +g1och +godon4 +god4s +goed5a +2goef +goes3 +go5fr +4goh +go2k3 +go2ma +gom5ac +go4mel +4g3ong +4gont +2g3oor +2gop +gop4la +4gore +4gorg +g5orga +gor4s +gos5p +go3tr +gou4dee +gouil4 +2gov +2g1p +1g2r2 +g3rak +gra2m +g4ra2s +gra4ves +2g3red +gree4 +g5reel +2grei +g3reis +4grem +gren4s +gre4s +gres5l +griet5j +g3rijk +grijs5t +gri4mes +2griv +groeps5 +groet5j +4grok +g3roke +4grou +5groun +2g5rug +g3ruim +g3ruk +2gs +gs1a +gsas3 +g2sc +g3sch +gs5chef +g4sco +gscorres5 +g4scr +g2se +g5se. +gs1ef +gs3eig +gs3eis +gs3ek +g3sel +gs3f +gs5he +gsher5 +g2s1i +gs4ke. +gs4ken. +gs4kes +g2sl +g5slang +gs4lep +gs3lie +gs5lis +g3slu +g4sma +gs4maak +g3snoe +g2s1o +gs3p +gs4pel +g5spele +gs4pet +gs4pi +g3spie +gs5pir +gs5taal +g5staand +g5staar +gs5tab +gs5tac +g5stal +g3stam +g5stat +g1ste +g3s4te. +gs3teh +g3stel +g4stelg +g5ster. +gs5tera +g5sters +gs3th +g3stig +g5stof +g5stok +g3stu +g2su +gs1ui +gs3uu +gs5w +g3sy +2g1t +g4tap +gtui4gi +1gu +gu4al +gu2at +gu2e +2gue. +3guer +guet4 +guim4 +gui4ne. +2g3uit +gun3 +gus3 +2g1v +2g1w +3gy +2g1z +h2a +haar3t +hac5k +haf4tu +hair5s +ha4kr +hal2f3 +2hamp +han4d5o +han5dru +han3ga +hang3s +han4sl +han5so +hap5l +ha2p5r +hap4se +haps5te +ha5ren +har4t3a +har4th +hart3j +har4to +hart5sl +has3 +ha4tek +ha2t3r +hat5s +4h1b +4hc +2hd +h4e +4he. +he2ad +he2ar5 +3hech +heel3o +he4fe +heids5p +hei5k +hei4t +he4kan +he2kw +he4lan +hele4n +hel4m3a +he4lov +hel4pa +hel4pr +3hemd +hemme4 +hen4kr +2heo +he4pij +he2pl +he2p3r +hep5s +he2q +he1ra +he5raa +her3ad +he3ral +he3rau +her3c +he3rem +he2ri +her5inn +herm5eng +her4paa +herp5ac +her4pr +her3s +he3sa +he2sp +hes3t +hete1 +heut5j +4hew +4hf +h3h +4hi. +hi5d +hie4dr +hie4f +hie2r1 +hie4to +hie4tr +hilip4 +hi4ma +him4pl +him4pr +hin4tj +hi5q +2hir2 +hi4re +hirt5 +his5p +hi5tr +4h1j +2hl +h2le +2h2m +h3ma +h3me +h4mer +h5mo +4h1n +h2na +h2nit +ho5a +2hoc +5hockey +ho5dr +5hoed +hoe4ker +hoe4k5n +hoek5st +hoe4sl +ho2fa +hof5d +ho4fe +hog4 +ho2k +ho4le. +ho4me. +ho4mec +ho4mes +hon3dr +hon3ga +ho5ni4 +honig3 +hon4se +hoo4 +hoofd5r +hoorn5ac +ho4pl +ho4po +hop4sm +hop4str +ho2q +ho1ro +hor4se. +hor4tj +4ho3ru +hos5t +hot5j +hou4se +hout5a +2how +4h1p +hpi4 +2h4r +hra4b +hri2 +hris5 +hro4b +hro4k +4h1s +2ht +h4t1a +h5tans +ht3au +h4t3ec +h4ted +h2t5ee +h2tef +h4teks +h4temb +h4ten3t +hter1 +hte4rin +hte4ro +h4tesk +h2t3ev +h2tex +ht1h +ht1j +ht1o +h1ton +ht5oor +h4t3r +ht2s +ht4ser +hts1o +ht4som +hts3pl +ht5spoo +ht5spri +ht3sta +hts5teg +ht4stek +ht4sten +hts5u +ht3u +hu2ba +hug2 +huid3a +huim3a +hul4der +hulp3a +hu4me. +2hus +hu4te. +hu4tes +hut5j +huw4do +4h3v +2hw +h2wei +4hy. +3hyp +hype2 +hyper5 +h3z +i1a +i4aalt +i5aaltj +i3ac +i3ae +iaf2 +ia3g +i3ak +iak4l +i2als +ian4n +ia5no +i4ans +ias4me. +i3au +iave4 +i1b +i2bac +ibu3e +i5ca +ica4p +i3cen +i1cha +i1che +i3chi +i1cho +4ici +ick5er +ic5key +id3ach +id3ame +i3dat +idder5a +id4e +5ideolo +ider4sp +ider4st +id2g +idings5t +i2d5ir +id3ru +id2s1 +id4s5a +id4si +ids3l +ids3o +ids3p +id4stem +ids5tr +iduw4 +id3w +ie3a +ie4dac +i1ee2 +ie2fl +ie5fla +ie2f3r +ie4gal +ie4gas +ie4gu +iekes4 +ie2kl +ie2kn +ie4kond +ie4kre +ieks3p +iek3t +ie4kuu +ie4laa +ie4las +iel5do +ie3le +ielf4 +iel4le +ie4mov +i4enc +ie4nij +ien4sta +ien4st5o +ien4str +ien4stu +iep5ac +ie4plo +iep5sc +ie4pui +ie3rad +ie3rap +ier5as +ie4rat +ierk4 +ie3roo +ier4re. +ier4sl +ies4e +ie2sl +ies3li +ies3m +ie2sn +ie2so +ie2sp +ies5se +ie3sta +ie4ste +ies5te. +ie5stel +ie4taa +ie4t5ant +ie4tap +ie4tho +ie2tj +ie4tog +iet5oog +ie4trot +i5eursb +i5eurse +ieuw4a +2if +if4tang +if4tr +if4tui +ig5aard +i5gat +i4gav +i4gins +igit4 +ig3n +ig4ner. +igs4 +ig3sc +ig3sto +i5gue +i1h +i3i +i4j +2ij. +ij1a +2ij1e +ije2n3 +ij1i +ij3o +2ijt +ij5te +ij5ui +4ik +i4kak +iker5k +ikes4 +i2kij +i2kn +ik3na +ik3ni +ik3re +ik5se +ik1sp +ik1st +ik3we +2il +i1la +il3ac +ila5d +i3lak +il2da +il4din +il2dr +ild3ri +ilds4 +i3len +ile4t +ilet5j +ile3u +i2l3ez +ilie5g +i4link +ilk5s2 +illa3s +il2ma +i1lo +i3lof +il3oor +il3or +il4sti +il5te +il2th +i3lu +i5mag +ima4ges +i2me. +i2med +iment5j +i4met. +imma4g +imme4la +imon4 +im3op +imo4r +5impu +im4sm +imte3 +in1ac +i5nars +in4as +in5che +in4dene +inder5a +in5dexe +3indru +1indu +1inf +in4gaa +in4gag +in4gal +5ingang +5ingenie +in2go +in2gr +ing3ru +ing4s3e +3inhou +i2n5i4o +5initia +in2kn +ink3na +3inkom +inlever5i +inos4t +1inri +in4sa +insi4d5 +insis5 +in5spe +3insta +3in5sti +5instru +inta4 +in4tap +5interpr +in5top +int4r +inuut5 +3invlo +i3o +io1a +iog4 +io4nin +ion4s3 +io3pr +io1s4 +io3sko +iot4r +io5ui +i1pa +ip3ac +i4perw +ipe4tj +ip3j +i1pl +i3pot +i4ps +ipsi4 +ip4sle +ipu4r +i1q +4ir +i3ra +iraat4 +ir2e +i4red +ires4 +iret4 +i1ri +i1ro +ir2s +ir3ste +i1ru +i1sa +i4saa +i2sad +i4sak +i4s3ap +is1ar +i2sas +i4sau +i2sc +isci4n +i2s3ei +i4serv +ise4tj +i3sfe +isi4ne +i3sji +is4koo +i2s3l +is4laa +is4lui +i4s5m +is3n +5isola +is5oli +is3p +is5pl +is3t +is5tab +istal3 +ist5ap +is5tas +i5s4tat +is5ten. +is4th +isti4n +is5tor +is4tra +is4tre +is4ty +2it +i1ta +it1ac +it3ach +i3tan +i5te2n +iten5aa +i3ter +i4thou +i3thy +i3t2i +itie5s +i1to +i5t2ou +it5red +it1ri +it3ru +its3ei +it5sen +it3smi +it5sop +its3u +i1tu +it3w +4i1u2 +ium1 +i5u5r +i1v +iver4a +ive3re +ive3ri +ive3s +i5vi +i1w +i1z +ize5t +i4zl +izo5t +jaar5t +2jaf +jager4s +ja4ke +ja5la +j4am +ja4me +ja4ne. +jani4 +ja4no +jan4sl +3jar +jas3p +jaz2 +2j5b +jbe4li +j1c +jc5k +4j1d +j4daa +jde4ne +jden4s +jde3s +j4dog +j2dr +jd3re +jd3ri +jd5ros +jds5li +j4du +je2a +jean4n +2j1ee4 +2jei +jek4tr +j1en +je3r4o4 +je4s3 +5jesha +jes5pa +je5su +je2t +je3to +jet3r +jet3u +jeugd5e +j2f1a +j4fec +j2f3ei +j2f1en +j2fij +j4fin +jf3l +jf4la +j2f5ol +jf5r +jf2s +jfs3ec +jfs5ek +jfs5tak +jf5stan +jf3str +jft4 +j1g +jg5laa +j4gre +jg4st +4j1h +2ji +3jic +jif5 +jin3 +ji5t2 +j5j +2jk +j2kaa +jk5aard +jkaart5j +j4kag +j4kar +j4kas +j4kek +j4kerv +j2kij +jk5ins +j2kl +jk5lap +j3kle +jk3li +jk3lu +j2kn +j4kof +j4kol +j4kon +jk5ond +j2kor +j2kr +jk5raa +jk3re +jk3ru +jks3a +jk2si +jk2sl +jks3n +jk3soo +jk5stra +jk3th +j2kui +jk3waa +jk3we +jk3wi +j1la +jlijs4 +jl3k +j1lo +j2loe +2jm +jm3af +j3mi +j2n1a +j4nerw +jne3s +j4net +jn5eti +j4nex +jn3g +j4nim +j4nink +j2n1o +jn4sce +jn2si +jn2sl +jns5lac +jn2sp +jn5sti +jo4a +jo5ac +job2 +joden5 +jo4ke. +jol4e +3jon +jone4 +jo4nes +jongens5 +j4ou +jou4l +3jour +joy4 +j1p +jp3ac +jpe3s +jp3j +j2pli +j4pre +j4pri +4j1r +4js +js5a +js4e +j3sel +j2s5em +j2s1i +j2sl +js3li +j3slu +j4so +j1sp +j2spo +j1sta +js5teb +j3stel +js3ten +j5s4tend +j4s3ter +js5tin +j1str +j4stran +j1stu +j2su +2j1t +j4taar +j5te. +j2th +j3the +j4top +j2tr +jt3ra +jt4rad +j3tre +jt5ri +j3trok +ju4a +juit4 +ju2le +jumel4 +jus3 +justi4n +j1v +jve4n +jve3ri +jver4sp +j1w +j1z +jze4ro +jzer5sm +1ka +kaas5 +2k1ac +3kache +kadet5 +4kaf. +4kafs +k5agen +4kah +4kaks +4kalb +kalf4s +kal4k3a +kal4kl +4kalt +k5alta +2kamb +kam4pr +4kang +ka3n4o +kan4sl +kan4t3j +kant3r +ka3pa +ka4pl +kap3la +4kappa +kap3s +k5arbe +2karm +ka5ro +k3arti +ka4s +kas5c +k5assi +kas5tre +kas5tro +ka4tan +kat3j +ka4tog +ka4too +katte5s +ka4tui +2k3aut +2kavo +2k1b +kbe2k +kbek3w +2k1c +2k1d +1ke +2k5ec +k4ed +k5edit +keel3 +2keen +kee4pl +keer4s +k5eik +keis4 +ke5lel +ke5let +2k5emm +ke4nad +ken5ak +ke4n5an +ke4nau +ke5nei +ke4nep +keni2 +ke2no +k2ens +ken5se +kens5po +ken3t +ke3rad +ker4kn +ker4ko +ker4kr +kerk5ra +ker4ku +ker4kw +ker4n3a +4kers4ek4 +4kerts +4kerwt +k4es +ke3sta +ke4s3tr +ke4th +ke2t3j +4ketu +ke4tw +k4eu +2kex +k1ey +key3s +k3ezel +2k1f2 +2k3g +2k1h +1ki +4kied +kies4t +2k1ijz +4kindu +2kinr +2kins +3kins. +ki2p +kip3l +3kis +kis4p +kis4to +2k1j +2k1k +kke5ra +kker4s +kke3s4 +1k2l4 +3klac +4kladi +k5lake +4kland +3klank +kla2p1 +2klat +4kleer +k5leer. +5kleert +4kleg +5klem +k3len +k5ler. +4klera +3kle4u +2k3lic +k3lied +2klij +kli4me +k4lon +k5lone +3klont +k5loop +kloot5 +k3lope +5klos +2k3loz +2k3luc +4kluih +2k1m +1k2n4 +4knad +2knam +3knec +k5nek +knies5o +knie5t +knip1 +2kniv +5knol +knor5 +2knum +1ko +4koct +2koef +koe4ket +koe5p +koe5re +koe5sta +koe5tj +koets5p +ko5ko +4kokt +kole4n3 +k5olie. +4kolm +3kom +ko4m5a +5kong +kon3s +kon4t5j +4kontw +2k3oog +koorts5t +4kopb +ko5pe +2k5oph +ko4pl +kop4ri +3kopt +koren5a +2k1org +kor4ta +kort3o +4kos. +ko4so +4koss +5kot +4kov +4k5ox +2k3p2 +kpren4 +1k2r +kra2b +k3rad +3kran +3krat +2k3rec +k5rede +5kredi +kret4 +2k3ric +krijgs5 +k3rijk +krijs5t +krij4t +krijt5j +2krip +4krol. +4kroll +kron5t +kro3s +2krou +kru4l +2ks +k4sad +ks1ar +k2sav +k2see +ksem3a +k2s1in +ks3j +k3slac +k2s3li +ks4mak +ks4mee +ks3na +k1spe +k1sta +k4staf +k4star +k1ste +k5ste. +k4sted +k4stele +k3sten +ks4ti +k1sto +ks5trad +k5stue +k2sui +2k1t +kt5aan +k5te +kte2n3 +k2t1h +k2tin +k4tj +ktoet4 +kt3ond +kt2s +kt3sc +kt3se +1ku +ku3che +kui4f +2k3uit +kuk4 +5kult +3kun +2kuse +kus4tr +kut5s2 +4kuus +2k1v +k2w +k3waar +2k3wac +k3wag +3kwak +k4wal +1kwam +3kwar +2k5wed +4k3weg +k3wei +2k3wer +k4wes3 +5kwets +1kwid +kwie5t +4kwijd +k3wijz +k4wik +2kwil +4kwim +2kwin +2k3wo +4ky. +2k1z +4laand +laap3 +4laard +laar3t +3labo +2lac +3lach. +3la5che +lacht4s +l4aci +3lact +la2d3a +5ladin +2ladj +la4dok +la2dr +lad3s4 +la4du +2laf +la2fa +lafo4 +la2ga +lag3aa +l5agent +la2g3o +la2gr +la3gra +lag3s4 +lai4d +lai4n +la2k3a +la4ki +2lal +l3alb +la4mac +lam5ou +la4mov +lam4p3j +lam4p3l +lam4pol +4lana +3land +lan4da +lan4do +land5oo +lan4d3r +la4nek +lan4em +5lange. +lang3l +lan4ka +lan4k3l +lan4sl +l5antil +lan4t3j +lap5ac +3lapj +la4p3l +la4p3o +4lappa +la2p3r +2larb +las3 +la4tam +la2th +lat5ho +lat3j +la4tro +lat3s +la4tui +2lau +lau4de. +lau4m +la4vat +2lavo +la2wr +la4ze. +4lazi +2l1b +4l1c +2l1d +ldaat5 +l2d3ac +ldak4s +l4dart +ld3een +ld3ei +l3d4en +lden5k +l4dh +l2dom +l2don +l4dos +l2d3ov +l5drie +lds4a +ld3sl +ld5sn +ld1sp +ld3w +1le +le2a +lea2d +lea4s +le3at +3leb +ledes4 +lee2 +leeg3 +4leekh +leem5ac +lee4p3 +leer5ov +lee4s3 +2leeu +2leff +5leider +4leier +4leig +lei4na +2l5eks4 +le4kw +l3elem +l2en +l4en. +le4nad +3leng +l5engel +3leni +len3k +len4tr +len5tre +leper4 +3le5r4a +le1ro +le2s +les2k +le3sko +4lesm +le4sp +le3str +le5ti +le2tr +let5ro +let4sta +4letu +levens5 +4levil4 +4lexc +2lexp +3ley +4lf +l5fab +l2f1ac +l2fin +l5fles +lf3li +lf4lo +l2fo +l3foe +l3fou +lf4ree +lf4sei +lfs3m +lf4spo +l1g +l4gaf +l4gap +l3gla +l4gon +lg1s +l1h +1li +li4ce. +4lick +3lid +lie4ga +lie4gr +lieg5u +li3enn +lies4t +lieu3 +3liev +3ligg +lij4ko +lij4ma +lijm5ac +3lijn +4lijp +3lijs +lij4st +lij5ste. +2l1ijz +li4ke. +li2ko +lilia4 +lil4le. +4limp +lim4pj +2linf +4linh +lin4ka +3linn +4linr +2lins +lin4t3j +4linv +4lipj +li4pl +li5po +lis4e +5lish +4litary +li1th +lit5r +li5tu +li4ve. +l1j4 +lk5aard +l4kaf +l4kei +l4kep +l4klag +l4klev +l2kri +lk3rij +lk2s +lks5tel +l4kuu +lk3wi +4l1l +l3la +llas4 +llas5te +lle5kw +lles5p +lle3st +llinai4 +lls4 +2l1m +lm3act +l4med +l4mind +lms2 +lm3sc +lmta4 +4l1n +lni2 +lo5a +3lobd +lo4bo +lo5dr +loe4d3a +loe4d3r +loem3a +4loes +lofd2 +3lofi +lof3r +lof4s +4logig +lo3go +lo4gre +log4s3 +loi4r +3loka +lo4kar +lo2kl +lo4k5op +lo2kr +lo2k3u +lomp3j +lom4p5l +l3omv +lon4gaa +long5em +lon4go +lon4gr +lon4t3j +5look +3loopb +4loord +4loort +3loper +4loph +4l5opl +4lopn +lop4r +2lops +2lopt +4lopw +l4or. +l1org +lo1ro +lo4sp +los1t +lo4str +lo2ta +lot3ak +lo2th +lot3j +lou2p +lo4ve. +lo4wed +1loz +2l1p +l4pac +lpe4ni +lpes4 +lp2h +lp3j +lp3ond +l4ques +2l3r +lrus5 +2ls +l3sam +lschaar5 +ls4cr +l4sed +l2sef +l4sele +l4sep +ls2j +ls3ja +ls4kel +l3sla +l2sle +ls5led +l2sli +ls3lie +ls4mee +l5sni +ls5nu +l3som +l5song +ls5or +l1sp +l2spr +l5sprie +l1st +l4stal +l5stall +l4steko +l4stele +l4stev +l4stou +l2su +2l1t +ltaar5 +ltai4 +lt2h +l4thi +l2t3ho +l3tj +l4tjesk +lt5jesl +l2tov +lu4bl +lu1e +3lui. +3luid +4luit +lu2ka +luk5raa +luk2s +3lumb +4luni +lu5strato +lu5ta +lu1th +lu5wi +l1v +lva3no +lve3ri +l1w +1ly +ly5o +l1z +1ma +5ma. +3maalt +maas5 +3m4aat +5machi +machts5e +mac3k +ma4cl +ma3de +2m3adv +2maf +5mafo +ma4geb +ma4gev +mai4li +ma4ke. +makers5 +4makt +ma3la +ma5lei +ma4lent +5man. +man3ac +m3anal +man3c +man5do +3mans +man4see +man4sl +man4sn +man4so +mans3p +man4st +4mape +map4l +mar4s5t +mas4p +ma5str +ma5ta +mat3j +m2av +may5 +mazi4 +2m1b +mbi4ne. +mbi4nes +mbo4le. +2m1c +2m1d +m5do +md2s +md3so +m3dw +1me +3me1c +3medi +mee3kr +mee5kw +mee3le +mee3lo +mee3lu +mee3ri +3mees +mee3sl +mee3sp +mee5str +mee3tr +m5egg +me2i +mein4a +4melam +mel4ko +mel4k5r +mel4ku +me5lom +3m2en +men4ag +me5nas +men4gra +meng3s +me4noo +me5nor +men5ste +men4suu +men4tj +mep4j +me1ra +me4raak +me4rak +me4ram +merg4s +5merk +mer4kn +mer4kw +mer3n +mer4on +3me2s +mes4ha4 +me5spe +me3spo +me5stu +me5su +met4aa +me5te +3me3th +3meto +metrai4 +m4eu +meus4 +2m1f +mfi3t +2m3g +2m1h +mhoog5 +1mi +mi1ch +miche4 +mick4 +2mid. +3midd +midden5 +mie5st +5mig +mijl4s +4mijs +2m5ijz +mi5kn +3mil +mi4le. +mi4men +2minf +min5go +2minr +2mins +3mis +mis4la +mi3sog +mis4ses +mis4to +mis5tr +3mit +mi1tr +2m1j +2m3k2 +mkaart5j +2m3l +2m1m2 +mmel5k +2m1n +1mo +3mod +mode4l +3moed +moed4s +2moef +3moei +moe4raa +moe2s +moe5ste. +moet4s +3mo3g +3mole +m5olie. +mol4ma +4molt +4momv +mon4a +m5onder +monet4 +mo3no +mon4so +mon5ta +m3onts +3mooi +2mop +m3ope +m3oplo +5mopp +mop4sn +moquet4 +5mora +mor4e +mor5g +mo3ro +mor4sp +mos4c +mo4sl +mo3sta +mot4h +4moud +5mouw +mo4ve. +mo4ver. +mo4vers +2m1p +mp3ach +m4paf +m4pes +m3pj +mp5lie +mpon4g +m4ps +mp4se4 +2m3r +4m1s +m2sa +m5sal +m3sau +m5se. +ms2j +m3sje +m4sle +m5sleu +m3s2m +m2so +m3son +m3spl +m5spor +m5ster +ms4ti +mst5id +m4ston +m4stop +2m5t +mtes2 +1mu +mu2m3 +munt5j +5mus +mus5t +3mut +muur5 +2m1v +2m1w +3my +my3o +2m1z +1na +3na. +3naal +3n2aam +2n1aan3 +4naap +4naard +n5aardi +3naars +naar3t +n3aas. +3nabe +2nac +5naco +n5act +n4acu +n5aders +nadet4 +3nadi +4n3adm +n5adv +2n1af +naf4l +n2a1g4 +5naged +3nagel +n3agem +nage5o +na3gl +na3gr +3nai +na1ij +4naker +na3k4l +3nale +4n3alf +3nali +3n2am +n2an +2na5na +nan4e +nanes4 +3nant +nan4tj +5na1pl +n5apo +4nara +na4rap +2n1arb +nar5che +5nares +2narg +2n1arm +4nars +2n1art +na3sc +na3s4l +nas4m +na5sma +na1sp +nas5pec +na3stu +n3asy +3n4at. +3nata +nat4h +n4ati +2natl +nat4r +5naven +n5azij +2n1b +2n1c +n4cheo +nci4n +nconsis5 +2n1d +n4daas +n4dabo +n2dac +n2dar +nd3art +n2d5as +n4daz +n4d5edi +n4degg +nd1ei +nde5laa +n5den. +n4derec +nder5eg +nder5og +nd5eten +n4dh +n4dijs. +nd3ijz +ndings5 +ndi4se +n5dji +n4dof +n4doli +nd5olie +nd3ont +n4doog +n2dov +nd3ove +nd3rap +n2dre +ndrecor5 +nd3rei +nd5rek +nds4ben +nd3si +nd5smi +nd1sp +nd4spra +n4d5ure +n2duu +nd3uur +nd3w +1ne +nebe4s +n5edit +2need +3nee4m +2n1een +neer3s +nees3 +neet5o +2n3eff +3ne3g2 +nege4n +nehen4 +2nei +3neig +neil4 +n1ein +n3elem +neli4n +ne5lo +3n2em +4n5emb +4nemm +4nemp +ne2n +n4en. +n4end. +nen3g +nen5k +4nenke +nen3o +nen5slo +ne4pli +ne1ra +n2ere +n4erg +5n4eri +ne4rid +ner5kl +ner4sp +4nerts +4neru +4nesm +ne3sta +nes5teld +nes5tele +nes5telt +4nesth +ne3str +ne4t5ap +ne4ton +ne4tru +4netu +5neuros +3neuz +2n3f2 +2ng +n2g3ad +n4gak +n2gam +n4gank +n2gar +n4geen +n4gensm +nge4rap +nge4ras +ng4hi +ng3ij +n4ginr +n4g3ins +ng3lad +ng2li +n3glic +n3glu +ng3n +n2g5of +n2g1on +ng5raat +ng3rai +ng5rie +n3gro +ng2s +ng4sche +ng4s3le +ngs5lop +ngs5tor +ngs5trek +ngs5tro +ng5t +ngu4a +4n3h +nhands4 +nhand5sb +nhom4 +1n2i +ni5a +ni4ce. +n5idee +nie5kle +5nier +nier5a +ni3eus +ni3euz +3nig +ni4g5ee +nij4st +2nijz +n3ijze +nika5s +nik4s +3nim +2nin. +ni5n2a +4n3ind +2n3inf +4ninga +ningeni5 +nings5tek +nin2k3 +2n5inr +2n3ins +2n3int +4ninv +ni4pl +ni4sel +ni3str +ni3th +ni1tr +nits4 +3niv +n1j2 +2n1k +nk3aan +nk5aard +nkaart5j +n4kag +n4karb +n4kasp +nk2ey +n4knaa +nk5nab +n4kog +nk4om +nkomens5 +nkoo4 +nk3ov +n3kra +nk3rek +nk5rel +n3kru +nk1s +nk5sf +nk4so +nk5ste +n2kw +n3kwam +nk3wat +n5kwen +nk3wi +2n3l +4n3m +2n3n2 +nnee5t +nne4pol +nniks3 +1no +4nobj +5noci +4noec +2noef +4noer +noes3 +no5ic +n5olie. +3nolo +n2oma +n3omg +3nomi +3nomm +4noms +4nomw +3non. +3nonc +n3ond +2n1ont +3nood +4noof +2n1oog +4n3oorl +2nop +5n2opa +no4pas +no4poo +no4por +4n1org +5nori +2nork +3norm +3nors +2nort +no3s4a +no3sk +no3sp +3nota +no4tap +3noter +3noti +2nov +3n2ova +5n4ow +2n3p4 +npoor4 +n1q +2n3r +4n1s +n2sa +n3saal +n5sag +n3sal +ns3ang +nsas3 +ns3asp +n3sau +ns2c +n3sce +n3sch +n4sed +nsee5t +n4sef +n4seg +nsei5g +n5set +n2sev +ns3f +ns4fee +n3sjo +ns4kri +n3slaa +n2sle +ns5led +n5sliep +ns2m +ns3mar +n3sme +n5smij +ns3moe +n5smol +n4s3mu +n3sne +n3snij +n3snoe +n3soe +ns3onw +n3soor +n4spaa +n4spot +ns4ta +n4staf +n3ste +n4steh +n4s5tent +n4stenv +n5ster. +ns3the +ns4tie +n3stig +n4stij +nst5ing +n5ston. +nst5roos +n2sui +ns5uil +2n1t +n5taal +n4t5aard +n4t5akk +n4tarc +ntat4 +ntdu5iker +n3teg +n2tei +nt3eig +n3tel +nte4loo +n5tem +nt5erfd +n3tev +n2th +n3them +n5this +n3thol +ntie5kl +nti5kw +nt3ink +nt4jo +n3to +n4toli +n4top +nt3raf +n5tran +n4t3rij +nt5roof +nt5room +n5troos +n3trou +nt3rui +nt3ruk +nt3rus +nt4sa +nt4schr +n5tsj +nt4sle +nt5slu +nt3sm +nts4ma +nt1sn +nt5ste +nt5t +n3tu +n4tuit +ntu4re. +ntu4res +n5twijf +nt4wis +1nu +nu1er +2nui +4nuil +nu5kr +3num +2nur +nuts4h +n3uur +5nuut +nu2wi +2n1v +nvel4l +nvil4 +2n1w +nwa4v +nwe4tj +nx3a +1n2y +4ny4i +4nyo +2n1z +o1ag +o1al +o1an +oa4ti +o5ax +obal4 +1obj +obos4 +ob3sk +o3cha +o1che +ochet4 +o3chi +o5cho +o3chr +ocke4 +ock5i +oc5t4 +4od. +od1ac +odden5 +ode3ra +odie5t +o4dr +od3re +od3ri +od5si +ods3oo +od4sur +od3w +oe2da +oed3aa +oed3ar +5oedee +oed3ei +oede4n +oede3s +oe4don +oe2dr +oe2d3u +oed3w +oe2f3a +1oefe +oef5f +oe2fi +oe2fl +oef3le +oef5lo +oe3flu +oe2f3o +oe2f3r +oeg5ij +oei1 +oei3s4 +oe4kaa +oek5aan +oeke4n +oe2kl +oe4kna +oe2k3r +oek4sl +oe2ku +oe2kw +oel2a +oe4lap +oel3ei +oeleve4 +oelever5i +oe3li +oe4lov +oe4mac +oe4mak +oe4mo +oe2no +oen5of +2oep +oep3ac +oe2pl +oe3plo +oep3lu +oe2pr +oeps1 +oep4se +oe4pu +oe1ra +oe4ral +oeren5e +oer4sl +oer4so +oer4sp +oe3se +oe4so +oe4t5an +oe4tei +oe2t3h +oe2tj +oe4tol +oet4so +oe4tw +of3at +ofd1a +ofd3ei +of2do +ofd3on +of2d3r +of4du +ofd3w +3offic +offici5el +offie5 +of3l +of4la +of4le +of4lu +o3foo +of2r +of3ri +of4sel +of2si +of2sl +of5sm +of2sp +of4s5tr +of4su +oft2s +of4tur +of4tuu +ofy3 +o1g +og4aa +o4gal +oge4las +oge4st +1ogig +og3le +og3n +og2s +og3sc +og3spi +og3ste +o1h +2oi1 +oi4ne. +oinet4 +ois4 +oi3sc +oist4 +o1j +o5ji +o4kaas +o4kaz +ok3ef +o4kes +o2k3n +o2k5ou +o4kre +o4k3ro +ok3sa +ok5spr +ok1st +ok4str +okter4s +4ol. +o1la +ol3ac +o5lal +olber4 +ol3ein +o3len +ole4ne +ole1u4 +ol2fa +olf3l +olf5ram +ol4gor +ol4gre +ol4gri +olie3s +ol4kaa +olken5 +ol4mes +ol5mo +o1lo +olo3k +o2lop +olo5sp +ol3sj +o1lu +ol5uit +ol3umn +o4map +omen4s +om5ins +o4mint +2omm +omo5s +om4pj +ompo4t +3omro +om5sl +om5soe +om5ste +on3ac +onaf5l +o4nam +o4naz +4onc +2onca +ond3ac +4onde. +4onden +5onderw +on4dij +on4don +on2dr +ond3re +ond3sj +on4dur +o2n5ec +o2ned +4oneerb +o4neh +on4end +ong5aan +on4gap +onge4tj +ong3le +ongs5k +onie5t +4onin +onings5t +oni2q +4onk +on4k5ap +on4klo +on3kw +2onn +onne3s +2ono +on2sn +on3ta +on4taa +ont5aar +5ontbi +ont5erv +ontes3 +1ont1h +on4tre +ont5rie +on4t5rom +3ontva +3ontw +o4o2 +4oo. +oo3c +oo4d +ood1a +ood1e +ood5i +ood1o +ood3r +ood5ste +oofd3o +oof4dr +oo4g1 +oog3r +oogs4 +oog3sp +ook1 +ook5l +ook5r +ooks4m +ook3w +ool1 +ool5g +ool5k4 +oom1 +oom5p +oo4n1 +oon4sa +oon5t +oo4p +oop1a +oo5per +oop5i +oop5o +oop4sp +oo4r1 +oor4d5aa +oor3g +oor3i +oor3k +5oorlog +oor5m +oor3sm +oor5to +oos3 +oost5r +oo4t +oot3h +oot5i +oot1o +oot5r +o1pa +o4paar +op3ach +o4pad +o4paf +o4pak +opa4n +3opbre +op3een +3openi +3opera +o4perw +op5ete +op4her +opie5t +4op3j +op3l +1opn +4opn. +4opneu +o1po +op1of +op3ont +op5p +5opperv +op3r +op4ra +5oproe +ops4c +op3sj +op3sm +op1so +op3sp +ops4t +2opt +3opta +op5te +3optim +o1q +o1ra +oraat4 +o3race +o2rag +or3ana +or4ce. +or4d5am +or4das +or4d3oo +or4dor +ord3w +orea5d +orecord5 +o4reh +orever4 +4org. +or4ge. +4orgi +org3li +or5gn +o1ri +orie5tj +3orkes +ork4l +orkma4 +or4mac +or5no +o3ros +4orp +orp5ac +or5ph +orp4sc +or3sme +or3so +or4son +or4tabl +or4tak +or4t5ijl +ort5ond +or4too +or4tor +or4tred +ort5spr +ort5uit +ort3w +or1u +o3rum +or4un +o5rus +orwe4gi +o5ry +o4sab +o3sc +o4sce +o4sci +os4co +os2cr +o4scu +o3s4e +oses4t +oset3 +oset4t +osha5k +o4sj +os2k +os5ke +o2s3l +os3m +os3no +o1s2o +os1p +os3pa +os3pi +o4s3pr +o3stat +os3te +os4tem +os4teu +os4th +os3ti +os5tic +os4tij +os3tol +os4tr +ost3ri +o5strof +os3tu +os4tun +o3sty +o1ta +ot1ac +o5tag +ot4ec +ot5ede +ote4lan +o5ten +o5ter +o4tesc +o1th +o2t1ho +o5thor +otli4 +o1to +oto3a +otor5o +ot3re +ot5rij +o1tro +ot4sl +ot5sla +ot4spa +ots5tek +ot4sti +ot4str +ot4stu +o1tu +ou5a +oua5c +ou3b +ou2d1a +ou4des +ou2do +oud3r +ou1e +oue2t +ou3is +ouk4 +oun4g +ou4rar +ou4re. +ou4rem +ou4res +ou2ro +ou4sc +ous4t +ous5to +4out. +ou2ta +out1j +ou2t3o +ou2t3r +4outs +out5sp +ou1wi +o1v +2ovee +3ovens +3overg +o4ves +2o3vi +ovis4t +2ovj +o1wa +o4we. +o1wi +owie5 +ow2n +oy2en +oy4l +o5yo +oys4 +o1z +oze3s +3paal +2paan +paar3t +2pac +pa3che +3pact +5pacu +3pad. +pa2da +pad3ac +pa5do +pa4dr +pag2a +4pagg +pa3gh +4pake +4palb +3pale +pal5f +pa3na5 +pa4nad +5pand. +5panee +pa4neu +pa4nisl +4pan5k +pan4tr +pa4o +1pap +pa4pet +5papi +pa4pl +2papp +3pa3ra +pard4 +3park +par4ka +par4kl +2p3arm +1part +3parti +part3j +3partn +pa5ru +3pas3 +pas4ses +pat5j +4patl +3patr +2p3aut +pa4vl +2p1b +2p1c +2p3d2 +1pe +pe2ak5 +pe2a4r +3peb +4peci +pede4s5 +pee4n +2pef +5peg +3pei +pei4la +4p1eis +pe2kl +pek3la +pe2kn +pe4l5ak +pe4lee +pel3f +pe4link +5pelot +pe4lov +2p5emm +3p4en +pe4nam +5pend. +5pende. +pen5k +5penn +penning5s +pen4se. +pen3sl +pen3sm +pen3sp +pen3t4 +pe4nu +peper5s +4pepi +3pe1ra +3perc +5peree +pe4rek +pe4res +5perg +3peri +peri3s4 +3perk +pe3ron +3pers +pers5ag +per4sc +pers5po +per4str +pe5sta +pes3ti +pe5tr +3peut +4pex +2p1f +2p3g +pge3s +2p1h +p2heu +3p2hia +p5hoe +p5hui +1pi +pi4ce. +pie4k5u +pi1eu +pi4ga +pij3k +pij5ke +pij4li +3pijn +3pijp +pij4pa +pij4pl +pij4tj +2pijz +p5ijzer +pi4kl +pi4ko +pi4nas +pin5d +pings5 +4pinj +pin4kr +pi5no +4pinr +2pins +p5instr +pi4ot +3pis +pi4sco +pi4s5t +pi3th +pit3j +pit3r +pit4sp +2p1j +4pja +p2je +2p1k +p2l4 +3pla +4pla. +plaat5j +4plad +4plam +p5lamp +4plang +p4lant +4p3lap +1p4las +pla4tr +p4lec +p3leid +p3lep +p4lex +2plig +2plij +pli4t +3ploe +pluk5 +2p1m +2p1n +p4neum +pock1 +3pod +poda5 +poe2s +poe5tj +po4ki4 +po4kol +3pol +pol5k +3pom +4poml +pomp5j +3pone +pon4se. +pon5ta +poo4 +4poog. +poo5len +4poor. +poor4tj +poot1 +3pop +po4p3a +po4pi +pop5s +po2q +pore4n +2p1org +4pork +por4t5j +por4tra +3pos +po1sa +post5in +post5re +po4ta +3poti +pot1j +4pov +po4we +2p1p +ppe2n +ppen5i +p2r2 +p5raad +3prac +3prakt +p3rand +3prang +p5rap +p3rech +prek4s3 +3prent +pren4t5j +5p4res +pres3c +pre4t3j +pre4tr +preus4 +5pries +priet5j +3prij +3princ +4pring +pring5s +p4rio +p4riu +3prob +3p4roc +3prod +3prof +5p4rog +3proj +4prok +5prop +pro5pr +pro5sc +pro4s3t +pru4t +2ps +4ps. +ps5ag +5psalm +p3sel +pse4la +ps5lan +ps2m +ps3ma +p1sn +p2sna +p5soe +p1sp +ps4pe +p1st +p3ste. +p3stem +p5sten +p5ster. +p5sters +ps3th +ps2u +3p2sy +5psyc +4p1t +p3te +ptea4 +p2t1h +p4tj +pt2s +1p2u +pu3e +pul4le. +3pun +4pun. +punt3j +put3j +pu2t3r +2p1v +pvaart5 +2p1w +py1 +p5yw +2p1z +1qu2 +5qua +2que. +5queu +qui5no +4raalm +raam5 +2raan +raap3 +3r2aar +4r3aard +raat1 +2rac +r4ac. +raccro4 +ra2ce +rade4ra +ra3di +4radr +2rafd +rag5l +ra3gn +rag4s +rai4d +ra4kri +4ralar +ra4l5ee +4ralf +r1alg +4ralm +4ralu +4ramn +r4amp +2rana +r2anc +ran4ce +ran4daa +rand5sl +ran4ge. +ran4ges +ran4g3o +ranje5 +ran4sl +ran5so +rans3p +r4anti +ran4t3j +ran4tr +r3antw +ra4pas +5rapeu +1rapi +3rappo +ra2pr +rap5ro +4r3arb +r4are +4r1arm +4rarr +4r3art +ras3l +ra3son +5rasp. +5raspen +ra5s4tek +ra5stheni +r4ati +rat3j +2rau +ra4vel +ra3yo +2r1b +rbonne4 +r1c +r4chec +r4chen +r4chete +rchi5m +r2chl +rci2a +2r1d +r4dact +r3dag +r2d3ar +rden5s +rde5ra +rder4s +rdes4s +r2dol +rd4re +rd2s +rd3sc +rd3se +rd3sp +rd5sto +rd3str +rd2w +rdwa4r +r4d3wo +1re +3re. +3reac +rea4d +re4ade +rea4m +3reda +reda4l +3redd +5redenee +rede4s3 +ree2d1 +ree4k +2r1een +reen4e +reer4ad +4reers +4reerw +2reff +4reg. +4regd +3regel +rege4s +4regg +3regi +re3gl +4rego +4regt +4reie +4reil +4reind +3reini +rein5o +rei4sc +5reiz +re4kaa +5rekeni +re4kle +re4klu +re4kn +rekor4 +re4kro +4reks +re4kuu +reld3o +rel4d3r +re4lei +relijs4 +rel5k +rel5l +rel5s +re4lur +reme4t +remin4 +5r2en. +re2na +re4nam +re4nan +r2end +r5endert +re4nep +ren5ete +5renf +3renh +4r1eni +5renkl +re2no +ren3of +re3n4ov +5rento +4rentw +4req +4r3erf +re3r2o +2r3ert +4r3erv +2rerw +r2es +re1sa +res4e +resi3s +res4koo +res4kop +re2sl +re2sp +res3pe +res3pi +res3t +5resul +re4tem +re4tog +reu4ko +2r1ex +r4faa +r4fag +rf5da +r4feng +r1fl +r4flag +r2f3li +r4foo +r1fr +r2fre +rf4rek +rf5rol +rf2s4 +rf3sc +r4fur +4r1g +r4gab +r4gart +rge4a +r4geen +r4gei +r5gel +r4geng +r4gerep +rget4 +rg2l +r4glu +rg2ne +rg5op +rg1s +rg3so +rgs4p +r1h +rho4m +ri5aa +ri5al +ri4bl +rici4e +ric5ket. +rief5l +rie4kap +rie4lei +rien4n +rie4to +ri1eu +ri4fa +ri5fl +r4ig +ri4gaa +rig4l +rij5kag +4r5ijl. +r3ijld +3rijm +rijs4t +rij5ster +ri2kl +ri4mer. +ri4mers +rim4pr +ri5n2a +2rinf +r2ing +r5ingan +ring3l +ring3r +2rinh +rin4kl +4rinko +4rinkt +rin4ne. +2rinr +2rins +r3inv +ri4oc +r4is +ri4sam +ri3s4ko +ris4tee +rist4j +rit5j +5ritm +3rivie +rivo3l +r1j4 +rjan4 +rjas4t +r1k +rkaart5j +r4kart +r2kei +rke4n +rken4s +r4kez +r4kink +rk5lat +r2klo +r3klok +r2kne +r2kob +rkoot5 +rk5ord +r5kran +rk1s +rk4slu +rk4taa +rk2t5r +rk3waa +r4kwat +r2kwe +r1l +r3la +rle4gek +r4les5t +rlings4 +rling5sk +rlo4f3 +rlos5 +r5lu +rluit4 +r1m +rma3f4 +r4m5an4c +r4mart +r3me +r4meb +r4meg +rme4ra +rmi4ne. +rmo5sko +rmte5s +2r1n +rn4aa +rn4am +r4nap +rna4sp +rnee5t +r3nei +r4nele +r4n3ene +rnes3 +rne4tj +r2nex +r4nid +r4non +r4noor +r3nu +ro5ar +roces5 +ro1ch +2roef +roe4g3r +roe4pl +roe4rei +roer5s +roe4ta +2roev +ro3fl +5roga +roges3 +4roj +3roker +rol4a +ro5lan +role5s +rol5g +2roli +rol5k +rollo4 +r2on. +ron4da +ron4d3o +ronds4 +ron4d5u +r2one +ronge5t +r2oni +ron4ka +r2ons +ron4tj +ron4t3r +roof3 +roog3 +2r1oor +ro4pan +rop4e +rop4la +rop2o +ro4pu +4roq +2rorg +ro5sho +ro1sk +ro3sko +ro1sp +ross5t +rot4h +rot5j +ro5ton +ro3tr +5rotsen +rot4st +r1oud +3rout +rouwen5e +rove5ri +r1p +rp3j +rpool4 +rp4sto +r5q +rquet4 +2r3r2 +rre4lu +rre5sl +rre3sp +rreur3 +rrie4t +rron5k +rru2 +2r1s +r2sa +r4saan +rsail4 +r3sal +r4s1am +rs5chef +r5schi +rs2cr +r2sek +r4selz +r4serv +rseve3 +r2s5ez +rs4hal +r5s2hi +rsis5 +rs2ja +r3sjou +r3sjt +rs4kat +rs4kie +rs4koo +rs5led +r5sleu +r4sloo +r5slui +rs2m +r3smak +rs4mit +r4snaa +r2sno +r3snoe +r4sog +r4som. +rs3ong +r2sor +rs3ord +r4spad +r4spar +r5spel +rs4pen +rsper4s +r4s5pet +r4spot +r4s5put +rss4 +r4staf +rs3tas +rs4te +r5stes +rs4ti +r4stit +rstof5 +r4stun +rs4ui +rsui4t +2r1t +rtai4n +r2tar +rt3art +rtati4 +r4tau +rte4na +rte5ro +r4teve +r2th +rt3hel +r3tho +rt4ij +r4tink +r5tof +rtoi4 +rto4le +r4tom +rt5redene +r2tri +rt3rij +r2tru +rt3ruk +rt4sec +rt2sl +rts3li +rt4spr +r4tui4t +rt2wi +3rubr +ru1e +ru2g +2rui +3ruimt +r5uitr +ru2k1 +ruk5r +ru4li +r2um +2runi +ru4pi +r2u2s +rus4h5 +ru4st +rust5o +rut5j +4ruu +ru5we +r1v +rvee5t +rve3ri +rve5s4 +rvet5j +rv1ic +rvil4 +rvoch4 +rvoy2 +r1w +rwe4tj +r4wh +rw2t5j +r1x +rxis5 +3ryl +ry1o +4r1z +rzu4e +3sa. +3saag +s1aan +s5aap +4s1aar +3sab +2s1ac +3sacr +s1ad +2s1af +sa2fe +5safo +s5agent +5sah +3sai +5saj +s3akko +s1akt +1sal +s4ala +s3all +4salm +s5alma +s5aln +3salo +4salp +s3alta +s1amb +sam5p +s3ana +3sanc +sans5 +5sant +san4t5j +3sap. +s5ape +sap5l +2sar +3sar. +sa3ra +s3arb +s3arc +3sard +sa4re. +3sari +s1arm +3s4ars +s1art +5sasa +s3assi +sas3t +3s2at +4s3atl +4satm +4s3att +s5aud +5saur +3saus +s3aut +3sauz +s1av +5sax +4s3b +1sc +2sca +2sce +4scel +4scent +s2ch +4sch. +5schaa +3sche +4schec +5sched +4scheq +3s4chi +4schk +5scho +3schr +2sci +sci4ne. +sci4nes +2scl +2s2co +s4cola +3scoo +3scop +3s4core +scorre4 +2scr +scra4 +4scris +2scu +2scy +2s1d2 +sde4a +s3dw +1se +3se. +se2a +sear2 +sebal4 +sebe4s +s1ech +5sect +4secz +s5edit +2s1een +4seev +4sei. +seig4 +seis4t +3seiz +5seke +sek4sl +s2el +5sel. +se4lag +sel5el +4s3elem +3selen +4self +sel3k +se2lo +3sels +5selt +se4m3ac +s3emm +se4mo +s2en +3s4en. +se4nem +se4net +sen5ete +sen3k +se2no +sen5of +sen5on +3sen3s +sen4tj +sen3tw +3s4er +se1ra +se5r2e +4sergo +4sern +ser2s +sert5w +s5ervar +se1sa +s3e2s3p +sessi4 +se1st +s3eter +se2tr +se5tre +se4tw +5seu +se1u4m +seur4s +s3even +2sex +s1exa +2s1f2 +s2fe +s3fei +4sfi +s2fy +4s5g4 +sge3st +2s1h +s4ha. +sha2k +5shamp +sha4p +sheid4 +s4h5es +s4hip +3shir +s2hop +s5hope +s4hort +s2hot +5shot. +s5hote +3show +1si +3sia +si4dec +si4dew +5s4ie +sie3s +sie3tj +si3f +3s4ig +2s3ijz +5silo +2s5inc +2s3ind +2sinf +sin3gl +sings5 +4sini +s3inko +4sinm +2sinr +2s1ins +2s1int +4sinv +s3inz +5sio +si4ons +5sir +3si2s +si5sal +sis4t +sis5tr +3sit +si2z5 +2s1j2 +5s4ja. +s5jaa +3sjac +s3jas +s3je. +3sje4r +4s5jes +5s2jew +s4jez +s2jo +5sjof +3sjok +4sjon +2s1k +s3k2a +skaart5j +ska4te +s3ke +5skele +3s4ki. +skie5st +s3kl +s3kn +s5koe +4s5kof +s5kol +s4kopi +skorre4 +s5kov +3skrib +3skrip +s3k4w +sky3 +1s2l2 +3sla. +3slaan +s3laar +s3lad +3slag +slag3r +3s4lak +2s1lam +3slape +s3las +2s3lat +4s5lau +s4lav +s4le. +s5leder +5slee. +3sleep +4s3leer +2s3leg +2s3lei +4sleng +3slent +5sleper +4s3ler +s3les +sle4tj +3sleu +5s4leut +2s3lev +4s3lez +3slib5 +2s3lic +2slid +4s3lied +s3lief +s3lig +3slijp +slik5l +s3lini +4slinn +4s3lit +slo4b +4sloc +3sloe +3slof +2s3log +s5loon +s3loos +5sloot5 +3s4lot +slot5a +slot5o +4slou +s4low +2s3loz +4s3luc +3slui +4slui. +4sluid +sluis4t +5sluit +s3lus +4sly +2s1m +4smaat5 +s3man +s3mas +4s3mat +4smec +s2med +5smeed +4s3mei +4smelo +4smen +4smes +3smeu +3smid. +4smidd +smies3 +s2mij +s5min +smoes4t +3smok +s5mom +s5mon +3smul +s2n +4s3nac +2snam +5snavel +snee5t +sne4k +3snel +2s3nes3 +s3net +s3neus4 +4s3nie +5snijde +s4nip +4snit +4sniv +s3nog +s5nom +snot5a +5snuf +5snui +2snum +s3nut +1so1c +soci3 +1sod +1soe +4soef +5soep +soeve3 +3sofa +s1off +s3oge +3soi +1s2ol +3sold +so4le. +so4les +s5olie. +3s2om. +3somm +2s3oms +4somz +5s4on. +s1ond +2song +3sonn +3s4ons +2s1on2t +sont3e +sont4l +4sonv +2s3oog +5soon +3s4oort +2s1op +3s2op. +sop2h +so5phi +s4opo +s2opp +s5opper +so3pra +s3opto +3sor. +s2orb +2s1or5g +3sori +s3ork +3sor4s +s4ort +sos4t +s4ot +sot4h +sou3t +2s1ov +s2p2 +4sp. +4spaal +2s3pak +s4pan +3spann +4s3pap +4s5pas +3speci +3s4pee +speet3 +2spei +5speler +3spell +2spen +s5pen. +2sper +s4perm +s3pes +4spex +1spie +4spijn +spi4k +5s4pio +2s1p4l +5splee +spleet5 +s3plei +3splet +spli2 +s3plic +3splin +5split +3spoel +2spol +2spom +5spoor. +s4pore +2spos +5spraak +4sprac +3sprek +4s5prem +4spres +3spreu +s4prie +4spriem +4sprij +4sprob +5s4pron +2s3ps +2spt +3spui +2spun +s1q +squad5 +4s3r +srac5 +sregis5 +4s3s2 +s5s4a +ssa3s +s4sce +sschops5 +s4sco +ss4e +s5seb +s5see +s5sel +s5sem +ssen5t +s5ser +ssi1s +ss4k +s4sm +s5so +sson4n +sspas4 +s5str +s5su +s2t +4st. +4staanw +staat5j +2s4tac +3stad. +5staf. +4stafe +4stakk +4stale +4stali +sta4lo +3stamp +3stand +s4tap +3stape +star3o +2stas +5statio +4stau +4stavo +4stax +s4taz +4stb +2stc +2std +4stea +4stec +s5tech +3s4ted +5steek +3steen +s3teer +stee5t +4steka +4stema +5stemm +4stemo +5stenic +5stentv +4stenu +4steo +4sterm +4steros +4sterr +5sterren +4ste2s +stes4s +4steva +s4tex +s4tez +2stf +4stg +2sth +s4tha +st5hed +5sthenic +s3thet +st1hi +st1ho +s4thu +s4thy +s4tich +2stid +s4tiel +3stier +5stift +3stigm +4stijd +3stijf +3stijl +st3ijs +3stikt +5stild +s4tilu +3stimu +st3ind +4stins +4stint +sti4o +3stip +s5tis +4stite +2s4t1j +4stk +2stl +st4let +2stm +2stn +2stoc +4stoef +4stoej +3stoel +4stoer +4stoes +5stoet +4stoez +4stol. +sto4ne. +4s3tong +st3oog +stoot5j +sto4p +4st3ord +sto4re. +4stos +s4tov +2stp +4strad +s5tradi +4strap +5stratief +5stratiev +4strav +4strec +5streek +5streerb +s3tref +4streg +4strei +s4trek +3strel +s4trem +5strep +4stroe +s5troep +s5trog +s4trol. +s4troll +5stroom +4stroos +4stroz +1stru +s4trui +4st5s2 +2stt +2stub +3stud +5stuk +2stv +2s4t3w +2sty +2stz +1su +5sua +su2b1 +sub3r +3suik +s1uit +3suk +2s1un +s4us +3sus. +4s3v +svoge4 +4s1w +1s4y +sy5c +3syn +sy4nan +sy4ne +3sys +4s1z +taal1 +t3aanv +4taap +taarn5 +taart5r +4taas +taats5in +taat4s5t +5tablet +2tac +t3acad +t1ach +t4aci +t2act +5tactiek +3tacu +4tad +t1ade +5tado +tad2s +tads5p +tad4ste +tads5tr +2taf. +2tafd +3ta5fe +4taff +4t3afs +2tafw +ta4gr +ta5gra +3tai +tai2l3 +ta4ke. +takt3a +4tald +5talent +3talg +5talig +talm3a +4talt +ta4mak +ta4man +2tamb +3tamen +ta4mu +2ta5na +t3anal +tan4d3r +3tanj +t2ans +3tants +ta4pek +ta4pes +5tapi +ta5ra +t3arb +5tarctisc +4tarea +3tari +4t1arm +ta2ro +2tart +t3arti +tart3s +5tarw +tarwe3 +ta4ry. +4tas4p +t5aspe +ta3sta +ta4tem +2tatl +3tau +4t3aut +2tav +ta4ve. +4tavo +5tax +4t1b +4t1c +4t3d2 +1te +3tea +te4ad +5tea4m +tea5ri +te2as +3tec +te5che +4t5echt +tec5k +tec3t +4ted. +t3edit +te3do +tee5ke +tee2m1 +4teen3 +t5eenhe +tege4n3 +t3eind +teits3 +5tekene +5tekens +4tekk +3tekor +3teks4 +4tekse +t5ekster +tekst5i +tek3t +tel5ant +te4lap +3telef +3teleg +te5lel +te4loe +te4log +tel5oog +tel5su +te4luu +4temm +te4mor +3tempo +4temt +t2en +ten4ac +te5nak +ten3al +ten3as +te4nau +t5endert +te4ned +te4nek +te4nel +te4n3et +ten3k +te4nol +ten4se. +ten4su +ten4tis +5tento +t3entw +3tenu +3tenw +3teo +te3p2h +t2er +te5raal +ter3af +ter3ak +te3ral +te5rang +5terapi +ter5app +ter4dol +3terec +ter5eig +te4r5el +te4rem +te4r5env +te4reu +3terh +teri4m +5term. +5termen +3termi +ter3na +5terrei +ter5se +ter4spr +3tes +te5sap +tes4ko +te5staar +te5stel +te5stic +te5stra +5teti +t3euro +4teuv +te4ve. +2texe +4texp +4t1f2 +tfa4d +4t3g2 +tgaat5 +2th. +2t1ha +3t4ha. +3t2hag +4t3hal +3than. +2thc +3the. +3t2hea +t5heb +t5heden +3thee. +t5heer +2t5hei +5theo +t2her +3thera +t3here +the5ri +3therm +3thes +t5hiel +4thl +4thok +t4hom +4t1hoo +thoof5di +2t3hor +t1hou +t3houd +t3houw +2ths +t1hu +2thui +t4hun +3t2hur +5thus +2thyp +1ti +5tia +ti4aalb +tia4nu +3tib +3tica +3tice +ti4ce. +5ticu +3tie +ti4eerb +tie5kla +tie3ru +tie3s +ties4l +ties4p +tie3t +ti1eu +ti2ga +tig3aa +4tigm +ti2gu +tig5ur +5tijd +tijk5er +4tijl. +4tijld +4tijlt +3tijn +tij5t +2t1ijz +5tike +5tiku +tik4w +ti4l5aa +4tiliu +til4la. +ti5mer +ti4mes +ti4min +3timm +5timo +4timp +ti4nad +4tincu +4tind +2tinf +ting5aa +t5ingeni +tin4gi +tin4g3r +ting5stra +4tinku +4tinl +2tins +t3inst +4tinv +4tinw +ti4oneu +3tis +tis4l +ti3sli +ti5s4p +ti5sto +tis4tr +5tite +ti5th +ti3tr +3tiv +3tiz +tj2 +2t1ja +4tjesl +tje5spr +4tjeu +2t1jo +2t1ju +4t3k4 +4t1l +t3la +5t2lem +tleve4 +4t3m +tman5a +tmanag5er +tmos3 +4t3n +3toc +4tock +3tod +to3do +toe3d +toe3g +5toej +toe5k +5toe3la +3toen +toe3pl +5toe3s4 +toe3tj +3toez +4to2f +tog4n +3toil +to4kan +4tolf +tol4pr +4tolv +5tomet +t3oml +tom4n +4tomp +tomp5j +4toms +t2on +2tond +t5onder +3tonee +to4nes +tonge5t +ton4gr +5tonn +to4non +2tont +t2oo4 +toof5 +3toon +to4pas +4topb +4topd +top4let +4topm +2topn +4topr +t5opva +to4q +5tor. +tor5ag +5torens +2torg +t3orga +tor4m3a +5torr +5tors +to5r2u +5to1s4 +to3sf +to3sk +to3sl +tos5s +tot4r +tou1c +2t5oud +tove5na +4toverg +tove5ri +to5wr +4t3p2 +tpa4t +tper4sp +tpers5pec +tpe4t +4tq +t2r2 +4t3raad +4traf +tra4fo +3trai +5trakta +5traktem +5trap. +trap3l +5tratiesy +4trato +t5ratt +traw4 +5t4re. +tre4ak +2trec +4treda +tree5t +4t5reg +3trein +4t3reis +4treiz +4treke +tre4kl +tre4ku +4trel +t5rese +tre2t +3tribu +5trice +t5rief +trijs5p +3tril +4triv +tro3a +4troed +t3roer +t3roes +t3rold +t4rom +t3rond +tront5j +3tros +t5roven +5trui. +trui3t4 +2t1rus +4ts +ts4aar +tsa4le +ts3as5 +t3sch +t2s3ef +t2sei +ts5eig +ts5eind +t2sek +ts3eks +t3sen +t5sen. +t4seng +ts1ex +tsi4ga +t2sij +t4sink +ts2j +t5sjen +ts4kel +ts4kul +t5sky +t5slaat +t5slag. +ts3lam +t4slan +t5slang +t3slep +t5sloe +ts2me +t4smu +ts3nat +t3snoe +ts1or +t1sp +t3span +t5spel +t3spi +t3spor +t3spre +t5spru +t1st +t4stab +t5stale +t4star +t4s3tas +t3ste +t5ste. +t4steg +t5sten. +t4stera +ts4tes. +ts4tie +t3ston +t3stop +t3str +t3stu +tst4w +t2su +t4suit +4t1t2 +t3t4a +tta4g +t3te +tte3lo +tte2n +tten4tj +ttes5tat +t3tr +ttrai4 +tt5s +t5tw +4tual. +4tuals +5tub +tu4bel +5tuc +tu1e +5tueu +3tuin +4tuip +tuit4j +t5uitk +4tuk +tuk3sn +3tum +tu4mel +4tump +tu4nes +3tunn +tu1o +3turb +3tu4s3 +tuu4 +tu3wa +4t1v +tva4l +2t1w +4t3wa +t3we +twee5l +twee3s +twee3t +t3wie +t4wijf +4twil +t2win +t3wind +t3wo +1ty1 +ty4le. +3typ +ty5s4 +4t1z +u1a +ua4dro +uae4 +uaes5 +u4an. +ua4re. +ua4res +uat4s +4ub +ub3ac +ube4li +u5bi +u2bo +u4ce. +u4ces +u1cha +u3chen +u3chet4 +u5cheu +u3cho +uchte5ri +uchu4 +uck4e +uc5ki +ucle5 +uclea5r +uc4ta +u1d +uden4tj +udet4 +u4dez +udge4t +udi4ne +ud5oom +ud3ove +u2dr +ud4sa +ud5sme +ud4sta +ud4sto +ud3w +u1ee +u1el +ueli4 +ue4s +ues3t +u1eu +u1fl +u3f2r +4ug +ug4des +ug2do +ug3ei +uge4leg +uge4ne. +ugi4e +u4g3l +u2go +ug3on +u2g3r +ug3s4 +ug5sto +ugsto4r +u3h +u2i +ui2da +ui4deu +uid3g +ui2d1o +uid4sta +ui2d5u +ui3e +uies4 +ui2f5a +uif3l +ui2f3r +ui4fu +ui4gaa +ui2go +ui2g3r +4uik +ui2k3a +ui2k3l +ui2ko +ui2k3r +uik3w +ui2la +uil3aa +ui4lem +ui5li +uil3m +ui2lo +ui2ma +ui5me +uimes4 +ui2m5o +u4in +ui4n1a +ui4nes. +ui2no +uin5og +uin4slo +ui4pe. +ui4pes +ui4pl +ui4p5o +ui4p3r +4uis +ui2sa +ui4sl +ui4t5a +uite5s +1uitg +uit1h +uit1j +5uitker +5uitle +5ui2t1o +uit3r +uit1s +5uitslag +uit3sm +uit3sp +5uitvoe +u1j +uk4e +uke3no +u2k3l +u2k5of +u2kor +u2kr +uk5rak +uk3ri +uks4h +uks4me +uk5smi +uk4taa +uk3w +u1la +ul3ac +uliet4 +ul4kar +ul2k5n +ul2l5o +u1lo +ul4pak +ul2p3l +ul2po +ul4pr +ul4ps +ul4spa +ul4spu +ul4stel +u1lu2 +ulver5ig +u4mac +um5ele +ument5j +ummi3s +umpi4 +un2c +un3che +unch5r +un4e +une4tj +un3g +3unif +3univ +un4kr +un2s +un3sc +un3se +uns4t +unst3a +un4stei +unst3r +unst5ui +un4tag +un2tj +un4t5o +u3ol +u1or +u5os +4up +u1pa +upda4 +u2pe. +u2pek +u4pen +uper5s +u2pes +u1pl +u1po +u1pr +u1q +2ur +u1ra +ur3ac +ur2al +uras4t +u4rec +u4renv +ures4 +ure5st +ure4tj +ur2fa +ur5gi +ur3gl +u1ri +uri4c +4urie +ur5ijz +u4rind +urken5 +ur4kie +u1ro +u4ront +ur5ph +ur2sl +urs5li +ur2sn +ur4spa +ur4spr +ur4sui +u1ru +u3ry +u1san +u2sc +u3s2cr +4use +use5a +u4sep +u4sj +u4s3l +us3n +u2so +us5oli +u4s3p +us4se. +us4ses +u2st +us3te +us4tei +us3ti +ust5oor +us3tr +4ut +u1ta +ut2ad +u3tan +u4tees +u4tef +u4teks +u4tem +uter4n +ute5ro +u4tet +u2tex +uth5r +uti4oni +uti2q +u1to +uto5s +u1tr +uts4c +ut1sn +ut2sp +ut4sto +uts5tor +ut5tl +u1tu +ut5w +uu2 +uur1 +uur3a +u1v +uvan4 +uvel4s +uw1a +u4wec +u4wei +u4weko +uwen5k +uwe5s +u4wij +u4wind +uwings5 +u4wink +uw5inz +uw1o +uw3r +uw5u +uwui2 +u1z +uzen5 +uzes4 +uziek3 +vaar5tj +va4kar +va2ki +vak3l +va2ko +va4loe +val4s3p +va2n +van5ac +va5ner +var5s +va3se +va3s4o +vast5re +vast5ri +va4th +2vc +veel1 +veep4 +vee5sta +2vega4 +veis4 +ve4lap +vel4do +vel4dr +vel4d3u +ve4lis +ve2na +ve5nare +ve5net +ven3k +ve2n3o +ven2s +ven4se +vens5er +vens5lo +vens5u +venti4o +ve2r +ver1a +5verd +ver3da +verdi4 +ver5ed +ver5eri +ver5est +ver5et +ver5ijl +ver5ijs +ver5ijv +ver5ingsi +ver3k4 +ver3n +ver3p +ver3sa +ver5sla +ver3sm +ver3sp +ver5spa +ver3tw +ver1u +5verz +ve2s3 +ves4c +ves4po +ve4st +ve4tem +ve2tj +ve4to +ve2tr +2vi2c +vi3ch +vier5a +vie2s +vies3p +vie5tj +vie2w +vil4t5j +vi4ne +ving4 +4vi4ot +vi4san +vi4set +vi4sol +vi5sor +vis5ot +visper4 +vis5tr +vi1tr +vi4val +2v1j +v2l +4vlar +vlei5 +vleis4 +vle3s +vlooi4t +3vo +voel4s +voet3j +voe4tr +voet5sp +vo2le +vo2li +vol3ij +v4r2 +vrij3k +vrij5ste +vue5 +vues4 +vu2lo +vuur5 +waad1 +wa4b5 +w2ad +5wade +wa5d2j +w2ag +3wagen +wa4la +wa4les +4wana +wan4gl +wa2n3o +wan3sm +3wap +war4tan +wart3j +war4to +wart3r +wa4s5l +wa4s3p +water5a +wat5j +watt3u +2w1b +w1c +2w1d +1we +we2a +we2b3a +we2d1i +we2dr +wee5fa +wee5kla +wee3lo +wee5ri +wee3sl +wee3sp +wees4t +we2g3a +weg3eb +we4gerv +weg3ij +weg3l +we2g3o +we2g3r +we4ka +we4kr +wel3ed +wel3ee +we2lo +wel3om +we3loo +wel3s4 +we4mab +we2mi +we4mo +we2n +we5naar. +we3ne +we4nee +we4nem +wen4kas +wen3o +wer4f5 +wer4gr +w4erk +wer4k3l +wer4k3o +wer4kr +wer4k3u +wer4k3w +wer4p3a +wer4p5l +4werw +we2s +wes3p +wes5tel +w4et +5wet. +we2th +wezens5 +2w1f +w1g +w1h +wiel5a +3wijd +wijs3 +wi2k +wi5ki +3wil +wil4s +1win +win4d3r +3wink +win4kl +win2s +winst5a +win4ta +wi4sec +5wiss +1wi2t +wi3te +wit3h +wit3j +wit3o +wit3r +w1j +2w1k +2w1l +w1m +4wn +wn3ac +w3nes +w5ni +w4oe +woe3i2 +woel5a +wo2l +wol2f +wolf4s3 +woorden5 +woor4d5r +worm3a +4wot +w1p +wper4 +w2r +wri4 +wrijf5 +2w1s +w2sa +ws4k +w2sle +2w1t +w1v +wva2 +4w1w +wwa4v +w1z +xan3 +x1b +x1c +xchan4 +xel4 +xf4 +x1h +xis4 +x1k +xop4 +x1p +x5s2 +x1t +x4tak +xtie4 +xtraat4 +xtu4r +xu1 +x3v +x3w +xys4 +y1a +y5ae +y4ah +yan4c +y1b +yber4t +y1c +ycho3 +y1d +y1e +y1f +yfu4 +y1g +y3gl +ygu2 +y3h +y1i +y1j +y2k5n +yl3al +y4les +y4let +yli4n +y1lo +ylo3s +ymfe5 +ymfes4 +ym4fl +ymor4 +ym4p5j +y5nec +y3no +yn3t +5yogh +yon4n +y1p +y4pec +y4ped +y4pek +y2pem +y4pev +y4pew +ypo5 +yp5s +y1r +yr4e +y1sa +y5s4c +ys4h +ysha4 +y2s3l +y1so +ys5s +ys3t +ys4ty +y1t2 +ytop4 +y3v +yvet4 +yvon4 +y3w +ywrit5 +y1z +3za +zaf4 +za5i +za2k3a +za2k5r +za2ku +zalm5a +zan4da +zand5ac +zan4d5r +zang3s +zas4 +2zb +4zc +4zd +zee3g +zee3k +zee3le +zee3ro +zee3s4 +zeg4s5l +zelf1 +zen4da +zen5k +ze2no +ze4raa +ze3roo +zer4sl +zer4sp +ze2s +ze3sc +zes3e +ze3sl +ze3str +ze4ta +ze5tak +ze2th +ze2ti +ze4tj +ze4tr +zeve2 +zeven3 +2zg +5zi +ziek3l +zie4kr +zie4kw +ziel4s3 +zie5t +zi4ga +zij4na +zijn4s +zij5s +zings3 +zin4k5l +zin4si +zin4sl +zin4sm +zi4os +zi2t +2zk +z2l +2z5ly +2zm +zn4 +zo5dr +zoek5u +zoet3j +zoe4tr +zo3f +zon3da +zo4nek +zon2s +zon5t +zo2t +2zp +2zs +4zt +zus3 +4zv +z2w +2z1z +} +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-nlx.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-nlx.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e8b46062 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-nlx.pat @@ -0,0 +1,8031 @@ +% File: GB90.8pat +% Author: Piet Tutelaers (rcpt@urc.tue.nl) +% Version: betarelease 0.9 (May 1993) +% Purpose: 8-bit hyphenation patterns for TeX +% These patterns are generated from the `Groene boekje 1990' (GB90) with +% the following goals in mind: +% - provide 8-bit patterns +% - allow hyphenation in first two and last three letters +% - inhibit hyphenation before a `trema' +% - don't hyphenate words in a changing syllable (me-nuu.tje) +% - don't hyphenate words with different hyphenations (buur.t.je) +% +% extra symbolen ä ç è é ê ë ï î ö ü +\catcode`\ä=11\uccode`\ä=`\Ä\lccode`\ä=`\ä % "a +\catcode`\ç=11\uccode`\ç=`\Ç\lccode`\ç=`\ç % c, +\catcode`\è=11\uccode`\è=`\È\lccode`\è=`\è % `e +\catcode`\é=11\uccode`\é=`\É\lccode`\é=`\é % 'e +\catcode`\ê=11\uccode`\ê=`\Ê\lccode`\ê=`\ê % ^e +\catcode`\ë=11\uccode`\ë=`\Ë\lccode`\ë=`\ë % "e +\catcode`\ï=11\uccode`\ï=`\Ï\lccode`\ï=`\ï % "i +\catcode`\î=11\uccode`\î=`\Î\lccode`\î=`\î % "i +\catcode`\ä=11\uccode`\ä=`\Ä\lccode`\ä=`\ä % "a +\catcode`\ñ=11\uccode`\ñ=`\Ñ\lccode`\ñ=`\ñ % ~n +\catcode`\ö=11\uccode`\ö=`\Ö\lccode`\ö=`\ö % "o +\catcode`\ü=11\uccode`\ü=`\Ü\lccode`\ü=`\ü % "u +\catcode`\'=12\lccode`\'=`\' +% +\patterns{ +.aan5 +.aarts5 +.a4b5l +.acht5end +.a3da +.a2f3 +.af5ra +.af5s +.agent5j +.a4l3ee +.a4l3ev +.alk4 +.al5ko +.al5m +.a2lo +.al3om +.ame3r +.am5p +.a3nac +.an5d4 +.a4nes +.ang2 +.a4nis +.an5th +.a5o +.a1p2a +.a3pl +.a1pr +.as3 +.a4s5l +.a5sti +.a4su +.ave5n +.b4 +.be3la +.be5l4u +.be5ra +.bijs4 +.bi4l +.bli4 +.boot5j +.box3 +.co5kes. +.corre5s +.d4 +.dan5ste. +.de2k +.dek3l +.des5p +.deu4r +.dis5 +.du4w +.ede4 +.edel3 +.ee4s +.eest3 +.eet3 +.ei3l +.e2kl +.e3kw +.en5th +.e3p4 +.er3a +.er2f +.e4r3in +.ert4 +.erts3 +.e4s3 +.es5c +.es5m +.e5so +.es5pr +.e3th +.eus5 +.exi5 +.f4 +.fes1 +.g4 +.gaat5 +.ge5la +.ge5le +.ge3lo +.ge5n4a +.ge5ne +.ge5no +.ge5ra +.ge5re +.ge5ro +.ge3s +.ge1t +.goes5 +.go4m +.goot5 +.hemi5 +.ho4lo +.i2 +.i3d +.ij4sp +.im5p +.in3 +.in5d +.in5g4 +.in5ktv +.in5kw +.ins4 +.int4 +.in5ta +.i3re +.is3c +.is5m +.i3t +.j2 +.jaar5 +.k4 +.kee4 +.ke3ra +.ker4k5l +.kerk5u +.koot5 +.kop5l +.kun2 +.l4 +.le4b5 +.le4g3o +.le4g3r +.lemmet5j +.le2s +.lof5 +.loot5 +.lo4s3 +.lui5tj +.m4 +.ma4len +.mar5che. +.me5no +.merk5l +.mijn5i +.moot5 +.mo4s +.n4 +.naat5 +.na5s +.ne4t3j +.noot5j +.oa5 +.oe4r +.oes5 +.ol3f +.o2m1 +.o2n +.on3a +.on5d +.onde4 +.o4n1e +.on5g +.on1o +.ons4 +.on5sp +.on4t3 +.on5to +.oor5t +.o5pak +.o4p3ar +.o4p3at +.o4pet +.o4p5l +.o2p3o +.o4p5r +.op1s +.o3ro +.or1t +.o4s3 +.p4 +.pee5tj +.pe4k3l +.per5spec +.pij5t +.poort5j +.po5te +.r4 +.raads5le +.raat5 +.rai2 +.ran4d +.rand5a +.rens4 +.re5t +.rie2 +.riet3 +.rijk5a +.ring5s4 +.roe5t4j +.s4 +.sa4p3 +.see3 +.seig5 +.se3m +.servi5c +.se4s +.ses5t +.set3 +.side3 +.si4s +.slee5tj +.smids5e. +.spoor5tj +.st4 +.t4 +.taart5j +.te2a +.te4f +.tek2 +.te5na +.tent5j +.te4ra +.ter4p5a +.te2s +.ti2n +.tri5s +.ui2 +.uit1 +.u3ra +.u3ro +.u3s +.vaat5j +.ve4r1 +.vie2 +.vrij3 +.w4 +.wee4 +.weet3 +.we4l +.wel3a +.wel5in +.wer2 +.wet4s +.win4s +.y2 +.zet3a +.zet3j +a4a4 +aad1a +aad3o +aad3r +aaf3a +4aag +aag3a +aag5e +aag3r +aak3e +aak3r +aal5a +aal1e +4aal5k +aal1o +aal5ste +aam1a +aam3o +aam5p +aan1 +3aando +3aandu +aan5g +3aanj +aan5k4 +3aann +3aans4l +aan5sp +3aanv +aap3i +aap3o +aar3a +aard5as +aar4du +aar3e +aar3i +aar5k +4aarn +aar1o +aars5te. +4aart +aar4ton +aar3u +aas5c +aas5e +aas5m +4aast +aat3a +aat5e +aat3h +aat4j +aat3o +aat1r +a2b +abak4s5 +a5be +abet3j +ab3ijz +ab5lu +3abon +a4b3ru +4ac. +4ace +ace3a +2ach. +a3cha +4a1che +4a3chi +a1cho +a1chr +2achs +a1chu +4ack +2acl +ac5le +2aco +2acr +4acs +4acu +ad2a +ad5aa +ad3ac +ad3ad +ad3ak +ad5al +3adap +ada2r3 +ade5le +ades4 +ad3ete +2adh +ad4i +a4dj +3adju +ad3oks +3adop +ad3ov +ad3ro +ad5sla +ads5tra +ad3ui +ad3un +ad1w +4ady +aege4 +ae3k4 +a3el +aes3 +ae3u +af3aa +a3f4as +af5de +af5dw +afee4 +afe4la +af3ex +3afgi +4afi +af3l +a2foe +afon4d +af3r +af5so +af5sp +aft4a +3aftr +a2f3u +ag3ad +ag3ap +agee5t +agen5a +agen4tj +ager4s +a4g3ind +a4g3ins +ag1l +ag3of +ag3ord +ag4re +ag5reg +ag5rei +ag5ret +ag3roo +ag3s2a +ag3sl +ag4sle +ag4sli +ag3spa +ag1s4t +ag3ui +ag3ur +a2g3uu +a1h +a5hi +ai5b +ai1e +ai4es +a1ij +ai5k +ai4o. +ai3s4 +ai5sc +ai4s5l +aissi5è +ai5sti +ai3tj +4aï +aïn4 +aïns5 +a1j +ak3ag +ak3am +ak3ap +a2k3ar +a3ke +ak3een +ak3etu +a4k3ez +4akh +ak3ink +3akko +a2k3l +ak3n +ak4ni +a3kof +ak3ond +ak5opl +a3kos +ak3ri +ak3ru +4aks +aks5m +ak5spe +a2k3u +ak1w +a1la +al4aa +a4l3ach +ala3d +al3afs +a3l4ag +4ald +a1le +al3eff +ales4t +ale5ste +alfs5p +al2gl +alk5ei +al4kla +alk5sa +alm4a +al4m3ac +a1lo +alo2n +alo3s +al3ou +a3loy +al3sa +als4ag +al4s5m +al2sn +als3oo +al4spr +al4stem +al5ster +al4sto +altaar5 +al3tha +4a1lu +al3uit +alus3 +4am. +a2m3ac +am3adr +1ambt +a3me +ament4 +ame5rad +ame4u +ameus5te +4amm +a5moe +a4m3ol +am3ove +am5pe +3ampè +am4pl +4ams +am2so +am4s5po +a2m3ui +a1na +a3nad +a3nap +an3arc +an3av +an4dad +an4d3ed +an4dom +an4doo +an2dr +and5rad +an5dri +an4dro +and5roo +and5sle +ands5taal +aneëi4 +a3nen +an3est +ane3us +ang5sn +angs4t +a3ni +ani4a. +aniet3 +anij4 +an3ion +a4n3isl +an3iso +4anj +4ank. +an4kaa +4anken +an2kr +ank3ri +a1no +an3or +ano3s +an2sa +an2sm +an2so +an3soo +ans3or +an4sp +an4tac +5antenn +an3th +an5to +a1nu +an3ur +an3uu +a3o +a4o. +a4o5b +a4os +aos3t +a4ou +a4oz +aoze3 +4ap. +4a3pa +ap1ac +a5pap +a5par +a4pas +ap3as. +ap3ass +ap3eks +ape5l4e +a4pet +ap5eten +a1pi +apijt5j +ap3ijz +ap1j +ap4l +ap5laa +ap5lad +ap5lak +ap5len +a5plu +a1po +ap3og +apo5sta +1appa +4appo +ap3ra +ap5rac +ap3re +a5p4ris +ap2s3l +a1pu +4ar. +a3ra +ar3amn +a4r3app +ara3s4 +ara5st +5arctis. +4ard +ar2da +ard3ac +ard3ak +ar5de +ar4d3op +ar2d1r +ar4d5re +ard3w +a1r4e +are3st +are4t +ar5eve +ar3gh +ar2gl +ar3go +a1ri +arie4t +arij3s +ar4k3aa +ar4kla +ar2m3u +4a1ro +a3rok +ar3oli +4ar2s +ar5sch +ar5se +ars3l +ar5slie +ar3sp +ar5spe +ar4spi +ar4spr +ars5tal +ar4stek +ars3tr +ars5tra +ar4t3ak +art5ank +ar4tap +ar3tar +4arte +4ar4tj +4arto +art5oge +art5ond +art5oog +ar4t3or +ar2t3r +ar3tre +a3ru +4arw +a1ry +a2s +4asa +as3aa +as3af +as3ak +as3ap +a3sau +as3av +as4cr +as4e +a4s3ec +a4s3e3t +a5sex +a4s5h +a4sin +asi4s +as5ki +as5ku +as3l +a5s4laa +a4sm +as5me +as5mi +as5mo +as4n +as5na +as3ob +as3on +as3oo +as3os +as3p +as5pec +as5per +a4st +as3ta +as5ta. +as5taal +a5stat +as3te +as5te. +as5tee +a5steni +as5ter +as4th +as5tie +as3to +ast5rem +ast3ri +a5stu +a3su +a3sy +a1ta +at1ac +at3ade +at3af. +a4t5am +at3ank +ata5s +atent5r +ate4r5ad +ate4r5ec +a1th +a5thali +at3hu +atië5r +a2t3j +at5ja +at5jo +a1to +at3oog +a1tr +at1re +at3rib +at5ru +at5sen +at2sl +ats3le +ats3lo +ats5m +at4sna +at4sp +ats5pa +at5spi +at5spl +at5spo +at3sta +at4sti +ats5tol +at4t3u +a1tu +a2t3ui +at5w +2au +au5b +au3dr +3aug +au3ko +aun3t +aure3u +aus3t +au3sto +au3t2 +auter5i +3auto +auts5 +au4wij +ava3s +aver3a +ave3re +ave3r4u +4avi +a4v5l +4avot +a1w +aze3s +3b +4b. +baar5tj +babe4 +ba2di +ba3gh +5bak +bak4sp +bal4ka +bal4t +ba3n2a +ban4kl +ban4kn +ban4kr +bank3w +bar3t +bart3j +ba3s4a +bassi4 +4bb +bba2t +bbe4l5ee +bbe4n +bben3a +bby5 +4bc +4b1d +5be. +5bed +be3d4a +bed2w +be5dwi +be5dwo +beet3 +be3fl +5be3g +bei3l +bei4tj +5bej +be5kak +bek4l +5bel +be4lex +be5l4i +be3l4o +be5m +5ben +be3ne +be3n4i +5ber +be1ra +ber4g5af +ber4gl +ber4gr +be1ro +be4ron +ber4ov +be3ru +5be1s4 +bes5ac +be2sj +bes5te. +bes5tig +5bet +be1tw +b3h +b2i +bi5bl +bid3 +bi2du +bie4t3j +bij5d +bij3k +bij1p +bij3s +bijs5ter +bij5tr +bi4k +bi5la +bin4dr +bin4t3j +bir3 +bi5sa +bis5m +bi1tr +4b1j +4bk +b4l +blad5ij +b5lap +b5leg +ble2s3 +b5lid +5blie +5blim +5blo +bloot5j +4bm +4b3n +5bo. +5boe +boe4g3a +boe4ka +boek5s +boe3st +bo3fl +5bog +5boi +5boï +5bo2k +bokje5 +5bol +bo2m3a +bo2m3o +bo3na +bonds3 +bont3j +bo3nu +5bool +boon5 +bor4sta +bor4st5r +5bos3 +bo3sko +bos5p +bo2su +5bot +bot5j +bot5sw +bo2tu +bou5ta +bouw3s +5box +br4 +braad5s +brei3s +5bri +bri4l +bro4n +bron3o +4b1s4 +b5sc +bsi3s4 +b2s5la +b2s5m +bsou4 +bs5s +4bt2 +bt4s5 +5bu +bune5t +bu5ri +bus3a +buur4tj +4b3w +5by +bys4 +4bz +4c. +3ca +caat5j +ca1ch +ca3g2 +came3r +ca3na +cant4 +ca5ou +ca3pr +cas3 +ca5se +ca5si +cas1t +ca3t +cau3 +c5c +3ce +5ced +cee4 +5ceel +5cel +ce3na +cen5s4 +ce3ra +ce3ro +5ces +ce3s4a +ce2sn +ce3s4t +ces4u +ce3ta +ce4t3j +cet3o +1cé +4ch. +3chao +3chec +3chef +5chef. +5chefs +4cheor +2chep +3cheq +che5rin +che3us +1ché +4chn +chop4s +2chp +4cht +4chw +1chy +3ci +cier4s5 +ci1eu +5cil +ci5le +ci3ne +ci5nee +cis5m +ci3t +ci5ta +c4k3l +c2k3n +c4k3r +c2ku +3c4l +cli3e +c3n +cno4 +3co +co2at +co2k4 +co3ka +co3kr +co3la +5com +con3g +co3no +con5t4 +4coo +co3p4 +5copa +corp2 +cor3s +co3ru +co3sti +co3th +4cout +c3p +1cr2 +3cre +3cris +croo3 +crus5 +csar5 +c3ste +4c1t +ct3afd +c2t3h +c2t3j +c3t4o +c4t5ond +c5tor4 +c5tr +ct3sl +c2tw +cty5 +3cu +cu5b +cus5t +c3w +3cy3 +1ç +4d. +1da +5da. +3daag +d4aal +d3aanw +daar5e +2d3acc +5daden +2d3af +da3fr +3dag +da2g1a +da4g3ed +da4g3et +da4g3l +da4gor +da2gr +da2gu +3dai +4dakk +da4k5r +4d3ala +d4ale +4dalm +d2ame +dam5pl +3dan +da4n3a +d3anke +dan4kl +danoot5 +dan4sm +dans3p +dan4st +2d1ap +4d3ape +2dar +da4ra +4d3arb +dar4mo +dar3s +4dart +3das3 +3d4at +da3ta +da2tr +5dau +2db +dboot5 +dbou4w5i +2d1c +dcorre5 +2d5d2 +dde5la +dder5al +dde3s +3de +5de. +de3c +de3d +5deda +d4eden +dee2g3 +dee4r +dee3t +de3fl +d3eg. +5dega +5dege +2d3egg +de3gl +4dei +d3ei. +d3eie +d3eig +d3eis +deï4s +de3ke +4d3ekon +de4lak +4delas +del5do +del5dr +del5eek +de5ler +de4let +de4lev +del5fr +del4sp +dels5taa +del4str +4demai +4d3emm +dem4o +de3n4ac +den3ep3 +4d3engt +de2no +den3oo +den5sm +dent5jes +5denvl +de3rab +de4rad +de3rak +de3ram +de3ran +de3r4ap +de3ras +de4ras. +5derb +der5ede +der5eed +de4r3ei +de4rem +de4r3ep +derep5e +de4ret +de5rij +de4r3im +der3og +der3on +5ders +der4s5om +4d3erts +de5se +de3sh +de4si +de2sn +de2so +de4sp +des3po +de5spr +de3sta +de3ste +de5stic +de3sto +de3t4 +4d3euro +de3us. +de3uss +deu4tj +4dexa +4dexp +3dè +2d1f +2d1g4 +d3ga +d3gi +2d1h +d3he +dheer4 +3dhi. +dhis5m +1di +dia3s4 +die4tj +di1eu +3dig +di2ga +dij4kr +2d3ijz +di2k3o +di4k3w +di5l4e +di3na +3ding. +d5ingel +d5inh +d5inr +4dins +4d3inw +2d3inz +dip4 +di4s +di5se +dis5m +dit3j +2d1j +3dji +2d1k +2d3l +2d1m +2d5n +1do +5d4o. +do5bo +3doe +4doef +doet3 +5doi +2doks +5dole +3d4om +d5oml +do2m3o +dom4s +do3no +2d3on4t +dont3e +donyx3 +door5tj +4d3opb +2d3opl +4dopv +d3opz +2d3org +dors5m +dot5j +2dov +2d3p +dpren4 +1dr2 +d3raap +3drac +d3rad. +4d3rand +4drap +d1rec +d3red +3d4ree +5dreef +5d4res +d4rev +3dreve +d3rich +5drif +dri3ga +d3rijd +d3rijk +d3rijm +d3rijs +5drijv +d4rin +5dris +d3rit +d4roe +4d5roei +d5roer +3drog +2d3rok +4drol +3d4ron +d5rond +4d3rook +4d3roz +drug4s +d3ruit +5druk +4d3rus +2ds +ds1a +dsa4d3 +d4s3ed +d4s3ee +ds3h +dsi4g +dsig5a +ds3il +ds3is +ds3j +ds4jo +d4sl +d5slag +ds4lan +ds3li +ds4lim +ds3lu +ds5mal +d3smee +ds5mo +ds3na +ds3neu +ds3noo +ds3on +ds3op +ds3or +d1sp +d5spak +d4spal +ds5par +d3s4pel +d4s3pet +d4spon +d5s4pro +ds4t +d1sta +d4s5tab +d3star +d3ste +d5ste. +d4stek +d5sten +ds5th +d3sti +d1sto +ds5trem +d2su +ds3ur +ds3uu +d3sy +2dt +d1ta +dtaart5j +d1to +d1tr +d3tu +1du +du3e +2d3uil +dui4t +5duite +d3uitg +du3o +dus5 +dut3j +2dv +dvee3 +dve5na +2dw +d3wac +3d2wei +d3wek +5dwel +d3wez +d3wig +d1wil +4d1wo +3dy3 +dys3e +dy5st +2dz +e1a +eaan5 +e5ac +ea3da +eagent5j +e2ak +e3akt +e5alf +eal3s4 +e3amb +eam5p +eang3 +e3antw +e3a5o +e5ap +e5ard +eate4 +eb3ac +e5br +3ecd +e1cha +e1che +e5chen +ech3es +e1chi +e3cho +echts5o +e3chu +e4c5le +ecorre5 +3ecz +e1d +e3d4ac +e3d4am +edans5te +e5d4as +edek4l +ede5rog +ede5spe +edie5tj +4e3do +edoet4 +edoe5tj +ed3opv +e4d3ov +e3dr +ed3rod +ed3rol +ed4so +ed5sp +ed1st +e4dw +e5dwan +ee3a +ee2d3a +ee5de +ee5do +eed3w +ee3ee +ee2f +eef3r +eeg1l +eeg3ou +ee5in +ee2k +ee3ka +ee5kaa +eek3ak +eek5all +eek1e +ee3ki +ee3kl +eek3lo +ee3kr +eek3ro +eek3ur +eek3uu +eek3w +ee2l +eel1a +eel4ee +eel3ei +eel5k +eel3og +ee3loo +ee3lop +eel5so +eel4su +ee3lu +eel3ur +eel3uu +4eem +ee5mo +ee2n +een3aa +een3ad +een3ar +een5dr +een3e +een5g4 +een5k +eep3an +ee5pe +eep3lo +eep3ru +eep4sc +eep4st +ee2r +eer3aa +eer3al +ee3ram +ee3ran +ee3re +ee4r3ee +ee5reg +ee4r3i4 +eer5k +eer2o +eer3og +eer5oom +ee3rov +eers5ag +eer3sm +ee3ru +ee2s +ee3sj +ees3lo +ee3smu +ee3sn +ee3soo +ee3sp +ees3po +ees5tek +ee3sto +ees3u +ee2t +ee3tal +eet3h +eet3og +eet3oo +eet5or +ee3tr +eet3ra +4eë +eë4ta +e3fas +ef3az +e3fe +ef3ei +ef3ij +ef3int +e3flu +e1fr +ef4ra +ef5raa +e3fran +ef2s +ef3sm +4ega +eg3all +egas2 +eg3as. +ege4las +egel5ei. +egel5ov +ege4raa +eger5on +e4g3erv +e3gi +eg3ijz +egiste4 +eg3lui +3ego. +eg3ong +e2g3os +eg3s4 +eg5sn +e4g3ur +e4g3uu +e5h +ei5b +eids5e. +eids5m +ei1e +eie3s +ei3gl +e1ij +ei5kl +ei3kn +ei5kr +eik3s +ei3la +ei2lo +e4in +ei3n4ac +ein4d5oo +ein4dr +ein5k +ein5sl +ei4s3a +eis5a. +ei3sh +ei3sla +ei3s4lo +ei4so +ei4s4p +ei5spr +ei3s4ta +eis5te. +ei5s4tel +4eit +ei5te +ei3tj +ei4too +eit4s +eive4 +4eiz +4eï +e1j4 +ek3aan +ekaart5j +ek5af. +ek3al. +ek3ang +e5kaz +eker4s +ek5eter +e4kez +ek3eze +ek5loos +ek3net +e5kni +e3ko +ekoes5 +ek3oss +ek3rol +e5kru +ek3sa +ek3ske +eks5m +ek3sn +ek3sp +ek4stel +e1kw +e1la +el1ac +e2l3af +el3akk +el3al +el3art +e3las +el3as. +e2l3au +e3laz +el5azi +el4dri +e3le +e5le. +e4l3eeu +el3eff +el5eier +e5len +el4er +e4l3ert +el3eta +el1fl +el4fr +elf5sp +e3li +e5lig +e4l3ind +el5inkt +el3ins +eli3pl +3elix +el4kon +el3kr +elk3sl +el4k3ur +e1lo +e3lob +e5loep +el3oes5 +e2l3ol +el3oms +el5ond +el3ont +el3oog +e5loos +el3opg +el3oph +el3ops +el3opv +e2lor +el3ord +el5ore +el3ove +e5loz +el3smi +el3sta +el3su +el5tje. +e1lu +el3uit +em4a +em5aar +em3ac +em5afs +3emai +e5man +4emb +e3me +eme4las +eme4tj +emf2 +emie4tj +em3ins +em4op +em5opn +em3org +em3ov +em5po +em2sl +em1st +e1na +en3aap +e4n3aas +e2n3ab +en1ac +en3ak +e2n3al +e4nante +en3ap +e5nari +e2n4as +en5asi +en1av +e2n3az +enci4 +end3ac +ender5as +5enderti +en5dro +end5sl +en4dur +e5ne. +en3ech +e3nee +en3eed +enee5t +en3eg. +en3egg +en3ei +en3eko +en3ema +e5nen. +e4n3ent +e2nep +en3epo +en3erf +e5nes +e5net. +en3ete +ene4t3j +e5nett +engs4 +enier4t +enin5gr +eni4s +enk4l +en4kre +enk5tr +en5kwe +3enneg +e1no +e4n5oc +en3of +en3oli +enoot5 +e4n1op +en5ops +en3ord +eno5s4 +e3not +en3ov +en5sch +en3s4fe +ens3le +en4sli +en4smi +en4sna +en5spe +ens5pot +en4stij +enst5ijv +ens3uu +en4t4ac +en3tei +ente5st +en1t2h +en5tl +ent4r +ent5rol +en5tru +en3tw +e1nu +en3ui +en3ur +5enveer +3envij +3enzes +3enzev +e1o +e3oli +e3olo +e5om +eo3p4r +eo5ro +eo5t +e1pa +ep3ac +ep3app +ep3asp +ep5een +e1pi +3epid +epiet3 +ep3ijs +ep3ijz +epis2 +ep1j +e1pl +ep3lod +ep3lus +e1po +e4p3og +ep3oog +ep3ork +e1pr +e3pra +ep2s +eps3j +eps3l +ep4sta +eps5taa +eps5tal +e1pu +ep3uit +e3ra. +e1raa +er5aalm +er3aan +e4raap. +e4r1ac +e5raco +e3rad +er3af. +er3afv +e3rag +e1rai +e4r3all +er3ama +er3ana +e3ranc +e5rapi +er3app +e3rare +e1rat +er3atr +e3rau +e4r1av +er3azi +er5c +er3d2a +er5de +er5di +erd4o +er3d4w +e1re +e3re. +e3rec +er5editi +er5eers +er3eet +er3eff +er3eg. +er3egd +er3egg +er3egt +er3eie +er3eig +er3eil +er5eila +er5eind +er3ekw +e3rel2 +e4r5emm +e3rend +ere4ne +eren5eg +er5enen. +eren5ta +er3eq +e3res. +er3esk +e3ress +erest5r +ere4t3j +e4r3ets +e2r3ex +erg2l +e3ri +e5rie +e5rif +e5rig +e5rij. +e5rije +er3ijl +e4rijz +e5rik +erim3a +er5inkt +er3ins +er3int +e5rio +e5ris +ermij5ni +e3ro. +e3rob +er3oc +e1rod +e1roe +eroe3t4 +er5oev +er3of +e3rok +e3rol +er3oli +er3om +er1on +er3oog +e3rook +e3roos +er1op +e2r1or +e3ros +e5rose +e3rot +er1ov +e3roz +e3rö +errie5tj +5errillat +er5tan +er5te +ert4h +er3the +er5to +erts5l +er5t4u +er1tw +e1ru +erug1 +er1ui +erui5tj +e2r3ur +er3uu +3erwt +e3ry +e2sac +es3ag +es3al +es3ar +es3av +es4ch +4ese +es5emb +e4s3et +es3ex +es5hu +e5s4id +es3il +esis4 +e3sjo +es5ken +e3sla +es3lak +es3lam +e3sle +es3lij +e3slu +e1sm +es3noo +e1so +es3ore +e1sp +e4spen +e3spl +es4poo +e5s4por +es4pr +e4sprie +espuit5j +essi4s +es4sn +e3staa +e3stap +es3tat +es3te +e4ste. +es5teer +est5ei. +es4tek +es5teli +es5temo +e4s5ten. +e5sterre +e4s5tes +e3s4tic +e4stig +e3stru +es3uu +e1sy +e1ta +e3ta. +et3aan +et3ac +et3ad +e3taf +3etag +e3tak +e3tan +et3art +e4t3au +e2tav +e3te +et3ein +4etel +et5emb +et3emm +et3emu +e5t4en +etens5u +eten5tj +ete3r4a +eter5sm +ete3s4t +et3hu +et3ins +e5tja +e1to +e5toc +et5oli +e3ton +e3top +et4or +e1tr +et5rec +et4rek +et3rim +e3tru +et3rui +et3sl +et4sla +ets5lap +et2s3n +ets3o +et4sp +et5spi +ets3pr +et4sta +ets5tan +et4stek +et5s4u +e1tu +et1we +eu5b +eu3c +eu5do +eu1e +eug4dr +eu2ka +eu4ler +eum3aa +eu2na +eun3tj +eu4rij +eu1ro +euro3p +eus4t +eu3ste +eu3tj +eu5tr +2euw +eu4w3e. +eu2w3i +eve5n4aa +3evenr +e1w +e5wa +e5wh +e5wi +ew3sk +1exam +3exeg +ex3in +1exp +ey3 +e3ya +ey5sp +4eza +4ezen +ezen4s +eze5tj +é3a +é3d +édee4 +é3h +é3r +éren4 +é3t +étee4 +è1 +ê1 +4ë +ë3c +ë1d +ëde3s +ëe4 +ëen3e +ë3h +ëi1e +ë3k +ë1l +ë3na +ënt4 +ënt5h +ën3tw +ë3p +ë1ra +ë1re +ë3ri +ë1ro +ëro3s +ë2s5 +ë1t +ëven4 +ëve5na +ë4venr +ëxis5 +2f. +1fa +f3aanb +f3aap +f4aat +2fac +face2 +f1ach +f4act +3facu +4fad +f3ang +fant2 +fan4t3j +fants3 +2f3ap +f3as. +fa5st +3fau +2fb +f1c +2f1d +fd4an +fdan5ste +fde5l +fde5sp +fd4i +f2d3in +fd5ins +fd3of +f3dra +fd3rek +fd3rol +f3dru +f3dw +fd2wo +1fe +fede3 +f3een +5fees +feest5r +fee3tj +fel5aan +fe5laar +fel5fr +5fenda +fe3ran +fe4r3et +fe3ro +fes3 +fe4t3j +2fex +3fé +1fè +4f1f +f5fe +ffs4 +ff3sh +f1g2 +fge3la +fge5n +fger4 +4f3h +1fi +3fib +fi1ch +fi4e +5fig +2f3ijz +fil2m +4fint +5fir +3fi4s +fis5m +f1j +2f1k +4f3laa +f1laf +1flau +f3lene +f3ler. +fle2t +flet3j +f3lez +2flie +4flij +f4lip +f2lit +f3lok +fluit5j +2f1m +f1n +1fo +foe5d +2f3of +f3og +3fok +2f3oms +f4ona +fonds5l +fo3no +fon3t +f1oog +f3oom +2fo2p3 +3f4or +fo5re +fort3j +fo3ru +fo3sk +5fot +2f3oud +f3ov +fox3e +2f5p4 +fr2 +f4ras +f3rek +fre4t3 +frie4t +friet5j +f4rik +f4rod +2f1s +fs3an +f3sc +f5sch +f4s3cr +fsho4 +f3sl +f4slap +f4s3led +fsleet5j +fs5mu +f3sn +f4so +fs3oe +fsoes5 +fs3on +f3s4p +f5spe +fs4t +f3sta +fst3as +f3ste +fste4m3 +f3sti +f3sto +fst3oc +f5stok +f4ston +f3stu +4ft +f1ta +ft3ac +f5tand +ft3art +ft3h +f1to +f1tr +f1tu +f5tui +f3tw +1fu +fu4ma +3f4un +fu3ro +2fv +2f1w +3fy5 +2fz +4g. +1ga +3ga. +g4aal +5gaar. +gaar5tj +g4aat +2g1ac +4g3afw +2g3ah +ga3la +ga4l3ap +ga5lo +g3alt +3gam +3gan +gan5d +gan4s3t +gans5te +gans5tr +ganti4 +g4ape +3gar. +g4are +3gars +4g3art +gar5tj +ga4s +ga5sko +ga5sla. +ga3sli +ga5slo +gas3o +gas3tr +gast5rol +3gat +3gaw +2gb +2g1c +2g1d +g5de +g4d3im +1ge +5ge. +ge3ad +ge3ak +ge5al +ge4ari +ge5aro +ge3au +4g3eb. +ge1c +ge3d2 +ge5da +ge5de +ge5dr +ge5dw +gee4 +gee5si +geest5r +geet3a +ge3f4 +4g3eff +ge5g4 +gege4s +g3eik +geit3j +ge5ka +ge5ke +ge5ki +ge5kl +gek4n +ge3kw +g4el +gel5as. +gel5ass +gel4d3a +gel5eg. +gel5egg +ge4leie +gel4o +gel5oor +gel3sl +ge3ma +ge3m4o +gems3 +3gen +5gen. +ge3n4az +ge3ne +ge4n3ed +gen5end +gen4er +4g3engt +gen5k +4gensm +gen4tr +gent5ra +ge2ol +ge5p4 +3ger +ge1ra +ger5aap. +ger4ap +ger5ape +ger5as. +ger4d3r +ge3r4e +ge5ree +ge5reg +ge5rek +ge4r5eng +ge5ri +ge1ro +ger4of +ger4on +ger5sc +ger4sp +4g3erts +ge3r2u +ge1s4 +ge5sa +ge5sc +ge5se +ge3sh +2gesk +ge5sl +ge3sn +ge5so +ge5spend +ges5te. +ge5sto +ge5sw +3get +ge5t4a +gete4s +ge5t4i +ge3tj +get4r +ge3ts +ge5t2w +ge3ui +3gev +ge3x +1gé +3gè +2g1f +2g3g +2g1h +g4her +1g2i +gi4ee +gie4r3a +giet5s +gi1eu +gi2f +2gij +4gijz +gis5m +2g1j +2g1k +g1lam +1g4la4s5 +g3lat +3g4laz +3g4le. +glee5t +g3len +2g3lep +g3les +3g2lic +g3lice +3g4lië +g2lim +3gloe +g3lof +3g4lofo +3glom +4g3lon +g3lop +g2los +g4lot +3g2ly +2g1m +gmaat5j +2g1n +g3na +gne4t3j +gnie4t5j +g2nos +1go +go2a +go5b +go2do +god4s3 +gods5t +2goef +2gof +4g3oh +4g3oli +go2ma +g3oml +2gong +4g1ont +2g3oor +2g3op +g5ops +4gore +gor2s +go3sk +gos3t +gou4d +goud5ee +2g3ov +2g3p +1gr2 +3gra +g4rad. +5graf +gra2m +g3ramp +gras5 +5grav +2g3red +gree4 +greet3 +2grem +g4ren +gren4s +gre4s3 +3greu +grie4t5j +g5rijd +g5rijk +g5rijm +g5ring +2g3rit +2g3riv +5gron +groot5j +g3rou +g3roz +2g3rug +g3ruim +g3rup +2gs +gs1a +g5sal +g4s3ar +g3sc +gs4ch +g5scha +g2sci +g4sco +g4s3cr +g4s3ed +g4s3ei +g4s3ek +gseksa4 +g4si +gs3ij +gs3in +gs3j +gs4ke. +gs4ken. +g2s4l +g3sla +g5sla. +g5slang +gs5las +gs5lec +gs5leg +gs5let +gs5leu +gs5lic +gs5lie +g3slo +g5sloe +gs5lok +g5slot +g4sma +g4sn +gs3na +gs3ne +g5s4no +g2s1o +gs3p +gs4pa +gs5pak +gs5par +g3s4pe +g5spee +g5spel +g5spet +g3s4pi +gs1pl +g3s4poo +g3s4por +g3sta +gs5taal +g4staan +gs3tab +g4st3ap +g3ste +g5stee +gs3tek +g5stel +gs4ten +gs5tend +g5ster. +gs5terr +g5sters +gs3th +gs4ti +g3stig +gs5tij +g5stof +g5stok +g4ston +g5stond +gst5ons +gs3tro +g3stu +g2s3u +gs5w +2gt +g1ta +g2t3ap +gtes4 +gte3st +g1to +g1tr +g1tu +1gu +3gu. +gu5a +gu4e +2guit +gu4lu +g3uri +gus3 +2gv +2g5w +1gy +2gz +2h. +haar4s +haar5tj +haf4t3u +ha2kr +hal2f +4halie +han5ga +han4sl +ha5o +hap5r +hap4sp +har4t3a +hart3j +har4t3o +hart5sl +ha2t3r +2hb +h3c +2hd +h2e +4hea +3hech +4hee. +hee4k3r +hee4lo +heeps5c +hee3tj +he4f +hef4fl +hei4tj +hei5tr +heï4s +he2k3a +he2kl +he2k3w +hel5aard +he4l3an +he4l3ee +hel4m3a +hel4p3a +hemi3s4 +he5ne +hen4kr +he5n4o +2heo +he2p3l +he4pr +4he3ra +her4aa +he4r3ad +he4rene +he4ri +her3ij +her3in +2herm +herm5eng +he3ron +her4p5aa +her4pr +hesis5 +he2sp +2het +h3g +h3h +4hi. +hie2r3 +hie4ri +hie4t5o +hie4tr +hiet5s +hij4s +hi2k3a +hi4m3ac +him4pl +him4pr +hin4t +hint3j +his4te. +hi3tr +h3j +2hl +h3lam +h3le +hlo3 +h3loc +h3lok +h3lu +2hm +h4mi +2h3n +ho5bo +ho3ch +hoe4ker +hoe4s +hoe3t +ho4f +hof5d +hof3e +ho3g4 +ho2ka +hon5dr +hon5g +ho1no +4hoom +hoor5tj +hoor5tr +ho2po +hop5r +hor5de +ho3ro +hort3j +4ho3ru +ho3sa +ho3sf +ho3sk +2how +2h3p +hpi4 +2hr +hra4b +hri2 +hris5 +hroot5 +4hs +h3sp +2ht +h4t3a +h4t5emb +h4t3enn +h4t3en5t +h4t3env +h4t3enz +hte2r +hter3a +hter5e. +hte4r3o +h4t3es +ht5esk +h2t5ev +ht3ex +h2t1h +h4tij +h2t1j +ht3o +h3too +ht1r +ht3ru +ht4si +hts3id +hts3in +hts3le +ht4sli +hts5m +ht4sna +ht4so +ht4spe +hts5taal +ht4s5tek +ht4sti +ht3u +ht5w +huin4s +huit5j +3huiz +hul4der +4hus +hut3j +h3w +hyl3 +i3a +ia3f4 +ia3g2 +ia3k4l +ian3u +i5a5p +ia3t2h +i5av +i4b +i5ba +i5be +i5bi +i5bo +i5br +ica4p +i1cha +i1che +ichee4 +i1chi +i1cho +i3chr +i5co +idde4r5a +id4e +ider4s +id2g +i3di +idie5t +id4o +i3dok +id3oo +id5op +id3re +id3ru +id2s +ids3e. +id4si +ids3l +ids3o +ids3p +ids5pa +ids5taa +ids5tek +id4sti +ids5tor +ids5tr +id3ui +idu3w4 +id1w +ie3a +ie4d5ac +ied3w +i1ee4 +i5eer +ie3fle +ie4g3al +ie4g3an +ie4gas +ie2gr +ie4k3ap +ie3ke +ieke3s +ie4kl +iek3li +ie5klu +ie4kn +iek5ond +iek4s5n +iek4sp +ie2k3u +ie4l3ei +ie5ler +iel5f +i3enc +iend5r +ien5sp +ien4sta +ien4st5o +ie4pap +ie4plo +iep5str +ie4pui +ier3al +ie3ram +ier3as +ie4rat +ier5enta +ie1ro +ier4sl +ie4sl +ie5sla +ie5slu +ie2sm +ies5me +ie2sn +ie2so +ies3oo +ie4spi +ie4spl +ie4s3po +ie3s4ta +ie5stel +ie4taa +ie4t3ak +ie5te +ie3th +ie4t3og +ie4t3oo +ie5troe +ie3twi +i3ety +ie3ui +i1eur +i1eus +ieus5te +i1euz +ieze4l5a +i4é +i5ét +i3è +i5èm +4ië +ië4ri +2if +if3aa +if3ad +if4r +if3ra +if4tan +ift5ang +if4tar +if3ui +i2g3aa +ig5aard +i4g5av +ig3een +igen5er +ige2s +ig3esk +ig3le +ig3lo +i4gn +i5gom +ig3ond +i5g4ro +igs4 +ig3sk +ig3sl +ig5sm +ig3sp +ig3sto +i1h +i3i +4ij. +i2j5a +4ijd. +4ijdt +4ij5e +ije2n3 +4ijf +ij3i +4ijli +4ijn +ij3o +i3jou +4ijsu +i4ju +ij3ui +ik3aar +ike3s4 +i3ki +i4kl +ik4la +ik5lap +i5kli +ik3lo +ik3lu +i4k3n +i5k4ne +ik3og +i5kol +ik3ope +ik3ord +i4kr +ik4ri +ik3ro +ik3sj +iks5m +ik3s4p +ik5spa +ik4s5pi +ik1st +ik3wa +i4k1we +i3kwi +ik3win +i1la +il3aan +il3ac +i3lak +il3al +il3au +il2da +il2d3r +i3le +il3een +i4l3em +ile2t +ile3u +i4l3ez +i3li +il3ink +ilk4 +il3kr +il5kw +illu3 +i1lo +il3ond +i5loon +il3oor +il3oph +i2l3or +il3s2h +il5so +il5te +i1lu +im5alu +ima4s +imie4 +im3op +im5pa +3impo +im4pri +im3so +i1na +in3aap +i4n3aar +in1ac +in5aker +in3ape +i3nas +i5nas. +in3ass +in5dac +ind5sp +1indu +in3ede +in3edi +in3eed +in3ert +3inf +in2ga +ing3aa +ing5aal +ing3ag +ing3al +5ingeni +ing3l +in4gr +ing3re +ing3ru +ing4s +ings5e +ing5ske +ings5n +i3ni +ini4è +i4n3i4o +inis2 +ini3sh +in4kaa +in2kn +inkt3r +inne3s +4i1no +i3noc +in3og +i2non +ino3st +1inri +in5sc +in5se +in3s4l +in3smi +ins4n +in3so +in5spo +in5ste +in5swi +in4t3ap +in5te +intes3 +in5ti +in5t4r +i1nu +3inva +i4ny +i3o +io3a +io5b +ioen4s +ioes5 +i5o3f4 +i5o3g4 +i5ol +i5om +io3no +ion4s5 +io3pe +io3pr +io3ra +io3s +iot5j +io3tr +io3u +i1pa +ip3ac +ip3af +i4perw +ipe4t3j +i1pi +ip3j +i1pl +i1po +ip3og +ip3oo +ipper4s +i1pr +i4ps +ip4sle +i3pu +i3ra +i1r2e +ires4 +ire3st +i3ri +i3ro +ir2s +ir4sc +ir3sp +irt4h +i3ru +i2s +i3sa +is3aa +is3af +is3ag +i5sal +is3ap +is1ar +i5sat +is3av +i4sc +i5scha +is3cr +is3ed +i4s3ei +is3ell +is3eng +is3ete +iset3j +i3s2fe +is3hi +is3id +i4sij +is3ja +i3sji +is3l +is5lag +is4lan +is4lot +is4lui +i4sm +is5ma +is5mi +is5mo +is5mu +i4s5n +i3so +i5soe +i4soo +is4oor +is3op +is3ott +is3p +is5par +is5pas +is5pl +is3t +is1ta +ist3ap +is5tas +is5ten. +is5tes +is4th +i4sti +is1to +isto3p +i3s4tr +is5tri +i3su +i5sy +4it +i1ta +itaat5 +it1ac +itee4 +it3een +i5ten +iten5tj +i3ter +ites4 +ite3st +it1hu +it2i +i2tj +it3ja +it2je +it5jesg +i1to +it5oef +it3oog +it3red +it1ri +it1ru +it3sje +it3sle +it1sm +it1st +it5ste +i1tu +it5w +i1u +iu2m +ium3e +ive5ran +ive3re +i5w +ix3o +i3z +ize3s +ize5t +î3 +ï3a +ï1c +ï1d +ïen4 +ïe5ne +ïllu3 +ï3n3a +ïns5m +ï3nu +ï3o +ï3ro +ï5sche +ïs5m +ïs3t +ï1t +ïze3 +4j. +jaar4s +jaars5t +1jag +jagers5 +ja5mi +ja2n3o +jan4s3l +ja3pl +5jar +jart3j +5jas +j2d3aa +j4d3ee +jde4n3e +jden4s5 +jdes4 +jde5sp +j3di +j2d3o +j4dr +j5dra +jd3re +jd3ro +jd3ru +jd5s4l +jd4so +jd1st +j4d3u +jd3w +j3d4wa +5jeba +2j1ee +jeen3 +j1en +je2n3a +je3ro +je4s3 +5jesaa +5jesha +5jesho +3jeskl +3jeskn +jes5m +5jespe +je3spr +3jesr +3jess +jes5t +5jesv +5jesw +je2t3 +je3to +5jeu +5jeva +j2f1a +j2f3ei +j2f3en +j4f3ij +j4f3in +jf3l +jf4la +jf5lap +j3flat +j4f3o +jf3r +jf4sc +jf4s3l +jf2sm +jg3laa +j4g3re +jg2s3 +jg4se +jgs5l +jgs5m +jg5sn +jg4st +jg5s4te +j3h +3jic +jif5 +j3ig +jis5m +j3j +4jk +j2k3aa +jke5ro +j2kij +j2k4l +jk5lak +jk5lap +jk5las +j3kle +j3klo +jk5lu +j2kna +j2k3of +j4k3ol +j2kr +jk3raa +jk3re +jk4si +jk2sl +jks5le +jks5m +jks5n +jk3so +jks3pr +j2k3ui +jk3w +j1la +j1le +jl3ink +j1lo +j2loe +jm3af +j5m4ar +jm3op +jn1a +j4naa +j3nag +jn5ak +jn4am +j3n4an +jne3s +jn3g4 +j4n3im +jn3ink +jn1o +jn4s3am +jn2s3l +jn4sp +jn5spi +jnt4 +jn5tr +job2 +jol4e +jo5li +j3om +3j4on +jone2 +5jonge +jonge4t +joor5t +jo3ra +j4ou +joy5 +j3pa +j4p3ac +j2p3em +jpe3s4 +j3pi +j4p3ij +jp3j +j3pl +jp3lam +j3po +j4p3or +jp3re +jp3ri +j3pro +j3r +js3a +j5se +j4si +j2s4l +j3sla +js5las +j3sle +j3sme +js5mi +j2s3n +j3sni +js3o +j1sp +j4spo +js3poo +jspoort5j +j5spor +j1sta +jst5aar +js3te +j3stei +j3s4tel +j4s5tem +js5tep +j4ster +js4tij +j3sto +j4stoo +js3tou +j4stra +jst5ran +jst5s +j2su +j3taal +jt3aar +jt1ac +j3tag +j3tak +j3tan +j3te +j4t1h +jt3jes +j3to +j3tr +j4t3ra +jt4rad +jt3rot +j1tu +jt3w +1ju +juit2 +juits3 +juli3 +5jur +jus3 +juve5 +jve2n +jve3ra +jver4s +jve3t4 +j1w +jze4r5o +2k. +1ka +3ka. +k4aat +2k1ac +3kace +5kad4 +kade4t5 +4k4af. +2kafr +k3agen +k4ake +4kakt +4kalb +5kalf +kalf4s +kal4k3a +5kalv +2kamb +kamen4 +kam4pr +kan5d +2kang +5kani +5k4a3no +kan4t3j +5kap. +ka3pr +kap3s +kas4pe +kas3tr +kast5ra +kas5tro +ka4t3aa +ka4t5ale +ka4tan +kat1j +k3atl +ka4t3og +ka4too +ka5t4r +kat3s +4k3aut +2k3avo +5kay +2kb +2k1c +2k3d +1ke +4keen +keep3l +keers5to +kee3tj +k4ei. +k4eie +kei3s4 +3ken. +ken5as +ke3ne +ke4nep +ke2n3o +5kens +kens5po +kepie5t4 +5ker. +ke5rij +ker4kn +ker4kr +kerk5ra +ker4ku +ker4kw +ker4n3a +ke4r3o +5kers +ker4sla +ker4sm +4k3erts +ke2st +ke3sta +ke5s4tel +kes3tr +3k2et +5ketel +ke2t3j +ket5sp +4ketu +3k2eu +4kex +2k1f +2k1g +2k3h +1ki +4kied +4kiep +kies4t +kie4t3j +k3ijs +2k1ijz +ki5kl +ki3na +4kindu +kin3en +ki4n3es +5king +2kinr +2k3ins +kio4 +ki2p +kip3l +4k5j +2k5k +kker4s +kkers5te +kke3s4 +1k2l4 +5klac +kla2p +5klass +k3last +4klat +3k4lau +5k4led +4kleer +4k5leg +k3lek +klemme5t +k3len +4klera +k3les +5k4leu +4k3lic +k3lij +kli4me +k4lis +4klod +k3loka +k3lone +k3lood +5kloof +k3lope +5klos +2k1loz +4kluih +k3lus +2k1m +1k2n +kna4l +knas5 +2k3nem +kni2 +5knol +k3noot +k3note +2knum +1ko +2k3oct +ko4e +koe4ket +koers5p +koe3tj +k4offi +koge4 +5kogr +kol2e2 +kolen3 +2kolm +ko5lo +3kom +ko4m3a +komitee5 +3kon +kon4t3r +2k3oog +koon5 +koor5tj +k4o4pl +3kopt +2k1org +2k3ork +korres5 +kort3o +ko3ru +ko4s +4k3os. +4koss +k4ost +kot5j +4k3ov +4kox +2k1p +kpren4 +1kr4 +3kra +k3raad +kra4b +4k3rad +k3rand +4krat +2k1rec +kree4 +kreet3 +kre2p +k3rijk +2krol +kron5t +2k3rou +3k4ru +kru4l +2ks +ks3ad +ks3af +k5sap +k4s1ar +ks3as +k5s4er +k4s3in +k3sla +k4slan +ks4le +ks5leg +ks3li +ks5mo +k2s3n +ks4no +k4snu +kso4 +ks3on +k4s1op +k4s3pa +k1spe +k3spi +ks3po +ks3pru +k3spu +ks4t +k1sta +k3ste +k4st3ed +k4stele +ks5tent +kste4r +k3sti +k3sto +k4ston +k4s5tre +ks5tri +k3stue +k2su +2kt +k1ta +ktaat5 +kte2n3 +kter4sp +ktes4 +kte3st +kt1h +k4t3in +k2t3j +3ktl +k3to +4ktpa +4k1tr +k1tu +3ktv +4ktvi +1ku +kui2f +3kul +k3up +3kus +kut3j +2kv +k1wag +5k2wam +3k4was +2kwed +kwee3s +2k5weg +k1wei +2k1wer +5kwes1 +k3wijz +k4wik +2kwim +2kwin +2k1wo +3ky5 +2kz +4l. +4laaf +4laand +laars5tek +laar5tj +laats5tr +2lac +3lach. +3lache +l4aci +3lact +la2d3a +la4det +2ladj +2la2dr +la2du +3l4ae +laes4 +la2fa +la3fl +lafo2 +4lafs +la2ga +la2g3o +la2gr +lag3ri +la4ki +la3kl +l3akti +2lal +3lald +la5lo +la4mo +lam4p3j +lamp3l +2l3ana +3land +lan4da +land5aa +lan4dr +land5ra +land5re +laneet5 +la4n3ek +5lange. +lan4gr +lan4ka +lan4k3l +lank3w +lan4sl +lan4t3j +la4pa +3lapj +lap1l +lap5r +la2p3u +2l3arb +4lart +l4as +las3a +la4si +la3te +la4t3he +la4t3ro +la3un +l4auw +lava5s +l4az +4lazi +lber4 +lbert3 +l1c +4ld +ldaat5 +ld3ac +ldak4 +l3dar +ld3ari +ld3art +ld3ei +l4dom +l2d3os +ld3ov +ld3ram +l2d3re +ld3s4a +ld5sl +ld3sm +l2d3uu +ld1w +l4e. +le2a +le3ad +le3an +le3at +lee4 +4leekh +leem5ac +3leen +4leep +lee5ro +lees3p +lees5tr +lee3tj +le3fl +legas5 +le4g3ek +4leig +lei5sc +le5ke +2leks +le4kw +le4lim +lemme4t +l4en +5len. +len3ad +le4n5ak +len5as +3leni +len5sl +len4s3p +len4tr +len5tre +le5pe +3le5r4a +ler4e +le5rei +ler5g4 +le3ro +lers4 +l5erts +l5erv +les3ta +les3ur +le3t2h +le5t4i +le4t3ro +4l3etu +leu3ko +5leun +leu5ste +5leuz +leven4s5 +4l3exc +lexis5 +3lé +lf3ac +l3fag +l4f3an +lfbe5 +l2f3ei +l2f3el +l4fend +lf5ende +l4fin +lf3lak +l3flo +l4fo +l5foe +lf3ol +lf3on +lf3op +l5for +l5fou +lf4r +lf5raa +lf5ram +l3fran +l3fre +lf5rij +lf5ro +l5fru +lf2sa +lfs5ei +lf2sm +lf4spo +l2fu +l3fui +lf3uu +l1g +l5gaar +l2g3af +l3gla +lg3on +lg3re +l3gru +l1h +1li +3li. +3lid. +li3da +3lied +lie4gr +li3enn +lies3p +lie3st +lie5ta +3li4è +li3g4a +lij4k3o +lij4m3a +5lijn +4lijp +3lijs +lij4st +4lijt +4l3ijz +li2ko +li5kr +lim4p3j +5lin. +lin4da +li5ne +l4ing +lin5gr +link3a +lin5ke +4linkt +4linr +4lins +lin4t3j +li2p +4lipj +li5sa +li5se +lis5m +l3isw +li1th +3liv +l1j2 +lk3af +lk3alb +lk3ank +lk3een +l4kei +l2k3em +l4k3ep +lk3laa +lk3lag +l4k3lev +lk3ont +l2k4ri +lk5rij +l2k3ro +lk2s +lk4sa +lk4se +lks5m +lks5ta +lks5tel +l4k3uu +l4kw +lk3wi +2l1l +l3la +lla5t4 +l3le +lle5k +lle4sp +l5li +lli4a. +llo3s +ll3ov +2l1m +lm3art +lm3ed +l4m3ind +lm3oli +lm4op +lm5opn +l3n +lni4 +loe4da +loed3r +4loefe +2loes +3loë +lof5d2 +lof2s +lo3go +5logr +lo4gre +log4s +lo4kar +lo2kl +lo2ko +3lol. +3lold +lom4p3l +4loms +4l3omt +l3omv +3lon. +lo4na +lon4gr +lont3j +3look +3loo4n +2loor +l4opa +2loph +2l3opn +4lops +4l3opw +l4or. +4l3org +lo3ru +lo4sc +lo4sp +lo5spe +lost4 +los5tr +lo2t3h +lot5j +2love +lox3e +lo3ys +3loz +4l1p +l3pa +lpe4ni +lper5sp +lpe3s4 +lp3of +lp3on +l3pot +lp5ram +4l3r +lrus5 +2ls +l4s3aa +l4s3ad +ls3ag +l3sak +l3sal +ls3an +l4s3ep +ls2j +ls3ja +ls4ky +l4s3laa +l2s3le +l2s3li +ls4lin +l3smee +ls5mo +l4so +l5soe +ls3of +l5sol +l5som +ls3on +ls3or +l1sp +l5spe +lspee4 +ls3pol +l5spor +l2s3pu +ls4t +l1sta +l1ste +l5ste. +l4stele +l5sten +l4s5term +l3sti +l1sto +ls5tou +l5straa +ls5trak +l5strat +l2su +4lt +l1ta +lt1ac +l4tam +l5tame +lt3h +lt4han +lt4he +l3thu +l3tj +l1to +lt5oli +l2t3ov +l5tr +lt3sl +l1tu +lt3w +lu1e +3lui. +3luid +5luih +lui5ste. +4luit +lu3ka +5lu3na +lu1o +lu3sta +lut3j +lve3s4 +lvi4s +l1w +1ly +ly5st +2m. +1ma +5m4a. +5m4aat +ma4cl +mae3 +2maf +m5afl +5m4ag +5maj +ma3ka +ma5l4a +mal5ent +3man +man3ac +man4se +man4sn +man4so +mans3p +man4st +mans5ta +man5ste +mant4r +ma3pl +5marc +mariet5 +5mark +mar3s4h +mar4s5t +mart3j +3mas +ma3s4p +ma5str +ma5ta +m3atom +m3atoo +mazig5er +2mb +mbos4 +mbo3st +m1c +2md +mdis5 +md3so +1m2e +3me. +me5d +m4ede +mede5l +mede5s +mee5re +mee5r4i +5mees +meest5a +mee5str +3mega +5mei +mei2n +3mel +mel5as. +5melk +mel4kr +5melo +3men +me3na +men5k +men3sm +men4t3j +men4tu +men4t5w +me3p4j +me4r5aak +me4rad +mer3ak +mer4am +me3ran +me5re +merg4s5 +meris4 +5merk +mer4ka +mer4kl +mer4kw +me3roo +me2s +2me3s2h +mes5m +me3so +me3sta +mest3r +me5te +5me3t4h +me5tr +me3us. +3mé +3mè +3mê +2m1f +mfe4r +mfi3 +mfoor5 +2m1g +mgaat5 +mgang4 +mger4 +2m1h +3m2i +miaat5 +5midd +mie5kl +mies4 +mie3st +mi4è +5mig +mij4ni +4m3ijs +4m3ijz +mi3lo +4m3inr +4mins +4mint +5misd +mis5m +mi4so +mi4st +mi5sto +mis5tr +mi1tr +2m3j +2m3k2 +mkaart5j +2m3l +2m1m +mmi3sl +m1n +1mo +5moe. +5moed +moed4s +5moeë +2moef +5moeh +moe2s +moe5ste. +moets5 +5mog +5mole +moli5è +mol4m3a +4m3omv +mo3n2a +mond3r +mo3no +mon4so +5mooi +moor5tj +2mop +m5ope +mo3ra +mo5r4e +mo3ro +mor4s3p +5mos3 +mo3s4ta +mo3th +mot5j +4m3oud +5mouw +4m1p +mp3ach +m4p3af +m3pl +mp3leg +mp3lei +mp3ler +mp3lu +m4pol +mp3oli +mpo2t +mp3rec +mp3red +mp3rin +m3p4se4 +mp3sh +2m3r +2ms +m3sam +ms3ap +ms3ar +ms2j +m3sje +m5sla +ms3len +m5slo +ms5nee +ms3oo +ms3or +m3s4p +ms5pot +ms4t +m3sta +m1ste +m1sti +m1sto +2mt +m1ta +m3th +m1to +m1tr +m1tu +1mu +5mun +5mur +5mus +mus5t +5mut +5muu +5muz +2mv +mvan4 +2m1w +3my +2mz +mze2t +4n. +3na. +1naal +5n4aam +2n1aan +2naap +4n3aard +5naars +naar5tj +5naat +2nac +nacee5t +3naco +nad4 +n4aden +5nae +na3er +2n1af +n4a3g4 +5nai +5naï +n4a5ke +4naker +na3k4l +3n4ale +4n3alf +3n4ali +nal5k +3nam +n4ami +na3na +na3ne +3n4ani +n5anj +n3ank +5nant. +nan4t3j +2nap +na4pa +na1pl +na3pr +nap3s +4n3ara +2n1arb +2narc +5nares +narie5t +n3ark +2n1arm +2n3art +na3s4 +3na1sa +na1sp +nas5te +5nat. +2n3atl +nat2r +na3us +2naut +2nav +2nb +nboot5 +n1c +ncen5 +nch3tr +2nd +n3da +n5daal +nd3aas +n4dac +nd5adel +n5dale +nd3alm +n4dap +nd3art +n4d3as +n4d3az +nd3edi +n4deg +nd1ei +n5del +nde5lev +n5den. +nd4er +nder5aal +nder5al +n4d5erec +nder5in. +ndes4 +n4d3ete +ndiet5j +n4d3ijs +nd3ins +nd2ji +n2d3of +nd5olie +nd5omd +nd3oog +nd5oorl +n3dov +n3dr +nd3rap +nd3rat +n4d3re +nd4ren +ndre3u +n5drev +nd3rot +nd5slo +nds5ma +nd3sme +nd3soo +nd3sp +nd4s5tal +nd3uri +nd1w +ndy5 +1ne +nebe4s +2nech +ne5dw +nee4 +4need +4n1een +nees3 +nee3tj +neg2 +nege4n +ne1gl +ne5g4r +2nei +n4ei. +n4eie +n4eig +4neis +ne4kr +4n3ela +3n4eme +2n3emm +3n4en. +4n3enc +n4end. +nen5k +n3enke +ne2n3o +ne4p3ol +5ner. +ne1ra +5n2ere +4nerf +ne4r3id +ne3ro +ner2s +3nes +ne3sta +nes4tei +ne5stek +4neter +5netj +net5sp +4neum +ne3um. +ne3ume +ne3ums +neu5ste +3né +4n3f2 +2ng +ng3ad +ng3ak +n4gap +n2g3ar +nga5sl +n5ger +nge4rap +nge4ras +nger5sp +ng3ij +n4g3ins +ng3le +n3glis +ng3of +n2g3on +ng3ore +n3gr +ng3rad +ng3ram +n4g3ras +ng3rat +ng4re +n2g4ri +ng5rie +ng3rij +ng3rok +ng3roo +ng2s +ngs3e. +ngs5le +ng4slo +ngs5loop +ngs5m +ngs1p +ngs5pa +ngs3tr +ng3uit +2n1h +1n2i +nie5k4a +nie5kl +nie4tr +3nieu +ni4gee +ni4g3r +nij3k +4n3ijz +nika3 +3nim +2n3in. +4n3ind +3ning +5ning. +ning3r +ning5re +nin2k +n3inkt +2n3inr +2n3ins +4nion +5nise +ni4sel +nis5m +ni3th +ni1t4r +ni5ts +5nitz +5niv +n1j4 +nje5sc +nje3t4 +4n1k +nk3aan +nk5aard +nkaart5j +nk4ab +n2k3af +n4k3ak +nk3ana +n4k3asp +nker5ku +n4kerw +nk3lad +nk3ler +nk3lod +n2k3na +n3kne +nk3not +n2k3of +n4kog +nk3oge +nkoot5 +nk3red +nk3rek +nk3roe +nk3rol +nk3sn +nk4s5o +nk3s4p +nk1st +nk4tr +n4kw +nk3waa +nk3wez +nk1wi +2n3l +2n5m +nmazi4 +n3n4 +nnee5t +3no. +4n3oec +2noef +noes5te +noet3j +noet5s +n4of +2n5ofe +1nog +no4gal +4n3oge +no3ia +1nom +4n3om. +3noma +3nomi +2n3omw +2n3ond +2n1ont +4n3onz +4noof +2n1oog +n4oot +2nop +n4opa +n1opg +n3opn +no4por +n3opv +n4ora +2nord +n4ore +2norg +no3sf +no3sp +n4ot +not5j +4n3ou +2nov +2n3p +npoort5 +n5r +4ns +n3saal +ns3ad +ns3af +n3sag +ns5ak +n3sal +ns3alp +n3sam +ns3an +n3sapp +n3sar +n3sas +ns3av +n3s4c +n5sca +n5sci +n4s5co +n4s5cu +n4sed +ns3edi +nsee5t +n4s3eg +nsei5 +n5sen +ns4fee +ns3ja +n3sjo +n5slag +ns3lak +n5slap +ns3lat +n4sle +ns3led +ns3lie +n5s4liep +ns3lop +ns5mac +n3sme +n5smij +ns5mis +ns5moe +n3smol +ns5mu +ns3nod +ns3noo +n1so +ns3of +n4sog +n5sol +n4som +n5som. +n2son +n3sp +n4s3paa +ns3pad +n4spl +ns3por +n4spot +ns4t +n1sta +n4staak +n3ste +n4st3ei +n5sten. +ns5tent +n3sti +n1sto +nst5oef +nst5oor +n5stru +nst5uit +n4sui +ns3uil +n4suu +n5sy +4nt +n3ta +n5taal +n4t5aard +ntaar5tj +n5tab +nt3ach +nt3ad +nt3aga +n5tal +n4t3art +n5tat +n5teg +n2tei +n5tel +nte4lo +n5tem +n5t4en +nte5re +nte4st +nte5ste +n5tev +nt3ex +n3tè +nt3ha +n4tho +n5thol +nt1hu +nt4i +nt5ijz +nt5inw +nt4jo +n1t4o +n5toe +nt5oge +n5toï +nt5oli +nt5oms +nt5oog +ntoor5 +nt5opn +n3tr +nt3rec +n5tref +nt3rei +n5trem +n4t5rij +n5troos +nt3ru +n5tsj +nt1sm +nts5pre +nts5tan +nt5ste +nt5sto +nts5tro +n1tu +nt5uit +nt3w +nt2wi +nt4wis +3nu. +nu3a +nu3en +nu3et +2nui +4n3uil +nu2lo +n3ult +3num +4n3uni +2nur +5n4uri +nu4s +nus3o +nut3sh +2n3uur +nu4wi +nu5wing +2nv +nval4s +4n1w +nx3 +nx4e +3ny +n3yi +4nz +nzet5s +3ñ +o1a +o2as +oas3t +o3av +o4b +o5ba +obalt3 +o5bi +3obj +o5bl +ob3oor +ob3or +obos4 +ob5ov +o5br +o3cha +o1che +o1chi +o1cho +o3chr +o3chu +ocos4 +oc5t4 +4od. +oda3g +ode4m5o +o5d4e2n +ode5sp +od3on +o5doo +od3op. +od3re +od5slan +od5sli +od5slo +ods5m +ods3o +od4spr +od1w +oe4d3aa +oed3ar +oe4d3on +oe4dr +oed3ri +oed3ro +oe2d3u +oed3w +oe4f3a +1oefe +oe2fi +oef3la +oef3le +oe4f5o +oe2f3r +oege3l +oei5s4 +oek5erk +oe2k3l +oe2k3w +oe3l2a +oe4lac +oel4ak +oe4l3ap +oe4l3ei +oe4m5ac +oeme5tj +oe5n4e +oe2n5o +o3eo +4oep +oe4plu +oe2p3r +oe2p3u +oe3ra +oe4r3aa +oe4r3al +oe4rau +oer5ei. +oer3o +oer5om +oer4sl +oer4sn +oer4sp +oes3a +oes3li +oe4s3o +oes4t +oe3sta +oes5ter +oes5tig +oes5tin +oe3sto +oe4taa +oe4t3an +oe4tei +oet3h +oe2tj +oe4tra +oets3p +oet3w +4oë +4ofa +of3ar +of4d1a +ofd3ei +of2do +ofd3on +of2dr +ofd3re +of4d1w +o3fe +o3fi +of3l +of4la +o3f4lu +of3om +o3fon +o3foo +of1r +of2sa +of4si +of4s3l +of4sp +ofs5pl +ofs5tr +oft2s +of4tu +oft3ur +oft3uu +og3al. +og3ap +4ogee +ogel5ei +ogen5t +1ogig +4og1l +4og3n +o4g5ne +og4op +ogs5e. +og4s5l +ogs5m +og3sp +ogs4pr +ogs4t +og5ste +og3sto +og4st3r +o1h +2oi +oi4a +oi2a. +oi1e +oile4 +o3ing +oi3s4 +oi5sc +ois5m +oist4 +ois5tj +oi3tj +o1j4 +oj5k +o3kaa +o4k3aas +okaat5 +ok3ab +ok3ag +o3kal +ok3an +ok3ar +o4k3az +ok3een +oki2n +o3kla +ok3let +o2k3li +ok3lo +ok3lu +o2k3n +ok3ol +o2k3op +o2k3ou +o2k3r +o5k4ra +ok3sa +ok3sp +ok4spo +ok1st4 +okter4s +ok3uu +ok3w +4ol. +o1la +ol3ac +ol3ap +4old +o1le +o3le. +ol1ei +ol3eks +o3len +o3ler +ole1u2 +olf3l +olf4s +olf5sl +ol2gl +ol2g3o +ol2gr +olg3ri +o5ling +o3lit +ol4k3aa +ol5kaf +ol5ke +ol2kr +olks1 +ol5kw +ollie4 +ol3mo +o1lo +o5loc +olo3k4 +ol4om +o2l3op +olos3 +ol3ove +ol4p5ra +ol1sj +ol3sk +ol3sl +o1lu +ol3ui +ol3un +ol3ur +4oma +om3ac +om3af +om3eg +om3ela +o5men. +omer5k +o3me4s +ome5sp +om3ez +om3ins +om3int +4omm +om3op +om3pa +om4p3la +om3ui +4omy +o1na +on1ac +o3nag +o3nal +on3am +o3nat +on3au +2ond. +ond3ac +on4ded +ond5eng +onde5ras +onde5st +on4dij +ond5om. +on4dr +on5dra +ond5re +ond3ro +4onds +o2n3ec +on5ei +on3ekl +on3eng +one5ste +on3ga +on4gaa +ong5aap +ong5ap +4ongen +on4gri +ongs5k +o3ni +on4in +2onk +on4k3ap +on3k4i +on5kw +onne5st +on1ov +on3sm +on2s3n +on4spe +on1st +on5su +3ont1h +on5ti +on4tj +on4tog +on4too +on2tr +on5tu +on1ui +o4o2 +oo3c +oo4d +ood1a +ood1e +ood1r +ood5sl +ood5ste +4oof +oo4g +oog3a +oog1e +oog1r +ook5s +ool1a +ool3e +ool5f +oo4l3i +ool5k +ool3o +ool3u +oo4m +oom1a +oom3o +4oon +oon3a +oon5tj +oop1a +oop5e +oor3a +oor4daa +oor1e +oor5i +oor5m +oor1o +oor3sm +oor5to +oo4t +oot1a +oo3te +oot1h +oot5o +oot3r +oot4sl +o1pa +op3aar +op3ac +o4p3ak +o4p3an +o2p3as +op3at. +op3atl +5opdr +o2p3ee +op5een +op5eet +o2p3ei +op3ete +op4her +o1pi +o2p3id +opie5t +op3ijz +op1j +op3l +o1po +o3poe +op3of +o4p3oo +op3ord +op3ore +op3ov +op3r +op5rak +3o4pru +ops4l +op3sme +op3sn +op5sto +4opt. +o1pu +o4py +o1ra +or3ac +or1af +or2do +or4doo +or4d3or +ord3w +o1re +or4en +oren3a +or2g3l +or3g2n +o1ri +or3ins +or4m3ac +or4n3ac +or3no +or5oe +oroes5 +or1on +or1oo +or1op +or4p3ac +orp4sc +or5se +or4s5k +or4t3ak +orte5n4a +or4tev +or4tj +or4t3oo +or4tor +ort5sp +ort1w +or1u +or3ur +o3ry +os3aa +os3ap +o3sar +o3s4c +o5sch +o5sco +o5s4e +ose5st +os2f +o3s4fee +os2ko +o2s3l +os5m +o2s3n +o1s4o +os5ol +os3p +os4pe +o5spect. +o5specte +os5pek +os5per +os4po +o2st +os3taa +os5taal +os5taar +ost3ag +os3tal +o5s4tas +os4tat +os3te +os5te. +o3stè +os3to +ost3ov +ost3re +ost3ri +o3stro +os5tru +os3tu +o3sy +o1ta +ot3aar +ot3ac +o2t3ak +o5tam +o4t3ap +ot3as +o5teb +ot3ed +o5tee +o5tem +o5ter +ote5ri +ote4s5ta +o1th +o3t4hi +o2tho +ot3hu +o4t4j +ot5jo +o1to +o2t5ol +oto3p +ot3ri4 +o3tro +ots3a +ot5si +ot2s3l +ot5so +ot4s5pa +ot4str +o1tu +ot3ui +o3tul +ot1w +ou3a +ou5b +ou1c +ou4d1a +ouden5t +ou1e2 +ou3k4 +ou4re. +ou4res +ou2ta +out1j +ou2t3o +out3r +out3sp +ouw5do +4ova +o5ve +3overg +2ovi +ovi5so +o1wa +o3we +o3wi +own3 +o3wo +ow3r +o4x +1oxy +oys4 +o3z +oze3s4 +ö3l +4p. +3paal +4paan +paar5du +paar5tj +2pac +pacht5s +p2aci +5pad. +pa2d3r +3pag +pag4a +pa3gh +pa2k +5pak. +pak3a +p4ake +3pakk +3pale +paling5s +pal5kl +palli5a +palm5a +pal4mo +pa3na +pa4n3ad +4pank +pan3o +pan5sp +pan4t3r +3pap +5papi +pap5l +pa3pr +4par. +3para +par3d4 +4parr +par3th +3parti +part3j +pa5ru +pas3 +pa3sa +pa4sc +pa3so +4pat. +pa5te +2patl +3pau +4p3aut +1pav +2pb +p1c +2p3d +1pe +pe3au +3peb +4peci +5pectu +5ped +pe5de4 +pede5r +pedes3 +p4ee +pee4l +2peen +3pees +peet3 +peet4j +3peë +3peg +pe3gl +3peh +p4eil +pek3ee +pek3la +pe2k3n +3pekti +pe4lak +pe4l3ee +pel4i +pe3lo +2p3emm +3pen +5pen. +pe4nam +pe5nan +pen5k +5pens +pen5sm +pent4 +pe4nu +3pep +4pepi +pep3s +3pe1ra +5peri +per5ijz +peri3s +pe3ron +5pers +per4sp +pers5pa +per5sti +4perwt +5pes +pe5sa +pe5se +pe3sta +pe3sto +3pet. +5peter +pe3um +3pex +3pez +1pé +3pê +2p1f2 +2p1g +pgaat5 +pgei4 +2p1h +3p4his +pie4tj +pi2ga +pi3gl +5pij. +pij4li +3pijn +3pijp +pij4p3a +pij4p3l +4pijs +pij4tj +2pijz +pik3l +pi4ko +pi4nas +4p3inj +pin4k3r +pin4t +pi3sko +pis5m +pis5ta +pit3j +pit4sp +p1ja +p3ji +p1jo +2p1k +pkaart5j +p2l2 +4p3la. +plaat5j +pla3di +pla4kl +4plam +p5land +4p3lang +3plant +p5lap +3p4las +pla4tr +plee5tj +2p5lep +p3les +p4lex +2p3lig +2plij +p5lood +p5lop +2p1m +2p1n +p3no +p4oe +3poei +3poe2s +poe4s5t +poe3tj +3poez +3poë +2pof +po2k3i +po4ko +pol5ka +3pom +pome3 +4p3oml +3ponds +3pone +pon4sm +4poog +p4ool +poo3li +4poor. +poor5s +poot5 +3pop +po3pe +po3pl +4pori +2pork +po3ro +5portef +por4t5ra +3p4os +po3sf +po3sk +pos4taa +po4ta +po4tes +3poth +3poti +pot5j +4pov +2p5p +ppe5li +ppe4n +ppen5e +pr4 +p4ra +3pra. +praat5 +p5rad +3prakt +4pram +3prao +p5rap +3prent +prent5a +pren4t5j +3p4ret +preu5s +p3riek +3pries +4priet +pri5m +5prins +3p4rio +5prob +3proef +3proev +5p4rof +p4rog +5prop +pro5pa +pros5t +3prov +pruit5j +pru2t +prut3o +2ps +p2sa +ps3af +ps3as +ps3at +ps3au +p3sc +p5schi +p4sco +ps3le +ps5ma +ps5mi +p2s3na +p1so +ps3of +ps3on +p3sop +p1sp +ps4pe +p1s4t +p3sta +p5stat +p3ste +p5ster. +ps5term +p5sters +ps5tor +3psy +4pt +p1ta +p5ti +p4t3j +p1to +p1tr +p1tu +pu5b +pu3c +puil3o +pul4st +3pun +4pun. +5punt +punt3j +put3j +put3r +4pv +2p1w +1py +py5l +5pyleen +4pz +pzet5 +1q +qu4 +qui3d +4r. +r4a. +r2aa +2raan +3raar +5raar. +4r3aard +5raars +raar5tj +raat5jes +2rac +5rac. +r4aci +4ra5da +3radb +rade4r5a +ra3di +4r3adr +3rads +ra3fa +2r3afd +ra4f3on +ra3fra +ra3gn +ra3io +raï4 +ra3k4l +ra4kr +ra5kru +4r3ala +ra4l3ee +4r3alf +2r3alm +r3alt +r5ameu +4ramn +4rana +r2anc +rand5sl +ran4g3o +ran4g5r +rank3w +rans3p +3r4anti +r3antw +ra5o. +ra4pl +rap3r +2r3arb +r2are +2r1arm +r3arr +4r3art +ra4sk +ras5m +ra3sth +ra5stheni +ra5str +rat5sp +r1c +r4che. +r4ches +r4chet +r5co +r1d +r4d3act +rd3ama +rdan5ste +rd3ar +r4das. +rd5elas +r4denv +rd5enve +rde5ra +rder4s +rde5sp +r3do +r4dol +rd3oli +rd5olie +r4dont +rd3oos +rd2ro +rd3rod +rd3rol +r3droo +rd5sla +rds3le +rd3so +rd3su +rd1we +rd5wo +re2am +3reda +3redd +rede4s3 +4rediti +3redu +r4eed +ree4k +4r1een +ree3n4e +4reers +ree3tj +re3fa +5re1fl +4reg. +4regd +rege4s +4regg +5regi +3re1gl +4rego +4regt +reid5sta +4reie +4reil +4reind +reis4t +5reiz +re4ka +re2k3l +re4kn +re4k3ur +re4k3uu +2rek4w +4rekwi +reld3o +rel4dr +rel5ei. +re5lui +re4lur +remie5tj +2remm +5r4en. +re4naa +re4n3ar +3renb +r5endert +ren5dr +re5nek +r5e5nend +5renenk +ren3ep +renep5e +ren5erv +2r1eni +ren3ko +re3n4o +re4n5of +re4n5oo +3renti +r3entw +re5pa +4req +4r1erf +re3r2o +2r3ert +4r3erv +2rerw +re3sa +resi3 +re3s4ko +re2sl +5re4s3p +re5spoo +re2st +res5tor +res3tr +re5tak +re5t4i +re4t3og +re4tri +reuk5s +5revo +4rey +3ré +r4f3aa +r2f3ag +rf3al +r3fe +r4f3eng +r3fi +r4f3lag +rf3lat +r1fle +r4fli +r3flu +rf3op +rf4ov +r1fr +r2f3re +rf2s +rf3sm +r4f3ur +r4f3uu +r1g +rg4al +r3ge +rge2a +r4g3een +r4g3ei +rg4eis +rge4l5aa +r4g5erep +r5gew +rg3ij +r4g3lu +rg4ov +r5grij +rg4ro +rg1s4 +rg2s5m +r3h +ridde4 +r4ie +rie5kl +rie5pl +ri1eu +ri3fl +ri3fr +4rijl +rijs5l +rij5ster +rij4tr +rik4o +rik5r +ril3m +ri4maa +rim2s5 +r4ing +4r3inh +rin4kl +r3inko +4rinkt +ri3no +4rinr +4rins +4rint +ri3sc +ri5sco +ris5m +ri5so +ris5ten +rist4j +ri4s5to +ri3tr +r1j +rkaart5j +rk3ang +rk3art +r3ke +r4k3ei +rke4n +rken4s +r4k3eze +rk3iep +r4k3ink +rk3lat +rk5leer +rk3let +rk3olm +rkoot5 +rk3oss +rk3rat +r5kri +rk5roos +r5kru +rk1s +rks4f +rk4s3l +rks4p +rk2t3r +r1kw +rk3waa +r4kwat +rk3wet +rk3win +r3l +rlos3 +r5lu +r1m +r3ma +rma3f +r4m3ap +r2m3eb +r2m3eg +rmer3a +r5mi +r5moe +rm3ont +rm3op +rm3s4a +rm4sl +2r1n +r3na +rn4aa +rn5aan +r5n4am +r4n3ap +rnee5t +r4n3ene +rne4t +rne5ta +rnet3j +rn5oof +rn3ops +rns4 +rn5sp +rn5tj +r3nu +ro5be +r4och +ro3d4o +r4oe +4roeg +roe4g3r +roe4p3l +roe4rei +roes5te +roet3j +3roë +roge4s +3rogy +1roï +r4ok +3rol. +ro2l3a +rol3g4 +4roli +r4ome +r4on. +ro2na +ron3ad +ron4d3o +ron4d3u +r2one +ron4ka +r2onn +r4o1no +r2ons +4ront +ron4ta +ront3j +ron4t3r +ro3nu +3roof +2r1oor +4rop. +ro4paa +ro3pe +rop4la +ro5po +rop5ra +rop3s +r2opt +ro3ro +ro3sf +ro3sn +ro4sp +ro3ta +ro5te +ro3t2h +rot5j +r1oud +3rout +4roxy +r1p +r3pa +rp3ank +r3pe +r3pi +r4p3j +rp4lo +rpoort5j +rp3rec +r3psa +rp2st +2r5r +rre4lei +rre4l3u +rre3s4p +rri3er +rrie4t +rron5k +rroot5 +2rs +r1saa +rs3ad +rs4ag +r3saks +r3sal +rs3alm +rs5am +rs3ap +rs3ar +rs3ass +rs3av +rsboot5 +r3sc +r4sco +r4sec +r4s3ek +rs1ex +r4s3ez +r1sja +r3skat +r3s4kie +rs5ku +r5slag +rs3lat +rs3leg +r5slep +r5sleu +r3s4lie +rs5loep +r5slui +r5smaak +rs5maal +r3sme +r3smi +r4smid +rs3nac +r5sni +rs4no +rs5noo +rs5not +r1so +r2s3op +r1sp +rs3pad +r5span +r5spel +rs3pet +r5spit +r4s4pl +r5spli +r5spog +rs3pol +r1s4t +rstaat4 +rst5akk +rs5tas +r4stav +r3ste +r5stend +rs5term +r3sti +r4stit +r3sto +r4store +r5stran +r3stre +rs5trei +rst5roz +r3stu +rs2ui +r1ta +rt3ac +rt1ad +rt3af. +r4tank +rt3ape +r2t3ar +r2tav +r2t3ec +rte5la +rte4na +rt5eve +rt5ha +rt3he +rt3hi +r5t4i +r3tj +rt3ja +rt3jo +r1to +r5tof +rtoi2 +r5tol +r4tom +rt3om. +rt5onr +rt3ord +r5tori +r1tr +rt4rek +r2t3ri +rt4rit +rt3ru +rt4sek +rt4s3l +rt3sle +rts5m +rt4s5n +rt4spr +rts5tan +r1tu +r4t3ui4t +rt3we +ru3a +ru5ba +rude3r +ru1e +ru2g +2rui +ru2k +ruk3i +ru2l +rul3a +ru4li +r2um +ru4m3i +r2un +runet5j +r4us +rut3j +4ruu +ru4wi +ru5wig +rvaat5 +rvee3t +rvi4c +rvil4 +rvloot5 +r1w +r5wa +r5we +rwe3st +r3x +4rz +rzet3j +4s. +5s4a. +2s1aan5 +s3aap +3saat +3sab +4s1ac +5sacr +3sae +4saf +sa3g4 +3sah +3sai +3saj +3saka +3sake +s1akt +s2ala +1sali +4salm +5s4alo +4salp +4samb +samen5t +5samm +s3ank +1sant +san4t3j +5sap. +s3ape +s3apo +sa3pr +4s3arb +s4ari +4s1art +sart5se +sa3sc +s4ase +sa3s4p +1sat +s3atl +2s3att +1sau +4s3aut +4sav +4s5b +sboot5je. +1s2c +4sca +2sce +3sch +4sch. +4schao +5schap +5sche. +4schef +5schen +5schep +5scher +5scho +5schr +5schu +4sci +sci4n +4scl +2sco +s4cola +5scoo +3s4cop +5scope +5scopi +scorres5 +3scout +2scu +4s1d +s3da +s5de +sdis5 +s5dr +s3dw +3se +5s4e. +se4al +se4ar +s5ech +5sedo +s3eed +4seen +see4t +see5ts +4seev +4s3ei. +seig4 +s4ein +5sein. +5seine +5seiz +se4l3ag +sel5eig +s3elek +sel5k +se3lo +se2ma +sem5ac +4s5emm +5sen. +se4n3em +se4net +5senh +se2n5o +sens4 +sen5sl +sep3en +se1r4a +se4r5au +se5r2e +4serg +se3ro +ser4s3p +s4es +se5sa +se3s4t +ses5ten +s4et. +s4eta +4sete +set3h +5se2tj +set5w +se3um +4sex +3sé +3sè +s1f +s3fa +4sfi +s3fl +s3fo +4s5g +sgaat5 +2s1h +s4ha. +sheids5 +s4h3es +3s4hi +s5hie +s2hot +s3hote +3si +5si. +5s4i4e +sie5kl +sies4 +si4è +si3f +5sig +si3g4a +si5ge +si5go +s3ijv +4s1ijz +4s3inc +4s3ind +sin3g4l +s3inko +4s3inm +si3no +4sinr +4s1ins +4s3inz +s4io +sis3an +si4se +si4s3i +sis5te. +sis5tr +si3tr +sj2 +3s4ja. +2sjas +s1je +s5je. +s3jeb +3sjee +1sje4r +sjer3i +s5jes +3s4jez +sj3k +3sjok +4s5jon +1sjou +2s1k4 +4sk. +s3ka +skaart5j +skie3s +skiet4 +s3koc +4skou +s4kul +1s2l4 +s4la. +s3lad +3s4lag +s5lamp. +s5lampe +4s5land +s3las +2slat +s4lav +5slee. +5sleeë +s3leef +5sleep +4s5leer +2sleg +s5lei +s3leng +5slent +4s3ler +s3les +3slet +sle4t3j +3s4leu +s5leug +5sleur +4s5lev +s3lez +5slib +2s3lic +4slid +4s5lied +s5lif +s5lig +5slijp +s5lijs +5s4lik +5sling +s5lini +2sliv +slob3 +2s3loc +3s4loe +s3log +s5loon +sloor5 +s3loos +5sloot5 +s3los +4s3lou +2sloz +2s5luc +3slui +4s5lui. +4sluid +sluis4t +5sluit +2s3lus +s4m +4smaat +2s5man +smans3 +s5mas +4s5mat +3smed +4smei +4smelo +s5men +4s5mes +smeu5ste +5smid. +s5min +4smis +5smit +1smok +s5mon +1s2n4 +2snam +3s4nav +5s4ned +s4nee +snee5t +sne2k +3s4nel +2snes +2sneu +s3neuz +s4ni +s5nie +s5nim +s3nit +4sniv +4snod +s3nog +2snoo +3snuf +s3nut +3s4oc +5sod +1soe +3soep +s3off +s3og +so3gl +3soi +so2k3 +3sol +so3lo +3s2om +s4om. +s3oml +5somm +4s3oms +s3omz +s4on. +3sona +4s3ond +2s3ong +so3no +s4ons +4s1on2t3 +4s3onv +s3onz +4s5oog +s3ook +s3oor. +s3oord +5soort +3s4op. +2s3opg +s3opn +3sopp +so3pr +2s3opv +4s3ord +2s1org +so3ro +sor4s +3s2ort +so3s4 +so5st +3s4ot +so3tr +4sott +sou3t +2s1ov +s2p +4sp. +4spaal +5spaan +5spaat +4spad +4spak +2spap +5spar. +5sparr +4s3pas +4spau +5spectie. +5specties +5spectiv +5specto +speet5 +2speg +s5pei +spe2k +2spen +s4pene +4spers +spers5p +spes4 +spe3st +2spet +4spex +4spez +s4ph +spie5tj +4spijn +4spijp +5spil +5spio +2s3p4l +s5pla +spli4 +4s5plu +2spol +4spom +s4pore +sport5r +2spos +4spoth +s5pred +3sprie +sp5riem +5spriet +4s3prij +5spron +4s3ps +4spt +4spun +5spur +2s3r +4s3s4 +s5sa +s5sc +s5se +ssei3s +s5si +ssis4 +ssi3st +s5sm +s5snu +s5so +ss5pas +s5su +s2t +4st. +5staan. +4staanw +staart5j +4s4t3a2c +3stad +2staf +3staf. +4stakk +st3akt +s4tap +4stas +s4tav +5stave +2stb +2std +4s5tech +3s4ted +3steek +3steem +3steen +4steka +s3teks +st5elem +3s4tem +4stema +4stemo +st4en +s4tene +s4teni +4s5tenta +s4tep +ster5ijz +ster5og +4steva +s4t3ex +s4t3ez +2stf +2stg +2st1h +st2he +st3hed +st5heer +s5them +5sthenic +5sthenis +s3ther +s4tho +s4thy +2stia +4sticu +4stie. +4stief +5stiefe +4sties +4stiev +5stigm +4stijd +5s4tijl +4st3ijs +3stils +s5tis +4stiv +4s4t1j +2stk +2stl +2stm +2stn +4stoc +4stoef +4stoej +5stoel +5stoep +4stoer +4stoes +5stoet +4stoez +3stof +st3oge +3s4tok +4stone +4stong +st3oog +3stoot +stoot5j +4st3ord +3stot +s4tov +2stp +1str +st4ra +straat5j +5straf +4strap +st3rec +s4tred +4streg +4strei +s5trein +s4trek +5stren +st3rif +st4rol +st4rom +st4roo +4stroos +st5roos. +4strou +4stroz +2st1s4 +st5sc +st5se +2stt +1stu +4stub +5stuk +s4tun +st3uni +2stv +2s4t5w +3s4ty5 +1styl +2stz +1su +3su3a +sub1 +3suc +3sue +5suik +5suis +s1uit +5suk +3sul +2s1un +5surp +5surv +s4us +4s5v +svaat5 +svoge4 +4s1w +s4y +3sy. +sy4n3e +sys5 +4s5z +4t. +t3aang +t3aanw +t3aanz +4t3aap +taar5st +4t3aas +3tabl +2tac +3tace +t4aci +t4act +4tad +t3ader +tad4s3 +2taf. +2tafd +5tafe +4t3afs +ta2g3r +tai4l +ta3kl +ta4kle +5talent +talm5a +4talt +ta4mak +4tamb +t3amba +3tame +tament5j +4tamp +tan4dol +tan4d3r +tan4dw +tan4gr +5t4ans +3tant +5tapi +ta3pl +t4are +t4ari +t1arm +ta2r3o +3tarw +3tas +5tasj +5tass +ta5str +4tata +2t3atl +3tatr +3tau +4taut +4t1avo +2t3az +4tb +4t1c +4t5d +1te +te3a. +te2ad +te3ak +tee2 +4teek +tee4k3l +teem5a +4teen +tee3ro +tee3t +tee5tjes +2t3eff +te3fl +t4e3g4 +tege4n5 +3teh +4t3eier +4teig +t3eind +teit2 +4tek. +5teka +5tekeni +5tekens +teks2 +4t3ekse +t4el +te4lap +5telef +5teleg +5telev +tel5k +te3lo +te4l3og +4telse +te4l3uu +5tema +te4mor +5temper +5tempo +4temu +3t2en +5tenbo +5tene. +te4nek +te4net +tenier5tj +5tenij +ten5k +te4nol +ten4su +t4enta +t5entac +ten4tj +3teo +t2er +teraads5 +te4r5aak +ter3ab +ter3ag +te3ral +te3ran +te5rat +ter4du +te3re +te4rei +te4rem +te4r5env +ter5ge +teri4ci +5terig +te4r5in. +3term +5term. +ter5oc +te3rog +ter5om +5te3ron +te4ros +4terren +ter5sc +3t4es +5tesa +te3sap +tes4l +5tesm +test5ri +te3th +4t3euv +t4ev +5tevaa +t5evan +2tex +texi5 +t4ext +1té +t1f +4t3g2 +tgaat5 +tge3la +2t1ha +4t3ham +3thea +t3heb +5thee. +5theen +4t5hei +t3hel +t4hen +5thene +5theo +1ther +t3here +5therm +3thes +3thet +this5m +t3hoe +t3hok +t1hoo +thoof5di +t1hou +t3houd +3thr +2thu +t4hur +3thy +3ti +5ti. +5tia +5tica +5ticu +5tie. +5tief. +5tiefs +5tiek. +tie5kla +tie4kon +5tien +5ties +tie5sl +ti1eu +5tiev +ti4è +ti3fe +ti3fr +ti2ga +4tigm +ti2gu +tig3ur +5tijd +5tijn +4t1ijz +ti5kle +ti5kr +ti3kw +t4il +ti4laa +4tils +ti4m3in +5timm +tin5ade +4t3ind +4tinf +tin4g3i +ting5r +tini5è +4t3inl +t3inq +4tins +5tint +4tinv +4tinw +tis4l +tis5la +ti3sli +tis5m +ti3s4p +5tite +ti3th +ti1tr +t3ivo +1tj2 +4tja +t3jen +tjes5c +t3jesd +tje5spr +4tjeu +4tjo +5tjoe +5tjok +2tju +4t3k2 +4t3l +t4lem +4t3m +tmo4s5 +4t3n +5t4o. +3toc +3tod4 +to3do +t4oe +toe5d +5toej +toe3k +4toel +toe5la +toel4tj +toemaat5 +5toen +5toeri +5toe1s +toe3tj +toe5tr +5toez +to2f +4tof. +to4f5l +tof3th +to3g4n +3toj +to4ka +t4ol +2t3oli +5tolo +to2lu +3toma +tomaat5 +tom4p3j +2t3oms +t4on +5ton. +5tone +5tong +5tonn +to3no +4tonr +to3nu +toom3e +5toon +toor5tj +4topd +to3pe +to3phe +to3p4le +2topn +to4por +4t3o4pr +t3opsl +t3opto +5tor. +5torens +4t3org +tor4ma +to3ro +5torr +3tors +5to3s4 +to5sa +to4st +tos5te +to3tr +2t3oud +tou4re +tove5na +4toverg +tozo5a +4t5p4 +tpe4t3 +3tra. +4traf +5trag +3trakt +4trand +5trap. +5trapp +t3rasp +3tre. +4trec +4treda +t5redes +t4ref +2t1reg +3trein +4t3reis +4treiz +trest5r +tre2t3 +3t4reu +t3rib. +tri3g2 +5tril +3t4rio +3t4ris4 +4tro. +4t3roed +t3roes +5trog. +5trogg +t4roï +4trol. +t2rom +3tromm +3tron. +5trone +3tronn +3trons +t5rood +5troon +t4roos +5troost +tro5sp +5t4rou +4tru +5truc. +5truf +5truie +trui3t +t4rum +4ts +ts3ad +ts3af +ts3ak +ts3al +t3sap +ts3as +t4scr +ts4cu +ts3een +t4s3ei +ts5eind +ts3eko +t5sel +ts4en +t4s3eng +ts3erg +ts4hel +tsi4ga +t4sij +t4sink +t4s3int +ts2j +ts3ja +5tsji +t5slag. +ts3lam +t2sle +ts3led +t5s4lep +ts5ma +t2s5mu +ts3neu +ts5nik +t3s4no +t4s3om +ts3on +ts1or +t1sp +ts3pad +ts4par +t5spel +ts3pet +ts1pl +ts4pli +ts3pol +t5s4por +ts4t +t1sta +t4staal +t5stap +t1ste +t5stee +ts5teks +t5sten +t4s5term +ts5th +t3sti +t5stil +t1sto +ts5toc +t4s3tol +t4s5tore +t4sty +t4su +ts3ur +ts3uu +t3sy +4t3t +t5ta +t5te +ttent5j +tte5ras +tting5ste +t5tr +tt3uu +tu1a +5tu5b +tu5d +3tue +5tuig +5tuin +4tuip +t3uitg +tui3tj +3t4us +tu3wa +4tv +tvaat5 +4t1wa +4twe +5t4wijf +4t3wil +t4win +t5wind +t1wo +t1wr +1ty3 +5typ +4tz +4ua +u3a. +u3ac +uae2 +u1al +u1an +uar5t +u1ati +u4b +ubal5 +u5be +ubes5 +u5bi +4uc +u3che +u3cho +uch5ten +uch4to +uc4t3a +ud3ei +u5den +uden4tj +ud3ess +u4d3ez +u4do +ud3oo +ud3ov +u2d3r +ud5ro +ud5sla +ud4sm +ud5sme +ud5smi +ud1w +4ue +u1ee +u1el +u3er +ue4s +uet3j +uet5sp +u1eu +u3ez +u3ée +u3è +u3fa +u3fl +u3fr +uf2s +u3ga +u4g3ad +uge4leg +ug3ij +ug3l +ugmar5c +u2g1r +ug1s4 +ug3sl +u3h +u4i +4ui. +2uid +ui2d3a +ui4d5eu +ui2do +uid5oo +ui2dr +uids5e. +uids4p +uid5spr +uids3t +ui4du +ui3e +uie3s +ui2fa +uif1l +uif5r +ui2fu +4uig +ui4go +4uik +uik3l +uik5r +2uil +uil3aa +ui4l3og +ui4loo +2uim +ui4m3a +uime3s +ui4n1a +uin5g +ui2no +uins5lo +ui2p3l +4uis +ui4sa +ui4sh +ui4sl +ui5slu +uis5m +ui4so +ui4st +ui5stene +ui2t1a +uit1h +uit3j +uit4je +3uit1r +4uï +u3j +uk3al +uk3as +u3ke +uke3no +u2k3l +u2k3n +u2k3o +uko5p +u4k1r +uk3sm +uk3sn +uks3p +uk4s3te +uk1w +u1la +ul3ac +u3l4an +ul5and +uld5erk +u3le +ul3fl +ul5fo +ul3fu +ul3ij +ul3k2a +ul2lo +u1lo +u2loe +ul3op +ul2p3l +ul2po +ul4p3r +ul3sa +uls5tel +u3lu +ul3ui +um3ac +3umc +umel4 +um5po +3umz +u1na +un3ac +un3ak +un2c +un3che +unch3r +une4tj +un3g4 +u5ni +unst3r +4unt +un4tag +unt5een +un2tj +unt5o +u3nu +uo3i +u3on +u3oo +uo3r +u3os +u3oz +u3pa +u2pek +u3p2h +u1pi +up3j +u1pl +u1po +u3pr +u1pu +2ur +u1ra +u4r3ar +urari4 +ura3st +ur3au +ur2c +urd4o +u1re +u2r3ec +uree3s +ure5lu +ur3env +ure4t3 +ur2f +ur3fl +urf3s +u1ri +ur3ijz +u4r3ind +urken5 +urmar4 +ur2no +ur5open +ur5pr +urs5ag +ur3s4f +ur2s3l +ur2s5n +ur4sti +urs5tik +ur3ta +4urv +u3ry5 +us3ar +u4sc +us3ch +u5scr +use3tj +u4s5l +us5m +u2s5n +us3on +us3op +us3os +us3p +u2st +us4ta +us5tag +ust3al +u4s3te +us4t3ei +ust5on +ust3oo +us3tor +us5tru +ust3u +u1ta +ut3aan +utaar5 +ut3ac +u3tan +u4t3ees +u2t3ek +u2t3em +ut5ex +u2tj +u1to +ut3oog +uto5s +ut3ri +ut3saa +ut3sc +uts5eng +ut3sku +ut3so +ut2s3p +ut5su +u1tu +ut5w +uu2 +uur3a +uur5k +uur1o +uw1a +u3wag +uw3au +u1we +uw3een +u2w3ei +uw3eko +u5wen +uwen5k +uwe3s4 +u1wi +uw3ij +u3win +uw3n +uw1o +u3woe +uw1r +u3xi +u3ya +uzes4 +uze5t +3v4 +4v. +5va +vaar5tj +vag4 +va2ko +va4kon +va2l3a +va3laa +val5m +val4s3p +vals5tek +va2n +van4ch +van4g5r +va3no +va5p +vast3r +va2t3h +vee4l +veel5e +vee3p4 +vee5sta +vei3s4 +vel4d3o +vel4du +vel4s3n +ve4na +ve5nare +ven5dr +ven5k +ve2n3o +ven4se +ven4sl +vens5lo +ven4s3u +vent4s +ve2r +ver1a +ver5aas +ve4rad +ver5do +ver3ed +ve3rei +ver3er +ver3et +ver5ijl +ve5ring +verk4 +ver1o +ve3rom +vers4a +ver3sp +ver5sto +ver3u +ve2s3 +ve3sa +ve3s4c +ve3su +ve2t3j +ve2t3o +ve3tor +ve4t3r +ve5t4ro +vet5sta +vie4r3a +vies3n +vil4t3j +vi4sa +vis3an +vis5m +vis5ot +vi3t2r +4v5j +4v5lar +vlei3s4 +vlie4s3 +voe4t3r +voet5sp +vo2le +vol4g3a +vo2li +vol3ij +volk4s3 +voorn4 +voor5na +vo3ra +vot5j +vr2 +vrij3k +vrijs4 +vuet4 +vui2 +vy5 +2w. +waar5e +wa4b3 +w2ad +w2ag +wa5ge +wagen5t +wal3a +4wam +wam5pl +4wana +waneëi5 +wan4gl +wang5sl +wa2no +wan3s +wan5sp +3wap +3warm +wart3j +war4to +wa4si +was5m +3wat +2wb +2wd +w4doo +wd3oom +we2at +we4ba +3wed +wede4 +we2d3i +we4d3r +wee5kla +week3r +wee4r +weer3o +wees4t +wee5ste +wee5str +wee3tj +we2g3a +weg1l +we2go +we2g3r +3weid +wei5s +we2k3a +4weko +we4k3r +wel3ed +wel3ee +wel3sm +we4mi +we2n +we3naa +wen3ad +we3ne +we4nem +wen4ka +wen3o +wer2g +wer4g3r +wer4k3l +werk3u +wer4s +2w3erw +we2s3 +3wet. +we4t3h +we2t3j +wezens5 +wezen5t4 +2w3f +w1g +4w1h +w4hi +wie4t +w3igd +w3igi +w3igt +3wijd +wij4ka +wij4s +wijs5m +wi2k +wik5l +3will +3wim +w4in +win4d3r +wing5st +2w5inr +winst5a +wis5m +wi4t3h +wit3j +w1j +2w1k +2w1l +w1m +2wn +wn4i +w3no +w2oe +woei2 +woe3ie +woel3a +woe4s +woest5a +woes5te +wo2l +wol3a +wolf2 +wolfs5 +woor4d5r +wor4ge +worg5eng +4wot +w1p +wper2 +wpers3 +w3ru +2ws +ws3a +ws4k +ws5ke +w3s4p +w4spe +w5spel +ws4t +w1sta +w3ste +w3sto +2wt +wte5ri +w3to +w3tr +w1w +2x +x3ad +xamen5t +xan3 +xan5t +x1c +xe3a +xe3ro +x3f +x1h +4xiet. +x3ing +xi4s4 +xis5m +xi3st +xi5sta +x3l +xo3s +x1p +x1t +x2t3ak +xtie4 +x3w +xy5 +y1 +y2a. +y4ah +y3au +yber4 +ybert3 +yce3 +yd4r +ydro3 +y4in +yis5m +y4l +ylar3 +y5lee +yl3et +y5li +y5lo +y5lu +y2m +y3me +ym2fl +y3mo +ym5pa +y3mu +y2n +y3na +y4n3an +yn3er +y3ni +y3no +yn3t +ynx5 +y5oo +y4pew +y3ph +y5r4e +y5ri +y5ro +y4s2 +y5sa +y5se +y5sf +y5sh +y5si +ys5m +y5so +ys3t +ys4to +y5sy +yto3 +1z +2z. +zaar5t +za2k3a +zan4d3a +zan4dr +zar5t +za5s4 +2zb +3ze +zee5le +zee3n +zee3s4 +zee3tj +zeg4sl +zel5dr +ze3mo +zen4d3a +zene4 +zen5k +ze4nol +zen4t3j +ze4r3a +ze3ro +zer4sl +zer4sp +ze4s3e +ze2s5m +zes5tal +ze3ste +ze4tan +ze4ti +ze4tj +ze2t3r +ze3tre +zeun3 +zeve2 +zeven3 +3z2i +ziek3l +ziel4s +zi2ga +zij5s4 +zin4k3l +zin4sl +zin4sm +zis5m +zit3j +zi2t3u +4zk +2zm +zo4a. +zoet3j +zo3f2 +zoï4s +zome4 +zo4nek +zon3sf +zo3s +zo2t +zot3h +4z3r +2zs +zus3 +2zv +z4w +zwe2m +zwenk5a +4zz +} +% Exception list for GB90 +\hyphenation{ +aan-pers-te +acht-en-der +acht-en-ders +acht-en-der-tig +acht-en-der-tig-ste +ant-arc-tis +be-scherm-en-gel +be-scherm-en-ge-len +don-der-aal +drie-ster +gast-rol-len +ge-laats-trek-ken +han-dels-taal +ket-ting-ste-ken +lands-taal +lui-ste +mi-nis-ters-por-te-feuil-le +mi-nis-ters-por-te-feuil-les +moet-je +pa-ling-ste-ken +schel-linkje +spie-gel-ei +ti-chel-aar-de +vier-en-der-tig +vier-en-der-tig-ste +} +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7e8dcc29 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-sla, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Slavic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Belarussian, Russian, Ukrainian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, +% Serbo-Croatian, Slovenian, Czech, Kushubian, +% Lusatian/Sorbian/Wendish, Polish, Slovak, Albanian, +% Illyrian, Armenian + +\writestatus{loading}{Slavic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\installlanguage + [\s!pl] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!start] + +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!inhoud=Spis rzeczy] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!tabellen=Tabele] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!figuren=Ilustracje] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!grafieken=Grafika] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!index=Indeks] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!afkortingen=Skr\'ocenie] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!logos=Snaki] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!eenheden=Jednostki] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!tabel=Tabela ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!figuur=Ilustracja ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!grafiek=Grafika ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!deel=Ust\c{e}p] %%% NOTE: Below the e should be something which looks rather like |_ than like _| (\c{c}edile), suggestions? +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regel=wiersz] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regels=wiersze] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!january=stycze\'n] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!february=luty] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!march=marzec] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!april=kwiecie\'n] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!may=maj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!june=czerwcowy] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!july=lipiec] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!august=sierpie\'n] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!september=wrzesie\'n] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!october=pa\'zdziernik] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!november=listopad] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!december=grudzie\'n] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sunday=niedziela] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!monday=poniedzia\l ek] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!tuesday=wtorek] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!wednesday=\'sroda] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!thursday=czwartek] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!friday=pi\c{a}tek] %%% NOTE: Below the a should be something which looks rather like |_ than like _| (\c{c}edile), suggestions? +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!saturday=sobota] + +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!pl] [polish] poolse ... + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-sp.pat b/tex/context/base/lang-sp.pat new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72c2e6095 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-sp.pat @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +% Hyphenation patterns for Spanish. +% Compiled by Julio Sanchez (jsanchez@gmv.es) on September 1991. +% +% These patterns have been derived from "On Word Division in Spanish", +% Jos'e A. Ma~nas, Communications of the ACM, and implemented in his +% package ftc. You can get ftc and a draft of the abovementioned +% paper from goya.dit.upm.es in src/text.proc/ftc.Z. FTP access may +% be available. Otherwise, send help to info@goya.dit.upm.es for +% details on use of the mail server. +% +% Rules mentioned below are those described in that paper. After +% several unsatisfactory attempts to pretend I knew better, these +% patterns closely follow that paper. Pattern 'tl' is not considered. +% It is conflictive and ftc does not use it either. +% +% These patterns have been generated by shyphen.sh version 1.2, +% shyphen.sh is a sh script that allows a number of choices. +% Full benefit from some of these options can only be +% obtained if appropriate fonts are available. +% +% Follows a copyright notice. This is not in the public domain, +% but the copyright is essentially a hold-harmless clause. That +% is, use it at will, but don't sue me if you don't like it. +% +% COPYRIGHT NOTICE +% +% These patterns and the generating sh script are Copyright (c) GMV 1991 +% These patterns were developed for internal GMV use and are made +% public in the hope that they will benefit others. Also, spreading +% these patterns throughout the Spanish-language TeX community is +% expected to provide back-benefits to GMV in that it can help keeping +% GMV in the mainstream of spanish users. However, this is given +% for free and WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY. Under no circumstances can Julio +% Sanchez, GMV, Jos'e A. Ma~nas or any agents or representatives thereof +% be held responsible for any errors in this software nor for any damages +% derived from its use, even in case any of the above has been notified +% of the possibility of such damages. If any such situation arises, you +% responsible for repair. Use of this software is an explicit +% acceptance of these conditions. +% +% You can use this software for any purpose. You cannot delete this +% copyright notice. If you change this software, you must include +% comments explaining who, when and why. You are kindly requested to +% send any changes to tex@gmv.es. If you change the generating +% script, you must include code in it such that any output is clearly +% labeled as generated by a modified script. +% +% Despite the lack of warranty, we would like to hear about any +% problem you find. Please report problems to tex@gmv.es. +% +% END OF COPYRIGHT NOTICE +% +% Options included in this set: basic isolatin1 ugly +% Open vowels: a e o ^^e1 ^^e9 ^^ed ^^f3 ^^fa +% Closed vowels: i u ^^fc +% Consonants: b c d f g j k l m n p q r s t v w x y z ^^f1 +% +% Some of the patterns below represent combinations that never +% happen in Spanish. Would they happen, they would be hyphenated +% according to the rules. + +% This keeps {cat|lc}code changes, if any, local. Nice to users of +% multilingual versions. These are the minimum changes needed to process +% the patterns. These and other changes will have to be re-enacted when +% Spanish be established as the current language. See the babel docs if +% you don't understand this. +\begingroup +\catcode`\^^e1=11 \lccode`\^^e1=`\^^e1 % 'a +\catcode`\^^e9=11 \lccode`\^^e9=`\^^e9 % 'e +\catcode`\^^ed=11 \lccode`\^^ed=`\^^ed % 'i +\catcode`\^^f1=11 \lccode`\^^f1=`\^^f1 % 'o +\catcode`\^^f3=11 \lccode`\^^f3=`\^^f3 % ~n +\catcode`\^^fa=11 \lccode`\^^fa=`\^^fa % 'u +\catcode`\^^fc=11 \lccode`\^^fc=`\^^fc % "u +\patterns{ +% Rule SR1 +% Vowels are kept together by the defaults +% Rule SR2 +% Attach vowel groups to left consonant +1ba 1be 1bo 1b^^e1 1b^^e9 1b^^ed 1b^^f3 1b^^fa 1bi 1bu 1b^^fc +1ca 1ce 1co 1c^^e1 1c^^e9 1c^^ed 1c^^f3 1c^^fa 1ci 1cu 1c^^fc +1da 1de 1do 1d^^e1 1d^^e9 1d^^ed 1d^^f3 1d^^fa 1di 1du 1d^^fc +1fa 1fe 1fo 1f^^e1 1f^^e9 1f^^ed 1f^^f3 1f^^fa 1fi 1fu 1f^^fc +1ga 1ge 1go 1g^^e1 1g^^e9 1g^^ed 1g^^f3 1g^^fa 1gi 1gu 1g^^fc +1ja 1je 1jo 1j^^e1 1j^^e9 1j^^ed 1j^^f3 1j^^fa 1ji 1ju 1j^^fc +1ka 1ke 1ko 1k^^e1 1k^^e9 1k^^ed 1k^^f3 1k^^fa 1ki 1ku 1k^^fc +1la 1le 1lo 1l^^e1 1l^^e9 1l^^ed 1l^^f3 1l^^fa 1li 1lu 1l^^fc +1ma 1me 1mo 1m^^e1 1m^^e9 1m^^ed 1m^^f3 1m^^fa 1mi 1mu 1m^^fc +1na 1ne 1no 1n^^e1 1n^^e9 1n^^ed 1n^^f3 1n^^fa 1ni 1nu 1n^^fc +1pa 1pe 1po 1p^^e1 1p^^e9 1p^^ed 1p^^f3 1p^^fa 1pi 1pu 1p^^fc +1qa 1qe 1qo 1q^^e1 1q^^e9 1q^^ed 1q^^f3 1q^^fa 1qi 1qu 1q^^fc +1ra 1re 1ro 1r^^e1 1r^^e9 1r^^ed 1r^^f3 1r^^fa 1ri 1ru 1r^^fc +1sa 1se 1so 1s^^e1 1s^^e9 1s^^ed 1s^^f3 1s^^fa 1si 1su 1s^^fc +1ta 1te 1to 1t^^e1 1t^^e9 1t^^ed 1t^^f3 1t^^fa 1ti 1tu 1t^^fc +1va 1ve 1vo 1v^^e1 1v^^e9 1v^^ed 1v^^f3 1v^^fa 1vi 1vu 1v^^fc +1wa 1we 1wo 1w^^e1 1w^^e9 1w^^ed 1w^^f3 1w^^fa 1wi 1wu 1w^^fc +1xa 1xe 1xo 1x^^e1 1x^^e9 1x^^ed 1x^^f3 1x^^fa 1xi 1xu 1x^^fc +1ya 1ye 1yo 1y^^e1 1y^^e9 1y^^ed 1y^^f3 1y^^fa 1yi 1yu 1y^^fc +1za 1ze 1zo 1z^^e1 1z^^e9 1z^^ed 1z^^f3 1z^^fa 1zi 1zu 1z^^fc +1^^f1a 1^^f1e 1^^f1o 1^^f1^^e1 1^^f1^^e9 1^^f1^^ed 1^^f1^^f3 1^^f1^^fa 1^^f1i 1^^f1u 1^^f1^^fc +% Rule SR3 +% Build legal consonant groups, leave other consonants bound to +% the previous group. This overrides part of the SR2 pattern +% group. +1c2ha 1c2he 1c2ho 1c2h^^e1 1c2h^^e9 1c2h^^ed 1c2h^^f3 1c2h^^fa 1c2hi 1c2hu 1c2h^^fc +1l2la 1l2le 1l2lo 1l2l^^e1 1l2l^^e9 1l2l^^ed 1l2l^^f3 1l2l^^fa 1l2li 1l2lu 1l2l^^fc +1r2ra 1r2re 1r2ro 1r2r^^e1 1r2r^^e9 1r2r^^ed 1r2r^^f3 1r2r^^fa 1r2ri 1r2ru 1r2r^^fc +1b2la 1b2le 1b2lo 1b2l^^e1 1b2l^^e9 1b2l^^ed 1b2l^^f3 1b2l^^fa 1b2li 1b2lu 1b2l^^fc +1b2ra 1b2re 1b2ro 1b2r^^e1 1b2r^^e9 1b2r^^ed 1b2r^^f3 1b2r^^fa 1b2ri 1b2ru 1b2r^^fc +1c2la 1c2le 1c2lo 1c2l^^e1 1c2l^^e9 1c2l^^ed 1c2l^^f3 1c2l^^fa 1c2li 1c2lu 1c2l^^fc +1c2ra 1c2re 1c2ro 1c2r^^e1 1c2r^^e9 1c2r^^ed 1c2r^^f3 1c2r^^fa 1c2ri 1c2ru 1c2r^^fc +1d2ra 1d2re 1d2ro 1d2r^^e1 1d2r^^e9 1d2r^^ed 1d2r^^f3 1d2r^^fa 1d2ri 1d2ru 1d2r^^fc +1f2la 1f2le 1f2lo 1f2l^^e1 1f2l^^e9 1f2l^^ed 1f2l^^f3 1f2l^^fa 1f2li 1f2lu 1f2l^^fc +1f2ra 1f2re 1f2ro 1f2r^^e1 1f2r^^e9 1f2r^^ed 1f2r^^f3 1f2r^^fa 1f2ri 1f2ru 1f2r^^fc +1g2la 1g2le 1g2lo 1g2l^^e1 1g2l^^e9 1g2l^^ed 1g2l^^f3 1g2l^^fa 1g2li 1g2lu 1g2l^^fc +1g2ra 1g2re 1g2ro 1g2r^^e1 1g2r^^e9 1g2r^^ed 1g2r^^f3 1g2r^^fa 1g2ri 1g2ru 1g2r^^fc +1k2la 1k2le 1k2lo 1k2l^^e1 1k2l^^e9 1k2l^^ed 1k2l^^f3 1k2l^^fa 1k2li 1k2lu 1k2l^^fc +1k2ra 1k2re 1k2ro 1k2r^^e1 1k2r^^e9 1k2r^^ed 1k2r^^f3 1k2r^^fa 1k2ri 1k2ru 1k2r^^fc +1p2la 1p2le 1p2lo 1p2l^^e1 1p2l^^e9 1p2l^^ed 1p2l^^f3 1p2l^^fa 1p2li 1p2lu 1p2l^^fc +1p2ra 1p2re 1p2ro 1p2r^^e1 1p2r^^e9 1p2r^^ed 1p2r^^f3 1p2r^^fa 1p2ri 1p2ru 1p2r^^fc +1t2ra 1t2re 1t2ro 1t2r^^e1 1t2r^^e9 1t2r^^ed 1t2r^^f3 1t2r^^fa 1t2ri 1t2ru 1t2r^^fc +% Rule SR4 is implicitly implemented by the default values +% Rule HE1 is implemented by TeX parameters \lefthyphenmin and +% \righthyphenmin. Help yourself. The correct values for +% Spanish are 2 and 2. If you set them below these values, +% incorrect breaks will happen. +% Rule HE2 +% Break between a consonant and an h +b1h d1h f1h g1h j1h k1h l1h m1h n1h p1h q1h r1h s1h t1h v1h w1h x1h y1h z1h ^^f11h +% We now avoid some problematic breaks. +su2b2r su2b2l +% These are included here to avoid ugly, though legal, breaks +% They were taken from the sphyphen.tex (silaba.tex) produced +% by Aurion Tecnologia and other sources. +2caca. 2cacas. +2caga. 2cagas. +2cago. 2cerdo +2cola. 2colas. +2culo. 2culos. +2cular. +2loco. 2locos. 2loca. 2locas. +2moco. 2mocos. +2mula. 2mulas. +2pedo. 2pedos. 2peda. 2pedas. +2pito. 2pitos. +2puto. 2putos. 2puta. 2putas. +.caca2 +} +\endgroup +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d84a0017d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-sla, +%D version=1997.09.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Uralic Languages, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% Cheremiss, Estonian, Finnish, Karelian, Laap, Mordvinian, +% Permian tongues, Hungarianm Ostyak, Vogul, Samoyed + +\writestatus{loading}{Uralic Languages} + +\unprotect + +\installlanguage + [\s!fi] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!default=\s!en, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!inhoud=Sis\"allys] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!tabellen=Taulukkoj] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!figuren=Kuvi] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!grafieken=Grafiikkaoi] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!index=Indeksiluku] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!afkortingen=Lyhennyksi] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!logos=Vertauskuva] +\setupheadtext [\s!fi] [\v!eenheden=Yksik\"ot] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!tabel=Taulukko ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!figuur=Kuva ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!grafiek=Grafiikka ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!deel=Osa ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regel=rivi] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regels=rivie] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!january=tammikuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!february=helmikuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!march=maaliskuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!april=huhtikuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!may=toukokuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!june=kes\"akuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!july=hein\"akuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!august=elokuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!september=syyskuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!october=lokakuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!november=marraskuu] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!december=joulukuu] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!sunday=sunnuntai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!monday=maanantai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!tuesday=tiistai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!wednesday=keskiviikko] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!thursday=torstai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!friday=perjantai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!saturday=lauantai] + +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!fi] [finnish] finse ... + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/list-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/list-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d019d2182 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/list-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=list-ini, +%D versie=1995.10.10, +%D naam=\CONTEXT\ List Macros, +%D auteur=J. Hagen, +%D datum=\currentdate, +%D copyright=J. Hagen] + +\writestatus{loading}{Context List Macros} + +\unprotect + +%I n=Overzichten +%I c=\startoverzicht +%I +%I Ten behoeve van veel voorkomende soorten overzichten +%I zijn speciale commando's beschikbaar. Bij dergelijke +%I overzichten worden in plaats van de gebruikelijke +%I commando's \starttekst..\stoptekst de onderstaande +%I commando's gebruikt: +%I +%I \startoverzicht[soort overzicht] +%I \stopoverzicht +%I +%I Overzichten staan in files met de naam list-xxx, waarbij +%I xxx de eerste drie letters van het soort overzicht zijn. +%I +%I Vooralsnog zijn alleen overzichten van 'figuren' en +%I 'kontakten' beschikbaar. + +\definieerfilegroep + [overzicht] + [file=list, + voor=, + na=] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..849f8c89f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1184 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=mult-com, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Multilingual Macros, +%D subtitle=Commands, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D In this module we define the commands. A more than quick +%D glance at this list leans that it's incomplete. This is due +%D to the fact that the system generated a lot of commands by +%D means of the elements specified somewhere else. +%D +%D {\em Because the original interface to \CONTEXT\ is dutch, +%D the words left of the \type{:} are in dutch. In the near +%D future english will be the core language.} + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Commands} + +%D The commands are grouped according to their functionality. +%D Although the \type{\stop} counterpart of the +%D \type{\start}||commands could be generated automatically, +%D we've chosen do define it explicitly. +%D +%D One complication of the english commands, is that we don't +%D want them to overrule or conflict with Plain \TEX. The +%D names therefore are not always optimal. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startcommands dutch english + german + + language: taal language + sprache + mainlanguage: hoofdtaal mainlanguage + hauptsprache + translate: vertaal translate + uebersetzten + installlanguage: installeertaal installlanguage + installieresprache + setuplanguage: steltaalin setuplanguage + stellespracheein + + showmakeup: toonopmaak showmakeup + zeigeumbruch + + usespecials: gebruikspecials usespecials + benutzespezielles + +% system redefineaccent: herdefinieeraccent redefineaccent +% redefiniereakzent +% system redefinecharacter: herdefinieerkarakter redefinecharacter +% redefinierezeichen +% system redefinecommand: herdefinieercommando redefinecommand +% redefinierbefehl + defineaccent: definieeraccent defineaccent + definiereakzent + definecharacter: definieerkarakter definecharacter + definierezeichen + definecommand: definieercommando definecommand + definierebefehl + startcoding: startcodering startcoding + startkodierung + stopcoding: stopcodering stopcoding + stopkodierung + definecorpsenvironment: definieerkorpsomgeving definecorpsenvironment + definierefliesstextumgebung + definecorps: definieerkorps definecorps + definierefliesstext + + setuptype: steltypein setuptype + stelletipein + type: type type + tippen + typ: typ typ + tip + arg: arg arg + arg + tex: tex tex + tex + definetyping: definieertypen definetyping + definieretippen + setuptyping: steltypenin setuptyping + stelletippenein +% generated starttyping: starttypen starttyping +% starttippen +% generated stoptyping: stoptypen stoptyping +% stoptippen + typefile: typefile typefile + tippedatei + + setupfootnotes: stelvoetnotenin setupfootnotes + stellefussnotenein + note: noot note + notiz + footnote: voetnoot footnote + fussnote + startlocalfootnotes: startlokalevoetnoten startlocalfootnotes + startlokalefussnoten + stoplocalfootnotes: stoplokalevoetnoten stoplocalfootnotes + stoplokalefussnoten + placelocalfootnotes: plaatslokalevoetnoten placelocalfootnotes + platzierelokalefussnoten + placefootnotes: plaatsvoetnoten placefootnotes + platzierefussnoten + + currentdate: huidigedatum currentdate + heutigesdatum + weekday: weekdag weekday + wochentag + WEEKDAY: WEEKDAG WEEKDAY + WOCHENTAG + month: maand month + monat + MONTH: MAAND MONTH + MONAT + + Numbers: Cijfers Numbers + Ziffern + numbers: cijfers numbers + ziffern + romannumerals: romeins romannummerals + roemischezahlen + Romannumerals: Romeins Romannummerals + Roemischezahlen + character: letter character + buchstabe + Character: Letter Character + Buchstabe + characters: letters characters + buchstaben + Characters: Letters Characters + Buchstaben + + definesymbol: definieersymbool definesymbol + definieresymbol + symbol: symbool symbol + symbol + defineconversion: definieerconversie defineconversion + definierekonversion + convertnumber: converteernummer convertnumber + konvertierezahl + + kap: kap kap + kap + KAP: KAP KAP + KAP + nokap: nokap nokap + nokap + Kap: Kap Kap + Kap + Kaps: Kaps Kaps + Kaps + WORD: WOORD WORD + WORT + WORDS: WOORDEN WORDS + WOERTER + Word: Woord Word + Wort + Words: Woorden Words + Woerter + stretched: opgerekt stretched + gestreckt + overstrike: doorstreep overstrike + durchgestrichen + overstrikes: doorstrepen overstrikes + durchstreichen + underbar: onderstreep underbar + unterstrichen + underbars: onderstrepen underbars + unterstreichen + setupunderbar: stelonderstrepenin setupunderbar + stelleunterstreichenein + + setupcorps: stelkorpsin setupcorps + stellefliesstextein + switchtocorps: switchnaarkorps switchtocorps + wechselezumfliesstext + showcorps: toonkorps showcorps + zeigefliesstext + showcorpsenvironment: toonkorpsomgeving showcorpsenvironment + zeigefliesstextumgebung + + headtext: koptekst headtext + ueberschrift + labeltext: labeltekst labeltext + labeltext + LABELTEXT: LABELTEKST LABELTEXT + LABELTEXT + setupheadtext: stelkoptekstin setupheadtext + stelleueberschriftein + setuplabeltext: stellabeltekstin setuplabeltext + stellelabeltextein + + marginrule: kantlijn marginrule + marginallinie + startmarginrule: startkantlijn startmarginrule + startmarginallinie + stopmarginrule: stopkantlijn stopmarginrule + stopmarginallinie + setupmarginrules: stelkantlijnin setupmarginrules + stellemarginallinieein + + blackrule: blokje blackrule + rechteck + blackrules: blokjes blackrules + rechtecke + setupblackrules: stelblokjesin setupblackrules + stellerechteckein + + setupscreens: stelrastersin setupscreens + stellerasterein + + framed: omlijnd framed + umrahmt + inframed: inlijnd inframed + imumriss + setupframed: stelomlijndin setupframed + stelleumrahmtein +% setuprules: stellijnenin setuprules +% stelleumrissein + setuplinewidth: stellijndiktein setuplinewidth + stellelinienbreiteein + + setupthinrules: steldunnelijnenin setupthinrules + stelleduennerumrissein + thinrule: dunnelijn thinrule + duennelinie + thinrules: dunnelijnen thinrules + duennerumriss + hairline: haarlijn hairline + haarlinie + + vl: vl vl + vl + hl: hl hl + hl + + defineframedtext: definieerkadertekst defineframedtext + definiereumrahmtertext +% startframedtext: startkadertekst startframedtext +% startumrahmtertext +% stopframedtext: stopkadertekst stopframedtext +% stopumrahmtertext + setupframedtexts: stelkadertekstenin setupframedtexts + stelleumrahmtetexteein + + defineoverlay: definieeroverlay defineoverlay + definiereoverlay + + background: achtergrond background + hintergrund + startbackground: startachtergrond startbackground + starthintergrund + stopbackground: stopachtergrond stopbackground + stophintergrund + setupbackground: stelachtergrondin setupbackground + stellehintergrundein + + fillinrules: invullijnen fillinrules + gefuelltesrechteck + setupfillinrules: stelinvullijnenin setupfillinrules + stellegefuelltesrechteckein + fillintext: invulltekst fillintext + ausfuelltext + + setupfillinlines: stelinvulregelsin setupfillinlines + stellegefuelltezeileein + fillinline: invulregel fillinline + gefuelltezeile + + setuptextrules: steltekstlijnenin setuptextrules + stelletextumrissein + textrule: tekstlijn textrule + textlinie + starttextrule: starttekstlijn starttextrule + starttextlinie + stoptextrule: stoptekstlijn stoptextrule + stoptextlinie + + usemodule: gebruikmodule usemodule + verwendemodul + usemodules: gebruikmodules usemodules + verwendemodule + + starttekst: starttekst starttext + starttext + stoptekst: stoptekst stoptext + stoptext + + margetitel: margetitel margintitle + marginaltitel + margewoord: margewoord marginword + marginalwort + + % dit wordt: + + margetekst: margetekst margintext + marginaltext + + inlinker: inlinker inleft + imlinken + inmarge: inmarge inmargin + inmarginalie + inanderemarge: inanderemarge inothermargin + inanderermarginale + inrechter: inrechter inright + imrechten + startmargeblok: startmargeblok startmarginblock + startmarginalblock + stopmargeblok: stopmargeblok stopmarginblock + stopmarginalblock + stelinmargein: stelinmargein setupinmargin + stelleinmarginalieein + stelmargeblokkenin: stelmargeblokkenin setupmarginblocks + stellemarginalblockein + + inleftside: inlinkerrand inleftside + imlinkenrand + inleftmargin: inlinkermarge inleftmargin + inlinkermarginale + inrightmargin: inrechtermarge inrightmargin + inrechtermarginale + inrightside: inrechterrand inrightside + imrechtenrand + + woordrechts: woordrechts wordright + wortrechts + + blanko: blanko blank + blanko + stelblankoin: stelblankoin setupblank + stelleblankoein + corrigeerwitruimte: corrigeerwitruimte correctwhitespace + korrigierezwischenraum + fixedspaces: vastespaties fixedspaces + festesspatium + nospace: geenspatie nospace + keinspatium + space: spatie space + spatium + geenwitruimte: geenwitruimte nowhitespace + keinzwischenraum + opelkaar: opelkaar packed + kleinerdurchschuss + startopelkaar: startopelkaar startpacked + startkleinerdurchschuss + stopopelkaar: stopopelkaar stoppacked + stopkleinerdurchschuss + startvanelkaar: startvanelkaar startunpacked + startgrosserdurchschuss + stopvanelkaar: stopvanelkaar stopunpacked + stopkleinerdurchschuss + startregelcorrectie: startregelcorrectie startlinecorrection + startzeilenkorrektur + stopregelcorrectie: stopregelcorrectie stoplinecorrection + stopzeilenkorrektur + omlaag: omlaag godown + nachunten + witruimte: witruimte whitespace + zwischenraum + + nietinspringen: nietinspringen noindenting + nichteinziehen + inspringen: inspringen indenting + einziehen + stelinspringenin: stelinspringenin setupindenting + stelleeinziehenein + + startuitlijnen: startuitlijnen startalignment + startausrichtung + stopuitlijnen: stopuitlijnen stopalignment + stopausrichtung + + startregels: startregels startlines + startzeilen + stopregels: stopregels stoplines + stopzeilen + stelregelnummerenin: stelregelnummerenin setuplinenumbering + stellezeilennummerierungein + startregelnummeren: startregelnummeren startlinenumbering + startzeilennummerierung + stopregelnummeren: stopregelnummeren stoplinenumbering + stopzeilennummerierung + startregel: startregel startline + startzeile + stopregel: stopregel stopline + stopzeile + eenregel: eenregel someline + einezeile + inregel: inregel inline + inzeile + crlf: crlf crlf + crlf + stelregelsin: stelregelsin setuplines + stellezeilenein + + startsmaller: startsmaller startnarrower + startenger + stopsmaller: stopsmaller stopnarrower + stopenger + stelsmallerin: stelsmallerin setupnarrower + stelleengerein + + starttabel: starttabel starttable + starttabelle + stoptabel: stoptabel stoptable + stoptabelle + starttabellen: starttabellen starttables + starttabellen + stoptabellen: stoptabellen stoptables + stoptabellen + steltabellenin: steltabellenin setuptables + stelletabellenein + + pagina: pagina page + seite + koppelpagina: koppelpagina couplepage + doppelseite + soortpagina: soortpagina pagetype + seitentyp + verwerkpagina: verwerkpagina processpage + bearbeiteseite + koppelpapier: koppelpapier couplepaper + doppelseitigespapier + selecteerpapier: selecteerpapier selectpaper + waehlepapieraus + scherm: scherm screen + bildschirm + + definieersectie: definieersectie definesection + definiereabschnitt + definieersectieblok: definieersectieblok definesectionblock + definiereabschnittsblock + stelsectieblokin: stelsectieblokin setupsectionblock + stelleabschnittsblockein + stelsectiein: stelsectiein setupsection + stelleabschnittein + + geenbovenenonderregels: geenbovenenonderregels notopandbottomlines + keinzeilenobenundunten + geenhoofdenvoetregels: geenhoofdenvoetregels noheaderandfooterlines + keinekopfundfusszeilen + stelbovenin: stelbovenin setuptop + stellenobenein + stelboventekstenin: stelboventekstenin setuptoptexts + stelletextobenein + stelhoofdin: stelhoofdin setupheader + stellekopfzeileein + stelhoofdtekstenin: stelhoofdtekstenin setupheadertexts + stellekopfzeilentextein + stelnummeringin: stelnummeringin setuppagenumbering + stelleseitennummeriernungein + stelonderin: stelonderin setupbottom + stelleuntenein + stelondertekstenin: stelondertekstenin setupbottomtexts + stelletextuntenein + stelvoetin: stelvoetin setupfooter + stellefusszeileein + stelvoettekstenin: stelvoettekstenin setupfootertexts + stellefusszeilentextein + stelpaginanummerin: stelpaginanummerin setuppagenumber + stelleseitennummerein + stelsubpaginanummerin: stelsubpaginanummerin setupsubpagenumber + stelleunterseitennummerein + steltekstin: steltekstin setuptext + stelletextein + stelteksttekstenin: stelteksttekstenin setuptexttexts + stelletexttexteein + + items: items items + posten + stelitemsin: stelitemsin setupitems + stellepostenein + + regellinks: regellinks leftlined + zeilelinks % better: linksbuendig + regelmidden: regelmidden middlelined + zeilemitte % better: zentriert + regelrechts: regelrechts rightlined + zeilerechts % better: rechtsbuendig + + startkolommen: startkolommen startcolumns + startspalten + stopkolommen: stopkolommen stopcolumns + stopspalten + stelkolommenin: stelkolommenin setupcolumns + stellespaltenein + kolom: kolom column + spalte + + kop: kop head + kopf + but: but but + but + som: som item + pos + nop: nop nop + nop + mar: mar mar + mar + sym: sym sym + sym + its: its its + its + startopsomming: startopsomming startitemize + startaufzaehlung + stelopsommingin: stelopsommingin setupitemize + stelleaufzaehlungein + stopopsomming: stopopsomming stopitemize + stopaufzaehlung + + definieerkop: definieerkop definehead + definierekopf + stelkopin: stelkopin setuphead + stellekopfein + stelkoppenin: stelkoppenin setupheads + stellekoepfeein + stelkopnummerin: stelkopnummerin setupheadnumber + stellekopfzahlein + kopnummer: kopnummer headnumber + kopfnummer + + resetmarkering: resetmarkering resetmarking + ruecksetztenbeschriftung + stelmarkeringin: stelmarkeringin setupmarking + stellebeschriftungein + definieermarkering: definieermarkering definemarking + definierebeschriftung + geenmarkering: geenmarkering nomarking + keinebeschriftung + markeer: markeer marking + beschriftung + ontkoppelmarkering: ontkoppelmarkering decouplemarking + entknuepfebeschriftung + koppelmarkering: koppelmarkering couplemarking + verknuepfebeschriftung + haalmarkering: haalmarkering getmarking + holebeschriftung + + stellayoutin: stellayoutin setuplayout + stellelayoutein + paslayoutaan: paslayoutaan adaptlayout + passelayoutan + steloffsetin: steloffsetin setupoffset + stelleoffsetein + tooninstellingen: tooninstellingen showsetups + zeigeeinstellungen + toonkader: toonkader showframe + zeigerahmen + toongrid: toongrid showgrid + zeigegrid + toonopbouw: toonopbouw showbuildup + zeigeaufbau + toonlayout: toonlayout showlayout + zeigelayout + toonstruts: toonstruts showstruts + zeigestruts + definieerpapierformaat: definieerpapierformaat definepapersize + definierepapierformat + stelpapierformaatin: stelpapierformaatin setuppapersize + stellepapierformatin + + versie: versie version + version + + stelachtergrondenin: stelachtergrondenin setupbackgrounds + stellehintergruendeein + + steluitlijnenin: steluitlijnenin setupalign + stelleausrichtungein + stelwitruimtein: stelwitruimtein setupwhitespace + stellezwischenraumein + + stelinteractiein: stelinteractiein setupinteraction + stelleinteraktionein + stelinteractiemenuin: stelinteractiemenuin setupinteractionmenu + stelleinteraktionsmenueein + definieerinteractiemenu: definieerinteractiemenu defineinteractionmenu + definiereinteraktionsmenue + startinteractiemenu: startinteractiemenu startinteractionmenu + startinteraktionsmenue + blokkeerinteractiemenu: blokkeerinteractiemenu disableinteractionmenu + inaktiviereinteraktionsmenue + interactiebuttons: interactiebuttons interactionbuttons + interaktionsknopfe + interactiebalk: interactiebalk interactionbar + interaktionsbalken + stelinteractiebalkin: stelinteractiebalkin setupinteractionbar + stelleinteraktionsbalkenein + stelinteractieschermin: stelinteractieschermin setupinteractionscreen + stelleinteraktionsbildschirmein + + placebookmarks: plaatsbookmarks placebookmarks + platzierebookmarks + bookmark: bookmark bookmark + bookmark % - + + definieerbeeldmerk: definieerbeeldmerk definelogo + definierelogo + plaatsbeeldmerken: plaatsbeeldmerken placelogos + platzierelogo + + definecolor: definieerkleur definecolor + definierefarbe + definecolorgroup: definieerkleurgroep definecolorgroup + definierefarbengruppe + definepalet: definieerpalet definepalet + definierepalette + gray: grijs gray + grau + color: kleur color + farbe + startcolor: startkleur startcolor + startfarbe + stopcolor: stopkleur stopcolor + stopfarbe + setupcolors: stelkleurenin setupcolors + stellefarbenein + setupcolor: stelkleurin setupcolor + stellefarbeein + setuppalet: stelpaletin setuppalet + stellepaletteein + showcolor: toonkleur showcolor + zeigefarbe + showcolorgroup: toonkleurgroep showcolorgroup + zeigefarbengruppe + showpalet: toonpalet showpalet + zeigepalette + comparecolorgroup: vergelijkkleurgroep comparecolorgroup + vergleichefarbengruppe + comparepalet: vergelijkpalet comparepalet + vergleichepalette + colorvalue: kleurwaarde colorvalue + farbewert + grayvalue: grijswaarde grayvalue + grauwert + + startraster: startraster startraster + startraster + stopraster: stopraster stopraster + stopraster + + definieerblok: definieerblok defineblock + definiereblock + gebruikblokken: gebruikblokken useblocks + verwendeblock + geenblokkenmeer: geenblokkenmeer nomoreblocks + keinebloeckemehr + handhaafblokken: handhaafblokken keepblocks + behaltebloecke + selecteerblokken: selecteerblokken selectblocks + waehlebloeckeaus + stelblokin: stelblokin setupblock + stelleblockein + verbergblokken: verbergblokken hideblocks + verbergebloecke + + definieerlijst: definieerlijst definelist + definiereliste + definieersamengesteldelijst: definieersamengesteldelijst definecombinedlist + definierezusammengestellteliste + plaatslijst: plaatslijst placelist + platziereliste + schrijfnaarlijst: schrijfnaarlijst writetolist + schreibezurliste + schrijftussenlijst: schrijftussenlijst writebetweenlist + schreibezwischenliste + stellijstin: stellijstin setuplist + stellelisteein + stelsamengesteldelijstin: stelsamengesteldelijstin setupcombinedlist + stellezusammengestelltelisteein + + definieerreferentielijst: definieerreferentielijst definereferencelist + definierereferenzliste + plaatsreferentielijst: plaatsreferentielijst placereferencelist + platzierereferenzliste + schrijfnaarreferentielijst: schrijfnaarreferentielijst writetoreferencelist + schreibezurreferenzliste + stelreferentielijstin: stelreferentielijstin setupreferencelist + stellereferenzlisteein + + definieerplaatsblok: definieerplaatsblok definefloat + definieregleitobjekt + stelplaatsblokin: stelplaatsblokin setupfloat + stellegleitobjektein + stelplaatsblokkenin: stelplaatsblokkenin setupfloats + stellegleitobjekteein + splitsplaatsblok: splitsplaatsblok splitfloat + teilegleitobjekt + stelplaatsblokkensplitsenin: stelplaatsblokkensplitsenin setupfloatsplitting + stelleplatziegeteiltegleitobjekteein + startcombinatie: startcombinatie startcombination + startkombination + stopcombinatie: stopcombinatie stopcombination + stopkombination + plaatsnaastelkaar: plaatsnaastelkaar placesidebyside + platzierenebeneinander + plaatsonderelkaar: plaatsonderelkaar placeontopofeachother + platziereuntereinander + + stelblokkopjein: stelblokkopjein setupcaption + stellebildunterschriftein + stelblokkopjesin: stelblokkopjesin setupcaptions + stellebilderunterschriftein + stelcombinatiesin: stelcombinatiesin setupcombinations + stellekombinationein + + startoverlay: startoverlay startoverlay + startoverlay + stopoverlay: stopoverlay stopoverlay + stopoverlay + + definieerregister: definieerregister defineregister + definiereregister + koppelregister: koppelregister coupleregister + verknuepfregister + stelregisterin: stelregisterin setupregister + stelleregisterein + schrijfnaarregister: schrijfnaarregister writetoregister + schreibezumregister + plaatsregister: plaatsregister placeregister + platziereregister + + definieersorteren: definieersorteren definesorting + definieresortieren + definieersynoniemen: definieersynoniemen definesynonyms + definieresynonyme + stelsorterenin: stelsorterenin setupsorting + stellesortierenein + stelsynoniemin: stelsynoniemin setupsynonym + stellesynonymein + + startsynchronisatie: startsynchronisatie startsynchronization + startsynchronisation + stopsynchronisatie: stopsynchronisatie stopsynchronization + stopsynchronisation + stelsynchronisatiebalkin: stelsynchronisatiebalkin setupsynchronizationbar + stellesynchronisationsbalkenein + stelsynchronisatiein: stelsynchronisatiein setupsynchronization + stellesynchronisationein + synchronisatiebalk: synchronisatiebalk synchronizationbar + synchronisationsbalken + synchroniseer: synchroniseer synchronize + synchronisieren + + gebruikexterndocument: gebruikexterndocument useexternaldocument + verwendeexteresdokument + gebruikURL: gebruikURL useURL + verwendeURL % - + + stelprogrammasin: stelprogrammasin setupprograms + stelleprogrammein + definieerprogramma: definieerprogramma defineprogram + definiereprogramme + programma: programma program + programm + + definieerprofiel: definieerprofiel defineprofile + definiereprofil + definieerversie: definieerversie defineversion + definiereversion + markeerversie: markeerversie markversion + beschrifteversion + selecteerversie: selecteerversie selectversion + waehleversionaus + startprofiel: startprofiel startprofile + startprofil + startversie: startversie startversion + startversion + stelprofielenin: stelprofielenin setupprofiles + stelleprofilein + stelversiesin: stelversiesin setupversions + stelleversionein + stopprofiel: stopprofiel stopprofile + stopprofil + stopversie: stopversie stopversion + stopversion + volgprofiel: volgprofiel followprofile + folgeprofil + volgprofielversie: volgprofielversie followprofileversion + folgeprofilversion + volgversie: volgversie followversion + folgeversion + + doordefinieren: doordefinieren definedescription + definierebeschreibung + doorlabelen: doorlabelen definelabel + definierelabel + doornummeren: doornummeren defineenumeration + definierenummerierung + doorspringen: doorspringen defineindenting + definiereeinzug + steldoordefinierenin: steldoordefinierenin setupdescriptions + definierebeschreibungen + steldoornummerenin: steldoornummerenin setupenumerations + stellebeschreibungein + steldoorspringenin: steldoorspringenin setupindentations + stelleeinzuegein + + steltabin: steltabin setuptab + stelletabein + tab: tab tab + tab + + stelexternefigurenin: stelexternefigurenin setupexternalfigures + stelleexterneabbildungenein + toonexternefiguren: toonexternefiguren showexternalfigures + zeigeexterneabbildungen + externalfigure: externfiguur externalfigure + externeabbildung + toonexternfiguur: toonexternfiguur showexternalfigure + zeigeexterneabbildung + gebruikexternfiguur: gebruikexternfiguur useexternalfigure + verwendeexterneabbildung + + startfiguur: startfiguur startfigure + startabbildung + stopfiguur: stopfiguur stopfigure + stopabbildung + refereer: refereer referring + referieren + markeer: markeer marking + beschriftung + + rooster: rooster grid + gitter + + button: button button + knopf + menubutton: menubutton menubutton + menueknopf + stelbuttonsin: stelbuttonsin setupbuttons + stelleknopfein + + gebruikreferenties: gebruikreferenties usereferences + verwendereferenzen + reflijst: reflijst reflist + refliste + paginareferentie: paginareferentie pagereference + seitenreferenz + referentie: referentie reference + referenz + stelreferentielijstin: stelreferentielijstin setupreferencelist + stellereferenzlisteein + stelrefererenin: stelrefererenin setupreferencing + stellereferenzierenein + tekstreferentie: tekstreferentie textreference + textreferenz + uit: uit from + von + in: in in + in + op: op at + bei + naar: naar goto + zu + naarbox: naarbox gotobox + zurbox + + startformule: startformule startformula + startformel + stopformule: stopformule stopformula + stopformel + plaatsformule: plaatsformule placeformula + platziereformel + plaatssubformule: plaatssubformule placesubformula + platziereunterformel + stelformulesin: stelformulesin setupformulas + stelleformelnein + startgegeven: startgegeven startfact + startgegeben + stopgegeven: stopgegeven stopfact + stopgegeben + startlegenda: startlegenda startlegend + startlegende + stoplegenda: stoplegenda stoplegend + stoplegende +leg: leg leg leg +geg: geg fact geg + mathematics: wiskunde mathematics + mathematik + dimension: dimensie dimension + dimension + nodimension: geendimensie nodimension + keindimension + + startomgeving: startomgeving startenvironment + startumgebung + stopomgeving: stopomgeving stopenvironment + stopumgebung + startdeelomgeving: startdeelomgeving startlocalenvironment + startlokaleumgebung + startonderdeel: startonderdeel startcomponent + startkomponente + stoponderdeel: stoponderdeel stopcomponent + stopkomponente + startprodukt: startprodukt startproduct + startprodukt + stopprodukt: stopprodukt stopproduct + stopprodukt + startproject: startproject startproject + startprojekt + stopproject: stopproject stopproject + stopprojekt + + project: project project + projekt + onderdeel: onderdeel component + komponente + produkt: produkt product + produkt + omgeving: omgeving environment + umgebung + geenfilesmeer: geenfilesmeer nomorefiles + keinedateienmehr + + haalbuffer: haalbuffer getbuffer + holebuffer + startbuffer: startbuffer startbuffer + startbuffer + stopbuffer: stopbuffer stopbuffer + stopbuffer + stelbufferin: stelbufferin setupbuffer + stellebufferein + typebuffer: typebuffer typebuffer + tippebuffer + + betekenis: betekenis united + bedeutung + voluit: voluit infull + volleswort + + citaat: citaat quotation + zitat + citeer: citeer quote + zitieren + startcitaat: startcitaat startquotation + startzitat + stopcitaat: stopcitaat stopquotation + stopzitat + stelciterenin: stelciterenin setupquote + stellezitierenein + + definieer: definieer define + definieren + herhaal: herhaal redo + wiederholen + gebruikcommandos: gebruikcommandos usecommands + verwendebefehl + definieerstartstop: definieerstartstop definestartstop + definierestartstop + startlokaal: startlokaal startlocal + startlokal + stoplokaal: stoplokaal stoplocal + stoplokal + naam: naam name + name + + definieeropmaak: definieeropmaak definemakeup + definiereumbruch + stelopmaakin: stelopmaakin setupmakeup + stelleumbruchein + startopmaak: startopmaak startmakeup + startumbruch + stopopmaak: stopopmaak stopmakeup + stopumbruch + + gebruikexternefile: gebruikexternefile useexternalfile + verwendeexternedatei + gebruikexternefiles: gebruikexternefiles useexternalfiles + verwendeexternedateien + + kenmerk: kenmerk referral + verweis + kenmerkdatum: kenmerkdatum referraldate + verweisdatum + + hoog: hoog high + hoch + laho: laho lohi + hoti + laag: laag low + tief + + startuitstellen: startuitstellen startpostponing + startverschieben + stopuitstellen: stopuitstellen stoppostponing + stopverschieben + startverbergen: startverbergen starthiding + startverbergen + stopverbergen: stopverbergen stophiding + stopverbergen + + breuk: breuk fraction + bruch + chem: chem chem + chem + + startnaast: startnaast startopposite + startgegenueber + + stopnaast: stopnaast stopopposite + stopgegenueber + stelnaastplaatsenin: stelnaastplaatsenin setupoppositeplacing + stellegegenueberplatzierenein + + startpositioneren: startpositioneren startpositioning + startpositionieren + stoppositioneren: stoppositioneren stoppositioning + stoppositionieren + positioneer: positioneer position + position + stelpositionerenin: stelpositionerenin setuppositioning + stellepositionierenein + + roteer: roteer rotate + drehen + stelroterenin: stelroterenin setuprotate + stelledrehenein + + stelnummerenin: stelnummerenin setupnumbering + stellenummerierungein + reset: reset reset + ruecksetzten + + stelpublicatiesin: stelpublicatiesin setuppublications + stellepublikationein + publicatie: publicatie publication + publikation + + definieerhbox: definieerhbox definehbox + definierehbox + + toelichting: toelichting remark + bemerkung + + toevoegen: toevoegen adding + zusatz + + punten: punten periods + punkt + + stelkoppeltekenin: stelkoppeltekenin setuphyphenmark + stellebindestrichein + stelinterliniein: stelinterliniein setupinterlinespace + stellezeilenabstandein + stelspatieringin: stelspatieringin setupspacing + stellespatiumein + steltolerantiein: steltolerantiein setuptolerance + stelletoleranzein + stelsysteemin: stelsysteemin setupsystem + stellesystemein + + definieeralineas: definieeralineas defineparagraphs + definiereabsaetz + stelalineasin: stelalineasin setupparagraphs + stelleabsaetzein + + geentest: geentest donttest + keintest + +\stopcommands + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D There are a lot of variables that users can use in setups +%D and dedicated macros. ({\em I still have to check the +%D english names.}) + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startcommands dutch english + german + + + bovenhoogte: bovenhoogte topheight + hoeheoben + bovenafstand: bovenafstand topdistance + abstandoben + hoofdhoogte: hoofdhoogte headerheight + kopfzeilenhoehe + hoofdafstand: hoofdafstand headerdistance + kopfzeilenabstand + teksthoogte: teksthoogte textheight + texthoehe + voetafstand: voetafstand footerdistance + fusszeileabstand + voethoogte: voethoogte footerheight + fusszeilenhoehe + onderafstand: onderafstand bottomdistance + abstandunten + onderhoogte: onderhoogte bottomheight + hoeheunten + margebreedte: margebreedte marginwidth + marginalbreite + linkermargebreedte: linkermargebreedte leftmarginwidth + linkemarginalbreite + rechtermargebreedte: rechtermargebreedte rightmarginwidth + rechtemarginalbreite + margeafstand: margeafstand margindistance + marginalafstand + randbreedte: randbreedte edgewidth + randbreite + linkerrandbreedte: linkerrandbreedte leftedgewidth + breitelinkerrand + rechterrandbreedte: rechterrandbreedte rightedgewidth + breiterechterrand + randafstand: randafstand edgedistance + randabstand + tekstbreedte: tekstbreedte textwidth + textbreite + zetbreedte: zetbreedte makeupwidth + satzbreite + zethoogte: zethoogte makeupheight + satzhoehe + kopwit: kopwit topspace + kopfweite + rugwit: rugwit backspace + rumpfweite + + papierbreedte: papierbreedte paperwidth + papierbreite + papierhoogte: papierhoogte paperheight + papierhoehe + + kopniveau: kopniveau headlevel + kopfniveau + + linewidth: lijndikte linethickness + liniendicke + +\stopcommands + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D At \PRAGMA\ we use an extended version of \CONTEXT. The +%D commands below are part of this. Beware of conflicts when +%D defining your own. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startcommands dutch english + german + + startdocument: startdocument startdocument + startdokument + stopdocument: stopdocument stopdocument + stopdokument + startoverzicht: startoverzicht startoverview + startueberblick + stopoverzicht: stopoverzicht stopoverview + stopueberblick + stelbrievenin: stelbrievenin setupcorrespondence + stellekorrespondenzein + brieven: brieven letters + briefe + brief: brief letter + brief + label: label label + label + sheet: sheet sheet + blatt + stelstickersin: stelstickersin setupstickers + stellestickerein + stelsheetsin: stelsheetsin setupsheets + stelleblattein + labels: labels labels + labels + woonplaats: woonplaats domicile + wohnort + +\stopcommands + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9f6cba21 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex @@ -0,0 +1,778 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=mult-con, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Multilingual Macros, +%D subtitle=Constants, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D In this rather large definition file we are going to tell +%D \CONTEXT\ which constants, variables and elements we use. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Constants} + +%D First come some variables. These are used as keywords and +%D therefore need a different treatment. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + een: een one eins + twee: twee two zwei + drie: drie three drei + vier: vier four vier + vijf: vijf five fuenf + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D Of course we need the names of the months. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + sunday: zondag sunday sonntag + monday: maandag monday montag + tuesday: dinsdag tuesday dienstag + wednesday: woensdag wednesday mittwoch + thursday: donderdag thursday donnerstag + friday: vrijdag friday freitag + saturday: zaterdag saturday samstag + +\stopvariables + +\startvariables dutch english german + + january: januari January Januar + february: februari February Februar + march: maart March Maerz + april: april April April + may: mei May Mai + june: juni June Juni + july: juli July Juli + august: augustus August August + september: september September September + october: oktober October Oktober + november: november November November + december: december December Dezember + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D User defined commands are language specific, so we have to +%D use variable when defining them. First we define some +%D general structuring variables: + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + sectie: sectie section abschnitt + + deel: deel part teil + hoofdstuk: hoofdstuk chapter kapitel + onderwerp: onderwerp subject thema + paragraaf: paragraaf section absatz + titel: titel title titel + + inhoud: inhoud content inhalt + inhouden: inhouden contents inhalte + + bijlage: bijlage appendix anhang + bijlagen: bijlagen appendices anhaenge + hoofdtekst: hoofdtekst maintext haupttext + hoofdteksten: hoofdteksten maintexts haupttexte + inleiding: inleiding introduction einleitung + inleidingen: inleidingen introductions einleitungen + uitleiding: uitleiding extroduction epilog + uitleidingen: uitleidingen extroductions epiloge + + voetnoot: voetnoot footnote fussnote + + systeem: systeem system systeme + +\stopvariables + +\startvariables dutch english german + + typen: typen typing tippen + file: file file datei + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D As we can see below, there are some more variables needed, +%D for instance for the definition of macro's for handling +%D floating bodies. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + formule: formule formula formel + formules: formules formulas formeln + + figuur: figuur figure abbildung + figuren: figuren figures abbildungen + tabel: tabel table tabelle + tabellen: tabellen tables tabellen + grafiek: grafiek graphic grafik + grafieken: grafieken graphics grafiken + intermezzo: intermezzo intermezzo intermezzo + intermezzos: intermezzos intermezzos intermezzi + + index: index index index + indices: indices indices indizies + + afkorting: afkorting abbreviation abkuerzung + afkortingen: afkortingen abbreviations abkuerzungen + logo: logo logo logo + logos: logos logos logos + eenheid: eenheid unit einheit + eenheden: eenheden units einheiten + + regel: regel line zeile + regels: regels lines zeilen + + framedtext: kadertekst framedtext umrahmtertext + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D The setup commands can take a lot of different arguments, +%D often in the form \type{variable=value}. Here we define the +%D variable part. Keep in mind that for the system, user defined +%D variables have a constant character. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startconstants dutch english german + + leftquotation: linkercitaat leftquotation linkerzitat + rightquotation: rechtercitaat rightquotation rechterzitat + leftquote: linkerciteer leftquote linkerzitieren + rightquote: rechterciteer rightquote rechterzitieren + leftsentence: linkerzin leftsentence linkersatz + rightsentence: rechterzin rightsentence rechtersatz + leftsubsentence: linkersubzin leftsubsentence linkersubsatz + rightsubsentence: rechtersubzin rightsubsentence rechtersubsatz + + datum: datum date datum + + aan: aan to zu + aanduiding: aanduiding indicator indikator + achtergrond: achtergrond background hintergrund + achtergrondkleur: achtergrondkleur backgroundcolor hintergrundfarbe + achtergrondoffset: achtergrondoffset backgroundoffset hintergrundoffset + achtergrondhoek: achtergrondhoek backgroundcorner hintergrundwinkel + achtergrondstraal: achtergrondstraal backgroundradius hintergrundradius + achtergronddiepte: achtergronddiepte backgrounddepth hintergrundtiefe + achtergrondraster: achtergrondraster backgroundscreen hintergrundraster + adres: adres address adresse + afmeting: afmeting size abmessung + afsluiter: afsluiter stopper abschnitttrenner + afstand: afstand distance abstand + assenstelsel: assenstelsel axis achsen + auteur: auteur author autor + balanceren: balanceren balance ausgleichen + bfactor: bfactor wfactor bfaktor + binnen: binnen inner innen + bladzijde: bladzijde page seite + blanko: blanko blank blanko + blokkade: blokkade obstruction gesperrt + blokwijze: blokwijze blockway blockauf + boven: boven top oben + bovenafstand: bovenafstand topdistance obenabstand + bovenkader: bovenkader topframe obenrahmen + bovenoffset: bovenoffset topoffset obenoffset + bovenstatus: bovenstatus topstatus statusoben + breedte: breedte width breite + bron: bron source quelle + commando: commando command befehl + commandos: commandos commands befehle + conversie: conversie conversion konversion + criterium: criterium criterium kriterium + datum: datum date datum + default: default default norm + diepte: diepte depth tiefe + dieptecorrectie: dieptecorrectie depthcorrection tiefekorrektur + dikte: dikte thickness dicke + doorgaan: doorgaan continue fortsetzen + dubbelzijdig: dubbelzijdig doublesided doppelseitig + dummy: dummy dummy dummy + eenheid: eenheid unit einheit + eigennummer: eigennummer ownnumber eigenenummer + contrastkleur: contrastkleur contrastcolor kontrastfarbe + expansie: expansie expansion expansion + factor: factor factor faktor + file: file file datei + formaat: formaat size groesse + gebied: gebied directory verzeichnis + groot: groot big gross + haal: haal get hole + hang: hang hang haengend + hfactor: hfactor hfactor hfaktor + hoek: hoek corner winkel + hoffset: hoffset hoffset hoffset + hokjes: hokjes frames umrahmen + hoofd: hoofd header kopfzeile + hoofdafstand: hoofdafstand headerdistance kopfzeilenabstand + hoofdstatus: hoofdstatus headerstatus kopfzeilenstatus + hoogte: hoogte height hoehe + huidige: huidige current aktuell + in: in in in + interactie: interactie interaction interaktion + inspringen: inspringen indenting einziehen + items: items items posten + kader: kader frame rahmen + kaderkleur: kaderkleur framecolor rahmenfarbe + kaderoffset: kaderoffset frameoffset rahmenoffset + kaderdiepte: kaderdiepte framedepth rahmentiefe + kaderhoek: kaderhoek framecorner rahmenwinkel + kaderstraal: kaderstraal frameradius rahmenradius + kantlijn: kantlijn marginedge marginal + kantlijntekst: kantlijntekst marginedgetext marginaltext + klein: klein small klein + kleur: kleur color farbe + kolom: kolom column spalte + kolomafstand: kolom columndistance spaltenabstand + kopkleur: kopkleur headcolor kopffarbe + kopletter: kopletter headstyle kopfschrift + kopna: kopna afterhead nachkopf + kopoffset: kopoffset topoffset kopfoffset + koppeling: koppeling coupling verknuepfung + kopvoor: kopvoor beforehead vorkopf + kopwit: kopwit topspace kopfspatium + korps: korps corps fliesstext + label: label label label + letter: letter style schrift + lijn: lijn line linie + lijndikte: lijndikte linethickness liniendicke + lijnkleur: lijnkleur linecolor linienfarbe + lijst: lijst list liste + linker: linker left linker + linkerbreedte: linkerbreedte leftwidth linkerbreite + linkerkader: linkerkader leftframe linkerrahmen + linkerkleur: linkerkleur leftcolor linkerfarbe + linkerletter: linkerletter leftstyle linkerschrift + linkermarge: linkermarge leftmargin linkerrand + linkermargeafstand: linkermargeafstand leftmargindistance linkerrandabstand + linkeroffset: linkeroffset leftoffset linkeroffset + linkerrand: linkerrand leftedge linkekante + linkerrandafstand: linkerrandafstand leftedgedistance linkerkantenabstand + linkertekst: linkertekst lefttext linkertext + links: links left links + logo: logo logo logo + logos: logos logos logos + lokaal: lokaal local lokal + lokale: lokale local lokal + lokatie: lokatie location position + marge: marge margin marginalie + margeafstand: margeafstand margindistance marginalabstand + margetekst: margetekst margintext marginaltext + markering: markering mark beschriftung + markleur: markleur marcolor beschrfarbe + marletter: marletter marstyle beschrschrift + menu: menu menu menue + methode: methode method methode + midden: midden middle mittig + middentekst: middentekst middletext mittigertext + min: min min min + monster: monster sample muster + na: na after nach + naam: naam name name + nacommando: nacommando commandafter zumbefehl + nboven: nboven ntop noben + niveau: niveau level niveau + niveaus: niveaus levels niveaus + nonder: nonder nbottom nunten + norm: norm norm norm + nregels: nregels nlines zzeile + nummer: nummer number nummer + nummercommando: nummercommando numbercommand nummerbefehl + nummeren: nummeren numbering nummerierung + nummerkleur: nummerkleur numbercolor nummernfarbe + nummerletter: nummerletter numberstyle nummernschrift + nummerscheider: nummerscheider numberseparator nummernseperator + offset: offset offset offset + omvang: omvang size umfang +onbekendeverwijzing: verwijzing unknownreference unbekantereferenz + onder: onder bottom unten + onderafstand: onderafstand bottomdistance abstandunten + onderkader: onderkader bottomframe untenrahmen + onderoffset: onderoffset bottomoffset untenoffset + onderstatus: onderstatus bottomstatus untenstatus + op: op at bei + optie: optie option option + pagina: pagina page seite + paginacommando: paginacommando pagecommand seitenbefehl + paginakleur: paginakleur pagecolor seitenfarbe + paginaletter: paginaletter pagestyle seitenschrift + paginanummer: paginanummer pagenumber seitennummer + paginaovergangen: paginaovergangen pageboundaries seitenbegrenzung + papier: papier paper papier + plaats: plaats location platz + plaatsafsluiter: plaatsafsluiter placestopper setzetrenner + plaatsen: plaatsen place platziere + plaatskop: plaatskop placehead setzekopf + prefix: prefix prefix prefix + preset: preset preset voreinstellung + preview: preview preview preview + punt: punt period punkt + rand: rand edge kante + randafstand: randafstand edgedistance kantenabstand + raster: raster screen raster + rechter: rechter right rechter + rechterbreedte: rechterbreedte rightwidth rechterbreite + rechterkader: rechterkader rightframe rechterrahmen + rechterkleur: rechterkleur rightcolor rechterfarbe + rechterletter: rechterletter rightstyle rechterschrift + rechtermarge: rechtermarge rightmargin rechterrand +rechtermargeafstand: rechtermargeafstand rightmargindistance rechterrandabstand + rechteroffset: rechteroffset rightoffset rechterabstand + rechterrand: rechterrand rightedge rechtekante + rechterrandafstand: rechterrandafstand rightedgedistance rechterkantenabstand + rechtertekst: rechtertekst righttext rechtertext + rechts: rechts right rechts + refereren: refereren referencing referieren + regel: regel line zeile + regelcorrectie: regelcorrectie linecorrection zeilekorrektur + regels: regels lines zeilen + resolutie: resolutie resolution aufloesung + rotatie: rotatie rotation rotation + rugoffset: rugoffset backoffset rumpfabstand + rugwit: rugwit backspace rumpfspatium + schaal: schaal scale format + scheider: scheider separator seperator + scope: scope scope bereich + sectie: sectie section abschnitt + sectienummer: sectienummer sectionnumber abschnittsnummer + soort: soort family familie + spatie: spatie space spatium + spatiering: spatiering spacing spatiumausgleich + stap: stap step schritt + start: start start start + status: status state status + stop: stop stop stop + straal: straal radius radius + sub: sub sub unter + symbool: symbool symbol symbol + symkleur: symkleur symcolor symfarbe + symletter: symletter symstyle symschrift + synoniem: synoniem synonym synonym + synoniemkleur: synoniemkleur synonymcolor synonymfarbe + synoniemletter: synoniemletter synonymstyle synonymschrift + tab: tab tab tab + teken: teken sign zeichen + tekst: tekst text text + tekstcommando: tekstcommando textcommand textbefehl + tekstformaat: tekstformaat textsize textgroesse + tekstkleur: tekstkleur textcolor textfarbe + tekstletter: tekstletter textstyle textschrift + tekstscheider: tekstscheider textseparator textseparator + tekststatus: tekststatus textstatus textstatus + subtitel: subtitel subtitle untertitel + titel: titel title titel + titeluitlijnen: titeluitlijnen aligntitle titelausrichten + tolerantie: tolerantie tolerance toleranz + tussen: tussen inbetween zwischen + type: type type typ + uitlijnen: uitlijnen align ausrichtung + van: van from von + variant: variant alternative alternative + verhoog: verhoog increment erhoehen + verhoognummer: verhoognummer incrementnumber nummererhoehen + verwijzing: verwijzing reference referenz + voet: voet footer fusszeile + voetafstand: voetafstand footerdistance fusszeilenabstand + voetstatus: voetstatus footerstatus fusszeilenstatus + voffset: voffset voffset voffset + volgende: volgende next folgende + voor: voor before vor + voorcommando: voorcommando commandbefore vorigerbefehl + vorige: vorige previous vorige + vorigenummer: vorigenummer previousnumber vorigenummer + wijze: wijze way art + wit: wit white weiss + xmax: xmax xmax xmax + xschaal: xschaal xscale xformat + xoffset: xoffset xoffset xoffset + xstap: xstap xstep xschritt + xfactor: xfactor xfactor xfaktor + ymax: ymax ymax ymax + yschaal: yschaal yscale yformat + yoffset: yoffset yoffset yoffset + ystap: ystap ystep yschritt + yfactor: yfactor yfactor yfaktor + zij: zij side objektabstand + zelfdepagina: zelfdepagina samepage selbeseite + +\stopconstants + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D The keywords of values are very language specific and +%D therefore variables for the systems. This list shows soem +%D overlap with the previous one. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + aan: aan on an + aanelkaar: aanelkaar serried kleinerabstand + aansluitend: aansluitend joinedup keinabstand + absoluut: absoluut absolute absolut + afsluiter: afsluiter stopper trenner + achtergrond: achtergrond background hintergrund + alles: alles all alles + altijd: altijd always immer + beide: beide both beide + binnen: binnen inner innen + blanko: blanko blank blanko + blokkeer: blokkeer disable sperren + boven: boven top oben + breed: breed wide breit + breedte: breedte width breite + buiten: buiten outer aussen + Cijfers: Cijfers Numbers Ziffern + cijfers: cijfers numbers ziffern + commandos: commandos commands befehle + commando: commando command befehl + concept: concept concept konzept + dag: dag day tag + datum: datum date datum + diepte: diepte depth tiefe + definitief: definitief final endfassung + dubbelzijdig: dubbelzijdig doublesided doppelseitig + eerste: eerste first erste + elk: elk each jede + enkelzijdig: enkelzijdig singlesided einzelseitig + even: even even gerade + extern: extern external extern + flexibel: flexibel flexible flexibel + forceer: forceer force zwinge + gebruikt: gebruikt used verwende + geen: geen none kein + geenwit: geenwit nowhite keinweiss + globaal: globaal global global + groot: groot big gross + grotevoorkeur: grotevoorkeur bigpreference grosszuegig + handhaaf: handhaaf keep behalte + herstel: herstel fix stellewiederher + herhaal: herhaal repeat wiederholen + hier: hier here hier + hoofd: hoofd header kopfzeile + hoog: hoog high hoch + hoogte: hoogte height hoehe + horizontaal: horizontaal horizontal horizontal + inlinker: inlinker inleft imlinken + inmarge: inmarge inmargin imrand + inrechter: inrechter inright imrechten + intekst: intekst intext imtext + autointro: autointro autointro autointro + intro: intro intro intro + ja: ja yes ja + jaar: jaar year jahr + kader: kader frame rahmen + kantlijn: kantlijn marginedge marginal + kap: kap cap kap + kapitaal: kapitaal capital grossbuchstabe + kenmerk: kenmerk referral merkmal + klein: klein small klein + kleinnormaal: kleinnormaal smallnormal kleinnormal + kleinschuin: kleinschuin smallslanted kleingeneigt + kleinschuinvet: kleinschuinvet smallslantedbold kleingeneigtfett + kleintype: kleintype smalltype kleintippen + kleinvet: kleinvet smallbold kleinfett + kleinvetschuin: kleinvetschuin smallboldslanted kleinfettgeneigt + kleur: kleur color farbe + kolommen: kolommen columns spalten + kop: kop head kopf + label: label label label + laag: laag low tief + laatste: laatste last letzte + lang: lang tall lang + leeg: leeg empty leer + Letter: Letter Character Buchstabe + letter: letter character buchstabe + Letters: Letters Characters Buchstaben + letters: letters characters buchstaben + lijn: lijn line linie + linker: linker left linker + linkermarge: linkermarge leftmargin linkerrand + linkerrand: linkerrand leftedge linkekante + links: links left links + lokaal: lokaal local lokal + maand: maand month monat + MAAND: MAAND MONTH MONAT + mar: mar mar mar + marge: marge margin marginalie + max: max max max + mediaeval: mediaeval mediaeval mittelalterlich + middel: middel medium mittel + midden: midden middle mittig + naam: naam name name + naast: naast opposite gegenueber + nee: nee no nein + niet: niet not nicht + nooit: nooit never nie + normaal: normaal normal normal + nummer: nummer number nummer + onbekend: onbekend unknown unbekannt + onder: onder bottom unten + oneven: oneven odd ungerade + opelkaar: opelkaar packed kleinerdurchschuss + opmaak: opmaak markup umbruch + opmarge: opmarge atmargin amrand + overlay: overlay overlay overlay + pagina: pagina page seite + paginanummer: paginanummer pagenumber seitennummer + passend: passend fit passend + per: per by pro + postscript: postscript postscript postscript + punt: punt dot punkt + rand: rand edge kante + raster: raster screen raster + recht: recht right rechts + rechter: rechter right rechter + rechtermarge: rechtermarge rightmargin rechterrand + rechterrand: rechterrand rechterrand rechterkante + rechts: rechts right rechts + regel: regel line zeile + relatief: relatief relative relativ + reset: reset reset zuruecksetzten + Romeins: Romeins Romannumerals Roemischezahlen + romeins: romeins romannumerals roemischezahlen + rond: rond round rund + ruim: ruim broad breit + schuin: schuin slanted geneigt + schuinvet: schuinvet slantedbold geneigtfett + sectienummer: sectienummer sectionnumber abschnittsnummer + smal: smal tall schmall + soepel: soepel tolerant tolerant + standaard: standaard standard standard + start: start start start + stop: stop stop stop + streng: streng rigged streng + sub: sub sub sub + sym: sym sym sym + its: its its its + symbool: symbool symbol symbol + tekst: tekst text text + terug: terug backward rueckwaerts + test: test test test + type: type type tippen + uit: uit off aus + vast: vast fixed fest + verder: verder continue fortsetzten + vertikaal: vertikaal vertical vertikal + vet: vet bold fett + vetschuin: vetschuin boldslanted fettgeneigt + viertal: viertal quadruple viertel + voet: voet footer fusszeile + volgende: volgende next folgende + voorkeur: voorkeur preference einstellung + voorlopig: voorlopig temporary temporaer + vorige: vorige previous vorig + week: week week woche + weekdag: weekdag weekday wochentag + WEEKDAG: WEEKDAG WEEKDAY WOCHENTAG + waarde: waarde value wert + wit: wit white weiss + zeer: zeer very sehr + zeersoepel: zeersoepel verytolerant sehrtolerant + zeerstreng: zeerstreng veryrigged sehrstreng + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D The next setup shows the use of the keyword \type{all}. +%D These constants are the same for all languages. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startconstants all + + dx: dx + dy: dy + nx: nx + ny: ny + n: n + vfil: vfil + hfil: hfil + strut: strut + reset: reset + set: set + + escape: escape + + apa: apa + +\stopconstants + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D We need some font family switching names both as constant +%D and as variable. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startconstants dutch english german + + calligrafie: calligrafie calligraphy kalligraphie + handschrift: handschrift handwritten handschrift + schreefloos: schreefloos sansserif grotesk + romaan: romaan roman antiqua + teletype: teletype teletype fernschreiber + type: type type tippen + +\stopconstants + +\startvariables dutch english german + + calligrafie: calligrafie calligraphy kalligraphie + handschrift: handschrift handwritten handschrift + schreefloos: schreefloos sansserif grotesk + romaan: romaan roman antiqua + teletype: teletype teletype fernschreiber + type: type type tippen + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D All relevent commands of \CONTEXT\ are specified in a +%D structured way that enables the generation of reference +%D cards. This specification is setup in a language independant +%D way. The next category of variables is only used in this +%D context. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startsetupvariables dutch english german + + doornummering: doornummering enumeration nummerierung + doordefinitie: doordefinitie description beschreibung + doorsprong: doorsprong indentation einzug + doorlabel: doorlabel labeling beschriften + samengesteldelijst: samengesteldelijst combinedlist kombiniereliste + sectie: sectie section abschnitt + register: register register register + synoniem: synoniem synonym synonym + synoniemen: synoniemen synonyms synonyme + sorteer: sorteer sort sortiere + sorteren: sorteren sorts sortieren + naam: naam name name + blok: blok block block + blokken: blokken blocks bloecke + alinea: alinea paragraphs absaetze + framedtext: kadertekst framedtext umrahmtertext + +\stopsetupvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D The number of elements used for composing user defined +%D commands is rather small. We use a \type{-} for empty +%D elements. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startelements dutch english german + + beginvan: beginvan beginof anfang + eindvan: eindvan endof ende + + gekoppelde: gekoppelde coupled verknuepft + in: in - ein + leeg: leeg empty leer + lege: lege empty leer + laad: laad load laden + lijst: lijst list auflisten + lijstmet: lijstmet listof auflistenvon + opmaak: opmaak makeup umbruch + plaats: plaats place platziere + reserveer: reserveer reserve reservieren + start: start start start + stel: stel setup stelle + stop: stop stop stop + tekst: tekst text text + verhoog: verhoog increment erhoehen + volgende: volgende next folgende + volledige: volledige complete vollende + vorige: vorige previous vorige + zie: zie see sieh + tabelkop: tabelkop tablehead tabellenueberschrift + tabelstaart: tabelstaart tabletail tabellenende + formule: formule formula formel + +\stopelements + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D The next set of definitions is used when accessing viewer +%D capabilities. Their foreign nature is reflected by using +%D Capitals. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startvariables dutch english german + + FirstPage: EerstePagina FirstPage ErsteSeite + PreviousPage: VorigePagina PreviousPage VorigeSeite + NextPage: VolgendePagina NextPage FolgendeSeite + LastPage: LaatstePagina LastPage LetzteSeite + PreviousJump: VorigeSprong PreviousJump VorigerSprung + NextJump: VolgendeSprong NextJump NaechsterSprung + SwapViewer: WisselViewer SwapViewer WechseleViewer + ExitViewer: VerlaatViewer ExitViewer BeendeViewer + CloseDocument: SluitDocument CloseDocument SchliesseDokument + ViewerHelp: ViewerHelp ViewerHelp ViewerHilfe + PrintDocument: PrintDocument PrintDocument DruckeDokument + SearchDocument: DoorzoekDocument SearchDocument DokumentDurchsuchen + SearchAgain: HerhaalZoeken SearchAgain WeiterSuchen + +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +%D Last we define some constants and variables that are used +%D in the \PRAGMA\ extensions of \CONTEXT. + +%D \startcompressdefinitions + +\startconstants all + bet: bet + dat: dat + ken: ken + ref: ref +\stopconstants + +\startvariables all + formeel: formeel + informeel: informeel + rekening: rekening + sticker: sticker + sheet: sheet + brief: brief + ls: ls + avery: avery +\stopvariables + +%D \stopcompressdefinitions + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4557a15b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1150 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=mult-ini, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Multilingual Macros, +%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D This module implements the multi||lingual interface to +%D \CONTEXT. These capabilities concern messages, commands and +%D parameters. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Initialization} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D [constanten,variabelen,commandos] +%D {v!,c!,s!,e!,m!,l!,r!,f!,p!,x!,y!} +%D {} +%D +%D In the system modules we introduced some prefixed constants, +%D variables (both macros) and registers. Apart from a +%D tremendous saving in terms of memory and a gain in speed we +%D use from now on prefixes when possible for just another +%D reason: consistency and multi||linguality. Systematically +%D using prefixed macros enables us to implement a +%D multi||lingual user interface. Redefining these next set of +%D prefixes therefore can have desastrous results. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf prefix \NC \bf meaning \NC \bf application \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \type{\v!prefix!} \NC v! \NC variable \NC\FR +%D \NC \type{\c!prefix!} \NC c! \NC constant \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\s!prefix!} \NC s! \NC system \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\e!prefix!} \NC e! \NC element \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\m!prefix!} \NC m! \NC message \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\l!prefix!} \NC l! \NC language \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\r!prefix!} \NC r! \NC reference \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\f!prefix!} \NC f! \NC file \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\p!prefix!} \NC p! \NC procedure \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\x!prefix!} \NC x! \NC setup constant \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\y!prefix!} \NC y! \NC setup variable \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D In the single||lingual version we used \type{!}, \type{!!}, +%D \type{!!!} and \type{!!!!}. + +\def\v!prefix!{v!} \def\c!prefix!{c!} \def\s!prefix!{s!} +\def\e!prefix!{e!} \def\m!prefix!{m!} \def\r!prefix!{r!} +\def\f!prefix!{f!} \def\p!prefix!{p!} \def\x!prefix!{x!} +\def\y!prefix!{y!} \def\l!prefix!{l!} + +%D \macros +%D [constants,variables,commands] +%D {@@,??} +%D {} +%D +%D Variables generated by the system can be recognized on their +%D prefix \type{@@}. They are composed of a command (class) +%D specific tag, which can be recognized on \type{??}, and a +%D system constant, which has the prefix \type{c!}. We'll se +%D some more of this. + +\def\??prefix {??} +\def\@@prefix {@@} + +%D Just to be complete we repeat some of the already defined +%D system constants here. Maybe their prefix \type{\s!} now +%D falls into place. + +\def\s!next {next} \def\s!default {default} +\def\s!dummy {dummy} \def\s!unknown {unknown} + +\def\s!do {do} \def\s!dodo {dodo} + +\def\s!complex {complex} \def\s!start {start} +\def\s!simple {simple} \def\s!stop {stop} + +\def\!!width {width} \def\!!plus {plus} +\def\!!height {height} \def\!!minus {minus} +\def\!!depth {depth} + +%D \macros +%D {defineinterfaceconstant, +%D defineinterfacevariable, +%D defineinterfaceelement, +%D definesystemvariable, +%D definesystemconstant, +%D definemessageconstant, +%D definereferenceconstant, +%D definefileconstant} +%D {} +%D +%D The first part of this module is dedicated to dealing with +%D multi||lingual constants and variables. When \CONTEXT\ grew +%D bigger and bigger in terms of bytes and used string space, +%D we switched to predefined constants. At the cost of more +%D hash table entries, the macros not only becase more compact, +%D they became much faster too. Maybe an even bigger advantage +%D was that mispelling could no longer lead to problems. Even a +%D multi||lingual interface became possible. +%D +%D Constants --- we'll introduce the concept of variables later +%D on --- are preceded by a type specific prefix, followed by a +%D \type{!}. To force consistency, we provide a few commands +%D for defining such constants. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineinterfaceconstant {name} {meaning} +%D \defineinterfacevariable {name} {meaning} +%D \defineinterfaceelement {name} {meaning} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Which is the same as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\c!name{meaning} +%D \def\v!name{meaning} +%D \def\e!name{meaning} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\defineinterfaceconstant #1#2{\setvalue{\c!prefix!#1}{#2}} +\def\defineinterfacevariable #1#2{\setvalue{\v!prefix!#1}{#2}} +\def\defineinterfaceelement #1#2{\setvalue{\e!prefix!#1}{#2}} + +%D Next come some interface independant constants: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definereferenceconstant {name} {meaning} +%D \definefileconstant {name} {meaning} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\definereferenceconstant #1#2{\setvalue{\r!prefix!#1}{#2}} +\def\definefileconstant #1#2{\setvalue{\f!prefix!#1}{#2}} + +%D And finaly we have the one argument, space saving constants +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesystemconstant {name} +%D \definemessageconstant {name} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\definesystemconstant #1{\setvalue{\s!prefix!#1}{#1}} +\def\definemessageconstant #1{\setvalue{\m!prefix!#1}{#1}} + +%D In a parameter driven system, some parameters are shared +%D by more system components. In \CONTEXT\ we can distinguish +%D parameters by a unique prefix. Such a prefix is defined +%D with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesystemvariable {name} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\definesystemvariable #1{\setvalue{\??prefix#1}{\@@prefix#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {selectinterface, +%D defaultinterface, currentinterface, currentresponses} +%D {} +%D +%D With \type{\selectinterface} we specify the language we are +%D going to use. The system asks for the language wanted, and +%D defaults to \type{\currentinterface} when we just give +%D \type{enter}. By default the message system uses the +%D current interface language, but \type{\currentresponses} +%D can specify another language too. +%D +%D Because we want to generate formats directly too, we do +%D not ask for interface specifications when these are already +%D defined (like in cont-nl.tex and alike). + +\ifx\defaultinterface\undefined + + \def\defaultinterface{dutch} + + \def\selectinterface% + {\def\docommando##1##2% + {\bgroup + \endlinechar=-1 + \global\read16 to ##1 + \egroup + \doif{\currentinterface}{}{\let##1=##2}% + \doifundefined{\s!prefix!##1}{\let##1=##2}}% + \docommando\currentinterface\defaultinterface + \writestatus{interface}{defining \currentinterface\space interface}% + \writeline + \docommando\currentresponses\currentinterface + \writestatus{interface}{using \currentresponses\space messages}% + \writeline} + +\else + + \def\selectinterface% + {\writestatus{interface}{defining \currentinterface\space interface}% + \writeline + \writestatus{interface}{using \currentresponses\space messages}% + \writeline} + +\fi + +\ifx\currentinterface\undefined \let\currentinterface=\defaultinterface \fi +\ifx\currentresponses\undefined \let\currentresponses=\defaultinterface \fi + +%D \macros +%D {startinterface} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes we want to define things only for specific +%D interface languages. This can be done by means of the +%D selector: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startinterface language +%D +%D language specific definitions & commands +%D +%D \stopinterface +%D \stoptypen + +%\long\def\startinterface #1 #2\stopinterface% +% {\doifelse{#1}{\currentinterface} +% {\long\def\next{#2}} +% {\let\next=\relax}% +% \next} + +\def\startinterface #1 + {\doifelse{#1}{\currentinterface} + {\let\next=\relax} + {\long\def\next##1\stopinterface{}}% + \next} + +\let\stopinterface=\relax + +%D \macros +%D {startmessages, +%D getmessage, +%D showmessage, +%D makemessage} +%D {} +%D +%D A package as large as \CONTEXT\ can hardly function without +%D a decent message mechanism. Due to its multi||lingual +%D interface, the message subsystem has to be multi||lingual +%D too. A major drawback of this feature is that we have to +%D code messages. As a result, the source becomes less self +%D documented. On the other hand, consistency will improve. +%D +%D Because the overhead in terms of entries in the (already +%D exhausted) hash table has to be minimal, messages are packed +%D in libraries. We can extract a message from such a library +%D in three ways: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getmessage {library} {tag} +%D \showmessage {library} {tag} {data} +%D \makemessage {library} {tag} {data} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first command gets the message \type{tag} from the +%D \type{library} specified. The other commands take an extra +%D argument: a list of items to be inserted in the message +%D text. While \type{\showmessage} shows the message at the +%D terminal, the other commands generate the message as text. +%D Before we explain the \type{data} argument, we give an +%D example of a library. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startmessages english library: alfa +%D title: something +%D 1: first message +%D 2: second (--) message -- +%D \stopmessages +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first message is a simple one and can be shown with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showmessage {alfa} {1} {} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The second message on the other hand needs some extra data: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showmessage {alfa} {2} {and last,to you} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This message is shown as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D something : second (and last) message to you +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As we can see, the title entry is shown with the message. +%D The data fields are comma separated and are specified in the +%D message text by \type{--}. +%D +%D It is not required to define all messages in a library at +%D once. We can add messages to a library in the following way: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startmessages english library: alfa +%D 10: tenth message +%D \stopmessages +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because such definitions can take place in different +%D modules, the system gives a warning when a tag occurs more +%D than once. The first occurrence takes preference over later +%D ones, so we had better use a save offset, as shown in the +%D example. As we can see, the title field is specified only +%D the first time! +%D +%D Because we want to check for duplicate tags, the macros +%D are a bit more complicated than neccessary. The \NEWLINE\ +%D token is used as message separator. + +\def\findinterfacemessage#1#2% + {\def#2{}% + \def\dofindinterfacemessage##1 #1: ##2\relax##3\end% + {\def#2{##2}}% + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: \relax}% + \expandafter\dofindinterfacemessage\!!stringa\end} + +\def\composemessagetext#1--#2--#3--#4--#5--#6\\% + {\def\docomposemessagetext##1,##2,##3,##4,##5,##6\\% + {\edef\currentmessagetext{#1##1#2##2#3##3#4##4#5##5}}% + \docomposemessagetext} + +\unexpanded\def\getmessage#1#2% + {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% + \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext + \currentmessagetext} + +\unexpanded\def\makemessage#1#2#3% + {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% + \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext + \@EA\composemessagetext\currentmessagetext----------\\#3,,,,,\\% + \currentmessagetext} + +\def\showmessage#1#2#3% + {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% + \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext + \findinterfacemessage{title}\currentmessagetitle + \doifelse{\currentmessagetext}{} + {\def\currentmessagetext{}} + {\@EA\composemessagetext\currentmessagetext----------\\#3,,,,,\\}% + \@EA\writestatus\@EA{\currentmessagetitle}{\currentmessagetext}} + +\def\doaddinterfacemessage#1#2% + {\findinterfacemessage{#1}\currentmessagetext + \doifelse{\currentmessagetext}{} + {\setxvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary}% + {\getvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: #2\relax}} + {\debuggerinfotrue % we consider this an important error + \debuggerinfo + {message} + {duplicate tag #1 + in library \currentmessagelibrary\space + of interface \currentresponses} + \wait}% + \futurelet\next\getinterfacemessage} + +\bgroup +\obeylines +\gdef\addinterfacemessage#1: #2 + {\doaddinterfacemessage{#1}{#2}}% +\egroup + +\def\getinterfacemessage% + {\ifx\next\stopmessages + \def\next##1{\egroup}% + \else + \let\next=\addinterfacemessage + \fi + \next} + +\gdef\startmessages #1 library: #2 + {\bgroup + \obeylines + \doifinsetelse{#1}{\currentresponses,all} + {\def\next% + {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#2}% + \doifundefined{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} + {\setgvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary}{}}% + \futurelet\next\getinterfacemessage}} + {\long\def\next##1\stopmessages{\egroup}}% + \next} + +%D \macros +%D {ifshowwarnings, ifshowmessages} +%D +%D Sometimes displaying message can slow down processing +%D considerably. We therefore introduce warnings. Users can +%D turn of warnings and messages by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showwarningstrue +%D \showmessagestrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Turning off messages also turns off warnings, which is +%D quote logical because they are less important. + +\newif\ifshowwarnings \showwarningstrue +\newif\ifshowmessages \showmessagestrue + +\let\normalshowmessage=\showmessage + +\def\showwarning% + {\ifshowwarnings + \expandafter\showmessage + \else + \expandafter\gobblethreearguments + \fi} + +\def\showmessage% + {\ifshowmessages + \expandafter\normalshowmessage + \else + \expandafter\gobblethreearguments + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue, +%D dogetvalue} +%D {} +%D +%D We already defined these auxiliary macros in the system +%D modules. Starting with this module however, we have to take +%D multi||linguality a bit more serious. +%D +%D First we show a well||defined alternative: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% +%D {\doifdefinedelse{\c!prefix!#2} +%D {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\c!prefix!#2}}{#3}} +%D {\setvalue{#1#2}{#3}}} +%D +%D \def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% +%D {\doifdefinedelse{\c!prefix!#3} +%D {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\c!prefix!#3}}% +%D {\getvalue{#2\getvalue{\c!prefix!#3}}}} +%D {\setvalue{#1#3}% +%D {\getvalue{#2#3}}}} +%D +%D \def\dogetvalue#1#2% +%D {\getvalue{#1\getvalue{\c!prefix!#2}}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These macros are called upon quite often and so we optimized +%D them a bit. + +\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#3}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1#3\endcsname% + {\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname% + {\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \fi} + +\def\doresetvalue#1#2% + {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{}} + +\def\dogetvalue#1#2% + {\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname} + +%D Although maybe bot clearly visible, there is a +%D considerable profit in further optimalization. By expanding +%D the embedded \type{\csname} we can reduce the format file +%D by about 5\% (60~KB out of 1.9~MB). + +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#3}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA\csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname + \@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA + \csname + \@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\c!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA + \endcsname + \@EA{\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \fi} + +%D We take this opportunity of redefining to adapt an +%D assignment macro. The change has to do with the fact that the +%D generated error message must be multi||lingual. We can not +%D define the message yet, because we still have to select the +%D interface language. + +%\def\p!doassign#1[#2][#3=#4=#5]% +% {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +% \edef\!!stringa{#5}% +% \edef\!!stringb{\relax}% +% \let\donottest=\doprocesstest +% \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +% \showmessage{check}{1}{#3,\the\inputlineno}% +% \else +% #1{#2}{#3}{#4}% +% \fi} + +\def\p!doassign#1[#2][#3=#4=#5]% + {\ifx\empty#3\else % and definitely not \ifx#3\empty + \ifx\relax#5% + \showmessage{check}{1}{#3,\the\inputlineno}% + \else + #1{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\dogetargument#1#2#3#4% + {\doifnextcharelse{#1} + {\let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + #3\dodogetargument} + {\ifnum\expectedarguments>\noexpectedarguments + \showmessage{check}{2}{\the\expectedarguments,\the\inputlineno}% + \fi + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + #4\dodogetargument#1#2}} + +\def\dogetgroupargument#1#2% + {\def\nextnextargument% + {\ifx\nextargument\bgroup + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + \def\nextargument{#1\dodogetargument}% + %\else\ifx\nextargument\lineending % this can be an option + % \def\nextargument{\bgroup\def\\ {\egroup\dogetgroupargument#1#2}\\}% + %\else\ifx\nextargument\blankspace % but may never be default + % \def\nextargument{\bgroup\def\\ {\egroup\dogetgroupargument#1#2}\\}% + \else + \ifnum\expectedarguments>\noexpectedarguments + \showmessage{check}{2}{\the\expectedarguments,\the\inputlineno}% + \fi + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + \def\nextargument{#2\dodogetargument{}}% + \fi%\fi\fi % so let's get rid of it + \nextargument}% + \futurelet\nextargument\nextnextargument} + +\def\checkdefined#1#2#3% + {\doifdefined{#3} + {\showmessage{check}{3}{#2,#3}}} + +%D \CONTEXT\ is a parameter driven package. This means that +%D users instruct the system by means of variables, values and +%D keywords. These instructions take the form: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupsomething[some variable=some value, another one=a keyword] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or by keyword only: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosomething[this way, that way, no way] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because the same variables can occur in more than one setup +%D command, we have to be able to distinguish them. This is +%D achieved by assigning them a unique prefix. +%D +%D Imagine a setup command for boxed text, that enables us to +%D specify the height and width of the box. Behide the scenes +%D the command +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupbox [width=12cm, height=3cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D results in something like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ {12cm} +%D \ {3cm} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D while a similar command for specifying the page dimensions +%D of an \kap{A4} page results in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ {21.0cm} +%D \ {27.9cm} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The prefixes \type{} and \type{} are hidden from +%D users and can therefore be language independant. Variables +%D on the other hand, differ for each language: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ {} +%D \ {} +%D \ {} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this example we can see that the assigned values or +%D keywords are language dependant too. This will be a +%D complication when defining multi||lingual setup files. +%D +%D A third phenomena is that variables and values can have a +%D similar meaning. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ {} +%D \ {12cm} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A (minor) complication is that where in english we use +%D \type{}, in dutch we find both \type{} and +%D \type{}. This means that when we use some sort of +%D translation table, we have to distinguish between the +%D variables at the left side and the fixed values at the +%D right. +%D +%D The same goes for commands that are composed of different +%D user supplied and/or language specific elements. In english +%D we can use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \
+%D \ +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But in dutch we have the following: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ +%D \ +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These subtle differences automatically lead to a solution +%D where variables, values, elements and other components have +%D a similar logical name (used in macro's) but a different +%D meaning (supplied by the user). +%D +%D Our solution is one in which the whole system is programmed +%D in terms of identifiers with language specific meanings. In +%D such an implementation, each fixed variable is available as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This means that for instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupbox[width=12cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D expands to something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\boxwidth{12cm} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D because we don't want to recode the source, a setup command +%D in another language has to expand to this variable, so: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \stelblokin[breedte=12cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D has to result in the definition of \type{\boxwidth} too. +%D This method enables us to build compact, fast and readable +%D code. +%D +%D An alternative method, which we considered using, uses a +%D more indirect way. In this case, both calls generate a +%D different variable: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\boxwidth {12cm} +%D \def\boxbreedte {12cm} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And because we don't want to recode those megabytes of +%D already developed code, this variable has to be called with +%D something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \valueof\box\width +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\valueof} takes care of the translation of +%D \type{width} or \type{breedte} to \type{width} and +%D combining this with \type{box} to \type{\boxwidth}. +%D +%D One advantage of this other scheme is that, within certain +%D limits, we can implement an interface that can be switched +%D to another language at will, while the current approach +%D fixes the interface at startup. There are, by the way, +%D other reasons too for not choosing this scheme. Switching +%D user generated commands is for instance impossible and a +%D dual interface would therefore give a strange mix of +%D languages. +%D +%D Now let's work out the first scheme. Although the left hand +%D of the assignment is a variable from the users point of +%D view, it is a constant in terms of the system. Both +%D \type{width} and \type{breedte} expand to \type{width} +%D because in the source we only encounter \type{width}. Such +%D system constants are presented as +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \c!width +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This constant is always equivalent to \type{width}. As we +%D can see, we use \type{c!} to mark this one as constant. Its +%D dutch counterpart is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \c!breedte +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we interpret a setup command each variable is +%D translated to it's \type{c!} counterpart. This means that +%D \type{breedte} and \type{width} expand to \type{\c!breedte} +%D and \type{\c!width} which both expand to \type{width}. That +%D way user variables become system constants. +%D +%D The interpretation is done by means of a general setup +%D command \type{\getparameters} that we introduced in the +%D system module. Let us define some simple setup command: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\setupbox[#1]% +%D {\getparameters[\??bx][#1]} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command can be used as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupbox [width=3cm, height=1cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Afterwards we have two variables \type{\@@bxwidth} and +%D \type{\@@bxheight} which have the values \type{3cm} and +%D \type{1cm} assigned. These variables are a combinatiom of +%D the setup prefix \type{\??bx}, which expands to \type{@@bx} +%D and the translated user supplied variables \type{width} and +%D \type{height} or \type{breedte} and \type{hoogte}, +%D depending on the actual language. In dutch we just say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \stelblokin [breedte=3cm, hoogte=1cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and get ourselves \type{\@@bxwidth} and \type{\@@bxheight} +%D too. In the source of \CONTEXT, we can recognize constants +%D and variables on their leading \type{c!}, \type{v!} etc., +%D prefixes on \type{??} and composed variables on \type{@@}. +%D +%D We already saw that user supplied keywords need some +%D special treatment too. This time we don't translate the +%D keyword, but instead use in the source a variable which +%D meaning depends on the interface language. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \v!left +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Which can be used in macro's like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processaction +%D [\@@bxlocation] +%D [ \v!left=>\dosomethingontheleft, +%D \v!middle=>\dosomthinginthemiddle, +%D \v!right=>\dosomethingontheright] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because variables like \type{\@@bxlocation} can have a lot +%D of meanings, including tricky expandable tokens, we cannot +%D translate this meaning when we compare. This means that +%D \type{\@@bxlocation} can be \type{left} of \type{links} of +%D whatever meaning suits the language. But because +%D \type{\v!left} also has a meaning that suits the language, +%D we are able to compare. +%D +%D Although we know it sounds confusing we want to state two +%D important characteristics of the interface as described: +%D +%D \startsmaller \em +%D user variables become system constants +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D and +%D +%D \startsmaller \em +%D user constants (keywords) become system variables +%D \stopsmaller +%D + +%D \macros +%D {startconstants,startvariables} +%D {} +%D +%D It's time to introduce the macro's that are responsible for +%D this translations process, but first we show how constants +%D and variables are defined. We only show two languages and +%D a few words. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startconstants english dutch +%D +%D width: width breedte +%D height: height hoogte +%D +%D \stopconstants +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Keep in mind that what users see as variables, are constants +%D for the system. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startvariables english dutch +%D +%D location: left links +%D text: text tekst +%D +%D \stopvariables +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The macro's responsible for interpreting these setups are +%D shared. They take care of empty lines and permit a more or +%D less free format. All setups accept the keyword \type{all} +%D which equals every language. + +\def\nointerfaceobject{-} + +\def\startinterfaceobjects#1#2% + {\!!counta=1 + \let\dogetinterfaceobject=\dogetinterfacetemplate + \let\dowithinterfaceelement=#1% + \def\dodogetinterfaceobjects% + {\ifx\next#2% + \def\next####1% + {}% + \else\ifx\next\par + \long\def\next####1% + {\dogetinterfaceobjects}% + \else\ifx\next\empty + \def\next####1% + {\dogetinterfaceobjects}% + \else + \def\next####1 % + {\dogetinterfaceobject[####1:\relax]% + \dogetinterfaceobjects}% + \fi\fi\fi + \next}% + \def\dogetinterfaceobjects% + {\futurelet\next\dodogetinterfaceobjects}% + \dogetinterfaceobjects} + +\def\dogetinterfacetemplate[#1:#2]% + {\doifinsetelse{#1}{\currentinterface,all} + {\let\dogetinterfaceobject=\doskipinterfaceobject} + {\advance\!!counta by 1\relax}} + +\def\doskipinterfaceobject[#1:#2#3]% + {\if#2:% + \let\dogetinterfaceobject=\dogetinterfaceelement + \dogetinterfaceobject[#1:#2#3]% + \fi} + +\def\dogetinterfaceelement[#1:#2#3]% + {\ifx#2:% + \!!countb=0 + \def\!!stringa{#1}% + \else + \advance\!!countb by 1 + \ifnum\!!countb=\!!counta + \@EA\dowithinterfaceelement\@EA{\!!stringa}{#1}% + \let\dogetinterfaceobject=\doskipinterfaceobject + \fi + \fi} + +%D The constants and variables are defined as described. When +%D \type{\interfacetranslation} is \type{true}, we also +%D generate a reverse translation. Because we don't want to put +%D too big a burden on \TEX's hash table, this is no default +%D behavior. Reverse translation is used in the commands that +%D generate the quick reference cards. We are going to define +%D the real \CONTEXT\ commands in an abstract way and generate +%D those reference cards for each language without further +%D interference. + +\def\setinterfaceconstant#1#2% + {\setvalue{\c!prefix!#1}{#1}% + \doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} + {\debuggerinfo{constant}{#1 defined as #1 by default}} + {\debuggerinfo{constant}{#1 defined as #2}% + \ifinterfacetranslation + \setvalue{\x!prefix!#1}{#2}% + \fi + \setvalue{\c!prefix!#2}{#1}}} + +\def\setinterfacevariable#1#2% + {\doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} + {\debuggerinfo{variable}{#1 defined as #1 by default}% + \setvalue{\v!prefix!#1}{#1}} + {\debuggerinfo{variable}{#1 defined as #2}% + \setvalue{\v!prefix!#1}{#2}}} + +\def\startvariables% + {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfacevariable\stopvariables} + +\def\startconstants% + {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfaceconstant\stopconstants} + +%D \macros +%D {defineinterfaceconstant} +%D +%D Next we redefine a previously defined macro to take care of +%D interface translation too. It's a bit redundant, because +%D in thise situations we could use the c||version, but for +%D documentation purposes the x||alternative comes in handy. + +\def\defineinterfaceconstant#1#2% + {\setvalue{\c!prefix!#1}{#2}% + \ifinterfacetranslation + \setvalue{\x!prefix!#1}{#2}% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {startinterfacesetupconstant} +%D {} +%D +%D The next command, \type{\startinterfacesetupconstant}, which +%D behavior also depends on the boolean, is used for constants +%D that are only needed in these quick reference macro's. The +%D following, more efficient approach does not work here, +%D because it sometimes generates spaces. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\setinterfacesetupconstant% +%D {\ifinterfacetranslation +%D \expandafter\setinterfaceconstant +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We therefore use the more redundant but robust method: + +\def\setinterfacesetupvariable#1#2% + {\ifinterfacetranslation + \doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} + {\setvalue{\y!prefix!#1}{#1}} + {\setvalue{\y!prefix!#1}{#2}}% + \fi} + +\def\startsetupvariables% + {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfacesetupvariable\stopsetupvariables} + +%D \macros +%D {startelements} +%D {} +%D +%D Due to the object oriented nature of \CONTEXT, we also need +%D to define the elements that are used to build commands: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startelements english dutch +%D +%D beginof: beginof beginvan +%D eindof: endof eindvan +%D start: start start +%D stop: stop stop +%D +%D \stopelements +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such elements sometimes are the same in diferent +%D languages, but mostly they differ. Things can get even +%D confusing when we look at for instance the setup commands. +%D In english we say \type{\setup}, but in dutch we +%D have: \type{\stelin}. Such split elements are no +%D problem, because we just define two elements. When no second +%D part is needed, we use a \type{-}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startelements english dutch +%D +%D setupa: setup stel +%D setupb: - in +%D +%D \stopelements +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Element translation is realized by means of: + +\def\setinterfaceelement#1#2% + {\doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} + {\debuggerinfo{element}{#1 defined as }% + \setvalue{\e!prefix!#1}{}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\e!prefix!#1} + {\doifnot{\getvalue{\e!prefix!#1}}{#2} + {\debuggerinfo{element}{#1 redefined as #2}% + \setvalue{\e!prefix!#1}{#2}}} + {\debuggerinfo{element}{#1 defined as #2}% + \setvalue{\e!prefix!#1}{#2}}}} + +\def\startelements% + {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfaceelement\stopelements} + +%D \macros +%D {startcommands} +%D {} +%D +%D The last setup has to do with the commands themselve. +%D Commands are defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startcommands english dutch +%D +%D starttekst: starttext starttekst +%D stoptekst: stoptext stoptekst +%D omlijnd: framed omlijnd +%D margewoord: marginword margewoord +%D +%D \stopcommands +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here we also have to take care of the optional translation +%D needed for reference cards. + +\def\setinterfacecommand#1#2% + {\doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} + {\debuggerinfo{command}{no link to #1}% + \setinterfacesetupvariable{#1}{#1}} + {\doifelse{#1}{#2} + {\debuggerinfo{command}{#1 remains #1}} + {\doifdefinedelse{#2} + {\debuggerinfo{command}{core command #2 redefined as #1}}% + {\debuggerinfo{command}{#2 defined as #1}}% + \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA\csname\@EA#2\@EA\endcsname + \@EA{\csname#1\endcsname}}% + \setinterfacesetupvariable{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\startcommands% + {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfacecommand\stopcommands} + +%D \macros +%D {getinterfaceconstant, getinterfacevariable} +%D {} +%D +%D Generating the interface translation macro's that are used +%D in the reference lists, is enabled by setting the boolean: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \interfacetranslationtrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Keep in mind that enabling interfacetranslation costs a +%D bit of hash space. + +\newif\ifinterfacetranslation + +\def\getinterfaceconstant#1% + {\ifinterfacetranslation + \doifdefinedelse{\x!prefix!#1} + {\getvalue{\x!prefix!#1}} + {#1}% + \else + #1% + \fi} + +\def\getinterfacevariable#1% + {\ifinterfacetranslation + \doifdefinedelse{\y!prefix!#1} + {\getvalue{\y!prefix!#1}} + {#1}% + \else + #1% + \fi} + +%D When a reference list is generated, one does not need to +%D generate a new format. Just reloading the relevant +%D definition files suits: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \interfacetranslationtrue +%D \input mult-con +%D \input mult-com +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {interfaced} +%D {} +%D +%D The setup commands translate the constants automatically. +%D When we want to translate 'by hand' we can use the simple +%D but effective command: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \interfaced {something} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Giving \type{\interfaced{breedte}} results in \type{width} +%D or, when not defined, in \type{breedte} itself. + +\def\interfaced#1% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname\relax + #1% + \else + \csname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname + \fi} + +%D So much for the basic multi||lingual interface commands. The +%D macro's can be enhanced with more testing facilities, but +%D for the moment they suffice. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c98ec0dd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=mult-sys, +%D version=1996.06.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Multilingual Macros, +%D subtitle=System, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D In boring module we define a lot of obscure but useful +%D system constants. By doing so we save lots of memory while +%D at the same time we prevent ourself from typing errors. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / System} + +\unprotect + +%D The constants are grouped in such a way that there is a +%D minimal change of conflicts. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesystemconstants {word} +%D \definemessageconstant {word} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands generate \type{\s!word} and \type{\m!word}. + +%D First we define some system constants used for both the +%D multi||lingual interface and multi||linguag typesetting. + +\definesystemconstant {dutch} \definesystemconstant {nl} +\definesystemconstant {english} \definesystemconstant {en} +\definesystemconstant {french} \definesystemconstant {fr} +\definesystemconstant {german} \definesystemconstant {de} +\definesystemconstant {spanish} \definesystemconstant {sp} +\definesystemconstant {italian} \definesystemconstant {it} +\definesystemconstant {danish} \definesystemconstant {da} +\definesystemconstant {portuguese} \definesystemconstant {pt} +\definesystemconstant {swedish} \definesystemconstant {sv} +\definesystemconstant {polish} \definesystemconstant {pl} +\definesystemconstant {finish} \definesystemconstant {fi} +\definesystemconstant {afrikaans} \definesystemconstant {af} +\definesystemconstant {norwegian} \definesystemconstant {no} +\definesystemconstant {turkish} \definesystemconstant {tr} + +%D As the name of their define command states, the next set of +%D constants is used in the message macro's. + +\definemessageconstant {colors} +\definemessageconstant {columns} +\definemessageconstant {figures} +\definemessageconstant {floatblocks} +\definemessageconstant {fonts} +\definemessageconstant {interactions} +\definemessageconstant {layouts} +\definemessageconstant {linguals} +\definemessageconstant {references} +\definemessageconstant {specials} +\definemessageconstant {structures} +\definemessageconstant {systems} +\definemessageconstant {textblocks} +\definemessageconstant {versions} + +%D The word \type{height} takes 6~token memory cells. The +%D control sequence \type{\height} on the other hand uses only +%D one. Knowing this, we can improve the performance of \TEX, +%D both is terms of speed and memory usage, by using control +%D sequences instead of the words written in full. +%D +%D Where in the \ASCII\ file the second lines takes nine extra +%D characters, \TEX\ saves us 13~tokens. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hrule width 10pt height 2pt depth 1pt +%D \hrule \!!width 10pt \!!height 2pt \!!depth 1pt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One condition is that we have defined \type{\!!height}, +%D \type{\!!width} and \type{\!!depth} as respectively +%D \type{height}, \type{width} and \type{depth}. Using this +%D scheme therefore only makes sense when a token sequence is +%D used more than once. Savings like this should of course be +%D implemented in english, just because \TEX\ is english. + +\def\!!width {width} +\def\!!height {height} +\def\!!depth {depth} + +\def\!!plus {plus} +\def\!!minus {minus} + +\def\!!fill {fill} + +%D The same goes for some \CONTEXT\ constants, used in the +%D definition of private commands: + +\definesystemconstant {next} +\definesystemconstant {pickup} + +\definesystemconstant {default} +\definesystemconstant {unknown} + +\definesystemconstant {action} +\definesystemconstant {compare} + +\definesystemconstant {do} +\definesystemconstant {dodo} + +\definesystemconstant {complex} +\definesystemconstant {simple} + +\definesystemconstant {start} +\definesystemconstant {stop} + +\definesystemconstant {dummy} + +\definesystemconstant {local} +\definesystemconstant {global} + +\definesystemconstant {done} + +%D A more experienced \TEX\ user will recognize the next four +%D constants. We need these because font-definitions are +%D partially english. + +\definesystemconstant {fam} +\definesystemconstant {text} +\definesystemconstant {script} +\definesystemconstant {scriptscript} + +\definesystemconstant {lefthyphenmin} +\definesystemconstant {righthyphenmin} + +%D Just to be complete we define the standard \TEX\ units. + +\definesystemconstant {cm} +\definesystemconstant {em} +\definesystemconstant {ex} +\definesystemconstant {mm} +\definesystemconstant {pt} +\definesystemconstant {sp} +\definesystemconstant {in} + +%D These constants are used for internal and utility +%D commands. + +\definesystemconstant {check} +\definesystemconstant {reset} +\definesystemconstant {set} + +\definesystemconstant {entrya} +\definesystemconstant {entryb} +\definesystemconstant {entryc} +\definesystemconstant {entry} +\definesystemconstant {see} +\definesystemconstant {page} +\definesystemconstant {line} + +\definesystemconstant {synonym} + +\definesystemconstant {reference} +\definesystemconstant {main} + +\definesystemconstant {list} + +\definesystemconstant {item} +\definesystemconstant {itemcount} + +\definesystemconstant {number} +\definesystemconstant {references} +\definesystemconstant {between} +\definesystemconstant {format} +\definesystemconstant {old} + +\definesystemconstant {thisisblock} +\definesystemconstant {thiswasblock} + +\definesystemconstant {figurepreset} + +%D Some \CONTEXT\ commands take a two||pass aproach to +%D optimize the typesetting. Each two||pass object has its +%D own tag. + +\definesystemconstant {pass} + +\definesystemconstant {float} +\definesystemconstant {list} +\definesystemconstant {page} +\definesystemconstant {subpage} +\definesystemconstant {margin} +\definesystemconstant {profile} +\definesystemconstant {versionbegin} +\definesystemconstant {versionend} +\definesystemconstant {cross} +\definesystemconstant {paragraph} + +%D A lot of macros use tags to distinguish between different +%D objects, e.g. lists and registers. + +\definesystemconstant {prt} % part (deel) +\definesystemconstant {chp} % chapter (hoofdstuk) +\definesystemconstant {sec} % section (paragraaf) +\definesystemconstant {tit} % title (titel) +\definesystemconstant {sub} % subject (onderwerp) +\definesystemconstant {mar} % margin (marge) +\definesystemconstant {num} % number (doornummeren) +\definesystemconstant {def} % definition (doordefinieren) +\definesystemconstant {for} % formula (formule) +\definesystemconstant {fnt} % footnote (voetnoot) +\definesystemconstant {ind} % index (register) +\definesystemconstant {lin} % linked index +\definesystemconstant {lst} % list (opsomming) +\definesystemconstant {flt} % float (plaatsblok) +\definesystemconstant {pag} % page (pagina) +\definesystemconstant {txt} % text (tekst) +\definesystemconstant {ref} % reference (verwijzing) +\definesystemconstant {lab} % label (label) +\definesystemconstant {aut} % automatic (inhoud, index) + +\definesystemconstant {kop} % kop % still dutch + +%D Reference labels can be tagged by users, for instance by +%D means of \type{tag:}. The reference mechanism itself uses +%D some tags too. These are definitely not to be used by users. +%D Here they are: + +\definereferenceconstant {cross} {:c:} % cross reference +\definereferenceconstant {view} {:v:} % view reference +\definereferenceconstant {viewa} {:a:} % view reference test a +\definereferenceconstant {viewb} {:b:} % view reference test b +\definereferenceconstant {page} {:p:} % page referece +\definereferenceconstant {list} {:l:} % list reference +\definereferenceconstant {exec} {:e:} % execution reference + +\definereferenceconstant {from} {:f:} % from list reference +\definereferenceconstant {to} {:t:} % to list reference + +%D When we use numbers and dimensions the same applies as +%D with the keywords like \type{width} and \type{plus} +%D mentioned earlier. + +\def\!!ten {10} +\def\!!twelve {12} +\def\!!hundred {100} +\def\!!thousand {1000} +\def\!!tenthousand {10000} +\def\!!maxcard {65536} +\def\!!medcard {32768} + +\def\!!zeropoint {0pt} +\def\!!onepoint {1pt} +\def\!!twopoint {2pt} +\def\!!threepoint {3pt} +\def\!!fourpoint {4pt} +\def\!!fivepoint {5pt} +\def\!!sixpoint {6pt} +\def\!!sevenpoint {7pt} +\def\!!eightpoint {8pt} +\def\!!ninepoint {9pt} +\def\!!tenpoint {10pt} +\def\!!elevenpoint {11pt} +\def\!!twelvepoint {12pt} +\def\!!fourteenpointfour {14.4pt} + +%D Variables are composed of a command specific tag and a user +%D supplied variable (system constant). The first tag \type{ag} +%D for instance is available as \type{\??ag} and expands to +%D \type{@@ag} in composed variables. + +% vervallen : hd hr hm vt vr vm tr tn te br bm bo on om or + +\definesystemvariable {ag} % AchterGrond +\definesystemvariable {al} % ALinea's +\definesystemvariable {am} % interActieMenu +\definesystemvariable {ba} % synchronisatieBAlk +\definesystemvariable {be} % startstop (BeginEnd) +\definesystemvariable {bj} % BlokJe +\definesystemvariable {bk} % Blokken (floats) +\definesystemvariable {bl} % BLanko +\definesystemvariable {bs} % SelecteerBlokken +\definesystemvariable {bt} % BuTton +\definesystemvariable {bu} % BUffer +\definesystemvariable {bv} % Brieven +\definesystemvariable {by} % Per +\definesystemvariable {ci} % CItaat +\definesystemvariable {cl} % kleur (CoLor setup) +\definesystemvariable {co} % COmbinaties +\definesystemvariable {cr} % kleur (ColoR) +\definesystemvariable {cv} % ConVersie +\definesystemvariable {dd} % DoorDefinieren +\definesystemvariable {de} % DEel +\definesystemvariable {dl} % DunneLijnen +\definesystemvariable {dn} % DoorNummeren +\definesystemvariable {do} % DefinieerOpmaak +\definesystemvariable {ds} % DoorSpringen +\definesystemvariable {ef} % ExternFiguur +\definesystemvariable {ep} % ExternfiguurPreset +\definesystemvariable {ex} % ExterneFiguren +\definesystemvariable {fg} % FiGuurmaten +\definesystemvariable {fi} % FIle +\definesystemvariable {fl} % Floats +\definesystemvariable {fm} % ForMules +\definesystemvariable {ft} % FonTs +\definesystemvariable {fp} % FilegroeP +\definesystemvariable {ia} % Interactie +\definesystemvariable {ib} % InteractieBalk +\definesystemvariable {id} % Index +\definesystemvariable {ih} % InHoudsopgave +\definesystemvariable {ii} % stelIndexIn +\definesystemvariable {il} % stelInvulRegelsin +\definesystemvariable {im} % InMarge +\definesystemvariable {in} % INspringen +\definesystemvariable {is} % Items +\definesystemvariable {iv} % stelInvulLijnenin +\definesystemvariable {ka} % KAntlijn +\definesystemvariable {kd} % KaDerteksten +\definesystemvariable {kj} % KopJes (floats) +\definesystemvariable {kl} % KoLommen +\definesystemvariable {km} % KenMerk +\definesystemvariable {ko} % KOp(pen) +\definesystemvariable {kp} % KopPelteken +\definesystemvariable {kr} % KoRps +\definesystemvariable {kt} % KonTakten +\definesystemvariable {kw} % KontaktWaarde +\definesystemvariable {la} % LAnguage +\definesystemvariable {lg} % taal (LanGuage) +\definesystemvariable {li} % LIjst +\definesystemvariable {ln} % LijNen +\definesystemvariable {lo} % LOgos +\definesystemvariable {lt} % LiTeratuur +\definesystemvariable {ly} % LaYout +\definesystemvariable {ma} % MargeAchtergrond +\definesystemvariable {mb} % MargeBlokken +\definesystemvariable {mk} % MarKering +\definesystemvariable {nm} % Nummering +\definesystemvariable {np} % NaastPlaatsen +\definesystemvariable {nr} % Nummeren +\definesystemvariable {oi} % OmlijndInstellingen +\definesystemvariable {ol} % OmLijnd +\definesystemvariable {on} % ONderstreep +\definesystemvariable {oo} % OpsOmmingen +\definesystemvariable {op} % OPsomming +\definesystemvariable {op} % OPsomming +\definesystemvariable {os} % OffSet +\definesystemvariable {pa} % PAlet +\definesystemvariable {pb} % PuBlicatie +\definesystemvariable {pf} % ProFiel +\definesystemvariable {pg} % KoppelPagina +\definesystemvariable {pl} % PLaats +\definesystemvariable {pn} % PaginaNummer +\definesystemvariable {pp} % PaPier +\definesystemvariable {pr} % PRogrammas +\definesystemvariable {ps} % PoSitioneren +\definesystemvariable {rf} % ReFereren +\definesystemvariable {rg} % ReGel +\definesystemvariable {rl} % ReferentieLijst +\definesystemvariable {rn} % RegelNummer +\definesystemvariable {ro} % ROteren +\definesystemvariable {rs} % RaSters +\definesystemvariable {rt} % RoosTers +\definesystemvariable {rv} % ReserVeerfiguur +\definesystemvariable {sb} % SectieBlok +\definesystemvariable {sc} % SCherm +\definesystemvariable {se} % SEctie +\definesystemvariable {si} % SplIt +\definesystemvariable {sk} % SectieKop +\definesystemvariable {sl} % SmalLer +\definesystemvariable {sm} % SynonieMen +\definesystemvariable {sn} % SubNummer +\definesystemvariable {so} % SOrteren +\definesystemvariable {sp} % SelecteerPapier +\definesystemvariable {ss} % Symbool +\definesystemvariable {st} % STickers +\definesystemvariable {sv} % SysteemVariabelen +\definesystemvariable {sy} % SYnchronisatie +\definesystemvariable {ta} % TAb +\definesystemvariable {tb} % TekstBlokken +\definesystemvariable {ti} % TabelInstellingen +\definesystemvariable {tk} % Teksten +\definesystemvariable {tl} % TekstLijnen +\definesystemvariable {tp} % TyPen +\definesystemvariable {tu} % TabUlatie +\definesystemvariable {ty} % TYpe +\definesystemvariable {ve} % VErsie +\definesystemvariable {vn} % VoetNoten +\definesystemvariable {wr} % WitRuimte +\definesystemvariable {za} % ZetspiegelAanpassing + +%D Next we define some language independant one letter +%D variables and keywords. + +\defineinterfaceconstant {x} {x} % x offset +\defineinterfaceconstant {y} {y} % y offset +\defineinterfaceconstant {w} {w} % width +\defineinterfaceconstant {h} {h} % height +\defineinterfaceconstant {s} {s} % size +\defineinterfaceconstant {t} {t} % title +\defineinterfaceconstant {c} {c} % creator +\defineinterfaceconstant {e} {e} % extension +\defineinterfaceconstant {f} {f} % file + +\defineinterfaceconstant {a} {a} % kunnen weg +\defineinterfaceconstant {b} {b} % kunnen weg +\defineinterfaceconstant {c} {c} % kunnen weg +\defineinterfaceconstant {d} {d} % kunnen weg +\defineinterfaceconstant {e} {e} % kunnen weg + +\defineinterfaceconstant {r} {r} +\defineinterfaceconstant {g} {g} +\defineinterfaceconstant {b} {b} +\defineinterfaceconstant {c} {c} +\defineinterfaceconstant {m} {m} +\defineinterfaceconstant {y} {y} +\defineinterfaceconstant {k} {k} + +\defineinterfaceconstant {t} {t} +\defineinterfaceconstant {h} {h} +\defineinterfaceconstant {b} {b} + +\defineinterfaceconstant {rgb} {rgb} +\defineinterfaceconstant {cmyk} {cmyk} + +\defineinterfacevariable {rgb} {rgb} +\defineinterfacevariable {cmyk} {cmyk} +\defineinterfacevariable {gray} {k} + +%D The names of files and their extensions are fixed. +%D \CONTEXT\ uses as less files as possible. Utility files can +%D be recognized by the first two characters of the extension: +%D \type{tu}. + +\definefileconstant {utilityfilename} {texutil} + +\definefileconstant {blockextension} {tub} +\definefileconstant {figureextension} {tuf} +\definefileconstant {inputextension} {tui} +\definefileconstant {outputextension} {tuo} +\definefileconstant {temporaryextension} {tmp} +\definefileconstant {patternsextension} {pat} +\definefileconstant {hyphensextension} {hyp} + +%D These files are loaded at start||up. They may contain system +%D specific setups (or calls to other files), old macro's, to +%D garantee compatibility and new macro's noy yet present in +%D the format. + +\definefileconstant {systemfilename} {cont-sys} +\definefileconstant {oldfilename} {cont-old} +\definefileconstant {newfilename} {cont-new} + +%D The setup files for the language, font, color and special +%D subsystems have a common prefix. This means that we have at +%D most three characters for unique filenames. + +\definefileconstant {languageprefix} {lang-} +\definefileconstant {fontprefix} {font-} +\definefileconstant {colorprefix} {colo-} +\definefileconstant {specialprefix} {spec-} + +%D \CONTEXT\ follows different strategies for finding files. +%D The macros that are responsible for this 'clever' searching +%D make use of two (very important) path specifiers. + +\definefileconstant {currentpath} {.} +\definefileconstant {parentpath} {..} + +%D The way fonts are defined and called upon is language +%D independant. We follow the scheme laid down by Knuth in +%D Plain \TEX. We'll explain their meaning later. + +\defineinterfaceconstant {tf} {tf} +\defineinterfaceconstant {bf} {bf} +\defineinterfaceconstant {bs} {bs} +\defineinterfaceconstant {bi} {bi} +\defineinterfaceconstant {sl} {sl} +\defineinterfaceconstant {it} {it} +\defineinterfaceconstant {sc} {sc} +\defineinterfaceconstant {rm} {rm} +\defineinterfaceconstant {ss} {ss} +\defineinterfaceconstant {tt} {tt} +\defineinterfaceconstant {hw} {hw} +\defineinterfaceconstant {cg} {cg} +\defineinterfaceconstant {os} {os} +\defineinterfaceconstant {mm} {mm} +\defineinterfaceconstant {i} {i} + +\defineinterfaceconstant {x} {x} +\defineinterfaceconstant {xx} {xx} + +\defineinterfaceconstant {mi} {mi} +\defineinterfaceconstant {sy} {sy} +\defineinterfaceconstant {ex} {ex} +\defineinterfaceconstant {mr} {mr} + +\defineinterfaceconstant {ma} {ma} +\defineinterfaceconstant {mb} {mb} +\defineinterfaceconstant {mc} {mc} + +%D Finally we need: + +\defineinterfaceconstant {tif} {tif} +\defineinterfaceconstant {eps} {eps} + +%D A careful reader will have noticed that in the module +%D \type{mult-ini} we defined \type{\selectinterface}. We were +%D not yet able to actually select an interface, because we +%D still had to define the constants and variables. Now we've +%D done so, selection is permitted. + +\selectinterface + +%D And only after this selection is done, we can define +%D messages, otherwise the default language is in use. + +\ifinterfacetranslation \else + +\startmessages dutch library: check + title: controle + 1: '=' ontbreekt na '--' in regel -- + 2: -- argument(en) verwacht in regel -- + 3: -- -- vervangt een macro, gebruik HOOFDLETTERS! +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: check + title: check + 1: missing '=' after '--' in line -- + 2: -- argument(s) expected in line -- + 3: -- -- replaces a macro, use CAPITALS! +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: check + title: check + 1: Fehlendes '=' nach '--' in Zeile -- + 2: -- Argument(e) in Zeile -- erwartet + 3: -- -- ersetzt ein Makro, verwende VERSALIEN! +\stopmessages + +\fi + +%D Ok, here are some more, because we've got ouselves some +%D extensions to \CONTEXT. + +\definemessageconstant {addresses} +\definemessageconstant {documents} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/plain.tex b/tex/context/base/plain.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a1e5acbc --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/plain.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1236 @@ +% This is the plain TeX format that's described in The TeXbook. +% N.B.: A version number is defined at the very end of this file; +% please change that number whenever the file is modified! +% And don't modify the file under any circumstances. + +\catcode`\{=1 % left brace is begin-group character +\catcode`\}=2 % right brace is end-group character +\catcode`\$=3 % dollar sign is math shift +\catcode`\&=4 % ampersand is alignment tab +\catcode`\#=6 % hash mark is macro parameter character +\catcode`\^=7 \catcode`\^^K=7 % circumflex and uparrow are for superscripts +\catcode`\_=8 \catcode`\^^A=8 % underline and downarrow are for subscripts +\catcode`\^^I=10 % ascii tab is a blank space +\chardef\active=13 \catcode`\~=\active % tilde is active +\catcode`\^^L=\active \outer\def^^L{\par} % ascii form-feed is "\outer\par" + +\message{Preloading the plain format: codes,} + +% We had to define the \catcodes right away, before the message line, +% since \message uses the { and } characters. +% When INITEX (the TeX initializer) starts up, +% it has defined the following \catcode values: +% \catcode`\^^@=9 % ascii null is ignored +% \catcode`\^^M=5 % ascii return is end-line +% \catcode`\\=0 % backslash is TeX escape character +% \catcode`\%=14 % percent sign is comment character +% \catcode`\ =10 % ascii space is blank space +% \catcode`\^^?=15 % ascii delete is invalid +% \catcode`\A=11 ... \catcode`\Z=11 % uppercase letters +% \catcode`\a=11 ... \catcode`\z=11 % lowercase letters +% all others are type 12 (other) + +% Here is a list of the characters that have been specially catcoded: +\def\dospecials{\do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~} +% (not counting ascii null, tab, linefeed, formfeed, return, delete) +% Each symbol in the list is preceded by \do, which can be defined +% if you want to do something to every item in the list. + +% We make @ signs act like letters, temporarily, to avoid conflict +% between user names and internal control sequences of plain format. +\catcode`@=11 + +% INITEX sets up \mathcode x=x, for x=0..255, except that +% \mathcode x=x+"7100, for x = `A to `Z and `a to `z; +% \mathcode x=x+"7000, for x = `0 to `9. +% The following changes define internal codes as recommended +% in Appendix C of The TeXbook: +\mathcode`\^^@="2201 % \cdot +\mathcode`\^^A="3223 % \downarrow +\mathcode`\^^B="010B % \alpha +\mathcode`\^^C="010C % \beta +\mathcode`\^^D="225E % \land +\mathcode`\^^E="023A % \lnot +\mathcode`\^^F="3232 % \in +\mathcode`\^^G="0119 % \pi +\mathcode`\^^H="0115 % \lambda +\mathcode`\^^I="010D % \gamma +\mathcode`\^^J="010E % \delta +\mathcode`\^^K="3222 % \uparrow +\mathcode`\^^L="2206 % \pm +\mathcode`\^^M="2208 % \oplus +\mathcode`\^^N="0231 % \infty +\mathcode`\^^O="0140 % \partial +\mathcode`\^^P="321A % \subset +\mathcode`\^^Q="321B % \supset +\mathcode`\^^R="225C % \cap +\mathcode`\^^S="225B % \cup +\mathcode`\^^T="0238 % \forall +\mathcode`\^^U="0239 % \exists +\mathcode`\^^V="220A % \otimes +\mathcode`\^^W="3224 % \leftrightarrow +\mathcode`\^^X="3220 % \leftarrow +\mathcode`\^^Y="3221 % \rightarrow +\mathcode`\^^Z="8000 % \ne +\mathcode`\^^[="2205 % \diamond +\mathcode`\^^\="3214 % \le +\mathcode`\^^]="3215 % \ge +\mathcode`\^^^="3211 % \equiv +\mathcode`\^^_="225F % \lor +\mathcode`\ ="8000 % \space +\mathcode`\!="5021 +\mathcode`\'="8000 % ^\prime +\mathcode`\(="4028 +\mathcode`\)="5029 +\mathcode`\*="2203 % \ast +\mathcode`\+="202B +\mathcode`\,="613B +\mathcode`\-="2200 +\mathcode`\.="013A +\mathcode`\/="013D +\mathcode`\:="303A +\mathcode`\;="603B +\mathcode`\<="313C +\mathcode`\=="303D +\mathcode`\>="313E +\mathcode`\?="503F +\mathcode`\[="405B +\mathcode`\\="026E % \backslash +\mathcode`\]="505D +\mathcode`\_="8000 % \_ +\mathcode`\{="4266 +\mathcode`\|="026A +\mathcode`\}="5267 +\mathcode`\^^?="1273 % \smallint + +% INITEX sets \uccode`x=`X and \uccode `X=`X for all letters x, +% and \lccode`x=`x, \lccode`X=`x; all other values are zero. +% No changes to those tables are needed in plain TeX format. + +% INITEX sets \sfcode x=1000 for all x, except that \sfcode`X=999 +% for uppercase letters. The following changes are needed: +\sfcode`\)=0 \sfcode`\'=0 \sfcode`\]=0 +% The \nonfrenchspacing macro will make further changes to \sfcode values. + +% Finally, INITEX sets all \delcode values to -1, except \delcode`.=0 +\delcode`\(="028300 +\delcode`\)="029301 +\delcode`\[="05B302 +\delcode`\]="05D303 +\delcode`\<="26830A +\delcode`\>="26930B +\delcode`\/="02F30E +\delcode`\|="26A30C +\delcode`\\="26E30F +% N.B. { and } should NOT get delcodes; otherwise parameter grouping fails! + +% To make the plain macros more efficient in time and space, +% several constant values are declared here as control sequences. +% If they were changed, anything could happen; so they are private symbols. +\chardef\@ne=1 +\chardef\tw@=2 +\chardef\thr@@=3 +\chardef\sixt@@n=16 +\chardef\@cclv=255 +\mathchardef\@cclvi=256 +\mathchardef\@m=1000 +\mathchardef\@M=10000 +\mathchardef\@MM=20000 + +% Allocation of registers + +% Here are macros for the automatic allocation of \count, \box, \dimen, +% \skip, \muskip, and \toks registers, as well as \read and \write +% stream numbers, \fam codes, \language codes, and \insert numbers. + +\message{registers,} + +% When a register is used only temporarily, it need not be allocated; +% grouping can be used, making the value previously in the register return +% after the close of the group. The main use of these macros is for +% registers that are defined by one macro and used by others, possibly at +% different nesting levels. All such registers should be defined through +% these macros; otherwise conflicts may occur, especially when two or more +% more macro packages are being used at once. + +% The following counters are reserved: +% 0 to 9 page numbering +% 10 count allocation +% 11 dimen allocation +% 12 skip allocation +% 13 muskip allocation +% 14 box allocation +% 15 toks allocation +% 16 read file allocation +% 17 write file allocation +% 18 math family allocation +% 19 language allocation +% 20 insert allocation +% 21 the most recently allocated number +% 22 constant -1 +% New counters are allocated starting with 23, 24, etc. Other registers are +% allocated starting with 10. This leaves 0 through 9 for the user to play +% with safely, except that counts 0 to 9 are considered to be the page and +% subpage numbers (since they are displayed during output). In this scheme, +% \count 10 always contains the number of the highest-numbered counter that +% has been allocated, \count 14 the highest-numbered box, etc. +% Inserts are given numbers 254, 253, etc., since they require a \count, +% \dimen, \skip, and \box all with the same number; \count 20 contains the +% lowest-numbered insert that has been allocated. Of course, \box255 is +% reserved for \output; \count255, \dimen255, and \skip255 can be used freely. + +% It is recommended that macro designers always use +% \global assignments with respect to registers numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, and +% always non-\global assignments with respect to registers 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 255. +% This will prevent ``save stack buildup'' that might otherwise occur. + +\count10=22 % allocates \count registers 23, 24, ... +\count11=9 % allocates \dimen registers 10, 11, ... +\count12=9 % allocates \skip registers 10, 11, ... +\count13=9 % allocates \muskip registers 10, 11, ... +\count14=9 % allocates \box registers 10, 11, ... +\count15=9 % allocates \toks registers 10, 11, ... +\count16=-1 % allocates input streams 0, 1, ... +\count17=-1 % allocates output streams 0, 1, ... +\count18=3 % allocates math families 4, 5, ... +\count19=0 % allocates \language codes 1, 2, ... +\count20=255 % allocates insertions 254, 253, ... +\countdef\insc@unt=20 % the insertion counter +\countdef\allocationnumber=21 % the most recent allocation +\countdef\m@ne=22 \m@ne=-1 % a handy constant +\def\wlog{\immediate\write\m@ne} % write on log file (only) + +% Here are abbreviations for the names of scratch registers +% that don't need to be allocated. + +\countdef\count@=255 +\dimendef\dimen@=0 +\dimendef\dimen@i=1 % global only +\dimendef\dimen@ii=2 +\skipdef\skip@=0 +\toksdef\toks@=0 + +% Now, we define \newcount, \newbox, etc. so that you can say \newcount\foo +% and \foo will be defined (with \countdef) to be the next counter. +% To find out which counter \foo is, you can look at \allocationnumber. +% Since there's no \boxdef command, \chardef is used to define a \newbox, +% \newinsert, \newfam, and so on. + +\outer\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} +\outer\def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt} +\outer\def\newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt} +\outer\def\newmuskip{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi} +\outer\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt} +\let\newtoks=\relax % we do this to allow plain.tex to be read in twice +\outer\def\newhelp#1#2{\newtoks#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}} +\outer\def\newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi} +\outer\def\newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n} +\outer\def\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n} +\outer\def\newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n} +\outer\def\newlanguage{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi} +\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{\global\advance\count1#1by\@ne + \ch@ck#1#4#2% make sure there's still room + \allocationnumber=\count1#1% + \global#3#5=\allocationnumber + \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}} +\outer\def\newinsert#1{\global\advance\insc@unt by\m@ne + \ch@ck0\insc@unt\count + \ch@ck1\insc@unt\dimen + \ch@ck2\insc@unt\skip + \ch@ck4\insc@unt\box + \allocationnumber=\insc@unt + \global\chardef#1=\allocationnumber + \wlog{\string#1=\string\insert\the\allocationnumber}} +\def\ch@ck#1#2#3{\ifnum\count1#1<#2% + \else\errmessage{No room for a new #3}\fi} + +% Here are some examples of allocation. +\newdimen\maxdimen \maxdimen=16383.99999pt % the largest legal +\newskip\hideskip \hideskip=-1000pt plus 1fill % negative but can grow +\newskip\centering \centering=0pt plus 1000pt minus 1000pt +\newdimen\p@ \p@=1pt % this saves macro space and time +\newdimen\z@ \z@=0pt % can be used both for 0pt and 0 +\newskip\z@skip \z@skip=0pt plus0pt minus0pt +\newbox\voidb@x % permanently void box register + +% And here's a different sort of allocation: +% For example, \newif\iffoo creates \footrue, \foofalse to go with \iffoo. +\outer\def\newif#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}% + \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false +\def\@if#1#2{\csname\expandafter\if@\string#1#2\endcsname} +{\uccode`1=`i \uccode`2=`f \uppercase{\gdef\if@12{}}} % `if' is required + +% Assign initial values to TeX's parameters + +\message{parameters,} + +% All of TeX's numeric parameters are listed here, +% but the code is commented out if no special value needs to be set. +% INITEX makes all parameters zero except where noted. + +\pretolerance=100 +\tolerance=200 % INITEX sets this to 10000 +\hbadness=1000 +\vbadness=1000 +\linepenalty=10 +\hyphenpenalty=50 +\exhyphenpenalty=50 +\binoppenalty=700 +\relpenalty=500 +\clubpenalty=150 +\widowpenalty=150 +\displaywidowpenalty=50 +\brokenpenalty=100 +\predisplaypenalty=10000 +% \postdisplaypenalty=0 +% \interlinepenalty=0 +% \floatingpenalty=0, set during \insert +% \outputpenalty=0, set before TeX enters \output +\doublehyphendemerits=10000 +\finalhyphendemerits=5000 +\adjdemerits=10000 +% \looseness=0, cleared by TeX after each paragraph +% \pausing=0 +% \holdinginserts=0 +% \tracingonline=0 +% \tracingmacros=0 +% \tracingstats=0 +% \tracingparagraphs=0 +% \tracingpages=0 +% \tracingoutput=0 +\tracinglostchars=1 +% \tracingcommands=0 +% \tracingrestores=0 +% \language=0 +\uchyph=1 +% \lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 set below +% \globaldefs=0 +% \maxdeadcycles=25 % INITEX does this +% \hangafter=1 % INITEX does this, also TeX after each paragraph +% \fam=0 +% \mag=1000 % INITEX does this +% \escapechar=`\\ % INITEX does this +\defaulthyphenchar=`\- +\defaultskewchar=-1 +% \endlinechar=`\^^M % INITEX does this +\newlinechar=-1 +\delimiterfactor=901 +% \time=now % TeX does this at beginning of job +% \day=now % TeX does this at beginning of job +% \month=now % TeX does this at beginning of job +% \year=now % TeX does this at beginning of job +\showboxbreadth=5 +\showboxdepth=3 +\errorcontextlines=5 + +\hfuzz=0.1pt +\vfuzz=0.1pt +\overfullrule=5pt +\hsize=6.5in +\vsize=8.9in +\maxdepth=4pt +\splitmaxdepth=\maxdimen +\boxmaxdepth=\maxdimen +% \lineskiplimit=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines +\delimitershortfall=5pt +\nulldelimiterspace=1.2pt +\scriptspace=0.5pt +% \mathsurround=0pt +% \predisplaysize=0pt, set before TeX enters $$ +% \displaywidth=0pt, set before TeX enters $$ +% \displayindent=0pt, set before TeX enters $$ +\parindent=20pt +% \hangindent=0pt, zeroed by TeX after each paragraph +% \hoffset=0pt +% \voffset=0pt + +% \baselineskip=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines +% \lineskip=0pt, changed by \normalbaselines +\parskip=0pt plus 1pt +\abovedisplayskip=12pt plus 3pt minus 9pt +\abovedisplayshortskip=0pt plus 3pt +\belowdisplayskip=12pt plus 3pt minus 9pt +\belowdisplayshortskip=7pt plus 3pt minus 4pt +% \leftskip=0pt +% \rightskip=0pt +\topskip=10pt +\splittopskip=10pt +% \tabskip=0pt +% \spaceskip=0pt +% \xspaceskip=0pt +\parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil + +\thinmuskip=3mu +\medmuskip=4mu plus 2mu minus 4mu +\thickmuskip=5mu plus 5mu + +% We also define special registers that function like parameters: +\newskip\smallskipamount \smallskipamount=3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt +\newskip\medskipamount \medskipamount=6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt +\newskip\bigskipamount \bigskipamount=12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt +\newskip\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselineskip=12pt +\newskip\normallineskip \normallineskip=1pt +\newdimen\normallineskiplimit \normallineskiplimit=0pt +\newdimen\jot \jot=3pt +\newcount\interdisplaylinepenalty \interdisplaylinepenalty=100 +\newcount\interfootnotelinepenalty \interfootnotelinepenalty=100 + +% Definitions for preloaded fonts + +\def\magstephalf{1095 } +\def\magstep#1{\ifcase#1 \@m\or 1200\or 1440\or 1728\or 2074\or 2488\fi\relax} + +% Fonts assigned to \preloaded are not part of "plain TeX", +% but they are preloaded so that other format packages can use them. +% For example, if another set of macros says "\font\ninerm=cmr9", +% TeX will not have to reload the font metric information for cmr9. + +\message{fonts,} + +\font\tenrm=cmr10 % roman text +\font\preloaded=cmr9 +\font\preloaded=cmr8 +\font\sevenrm=cmr7 +\font\preloaded=cmr6 +\font\fiverm=cmr5 + +\font\teni=cmmi10 % math italic +\font\preloaded=cmmi9 +\font\preloaded=cmmi8 +\font\seveni=cmmi7 +\font\preloaded=cmmi6 +\font\fivei=cmmi5 + +\font\tensy=cmsy10 % math symbols +\font\preloaded=cmsy9 +\font\preloaded=cmsy8 +\font\sevensy=cmsy7 +\font\preloaded=cmsy6 +\font\fivesy=cmsy5 + +\font\tenex=cmex10 % math extension + +\font\preloaded=cmss10 % sans serif +\font\preloaded=cmssq8 + +\font\preloaded=cmssi10 % sans serif italic +\font\preloaded=cmssqi8 + +\font\tenbf=cmbx10 % boldface extended +\font\preloaded=cmbx9 +\font\preloaded=cmbx8 +\font\sevenbf=cmbx7 +\font\preloaded=cmbx6 +\font\fivebf=cmbx5 + +\font\tentt=cmtt10 % typewriter +\font\preloaded=cmtt9 +\font\preloaded=cmtt8 + +\font\preloaded=cmsltt10 % slanted typewriter + +\font\tensl=cmsl10 % slanted roman +\font\preloaded=cmsl9 +\font\preloaded=cmsl8 + +\font\tenit=cmti10 % text italic +\font\preloaded=cmti9 +\font\preloaded=cmti8 +\font\preloaded=cmti7 + +\message{more fonts,} +\font\preloaded=cmu10 % unslanted text italic + +\font\preloaded=cmmib10 % bold math italic +\font\preloaded=cmbsy10 % bold math symbols + +\font\preloaded=cmcsc10 % caps and small caps + +\font\preloaded=cmssbx10 % sans serif bold extended + +\font\preloaded=cmdunh10 % Dunhill style + +\font\preloaded=cmr7 scaled \magstep4 % for titles +\font\preloaded=cmtt10 scaled \magstep2 +\font\preloaded=cmssbx10 scaled \magstep2 + +\font\preloaded=manfnt % METAFONT logo and dragon curve and special symbols + +% Additional \preloaded fonts can be specified here. +% (And those that were \preloaded above can be eliminated.) + +\let\preloaded=\undefined % preloaded fonts must be declared anew later. + +\skewchar\teni='177 \skewchar\seveni='177 \skewchar\fivei='177 +\skewchar\tensy='60 \skewchar\sevensy='60 \skewchar\fivesy='60 + +\textfont0=\tenrm \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptscriptfont0=\fiverm +\def\rm{\fam\z@\tenrm} +\textfont1=\teni \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptscriptfont1=\fivei +\def\mit{\fam\@ne} \def\oldstyle{\fam\@ne\teni} +\textfont2=\tensy \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptscriptfont2=\fivesy +\def\cal{\fam\tw@} +\textfont3=\tenex \scriptfont3=\tenex \scriptscriptfont3=\tenex +\newfam\itfam \def\it{\fam\itfam\tenit} % \it is family 4 +\textfont\itfam=\tenit +\newfam\slfam \def\sl{\fam\slfam\tensl} % \sl is family 5 +\textfont\slfam=\tensl +\newfam\bffam \def\bf{\fam\bffam\tenbf} % \bf is family 6 +\textfont\bffam=\tenbf \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf +\scriptscriptfont\bffam=\fivebf +\newfam\ttfam \def\tt{\fam\ttfam\tentt} % \tt is family 7 +\textfont\ttfam=\tentt + +% Macros for setting ordinary text +\message{macros,} + +\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode`\.\@m \sfcode`\?\@m \sfcode`\!\@m + \sfcode`\:\@m \sfcode`\;\@m \sfcode`\,\@m} +\def\nonfrenchspacing{\sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000% + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 } + +\def\normalbaselines{\lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip \lineskiplimit\normallineskiplimit} + +\def\^^M{\ } % control = control +\def\^^I{\ } % same for + +\def\lq{`} \def\rq{'} +\def\lbrack{[} \def\rbrack{]} + +\let\endgraf=\par \let\endline=\cr + +\def\space{ } +\def\empty{} +\def\null{\hbox{}} + +\let\bgroup={ \let\egroup=} + +% In \obeylines, we say `\let^^M=\par' instead of `\def^^M{\par}' +% since this allows, for example, `\let\par=\cr \obeylines \halign{...' +{\catcode`\^^M=\active % these lines must end with % + \gdef\obeylines{\catcode`\^^M\active \let^^M\par}% + \global\let^^M\par} % this is in case ^^M appears in a \write +\def\obeyspaces{\catcode`\ \active} +{\obeyspaces\global\let =\space} + +\def\loop#1\repeat{\def\body{#1}\iterate} +\def\iterate{\body \let\next\iterate \else\let\next\relax\fi \next} +\let\repeat=\fi % this makes \loop...\if...\repeat skippable + +\def\thinspace{\kern .16667em } +\def\negthinspace{\kern-.16667em } +\def\enspace{\kern.5em } + +\def\enskip{\hskip.5em\relax} +\def\quad{\hskip1em\relax} +\def\qquad{\hskip2em\relax} + +\def\smallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount} +\def\medskip{\vskip\medskipamount} +\def\bigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount} + +\def\nointerlineskip{\prevdepth-1000\p@} +\def\offinterlineskip{\baselineskip-1000\p@ + \lineskip\z@ \lineskiplimit\maxdimen} + +\def\topglue{\nointerlineskip\vglue-\topskip\vglue} % for top of page +\def\vglue{\afterassignment\vgl@\skip@=} +\def\vgl@{\par \dimen@\prevdepth \hrule height\z@ + \nobreak\vskip\skip@ \prevdepth\dimen@} +\def\hglue{\afterassignment\hgl@\skip@=} +\def\hgl@{\leavevmode \count@\spacefactor \vrule width\z@ + \nobreak\hskip\skip@ \spacefactor\count@} + +\def~{\penalty\@M \ } % tie +\def\slash{/\penalty\exhyphenpenalty} % a `/' that acts like a `-' + +\def\break{\penalty-\@M} +\def\nobreak{\penalty \@M} +\def\allowbreak{\penalty \z@} + +\def\filbreak{\par\vfil\penalty-200\vfilneg} +\def\goodbreak{\par\penalty-500 } +\def\eject{\par\break} +\def\supereject{\par\penalty-\@MM} + +\def\removelastskip{\ifdim\lastskip=\z@\else\vskip-\lastskip\fi} +\def\smallbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi} +\def\medbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi} + +\def\line{\hbox to\hsize} +\def\leftline#1{\line{#1\hss}} +\def\rightline#1{\line{\hss#1}} +\def\centerline#1{\line{\hss#1\hss}} + +\def\rlap#1{\hbox to\z@{#1\hss}} +\def\llap#1{\hbox to\z@{\hss#1}} + +\def\m@th{\mathsurround\z@} +\def\underbar#1{$\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\dp\z@\z@ + \m@th \underline{\box\z@}$} + +\newbox\strutbox +\setbox\strutbox=\hbox{\vrule height8.5pt depth3.5pt width\z@} +\def\strut{\relax\ifmmode\copy\strutbox\else\unhcopy\strutbox\fi} + +\def\hidewidth{\hskip\hideskip} % for alignment entries that can stick out +\def\ialign{\everycr{}\tabskip\z@skip\halign} % initialized \halign +\newcount\mscount +\def\multispan#1{\omit \mscount#1\relax + \loop\ifnum\mscount>\@ne \sp@n\repeat} +\def\sp@n{\span\omit\advance\mscount\m@ne} + +\newif\ifus@ \newif\if@cr +\newbox\tabs \newbox\tabsyet \newbox\tabsdone + +\def\cleartabs{\global\setbox\tabsyet\null \setbox\tabs\null} +\def\settabs{\setbox\tabs\null \futurelet\next\sett@b} +\let\+=\relax % in case this file is being read in twice +\def\sett@b{\ifx\next\+\def\nxt{\afterassignment\s@tt@b\let\nxt}% + \else\let\nxt\s@tcols\fi \let\next\relax \nxt} +\def\s@tt@b{\let\nxt\relax \us@false\m@ketabbox} +\def\tabalign{\us@true\m@ketabbox} % non-\outer version of \+ +\outer\def\+{\tabalign} +\def\s@tcols#1\columns{\count@#1\dimen@\hsize + \loop\ifnum\count@>\z@ \@nother \repeat} +\def\@nother{\dimen@ii\dimen@ \divide\dimen@ii\count@ + \setbox\tabs\hbox{\hbox to\dimen@ii{}\unhbox\tabs}% + \advance\dimen@-\dimen@ii \advance\count@\m@ne} + +\def\m@ketabbox{\begingroup + \global\setbox\tabsyet\copy\tabs + \global\setbox\tabsdone\null + \def\cr{\@crtrue\crcr\egroup\egroup + \ifus@\unvbox\z@\lastbox\fi\endgroup + \setbox\tabs\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet\unhbox\tabsdone}}% + \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup\@crfalse + \ialign\bgroup&\t@bbox##\t@bb@x\crcr} + +\def\t@bbox{\setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup} +\def\t@bb@x{\if@cr\egroup % now \box\z@ holds the column + \else\hss\egroup \global\setbox\tabsyet\hbox{\unhbox\tabsyet + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% now \box\@ne holds its size + \ifvoid\@ne\global\setbox\@ne\hbox to\wd\z@{}% + \else\setbox\z@\hbox to\wd\@ne{\unhbox\z@}\fi + \global\setbox\tabsdone\hbox{\box\@ne\unhbox\tabsdone}\fi + \box\z@} + +\def\hang{\hangindent\parindent} +\def\textindent#1{\indent\llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces} +\def\item{\par\hang\textindent} +\def\itemitem{\par\indent \hangindent2\parindent \textindent} +\def\narrower{\advance\leftskip\parindent + \advance\rightskip\parindent} + +\outer\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip\z@ plus.3\vsize\penalty-250 + \vskip\z@ plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip + \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent} +\outer\def\proclaim #1. #2\par{\medbreak + \noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}{\sl#2\par}% + \ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty55\medskip\fi} + +\def\raggedright{\rightskip\z@ plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax} +\def\ttraggedright{\tt\rightskip\z@ plus2em\relax} % for use with \tt only + +\chardef\%=`\% +\chardef\&=`\& +\chardef\#=`\# +\chardef\$=`\$ +\chardef\ss="19 +\chardef\ae="1A +\chardef\oe="1B +\chardef\o="1C +\chardef\AE="1D +\chardef\OE="1E +\chardef\O="1F +\chardef\i="10 \chardef\j="11 % dotless letters +\def\aa{\accent23a} +\def\l{\char32l} +\def\L{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{L}\hbox to\wd0{\hss\char32L}} + +\def\leavevmode{\unhbox\voidb@x} % begins a paragraph, if necessary +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em}} +\def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex% + \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A} + +\def\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\leavevmode + \hbox{$\m@th \mathchar"#1#2#3$}} +\def\dag{\mathhexbox279} +\def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A} +\def\S{\mathhexbox278} +\def\P{\mathhexbox27B} + +\def\oalign#1{\leavevmode\vtop{\baselineskip\z@skip \lineskip.25ex% + \ialign{##\crcr#1\crcr}}} \def\o@lign{\lineskiplimit\z@ \oalign} +\def\ooalign{\lineskiplimit-\maxdimen \oalign} % chars over each other +\def\sh@ft#1{\dimen\z@.00#1ex\multiply\dimen\z@\fontdimen1\font + \kern-.0156\dimen\z@} % compensate for slant in lowered accents +\def\d#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{10}.\hidewidth}}} +\def\b#1{{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}% + \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}}} +\def\c#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 #1% + \else{\ooalign{\unhbox\z@\crcr\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth}}\fi} +\def\copyright{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{c}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}} + +\def\dots{\relax\ifmmode\ldots\else$\m@th\ldots\,$\fi} +\def\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX} + +\def\`#1{{\accent18 #1}} +\def\'#1{{\accent19 #1}} +\def\v#1{{\accent20 #1}} \let\^^_=\v +\def\u#1{{\accent21 #1}} \let\^^S=\u +\def\=#1{{\accent22 #1}} +\def\^#1{{\accent94 #1}} \let\^^D=\^ +\def\.#1{{\accent95 #1}} +\def\H#1{{\accent"7D #1}} +\def\~#1{{\accent"7E #1}} +\def\"#1{{\accent"7F #1}} +\def\t#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\the\textfont1\accent"7F\next#1}} + +\def\hrulefill{\leaders\hrule\hfill} +\def\dotfill{\cleaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hfill} +\def\rightarrowfill{$\m@th\smash-\mkern-6mu% + \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\smash-\mkern-2mu$}\hfill + \mkern-6mu\mathord\rightarrow$} +\def\leftarrowfill{$\m@th\mathord\leftarrow\mkern-6mu% + \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu\smash-\mkern-2mu$}\hfill + \mkern-6mu\smash-$} +\mathchardef\braceld="37A \mathchardef\bracerd="37B +\mathchardef\bracelu="37C \mathchardef\braceru="37D +\def\downbracefill{$\m@th \setbox\z@\hbox{$\braceld$}% + \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\braceru + \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\bracerd$} +\def\upbracefill{$\m@th \setbox\z@\hbox{$\braceld$}% + \bracelu\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\bracerd + \braceld\leaders\vrule height\ht\z@ depth\z@\hfill\braceru$} + +\outer\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end} + +% Macros for math setting +\message{math definitions,} + +\let\sp=^ \let\sb=_ +\def\,{\mskip\thinmuskip} +\def\>{\mskip\medmuskip} +\def\;{\mskip\thickmuskip} +\def\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip} +\def\*{\discretionary{\thinspace\the\textfont2\char2}{}{}} +{\catcode`\'=\active \gdef'{^\bgroup\prim@s}} +\def\prim@s{\prime\futurelet\next\pr@m@s} +\def\pr@m@s{\ifx'\next\let\nxt\pr@@@s \else\ifx^\next\let\nxt\pr@@@t + \else\let\nxt\egroup\fi\fi \nxt} +\def\pr@@@s#1{\prim@s} \def\pr@@@t#1#2{#2\egroup} +{\catcode`\^^Z=\active \gdef^^Z{\not=}} % ^^Z is like \ne in math + +{\catcode`\_=\active \global\let_=\_} % _ in math is either subscript or \_ + +\mathchardef\alpha="010B +\mathchardef\beta="010C +\mathchardef\gamma="010D +\mathchardef\delta="010E +\mathchardef\epsilon="010F +\mathchardef\zeta="0110 +\mathchardef\eta="0111 +\mathchardef\theta="0112 +\mathchardef\iota="0113 +\mathchardef\kappa="0114 +\mathchardef\lambda="0115 +\mathchardef\mu="0116 +\mathchardef\nu="0117 +\mathchardef\xi="0118 +\mathchardef\pi="0119 +\mathchardef\rho="011A +\mathchardef\sigma="011B +\mathchardef\tau="011C +\mathchardef\upsilon="011D +\mathchardef\phi="011E +\mathchardef\chi="011F +\mathchardef\psi="0120 +\mathchardef\omega="0121 +\mathchardef\varepsilon="0122 +\mathchardef\vartheta="0123 +\mathchardef\varpi="0124 +\mathchardef\varrho="0125 +\mathchardef\varsigma="0126 +\mathchardef\varphi="0127 +\mathchardef\Gamma="7000 +\mathchardef\Delta="7001 +\mathchardef\Theta="7002 +\mathchardef\Lambda="7003 +\mathchardef\Xi="7004 +\mathchardef\Pi="7005 +\mathchardef\Sigma="7006 +\mathchardef\Upsilon="7007 +\mathchardef\Phi="7008 +\mathchardef\Psi="7009 +\mathchardef\Omega="700A + +\mathchardef\aleph="0240 +\def\hbar{{\mathchar'26\mkern-9muh}} +\mathchardef\imath="017B +\mathchardef\jmath="017C +\mathchardef\ell="0160 +\mathchardef\wp="017D +\mathchardef\Re="023C +\mathchardef\Im="023D +\mathchardef\partial="0140 +\mathchardef\infty="0231 +\mathchardef\prime="0230 +\mathchardef\emptyset="023B +\mathchardef\nabla="0272 +\def\surd{{\mathchar"1270}} +\mathchardef\top="023E +\mathchardef\bot="023F +\def\angle{{\vbox{\ialign{$\m@th\scriptstyle##$\crcr + \not\mathrel{\mkern14mu}\crcr + \noalign{\nointerlineskip} + \mkern2.5mu\leaders\hrule height.34pt\hfill\mkern2.5mu\crcr}}}} +\mathchardef\triangle="0234 +\mathchardef\forall="0238 +\mathchardef\exists="0239 +\mathchardef\neg="023A \let\lnot=\neg +\mathchardef\flat="015B +\mathchardef\natural="015C +\mathchardef\sharp="015D +\mathchardef\clubsuit="027C +\mathchardef\diamondsuit="027D +\mathchardef\heartsuit="027E +\mathchardef\spadesuit="027F + +\mathchardef\coprod="1360 +\mathchardef\bigvee="1357 +\mathchardef\bigwedge="1356 +\mathchardef\biguplus="1355 +\mathchardef\bigcap="1354 +\mathchardef\bigcup="1353 +\mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits} +\mathchardef\prod="1351 +\mathchardef\sum="1350 +\mathchardef\bigotimes="134E +\mathchardef\bigoplus="134C +\mathchardef\bigodot="134A +\mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits} +\mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346 +\mathchardef\smallint="1273 + +\mathchardef\triangleleft="212F +\mathchardef\triangleright="212E +\mathchardef\bigtriangleup="2234 +\mathchardef\bigtriangledown="2235 +\mathchardef\wedge="225E \let\land=\wedge +\mathchardef\vee="225F \let\lor=\vee +\mathchardef\cap="225C +\mathchardef\cup="225B +\mathchardef\ddagger="227A +\mathchardef\dagger="2279 +\mathchardef\sqcap="2275 +\mathchardef\sqcup="2274 +\mathchardef\uplus="225D +\mathchardef\amalg="2271 +\mathchardef\diamond="2205 +\mathchardef\bullet="220F +\mathchardef\wr="226F +\mathchardef\div="2204 +\mathchardef\odot="220C +\mathchardef\oslash="220B +\mathchardef\otimes="220A +\mathchardef\ominus="2209 +\mathchardef\oplus="2208 +\mathchardef\mp="2207 +\mathchardef\pm="2206 +\mathchardef\circ="220E +\mathchardef\bigcirc="220D +\mathchardef\setminus="226E % for set difference A\setminus B +\mathchardef\cdot="2201 +\mathchardef\ast="2203 +\mathchardef\times="2202 +\mathchardef\star="213F + +\mathchardef\propto="322F +\mathchardef\sqsubseteq="3276 +\mathchardef\sqsupseteq="3277 +\mathchardef\parallel="326B +\mathchardef\mid="326A +\mathchardef\dashv="3261 +\mathchardef\vdash="3260 +\mathchardef\nearrow="3225 +\mathchardef\searrow="3226 +\mathchardef\nwarrow="322D +\mathchardef\swarrow="322E +\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="322C +\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3228 +\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3229 +\def\neq{\not=} \let\ne=\neq +\mathchardef\leq="3214 \let\le=\leq +\mathchardef\geq="3215 \let\ge=\geq +\mathchardef\succ="321F +\mathchardef\prec="321E +\mathchardef\approx="3219 +\mathchardef\succeq="3217 +\mathchardef\preceq="3216 +\mathchardef\supset="321B +\mathchardef\subset="321A +\mathchardef\supseteq="3213 +\mathchardef\subseteq="3212 +\mathchardef\in="3232 +\mathchardef\ni="3233 \let\owns=\ni +\mathchardef\gg="321D +\mathchardef\ll="321C +\mathchardef\not="3236 +\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3224 +\mathchardef\leftarrow="3220 \let\gets=\leftarrow +\mathchardef\rightarrow="3221 \let\to=\rightarrow +\mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow} +\mathchardef\sim="3218 +\mathchardef\simeq="3227 +\mathchardef\perp="323F +\mathchardef\equiv="3211 +\mathchardef\asymp="3210 +\mathchardef\smile="315E +\mathchardef\frown="315F +\mathchardef\leftharpoonup="3128 +\mathchardef\leftharpoondown="3129 +\mathchardef\rightharpoonup="312A +\mathchardef\rightharpoondown="312B + +\def\joinrel{\mathrel{\mkern-3mu}} +\def\relbar{\mathrel{\smash-}} % \smash, because - has the same height as + +\def\Relbar{\mathrel=} +\mathchardef\lhook="312C \def\hookrightarrow{\lhook\joinrel\rightarrow} +\mathchardef\rhook="312D \def\hookleftarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\rhook} +\def\bowtie{\mathrel\triangleright\joinrel\mathrel\triangleleft} +\def\models{\mathrel|\joinrel=} +\def\Longrightarrow{\Relbar\joinrel\Rightarrow} +\def\longrightarrow{\relbar\joinrel\rightarrow} +\def\longleftarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\relbar} +\def\Longleftarrow{\Leftarrow\joinrel\Relbar} +\def\longmapsto{\mapstochar\longrightarrow} +\def\longleftrightarrow{\leftarrow\joinrel\rightarrow} +\def\Longleftrightarrow{\Leftarrow\joinrel\Rightarrow} +\def\iff{\;\Longleftrightarrow\;} + +\mathchardef\ldotp="613A % ldot as a punctuation mark +\mathchardef\cdotp="6201 % cdot as a punctuation mark +\mathchardef\colon="603A % colon as a punctuation mark +\def\ldots{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}} +\def\cdots{\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}} +\def\vdots{\vbox{\baselineskip4\p@ \lineskiplimit\z@ + \kern6\p@\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}}} +\def\ddots{\mathinner{\mkern1mu\raise7\p@\vbox{\kern7\p@\hbox{.}}\mkern2mu + \raise4\p@\hbox{.}\mkern2mu\raise\p@\hbox{.}\mkern1mu}} + +\def\acute{\mathaccent"7013 } +\def\grave{\mathaccent"7012 } +\def\ddot{\mathaccent"707F } +\def\tilde{\mathaccent"707E } +\def\bar{\mathaccent"7016 } +\def\breve{\mathaccent"7015 } +\def\check{\mathaccent"7014 } +\def\hat{\mathaccent"705E } +\def\vec{\mathaccent"017E } +\def\dot{\mathaccent"705F } +\def\widetilde{\mathaccent"0365 } +\def\widehat{\mathaccent"0362 } +\def\overrightarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr + \rightarrowfill\crcr\noalign{\kern-\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}} +\def\overleftarrow#1{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr + \leftarrowfill\crcr\noalign{\kern-\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}} +\def\overbrace#1{\mathop{\vbox{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@} + \downbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}\limits} +\def\underbrace#1{\mathop{\vtop{\m@th\ialign{##\crcr + $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@\nointerlineskip} + \upbracefill\crcr\noalign{\kern3\p@}}}}\limits} +\def\skew#1#2#3{{\muskip\z@#1mu\divide\muskip\z@\tw@ \mkern\muskip\z@ + #2{\mkern-\muskip\z@{#3}\mkern\muskip\z@}\mkern-\muskip\z@}{}} + +\def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } % top from (, bottom from ) +\def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 } % top from ), bottom from ( +\def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } % extensible ( with sharper tips +\def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B } % extensible ) with sharper tips +\def\arrowvert{\delimiter"26A33C } % arrow without arrowheads +\def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"26B33D } % double arrow without arrowheads +\def\bracevert{\delimiter"77C33E } % the vertical bar that extends braces +\def\Vert{\delimiter"26B30D } \let\|=\Vert +\def\vert{\delimiter"26A30C } +\def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 } +\def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 } +\def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F } +\def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E } +\def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F } +\def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 } +\def\backslash{\delimiter"26E30F } % for double coset G\backslash H +\def\rangle{\delimiter"526930B } +\def\langle{\delimiter"426830A } +\def\rbrace{\delimiter"5267309 } \let\}=\rbrace +\def\lbrace{\delimiter"4266308 } \let\{=\lbrace +\def\rceil{\delimiter"5265307 } +\def\lceil{\delimiter"4264306 } +\def\rfloor{\delimiter"5263305 } +\def\lfloor{\delimiter"4262304 } + +\def\bigl{\mathopen\big} +\def\bigm{\mathrel\big} +\def\bigr{\mathclose\big} +\def\Bigl{\mathopen\Big} +\def\Bigm{\mathrel\Big} +\def\Bigr{\mathclose\Big} +\def\biggl{\mathopen\bigg} +\def\biggm{\mathrel\bigg} +\def\biggr{\mathclose\bigg} +\def\Biggl{\mathopen\Bigg} +\def\Biggm{\mathrel\Bigg} +\def\Biggr{\mathclose\Bigg} +\def\big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to8.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\Big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to11.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to14.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\Bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to17.5\p@{}\right.\n@space$}}} +\def\n@space{\nulldelimiterspace\z@ \m@th} + +\def\choose{\atopwithdelims()} +\def\brack{\atopwithdelims[]} +\def\brace{\atopwithdelims\{\}} + +\def\sqrt{\radical"270370 } + +\def\mathpalette#1#2{\mathchoice{#1\displaystyle{#2}}% + {#1\textstyle{#2}}{#1\scriptstyle{#2}}{#1\scriptscriptstyle{#2}}} +\newbox\rootbox +\def\root#1\of{\setbox\rootbox\hbox{$\m@th\scriptscriptstyle{#1}$} + \mathpalette\r@@t} +\def\r@@t#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1\sqrt{#2}$} + \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@-\dp\z@ + \mkern5mu\raise.6\dimen@\copy\rootbox \mkern-10mu \box\z@} +\newif\ifv@ \newif\ifh@ +\def\vphantom{\v@true\h@false\ph@nt} +\def\hphantom{\v@false\h@true\ph@nt} +\def\phantom{\v@true\h@true\ph@nt} +\def\ph@nt{\ifmmode\def\next{\mathpalette\mathph@nt}% + \else\let\next\makeph@nt\fi\next} +\def\makeph@nt#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\finph@nt} +\def\mathph@nt#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finph@nt} +\def\finph@nt{\setbox\tw@\null + \ifv@ \ht\tw@\ht\z@ \dp\tw@\dp\z@\fi + \ifh@ \wd\tw@\wd\z@\fi \box\tw@} +\def\mathstrut{\vphantom(} +\def\smash{\relax % \relax, in case this comes first in \halign + \ifmmode\def\next{\mathpalette\mathsm@sh}\else\let\next\makesm@sh + \fi\next} +\def\makesm@sh#1{\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\finsm@sh} +\def\mathsm@sh#1#2{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}\finsm@sh} +\def\finsm@sh{\ht\z@\z@ \dp\z@\z@ \box\z@} + +\def\cong{\mathrel{\mathpalette\@vereq\sim}} % congruence sign +\def\@vereq#1#2{\lower.5\p@\vbox{\lineskiplimit\maxdimen\lineskip-.5\p@ + \ialign{$\m@th#1\hfil##\hfil$\crcr#2\crcr=\crcr}}} +\def\notin{\mathrel{\mathpalette\c@ncel\in}} +\def\c@ncel#1#2{\m@th\ooalign{$\hfil#1\mkern1mu/\hfil$\crcr$#1#2$}} +\def\rightleftharpoons{\mathrel{\mathpalette\rlh@{}}} +\def\rlh@#1{\vcenter{\m@th\hbox{\ooalign{\raise2pt + \hbox{$#1\rightharpoonup$}\crcr + $#1\leftharpoondown$}}}} +\def\buildrel#1\over#2{\mathrel{\mathop{\kern\z@#2}\limits^{#1}}} +\def\doteq{\buildrel\textstyle.\over=} + +\def\log{\mathop{\rm log}\nolimits} +\def\lg{\mathop{\rm lg}\nolimits} +\def\ln{\mathop{\rm ln}\nolimits} +\def\lim{\mathop{\rm lim}} +\def\limsup{\mathop{\rm lim\,sup}} +\def\liminf{\mathop{\rm lim\,inf}} +\def\sin{\mathop{\rm sin}\nolimits} +\def\arcsin{\mathop{\rm arcsin}\nolimits} +\def\sinh{\mathop{\rm sinh}\nolimits} +\def\cos{\mathop{\rm cos}\nolimits} +\def\arccos{\mathop{\rm arccos}\nolimits} +\def\cosh{\mathop{\rm cosh}\nolimits} +\def\tan{\mathop{\rm tan}\nolimits} +\def\arctan{\mathop{\rm arctan}\nolimits} +\def\tanh{\mathop{\rm tanh}\nolimits} +\def\cot{\mathop{\rm cot}\nolimits} +\def\coth{\mathop{\rm coth}\nolimits} +\def\sec{\mathop{\rm sec}\nolimits} +\def\csc{\mathop{\rm csc}\nolimits} +\def\max{\mathop{\rm max}} +\def\min{\mathop{\rm min}} +\def\sup{\mathop{\rm sup}} +\def\inf{\mathop{\rm inf}} +\def\arg{\mathop{\rm arg}\nolimits} +\def\ker{\mathop{\rm ker}\nolimits} +\def\dim{\mathop{\rm dim}\nolimits} +\def\hom{\mathop{\rm hom}\nolimits} +\def\det{\mathop{\rm det}} +\def\exp{\mathop{\rm exp}\nolimits} +\def\Pr{\mathop{\rm Pr}} +\def\gcd{\mathop{\rm gcd}} +\def\deg{\mathop{\rm deg}\nolimits} + +\def\bmod{\nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip\mkern5mu + \mathbin{\rm mod}\penalty900\mkern5mu\nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip} +\def\pmod#1{\allowbreak\mkern18mu({\rm mod}\,\,#1)} + +\def\cases#1{\left\{\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th + \ialign{$##\hfil$&\quad##\hfil\crcr#1\crcr}}\right.} +\def\matrix#1{\null\,\vcenter{\normalbaselines\m@th + \ialign{\hfil$##$\hfil&&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr + \mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip} + #1\crcr\mathstrut\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}}}\,} +\def\pmatrix#1{\left(\matrix{#1}\right)} +\newdimen\p@renwd +\setbox0=\hbox{\tenex B} \p@renwd=\wd0 % width of the big left ( +\def\bordermatrix#1{\begingroup \m@th + \setbox\z@\vbox{\def\cr{\crcr\noalign{\kern2\p@\global\let\cr\endline}}% + \ialign{$##$\hfil\kern2\p@\kern\p@renwd&\thinspace\hfil$##$\hfil + &&\quad\hfil$##$\hfil\crcr + \omit\strut\hfil\crcr\noalign{\kern-\baselineskip}% + #1\crcr\omit\strut\cr}}% + \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvcopy\z@\global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% + \setbox\tw@\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\global\setbox\@ne\lastbox}% + \setbox\tw@\hbox{$\kern\wd\@ne\kern-\p@renwd\left(\kern-\wd\@ne + \global\setbox\@ne\vbox{\box\@ne\kern2\p@}% + \vcenter{\kern-\ht\@ne\unvbox\z@\kern-\baselineskip}\,\right)$}% + \null\;\vbox{\kern\ht\@ne\box\tw@}\endgroup} + +\def\openup{\afterassignment\@penup\dimen@=} +\def\@penup{\advance\lineskip\dimen@ + \advance\baselineskip\dimen@ + \advance\lineskiplimit\dimen@} +\def\eqalign#1{\null\,\vcenter{\openup\jot\m@th + \ialign{\strut\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil + \crcr#1\crcr}}\,} +\newif\ifdt@p +\def\displ@y{\global\dt@ptrue\openup\jot\m@th + \everycr{\noalign{\ifdt@p \global\dt@pfalse \ifdim\prevdepth>-1000\p@ + \vskip-\lineskiplimit \vskip\normallineskiplimit \fi + \else \penalty\interdisplaylinepenalty \fi}}} +\def\@lign{\tabskip\z@skip\everycr{}} % restore inside \displ@y +\def\displaylines#1{\displ@y \tabskip\z@skip + \halign{\hbox to\displaywidth{$\@lign\hfil\displaystyle##\hfil$}\crcr + #1\crcr}} +\def\eqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\centering + \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip + &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\centering + &\llap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr + #1\crcr}} +\def\leqalignno#1{\displ@y \tabskip\centering + \halign to\displaywidth{\hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip + &$\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\centering + &\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{$\@lign##$}\tabskip\displaywidth\crcr + #1\crcr}} + +% Definitions related to output + +\message{output routines,} + +\countdef\pageno=0 \pageno=1 % first page is number 1 +\newtoks\headline \headline={\hfil} % headline is normally blank +\newtoks\footline \footline={\hss\tenrm\folio\hss} + % footline is normally a centered page number in font \tenrm +\newif\ifr@ggedbottom +\def\raggedbottom{\topskip 10\p@ plus60\p@ \r@ggedbottomtrue} +\def\normalbottom{\topskip 10\p@ \r@ggedbottomfalse} % undoes \raggedbottom +\def\folio{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \romannumeral-\pageno \else\number\pageno \fi} +\def\nopagenumbers{\footline{\hfil}} % blank out the footline +\def\advancepageno{\ifnum\pageno<\z@ \global\advance\pageno\m@ne + \else\global\advance\pageno\@ne \fi} % increase |pageno| + +\newinsert\footins +\def\footnote#1{\let\@sf\empty % parameter #2 (the text) is read later + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi + #1\@sf\vfootnote{#1}} +\def\vfootnote#1{\insert\footins\bgroup + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip + \textindent{#1}\footstrut\futurelet\next\fo@t} +\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t + \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} +\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} +\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} +\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} +\def\footstrut{\vbox to\splittopskip{}} +\skip\footins=\bigskipamount % space added when footnote is present +\count\footins=1000 % footnote magnification factor (1 to 1) +\dimen\footins=8in % maximum footnotes per page + +\newinsert\topins +\newif\ifp@ge \newif\if@mid +\def\topinsert{\@midfalse\p@gefalse\@ins} +\def\midinsert{\@midtrue\@ins} +\def\pageinsert{\@midfalse\p@getrue\@ins} +\skip\topins=\z@skip % no space added when a topinsert is present +\count\topins=1000 % magnification factor (1 to 1) +\dimen\topins=\maxdimen % no limit per page +\def\@ins{\par\begingroup\setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup} % start a \vbox +\def\endinsert{\egroup % finish the \vbox + \if@mid \dimen@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen@\dp\z@ \advance\dimen@12\p@ + \advance\dimen@\pagetotal \advance\dimen@-\pageshrink + \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal\@midfalse\p@gefalse\fi\fi + \if@mid \bigskip\box\z@\bigbreak + \else\insert\topins{\penalty100 % floating insertion + \splittopskip\z@skip + \splitmaxdepth\maxdimen \floatingpenalty\z@ + \ifp@ge \dimen@\dp\z@ + \vbox to\vsize{\unvbox\z@\kern-\dimen@}% depth is zero + \else \box\z@\nobreak\bigskip\fi}\fi\endgroup} + +\output{\plainoutput} +\def\plainoutput{\shipout\vbox{\makeheadline\pagebody\makefootline}% + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-\@MM \else\dosupereject\fi} +\def\pagebody{\vbox to\vsize{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \pagecontents}} +\def\makeheadline{\vbox to\z@{\vskip-22.5\p@ + \line{\vbox to8.5\p@{}\the\headline}\vss}\nointerlineskip} +\def\makefootline{\baselineskip24\p@\line{\the\footline}} +\def\dosupereject{\ifnum\insertpenalties>\z@ % something is being held over + \line{}\kern-\topskip\nobreak\vfill\supereject\fi} + +\def\pagecontents{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi + \dimen@=\dp\@cclv \unvbox\@cclv % open up \box255 + \ifvoid\footins\else % footnote info is present + \vskip\skip\footins + \footnoterule + \unvbox\footins\fi + \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@ + \hrule width 2truein \kern 2.6\p@} % the \hrule is .4pt high + +% Hyphenation, miscellaneous macros, and initial values for standard layout +\message{hyphenation} + +\lefthyphenmin=2 \righthyphenmin=3 % disallow x- or -xx breaks +\input hyphen + +\def\magnification{\afterassignment\m@g\count@} +\def\m@g{\mag\count@ + \hsize6.5truein\vsize8.9truein\dimen\footins8truein} + +\def\tracingall{\tracingonline\@ne\tracingcommands\tw@\tracingstats\tw@ + \tracingpages\@ne\tracingoutput\@ne\tracinglostchars\@ne + \tracingmacros\tw@\tracingparagraphs\@ne\tracingrestores\@ne + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen\errorstopmode} + +\def\showhyphens#1{\setbox0\vbox{\parfillskip\z@skip\hsize\maxdimen\tenrm + \pretolerance\m@ne\tolerance\m@ne\hbadness0\showboxdepth0\ #1}} + +\normalbaselines\rm % select roman font +\nonfrenchspacing % punctuation affects the spacing +\catcode`@=12 % at signs are no longer letters + +\def\fmtname{plain}\def\fmtversion{3.14159} % identifies the current format + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..87586326e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,869 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-ini, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Specials are \TEX's channel to the outside world. They make +%D \TEX\ even more platform independant and permit easy +%D adaption to new developments. One major drawback of specials +%D is that they have to be supported by printer drivers. We've +%D tried to overcome this problem by implementinmg specials as +%D a sort of drivers themselves. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Special Macros / Initialization} + +\unprotect + +\startmessages dutch library: specials + title: specials + 1: -- geladen + 2: verdere nesting is niet toegestaan -- + 3: -- gereset + 4: commando -- bestaat niet + 5: definitiefile -- wordt geladen + 6: nesting is niet toegestaan +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: specials + title: specials + 1: -- loaded + 2: no deeper nesting is permitted -- + 3: -- is reset + 4: command -- does not exist + 5: loading definition file -- + 6: nesting is not permitted +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: specials + title: spezielles + 1: -- geladen + 2: Keine tiefere Verschachtelung erlaubt -- + 3: -- ist zurueckgesetzt + 4: Befehl -- existiert nicht + 5: Lade Definitionsdatei -- + 6: Verschachtelung nicht erlaubt +\stopmessages + +\startmessages dutch library: interactions + 21: -- code tussengevoegd +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: interactions + 21: -- code inserted +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: interactions + 21: -- Code eingefuegt +\stopmessages + +%D Because there is no standardization in the use of specials, +%D more than one driver or program can be supported. The +%D specials are grouped in libraries. Some of these are +%D general, such as the \type{postscript} library, some are +%D tuned to a special kind of program, like the \type{pdf} +%D ones, and some support a specific driver, as we can see in +%D the \type{yandy} library. A library is build with the +%D commands: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startspecials[name][inheritance] +%D +%D \definespecial\none{...} +%D \definespecial\onlyone#1{...} +%D \definespecial\alot#1#2#3#4{...} +%D +%D \stopspecials +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because drivers show some overlap in their support of +%D specials, a mechanism of inheritance is implemented. The +%D predefined libraries show this feature. +%D +%D Every special has to be predefined first. We do this with +%D the command: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installspecial [\none] [and] [0] +%D \installspecial [\onlyone] [and] [1] +%D \installspecial [\alot] [or] [4] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This means as much as: there is a special names +%D \type{\none} which has no arguments and has more than one +%D appearance. The special \type{\alot} on the other hand has +%D four arguments and is only defined once. Every instance in +%D the libraries of a special of category \type{and} is +%D executed when called upon, but only one special of +%D category \type{or} can be active. Most of the +%D \type{postscript}||specials are of category \type{or}, +%D because they tend to interfere with driver specific ones. +%D The interactive specials of \type{dviwindo} and \type{pdf} +%D are an example of specials that can be called both. +%D +%D A library is defined in a file with the name +%D \type{spec-...}. We load a library with the command: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \usespecials [list] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where the list can contain one or more file tags, the +%D \type{...} in the filename. The keyword \type{reset} +%D resets all loaded specials. This is equivalent to +%D \type{\resetspecials}. + +%D Although a mechanism of nesting can be implemented, we +%D prefer to use a inheritance mechanism as mentioned. Calls +%D upon \type{\usespecials} within a \type{\startspecials} +%D would lead to confusion and errors. + +\newif\ifinheritspecials + +%D We define some local constants and variables. They look a +%D bit horrible but we don't want conflicts. + +\def\@@specfil@@{@@specfil@@} +\def\@@speclst@@{@@speclst@@} +\def\@@speccat@@{@@speccat@@} +\def\@@specarg@@{@@specarg@@} +\def\@@specexc@@{@@specexc@@} + +\def\currentspecial {} +\def\currentspecialfile {} +\def\preloadedspecials {} + +%D \macros +%D {preloadspecials} +%D {} +%D +%D The following command can be used to show the loaded list +%D of specials. + +\def\preloadspecials% + {\doifsomething{\preloadedspecials} + {\showmessage{\m!specials}{1}{\preloadedspecials}}} + +%D \macros +%D {startspecials} +%D {} +%D +%D Every library has a unique name, which is given as the first +%D argument to \type{\startspecials}. When another library is +%D defined with the same name, previous specials can be +%D overruled. The name may differ from the file||tag. +%D +%D The optional second argument can consist of a list of +%D libraries that are to be loaded first. This list can contain +%D file||tags or names of libraries. Names are often more +%D meaningful. + +\def\dostartspecials[#1][#2]% + {\let\mainspecialfile=\currentspecialfile + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\inheritspecialsfalse} + {\ifinheritspecials + \showmessage{\m!specials}{2}{(#2)}% + \else + \inheritspecialstrue + \processcommalist[#2]\dousespecials + \inheritspecialsfalse + \fi}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\def\currentspecial{\s!unknown}} + {\def\currentspecial{#1}}% + \let\currentspecialfile=\mainspecialfile + \setevalue{\@@specfil@@\currentspecial}{\currentspecialfile}% + \unprotect + \addtocommalist{\currentspecial}\preloadedspecials} + +\def\startspecials% + {\dodoubleempty\dostartspecials} + +\def\stopspecials% + {\def\currentspecial{}% + \protect} + +%D \macros +%D {installspecial, +%D resetspecials} +%D {} +%D +%D We have to install specials before we can define and use +%D them. The command itself is defined as a call to another +%D command that executes one or more user||defined specials, +%D depending of it's category: \type{or} versus \type{and}. +%D +%D The command \type{\installspecial} takes three +%D (non||optional) arguments: the name of the command, the +%D category it belongs to and the number of arguments it +%D takes. +%D +%D With \type{\resetspecials} we can unload the predefined +%D specials. + +\def\@@allspecials{} + +\def\doinstallspecial[#1][#2][#3]% + {\setvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}{}% + \setvalue{\@@speccat@@\string#1}{#2}% + \setvalue{\@@specarg@@\string#1}{#3}% + \addtocommalist{\string#1}\@@allspecials + \def#1{\executespecial#1}} + +\def\installspecial% + {\dotripleargument\doinstallspecial} + +\def\resetspecials% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\setvalue{\@@speclst@@##1}{}}% + \processcommacommand[\@@allspecials]\docommando + \showmessage{\m!specials}{3}{\preloadedspecials}% + \def\preloadedspecials{}% + \def\@@allspecials{}} + +%D \macros +%D {definespecial} +%D {} +%D +%D The command \type{\definespecial} take the place of +%D \type{\def} in the definition of a special. Just to be +%D sure, we first check if the command is permitted, i.e. +%D installed. If not, we give a warning and gobble the +%D illegal command in an quite elegant way. +%D +%D If the command can be combined (\type{and}) with others, +%D we append it to a list, otherwise (\type{or}) it becomes +%D the only item in the list. + +\def\definespecial#1% + {\ifx#1\undefined + \showmessage{\m!specials}{4}{\string#1}% + \def\next% + {\def\@@illegalspecial@@}% + \else + \def\next% + {\doifelse{\getvalue{\@@speccat@@\string#1}}{or} + {\edef\@@newspeclst@@{\currentspecial}} + {\edef\@@newspeclst@@{\getvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}}% + \addtocommalist{\currentspecial}\@@newspeclst@@}% + \setevalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}{\@@newspeclst@@}% + \setvalue{\currentspecial\string#1}}% + \fi + \next} + +%D \macros +%D {usespecials} +%D {} +%D +%D We use \type{\usespecials} to load a specific library. +%D This command is only permitted outside de definition part. + +\def\dousespecials#1% + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!reset} + {\resetspecials} + {\doifdefinedelse{\@@specfil@@#1} + {\edef\currentspecialfile{\getvalue{\@@specfil@@#1}}} + {\edef\currentspecialfile{#1}}% + \showmessage{\m!specials}{5}{\f!specialprefix\currentspecialfile}% + \readsysfile{\f!specialprefix\currentspecialfile}{}{}% + \showmessage{\m!specials}{1}{\preloadedspecials}}} + +\def\usespecials[#1]% + {\doifelsenothing{\currentspecial} + {\processcommalist[#1]\dousespecials} + {\showmessage{\m!specials}{6}{}}} + +%D \macros +%D {executespecials} +%D {} +%D +%D The command \type{\executespecials} is used to execute the +%D defined specials. Once a special is installed, the special +%D itself calls for this command, so it's not needed outside +%D this module. One can use it if wanted. +%D +%D A former implementation grouped the execution. Recent +%D additions however |<|like the specials that implement object +%D handling|>| asked for non||grouped execution. + +\def\executespecials#1#2% + {\def\doonespecial##1% + {\getvalue{##1\string#1}#2\relax}% + \processcommacommand + [\getvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}]\doonespecial} + +\def\executespecial#1% + {\expandafter\ifcase\getvalue{\@@specarg@@\string#1}\relax + \def\next% + {\executespecials#1{}}% + \or + \def\next##1% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4##5% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4##5##6% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4##5##6##7% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}{##7}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}{##7}{##8}}}% + \or + \def\next##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8##9% + {\executespecials#1{{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}{##7}{##8}{##9}}}% + \else + \def\next% + {\message{illegal special: \string#1}}% + \fi + \next} + +%D The \type{{{...}}} are needed because we pass all those +%D arguments to the specials support macro. + +\let\openspecialfile = \relax +\let\closespecialfile = \relax + +% %D This is some new, experimental code, used for testing some +% %D proposals of Laurent Siebenmann on behalf of the +% %D \kap{EMJ} discussionlist. +% +% \newif\ifexternalspecials \externalspecialsfalse +% \newif\ifspecialstatus \specialstatustrue +% +% \newwrite\specialfile +% +% \def\openspecialfile% +% {\immediate\openout\specialfile=\jobname.etc\relax} +% +% \def\closespecialfile% +% {\immediate\closeout\specialfile} +% +% \let\internalspecial=\special +% +% \def\externalspecial#1% +% {\internalspecial{}% +% \immediate\write\specialfile{\currentspecialdriver\space: #1}} +% +% \def\doinstallspecial[#1][#2][#3]% +% {\setvalue{\@@specexc@@\string#1}{}% +% \setvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}{}% +% \setvalue{\@@speccat@@\string#1}{#2}% +% \setvalue{\@@specarg@@\string#1}{#3}% +% \addtocommalist{\string#1}\@@allspecials +% \def#1{\executespecial#1}} +% +% \def\resetspecials% +% {\def\docommando##1% +% {\setvalue{\@@specexc@@##1}{}% +% \setvalue{\@@speclst@@##1}{}}% +% \processcommacommand[\@@allspecials]\docommando +% \showmessage{\m!specials}{3}{\preloadedspecials}} +% +% \def\executespecials#1#2% +% {\edef\supportedspecials{\getvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}}% +% \def\doonespecial##1% +% {\doifdefined{##1\string#1} +% {\def\currentspecialdriver{##1}% +% \getvalue{##1\string#1}#2\relax}}% +% \ifexternalspecials +% \let\special=\externalspecial +% \doifelse{\supportedspecials}{} +% {\ifspecialstatus +% \immediate\write\specialfile{}% +% \immediate\write\specialfile{skipping : \string#1} +% \immediate\write\specialfile{}% +% \fi} +% {\ifspecialstatus +% \immediate\write\specialfile{}% +% \immediate\write\specialfile{executing : \string#1}% +% \immediate\write\specialfile{supported : \supportedspecials}% +% \fi +% \immediate\write\specialfile{}% +% \processcommacommand[\supportedspecials]\doonespecial}% +% \else +% \let\special=\internalspecial +% \doifelse{\getvalue{\@@speccat@@\string#1}}{or} +% {\doonespecial{\getvalue{\@@specexc@@\string#1}}} +% {\processcommacommand[\supportedspecials]\doonespecial}% +% \fi} +% +% \def\definespecial#1% +% {\ifx#1\undefined +% \showmessage{\m!specials}{4}{\string#1}% +% \def\next% +% {\def\@@illegalspecial@@}% +% \else +% \def\next% +% {\edef\@@newspeclst@@{\getvalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}}% +% \addtocommalist{\currentspecial}\@@newspeclst@@ +% \setevalue{\@@speclst@@\string#1}{\@@newspeclst@@}% +% \setevalue{\@@specexc@@\string#1}{\currentspecial}% +% \setvalue{\currentspecial\string#1}}% +% \fi +% \next} +% +% %D So far for the experiment. + +\protect + +% \startspecials +% \stopspecials +% \installspecial +% \definespecial + +%D The following libraries are defined. Two postscript +%D drivers are supported, as well as two mechanisms for +%D interactive texts. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \starttabel[|l|l|l|l|l|] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf file \NC +%D \bf name \NC +%D \bf calls \NC +%D \bf support \NC +%D \bf program / driver \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC \tttf spec-tex \NC +%D \tttf tex \NC +%D \NC +%D Generic \TEX\ (\DVI) \NC +%D (default) \NC\FR +%D \NC \tttf spec-ps \NC +%D \tttf postscript \NC +%D \NC +%D Adobe PostScript \NC +%D (default) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-tr \NC +%D \tttf rokicky \NC +%D \tttf postscript \NC +%D Thomas Rokicky \NC +%D (dvips) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-yy \NC +%D \tttf yandy \NC +%D \tttf postscript \NC +%D YandY \NC +%D (dvipsone, dviwindo) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-pdf \NC +%D \tttf pdf \NC +%D \NC +%D Adobe PDF V2.1 \NC +%D (Acrobat) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-win \NC +%D \tttf dviwindo \NC +%D YandY \NC +%D (dviwindo) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-1p0 \NC +%D \tttf pdf \NC +%D \NC +%D Adobe PDF V 1.0 \NC +%D (Acrobat) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-2p0 \NC +%D \tttf pdf \NC +%D \NC +%D Adobe PDF V 2.0 \NC +%D (Acrobat) \NC\MR +%D \NC \tttf spec-htm \NC +%D \tttf html \NC +%D \NC +%D HTML V 2.0 \NC +%D (dvips) \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, +%D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode,dostopcolormode} +%D {} +%D +%D We start with the installation of color and grayscale +%D specials. The values are in the range 0..1 (e.g. 0.25). +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartgraymode {gray} ... \dostopgraymode +%D \dostartrgbcolormode {red} {green} {blue} ... \dostopcolormode +%D \dostartcmykcolormode {cyan} {magenta} {yellow} {black} ... \dostopcolormode +%D \dostartgraycolormode {gray} ... \dostopcolormode +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because we can expect conflicts between drivers, we +%D implement them as category \type{or}. In previous versions +%D of \DVIPSONE\ the use of their color||specials did not +%D interfere with the PostScript ones, but recent versions do. + +\installspecial [\dostartgraymode] [or] [1] +\installspecial [\dostopgraymode] [or] [0] + +\installspecial [\dostartrgbcolormode] [or] [3] +\installspecial [\dostartcmykcolormode] [or] [4] +\installspecial [\dostartgraycolormode] [or] [1] +\installspecial [\dostopcolormode] [or] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {doinsertfile} +%D {} +%D +%D Probably the most problematic special is the following +%D one. Because we want to be able to support different +%D schemes, we pass a lot of data to it. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doinsertfile {type,method} {file} {xscale} {yscale} {x} {y} {w} {h} {options} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The scale is given percents, the other values are base +%D points. +%D +%D The special is implemented as \type{or}. Because +%D \DVIPSONE\ understands them all, a chain of alternatives +%D would generate multiple courrences of the same +%D illustration. +%D +%D When option 1 is passed, the viewers is asked to present a +%D preview, like the first frame of a movie. + +\installspecial [\doinsertfile] [or] [9] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartrotation, +%D dostoprotation} +%D {} +%D +%D We support rotation with the special: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartrotation {angle} ... \dostoprotation +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For the moment these specials are installed as +%D category \type{or}. + +\installspecial [\dostartrotation] [or] [1] +\installspecial [\dostoprotation] [or] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {doselectfirstpaperbin, +%D doselectsecondpaperbin} +%D {} +%D +%D Here are some very printer||specific ones. No further +%D comment. + +\installspecial [\doselectfirstpaperbin] [or] [0] +\installspecial [\doselectsecondpaperbin] [or] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {doovalbox} +%D {} +%D +%D When we look at the implementation, this is a complicated +%D one. There are seven arguments. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doovalbox {w} {h} {d} {linewidth} {radius} {stroke} {fill} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command has to return a \type{\vbox} which can be used +%D to lay over another one (with text). The radius is in +%D degrees, the stroke and fill are~\type{1} (true) of~\type{0} +%D (false). + +\installspecial [\doovalbox] [or] [7] + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupidentity} +%D {} +%D +%D We can declare some characteristics of the document with +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetupidentity {title} {subject} {author} {creator} {date} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D All data is in string format. + +\installspecial [\dosetupidentity] [and] [5] + +%D \macros +%D {dosetuppaper} +%D {} +%D +%D This special can be used to tell the driver what page size +%D to use. The special takes three arguments. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetuppaper {type} {width} {height} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The type is one of the common identifiers, like A4, A5 or +%D B2. + +\installspecial [\dosetuppaper] [and] [3] + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupprinter} +%D {} +%D +%D Some drivers enable the user to specify the paper type +%D used and/or page dimensions to be taken into account. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetupprinter {type} {hoffset} {voffset} {width} {height} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first argument is one of \type{letter}, \type{legal}, +%D \type{A4}, \type{A5} etc. The dimensions are in +%D basepoints. + +\installspecial [\dosetupprinter] [and] [5] + +%D \macros +%D {dosetuppage, +%D dosetupinteraction, +%D dosetupscreen} +%D {} +%D +%D Here come some obscure interactive commands. Probably the +%D specs will change with the development of the macros that +%D use them. +%D +%D The first ones can be used to set up the interaction. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetupinteraction +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Normally this command does nothing but giving a message +%D that some scheme is supported. Postscript prolog files +%D can best be loaded by the printer driver program. +%D +%D The second one sets up the screen. It takes three +%D arguments: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetupscreen {hoffset} {voffset} {width} {height} {options} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first four arguments are in scaled points. Option~1 +%D results in a full screen launch. + +\installspecial [\dosetupinteraction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupscreen] [and] [5] + +%D \macros +%D {dostarthide, +%D dostophide} +%D {} +%D +%D Not every part of the screen is suitable for paper. Menus +%D for instance have no meaning on an non||interactive medium. +%D These elements are hidden by means of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostarthide +%D \dostophide +%D \stoptypen + +\installspecial [\dostarthide] [or] [0] +\installspecial [\dostophide] [or] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgotolocation, dostopgotolocation, +%D dostartgotorealpage, dostopgotorealpage} +%D {} +%D +%D The interactive real work is done by the following four +%D specials. The reason for providing the first one with both +%D a label and a number, is a result of the quite poor +%D implementation of \type{pdfmarks} in version 1.0 of +%D Acrobat. Because only pagenumbers were supported as +%D destination, we had to provide both labels (\DVIWINDO) and +%D pagenumbers (\PDF). Some drivers use start stop pairs. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartgotolocation {w} {h} {url} {file} {label} {page} +%D \dostartgotorealpage {w} {h} {url} {file} {page} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Their counterparts are: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostopgotolocation +%D \dostopgotorealpage +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The internal alternative is used for system||generated +%D links, the external one for user||generated links. The +%D Uniform Resource Locator can be used to let the reader +%D surf the net. + +\installspecial [\dostartgotolocation] [and] [6] +\installspecial [\dostopgotolocation] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dostartgotorealpage] [and] [5] +\installspecial [\dostopgotorealpage] [and] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartthisislocation, dostopthisislocation, +%D dostartthisisrealpage, dostopthisisrealpage} +%D {} +%D +%D The opposite commands of \type{\dogotosomething} have only +%D one argument: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartthisislocation {label} +%D \dostartthisisrealpage {page} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These commands are accompanied by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostopthisislocation +%D \dostopthisisrealpage +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As with all interactive commands's they are installed as +%D \type{and} category specials. + +\installspecial [\dostartthisislocation] [and] [1] +\installspecial [\dostopthisislocation] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dostartthisisrealpage] [and] [1] +\installspecial [\dostopthisisrealpage] [and] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartexecutecommand, dostopexecutecommand} +%D {} +%D +%D The actual behavior of the next pair of commands depends +%D much on the viewing engine. Therefore one cannot depend +%D too much on their support. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartexecutecommand {w} {h} {command} {options} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D +%D The next commands are supported: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie\steluitlijnenin[midden]\leavevmode +%D \starttabel[|l|l|] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf command \NC \bf action \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC first \NC go to the first page \NC\FR +%D \NC previous \NC go to the previous page \NC\MR +%D \NC next \NC go to the next page \NC\MR +%D \NC last \NC go to the last page \NC\MR +%D \NC backward \NC go back to the link list \NC\MR +%D \NC forward \NC go forward in the link list \NC\MR +%D \NC print \NC enter print mode \NC\MR +%D \NC exit \NC exit viewer \NC\MR +%D \NC close \NC close document \NC\MR +%D \NC enter \NC enter viewer \NC\MR +%D \NC help \NC show help on the viewer \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D There are no options yet. Options are to be passed as a +%D comma separated list of assignments. + +\installspecial [\dostartexecutecommand] [and] [4] +\installspecial [\dostopexecutecommand] [and] [0] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartobject, +%D dostopobject, +%D doinsertobject} +%D {} +%D +%D Reuse of object can reduce the output filesize +%D considerably. Reusable objects are implemented with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartobject{name}{width}{height}{depth} +%D some typeset material +%D \dostopobject +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doinsertobject{name} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The savings can be huge in interactive texts. + +\installspecial [\dostartobject] [or] [4] +\installspecial [\dostopobject] [or] [0] +\installspecial [\doinsertobject] [or] [1] + +%D \macros +%D {dostartrunprogram, dostoprunprogram, +%D dostartgotoprofile, dostopgotoprofile, +%D dobeginofprofile, +%D doendofprofile} +%D {} +%D +%D These specials are still experimental. They are not yet +%D supported by the programs the way they should be. +%D +%D {\em --- still undocumented ---} + +\installspecial [\dostartrunprogram] [and] [3] +\installspecial [\dostoprunprogram] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dostartgotoprofile] [and] [3] +\installspecial [\dostopgotoprofile] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dobeginofprofile] [and] [3] +\installspecial [\doendofprofile] [and] [3] + +%D \macros +%D {doinsertbookmark} +%D +%D Bookmarks, that is viewer generated tables of contents, are +%D a strange phenomena, mainly because \TEX\ can provide +%D whatever kind of table in much better quality. + +\installspecial [\doinsertbookmark] [and] [5] + +%D This special is called as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doinstallbookmark {level} {nofsubentries} {text} {page} {open} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This definition is very \PDF\ oriented, so for more +%D information we kindly refer to the \PDF\ manuals. + +%D So far for the installation. Finally we preload our +%D favorite set of specials. + +\usespecials[ps,yy,win,pdf] + +%D One can overrule this by for instance +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \usespecials[reset,ps,tr,pdf] +%D \stoptypen + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cff2e5774 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-mis, +%D version=1997.04.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Miscellaneous Macros, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Quite some modules in this group are dedicated to supporting +%D \PDF\ directly by means of \PDFTEX or indirectly by using +%D Acrobat Distiller. This module implements some common +%D features. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Special Macros / Miscellaneous Macros} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {setPDFdestination} +%D +%D \PDF\ destinations should obey the specifications laid down +%D in the \PDF\ reference manual. The next macro strips illegal +%D characters from the destination name. + +\def\setPDFdestination#1% + {\bgroup + \obeylccodes + \lccode`\/=`-\lccode`\#=`-\lccode`\<=`-\lccode`\>=`-% + \lccode`\[=`-\lccode`\]=`-\lccode`\(=`-\lccode`\)=`-% + \stripcharacter{ }\from#1\to\PDFdestination + \@EA\lowercase\@EA{\@EA\xdef\@EA\PDFdestination\@EA{\PDFdestination}}% + \egroup} + +%D \macro +%D {URLhash} +%D +%D A rather trivial macro: + +\expandafter\def\expandafter\URLhash\expandafter{\string#} + +%D \macros +%D {ifusepagedestinations} +%D +%D In \PDF\ version 1.0 only page references were supported, +%D while in \DVIWINDO\ 1.N only named references were accepted. +%D Therefore \CONTEXT\ supports both methods of referencing. In +%D \PDF\ version 1.1 named destinations arrived. Lack of +%D continuous support of version 1.1 viewers for \MSDOS\ +%D therefore sometimes forces us to prefer page references. As +%D a bonus, they are faster too and have no limitations. How +%D fortunate we were having both mechanisms available when the +%D version 3.0 (\PDF\ version 1.2) viewers proved to be too +%D bugged to support named destinations. + +\newif\ifusepagedestinations + +%D \macro +%D {sanitizePDFstring} +%D +%D This macro at least tries to convert a arbitrary string +%D into a sequence of characters valid for \PDF\ bookmarks and +%D alike. It's a slow one, that uses \type{\lccode}'s to +%D change the glyph as well as converts sensisitve ones into a +%D \PDF\ command sequence, so \type{(} becomes \type{\(}. In +%D fact we translate the string to lowercase inactive and non +%D special characters, limit their number and finaly convert +%D some of the characters to save ones. + +\chardef\maxPDFstringsize=60 + +\def\sanitizePDFstring#1\to#2% + {\bgroup + \obeylccodes + \lccode`( =1 \lccode`) =1 + \lccode`< =1 \lccode`> =1 + \lccode`[ =1 \lccode`] =1 + \lccode`\\=1 \lccode`/ =1 + \lowercase{\convertargument#1\to\ascii}% + % by integrating the split in the loop below + % \splitofftokens\maxPDFstringsize\from\ascii\to\ascii + % we diminish the processing time considerably + \scratchcounter=\maxPDFstringsize + \def\docommando##1% + {\ifnum\scratchcounter>0 + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \ifcase\lccode`##1\relax + \xdef#2{#2.}% let's show that something is missing + \or + \xdef#2{#2\expandafter\string\csname##1\endcsname}% + \else + \xdef#2{#2##1}% + \fi + \fi}% + %\global\let#2=\empty + % or to permit #2 to be \ascii too: + \@EA\global\@EA\let\@EA#2\@EA\empty + \@EA\handletokens\ascii\with\docommando + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {dodoinsertfile} +%D +%D File insertion depend on the driver or \TEX\ variant used. +%D All driver modules use the same scheme for file insertion, +%D and therefore have the next macro in common: + +\def\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2,#3][#4]% + {\def\fileinsertionclass{do#1insert}% + \doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#3} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#3}{#4}}} + {\doifdefinedelse{\fileinsertionclass#2} + {\def\next{\getvalue{\fileinsertionclass#2}{#4}}} + {\def\next{\gobblesevenarguments}}}% + \next} + +\def\dodoinsertfile#1#2#3% + {\dododoinsertfile[#1][#2][#3]} + +%D This macro is called with 10 arguments, where the first +%D one specifies the driver, like \type{yy} or \type{tr}. The +%D second argument is a \type{{type,method}} pair and the +%D third the filename. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf3fec519 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,456 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-pdf, +%D version=1997.09.20, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Adobe \PDF\ version 1.2, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupinteraction, +%D dosetupscreen, +%D dosetupidentity, +%D dostartthisislocation, +%D dostartgotolocation, +%D dostartgotorealpage, +%D dostartcommand, +%D dostartgotoprofile, +%D dobeginofprofile, +%D doendofprofile, +%D dostartrunprogram, +%D dostartobject, +%D dostopobject, +%D doinsertobject, +%D doinsertbookmark, +%D usepagedestinations} +%D {} +%D +%D These specials are not as beautiful as they should be. The +%D main reason for this is that we started with \DVIWINDO, +%D which lacks support of \EPS||insertions, but offered a +%D powerfull linking mechanism. The first version +%D of \PDF\ did not support labels but only pagenumbers. +%D This dreadfull omission was corrected in version 2.0, but +%D we continue to support both alternatives. One never knows. +%D +%D Although the concepts behind the \type{pdfmark}'s are +%D still far from perfect, version 2.1 brought another +%D change. This time the format was changed. So much for +%D upward compatibility. + +\startspecials[pdf] + +%D Instead of a prolog, we can put the code in the file +%D ourselve. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definespecial\dosetupinteraction% +%D {\special +%D {\@@insertpostscriptretain +%D /pdfmark where +%D {pop} +%D {userdict /pdfmark /cleartomark load put} +%D ifelse}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We decided to use a prolog file. The following code has to be +%D put somewhere. To overcome problems, we always embed the +%D fonts, but copyrights force us always to make subsets. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D /currentdistillerparams where +%D { pop } { userdict /currentdistillerparams { 1 dict } put } ifelse +%D +%D /setdistillerparams where +%D { pop } { userdict /setdistillerparams { pop } put } ifelse +%D +%D << /AntiAliasColorImages true +%D /AntiAliasGrayImages true +%D /AntiAliasMonoImages true +%D /ConvertCMYKImagesToRGB true +%D /MaxSubsetPct 99 +%D /EmbedAllFonts true +%D /SubSetFonts true >> setdistillerparams +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Beware, this is the PostScript Level 2 way of doing things. + +\definespecial\dosetupinteraction% + {\showmessage{\m!interactions}{21}{acrobat}} + +\definespecial\dostartthisislocation#1% + {\ifusepagedestinations \else + \setPDFdestination{#1}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Dest /\PDFdestination\space +% [/Dest (\PDFdestination) + /View [/Fit] + /DEST + pdfmark}}% + \fi} + +\definespecial\dostartgotolocation#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \ifusepagedestinations + \doifnot{0#6}{0} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [\if!!donea + /Action /GoToR + /File (#4.pdf) + \else + /Action /GoTo + \fi + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Page #6 + /View [/Fit] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}% + \else + \setPDFdestination{#5}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [\if!!donea + /Action /GoToR + /File (#4.pdf) + \else + /Action /GoTo + \fi + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Dest /\PDFdestination\space +% /Dest (\PDFdestination) + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}% + \fi} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\let\PDFfile=\empty + \let\PDFdestination=\empty} + {\edef\PDFfile{/#4}% + \setPDFdestination{#5}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\edef\PDFdestination{\URLhash\PDFdestination}}}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Action <> + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartgotorealpage#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \doifnot{0#5}{0} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [\if!!donea + /Action /GoToR + /File (#4.pdf) + \else + /Action /GoTo + \fi + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /View [/Fit] + /Page #5 + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\let\PDFfile=\empty} + {\edef\PDFfile{/#4}}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Action <> + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartexecutecommand#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height + \processaction + [#3] + [ first=>\def\command{First}, + previous=>\def\command{Prev}, + next=>\def\command{Next}, + last=>\def\command{Last}, + backward=>\def\command{GoBack}, + forward=>\def\command{GoForward}, + print=>\def\command{Print}, + exit=>\def\command{Quit}, + close=>\def\command{Close}, + help=>\def\command{HelpUserGuide}, + swap=>\def\command{FullScreen}, + search=>\def\command{Find}, + searchagain=>\def\command{FindAgain}, + \s!unknown=>\let\command=\s!unknown]% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Action <> + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostopexecutecommand% + {} + +% \def\translatepdfcommand#1% +% {\processaction +% [#1] +% [ first=>\def\command{First}, +% previous=>\def\command{Prev}, +% next=>\def\command{Next}, +% last=>\def\command{Last}, +% backward=>\def\command{GoBack}, +% forward=>\def\command{GoForward}, +% print=>\def\command{Print}, +% exit=>\def\command{Quit}, +% help=>\def\command{HelpUserGuide}, +% enter=>\def\command{FitPage}, +% view=>\def\command{FullScreen}, +% \s!unknown=>\let\command=\s!unknown]} +% +% \definespecial\dostartexecutecommand#1#2#3#4% +% {\bgroup +% \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width +% \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height +% \def\nextcommands{}% +% \getcommalistsize[#1]% +% \dostepwiserecurse{2}{\commalistsize}{1} +% {\getfromcommalist[#1][\recurselevel]% +% \translatepdfcommand\commalistelement +% \edef\nextcommands% +% {\nextcommands /Next << /Type /Action /S /Named /N /\command\space}}% +% \dostepwiserecurse{2}{\commalistsize}{1} +% {\edef\nextcommands{\nextcommands >>}}% +% \getfromcommalist[#1][1]% +% \translatepdfcommand\commalistelement +% \special +% {\@@insertpostscriptretain +% [/Action << /Subtype /Named /N /\command\space \nextcommands >> +% /Rect [0 0 100 100 ] +% /Subtype /Link +% /ANN +% pdfmark}% +% \egroup} + +\edef\@@psbgroup{\string{} +\edef\@@psegroup{\string}} + +\definespecial\dostarthide% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/DataSource (false \@@psbgroup) + /PS + pdfmark}} + +\definespecial\dostophide% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/DataSource (\@@psegroup if) + /PS + pdfmark}} + +\definespecial\dosetupscreen#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \!!widtha=#3sp + \advance\!!widtha by #1sp + \!!heighta=-#4sp + \!!heightb=\printpapierhoogte + \advance\!!heightb by -#2sp + \advance\!!heighta by \!!heightb + %\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\left + %\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\!!heighta}\bottom + %\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\!!widtha}\width + %\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\!!heightb}\height + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{#1}\left + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heighta}\bottom + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!widtha}\width + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heightb}\height + \edef\pdf@@screenmode{\ifcase#5/UseNone\else/FullScreen\fi}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/CropBox [\left\space\bottom\space\width\space\height] + /PAGES + pdfmark}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/PageMode \pdf@@screenmode\space + /Page 1 + /View [/Fit] + /ViewerPreferences + << /PageLayout /SinglePage + /NonFullScreenPageMode /UseNone >> + /DOCVIEW + pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dosetupidentity#1#2#3#4#5% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Title (#1) + /Subject (#2) + /Author (#3) + /Creator (#4) + /ModificationDate (#5) + /DOCINFO + pdfmark}} + +\definespecial\dostartrunprogram#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Action /Launch + /File (#3) + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartgotoprofile#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#1}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\height + \doifsomething{#3} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Action /Article + /Dest (#3) + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Border [0 0 0] + /View [/Fit] + /Subtype /Link + /ANN + pdfmark}}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dobeginofprofile#1#2#3% label width page + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\!!doneatrue} + {\!!doneafalse}% + \doifnot{0#3}{0} + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Title (#1) + /Rect [0 0 0 0] + \if!!donea /Page #3 \fi + /ARTICLE + pdfmark}}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\doendofprofile#1#2#3% + {} + +\def\docommoninsertmov#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#6}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#7}\height + \edef\pdf@@posterize{\ifcase#8 \or/Poster true\fi}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Type /Annot + /Subtype /Movie + /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] + /Movie <> + /A <> + /ANN + pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\let\doyandyinsertmov = \docommoninsertmov +\let\dotrinsertmov = \docommoninsertmov + +\newbox\pdfobjects + +\definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4% + {\setbox\nextbox=\hbox\bgroup + \bgroup + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#3}\height + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#4}\depth + \escapechar=-1 + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/BBox [0 -\depth\space \width\space \height] + /_objdef {object:#1} + /BP pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostopobject% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/EP pdfmark}% + \egroup + \smashbox\nextbox + \global\setbox\pdfobjects=\hbox{\box\pdfobjects\box\nextbox}} + +\definespecial\doinsertobject#1% + {\hbox\bgroup + \box\pdfobjects + \escapechar=-1 + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [{object:#1} /SP pdfmark}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\doinsertbookmark#1#2#3#4#5% level sublevels text page open (1) + {\sanitizePDFstring#3\to\bookmarktext + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + [/Page #4\space + \ifnum#2>0 /Count \ifcase#5-\fi#2\space\fi + /View [/Fit] + /Title (\bookmarktext) + /OUT + pdfmark}} + +\stopspecials + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b18199c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-ps, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Adobe PostScript, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, +%D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode,dostopcolormode, +%D dostartrotation, +%D dostoprotation, +%D doselectfirstpaperbin, +%D doselectsecondpaperbin} +%D {} +%D +%D This implementation is straightforward and can be used as +%D a default with postscript||drivers. We use \type{ps:} as +%D opening, because most drivers support this. + +\startspecials[postscript] + +\def\@@insertpostscriptliteral {ps: } +\def\@@insertpostscriptretain {" } + +\definespecial\dostartgraymode#1% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + #1\space setgray}} + +\definespecial\dostopgraymode% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + 0 setgray}} + +\definespecial\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + #1\space #2\space #3\space setrgbcolor}} + +\definespecial\dostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + #1\space #2\space #3\space #4\space setcmykcolor}} + +\definespecial\dostartgraycolormode#1% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + #1\space setgray}} + +\definespecial\dostopcolormode + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + 0 setgray}} + +\definespecial\doselectfirstpaperbin% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end}} % checken + +\definespecial\doselectsecondpaperbin% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + statusdict begin 0 setpapertray end}} % checken + +\definespecial\dostartrotation#1% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + gsave #1\space rotate}} + +\definespecial\dostoprotation% + {\special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral + currentfont grestore setfont}} + +%D \macros +%D {doovalbox} +%D {} +%D +%D This implementation is a mixture of several possible +%D implementations. We use some constants that may not be +%D changed. It took some time to find them, but these values +%D offer quite accurate results. The macro calls for +%D \type{\forgetall}, which resets indentation, skips and +%D \type{\everypar}. +%D +%D Because a stroke follows the line, we correct for half of +%D the linewidth. Furthermore we use scaling to overcome some +%D limitations in the precision ($<1$~sp) and to prevent +%D rounding errors. We also do some correction for large +%D values. We let PostScript compare some arguments with +%D \type{a b eq {action} fi}. +%D +%D The path is based on a macro of J.~Hefferon cs. We also +%D tried the D.~Salomon implementation, but this did not work +%D well, just like some other alternatives. + +% #1 = width #2 = height #3 = depth +% #4 = linewidth #5 = radius +% #5 = stroke (ja,nee) #7 = fill (ja,nee) + +\def\@@insertpostscriptliteral {ps: } +\def\@@insertpostscriptretain {postscript } % unknown + +\def\dosomeovalcalc#1#2#3% + {\dimen2=#1sp% + \advance\dimen2 by #2% + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen2}#3} + +\definespecial\doovalbox#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=#4sp\divide\dimen0 by 2 + \dosomeovalcalc {0}{+\dimen0}\xmin + \dosomeovalcalc{#1}{-\dimen0}\xmax + \dosomeovalcalc{#2}{-\dimen0}\ymax + \dosomeovalcalc{#3}{+\dimen0}\ymin + \dosomeovalcalc{#4}{0pt}\stroke + \dosomeovalcalc{#5}{0pt}\radius + \edef\dostroke{#6}% + \edef\dofill{#7}% + \vbox + \bgroup + \offinterlineskip + \forgetall + \hsize\!!zeropoint + \vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height#2sp\!!depth#3sp\relax + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptretain + gsave + newpath + \xmin\space \radius\space add \ymin\space moveto + \xmax\space \ymin\space \xmax\space \ymax\space \radius\space arcto + \xmax\space \ymax\space \xmin\space \ymax\space \radius\space arcto + \xmin\space \ymax\space \xmin\space \ymin\space \radius\space arcto + \xmin\space \ymin\space \xmax\space \ymin\space \radius\space arcto + \xmin\space \radius\space add \ymin\space moveto + 16 {pop} repeat + closepath + (\dostroke) (1) eq + {\stroke\space 0 ne + {gsave + \stroke\space setlinewidth + stroke + grestore} if} if + (\dofill) (1) eq + {fill} if + grestore}% + \egroup + \egroup} + +\stopspecials + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1573a6790 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex @@ -0,0 +1,525 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-tpd, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=\PDFTEX, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Being one of the first typographical systems able to support +%D advances \PDF\ support, \TEX\ is also one of the first +%D systems to produce high quality \PDF\ code directly. Thanks +%D to Han The Thanh c.s. the \TEX\ community can leap forward +%D once again. +%D +%D One important characteristic of \PDFTEX\ is that is can +%D produce standard \DVI\ code as well as \PDF\ code. This +%D enables us to use one format file to support both output +%D formats. +%D +%D All modules in this group use specials to tell drivers what +%D non||\TEX\ actions to take. Because from the \TEX\ point of +%D view, there is no difference between \DVI\ and \PDF, we +%D therefore only have to bend the \DVI\ driver support into +%D \PDF\ support. Technically spoken, specials no longer serve +%D a purpose, except from ending up as comment in the \PDF\ +%D file. The core primitive in this module therefore is the +%D \PDFTEX\ primitive \type{\pdfliteral}. +%D +%D Before we continue we need to make sure if indeed those +%D \PDFTEX\ primitives are permitted. If no primitives are +%D available, we just stop reading any further. + +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \endinput \else \unprotect \fi + +%D Once we are sure that we're indeed supporting \PDFTEX, we +%D force \PDF\ output at the highest compression. For debugging +%D purposes one can set the compresslevel to~0. + +\pdfoutput =1 +\pdfcompresslevel=9 + +%D Now we have to make sure no other specials are supported, +%D else \PDFTEX\ will keep on telling us that we're wrong. + +\unprotected \usespecials[\v!reset] + +%D Just in case we mimmick specials, we have to make sure no +%D default specials end up in the process. + +\let\defaultspecial=\gobbleoneargument + +%D Having reset all the special support, we have to define +%D all needed and possible support in this module. + +\startspecials[tpd] + +%D This means that by saying +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \usespecials[tpd] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D we get ourselves \PDF\ output. + +%D \macros +%D {dosetuppaper} +%D +%D If we don't set the paper size, \PDFTEX\ will certainly do +%D it in a way we don't want, therefore we need: + +\def\dosetuppdftexpaper#1#2#3% + {\global\pdfpagewidth =#2\relax + \global\pdfpageheight=#3\relax + \global\let\dosetuppdftexpaper=\gobblethreearguments} + +\definespecial\dosetuppaper#1#2#3% + {\dosetuppdftexpaper{#1}{#2}{#3}} + +%D \macros +%D {doinsertfile} +%D +%D Graphics are not part of \TEX\ and therefore not part of the +%D \DVI\ standard. \PDF\ on the other hand has several graphic +%D primitives. During the multi||step process \TEX\ +%D $\rightarrow$ \DVI\ $\rightarrow$ \POSTSCRIPT\ $\rightarrow$ +%D \PDF\ one can insert graphics using specials. In \PDFTEX\ +%D however there is only one step! This means that \PDFTEX\ +%D itself has to do the inclusion. +%D +%D At the moment \PDFTEX\ supports inclusion of bitmap \PNG\ +%D graphics as well as not too complicated \PDF\ code. Using +%D this last option, we are able to include both \METAPOST\ and +%D \PDF\ output produced by \GHOSTSCRIPT. +%D +%D We fall back on the generic \CONTEXT\ module supp-pdf to +%D accomplish \PDF\ inclusion. The methods implemented there +%D are hooked into both the figure placement mechanisms of +%D \CONTEXT\ and the specials inclusion mechanism. + +\definespecial\doinsertfile#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \dodoinsertfile{tpd}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}% + \egroup} + +%D The three methods supported for the moment are \type{mps} +%D for \METAPOST\ graphics, \type{pdf} for \GHOSTSCRIPT\ \PDF\ +%D code, and \type{png} for bitmap graphics. + +\def\dotpdinsertmps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\scratchdimen=#2pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\xscale + \scratchdimen=#3pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\yscale + \convertMPtoPDF{#1}\xscale\yscale} + +\def\dotpdinsertpdf#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\beforesplitstring#1\at.\to\filename + \scratchdimen=#2pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\xscale + \scratchdimen=#3pt \PointsToReal{.01\scratchdimen}\yscale + \convertPDFtoPDF{\filename.pdf}\xscale\yscale{#4sp}{#5sp}{#6sp}{#7sp}} + +\def\dotpdinsertpng#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\pdfimage width #6sp height #7sp #1\relax} + +%D Some surrogate \type{tif} and \type{eps} support is +%D provided too. These work only when the size compatible +%D \type{png} and \type{pdf} alternatives are present. + +\def\dotpdinserttif#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\beforesplitstring#1\at.\to\filename + \pdfimage width #6sp height #7sp \filename.png\relax} + +\def\dotpdinserteps% + {\dotpdinsertpdf} + +%D \PDF\ supports the inclusion of video movies. In \CONTEXT\ +%D we support these in a way similar to figure inclusion. + +\def\dotpdinsertmov#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#6}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#7}\height + \edef\pdf@@posterize{\ifcase#8 \or/Poster true\fi}% + \pdfannotlink + width #6sp + height #7sp + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + user {/Subtype /Movie + /Movie <> + /A <>}% + \pdfendlink} + +%D \macros +%D {doovalbox} +%D +%D For drawing ovals we use quite raw \PDF\ code. The next +%D implementation does not differ that much from the one +%D implemented in the \POSTSCRIPT\ driver. + +\def\dosomeovalcalc#1#2#3% + {\dimen2=#1sp + \advance\dimen2 by #2\relax + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen2}#3} + +\definespecial\doovalbox#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=#4sp\divide\dimen0 by 2 + \dosomeovalcalc{0} {+\dimen0}\xmin + \dosomeovalcalc{#1}{-\dimen0}\xmax + \dosomeovalcalc{#2}{-\dimen0}\ymax + \dosomeovalcalc{#3}{+\dimen0}\ymin + \advance\dimen0 by #5sp + \dosomeovalcalc{0} {+\dimen0}\xxmin + \dosomeovalcalc{#1}{-\dimen0}\xxmax + \dosomeovalcalc{#2}{-\dimen0}\yymax + \dosomeovalcalc{#3}{+\dimen0}\yymin + \dosomeovalcalc{#4}{0pt}\stroke + \dosomeovalcalc{#5}{0pt}\radius + \edef\dostroke{#6}% + \edef\dofill{#7}% + \vbox + \bgroup + \offinterlineskip + \forgetall + \hsize\!!zeropoint + \vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height#2sp\!!depth#3sp\relax + \pdfliteral + {q + \stroke\space w + \xxmin\space \ymin\space m + \xxmax\space \ymin\space l + \xmax\space \ymin\space \xmax\space \yymin\space y + \xmax\space \yymax\space l + \xmax\space \ymax\space \xxmax\space \ymax\space y + \xxmin\space \ymax\space l + \xmin\space \ymax\space \xmin\space \yymax\space y + \xmin\space \yymin\space l + \xmin\space \ymin\space \xxmin\space \ymin\space y + \ifnum\dostroke=1 S \fi + \ifnum\dofill =1 f \fi + Q}% + \egroup + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, +%D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode, +%D dostopcolormode} +%D +%D In \PDF\ there are two color states, one for strokes and one +%D for fills. This means that we have to set the color in a +%D rather redundant looking way. Unfortunately this makes the +%D \PDF\ file much larger than needed. + +\definespecial\dostartgraymode#1% + {\pdfliteral{#1 g #1 G}} + +\definespecial\dostopgraymode% + {\pdfliteral{0 g 0 G}} + +\definespecial\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3% + {\pdfliteral{#1 #2 #3 rg #1 #2 #3 RG}} + +\definespecial\dostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4% + {\pdfliteral{#1 #2 #3 #4 k #1 #2 #3 #4 K}} + +\definespecial\dostartgraycolormode#1% + {\pdfliteral{#1 g #1 G}} + +\definespecial\dostopcolormode% + {\pdfliteral{0 g 0 G}} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartrotation,dostoprotation} +%D +%D Rotating some text can be accomplished by setting the first +%D four elements of the transform matrix. We only support some +%D fixed angles. The q's take care of grouping. + +\definespecial\dostartrotation#1% + {\processaction + [#1] + [ 90=>\pdfliteral{q 0 1 -1 0 0 0 cm}, + 180=>\pdfliteral{q -1 0 0 -1 0 0 cm}, + 270=>\pdfliteral{q 0 -1 1 0 0 0 cm}, + 360=>\pdfliteral{q 1 0 0 1 0 0 cm}]} + +\definespecial\dostoprotation% + {\pdfliteral{Q}} + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupinteraction} +%D +%D Nothing special is needed to enable \PDF\ commands and +%D interaction. We stick with a message. + +\definespecial\dosetupinteraction% + {\showmessage{\m!interactions}{21}{pdftex}} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartthisisrealpage,dostartthisislocation +%D dostartgotorealpage,dostartgotolocation} +%D +%D The interactions macros are the core of this module. We +%D support both page destinations and named ones. +%D +%D {\em For the moment we use object number (that is, behind +%D the screens, the user uses his own numbers) destinations +%D instead of page ones. The latter works, but not 100\%.} + +\definespecial\dostartthisisrealpage#1% + {\pdfdest num #1 fit} % will be {} when page is ok + +\definespecial\dostartthisislocation#1% + {\ifusepagedestinations \else + \setPDFdestination{#1}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\pdfdest name {\PDFdestination} fit}% + \fi} + +%D When going to a location, we obey the time and space saving +%D boolean\type{\ifusepagedestination}. Names destinations are +%D stripped and made robust. + +\definespecial\dostartgotolocation#1#2#3#4#5#6% url nog afhandelen + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \ifusepagedestinations + \scratchcounter=0#6\relax + \edef\PDFdestination{\the\scratchcounter}% + \pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + % goto \if!!donea file {#4.pdf} \fi page \PDFdestination\space {/Fit} + goto \if!!donea file {#4.pdf} page 1 {/Fit}\else num \PDFdestination\space \fi + \pdfendlink + \else + \setPDFdestination{#5}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + goto \if!!donea file {#4.pdf} \fi name {\PDFdestination}% + \pdfendlink}% + \fi} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\let\PDFfile=\empty + \let\PDFdestination=\empty} + {\edef\PDFfile{/#4}% + \setPDFdestination{#5}% + \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} + {\edef\PDFdestination{\URLhash\PDFdestination}}}% + \pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + user {/S /URI + /URI (#3\PDFfile\PDFdestination)}% + \pdfendlink}% + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartgotorealpage#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \scratchcounter=0#5\relax + \edef\PDFdestination{\the\scratchcounter}% + \pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + % goto \if!!donea file {#4.pdf} \fi page \PDFdestination\space {/Fit} + goto \if!!donea file {#4.pdf} page 1 {/Fit} \else num \PDFdestination\space \fi + \pdfendlink} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\let\PDFfile=\empty} + {\edef\PDFfile{/#4}}% + \pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + user {/S /URI + /URI (#3\PDFfile)}% + \pdfendlink}% + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {dostarthide,dostophide} +%D +%D Hiding parts of the document for printing is not yet +%D supported by \PDF\ and therefore \PDFTEX. + +\definespecial\dostarthide% + {} + +\definespecial\dostophide% + {} + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupscreen} +%D +%D Setting of the screen boundingbox involves some +%D calculations. Here we also take care of (non) full screen +%D startup. The dimensions are rounded. + +\definespecial\dosetupscreen#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \!!widtha=#3sp + \advance\!!widtha by #1sp + \!!heighta=-#4sp + \!!heightb=\pdfpageheight + \advance\!!heightb by -#2sp + \advance\!!heighta by \!!heightb + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{#1}\left + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heighta}\bottom + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!widtha}\width + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heightb}\height + \expanded{\global\noexpand\pdfpagesattr= + {/CropBox [\left\space\bottom\space\width\space\height]}}% + \ifcase#5\else + \pdfcatalog pagemode {/FullScreen}\relax + \fi + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartexecutecommand} +%D +%D \PDF\ viewers enable us to navigate using menus and shortcut +%D keys. These navigational tools can also be accessed by using +%D annotations. The next special takes care of inserting them. + +\definespecial\dostartexecutecommand#1#2#3#4% + {\bgroup + \processaction + [#3] + [ first=>\def\command{First}, + previous=>\def\command{Prev}, + next=>\def\command{Next}, + last=>\def\command{Last}, + backward=>\def\command{GoBack}, + forward=>\def\command{GoForward}, + print=>\def\command{Print}, + exit=>\def\command{Quit}, + close=>\def\command{Close}, + help=>\def\command{HelpUserGuide}, + swap=>\def\command{FullScreen}, + \s!unknown=>\let\command=\s!unknown]% + \pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + user {/S /Named /N /\command}% + \pdfendlink + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupidentity} +%D +%D Documents can be tagged with an application accessible title +%D and subtitle, the authorname, a date, the creator, keywords +%D etc. For the moment \PDFTEX\ only supports the first three +%D of these. + +\definespecial\dosetupidentity#1#2#3#4#5% + {\pdfinfo title {#1} subject {#2} author {#3}\relax} % creator {#4} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartrunprogam} +%D +%D Although possible, running applications is not yet +%D implemented here. + +\definespecial\dostartrunprogram#1#2#3% + {} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgotoprofile, dostopgotoprofile, +%D dobeginofprofile, doendofprofile} +%D +%D \CONTEXT\ user profiles and version control fall back on +%D \PDF\ article threads. Unfortunately one cannot influence +%D the view yet in an (for me) acceptable way. + +\definespecial\dostartgotoprofile#1#2#3% + {\pdfannotlink + width #1sp + height #2sp + depth 0pt + attr {/Border [0 0 0]} + thread name {#3}% + \pdfendlink} + +\definespecial\dobeginofprofile#1#2#3% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\pdfthread name {#1}}} + +\definespecial\doendofprofile#1#2#3% + {\pdfendthread} + +%D \macros +%D {doinsertbookmark} +%D +%D In \PDF\ bookmarks are the building blocks of a viewer +%D provided sort of table of contents. \TEX\ has to provide +%D the entry as well as the number of child entries. Strings +%D need to be sanatized as good as possible to suit the default +%D encoding. In \CONTEXT\ users can overrule this string by +%D supplying an alternative one. + +\definespecial\doinsertbookmark#1#2#3#4#5% level sublevels text page open (1) + {\sanitizePDFstring#3\to\bookmarktext + \pdfoutline + goto num #4 % why's page not accepted + \ifnum#2>0 count \ifcase#5-\fi#2\fi\space + {\bookmarktext}} + +%D \macros +%D {dostartobject,dostopobject,doinsertobject} +%D +%D Due to \PDF's object oriented character, we can include and +%D reuse objects. These can be compared with \TEX's boxes. The +%D \TEX\ counterpart is defined in the module \type{spec-dvi}. +%D We don't use the dimensions here. + +% Forms can interfere with page dimension settings. Therefore +% calling macros can best postpone flushing. + +\definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4% + {\setbox\nextbox=\vbox\bgroup + \def\dodostopobject% + {\egroup + \pdfform\nextbox + \scratchcounter=\pdflastform + \setxvalue{pdfform:#1}{\the\scratchcounter}}} + +\definespecial\dostopobject% + {\dodostopobject} + +\definespecial\doinsertobject#1% + {\expandafter\pdfrefform\csname pdfform:#1\endcsname\relax} + +\stopspecials + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f449e1211 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-tr, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=Thomas Rokicky's \DVIPS, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \macros +%D {doinsertfile} +%D {} +%D +%D We overrule the figure||insertion special. Things should +%D be more accurate, but maybe someday \onbekend + +\startspecials[rokicky] % [postscript] + +\def\@@insertpostscriptliteral {ps: } +\def\@@insertpostscriptretain {" } + +\def\dotrinserteps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#4}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#5}\height + \special + {psfile=#1 + hscale=#2\space + vscale=#3\space + hoffset=\width \space + voffset=\height}} + +\definespecial\doinsertfile#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \dodoinsertfile{tr}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}% + \egroup} + +\stopspecials + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..228df9f7c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-win, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=\YandY's \DVIWINDO, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {dosetupinteraction, +%D dostartthisislocation, +%D dostartthisisrealpage, +%D dostartgotolocation, +%D dostartgotorealpage, +%D dostartrunprogram, +%D usepagedestinations} +%D {} +%D +%D As told before, these were the first interactive specials. +%D In those days, these kind of specials were still elegant +%D and straightforward. + +\startspecials[dviwindo] + +\definespecial\dosetupinteraction% + {\showmessage{\m!interactions}{21}{dviwindo}} + +\definespecial\dostartgotolocation#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \special + {button: + #1 #2 + \if!!donea + file: #4, + \fi + \ifusepagedestinations + page: #6 + \else + "#5" + \fi}} + {}% nog uri afhandelen + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartgotorealpage#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\doifparentfileelse{#4} + {\!!doneafalse} + {\!!doneatrue}}% + \special + {button: + #1 #2 + \if!!donea + file: #4, + \fi + page:#5}} + {}% nog uri afhandelen + \egroup} + +\definespecial\dostartthisislocation#1% + {\ifusepagedestinations \else + \special{mark: "#1"}% + \fi} + +\definespecial\dostartthisisrealpage#1% + {} + +\definespecial\dostartrunprogram#1#2#3% + {\special{button: #1 #2 launch: #3}} + +\let\doyandyinsertmov = \docommoninsertmov +\let\dotrinsertmov = \docommoninsertmov + +%\def\doyandyinsertmov#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% +% {\special +% {button: 20000000 23000000 launch: w:/play32.exe #1}} + +\stopspecials + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..885c6be01 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=spec-yy, +%D version=1996.01.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Special Macros, +%D subtitle=\YandY's \DVIPSONE\ and \DVIWINDO, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \macros +%D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, +%D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode,dostopcolormode, +%D doinsertfile} +%D {} +%D +%D We implement a nice and simple figure||insertion special +%D and make use of \YandY's color specials. Otherwise \DVIWINDO\ +%D would not show colors. + +\startspecials[yandy] % [postscript] + +\def\@@insertpostscriptliteral {ps: } +\def\@@insertpostscriptretain {" } % this was: {postscript} + +\definespecial\dostartgraymode#1% + {\special{color gray #1}} + +\definespecial\dostopgraymode% + {\special{color gray 0}} + +\definespecial\dostartrgbcolormode#1#2#3% + {\special{color rgb #1 #2 #3}} + +\definespecial\dostartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4% + {\special{color cmyk #1 #2 #3 #4}} + +\definespecial\dostartgraycolormode#1% + {\special{color gray #1}} + +\definespecial\dostopcolormode% + {\special{color gray 0}} + +\def\doyyinserteps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% equals rockiky + {\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#4}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#5}\height + \special + {psfile=#1 + hscale=#2\space + vscale=#3\space + hoffset=\width \space + voffset=\height}} + +\def\doyyinsertmps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\hbox + {\UseMetaPostGraphic{#1}% + \doyyinserteps{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}}} + +\def\doyyinserttif#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% + {\special{insertimage: #1 #6 #7}} + +\definespecial\doinsertfile#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \dodoinsertfile{yy}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}% + \egroup} + +\stopspecials + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34b0f2215 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1228 @@ +% NEW + +\unprotect + +% limitatetext -> beter {text} als laatste !! + +% \limitvbox +% \limithbox + +\def\limitatelines#1#2% size sentinel + {\dowithnextbox + {\dimen0=#1\hsize + \ifdim\wd\nextbox>\dimen0 + \setbox\nextbox=\hbox + {\advance\dimen0 by -.1\hsize + \limitatetext{\unhbox\nextbox}{\dimen0}{\nobreak#2}}% + \fi + \unhbox\nextbox} + \hbox} + +\def\fittoptobaselinegrid% + {\dowithnextbox + {\bgroup + \par + \dimen0=\ht\nextbox + \ht\nextbox=\ht\strutbox + \dp\nextbox=\dp\strutbox + \hbox{\box\nextbox} + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox + \doloop + {\advance\dimen0 by -\lineheight + \ifdim\dimen0<\!!zeropoint + \exitloop + \else + \nobreak + \hbox{\strut} + \fi} + \egroup} + \vbox} + +\protect + +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-box, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Boxes, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D This module implements some box manipulation macros. Some +%D are quite simple, some are more advanced and when understood +%D well, all can be of use. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Boxes} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {nextdepth} +%D {} +%D +%D Let's start with a rather simple declaration. Sometimes we +%D need to save the \TEX\ \DIMENSION\ \type{\prevdepth} and +%D append it later on. The name \type{\nextdepth} suits +%D this purpose well. + +\newdimen\nextdepth + +%D \macros +%D {smashbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Smashing is introduced in \PLAIN\ \TEX, and stands for +%D reducing the dimensions of a box to zero. The most resolute +%D one is presented first. + +\def\smashbox#1% + {\wd#1=\!!zeropoint + \ht#1=\!!zeropoint + \dp#1=\!!zeropoint} + +%D \macros +%D {hsmashbox,vsmashbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Smashing can be used for overlaying boxes. Depending on +%D the mode, horizontal or vertical, one can use: + +\def\hsmashbox#1% + {\wd#1=\!!zeropoint} + +\def\vsmashbox#1% + {\ht#1=\!!zeropoint + \dp#1=\!!zeropoint} + +%D \macros +%D {hsmash,vsmash, +%D hsmashed,vsmashed} +%D {} +%D +%D While the previous macros expected a \BOX, the next act on a +%D content. They are some subtle differences betreen the smash +%D and smashed alternatives. The later ones reduce all +%D dimensions to zero. + +\def\hsmash#1% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\normalhbox{#1}% + \hsmashbox0% + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\vsmash#1% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\normalvbox{#1}% + \vsmashbox0% + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\hsmashed#1% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\normalhbox{#1}% + \smashbox0% + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\vsmashed#1% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\normalvbox{#1}% + \smashbox0% + \box0 + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {getboxheight} +%D {} +%D +%D Although often needed, \TEX\ does not support arithmics +%D like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dimen0 = \ht0 + \dp0 +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D so we implemented: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getboxheight ... \of \box... +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For instance, +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getboxheight \dimen0 \of \box0 +%D \getboxheight \someheight \of \box \tempbox +%D \stoptypen + +\def\getboxheight#1\of#2\box#3% + {#1=\ht#3% + \advance#1 by \dp#3\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {dowithnextbox, +%D nextbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes we want a macro to grab a box and do something +%D on the content. One could pass an argument to a box, but +%D this can violate the specific \CATCODES\ of its content and +%D leads to unexpected results. The next macro treats the +%D following braced text as the content of a box and +%D manipulates it afterwards in a predefined way. +%D +%D The first argument specifies what to do with the content. +%D This content is available in \type{\nextbox}. The second +%D argument is one of \type{\hbox}, \type{\vbox} or +%D \type{\vtop}. The third argument must be grouped with +%D \type{\bgroup} and \type{\egroup}, \type{{...}} or can be +%D a \type{\box} specification. +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ this macro is used for picking up a box and +%D treating it according to earlier specifications. We use for +%D instance something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\getfloat% +%D {\def\handlefloat{...\box\nextbox...} +%D \dowithnextbox\handlefloat\vbox} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D in stead of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\getfloat#1% +%D {...#1...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this implementation the \type{\aftergroup} construction +%D is needed because \type{\afterassignment} is executed inside +%D the box. + +\newbox\nextbox + +\long\def\dowithnextbox#1% + {\long\def\dodowithnextbox{#1}% + \afterassignment\dododowithnextbox + \setbox\nextbox} + +\def\dododowithnextbox% + {\aftergroup\dodowithnextbox} + +%D So in fact we get: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setbox\nextbox { \aftergroup\dodowithnextbox ... } +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setbox\nextbox { ... } \dodowithnextbox +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {beginofshapebox, +%D reshapebox, doreshapebox, +%D flushshapebox, +%D shapebox, +%D ifreshapingbox} +%D {} +%D +%D The next utility macro originates from some linenumbering +%D mechanism. Due to \TEX's advanced way of typesetting +%D paragraphs, it's not easy to do things on a line||by||line +%D basis. This macro is able to reprocess a given box and can +%D act upon its vertical boxed components, such as lines. The +%D unwinding sequence in this macro is inspired by a \NTG\ +%D workshop of David Salomon in June 1992. +%D +%D First we have to grab the piece of text we want to act +%D upon. This is done by means of the duo macros: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \beginofshapebox +%D a piece of text +%D \endofshapebox +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When all texts is collected, we can call \type{\reshapebox} +%D and do something with it's vertical components. We can make +%D as much passes as needed. When we're done, the box can be +%D unloaded with \type{\flushshapebox}. The only condition in +%D this scheme is that \type{\reshapebox} must somehow unload +%D the \BOX\ \type{\shapebox}. +%D +%D An important aspect is that the content is unrolled +%D bottom||up. The next example illustrates this maybe +%D unexpected characteristic. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \beginofshapebox +%D \em \input tufte +%D \endofshapebox +%D +%D \newcounter\LineNumber +%D +%D \reshapebox +%D {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber +%D \hbox{\llap{\LineNumber\hskip2em}\box\shapebox}} +%D +%D \flushshapebox +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D As we can see, when some kind of numbering is done, we have +%D to add a second pass. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \newcounter\LineNumber +%D \newcounter\NumberOfLines +%D +%D \reshapebox +%D {\doglobal\increment\NumberOfLines +%D \box\shapebox} +%D +%D \reshapebox +%D {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber +%D \hbox +%D {\llap{\LineNumber\ (\NumberOfLines)\hskip2em}% +%D \box\shapebox}% +%D \doglobal\decrement\NumberOfLines} +%D +%D \flushshapebox +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D This example shows that the content of the box is still +%D available after flushing. Another feature is that only the +%D last reshaping counts. Multiple reshaping can be done by: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \beginofshapebox +%D \flushshapebox +%D \endofshapebox +%D +%D \reshapebox +%D {\doglobal\increment\LineNumber +%D \hbox{\llap{$\star$\hskip1em}\box\shapebox}% +%D \doglobal\decrement\NumberOfLines} +%D +%D \flushshapebox +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D The macros are surprisingly easy to follow and in fact +%D introduce no new concepts. Nearly all books on \TEX\ show +%D similar solutions for unwinding \BOXES. +%D +%D Some macros, like footnote ones, can be sensitive for +%D reshaping, which can result in an endless loop. We +%D therefore offer: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifreshapingbox +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Some \CONTEXT\ commands are protected this way. Anyhow, +%D reshaping is aborted after 100 dead cycles. +%D +%D By the way, changing the height and depth of \BOX\ +%D \type{\shapebox} results in bad spacing. This means that +%D for instance linenumbers etc. should be given zero height +%D and depth before being lapped into the margin. The +%D previous examples ignore this side effect, but beware! + +\newif\ifsomeshapeleft +\newif\ifreshapingbox + +\def\shapesignal {.12345678pt} + +\newbox \shapebox +\newcount \shapepenalty +\newdimen \shapekern +\newskip \shapeskip + +\newbox\newshapebox +\newbox\oldshapebox + +\newcount\shapecounter + +\def\reshapebox#1% + {\doreshapebox + {#1} + {\penalty\shapepenalty} + {\kern\shapekern} + {\vskip\shapeskip}} + +\def\doreshapebox#1#2#3#4% \shapebox, \shapepenalty, \shapekern, \shapeskip + {\setbox\newshapebox=\normalvbox + \bgroup + \unvcopy\oldshapebox + \setbox\newshapebox=\box\voidb@x + \shapecounter=0 + \loop + \someshapelefttrue + \ifdim\lastskip=\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifdim\lastkern=\!!zeropoint\relax + \ifnum\lastpenalty=0 + \setbox\shapebox=\lastbox + \ifvoid\shapebox + \unskip\unpenalty\unkern + \else + \ifdim\wd\shapebox=\shapesignal\relax + \someshapeleftfalse + \else + \shapecounter=0 + \setbox\newshapebox= + \normalvbox{#1\unvbox\newshapebox} + \fi + \fi + \else + \shapepenalty=\lastpenalty + \setbox\newshapebox= + \normalvbox{#2\unvbox\newshapebox} + \unpenalty + \fi + \else + \shapekern=\lastkern + \setbox\newshapebox= + \normalvbox{#3\unvbox\newshapebox} + \unkern + \fi + \else + \shapeskip=\lastskip + \setbox\newshapebox= + \normalvbox{#4\unvbox\newshapebox} + \unskip + \fi + \ifnum\shapecounter>100 % can be less + \message{<>}% + \someshapeleftfalse + \else + \advance\shapecounter by 1 + \fi + \ifsomeshapeleft \repeat + \unvbox\newshapebox + \egroup} + +\def\beginofshapebox% + {\setbox\oldshapebox=\normalvbox + \bgroup + \reshapingboxtrue + \hbox to \shapesignal{\hss}} + +\def\endofshapebox% + {\endgraf + \egroup} + +\def\flushshapebox% + {\ifdim\ht\newshapebox=\!!zeropoint\relax + \else + % make \prevdepth legal + \par + % and take a look + \ifdim\prevdepth=\hideskip\relax + \prevdepth=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \ifdim\prevdepth<\!!zeropoint + % something like a line or a signal or ... + \else + \ifinner + % not watertight and not ok + \else\ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen\else + % give the previous line a normal depth + \vbox to \!!zeropoint{} + % go back one line + \vskip-\lineheight + \fi\fi + \fi + \unvcopy\newshapebox\relax + % \prevdepth=0pt and \dp\newshapebox depend on last line + \kern-\dp\newshapebox\relax + % now \prevdepth=0pt + \fi} + +%D For absolute control, one can use \type{\doreshapebox} +%D directly. This macro takes four arguments, that take care +%D of: +%D +%D \startopsomming[n,opelkaar] +%D \som \type{\shapebox} +%D \som \type{\shapepenalty} +%D \som \type{\shapekern} +%D \som \type{\shapeskip} +%D \stopopsomming + +%D \macros +%D {hyphenatedword, +%D dohyphenateword} +%D {} +%D +%D The next one is a tricky one. \PLAIN\ \TEX\ provides +%D \type{\showhyphens} for showing macros on the terminal. When +%D preparing a long list of words we decided to show the +%D hyphens, but had to find out that the \PLAIN\ alternative +%D can hardly be used and|/|or adapted to typesetting. The next +%D two macros do the job and a little more. +%D +%D The simple command \type{\hyphenatedword} accepts one +%D argument and gives the hyphenated word. This macro calls for +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dohyphenateword {n} {pre} {word} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The next examples tell more than lots of words: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \dohyphenateword{0} {} {dohyphenatedword} +%D \dohyphenateword{1} {...} {dohyphenatedword} +%D \dohyphenateword{2} {...} {dohyphenatedword} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Here, \type{\hyphenatedword{dohyphenatedword}} is the +%D shorter alternative for the first line. +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D These macros are slow but effective and not that hard to +%D program at all. + +\def\dohyphenateword#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox + {\mindermeldingen + \widowpenalty=0 + \clubpenalty=0 + \setbox0=\vbox + {\hsize\!!zeropoint \ #3}% + \ifnum#1>0 + \dorecurse{#1} + {\setbox2=\hbox + {\vsplit0 to \baselineskip}}% + #2% + \fi + \loop + \setbox2=\hbox + {\vsplit0 to \baselineskip}% + \hbox + {\unhbox2 + \setbox2=\lastbox + \vbox + {\unvbox2 + \setbox2=\lastbox + \hbox{\unhbox2}}}% + \ifdim\ht0>\!!zeropoint + \repeat}% + \ht0=\ht\strutbox + \dp0=\dp\strutbox + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\hyphenatedword% + {\dohyphenateword{0}{}} + +%D \macros +%D {doboundtext} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes there is not enough room to show the complete +%D (line of) text. In such a situation we can strip of some +%D characters by using \type{\doboundtext}. When the text is +%D wider than the given width, it's split and the third +%D argument is appended. When the text to be checked is packed +%D in a command, we'll have to use \type{\expandafter}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doboundtext{a very, probably to long, text}{3cm}{...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When calculating the room needed, we take the width of the +%D third argument into account, which leads to a bit more +%D complex macro than needed at first sight. + +\def\dodoboundtext#1% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\unhcopy0 #1}% + \ifdim\wd0>\dimen0 + \let\dodoboundtext=\gobbleoneargument + \else + #1\relax + \fi} + +\def\doboundtext#1#2#3% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \dimen0=#2\relax + \ifdim\wd0>\dimen0 + \setbox2=\hbox{#3}% + \advance\dimen0 by -\wd2 + \setbox0=\hbox{}% + \processtokens + {\dodoboundtext} + {\dodoboundtext} + {} + {\space} + {#1}% + \box2 + \else + \box0 + \fi}} + +%D \macros +%D {limitatetext} +%D {} +%D +%D A bit more beautiful alternative for the previous command is +%D the next one. This command is more robust because we let +%D \TEX\ do most of the job. The previous command works better +%D on text that cannot be hyphenated. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \limitatetext {text} {width} {sentinel} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When no width is given, the whole text comes available. The +%D sentinel is optional. + +\def\limitatetext#1#2#3% + {\doifelse{#2}{} + {#1} + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% + \dimen0=#2\relax + \ifdim\wd0>\dimen0 + \setbox2=\hbox{\ #3}% + \advance\dimen0 by -\wd2 + \setbox0=\vbox + {\hsize=\dimen0\relax + \hfuzz\maxdimen + \raggedright + \strut\unhbox0}% + \vbox % if omitted: missing brace reported + {\setbox0=\vsplit0 to \ht\strutbox + \unvbox0 + \setbox0=\lastbox + \unhbox0\kern0pt\box2}% + \else + \unhbox0 + \fi + \egroup}} + +%D \macros +%D {processisolatedwords} +%D {} +%D +%D References are often made up of one word or a combination +%D of tightly connected words. The typeset text {\bf +%D chapter~5} is for instance the results of the character +%D sequence: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D The typeset text \in{chapter}[texniques] is for instance +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When such words are made active in interactive texts, the +%D combination cannot longer be hyphenated. Normally this is no +%D problem, because \TEX\ tries to prevent hyphenation as best +%D as can. +%D +%D Sometimes however we need a few more words to make things +%D clear, like when we want to refer to {\bf \TEX\ by Topic}. +%D The macros that are responsible for typesetting hyperlinks, +%D take care of such sub||sentences by breaking them up in +%D words. Long ago we processed words using the space as a +%D separator, but the more advanced our interactive text became, +%D the more we needed a robust solution. Well, here it is and +%D it called as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processisolatedwords{some words}\someaction +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The second argument \type{someactions} handles the +%D individual words, like in: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \processisolatedwords{some more words} \ruledhbox \par +%D \processisolatedwords{and some $x + y = z$ math} \ruledhbox \par +%D \processisolatedwords{and a \hbox{$x + y = z$}} \ruledhbox \par +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D which let the words turn up as: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D The macro has been made a bit more clever than needed at +%D first sight. This is due to the fact that we don't want to +%D generate more overhead in terms of interactive commands than +%D needed. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \processisolatedwords{see this \ruledhskip1em} \ruledhbox +%D \processisolatedwords{and \ruledhskip1em this one} \ruledhbox +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D becomes: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregels +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Single word arguments are treated without further +%D processing. This was needed because this command is used in +%D the \type{\goto} command, to which we sometimes pass very +%D strange and|/|or complicated arguments or simply boxes +%D whose dimensions are to be left intact. +%D +%D First we build a \type{\hbox}. This enables us to save the +%D last skip. Next we fill a \type{\vbox} without hyphenating +%D words. After we've tested if there is more than one word, we +%D start processing the individual lines (words). We need some +%D splitting, packing and unpacking to get the spacing and +%D dimensions right. + +\def\processisolatedwords#1#2% + {\bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \forgetall + \setbox0=\hbox + {#1% + \xdef\isolatedlastskip{\the\lastskip}}% + \setbox2=\vbox + {\hyphenpenalty10000 + \hsize\!!zeropoint + \unhcopy0}% == #1 + \ifdim\ht0=\ht2 + #2{\unhcopy0}% == #2{#1} + \else + \setbox0=\hbox + {\ignorespaces + \loop + \setbox4=\hbox + {\vsplit2 to \baselineskip}% + \hbox + {\unhbox4 + \setbox4=\lastbox + \vbox + {\unvbox4 + \setbox4=\lastbox + #2{\hbox{\unhbox4}}}}% + \hskip\fontdimen2\font + \!!plus \fontdimen3\font + \!!minus \fontdimen4\font + \ifdim\ht2>\!!zeropoint \repeat + \unskip}% + \unhbox0\unskip\hskip\isolatedlastskip + \fi + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {sbox} +%D {} +%D +%D This is a rather strange command. It grabs some box content +%D and and limits the size to the height and depth of a +%D \type{\strut}. The resulting bottom||alligned box can be used +%D aside other ones, without disturbing the normal baseline +%D distance. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \ruledhbox to .5\hsize{\sbox{eerste\par tweede \par derde}} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Shows up as: +%D +%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \vskip3\baselineskip +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D +%D Before displaying the result we added some skip, otherwise +%D the first two lines would have ended up in the text. This +%D macro can be useful when building complicated menus, headers +%D and footers and|/|or margin material. +%D +%D {\em This macro still needs some improvement.} + +\def\sbox% in handleiding, voorbeeld \inlinker{xx} \extern.. + {\dowithnextbox + {\setbox0=\hbox + {\strut + \dp\nextbox=0pt + \lower\strutdepth\box\nextbox}% + \dp0=\strutdepth + \ht0=\strutheight + \box0}% + \vbox} + +%D \macros +%D {centeredbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Here is another strange one. This one offers a sort of overlay +%D with positive or negative offsets. This command can be used +%D in well defined areas where no offset options are available. +%D We first used it when building a button inside the margin +%D footer, where the button should have a horizontal offset and +%D should be centered with respect to the surrounding box. The +%D last of the three examples we show below says: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \vsize=3cm +%D \hsize=3cm +%D \ruledvbox to \vsize +%D {\centeredbox height .5cm width -1cm +%D {\vrule width \hsize height \vsize}}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here the \type{\ruledvbox} just shows the surrounding box +%D and \type{\vrule} is used to show the centered box. +%D +%D \def\AnExample#1#2% +%D {\vsize=3cm +%D \hsize=3cm +%D \ruledvbox to \vsize +%D {\centeredbox height #1 width #2 +%D {\color[groen]{\vrule width \hsize height \vsize}}}} +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \startcombinatie[3*1] +%D {\AnExample {-1cm} {.5cm}} {} +%D {\AnExample {.5cm} {-1cm}} {} +%D {\AnExample {-1cm} {-.5cm}} {} +%D \stopcombinatie +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D This command takes two optional arguments: \type{width} and +%D \type{height}. Observing readers can see that we use \TEX's +%D own scanner for grabbing these arguments: \type{#1#} reads +%D everyting till the next brace and passes it to both rules. +%D The setting of the box dimensions at the end is needed for +%D special cases. The dimensions of the surounding box are kept +%D intact. This commands handles positive and negative +%D dimensions (which is why we need two boxes with rules). + +\def\centeredbox#1#% height +/-dimen width +/-dimen + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\vbox to \vsize + \bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \forgetall + \setbox0=\hbox{\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint#1}% + \setbox2=\vbox{\hrule\!!height\!!zeropoint#1}% + \advance\vsize by \ht2 + \advance\hsize by \wd0 + \vbox to \vsize + \bgroup + \vskip-\ht2 + \vss + \hbox to \hsize + \bgroup + \dowithnextbox + {\hskip-\wd0 + \hss + \box\nextbox + \hss + \egroup + \vss + \egroup + \egroup + \wd0=\hsize + \ht0=\vsize + \box0 + \egroup} + \hbox} + +%D \macros +%D {startbaselinecorrection,baselinecorrection, +%D showbaselinecorrection,offbaselinecorrection} +%D +%D Spacing around ruled boxes can get pretty messed up. The +%D next macro tries as good as possible to fix this. +%D +%D \startbuffer[1] +%D \startbaselinecorrection +%D \ruledhbox{Rule Brittanica} +%D \stopbaselinecorrection +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[1] +%D +%D The macros put some white space around the box: +%D +%D \haalbuffer[1] +%D +%D A simple alternative is \type {\baselinecorrection}, which +%D only looks at the previous line. +%D +%D \startbuffer[2] +%D \baselinecorrection +%D \ruledhbox{Rule Brittanica} +%D \baselinecorrection +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[2] +%D +%D This time the last preceding line gets a correction,% +%D dependant on the depth. +%D +%D \haalbuffer[2] +%D +%D One can make the correction visible by saying \type +%D {\showbaselinecorrection}. Part of the correction is +%D calculated from the dimensions of a~(. One can disble the +%D correction by calling \type {\offbaselinecorrection}. +%D +%D When visulaize the first example looks like: +%D +%D {\showbaselinecorrection\haalbuffer[1]} +%D +%D and the second one comes out as: +%D +%D {\showbaselinecorrection\haalbuffer[2]} + +\def\setbaselinecorrections% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\setstrut\strut}% + \setbox2=\hbox{(}% + \dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0 by -\ht2 + \ifdim\dimen0<\!!zeropoint\dimen0=\!!zeropoint\fi + \dimen2=\dp0\advance\dimen2 by -\dp2 + \ifdim\dimen2<\!!zeropoint\dimen2=\!!zeropoint\fi + \edef\thetopbaselinecorrection{\the\dimen0}% + \edef\thebotbaselinecorrection{\the\dimen2}} + +\def\dotopbaselinecorrection% + {\kern\thetopbaselinecorrection} + +\def\dobotbaselinecorrection% + {\kern\thebotbaselinecorrection} + +\def\showbaselinecorrection% + {\def\dobaselinecorrection% visualization is not watertight! + {\bgroup + \kern-\prevdepth + \setbox0=\null + \wd0=\hsize\dp0=\dp\strutbox + \nointerlineskip + \ruledvbox{\box0}% + \egroup + \prevdepth=\dp\strutbox}% + \def\dotopbaselinecorrection% + {\hrule\!!height\thetopbaselinecorrection}% + \def\dobotbaselinecorrection% + {\hrule\!!height\thebotbaselinecorrection}} + +\def\dobaselinecorrection% + {\kern-\prevdepth + \kern\dp\strutbox + \prevdepth=\dp\strutbox} + +\def\baselinecorrection% + {\endgraf + \ifvmode + \ifdim\prevdepth<\maxdimen + \ifdim\prevdepth<\!!zeropoint \else + \ifdim\prevdepth<\dp\strutbox + \dobaselinecorrection + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} + +\def\startbaselinecorrection% + {\baselinecorrection + \ifvmode + \bgroup + \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox\bgroup + \ignorespaces + \let\stopbaselinecorrection=\dostopbaselinecorrection + \else + \let\stopbaselinecorrection=\relax + \fi} + +%D We do a bit more checking than needed. The pageborder check +%D is not needed, but I want to look the visualization as good +%D as possible too. + +\def\dostopbaselinecorrection% I have to check columns yet. + {\endgraf + \egroup + \topbaselinecorrection + \box\scratchbox + \botbaselinecorrection + \egroup} + +\def\offbaselinecorrection% + {\let\startbaselinecorrection=\relax + \let\dostopbaselinecorrection =\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {topbaselinecorrection,botbaselinecorrection} +%D +%D The actual top and bottom corrections are implemented as: + +\def\topbaselinecorrection% + {\ifvmode + \bgroup + \setbaselinecorrections + \ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \dimen2=\ht\scratchbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\scratchbox + \advance\dimen2 by \parskip + \advance\dimen2 by \thetopbaselinecorrection + \advance\dimen2 by \thebotbaselinecorrection + \dimen0=\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0 by \dimen2 + \ifdim\dimen0<\pagegoal + \witruimte + \nointerlineskip + \dotopbaselinecorrection + \else + \ifbinnenkolommen % should be supp-status + \vskip\dimen2 % this could + \penalty\outputpenalty % be improved + \else + \vfill\eject % should be supp-control + \fi + \fi + \fi + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\botbaselinecorrection% + {\ifvmode + \bgroup + \setbaselinecorrections + \dobotbaselinecorrection + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox + \egroup + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {setrigidcolumnhsize,rigidcolumnbalance} +%D +%D These macros are copied from the \TEX book, page~397, and +%D extended by a macro that sets the \type{\hsize}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setrigidcolumnhsize {total width} {distance} {n} +%D \rigidcolumnbalance {box} {n} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Both these macros are for instance used in typesetting +%D footnotes. + +\def\setrigidcolumnhsize#1#2#3% + {\hsize=#1\relax + \dimen0=-#2\relax + \multiply\dimen0 by #3\relax + \advance\dimen0 by #2\relax + \advance\hsize by \dimen0 + \divide\hsize by #3\relax} + +\def\rigidcolumnbalance#1#2% + {\global\chardef\rigidcolumnbox=#1\relax + \global\chardef\rigidcolumns=#2\relax + \ifnum\rigidcolumns=1 + \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi\rigidcolumnbox + \else + \line + {\vbadness=10000 + \hfilneg + \valign{##\vfill\cr\dorigidcolumnsplits}}% + \fi} + +\def\dorigidcolumnsplits% + {\ifnum\rigidcolumns>0 + \noalign{\hfil}\dorigidcolumnsplitoff + \doglobal\decrement\rigidcolumns + \cr + \dorigidcolumnsplits + \fi} + +\def\dorigidcolumnsplitoff% + {\splittopskip=\ht\strutbox + \dimen0=\ht\rigidcolumnbox + \divide\dimen0 by \rigidcolumns + \advance\dimen0 by \ht\strutbox + \vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \dimen0 } + +%D \macros +%D {startvboxtohbox,stopvboxtohbox,convertvboxtohbox} +%D +%D Here is another of Knuth's dirty tricks, as presented on +%D pages 398 and 399 of the \TEX book. These macros can be used +%D like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \vbox +%D \bgroup +%D \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox +%D \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox +%D \startvboxtohbox ... \stopvboxtohbox +%D \egroup +%D +%D \vbox +%D \bgroup +%D \converthboxtovbox +%D \egroup +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These macros are used in reformatting footnotes, so they do +%D what they're meant for. + +\def\setvboxtohbox% + {\bgroup + \ifdim\baselineskip<16pt \relax + \dimen0=\baselineskip + \multiply\dimen0 by 1024 + \else + \message{cropping \baselineskip to 16pt}% + \baselineskip=\maxdimen + \fi + \divide\dimen0 by \hsize + \multiply\dimen0 by 64 + \xdef\vboxtohboxfactor{\expandafter\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% + \egroup} + +\def\startvboxtohbox% + {\bgroup + \setvboxtohbox + \setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} + +\def\stopvboxtohbox% + {\egroup + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \ht0=\vboxtohboxfactor\wd0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\convertvboxtohbox% + {\setvboxtohbox + \makehboxofhboxes + \setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes}% + \noindent\unhbox0\par} + +\def\makehboxofhboxes% + {\setbox0=\hbox{}% + \loop + \setbox2=\lastbox + \ifhbox2 + \setbox0=\hbox{\box2\unhbox0}% + \repeat} + +\def\removehboxes% + {\setbox0=\lastbox + \ifhbox0 + {\removehboxes}% + \unhbox0 + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {doifcontent} +%D +%D When processing depends on the availability of content, one +%D can gove the next macro a try. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifcontent{pre content}{post content}{no content}\somebox +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Where \type{\somebox} is either a \type{\hbox} or +%D \type{\vbox}. If the dimension of this box suggest some +%D content, the resulting box is unboxed and surrounded by the +%D first two arguments, else the third arguments is executed. + +\def\doifcontent#1#2#3% + {\dowithnextbox + {\ifhbox\nextbox + \ifdim\wd\nextbox>\!!zeropoint + #1\unhbox\nextbox#2\relax + \else + #3\relax + \fi + \else + \ifdim\ht\nextbox>\!!zeropoint + #1\unvbox\nextbox#2\relax + \else + #3\relax + \fi + \fi}} + +%D So when we say: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \doifcontent{[}{]}{}\hbox{content sensitive typesetting} +%D +%D \doifcontent{}{\pagina}{}\vbox{content sensitive typesetting} +%D +%D \doifcontent{}{}{\message{Didn't you forget something?}}\hbox{} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D We get: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D Where the last call of course does not show up in this +%D document, but definitely generates a confusing message. + +% maybe some day we need this +% +% \def\appendvbox#1% % uses \box8 +% {\bgroup +% \ifdim\prevdepth<\!!zeropoint +% \ifdim\pagetotal=\!!zeropoint +% \setbox8=\vtop{\unvcopy#1}% +% \hrule\c!!height\!!zeropoint +% \kern-\ht8 +% \box#1\relax +% \else +% \box#1\relax +% \fi +% \else +% \dimen0=\prevdepth +% \hrule\c!!height\!!zeropoint +% \setbox8=\vtop{\unvcopy#1}% +% \dimen2=\baselineskip +% \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0 +% \advance\dimen2 by -\ht8 +% \kern\dimen2 +% \box#1\relax +% \fi +% \egroup} + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a9d3fb74 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-fil, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Files, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \TEX\ operates on files, so one wouldn't wonder that there +%D is a separate module for file support. In \CONTEXT\ files +%D are used for several purposes: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som general textual input +%D \som logging status information +%D \som saving registers, lists and references +%D \som buffering defered textual input +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D When dealing with files we can load them as a whole, using +%D the \type{\input} primitive or load them on a line||by||line +%D basis, using \type{\read}. Writing is always done line by +%D line, using \type{\write}. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Files} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {pushendofline,popendofline} +%D {} +%D +%D When we are loading files in the middle of the typesetting +%D process, for instance when we load references, we have to be +%D sure that the reading process does not generate so called +%D 'spurious spaces'. This can be prevented by assigning the +%D line ending character the \CATCODE\ comment. This is +%D accomplished by +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \pushendofline +%D ... reading ... +%D \popendofline +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Just to be sure, we save the current meaning of \type{^^M} +%D in \type{\poppedendofline}. + +\def\pushendofline + {\chardef\poppedendofline=\the\catcode`\^^M\relax + \catcode`\^^M=\@@comment\relax} + +\def\popendofline + {\catcode`\^^M=\poppedendofline} + +%D \macros +%D {scratchread, scratchwrite} +%D {} +%D +%D We define a scratch file for reading. Keep in mind that +%D the number of files is limited to~16, so use this one when +%D possible. We also define a scratch output file. + +\newread \scratchread +\newwrite \scratchwrite + +%D \macros +%D {processfile,fileline} +%D +%D The next macro offers a framework for processing files on a +%D line by line basis. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processfile \identifier {name} \action +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first argument can for instance be \type{\scratchread}. +%D The action must do something with \type{\fileline}, which +%D holds the current line. + +\def\doprocessfile#1#2#3% + {\openin#1=#2\relax + \gdef\doprocessline% + {\ifeof#1% + \gdef\doprocessline{\closein#1}% + \else + \global\read#1 to \fileline + #3\relax + \fi + \doprocessline}% + \doprocessline} + +%D \macros +%D {readfile,ReadFile,maxreadlevel, +%D normalinput} +%D {} +%D +%D One cannot be sure if a file exists. When no file can be +%D found, the \type{\input} primitive gives an error message +%D and switches to interactive mode. The macro \type{\readfile} +%D takes care of non||existing files. This macro has two faces. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ReadFile {filename} +%D \readfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Many \TEX\ implementations have laid out some strategy for +%D locating files. This can lead to unexpected results, +%D especially when one loads files that are not found in the +%D current directory. Let's give an example of this. In +%D \CONTEXT\ illustrations can be defined in an external file. +%D The resizing macro first looks if an illustration is defined +%D in the local definitions file. When no such file is found, +%D it searches for a global file and when this file is not +%D found either, the illustration itself is scanned for +%D dimensions. One can imagine what happens if an adapted, +%D localy stored illustration, is scaled according to +%D dimensions stored somewhere else. +%D +%D When some \TEX\ implementation starts looking for a file, it +%D normally first looks in the current directory. When no file +%D is found, \TEX\ starts searching on the path where format +%D and/or style files are stored. Depending on the implementation +%D this can considerably slow down processing speed. +%D +%D In \CONTEXT, we support a project||wise ordening of files. +%D In such an approach it seems feasible to store common files +%D in a lower directory. When for instance searching for a +%D general layout file, we therefore have to backtrack. +%D +%D These three considerations have lead to a more advanced +%D approach for loading files. +%D +%D We first present an earlier implementation of +%D \type{\readfile}. This command backtracks parent +%D directories, upto a predefined level. Users can change this +%D level, but we default to~3. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\maxreadlevel {3} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This is a pseudo \COUNTER. +%D +%D We use \type{\normalinput} instead of \type{\input} +%D because we want to be able to redefine the original +%D \type{\input} when needed, for instance when loading third +%D party libraries. + +\let\normalinput=\input + +\def\maxreadlevel {3} + +\def\doreadfile#1#2#3% + {\immediate\openin\scratchread=#1\relax + \ifeof\scratchread + \immediate\closein\scratchread + \decrement\readlevel + \ifnum\readlevel>0\relax + \doreadfile{\f!parentpath/#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + #3% + \fi + \else + \immediate\closein\scratchread + #2% + \normalinput #1\relax + \fi} + +\def\readfile#1% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doreadfile{#1}} + +\def\ReadFile#1% + {\readfile{#1}{}{}} + +%D \macros +%D {readjobfile,readlocfile,readsysfile,readfixfile} +%D {} +%D +%D This implementation honnors the third situation, but we +%D still can get unwanted files loaded and/or can get involved +%D in extensive searching. +%D +%D Due to different needs, we decided to offer four alternative +%D loading commands. With \type{\readjobfile} we load a local +%D file and do no backtracking, while \type{\readlocfile} +%D backtracks~\readlevel\ directories, including the current +%D one. + +\def\readjobfile#1% + {\newcounter\readlevel + \doreadfile{\f!currentpath/#1}} + +\def\readlocfile#1% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doreadfile{\f!currentpath/#1}} + +%D System files can be anywhere and therefore +%D \type{\readsysfile} is not bound to the current directory +%D and obeys the \TEX\ implementation. + +\def\readsysfile#1% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doreadfile{#1}} + +%D The last one, \type{\readfixfile} searches on the directory +%D specified and backtracks too. + +\def\readfixfile#1#2% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doreadfile{#1/#2}} + +%D After having defined this commands, we reconsidered the +%D previously defined \type{\readfile}. This time we more or +%D less impose the search order. + +\def\readfile#1#2#3% + {\readlocfile{#1}{#2} + {\readjobfile{#1}{#2} + {\readsysfile{#1}{#2}{#3}}}} + +%D So now we've got ourselves five file loading commands: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \readfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D +%D \readjobfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \readlocfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \readfixfile {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \readsysfile {directory} {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {readjobfile,readlocfile,readsysfile,readfixfile} +%D {} +%D +%D The next four alternatives can be used for opening files +%D for reading on a line||by||line basis. These commands get +%D an extra argument, the filetag. Explicit closing is done +%D in the normal way by \type{\closein}. + +\def\doopenin#1#2% + {\increment\readlevel + \immediate\openin#1=#2\relax + \ifeof#1\relax + \ifnum\readlevel>\maxreadlevel\relax + \else + \immediate\closein#1\relax + \doopenin{#1}{\f!parentpath/#2}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\openjobin#1#2% + {\newcounter\readlevel + \doopenin{#1}{\f!currentpath/#2}} + +\def\opensysin#1#2% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doopenin{#1}{#2}} + +\def\openlocin#1#2% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doopenin{#1}{\f!currentpath/#2}} + +\def\openfixin#1#2#3% + {\let\readlevel=\maxreadlevel + \doopenin{#1}{#2/#3}} + +%D \macros +%D {doiffileelse,doiflocfileelse} +%D {} +%D +%D The next alternative only looks if a file is present. No +%D loading is done. This one obeys the standard \TEX\ +%D implementation method. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doiffileelse {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We use \type{\next} here, because we want to close the +%D file first. We also provide the local alternative: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doiflocfileelse {filename} {before loading} {not found} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\doiffileelse#1#2#3% + {\immediate\openin\scratchread=#1\relax + \ifeof\scratchread + \def\next{#3}% + \else + \def\next{#2}% + \fi + \immediate\closein\scratchread + \next} + +\def\doiflocfileelse#1% + {\doiffileelse{\f!currentpath/#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {doinputonce} +%D {} +%D +%D Especially macropackages need only be loaded once. +%D Repetitive loading not only costs time, relocating registers +%D often leads to abortion of the processing because \TEX's +%D capacity is limited. One can prevent multiple loading by +%D using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doloadonce{filename} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command obeys the standard method for locating files. + +\def\doinputonce#1% + {\doifundefined{@@@#1@@@}% + {\setgvalue{@@@#1@@@}{}% + \doiffileelse{#1}{\normalinput #1}{}}} + +%D \macros +%D {doifparentfileelse} +%D {} +%D +%D The test \type{\doifelse{\jobname}{filename}} does not give +%D the desired result, simply because \type{\jobname} expands +%D to characters with \CATCODE~12, while the characters in +%D \type{filename} have \CATCODE~11. So we can better use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifparentfileelse{filename}{yes}{no} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\doifparentfileelse#1#2#3% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \@EA\convertargument\!!stringa\to\!!stringa + \@EA\def\@EA\!!stringb\@EA{\jobname}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb#2\else#3\fi} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f747bed2c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-fun, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Fun Stuff, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\unprotect + +%\dorecurse{10} +% {\horizontalpositionbar\pos\recurselevel\min1\max10\token\blokje\\} +% +%\hbox to 15em +% {\hss +% \dorecurse{10} +% {\verticalpositionbar\pos\recurselevel\min1\max10\token\blokje\\ +% \hss}} + +\def\horizontalpositionbar\pos#1\min#2\max#3\token#4\\% + {\hbox to \hsize + {\hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #1\!!fill + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#2\!!fill + #4\relax + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #3\!!fill + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#1\!!fill}} + +\def\verticalpositionbar\pos#1\min#2\max#3\token#4\\% + {\vbox to \vsize + {\vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #1\!!fill + \vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#2\!!fill + \hbox{#4}\relax + \vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #3\!!fill + \vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#1\!!fill}} + +\def\horizontalgrowingbar\pos#1\min#2\max#3\height#4\depth#5\\% + {\hbox to \hsize + {\scratchcounter=#1\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by -#2\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by 1\relax + \leaders\vrule\hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus \scratchcounter\!!fill + \vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height#4\!!depth#5\relax + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #3\!!fill + \hskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#1\!!fill}} + +\def\verticalgrowingbar\pos#1\min#2\max#3\width#4\\% + {\vbox to \vsize + {\scratchcounter=#1\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by -#2\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by 1\relax + \leaders\hrule\vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus\scratchcounter\!!fill + \hrule\!!width#4\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!depth\!!zeropoint + \vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus #3\!!fill + \vskip\!!zeropoint\!!plus-#1\!!fill}} + +% \font\GROOT=cminch \GROOT +% +% \showmakeup +% +% \def\dodoprocesstokens% +% {\ifx\next\lastcharacter +% \after +% \let\next=\relax +% \else +% \expandafter\if\normalspace\next +% \before{\white}% +% \else +% \before{\next}% +% \fi +% \let\before=\between +% \let\next=\doprocesstokens +% \fi +% \next} +% +% \def\stapel#1% +% {\setbox0=\vbox +% {\processtokens +% {\leavevmode\hbox} +% {\endgraf\leavevmode\hbox} +% {\endgraf} +% {\relax} +% {#1}}% +% \vbox +% {\raggedcenter +% \hsize\wd0 +% \lineskip=5pt +% \processtokens +% {\leavevmode\hbox} +% {\endgraf\leavevmode\hbox} +% {\endgraf} +% {\relax} +% {#1}}} +% +% \stapel{NEWMAN 1} +% +% \stelkleurenin[status=start] +% +% \def\TreatFirstLine#1#2#3#4% before, after, first, next +% {\bgroup +% #1% +% \setbox0=\box\voidb@x +% \setbox2=\box\voidb@x +% \def\grabfirstline##1 % +% {\setbox2=\hbox{\ifvoid0 #3{##1}\else\unhcopy0\ #4{##1}\fi}% +% \ifdim\wd2>\hsize +% \hbox to \hsize{\unhbox0}#2##1\ +% \egroup +% \else +% \setbox0=\box2 +% \expandafter\grabfirstline +% \fi}% +% \grabfirstline} +% +% \TreatFirstLine {\bgroup\startkleur[rood]\sc} +% {\stopkleur\egroup} {} {}Hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more +% +% \def\DroppedCaps#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% command font height hoffset voffset lines +% {\setbox0=\hbox +% {\font\temp=#2 at #3% +% \temp#1{#7}\hskip#4}% +% \setbox0=\hbox +% {\lower#5\box0}% +% \ht0=\ht\strutbox +% \dp0=\dp\strutbox +% \hangindent\wd0 +% \hangafter-#6\noindent\hskip-\wd0\vbox{\box0\nobreak}} +% +% \DroppedCaps {\kleur[groen]} {cmbx12} {2.2\baselineskip} +% {2pt} {\baselineskip} {2} Hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more hello there are we once more hello +% there are we once more +% +% \def\MyDroppedCaps% +% {\DroppedCaps +% {\kleur[groen]} +% {cmbx12} +% {2.2\baselineskip} +% {2pt} +% {\baselineskip} +% {2}} +% +% \MyDroppedCaps Hello there etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc +% etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc +% etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc +% etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc etc +% +% +% \def\TreatFirstCharacter#1#2% command, char +% {#1{#2}} +% +% \TreatFirstCharacter {\kleur[groen]} Hello there are we once +% more hello there are we once more hello there are we once +% more hello there are we once more hello there are we once +% more hello there are we once more hello there are we once +% more hello there are we once more + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d409365a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-ini, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support ystem Macros, +%D subtitle=Initializations, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Initializations} + +\newif\ifeightbitcharacters \eightbitcharactersfalse + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d92f1029 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-lan, +%D version=1997.03.20, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Language Options, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \gdef\starttest% +%D {\blanko +%D \noindent +%D \halign\bgroup\tt##\hskip2em&##\hskip2em&##\cr} +%D +%D \gdef\stoptest% +%D {\egroup +%D \blanko} +%D +%D \gdef\test#1% +%D {\convertargument#1\to\ascii\ascii&\hyphenatedword{#1}\cr} + +%D One of \TEX's strong points in building paragraphs is the way +%D hyphenations are handled. Although for real good hyphenation +%D of non||english languages some extensions to the program are +%D needed, fairly good results can be reached with the standard +%D mechanisms and an additional macro, at least in Dutch. + +\unprotect + +%D \CONTEXT\ originates in the wish to typeset educational +%D materials, especially in a technical environment. In +%D production oriented environments, a lot of compound words +%D are used. Because the Dutch language poses no limits on +%D combining words, we often favor putting dashes between those +%D words, because it facilitates reading, at least for those +%D who are not that accustomed to it. +%D +%D In \TEX\ compound words, separated by a hyphen, are not +%D hyphenated at all. In spite of the multiple pass paragraph +%D typesetting this can lead to parts of words sticking into +%D the margin. The solution lays in saying +%D \type{spoelwater||terugwinunit} instead of +%D \type{spoelwater-terugwinunit}. By using a one character +%D command like \type{|}, delimited by the same character +%D \type{|}, we get ourselves both a decent visualization (in +%D \TEXEDIT\ and colored verbatim we color these commands +%D yellow) and an efficient way of combining words. +%D +%D The sequence \type{||} simply leads to two words connected by +%D a hyphen. Because we want to distinguish such a hyphen from +%D the one inserted when \TEX\ hyphenates a word, we use a bit +%D longer one. +%D +%D \hyphenation {spoel-wa-ter te-rug-win-unit} +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {spoelwater||terugwinunit} +%D \stoptest +%D +%D As we already said, the \type{|} is a command. This commands +%D accepts an optional argument before it's delimiter, which is +%D also a \type{|}. +%D +%D \hyphenation {po-ly-meer che-mie} +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {polymeer|*|chemie} +%D \stoptest +%D +%D Arguments like \type{*} are not interpreted and inserted +%D directly, in contrary to arguments like: +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {polymeer|~|chemie} +%D \test {|(|polymeer|)|chemie} +%D \test {polymeer|(|chemie|)| } +%D \stoptest +%D +%D Although such situations seldom occur |<|we typeset thousands +%D of pages before we encountered one that forced us to enhance +%D this mechanism|>| we also have to take care of comma's. +%D +%D \hyphenation {uit-stel-len} +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {op||, in|| en uitstellen} +%D \stoptest +%D +%D The next special case (concerning quotes) was brought to my +%D attention by Piet Tutelaers, one of the driving forces +%D behind rebuilding hyphenation patterns for the dutch +%D language.\voetnoot{In 1996 the spelling of the dutch +%D language has been slightly reformed which made this topic +%D actual again.} We'll also take care of this case. +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {AOW|'|er} +%D \test {cd|'|tje} +%D \test {ex|-|PTT|'|er} +%D \test {rock|-|'n|-|roller} +%D \stoptest +%D +%D Tobias Burnus pointed out that I should also support +%D something like +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {well|_|known} +%D \stoptest +%D +%D to strees the compoundness of hyphenated words. +%D +%D Of course we also have to take care of the special case: +%D +%D \starttest +%D \test {text||color and ||font} +%D \stoptest + +%D \macros +%D {installdiscretionaries} +%D {} +%D +%D The mechanism described here is one of the older inner parts +%D of \CONTEXT. The most recent extensions concerns some +%D special cases as well as the possibility to install other +%D characters as delimiters. The prefered way of specifying +%D compound words is using \type{||}, which is installed by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installdiscretionaries || - +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Some alternative definitions are: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \installdiscretionaries ** - +%D \installdiscretionaries ++ - +%D \installdiscretionaries // - +%D \installdiscretionaries ~~ - +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D after which we can say: +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \haalbuffer +%D \starttest +%D \test {test**test**test} +%D \test {test++test++test} +%D \test {test//test//test} +%D \test {test~~test~~test} +%D \stoptest +%D \egroup + +%D \macros +%D {compoundhyphen, +%D beginofsubsentence,endofsubsentence} +%D {} +%D +%D Now let's go to the macros. First we define some variables. +%D In the main \CONTEXT\ modules these can be tuned by a setup +%D command. Watch the (maybe) better looking compound hyphen. + +\def\compoundhyphen {{-}\kern-.25ex{-}} +\def\beginofsubsentence {---} +\def\endofsubsentence {---} + +%D The last two variables are needed for subsentences +%D |<|like this one|>| which we did not yet mention. +%D +%D We want to enable breaking but at the same time don't want +%D compound characters like |-| or || to be separated from the +%D words. \TEX\ hackers will recognise the next two macro's: + +\def\prewordbreak {\penalty10000\hskip0pt\relax} +\def\postwordbreak {\penalty0\prewordbreak} + +%D We first show the original implementation, which only +%D supports \type{|} as command and delimiter. Before +%D activating \type{|} we save it's value: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \edef\domathmodediscretionary{\string|} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D after which we're ready to define it's meaning to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \catcode`\|=\@@active +%D +%D \unexpanded\def|% +%D {\ifmmode +%D \expandafter\domathmodediscretionary +%D \else +%D \expandafter\dotextmodediscretionary +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We need a two stage \type{\futurelet} because we want to +%D look ahead for both the compound character definition and +%D the (optional) comma that follows it, and because we want to +%D prevent that \TEX\ puts this comma on the next line. We use +%D \type{\next} for easy and fast checking of the argument, we +%D save this argument (which can consist of more tokens) and +%D also save the character following the \type{|#1|} in +%D \type{\nextnext}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dotextmodediscretionary% +%D {\bgroup +%D \futurelet\next\dodotextmodediscretionary} +%D +%D \def\dodotextmodediscretionary#1|% +%D {\def\betweendiscretionaries{#1}% +%D \futurelet\nextnext\dododotextmodediscretionary} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The main macro consists of quite some \type{\ifx} tests +%D while \type{\checkafterdiscretionary} handles the commas. +%D We show the simplified version here: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dododotextmodediscretionary% +%D {\let\nextnextnext=\egroup +%D \ifx |\next +%D \checkafterdiscretionary +%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\compoundhyphen\nextnext}\allowbreak +%D \else\ifx=\next +%D \prewordbreak\compoundhyphen +%D \else\ifx~\next +%D \discretionary{-}{}{\thinspace}\postwordbreak +%D \else\ifx(\next +%D \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{(-}{(}\prewordbreak +%D \else\ifx)\next +%D \prewordbreak\discretionary{-)}{}{)}\prewordbreak +%D \else\ifx'\next +%D \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{'}\postwordbreak +%D \else +%D \checkafterdiscretionary +%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionaries\nextnext}\allowbreak +%D \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi +%D \nextnextnext} +%D +%D \def\checkafterdiscretionary% +%D {\ifx,\nextnext +%D \def\nextnextnext{\afterassignment\egroup\let\next=}% +%D \else +%D \let\nextnext=\relax +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Handling \type{(} and \type{)} is a a bit special, because +%D \TEX\ sees them as decent hyphenation points, according to +%D their \type{\lccode} being non||zero. For the same reason, +%D later on in this module we cannot manipulate the +%D \type{\lccode} but take the \type{\uccode}. + +%D The most recent implementation is more advanced. As +%D demonstrated we can install delimiters, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installdiscretionaries || \compoundhyphen +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This time we have to use a bit more clever way of saving the +%D math mode specification of the character we're going to +%D make active. We also save the user supplied compound hyphen. +%D We show the a bit more traditional implementation first. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\installdiscretionaries#1% +%D {\catcode`#1\@@other +%D \expandafter\doinstalldiscretionaries\string#1} +%D +%D \def\doinstalldiscretionaries#1% +%D {\setvalue{mathmodediscretionary#1}{#1}% +%D \catcode`#1\@@active +%D \dodoinstalldiscretionaries} +%D +%D \def\dodoinstalldiscretionaries#1#2% +%D {\setvalue{textmodediscretionary\string#1}{#2}% +%D \unexpanded\def#1{\discretionarycommand#1}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A bit more \CATCODE\ and character trickery enables us to +%D discard the two intermediate steps. This trick originates +%D on page~394 of the \TEX book, in the appendix full of +%D dirty tricks. The second argument has now become redundant, +%D but I decided to reserve it for future use. At least it +%D remembers us of the symmetry. + +\def\installdiscretionaries#1#2#3% + {\setvalue{mathmodediscretionary\string#1}{\char`#1}% + \setvalue{textmodediscretionary\string#1}{#3}% + \catcode`#1=\@@active + \scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ + \uccode`~=`#1 + \uppercase{\unexpanded\def~{\discretionarycommand~}}% + \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} + +\def\dohandlemathmodebar#1% + {\getvalue{mathmodediscretionary\string#1}} + +\def\discretionarycommand% + {\ifmmode + \expandafter\dohandlemathmodebar + \else + \expandafter\dotextmodediscretionary + \fi} + +%D Although adapting character codes and making characters +%D active can interfere with other features of macropackages, +%D normally there should be no problems with things like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installdiscretionary || + +%D \installdiscretionary ++ = +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The real work is done by the next set of macros. We have +%D to use a double \type{\futurelet} because we have to take +%D following characters into account. + +\def\dotextmodediscretionary#1% + {\bgroup + \def\dodotextmodediscretionary##1#1% + {\def\betweendiscretionary{##1}% + \futurelet\nextnext\dododotextmodediscretionary}% + \let\discretionarycommand=#1% + \def\textmodediscretionary{\getvalue{textmodediscretionary\string#1}}% + \futurelet\next\dodotextmodediscretionary} + +\def\dododotextmodediscretionary% + {\let\nextnextnext=\egroup + \ifx\discretionarycommand\next + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \egroup + \else\ifx=\next + \prewordbreak\textmodediscretionary + \else\ifx~\next + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{\thinspace}\postwordbreak + \else\ifx_\next + \prewordbreak\discretionary{\textmodediscretionary} + {\textmodediscretionary}{\textmodediscretionary}\prewordbreak + \else\ifx(\next + \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + (\prewordbreak + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{(-}{(}\prewordbreak + \fi + \else\ifx)\next + \ifx\nextnext\blankspace + \prewordbreak)\relax + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-)}{}{)}\prewordbreak + \fi + \else\ifx'\next + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{'}\postwordbreak + \else\ifx<\next + \beginofsubsentence\prewordbreak\beginofsubsentencespacing + \else\ifnum\uccode`>=\nextuccode + \endofsubsentencespacing\prewordbreak\endofsubsentence + \else + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \egroup + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \nextnextnext} + +\def\checkbeforediscretionary% + {\setbox0=\lastbox + \ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint + \let\postwordbreak=\prewordbreak + \fi + \box0\relax} + +\def\checkafterdiscretionary% + {\ifx,\nextnext + \def\nextnextnext{\afterassignment\egroup\let\next=}% + \else + \let\nextnext=\relax + \fi} + +%D The macro \type{\checkbeforediscretionary} takes care of +%D loners like \type{||word}, while it counterpart +%D \type{\checkafterdiscretionary} is responsible for handling +%D the comma. + +%D \macros +%D {beginofsubsentencespacing,endofsubsentencespacing} +%D {} +%D +%D In the previous macros we provided two hooks which can be +%D used to support nested sub||sentences. In \CONTEXT\ these +%D hooks are used to insert a small space when needed. + +\let\beginofsubsentencespacing=\relax +\let\endofsubsentencespacing =\relax + +%D Before we show some more tricky alternative, we first install +%D the mechanism: + +\installdiscretionaries || \compoundhyphen + +%D One of the drawbacks of this mechanism is that characters can +%D be made active afterwards. The next alternative can be used +%D in such situations. This time we don't compare the arguments +%D directly but use the \type{\uccode}'s instead. \TEX\ +%D initializes these codes of the alphabetics glyphs to their +%D uppercase counterparts. Normally the other characters remain +%D zero. If so, we can use the \type{\uccode} as a signal. + +%D \macros +%D {enableactivediscretionaries} +%D {} +%D +%D The more advanced mechanism is activated by calling: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \enableactivediscretionaries +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D which is defined as: + +\def\enableactivediscretionaries% + {\uccode`'=`'\relax \uccode`~=`~\relax \uccode`_=`_\relax + \uccode`(=`(\relax \uccode`)=`)\relax \uccode`==`=\relax + \uccode`<=`<\relax \uccode`>=`>\relax + \let\dotextmodediscretionary = \activedotextmodediscretionary + \let\dododotextmodediscretionary = \activedododotextmodediscretionary} + +%D We only have to redefine two macros. While saving the +%D \type{\uccode} in a macro we have to take care of empty +%D arguments, like in \type{||}. + +\def\activedotextmodediscretionary#1% + {\bgroup + \def\dodotextmodediscretionary##1#1% + {\def\betweendiscretionary{##1}% + \def\nextuccode####1####2\relax% + {\ifcat\noexpand####1\noexpand\relax + \edef\nextuccode{0}% + \else + \edef\nextuccode{\the\uccode`####1}% + \fi}% + \nextuccode##1@\relax + \futurelet\nextnext\dododotextmodediscretionary}% + \let\discretionarycommand=#1% + \def\textmodediscretionary{\getvalue{textmodediscretionary\string#1}}% + \futurelet\next\dodotextmodediscretionary} + +%D This time we use \type{\ifnum}: + +\def\activedododotextmodediscretionary% + {\let\nextnextnext=\egroup + \ifx\discretionarycommand\next + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \egroup + \else\ifnum\uccode`==\nextuccode + \prewordbreak\textmodediscretionary + \else\ifnum\uccode`~=\nextuccode + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{\thinspace}\postwordbreak + \else\ifnum\uccode`_=\nextuccode + \prewordbreak\discretionary{\textmodediscretionary} + {\textmodediscretionary}{\textmodediscretionary}\prewordbreak + \else\ifnum\uccode`(=\nextuccode + \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + (\prewordbreak + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{(-}{(}\prewordbreak + \fi + \else\ifnum\uccode`)=\nextuccode + \ifx\nextnext\blankspace + \prewordbreak)\relax + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-)}{}{)}\prewordbreak + \fi + \else\ifnum\uccode`'=\nextuccode + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{'}\postwordbreak + \else\ifnum\uccode`<=\nextuccode + \beginofsubsentence\prewordbreak\beginofsubsentencespacing + \else\ifnum\uccode`>=\nextuccode + \endofsubsentencespacing\prewordbreak\endofsubsentence + \else + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \egroup + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \nextnextnext} + +%D Now we can safely do things like: \enableactivediscretionaries +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \catcode`<=\@@active \def<{hello there} +%D \catcode`>=\@@active \def>{hello there} +%D \catcode`(=\@@active \def({hello there} +%D \catcode`)=\@@active \def){hello there} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In normal day||to||day production of texts this kind of +%D activation is seldom used.\voetnoot{In the \CONTEXT\ manual +%D the \type{<} and \type{>} are made active and used for some +%D cross||reference trickery.} If so, we have to take care of +%D the math mode explicitly, just like we did when making +%D \type{|} active. It can be confusing too, especially when we +%D load macropackages afterwards that make use of \type{<} in +%D \type{\ifnum} or \type{\ifdim} statements. + +%D \macros +%D {installcompoundcharacter} +%D {} +%D +%D When Tobias Burnus started translating the dutch manual of +%D \PPCHTEX\ into german, he suggested to let \CONTEXT\ support +%D the \type{german.sty} method of handling compound +%D characters, especially the umlaut. This package is meant for +%D use with \PLAIN\ \TEX\ as well as \LATEX. +%D +%D I decided to implement compound character support as +%D versatile as possible. As a result one can define his own +%D compound character support, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installcompoundcharacter "a {\"a} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "e {\"e} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "i {\"i} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "u {\"u} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "o {\"o} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "s {\SS} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or even +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installcompoundcharacter "ck {\discretionary {k-}{k}{ck}} +%D \installcompoundcharacter "ff {\discretionary{ff-}{f}{ff}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The support is not limited to alphabetic characters, so the +%D next definition is also valid. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \installcompoundcharacter ". {.\doifnextcharelse{\spacetoken}{}{\kern.125em}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The implementation looks familiar and uses the same tricks as +%D mentioned earlier in this module. We take care of two +%D arguments, which complicates things a bit. + +\def\@nc@{@nc@} % normal character +\def\@cc@{@cc@} % compound character +\def\@cs@{@cs@} % compound characters + +\def\installcompoundcharacter #1#2#3 #4% + {\setvalue{\@nc@\string#1}{\char`#1}% + \def\!!stringa{#3}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \setvalue{\@cc@\string#1\string#2}{#4}% + \else + \setvalue{\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3}{#4}% + \fi + \catcode`#1=\@@active + \scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ + \uccode`~=`#1 + \uppercase{\unexpanded\def~{\handlecompoundcharacter~}}% + \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} + +%D In handling the compound characters we have to take care of +%D \type{\bgroup} and \type{\egroup} tokens, so we end up with +%D a multi||step interpretation macro. We look ahead for a +%D \type{\bgroup}, \type{\egroup} or \type{\blankspace}. Being +%D no user of this mechanism, the credits for testing them goes +%D to Tobias Burnus, the first german user of \CONTEXT. +%D +%D We define these macros as \type{\long} because we can +%D expect \type{\par} tokens. We need to look into the future +%D with \type{\futurelet} to prevent spaces from +%D disappearing. + +\def\handlecompoundcharacter#1% + {\def\dohandlecompoundcharacter% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + %\def\next{\dodohandlecompoundcharacter#1}% % handle "{ee} -> \"ee + %\let\next=\relax % forget "{ee} -> ee + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharacterone#1}% % ignore "{ee} -> "ee + \else\ifx\next\egroup + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\next\blankspace + \let\next=\relax + \else + \def\next{\dodohandlecompoundcharacter#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + \next}% + \futurelet\next\dohandlecompoundcharacter} + +\def\dodohandlecompoundcharacter#1#2% + {\def\dododohandlecompoundcharacter% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2}% + \else\ifx\next\egroup + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2}% + \else\ifx\next\blankspace + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2}% + \else + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharactertwo#1#2}% + \fi\fi\fi + \next}% + \futurelet\next\dododohandlecompoundcharacter} + +%D Besides taken care of the grouping and space tokens, we have +%D to deal with three situations. First we look if the next +%D character equals the first one, if so, then we just insert +%D the original. Next we look if indeed a compound character is +%D defined. We either execute the compound character or just +%D insert the first. So we have +%D +%D \starttypen +%D +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In later modules we will see how these commands are used. + +\long\def\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2% + {\ifx#1#2% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname\relax + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#2}% + \else + \def\next{\getvalue{\@cc@\string#1\string#2}}% + \fi + \fi + \next} + +\long\def\handlecompoundcharactertwo#1#2#3% + {\ifx#1#2% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}#3}% + \else + \@EA\ifx\csname\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname\relax + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#2#3}% + \else + \def\next{\getvalue{\@cc@\string#1\string#2}#3}% + \fi + \else + \def\next{\getvalue{\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3}}% + \fi + \fi + \next} + +%D \macros +%D {midworddiscretionary} +%D +%D If needed, one can add a discretionary hyphen using \type +%D {\midworddiscretionary}. This macro does the same as +%D \PLAIN\ \TEX's \type {\-}, but, like the ones implemented +%D earlier, this one also looks ahead for spaces and grouping +%D tokens. + +\def\domidworddiscretionary% + {\ifx\next\blankspace\else + \ifx\next\bgroup \else + \ifx\next\egroup \else + \discretionary{-}{}{}% + \fi\fi\fi} + +\def\midworddiscretionary% + {\futurelet\next\domidworddiscretionary} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fe6c292f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex @@ -0,0 +1,484 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-mps, +%D version=1997.07.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=\METAPOST\ Inclusion, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +% E-tex : a primitive that tells us that \write18 works +% E-tex : \executeMetaPost filename +% ConTeXt : automatic flush at end of job + +%D \METAPOST\ is John Hobbys alternative for \METAFONT\ and +%D produces superior \POSTSCRIPT\ code. In this module we +%D integrate \METAPOST\ support int \CONTEXT. We offer two +%D tracks: +%D +%D \startopsomming +%D \som generating \METAPOST\ code, running this program from +%D within \TEX\ using \type{\write18}, and importing the +%D result +%D \som generating \METAPOST\ code, processing the code +%D afterward, and importing the result in a second pass +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D The first approach uses a non standard \TEX\ feature, +%D implemented in Web2c. I'm not going to discuss the pros and +%D cons of running programs from within others, but all +%D arguments against this can be overcome by implementing a +%D \TEX\ worthy primitive: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \excuteMetaPost filename +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Ok then, let's start: + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / MetaPost Inclusion} + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {startMPgraphic} +%D +%D From within \TEX\ one can execute \METAPOST\ code by putting +%D it between the two commands +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startMPgraphic +%D \stopMPgraphic +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This is implemented as: + +\def\startMPgraphic#1\stopMPgraphic% + {\startwritingMPgraphic + \writeMPgraphic{#1}% + \stopwritingMPgraphic} + +%D \macros +%D {startwritingMPgraphic, +%D writeMPgraphic, +%D stopwritingMPgraphic} +%D +%D If the writing process is divided into more steps, one can +%D use the components of this macro directly. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startwritingMPgraphic +%D ... +%D \writeMPgraphic{...} +%D ... +%D \writeMPgraphic{...} +%D ... +%D \stopwritingMPgraphic +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {ifrunMPgraphics} +%D +%D These macros look a bit more complicated that one would +%D expect at first sight. This is due to the two ways of +%D processing these graphics, mentioned in a previous +%D paragraph. Which method is used, the direct or indirect +%D one, depends on a boolean. + +\newif\ifrunMPgraphics + +%D If set to true, one can do with a single pass, else one must +%D process the \METAPOST\ file \type{mpgraph} between two +%D succesive \TEX\ runs. + +\def\MPgraphicfile{mpgraph} + +%D When we run \METAPOST\ from within \TEX, each graphic is +%D processed at once, which means that we reuse this file many +%D times. When however the execution is delayed, all graphics +%D are saved in a separate figure. The current graphic is +%D characterized bij a number: + +\newcounter\currentMPgraphic + +%D \macros +%D {ifreuseMPgraphics} +%D +%D If one want to reuse grapics, one can save much redundant +%D run time by setting the next switch to true. + +\newif\ifreuseMPgraphics + +%D The three macros responsible for writing the graphic +%D implement both schemes. + +%D \macro +%D {MPinclusions} +%D +%D One can include for instance common input commands by +%D assigning those to the token register: + +\newtoks\MPinclusions + +\def\writeMPgraphic% + {\immediate\write\scratchwrite} + +\def\startwritingMPgraphic% + {\ifrunMPgraphics + \ifreuseMPgraphics \else + \doglobal\newcounter\currentMPgraphic + \fi + \doglobal\increment\currentMPgraphic + \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=\MPgraphicfile.mp + \immediate\write\scratchwrite{\the\MPinclusions}% + \else + \doglobal\increment\currentMPgraphic + \ifnum\currentMPgraphic=1 + \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=\MPgraphicfile.mp + \immediate\write\scratchwrite{\the\MPinclusions}% + \fi + \fi + \immediate\write\scratchwrite{beginfig(\currentMPgraphic);}% + \global\let\flushMPgraphics\dodostopwritingMPgraphic + \global\let\stopwritingMPgraphic=\dostopwritingMPgraphic} + +\def\dostopwritingMPgraphic% + {\immediate\write\scratchwrite{endfig;}% + \ifrunMPgraphics + \dodostopwritingMPgraphic + \fi} + +\def\dodostopwritingMPgraphic% + {\ifnum\currentMPgraphic>0 + \immediate\write\scratchwrite{end.}% + \immediate\closeout\scratchwrite + \runMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile}% + \fi + \global\let\flushMPgraphics=\relax} + +\let\stopwritingMPgraphic=\relax +\let\flushMPgraphics =\relax + +%D \macros +%D {flushMPgraphics} +%D +%D When we use the indirect method, all graphics are saved in +%D one file. This means that we cannot close this file after +%D every \type{\stopMPgraphic}. Therefore we need to say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \flushMPgraphic +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D else the file is closed without writing the \METAPOST\ end +%D command. One will notice this fast enough when in indirect +%D mode. When using the direct mode this command is not +%D implicitly needed, but ommiting it makes files less +%D portable. + +%D \macros +%D {loadcurrentMPgraphic, +%D placeMPgraphic} +%D +%D Once defined, we can call for this graphic by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \loadcurrentMPgraphic{setups} +%D \placeMPgraphic +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This two stage insert permits some intermediate manipulations +%D of the graphic, which temporary saved in: + +\newbox\MPgraphic + +\def\loadcurrentMPgraphic#1% + {\loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\currentMPgraphic}{#1}} + +\def\loadMPgraphic#1#2% + {\setbox\MPgraphic=\hbox{\insertMPfile{#1}{#2}}} + +\def\placeMPgraphic% + {\box\MPgraphic} + +%D \macros +%D {startreusableMPgraphic, reuseMPgraphic, useMPbox} +%D +%D One can use the next macro for defining graphics that are +%D to be reused. When the next switch is set, graphics are +%D cached. + +\newif\ifuseMPbox % nog eens cyclische buffer + +\long\def\startreusableMPgraphic#1#2\stopreusableMPgraphic% + {\reuseMPgraphicstrue + \doifundefined{MP:#1} + {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic + \ifuseMPbox + \ifx\setobject\undefined + \newbox\somebox + \global\setbox\somebox=\vbox + {\loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\currentMPgraphic}{}% + \placeMPgraphic}% + \global\setevalue{MP:#1}% + {\copy\the\somebox\relax}% + \else + \setobject{MP:#1} + \vbox + {\loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\currentMPgraphic}{}% + \placeMPgraphic}% + \global\setvalue{MP:#1}% + {\getobject{MP:#1}}% + \fi + \else + \global\setevalue{MP:#1}% + {\noexpand\loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\currentMPgraphic}{}% + \noexpand\placeMPgraphic}% + \fi}} + +\def\reuseMPgraphic#1% + {\getvalue{MP:#1}} + +%D \macro +%D {startuseMPgraphic,useMPgraphic} +%D +%D The every||time||it's||used original one is defined below. +%D This one makes sense when the graphic uses random numbers. + +\def\startuseMPgraphic#1#2\stopuseMPgraphic% + {\reuseMPgraphicstrue + \long\setvalue{MP:#1}% + {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic + \loadcurrentMPgraphic{}% + \placeMPgraphic}} + +\let\useMPgraphic=\reuseMPgraphic + +%D We didn't yet define the macro responsible for processing +%D the graphic from within \TEX. + +\def\runMPgraphic#1% + {\ifrunMPgraphics + \executeMETAPOST{#1}% + \else + \message{[flush and process \MPgraphicfile.mp afterwards]}% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {executeMetaPost, executeMETAPOST, executesystemcommand} +%D +%D With \type{\executeMETAPOST} being defined as: + +\ifx\undefined\executeMetaPost + \def\executeMETAPOST#1{\executesystemcommand{\executeMetaPost{#1}}} +\fi + +%D There are two system dependant definitions: + +\ifx\undefined\executesystemcommand + \def\executesystemcommand#1{\immediate\write18{#1}} +\fi + +\ifx\undefined\executeMetaPost + \def\executeMetaPost#1{mpost #1} +\fi + +%D \macros +%D {insertMPfile} +%D +%D One can define this command in advance or redefine it after +%D loading this module. The same goes for the forward +%D reference to the figure loading macro: + +\ifx\undefined\insertMPfile + + \def\insertMPfile#1#2% + {\ifx\undefined\externalfigure + \message{[insert file #1 here]}% + \else + \externalfigure[#1][\c!type=eps,\c!methode=mps,#2]% + \fi} + +\fi + +%D This macro takes {\em two} arguments, the second one can be +%D used to pass info to the inclusion macro. Some examples +%D of its use can be found in the modules \type{supp-tpi} and +%D \type{prag-log}. + +%D For some reason, \METAPOST\ needs the public domain \DVI\ to +%D \POSTSCRIPT\ converter \DVIPS. This symbiosis originates in +%D the need to include the fonts (glyphs) that \METAPOST\ uses +%D in the \POSTSCRIPT\ file. Driver independancy was one of my +%D prerequisites for using \METAPOST, so I decided to build +%D this kind of support myself. Personally I consider driver +%D dependancy a drawback for the dissemination of such a +%D package. The second part of this module more or less +%D decouples \METAPOST\ and \DVIPS. +%D +%D The macros hereafter are copied from the module +%D \type{m-metapost}. After writing module \type{supp-pdf} I +%D added this method to the module named and after a while +%D decided to hook it into module \type{spec-yy}. Therefore +%D they made it into a support module, but in a slightly +%D different way. + +%D \macros +%D {UseMetaPostGraphic, DontUseMetaPostGraphics} +%D {} +%D +%D The method we use is both robust and simple: one can do +%D with calling the next macro with the filename as argument: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \UseMetaPostGraphic{filename} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can turn of this mechanism with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \DontUseMetaPostGraphics +%D \stoptypen + +\def\UseMetaPostGraphic#1% + {\bgroup + \message{[MP fonts #1]}% + %\uncatcodespecials + \endlinechar=-1 + \setMPspecials + \obeyMPspecials + \setbox0=\hbox + {\hskip-\maxdimen + \doprocessfile\scratchread{#1}\handleMPSline}% + \smashbox0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\DontUseMetaPostGraphics% + {\let\UseMetaPostGraphic=\gobbleoneargument} + +%D The characters are collected in a box and moved as far as +%D possible into the left margin. The resulting box has no +%D dimensions and can be prepended (appended) to the special +%D that handles the inclusion. The characters are in the file +%D but made invisible. + +%D We scan the graphics file for the \type{fshow} operator, +%D that is, lines that start with \type{(}. If found it +%D interprets the line, which looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D (string ... string) font size fshow +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Font definitions specified in the preamble are simply +%D ignored. Only lines starting with \type{(} are interpreted. + +\def\dohandleMPSline#1#2\relax% + {\if#1(% + \expandafter\includeMPcharacters\fileline\relax + \fi} + +\def\handleMPSline% + {\expandafter\dohandleMPSline\fileline\relax} + +%D Before we start scanning for data, we first change some +%D \CATCODES. The first set of macro's is copied from module +%D \type{supp-pdf}. This scheme is a bit overdone for this +%D module, but using the same macros saves us some memory. + +\def\octalMPcharacter#1#2#3% + {\char'#1#2#3\relax} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\|=\@@comment +\catcode`\%=\@@active +\catcode`\[=\@@active +\catcode`\]=\@@active +\catcode`\{=\@@active +\catcode`\}=\@@active +\catcode`B=\@@begingroup +\catcode`E=\@@endgroup +\gdef\ignoreMPspecials| + B\def%BE| + \def[BE| + \def]BE| + \def{BE| + \def}BEE +\gdef\obeyMPspecials| + B\def%B\char 37\relax E| + \def[B\char 91\relax E| + \def]B\char 93\relax E| + \def{B\char123\relax E| + \def}B\char125\relax EE +\gdef\setMPspecials| + B\catcode`\%=\@@active + \catcode`\[=\@@active + \catcode`\]=\@@active + \catcode`\{=\@@active + \catcode`\}=\@@active + \catcode`\$=\@@letter + \catcode`\_=\@@letter + \catcode`\#=\@@letter + \catcode`\^=\@@letter + \catcode`\&=\@@letter + \catcode`\|=\@@letter + \catcode`\~=\@@letter + \def\(B\char40\relax E| + \def\)B\char41\relax E| + \def\\B\char92\relax E| + \def\0B\octalMPcharacter0E| + \def\1B\octalMPcharacter1E| + \def\2B\octalMPcharacter2E| + \def\3B\octalMPcharacter3E| + \def\4B\octalMPcharacter4E| + \def\5B\octalMPcharacter5E| + \def\6B\octalMPcharacter6E| + \def\7B\octalMPcharacter7E| + \def\8B\octalMPcharacter8E| + \def\9B\octalMPcharacter9EE +\egroup + +%D The lines starting with \type{(} are interpreted and +%D handled by + +\def\includeMPcharacters(#1) #2 #3 #4\relax% + {\font\temp=#2 at #3bp\temp#1} + +%D This method is both robust and reasonable fast. The only +%D disadvantage is that when not embedded properly in the +%D graphics inclusion macros, one has to load all graphics by +%D hand. + +%D Now let's see if things work all right and show the example +%D files that are part of the \METAPOST\ distribution: +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \steluitlijnenin[midden] +%D \leavevmode +%D \startcombinatie[3*3] +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-1][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-2][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-3][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-4][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-5][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-6][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-7][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-8][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D {\externfiguur[mp-exa-9][methode=mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize]} {} +%D \stopcombinatie +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Here we used calls like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \externfiguur[mp-exa-1][methode-mps,kader=aan,breedte=.2\hsize] +%D \stoptypen + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..287d4bbec --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-mrk, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Marks, +%D author=Jim Fox / Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D There are 256 \COUNTERS, \DIMENSIONS, \SKIPS, \MUSKIPS\ and +%D \BOXES, 16~in- and output buffers, but there is only one +%D \MARK. In TugBoat~8 (1987, no~1) Jim Fox presents a set of +%D macros that can be used to mimmick multiple marks. We +%D gladly adopt them here. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Marks} + +\unprotect + +%D This implementation is more or less compatible with the +%D other register macros in \PLAIN\ \TEX. A mark is defined by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newmark\name +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and can be called upon with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \topname +%D \botname +%D \firstname +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The only drawback of his approach is that the marks must be +%D preloaded in the output routine. This is accomplished by +%D means of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getmarks\name +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The macros presented here are in most aspects copies of +%D those presented by Jim Fox. We've taken the freedom to +%D change a few things for more or less obvious reasons: +%D +%D \startopsomming +%D \som Because the original macros look quite complicated, +%D which is mainly due to extensive use of +%D \type{\expandafter}'s and \type{\csname}'s, we changed +%D those in favor of \type{\getvalue}. +%D \som To be more in line with the rest of \CONTEXT, we've +%D changed some of the names of macros. +%D \som Because we are already short on \COUNTERS\ we use +%D macros when possible. +%D \som We maintain a list of defined marks and use one +%D call for getting them all at once. +%D \som We have extended the mechanism to splitmarks (not +%D perfected yet). +%D \som We've introduced optional expansion of the contents +%D of marks. +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D Whatever changes we've made, the credits still go to Jim, +%D whatever goes wrong is due to me. The method is described +%D in the TugBoat mentioned before, so we won't go into +%D details. All marks belonging to a group are packed in a +%D list. In this list they are preceded by a macro that can +%D be defined at will and a number concerning the position at +%D which it was defined. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\somelist{... \domark5{this} ... \domark31{that} ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The original \type{\mark} keeps track of the number and +%D \type{\topmark} and \type{\botmark} are used to extract the +%D actual marks from the list. The counting is done by +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \currentmarker +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ we use the mark mechanism to keep track of +%D colors. In a complicated documents with many colors per +%D page, \type{\currentmarker} can therefore get pretty high. +%D (Well, this is not completely true, because we don't +%D always have to use marks.) + +\newcount\currentmarker + +%D The original implementation used a few more \COUNTERS. Two +%D have been substituted by macros, one has been replaced by +%D our scratch counter. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D % \newcount\topmarker +%D % \newcount\botmarker +%D % \newcount\foundmarker +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We've also introduced some constants, one for the lists and +%D three for composing the mark commands. + +\def\@@marklist@@ {marklist} +\def\@@marktop@@ {top} +\def\@@markbot@@ {bot} +\def\@@markfirst@@ {first} + +%D The next one is new too. All defined marks are packed in a +%D comma seperated list. This could of course have been a token +%D list but \CONTEXT\ has some preference for comma lists. + +\def\markers {} + +%D \macros +%D {expandmarks} +%D {} +%D +%D There are two booleans. The first one handles the first +%D marks, the second concerns expansion. This second one is +%D new. + +\newif\ifnofirstmarker +\newif\ifexpandmarks \expandmarkstrue + +%D We use an indirect call to the mack mechanism. + +\let\normalmark = \mark +\let\normaltopmark = \topmark +\let\normalbotmark = \botmark +\let\normalfirstmark = \firstmark +\let\normalsplitbotmark = \splitbotmark +\let\normalsplitfirstmark = \splitfirstmark + +%D The next macro replaces the multiple step expansion and +%D command name constructors of Jim. This alternative leads to +%D a more readable source (we hope). + +\def\makemarknames#1% + {\bgroup + \escapechar=-1 + \xdef\markname{\string#1}% + \xdef\marklist{\@@marklist@@\string#1}% + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {newmark} +%D {} +%D +%D A mark is defined by \type{\newmark}. At the same time, +%D the name of the mark is added to a commalist. The +%D three initializations were not in the original design, but +%D make calls from outside the output routine a bit more +%D robust. + +\def\newmark#1% + {\bgroup + \makemarknames{#1}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{\markname}\markers% + \long\setgvalue{\@@marktop@@\markname}{}% + \long\setgvalue{\@@markfirst@@\markname}{}% + \long\setgvalue{\@@markbot@@\markname}{}% + \setgvalue{\marklist}{\domark0{}}% + \long\gdef#1{\addmarker#1}% + \egroup} + +%D Setting a new mark and adding a mark to the designated +%D list is done by \type{\addmarker}. This is an internal +%D command, the user set a marks bij calling it's name: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \mymark{some text} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Where \type{\mymark} is previously defined by +%D \type{\newmark}. + +\long\def\addmarker#1#2% + {\bgroup + \makemarknames{#1}% + \global\advance\currentmarker by 1\relax + \normalmark{\the\currentmarker}% + \@EA\!!toksa\@EA=\@EA\@EA\@EA{\csname\marklist\endcsname}% + \ifexpandmarks + \setxvalue{\marklist}% + {\the\!!toksa + \noexpand\domark + \the\currentmarker{#2}}% + \else + \!!toksb=\@EA{#2}% + \setxvalue{\marklist}% + {\the\!!toksa + \noexpand\domark + \the\currentmarker{\the\!!toksb}}% + \fi + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {getmarks,getallmarks, +%D getsplitmarks,getallsplitmarks} +%D {} +%D +%D In fact, marks make only sense in the output routine. Marks +%D are derived from their list by means of \type{\getmarks}. +%D Only one call per mark is permitted in the output routine. +%D Therefore, it's far more easy to get them all at once, by +%D means of \type{\getallmarks}, which is not part of the +%D original design. +%D +%D This grabbing is done by processing the list using the +%D embedded \type{\domark} macros. When a relevant mark is +%D found, this macro is reassigned and from then on serves +%D in building the new list. + +\def\getmarks#1% + {\bgroup + \makemarknames{#1}% + \edef\topmarker{0\normaltopmark}% + \edef\botmarker{0\normalbotmark}% + \!!toksb={}% + \nofirstmarkertrue + \let\@fi=\fi \let\fi=\relax + \let\@or=\or \let\or=\relax + \let\@else=\else \let\else=\relax + \let\domark=\doscanmarks + \getvalue{\marklist}\lastmark + %\message{markstatus : [\the\!!toksa\the\!!toksb\the\!!toksc]}% + \long\setxvalue{\marklist}{\the\!!toksa\the\!!toksb\the\!!toksc}% + \egroup} + +\def\getallmarks% + {\processcommacommand[\markers]\getmarks} + +\def\getsplitmarks#1% + {\bgroup + \makemarknames{#1}% + \@EA\let\@EA\savedmarklist\@EA=\csname\marklist\endcsname + \edef\topmarker{0\normalsplitfirstmark}% + \edef\botmarker{0\normalsplitbotmark}% + \!!toksb={}% + \nofirstmarkertrue + \let\@fi=\fi \let\fi=\relax + \let\@or=\or \let\or=\relax + \let\@else=\else \let\else=\relax + \let\domark=\doscanmarks + \getvalue{\marklist}\lastmark + \@EA\global\@EA\let\csname\marklist\endcsname=\savedmarklist + \egroup} + +\def\getallsplitmarks% + {\processcommacommand[\markers]\getsplitmarks} + +\long\def\dodoscanmarks#1% + {\ifnum\scratchcounter>\topmarker\relax + \@else + \long\setgvalue{\@@marktop@@\markname}{#1}% + \@fi + \ifnum\scratchcounter>\botmarker\relax + \let\domark=\dorecovermarks + \!!toksb=\@EA{\@EA\domark\the\scratchcounter{#1}}% + \@else + \ifnofirstmarker + \long\setgvalue{\@@markfirst@@\markname}{#1}% + \ifnum\scratchcounter>\topmarker\relax + \nofirstmarkerfalse + \@fi + \@fi + \long\setgvalue{\@@markbot@@\markname}{#1}% + \!!toksa=\@EA{\@EA\domark\the\scratchcounter{#1}}% + \@fi} + +\def\doscanmarks% + {\afterassignment\dodoscanmarks\scratchcounter=} + +\long\def\dorecovermarks#1\lastmark% + {\!!toksc={\domark#1}} + +\def\lastmark% + {\!!toksc={}} + +%D No watch what happens next. Because we used an indirect +%D call to the mark mechanism we can redefine the original +%D \type{\mark} command. + +\newmark\mark + +%D One final advice. Use marks with care. When used in globally +%D assigned boxes, the list can grow quite big, and processing +%D can slow down considerably. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mul.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mul.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12987ff61 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mul.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-mul, +%D version=1995.03.01, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Multi Column Output, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Multi Column Output} + +\unprotect + +%D Multi||column output: the main routines +%D +%D The following macro's implement a multi||column output +%D routine. The original implementation was based on Donald +%D Knuth's implementation, which was adapted by Craig Platt to +%D support balancing of the last page. I gradually adapted +%D Platt's version to our needs but under certain +%D circumstances things still went wrong. I considered all +%D calls to Platt's \type{\balancingerror} as undesirable. + +\startmessages dutch library: columns + title: kolommen + 1: maximaal -- kolommen + 2: gebruik eventueel \string\filbreak + 3: probleempje, probeer [balanceren=nee] + 4: plaatsblok boven nog niet mogelijk + 5: plaatsblok onder nog niet mogelijk + 6: -- plaatsblok(en) opgeschort + 7: balanceren afgebroken na 100 stappen + 8: gebalanceerd in -- stap(pen) + 9: uitlijnen controleren! + 10: (minder dan) 1 regel over + 11: plaatsblok te breed voor kolom + 12: plaatsblok verplaatst naar volgende kolom + 13: breed figuur geplaatst boven kolommen +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: columns + title: columns + 1: only -- columns possible + 2: use \string\filbreak\space as alternative + 3: problems, disable balancing + 4: top float not yet supported + 5: bottom float not yet supported + 6: -- float(s) postponed + 7: balancing aborted after 100 steps + 8: balanced in -- step(s) + 9: check raggedness + 10: (less than) 1 line left + 11: float to wide for column + 12: float moved to next column + 13: wide float moved to top of columns +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: columns + title: Spalten + 1: nur -- Spalten moeglich + 2: benutzte \string\filbreak\space als Alternative + 3: Problem, verwende [ausgleich=nein] + 4: Gleitobjekt oben ncoh nicht unterstuetzt + 5: Gleitobjekt unten ncoh nicht unterstuetzt + 6: -- Gleitobjekt(e) verschoben + 7: ausgleich nach 100 Schritten abgebrocheb + 8: ausgeglichen nach -- Schritt(en) + 9: Ausrichtung ueberpruefen + 10: (weniger als) 1 Zeile uebrig + 11: Gleitobjekt zu breit fuer Spalte + 12: Gleitobjekt in naechste Zeile verschoben + 13: breites Gleitobjekt an den Anfang der Spalten verschoben +\stopmessages + +%D This completely new implementation can handle enough +%D situations for everyday documents, but is still far from +%D perfect. While at the moment the routine doesn't support +%D all kind of floats, it does support: +%D +%D \startopsomming +%D \som an unlimitted number of columns +%D \som ragged or not ragged bottoms +%D \som optional balancing without \type{\balancingerrors} +%D \som different \type{\baselineskips}, \type{\spacing}, +%D \type{\topskip} and \type{\maxdepth} +%D \som left- and right indentation, e.g. within lists +%D \som moving columns floats to the next column or page +%D \som handling of floats that are to wide for a columns +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D One could wonder why single and multi||columns modes are +%D still separated. One reason for this is that \TeX\ is not +%D suited well for handling multi||columns. As a result, the +%D single columns routines are more robust. Handling one +%D column as a special case of multi||columns is posible but at +%D the cost of worse float handling, worse page breaking, +%D worse etc. Complicated multi||column page handling should +%D be done in \kap{DTP}||systems anyway. +%D +%D There are three commands provided for entering and leaving +%D multi||column mode and for going to the next column: +%D +%D \interface \type{\beginmulticolumns} \\ \\ +%D \interface \type{\endmulticolumns} \\ \\ +%D \interface \type{\ejectcolumn} \\ \\ +%D +%D This routines are sort of stand||alone. They communicate +%D with the rest of \CONTEXT\ by means of some interface +%D macro's, which we only mention. +%D +%D \interface \type{\nofcolumns} \\ +%D the number of columns \\ +%D \interface \type{\betweencolumns} \\ +%D the stuff between columns \\ +%D \interface \type{\finaloutput{material}} \\ +%D some kind of \type{\pagebody} and \type{\shipout} \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\ifbalancecolumns} \\ +%D balancing the colums or not \\ +%D \interface \type{\ifstretchcolumns} \\ +%D ragging the bottom or not \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\ifheightencolumns} \\ +%D fix the heigh tor not \\ +%D \interface \type{\fixedcolumnheight} \\ +%D the optional fixed height \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\ifinheritcolumns} \\ +%D handle ragging or not \\ +%D \interface \type{\ifr@ggedbottom} \\ +%D use ragged bottoms \\ +%D \interface \type{\ifb@selinebottom} \\ +%D put the bottom line on the \\ +%D \interface \type{\ifnormalbottom} \\ +%D put the bottom line at the \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\usercolumnwidth} \\ +%D the calculated width of a column \\ +%D \interface \type{\columntextwidth} \\ +%D the maximum width of a column \\ +%D \interface \type{\columntextheight} \\ +%D the minimum width of a column \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\spacingfactor} \\ +%D the spacing factor \\ +%D \interface \type{\corpssize} \\ +%D the (local) corpssize \\ +%D \interface \type{\openlineheight} \\ +%D the lineheight (including \type{\spacing}) \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\EveryCorps} \\ +%D communication channel to font switching routines \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\global\settopskip} \\ +%D set \type{\topskip} \\ +%D \interface \type{\setcolumnwarnings} \\ +%D set \type{\badness} and \type{\fuzz} \\ +%D \interface \type{\setcolumninserts} \\ +%D set \type{\insert}'s \\ +%D \interface \type{\setvsize} \\ +%D set \type{\vsize} and \type{\pagegoal} \\ +%D \interface \type{\sethsize} \\ +%D set \type{\hsize} \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\flushcolumnfloats} \\ +%D push saved column floats (next page) \\ +%D \interface \type{\flushcolumnfloat} \\ +%D push saved column floats (next column) \\ +%D \interface \type{\setcolumnfloats} \\ +%D initialize column floats \\ +%D +%D \interface \type{\finishcolumnbox} \\ +%D do something special (a hook) \\ +%D \interface \type{\postprocesscolumnline} \\ +%D do something with each columnline (also a hook) \\ +%D \interface \type{\currentcolumn} \\ +%D the current column \\ +%D +%D These interface macro's are called upon or initialized +%D by the multi||column macro's. + +\def\columntextwidth {\zetbreedte} +\def\columntextheight {\teksthoogte} +\def\usercolumnwidth {\tekstbreedte} + +\def\fixedcolumnheight {\teksthoogte} +\def\betweencolumns {\hskip\corpssize} + +\def\setcolumnwarnings {\dontcomplaincolumnboxes} +\def\setcolumninserts {\dontpermitcolumninserts} + +\def\setcolumnfloats {} % in CONTEXT used for floats +\def\flushcolumnfloats {} % in CONTEXT used for floats +\def\flushcolumnfloat {} % in CONTEXT used for floats + +\def\finishcolumnbox {} % in CONTEXT used for backgrounds + +%D In fact, the column height and width are set by mens of +%D two macro's. One can change their meaning if needed: + +\def\setcolumntextheight% + {\def\columntextheight{\teksthoogte}} + +\def\setcolumntextwidth% + {\def\columntextwidth{\tekstbreedte}} + +%D Both macros are redefined in \CONTEXT\ when backgrounds +%D are applied to columns. + +\newcount\nofcolumns \nofcolumns=2 + +\def\maxnofcolumns {16} +\def\allocatednofcolumns {0} + +\newif\ifbalancecolumns \balancecolumnsfalse +\newif\ifstretchcolumns \stretchcolumnsfalse +\newif\ifinheritcolumns \inheritcolumnsfalse +\newif\ifheightencolumns \heightencolumnsfalse + +\newbox\partialpage +\newskip\partialpageskip + +\newbox\restofpage +\newbox\savedfloatlist + +\newdimen\intercolumnwidth +\newdimen\localcolumnwidth +\newdimen\partialpageheight + +\newtoks\singlecolumnout + +%D During initialization the temporary boxes are allocated. +%D This enables us to use as much columns as we want, without +%D exhausting the pool of boxes too fast. We could have packed +%D them in one box, but we've got enough boxes. +%D +%D Two sets of boxes are declared, the txtboxes are used for +%D the text, the topboxes are for moved column floats. + +\def\@@txtcol{@@txtcol} +\def\@@topcol{@@topcol} + +\def\initializemulticolumns#1% + {\ifnum#1>\maxnofcolumns\relax + \showmessage{\m!columns}{1}{\maxnofcolumns}% + \nofcolumns=\maxnofcolumns + \else + \nofcolumns=#1\relax + \fi + \ifnum\nofcolumns>\allocatednofcolumns\relax + \dorecurse + {#1} + {\ifnum\recurselevel>\allocatednofcolumns\relax + \newbox\next + \global\letvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}=\next + \newbox\next + \global\letvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}=\next + \fi}% + \xdef\allocatednofcolumns{\the\nofcolumns}% + \fi + \edef\firstcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol1}}% + \edef\firsttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol1}}% + \edef\lastcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\the\nofcolumns}}% + \edef\lasttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\the\nofcolumns}}} + +%D Without going in details we present two macro's which +%D handle the columns. The action which is transfered by the +%D the first and only parameter can do something with +%D \type{\currentcolumnbox}. In case of the mid columns, +%D \type{\firstcolumnbox} and \type{\lastcolumnbox} are handled +%D outside these macro's. + +\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% + {\dorecurse + {\nofcolumns} + {\ifnum\recurselevel>1 + \ifnum\recurselevel<\nofcolumns\relax + \edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% + \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% + \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel + #1\relax + \fi + \fi}} + +\def\dohandleallcolumns#1% + {\dorecurse + {\nofcolumns} + {\edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% + \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% + \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel + #1\relax}} + +%D Going to a new columns is done by means of a +%D \type{\ejectcolumn}. The following definition does not +%D always work. + +\def\ejectcolumn% + {\goodbreak + \showmessage{\m!columns}{2}{}} + +%D The next macro should never be called so let's deal with it. +%D There were several solutions to these kind of errors. First +%D we check for a good breakpoint before firing up the +%D multi||column routine (\type{\break} or \type{\allowbreak}). +%D We do the same at the end of the routine +%D (\type{\allowbreak}). These allowances are definitely +%D needed! +%D +%D Some on first sight redundant calls to for instance +%D \type{\setvsize} in the flushing, splitting and balancing +%D macro's can definitely not be omitted! Some are just there +%D to handle situations that only few times arise. One of +%D those can be that the output routine is invoked before +%D everything is taken care of. This happens when we +%D flush (part of) the current page with an \type{\unvbox} +%D with a \type{\pagetotal}~$\approx$ \type{\pagegoal}. One +%D simply cannot balance columns that are just balanced. +%D +%D I hope one never sees the following message. Because it +%D took me a lot of time to develop the multi||columns +%D routines, every (although seldom) warning gives me the +%D creeps! + +\def\balancingerror% + {\showmessage{\m!columns}{3}{}% + \finaloutput{\unvbox255}} + +%D Here we present the two \type{\dont...} macro's, which are +%D of course \CONTEXT||specific ones. + +\def\dontcomplaincolumnboxes% + {\mindermeldingen} + +\def\dontpermitcolumninserts% + {\def\dotopfloat% + {\showmessage{\m!columns}{4}{}% + \doexecfloat}% + \def\dobotfloat% + {\showmessage{\m!columns}{5}{}% + \doexecfloat}} + +\def\getinsertionheights\to#1\\% \relax'm + {#1=\!!zeropoint + \def\doaddinsertionheight##1% + {\ifvoid##1\else + \advance#1 by \skip##1 + \advance#1 by \ht##1 + \fi}% + \doaddinsertionheight\topins + \doaddinsertionheight\botins + \doaddinsertionheight\footins} + +%D The local column width is available in the dimension +%D register \type{\localcolumnwidth}, which is calculated as: + +\def\setcolumnhsize% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\parindent\!!zeropoint\betweencolumns}% + \intercolumnwidth=\wd0 + \localcolumnwidth=\columntextwidth + \edef\globalcolumnwidth{\the\localcolumnwidth}% + \advance\localcolumnwidth by -\leftskip + \advance\localcolumnwidth by -\rightskip + \advance\localcolumnwidth by -\nofcolumns\intercolumnwidth + \advance\localcolumnwidth by \intercolumnwidth + \divide\localcolumnwidth by \nofcolumns + \usercolumnwidth=\localcolumnwidth + \hsize=\localcolumnwidth} % we don't do it \global + +%D One should be aware that when font related dimensions are +%D used in typesetting the in||between material, these +%D dimensions are influenced by corps switches inside +%D multi||column mode. + +%D The global width is saved in \type {\globalcolumnwidth}. +%D This value is used when we pack the columns in a \type +%D {\hbox}. + +\def\setcolumnvsize% + {\global\vsize=\columntextheight + \ifdim\partialpageheight>\!!zeropoint + \global\advance\vsize by -\partialpageheight + \fi + \getinsertionheights\to\dimen0\\% + \global\advance\vsize by -\dimen0 + \global\vsize=\nofcolumns\vsize + \global\pagegoal=\vsize} % let's do it only here + +%D It really starts here. After some checks and initializations +%D we change the output routine to continous multi||column +%D mode. This mode handles columns that fill the current and +%D next full pages. The method used is (more or less) +%D multiplying \type{\vsize} and dividing \type{\hsize} by +%D \type{\nofcolumns}. More on this can be found in the +%D \TeX book. We save the top of the current page in box +%D \type{\partialpage}. +%D +%D We manipulate \type{\topskip} a bit, just to be shure that +%D is has no flexibility. This has te be done every time a +%D font switch takles place, because \type{\topskip} can depend +%D on this. +%D +%D Watch the trick with the \type{\vbox}. This way we get the +%D right interlining and white space. + +\def\beginmulticolumns% + {\par + \begingroup + \dontshowcomposition + \setcolumntextwidth\relax + \setcolumntextheight\relax + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \showmessage{\m!columns}{6}{\the\savednoffloats}% + \global\setbox\savedfloatlist=\box\floatlist + \edef\restoresavedfloats% + {\global\savednoffloats=\the\savednoffloats + \global\setbox\floatlist=\box\savedfloatlist + \global\noexpand\somefloatwaitingtrue}% + \global\savednoffloats=0 + \global\somefloatwaitingfalse + \else + \let\restoresavedfloats=\relax + \fi + %\global\partialpageskip=\lastskip % vervallen + \dimen0=\pagetotal + \advance\dimen0 by \parskip + \advance\dimen0 by \openlineheight + \ifdim\dimen0<\pagegoal + \allowbreak + \else + \break + \fi + \EveryCorps{\topskip=1\topskip}% % nog nodig ? + \the\everycorps % nog nodig ? + \initializemulticolumns\nofcolumns + \setcolumninserts + \hangafter=0\relax + \hangindent=\!!zeropoint\relax + \everypar{}% \everypar={\flushcolumnfloat}% + \ifdim\pagetotal=\!!zeropoint\relax % later toegevoegd + \else % later toegevoegd + \vbox{\strut}% % toegevoegd + \vskip-\lineskip % toegevoegd + \vskip-\openlineheight % toegevoegd + \fi % later toegevoegd + %\global\partialpageheight=\pagetotal % vervangen door \ht\partialpage + \global\singlecolumnout=\output + \global\output={\global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\unvbox255}}% + \eject + \global\partialpageheight=\ht\partialpage + \global\output={\continuousmulticolumnsout}% + \setcolumnfloats + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox=\box\voidb@x}% + \let\sethsize=\setcolumnhsize + \let\setvsize=\setcolumnvsize + \sethsize + \setvsize + \showcomposition} + +%D When we leave the multi||column mode, we have to process the +%D not yet shipped out part of the columns. When we don't +%D balance, we simply force a continuous output, but a balanced +%D output is more tricky. +%D +%D First we try to fill up the page and when all or something +%D is left we try to balance things. This is another useful +%D adaption of the ancesters of these macro's. It takes some +%D reasoning to find out what happens and maybe I'm making +%D some mistake, but it works. +%D +%D Unvoiding box \type{\partialpage} is sometimes necessary, +%D e.g. when there is no text given between \type{\begin..} +%D and \type{\end..}. The \type{\par} is needed! + +\def\endmulticolumns% + {\dontshowcomposition + \doflushcolumnfloats % added recently + \par + \ifbalancecolumns + \global\output={\continuousmulticolumnsout}% + \goodbreak + \global\output={\balancedmulticolumnsout}% + \else + \goodbreak + \fi + \eject % the prevdepth is important, try e.g. toclist in + \prevdepth\!!zeropoint % columns before some noncolumned text text + \global\output=\singlecolumnout + \ifvoid\partialpage\else + \unvbox\partialpage + \fi + \global\partialpageheight=\!!zeropoint + \nofcolumns=1 + \setvsize + \dosomebreak\allowbreak + \restoresavedfloats + \endgroup} + +%D Because some initializations happen three times, we +%D defined a macro for them. The \type{\everypar{}} is +%D needed because we don't want anything to interfere. + +\def\setmulticolumnsout% + {\everypar{}% + \setcolumnwarnings + \settopskip + \setmaxdepth + \topskip=1\topskip + \splittopskip=\topskip + \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth + \emergencystretch=\!!zeropoint\relax} % sometimes needed ! + +%D Flushing the page comes to pasting the columns together and +%D appending the result to box \type{\partialpage}, if not +%D void. I've seen a lot of implementations in which some skip +%D was put between normal text and multi||column text. When we +%D don't want this, the baselines can be messed up. I hope the +%D seemingly complicated calculation of a correction +%D \type{\kern} is adequate to overcome this. Although not +%D watertight, spacing is taken into account and even multiple +%D mode changes on one page go well. But cross your fingers and +%D don't blame me. +%D +%D One of the complications of flushing out the boxes is that +%D \type{\partialpage} needs to be \type{\unvbox}'ed, otherwise +%D there is too less flexibility in the page when using +%D \type{\r@ggedbottom}. It took a lot of time before these +%D kind of problems were overcome. Using \type{\unvbox} at the +%D wrong moment can generate \type{\balancingerror}'s. +%D +%D One can use the macros \type {\maxcolumnheight} and \type +%D {\maxcolumndepth} when generating material between columns +%D as well as postprocessing column lines. + +\let\maxcolumnheight=\!!zeropoint +\let\maxcolumndepth =\!!zeropoint + +\def\setmaxcolumndimensions% + {\let\maxcolumnheight=\!!zeropoint + \let\maxcolumndepth =\!!zeropoint + \dohandleallcolumns + {\ifdim\ht\currentcolumnbox>\maxcolumnheight + \edef\maxcolumnheight{\the\ht\currentcolumnbox}% + \fi + \ifdim\dp\currentcolumnbox>\maxcolumndepth + \edef\maxcolumndepth{\the\dp\currentcolumnbox}% + \fi}} + +\def\flushcolumnedpage% + {\bgroup + \setmulticolumnsout + \showcomposition + \setmaxcolumndimensions + \postprocesscolumns + \dohandleallcolumns % \hbox i.v.m. \showcomposition + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\hbox to \localcolumnwidth + {\box\currentcolumnbox + \global\wd\currentcolumnbox=\localcolumnwidth + \ifheightencolumns + \global\ht\currentcolumnbox=\fixedcolumnheight + \fi}}% + \setmaxcolumndimensions + \setbox0=\vbox + {\hbox to \globalcolumnwidth + {\dohandleallcolumns + {\finishcolumnbox{\box\currentcolumnbox}% + \ifnum\currentcolumn<\nofcolumns + \hfil\betweencolumns\hfil + \fi}}}% + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox=\box\voidb@x}% + \ifvoid\partialpage + \else + \unvbox\partialpage + \fi + \global\partialpageheight=\!!zeropoint + \setvsize + \dosomebreak\nobreak + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \allowbreak % nieuw / test + \egroup} + +%D In case one didn't notice, finaly \type{\finishcolumnbox} is +%D applied to all boxes. One can use this hook for special +%D purposes. But there is more: +%D +%D Once upon a time I wanted to manipulate the individual lines +%D in a column. This feature is demonstrated in the two examples +%D below. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \def\postprocesscolumnline#1% +%D {\ruledhbox{#1}\hss} +%D +%D \startkolommen[n=4] +%D \dorecurse{25}{line: \recurselevel\par} +%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Here we show the natural width of the lines: +%D +%D {\haalbuffer} +%D +%D The next example does a bit more advanced manipulation: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \def\postprocesscolumnline#1% +%D {\ifodd\currentcolumn +%D \hfill#1\relax +%D \else +%D \relax#1\hfill +%D \fi} +%D +%D \startkolommen[n=4] +%D \dorecurse{25}{line \recurselevel\par} +%D \stopkolommen +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Here we also see an application of \type{\currentcolumn}: +%D +%D {\haalbuffer} +%D +%D This feature is implemented using the reshape macros +%D presented in \type{supp-box}. + +\def\postprocesscolumns% recent extension + {\ifx\postprocesscolumnline\undefined \else + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vtop + {\beginofshapebox + \unvbox\currentcolumnbox + \unskip\unskip + \endofshapebox + \reshapebox + {\dimen0=\ht\shapebox + \dimen2=\dp\shapebox + \setbox\shapebox=\hbox to \hsize + {\postprocesscolumnline{\unhbox\shapebox}}% + \ht\shapebox=\dimen0 + \dp\shapebox=\dimen2 + \box\shapebox}% + \flushshapebox + \everypar{}\parskip\!!zeropoint % = \forgetall + \strut\endgraf + \vskip-\lineheight + \vfil}}% + \fi} + +%D We default to doing nothing! + +\let\postprocesscolumnline=\undefined + +%D Here comes the simple splitting routine. It's a bit +%D longer than expected because of ragging bottoms or not. +%D This part can be a bit shorter but I suppose that I will +%D forget what happens. The splitting takes some already +%D present material (think of floats) into account! +%D +%D First we present some auxiliary routines. Any material, +%D like for instance floats, that is already present in the +%D boxes is preserved. + +\def\splitcolumn#1from \box#2to \dimen#3 top \box#4% + {\bgroup + \ifdim\ht#4>\!!zeropoint + \dimen0=\dimen#3\relax + \dimen2=\dimen#3\relax + \advance\dimen0 by -\ht#4 + \setbox0=\vsplit#2 to \dimen0 + \global\setbox#1=\vbox to \dimen2{\unvcopy#4\unvbox0}% + \else + \global\setbox#1=\vsplit#2 to \dimen#3 + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\splitcurrentcolumn from \box#1to \dimen#2% + {\splitcolumn\currentcolumnbox from \box#1 to \dimen#2 top \box\currenttopcolumnbox} + +\def\splitfirstcolumn from \box#1to \dimen#2% + {\splitcolumn\firstcolumnbox from \box#1 to \dimen#2 top \box\firsttopcolumnbox} + +\def\splitlastcolumn from \box#1to \dimen#2% + {\global\setbox\lastcolumnbox=\vbox + {\unvcopy\lasttopcolumnbox + \unvbox#1}} + +%D Here comes the routine that splits the long box in columns. +%D The macro \type{\flushcolumnfloats} can be used to flush +%D either floats that were present before the multi||column +%D mode was entered, or floats that migrate to next columns. +%D Flushing floats is a delicate process. + +\def\continuousmulticolumnsout% + {\bgroup + \setmulticolumnsout + \dontshowcomposition + \dimen0=\columntextheight + %\advance\dimen0 by -\maxdepth % wel of niet (niet dus) + \advance\dimen0 by -\partialpageheight + \getinsertionheights\to\dimen2\\% toegevoegd ivm voetnoten + \advance\dimen0 by -\dimen2 % idem + \dohandleallcolumns + {\splitcurrentcolumn from \box255 to \dimen0}% + \setbox\restofpage=\vbox{\unvbox255}% + \ifinheritcolumns + \ifr@ggedbottom + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\unvbox\currentcolumnbox + \vfill}}% + \fi + \ifn@rmalbottom + \advance\dimen0 by \maxdepth + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\unvbox\currentcolumnbox}}% + \fi + \ifb@selinebottom + % the columns are on top of the baseline + \fi + \else + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\ifstretchcolumns + \unvbox\currentcolumnbox + \else + \unvbox\currentcolumnbox % wel of niet \unvbox ? + \vfill + \fi}}% + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\ht\currentcolumnbox=\dimen0}% + \fi + \finaloutput{\flushcolumnedpage}% + \sethsize + \setvsize + \flushcolumnfloats + \unvbox\restofpage + % \penalty\outputpenalty % gaat gruwelijk mis in opsommingen + \egroup} + +%D And this is the balancing stuff. Again, part of the routine +%D is dedicated to handling ragged bottoms, but here we also +%D see some handling concerning the stretching of columns. +%D We set \type{\widowpenalty} at~0, which enables us to +%D balance columns with few lines. The use of \type{\box2} and +%D \type{\box4} garantees a more robust check when skips are +%D used. + +\def\balancedmulticolumnsout% + {\bgroup + \setmulticolumnsout + \dontshowcomposition + \widowpenalty=0 + \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox255}% + \ifdim\ht0>\openlineheight + \dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0 by \topskip + \advance\dimen0 by -\baselineskip + \divide\dimen0 by \nofcolumns + \vbadness=\!!tenthousand\relax + \count255=0 + \bgroup + \dimen2=\!!onepoint + \dimen2=\spacingfactor\dimen2 + \loop + \advance\count255 by 1 + \global\setbox\restofpage=\copy0\relax + \splitfirstcolumn from \box\restofpage to \dimen0 + \dohandlemidcolumns + {\splitcurrentcolumn from \box\restofpage to \dimen0}% + \splitlastcolumn from \box\restofpage to \dimen0 + \setbox2=\vbox{\unvcopy\firstcolumnbox}% + \dimen4=\!!zeropoint + \dohandleallcolumns + {\setbox4=\vbox{\unvcopy\currentcolumnbox}% + \dimen6=\ht4 + \ifdim\dimen6>\dimen4 \dimen4=\dimen6\fi}% + \donefalse + \ifnum\count255>100\relax + \donefalse + \fi + \ifdim\dimen4>\ht2 + \donetrue + \fi + \ifdone + \advance\dimen0 by \dimen2\relax + \repeat + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox{\unvcopy\currentcolumnbox}}% NIEUW + \ifnum\count255>100\relax + \showmessage{\m!columns}{7}{}% + \else + \showmessage{\m!columns}{8}{\the\count255\space}% + \fi + \egroup + \ifinheritcolumns + \dimen0=\ht\firstcolumnbox + \dimen2=\ht\firstcolumnbox + \advance\dimen2 by -\openlineheight + \dohandleallcolumns + {\dimen4=\ht\currentcolumnbox + \dimen6=10\openlineheight + \global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\unvbox\currentcolumnbox + \ifdim\dimen4>\dimen6 + \ifdim\dimen4<\dimen0 + \ifdim\dimen4>\dimen2 + \vskip\!!zeropoint % !! + \else + \vskip\openlineheight + \vfill + \fi + \else + \vskip\!!zeropoint + \fi + \else + \vskip\openlineheight + \vfill + \fi}}% + \else + \bgroup + \ifstretchcolumns + \dimen0=\ht\firstcolumnbox + \dimen2=\bottomtolerance\ht\firstcolumnbox + \setbox0=\vbox{\unvcopy\lastcolumnbox}% + \advance\dimen0 by -\ht0\relax + \advance\dimen0 by -\dp0\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>\openlineheight\relax + \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2\relax + % \stretchcolumnsfalse % beter goed slecht dan slecht goed + \showmessage{\m!columns}{9}{}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \dohandleallcolumns + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \ht\firstcolumnbox + {\ifstretchcolumns + \unvbox\currentcolumnbox + \else + \box\currentcolumnbox + \vfill + \fi}}% + \egroup + \fi + \else + \showmessage{\m!columns}{10}{}% + \global\setbox\firstcolumnbox=\vbox{\unvbox0}% + \fi + \global\output={\balancingerror}% + \b@selinebottomtrue % forces depth in separation rule + \flushcolumnedpage + \egroup} + +%D The multicolumn mechanism is incorporated in a \CONTEXT\ +%D interface, which acts like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startcolumns[n=4,balance=no,stretch=no,line=on] +%D some text +%D \stopcolumns +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The setup is optional. The default behaviour of columns +%D can be set up with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupcolumns +%D [n=2, +%D balance=yes, +%D stretch=text, +%D line=off] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this case, stretching is according to the way it's +%D done outside columns (\type{\inheritcolumnstrue}). Also +%D we can setup the \type{tolerance} within a column, the +%D \type{distance} between columns and the fixed +%D \type{height} of a column. + +%D Multi||column output: the float routines +%D +%D Here come the routines that handle the placement of column +%D floats. Floats that are to big migrate to the next +%D column. Floats that are too wide, migrate to the top of the +%D next page, where they span as much columns as needed. +%D Floats that are left over from outside the multi||column +%D mode are flushed first. In macro \type{\finaloutput} the +%D topfloats that are left from previous text should be set. +%D +%D When there are some floats in the queue, we inhibit the +%D flushing of floats on top of columns. The number of +%D waiting floats is preswent in \type{\savednoftopfloats} and +%D is saved. As long as there are floats waiting, the topfloats +%D are places as if we are outside multi||column mode. This is +%D neccessary for e.g. multicolumn lists. +%D +%D When all those floats are flushed, we switch to the local +%D flushing routine. + +\def\setcolumnfloats% + {\xdef\globalsavednoffloats{\the\savednoffloats}% + \ifnum\globalsavednoffloats>0 + \setglobalcolumnfloats + \else + \setlocalcolumnfloats + \fi} + +\def\setglobalcolumnfloats% + {\everypar={}% + \let\flushcolumnfloat=\relax + \let\doroomfloat=\relax + \let\flushcolumnfloats=\noflushcolumnfloats} + +\def\setlocalcolumnfloats% + {\everypar={\flushcolumnfloat\checkindentation}% nog documenteren + \let\flushcolumnfloat=\doflushcolumnfloat + \let\doroomfloat=\docolumnroomfloat + \let\flushcolumnfloats=\doflushcolumnfloats + \let\dosetbothinserts=\relax + \let\dotopinsertions=\relax} + +\def\noflushcolumnfloats% + {\bgroup + \xdef\localsavednoffloats{\the\savednoffloats}% + \global\savednoffloats=\globalsavednoffloats + \dotopinsertions + \xdef\globalsavenoffloats{\the\savednoffloats}% + \ifnum\globalsavednoffloats=0 + \setlocalcolumnfloats + \fi + \global\savednoffloats=\localsavednoffloats + \egroup} + +%D We need to calculate the amount of free space in a columns. +%D When there is not enough room, we migrate the float to the +%D next column. These macro's are alternatives (and +%D look||alikes) of \type{\doroomfloat}. When a float is to +%D wide, for one column, it is moved to the top of the next +%D page. Of course such moved floats have to be taken into +%D account when we calculate the available space. It's a pitty +%D that such things are no integral part of \TEX. + +% \def\getcolumnstatus\column#1\total#2\goal#3\\% +% {\ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen +% \dimen0=\pagegoal +% \divide\dimen0 by \nofcolumns +% \dimen2=\!!zeropoint +% \count255=0\relax +% \dimen8=\columntextheight +% \advance\dimen8 by -\partialpageheight +% %\advance\dimen8 by -\maxdepth % recently deleted +% \def\dogetcolumnstatus% +% {\advance\count255 by 1\relax +% \advance\dimen2 by \ht\currenttopcolumnbox +% \advance\dimen2 by \dp\currenttopcolumnbox +% \dimen4=\dimen2\relax +% \advance\dimen4 by \pagetotal +% \dimen6=\count255\dimen8 +% \ifdim\dimen4>\dimen6 +% \else +% \let\dogetcolumnstatus=\relax +% \fi}% +% \dohandleallcolumns{\dogetcolumnstatus}% +% \ifdim\dimen4=\dimen6 +% \dimen4=\!!zeropoint +% \advance\count255 by 1 +% \fi +% #1=\count255 +% #2=\dimen4 +% #3=\dimen6 +% \else +% #1=1 +% #2=\!!zeropoint +% #3=\teksthoogte +% \advance#3 by -\partialpageheight +% \fi} + +\def\getcolumnstatus\column#1\total#2\goal#3\\% + {\ifdim\pagegoal<\maxdimen + \dimen0=\pagegoal + \dimen10=\pagetotal + \else + \dimen0=\nofcolumns\teksthoogte + \dimen10=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \divide\dimen0 by \nofcolumns + \dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \count255=0 + \dimen8=\columntextheight + \advance\dimen8 by -\partialpageheight + %\advance\dimen8 by -\maxdepth % recently deleted + \def\dogetcolumnstatus% + {\advance\count255 by 1 + \advance\dimen2 by \ht\currenttopcolumnbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\currenttopcolumnbox + \dimen4=\dimen2 + \advance\dimen4 by \dimen10 % pagetotal + \dimen6=\count255\dimen8 + \ifdim\dimen4>\dimen6 + \else + \let\dogetcolumnstatus=\relax + \fi}% + \dohandleallcolumns{\dogetcolumnstatus}% + \ifnum\count255=0 \count255=1 \fi + #1=\count255 + #2=\dimen4 + #3=\dimen6 } + +\def\docolumnroomfloat% + {\ifnofloatpermitted + \global\roomforfloatfalse + \else + \getcolumnstatus\column\count255\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% + \advance\dimen0 by \ht\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \dp\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \floattopskip + % \advance\dimen0 by -\pageshrink nog eens testen + \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 + \global\roomforfloatfalse + \else + \global\roomforfloattrue + \fi + \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\hsize + \showmessage{\m!columns}{11}{}% + \global\roomforfloatfalse + \fi + \fi} + +%D Flushing one float is done as soon as possible, i.e. +%D \type{\everypar}. This means that (at the moment) +%D sidefloats are not supported (overulled)! + +\def\doflushcolumnfloat% + {\bgroup + \ifsomefloatwaiting + \let\doflushcolumnfloat=\relax + \getcolumnstatus\column\count255\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% + \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint + \dogetfloat + \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\hsize + \doresavefloat + \else + \setbox2=\vbox + {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] + \copy\floatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% + \advance\dimen0 by \ht2 + \advance\dimen0 by 2\openlineheight % still neccessary ? + \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 + \showmessage{\m!columns}{12}{}% + \doresavefloat + \else + \ifhmode{\setbox0=\lastbox}\fi% waar is die er in geslopen + \par + \ifdim\prevdepth<\!!zeropoint\relax % anders bovenaan kolom witruimte + \else + \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] + \fi + \copy\floatbox + \blanko[\@@bknawit] + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \egroup} + +%D This one looks complicated. Upto \type{\nofcolumns} floats +%D are placed, taking the width of a float into account. This +%D routine can be improved on different ways: +%D +%D \startopsomming[intro,opelkaar] +%D \som taking into account some imaginary baseline, just to +%D get the captions in line +%D \som multipass flushing until as many floats are displaced +%D as possible +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D When handling lots of (small) floats spacing can get worse +%D because of lining out the columns. + +\def\doflushcolumnfloats% + {\bgroup + \ifnum\savednoffloats>1\relax % no \ifsomefloatwaiting + \dimen8=\!!zeropoint + \dimen4=\!!zeropoint + \count0=0 % count0 can be used local + \count2=\nofcolumns % count2 can be used local + \dohandleallcolumns + {\ifnum\count0>0\relax % the wide one's reserved space + \global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox= + \vbox{\vphantom{\copy\floatbox}\witruimte\blanko[\@@bknawit]}% + \else + \dogetfloat + \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\hsize + \dimen0=\wd\floatbox + \advance\dimen0 by \intercolumnwidth + \dimen2=\hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \intercolumnwidth + \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2 + \count0=\dimen0 + \advance\count0 by 1 + \ifnum\count0>\count2 + \doresavefloat + \else + \dimen0=\count0\hsize + \advance\dimen0 by \count0\intercolumnwidth + \advance\dimen0 by -\intercolumnwidth + \wd\floatbox=.5\wd\floatbox + \setbox\floatbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% + \fi + \showmessage{\m!columns}{13}{}% + \else + \showmessage{\m!columns}{13}{}% + \fi + \ifdim\ht\floatbox>\!!zeropoint\relax + \global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox= + \vbox + {\copy\floatbox + \witruimte % nodig ? + \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% + \fi + \dimen6=\ht\currenttopcolumnbox + \advance\dimen6 by \dp\currenttopcolumnbox + \fi + \ifdim\dimen4<\ht\currenttopcolumnbox + \dimen4=\ht\currenttopcolumnbox + \fi + \advance\dimen8 by \dimen6 + \advance\count2 by -1 + \advance\count0 by -1\relax}% + \setvsize + \global\advance\vsize by -\dimen8 + \global\pagegoal=\vsize + \else + \doflushfloats + \fi + \egroup} + +%D This were the multi||column routines. They can and need to +%D be improved but at the moment their behaviour is acceptable. +%D +%D One inprovement can be to normalize the height of floats +%D to $n\times \type{\lineheight}$ with a macro like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \normalizevbox{...} +%D \stoptypen + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..273c6b93f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1164 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-pdf, +%D version=1997.05.21, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=\METAPOST\ to \PDF\ conversion, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D These macros are written as generic as possible. Some +%D general support macro's are loaded from a small module +%D especially made for non \CONTEXT\ use. In this module I +%D use a matrix transformation macro written by Tanmoy +%D Bhattacharya. Thanks to extensive testing of Sebastian +%D Ratz I was able to complete this module within reasonable +%D time. First we take care of non||\CONTEXT\ use: + +\ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \relax \fi + +%D This module handles some \PDF\ conversion and insertions +%D topics. The macros use the \PDFTEX\ primitive +%D \type{\pdfliteral}. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / PDF} + +\unprotect + +\ifx\pdfliteral\undefined + \def\pdfliteral#1{\message{[ignored pdfliteral: #1]}} +\fi + +%D \macros +%D {convertPDFtoPDF} +%D {} +%D +%D \PDFTEX\ supports verbatim inclusion of \PDF\ code. The +%D following macro takes care of inserting externally defined +%D illustrations in \PDF\ format. According to a suggestion +%D Tanmoy Bhattacharya posted to the \PDFTEX\ mailing list, we +%D first skip lines until \type{stream} is reached and then +%D copy lines until \type{endstream} is encountered. This +%D scheme only works with vectorized graphics in which no +%D indirect references to objects are used. Bitmaps also don't +%D work. Interpreting their specifications is beyond the +%D current implementation. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertPDFtoPDF +%D {filename} +%D {x scale} {y scale} +%D {x offset } {y offset} +%D {width} {height} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When the scales are set to~1, the last last four values +%D are the same as the bounding box, e.g. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertPDFtoPDF{mp-pra-1.pdf} {1} {1}{-1bp}{-1bp}{398bp}{398bp} +%D \convertPDFtoPDF{mp-pra-1.pdf}{.5}{.5} {0bp} {0bp}{199bp}{199bp} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Keep in mind, that this kind of copying only works for +%D pure and valid pdf code (without fonts). + +%D The scanning and copying is straightforward and quite fast. +%D To speed up things we use two constants. + +\def\@@PDFstream@@ {stream} +\def\@@PDFendstream@@ {endstream} + +%D \macros +%D {PDFmediaboxprefered} +%D {} +%D +%D If needed, the macros can scan for the mediabox that +%D specifies the dimensions and offsets of the graphic. When +%D we say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \PDFmediaboxpreferedtrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D the mediabox present in the file superseded the user +%D specified, already scaled and calculated offset and +%D dimensions. Beware: the user supplied values are not the +%D bounding box ones! + +\newif\ifPDFmediaboxprefered + +\def\setPDFboundingbox#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\dimen0=#1\dimen0=#5\dimen0 + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFxoffset + \dimen0=#3\dimen0=#5\dimen0 + \xdef\PDFwidth{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=#2\dimen0=#6\dimen0 + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\PDFyoffset + \dimen0=#4\dimen0=#6\dimen0 + \xdef\PDFheight{\the\dimen0}% + \global\let\PDFxoffset=\PDFxoffset + \global\let\PDFyoffset=\PDFyoffset} + +\def\setPDFmediabox#1[#2 #3 #4 #5]#6\done% + {\dimen2=#2bp\dimen2=-\dimen2 + \dimen4=#3bp\dimen4=-\dimen4 + \dimen6=#4bp\advance\dimen6 by \dimen2 + \dimen8=#5bp\advance\dimen8 by \dimen4 + \setPDFboundingbox{\dimen2}{\dimen4}{\dimen6}{\dimen8}\PDFxscale\PDFyscale} + +\def\checkPDFmediabox#1/MediaBox#2#3\done% + {\ifx#2\relax \else + \message{mediabox}% + \setPDFmediabox#2#3\done + \fi} + +%D We use the general macro \type{\doprocessfile} and feed this +%D with a line handling macro that changed it's behavior when +%D the stream operators are encountered. + +\def\handlePDFline% + {\ifx\@@PDFstream@@\fileline + \let\doprocessPDFline=\copyPDFobject + \startPDFtoPDF + \else\ifPDFmediaboxprefered + \expandafter\checkPDFmediabox\fileline/MediaBox\relax\done + \fi\fi} + +\def\copyPDFobject% + {\ifx\@@PDFendstream@@\fileline + \ifPDFmediaboxprefered + \let\doprocessPDFline=\findPDFmediabox + \else + \let\doprocessPDFline=\relax + \fi + \else + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \pdfliteral{\fileline}% + \fi} + +\def\findPDFmediabox% + {\expandafter\checkPDFmediabox\fileline/MediaBox\relax\done} + +%D The main conversion macro wraps the \PDF\ codes in a box +%D that is output as an object. The graphics are embedded +%D in~\type{q} and~\type{Q} and are scaled and positioned using +%D one transform call (\type{cm}). This saves some additional +%D scaling. + +\def\startPDFtoPDF% + {\setbox0=\vbox\bgroup + \message{[PDF to PDF \PDFfilename}% + \forgetall + \scratchcounter=0 + \let\stopPDFtoPDF=\dostopPDFtoPDF} + +\def\dostopPDFtoPDF% + {\ifnum\scratchcounter<0 \scratchcounter=1 \fi + \message{(\the\scratchcounter\space lines)]}% + \egroup + \wd0=\PDFwidth + \vbox to \PDFheight + {\forgetall + \vfill + \pdfliteral{q}% + \pdfliteral{1 0 0 1 \PDFxoffset\space \PDFyoffset\space cm}% + \pdfliteral{\PDFxscale\space 0 0 \PDFyscale\space 0 0 cm}% + \box0 + \pdfliteral{Q}}} + +\def\stopPDFtoPDF% + {\message{[PDF to PDF \PDFfilename\space not found]}} + +\def\convertPDFtoPDF#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\bgroup + \def\PDFfilename{#1}% + \def\PDFxscale {#2}% + \def\PDFyscale {#3}% + \setPDFboundingbox{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{1}{1}% + \uncatcodespecials + \endlinechar=-1 + \let\doprocessPDFline=\handlePDFline + \doprocessfile\scratchread\PDFfilename\doprocessPDFline + \stopPDFtoPDF + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {convertMPtoPDF} +%D {} +%D +%D The next set of macros implements \METAPOST\ to \PDF\ +%D conversion. Because we want to test as fast as possible, we +%D first define the \POSTSCRIPT\ operators that \METAPOST\ +%D uses. We don't define irrelevant ones, because these are +%D skipped anyway. + +\def \PScurveto {curveto} +\def \PSlineto {lineto} +\def \PSmoveto {moveto} +\def \PSshowpage {showpage} +\def \PSnewpath {newpath} +\def \PSfshow {fshow} +\def \PSclosepath {closepath} +\def \PSfill {fill} +\def \PSstroke {stroke} +\def \PSclip {clip} +\def \PSrlineto {rlineto} +\def \PSsetlinejoin {setlinejoin} +\def \PSsetlinecap {setlinecap} +\def \PSsetmiterlimit {setmiterlimit} +\def \PSsetgray {setgray} +\def \PSsetrgbcolor {setrgbcolor} +\def \PSsetdash {setdash} +\def \PSgsave {gsave} +\def \PSgrestore {grestore} +\def \PStranslate {translate} +\def \PSscale {scale} +\def \PSconcat {concat} +\def \PSdtransform {dtransform} + +\def \PSBoundingBox {BoundingBox:} +\def \PSHiResBoundingBox {HiResBoundingBox:} +\def \PSExactBoundingBox {ExactBoundingBox:} +\def \PSPage {Page:} + +%D In \POSTSCRIPT\ arguments precede the operators. Due to the +%D fact that in some translations we need access to those +%D arguments, as well as that sometimes we have to skip them, +%D we stack them up. The stack is one||dimensional for non path +%D operators and two||dimensional for operators inside a path. +%D This is because we have to save the whole path for +%D (optional) postprocessing. Values are pushed onto the stack +%D by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setMPargument {value} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D They can be retrieved by the short named macros: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \gMPa {number} +%D \sMPa {number} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When scanning a path specification, we also save the +%D operator, using +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setMPkeyword {n} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The path drawing operators are coded for speed: \type{clip}, +%D \type{stroke}, \type{fill} and \type{fillstroke} become +%D 1, 2, 3 and~4. +%D +%D When processing the path this code can be retrieved +%D using +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getMPkeyword{n} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When setting an argument, the exact position on the stack +%D depend on the current value of the \COUNTERS\ +%D \type{\nofMPsegments} and \type{\nofMParguments}. + +\newcount\nofMPsegments +\newcount\nofMParguments + +%D These variables hold the coordinates. The argument part of +%D the stack is reset by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \resetMPstack +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We use the prefix \type{@@MP} to keep the stack from +%D conflicting with existing macros. To speed up things bit +%D more, we use the constant \type{\@@MP}. + +\def\@@MP{@@MP} + +\def\setMPargument#1% + {\advance\nofMParguments by 1 + \expandafter\def + \csname\@@MP\the\nofMPsegments\the\nofMParguments\endcsname% + {\do#1}} + +\def\gMPa#1% + {\csname\@@MP0#1\endcsname} + +\def\gMPs#1% + {\csname\@@MP\the\nofMPsegments#1\endcsname} + +\def\setMPkeyword#1 + {\expandafter\def\csname\@@MP\the\nofMPsegments0\endcsname{#1}% + \advance\nofMPsegments by 1 + \nofMParguments=0\relax} + +\def\getMPkeyword#1% + {\csname\@@MP#10\endcsname} + +%D When we reset the stack, we can assume that all further +%D comment is to be ignored as well as handled in strings. +%D By redefining the reset macro after the first call, we +%D save some run time. + +\def\resetMPstack% + {\catcode`\%=\@@active + \let\handleMPgraphic=\handleMPendgraphic + \def\resetMPstack{\nofMParguments=0\relax}% + \resetMPstack} + +%D The arguments are saved with the preceding command +%D \type{\do}. By default this command expands to nothing, but +%D when we deal with strings it's used to strip off the +%D \type{(} and \type{)}. +%D +%D Strings are kind of tricky, because characters can be +%D passed verbatim \type{(hello)}, by octal number +%D \type{(\005)} or as command \type{(\()}. We therefore +%D cannot simply ignore \type{(} and \type{)}, the way we do +%D with \type{[} and \type{]}. Another complication is that +%D strings may contain characters that normally have a +%D special meaning in \TEX, like \type{$} and \type{{}}. +%D +%D A previous solution made \type{\} an active character and +%D let it look ahead for a number or character. W ehad to +%D abandon this scheme because of the need for verbatim +%D support. The next solution involved some \CATCODE\ +%D trickery but works well. + +\def\octalMPcharacter#1#2#3% + {\char'#1#2#3\relax} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\|=\@@comment +\catcode`\%=\@@active +\catcode`\[=\@@active +\catcode`\]=\@@active +\catcode`\{=\@@active +\catcode`\}=\@@active +\catcode`B=\@@begingroup +\catcode`E=\@@endgroup +\gdef\ignoreMPspecials| + B\def%BE| + \def[BE| + \def]BE| + \def{BE| + \def}BEE +\gdef\obeyMPspecials| + B\def%B\char 37\relax E| + \def[B\char 91\relax E| + \def]B\char 93\relax E| + \def{B\char123\relax E| + \def}B\char125\relax EE +\gdef\setMPspecials| + B\catcode`\%=\@@active + \catcode`\[=\@@active + \catcode`\]=\@@active + \catcode`\{=\@@active + \catcode`\}=\@@active + \catcode`\$=\@@letter + \catcode`\_=\@@letter + \catcode`\#=\@@letter + \catcode`\^=\@@letter + \catcode`\&=\@@letter + \catcode`\|=\@@letter + \catcode`\~=\@@letter + \def\(B\char40\relax E| + \def\)B\char41\relax E| + \def\\B\char92\relax E| + \def\0B\octalMPcharacter0E| + \def\1B\octalMPcharacter1E| + \def\2B\octalMPcharacter2E| + \def\3B\octalMPcharacter3E| + \def\4B\octalMPcharacter4E| + \def\5B\octalMPcharacter5E| + \def\6B\octalMPcharacter6E| + \def\7B\octalMPcharacter7E| + \def\8B\octalMPcharacter8E| + \def\9B\octalMPcharacter9EE +\egroup + +%D We use the comment symbol as a sort of trigger: + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=\@@active +\gdef\startMPscanning{\let%=\startMPconversion} +\egroup + +%D In earlier versions we used the sequence +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expandafter\handleMPsequence\input filename\relax +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Persistent problems in \LATEX\ however forced us to use a +%D different scheme. Every \POSTSCRIPT\ file starts with a +%D \type{%}, so we temporary make this an active character +%D that starts the scanning and redefines itself. (The problem +%D originates in the redefinition by \LATEX\ of the +%D \type{\input} primitive.) + +\def\startMPconversion% + {\catcode`\%=\@@ignore + \ignoreMPspecials + \handleMPsequence} + +%D Here comes the main loop. Most arguments are numbers. This +%D means that they can be recognized by their \type{\lccode}. +%D This method saves a lot of processing time. We could +%D speed up the conversion by handling the \type{path} +%D seperately. + +\def\dohandleMPsequence#1#2 % + {\ifnum\lccode`#1=0 + \setMPargument{#1#2}% + \else + \edef\somestring{#1#2}% + \ifx\somestring\PSmoveto + \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPa1}% + \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPa2}% + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 \gMPa2 m}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSnewpath + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPpath + \else\ifx\somestring\PSgsave + \pdfliteral{q}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSgrestore + \pdfliteral{Q}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSdtransform % == setlinewidth + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPdtransform + \else\ifx\somestring\PSconcat + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 \gMPa2 \gMPa3 \gMPa4 \gMPa5 \gMPa6 cm}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetrgbcolor + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 \gMPa2 \gMPa3 rg \gMPa1 \gMPa2 \gMPa3 RG}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetgray + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 g \gMPa1 G}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PStranslate + \pdfliteral{1 0 0 1 \gMPa1 \gMPa2 cm}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetdash + \handleMPsetdash + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetlinejoin + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 j}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetmiterlimit + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 M}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSfshow + \handleMPfshow + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetlinecap + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 J}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSrlineto + \pdfliteral{\lastMPmoveX\space \lastMPmoveY\space l S}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSscale + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 0 0 \gMPa2 0 0 cm}% + \resetMPstack + \else + \handleMPgraphic{#1#2}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi + \handleMPsequence} + +%D Beginning and ending the graphics is taken care of by the +%D macro \type{\handleMPgraphic}, which is redefined when +%D the first graphics operator is met. + +\def\handleMPendgraphic#1% + {\ifx\somestring\PSshowpage + \let\handleMPsequence=\finishMPgraphic + \else + \setMPargument{#1}% + \fi} + +\def\handleMPbegingraphic#1% + {\ifx\somestring\PSBoundingBox + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPboundingbox + \else\ifx\somestring\PSHiResBoundingBox + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPboundingbox + \else\ifx\somestring\PSExactBoundingBox + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPboundingbox + \else\ifx\somestring\PSPage + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPpage + \else + \setMPargument{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\let\handleMPgraphic=\handleMPbegingraphic + +%D We check for three kind of bounding boxes: the normal one +%D and two high precission ones: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D BoundingBox: llx lly ucx ucy +%D HiResBoundingBox: llx lly ucx ucy +%D ExactBoundingBox: llx lly ucx ucy +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The dimensions are saved for later use. + +\def\handleMPboundingbox #1 #2 #3 #4 + {\dimen0=#1pt\dimen0=-\MPxscale\dimen0 + \dimen2=#2pt\dimen2=-\MPyscale\dimen2 + \xdef\MPxoffset{\withoutpt{\the\dimen0}}% + \xdef\MPyoffset{\withoutpt{\the\dimen2}}% + \dimen0=#1bp\dimen0=-\dimen0 + \dimen2=#2bp\dimen2=-\dimen2 + \advance\dimen0 by #3bp + \dimen0=\MPxscale\dimen0 + \xdef\MPwidth{\the\dimen0}% + \advance\dimen2 by #4bp + \dimen2=\MPyscale\dimen2 + \xdef\MPheight{\the\dimen2}% + \nofMParguments=0 + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \handleMPsequence} + +%D We use the \type{page} comment as a signal that +%D stackbuilding can be started. + +\def\handleMPpage #1 #2 + {\nofMParguments=0 + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \handleMPsequence} + +%D \METAPOST\ draws it dots by moving to a location and +%D invoking \type{0 0 rlineto}. This operator is not +%D available in \PDF. Our solution is straightforward: we draw +%D a line from $(current\_x, current\_y)$ to itself. This +%D means that the arguments of the preceding \type{moveto} have +%D to be saved. + +\def\lastMPmoveX{0} +\def\lastMPmoveY{0} + +%D These saved coordinates are also used when we handle the +%D texts. Text handling proved to be a bit of a nuisance, but +%D finaly I saw the light. It proved that we also had to +%D take care of \type{(split arguments)}. + +\def\handleMPfshow% + {\setbox0=\hbox + {\obeyMPspecials + \edef\size{\gMPa{\the\nofMParguments} }% + \advance\nofMParguments by -1 + \font\temp=\gMPa{\the\nofMParguments} at \size bp + \advance\nofMParguments by -1 + \temp + \ifnum\nofMParguments=1 + \def\do(##1){##1}% + \gMPa1% + \else + \scratchcounter=1 + \def\do(##1{##1}% + \gMPa{\the\scratchcounter}\space + \def\do{}% + \loop + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\nofMParguments + \gMPa{\the\scratchcounter}\space + \repeat + \def\do##1){##1}% + \gMPa{\the\scratchcounter}% + \fi + \unskip}% + \dimen0=\lastMPmoveY bp + \advance\dimen0 by \ht0 + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{\number\dimen0}\lastMPmoveY + \pdfliteral{n q 1 0 0 1 \lastMPmoveX\space\lastMPmoveY\space cm}% + \dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0 by \dp0 + \box0 + \vskip-\dimen0 + \pdfliteral{Q}} + +%D Most operators are just converted and keep their +%D arguments. Dashes however need a bit different treatment, +%D otherwise \PDF\ viewers complain loudly. Another +%D complication is that one argument comes after the \type{]}. +%D When reading the data, we simple ignore the array boundary +%D characters. We save ourselves some redundant newlines and +%D at the same time keep the output readable by packing the +%D literals. + +\def\handleMPsetdash% + {\bgroup + \def\somestring{[}% + \scratchcounter=1 + \loop + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\nofMParguments + \edef\somestring{\somestring\space\gMPa{\the\scratchcounter}}% + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \repeat + \edef\somestring{\somestring]\gMPa{\the\scratchcounter} d}% + \pdfliteral{\somestring}% + \egroup} + +%D The \type{setlinewidth} commands look a bit complicated. There are +%D two alternatives, that alsways look the same. As John Hobby +%D says: +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D \starttypen +%D x 0 dtransform exch truncate exch idtransform pop setlinewidth +%D 0 y dtransform truncate idtransform setlinewidth pop +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These are just fancy versions of \type{x setlinewidth} and +%D \type{y setlinewidth}. The \type{x 0 ...} form is used if +%D the path is {\em primarily vertical}. It rounds the width +%D so that vertical lines come out an integer number of pixels +%D wide in device space. The \type{0 y ...} form does the same +%D for paths that are {\em primarily horizontal}. The reason +%D why I did this is Knuth insists on getting exactly the +%D widths \TEX\ intends for the horizontal and vertical rules +%D in \type{btex...etex} output. (Note that PostScript scan +%D conversion rules cause a horizontal or vertical line of +%D integer width $n$ in device space to come out $n+1$ pixels +%D wide, regardless of the phase relative to the pixel grid.) +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D The common operator in these sequences is \type{dtransform}, +%D so we can use this one to trigger setting the linewidth. + +\def\handleMPdtransform% + {\ifdim\gMPa1pt>\!!zeropoint + \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 w}% + \def\next##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 ##5 ##6 {\handleMPsequence}% + \else + \pdfliteral{\gMPa2 w}% + \def\next##1 ##2 ##3 ##4 {\handleMPsequence}% + \fi + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \resetMPstack + \next} + +%D The most complicated command is \type{concat}. \METAPOST\ +%D applies this operator to \type{stoke}. At that moment the +%D points set by \type{curveto} and \type{moveto}, are already +%D fixed. In \PDF\ however the \type{cm} operator affects the +%D points as well as the pen (stroke). Like more \PDF\ +%D operators, \type{cm} is a defined in a bit ambiguous way. +%D The only save route for non||circular penshapes, is saving +%D teh path, recalculating the points and applying the +%D transformation matrix in such a way that we can be sure +%D that its behavior is well defined. This comes down to +%D inverting the path and applying \type{cm} to that path as +%D well as the pen. This all means that we have to save the +%D path. + +%D In \METAPOST\ there are three ways to handle a path $p$: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D draw p; fill p; filldraw p; +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The last case outputs a \type{gsave fill grestore} before +%D \type{stroke}. Handling the path outside the main loops +%D saves about 40\% run time.\voetnoot{We can save some more by +%D following the \METAPOST\ output routine, but for the moment +%D we keep things simple.} Switching between the main loop and +%D the path loop is done by means of the recursely called +%D macro \type{\handleMPsequence}. + +\def\handleMPpath% + {\chardef\finiMPpath=0 + \let\closeMPpath=\relax + \let\flushMPpath=\flushnormalMPpath + \resetMPstack + \nofMPsegments=1 + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPpath + \dohandleMPpath} + +%D Most paths are drawn with simple round pens. Therefore we've +%D split up the routinein two. + +\def\flushnormalMPpath% + {\scratchcounter=\nofMPsegments + \nofMPsegments=1 + \loop + \expandafter\ifcase\getMPkeyword{\the\nofMPsegments}\relax + \pdfliteral{\gMPs1 \gMPs2 l}% + \or + \pdfliteral{\gMPs1 \gMPs2 \gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5 \gMPs6 c}% + \or + \pdfliteral{\lastMPmoveX\space \lastMPmoveY\space l S}% + \or + \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPs1}% + \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPs2}% + \pdfliteral{\lastMPmoveX\space \lastMPmoveY\space m}% + \fi + \advance\nofMPsegments by 1\relax + \ifnum\nofMPsegments<\scratchcounter + \repeat} + +\def\flushconcatMPpath% + {\scratchcounter=\nofMPsegments + \nofMPsegments=1 + \loop + \expandafter\ifcase\getMPkeyword{\the\nofMPsegments}\relax + \doMPconcat{\gMPs1}\a{\gMPs2}\b + \pdfliteral{\a\space \b\space l}% + \or + \doMPconcat{\gMPs1}\a{\gMPs2}\b + \doMPconcat{\gMPs3}\c{\gMPs4}\d + \doMPconcat{\gMPs5}\e{\gMPs6}\f + \pdfliteral{\a\space \b\space \c\space \d\space \e\space \f\space c}% + \or + \bgroup + \noMPtranslate + \doMPconcat\lastMPmoveX\a\lastMPmoveY\b + \pdfliteral{\a\space \b\space l S}% + \egroup + \or + \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPs1}% + \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPs2}% + \doMPconcat\lastMPmoveX\a\lastMPmoveY\b + \pdfliteral{\a\space \b\space m}% + \fi + \advance\nofMPsegments by 1\relax + \ifnum\nofMPsegments<\scratchcounter + \repeat} + +%D The transformation of the coordinates is handled by one of +%D the macros Tanmoy posted to the \PDFTEX\ mailing list. +%D I rewrote and optimized the original macro to suit the other +%D macros in this module. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doMPconcat {x position} \xresult {y position} \yresult +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D +%D By setting the auxiliary \DIMENSIONS\ \type{\dimen0} upto +%D \type{\dimen10} only once per path, we save over 20\% run +%D time. Some more speed was gained by removing some parameter +%D passing. These macros can be optimized a bit more by using +%D more constants. There is however not much need for further +%D optimization because penshapes usually are round and +%D therefore need no transformation. Nevertheless we move the +%D factor to the outer level and use bit different \type{pt} +%D removal macro. Although the values represent base points, +%D we converted them to pure points, simply because those can +%D be converted back. + +\def\MPconcatfactor{256} + +\def\doMPreducedimen#1 + {\count0=\MPconcatfactor + \advance\dimen#1 \ifdim\dimen#1>\!!zeropoint .5\else -.5\fi\count0 + \divide\dimen#1 \count0\relax} + +\def\doMPexpanddimen#1 + {\multiply\dimen#1 \MPconcatfactor\relax} + +\def\presetMPconcat% + {\dimen 0=\gMPs1 pt \doMPreducedimen 0 % r_x + \dimen 2=\gMPs2 pt \doMPreducedimen 2 % s_x + \dimen 4=\gMPs3 pt \doMPreducedimen 4 % s_y + \dimen 6=\gMPs4 pt \doMPreducedimen 6 % r_y + \dimen 8=\gMPs5 pt \doMPreducedimen 8 % t_x + \dimen10=\gMPs6 pt \doMPreducedimen10 } % t_y + +\def\noMPtranslate% use this one grouped + {\dimen 8=\!!zeropoint % t_x + \dimen10=\!!zeropoint} % t_y + +\def\doMPconcat#1#2#3#4% + {\dimen12=#1 pt \doMPreducedimen12 % p_x + \dimen14=#3 pt \doMPreducedimen14 % p_y + % + \dimen16 \dimen 0 + \multiply \dimen16 \dimen 6 + \dimen20 \dimen 2 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen 4 + \advance \dimen16 -\dimen20 + % + \dimen18 \dimen12 + \multiply \dimen18 \dimen 6 + \dimen20 \dimen14 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen 4 + \advance \dimen18 -\dimen20 + \dimen20 \dimen 4 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen10 + \advance \dimen18 \dimen20 + \dimen20 \dimen 6 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen 8 + \advance \dimen18 -\dimen20 + % + \multiply \dimen12 -\dimen 2 + \multiply \dimen14 \dimen 0 + \advance \dimen12 \dimen14 + \dimen20 \dimen 2 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen 8 + \advance \dimen12 \dimen20 + \dimen20 \dimen 0 + \multiply \dimen20 \dimen10 + \advance \dimen12 -\dimen20 + % + \doMPreducedimen16 + \divide \dimen18 \dimen16 \doMPexpanddimen18 + \divide \dimen12 \dimen16 \doMPexpanddimen12 + % + \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\dimen18}}% % p_x^\prime + \edef#4{\withoutpt{\the\dimen12}}} % p_y^\prime + +%D The following explanation of the conversion process was +%D posted to the \PDFTEX\ mailing list by Tanmoy. The original +%D macro was part of a set of macro's that included sinus and +%D cosinus calculation as well as scaling and translating. The +%D \METAPOST\ to \PDF\ conversion however only needs +%D transformation. + +%D \start \switchnaarkorps [ss] +%D +%D Given a point $(U_x, U_y)$ in user coordinates, the business +%D of \POSTSCRIPT\ is to convert it to device space. Let us say +%D that the device space coordinates are $(D_x, D_y)$. Then, in +%D \POSTSCRIPT\ $(D_x, D_y)$ can be written in terms of +%D $(U_x, U_y)$ in matrix notation, either as +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{D_x&D_y&1\cr} = \pmatrix{U_x&U_y&1\cr} +%D \pmatrix{s_x&r_x&0\cr +%D r_y&s_y&0\cr +%D t_x&t_y&1\cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D or +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{D_x\cr D_y\cr 1} = \pmatrix{s_x&r_y&t_x\cr +%D r_x&s_y&t_y\cr +%D 0 &0 &1 \cr} +%D \pmatrix{U_x\cr +%D U_y\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D both of which is a shorthand for the same set of equations: +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D D_x = s_x U_x + r_y U_y + t_x +%D \stopformule +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D D_y = r_x U_x + s_y U_y + t_y +%D \stopformule +%D +%D which define what is called an `affine transformation'. +%D +%D \POSTSCRIPT\ represents the `transformation matrix' as a +%D six element matrix instead of a $3\times 3$ array because +%D three of the elements are always~0, 0 and~1. Thus the above +%D transformation is written in postscript as $[s_x\, r_x\, +%D r_y\, s_y\, t_x\, t_y]$. However, when doing any +%D calculations, it is useful to go back to the original +%D matrix notation (whichever: I will use the second) and +%D continue from there. +%D +%D As an example, if the current transformation matrix is +%D $[s_x\, r_x\, r_y\, s_y\, t_x\, t_y]$ and you say \typ{[a b +%D c d e f] concat}, this means: +%D +%D \startsmaller +%D Take the user space coordinates and transform them to an +%D intermediate set of coordinates using array $[a\, b\, c\, d\, +%D e\, f]$ as the transformation matrix. +%D +%D Take the intermediate set of coordinates and change them to +%D device coordinates using array $[s_x\, r_x\, r_y\, s_y\, t_x\, t_y]$ +%D as the transformation matrix. +%D \stopsmaller +%D +%D Well, what is the net effect? In matrix notation, it is +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{I_x\cr I_y\cr 1\cr} = \pmatrix{a&c&e\cr +%D b&d&f\cr +%D 0&0&1\cr} +%D \pmatrix{U_x\cr +%D U_y\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{D_y\cr D_y\cr 1\cr} = \pmatrix{s_x&r_y&t_x\cr +%D r_x&s_y&t_y\cr +%D 0 &0 &1 \cr} +%D \pmatrix{I_x\cr +%D I_y\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D where $(I_x, I_y)$ is the intermediate coordinate. +%D +%D Now, the beauty of the matrix notation is that when there is +%D a chain of such matrix equations, one can always compose +%D them into one matrix equation using the standard matrix +%D composition law. The composite matrix from two matrices can +%D be derived very easily: the element in the $i$\hoog{th} +%D horizontal row and $j$\hoog{th} vertical column is +%D calculated by`multiplying' the $i$\hoog{th} row of the first +%D matrix and the $j$\hoog{th} column of the second matrix (and +%D summing over the elements). Thus, in the above: +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{D_x\cr D_y\cr 1} = \pmatrix{s_x^\prime&r_y^\prime&t_x^\prime\cr +%D r_x^\prime&s_y^\prime&t_y^\prime\cr +%D 0 &0 &0 \cr} +%D \pmatrix{U_x\cr +%D U_y\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D with +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \eqalign +%D {s_x^\prime & = s_x a + r_y b \cr +%D r_x^\prime & = r_x a + s_y b \cr +%D r_y^\prime & = s_x c + r_y d \cr +%D s_y^\prime & = r_x c + s_y d \cr +%D t_x^\prime & = s_x e + r_y f + t_x \cr +%D t_y^\prime & = r_x e + s_y f + t_y \cr} +%D \stopformule + +%D In fact, the same rule is true not only when one is going +%D from user coordinates to device coordinates, but whenever +%D one is composing two `transformations' together +%D (transformations are `associative'). Note that the formula +%D is not symmetric: you have to keep track of which +%D transformation existed before (i.e.\ the equivalent of +%D $[s_x\, r_x\, r_y\, s_y\, t_x\, t_y]$) and which was +%D specified later (i.e.\ the equivalent of $[a\, b\, c\, d\, +%D e\, f]$). Note also that the language can be rather +%D confusing: the one specified later `acts earlier', +%D converting the user space coordinates to intermediate +%D coordinates, which are then acted upon by the pre||existing +%D transformation. The important point is that order of +%D transformation matrices cannot be flipped (transformations +%D are not `commutative'). +%D +%D Now what does it mean to move a transformation matrix +%D before a drawing? What it means is that given a point +%D $(P_x, P_y)$ we need a different set of coordinates +%D $(P_x^\prime, P_y^\prime)$ such that if the transformation +%D acts on $(P_x^\prime, P_y^\prime)$, they produce $(P_x, +%D P_y)$. That is we need to solve the set of equations: +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{P_x\cr P_y\cr 1\cr} = \pmatrix{s_x&r_y&t_x\cr +%D r_x&s_y&t_y\cr +%D 0 &0 &1 \cr} +%D \pmatrix{P_x^\prime\cr +%D P_y^\prime\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D Again matrix notation comes in handy (i.e. someone has +%D already solved the problem for us): we need the inverse +%D transformation matrix. The inverse transformation matrix can +%D be calculated very easily: it is +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \pmatrix{P_x^\prime\cr P_y^\prime\cr 1\cr} = +%D \pmatrix{s_x^\prime&r_y^\prime&t_x^\prime\cr +%D r_x^\prime&s_y^\prime&t_y^\prime\cr +%D 0 &0 &1 \cr} +%D \pmatrix{P_x\cr +%D P_y\cr +%D 1 \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D where, the inverse transformation matrix is given by +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D \eqalign +%D {D & = s_x s_y - r_x r_y \cr +%D s_x^\prime & = s_y / D \cr +%D s_y^\prime & = s_x / D \cr +%D r_x^\prime & = - r_x / D \cr +%D r_y^\prime & = - r_y / D \cr +%D t_x^\prime & = ( - s_y t_x + r_y t_y ) / D \cr +%D t_y^\prime & = ( r_x t_x - s_x t_y ) / D \cr} +%D \stopformule +%D +%D And you can see that when expanded out, this does +%D give the formulas: +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D P_x^\prime = { { s_y(p_x-t_x) + r_y(t_y-p_y) } \over +%D { s_x*s_y-r_x*r_y } } +%D \stopformule +%D +%D \plaatsformule +%D \startformule +%D P_y^\prime = { { s_x(p_y-t_y) + r_x(t_x-p_x) } \over +%D { s_x*s_y-r_x*r_y } } +%D \stopformule +%D +%D The code works by representing a real number by converting +%D it to a dimension to be put into a \DIMENSION\ register: 2.3 would +%D be represented as 2.3pt for example. In this scheme, +%D multiplying two numbers involves multiplying the \DIMENSION\ +%D registers and dividing by 65536. Accuracy demands that the +%D division be done as late as possible, but overflow +%D considerations need early division. +%D +%D Division involves dividing the two \DIMENSION\ registers and +%D multiplying the result by 65536. Again, accuracy would +%D demand that the numerator be multiplied (and|/|or the +%D denominator divided) early: but that can lead to overflow +%D which needs to be avoided. +%D +%D If nothing is known about the numbers to start with (in +%D concat), I have chosen to divide the 65536 as a 256 in each +%D operand. However, in the series calculating the sine and +%D cosine, I know that the terms are small (because I never +%D have an angle greater than 45 degrees), so I chose to +%D apportion the factor in a different way. +%D +%D \stop +%D +%D The path is output using the values saved on the stack. If +%D needed, all coordinates are recalculated. + +\def\processMPpath% + {\flushMPpath + \closeMPpath + \pdfliteral{\ifcase\finiMPpath W n\or S\or f\or B\fi}% + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \resetMPstack + \nofMPsegments=0 + \handleMPsequence} + +%D In \PDF\ the \type{cm} operator must precede the path +%D specification. We therefore can output the \type{cm} at +%D the moment we encounter it. + +\def\handleMPpathconcat% + {\presetMPconcat + \pdfliteral{\gMPs1 \gMPs2 \gMPs3 \gMPs4 \gMPs5 \gMPs6 cm}% + \resetMPstack} + +%D This macro interprets the path and saves it as compact as +%D possible. + +\def\dohandleMPpath#1#2 % + {\ifnum\lccode`#1=0 + \setMPargument{#1#2}% + \else + \def\somestring{#1#2}% + \ifx\somestring\PSlineto + \setMPkeyword0 + \else\ifx\somestring\PScurveto + \setMPkeyword1 + \else\ifx\somestring\PSrlineto + \setMPkeyword2 + \else\ifx\somestring\PSmoveto + \setMPkeyword3 + \else\ifx\somestring\PSclip + \let\handleMPsequence=\processMPpath + \else\ifx\somestring\PSgsave + \chardef\finiMPpath=3 + \else\ifx\somestring\PSgrestore + \else\ifx\somestring\PSfill + \ifnum\finiMPpath=0 + \chardef\finiMPpath=2 + \let\handleMPsequence=\processMPpath + \fi + \else\ifx\somestring\PSstroke + \ifnum\finiMPpath=0 + \chardef\finiMPpath=1 + \fi + \let\handleMPsequence=\processMPpath + \else\ifx\somestring\PSclosepath + \def\closeMPpath{\pdfliteral{h}}% + \else\ifx\somestring\PSconcat + \let\flushMPpath=\flushconcatMPpath + \handleMPpathconcat + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi + \handleMPsequence} + +%D The main conversion command is +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertMPtoPDF {filename} {x scale} {y scale} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The dimensions are derived from the bounding box. So we +%D only have to say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertMPtoPDF{mp-pra-1.eps}{1}{1} +%D \convertMPtoPDF{mp-pra-1.eps}{.5}{.5} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\convertMPtoPDF#1#2#3% + {\bgroup + \message{[MP to PDF #1]}% + \setMPspecials + \startMPscanning + \def\do{}% + \edef\MPxscale{#2}% + \edef\MPyscale{#3}% + \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup + \forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \pdfliteral{q}% + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline + \input #1\relax} + +\def\finishMPgraphic% + {\pdfliteral{Q}% + \egroup + \wd0=\MPwidth + \vbox to \MPheight + {\forgetall + \vfill + \pdfliteral{q \MPxscale\space 0 0 \MPyscale\space + \MPxoffset\space \MPyoffset\space cm}% + \box0 + \pdfliteral{Q}}% + \egroup} + +%D This kind of conversion is possible because \METAPOST\ +%D does all the calculations. Converting other \POSTSCRIPT\ +%D files would drive both me and \TEX\ crazy. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..568a9e5e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-spe, +%D version=1997.07.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Specials, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\unprotect + +%D This module implements some \type{\special} manipulation +%D macros. I needed these when I implemented the code that +%D handles the conversion of \TPIC\ specials to \PDF\ code. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Specials} + +%D When interpreting specials we need to do some basic scanning. +%D For the moment we distinguish between three cases. We need +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \special{tag: arguments} +%D \special{tag arguments} +%D \special{tag} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We cannot be sure that the first case isn't +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \special{tag:arguments} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D So we have to take care of that one too. + +%D \macros +%D {redefinespecial} +%D +%D Specials that are to be interpreted are defined with +%D commands like: +%D +%D \startbuffer[tmp-1] +%D \redefinespecial a: \using#1\endspecial% +%D {let's execute special 'a:' using '#1'} +%D +%D \redefinespecial a \using#1\endspecial% +%D {let's execute special 'a' using '#1'} +%D +%D \redefinespecial a \using#1\endspecial% +%D {let's execute special 'a' using nothing} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[tmp-1] +%D +%D The first two always take an argument, the last one not. +%D The definition of this redefinition macro is not that +%D complex. The names are internally tagged with \type{\@rds@} +%D which saves both time and space. + +\def\@rds@{@rds@} + +\def\redefinespecial #1 % + {\setvalue{\@rds@#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {mimmickspecials} +%D +%D Mimmicking specials is activated by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \mimmickspecials +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands redefines the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ primitive +%D \type{\special}. + +\def\mimmickspecials% + {\let\special=\domimmickspecial} + +%D The special mimmicking macro first looks if it can find an +%D colon terminated tag, next it searches for a tag that end +%D with a space. If both cannot find, the tag itself is treated +%D without argument. + +\def\domimmickspecial#1% + {\domimmickcolonspecial#1:\relax/:\relax/\end} + +\def\domimmickcolonspecial#1:#2#3:\relax/#4\end% + {\ifx#2\relax + \domimmickspacespecial#1 \relax/ \relax/\end + \else + \dodomimmickspecial#1:\using#2#3\endspecial + \fi} + +\def\domimmickspacespecial#1 #2#3 \relax/#4\end% + {\ifx#2\relax + \dodomimmickspecial#1\using\endspecial + \else + \dodomimmickspecial#1\using#2#3\endspecial + \fi} + +\def\dodomimmickspecial#1\using#2\endspecial% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname\@rds@#1\endcsname\relax % \doifdefinedelse + \defaultspecial{#2}% + \else + %\message{[mimmick special #1 with #2#3]}% + \getvalue{\@rds@#1}\using#2\endspecial + \fi} + +%D Now let's show that things work the way we want, using the +%D previous definitions of tag~a. +%D +%D \startbuffer[tmp-2] +%D \mimmickspecials +%D \special{a: 1 2 3 4 5} +%D \special{a: 1 2 3 4 5} +%D \special{a} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[tmp-2] +%D +%D Which results in: +%D +%D \startregels +%D \haalbuffer[tmp-1] +%D \haalbuffer[tmp-2] +%D \stopregels + +%D \macros +%D {mimmickspecial} +%D +%D When needed, one can call a mimmicked special directly by +%D saying for instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \mimmickspecial a: \using...\endspecial +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This can be handy when specials have much in common. + +\def\mimmickspecial #1 % + {\getvalue{\@rds@#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {normalspecial,defaultspecial} +%D +%D Unknown specials are passed to the default special handler. +%D One can for instance ignore all further specials by saying +%D \type{\normalspecial}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\defaultspecial#1{\normalspecial} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D But here we default to idle. + +\let\normalspecial =\special +\let\defaultspecial=\special + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..134139e6c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-tpi, +%D version=1997.07.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=\TPIC\ Conversion, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D This modules implements the conversion of graphic \TPIC\ +%D specials using \METAPOST. +%D +%D We reimplement the \TPIC\ specials using the special +%D mimmicking mechanism implemented in the support module +%D \type{supp-spe} as well as the \METAPOST\ run||time support +%D implemented in \type{supp-mps}. + +\ifx\undefined\writestatus \input supp-mis \relax \fi +\ifx\undefined\mimmickspecials \input supp-spe \relax \fi +\ifx\undefined\MPgraphic \input supp-mps \relax \fi + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / TPIC Conversion} + +%D Beware: we haven't activated both mechanism yet. This is +%D to be done in the calling module. + +\unprotect + +%D When we want to mimmick \TPIC\ specials in \PDFTEX, we need +%D to map its graphic primitives into \PDF\ ones. The main +%D problem in doing so is that \PDF\ does not support b-splines +%D directly and also does not offer us something to draw arcs. +%D Of course all this scan be implemented in \TEX, and the +%D first implementation of this module did so, but the results +%D were not that satisfying. Not having used these specials +%D before, I had for instance to find out that the \TPIC\ +%D specials were not that unambiguesly defined. +%D +%D Then, while discussing something else, Sebastian Ratz told +%D me that the Web2c implementation that \PDFTEX\ is base upon, +%D offers some rather discutable, but nevertheless handy +%D feature: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \write18{execute program with arguments} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Knowing this, I immediatelly decided to throw away the old +%D conversion macros and use the marvelous \METAPOST, \TEX\ +%D related, drawing program to do the conversion in as high a +%D quality as possible. +%D +%D implementation we're going to present here, not only uses +%D for drawing purposes, but also uses the more efficient +%D \METAPOST\ features to store the path. +%D +%D \in{Table}[tab:TPIC specials] lists the \TPIC\ specials as +%D mentioned in the \LATEX\ Graphics Companion and the +%D relevant part of the \DVIPS\ source. This list shows us +%D that we have to store the path before we can use it, simply +%D because we don't know in advance what actions to apply on +%D it. +%D +%D \plaatstabel[hier][tab:TPIC specials]{The \TPIC\ special syntax.} +%D \starttabel[|||l|] +%D \HL +%D \NC \bf tag \NC \bf arguments \NC \bf meaning \NC\SR +%D \HL +%D \NC pn \NC $w$ \NC set linewidth \NC\FR +%D \NC pa \NC $x$ $y$ \NC add point to path \NC\MR +%D \NC fp \NC \NC draw/fill path \NC\MR +%D \NC ip \NC \NC fill path \NC\MR +%D \NC da \NC $l$ \NC draw dashed path \NC\MR +%D \NC dt \NC $l$ \NC draw doted path \NC\MR +%D \NC sp \NC $d$ \NC draw spline \NC\MR +%D \NC ar \NC $x$ $y$ $r_x$ $r_y$ $b$ $e$ \NC draw (partial) arc \NC\MR +%D \NC ia \NC $x$ $y$ $r_x$ $r_y$ $b$ $e$ \NC fill (partial) arc \NC\MR +%D \NC sh \NC $s$ \NC fill next path \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel + +%D The first problem we have to take care of is the fact that +%D there is no decent begin or end of the drawing process +%D defined. We can however be quite sure that writers of +%D packages using these specials will put them into a box, +%D simply because else this is the most common used way to +%D treat something \TEX\ as as a whole, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hbox{\special{}\special{}...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We just start a picture as soon as the first special is +%D encountered, so this becomes: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \hbox{\openpicture\newspecial{}\newspecial{}... +%D \stoptypen + +%D The first step in opening the picture is to start a group. +%D Now we can savely use the egroup that closes the box to also +%D end the picture. + +\def\startTPICspecials% + {\bgroup + \let\startTPICspecials=\relax + \aftergroup\stopTPICspecials + \startwritingMPgraphic + \writeMPgraphic{pair p[];}} + +%D As soon as we begin a picture, we inhibit nesting by +%D relaxing the start macro. The first \METAPOST\ action we +%D take is declaring an array of pairs named $p$. + +%D Ending the picture is invoked by closing the current group. +%D Because the \TPIC\ picture comes out mirrored, we have to +%D reflect the current \METAPOST\ picture, stored in the system +%D variable {\it currentpicture}, around the $x$-axis. + +\def\stopTPICspecials% + {\writeMPgraphic + {currentpicture:=currentpicture reflectedabout ((0,0),(4095,0));}% + \stopwritingMPgraphic + \flushMPgraphics + \loadcurrentMPgraphic{}% + \setbox\MPgraphic=\hbox to \!!zeropoint + {\kern-\wd\MPgraphic + \vbox to \!!zeropoint{\box\MPgraphic\vss}\hss}% + \ht\MPgraphic=\!!zeropoint + \wd\MPgraphic=\!!zeropoint + \dp\MPgraphic=\!!zeropoint + \box\MPgraphic + \egroup} + +%D Here the macro \type{\stopwritingMPgraphic} has to take care +%D of executing and including the \METAPOST\ code. + +%D We need to keep track of the number of elements that form +%D the path. This is needed because we don't know in advance +%D how the points are to be connected. + +\newcount\TPICcounter + +%D When a path is draw, we can connect the points using a +%D smooth curve of drawing straight lines. A closed path can be +%D drawn or filled. + +\newif\ifTPICdraw +\newif\ifTPICfill +\newif\ifTPICcurve + +%D The \TPIC\ specials permit specifying the line and fill +%D color as well as the linetype, which can be solid, dashed or +%D dotted. We'll save those specifications as a \METAPOST\ +%D string, using: + +\let\TPIClinetype =\empty +\let\TPICgrayscale=\empty + +%D The magic reduction factor $.07227$ is needed to map the +%D \TPIC\ $1/1000$ of an inch to \POSTSCRIPT\ points. We cannot +%D delegate this task to \METAPOST\ because this program does +%D not accept values greater than 4095. + +%D I won't discuss all the specifics used in implementing +%D the specials. The \METAPOST\ part is rather trivial. Many +%D specials have much in common, so the amout of code is not +%D that large. + +\redefinespecial pa \using#1 #2\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \bgroup + \global\advance\TPICcounter by 1 + \dimen0=#1pt \dimen0=.07227\dimen0 + \dimen2=#2pt \dimen2=.07227\dimen2 + \writeMPgraphic{p[\the\TPICcounter]:=(\the\dimen0,\the\dimen2);}% + \egroup} + +\redefinespecial pn \using#1\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \bgroup + \dimen0=#1pt \dimen0=.07227\dimen0 + \writeMPgraphic{pickup pencircle scaled \the\dimen0;}% + \egroup} + +\redefinespecial sh \using#1\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \bgroup + \edef\g{#1}% + \edef\g{\ifx\g\empty.5\else#1\fi}% + \xdef\TPICgrayscale{withcolor (\g,\g,\g)}% + \egroup} + +\redefinespecial wh \using#1\endspecial + {\mimmickspecial sh \using0\endspecial} + +\redefinespecial bk \using#1\endspecial + {\mimmickspecial sh \using1\endspecial} + +\redefinespecial da \using#1\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \bgroup + \edef\l{#1}% + \ifx\l\empty + \gdef\TPIClinetype{dashed evenly}% + \else + \dimen0=#1in + \ifdim\dimen0<\!!zeropoint \dimen0=-\dimen0\fi + \edef\f{\the\dimen0 \space}% + \dimen0=.5\dimen0 + \edef\h{\the\dimen0 \space}% + \xdef\TPIClinetype{dashed dashpattern (on \h off \f on \h)}% + \fi + \egroup + \TPICcurvefalse\TPICdrawtrue + \drawTPICpath\using#1\endspecial} + +\redefinespecial dt \using#1\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \bgroup + \edef\l{#1}% + \xdef\TPIClinetype{dashed withdots \ifx\l\empty\else scaled #1in\fi}% + \egroup + \TPICcurvefalse\TPICdrawtrue + \drawTPICpath\using#1\endspecial} + +\redefinespecial fp \using#1\endspecial + {\startTPICspecials + \TPICcurvefalse\TPICdrawtrue + \ifdim0#1pt=\!!zeropoint + \drawTPICpath\using#1\endspecial + \else\ifdim0#1pt<\!!zeropoint + \mimmickspecial dt\using#1\endspecial + \else + \mimmickspecial da\using#1\endspecial + \fi\fi} + +\redefinespecial sp + {\startTPICspecials\TPICdrawtrue\TPICcurvetrue\drawTPICpath} + +\redefinespecial ip + {\startTPICspecials\TPICfilltrue\drawTPICpath} + +\redefinespecial ar + {\startTPICspecials\TPICdrawtrue\drawTPICarc} + +\redefinespecial ia + {\startTPICspecials\TPICfilltrue\drawTPICarc} + +%D These substitutes use two auxiliary macros that take care of +%D actually drawing the shape or arc. Here we use the stored +%D linetype (solid, dashed, dotted) and color (grayscale). + +\def\drawTPICpath\using#1\endspecial + {\bgroup + \ifTPICdraw + \def\TPICgrayscale{}% + \fi + \writeMPgraphic + {\ifTPICfill fill\fi\ifTPICdraw draw\fi\space + for i:=1 upto \the\TPICcounter-1: + p[i]\ifTPICcurve..\else--\fi + endfor + p[\the\TPICcounter] + \ifTPICfill\ifTPICcurve..\else--\fi cycle \fi + \TPIClinetype\space\TPICgrayscale;}% + \resetTPICvariables + \egroup} + +%D I have to admit that at the moment I wrote this macro, I +%D could not write this piece of \METAPOST. Fortunately +%D Thortsen Ohl promptly answered the question I posted to the +%D \METAFONT\ discussion list. + +\def\drawTPICarc\using#1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6\endspecial + {\bgroup + \ifTPICdraw + \def\TPICgrayscale{}% + \fi + \dimen 0=#1pt\dimen 0=.07227\dimen 0 + \dimen 2=#2pt\dimen 2=.07227\dimen 2 + \dimen10=#3pt\dimen10=.14454\dimen10 + \dimen12=#4pt\dimen12=.14454\dimen12 + \dimen20=#5pt + \dimen22=#6pt + \writeMPgraphic + {\ifTPICfill fill\fi\ifTPICdraw draw\fi \space + \ifTPICfill\else subpath 4/3.14159*(\the\dimen20,\the\dimen22) of \fi + fullcircle xscaled \the\dimen10 \space yscaled \the\dimen12 \space + shifted (\the\dimen0,\the\dimen2) + \TPIClinetype \space \TPICgrayscale;}% + \resetTPICvariables + \egroup} + +%D Resetting the variables need to be done globally because we +%D cannot be sure if any further grouping is used by the +%D envelopping macros. + +\def\resetTPICvariables% + {\global\TPICcounter=0 + \global\TPICfillfalse + \global\TPICdrawfalse + \global\let\TPIClinetype=\empty + \global\let\TPICgrayscale=\empty} + +%D I have to admit that by using the \METAPOST\ B‚zier cubics +%D routines these implementation does produce better curves +%D then most \DVI\ drivers do using the \TPIC\ prescribed +%D b-splines. Take for instance the sequence: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \special{pa 2000 1000} +%D \special{pa 1000 2000} +%D \special{pa 0000 1000} +%D \special{pa 1000 0000} +%D \special{pa 2000 1000} +%D \special{sp} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One would expect that this code produced a closed circle, +%D but the curve that comes out using b-splines is far from +%D round. We can however savely asume that the arc producing +%D specials will be used for drawing circle fragments, while +%D the path specials will be used for arbitraty curves. And for +%D b-splines to produce nice curves, one will often use many +%D points to get the desired results. Therefore, using the +%D \METAPOST\ B‚zier curves will certainly produce similar and +%D even better graphics, except in those rare cases where one +%D uses delinberately the not that accurate features of +%D b-splines. Hereby the user is warned. + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-ver.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-ver.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bf9663e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-ver.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1406 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-ver, +%D version=1997.01.04, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Verbatim, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D Because this module is quite independant of system macros, +%D it can be used as a stand||alone verbatim environment. + +\ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \fi + +%D Verbatim typesetting, especially of \TEX\ sources, is a +%D non||trivial task. This is a direct results of the fact that +%D characters can have \CATCODES\ other than~11 and such +%D characters needs a special treatment. What for instance is +%D \TEX\ supposed to do when it encounters a \type{$} or an +%D \type{#}? This module deals with these matters. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Verbatim} + +%D The verbatim environment has some features, like coloring +%D \TEX\ text, seldom found in other environments. Especially +%D when the output of \TEX\ is viewed on an electronic medium, +%D coloring has a positive influence on the readability of +%D \TEX\ sources, so we found it very acceptable to dedicate +%D half of this module to typesetting \TEX\ specific character +%D sequences in color. In this module we'll also present some +%D macro's for typesetting inline, display and file verbatim. +%D The macro's are capable of handling \TAB\ too. +%D +%D This module shows a few tricks that are often overseen by +%D novice, like the use of the \TEX\ primitive \type{\meaning}. +%D First I'll show in what way the users are confronted with +%D verbatim typesetting. Because we want to be able to test for +%D symmetry and because we hate the method of closing down the +%D verbatim mode with some strange active character, we will +%D use the following construction for display verbatim: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \starttyping +%D The Dutch word 'typen' stands for 'typing', therefore in the Dutch version +%D one will not find the word 'verbatim'. +%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ files can be typed with \type{\typefile} and +%D inline verbatim can be accomplished with \type{\type}. This +%D last command comes in many flavors: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D We can say \type<> or \type{something}. The first one is a bit +%D longer but also supports slanted typing, which accomplished by typing +%D \type<> word>>. We can also use commands to enhance the text +%D \type<> text>>. Just to be complete, we decided +%D to accept also \LaTeX\ alike verbatim, which means that \type+something+ +%D and \type|something| are valid commands too. Of course we want the grouped +%D alternatives to process \type{hello {\bf big} world}} with braces. +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In the core modules, we will build this support on top of +%D this module. There these commands can be tuned with +%D accompanying setup commands. There we can enable commands, +%D slanted typing, control spaces, \TAB||handling and (here we +%D are:) coloring. We can also setup surrounding white space +%D and indenting. Here we'll only show some examples. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {verbatimfont} +%D {} +%D +%D When we are typesetting verbatim we use a non||proportional +%D (mono spaced) font. Normally this font is available by +%D calling \type{\tt}. In \CONTEXT\ this command does a +%D complete font||style switch. There we could have stuck with +%D \type{\tttf}. + +\ifx \undefined \verbatimfont \def\verbatimfont {\tt} \fi + +%D \macros +%D {obeyedspace, obeyedtab, obeyedline, obeyedpage} +%D {} +%D +%D We have followed Knuth in naming macros that make \SPACE, +%D \NEWLINE\ and \NEWPAGE\ active and assigning them +%D \type{\obeysomething}, but first we set some default values. + +\def\obeyedspace {\hbox{ }} +\def\obeyedtab {\obeyedspace} +\def\obeyedline {\par} +\def\obeyedpage {\vfill\eject} + +%D \macros +%D {controlspace,setcontrolspaces} +%D {} +%D +%D First we define \type{\obeyspaces}. When we want visible +%D spaces (control spaces) we only have to adapt the definition +%D of \type{\obeyedspace} to: + +\def\controlspace {\hbox{\char32}} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\ =\@@active +\gdef\obeyspaces{\catcode`\ =\@@active\def {\obeyedspace}} +\gdef\setcontrolspaces{\catcode`\ =\@@active\def {\controlspace}} +\egroup + +%D \macros +%D {obeytabs, obeylines, obeypages, +%D ignoretabs, ignorelines, ignorepages} +%D {} +%D +%D Next we take care of \NEWLINE\ and \NEWPAGE\ and because we +%D want to be able to typeset listings that contain \TAB, we +%D have to handle those too. Because we have to redefine the +%D \NEWPAGE\ character locally, we redefine the meaning of +%D this (often already) active character. + +\catcode`\^^L=\@@active \def^^L{\par} + +\bgroup + +\catcode`\^^I=\@@active +\catcode`\^^M=\@@active +\catcode`\^^L=\@@active + +\gdef\obeytabs {\catcode`\^^I=\@@active\def^^I{\obeyedtab}} +\gdef\obeylines {\catcode`\^^M=\@@active\def^^M{\obeyedline}} +\gdef\obeypages {\catcode`\^^L=\@@active\def^^L{\obeyedpage}} + +\gdef\ignoretabs {\catcode`\^^I=\@@active\def^^I{\obeyedspace}} +\gdef\ignorelines {\catcode`\^^M=\@@active\def^^M{\obeyedspace}} +\gdef\ignorepages {\catcode`\^^L=\@@active\def^^L{\obeyedline}} + +\egroup + +%D \macros +%D {obeycharacters} +%D {} +%D +%D We also predefine \type{\obeycharacters}, which will +%D enable us to implement character||specific behavior, like +%D colored verbatim. + +\let\obeycharacters=\relax + +%D \macros +%D {settabskips} +%D {} +%D +%D The macro \type{\settabskip} can be used to enable tab +%D handling. Processing tabs is sometimes needed when one +%D processes a plain \ASCII\ listing. Tab handling slows down +%D verbatim typesetting considerably. + +\bgroup + +\catcode`\^^I=\@@active + +\gdef\settabskips% + {\let\processverbatimline=\doprocesstabskipline + \catcode`\^^I=\@@active + \let^^I=\doprocesstabskip} + +\egroup + +%D \macros +%D {processinlineverbatim} +%D {} +%D +%D Although the inline verbatim commands presented here will be +%D extended and embedded in the core modules of \CONTEXT, +%D they can be used separately. Both grouped and character +%D alternatives are provided but \type{<<} and nested +%D braces are implemented in the core module. This commands +%D takes one argument: the closing command. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processinlineverbatim{\closingcommand} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One can define his own verbatim commands, which can be very +%D simple: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\Verbatim {\processinlineverbatim\relax} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or a bit more more complex: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\GroupedVerbatim% +%D {\bgroup +%D \dosomeusefullthings +%D \processinlineverbatim\egroup} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Before entering inline verbatim mode, we take care of the +%D unwanted \TAB, \NEWLINE\ and \NEWPAGE\ characters and +%D turn them into \SPACE. We need the double \type{\bgroup} +%D construction to keep the closing command local. + +\def\setupinlineverbatim% + {\verbatimfont + \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs + \let\obeylines=\ignorelines + \let\obeypages=\ignorepages + \setupcopyverbatim} + +\def\doprocessinlineverbatim% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \setupinlineverbatim + \catcode`\{=\@@begingroup + \catcode`\}=\@@endgroup + \def\next{\let\next=}% + \else + \setupinlineverbatim + \def\next##1{\catcode`##1=\@@endgroup}% + \fi + \next} + +\def\processinlineverbatim#1% + {\bgroup + \localcatcodestrue % TeX processes paragraph's + \def\endofverbatimcommand{#1\egroup}% + \bgroup + \aftergroup\endofverbatimcommand + \futurelet\next\doprocessinlineverbatim} + +%D \macros +%D {processdisplayverbatim} +%D {} +%D +%D The closing command is executed afterwards as an internal +%D command and therefore should not be given explicitly when +%D typesetting inline verbatim. +%D +%D We can define a display verbatim environment with the +%D command \type{\processdisplayverbatim} in the following way: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processdisplayverbatim{\closingcommand} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D \noindent For instance, we can define a simple command like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\BeginVerbatim {\processdisplayverbatim{EndVerbatim}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D \noindent But we can also do more advance things like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\BeginVerbatim {\bigskip \processdisplayverbatim{\EndVerbatim}} +%D \def\EndVerbatim {\bigskip} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we compare these examples, we see that the backslash in +%D the closing command is optional. One is free in actually +%D defining a closing command. If one is defined, the command +%D is executed after ending verbatim mode. + +\def\processdisplayverbatim#1% + {\par + \bgroup + \escapechar=-1 + \xdef\verbatimname{\string#1}% + \egroup + \def\endofdisplayverbatim{\csname\verbatimname\endcsname}% + \bgroup + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \ifdim\lastskip<\parskip + \removelastskip + \vskip\parskip + \fi + \parskip\!!zeropoint + \processingverbatimtrue + \linepartrue + \expandafter\let\csname\verbatimname\endcsname=\relax + \edef\endofverbatimcommand{\csname\verbatimname\endcsname}% + \edef\endofverbatimcommand{\meaning\endofverbatimcommand}% + \verbatimfont + \setupcopyverbatim + \ifskipfirstverbatimline + \let\doverbatimline=\relax + \else + \let\doverbatimline=\dodoverbatimline + \fi + \copyverbatimline} + +%D \macros +%D {ifskipfirstverbatimline} +%D +%D By default the rest of the first line is ignored. We can +%D turn this feature off by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \skipfirstverbatimlinefalse +%D \stoptypen + +\newif\ifskipfirstverbatimline \skipfirstverbatimlinetrue + +%D We save the closing sequence in \type{\endofverbatimcommand} +%D in such a way that it can be compared on a line by line +%D basis. For the conversion we use \type{\meaning}, which +%D converts the line to non||expandable tokens. We reset +%D \type{\parskip}, because we don't want inter||paragraph +%D skips to creep into the verbatim source. Furthermore we +%D \type{\relax} the line||processing macro while getting the +%D rest of the first line. The initialization command +%D \type{\setupcopyverbatim} does just what we expect it to do: +%D it assigns all characters \CATCODE~11. Next we switch to +%D french spacing and call for obeyance. + +\def\setupcopyverbatim% + {\uncatcodecharacters + \frenchspacing + \obeyspaces + \obeytabs + \obeylines + \obeycharacters} + +%D \macros +%D {ifeightbitcharacters, +%D setcatcodes,uncatcodespecials, +%D uncatcodecharacters} +%D {} +%D +%D As its name says, \type{\uncatcodecharacters} resets the +%D \CATCODE\ of characters. When we use an upper bound of +%D 127 or 255, depending in \type{\ifeightbitcharacters}. By +%D counting down, we only have to use one counter. The +%D macro \type{\setcatcodes} can be uses to set alternative +%D values. The macro \type{\resetspecialcharacters} resets +%D characters with special meanings. This macro is not used +%D in the verbatim macros, but is best defined in this module. + +\def\doprocesscatcodes#1% + {\ifeightbitcharacters + \scratchcounter=255 + \else + \scratchcounter=127 + \fi + \loop + \savecatcode + #1\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter>-1 + \repeat + \let\savecatcode=\relax + \let\restorecatcodes=\dorestorecatcodes} + +\def\uncatcodespecials% + {\doprocesscatcodes + {\ifnum\catcode\scratchcounter=\@@letter\relax\else + \catcode\scratchcounter=\@@other + \fi}% + \catcode`\ =\@@space + \catcode`\^^L=\@@ignore + \catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline + \catcode`\^^?=\@@ignore} + +\def\setcatcodes#1% + {\doprocesscatcodes + {\catcode\scratchcounter=#1}} + +\def\uncatcodecharacters% + {\setcatcodes\@@letter} + +%D \macros +%D {iflocalcatcodes, +%D restorecatcodes, +%D beginrestorecatcodes,endrestorecatcodes} +%D {} +%D +%D We're not finished dealing \CATCODES\ yet. In \CONTEXT\ we +%D use only one auxiliary file, which deals with tables of +%D contents, registers, two pass tracking, references etc. This +%D file, as well as files concerning graphics, is processed when +%D needed, which can be in the mid of typesetting verbatim. +%D However, when reading in data in verbatim mode, we should +%D temporary restore the normal \CATCODES, and that's exactly +%D what the next macros do. Saving the catcodes can be +%D disabled by saying \type{\localcatcodestrue}. + +%D The previous macros call for \type{\savecatcode}, which is +%D implemented as: + +\newif\iflocalcatcodes + +\def\savecatcode% + {\iflocalcatcodes \else + \expandafter\edef\csname @@cc@@\the\scratchcounter\endcsname% + {\the\catcode\scratchcounter}% + \fi} + +%D It's counterpart is: + +\def\restorecatcode% + {\expandafter\catcode\expandafter\scratchcounter\expandafter= + \csname @@cc@@\the\scratchcounter\endcsname} + +%D When we want to restore \CATCODES\ we call for +%D \type{\restorecatcodes}, which default to \type{\relax} + +\let\restorecatcodes=\relax + +%D or when we've saves things calls for: + +\def\dorestorecatcodes% + {\iflocalcatcodes \else + \doprocesscatcodes\restorecatcode + \fi} + +%D We also provide an alternative, that forces grouping +%D when needed. An application of this macros can be found in +%D buffering data. + +\def\beginrestorecatcodes% + {\ifx\restorecatcodes\relax + \let\endrestorecatcodes=\relax + \else + \bgroup + \let\beginrestorecatcodes=\bgroup + \let\endrestorecatcodes=\egroup + \fi} + +%D The main copying routine of display verbatim does an +%D ordinary string||compare on the saved closing command and +%D the current line. The space after \type{#1} in the +%D definition of \type{\next} is essential! As a result of +%D using \type{\obeylines}, we have to use \type{%}'s after +%D each line but none after the first \type{#1}. + +{\obeylines% + \long\gdef\copyverbatimline#1 + {\ifx\doverbatimline\relax% gobble rest of the first line + \let\doverbatimline=\dodoverbatimline% + \def\next{\copyverbatimline}% + \else% + \def\next{#1 }% + \ifx\next\emptyspace% + \def\next% + {\doemptyverbatimline{#1}% + \copyverbatimline}% + \else% + \edef\next{\meaning\next}% + \ifx\next\endofverbatimcommand% + \def\next% + {\egroup\endofdisplayverbatim}% + \else% + \def\next% + {\doverbatimline{#1}% + \copyverbatimline}% + \fi% + \fi% + \fi% + \next}} + +%D The actual typesetting of a line is done by a separate +%D macro, which enables us to implement \TAB\ handling. The +%D \type{\do} and \type{\dodo} macros take care of the +%D preceding \type{\parskip}, while skipping the rest of the +%D first line. The \type{\relax} is used as an signal. + +%D \macros +%D {iflinepar} +%D {} +%D +%D A careful reader will see that \type{\linepar} is reset. +%D This boolean can be used to determine if the current line is +%D the first line in a pseudo paragraph and this boolean is set +%D after each empty line. + +\newif\iflinepar + +\long\def\dodoverbatimline#1% + {\leavevmode\the\everyline\strut\processverbatimline{#1}% + \EveryPar{}% + \lineparfalse + \obeyedline\par} + +%D \macros +%D {obeyemptylines,verbatimbaselineskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Empty lines in verbatim can lead to white space on top of +%D a new page. Because this is not what we want, we turn +%D them into vertical skips. This default behavior can be +%D overruled by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \obeyemptylines +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Although it would cost us only a few lines of code, we +%D decided not to take care of multiple empty lines. When a +%D (display) verbatim text contains more successive empty +%D lines, this probably suits some purpose. When applicable, +%D one can set the verbatim baselineskip. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\^^L=\@@active \gdef\emptypage {^^L} +\catcode`\^^M=\@@active \gdef\emptyline {^^M} + \gdef\emptyspace { } +\egroup + +\def\verbatimbaselineskip{\baselineskip} + +\def\doemptyverbatimline% + {\vskip\verbatimbaselineskip + {\setbox0=\hbox{\the\everyline}}% + \linepartrue} + +\def\obeyemptylines% + {\def\doemptyverbatimline{\doverbatimline}} + +%D \TEX\ does not offer \type{\everyline}, which is a direct +%D result of its advanced multi||pass paragraph typesetting +%D mechanism. Because in verbatim mode paragraphs and lines are +%D more or less equal, we can easily implement our own simple +%D \type{\everyline} support. + +%D \macros +%D {EveryPar, EveryLine} +%D {} +%D +%D In this module we've reserved \type{\everypar} for the +%D things to be done with paragraphs and \type{\everyline} for +%D line specific actions. In \CONTEXT\ however, we use +%D \type{\everypar} for placing side- and columnfloats, +%D inhibiting indentation and some other purposes. In verbatim +%D mode, every line becomes a paragraph, which means that +%D \type{\everypar} is executed frequently. To be sure, the +%D user specific use of both \type{\everyline} and +%D \type{\everypar} is implemented by means of +%D \type{\EveryLine} and \type{\EveryPar}. +%D +%D We still have to take care of the \TAB. A \TAB\ takes eight +%D spaces and a \SPACE\ normally has a width of 0.5~em. Because +%D we can be halfway a tabulation, we must keep track of the +%D position. This takes time, especially when we print complete +%D files, therefore we \type{\relax} this mechanism by default. + +\def\doprocesstabskip% + {\obeyedspace % \hskip.5em or \hbox to .5em{} + \ifdone + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \let\next=\doprocesstabskip + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\scratchcounter>7 + \let\next=\relax + \else + \advance\scratchcounter 1 + \let\next=\doprocesstabskip + \fi\fi + \next} + +\def\dodoprocesstabskipline#1#2\endoftabskipping% + {\ifnum\scratchcounter>7 + \scratchcounter=1 + \donetrue + \else + \advance\scratchcounter 1 + \donefalse + \fi + \ifx#1\relax + \let\next=\relax + \else + \def\next{#1\dodoprocesstabskipline#2\endoftabskipping}% + \fi + \next} + +\let\endoftabskipping = \relax +\let\processverbatimline = \relax + +\def\doprocesstabskipline#1% + {\bgroup + \scratchcounter=1 + \dodoprocesstabskipline#1\relax\endoftabskipping + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {processfileverbatim} +%D {} +%D +%D The verbatim typesetting of files is done on a bit different +%D basis. This time we don't check for a closing command, but +%D look for \EOF\ and when we've met, we make sure it does not +%D turn into an empty line. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processfileverbatim{filename} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Typesetting a file in most cases results in more than one +%D page. Because we don't want problems with files that are +%D read in during the construction of the page, we set +%D \type{\ifprocessingverbatim}, so the output routine can +%D adapt its behavior. Originally we used +%D \type{\scratchread}, but because we want to support nesting, +%D we decided to use a separate input file. + +\newif\ifprocessingverbatim + +\newread\verbatiminput + +\def\processfileverbatim#1% + {\par + \bgroup + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \ifdim\lastskip<\parskip + \removelastskip + \vskip\parskip + \fi + \parskip\!!zeropoint + \processingverbatimtrue + \linepartrue + \uncatcodecharacters + \verbatimfont + \frenchspacing + \obeyspaces + \obeytabs + \obeylines + \obeypages + \obeycharacters + \openin\verbatiminput=#1% + \def\doreadline% + {\read\verbatiminput to \next + \ifeof\verbatiminput + % we don't want to be treated as + \else\ifx\next\emptyline + \expandafter\doemptyverbatimline\expandafter{\next}% + \else\ifx\next\emptypage + \expandafter\doemptyverbatimline\expandafter{\next}% + \else + \expandafter\dodoverbatimline\expandafter{\next}% + \fi\fi\fi + \readline}% + \def\readline% + {\ifeof\verbatiminput + \let\next=\relax + \else + \let\next=\doreadline + \fi + \next}% + \readline + \closein\verbatiminput + \egroup + \ignorespaces} + +%D These macro's can be used to construct the commands we +%D mentioned in the beginning of this documentation. We leave +%D this to the fantasy of the reader and only show some \PLAIN\ +%D \TEX\ alternatives for display verbatim and listings. We +%D define three commands for typesetting inline text, display +%D text and files verbatim. The inline alternative also accepts +%D user supplied delimiters. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \type{text} +%D +%D \starttyping +%D ... verbatim text ... +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D \typefile{filename} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can turn on the options by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \controlspacetrue +%D \verbatimtabstrue +%D \prettyverbatimtrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here is the implementation: + +\newif\ifcontrolspace +\newif\ifverbatimtabs +\newif\ifprettyverbatim + +\def\presettyping% + {\ifcontrolspace + \let\obeyspace=\setcontrolspace + \fi + \ifverbatimtabs + \let\obeytabs=\settabskips + \fi + \ifprettyverbatim + \let\obeycharacters=\setupprettytextype + \fi} + +\def\type% + {\bgroup + \presettyping + \processinlineverbatim{\egroup}} + +\def\starttyping% + {\bgroup + \presettyping + \processdisplayverbatim{\stoptyping}} + +\def\stoptyping% + {\egroup} + +\def\typefile#1% + {\bgroup + \presettyping + \processfileverbatim{#1}% + \egroup} + +%D One can use the different \type{\obeysomething} commands to +%D influence the behavior of these macro's. We use for instance +%D \type{\obeycharacters} for making \type{/} an active +%D character when we want to include typesetting commands. +%D +%D We'll spend the remainder of this article on coloring the +%D verbatim text. At \PRAGMA\ we use the integrated environment +%D \TEXEDIT\ for editing and processing \TEX\ +%D documents.\voetnoot{\TEXEDIT\ has been operative since +%D 1991.} This program also supports real time spell checking +%D and \TEX\ based file management. Although definitely not +%D exclusive, the programs cooperate nicely with \CONTEXT. +%D Because \TEX\ can be considered a tool for experts, we've +%D tried to put as less a burden on non||technical users as +%D possible. This is accomplished in the following ways: +%D +%D \startopsomming +%D +%D \som We've added some trivial symmetry checking to +%D \TEXEDIT. Sources are checked for the use of brackets, +%D braces, begin||end and start||stop like constructions, +%D with or without arguments. +%D +%D \som Although \TEX\ is very tolerant to unformatted input, +%D we stimulate users to make the \ASCII\ source as clean +%D as possible. Many sources I've seen in distribution +%D sets look so awful, that I sometimes wonder how people +%D get them working. In our opinion, a good||looking +%D source leads to less errors. +%D +%D \som We use parameter driven setups and make the commands +%D as tolerant as possible. We don't accept commands that +%D don't look nice in \ASCII. +%D +%D \som Finally ---I could have added some more--- we use +%D color. +%D +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D When in spell||checking||mode, the words spelled correctly +%D are shown in {\em green}, the unknown or wrongly spelled +%D words are in {\em red} and upto four categories of words, +%D for instance passive verbs and nouns, become {\em blue} +%D (or cyan) or {\em yellow}. Short and nearly always correct +%D words are in white (on a black screen). This makes +%D checking||on||the||fly very easy and convenient, especially +%D because we place the accents automatically. +%D +%D In \TEX||mode we show \TEX||specific tokens and sequences of +%D tokens in appropriate colors and again we use four colors. +%D We use those colors in a way that supports parameter driven +%D setups, table typesetting and easy visual checking of +%D symmetry. Furthermore the text becomes more readable. +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \chardef\ampersand =`\& +%D \chardef\comment =`\% +%D \chardef\leftbrace =`\{ +%D \chardef\rightbrace=`\} +%D +%D \plaatstabel{geen} +%D \starttabel[|l|l|] +%D \HL +%D \FC\bf color \MC\bf characters that are influenced \LC\SR +%D \HL +%D \FC red \MC\tt \leftbrace\ \rightbrace\ +%D \string$ \LC\FR +%D \FC green \MC\tt \string\this\ \string\!!that\ +%D \string\??these\ \string\@@those\ \LC\MR +%D \FC yellow \MC\tt \string` \string' \string~ +%D \string^ \string_ \ampersand\ +%D \string/ \string+ \string- +%D \string| \comment\ \LC\MR +%D \FC blue \MC\tt \string( \string) \string# +%D \string[ \string] \string" +%D \string< \string> \string= \LC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \egroup +%D +%D Macro||definition and style files often look quite green, +%D because they contain many calls to macros. Pure text files +%D on the other hand are mostly white (on the screen) and color +%D clearly shows their structure. +%D +%D When I prepared the interactive \PDF\ manuals of \CONTEXT, +%D \TEXEDIT\ and \PPCHTEX\ (1995), I decided to include the +%D original source text of the manuals as an appendix. At every +%D chapter or (sub)section the reader can go to the +%D corresponding line in the source, just to see how things +%D were done in \TEX. Of course, the reader can jump from the +%D to corresponding typeset text too. +%D +%D Confronted with those long (boring) sources, I decided that +%D a colored output, in accordance with \TEXEDIT\ would be +%D nice. It would not only visually add some quality to the +%D manual, but also make the sources more readable. +%D +%D Apart from a lot of \CATCODE||magic, programming the color +%D macros was surprisingly easy. Although the macro's are +%D hooked into the standard \CONTEXT\ verbatim mechanism, they +%D are set up in a way that embedding them in another verbatim +%D environment is possible. +%D +%D We can turn on coloring by reassigning +%D \type{\obeycharacters}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \let\obeycharacters=\setupprettytextype +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D During pretty typesetting we can be in two states: {\em +%D command} and {\em parameter}. The first condition becomes +%D true if we encounter a backslash, the second state is +%D entered when we meet a~\type{#}. + +\newif\ifintexcommand +\newif\ifintexparameter + +%D \macros +%D {splittexparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D The mechanism described here, is meant to be used with +%D color. It is nevertheless possible to use different fonts +%D instead of distinctive colors. When using color, it's better +%D to end parameter mode after the \type{#}. When on the +%D other hand we use a slanted typeface for the hashmark, then +%D a slanted number looks better. + +\newif\ifsplittexparameters \splittexparameterstrue + +%D \macros +%D {splittexcontrols} +%D {} +%D +%D With \type{\splittexcontrols} we can influence the way +%D control characters are processed in macro names. By default, +%D the \type{^^} part is uncolored. When this boolean is set to +%D false, they get the same color as the other characters. + +\newif\ifsplittexcontrols \splittexcontrolstrue + +%D The next boolean is used for internal purposes only and +%D keeps track of the length of the name. Because two||character +%D sequences starting with a backslash are always seen as a +%D command. + +\newif\iffirstintexcommand + +%D We use a maximum of four colors because more colors will +%D distract too much. In the following table we show the +%D logical names of the colors, their color and $rgb$ values. +%D +%D \plaatstabel{geen} +%D \starttabel[|l|l|c|c|c|c|] +%D \HL +%D \FC\bf identifier \MC\bf color \MC\bf r \MC\bf g \MC\bf b \MC\bf bw \LC\SR +%D \HL +%D \FC texprettyone \MC red \MC 0.9 \MC 0.0 \MC 0.0 \MC 0.30 \LC\FR +%D \FC texprettytwo \MC green \MC 0.0 \MC 0.8 \MC 0.0 \MC 0.45 \LC\MR +%D \FC texprettythree \MC yellow \MC 0.0 \MC 0.0 \MC 0.9 \MC 0.60 \LC\MR +%D \FC texprettyfour \MC blue \MC 0.8 \MC 0.8 \MC 0.6 \MC 0.75 \LC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel + +%D This following poor mans implementation of color is based on +%D PostScript. One can of course use grayscales too. In the +%D core modules these macros are redefined to using the color +%D mechanism present in \CONTEXT. + +\def\setcolorverbatim% + {\splittexparameterstrue + \def\texprettyone {.9 .0 .0 } % red + \def\texprettytwo {.0 .8 .0 } % green + \def\texprettythree {.0 .0 .9 } % blue + \def\texprettyfour {.8 .8 .6 } % yellow + \def\texbeginofpretty[##1]% + {\special{ps:: \csname##1\endcsname setrgbcolor}} + \def\texendofpretty% + {\special{ps:: 0 0 0 setrgbcolor}}} % black + +\def\setgrayverbatim% + {\splittexparameterstrue + \def\texprettyone {.30 } % gray + \def\texprettytwo {.45 } % gray + \def\texprettythree {.60 } % gray + \def\texprettyfour {.75 } % gray + \def\texbeginofpretty[##1]% + {\special{ps:: \csname##1\endcsname setgray}} + \def\texendofpretty% + {\special{ps:: 0 setgray}}} % black + +%D One can redefine these two commands after loading this +%D module. When available, one can also use appropriate +%D font||switch macro's. We default to color. + +\setcolorverbatim + +%D Here come the commands that are responsible for entering and +%D leaving the two states. As we can see, they've got much in +%D common. + +\def\texbeginofcommand% + {\texendofparameter + \ifintexcommand + \else + \global\intexcommandtrue + \global\firstintexcommandtrue + \texbeginofpretty[texprettytwo]% + \fi} + +\def\texendofcommand% + {\ifintexcommand + \texendofpretty + \global\intexcommandfalse + \global\firstintexcommandfalse + \fi} + +\def\texbeginofparameter% + {\texendofcommand + \ifintexparameter + \else + \global\intexparametertrue + \texbeginofpretty[texprettythree]% + \fi} + +\def\texendofparameter% + {\ifintexparameter + \texendofpretty + \global\intexparameterfalse + \fi} + +%D We've got nine types of characters. The first type concerns +%D the grouping characters that become red and type seven takes +%D care of the backslash. Type eight is the most recently added +%D one and handles the control characters starting with +%D \type{^^}. In the definition part at the end of this module +%D we can see how characters are organized by type. + +\def\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + {\iffirstintexcommand + \string#1% + \texendofcommand + \else} + +\def\textypeone#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \texbeginofpretty[texprettyone]\string#1\texendofpretty + \fi} + +\def\textypetwo#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \texbeginofpretty[texprettythree]\string#1\texendofpretty + \fi} + +\def\textypethree#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \texbeginofpretty[texprettyfour]\string#1\texendofpretty + \fi} + +\def\textypefour#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \string#1% + \fi} + +\def\textypefive#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texbeginofparameter + \string#1% + \fi} + +\def\textypesix#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \ifintexparameter + \ifsplittexparameters + \texendofparameter + \string#1% + \else + \string#1% + \texendofparameter + \fi + \else + \texendofcommand + \string#1% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\textypeseven#1% + {\ifnotfirstintexcommand#1% + \texbeginofcommand + \string#1% + \fi} + +\def\textypeeight#1#2% + {\texendofparameter + \ifx#1#2% + \ifsplittexcontrols + \ifintexcommand + \texendofcommand + \string#1\string#1% + \texbeginofcommand + \else + \string#1\string#2% + \fi + \else + \string#1\string#1% + \fi + \else + \ifintexcommand + \firstintexcommandfalse + \string#1#2% + \else + \textypethree#1#2% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\textypenine#1% + {\texendofparameter + \global\firstintexcommandfalse + \string#1} + +%D We have to take care of the control characters we mentioned +%D before. We obey their old values but only after ending our +%D two states. + +\def\texsetcontrols% + {\global\let\oldobeyedspace = \obeyedspace + \global\let\oldobeyedline = \obeyedline + \global\let\oldobeyedpage = \obeyedpage + \def\obeyedspace% + {\texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \oldobeyedspace}% + \def\obeyedline% + {\texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \oldobeyedline}% + \def\obeyedpage% + {\texendofcommand + \texendofparameter + \oldobeyedpage}% + \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs} + +%D Next comes the tough part. We have to change the \CATCODE\ +%D of each character. These macro's are tuned for speed and +%D simplicity. When viewed in color they look quite simple. + +\def\setupprettytextype% + {\texsetcontrols + \texsetspecialpretty + \texsetalphabetpretty + \texsetextrapretty} + +%D When handling the lowercase characters, we cannot use +%D lowercased macro names. This means that we have to redefine +%D some well known macros, like \type{\bgroup}. + +\def\texpresetcatcode% + {\def\\##1% + {\expandafter\catcode\expandafter`\csname##1\endcsname\@@active}} + +\def\texsettypenine% + {\def\\##1% + {\def##1{\textypenine##1}}} + +\bgroup + \bgroup + \gdef\texpresetalphapretty% + {\texpresetcatcode + \\A\\B\\C\\D\\E\\F\\G\\H\\I\\J\\K\\L\\M% + \\N\\O\\P\\Q\\R\\S\\T\\U\\V\\W\\X\\Y\\Z} + \texpresetalphapretty + \gdef\texsetalphapretty% + {\texpresetalphapretty + \texsettypenine + \\A\\B\\C\\D\\E\\F\\G\\H\\I\\J\\K\\L\\M% + \\N\\O\\P\\Q\\R\\S\\T\\U\\V\\W\\X\\Y\\Z} + \egroup + \global\let\TEXPRESETCATCODE = \texpresetcatcode + \global\let\TEXSETTYPENINE = \texsettypenine + \global\let\BGROUP = \bgroup + \global\let\EGROUP = \egroup + \global\let\GDEF = \gdef + \BGROUP + \GDEF\TEXPRESETALPHAPRETTY% + {\TEXPRESETCATCODE + \\a\\b\\c\\d\\e\\f\\g\\h\\i\\j\\k\\l\\m% + \\n\\o\\p\\q\\r\\s\\t\\u\\v\\w\\x\\y\\z} + \TEXPRESETALPHAPRETTY + \GDEF\TEXSETALPHAPRETTY% + {\TEXPRESETALPHAPRETTY + \TEXSETTYPENINE + \\a\\b\\c\\d\\e\\f\\g\\h\\i\\j\\k\\l\\m% + \\n\\o\\p\\q\\r\\s\\t\\u\\v\\w\\x\\y\\z} + \EGROUP + \gdef\texsetalphabetpretty% + {\texsetalphapretty + \TEXSETALPHAPRETTY} +\egroup + +%D Macro names normally only may contain characters, but in +%D unprotected state we can also use the characters~\type{@}, +%D \type{!} and~\type{?}. Of course they are only colored +%D (green) when they are part of a name. + +\bgroup + \gdef\texpresetextrapretty% + {\texpresetcatcode + \\?\\!\\@} + \texpresetextrapretty + \gdef\texsetextrapretty% + {\texpresetextrapretty + \texsettypenine + \\?\\!\\@} +\egroup + +%D Here comes the main specification routine. In this macro we +%D also have to change the escape character to \type{!} and use +%D \type{X}, \type{Y} and \type{Z} for grouping and ignoring, +%D which makes the result a bit less readable. Plain \TEX\ +%D defines \type{\+} as an outer macro, so we have to redefine +%D this one too. + +\def\+{\tabalign} + +\bgroup + \gdef\texpresetspecialpretty% + {\def\\##1{\catcode`##1\@@active}% + \\\[\\\]\\\=\\\<\\\>\\\#\\\(\\\)\\\"% + \\\$\\\{\\\}% + \\\-\\\+\\\|\\\%\\\/\\\_\\\^\\\&\\\~\\\'\\\`% + \\\.\\\,\\\:\\\;% + \\\*% + \\\1\\\2\\\3\\\4\\\5\\\6\\\7\\\8\\\9% + \\\\} + \catcode`\X=\the\catcode`\{ + \catcode`\Y=\the\catcode`\} + \catcode`\Z=\the\catcode`\% + \gdef\texsetsometypes% + {\def\!##1##2{\def##1{##2{##1}}}}% + XZ + \catcode`\!=\@@escape + !texpresetspecialpretty + !gdef!texsetspecialpretty + XZ + !texpresetspecialpretty + !texsetsometypes + !! $ !textypeone !! { !textypeone !! } !textypeone + !! [ !textypetwo !! ] !textypetwo !! ( !textypetwo !! ) !textypetwo + !! = !textypetwo !! < !textypetwo !! > !textypetwo !! " !textypetwo + !! - !textypethree !! + !textypethree !! / !textypethree + !! | !textypethree !! % !textypethree !! ' !textypethree !! ` !textypethree + !! _ !textypethree !! ^ !textypethree !! & !textypethree !! ~ !textypethree + !! . !textypefour !! , !textypefour !! : !textypefour !! ; !textypefour + !! * !textypefour + !! # !textypefive + !! 1 !textypesix !! 2 !textypesix !! 3 !textypesix + !! 4 !textypesix !! 5 !textypesix !! 6 !textypesix + !! 7 !textypesix !! 8 !textypesix !! 9 !textypesix + !! \ !textypeseven + !! ^ !textypeeight + YZ + YZ +\egroup + +%D This text was published in the \MAPS\ of the dutch \TEX\ +%D users group \NTG. In that article, the verbatim part of the +%D text was set with the following commands for the examples: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\starttypen% We simplify the \ConTeXt\ macro. +%D {\bgroup +%D \everypar{} % We disable some troublesome mechanisms. +%D \advance\leftskip by 1em +%D \processdisplayverbatim{\stoptypen}} +%D +%D \def\stoptypen% +%D {\egroup} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The implementation itself was typeset with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\startdefinition% +%D {\bgroup +%D \everypar{} % Again we disable some troublesome mechanisms. +%D \let\obeycharacters=\setupprettytextype +%D \EveryPar{\showparagraphcounter}% +%D \EveryLine{\showlinecounter}% +%D \verbatimcorps +%D \processdisplayverbatim{\stopdefinition}} +%D +%D \def\stopdefinition% +%D {\egroup} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And because we have both \type{\EveryPar} and +%D \type{\EveryLine} available, we can implement a dual +%D numbering mechanism: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newcount\paragraphcounter +%D \newcount\linecounter +%D +%D \def\showparagraphcounter% +%D {\llap +%D {\bgroup +%D \counterfont +%D \hbox to 4em +%D {\global\advance\paragraphcounter by 1 +%D \hss \the\paragraphcounter \hskip2em}% +%D \egroup +%D \hskip1em}} +%D +%D \def\showlinecounter% +%D {\llap +%D {\bgroup +%D \counterfont +%D \hbox to 2em +%D {\global\advance\linecounter by 1 +%D \hss \the\linecounter}% +%D \egroup +%D \hskip1em}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One may have noticed that the \type{\EveryPar} is only +%D executed once, because we consider each piece of verbatim +%D as one paragraph. When one wants to take the empty lines +%D into account, the following assignments are appropriate: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \EveryLine +%D {\iflinepar +%D \showparagraphcounter +%D \fi +%D \showlinecounter} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this case, nothing has to be assigned to \type{\EveryPar}, +%D maybe except of just another extra numbering scheme. The +%D macros used to typeset this documentation are a bit more +%D complicated, because we have to take take 'long' margin +%D lists into account. When such a list exceeds the previous +%D pargraph we postpone placement of the paragraph number till +%D there's room. This way so it does not clash with the margin +%D words. + +%D Normally such commands have to be embedded in a decent setup +%D structure, where options can be set at will. +%D +%D Now let's summarize the most important commands. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processinlineverbatim{\closingcommand} +%D \processdisplayverbatim{\closingcommand} +%D \processfileverbatim{filename} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can satisfy our own specific needs with the following +%D interfacing macro's: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \obeyspaces \obeytabs \obeylines \obeypages \obeycharacters +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Some needs are fulfilled already with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setcontrolspace \settabskips \setupprettytextype +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D lines can be enhanced with ornaments using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \everypar \everyline \iflinepar +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and color support is implemented by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \texbeginofpretty[#1] ... \texendofpretty +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can influence the verbatim environment with the following +%D macro and booleans: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \obeyemptylines \splittexparameters... \splittexcontrols... +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The color support macro can be redefined by the user. The +%D parameter \type{#1} can be one of the four 'fixed' +%D identifiers {\em texprettyone}, {\em texprettytwo}, {\em +%D texprettythree} and {\em texprettyfour}. We have implemented a +%D more or less general PostScript color support mechanism, +%D using \type{specials}. One can toggle between color and +%D grayscale with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setgrayverbatim \setcolorverbatim +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {permitshiftedendofverbatim} +%D {} +%D +%D We did not mention one drawback of the mechanism described +%D here. The closing command must start at the first position +%D of the line. In \CONTEXT\ we will not have this drawback, +%D because we can test if the end command is a substring of the +%D current line. The testing is done by two of the support +%D macros, which of course are not available in a stand alone +%D application of this module. + +\ifx \undefined \doifinstringelse \else + +\def\processdisplayverbatim#1% + {\par + \bgroup + \escapechar=-1 + \xdef\verbatimname{\string#1}% + \egroup + \def\endofdisplayverbatim{\csname\verbatimname\endcsname}% + \bgroup + \parindent\!!zeropoint + \ifdim\lastskip<\parskip + \removelastskip + \vskip\parskip + \fi + \parskip\!!zeropoint + \processingverbatimtrue + \expandafter\let\csname\verbatimname\endcsname=\relax + \expandafter\convertargument\csname\verbatimname\endcsname + \to\endofverbatimcommand + \verbatimfont + \setupcopyverbatim + \ifskipfirstverbatimline + \let\doverbatimline=\relax + \else + \let\doverbatimline=\dodoverbatimline + \fi + \copyverbatimline} + +\let\doifendofverbatim=\doifelse + +\def\permitshiftedendofverbatim% + {\let\doifendofverbatim=\doifinstringelse} + +{\obeylines% + \long\gdef\copyverbatimline#1 + {\ifx\doverbatimline\relax% gobble rest of the first line + \let\doverbatimline=\dodoverbatimline% + \def\next{\copyverbatimline}% + \else% + \convertargument#1 \to\next% + \ifx\next\emptyspace% + \def\next% + {\doemptyverbatimline{#1}% + \copyverbatimline}% + \else% + \doifendofverbatim{\endofverbatimcommand}{\next}% + {\def\next% + {\egroup\endofdisplayverbatim}}% + {\def\next% + {\doverbatimline{#1}% + \copyverbatimline}}% + \fi% + \fi% + \next}} + +\fi + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee3cd280f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1900 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-vis, +%D version=1996.10.21, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Visualization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D \gdef\ShowBufferedExample% private typeseting macro +%D {\startregelcorrectie +%D \bgroup +%D \steltypenin[marge=0pt,optie=kleur] +%D \showmakeup +%D \centeredvcuetrue +%D \dontinterfere +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \normalvbox +%D {\normalhbox to \hsize +%D {$\hsize=.5\hsize +%D \advance\hsize by -.5em +%D \normalvcenter{\vbox{\haalbuffer}}\normalhss +%D \normalvcenter{\vbox{\dontshowcomposition\typebuffer}}$}} +%D \egroup +%D \stopregelcorrectie} +%D +%D \gdef\ShowBufferedExampleBox% private typeseting macro +%D {\startregelcorrectie +%D \bgroup +%D \steltypenin[marge=0pt,optie=kleur] +%D \showmakeup +%D \centeredvcuetrue +%D \dontinterfere +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \normalvbox +%D {\normalhbox to \hsize +%D {$\hsize=.5\hsize +%D \advance\hsize by -.5em +%D \normalvcenter{\baselineruletrue\vbox{\haalbuffer}}\normalhss +%D \normalvcenter{\vbox{\dontshowcomposition\typebuffer}}$}} +%D \egroup +%D \stopregelcorrectie} + +%D Although an integral part of \CONTEXT, this module is one +%D of the support modules. Its stand alone character permits +%D use in \PLAIN\ \TEX\ or \TEX\ based macropackages. +%D \ifCONTEXT \else If in some examples the verbatim listings +%D don't show up nice, this is due to processing by a system +%D that does not support buffering. In \CONTEXT\ we show the +%D commands in the margin, use bit more advanced way of +%D numbering, and typeset the source in \TEX nicolored +%D verbatim. Sorry for this inconvenience.\fi + +%D This module is still in development. Depending on my +%D personal need and those of whoever uses it, the macros will +%D be improved in terms of visualization, efficiency and +%D compatibility. + +\ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \fi + +%D One of the strong points of \TEX\ is abstraction of textual +%D input. When macros are defined well and do what we +%D want them to do, we will seldom need the tools present in +%D What You See Is What You Get systems. For instance, when +%D entering text we don't need rulers, because no manual +%D shifting and/or alignment of text is needed. On the other +%D hand, when we are designing macros or specifying layout +%D elements, some insight in \TEX's advanced spacing, kerning, +%D filling, boxing and punishment abilities will be handy. +%D That's why we've implemented a mechanism that shows some of +%D the inner secrets of \TEX. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Visualization} + +%D In this module we are going to redefine some \TEX\ +%D primitives and \PLAIN\ macro's. Their original meaning is +%D saved in macros with corresponding names, preceded by +%D \type{normal}. These original macros are (1)~used to +%D temporary restore the old values when needed and +%D (2)~used to prevent recursive calls in the macros that +%D replace them. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {normalhbox, +%D normalvbox,normalvtop} +%D {} +%D +%D There are three types of boxes, one horizontal and two +%D vertical in nature. As we will see later on, all three types +%D are to be handled according to their orientation and +%D baseline behavior. Especially \type{\vtop}'s need our +%D special attention. + +\let\normalhbox = \hbox +\let\normalvbox = \vbox +\let\normalvtop = \vtop +\let\normalvcenter = \vcenter + +%D \macros +%D {normalhskip, +%D normalvskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Next come the flexible skips, which come in two flavors +%D too. Like boxes these are handled with \TEX\ primitives. + +\let\normalhskip = \hskip +\let\normalvskip = \vskip + +%D \macros +%D {normalpenalty, +%D normalkern} +%D {} +%D +%D Both penalties and kerns are taken care of by mode sensitive +%D primitives. This means that when making them visible, we +%D have to take the current mode into account. + +\let\normalpenalty = \penalty +\let\normalkern = \kern + +%D \macros +%D {normalhglue, +%D normalvglue} +%D {} +%D +%D Glues on the other hand are macro's defined in \PLAIN\ \TEX. +%D As we will see, their definitions make the implementation of +%D their visible counterparts a bit more \TeX{}nical. + +\let\normalhglue = \hglue +\let\normalvglue = \vglue + +%D \macros +%D {normalmkern, +%D normalmskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Math mode has its own spacing primitives, preceded by +%D \type{m}. Due to the relation with the current font and the +%D way math is typeset, their unit \type{mu} is not compatible +%D with other dimensions. As a result, the visual appearance +%D of these primitives is kept primitive too. + +\let\normalmkern = \mkern +\let\normalmskip = \mskip + +%D \macros +%D {hfilneg, +%D vfilneg} +%D {} +%D +%D Fills can be made visible quite easy. We only need some +%D additional negation macros. Because \PLAIN\ \TEX\ only +%D offers \type{\hfilneg} and \type{\vfilneg}, we define our +%D own alternative double \type{ll}'ed ones. + +\def\hfillneg% + {\normalhskip\!!zeropoint \!!plus-1fill\relax} + +\def\vfillneg% + {\normalvskip\!!zeropoint \!!plus-1fill\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {normalhss,normalhfil,normalhfill, +%D normalvss,normalvfil,normalvfill} +%D {} +%D +%D The positive stretch primitives are used independant and in +%D combination with \type{\leaders}. + +\let\normalhss = \hss +\let\normalhfil = \hfil +\let\normalhfill = \hfill +\let\normalvss = \vss +\let\normalvfil = \vfil +\let\normalvfill = \vfill + +%D \macros +%D {normalhfilneg,normalhfillneg, +%D normalvfilneg,normalvfillneg} +%D {} +%D +%D Keep in mind that both \type{\hfillneg} and \type{\vfillneg} +%D are not part of \PLAIN\ \TEX\ and therefore not documented +%D in standard \TEX\ documentation. They can nevertheless be +%D used at will. + +\let\normalhfilneg = \hfilneg +\let\normalhfillneg = \hfillneg +\let\normalvfilneg = \vfilneg +\let\normalvfillneg = \vfillneg + +%D Visualization is not always wanted. Instead of turning this +%D option off in those (unpredictable) situations, we just +%D redefine a few \PLAIN\ macros. + +\def\rlap#1{\normalhbox to \!!zeropoint{#1\normalhss}} +\def\llap#1{\normalhbox to \!!zeropoint{\normalhss#1}} + +\def~{\normalpenalty\!!tenthousand\ } + +%D \macros +%D {makeruledbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Ruled boxes can be typeset is many ways. Here we present +%D just one alternative. This implementation may be a little +%D complicated, but it supports all three kind of boxes. The +%D next command expects a \BOX\ specification, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \makeruledbox0 +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {baselinerule,baselinefill} +%D {} +%D +%D We can make the baseline of a box visible, both dashed and +%D as a rule. The line is drawn on top of the baseline. All +%D we have to say is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \baselineruletrue +%D \baselinefilltrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D At the cost of some overhead these alternatives are +%D implemented using \type{\if}'s: + +\newif\ifbaselinerule \baselineruletrue +\newif\ifbaselinefill \baselinefillfalse + +%D \macros +%D {iftoprule,ifbottomrule,ifleftrule,ifrightrule} +%D {} +%D +%D Rules can be turned on and off, but by default we have: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \topruletrue +%D \bottomruletrue +%D \leftruletrue +%D \rightruletrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As we see below: + +\newif\iftoprule \topruletrue +\newif\ifbottomrule \bottomruletrue +\newif\ifleftrule \leftruletrue +\newif\ifrightrule \rightruletrue + +%D \macros +%D {boxrulewidth} +%D {} +%D +%D The width in the surrounding rules can be specified by +%D assigning an apropriate value to the dimension used. This +%D module defaults the width to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \boxrulewidth=.2pt +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Although we are already low on \DIMENSIONS\ it's best to +%D spend one here, mainly because it enables easy manipulation, +%D like multiplication by a given factor. + +\newdimen\boxrulewidth \boxrulewidth=.2pt + +%D The core macro \type{\makeruledbox} looks a bit hefty. The +%D manipulation at the end is needed because we want to +%D preserve both the mode and the baseline. This means that +%D \type{\vtop}'s and \type{\vbox}'es behave the way we expect +%D them to do. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox +%D {\ruledhbox to 5em{\strut test\normalhss}\hskip1em +%D \ruledvbox{\hsize 5em\strut test \par test\strut}\hskip1em +%D \ruledvtop{\hsize 5em\strut test \par test\strut}} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The \type{\cleaders} part of the macro is responsible for +%D the visual baseline. The \type{\normalhfill} belongs to this +%D primitive too. By storing and restoring the height and depth +%D of box \type{#1}, we preserve the mode. + +\def\makeruledbox#1% + {\edef\ruledheight {\the\ht#1}% + \edef\ruleddepth {\the\dp#1}% + \edef\ruledwidth {\the\wd#1}% + \setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox + {\dontcomplain + \offinterlineskip + \hrule + \!!height\boxrulewidth + \iftoprule\else\!!width\!!zeropoint\fi + \normalvskip-\boxrulewidth + \normalhbox to \ruledwidth + {\vrule + \!!height\ruledheight + \!!depth\ruleddepth + \!!width\ifleftrule\else0\fi\boxrulewidth + \ifdim\ruledheight>\!!zeropoint \else \baselinerulefalse \fi + \ifdim\ruleddepth>\!!zeropoint \else \baselinerulefalse \fi + \ifbaselinerule + \ifdim\ruledwidth<20\boxrulewidth + \baselinefilltrue + \fi + \cleaders + \ifbaselinefill + \hrule + \!!height\boxrulewidth + \else + \normalhbox + {\normalhskip2.5\boxrulewidth + \vrule + \!!height\boxrulewidth + \!!width5\boxrulewidth + \normalhskip2.5\boxrulewidth}% + \fi + \fi + \normalhfill + \vrule + \!!width\ifrightrule\else0\fi\boxrulewidth}% + \normalvskip-\boxrulewidth + \hrule + \!!height\boxrulewidth + \ifbottomrule\else\!!width\!!zeropoint\fi}% + \wd#1=\!!zeropoint + \setbox#1=\ifhbox#1\normalhbox\else\normalvbox\fi + {\normalhbox{\box#1\lower\ruleddepth\box\scratchbox}}% + \ht#1=\ruledheight + \wd#1=\ruledwidth + \dp#1=\ruleddepth} + +%D Just in case one didn't notice: the rules are in fact layed +%D over the box. This way the contents of a box cannot +%D visually interfere with the rules around (upon) it. A more +%D advanced version of ruled boxes can be found in one of the +%D core modules of \CONTEXT. There we take offsets, color, +%D rounded corners, backgrounds and alignment into account too. + +%D \macros +%D {ruledhbox, +%D ruledvbox,ruledvtop, +%D ruledvcenter} +%D {} +%D +%D These macro's can be used instead of \type{\hbox}, +%D \type{\vbox}, \type{\vtop} and, when in math mode, +%D \type{\vcenter}. They just do what their names state. Using +%D an auxiliary macro would save us a few words of memory, but +%D it would make their appearance even more obscure. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \hbox +%D {\strut +%D one +%D two +%D \hbox{three} +%D four +%D five} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExampleBox + +\def\ruledhbox% + {\normalhbox\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makeruledbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalhbox} + +%D \startbuffer +%D \vbox +%D {\strut +%D first line \par +%D second line \par +%D third line \par +%D fourth line \par +%D fifth line +%D \strut } +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExampleBox + +\def\ruledvbox% + {\normalvbox\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makeruledbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalvbox} + +%D \startbuffer +%D \vtop +%D {\strut +%D first line \par +%D second line \par +%D third line \par +%D fourth line \par +%D fifth line +%D \strut } +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExampleBox + +\def\ruledvtop% + {\normalvtop\bgroup + \dowithnextbox{\makeruledbox\nextbox\box\nextbox\egroup}% + \normalvtop} + +%D \startbuffer +%D \hbox +%D {$\vcenter{\hsize.2\hsize +%D alfa \par beta}$ +%D $\vcenter to 3cm{\hsize.2\hsize +%D alfa \par beta \par gamma}$ +%D $\vcenter{\hsize.2\hsize +%D alfa \par beta}$} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExampleBox + +\def\ruledvcenter% + {\normalvbox\bgroup + \dontinterfere + \dowithnextbox + {\scratchdimen=.5\ht\nextbox + \advance\scratchdimen by .5\dp\nextbox + \ht\nextbox=\scratchdimen + \dp\nextbox=\scratchdimen + \ruledhbox{\box\nextbox}% + \egroup}% + \normalvbox} + +%D \macros +%D {ruledbox, +%D setruledbox} +%D {} +%D +%D Of the next two macros the first can be used to precede a +%D box of ones own choice. One can for instance prefix boxes +%D with \type{\ruledbox} and afterwards --- when the macro +%D satisfy the needs --- let it to \type{\relax}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ruledbox\hbox{What rules do you mean?} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The macro \type{\setruledbox} can be used to directly +%D rule a box. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setruledbox12=\hbox{Who's talking about rules here?} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D At the cost of some extra macros we can implement a +%D variant that does not need the~\type{=}, but we stick to: + +\def\ruledbox% + {\dowithnextbox{\makeruledbox\nextbox\box\nextbox}} + +\def\setruledbox#1=% + {\dowithnextbox{\makeruledbox\nextbox\setbox#1=\nextbox}} + +%D \macros +%D {investigateskip, +%D investigatecount, +%D investigatemuskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Before we meet the visualizing macro's, we first implement +%D ourselves some handy utility ones. Just for the sake of +%D efficiency and readability, we introduce some status +%D variables, that tell us a bit more about the registers we +%D use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifflexible +%D \ifzero +%D \ifnegative +%D \ifpositive +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These status variables are set when we call for one of the +%D investigation macros, e.g. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \investigateskip\scratchskip +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We use some dirty trick to check stretchability of \SKIPS. +%D Users of these macros are invited to study their exact +%D behavior first. The positive and negative states both +%D include zero and are in fact non-negative ($\geq0$) and +%D non-positive ($\leq0$) . + +\newif\ifflexible +\newif\ifzero +\newif\ifnegative +\newif\ifpositive + +\def\investigateskip#1% + {\relax + \scratchdimen=#1\relax + \edef\!!stringa{\the\scratchdimen}% + \edef\!!stringb{\the#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb \flexiblefalse \else \flexibletrue \fi + \ifdim#1=\!!zeropoint\relax + \zerotrue \else + \zerofalse \fi + \ifdim#1<\!!zeropoint\relax + \positivefalse \else + \positivetrue \fi + \ifdim#1>\!!zeropoint\relax + \negativefalse \else + \negativetrue \fi} + +\def\investigatecount#1% + {\relax + \flexiblefalse + \ifnum#1=0 + \zerotrue \else + \zerofalse \fi + \ifnum#1<0 + \positivefalse \else + \positivetrue \fi + \ifnum#1>0 + \negativefalse \else + \negativetrue \fi} + +\def\investigatemuskip#1% + {\relax + \edef\!!stringa{\the\scratchmuskip}% + \edef\!!stringb{0mu}% + \def\!!stringc##1##2\\{##1}% + \expandafter\edef\expandafter\!!stringc\expandafter + {\expandafter\!!stringc\!!stringa\\}% + \edef\!!stringd{-}% + \flexiblefalse + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \zerotrue + \negativefalse + \positivefalse + \else + \zerofalse + \ifx\!!stringc\!!stringd + \positivefalse + \negativetrue + \else + \positivetrue + \negativefalse + \fi + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {dontinterfere} +%D {} +%D +%D Indentation, left and/or right skips, redefinition of +%D \type{\par} and assignments to \type{\everypar} can lead to +%D unwanted results. We can therefore turn all those things +%D off with \type{\dontinterfere}. + +\def\dontinterfere% + {\everypar = {}% + \let\par = \endgraf + \parindent = \!!zeropoint + \parskip = \!!zeropoint + \leftskip = \!!zeropoint + \rightskip = \!!zeropoint + \relax} + +%D \macros +%D {dontcomplain} +%D {} +%D +%D In this module we do a lot of box manipulations. Because we +%D don't want to be confronted with to many over- and underfull +%D messages we introduce \type{\dontcomplain}. + +\def\dontcomplain% + {\hbadness = \!!tenthousand + \hfuzz = \maxdimen + \vbadness = \!!tenthousand + \vfuzz = \maxdimen} + +%D Now the neccessary utility macros are defined, we can make a +%D start with the visualizing ones. The implementation of these +%D macros is a compromise between readability, efficiency of +%D coding and processing speed. Sometimes we do in steps what +%D could have been done in combination, sometimes we use a few +%D boxes more or less then actually needed, and more than once +%D one can find the same piece of rule drawing code twice. + +%D \macros +%D {ifcenteredvcue,normalvcue} +%D {} +%D +%D Depending on the context, one can force visual vertical cues +%D being centered along \type{\hsize} or being put at the +%D current position. Although centering often looks better, +%D we've chosen the second alternative as default. The main +%D reason for doing so is that often when we don't set the +%D \type{\hsize} ourselves, \TEX\ takes the value of the +%D surrounding box. As a result the visual cues can migrate +%D outside the current context. +%D +%D This behavior is accomplished by a small but effective +%D auxiliary macro, which behavior can be influenced by the +%D boolean \type{\centeredvcue}. By saying +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \centeredvcuetrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D one turns centering on. As said, we turn it off. + +\newif\ifcenteredvcue \centeredvcuefalse + +\def\normalvcue#1% + {\normalhbox \ifcenteredvcue to \hsize \fi {\normalhss#1\normalhss}} + +%D We could have used the more robust version +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\normalvcue% +%D {\normalhbox \ifcenteredvcue to \hsize \fi +%D \bgroup\bgroup\normalhss +%D \aftergroup\normalhss\aftergroup\egroup +%D \let\next=} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D or the probably best one: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\normalvcue% +%D {\hbox \ifcenteredvcue to \hsize +%D \bgroup\bgroup\normalhss +%D \aftergroup\normalhss\aftergroup\egroup +%D \else +%D \bgroup +%D \fi +%D \let\next=} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because we don't have to preserve \CATCODES\ and only use +%D small arguments, we stick to the first alternative. + +%D \macros +%D {testrulewidth} +%D {} +%D +%D We build our visual cues out of rules. At the cost of a much +%D bigger \DVI\ file, this is to be prefered over using +%D characters (1)~because we cannot be sure of their +%D availability and (2)~because their dimensions are fixed. +%D +%D As with ruled boxes, we use a \DIMENSION\ to specify the +%D width of the ruled elements. This dimension defaults to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \testrulewidth=\boxrulewidth +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because we prefer whole numbers for specifying the +%D dimensions, we often use even multiples of +%D \type{\testrulewidth}. + +%D \macros +%D {visiblestretch} +%D {} +%D +%D A second variable is introduced because of the stretch +%D components of \SKIPS. At the cost of some accuracy we can +%D make this stretch visible. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \visiblestretchtrue +%D \stoptypen + +\newdimen\testrulewidth \testrulewidth=\boxrulewidth +\newif\ifvisiblestretch \visiblestretchfalse + +%D \macros +%D {ruledhss, +%D ruledhfil,ruledhfilneg, +%D ruledhfill,ruledhfillneg} +%D {} +%D +%D We start with the easiest part, the fills. The scheme we +%D follow is {\em visual filling -- going back -- normal +%D filling}. Visualizing is implemented using \type{\cleaders}. +%D Because the \BOX\ that follows this command is constructed +%D only once, the \type{\copy} is not really a prerequisite. We +%D prefer using a \type{\normalhbox} here instead of a +%D \type{\hbox}. + +\def\setvisiblehfilbox#1\to#2#3#4% + {\setbox#1=\normalhbox + {\vrule + \!!width#2\testrulewidth + \!!height#3\testrulewidth + \!!depth#4\testrulewidth}% + \smashbox#1} + +\def\doruledhfiller#1#2#3#4% + {#1#2% + \bgroup + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \setvisiblehfilbox0\to{4}{#3}{#4}% + \setvisiblehfilbox2\to422% + \copy0\copy2 + \bgroup + \setvisiblehfilbox0\to422% + \cleaders + \normalhbox to 12\testrulewidth + {\normalhss\copy0\normalhss}% + #1% + \egroup + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip-4\testrulewidth\copy0\copy2}% + \smashbox0 + \box0 + \egroup} + +%D The horizontal fillers differ in their boundary +%D visualization. Watch the small dots. Fillers can be +%D combined within reasonable margins. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\type{\hss}\ruledhss test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\type{\hfil}\ruledhfil test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\type{\hfill}\ruledhfill test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut +%D \type{\hfil}\type{\hfil}\ruledhfil\ruledhfil +%D test% +%D \ruledhfil\type{\hfil}} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D The negative counterparts are visualizes, but seldom +%D become visible, apart from their boundaries. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\type{\hfilneg}\ruledhfilneg test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\type{\hfillneg}\ruledhfillneg test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Although leaders are used for visualizing, they are +%D visualized themselves correctly as the next example shows. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \ruledhbox to \hsize +%D {\strut\cleaders\normalhbox to 2em{\normalhss$\circ$\normalhss}\ruledhfill} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D All five substitutions use the same auxiliary macro. Watch +%D the positive first -- negative next approach. + +\def\ruledhss% + {\doruledhfiller\normalhss\normalhfilneg{0}{0}} + +\def\ruledhfil% + {\doruledhfiller\normalhfil\normalhfilneg{10}{-6}} + +\def\ruledhfill% + {\doruledhfiller\normalhfill\normalhfillneg{18}{-14}} + +\def\ruledhfilneg% + {\doruledhfiller\normalhfilneg\normalhfil{-6}{10}} + +\def\ruledhfillneg% + {\doruledhfiller\normalhfillneg\normalhfill{-14}{18}} + +%D \macros +%D {ruledvss, +%D ruledvfil,ruledvfilneg, +%D ruledvfill,ruledvfillneg} +%D {} +%D +%D The vertical mode commands adopt the same visualization +%D scheme, but are implemented in a slightly different way. + +\def\setvisiblevfilbox#1\to#2#3#4% + {\setbox#1=\normalhbox + {\vrule + \!!width#2\testrulewidth + \!!height#3\testrulewidth + \!!depth#4\testrulewidth}% + \smashbox#1}% + +\def\doruledvfiller#1#2#3% + {#1#2% + \bgroup + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \offinterlineskip + \setvisiblevfilbox0\to422% + \setbox2=\normalvcue + {\normalhskip -#3\testrulewidth\copy0}% + \smashbox2 + \copy2 + \bgroup + \setbox2=\normalvcue + {\normalhskip -2\testrulewidth\copy0}% + \smashbox2 + \copy2 + \cleaders + \normalvbox to 12\testrulewidth + {\normalvss\copy2\normalvss}% + #1% + \setbox2=\normalvbox + {\normalvskip-2\testrulewidth\copy2}% + \smashbox2 + \box2 + \egroup + \box2 + \egroup} + +%D Because they act the same as their horizontal counterparts +%D we only show a few examples. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox to \hsize +%D {\dontinterfere +%D \baselinerulefalse +%D \centeredvcuetrue +%D \ruledvbox to 10ex +%D {\hsize.18\hsize +%D \type{\vss}\ruledvss last line}\normalhss +%D \ruledvbox to 10ex +%D {\hsize.18\hsize +%D \type{\vfil}\ruledvfil last line}\normalhss +%D \ruledvbox to 10ex +%D {\hsize.18\hsize +%D \type{\vfill}\ruledvfill last line}\normalhss +%D \ruledvbox to 10ex +%D {\hsize.18\hsize +%D \type{\vfilneg}\ruledvfilneg last line}\normalhss +%D \ruledvbox to 10ex +%D {\hsize.18\hsize +%D \type{\vfillneg}\ruledvfillneg last line}} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D Keep in mind that \type{\vfillneg} is not part of \PLAIN\ +%D \TEX, but are mimmicked by a macro. + +\def\ruledvss% + {\doruledvfiller\normalvss\normalvfilneg{2}} + +\def\ruledvfil% + {\doruledvfiller\normalvfil\normalvfilneg{-4}} + +\def\ruledvfill% + {\doruledvfiller\normalvfill\normalvfillneg{-12}} + +\def\ruledvfilneg% + {\doruledvfiller\normalvfilneg\normalvfil{8}} + +\def\ruledvfillneg% + {\doruledvfiller\normalvfillneg\normalvfill{16}} + +%D \macros +%D {ruledhskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Skips differ from kerns in two important aspects: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar] +%D \som line and pagebreaks are allowed at a skip +%D \som skips can have a positive and/or negative +%D stretchcomponent +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D Stated a bit different: kerns are fixed skips at which no +%D line or pagebreak can occur. Because skips have a more open +%D character, they are visualized in a open way. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D one +%D \hskip +30pt plus 5pt +%D two +%D \hskip +30pt +%D \hskip -10pt plus 5pt +%D three +%D \hskip 0pt +%D four +%D \hskip +30pt +%D five +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample +%D +%D When skips have a stretch component, this is visualized by +%D means of a dashed line. Positive skips are on top of the +%D baseline, negative ones are below it. This way we can show +%D the combined results. An alternative visualization of +%D stretch could be drawing the mid line over a length of the +%D stretch, in positive or negative direction. + +\def\doruledhskip% + {\relax + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \investigateskip\scratchskip + \ifzero + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip-\testrulewidth + \vrule + \!!width4\testrulewidth + \!!height16\testrulewidth + \!!depth16\testrulewidth}% + \else + \setbox0=\normalhbox to \ifnegative-\fi\scratchskip + {\vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \ifnegative\!!depth\else\!!height\fi16\testrulewidth + \cleaders + \hrule + \ifnegative + \!!depth2\testrulewidth + \!!height\!!zeropoint + \else + \!!height2\testrulewidth + \!!depth\!!zeropoint + \fi + \normalhfill + \ifflexible + \normalhskip\ifnegative\else-\fi\scratchskip + \normalhskip2\testrulewidth + \cleaders + \normalhbox + {\normalhskip 2\testrulewidth + \vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height\ifnegative-7\else9\fi\testrulewidth + \!!depth\ifnegative9\else-7\fi\testrulewidth + \normalhskip 2\testrulewidth}% + \normalhfill + \fi + \vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \ifnegative\!!depth\else\!!height\fi16\testrulewidth}% + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\ifnegative\else\normalhskip-\scratchskip\fi + \box0}% + \fi + \smashbox0% + \ifvisiblestretch \else + \flexiblefalse + \fi + \ifflexible + % breaks ok but small displacements can occur + \skip2=\scratchskip + \advance\skip2 by -1\scratchskip + \divide\skip2 by 2 + \advance\scratchskip by -\skip2 + \normalhskip\scratchskip + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \box0 + \normalhskip\skip2 + \else + \normalhskip\scratchskip + \box0 + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\ruledhskip% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledhskip + \scratchskip=} + +%D The visual skip is located at a feasible point. Normally +%D this does not interfere with the normaltypesetting process. +%D The next examples show (1)~the default behavior, (2)~the +%D (not entirely correct) distributed stretch and (3)~the way +%D the text is typeset without cues. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \dorecurse +%D {15} +%D {test\hskip1em plus .5em minus .5em +%D test\hskip2em +%D test} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \showmakeup +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \showmakeup +%D \visiblestretchtrue +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \haalbuffer +%D \stopregelcorrectie + +%D \macros +%D {ruledvskip} +%D {} +%D +%D We are less fortunate when implementing the vertical skips. +%D This is a direct result of interference between the boxes that +%D visualize the skip and skip removal at a pagebreak. Normally +%D skips disappear at the top of a page, but not of course when +%D visualized in a \type{\vbox}. A quite perfect simulation +%D could have been built if we would have had available two +%D more primitives: \type{\hnop} and \type{\vnop}. These new +%D primitives could stand for boxes that are visible but are +%D not taken into account in any way. They are there for us, +%D but not for \TEX. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D first line +%D \vskip +30pt plus 5pt +%D second line +%D \vskip +30pt +%D \vskip -10pt plus 5pt +%D third line +%D \par +%D fourth line +%D \vskip +30pt +%D fifth line +%D \vskip 0pt +%D sixth line +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample +%D +%D We have to postpone \type{\prevdepth}. Although this +%D precaution probably is not completely waterproof, it works +%D quite well. + +\def\dodoruledvskip% + {\nextdepth=\prevdepth + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \offinterlineskip + \investigateskip\scratchskip + \ifzero + \setbox0=\normalvcue + {\vrule + \!!width32\testrulewidth + \!!height2\testrulewidth + \!!depth2\testrulewidth}% + \else + \setbox0=\normalvbox to \ifnegative-\fi\scratchskip + {\hrule + \!!width16\testrulewidth + \!!height2\testrulewidth + \ifflexible + \cleaders + \normalhbox to 16\testrulewidth + {\normalhss + \normalvbox + {\normalvskip 2\testrulewidth + \hrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height2\testrulewidth + \normalvskip 2\testrulewidth}% + \normalhss}% + \normalvfill + \else + \normalvfill + \fi + \hrule + \!!width16\testrulewidth + \!!height2\testrulewidth}% + \setbox2=\normalvbox to \ht0 + {\hrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height\ht0}% + \ifnegative + \ht0=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip2\testrulewidth % will be improved + \normalhskip-\wd0\box0}% + \fi + \smashbox0% + \smashbox2% + \setbox0=\normalvcue + {\box2\box0}% + \setbox0=\normalvbox + {\ifnegative\normalvskip\scratchskip\fi\box0}% + \smashbox0% + \fi + \ifvisiblestretch + \ifflexible + \skip2=\scratchskip + \advance\skip2 by -1\scratchskip + \divide\skip2 by 2 + \advance\scratchskip by -\skip2 + \normalvskip\skip2 + \fi + \fi + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \box0 + \prevdepth=\nextdepth % not \dp0=\nextdepth + \normalvskip\scratchskip} + +%D We try to avoid interfering at the top of a page. Of course +%D we only do so when we are in the main vertical list. + +\def\doruledvskip% + {\endgraf % \par + \ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen + \ifinner + \dodoruledvskip + \fi + \else + \dodoruledvskip + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\ruledvskip% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledvskip + \scratchskip=} + +%D \macros +%D {ruledkern} +%D {} +%D +%D The macros that implement the kerns are a bit more +%D complicated than needed, because they also serve the +%D visualization of glue, our \PLAIN\ defined kerns with +%D stretch or shrink. We've implemented both horizontal and +%D vertical kerns as ruled boxes. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D one +%D \kern +30pt +%D two +%D \kern +30pt +%D \kern -10pt +%D three +%D \kern 0pt +%D four +%D \kern +30pt +%D five +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample +%D +%D Positive and negative kerns are placed on top or below the +%D baseline, so we are able to track their added result. We +%D didn't mention spacings of 0~pt yet. Zero values are +%D visualized a bit different, because we want to see them +%D anyhow. + +\def\doruledhkern% + {\dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \baselinerulefalse + \investigateskip\scratchskip + \boxrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \ifzero + \setbox0=\ruledhbox to 8\testrulewidth + {\vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \!!height16\testrulewidth + \!!depth16\testrulewidth}% + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip-4\testrulewidth\box0}% + \else + \setbox0=\ruledhbox to \ifnegative-\fi\scratchskip + {\vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \ifnegative\!!depth\else\!!height\fi16\testrulewidth + \ifflexible + \normalhskip2\testrulewidth + \cleaders + \normalhbox + {\normalhskip 2\testrulewidth + \vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height\ifnegative-7\else9\fi\testrulewidth + \!!depth\ifnegative9\else-7\fi\testrulewidth + \normalhskip 2\testrulewidth}% + \normalhfill + \else + \normalhfill + \fi}% + \testrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \setbox0=\ruledhbox{\box0}% \make... + \fi + \smashbox0% + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \normalhbox to \!!zeropoint + {\ifnegative\normalhskip1\scratchskip\fi + \box0}% + \afterwards\scratchskip + \egroup} + +\def\ruledhkern#1% + {\bgroup + \let\afterwards=#1\relax + \afterassignment\doruledhkern + \scratchskip=} + +%D After having seen the horizontal ones, the vertical kerns +%D will not surprise us. In this example we use \type{\par} to +%D switch to vertical mode. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D first line +%D \par \kern +30pt +%D second line +%D \par \kern +30pt +%D \par \kern -10pt +%D third line +%D \par +%D fourth line +%D \par \kern +30pt +%D fifth line +%D \par \kern 0pt +%D sixth line +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample +%D +%D Like before, we have to postpone \type{\prevdepth}. If we +%D leave out this trick, we got ourselves some wrong spacing. + +\def\dodoruledvkern% + {\nextdepth=\prevdepth + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \baselinerulefalse + \offinterlineskip + \investigateskip\scratchskip + \boxrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \ifzero + \setbox0=\ruledhbox to 32\testrulewidth + {\vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \!!height4\testrulewidth + \!!depth4\testrulewidth}% + \else + \setbox0=\ruledvbox to \ifnegative-\fi\scratchskip + {\hsize16\testrulewidth + \ifflexible + \cleaders + \normalhbox to 16\testrulewidth + {\normalhss + \normalvbox + {\normalvskip 2\testrulewidth + \hrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height2\testrulewidth + \normalvskip 2\testrulewidth}% + \normalhss}% + \normalvfill + \else + \vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \!!height\ifnegative-\fi\scratchskip + \normalhfill + \fi} + \fi + \testrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \setbox0=\ruledvbox{\box0}% \make... + \smashbox0% + \setbox0=\normalvbox + {\ifnegative\normalvskip\scratchskip\fi + \normalvcue + {\ifnegative\normalhskip-16\testrulewidth\fi\box0}}% + \smashbox0% + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \box0 + \prevdepth=\nextdepth} % not \dp0=\nextdepth + +\def\doruledvkern% + {\ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen + \ifinner + \dodoruledvkern + \fi + \else + \dodoruledvkern + \fi + \afterwards\scratchskip + \egroup} + +\def\ruledvkern#1% + {\bgroup + \let\afterwards=#1\relax + \afterassignment\doruledvkern + \scratchskip=} + +\def\ruledkern% + {\ifvmode + \let\next=\ruledvkern + \else + \let\next=\ruledhkern + \fi + \next\normalkern} + +%D A a bit more \TEX nice solution is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\ruledkern% +%D {\csname ruled\ifvmode v\else h\fi kern\endcsname\normalkern} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {ruledhglue,ruledvglue} +%D {} +%D +%D The non-primitive glue commands are treated as kerns with +%D stretch. This stretch is presented as a dashed line. I +%D have to admit that until now, I've never used these glue +%D commands. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D one +%D \hglue +30pt plus 5pt +%D two +%D \hglue +30pt +%D \hglue -10pt plus 5pt +%D three +%D \hglue 0pt +%D four +%D \hglue +30pt +%D five +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample + +\def\doruledhglue% + {\leavevmode + \scratchcounter=\spacefactor + \vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \ruledhkern\normalhskip\scratchskip + \spacefactor=\scratchcounter + \egroup} + +\def\ruledhglue% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledhglue\scratchskip=} + +%D \startbuffer +%D first line +%D \vglue +30pt plus 5pt +%D second line +%D \vglue +30pt +%D \vglue -10pt plus 5pt +%D third line +%D \par +%D fourth line +%D \vglue +30pt +%D fifth line +%D \vglue 0pt +%D sixth line +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample + +\def\doruledvglue% + {\endgraf % \par + \nextdepth=\prevdepth + \hrule\!!height\!!zeropoint + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \ruledvkern\normalvskip\scratchskip + \prevdepth=\nextdepth + \egroup} + +\def\ruledvglue% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledvglue\scratchskip=} + +%D \macros +%D {ruledmkern,ruledmskip} +%D {} +%D +%D Mathematical kerns and skips are specified in mu. This +%D font related unit is incompatible with those of \DIMENSIONS\ +%D and \SKIPS. Because in math mode spacing is often a very +%D subtle matter, we've used a very simple, not overloaded way +%D to show them. + +\def\dodoruledmkern#1% + {\dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {$\normalmkern\ifnegative-\fi\scratchmuskip$}% + \setbox0=\normalhbox to \wd0 + {\vrule + \!!height16\testrulewidth + \!!depth16\testrulewidth + \!!width\testrulewidth + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\ifpositive16\else-14\fi\testrulewidth + \!!depth\ifpositive-14\else16\fi\testrulewidth + \normalhfill + \ifflexible + \normalhskip-\wd0 + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\testrulewidth + \!!depth\testrulewidth + \normalhfill + \fi + \vrule + \!!height16\testrulewidth + \!!depth16\testrulewidth + \!!width\testrulewidth}% + \smashbox0% + \ifnegative + #1\scratchmuskip + \box0 + \else + \box0 + #1\scratchmuskip + \fi + \egroup} + +%D \startbuffer +%D $a \mkern3mu = \mkern3mu +%D b \quad +%D \mkern-2mu + \mkern-2mu +%D \quad c$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample + +\def\doruledmkern% + {\investigatemuskip\scratchmuskip + \flexiblefalse + \dodoruledmkern\normalmkern} + +\def\ruledmkern% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledmkern\scratchmuskip=} + +%D \startbuffer +%D $a \mskip3mu = \mskip3mu +%D b \quad +%D \mskip-2mu + \mskip-2mu +%D \quad c$ +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample + +\def\doruledmskip% + {\investigatemuskip\scratchmuskip + \flexibletrue + \dodoruledmkern\normalmskip} + +\def\ruledmskip% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledmskip\scratchmuskip=} + +%D \macros +%D {penalty} +%D {} +%D +%D After presenting fills, skip, kerns and glue we've come to +%D see penalties. In the first implementation --- most of the +%D time needed to develop this set of macros went into testing +%D different types of visualization --- penalties were mere +%D small blocks with one black half, depending on the sign. +%D This most recent version also gives an indication of the +%D amount of penalty. Penalties can go from less than $-10000$ +%D to over $+10000$, and their behavior is somewhat +%D non-lineair, with some values having special meanings. We +%D therefore decided not to use its value for a lineair +%D indicator. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D one +%D \penalty +100 +%D two +%D \penalty +100 +%D \penalty -100 +%D three +%D \penalty 0 +%D four +%D \penalty +100 +%D five +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample +%D +%D The small sticks at the side of the penalty indicate it +%D size. The next example shows the positive and negative +%D penalties of 0, 1, 10, 100, 1000 and 10000. +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox +%D {test \ruledhpenalty0 +%D test \ruledhpenalty1 +%D test \ruledhpenalty10 +%D test \ruledhpenalty100 +%D test \ruledhpenalty1000 +%D test \ruledhpenalty10000 +%D test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \blanko +%D +%D \startregelcorrectie +%D \hbox +%D {test \ruledhpenalty0 +%D test \ruledhpenalty-1 +%D test \ruledhpenalty-10 +%D test \ruledhpenalty-100 +%D test \ruledhpenalty-1000 +%D test \ruledhpenalty-10000 +%D test} +%D \stopregelcorrectie +%D +%D \blanko +%D +%D This way stacked penalties of different severance can be +%D shown in combination. +%D +%D test \ruledhpenalty10 \ruledhpenalty100 +%D test +%D test \ruledhpenalty1000 \ruledhpenalty-1000 +%D test + +\def\setruledpenaltybox#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\setbox#1=\normalhbox + {\ifnum#2=0 \else + \ifnum#2>0 + \def\sign{+}% + \else + \def\sign{-}% + \fi + \dimen0=\ifnum\sign#2>9999 + 28\else + \ifnum\sign#2>999 + 22\else + \ifnum\sign#2>99 + 16\else + \ifnum\sign#2>9 + 10\else + 4 + \fi\fi\fi\fi \testrulewidth + \ifnum#2<0 + \normalhskip-\dimen0 + \normalhskip-2\testrulewidth + \vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height#3\testrulewidth + \!!depth#4\testrulewidth + \fi + \vrule + \!!width\dimen0 + \!!height#5\testrulewidth + \!!depth#6\testrulewidth + \ifnum#2>0 + \vrule + \!!width2\testrulewidth + \!!height#3\testrulewidth + \!!depth#4\testrulewidth + \fi + \fi}% + \smashbox#1} + +\def\doruledhpenalty% + {\dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \investigatecount\scratchcounter + \testrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \boxrulewidth=\testrulewidth + \setbox0=\ruledhbox to 8\testrulewidth + {\ifnegative\else\normalhss\fi + \vrule + \!!depth8\testrulewidth + \!!width\ifzero0\else4\fi\testrulewidth + \ifpositive\else\normalhss\fi}% + \setruledpenaltybox{2}{\scratchcounter}{0}{8}{-3.5}{4.5}% + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip-4\testrulewidth + \ifnegative + \box2\box0 + \else + \box0\box2 + \fi}% + \smashbox0% + \box0 + \normalpenalty\scratchcounter + \egroup} + +\def\ruledhpenalty% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledhpenalty + \scratchcounter=} + +%D The size of a vertical penalty is also shown on the +%D horizontal axis. This way there is less interference with +%D the often preceding or following skips and kerns. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D first line +%D \par \penalty +100 +%D second line +%D \par \penalty +100 +%D \par \penalty -100 +%D third line +%D \par \penalty 0 +%D fourth line +%D \par \penalty +100 +%D fifth line +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \ShowBufferedExample + +\def\doruledvpenalty% + {\ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen + \else + \nextdepth=\prevdepth + \dontinterfere + \dontcomplain + \investigatecount\scratchcounter + \testrulewidth=2\testrulewidth + \boxrulewidth=\testrulewidth + \setbox0=\ruledhbox + {\vrule + \!!height4\testrulewidth + \!!depth4\testrulewidth + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \vrule + \!!height\ifnegative.5\else4\fi\testrulewidth + \!!depth\ifpositive.5\else4\fi\testrulewidth + \!!width8\testrulewidth}% + \setruledpenaltybox{2}{\scratchcounter}{4}{4}{.5}{.5}% + \setbox0=\normalhbox + {\normalhskip-4\testrulewidth + \ifnegative + \box2\box0 + \else + \box0\box2 + \fi + \normalhss}% + \smashbox0% + \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand + \nointerlineskip + \dp0=\nextdepth % not \prevdepth=\nextdepth + \normalvbox + {\normalvcue{\box0}}% + \fi + \normalpenalty\scratchcounter + \egroup} + +\def\ruledvpenalty% + {\bgroup + \afterassignment\doruledvpenalty + \scratchcounter=} + +\def\ruledpenalty% + {\ifvmode + \let\next=\ruledvpenalty + \else + \let\next=\ruledhpenalty + \fi + \next} + +%D At the cost of some more tokens, a bit more clever +%D implementation would be: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\ruledpenalty% +%D {\csname ruled\ifvmode v\else h\fi penalty\endcsname} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {showfils,dontshowfils, +%D showboxes,dontshowboxes, +%D showskips,dontshowskips, +%D showpenalties,dontshowpenalties} +%D {} +%D +%D For those who want to manipulate the visual cues in detail, +%D we have grouped them. + +\def\showfils% + {\let\hss = \ruledhss + \let\hfil = \ruledhfil + \let\hfill = \ruledhfill + \let\hfilneg = \ruledhfilneg + \let\hfillneg = \ruledhfillneg + \let\vss = \ruledvss + \let\vfil = \ruledvfil + \let\vfill = \ruledvfill + \let\vfilneg = \ruledvfilneg + \let\vfillneg = \ruledvfillneg} + +\def\dontshowfils% + {\let\hss = \normalhss + \let\hfil = \normalhfil + \let\hfill = \normalhfill + \let\hfilneg = \normalhfilneg + \let\hfillneg = \normalhfillneg + \let\vss = \normalvss + \let\vfil = \normalvfil + \let\vfill = \normalvfill + \let\vfilneg = \normalvfilneg + \let\vfillneg = \normalvfillneg} + +\def\showboxes% + {\baselineruletrue + \let\hbox = \ruledhbox + \let\vbox = \ruledvbox + \let\vtop = \ruledvtop + \let\vcenter = \ruledvcenter} + +\def\dontshowboxes% + {\let\hbox = \normalhbox + \let\vbox = \normalvbox + \let\vtop = \normalvtop + \let\vcenter = \normalvcenter} + +\def\showskips% + {\let\hskip = \ruledhskip + \let\vskip = \ruledvskip + \let\kern = \ruledkern + \let\mskip = \ruledmskip + \let\mkern = \ruledmkern + \let\hglue = \ruledhglue + \let\vglue = \ruledvglue} + +\def\dontshowskips% + {\let\hskip = \normalhskip + \let\vskip = \normalvskip + \let\kern = \normalkern + \let\mskip = \normalmskip + \let\mkern = \normalmkern + \let\hglue = \normalhglue + \let\vglue = \normalvglue} + +\def\showpenalties% + {\let\penalty = \ruledpenalty} + +\def\dontshowpenalties% + {\let\penalty = \normalpenalty} + +%D \macros +%D {showingcomposition, +%D showcomposition,dontshowcomposition,} +%D {} +%D +%D All these nice options come together in two macros. The +%D first one turns the options on, the second turnes them off. +%D Both macros only do their job when we are actually showing +%D the composition. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showingcompositiontrue +%D \showcomposition +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because the output routine can do tricky things, like +%D multiple column typesetting and manipulation of the +%D pagebody, shifting things around and so on, the macro +%D \type{\dontshowcomposition} best can be called when we enter +%D this routine. Too much visual cues just don't make sense. In +%D \CONTEXT\ this has been taken care of. + +\newif\ifshowingcomposition + +\def\showcomposition% + {\ifshowingcomposition + \showfils + \showboxes + \showskips + \showpenalties + \fi} + +\def\dontshowcomposition% + {\ifshowingcomposition + \dontshowfils + \dontshowboxes + \dontshowskips + \dontshowpenalties + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {showmakeup, +%D defaulttestrulewidth} +%D {} +%D +%D Just to make things even more easy, we have defined: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \showmakeup +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For the sake of those who don't (yet) use \CONTEXT\ we +%D preset \type{\defaulttestrulewidth} to the already set +%D value. Otherwise we default to a corps related value. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\defaulttestrulewidth{.2pt} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Beware, it's a macro not a \DIMENSION. + +\ifx\korpsgrootte\undefined + \edef\defaulttestrulewidth{\the\testrulewidth} +\else + \def\defaulttestrulewidth{.02\korpsgrootte} % still dutch +\fi + +\def\showmakeup% + {\testrulewidth=\defaulttestrulewidth + \showingcompositiontrue + \showcomposition} + +\protect + +%D \ifCONTEXT \let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\endinput +%D The documented source you have been reading was processed +%D using some surrogate makeup. When this file is processed +%D in \CONTEXT, a few more examples show up here, like a local +%D table of contents and a local register. +%D \fi \next + +% %D Lets end with some more advanced examples. When visualized, +% %D the table of contents of the outer level is typeset as: +% %D +% %D {\showmakeup\plaatsinhoud[criterium=vorige]} +% %D +%D Lets end with some more advanced examples. +%D Definitions and enumerations come in many flavors. The +%D next one for instance is defined as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definedescription[test][place=left,hang=3,width=6em] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When applied to some text, this would look like: +%D +%D \bgroup +%D \showmakeup +%D \doordefinieren[test][plaats=links,hang=3,breedte=6em] +%D +%D \test{visual\\debugger} I would be very pleased if \TEX\ +%D had two more primitives: \type{\vnop} and \type{\hnop}. Both +%D should act and show up as normal boxes, but stay invisible +%D for \TEX\ when it's doing calculations. The \type{\vnop} +%D for instance should not interact with the internal mechanism +%D responsible for the disappearing skips, kerns and penalties +%D at a pagebreak. As long as we don't have these two boxtypes, +%D visual debugging will never be perfect. +%D +%D \egroup +%D +%D The index to this section looks like: +%D +%D {\stelrefererenin[prefix=dummy]\showmakeup\plaatsindex[criterium=lokaal]} +%D +%D Although not impressive examples or typesetting, both +%D show us how and where things happen. When somehow the last +%D lines in this two column index don't allign, then this is +%D due to some still unknown interference. + +\endinput + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c83e4526e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2345 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=syst-ext, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ System Macros, +%D subtitle=Extras, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context System Macro's / Extras} + +%D In this second system module, we continue the definition of +%D some handy commands. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {doglobal, +%D redoglobal,dodoglobal,resetglobal} +%D +%D The two macros \type{\redoglobal} and \type{\dodoglobal} are +%D used in this and some other modules to enforce a user +%D specified \type{\doglobal} action. The last and often only +%D global assignment in a macro is done with +%D \type{\dodoglobal}, but all preceding ones with +%D \type{\redoglobal}. When using only alternatives, one can +%D reset this mechanism with \type{\resetglobal}. + +\def\doglobal% + {\let\redoglobal=\global + \def\dodoglobal% + {\resetglobal\global}} + +\def\resetglobal% + {\let\redoglobal=\relax + \let\dodoglobal=\relax} + +\resetglobal + +%D \macros +%D {newcounter, +%D increment,decrement} +%D {} +%D +%D Unfortunately the number of \COUNTERS\ in \TEX\ is limited, +%D but fortunately we can store numbers in a macro. We can +%D increment such pseudo \COUNTERS\ with \type{\increment}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \increment(\counter,20) +%D \increment(\counter,-4) +%D \increment(\counter) +%D \increment\counter +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D After this sequence of commands, the value of +%D \type{\counter} is 20, 16, 17 and~18. Of course there is +%D also the complementary command \type{\decrement}. +%D +%D Global assignments are possible too, using \type{\doglobal}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doglobal\increment\counter +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When \type{\counter} is undefined, it's value is initialized +%D at~0. It is nevertheless better to define a \COUNTER\ +%D explicitly. One reason could be that the \COUNTER\ can be +%D part of a test with \type{\ifnum} and this conditional does +%D not accept undefined macro's. The \COUNTER\ in our example +%D can for instance be defined with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newcounter\counter +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The command \type{\newcounter} must not be confused with +%D \type{\newcount}! Of course this mechanism is much slower +%D than using \TEX's \COUNTERS\ directly. In practice +%D \COUNTERS\ (and therefore our pseudo counters too) are +%D seldom the bottleneck in the processing of a text. Apart +%D from some other incompatilities we want to mention a pitfal +%D when using \type{\ifnum}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifnum\normalcounter=\pseudocounter \doif \else \doelse \fi +%D \ifnum\pseudocounter=\normalcounter \doif \else \doelse \fi +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In the first test, \TEX\ continues it's search for the +%D second number after reading \type{\pseudocounter}, while +%D in the second test, it stops reading after having +%D encountered a real one. Tests like the first one therefore +%D can give unexpected results, for instance execution +%D of \type{\doif} even if both numbers are unequal. + +\def\newcounter#1% + {\dodoglobal\def#1{0}} + +\def\dodododoincrement(#1,#2)% + {\ifx#1\undefined + \def#1{0}% + \fi + \scratchcounter=#2\relax + \scratchcounter=\incrementsign\scratchcounter + \advance\scratchcounter by #1\relax + \dodoglobal\edef#1{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\dododoincrement#1% + {\dodododoincrement(#1,1)} + +\def\dodoincrement(#1% + {\doifnextcharelse{,} + {\dodododoincrement(#1} + {\dodododoincrement(#1,1}} + +\def\doincrement#1% + {\def\incrementsign{#1}% + \doifnextcharelse{(} + {\dodoincrement} + {\dododoincrement}} + +\def\increment% + {\doincrement+} + +\def\decrement% + {\doincrement-} + +%D \macros +%D {newsignal} +%D +%D When writing advanced macros, we cannot do without +%D signaling. A signal is a small (invisible) kern or penalty +%D that signals the next macro that something just happened. +%D This macro can take any action depending onthe previous +%D signal. Signals must be unique and the next macro takes care +%D of that. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newsignal\somesignal +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Signals old dimensions and can be used in skips, kerns and +%D tests like \type{\ifdim}. + +\newdimen\currentsignal + +\def\newsignal#1% + {\advance\currentsignal by 0.00025pt + \edef#1{\the\currentsignal}} + +%D \macros +%D {newskimen} +%D +%D \TEX\ offers 256 \DIMENSIONS\ and \SKIPS. Unfortunately this +%D amount is too small to suit certain packages. Therfore when +%D possible one should use +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newskimen\tempskimen +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands allocates a \DIMENSION\ or a \SKIP, depending +%D on the availability. One should be aware of the difference +%D between both. When searching for some glue \TEX\ goes on +%D searching till it's sure that no other glue component if +%D found. This search can be canceled by using \type{\relax} +%D when possible and needed. + +\def\newskimen#1% + {\ifx#1\undefined + \ifnum\count11>\count12 + \newskip#1\relax + \else + \newdimen#1\relax + \fi + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {strippedcsname} +%D {} +%D +%D The next macro can be very useful when using \type{\csname} +%D like in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \csname if\strippedcsname\something\endcsname +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This expands to \type{\ifsomething}. + +\def\strippedcsname% + {\expandafter\gobbleoneargument\string} + +%D \macros +%D {newconditional, +%D settrue, setfalse, +%D ifconditional} +%D {} +%D +%D \TEX's lacks boolean variables, although the \PLAIN\ format +%D implements \type{\newif}. The main disadvantage of this +%D scheme is that it takes three hash table entries. A more +%D memory saving alternative is presented here. A conditional +%D is defined by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newconditional\doublesided +%D \setfalse +%D +%D Setting a conditional is done by \type{\settrue} and +%D \type{\setfalse}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \settrue\doublesided +%D \setfalse +%D +%D while testing is accomplished by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifconditional\doublesided ... \else ... \fi +%D \setfalse +%D +%D We cannot use the simple scheme: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\settrue#1{\let#1=\iftrue} +%D \def\settrue#1{\let#1=\iffalse} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such an implementation gives problems with nested +%D conditionals. The next implementation is abaou as fast +%D and just as straightforward: + +\def\settrue#1% + {\chardef#1=0 } + +\def\setfalse#1% + {\chardef#1=1 } + +\let\newconditional = \setfalse +\let\ifconditional = \ifcase + +%D \macros +%D {dorecurse,recurselevel,recursedepth +%D dostepwiserecurse, +%D for} +%D {} +%D +%D \TEX\ does not offer us powerfull for||loop mechanisms. On +%D the other hand its recursion engine is quite unique. We +%D therefore identify the for||looping macros by this method. +%D The most simple alternative is the one that only needs a +%D number. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dorecurse {n} {whatever we want} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro can be nested without problems and therefore be +%D used in situations where \PLAIN\ \TEX's \type{\loop} macro +%D ungracefully fails. The current value of the counter is +%D available in \type{\recurselevel}, before as well as after +%D the \typ{whatever we wat} stuff. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dorecurse % inner loop +%D {10} +%D {\recurselevel: % outer value +%D \dorecurse % inner loop +%D {\recurselevel} % outer value +%D {\recurselevel} % inner value +%D \dorecurse % inner loop +%D {\recurselevel} % outer value +%D {\recurselevel} % inner value +%D \endgraf} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In this example the first, second and fourth +%D \type{\recurselevel} concern the outer loop, while the third +%D and fifth one concern the inner loop. The depth of the +%D nesting is available for inspection in \type{\recursedepth}. +%D +%D Both \type{\recurselevel} and \type{\recursedepth} are +%D macros. The real \COUNTERS\ are hidden from the user because +%D we don't want any interference. + +\def\@@irecurse{@@irecurse} % stepper +\def\@@nrecurse{@@nrecurse} % number of steps +\def\@@srecurse{@@srecurse} % step +\def\@@drecurse{@@drecurse} % direction, < or > +\def\@@arecurse{@@arecurse} % action + +\newcount\outerrecurse +\newcount\innerrecurse + +\def\recursedepth% + {\the\outerrecurse} + +\long\def\dostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% + {\ifnum#2=0 + \def\recurselevel{0}% + \let\next=\relax + \else + \global\advance\outerrecurse by 1 + \innerrecurse=#1\setevalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% + \innerrecurse=#2\setevalue{\@@nrecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% + \innerrecurse=#3\setevalue{\@@srecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% + \ifnum#3>0\relax\ifnum#2<#1\relax + \else + \setevalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth}{>}% + \long\setvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}{#4}% + \let\next=\dodorecurse + \fi\fi + \ifnum#3<0\relax\ifnum#1<#2\relax + \else + \setevalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth}{<}% + \long\setvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}{#4}% + \let\next=\dodorecurse + \fi\fi + \fi + \next} + +\def\donorecurse% + {} + +\def\dodonorecurse% + {\global\advance\outerrecurse by -1\relax} + +\def\dododorecurse% + {\edef\recurselevel{\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}}% + \getvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}% + \edef\recurselevel{\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}}% + \innerrecurse=\recurselevel + \advance\innerrecurse by \getvalue{\@@srecurse\recursedepth}\relax + \setevalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% + \dodorecurse} + +\def\dodorecurse% + {\ifnum\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth} + \getvalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth} + \getvalue{\@@nrecurse\recursedepth}\relax + \expandafter\dodonorecurse + \else + \expandafter\dododorecurse + \fi} + +\def\dorecurse#1% + {\dostepwiserecurse{1}{#1}{1}} + +%D For those we like to offer visual beauty for efficiency we +%D say however:\voetnoot{In this kind of macro's we tend to +%D minimalize the overhead.} + +\def\dodorecurse% + {\ifnum\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth} + \getvalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth} + \getvalue{\@@nrecurse\recursedepth}\relax + \global\advance\outerrecurse by -1 + \else + \expandafter\dododorecurse + \fi} + +%D As we can see here, the simple command \type{\dorecurse} is +%D a special case of the more general: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostepwiserecurse {from} {to} {step} {action} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands accepts positive and negative steps. Illegal +%D values are handles as good as possible and the macro accepts +%D numbers and \COUNTERS. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostepwiserecurse {1} {10} {2} {...} +%D \dostepwiserecurse {10} {1} {-2} {...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The third alternative looks a bit different and uses a +%D pseudo counter. When this macro is nested, we have to use +%D different counters. This time we use keywords. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\alfa{2} \def\beta{100} \def\gamma{3} +%D +%D \for \n=55 \to 100 \step 1 \do {... \n ...} +%D \for \n=\alfa \to \beta \step \gamma \do {... \n ...} +%D \for \n=\n \to 120 \step 1 \do {... \n ...} +%D \for \n=120 \to 100 \step -3 \do {... \n ...} +%D \for \n=55 \to 100 \step 2 \do {... \n ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Only in the third example we need to predefine \type{\n}. +%D The use of \type{\od} as a dilimiter would have made nested +%D use more problematic. + +\def\for#1=#2\to#3\step#4\do#5% + {\dostepwiserecurse{#2}{#3}{#4} + {\edef#1{\recurselevel}% + #5% + \edef#1{\recurselevel}}} + +%D \macros +%D {doloop,exitloop} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes loops are not determined by counters, but by +%D (a combinations of) conditions. We therefore implement a +%D straightforward loop, which can only be left when we +%D explictly exit it. Nesting is supported. First we present +%D a more extensive alternative. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doloop +%D {Some kind of typesetting punishment \par +%D \ifnum\pageno>100 \exitloop \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When needed, one can call for \type{\looplevel} and +%D \type{\loopdepth}. +%D +%D If we write this macros from scratch, we end up with +%D something like the ones described above: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\@@eloop{@@eloop} % exit +%D \def\@@iloop{@@iloop} % stepper +%D \def\@@aloop{@@aloop} % action +%D +%D \newcount\outerloop +%D +%D \def\loopdepth% +%D {\the\outerloop} +%D +%D \def\exitloop% +%D {\setevalue{\@@eloop\loopdepth}{0}} +%D +%D \long\def\doloop#1% +%D {\global\advance\outerloop by 1 +%D \setevalue{\@@iloop\loopdepth}{1}% +%D \setevalue{\@@eloop\loopdepth}{1}% +%D \long\setvalue{\@@aloop\loopdepth}{#1}% +%D \dodoloop} +%D +%D \def\dodonoloop% +%D {\global\advance\outerloop by -1\relax} +%D +%D \def\dododoloop% +%D {\edef\looplevel{\getvalue{\@@iloop\loopdepth}}% +%D \innerrecurse=\looplevel +%D \advance\innerrecurse by 1 +%D \setevalue{\@@iloop\loopdepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% +%D \getvalue{\@@aloop\loopdepth}% +%D \edef\looplevel{\getvalue{\@@iloop\loopdepth}}% +%D \dodoloop} +%D +%D \def\dodoloop% +%D {\ifnum\getvalue{\@@eloop\loopdepth}=0 +%D \expandafter\dodonoloop +%D \else +%D \expandafter\dododoloop +%D \fi} +%D +%D \def\doloop% +%D {\dostepwiserecurse{1}{\maxdimen}{1}} +%D +%D \def\exitloop +%D {\setvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\maxdimen}} +%D +%D \def\looplevel{\recurselevel} +%D \def\loopdepth{\recursedepth} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We prefer however a more byte saving implementation, that +%D executes of course a bit slower. + +\def\doloop% + {\dostepwiserecurse{1}{\maxdimen}{1}} + +\def\exitloop + {\setvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\maxdimen}} + +%D We don't declare new counters for \type{\looplevel} and +%D \type{\loopdepth} because one can use \type{\recurselevel} +%D and \type{\recursedepth}. +%D +%D The loop is executed at least once, so beware of situations +%D like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doloop {\exitloop some commands} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D It's just a matter of putting the text into the \type{\if} +%D statement that should be there anyway, like in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doloop {\ifwhatever \exitloop \else some commands\fi} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {newevery,everyline,EveryLine,EveryPar} +%D {} +%D +%D Lets skip to something quite different. It's common use +%D to use \type{\everypar} for special purposes. In \CONTEXT\ +%D we use this primitive for locating sidefloats. This means +%D that when user assignments to \type{\everypar} can interfere +%D with those of the package. We therefore introduce +%D \type{\EveryPar}. +%D +%D The same goes for \type{\EveryLine}. Because \TEX\ offers +%D no \type{\everyline} primitive, we have to call for +%D \type{\everyline} when we are working on a line by line +%D basis. Just by calling \type{\EveryPar{}} and +%D \type{\EveryLine{}} we restore the old situation. +%D +%D The definition command \type{\DoWithEvery} will be quite +%D unreadable, so let's first show an implementation that +%D shows how things are done: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newtoks \everyline +%D \newtoks \oldeveryline +%D \newif \ifeveryline +%D +%D \def\DoWithEvery#1#2#3#4% +%D {#3\else\edef\next{\noexpand#2={\the#1}}\next\fi +%D \edef\next{\noexpand#1={\the#2\the\scratchtoks}}\next +%D #4} +%D +%D \def\doEveryLine% +%D {\DoWithEvery\everyline\oldeveryline\ifeveryline\everylinetrue} +%D +%D \def\EveryLine% +%D {\afterassignment\doEveryLine\scratchtoks} +%D +%D The real implementation is a bit more complicated but we +%D prefer something more versatile. + +\def\DoWithEvery#1% + {\csname if\strippedcsname#1\endcsname \else + \edef\next% + {\@EA\noexpand\csname old\strippedcsname#1\endcsname= + {\the#1}}% + \next + \fi + \edef\next% + {\noexpand#1= + {\@EA\the\csname old\strippedcsname#1\endcsname\the\scratchtoks}}% + \next + \csname\strippedcsname#1true\endcsname} + +\def\dowithevery#1% + {\@EA\afterassignment\csname do\strippedcsname#1\endcsname\scratchtoks} + +\def\newevery#1#2% + {\ifx#2\undefined + \ifx#1\undefined\newtoks#1\fi + \@EA\newtoks\csname old\strippedcsname#1\endcsname + \@EA\newif \csname if\strippedcsname#1\endcsname + \@EA\def \csname do\strippedcsname#2\endcsname{\DoWithEvery#1}% + \def#2{\dowithevery#2}% + \fi} + +%D This one permits definitions like: + +\newevery \everypar \EveryPar +\newevery \everyline \EveryLine + +%D and how about: + +\newevery \neverypar \NeveryPar + +%D Which indeed we're going to use indeed! + +%D Technically spoken we could have used the method we are +%D going to present in the visual debugger. First we save +%D the primitive \type{\everypar}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \let\normaleverypar=\everypar +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Next we allocate a \TOKENLIST\ named \type{\everypar}, +%D which means that \type{\everypar} is no longer a primitive +%D but something like \type{\toks44}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newtoks\everypar +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because \TEX\ now executes \type{\normaleverypar} instead +%D of \type{\everypar}, we are ready to assign some tokens to +%D this internally known and used \TOKENLIST. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \normaleverypar={all the things the system wants to do \the\everypar} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Where the user can provide his own tokens to be expanded +%D every time he expects them to expand. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \everypar={something the user wants to do} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We don't use this method because it undoubtly leads to +%D confusing situations, especially when other packages are +%D used, but it's this kind of tricks that make \TEX\ so +%D powerful. + +%D \macros +%D {convertargument,convertcommand} +%D {} +%D +%D Some persistent experimenting led us to the next macro. This +%D macro converts a parameter or an expanded macro to it's +%D textual meaning. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertargument ... \to \command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For example, +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertargument{one \two \three{four}}\to\ascii +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The resulting macro \type{\ascii} can be written to a file +%D or the terminal without problems. In \CONTEXT\ we use this +%D macro for generating registers and tables of contents. +%D +%D The second conversion alternative accepts a command: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \convertcommand\command\to\ascii +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Both commands accept the prefix \type{\doglobal} for global +%D assignments. + +\def\doconvertargument#1>{} + +\def\convertedcommand% + {\expandafter\doconvertargument\meaning} + +\long\def\convertargument#1\to#2% + {\long\def\convertedargument{#1}% + \dodoglobal\edef#2% + {\convertedcommand\convertedargument}} + +\long\def\convertcommand#1\to#2% + {\dodoglobal\edef#2% + {\convertedcommand#1}} + +%D This is typically a macro that one comes to after reading +%D the \TEX book carefully. Even then, the definite solution +%D was found after rereading the \TEX book. The first +%D implementation was: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\doconvertargument#1->#2\\\\{#2} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The \type{-}, the delimiter \type{\\\\} and the the second +%D argument are completely redundant. + +%D \macros +%D {ExpandFirstAfter,ExpandSecondAfter,ExpandBothAfter} +%D {} +%D +%D These three commands support expansion of arguments before +%D executing the commands that uses them. We can best +%D illustrate this with an example. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\first {alfa,beta,gamma} +%D \def\second {alfa,epsilon,zeta} +%D +%D \ExpandFirstAfter \doifcommon {\first} {alfa} {\message{OK}} +%D \ExpandSecondAfter \doifcommon {alfa} {\second} {\message{OK}} +%D \ExpandBothAfter \doifcommon {\first} {\second} {\message{OK}} +%D +%D \ExpandFirstAfter\processcommalist[\first]\message +%D +%D \ExpandAfter \doifcommon {\first} {alfa} {\message{OK}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first three calls result in the threefold message +%D \type{OK}, the fourth one shows the three elements of +%D \type{\first}. The command \type{\ExpandFirstAfter} takes +%D care of (first) arguments that are delimited by \type{[ ]}, +%D but the faster \type{\ExpandAfter} does not. + +%D RECONSIDER + +\def\simpleExpandFirstAfter#1% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \@EA\ExpandCommand\@EA{\!!stringa}} + +\def\complexExpandFirstAfter[#1]% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \@EA\ExpandCommand\@EA[\!!stringa]} + +\def\ExpandFirstAfter#1% + {\def\ExpandCommand{#1}% + \complexorsimple{ExpandFirstAfter}} + +\def\ExpandSecondAfter#1#2#3% + {\def\!!stringa{#2}% + \edef\!!stringb{#3}% + \@EA#1\@EA{\@EA\!!stringa\@EA}\@EA{\!!stringb}} + +% \def\ExpandSecondAfter#1#2#3% +% {\toks0={#2}% +% \edef\!!stringa{#3}% +% \@EA\@EA\@EA#1\@EA\@EA\@EA{\@EA\the\@EA\toks0\@EA}\@EA{\!!stringa}} + +\def\ExpandBothAfter#1#2#3% + {\edef\!!stringa{#2}% + \edef\!!stringb{#3}% + \@EA\@EA\@EA#1\@EA\@EA\@EA{\@EA\!!stringa\@EA}\@EA{\!!stringb}} + +\def\ExpandAfter#1#2% + {\edef\!!stringa{#2}% + \@EA#1\@EA{\!!stringa}} + +%D Now we can for instance redefine \type{\ifinstringelse} as: + +\def\ifinstringelse% + {\ExpandBothAfter\v!ifinstringelse} + +%D \macros +%D {ConvertToConstant,ConvertConstantAfter} +%D {} +%D +%D When comparing arguments with a constant, we can get into +%D trouble when this argument consists of tricky expandable +%D commands. One solution for this is converting the +%D argument to a string of unexpandable characters. To make +%D comparison possible, we have to convert the constant too +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ConvertToConstant\doifelse {...} {...} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This construction is only needed when the first argument +%D can give troubles. Misuse can slow down processing. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{\c!alfa} {\c!alfa}{...}{...} +%D \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{alfa} {\c!alfa}{...}{...} +%D \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{alfa} {alfa} {...}{...} +%D \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{alfa \alfa test}{\c!alfa}{...}{...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In examples~2 and~3 both arguments equal, in~1 and~4 +%D they differ. + +\def\ConvertToConstant#1#2#3% + {\expandafter\convertargument\expandafter{#2}\to\!!stringa + \expandafter\convertargument\expandafter{#3}\to\!!stringb + #1{\!!stringa}{\!!stringb}} + +%D When the argument \type{#1} consists of commands, we had +%D better use +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ConvertConstantAfter\processaction[#1][...] +%D \ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{#1}{\v!iets}{}{} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands accepts things like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \v!constant +%D constant +%D \hbox to \hsize{\rubish} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As we will see in the core moudles, this macro permits +%D constructions like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupfoottexts[...][...] +%D \setupfoottexts[margin][...][...] +%D \setupfoottexts[\v!margin][...][...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{...} can be anything legally \TEX. + +\def\CheckConstantAfter#1#2% + {\@EA\convertargument\v!prefix!\to\ascii + \convertargument#1\to#2\relax + \doifinstringelse{\ascii}{#2} + {\expandafter\convertargument#1\to#2} + {}} + +\def\simpleConvertConstantAfter#1#2% + {\CheckConstantAfter{#1}\asciiA + \CheckConstantAfter{#2}\asciiB + \ConvertCommand{\asciiA}{\asciiB}} + +\def\complexConvertConstantAfter[#1]% + {\doConvertConstantAfter{#1}% + \@EA\ConvertCommand\@EA[\!!stringa]} + +\def\ConvertConstantAfter#1% + {\def\ConvertCommand{#1}% + \complexorsimple{ConvertConstantAfter}} + +%D \macros +%D {assignifempty} +%D {} +%D +%D We can assign a default value to an empty macro using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \assignifempty \macro {default value} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We don't explicitly test if the macro is defined. + +\def\assignifempty#1#2% + {\doifnot{#1}{} + {\def#1{#2}}} + +%D \macros +%D {gobbleuntil,grabuntil,processbetween} +%D {} +%D +%D In \TEX\ gobbling usually stand for skipping arguments, so +%D here are our gobbling macros. +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ we use a lot of \type{\start}||\type{\stop} +%D like constructions. Sometimes, the \type{\stop} is used as a +%D hard coded delimiter like in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\startcommand#1\stopcommand% +%D {... #1 ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In many cases the \type{\start}||\type{\stop} pair is +%D defined at format generation time or during a job. This +%D means that we cannot hardcode the \type{\stop} criterium. +%D Only after completely understanding \type{\csname} and +%D \type{\expandafter} I was able to to implement a solution, +%D starting with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \grabuntil{stop}\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This commands executed, after having encountered +%D \type{\stop} the command \type{\command}. This command +%D receives as argument the text preceding the \type{\stop}. +%D This means that: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\starthello% +%D {\grabuntil{stophello}\message} +%D +%D \starthello Hello world!\stophello +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D results in: \type{\message{Hello world!}}. + +\def\dograbuntil#1#2% + {\long\def\next##1#1{#2{##1}}\next} + +\def\grabuntil#1% + {\expandafter\dograbuntil\expandafter{\csname#1\endcsname}} + +%D The next command build on this mechanism: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processbetween{string}\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processbetween{hello}\message +%D \starthello Hello again!\stophello +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D leads to: \type{\message{Hello again!}}. The command +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \gobbleuntil\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D is related to these commands. This one simply throws away +%D everything preceding \type{\command}. + +\long\def\processbetween#1#2% + {\setvalue{\s!start#1}% + {\grabuntil{\s!stop#1}{#2}}} + +\def\gobbleuntil#1% + {\long\def\next##1#1{}\next} + +%D \macros +%D {groupedcommand} +%D {} +%D +%D Commands often manipulate argument as in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\doezomaarwat#1{....#1....} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A disadvantage of this approach is that the tokens that +%D form \type{#1} are fixed the the moment the argument is read +%D in. Normally this is no problem, but for instance verbatim +%D environments adapt the \CATCODES\ of characters and therefore +%D are not always happy with already fixed tokens. +%D +%D Another problem arises when the argument is grouped not by +%D \type{{}} but by \type{\bgroup} and \type{\egroup}. Such an +%D argument fails, because the \type{\bgroup} is een as the +%D argument (which is quite normal). +%D +%D The next macro offers a solution for both unwanted +%D situations: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \groupedcommand {before} {after} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Which can be used like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\cite% +%D {\groupedcommand{\rightquote\rightquote}{\leftquote\leftquote}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command is equivalent to, but more 'robust' than: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\cite#1% +%D {\rightquote\rightquote#1\leftquote\leftquote} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One should say that the next implementation would suffice: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\groupedcommand#1#2% +%D {\def\BeforeGroup{#1\ignorespaces}% +%D \def\AfterGroup{\unskip#2\egroup}% +%D \bgroup\bgroup +%D \aftergroup\AfterGroup +%D \afterassignment\BeforeGroup +%D \let\next=} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D It did indeed, but one day we decided to support the +%D processing of boxes too: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\rightword% +%D {\groupedcommand{\hfill\hbox}{\parfillskip\!!zeropoint}} +%D +%D .......... \rightword{the right way} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Here \TEX\ typesets \type{\bf the right way} unbreakable +%D at the end of the line. The solution mentioned before does +%D not work here. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \long\unexpanded\def\groupedcommand#1#2% +%D {\bgroup +%D \long\def\BeforeGroup% +%D {\bgroup#1\bgroup\aftergroup\AfterGroup}% +%D \long\def\AfterGroup% +%D {#2\egroup\egroup}% +%D \afterassignment\BeforeGroup +%D \let\next=} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We used this method some time until the next alternative +%D was needed. From now on we support both +%D +%D \starttypen +%D to be \bold{bold} or not, that's the question +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and +%D +%D \starttypen +%D to be {\bold bold} or not, that's the question +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This alternative checks for a \type{\bgroup} token first. +%D The internal alternative does not accept the box handling +%D mentioned before, but further nesting works all right. The +%D extra \type{\bgroup}||\type{\egroup} is needed to keep +%D \type{\AfterGroup} both into sight and local. + +\long\def\HandleGroup#1#2% + {\bgroup + \long\def\BeforeGroup% + {\bgroup#1\bgroup\aftergroup\AfterGroup}% + \long\def\AfterGroup% + {#2\egroup\egroup}% + \afterassignment\BeforeGroup + \let\next=} + +\long\def\HandleNoGroup#1#2% + {\long\def\AfterGroup{#2\egroup}% + \bgroup\aftergroup\AfterGroup#1} + +%D These macros come together in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \long\unexpanded\def\groupedcommand#1#2% +%D {\def\dogroupedcommand% +%D {\ifx\next\bgroup +%D \let\next=\HandleGroup +%D \else +%D \let\next=\HandleNoGroup +%D \fi +%D \next{#1}{#2}}% +%D \futurelet\next\dogroupedcommand} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D From the missing paragraph number one can deduce that the +%D last macro is not the real one yet. I considered it a +%D nuisance that +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \kleur[groen] +%D {as gras} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D was not interpreted as one would expect. This is due to the +%D fact that \type{\futurelet} obeys blank spaces, and a +%D line||ending token is treated as a blank space. So the final +%D implementation became: + +\long\unexpanded\def\groupedcommand#1#2% + {\bgroup + \def\dogroupedcommand% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \def\\{\egroup\HandleGroup{#1}{#2}}% + \else\ifx\next\blankspace + \def\\ {\egroup\groupedcommand{#1}{#2}}% + \else + \def\\{\egroup\HandleNoGroup{#1}{#2}}% + \fi\fi + \\}% + \futurelet\next\dogroupedcommand} + +%D Users should be aware of the fact that grouping can +%D interfere with ones paragraph settings that are executed +%D after the paragraph is closed. One should therefore +%D explictly close the paragraph with \type{\par}, else the +%D settings will be forgotten and not applied. So it's: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\BoldRaggedCenter% +%D {\groupedcommand{\raggedcenter\bf}{\par}} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {checkdefined} +%D {} +%D +%D The bigger the system, the greater the change that +%D user defined commands collide with those that are part of +%D the system. The next macro gives a warning when a command is +%D already defined. We considered blocking the definition, but +%D this is not always what we want. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \checkdefined {category} {class} {command} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The user is warned with the suggestion to use +%D \type{CAPITALS}. This suggestion is feasible, because +%D \CONTEXT only defines lowcased macros. + +\def\checkdefined#1#2#3% redefined in mult-ini + {\doifdefined{#3} + {\writestatus{#1}{#2 #3 replaces a macro, use CAPITALS!}}} + +%D \macros +%D {GotoPar,GetPar} +%D {} +%D +%D Typesetting a paragraph in a special way can be done by +%D first grabbing the contents of the paragraph and processing +%D this contents grouped. The next macro for instance typesets +%D a paragraph in boldface. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\remark#1\par% +%D {\bgroup\bf#1\egroup} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro has to be called like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \remark some text ... ending with \par +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Instead of \type{\par} we can of course use an empty line. +%D When we started typesetting with \TEX, we already had +%D produced lots of text in plain \ASCII. In producing such +%D simple formatted texts, we adopted an open layout, and when +%D switching to \TEX, we continued this open habit. Although +%D \TEX\ permits a cramped and badly formatted source, it adds +%D to confusion and sometimes introduces errors. So we prefer: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \remark +%D +%D some text ... ending with an empty line +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We are going to implement a mechanism that allows such open +%D specifications. The definition of the macro handling +%D \type{\remark} becomes: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\remark% +%D {\BeforePar{\bgroup\bf}% +%D \AfterPar{\egroup}% +%D \GetPar} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A macro like \type{\GetPar} can be defined in several +%D ways. The recent version, the fourth one in a row, +%D originally was far more complicated, but some functionality +%D has been moved to other macros. +%D +%D We start with the more simple but in some cases more +%D appropriate alternative is \type{\GotoPar}. This one leaves +%D \type{\par} unchanged and is therefore more robust. On the +%D other hand, \type{\AfterPar} is not supported. + +\newtoks\BeforePar +\newtoks\AfterPar + +\def\doGotoPar% + {\ifx\nextchar\blankspace + \let\donext=\GotoPar + \else\ifx\nextchar\endoflinetoken + \let\donext=\GotoPar + \else + \def\donext% + {\the\BeforePar + \BeforePar{}% + \nextchar}% + \fi\fi + \donext} + +\def\GotoPar% + {\afterassignment\doGotoPar\let\nextchar=} + +%D Its big brother \type{\GetPar} redefines the \type{\par} +%D primitive, which can lead to unexpected results, depending +%D in the context. + +\def\GetPar% + {\edef\next% + {\BeforePar + {\the\BeforePar + \BeforePar{}% + \bgroup + \def\par% + {\egroup + \par + \the\AfterPar + \BeforePar{}% + \AfterPar{}}}}% + \next + \GotoPar} + +%D \macros +%D {dowithpargument,dowithwargument} +%D {} +%D +%D The next macros are a variation on \type{\GetPar}. When +%D macros expect an argument, it interprets a grouped sequence +%D of characters a one token. While this adds to robustness and +%D less ambiguous situations, we sometimes want to be a bit +%D more flexible, or at least want to be a bit more tolerant +%D to user input. +%D +%D We start with a commands that acts on paragraphs. This +%D command is called as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dowithpargument\command +%D \dowithpargument{\command ... } +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ we use this one to read in the titles of +%D chapters, sections etc. The commands responsible for these +%D activities accept several alternative ways of argument +%D passing. In these examples, the \type{\par} can be omitted +%D when an empty line is present. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \command{...} +%D \command ... \par +%D \command +%D {...} +%D \command +%D ... \par +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We show two implementations, of which for the moment the +%D we prefier to use the second one: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dowithpargument#1% +%D {\def\dodowithpargument% +%D {\ifx\next\bgroup +%D \def\next{#1}% +%D \else +%D \def\next####1 \par{#1{####1}}% +%D \fi +%D \next}% +%D \futurelet\next\dodowithpargument} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A second and better implementation was: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dowithpargument#1% +%D {\def\nextpar##1 \par{#1{##1}}% +%D \def\nextarg##1{#1{##1}}% +%D \doifnextcharelse{\bgroup} +%D {\nextarg} +%D {\nextpar}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We ended up with an alternative that also accepts en empty +%D argument. This command permits for instance chapters to +%D have no title. + +\def\dowithpargument#1% + {\def\nextpar##1 \par{#1{##1}}% + \def\nextarg##1{#1{##1}}% + \doifnextcharelse{\bgroup} + {\nextarg} + {\doifnextcharelse{\par} + {#1{}} + {\nextpar}}} + +%D The \type{p} in the previous command stands for paragraph. +%D When we want to act upon words we can use the \type{w} +%D alternative. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dowithwargument\command +%D \dowithwargument{... \command ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The main difference bwteen two alternatives is in the +%D handling of \type{\par}'s. This time the space token acts +%D as a delimiter. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \command{...} +%D \command ... +%D \command +%D {...} +%D \command +%D ... +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Again there are two implementations possible: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dowithwargument#1% +%D {\def\dodowithwargument% +%D {\ifx\next\bgroup +%D \def\next{#1}% +%D \else +%D \def\next####1 {#1{####1}}% +%D \fi +%D \next}% +%D \futurelet\next\dodowithwargument} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We've chosen: + +\def\dowithwargument#1% + {\def\nextwar##1 {#1{##1}}% + \def\nextarg##1{#1{##1}}% + \doifnextcharelse{\bgroup} + {\nextarg} + {\nextwar}} + +%D \macros +%D {dorepeat,dorepeatwithcommand} +%D {} +%D +%D When doing repetitive tasks, we stromgly advice to use +%D \type{\dorecurse}. The next alternative however, suits +%D better some of the \CONTEXT\ interface commands. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dorepeat[n*\command] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The value of the used \COUNTER\ can be called within +%D \type{\command} by \type{\repeater}. +%D +%D A slightly different alternative is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dorepeatwithcommand[n*{...}]\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we call for something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dorepeatwithcommand[3*{Hello}]\message +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D we get ourselves three \type{\message{Hello}} messages in +%D a row. In both commands, the \type{n*} is optional. When this +%D specification is missing, the command executes once. + +\long\def\dodorepeat[#1*#2*#3*]% + {\doifelse{#3}{} + {#1} + {\dorecurse{#1}{#2}}} + +\long\def\dorepeat[#1]% + {\dodorepeat[#1***]} + +\def\repeater% + {\recurselevel} + +\def\dorepeatwithcommand[#1]#2% + {\def\p!dorepeatnot% + {#2{#1}}% + \def\p!dorepeatyes[##1*##2]% + {\dorecurse{##1}{#2{##2}}}% + \doifinstringelse{*}{#1} + {\doifnumberelse{#1}{\p!dorepeatyes[#1]}{\p!dorepeatnot}}% + {\p!dorepeatnot}} + +%D \macros +%D {appendtoks,prependtoks,flushtoks,dotoks} +%D {} +%D +%D We use \TOKENLISTS\ sparsely within \CONTEXT, because the +%D comma separated lists are more suitable for the user +%D interface. Nevertheless we have: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D (\doglobal) \appendtoks ... \to\tokenlist +%D (\doglobal) \prependtoks ... \to\tokenlist +%D (\doglobal) \flushtoks\tokenlist +%D \dotoks\tokenlist +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Er worden eerst enkele klad||registers gedefinieerd. These +%D macros are clones of the ones implemented in page~378 of +%D Knuth's \TeX book. + +\def\appendtoks#1\to#2% + {\scratchtoks={#1}% + \edef\next{\noexpand#2={\the#2\the\scratchtoks}}% + \next + \doglobal#2=#2} + +\def\prependtoks#1\to#2% + {\scratchtoks={#1}% + \edef\next{\noexpand#2={\the\scratchtoks\the#2}}% + \next + \doglobal#2=#2} + +\def\flushtoks#1% + {\scratchtoks=#1\relax + \doglobal#1={}% + \the\scratchtoks\relax} + +\let\dotoks=\the + +%D \macros +%D {makecounter,pluscounter,minuscounter, +%D resetcounter,setcounter,countervalue} +%D {} +%D +%D Declaring, setting and resetting \COUNTERS\ can be doen +%D with the next set of commands. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \makecounter {name} +%D \pluscounter {name} +%D \minuscounter {name} +%D \resetcounter {name} +%D \setcounter {name} {value} +%D \countervalue {name} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We prefer the use of global counters. This means that we +%D have to load \PLAIN\ \TEX\ in a bit different way: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \let\oldouter=\outer +%D \let\outer=\relax +%D \input plain.tex +%D \let\outer=\oldouter +%D +%D \def\newcount% +%D {\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D First we show a solution in which we use real \COUNTERS. +%D Apart from some expansion, nothing special is done. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\makecounter#1% +%D {\expandafter\newcount\csname#1\endcsname} +%D +%D \def\pluscounter#1% +%D {\expandafter\global\expandafter\advance\csname#1\endcsname by 1 } +%D +%D \def\minuscounter#1% +%D {\expandafter\global\expandafter\advance\csname#1\endcsname by -1 } +%D +%D \def\resetcounter#1% +%D {\expandafter\global\csname#1\endcsname=0 } +%D +%D \def\setcounter#1#2% +%D {\expandafter\global\csname#1\endcsname=#2 } +%D +%D \def\countervalue#1% +%D {\the\getvalue{#1}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because these macros are already an indirect way of working +%D with counters, there is no harm in using pseudo \COUNTERS\ +%D here: + +\def\makecounter#1% + {\setxvalue{#1}{0}} + +\def\pluscounter#1% + {\scratchcounter=\getvalue{#1}\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by 1\relax + \setxvalue{#1}{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\minuscounter#1% + {\scratchcounter=\getvalue{#1}\relax + \advance\scratchcounter by -1\relax + \setxvalue{#1}{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\resetcounter#1% + {\setxvalue{#1}{0}} + +\def\setcounter#1#2% + {\scratchcounter=#2\relax + \setxvalue{#1}{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\countervalue#1% + {\getvalue{#1}} + +%D \macros +%D {savecounter,restorecounter} +%D +%D These two commands can be used to save and restore counter +%D values. Only one level is saved. + +\def\savecounter#1% + {\expanded{\setgvalue{!#1}{\getvalue{#1}}}} + +\def\restorecounter#1% + {\expanded{\setgvalue{#1}{\getvalue{!#1}}}} + +%D \macros +%D {beforesplitstring,aftersplitstring} +%D {} +%D +%D These both commands split a string at a given point in two +%D parts, so \type{x.y} becomes \type{x} or \type{y}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \beforesplitstring test.tex\at.\to\filename +%D \aftersplitstring test.tex\at.\to\extension +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first routine looks (and is indeed) a bit simpler than +%D the second one. The alternative looking more or less like +%D the first one did not always give the results we needed. +%D Both implementations show some insight in the manipulation +%D of arguments. + +\def\beforesplitstring#1\at#2\to#3% + {\def\dosplitstring##1#2##2#2##3\\% + {\def#3{##1}}% + \@EA\dosplitstring#1#2#2\\} + +\def\aftersplitstring#1\at#2\to#3% + {\def\dosplitstring##1#2##2@@@##3\\% + {\def#3{##2}}% + \@EA\dosplitstring#1@@@#2@@@\\} + +%D \macros +%D {removesubstring} +%D {} +%D +%D A first application of the two routines defined above is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \removesubstringtest-\from first-last\to\nothyphenated +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Which in terms of \TEX\ looks like: + +\def\removesubstring#1\from#2\to#3% + {\doifinstringelse{#1}{#2} + {\beforesplitstring#2\at#1\to\!!stringa + \aftersplitstring #2\at#1\to\!!stringb + \edef#3{\!!stringa\!!stringb}% + \def\next{\removesubstring#1\from#3\to#3}} + {\let\next=\relax}% + \next} + +%D \macros +%D {addtocommalist,removefromcommalist} +%D {} +%D +%D When working with comma separated lists, oen sooner or +%D later want the tools to append or remove items from such a +%D list. When we add an item, we first check if it's already +%D there. This means that every item in the list is unique. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \addtocommalist {alfa} \naam +%D \addtocommalist {beta} \naam +%D \addtocommalist {gamma} \naam +%D \removefromcommalist {beta} \naam +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These commands can be prefixed with \type{\doglobal}. The +%D implementation of the second command is more complecated, +%D because we have to take leading spaces into account. Keep in +%D mind that useres may provide lists with spaces after the +%D commas. When one item is left, we also have to get rid of +%D trailing spaces. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\words{alfa, beta, gamma, delta} +%D \def\words{alfa,beta,gamma,delta} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Removing an item takes more time than adding one. + +\def\addtocommalist#1#2% + {\doifelse{#2}{} + {\dodoglobal\edef#2{#1}} + {\edef\!!stringa{#2,,}% + \beforesplitstring#2\at,,\to#2\relax + \ExpandBothAfter\doifnotinset{#1}{#2} + {\dodoglobal\edef#2{#2,#1}}}} + +\def\doremovefromcommalist#1#2#3% + {\edef\!!stringa{,,#3,,}% + \beforesplitstring\!!stringa\at,#1#2,\to\!!stringb + \aftersplitstring\!!stringa\at,#1#2,\to\!!stringc + \edef#3{\!!stringb,\!!stringc}% + \aftersplitstring#3\at,,\to#3\relax + \beforesplitstring#3\at,,\to#3} + +\def\dodofrontstrip[#1#2]#3% + {\ifx#1\space + \def#3{#2}% + \else + \def#3{#1#2}% + \fi}% + +\def\dofrontstrip#1% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \else + \@EA\dodofrontstrip\@EA[#1]#1% + \fi} + +\def\removefromcommalist#1#2% + {\doremovefromcommalist{ }{#1}{#2}% + \doremovefromcommalist{}{#1}{#2}% + \dofrontstrip#2% + \dodoglobal\edef#2{#2}} + +%D \macros +%D {withoutunit,withoutpt, +%D PtToCm, +%D numberofpoints,dimensiontocount} +%D {} +%D +%D We can convert point into centimeters with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \PtToCm{dimension} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Splitting the value and the unit is done by: + +\def\withoutunit#1#2% + {\bgroup + \dimen0=#1\relax + \@EA\convertargument\the\dimen0\to\asciiA + \@EA\convertargument#2\to\asciiB + \@EA\@EA\@EA\beforesplitstring\@EA\asciiA\@EA\at\asciiB\to\!!stringa% + \!!stringa + \egroup} + +\def\withoutpt#1% + {\withoutunit{#1}{pt}} + +\def\withoutcm#1% + {\withoutunit{#1}{cm}} + +%D A bit faster alternative is one that manipulates the +%D \CATCODES. + +{\catcode`\.=\@@other + \catcode`\p=\@@other + \catcode`\t=\@@other + \gdef\WITHOUTPT#1pt{#1}} + +\def\withoutpt#1% + {\expandafter\WITHOUTPT#1} + +%D The capitals are needed because \type{p} and \type{t} have +%D \CATCODE~12, while macronames only permit tokens with the +%D \CATCODE~11. As a result we cannot use the \type{.group} +%D primitives. Those who want to know more about this kind of +%D manipulations, we advice to study the \TEX book in detail. +%D Because this macro does not do any assignment, we can use it +%D in the following way too. + +\def\PtToCm#1% + {\bgroup + \scratchdimen=#1\relax + \scratchdimen=0.0351459804\scratchdimen % 2.54/72.27 + \withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}cm% + \egroup} + +%D We also support: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \numberofpoints {dimension} +%D \dimensiontocount {dimension} {\count} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Both macros return a rounded number. + +\def\numberofpoints#1% + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + \advance\scratchdimen by .5pt\relax + \withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}} + +\def\dimensiontocount#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + \advance\scratchdimen by .5pt\relax + #2=\scratchdimen + \divide#2 by \!!maxcard\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {swapdimens,swapmacros} +%D {} +%D +%D Simple but effective are the next two macros. There name +%D exactly states their purpose. The \type{\scratchdimen} and +%D \type{\!!stringa} can only be swapped when being the first +%D argument. + +\def\swapdimens#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1\relax + #1=#2\relax + #2=\scratchdimen} + +\def\swapmacros#1#2% + {\let\!!stringa=#1\relax + \let#1=#2\relax + \let#2=\!!stringa\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {setlocalhsize} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes we need to work with the \type{\hsize} that is +%D corrected for indentation and left and right skips. The +%D corrected value is available in \type{\localhsize}, which +%D needs to be calculated with \type{\setlocalhsize} first. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setlocalhsize \hbox to \localhsize{...} +%D \setlocalhsize[-1em] \hbox to \localhsize{...} +%D \setlocalhsize[.5ex] \hbox to \localhsize{...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These examples show us that an optional can be used. The +%D value provided is added to \type{\localhsize}. + +\newdimen\localhsize + +\def\complexsetlocalhsize[#1]% + {\localhsize=\hsize + \advance\localhsize by -\parindent + \advance\localhsize by -\leftskip + \advance\localhsize by -\rightskip + \advance\localhsize by #1\relax} + +\def\simplesetlocalhsize% + {\complexsetlocalhsize[\!!zeropoint]} + +\definecomplexorsimple\setlocalhsize + +%D \macros +%D {processtokens} +%D {} +%D +%D We fully agree with (most) typogaphers that inter||letter +%D spacing is only permitted in fancy titles, we provide a +%D macro that can be used to do so. Because this is +%D (definitely and fortunately) no feature of \TEX, we have to +%D step through the token list ourselves. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processtokens {before} {between} {after} {space} {tokens} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D An example of a call is: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \processtokens {[} {+} {]} {\space} {hello world} +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D This results in: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D The list of tokens may contain spaces, while \type{\\}, +%D \type{{}} and \type{\ } are handled as space too. + +\def\dodoprocesstokens% + {\ifx\next\lastcharacter + \after + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\next\bgroup + \def\next% + {\dowithnextbox + {\before\box\nextbox + \let\before=\between + \doprocesstokens} + \hbox\bgroup}% + \else + \expandafter\if\space\next + \before\white + \else + \before\next + \fi + \let\before=\between + \let\next=\doprocesstokens + \fi\fi + \next} + +\def\doprocesstokens% the space after = is essential + {\afterassignment\dodoprocesstokens\let\next= } + +\def\processtokens#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \def\lastcharacter{\lastcharacter}% + \def\space{ }% + \let\\=\space + \def\before{#1}% + \def\between{#2}% + \def\after{#3}% + \def\white{#4}% + \doprocesstokens#5\lastcharacter + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {doifvalue,doifnotvalue,doifelsevalue, +%D doifnothing,doifsomething,doifelsenothing, +%D doifvaluenothing,doifvaluesomething,doifelsevaluenothing} +%D {} +%D +%D These long named \type{\if} commands can be used to access +%D macros (or variables) that are normally accessed by using +%D \type{\getvalue}. Using these alternatives safes us three +%D tokens per call. Anyone familiar with the not||values +%D ones, can derive their meaning from the definitions. + + \def\doifvalue#1{\doif{\getvalue{#1}}} + \def\doifnotvalue#1{\doifnot{\getvalue{#1}}} + \def\doifelsevalue#1{\doifelse{\getvalue{#1}}} + + \def\doifnothing#1{\doif{#1}{}} + \def\doifsomething#1{\doifnot{#1}{}} + \def\doifelsenothing#1{\doifelse{#1}{}} + + \def\doifvaluenothing#1{\doif{\getvalue{#1}}{}} + \def\doifvaluesomething#1{\doifnot{\getvalue{#1}}{}} +\def\doifelsevaluenothing#1{\doifelse{\getvalue{#1}}{}} + +%D \macros +%D {DOIF,DOIFELSE,DOIFNOT} +%D {} +%D +%D \TEX\ is case sensitive. When comparing arguments, this +%D feature sometimes is less desirable, for instance when we +%D compare filenames. The next three alternatives upcase their +%D arguments before comparing them. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \DOIF {string1} {string2} {...} +%D \DOIFNOT {string1} {string2} {...} +%D \DOIFELSE {string1} {string2} {then ...}{else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We have to use a two||step implementation, because the +%D expansion has to take place outside \type{\uppercase}. + +\def\p!DOIF#1#2#3% + {\uppercase{\ifinstringelse{$#1$}{$#2$}}% + #3% + \fi} + +\def\p!DOIFNOT#1#2#3% + {\uppercase{\ifinstringelse{$#1$}{$#2$}}% + \else + #3% + \fi} + +\def\p!DOIFELSE#1#2#3#4% + {\uppercase{\ifinstringelse{$#1$}{$#2$}}% + #3% + \else + #4% + \fi} + +\def\DOIF {\ExpandBothAfter\p!DOIF} +\def\DOIFNOT {\ExpandBothAfter\p!DOIFNOT} +\def\DOIFELSE {\ExpandBothAfter\p!DOIFELSE} + +%D \macros +%D {stripcharacters,stripspaces} +%D {} +%D +%D The next command was needed first when we implemented +%D the \CONTEXT\ interactivity macros. When we use labeled +%D destinations, we often cannot use all the characters we +%D want. We therefore strip some of the troublemakers, like +%D spaces, from the labels before we write them to the +%D \DVI||file, which passes them to for instance a PostScript +%D file. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \stripspaces\from\one\to\two +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Both the old string \type{\one} and the new one \type{\two} +%D are expanded. This command is a special case of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \stripcharacter\char\from\one\to\two +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As we can see below, spaces following a control sequence are +%D to enclosed in \type{{}}. + +\def\stripcharacter#1\from#2\to#3% + {\def\dostripcharacter##1#1##2\end% + {\edef\p!strippedstring{\p!strippedstring##1}% + \doifemptyelse{##2} + {\let\next=\relax} + {\def\next{\dostripcharacter##2\end}}% + \next}% + \let\p!strippedstring=\empty + \edef\!!stringa{#2}% + \@EA\dostripcharacter\!!stringa#1\end + \let#3=\p!strippedstring} + +\def\stripspaces\from#1\to#2% + {\stripcharacter{ }\from#1\to#2} + +%D \macros +%D {executeifdefined} +%D {} +%D +%D \CONTEXT\ uses one auxiliary file for all data concerning +%D tables of contents, references, two||pass optimizations, +%D sorted lists etc. This file is loaded as many times as +%D needed. During such a pass we skip the commands thate are of +%D no use at that moment. Because we don't want to come into +%D trouble with undefined auxiliary commands, we call the +%D macros in a way similar to \type{\getvalue}. The next macro +%D take care of such executions and when not defined, gobbles +%D the unwanted arguments. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \executeifdefined{name}\gobbleoneargument +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can of course globble more arguments using the +%D appropriate globbling command. + +\def\executeifdefined#1#2% + {\ifundefined{#1}% + \def\next{#2}% + \else + \def\next{\getvalue{#1}}% + \fi + \next} + +%D We considered an alternative imlementation accepting +%D commands directly, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \executeifdefined\naam\gobblefivearguments +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For the moment we don't need this one, so we stick to the +%D faster one. The more versatile alternative is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\executeifdefined#1#2% +%D {\setnameofcommand{#1}% +%D \@EA\ifundefined\@EA{\nameofcommand} +%D \def\next{#2}% +%D \else +%D \def\next{\getvalue{\nameofcommand}}% +%D \fi +%D \next} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {doifsomespaceelse} +%D {} +%D +%D The next command checks a string on the presence of a space +%D and executed a command accordingly. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifsomespaceelse {tekst} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We use this command in \CONTEXT\ for determing if an +%D argument must be broken into words when made interactive. +%D Watch the use of \type{\noexpand}. + +\long\def\doifsomespaceelse#1#2#3% + {\def\c!doifsomespaceelse##1 ##2##3\war% + {\if\noexpand##2@% + #3% + \else + #2% + \fi}% + \c!doifsomespaceelse#1 @ @\war} + +%D \macros +%D {adaptdimension,balancedimensions} +%D {} +%D +%D Again we introduce some macros that are closely related to +%D an interface aspect of \CONTEXT. The first command can be +%D used to adapt a \DIMENSION. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \adaptdimension {dimension} {value} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When the value is preceed by a \type{+} or minus, the +%D dimension is advanced accordingly, otherwise it gets the +%D value. + +\def\doadaptdimension#1#2\\#3\\% + {\if#1+% + \dodoglobal\advance#3 by #1#2\relax + \else\if##1-% + \dodoglobal\advance#3 by #1#2\relax + \else + \dodoglobal#3=#1#2\relax + \fi\fi} + +\def\adaptdimension#1#2% + {\expandafter\doadaptdimension#2\\#1\\} + +%D A second command takes two \DIMENSIONS. Both are adapted, +%D depending on the sign of the given value. +%D maat. This time we take the value as it is, and don't look +%D explicitly at the preceding sign. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \balancedimensions {dimension 1} {dimension 2} {value} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When a positive value is given, the first dimension is +%D incremented, the second ond is decremented. A negative value +%D has the opposite result. + +\def\balancedimensions#1#2#3% + {\scratchdimen=#3\relax + \redoglobal\advance#1 by \scratchdimen\relax + \dodoglobal\advance#2 by -\scratchdimen\relax} + +%D Both commands can be preceded by \type{\doglobal}. Here we +%D use \type{\redo} first, because \type{\dodo} resets the +%D global character. + +%D \macros +%D {processconcanatedlist} +%D {} +%D +%D Maybe a bit late, but here is a more general version of the +%D \type{\processcommalist} command. This time we don't handle +%D nesting but accept arbitrary seperators. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processconcanatedlist[list][separator]\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One can think of things like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processconcanatedlist[alfa+beta+gamma][+]\message +%D \stoptypen + +\def\processconcanatedlist[#1][#2]#3% + {\def\doprocessconcanatedlist##1##2#2% + {\if]##1% + \let\next=\relax + \else\if]##2% + \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\blankspace##2% + #3{##1}% + \let\next=\doprocessconcanatedlist + \else + #3{##1##2}% + \let\next=\doprocessconcanatedlist + \fi\fi\fi + \next}% + \doprocessconcanatedlist#1#2]#2} + +%D \macros +%D {processassignlist} +%D {} +%D +%D Is possible to combine an assignment list with one +%D containing keywords. Assignments are treated accordingly, +%D keywords are treated by \type{\command}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processassignlist[...=...,...=...,...]\commando +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command can be integrated in \type{\getparameters}, but +%D we decided best not to do so. + +\def\processassignlist#1[#2]#3% + {\def\p!dodogetparameter[##1=##2=##3]% + {\doifnot{##3}{\relax}{#3{##1}}}% + \def\p!dogetparameter##1% + {\p!dodogetparameter[##1==\relax]}% + \processcommalist[#2]\p!dogetparameter} + +%D \macros +%D {DoAfterFi,DoAfterFiFi} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes \type{\fi}'s can get into the way. We can reach +%D over such a troublemaker with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \DoAfterFi{some commands} +%D \DoAfterFiFi{some commands} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D It saves us a \type{\next} construction. Skipping +%D \type{\else...\fi} is more tricky, so this one is not +%D provided. + +\def\DoAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} +\def\DoAfterFiFi#1\fi#2\fi{\fi\fi#1} + +%D \macros +%D {untextargument +%D untexcommand} +%D +%D When manipulating data(bases) and for instance generating +%D index entries, the next three macros can be of help: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \untextargument{...}\to\name +%D \untexcommand {...}\to\name +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D They remove braces and backslashes and give us something to +%D sort. + +\def\untexsomething% + {\bgroup + \catcode`\{=\@@ignore + \catcode`\}=\@@ignore + \escapechar=-1 + \dountexsomething} + +\long\def\dountexsomething#1#2\to#3% + {\doglobal#1#2\to\untexedargument + \egroup + \let#3=\untexedargument} + +\def\untexargument% + {\untexsomething\convertargument} + +\def\untexcommand% + {\untexsomething\convertcommand} + +%D \macros +%D {ScaledPointsToBigPoints,ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints} +%D +%D One characteristic of \POSTSCRIPT\ and \PDF\ is that both +%D used big points (\TEX's bp). The next macros convert points +%D and scaled points into big points. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ScaledPointsToBigPoints {number} \target +%D \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints {number} \target +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The magic factor $72/72.27$ can be found in most \TEX\ +%D related books. + +\def\ScaledPointsToBigPoints#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1sp\relax + \scratchdimen=.996264\scratchdimen + \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}}} + +\def\ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1sp\relax + \scratchdimen=.996264\scratchdimen + \scratchcounter=\scratchdimen + \advance\scratchcounter by \!!medcard + \divide\scratchcounter by \!!maxcard + \edef#2{\the\scratchcounter}} + +%D \macros +%D {PointsToReal} +%D +%D Points can be stripped from their suffix by using +%D \type{\withoutpt}. The next macro enveloppes this macro. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \PointsToReal {dimension} \target +%D \stoptypen + +\def\PointsToReal#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=#1% + \edef#2{\withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}}} + +%D \macros +%D {dontleavehmode} +%D +%D Sometimes when we enter a paragraph with some command, the +%D first token gets the whole first line. We can prevent this +%D by saying: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dontleavehmode +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command is used in for instance the language module +%D \type{lang-ini}. + +\def\dontleavehmode{\ifmmode\else$ $\fi} + +%D \macro +%D {handletokens} +%D +%D With the next macro we enter a critical area of macro +%D expansion. What we want is a macro that looks like: +%D +%D \handletokens some tokens\with \somemacro +%D +%D At first sight the next implementation will suffice, but +%D running this one shows that we loose the spaces. This is no +%D surprise because we grab arguments and spaces preceding those +%D are just ignored. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\nohandletokens#1\end% +%D {} +%D +%D \def\dohandletokens#1#2\end% +%D {\ifx#1\endoftoken +%D \expandafter\nohandletokens +%D \else +%D \docommando{#1}% +%D \expandafter\dohandletokens +%D \fi +%D #2\end} +%D +%D \long\def\handletokens#1\with#2% +%D {\let\docommando=#2\relax +%D \dohandletokens#1\endoftoken\end} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A second approach therefore grabs the indicidual characters +%D by using \type{\afterassignment}, in which case the space is +%D read in as space. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dodohandletokens% +%D {\ifx\next\end \else +%D \docommando\next +%D \expandafter\dohandletokens +%D \fi} +%D +%D \def\dohandletokens% +%D {\afterassignment\dodohandletokens\let\next= } +%D +%D \long\def\handletokens#1\with#2% +%D {\let\docommando=#2% +%D \dohandletokens#1\end} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macro +%D {counttoken} +%D +%D For the few occasion sthat we want to know the number of +%D specific tokens in a string, we can use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \counttoken token\in string\to \count +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro, that for instance is used in \type{cont-tab}, +%D takes a real counter. The macro can be preceded by \type +%D {\doglobal}. + +\def\counttoken#1\in#2\to#3% + {\redoglobal#3=0 + \def\!!stringa{#1}% + \def\!!stringb{\end}% + \def\docounttoken##1% obeys {} + {\def\!!stringc{##1}% + \ifx\!!stringb\!!stringc \else + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringc + \dodoglobal\advance#3 by 1 + \fi + \expandafter\docounttoken + \fi}% + \docounttoken#2\end + \resetglobal} + +%D \macros +%D {splitofftokens} +%D +%D Running this one not always gives the expected results. +%D Consider for instance the macro for which I originally +%D wrote this token handler. + +\long\def\splitofftokens#1\from#2\to#3% + {\ifnum#1>0 + \scratchcounter=#1\relax + \def\dosplitofftokens##1% + {\ifnum\scratchcounter>0 + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \edef#3{#3##1}% + \fi}% + % \let#3=\empty % #3 can be #2, so: + \@EA\let\@EA#3\@EA\empty + \@EA\handletokens#2\with\dosplitofftokens + \else + \edef#3{#2}% + \fi} + +%D This macro can be called like: +%D +%D \startbuffer[example] +%D \splitofftokens10\from01234567 890123456789\to\test [\test] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D However, the characters that we expect to find in +%D \type{\test} just don;t show up there. The reason for this +%D is not that logical but follows from \TEX's sometimes +%D mysterious way of expanding. Look at this: +%D +%D \startbuffer[next] +%D \def\next{a} \edef\test{\next} [\test] +%D \let\next=b \edef\test{\test\next} [\test] +%D \let\next=c \edef\test{\next} [\test] +%D \let\next=d \edef\test{\test\next} [\test] +%D \let\next=e \@EA\edef\@EA\test\@EA{\test\next} [\test] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer[next] +%D +%D Careful reading shows that inside an \type{\edef} macro's +%D that are \type{\let} are not expanded! +%D +%D \haalbuffer[next] +%D +%D That's why we finally end up with a macro that looks ahead +%D by using an assignment, this time by using +%D \type{\futurelet}, and grabbing an argument as well. That +%D way we can handle both the sentinal and the blank space. + +\def\dodohandletokens#1% + {\ifx\next\blankspace + \docommando{ }% + \fi + \ifx#1\end \else + \docommando{#1}% + \expandafter\dohandletokens + \fi} + +\def\dohandletokens% + {\futurelet\next\dodohandletokens} + +\long\def\handletokens#1\with#2% + {\let\docommando=#2% #2 can be \docommando itself + \dohandletokens#1\end} + +%D So our example finaly shows up as: +%D +%D \haalbuffer[example] + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b3da9d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2682 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=syst-gen, +%D version=1996.3.20, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ System Macros, +%D subtitle=General, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D The following macros are responsible for the interaction +%D with \CONTEXT. These macros have proven their use. These +%D macros are optimized as far as possible within of course, +%D the know how of the author. +%D +%D In this module we also show some of the optimizations, +%D mainly because we don't want to forget them and start doing +%D things over and over again. If showing them has a learing +%D effect for others too, we've surved another purpose too. + +%D \macros +%D {abortinputifdefined} +%D {} +%D +%D Because this module can be used in a different context, we +%D want to prevent it being loaded more than once. This can be +%D done using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \abortinputifdefined\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\command} is a command defined in the module +%D to be loaded only once. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\abortinputifdefined#1% +%D {\ifx#1\undefined +%D \let\next=\relax +%D \else +%D \let\next=\endinput +%D \fi +%D \next} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro can be speed up in terms of speed as well as +%D memory. Because this is a nice example of a bit strange +%D command (\type{\endinput}), we spend some more lines on this. +%D +%D If we perform such actions directly, we can say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifx\somecommand\undefined +%D \let\next=\relax +%D \else +%D \let\next=\endinput +%D \fi +%D \next +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We need the \type{\next} because we need to end the +%D \type{\fi}. The efficient one is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifx\somecommand\undefined +%D \else +%D \expandafter\endinput +%D \fi +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because \type{\endinput} comes into action after the current +%D line, we can also say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifx\somecommand\undefined \else \endinput \fi +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we define a macro, we tend to use a format which +%D shows as besat as can how things are done. \TEX\ however +%D stores the definitions as a sequence of tokens, so in fact +%D we can use a formatted definition: + +\def\abortinputifdefined#1% + {\ifx#1\undefined \else + \endinput + \fi} + +%D which also works. Keep in mind that this is entirely due to +%D the fact that \type{\endinput} after the line, i.e. at the +%D end of the macro. We therefore can burry this primitive quite +%D deep in code. + +%D And because this module implements \type{\writestatus}, we +%D just say: + +\abortinputifdefined\writestatus + +%D Normally we tell the users what module is being loaded. +%D However, the command that is needed for this is not yet +%D defined. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \writestatus{laden}{Context Systeem Macro's (a)} +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D [beschermen] +%D {protect,unprotect} +%D {} +%D +%D We can shield macros from users by using some special +%D characters in their names. Some characters that are normally +%D no letters and therefore often used are: \type{@}, \type{!} +%D and \type{?}. Before and after the definition of protected +%D macros, we have to change the \CATCODE\ of these characters. +%D This is done by \type{\unprotect} and \type{\protect}, for +%D instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \unprotect +%D \def\!test{test} +%D \protect +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The defined command \type{\!test} can of course only be +%D called upon when we are in the \type{\unprotect}'ed state, +%D otherwise \TEX\ reads \type{\!} and probably complains +%D loudly about not being in math mode. +%D +%D Both commands can be used nested, but only the \CATCODE\ +%D of the outermost level is saved. We make use of +%D an auxilary macro \type{\doprotect} to prevent us from +%D conflicts with existing macro's \type{\protect}. When +%D nesting deeper than one level, the system shows the +%D protection level. + +\newcount\protectionlevel + +\ifx\protect\undefined + \def\protect{\message{}} +\fi + +\let\normalprotect=\protect + +%D Although we don't need the \type{%} after commands that +%D don't take arguments, unless lines are obeyed, I decided +%D to put it there as a reminder. I only mention this once. + +\def\unprotect% + {\ifnum\protectionlevel=0 + \edef\doprotectcharacters% + {\catcode`@=\the\catcode`@\relax + \catcode`!=\the\catcode`!\relax + \catcode`?=\the\catcode`?\relax}% + \catcode`@=11 + \catcode`!=11 + \catcode`?=11 + \let\protect=\doprotect + \fi + \advance\protectionlevel by 1 + \ifnum\protectionlevel>1 + \message{}% + \fi} + +\def\doprotect% + {\ifnum\protectionlevel=1 + \doprotectcharacters + \let\protect=\normalprotect + \fi + \ifnum\protectionlevel>1 + \message{}% + \fi + \advance\protectionlevel by -1\relax} + +%D Now it is defined, we can make use of this very useful +%D macro. + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {@@escape,@@begingroup,@@endgroup,@@mathshift,@@alignment, +%D @@endofline,@@parameter,@@superscript,@@subscript, +%D @@ignore,@@space,@@letter,@@other,@@active,@@comment} +%D {} +%D +%D In \CONTEXT\ we sometimes manipulate the \CATCODES\ of +%D certain characters. Because we are not that good at numbers, +%D we introduce some symbolic names. + +\chardef\@@escape = 0 +\chardef\@@begingroup = 1 +\chardef\@@endgroup = 2 +\chardef\@@mathshift = 3 +\chardef\@@alignment = 4 +\chardef\@@endofline = 5 +\chardef\@@parameter = 6 +\chardef\@@superscript = 7 +\chardef\@@subscript = 8 +\chardef\@@ignore = 9 +\chardef\@@space = 10 +\chardef\@@letter = 11 +\chardef\@@other = 12 \chardef\other = 12 +\chardef\@@active = 13 \chardef\active = 13 +\chardef\@@comment = 14 + +%D \macros +%D {normalspace} +%D {} +%D +%D We often need a space as defined in \PLAIN\ \TEX. Because +%D we cannot be sure of \type{\space} is redefined, we define: + +\def\normalspace{ } + +%D \macros +%D {scratchcounter, +%D scratchdimen,scratchskip,scratchmuskip, +%D scratchbox, +%D scratchtoks +%D ifdone} +%D {} +%D +%D Because we often need counters on a temporary basis, we +%D define the \COUNTER\ \type{\scratchcounter}. This is a +%D real \COUNTER, and not a pseudo one, as we will meet +%D further on. We also define some other scratch registers. + +\newcount \scratchcounter +\newdimen \scratchdimen +\newskip \scratchskip +\newmuskip \scratchmuskip +\newbox \scratchbox +\newtoks \scratchtoks +\newif \ifdone + +%D \macros +%D {ifCONTEXT} +%D {} +%D +%D In the system and support modules we sometimes show examples +%D that make use of core commands. We can skip those parts of +%D the documentation when we use another macropackage. Of +%D course we default to false. + +\newif \ifCONTEXT + +%D \macros +%D {!!count, !!toks, !!dimen, !!box, +%D !!width, !!height, !!depth, !!string, !!done} +%D {} +%D +%D We define some more \COUNTERS\ and \DIMENSIONS. We also +%D define some shortcuts to the local scatchregisters~0, 2, 4, +%D 6 and~8. + +\newcount\!!counta \toksdef\!!toksa=0 \dimendef\!!dimena=0 \chardef\!!boxa=0 +\newcount\!!countb \toksdef\!!toksb=2 \dimendef\!!dimenb=2 \chardef\!!boxb=2 +\newcount\!!countc \toksdef\!!toksc=4 \dimendef\!!dimenc=4 \chardef\!!boxc=4 +\newcount\!!countd \toksdef\!!toksd=6 \dimendef\!!dimend=6 \chardef\!!boxd=6 +\newcount\!!counte \toksdef\!!tokse=8 \dimendef\!!dimene=8 \chardef\!!boxe=8 +\newcount\!!countf + +\def\!!stringa{} \def\!!stringb{} \def\!!stringc{} +\def\!!stringd{} \def\!!stringe{} \def\!!stringf{} + +\newdimen\!!widtha \newdimen\!!heighta \newdimen\!!deptha \newif\if!!donea +\newdimen\!!widthb \newdimen\!!heightb \newdimen\!!depthb \newif\if!!doneb + +%D \macros +%D {s!,c!,e!,p!,v!,@@,??} +%D {} +%D +%D To save memory, we use constants (sometimes called +%D variables). Redefining these constants can have desastrous +%D results. + +\def\v!prefix! {v!} \def\c!prefix! {c!} +\def\s!prefix! {s!} \def\p!prefix! {p!} + +\def\s!next {next} \def\s!default {default} +\def\s!dummy {dummy} \def\s!unknown {unknown} + +\def\s!do {do} \def\s!dodo {dodo} + +\def\s!complex {complex} \def\s!start {start} +\def\s!simple {simple} \def\s!stop {stop} + +%D \macros +%D {@EA,expanded} +%D {} +%D +%D When in unprotected mode, to be entered with +%D \type{\unprotect}, one can use \type{\@EA} as equivalent +%D of \type{\expandafter}. + +\let\@EA=\expandafter + +%D Sometimes we pass macros as arguments to commands that +%D don't expand them before interpretation. Such commands can +%D be enclosed with \type{\expanded}, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expanded{\setupsomething[\alfa]} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such situations occur for instance when \type{\alfa} is a +%D commalist or when data stored in macros is fed to index of +%D list commands. If needed, one should use \type{\noexpand} +%D inside the argument. Later on we will meet some more clever +%D alternatives to this command. + +\def\expanded#1% + {\edef\@@expanded{\noexpand#1}\@@expanded} + +%D \macros +%D {gobbleoneargument,gobble...arguments} +%D {} +%D +%D The next set of macros just do nothing, except that they +%D get rid of a number of arguments. + +\long\def\gobbleoneargument #1{} +\long\def\gobbletwoarguments #1#2{} +\long\def\gobblethreearguments #1#2#3{} +\long\def\gobblefourarguments #1#2#3#4{} +\long\def\gobblefivearguments #1#2#3#4#5{} +\long\def\gobblesixarguments #1#2#3#4#5#6{} +\long\def\gobblesevenarguments #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{} +\long\def\gobbleeightarguments #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{} +\long\def\gobbleninearguments #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{} + +%D \macros +%D {doifnextcharelse} +%D {} +%D +%D When we started using \TEX\ in the late eighties, our +%D first experiences with programming concerned a simple shell +%D around \LATEX. The commands probably use most at \PRAGMA, +%D are the itemizing ones. One of those few shell commands took +%D care of an optional argument, that enabled us to specify +%D what kind of item symbol we wanted. Without understanding +%D anything we were able to locate a \LATEX\ macro that could +%D be used to inspect the next character. +%D +%D It's this macro that the ancester of the next one presented +%D here. It executes one of two actions, dependant of the next +%D character. Disturbing spaces and line endings, which are +%D normally interpreted as spaces too, are skipped. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifnextcharelse {karakter} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macro differs from the original in testing on +%D \type{\endoflinetoken}, which of course we have to define +%D first. We also use \type{\localnext} because we don't want +%D clashes with \type{\next}. + +\let\endoflinetoken=^^M + +\long\def\doifnextcharelse#1#2#3% + {\let\charactertoken=#1% + \def\!!stringa{#2}% + \def\!!stringb{#3}% + \futurelet\nexttoken\inspectnextcharacter} + +\def\inspectnextcharacter% + {\ifx\nexttoken\blankspace + \let\localnext\reinspectnextcharacter + \else\ifx\!!stringc\endoflinetoken + \let\localnext\reinspectnextcharacter + \else\ifx\nexttoken\charactertoken + \let\localnext\!!stringa + \else + \let\localnext\!!stringb + \fi\fi\fi + \localnext} + +%D This macro uses some auxiliary macros. Although we were able +%D to program quite complicated things, I only understood these +%D after rereading the \TEX book. The trick is in using a +%D command with a one character name. Such commands differ from +%D the longer ones in the fact that trailing spaces are {\em +%D not} skipped. This enables us to indirectly define a long +%D named macro that gobbles a space. +%D +%D In the first line we define \type{\blankspace}. Next we +%D make \type{\:} equivalent to \type{\reinspect...}. This +%D one||character command is expanded before the next +%D \type{\def} comes into action. This way the space after +%D \type{\:} becomes a delimiter of the longer named +%D \type{\reinspectnextcharacter}. The chain reaction is +%D visually compatible with the next sequence: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expandafter\def\reinspectnextcharacter % +%D {\futurelet\nexttoken\inspectnextcharacter} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D However complicated it may look, I'm still glad I stumbled +%D into this construction. + +\def\:{\let\blankspace= } \: + +\def\:{\reinspectnextcharacter} + +\expandafter\def\: {\futurelet\nexttoken\inspectnextcharacter} + +%D \macros +%D {setvalue,setgvalue,setevalue,setxvalue, +%D letvalue, +%D getvalue, +%D resetvalue} +%D {} +%D +%D \TEX's primitive \type{\csname} can be used to construct +%D all kind of commands that cannot be defined with +%D \type{\def} and \type{\let}. Every macro programmer sooner +%D or later wants macros like these. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setvalue {naam}{...} = \def\naam{...} +%D \setgvalue {naam}{...} = \gdef\naam{...} +%D \setevalue {naam}{...} = \edef\naam{...} +%D \setxvalue {naam}{...} = \xdef\naam{...} +%D \letvalue {naam}=\... = \let\naam=\... +%D \getvalue {naam} = \naam +%D \resetvalue {naam} = \def\naam{} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D As we will see, \CONTEXT\ uses these commands many times, +%D which is mainly due to its object oriented and parameter +%D driven character. + +\def\setvalue#1% + {\expandafter\def\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\setgvalue#1% + {\expandafter\gdef\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\setevalue#1% + {\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\setxvalue#1% + {\expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\getvalue#1% + {\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\letvalue#1% + {\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname} + +\def\resetvalue#1% + {\setvalue{#1}{}} + +%D \macros +%D {donottest,unexpanded} +%D {} +%D +%D When expansion of a macro gives problems, we can precede it +%D by \type{\donottest}. It seems that protection is one of the +%D burdens of developers of packages, so maybe that's why in +%D e-\TeX\ protection will be solved in a more robust way. +%D +%D Sometimes prefixing the macro with \type{\donottest} leads +%D to defining an auxiliary macro, like +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dosomecommand {... ... ...} +%D \def\somecommand {\donottest\dosomecommand} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This double definition can be made transparant by using +%D \type{\protecte}, as in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \unexpanded\def\somecommand{... ... ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The protection mechanism uses: + +\def\dontprocesstest#1% + {==} + +\def\doprocesstest#1% + {#1} + +\let\donottest=\doprocesstest + +%D By the way, we use a placeholder because we don't want +%D interference when testing on empty strings. Using a +%D placeholder of 8~characters increases the processing time +%D of simple \type{\doifelse} tests by about 10 \%. When we +%D process the test, we have to remove the braces and +%D therefore explictly gobble \type{#1}. + +%D The fact that many macros have the same prefix, could have +%D a negative impact on searching in the hash table. Because +%D some simple testing does not show differences, we just use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\unexpanded#1#2% +%D {\@EA#1\@EA#2\@EA{\@EA\donottest\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname}% +%D \@EA#1\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Well, in fact we use the bit more versaatile alternative: + +\def\dosetunexpanded#1#2% + {\@EA#1\@EA{\@EA#2\@EA}% + \@EA{\@EA\donottest\csname\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname\endcsname}% + \@EA#1{\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname}} + +\def\docomunexpanded#1#2% + {\@EA#1\@EA#2\@EA{\@EA\donottest\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname}% + \@EA#1\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname} + +\def\unexpanded#1% + {\def\dounexpanded% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \@EA\dosetunexpanded + \else + \@EA\docomunexpanded + \fi#1}% + \futurelet\next\dounexpanded} + +%D This one accepts the more direct \type{\def} and cousins +%D as well as the \CONTEXT\ specific \type{\setvalue} ones. +%D +%D And so the definition in our example turns out to be: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\csname do\somecommand\endcsname{... ... ...} +%D \def\somecommand{\donottest\csname do\somecommand\endcsname} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In which \type{do\somecommand} is hidden from the user and +%D cannot lead to confusion. It's still permitted to define +%D auxiliary macros like \type{\dosomecommand}. +%D +%D When we are going to use e-\TEX, we'll probably end up +%D redefining some commands, but we can probably keep the +%D \type{\unexpanded} ones unchanged. + +%D \macros +%D {doifundefined,doifdefined, +%D doifundefinedelse,doifdefinedelse, +%D doifalldefinedelse} +%D {} +%D +%D The standard way of testing if a macro is defined is +%D comparing its meaning with another undefined one, usually +%D \type{\undefined}. To garantee correct working of the next +%D set of macros, \type{\undefined} may never be defined! +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifundefined {string} {...} +%D \doifdefined {string} {...} +%D \doifundefinedelse {string} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \doifdefinedelse {string} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \doifalldefinedelse {commalist} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Every macroname that \TEX\ builds gets an entry in the hash +%D table, which is of limited size. It is expected that e-\TeX\ +%D will offer a less memory||consuming alternative. + +%D Although it will probably never be a big problem, it is good +%D to be aware of the difference between testing on a macro +%D name to be build by using \type{\csname} and +%D \type{\endcsname} and testing the \type{\name} directly. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expandafter\ifx\csname NameA\endcsname\relax ... \else ... \fi +%D +%D \ifx\NameB\undefined ... \else ... \fi +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D I became aware of this when I mistakenly testen the first +%D one against \type{\undefined}. When \TEX\ build a name using +%D \type{\csname} it automatically sets it to \type{\relax}, +%D which is definitely not the same as \type{\undefined}. The +%D quickest way to check these things is asking \TEX\ to show +%D the meaning of the names: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expandafter\show\csname NameA\endcsname +%D +%D \show\NameB +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The main reason why this never will be a big problem is that +%D when one uses the \type{\csname} way, one probably has to do +%D with some macroname that always is dealt with that way. +%D Confusion can however arise when one applies both testing +%D methods to the same macroname. By the way, the assignment +%D of \type{\relax} obeys grouping. + +%D The first one gets rid of \type{#1}, but still expands to +%D something and the second one expands to \type{#1}. Because +%D we accept arguments between \type{{}}, we have to get rid +%D of one level of braces. +%D +%D Our first implementation of \type{\ifundefined} was +%D straightforward and readable: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\ifundefined#1% +%D {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax}% +%D +%D \def\doifundefinedelse#1#2#3% +%D {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +%D \ifundefined{#1}% +%D \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% +%D \else +%D \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#3% +%D \fi} +%D +%D \def\doifdefinedelse#1#2#3% +%D {\doifundefinedelse{#1}{#3}{#2}} +%D +%D \def\doifundefined#1#2% +%D {\doifundefinedelse{#1}{#2}{}} +%D +%D \def\doifdefined#1#2% +%D {\doifundefinedelse{#1}{}{#2}} +%D +%D \def\doifalldefinedelse#1#2#3% +%D {\bgroup +%D \donetrue +%D \def\checkcommand##1% +%D {\doifundefined{##1}{\donefalse}}% +%D \processcommalist[#1]\checkcommand +%D \ifdone +%D \egroup#2% +%D \else +%D \egroup#3% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When this module was optimized, timing showed that the +%D next alternative can be upto twice as fast, especially when +%D longer arguments are used. + +\def\ifundefined#1% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax} + +\def\p!doifundefined#1% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax} + +\def\doifundefinedelse#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{#1}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#3% + \fi} + +\def\doifdefinedelse#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{#1}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#3% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% + \fi} + +\def\doifundefined#1#2% + {\p!doifundefined{#1}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \fi} + +\def\doifdefined#1#2% + {\p!doifundefined{#1}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% + \fi} + +%D Before we start using this variant, we used another one, +%D which is even a bit faster. This one looked like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\p!doifundefined% +%D {\begingroup +%D \let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +%D \ifundefined} +%D +%D \def\doifundefinedelse#1#2#3% +%D {\p!doifundefined{#1}% +%D \endgroup#2% +%D \else +%D \endgroup#3% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A even more previous version used \type{\bgroup} and +%D \type{\egroup}. In math mode however, \type{$1{x}2$} differs +%D from \type{$1x2$}. This can been seen when one compares the +%D output of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D $\kern10pt\showthe\lastkern$ +%D $\kern10pt{\showthe\lastkern}$ +%D $\kern10pt\begingroup\showthe\lastkern\endgroup$ +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we were developing the scientific units module, we +%D encountered different behavior in text and math mode, which +%D was due to this grouping subtilities. We therefore decided +%D to use \type{\begingroup} instead of \type{\bgroup}. +%D Later, when we had optimized some macro's the grouped +%D solution turned out to be unsafe when typesetting this +%D documentation, especially when using \type{\globaldefs}. +%D +%D We still have to define \type{\doifalldefinedelse}. Watch +%D the use of grouping, which garantees local use of the +%D boolean \type{\ifdone}. + +\def\docheckonedefined#1% + {\ifundefined{#1}% + \donefalse + \fi} + +\def\doifalldefinedelse#1#2#3% + {\begingroup + \let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \donetrue + \processcommalist[#1]\docheckonedefined + \ifdone + \endgroup\let\donottest=\doprocesstest#2% + \else + \endgroup\let\donottest=\doprocesstest#3% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {doif,doifelse,doifnot, +%D donottest} +%D {} +%D +%D Programming in \TEX\ differs from programming in procedural +%D languages like \MODULA. This means that one --- well, let me +%D speek for myself --- tries to do the things in the well +%D known way. Therefore the next set of \type{\ifthenelse} +%D commands were between the first ones we needed. A few years +%D later, the opposite became true: when programming in +%D \MODULA, I sometimes miss handy things like grouping, +%D runtime redefinition, expansion etc. While \MODULA\ taught +%D me to structure, \TEX\ taught me to think recursive. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doif {string1} {string2} {...} +%D \doifnot {string1} {string2} {...} +%D \doifelse {string1} {string2} {then ...}{else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When expansion gives problems, we can precede the +%D troublemaker with \type{\donottest}. +%D +%D This implementatie does not use the construction which is +%D more robust for nested conditionals. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +%D \def\next{#3}% +%D \else +%D \def\next{#4}% +%D \fi +%D \next +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In practice, this alternative is at least 20\% slower than +%D the alternative used here. The few cases in which we +%D really need the \type{\next} construction, often need some +%D other precautions and or adaptions too. + +\long\def\doif#1#2#3% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \edef\!!stringb{#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + #3% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifnot#1#2#3% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \edef\!!stringb{#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \else + #3% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifelse#1#2#3#4% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \edef\!!stringb{#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + #3% + \else + #4% + \fi} + +%D One could wonder why we don't follow the the same approach +%D as in \type{\doifdefined} c.s.\ and use \type{\begingroup} +%D and \type{\endgroup}. In this case, this alternative is +%D slower, which is probably due to the fact that more meanings +%D need to be restored. +%D +%D The in terms of memory more efficient alternative using a +%D auxiliary macro also proved to be slower, so we definitely +%D did not choose for: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\p!doifelse#1#2% +%D {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +%D \edef\!!stringa{#1}% +%D \edef\!!stringb{#2}% +%D \let\donottest=\doprocesstest +%D \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb} +%D +%D \long\def\doif#1#2#3% +%D {\p!doifelse{#1}{#2}#3\fi} +%D +%D \long\def\doifnot#1#2#3% +%D {\p!doifelse{#1}{#2}\else#3\fi} +%D +%D \long\def\doifelse#1#2#3#4% +%D {\p!doifelse{#1}{#2}#3\else#4\fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Optimizations like this are related of course to the +%D bottlenecks in \TEX. It seems that restoring saved meanings +%D and passing arguments takes some time. + +%D \macros +%D {doifempty,doifemptyelse,doifnotempty} +%D {} +%D +%D We complete our set of conditionals with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifempty {string} {...} +%D \doifnot {string} {...} +%D \doifemptyelse {string} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This time, the string is not expanded. + +\long\def\doifemptyelse#1#2#3% + {\def\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + #2% + \else + #3% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifempty#1#2% + {\def\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + #2% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifnotempty#1#2% + {\def\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \else + #2% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {doifinset,doifnotinset,doifinsetelse} +%D {} +%D +%D We can check if a string is present in a comma separated +%D set of strings. Depending on the result, some action is +%D taken. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifinset {string} {string,...} {...} +%D \doifnotinset {string} {string,...} {...} +%D \doifinsetelse {string} {string,...} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The second argument is the comma separated set of strings. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \long\def\doifinsetelse#1#2#3#4% +%D {\doifelse{#1}{} +%D {#4} +%D {\donefalse +%D \def\v!checkiteminset##1% +%D {\doif{#1}{##1} +%D {\donetrue +%D \let\v!checkiteminset=\gobbleoneargument}}% +%D \processcommalist[#2]\v!checkiteminset +%D \ifdone +%D #3% +%D \else +%D #4% +%D \fi}} +%D +%D \long\def\doifinset#1#2#3% +%D {\doifinsetelse{#1}{#2}{#3}{}} +%D +%D \long\def\doifnotinset#1#2#3% +%D {\doifinsetelse{#1}{#2}{}{#3}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because this macro is called quite often we've spent some +%D time optimizing it. This time, the gain in speed is due to +%D (1)~defining an external auxiliary macro, (2)~not calling +%D any other macros and (3)~minimizing the passing of +%D arguments. The gain in speed is impressive. + +\def\p!dodocheckiteminset#1% + {\edef\!!stringb{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \donetrue + \let\p!docheckiteminset=\gobbleoneargument + \fi} + +\def\p!doifinsetelse#1#2% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \donefalse + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \else + \let\p!docheckiteminset=\p!dodocheckiteminset + \processcommalist[#2]\p!docheckiteminset + \fi + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \ifdone} + +\long\def\doifinsetelse#1#2#3#4% + {\p!doifinsetelse{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \else + #4% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifinset#1#2#3% + {\p!doifinsetelse{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifnotinset#1#2#3% + {\p!doifinsetelse{#1}{#2}% + \else + #3% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {doifcommon,doifnotcommon,doifcommonelse} +%D {} +%D +%D Probably the most time consuming tests are those that test +%D for overlap in sets of strings. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifcommon {string,...} {string,...} {...} +%D \doifnotcommon {string,...} {string,...} {...} +%D \doifcommonelse {string,...} {string,...} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We show the slower alternative first, because it shows us +%D how things are done. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \long\def\doifcommonelse#1#2#3#4% +%D {\donefalse +%D \def\p!docommoncheck##1% +%D {\def\p!dodocommoncheck####1% +%D {\doif{####1}{##1} +%D {\donetrue +%D \def\commalistelement{##1}% +%D \let\p!docommoncheck=\gobbleoneargument +%D \let\p!dodocommoncheck=\gobbleoneargument}}% +%D \processcommalist[#2]\p!dodocommoncheck}% +%D \processcommalist[#1]\p!docommoncheck +%D \ifdone +%D #3% +%D \else +%D #4% +%D \fi} +%D +%D \long\def\doifcommon#1#2#3% +%D {\doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}{#3}{}} +%D +%D \long\def\doifnotcommon#1#2#3% +%D {\doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}{}{#3}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The processing time is shortened by getting the auxiliary +%D macro to the outermost level and using less \type{\edef}'s. +%D Sometimes it makes more sence to define local macro's not +%D only because this way we can be sure that they are not +%D redefined, but also because it shows the dependance. In +%D compiled languages, this is no problem at all. It can even +%D save us bytes and processing time. In interpreted languages +%D like \TEX\ it nearly always slows down processing. + +\def\p!dododocommoncheck#1% + {\edef\!!stringb{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \donetrue + \let\p!docommoncheck\gobbleoneargument + \let\p!dodocommoncheck\gobbleoneargument + \fi} + +\def\p!doifcommonelse#1#2% + {\donefalse + \let\donottest\dontprocesstest + \let\p!dodocommoncheck\p!dododocommoncheck + \def\p!docommoncheck##1% + {\edef\!!stringa{##1}% + \def\commalistelement{##1}% + \processcommalist[#2]\p!dodocommoncheck}% + \processcommalist[#1]\p!docommoncheck + \let\donottest\doprocesstest + \ifdone} + +\long\def\doifcommonelse#1#2#3#4% + {\p!doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \else + #4% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifcommon#1#2#3% + {\p!doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \fi} + +\long\def\doifnotcommon#1#2#3% + {\p!doifcommonelse{#1}{#2}% + \else + #3% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {processcommalist,processcommacommand, +%D processcommalistwithparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D We've already seen some macros that take care of comma +%D separated lists. Such list can be processed with +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processcommalist[string,string,...]\commando +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The user supplied command \type{\commando} receives one +%D argument: the string. This command permits nesting and +%D spaces after commas are skipped. Empty sets are no problem. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \def\dosomething#1{(#1)} +%D +%D \processcommalist [\hbox{$a,b,c,d,e,f$}] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [{a,b,c,d,e,f}] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [{a,b,c},d,e,f] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [a,b,{c,d,e},f] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [a{b,c},d,e,f] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [{a,b}c,d,e,f] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [] \dosomething \par +%D \processcommalist [{[}] \dosomething \par +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Before we show the result, we present the macro's: + +\newcount\commalevel + +\def\dododoprocesscommaitem% + {\csname\s!next\the\commalevel\endcsname} + +\def\dodoprocesscommaitem% + {\ifx\nexttoken\blankspace + \let\nextcommaitem\redoprocesscommaitem + %\else\ifx\nexttoken\endoflinetoken + %\let\nextcommaitem\redoprocesscommaitem + \else\ifx\nexttoken]% + \let\nextcommaitem=\gobbleoneargument + \else + \let\nextcommaitem=\dododoprocesscommaitem + \fi\fi%\fi + \nextcommaitem} + +\def\doprocesscommaitem% + {\futurelet\nexttoken\dodoprocesscommaitem} + +\def\doprocesscommalist#1]#2% + {\advance\commalevel by 1\relax + \long\expandafter\def\csname\s!next\the\commalevel\endcsname##1,% + {#2{##1}\doprocesscommaitem}% + \doprocesscommaitem#1,]\relax + \advance\commalevel by -1\relax} + +%D Empty arguments are not processed. Empty items (\type{,,}) +%D however are treated. + +\def\docheckcommaitem% + {\ifx\nexttoken]% + \let\nextcommaitem=\gobbletwoarguments + \else + \let\nextcommaitem=\doprocesscommalist + \fi + \nextcommaitem} + +\def\processcommalist[% + {\futurelet\nexttoken\docheckcommaitem} + +%D We use the same hack for checking the next character, that +%D we use in \type{\doifnextcharelse}. + +\def\:{\redoprocesscommaitem} + +\expandafter\def\: {\futurelet\nexttoken\dodoprocesscommaitem} + +%D The previous examples lead to: +%D +%D \haalbuffer + +%D When a list is saved in a macro, we can use a construction +%D like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \expandafter\processcommalist\expandafter[\list]\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such solutions suit most situations, but we wanted a bit +%D more. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processcommacommand[string,\stringset,string]\commando +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\stringset} is a predefined set, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\first{aap,noot,mies} +%D \def\second{laatste} +%D +%D \processcommacommand[\first]\message +%D \processcommacommand[\first,second,third]\message +%D \processcommacommand[\first,between,\second]\message +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Commands that are part of the list are expanded, so the +%D use of this macro has it slimits. + +\def\processcommacommand[#1]% + {\edef\commacommand{#1}% + \toks0=\expandafter{\expandafter[\commacommand]}% + \expandafter\processcommalist\the\toks0 } + +%D The argument to \type{\command} is not delimited. Because +%D we often use \type{[]} as delimiters, we also have: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processcommalistwithparameters[string,string,...]\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\command} looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\command[#1]{... #1 ...} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\processcommalistwithparameters[#1]#2% + {\def\docommand##1{#2[##1]}% + \processcommalist[#1]\docommand} + +%D \macros +%D {processaction, +%D processfirstactioninset, +%D processallactionsinset} +%D {} +%D +%D \CONTEXT\ makes extensive use of a sort of case or switch +%D command. Depending of the presence of one or more provided +%D items, some actions is taken. These macros can be nested +%D without problems. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processaction [x] [a=>\a,b=>\b,c=>\c] +%D \processfirstactioninset [x,y,z] [a=>\a,b=>\b,c=>\c] +%D \processallactionsinset [x,y,z] [a=>\a,b=>\b,c=>\c] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We can supply both a \type{default} action and an action +%D to be undertaken when an \type{unknown} value is met: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processallactionsinset +%D [x,y,z] +%D [ a=>\a, +%D b=>\b, +%D c=>\c, +%D default=>\default, +%D unknown=>\unknown{... \commalistelement ...}] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When \type{#1} is empty, this macro scans list \type{#2} for +%D the keyword \type{default} and executed the related action +%D if present. When \type{#1} is non empty and not in the list, +%D the action related to \type{unknown} is executed. Both +%D keywords must be at the end of list \type{#2}. Afterwards, +%D the actually found keyword is available in +%D \type{\commalistelement}. An advanced example of the use of +%D this macro can be found in \PPCHTEX, where we completely +%D rely on \TEX\ for interpreting user supplied keywords like +%D \type{SB}, \type{SB1..6}, \type{SB125} etc. +%D +%D Even a quick glance at the macros below show some overlap, +%D which means that more efficient alternatives are possible. +%D Because these macro's are very sensitive to subtle changes, +%D we've decided to present the readable originals first +%D Maybe these these macros look complicated, but this is a +%D direct result of the support of nesting. Protection is only +%D applied in \type{\processaction}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newcount\processlevel +%D +%D \def\processaction[#1]#2[#3]% +%D {\doifelse{#1}{} +%D {\def\c!compareprocessaction[##1=>##2]% +%D {\edef\!!stringa{##1}% +%D \ifx\!!stringa\s!default +%D \def\commalistelement{#1}% +%D ##2% +%D \fi}} +%D {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +%D \edef\!!stringb{#1}% +%D \let\donottest=\doprocesstest +%D \def\c!compareprocessaction[##1=>##2]% +%D {\edef\!!stringa{##1}% +%D \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +%D \def\commalistelement{#1}% +%D ##2% +%D \let\c!doprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument +%D \else\ifx\!!stringa\s!unknown +%D \def\commalistelement{#1}% +%D ##2% +%D \fi\fi}}% +%D \def\c!doprocessaction##1% +%D {\c!compareprocessaction[##1]}% +%D \processcommalist[#3]\c!doprocessaction} +%D +%D \def\processfirstactioninset[#1]#2[#3]% +%D {\doifelse{#1}{} +%D {\processaction[][#3]} +%D {\def\c!compareprocessaction[##1=>##2][##3]% +%D {\edef\!!stringa{##1}% +%D \edef\!!stringb{##3}% +%D \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +%D \def\commalistelement{##3}% +%D ##2% +%D \let\c!doprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument +%D \let\c!dodoprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument +%D \else\ifx\!!stringa\s!unknown +%D \def\commalistelement{##3}% +%D ##2% +%D \fi\fi}% +%D \def\c!doprocessaction##1% +%D {\def\c!dodoprocessaction####1% +%D {\c!compareprocessaction[####1][##1]}% +%D \processcommalist[#3]\c!dodoprocessaction}% +%D \processcommalist[#1]\c!doprocessaction}} +%D +%D \def\processallactionsinset[#1]#2[#3]% +%D {\doifelse{#1}{} +%D {\processaction[][#3]} +%D {\advance\processlevel by 1\relax +%D \def\c!compareprocessaction[##1=>##2][##3]% +%D {\edef\!!stringa{##1}% +%D \edef\!!stringb{##3}% +%D \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +%D \def\commalistelement{##3}% +%D ##2% +%D \let\c!dodoprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument +%D \else\ifx\!!stringa\s!unknown +%D \def\commalistelement{##3}% +%D ##2% +%D \fi\fi}% +%D \setvalue{\s!do\the\processlevel}##1% +%D {\def\c!dodoprocessaction####1% +%D {\c!compareprocessaction[####1][##1]}% +%D \processcommalist[#3]\c!dodoprocessaction}% +%D \processcommalist[#1]{\getvalue{\s!do\the\processlevel}}% +%D \advance\processlevel by -1\relax}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The gain of speed in the final implementation is around +%D 20\%, depending on the application. + +\newcount\processlevel + +\def\v!compareprocessactionA[#1=>#2]% + {\edef\!!stringb{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringb\s!default + #2% + \fi} + +\def\v!compareprocessactionB[#1=>#2]% + {\expandedaction\!!stringb{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \def\commalistelement{#1}% + #2% + \let\p!doprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument + \else + \edef\!!stringb{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringb\s!unknown + \def\commalistelement{#1}% + #2% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\processaction[#1]#2[#3]% + {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest + \expandedaction\!!stringa{#1}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \let\v!compareprocessaction=\v!compareprocessactionA + \else + \let\v!compareprocessaction=\v!compareprocessactionB + \fi + \def\p!doprocessaction##1% + {\v!compareprocessaction[##1]}% + \processcommalist[#3]\p!doprocessaction + \expandactions} + +\def\v!compareprocessactionC[#1=>#2][#3]% + {\expandedaction\!!stringa{#1}% + \expandedaction\!!stringb{#3}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \def\commalistelement{#3}% + #2% + \let\p!doprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument + \let\p!dodoprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument + \else + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\s!unknown + \def\commalistelement{#3}% + #2% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\processfirstactioninset[#1]#2[#3]% + {\expandedaction\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \processaction[][#3]% + \else + \def\p!doprocessaction##1% + {\def\p!dodoprocessaction####1% + {\v!compareprocessactionC[####1][##1]}% + \processcommalist[#3]\p!dodoprocessaction}% + \processcommalist[#1]\p!doprocessaction + \fi + \expandactions} + +\def\v!compareprocessactionD[#1=>#2][#3]% + {\expandedaction\!!stringa{#1}% + \expandedaction\!!stringb{#3}% + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \def\commalistelement{#3}% + #2% + \let\p!dodoprocessaction=\gobbleoneargument + \else + \edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\s!unknown + \def\commalistelement{#3}% + #2% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\processallactionsinset[#1]#2[#3]% + {\expandedaction\!!stringa{#1}% + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \processaction[][#3]% + \else + \advance\processlevel by 1\relax + \setvalue{\s!do\the\processlevel}##1% + {\def\p!dodoprocessaction####1% + {\v!compareprocessactionD[####1][##1]}% + \processcommalist[#3]\p!dodoprocessaction}% + \processcommalist[#1]{\getvalue{\s!do\the\processlevel}}% + \advance\processlevel by -1\relax + \fi + \expandactions} + +%D \macros +%D {unexpandedprocessaction, +%D unexpandedprocessfirstactioninset, +%D unexpandedprocessallactionsinset} +%D {} +%D +%D Now what are those expansion commands doing there. Well, +%D sometimes we want to compare actions that may consist off +%D commands (i.e. are no constants). In such occasions we can +%D use the a bit slower alternatives: + +\def\unexpandedprocessfirstactioninset{\dontexpandactions\processfirstactioninset} +\def\unexpandedprocessaction {\dontexpandactions\processaction} +\def\unexpandedprocessallactionsinset {\dontexpandactions\processallactionsinset} + +%D By default we expand actions: + +\def\expandactions% + {\let\expandedaction=\edef} + +\expandactions + +%D But when needed we convert the strings to meaningful +%D sequences of characters. + +\def\unexpandedaction#1>{} + +\def\noexpandedaction#1#2% + {\def\convertedargument{#2}% + \@EA\edef\@EA#1\@EA{\@EA\unexpandedaction\meaning\convertedargument}} + +\def\dontexpandactions% + {\let\expandedaction=\noexpandedaction} + +%D \macros +%D {getfirstcharacter,firstcharacter} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes the action to be undertaken depends on the +%D next character. This macro get this character and puts it in +%D \type{\firstcharacter}. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getfirstcharacter {string} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D A two step expansion is used to prevent problems with +%D complicated arguments, for instance arguments that +%D consist of two or more expandable tokens. + +\def\dogetfirstcharacter#1#2\\% + {\def\firstcharacter{#1}} + +\def\getfirstcharacter#1% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \expandafter\dogetfirstcharacter\!!stringa\\} + +%D \macros +%D {doifinstringelse} +%D {} +%D +%D We can check for the presence of a substring in a given +%D sequence of characters. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifinsetelse {substring} {string} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D An application of this command can be found further on. +%D Like before, we first show some alternatives, like the one +%D we started with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \long\def\p!doifinstringelse#1#2#3#4% +%D {\def\c!doifinstringelse##1#1##2##3\war% +%D {\if##2@% +%D #4% +%D \else +%D #3% +%D \fi}% +%D \c!doifinstringelse#2#1@@\war} +%D +%D \def\doifinstringelse% +%D {\ExpandBothAfter\p!doifinstringelse} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D After this we came to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\p!doifinstringelse#1#2% +%D {\def\c!doifinstringelse##1#1##2##3\war% +%D {\if##2@}% +%D \c!doifinstringelse#2#1@@\war} +%D +%D \def\doifinstringelse#1#2#3#4% +%D {\ExpandBothAfter\p!doifinstringelse{#1}{#2}% +%D #4% +%D \else +%D #3% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And finaly it became: + +\def\v!ifinstringelse#1#2% + {\def\c!ifinstringelse##1#1##2##3\war% + {\csname\if##2@iffalse\else iftrue\fi\endcsname}% + \c!ifinstringelse#2#1@@\war} + +\def\ifinstringelse#1#2% + {\expanded{\v!ifinstringelse{#1}{#2}}} + +\long\def\doifinstringelse#1#2#3#4% + {\ifinstringelse{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \else + #4% + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {doifnumberelse} +%D {} +%D +%D The next macro executes a command depending of the outcome +%D of a test on numerals. This is probably one of the fastest +%D test possible, exept from a less robust 10||step +%D \type{\if}||ladder or some tricky \type{\lcode} checking. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifnumberelse {string} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The macro accepts \type{123}, \type{abc}, \type{{}}, +%D \type{\getal} and \type{\the\count...}. + +\long\def\doifnumberelse#1#2#3% + {\getfirstcharacter{#1}% + \@EA\ifinstringelse\firstcharacter{1234567890}% + #2% + \else + #3% + \fi} + +%D Before we had \type{\ifinstringelse} available, we used: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\doifnumberelse#1% +%D {\getfirstcharacter{#1}% +%D \rawdoifinsetelse{\firstcharacter}{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0}} +%D \stoptypen + +%D A faster but less fail safe alternative is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostepwiserecurse{0}{9}{1} +%D {\@EA\uccode\@EA`\recurselevel=1} +%D +%D \long\def\doifnumberelse#1#2#3% +%D {\getfirstcharacter{#1}% +%D \@EA\ifnum\@EA\uccode\@EA`\firstcharacter=1 +%D #2% +%D \else +%D #3% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This one only works when the \type{\firstcharacter} is +%D indeed a character. Numbers and strings of characters go +%D all right, but arguments like \type{\relax} let things +%D go wrong. + +%D \macros +%D {makerawcommalist, +%D rawdoinsetelse, +%D rawprocesscommalist, +%D rawprocessaction} +%D {} +%D +%D Some of the commands mentioned earlier are effective but +%D slow. When one is desperately in need of faster alternatives +%D and when the conditions are predictable safe, the \type{\raw} +%D alternatives come into focus. A major drawback is that +%D they do not take \type{\c!constants} into account, simply +%D because no expansion is done. This is no problem with +%D \type{\rawprocesscommalist}, because this macro does not +%D compare anything. Expandable macros are permitted as search +%D string. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \makerawcommalist[string,string,...]\stringlist +%D \rawdoifinsetelse{string}{string,...}{...}{...} +%D \rawprocesscommalist[string,string,...]\commando +%D \rawprocessaction[x][a=>\a,b=>\b,c=>\c] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Spaces embedded in the list, for instance after commas, +%D spoil the search process. The gain in speed depends on the +%D length of the argument (the longer the argument, the less +%D we gain). + +\def\makerawcommalist[#1]#2% + {\def\appendtocommalist##1% + {\doifelse{#2}{} + {\edef#2{##1}} + {\edef#2{#2,##1}}}% + \def#2{}% + \processcommalist[#1]\appendtocommalist} + +\def\rawprocesscommaitem#1,% + {\if]#1\else + \csname\s!next\the\commalevel\endcsname{#1}% + \expandafter\rawprocesscommaitem + \fi} + +\def\rawprocesscommalist[#1]#2% + {\advance\commalevel by 1\relax + \expandafter\let\csname\s!next\the\commalevel\endcsname=#2% + \expandafter\rawprocesscommaitem#1,],\relax + \advance\commalevel by -1\relax} + +\def\rawdoifinsetelse#1#2% + {\doifinstringelse{,#1,}{,#2,}} + +\def\v!rawprocessaction[#1][#2]% + {\def\c!rawprocessaction##1,#1=>##2,##3\war% + {\if##3@\else + \def\v!processaction{##2}% + \fi}% + \c!rawprocessaction,#2,#1=>,@\war} + +\def\rawprocessaction[#1]#2[#3]% + {\edef\!!stringa{#1}% + \edef\!!stringb{undefined}% + \let\v!processaction=\!!stringb + \ifx\!!stringa\empty + \@EA\v!rawprocessaction\@EA[\s!default][#3]% + \else + \expandafter\v!rawprocessaction\expandafter[\!!stringa][#3]% + \ifx\v!processaction\!!stringb + \@EA\v!rawprocessaction\@EA[\s!unknown][#3]% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\v!processaction\!!stringb + \else + \v!processaction + \fi} + +%D When we process the list \type{a,b,c,d,e}, the raw routine +%D takes over 30\% less time, when we feed $20+$ character +%D strings we gain about 20\%. Alternatives which use +%D \type{\futurelet} perform worse. Part of the speedup is +%D due to the \type{\let} and \type{\expandafter} in the test. + +%D \macros +%D {processunexpandedcommalist} +%D {} +%D +%D When processing commalists, the arguments are expanded. The +%D main reason for doing so lays in the fact that these +%D macros are used for interfacing. The next alternative can be used +%D for +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \processunexpandedcommalist +%D [\alfa\beta,\gamma,\delta\epsilon] +%D \handleitem +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This time nesting is not supported. + +\def\processunexpandedcommaitem#1,% + {\if]\noexpand#1% + \let\nextcommaitem=\relax + \else + \handleunexpandedcommaitem{#1}% + \let\nextcommaitem=\processunexpandedcommaitem + \fi + \nextcommaitem} + +\def\processunexpandedcommalist[#1]#2% + {\def\handleunexpandedcommaitem{#2}% + \processunexpandedcommaitem#1,],\relax} + +%D Or faster: + +\def\processunexpandedcommaitem#1,% + {\if]\noexpand#1\else + \handleunexpandedcommaitem{#1}% + \expandafter\processunexpandedcommaitem + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue, +%D dogetvalue} +%D {} +%D +%D When we are going to do assignments, we have to take +%D multi||linguality into account. For the moment we keep +%D things simple and single||lingual. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosetvalue {label} {variable} {value} +%D \dosetevalue {label} {variable} {value} +%D \docopyvalue {to label} {from label} {variable} +%D \doresetvalue {label} {variable} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These macros are in fact auxiliary ones and are not meant +%D for use outside the assignment macros. + +\def\dosetvalue#1#2% #3 + {\@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname} % {#3}} + +\def\dosetevalue#1#2% #3 + {\@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname} % {#3}} + +\def\doresetvalue#1#2% + {\@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{}} + +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\@EA\def\csname#1#3\endcsname{\csname#2#3\endcsname}} + +%D \macros +%D {doassign,undoassign,doassignempty} +%D {} +%D +%D Assignments are the backbone of \CONTEXT. Abhorred by the +%D concept of style file hacking, we took a considerable effort +%D in building a parameterized system. Unfortunately there is a +%D price to pay in terms of speed. Compared to other packages +%D and taking the functionality of \CONTEXT\ into account, the +%D total size of the format file is still very acceptable. Now +%D how are these assignments done. +%D +%D Assignments can be realized with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doassign[label][variable=value] +%D \undoassign[label][variable=value] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doassignempty[label][variable=value] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Assignments like \type{\doassign} are compatible with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\labelvariable{value} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We do check for the presence of an \type{=} and loudly +%D complain of it's missed. We will redefine this macro later +%D on, when a more advanced message mechanism is implemented. + +%\def\p!doassign#1[#2][#3=#4=#5]% +% {\let\donottest=\dontprocesstest +% \edef\!!stringa{#5}% +% \let\!!stringb=\relax +% \let\donottest=\doprocesstest +% \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb +% \writestatus +% {setup} +% {missing '=' after '#3' in line \the\inputlineno}% +% \else +% #1{#2}{#3}{#4}% +% \fi} + +\def\p!doassign#1[#2][#3=#4=#5]% redefined in mult-ini + {\ifx\empty#3\else % and definitely not \ifx#3\empty + \ifx\relax#5% + \writestatus + {setup} + {missing '=' after '#3' in line \the\inputlineno}% + \else + #1{#2}{#3}{#4}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\doassign[#1][#2]% + {\p!doassign\dosetvalue[#1][#2==\relax]} + +\def\doeassign[#1][#2]% + {\p!doassign\dosetevalue[#1][#2==\relax]} + +\def\undoassign[#1][#2]% + {\p!doassign\doresetvalue[#1][#2==\relax]} + +\def\doassignempty[#1][#2=#3]% + {\doifundefined{#1#2} + {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + +%D \macros +%D {getparameters,geteparameters,forgetparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D Using the assignment commands directly is not our +%D ideal of user friendly interfacing, so we take some further +%D steps. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getparameters [label] [...=...,...=...] +%D \forgetparameters [label] [...=...,...=...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Again, the label identifies the category a variable +%D belongs to. The second argument can be a comma separated +%D list of assignments. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getparameters +%D [demo] +%D [alfa=1, +%D beta=2] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D is equivalent to +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\demoalfa{1} +%D \def\demobeta{2} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D +%D In the pre||multi||lingual stadium \CONTEXT\ took the next +%D approach. With +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\??demo {@@demo} +%D \def\!!alfa {alfa} +%D \def\!!beta {beta} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D calling +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getparameters +%D [\??demo] +%D [\!!alfa=1, +%D \!!beta=2] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D lead to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\@@demoalfa{1} +%D \def\@@demobeta{2} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because we want to be able to distinguish the \type{!!} +%D pre||tagged user supplied variables from internal +%D counterparts, we will introduce a slightly different tag in +%D the multi||lingual modules. There we will use \type{c!} or +%D \type{v!}, depending on the context. +%D +%D By calling \type{\p!doassign} directly, we save ourselves +%D some argument passing and gain some speed. Whatever +%D optimizations we do, this command will always be one of the +%D bigger bottlenecks. +%D +%D The alternative \type{\geteparameters} --- it's funny to +%D see that this alternative saw the light so lately --- can be +%D used to do expanded assigments. + +\def\dogetparameters#1[#2]#3[#4]% + {\def\p!dogetparameter##1% + {\p!doassign#1[#2][##1==\relax]}% + \processcommalist[#4]\p!dogetparameter} + +\def\getparameters% + {\dogetparameters\dosetvalue} + +\def\geteparameters% + {\dogetparameters\dosetevalue} + +\def\forgetparameters% + {\dogetparameters\doresetvalue} + +\let\getexpandedparameters=\geteparameters + +%D \macros +%D {getemptyparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D Sometimes we explicitly want variables to default to an +%D empty string, so we welcome: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getemptyparameters [label] [...=...,...=...] +%D \stoptypen + +\def\getemptyparameters[#1]#2[#3]% + {\def\p!dogetemptyparameter##1% + {\doassignempty[#1][##1]}% + \processcommalist[#3]\p!dogetemptyparameter} + +%D \macros +%D {copyparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D Some \CONTEXT\ commands take their default setups from +%D others. All commands that are able to provide backgounds +%D or rules around some content, for instance default to the +%D standard command for ruled boxes. Is situations like this +%D we can use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \copyparameters [to-label] [from-label] [name1,name2,...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For instance +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \copyparameters +%D [internal][external] +%D [alfa,beta] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Leads to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\internalalfa {\externalalfa} +%D \def\internalbeta {\externalbeta} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D By using \type{\docopyvalue} we've prepared this command +%D for use in a multi||lingual environment. + +\def\copyparameters[#1]#2[#3]#4[#5]% + {\doifnot{#1}{#3} + {\def\docopyparameter##1% + {\docopyvalue{#1}{#3}{##1}}% + \processcommalist[#5]\docopyparameter}} + +%D \macros +%D {doifassignmentelse} +%D {} +%D +%D A lot of \CONTEXT\ commands take optional arguments, for +%D instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dothisorthat[alfa,beta] +%D \dothisorthat[first=foo,second=bar] +%D \dothisorthat[alfa,beta][first=foo,second=bar] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Although a combined solution is possible, we prefer a +%D seperation. The next command takes care of propper +%D handling of such multi||faced commands. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doifassignmentelse {...} {then ...} {else ...} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\doifassignmentelse% + {\doifinstringelse{=}} + +%D \macros +%D {ifparameters,checkparameters} +%D {} +%D +%D A slightly different one is \type{\checkparameters}, which +%D also checks on the presence of a~\type{=}. +%D +%D The boolean \type{\ifparameters} can be used afterwards. +%D Combining both in one \type{\if}||macro would lead to +%D problems with nested \type{\if}'s. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \checkparameters[argument] +%D \stoptypen + +\newif\ifparameters + +\def\c!checkparameters#1=#2#3\war% + {\if#2@\parametersfalse\else\parameterstrue\fi} + +\def\checkparameters[#1]% + {\c!checkparameters#1=@@\war} + +%D \macros +%D {getfromcommalist,getfromcommacommand, +%D commalistelement, +%D getcommalistsize,getcommacommandsize} +%D {} +%D +%D It's possible to get an element from a commalist or a +%D command representing a commalist. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getfromcommalist [string] [n] +%D \getfromcommacommand [string,\strings,string,...] [n] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The difference betwee the two of them is the same as the +%D difference between \type{\processcomma...}. The found string +%D is stored in \type{\commalistelement}. +%D +%D We can calculate the size of a comma separated list by +%D using: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getcommalistsize [string,string,...] +%D \getcommacommandsize [string,\strings,string,...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Afterwards, the length is available in the macro +%D \type{\commalistsize} (not a \COUNTER). + +\def\commalistsize{0} + +\def\p!dogetcommalistsize#1[#2]% + {\scratchcounter=0\relax + \def\p!dodogetcommalistsize##1% + {\advance\scratchcounter by 1\relax}% + #1[#2]\p!dodogetcommalistsize % was [{#2}] + \edef\commalistsize{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\getcommalistsize% + {\p!dogetcommalistsize\processcommalist} + +\def\getcommacommandsize% + {\p!dogetcommalistsize\processcommacommand} + +\def\p!dodogetfromcommalist#1% + {\advance\scratchcounter by -1\relax + \ifnum\scratchcounter=0\relax + \gdef\globalcommalistelement{#1}% + \def\doprocesscommaitem##1]{}% + \fi} + +\def\p!dogetfromcommalist#1[#2]#3[#4]% + {\global\let\globalcommalistelement=\empty + \bgroup + \scratchcounter=#4\relax + #1[#2]\p!dodogetfromcommalist + \egroup + \let\commalistelement=\globalcommalistelement} + +\def\getfromcommalist% + {\p!dogetfromcommalist\processcommalist} + +\def\getfromcommacommand% + {\p!dogetfromcommalist\processcommacommand} + +%D Watertight (and efficient) solutions are hard to find, due +%D to the handling of braces during parameters passing and +%D scanning. Nevertheless: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \def\dosomething#1{(#1=\commalistsize) } +%D +%D \getcommalistsize [\hbox{$a,b,c,d,e,f$}] \dosomething 1 +%D \getcommalistsize [{a,b,c,d,e,f}] \dosomething 1 +%D \getcommalistsize [{a,b,c},d,e,f] \dosomething 4 +%D \getcommalistsize [a,b,{c,d,e},f] \dosomething 4 +%D \getcommalistsize [a{b,c},d,e,f] \dosomething 4 +%D \getcommalistsize [{a,b}c,d,e,f] \dosomething 4 +%D \getcommalistsize [] \dosomething 0 +%D \getcommalistsize [{[}] \dosomething 1 +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D reports: +%D +%D \haalbuffer + +%D \macros +%D {dosingleargument,dodoubleargument,dotripleargument, +%D doquadrupleargument,doquintupleargument,dosixtupleargument} +%D {} +%D +%D When working with delimited arguments, spaces and +%D lineendings can interfere. The next set of macros uses +%D \TEX' internal scanner for grabbing everything between +%D arguments. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosingleargument\commando = \commando[#1] +%D \dodoubleargument\commando = \commando[#1][#2] +%D \dotripleargument\commando = \commando[#1][#2][#3] +%D \doquadrupleargument\commando = \commando[#1][#2][#3][#4] +%D \doquintupleargument\commando = \commando[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5] +%D \dosixtupleargument\commando = \commando[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D These macros are used in the following way: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dosetupsomething[#1][#2]% +%D {... #1 ... #2 ...} +%D +%D \def\setupsomething% +%D {\dodoubleargument\dosetupsomething} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The implementation can be surprisingly simple and needs no +%D further explanation, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dosingleargument#1[#2]% +%D {#1[#2]} +%D \def\dotripleargument#1[#2]#3[#4]#5[#6]% +%D {#1[#2][#4][#6]} +%D \def\doquintupleargument#1% +%D {\def\dodoquintupleargument[##1]##2[##3]##4[##5]##6[##7]##8[##9]% +%D {#1[##1][##3][##5][##7][##9]}% +%D \dodoquintupleargument} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Because \TEX\ accepts 9~arguments at most, we have to use +%D two||step solution when getting five or more arguments. +%D +%D When developing more and more of the real \CONTEXT, we +%D started using some alternatives that provided empty +%D arguments (in fact optional ones) whenever the user failed +%D to supply them. Because this more complicated macros enable +%D us to do some checking, we reimplemented the non||empty +%D ones. + +\def\dosingleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=1 + \dosingleempty} + +\def\dodoubleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=2 + \dodoubleempty} + +\def\dotripleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=3 + \dotripleempty} + +\def\doquadrupleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=4 + \doquadrupleempty} + +\def\doquintupleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=5 + \doquintupleempty} + +\def\doquintupleargument% + {\chardef\expectedarguments=6 + \dosixtupleempty} + +%D \macros +%D {iffirstagument,ifsecondargument,ifthirdargument, +%D iffourthargument,iffifthargument,ifsixthargument} +%D {} +%D +%D We use some signals for telling the calling macros if all +%D wanted arguments are indeed supplied by the user. + +\newif\iffirstargument +\newif\ifsecondargument +\newif\ifthirdargument +\newif\iffourthargument +\newif\iffifthargument +\newif\ifsixthargument + +%D \macros +%D {dosingleempty,dodoubleempty,dotripleempty, +%D doquadrupleempty,doquintupleempty} +%D {} +%D +%D The empty argument supplying macros mentioned before, look +%D like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosingleempty \command +%D \dodoubleempty \command +%D \dotripleempty \command +%D \doquadrupleempty \command +%D \doquintupleempty \command +%D \dosixtupleempty \command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D So \type{\dodoubleempty} leades to: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \command[#1][#2] +%D \command[#1][] +%D \command[][] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Depending of the generousity of the user. Afterwards one can +%D use the \type{\if...argument} boolean. For novice: watch +%D the stepwise doubling of \type{#}'s + +\chardef\noexpectedarguments=0 +\chardef\expectedarguments =0 + +\def\dogetargument#1#2#3#4% redefined in mult-ini + {\doifnextcharelse{#1} + {\let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + #3\dodogetargument} + {\ifnum\expectedarguments>\noexpectedarguments + \writestatus + {setup} + {\expectedarguments\space argument(s) expected + in line \the\inputlineno\space}% + \fi + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + #4\dodogetargument#1#2}} + +\def\getsingleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\getdoubleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument#1##1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3#1##1#2}% + \dogetargument#1#2\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\gettripleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument#1##1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1####1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3#1##1#2#1####1#2}% + \dogetargument#1#2\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\getquadrupleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument#1##1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1####1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1########1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3#1##1#2#1####1#2#1########1#2}% + \dogetargument#1#2\fourthargumenttrue\fourthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\getquintupleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument#1##1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1####1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1########1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1################1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3#1##1#2#1####1#2#1########1#2#1################1#2}% + \dogetargument#1#2\fifthargumenttrue\fifthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\fourthargumenttrue\fourthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\getsixtupleempty#1#2#3% + {\def\dodogetargument#1##1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1####1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1########1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1################1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument#1################################1#2% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#3#1##1#2#1####1#2#1########1#2#1################1% + #2#1################################1#2}% + \dogetargument#1#2\sixthargumenttrue\sixthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\fifthargumenttrue\fifthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\fourthargumenttrue\fourthargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetargument#1#2\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\dosingleempty {\getsingleempty []} +\def\dodoubleempty {\getdoubleempty []} +\def\dotripleempty {\gettripleempty []} +\def\doquadrupleempty {\getquadrupleempty []} +\def\doquintupleempty {\getquintupleempty []} +\def\dosixtupleempty {\getsixtupleempty []} + +%D \macros +%D {dosingleargumentwithset, +%D dodoubleargumentwithset,dodoubleemptywithset, +%D dotripleargumentwithset,dotripleemptywithset} +%D {} +%D +%D These maybe too mysterious macros enable us to handle more +%D than one setup at once. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosingleargumentwithset \command[#1] +%D \dodoubleargumentwithset \command[#1][#2] +%D \dotripleargumentwithset \command[#1][#2][#3] +%D \dodoubleemptywithset \command[#1][#2] +%D \dotripleemptywithset \command[#1][#2][#3] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first macro calls \type{\command[##1]} for each string +%D in the set~\type{#1}. The second one calls for +%D \type{\commando[##1][#2]} and the third, well one may guess. +%D These commands support constructions like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\dodefinesomething[#1][#2]% +%D {\getparameters[\??xx#1][#2]} +%D +%D \def\definesomething% +%D {\dodoubleargumentwithset\dodefinesomething} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Which accepts calls like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesomething[alfa,beta,...][variable=...,...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Now a whole bunch of variables like \type{\@@xxalfavariable} +%D and \type{\@@xxbetavariable} is defined. + +\def\dosingleargumentwithset#1% + {\def\dodosinglewithset[##1]% + {\def\dododosinglewithset####1% + {#1[####1]}% + \processcommalist[##1]\dododosinglewithset}% + \dosingleargument\dodosinglewithset}% + +\def\dodoublewithset#1#2% + {\def\dododoublewithset[##1][##2]% + {\doifnot{##1}{} + {\def\dodododoublewithset####1% + {#2[####1][##2]}% + \processcommalist[##1]\dodododoublewithset}}% + #1\dododoublewithset}% + +\def\dodoubleemptywithset% + {\dodoublewithset\dodoubleempty} + +\def\dodoubleargumentwithset% + {\dodoublewithset\dodoubleargument} + +\def\dotriplewithset#1#2% + {\def\dodotriplewithset[##1][##2][##3]% + {\doifnot{##1}{} + {\def\dododotriplewithset####1% + {#2[####1][##2][##3]}% + \processcommalist[##1]\dododotriplewithset}}% + #1\dodotriplewithset}% + +\def\dotripleemptywithset% + {\dotriplewithset\dotripleempty} + +\def\dotripleargumentwithset% + {\dotriplewithset\dotripleargument} + +%D \macros +%D {complexorsimple,complexorsimpleempty} +%D {} +%D +%D Setups can be optional. A command expecting a setup is +%D prefixed by \type{\complex}, a command without one gets the +%D prefix \type{\simple}. Commands like this can be defined by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \complexorsimple {command} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When \type{\command} is followed by a \type{[setup]}, then +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \complexcommand [setup] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D executes, else we get +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \simplecommand +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D An alternative for \type{\complexorsimple} is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \complexorsimpleempty {command} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Depending on the presence of \type{[setup]}, this one +%D leads to one of: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \complexcommando [setup] +%D \complexcommando [] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Many \CONTEXT\ commands started as complex or simple ones, +%D but changed into more versatile (more object oriented) ones +%D using the \type{\get..argument} commands. + +\def\complexorsimple#1% + {\doifnextcharelse{[} + {\firstargumenttrue\getvalue{\s!complex#1}} + {\firstargumentfalse\getvalue{\s!simple#1}}} + +\def\complexorsimpleempty#1% + {\doifnextcharelse{[} + {\firstargumenttrue\getvalue{\s!complex#1}} + {\firstargumentfalse\getvalue{\s!complex#1}[]}} + +%D \macros +%D {definecomplexorsimple,definecomplexorsimpleempty} +%D {} +%D +%D The previous commands are used that often that we found it +%D worthwile to offer two more alternatives. + +\def\setnameofcommand#1% + {\bgroup + \escapechar=-1\relax + \xdef\nameofcommand{\string#1}% + \egroup} + +\def\definewithnameofcommand#1#2% watch the \donottest + {\setnameofcommand{#2}% + \@EA\def\@EA#2\@EA{\@EA\donottest\@EA#1\@EA{\nameofcommand}}} + +\def\definecomplexorsimple% + {\definewithnameofcommand\complexorsimple} + +\def\definecomplexorsimpleempty% + {\definewithnameofcommand\complexorsimpleempty} + +%D These commands are called as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecomplexorsimple\command +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Of course, we must have available +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\complexcommand[#1]{...} +%D \def\simplecommand {...} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Using this construction saves a few string now and then. + +%D \macros +%D {definestartstopcommand} +%D {} +%D +%D Those who get the creeps of expansion may skip the next +%D one. It's one of the most recent additions and concerns +%D \type{\start}||\type{\stop} pairs with complicated +%D arguments. +%D +%D We won't go into details here, but the general form of +%D this using this command is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definestartstopcommand\somecommand\v!specifier{arg}{arg}% +%D {do something with arg} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This expands to something like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\somecommand arg \startspecifier arg \stopspecifier% +%D {do something with arg} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The argumentss can be anything reasonable, but double +%D \type{#}'s are needed in the specification part, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definestartstopcommand\somecommand\v!specifier{[##1][##2]}{##3}% +%D {do #1 something #2 with #3 arg} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D which becomes: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\somecommand[#1][#2]\startspecifier#3\stopspecifier% +%D {do #1 something #2 with #3 arg} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We will see some real applications of this command in the +%D core modules. + +\def\definestartstopcommand#1#2#3#4% + {\def\!stringa{#3}% + \def\!stringb{\e!start#2}% + \def\!stringc{#4}% + \def\!stringd{\e!stop#2}% + \@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA + \def\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA + #1\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA\@EA + \!stringa\@EA\@EA\@EA + \csname\@EA\@EA\@EA\!stringb\@EA\@EA\@EA\endcsname\@EA + \!stringc + \csname\!stringd\endcsname} + +%D \macros +%D {dosinglegroupempty,dodoublegroupempty,dotriplegroupempty, +%D doquadruplegroupempty} +%D {} +%D +%D We've already seen some commands that take care of +%D optional arguments between \type{[]}. The next two commands +%D handle the ones with \type{{}}. They are called as: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dosinglegroupempty \IneedONEargument +%D \dodoublegroupempty \IneedTWOarguments +%D \dotriplegroupempty \IneedTHREEarguments +%D \dotriplegroupempty \IneedFOURarguments +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D where \type{\IneedONEargument} takes one and the others +%D two and three arguments. These macro's were first needed in +%D \PPCHTEX. + +\def\dogetgroupargument#1#2% redefined in mult-ini + {\def\nextnextargument% + {\ifx\nextargument\bgroup + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + \def\nextargument{#1\dodogetargument}% + %\else\ifx\nextargument\lineending % this can be an option + % \def\nextargument{\bgroup\def\\ {\egroup\dogetgroupargument#1#2}\\}% + %\else\ifx\nextargument\blankspace % but it may never be default + % \def\nextargument{\bgroup\def\\ {\egroup\dogetgroupargument#1#2}\\}% + \else + \ifnum\expectedarguments>\noexpectedarguments + \writestatus + {setup} + {\the\expectedarguments\space argument(s) expected + in line \the\inputlineno\space}% + \fi + \let\expectedarguments=\noexpectedarguments + \def\nextargument{#2\dodogetargument{}}% + \fi%\fi\fi % so let's get rid of it + \nextargument}% + \futurelet\nextargument\nextnextargument} + +\def\dosinglegroupempty#1% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#1}% + \dogetgroupargument\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\dodoublegroupempty#1% + {\def\dodogetargument##1% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#1{##1}}% + \dogetgroupargument\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\dotriplegroupempty#1% + {\def\dodogetargument##1% + {\def\dodogetargument####1% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#1{##1}{####1}}% + \dogetgroupargument\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + +\def\doquadruplegroupempty#1% + {\def\dodogetargument##1% + {\def\dodogetargument####1% + {\def\dodogetargument########1% + {\def\dodogetargument% + {#1{##1}{####1}{########1}}% + \dogetgroupargument\fourthargumenttrue\fourthargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\thirdargumenttrue\thirdargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\secondargumenttrue\secondargumentfalse}% + \dogetgroupargument\firstargumenttrue\firstargumentfalse} + + +%D These macros explictly take care of spaces, which means +%D that the next definition and calls are valid: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\test#1#2#3{[#1#2#3]} +%D +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test {a}{b}{c} +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test {a}{b} +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test {a} +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test {a} {b} {c} +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test {a} {b} +%D \dotriplegroupempty\test +%D {a} +%D {b} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D And alike. + +%D \macros +%D {wait} +%D {} +%D +%D The next macro hardly needs explanation. Because no +%D nesting is to be expected, we can reuse \type{\wait} within +%D \type{\wait} itself. + +\def\wait% + {\bgroup + \read16 to \wait + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {writestring,writeline, +%D writestatus,statuswidth} +%D {} +%D +%D Maybe one didn't notice, but we've already introduced a +%D macro for showing messages. In the multi||lingual modules, +%D we will also introduce a mechanism for message passing. For +%D the moment we stick to the core macros: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \writestring {string} +%D \writeline +%D \writestatus {category} {message} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Messages are formatted. One can provide the maximum with +%D of the identification string with the macro +%D \type{\statuswidth}. + +\def\statuswidth {15} + +\def\writestring% + {\immediate\write16} + +\def\writeline% + {\writestring{}} + +\def\dosplitstatus#1#2\end% + {\ifx#1?% + \loop + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\statuswidth\relax + \edef\messagecontentA{\messagecontentA\space}% + \repeat + \else + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\statuswidth\relax + \edef\messagecontentA{\messagecontentA#1}% + \fi + \dosplitstatus#2\end + \fi} + +\def\writestatus#1#2% + {\bgroup + \edef\messagecontentA{}% + \edef\messagecontentB{#2}% maybe it's \the\scratchcounter + \scratchcounter=0 + \expandafter\dosplitstatus#1?\end + \writestring{\messagecontentA\space:\space\messagecontentB}% + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {debuggerinfo} +%D {} +%D +%D For debugging purposes we can enhance macros with the +%D next alternative. Here \type{debuggerinfo} stands for both +%D a macro accepting two arguments and a boolean (in fact a +%D few macro's too). + +\newif\ifdebuggerinfo + +\def\debuggerinfo#1#2% + {\ifdebuggerinfo + \writestatus{debugger}{#1:: #2}% + \fi} + +%D Finally we do what from now on will be done at the top of +%D the files: we tell the user what we are loading. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context System Macros / General} + +%D Well, the real final command is the one that resets the +%D unprotected characters \type{@}, \type{?} and \type{!}. + +\protect + +\endinput + diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9e8bb373 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-new, +%D version=1997.01.03, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=New Ones, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +\unprotect + +\def\DoMod #1by#2to#3% + {\scratchcounter=#1\relax + \divide\scratchcounter by #2\relax + \multiply\scratchcounter by #2\relax + #3=#1\relax + \advance#3 by -\scratchcounter} + +\def\DoDiv #1by#2to#3% + {#3=#1\relax + \divide#3 by #2\relax} + +\def\dounprotected#1\par% + {#1\protect} + +\def\unprotected% + {\unprotect\dounprotected} + +%D \pagina +%D \starttypen +%D \def\obeyhyphens% % after fontswitch +%D {\def\obeyedspace% +%D {\hyphenchar\font=45 +%D \spaceskip.5em\!!plus.25em\!!minus.25em\relax% +%D \def\obeyedspace{ }}} +%D \stoptypen + +%D Standaard kan een spatie (zoals ~) uitrekken. Dit is in +%D overzichten niet altijd de bedoeling, vandaar: + +\def\fixedspace% + {\hskip\fontdimen2\font\relax} + +%\def\ExpandSecondAfter#1#2#3% +% {\!!toksa={#2}% +% \edef\!!stringa{#3}% +% \edef\expanded% +% {\noexpand#1{\the\!!toksa}{\!!stringa}}% +% \expanded} +% +%\def\ExpandThirdAfter#1#2#3#4% +% {\!!toksa={#2}% +% \!!toksb={#3}% +% \edef\!!stringa{#4}% +% \edef\expanded% +% {\noexpand#1{\the\!!toksa}{\the\!!toksb}{\!!stringa}}% +% \expanded} + +%\def\indirect#1#2#3% +% {\@EA#1\@EA#2\@EA{\@EA#3\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname}% +% \@EA#1\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname} +% +%\def\doubleemptied#1#2#3% +% {\indirect#1#2\dodoublempty} +% +%\indirect\def\stelietsin\dodoubleempty[#1][#2]% +% {...} +% +%\doubleemptied\def\stelietsin[#1][#2]% +% {...} + +% in mult-set +% +%\def\defaultsetup{def} +% +%\def\selectdefaultsetup#1#2% +% {\writestatus{setup}{choose #1 setupfile}% +% \bgroup +% \endlinechar=-1 +% \global\read16 to \usersetup +% \egroup +% \ifx\usersetup\empty +% \let\usersetup=\defaultsetup +% \fi +% \readfile{#2\usersetup}{}{}% +% \writestatus{setup}{loading #1 setupfile #2\usersetup}} + +\protect + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d85e2050 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=syst-tex, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ System Macros, +%D subtitle=Efficient \PLAIN\ \TEX\ loading, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. Non||commercial use is +%C granted. + +%D We've build \CONTEXT\ on top of \PLAIN\ \TEX. Because we +%D want to make the format file as independant as possible of +%D machine dependant font encodings, we have to bypass the +%D loading of fonts. +%D +%D Let's start at the beginning. Because \PLAIN\ is not yet +%D loaded we have to define some \CATCODES\ ourselves. + +\catcode`\{=1 % left brace is begin-group character +\catcode`\}=2 % right brace is end-group character +\catcode`\#=6 % hash mark is macro parameter character + +%D We are going to report to the user what we are skipping. + +\def\skipmessage#1{\immediate\write16{skipping #1 in plain}} + +%D We want to be able to use the \type{\newsomething} +%D declarations not only on the \type{\outer} level. This can +%D be done by redefining \type{\outer} so we have to save its +%D original meaning. + +\let\normalouter = \outer +\let\outer = \relax + +%D We also want to postpone the loading of hyphenation patters, +%D so we redefine and therefore save \type{\input}. + +\let\normalinput = \input +\def\input #1 {\skipmessage{\string\input}} + +%D Finaly are going to we redefine some font specification +%D commands and that's why we save them too. The redefinitions +%D are straightforward because the macros have to do nothing +%D but skipping. + +\let\normalskewchar = \skewchar +\def\skewchar #1=#2 {\skipmessage{\string\skewchar}} + +\let\normaltextfont = \textfont +\let\normalscriptfont = \scriptfont +\let\normalscriptscriptfont = \scriptscriptfont + +\def\textfont #1=#2{\skipmessage{\string\textfont}} +\def\scriptfont #1=#2{\skipmessage{\string\scriptfont}} +\def\scriptscriptfont #1=#2{\skipmessage{\string\scriptscriptfont}} + +%D The redefinition of \type{\font} is a bit more complicated, +%D because in version 3.14159 a scaled specification was +%D introduced. + +\let\normalfont = \font + +\def\skipscaled scaled #1 {} + +\long\def\font#1=#2 #3% + {\ifx#3s% + \skipmessage{scaled \string\font}% + \let\next=\skipscaled + \else + \skipmessage{\string\font}% + \let\next=\relax + \fi + \next#3} + +%D Relaxing some font switching macros is needed because we +%D don't want any error messages during loading. These +%D unharmfull messages could be ingored. +%D +%D The next substitution is needed for determining +%D \type{\p@renwd} in the macro \type{\bordermatrix}. + +\def\tenex#1% + {\skipmessage{used \string\tenex}\hskip8.75002pt} + +%D We need to define \type{\tenrm} for switching to +%D \type{\rm}. + +\def\tenrm% + {\skipmessage{\string\tenrm}} + +%D In \CONTEXT\ all \PLAIN\ \TEX\ fonts are available, just +%D like \type{\p@renwd}. We only postpone loading them until +%D they are actually needed. + +%D By bypassing fonts, some definitions become less valid so +%D we have to redefine them afterwards. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \let\normalbordermatrix=\bordermatrix +%D +%D \def\bordermatrix% +%D {\bgroup +%D \setbox0=\hbox{\getvalue{\textface\c!mm\c!ex}B}% +%D \global\p@renwd=\wd0\relax +%D \egroup +%D \normalbordermatrix} +%D \stoptypen + +%D Now we are ready for loading \PLAIN\ \TEX. Of couse we use +%D \type{\normalinput} and not \type{\input}. + +\normalinput plain.tex + +%D We restore some redefined primitives to their old meaning. + +\let\font = \normalfont +\let\skewchar = \normalskewchar +\let\textfont = \normaltextfont +\let\scriptfont = \normalscriptfont +\let\scriptscriptfont = \normalscriptscriptfont +\let\input = \normalinput +\let\outer = \normalouter + +%D We reset some of the used auxiliary macro's to +%D \type{\undefined}. One never knows what testing on them is +%D done elsewhere. + +\let\skipmessage = \undefined +\let\skipscaled = \undefined +\let\normalfont = \undefined +\let\normalskewchar = \undefined +\let\normaltextfont = \undefined +\let\normalscriptfont = \undefined +\let\normalscriptscriptfont = \undefined +\let\normalinput = \undefined +\let\normalouter = \undefined + +%D We want a bit more statistics and some less logging info +%D in the \type{log} file. + +\def\wlog#1{} + +\tracingstats=1 + +\endinput + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tex/context/base/table.tex b/tex/context/base/table.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..764ffaa42 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/table.tex @@ -0,0 +1,1960 @@ +% TABLE 1.0 +% Copyright Michael J. Wichura August 1988 + +%% The following three lines were inserted by C.E.K. of Personal TeX on 9-6-89 +%% \input nine +%% \input eight +%% \font\csc=cmcsc10 + + + +% The TABLE macros are divided into sections, roughly according to +% function: + +% Section Name Function +% a Allocation Allocates storage registers for parameters. +% f Format Reads format section; builds preamble for \halign; +% processes \ReFormat command. +% g Get Value Converts "spec"'s (as in spec_{LT}) to +% corresponding "values"'s (as in value_{LT}). +% h Hacks Utility macros; error messages; miscellaneous commands. +% k Keys Definition and scanning of format keys. +% n Numeric Macros for TABLE's numeric format. +% s Struts Macros for struts. +% t Tables Sets up \halign for table; end-of-row processing; +% alternate vertical rules; spanning; horizontal +% lines; stretching and shrinking; repositioning +% commands. + +% The name of each internal macro begins with the prefix "\!t", the +% "!" having category code 11, followed by the letter of the section +% in which the macro is defined. For example, a macro beginning "\!th" +% is defined in Section h (Hacks). There a few exceptions: +% the general purpose macros "\!ttemp", "\!ttempa", "\!ttempb", and +% "\!tnext" are repeatedly defined on the spot as the need arises. + +% External macros (and active characters) are defined in the following +% sections: +% Macro Section +% " t +% \- t +% \= t +% \ActivateBarAndQuote h +% \AugmentedTableStrut s +% \BackSpace h +% \BeginFormat f +% \BeginTable t +% \BeginTableParBox a +% \Center t +% \ColumnWidthFactor a +% \ColumnWidthUnit a +% \DQuote h +% \EndFormat k (\EndFormat is actually a key) +% \EndTable t +% \EndTableParBox a +% \Enlarge s +% \enlarge s +% \EveryTable a +% \EveryTableParBox a +% \Expand t +% \InterColumnSpaceFactor a +% \InterColumnSpaceUnit a +% \JustCenter t +% \JustLeft t +% \JustRight t +% \KernFactor a +% \KernUnit a +% \Left t +% \LeftTabskip a +% \LineThicknessFactor a +% \LineThicknessUnit a +% \LongLines t +% \Lower h +% \MakeStrut s +% \NewFormatKey k +% \NormalCWU a +% \NormalICSU a +% \NormalKU a +% \NormalLTU a +% \NormalSU a +% \NormalTableUnits a +% \OpenUp s +% \PseudoVrule t +% \Raise h +% \ReadFormatKeys k +% \ReFormat f +% \Right t +% \RightTabskip a +% \SetTableToWidth t +% \Smash h +% \StandardTableStrut s +% \StrutDepthFactor a +% \StrutHeightFactor a +% \StrutUnit a +% \TaBlE h +% \TracingFormats a +% \TracingKeys a +% \Use t +% \use t +% \VBar h +% \Vspace h +% \VspaceFactor a +% \WidenTableBy t +% \\ t +% \_ t +% \| t +% | t +% ~ t +% +\catcode `\!=11 +\catcode `\@=11 + +% Don't try to read the TABLE macros until after you've read the +% TABLE manual. The internal documentation of the macros is +% sketchy; you need the manual to understand what's going on. +% You should also review the material on \halign s in the TeXbook, +% since TABLE uses an \halign to perform its alignments. + +% In studying the TABLE macros, you should start by skimming the +% macros in the "miscellaneous hacks", "error messages", and "loops" +% subsections of Section h, as well as the "\GetValue" macro in +% Section g; these macros are called many times by the other macros. +% To continue with a "bottom-up" approach, read next Sections k, +% f, and t. (Top-downers should reverse the order.) The other +% Sections can be looked at as the need arises. + + + +% ********************************************************************* +% SECTION A: ALLOCATION +% ********************************************************************* + +\let\!tacr=\\ % Save meaning of \\ (Needed if TABLE is used with LaTeX + +% ********************************************************************* +% TABLE PARAMETERS: Units +% ********************************************************************* + +\newdimen\LineThicknessUnit +\newdimen\StrutUnit +\newskip \InterColumnSpaceUnit +\newdimen\ColumnWidthUnit +\newdimen\KernUnit + +\let\!taLTU=\LineThicknessUnit % Used in preamble +\let\!taCWU=\ColumnWidthUnit % Used in preamble +\let\!taKU =\KernUnit % Used in preamble + +\newtoks\NormalTLTU +\newtoks\NormalTSU +\newtoks\NormalTICSU +\newtoks\NormalTCWU +\newtoks\NormalTKU + +% NOTE: The user should modify the following DEFAULTS to suit his/her +% taste, and output device: +%\def\PixelsPerInch{300} +\NormalTLTU={1in \divide \LineThicknessUnit by 300 } +\NormalTSU ={\normalbaselineskip + \divide \StrutUnit by 11 } % 11 = 8+3 = NormalT Height+Depth Factors +\NormalTICSU={.5em plus 1fil minus .25em} % .5em = width of a digit +\NormalTCWU ={.5em} +\NormalTKU ={.5em} + +\def\NormalTableUnits{% + \LineThicknessUnit =\the\NormalTLTU + \StrutUnit =\the\NormalTSU + \InterColumnSpaceUnit=\the\NormalTICSU + \ColumnWidthUnit =\the\NormalTCWU + \KernUnit =\the\NormalTKU} + +\NormalTableUnits + +% The user should issue \NormalTableUnits when setting a table +% in a different point size, since the Table...Units themselves +% are static while the Normal...Units vary with the point size. + + +% ********************************************************************* +% TABLE PARAMETERS: Factors +% ********************************************************************* + +\newcount\LineThicknessFactor +\newcount\StrutHeightFactor +\newcount\StrutDepthFactor +\newcount\InterColumnSpaceFactor +\newcount\ColumnWidthFactor +\newcount\KernFactor +\newcount\VspaceFactor + +% DEFAULTS: +\LineThicknessFactor =2 +\StrutHeightFactor =8 +\StrutDepthFactor =3 +\InterColumnSpaceFactor =3 +\ColumnWidthFactor =10 +\KernFactor =1 +\VspaceFactor =2 + + +% ********************************************************************* +% DIAGNOSTIC PARAMETERS +% ********************************************************************* + +\newcount\TracingKeys % >=1 reports new keys, >=2 reports key usage +\newcount\TracingFormats % >=1 reports templates for columns + % >=2 reports \halign preamble + + +% ********************************************************************* +% PARBLOCK PARAMETERS +% ********************************************************************* + +\def\BeginTableParBox#1{% + \vtop\bgroup + \hsize=#1 + \normalbaselines + \let~=\!ttTie + \let\-=\!ttDH + \the\EveryTableParBox} + +\def\EndTableParBox{% + \MakeStrut{0pt}{\StrutDepthFactor\StrutUnit} + \egroup} % finishes the \vtop begun by \BeginTableParbox + +\newtoks\EveryTableParBox +\EveryTableParBox={% + \parindent=0pt + \raggedright + \rightskip=0pt plus 4em % Provide more stretch + \relax} + + +% ********************************************************************* +% EVERY TABLE TOKENS +% ********************************************************************* + +\newtoks\EveryTable +\newtoks\!taTableSpread + + +% ********************************************************************* +% Extreme left- and right- tabskips +% ********************************************************************* + +\newskip\LeftTabskip +\newskip\RightTabskip + + +% ********************************************************************* +% INTERNAL VARIABLES +% ********************************************************************* + +\newcount\!taCountA +\newcount\!taColumnNumber +\newcount\!taRecursionLevel % (Initially 0) + +\newdimen\!taDimenA % used by \Enlarge +\newdimen\!taDimenB % used by \Enlarge +\newdimen\!taDimenC % used by numeric.tex +\newdimen\!taMinimumColumnWidth + +\newtoks\!taToksA + +\newtoks\!taPreamble +\newtoks\!taDataColumnTemplate +\newtoks\!taRuleColumnTemplate +\newtoks\!taOldRuleColumnTemplate +\newtoks\!taLeftGlue +\newtoks\!taRightGlue + +\newskip\!taLastRegularTabskip + +\newif\if!taDigit +\newif\if!taBeginFormat +\newif\if!taOnceOnlyTabskip + + + +% ********************************************************************* +% SECTION H: HACKS +% ********************************************************************* + +% **************************************************************** +% TABLE LOGO +% **************************************************************** +\def\TaBlE{% + T\kern-.27em\lower.5ex\hbox{A}\kern-.18em B\kern-.1em + \lower.5ex\hbox{L}\kern-.075em E} + + +% **************************************************************** +% ACTIVE CHARACTERS +% **************************************************************** + +% ACTIVATE BAR AND QUOTE: Makes | and " active if they aren't +% already active (in which case the user will probably have given +% them special meanings); definitions are provided which effectively +% undoes the activeness outside a Table. + +{\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\"=13 + \gdef\ActivateBarAndQuote{% + \ifnum \catcode`\|=13 + \else + \catcode`\|=13 + \def|{% + \ifmmode + \vert + \else + \char`\| + \fi}% + \fi + \ifnum \catcode`\"=13 + \else + \catcode`\"=13 + \def"{\char`\"}% + \fi}} + +% **************************************************************** +% Macros for | and " having category code 12. +% **************************************************************** +{\catcode `\|=12 \catcode `\"=12 +\gdef\VBar{|} +\gdef\DQuote{"}} + + +% **************************************************************** +% MISCELANEOUS HACKS +% **************************************************************** + +% MESSAGE : Writes out to terminal and log file. +\def\!thMessage#1{\immediate\write16{#1}\ignorespaces} + +% X: Abbreviation for expandafter +\let\!thx=\expandafter + +% GOBBLE: Eats next token +\def\!thGobble#1{} + +% SPACE TOKEN +\def\\{\let\!thSpaceToken= }\\ + +% HEIGHT, DEPTH, AND WIDTH +\def\!thHeight{height} +\def\!thDepth{depth} +\def\!thWidth{width} + +% TOKSEDEF =: Places , fully expanded a la \edef, in the specified . +\def\!thToksEdef#1=#2{% + \edef\!ttemp{#2}% + #1\!thx{\!ttemp}% + \ignorespaces} + + +% **************************************************************** +% ERROR MESSAGES +% **************************************************************** + +% STORE ERROR MSG +% Replacement text of is a macro with Message +% as its name. E.g., after \StoreErrorMsg\Help{Type }, +% \Help expands to "\Type " +\def\!thStoreErrorMsg#1#2{% + \toks0 =\!thx{\csname #2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{\the\toks0 }} + +% READ ERROR MSG +% Continuing the above example, \ReadErrorMsg\Help produces "Type " +\def\!thReadErrorMsg#1{% + \!thx\!thx\!thx\!thGobble\!thx\string #1} + +% ERROR +\def\!thError#1#2{% + \begingroup + \newlinechar=`\^^J% + \edef\!ttemp{#2}% + \errhelp=\!thx{\!ttemp}% + \!thMessage{% + ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!thErrorMsgA + ^^J\!thReadErrorMsg\!thErrorMsgB}% + \errmessage{#1}% + \endgroup} + +% TEXT FOR ERROR MESSAGE +\!thStoreErrorMsg\!thErrorMsgA{% + TABLE error; see manual for explanation.} +\!thStoreErrorMsg\!thErrorMsgB{% + Type \space H \space for immediate help.} + +% GET REPLACEMENT +% must be a control sequence +\def\!thGetReplacement#1#2{% + \begingroup + \!thMessage{#1} + \endlinechar=-1 + \global\read16 to#2% + \endgroup} + + +% **************************************************************** +% LOOP MACRO +% **************************************************************** + +% LOOP ... REPEAT macro from TUGboat Vol 8 #2: 1987 +% Syntax is like that of plain TeX's \loop ... \repeat macro +\def\!thLoop#1\repeat{% + \def\!thIterate{% + #1% + \!thx \!thIterate + \fi}% + \!thIterate + \let\!thIterate\relax} + + +% *************************************************************** +% VERTICALLY-CENTERED SMASH +% *************************************************************** + +% SMASH: Like TeX's \smash, only the argument +% is centered vertically before its height and depth are smashed to 0pt. +\def\Smash{% + \relax + \ifmmode + \expandafter\mathpalette + \expandafter\!thDoMathVCS + \else + \expandafter\!thDoVCS + \fi} + +% DO VCS +\def\!thDoVCS#1{% + \setbox\z@\hbox{#1}% + \!thFinishVCS} + +% DO MATH VCS +\def\!thDoMathVCS#1#2{% + \setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}% + \!thFinishVCS} + +% FINISH VCS +\def\!thFinishVCS{% + \vbox to\z@{\vss\box\z@\vss}} + + +% *************************************************************** +% RAISE AND LOWER +% *************************************************************** + +% Like TeX's \raise and \lower, except: (1) The first argument +% to these commands is a dimension expressed in TABLE's usual conventions; +% the default is (StrutHeightFactor+StrutDepthFactor)*StrutUnit/2 +% (2) like \smash, these commands function in math mode as well +% as horizontal mode; (3) again like \smash, the result is declared +% to have height and depth 0pt + +% Examples \Raise2{Stuff}: "Stuff" is raised 2*StrutUnit +% \Raise {Stuff}: "Stuff" is raised a half-line +% $\Lower(10pt){\alpha}$: "$\alpha$" is lowered 10 points + +% RAISE +\def\Raise{% + \def\!thSign{+}% + \!tgGetValue\!thSetDimen} + +% LOWER +\def\Lower{% + \def\!thSign{-}% + \!tgGetValue\!thSetDimen} + +% SET DIMEN +\def\!thSetDimen{% + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \ifx \!tgValue\empty + \!taDimenA \StrutHeightFactor\StrutUnit + \advance \!taDimenA \StrutDepthFactor\StrutUnit + \divide \!taDimenA 2 + \else + \!taDimenA \!tgValue\StrutUnit + \fi + \else + \!taDimenA \!tgValue + \fi + \!taDimenA=\!thSign\!taDimenA\relax + % + % BRANCH ON MODE + \ifmmode + \expandafter\mathpalette + \expandafter\!thDoMathRaise + \else + \expandafter\!thDoSimpleRaise + \fi} + +% DO SIMPLE RAISE +\def\!thDoSimpleRaise#1{% + \setbox\z@\hbox{\raise \!taDimenA\hbox{#1}}% + \!thFinishRaise} % From Plain TeX: \ht0=0pt \dp0=0pt \box0 + +% DO MATH RAISE +\def\!thDoMathRaise#1#2{% + \setbox\z@\hbox{\raise \!taDimenA\hbox{$\m@th#1{#2}$}}% + \!thFinishRaise} + +% FINISH RAISE. This is the same as Plain's \finsm@sh; some macro +% packages redefine \finsm@sh. +\def\!thFinishRaise{% + \ht\z@\z@ + \dp\z@\z@ + \box\z@} + + +% *************************************************************** +% BACK SPACE +% *************************************************************** +\def\BackSpace{% + \!tgGetValue\!thKernBack} + +\def\!thKernBack{% + \kern - + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \ifx \!tgValue\empty + \the\KernFactor + \else + \!tgValue % user-specified integer + \fi + \KernUnit + \else + \!tgValue % user-specified dimension + \fi + \ignorespaces}% + + +% *************************************************************** +% Vspace +% *************************************************************** +\def\Vspace{% + \noalign + \bgroup + \!tgGetValue\!thVspace} + +\def\!thVspace{% + \vskip + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \ifx \!tgValue\empty + \the\VspaceFactor + \else + \!tgValue % user-specified integer + \fi + \StrutUnit + \else + \!tgValue % user-specified skip + \fi + \egroup} % Ends the \noalign + +% ********************************************************************* +% SECTION F: FORMAT +% ********************************************************************* + +% As explained in Section 3.3 of the manual, TABLE alternates each +% of the user's "data" columns with a "rule" column; moreover, TABLE +% places a "dummy data" column at the left and right of a table. +% A table with n nominal data columns therefore actually has a +% total of +% n (nominal data columns) +% +(n+1) (rule columns) +% + 2 (dummy data columns) +% ____ +% 2n+3 +% columns. + +% FORMATs job is to create an \halign preamble for the alignment +% of these (2n+3) columns. The preamble consists of templates +% for the various columns, strung together with &'s and interlaced +% with \tabskip glue specifications. + +% FORMAT constructs the template for a nomimal data column according +% to the user-specified format keys. As the keys are read from left +% to right, the template is built up "from the inside out" (as +% illustrated in Section 3.1.9 of the manual), the inner-most part +% being the "#" sign. A "|" in the format terminates template +% building; the completed template is adjoined to preamble along +% with the template for the following rule column. + +% Minimum column widths, if specified, are implemented by creating +% an "artificial row" with data entries of the form +% \hskip . +% This row has zero height and depth and is completely invisible. + + +% BEGIN FORMAT +\def\BeginFormat{% + \catcode`\|=12 % Inhibit expansion if | immediately follows a + \catcode`\"=12 % read by \getvalue. + \!taPreamble={}% + \!taColumnNumber=0 + \skip0 =\InterColumnSpaceUnit + \multiply\skip0 \InterColumnSpaceFactor + \divide\skip0 2 + \!taRuleColumnTemplate=\!thx{% + \!thx\tabskip\the\skip0 }% + \!taLastRegularTabskip=\skip0 + \!taOnceOnlyTabskipfalse + \!taBeginFormattrue % Used to intercept key "]" + \def\!tfRowOfWidths{}% Artificial Table Row with horizontal struts + % to enforce specified minimum column widths + \ReadFormatKeys} + +% SET (MINIMUM COLUMN) WIDTH: Invoked by the key "w". +\def\!tfSetWidth{% + \ifx \!tfRowOfWidths \empty % true if no prior "w" keys + \ifnum \!taColumnNumber>0 % true if "w" key is to right of first "|" + \begingroup % RowOfWidths={&\omit || n copies of + % &\omit&\omit}, where n = number of columns + \!taCountA=1 % to the left of this one + \aftergroup \edef \aftergroup \!tfRowOfWidths \aftergroup {% + \aftergroup &\aftergroup \omit + \!thLoop + \ifnum \!taCountA<\!taColumnNumber + \advance\!taCountA 1 + \aftergroup \!tfAOAO + \repeat + \aftergroup }% + \endgroup + \fi + \fi + \ifx [\!ttemp % \!tgGetValue sets \!ttemp = token after w + \!thx\!tfSetWidthText + \else + \!thx\!tfSetWidthValue + \fi} + +% AOAO = (Apersand Omit Ampersand Omit) +\def\!tfAOAO{% + &\omit&\omit} + +% SET WIDTH TEXT +\def\!tfSetWidthText [#1]{% #1 = specified text + \def\!tfWidthText{#1}% + \ReadFormatKeys} + +% SET WIDTH VALUE +\def\!tfSetWidthValue{% + \!taMinimumColumnWidth = + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \ifx\!tgValue\empty % Use default multiplier if user didn't specify one + \ColumnWidthFactor + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \ColumnWidthUnit + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \def\!tfWidthText{}% Override possible prior `w[sample entry]' + \ReadFormatKeys} + + +% SET TABSKIP: Invoked by the tabskip keys "t" and "o" +\def\!tfSetTabskip{% + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \skip0 =\InterColumnSpaceUnit + \multiply\skip0 + \ifx \!tgValue\empty + \InterColumnSpaceFactor % Default integer + \else + \!tgValue % User-specified integer + \fi + \else + \skip0 =\!tgValue % User-specified + \fi + \divide\skip0 by 2 + \ifnum\!taColumnNumber=0 + \!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate={% + \the\!taRuleColumnTemplate + \tabskip \the\skip0 } + \else + \!thToksEdef\!taDataColumnTemplate={% + \the\!taDataColumnTemplate + \tabskip \the\skip0 } + \fi + \if!taOnceOnlyTabskip + % % Tabskip used at right of this col only + \else + \!taLastRegularTabskip=\skip0 % Remember this Tabskip, for possible + \fi % restoration after a subsequent"OnceOnly" + \ReadFormatKeys} + + +% SET VRULE: Invoked by the key "|" +\def\!tfSetVrule{% + \!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate={% + \noexpand\hfil + \noexpand\vrule + \noexpand\!thWidth + \ifnum \!tgCode=1 + \ifx \!tgValue\empty + \the\LineThicknessFactor % Default integer + \else + \!tgValue % User-specified integer + \fi + \!taLTU % \LineThicknessUnit + \else + \!tgValue % User-specified dimension + \fi + ####% + \noexpand\hfil + \the\!taRuleColumnTemplate} % has \tabskips, when column number=0 + \!tfAdjoinPriorColumn} + +% SET ALTERNATE VRULE: Invoked by the key "\|", in the form +% \|{